jo Ss a iy

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

AnpeERSON, ANDREW, F.Z.S.

Notes on the Raptorial Birds of India................ 675

Anperson, Dr. Joun, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Director of the In-

dian Museum, Calcutta.

On three new Species of Squirrels from Upper Burmah

and the Kakhyen Hills, between Burmah and Yunan. (Plate

Description of a new Cetacean from the Irrawaddy River,

Partmaby ti bods OS odd Fete CA te aes. eee 142

Note on the Occurrence of Sacculina in the Bay of Bengal 144

149

On some Indian Reptiles ......

On eight new Species of Birds from Western Yunan,

Gibarrass 5 (Peis CD) oie the ooo stan, ehh wi hoch abe Sela epee aks ats oe aid

Description of anew Genus of Newts from Western Yunan 423

Note on Testudo phayrei, Blyth ................- 76 AZ5

Notes on some Rodents from Yarkand................ 559

Letter, describing a new Species of Macaque .......... 628

Awneas, Grorce Frencau, C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., F.R.G.S.

Descriptions of thirty-four new Species of Shells from

SAU ice bean (of Ua Sane se aan tO Sis EUR ar had |

A List of additions! Species of Marine Mollusca to be

included in the Fauvaa of Port Jackson and the adjacent

Coasts of New South Wales ..........-...--.- 0

Arxinson, W.S., M.A., F.LS., Director of Public Instruction,

Bengal.

Descriptions of three new Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera

from Western Yunan, collected by Dr. Anderson in 1868.

CP late MOT) sans Sete net esas cat. Seabee

Bartuett, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

Notes on the Birth of a Hippopotamus in the Society’s

Gardens. (Plate XX.)........

Bartietr, EpwARD.

Notes on the Monkeys of Eastern Peru. (Communicated,

_ with Notes, by P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D.) (Plate XIII.)

Buanrorp, WituiAM T., C.M.Z.S.

Description of a new Himalayan Finch, Procarduelis

rubescens. (Plate LXXIV.)...........

Brapy, GeorGce Stewarpson, C.M.Z.8.

A Review of the Cypridinide of the European Seas, with

Description of a new Species. (Plates XXVI. & XXVII.)..

Brapy, GeorGre STewArpson, C.M.Z.S., and Rospertson,

Davin, F.G.S.

Descriptions of two new Species of British Holothuroidea.

(Plates LXXT. & LXXW)s. cy yaw 2 ihs koe: he ee

Brazier, Joun, C.M.Z.S.

Descriptions of two new Species of Land-Shells from the

Bellengen’River, New South Wales .....< cea05.- sedess 0

Notes on recently described Shells

Notes on the Localities of Dolium melanostoma and other

Shells found in Australia and the adjacent Islands and in the

Australian Seas... ...

Page

217

693

289

690

585

Descriptions of eight new Australian Land-Shells ......

Descriptions of seven new Species of the Genus Helix and

of two Fluviatile Shells from Tasmania

Remarks on previously described Species of Land-Shells. .

Brooke, Sir Victor, Bart., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a British Specimen of the cu. Curlew

(Numenius borealis) ......

On Speke’s Antelope and the allied Species of the Genus

Tragelaphas. . (Plate XXXIEX.) 2.5... As t4A SD.

Brown, Dr. R., of Campster, F.R.G.S.

Extracts of a Letter from, relating to the best method of

destroying Poisonous Serpents.............. ia eel kee

Burmeister, Dr. H., F.M.Z.S.

Letter from, containing Remarks on the Cracide in the

Mausenm ot BuendaAyres, ws. foo...

Butter, ArTHuR GARDINER, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of some new Species of Exotic Lepidoptera. .

Descriptions of some new Species and a new Genus of

Pierine, with a Monographie List of the Species of Ivias.

(Plate XIX.) .....

A Monograph of the Lepidoptera hitherto included in the

Geaus Elymnias. (Plate XLII.) ....

A Revision of the Species formerly included in the Genus

Terias (Pierine).....

On a small Collection of Butterflies from Angola........

Description of a New Genus of Lepidoptera allied to Apa-

tura

CAMBRIDGE, Rev. O. P., M.A., C.M.Z.S.

Notes on some Arachnida collected by Cuthbert Colling-

wood, M.D., during rambles in the China Sea, &e.

MLIEX:)*. .

(Plate

Page

639

696

699

299

. 482

617

Page

Crarx, Joun W., F.ZS.

On the Skeleton of a Narwhal (Monodon monoceros) with

two fully developed Tusks...... +... 0+ -. es es ener etree: 42

Cotiett, Rosert, Member of the Scientific Society of Chris-

tiania.

On the Asymmetry of the Skull in Sériv tengmalmi .... 739

Cox, James C., M.D., C.M.Z.S.

Descriptions of seven new Species of Australian Land-

Shidils, (Plate IUD.).. 275.7 -G. cence canes t+ oe selene

Descriptions of new Species of Land and Marine Shells

from Australia and the South-western Pacific. (Plate

IREMRUTIV 5) x creroys 97-1 e050 ont, Ho cng ater mrs yel neh aie ea 323

Description of a new Volute and twelve new Species of

Land-Shells from Australia. (Plate LII.) .............- 643

Cunnincuam, Rosert O., M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Notes on some Points in the Osteology of Rhea americana

and Rhea darwinii. (Plates VI. & VI*.) .............. 105

Notice of a Memoir on the Anatomy of the Steamer Duck

(Micropterus cinereus)... 0. cece ee eee cree ete ee es 262

Davipson, Tuomas, F.R.S., F.G.S.

On Japanese recent Brachiopoda. (Plates XXX. & XXXI.) 300

Day, Francis, Surgeon H.M. Indian Army, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

Notes on Indian Siluroid Fishes. ............ seen 286

Remarks on Indian Fishes ........02.-+eee-+++-++- 604

On the Freshwater Siluroids of India and Burmah...... 703

Dopr, CHARLES.

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, Animals from the Amoor

and, Dorkestam,\ 5 5..cip <wistats sy. t- Ghee te bb ania een 480

Dresser, Henry E., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, rare European Birds’

vil

Exhibition of a British specimen’of the American Yellow-

billed Cuckoo (Coceyzus americanits)...... ++ -seeeees

Dresser, Henry E., and Suarre, Ricaarp B.

On a new Species of Long-tailed Titmouse from Southern

IMS epee enn ns Bae aca e ointm Sint wialsip means hniaie sae 6

Duncan, Dr. P. Martin, M.B. Lond., F.R.S., F.G.S.

Notice of a Memoir on the Madreporaria (Stony Corals)

dredged up during the Expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in

WEB MMA MSIE oa ster oc «we Hot ale oe Saw ws siete taeren als st

Exuiot, Danret G., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Description of a new Species of Pheasant of the Genus

Euplocamus from Burmah, with a List of the known Species

Review of the Genus Ptiloris, Swainson ......

Description of a supposed new Species of Guinea-fowl

from Ugogo, Central Africa .... 2... 2-2 ee eee eee ee ee

Remarks on various Species of Felide, with a Description

of a Species from North-western Siberia. (Plate LXXVI.)..

Finscu, Dr. Orro, C.M.Z.S., and Harrtaus, Dr. G.,

F.M.Z.S.

On a Collection of Birds from Savai and Rarotonga Islands,

aan the Paniee st «(plate eos.) ks a SR Be

Firowrr, Wituiam Henry, F.R.S. F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Conser-

vator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,

and Hunterian Professor.

Exhibition of a mounted Skull of a Sturgeon (Aczpenser

Page

299

312

480

“I

ios)

On the Skeleton of the Australian Cassowary (Casuarius —

australis) sa datew see's vo ued Bate Se be near Se

Exhibition of a mounted Skeleton of a young Hippopo-

EXEL 5 eis 3 i chels) DAS ND EIDE © dik G hidié. 3pipigiicio hicnr in nyo > pipaenuic

Notice of a Memoir on Risso’s Dolphin (Delphinus ris-

STARA OG eee toni: + Lim ekatavatoste ints wishes (tarot oe olalerm

vill

On the Occurrence of the Ringed or Marbled Seal ( Phoca

hispida) on the coast of Norfolk, with Remarks on the Syno-

nymy of the Species ......- :

Remarks on a rare Australian Whale of the genus Ziphius.

Notice of a Memoir on the Ziphioid Whales, and on the

Skeleton of Berardius arnoutt .. 2... 6220s cee ewer eee es

Goutp, Joun, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a skin of Lady Rosse’s Touraco (Muso-

phaga rossi@)........ ranwee weerebers

Descriptions of six new Humming-Birds ..........

Description of a new Species of Fruit-Pigeon from the Fiji

SAMS: Beak isc vic hinas eae 5 ares oc he eee

Gray, Joun Epwarp, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Description of Platasterias, a new Genus of Astropectinida,

from Mexico, «(Plate IX.) ............

Additional Notes on Rhinoclemmys mexicana. (Plate

CRORE VILA) oso isiacntone oes Ges Wigtena orate lod petipip bs cea eect ea

Additional Notes on the Genera Hupleres and Galidia,

and Note om Lemur ruber’ s.5... Sig tenes & se ele ee

Notes on the Species of Bradypodide in the British Mu-

seunm:, (Plates XXXV,.—X XR VIL). cette os eee

Notes on Mr. Theobald’s observations on Dr. Gray’s Paper

ON: TOTtOBES sia. a cisieiay <n tee > Seikined mae see Pelee

Notes on Bush-bucks (Cephalophoride) in the British

Museum, with the Description of two new Species from

Gaboon,/ (Plates XLIV —XLVIQ".. cea. teeee

Notes on the Skull of a Roebuck in the British Museum

Gintuer, ALBERT, M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

List of the Lizards belonging to the Family Sepida, with

Notes on some of the Species

136

296

297

428

514

588

601

. 240

Page

Description of a new Percoid Fish from the Macquarie River.

(Plate KONI, ) to ore Bale aictalcflne We ke kre + oey dao

Description of a new Species of Tejus (T. rufescens) from

DR EHOOEE, cl tercerss tia ina 4d it aw bis ers Mees ah et 4

Report on Several Collections of Fishes recently obtained

_ for the British Museum. (Plates LIII.-LXX.).......... 652

Examination of certain “ Remarks on Indian Fishes” made

by Mr. Francis Day in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological

SAIC IVE Che Cre: osc eed we eae sc ee eee ee LON

Gurney, Joun Henry, F.Z.S.

Remarks on certain Species of Abyssinian Birds ........ 147

Hamixtton, Epwarp, M.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Remarks on the prolific nature of Hydropotes inermis .. 258

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, the Skull of a Chinese

Deer (Hydropotes inermis) 02.2. 566.06 deed wees 702

HANLEY, SYLVANUS.

Description of a new Species of Monocondylaa ........ 587

Hartine, JAMES Epmunp, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and Remarks on, a Specimen of the so-called

Sabine’s Snipe (Scolopax sabini) . Reem eine Meee ere em

Exhibition of a Red-breasted Goose ( Anser pres

Pallas) . OME. oc Blog: Goin See eA CIE eam LI

ae of an Arctic Collection of Birds presented by Mr.

John Barron, F.R.S., to the University Museum at Oxford ;

mn, Notesion the: Species? <.. aan aac ee. o.oo ee. ~ oe LILO

Harriavus, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S., and Finscu, Dr. O., C.M.Z.S.

On a Collection of Birds from Savai and Rarotonga Islands,

iy fhe Pare: eb late: Ll) eee oe seis ktw hae tiwat aaah «c 21

Hoxpsworrga, E. W. H., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Note on a Variety of Felis rubiginosa from Ceylon...... 756

Page

Hupson, WituiaM H., C.M.Z.*

Tenth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres ...... 4

Eleventh Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres.... 258

Twelfth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres .... 326

Kent, W. Savitte, F.Z.S., of the Geological Department,

British Museum.

On some new and little-known Species of Madrepores, or

Stony Corals, in the British-Museum Collection. (Plates

200 I | Nee, OS) ae Mig ae agen, MPa eS i. eee

On a new Genus of Sponges from North Australia. (Plate

GINA ieee. ace ate wigs vissaleie sie na. oie Tees ac cerita Se eco 615

Krerrt, Gerarp, C.M.Z.S8.

Letter from, containing notices of rare Australian Whales

of the Genera Dioplodon and Ziphius .................- 630

Macpona.p, Professor.

Exhibition of Specimens of the Cranial Bones of Fishes.. 547

Mivart, St. Georcer, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Lecturer on Compa-

rative Anatomy at St. Mary’s Hospital.

On Hemicentetes, a new Genus of Insectivora, with some

Additional Remarks on the Osteology of that Order. (PlateV.) 58

Moors, FrepErRIc, Waker, Francis, and Smiru, FRrE-

DERICK.

Descriptions of some new Insects collected by Dr. Anderson

during the Expedition to Yunan. (Plate XVIII.)........ 244

Murir, James, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., late Prosector to the

Society.

Additional Notice concerning the Powder-Downs of Rhino-

chetus jubarus,twe. i. UO ee a

Murray, ANDREW, F.L.S.

Note regarding the Young Stage of the Sterlet (dci-

penser ruthenus) ........

Nation, Professor W., of Lima, C.M.Z.S.

On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. By P. L.

ScuaTerR. With Notes on their Habits, by Prof. W. Na-

eueriey WEA EV eye 2 Sisco 2s ee

Newton, AurrepD, M.A., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Professor of Com-

parative Anatomy and Zoology in the University of

Cambridge.

On some New or Rare Birds’ Eggs. (Plate IV.) ......

Exhibition of some rare European Birds’ Eggs ........

Ona remarkable Sexual Peculiarity in an Australian Species

Bie Dh ee ena ns he es <<, ee RN eee OOS MOIS Oo bake

Exhibition of the Humerus of a Pelican from the Cam-

bridgeshire Fens........ ae i eee ee eed Se BOL ER

Owen, Ricuarp, M.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., Super-

intendent of the Natural-History Collections, British

Museum,

Notice of the Second Part of a Memoir on the Dodo

Gikdusineptus) 7. 3t... ic 505. c. PP hye s. atagn ll. ake

Notice of a Seventeenth Memoir on Dinornis ..........

Notice of the Third of a Series of Memoirs on the Osteology

Orthop mMarsapinls® $7277 080 TMLee eee BE) al YE

Pease, W. Harper, C.M.Z.S.

Catalogue of the Land-Shells inhabiting Polynesia, with

Remarks on their Synonymy, Distribution, and Variation,

and Descriptions of new Genera and Species ............

Perrin, J. Beswick.

On the Myology of the Limbs of the Kinkajou(Cercoleptes

RECA nee Mn ee ee ee ee

Page

496

649

702

449

xii

Peters, Professor Wu.114m, M.D., Ph.D., F.M.Z.S. ae

Note on the Tenia from the Rhinoceros, lately described

Dr Minden ono etc Poe Matte a Usha oie Laer noe ye eaS 146

On the Bats collected by Mr. F. Day in Burma.......- 513

Puiiprt, Dr. R. A., C.M.Z.S., Director of the National Mu-

seum of Santiago.

Extract of a Letter from, relating to Testudo chilensis of

ee ES eee enn eto ise tee Nepean een eS 480

Ramsay, Epwarp P., C.M.Z.S.

Extracts from a Letter containing remarks on Ceratodus

GJOPRLET Tie. oo eine the oS eae > 8 8 vip elon el Nee Se Oe 7

Rosertson, Davin, F.G.S., and Brapy, GeorGESTEWARDSON.

Descriptions of two new Species of British Holothuroidea.

(Rites aK ty RUE Mec ry 8 oo, 5 vals weta SR eis 690

Satvaport, THomas, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

iNote ron: Cerionnis Cabote <a> -ais~ a. 5 aie eee 695

Savin, OsBert, and Scuater, Puitie Luriey.

A Revised List of the Neotropical Lurid@ ............ 564

Saunpers, Howarp, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and Remarks on, a series of Skins of Eagles 37

Sciater, Puitie Lurtey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary

to the Society.

Extracts from Correspondence with Mr. G. W. des Veeux

concerning the Rat-tailed Serpent of Santa Lucia (7’rigono-

cephalus lanceolatus) . 0.0 vans sites «0s ey ai ee 2

Exhibition of, and Remarks on, a Horn of the male Indian

Rhinoceros (Ithinoceros unicornis) .. 0.6.00. cece eee 8

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in De-

cember 1870, and observations on the register of “arrivals

and departures” kept at the Superintendent’s Office ...... 36

Exhibition of a Specimen of Afeles variegatus.......... 39

Remarks on the so-called Axolotls in the Society’s Gardens 41

xill

Notes on the Types of Tyrannula mewicana of Kaup and

Tyrannula barbirostris of Swainson... . 22... e ee eee ees

Remarks on some Species of Dendrocolaptide in the Col-

lection of the Smithsonian Institution .......-.+..++++ +>

Report on Additions to the Society’s M enagerie in January

Die Pe ue tee bees SRA a RE

Announcement of the birth of a Hippopotamus in the So-

ciety’s Gardens ........6- 00s ence creer tress nines

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, a pair of corroded Tusks

of the Indian Elephant .........-.--+-++++- EE ree

Notes on the Monkeys of Eastern Peru. By Epwarp

Barriettr. (Communicated, with Notes, by P. L. ScuaTer.)

MBiaOORLUL) «3. eres t peeer ners oer Bl, yd =

Notes on rare or little-known Animals now or lately living

in the Society’s Gardens.—Part I. Mammalia. (Plates

2 T0041 a gS ie SE Ee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

February 1871 .....- o.-- ee eee ee eee etye cnt etn

Exhibition of the Skin of a Species of Prinia from Ceylon

On the Birds of the Island of Santa Lucia, West Indies.

(Plate XXI.) ..

Report on the Additions to the sate eae in

March 1871. (Plate XXIX.) .

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, the Shell of a River-

tortoise of the Genus Pelomedusa.........+-.0+0e sce e ee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

April 1871. (Plate XXXVIII.) ...-..-..- 0+ +e eee ees

Notes on rare or little-known Animals now or lately living

in the Society’s Gardens.—Part II. Birds ............-.

On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. With Notes

on their Habits, by Prof. W. Nation of Lima, C.M.Z.S.—

TE hs a, ee RRP ccf Rae a PS ee

On two new or little-known Parrots living in the Society’s

Gardens. (Plates XL. & XLI.)......----.

Page

496

. 499

xiv a

Report on Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May

1871.--(Plate KLUTT.)s 3/06 0a a a

Reports on Additions to the Society’s Menagerie for June,

July, August, and September 1871. (Plate L.)” «2. 06 se 623

Notice of the Existence in Queensland of an undescribed

Species of Mammal ........--.- 0+ ++ sete ee eee eres 629

Additional Remarks on certain Species of Pelicans.

(Plate Lie. 0 0 are kk AS howe ee oN 631

Exhibition of, and Remarks on, a Skin of Aéeles variegatus 651

Description of a new Species of Dove from the Coral-reef of

Aldabra. (Plate LXXITI.)........ 0.02005 veeeee nea 692

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

October and November 1871 ............-+ ee eeeeenee 699

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, a Skin of the Water-

Opossum (Chironectes variegatus) .....-. 0.60 eee e ene 702

Notes on rare or little-known Animals now or lately living

in the Society’s Gardens.—Part III. Reptiles .......... 743

Remarks on a Collection of Birds from Oyapok ........ 749

Remarks on the Species of the Genera Myiozetetes and

Conopias, belonging to the family Tyrannide ............ 751

Scuater, Puitre Lutyey, and Satvin, OsBert.

A Revised List of the Neotropical Laride ............ 564

Scott, WatTer J., C.M.Z.S8.

Letter from, respecting a living Specimen of the Australian

Cassowary ty 2 Was Rene: Sens ceed) crate ce ee 547

Saarpr, Ricuarp B., F.L.S., Librarian to the Society.

On the Birds of Angola.—Part III. (Plate VII.) ...... 130

Contributions to the Ornithology of Madagascar.—Part II.

(Plate SGT), Mak PPS A eee ERG eR ae 313

On Macherhamphus anderssoni ..........-+.++ 7. 500

On the Birds of Cameroons, Western Africa. (Plate

SEOET) ijecte ths os ed re ice BL Ae

Suarpe, Ricnuarp B., and Dresser, H. E.

On a new Species of Long-tailed Titmouse from Southern

Europe

Smiru, Enear A., Zoological Department, British Museum.

A List of Species of Shells from West Africa, with De-

scriptions of those hitherto undescribed. (Plate LXXV.)..

Smita, Frepericx, Moore, Freperic, and WALKER,

FRANCIs.

Descriptions of some new Insects collected by Dr. Anderson

during the Expedition to Yunan. (Plate XVIII.)........

SuNDEVALL, Professor Caru J., F.M.Z.S.

On Birds from the Galapagos Islands ............

Swinuor, Rosert, F.Z.S., H.B.M. Consular Service.

On a new Chinese Gull. (Plate XXII.)...........-..

A Revised Catalogue of the Birds of China and its Islands,

with Descriptions of new Species, References to former Notes,

HAG POCCHSIONAll ReMmathcericrs «2: kere Sor s oped areenan st a

TEGETMEIER, WILLIAM BERNHARD, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a Specimen of the Great Bustard (Otis tarda)

illediineMiddlesexmmuees.. 0 cha tinceats xed ck we ate tes

Exhibition of au Eel (Anguilla euvieri, Kaup)

Ussuer, Hersert Taytor, C.M.Z.S., Administrator of the

Government, Gold Coast.

On the Habits of the Horned-nosed Viper (Vipera nasi-

cornis)

VeERREAUX, Jutes, C.M.Z.S.

Observations on the Colouring-matter of the Wing-feathers

of Touracoes

Description d’une Espéce nouvelle de Promerops. (Plate

BPMN isa wags siero sh aie Oe Meme eC eS, « RCRA /STEN. Ses

Watuace, Atrrep R., F.Z.S.

Extracts from Letters addressed to him by Mr. John Wallace,

concerning certain Californian Reptiles

Page

312

244

. 124

337

638

Xvi

: , Page

Waupen, Artuur Viscount, F.R.S., President of the

Society.

Notice of, and Introductory Remarks to, a Memoir on the

Birds of the Island of Celebes: . .... 1. .2: scccs + te- se note pee

Notice of a new Species of Polihierax from ries Burmah 627

Waker, Francis, Moorer, Freperic, and Smiru, Fre-

DERICK.

Descriptions of some new Insects collected by Dr. Ander-

son during the Expedition to Yunan. (Plate XVIII.) .... 244

Warp, Epwin, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a Tiger-skin (Felis tigris) ..........++.. 102

Exhibition of some Heads of Mammals from Ladakh.... 145

LIST OF PLATES.

Plate

I. New Australian Shells (o.0 < o:.ii0.0) accopss.e ole apeiee + tote o's

I]. Pareudtastes pacificus. .. 2... 00. cine neces so vjce ee

TLE. “Australian! Wand=Shells: <<). 2 gece am ee ae leer

IV. New and Rare Birds’ Eggs ...0..0. eceeeneeserees

Wee SkeletomotMarcwlsy es. noes, gstioaiaeyr + geek

NWS THT eri) Gee anor Od o agp Oooo NOT ae

Vir LARUE Taare ake Sika Scie ates. BIS ie cds woke ulsige a aiStE%e

Fig. 1. Pycnonotus gabonensis ......--+.+0+e+0+:

WA Se eRe Ee nO, Maton case bol ied Dero SOI te

Fig. 3. [HUT sae aee saacoene0s daar le

WILE, Promenopsi Gurney ty. «-« <.0,2,0/0%0\0 0,040.0 isie,eues oles * e's 92

IX. Platastertas latiradiata....... 0001.0. srereecnsnes

X. Sciurus quinquestriatus ..........6 +e cece cere eee

ME Bambustcola fycentt, eee rope a on. -iciainy asin atari *\+ sp 0sje

XII. New Yunan Lepidoptera ..............+-0+eeeeee

PUN, © Midas eotllet soe 6 oie 6 ov ass roht ayn ac wieysis sins > sh0 neg

INOW.) Aveles Ccilatuss a 35 yer ce.'o,s,s{eyiin %)s.ccogese palais « = orks =

MEV | ——— SENINOCIIE Sain. s suas eyliace 99:40 Annee cin,aavyt Opry [

ROVE Lemurmangor, CO eb Pisa cicien cap 'ng annatuntts + <2 e f

LAM “Gein yiiI EG) Gabgeoo DS SoUee Hoa mooane coe re a

ROVE Nt Marine INE) Baeeboroodoubabe obo odsogcr

OX New, onRare Prentice. oncavsieistes aiabele olallehs clersyel els eterehe

XX. Hippopotamus amphibius, vit. ........ 00 ec ee ev eens

OND. Heterus aud abelis eais erste aisielosansiehes + ogsusj one oie «0 Sinjepays

XXII. Chroicocephalus saundersi........ cc ecceenee eee

XXIII

XORCIIVE) New, Madrep ones ale strtet peels a cjrisistessleiely ajeleje te x <)or

XXV.

XXVI. Philomedes interpuncta and Bradycinetus brenda ..

XXVIII. Philomedes folinit .........c0cccccvecececsccce

XXVIII. Rhinoclemmys mewicand......6. 0 cece cece ee ees

Plate Page

SXONGN | IV SUENNG CHUCLER | wlacointcialoveroiclere! s'aieteloleteteneievomt tries ecolats 299

XXX. ;

XXXL} Japanese recent Brachiopoda ..........sseeeerees 300

KE Corethrure InsUlares vai) aie) atatetatsl=taleketelolet slateialel-tslevele tals 313

XXXIII. Ctenolates macquariensis ......ccccsesccseesceees 320

XXXIV. New Australian and 8.W. Pacific Shells............ 323

XXXV. Arctopithecus castaneicepS......sceeeeeceeceaes

XXXVI. GTISEUS ) cyelshelareas hate ite ete seleletsl toketaietae etait 428

KORXVIL,. === la CCUAUS Ka atar> ercieja hielo) ore) shenolerelsiniclele = ele olecoiale

> OO UE (2a OE 5G sacobo Ab aopoadEdos boul sa aadoo: 479

KXXIX. Tragelaphus euryceros ........cccccccccecoesese 482

MUDiee OTUs L2DLALES so vcreley-etageiatetaiatele elelerse) eis sieiniaie c eieiets

RAL Fhichooaeeus wétehel. a7 9 oes cee =

XLII. New species of Hlymnias ............-sseesuseees 518

XL. Tamandua'tetradactyla a... cicccis cine «sos os © viejereisie 546

XLIV. Cephalophus melanoprymnus .............-++0005

UTA St OSES NE Sikes dee tece catteus Mita seins sree tonctane einteee 588

NOV AG Ta ONS? Boas e orcas waye sie Oe wae oe

D6 OYA he COG LI CO as oto oOo EE Has eed Falk ov 602

EXO, VIET PING WiS POM OR tie) sueteyeicletess cietoquis elope .euslenelo) poke coer peeniels 615

SAUEX. Spiders from the China Sea) o-0 0. vc. s+ ope 617

Lh. Lapiras batrdi, vitian~ j-.- » aisje)» cele elalele so! elshaleieleleivicts 626

WGI) GPeleCUNUS ISAT Pit are oa nle ohele ici eke elsietoeleiowe miiotel tater 631

LII. New Australian and Solomon-Island Shells.......... 643

AGM, “Urolophis chtlensts) \. . ee «> vels}telnfalstee eto i-rerey }

LIV. Chiloscyllium modestum ..........0.0eee seen ceee

IV. Anthias rhodopeplus’ oo... om 4s - ois «ele sos ee

LVI. CRT SOSUICLUS e%s ote sccraleoiovehclaresmic onsiriaicbair erate

WAL, Pragcantlus Meyers. ocr. s+ cil ee cise nie wi strrajss ode

LVIII. Diagramma obscurum........sceseeeceeeecceees

LUX. Haste pteris lADtOSUS) a we cleiata ciel eieiel thie isp eee

LX. Holocentrum diploxiphus, adult and young ........

LX: - Cubteeps'multiradiatus oie. cos ele 2 es gees

LX. Pertstethus liorhynchts 22.00. oo. ness eee ae

Fig. AS GOUTUSAUCOSTS aie aint sere ieee ee \. 659

LXII 5} Fig. B. platystoma a er ake aysiei ona cazersiehe corer took (Gis

"| Fig. 'C., —— dewcostectag 1. ssc ons cee nga tales

Big. Ds —— elapoides 0 cic ge ease ccs tree tages

TEXMViet harecussucocellatus. cet cle ele siortisie cisitetemers tote

Fig: A. Myzus leuciscus ... 02.06... seen cess: rene

LXV. }Be B. Platyglossus nigromaculatus ............

Fig. C. Nannethiops uniteniatus .........+......

LXVI. Chilinus godeffroyt ...-....ccesecveneerreenenne

Fig. A. Blennodesmus scapularis ........--+044+:

LXVII. )Be B. Halidesmus scapularis .......++s0ee eee

Fig. C. Hemichromis subocellatus .....1.ersvevees i)

Plate

LXVIII.

LXIX. |

LXX.

LXXI. }

LXXII.

LXXIII.

LXXIV.

LXXV.

LXXVI.

xix

Page

Peeewoconger fasciatus ....... 0. cece ce ne cence

Fig. A. Tetrodon pleurostictus ..........00+00005 652

Fig. B. Mormyrus lepturus «1.0.00 0eee cece evens

Geotria allporti ....ccc cece seen srenvesecnseecs

SOG DTUG aoe op oon bode oud bbb ouuodonouNnOcos

Cucumaria pentacteS ......c cece cere ease neneeee 690

SGRITRUL ou nee OO OCd Cet 40 OL OKO CC OO AOD CGE

Tr PUNTOUALONONUSD oc ceria's. cher ois) 0) 2101) sho) ale evolejeie «<6 etel = 692

Procarduelis rubescenS ...cceecvseeevvcnneeecenes 693

New Shells From West Africa .............0e0000. 727

Me lg bare ae ts art

Sent wtqetalt A ner,

eae piven

gs SA y real p

NT es

SOE Geer oF nem nae oe, a tes

ia sarwetphha wtyd bio !

iden Memeiet Onde

anods sep astcOl cisAR ses

= — . ovaings alle

foarte peas

ag. a

any ean

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 3, 1871.

Professor Huxley, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Professor Flower exhibited and made remarks on a mounted skull

of the common Sturgeon (Acipenser sturio), from the Museum of

the Royal College of Surgeons. In this specimen, which had been

prepared with great care by Mr. James Flower, the cartilaginous

portions of the skull had been replaced by exact models of them

made in wood, so that a much more complete idea could be gained

of the whole structure than in ordinary examples.

Mr. Tegetmeier exhibited and made remarks on a specimen (in

the flesh) of a female of the Great Bustard (Otis tarda), which had

been killed on the 29th ult. near Feltham in Middlesex.

Mr. Gould exhibited and made remarks on a skin of Lady Rosse’s

Touraco (Musophaga rossie), just received in a collection of birds

from Loanda. But one specimen of this rare bird was hitherto

known to exist in scientific collections, namely that formerly living

in Lady Rosse’s possession, upon which Mr. Gould had founded the

species in 1851*.

Mr. A. R. Wallace, F.Z.S., read the following extracts from letters

of Mr. John Wallace :— “ Stockton, California, May 1870.

‘There is common on dry sandy plains a small animal known

* See P. Z. 8.1851, p. 93.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. I.

2 LETTER FROM MR, G. W. DES V@UX. [Jan. 3,

here as the ‘Horned Toad,’ but which is a Lizard (Phrynosoma,

sp.?), having a broad body and short tail, covered all over with

horny protubérances, and on the head five or six short and stout

horns arranged like a crown. Under certain circumstances, appa-

rently as a means of defence, this creature squirts out from one of

its eyes a jet of bright-red liquid very much like blood. This I

have observed three times from three different individuals, although

I have caught many that did not do it. They do not generally use

this defence when first captured, although I caught one a few days

ago which squirted the liquid a distance of six inches over the back

of my hand, and another ejected it when I flourished a bright knife

before its eyes.”

“ October 1870.

«T have not got hold of a Phrynosoma lately, though they are

common both in the mountains and the plains. It is only rarely

that you can observe the squirting of the red liquid from the eye, as

I have frequently tried to produce it and failed. I think it must

come from the eye, as there appears to be no other place where it

eoaldicome from,” -*). * , *

“ With regard to Rattlesnakes, I have caught and killed dozens

of them when I was in the mountains. When first seen or disturbed

they are generally coiled up, with the tail erected in the centre of

the coil, vibrating rapidly, so that it scarcely appears to move at all,

the head slightly erected towards the point of danger. If not im-

mediately attacked they will work themselves backwards, without

altering the relative position of the head and tail, still rattling. The

sound, as near as I can recollect, is more like the singing of a cricket

in the fields than any thing else—perhaps not so high a pitch, and

a little more tremulous.”

Mr. A. R. Wallace stated that a lady who had resided in the

southern states of North America had also compared the sound of

the rattle when heard in the woods to the chirping of an insect ; and

if this was the case, and the animal made the noise when coiled up

and before being disturbed, it would go far to explain the use of the

rattle, which would be simply a decoy to insectivorous animals, to

enable the sluggish serpent to capture them.

The Secretary read some extracts from some correspondence which

had taken place between himself and Mr. G. W. des Voeux, Ad-

ministrator of the Government of Santa Lucia, concerning the best

method to be adopted for the destruction of the so-called ‘ Rat-

tailed’’ Serpent (Z'rigonocephalus lanceolatus), the well-known pest

of that and the adjacent West-Indian islands. Mr. des Voeux had

inquired whether it would be possible (or if possible, of advantage)

to introduce the Mungoose (Herpestes),.the Secretary-bird (Seere-

tarius reptilivorus), or the Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigas)

into the island for this purpose. Mr. Sclater had replied that, under

the circumstances mentioned by Mr. des Veenx, he thought that the

Mungoose would be the most likely of the three to succeed, but

1871. ] LETTER FROM MR. G. W. DES V@UX. 3

that he feared that this animal would be more prone to destroy the

domestic fowls of the inhabitants than the much-detested serpents,

and had recommended that a sufficient reward should be offered for

the destruction of these snakes, instead of any of the above-men-

tioned plans. At the same time, Mr. Sclater had forwarded to Mr.

des Voeux a pair of the common Indian Mungoose (Herpestes

griseus) from the Society’s collection, in order that the experiment

as to whether these animals would destroy the Trigonocephalus

might be tried.

A recent communication from Mr. des Vceux, dated Government

House, Santa Lucia, December 2nd, 1870, gave the following details

of an encounter between one of these Mungooses and a snake of the

above species.

“A * Rat-tail’ some twenty inches in length was produced in a

glass jar, the mouth of which was secured with a piece of linen.

The Mungoose was brought out and its cage opened ; the jar was held

out to it. As soon as it perceived the snake inside it became greatly

excited, its fur presenting the appearance of that of a cat with ‘ its

back up,’ and its thick tail distended and bristling. It evinced

intense eagerness to get at the snake by running round and round

ihe jar, and tearing at the cloth over the opening with its teeth and

claws. On the covering being removed the serpent sprung out upon

the lawn, and advanced a few feet on the grass. ‘The Mungoose at

once attacked it, endeavouring to fix its teeth and claws in the back;

but the snake seemed prepared for this style of attack, which he

avoided by drawing his body suddenly back. Rapidly recovering

himself, however, he darted at his active little enemy and apparently

succeeded in touching it with his fangs, for the Mnngoose with a

sharp cry sprung suddenly about a foot from the ground, but

alighting upon the back of the snake bit and tore at it savagely. A

short struggle ensued, the position of the snake not allowing him to

use his fangs; and upon the combatants separating, the snake

crawled a few yards away, and his opponent began running in an

apparently aimless manner about the lawn. This lasted some three

or four minutes, during which time the snake crawled along with

difficulty, seeming anxious to get away, and then remained quite

still. Suddenly the Mungoose returued, seized the snake by the

middle of the body and dragged him into its cage which was standing

open. ‘The Rat-tail did not give any signs of life after this opera-

tion. On gaining the cage the Mungoose proceeded leisurely to eat

the serpent, commencing with the head, its sharp teeth crunching

through bones and all. The cage was then closed, and every one

retired with very little expectation of seeing the plucky little

animal alive again.

“In about an hour’s time the cage was reopened, and the hero of

this battle coolly trotted out, showing no signs of being at all the

worse for the fight. .

“ Upon examining the interior of the cage, which was quite clean,

the only evidence which remained of the snake having been there

was a small piece of his tail not quite two inches in length, which

4 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. [Jan. 3,

had doubtless been rejected as being less succulent than the remain-

der of his carcass.

«The Mungoose is at this moment just as brisk and lively as before

the encounter, though a fortnight has now elapsed since it took

place.

“Tt has defied all attempts to examine whether or not it was

wounded, and if so to what extent.

«The serpent was not full-grown, but was of a size quite sufficient

for its bite to have caused the death of a man in a few hours.”

Mr. Sclater was well aware that similar experiments to this above

recorded had been made more than once, and that similar results had

followed, but had never heard any satisfactory explanation given of

how it came to pass that the Mungoose was not injured, if it was

really bitten by the Serpent.

A tenth letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres, addressed to

the Secretary by Mr. W. H. Hudson, C.M.Z.S., was read :—

* Buenos Ayres, August 21, 1870,

* Dear Str,—People in Buenos Ayres are as familiar with the

Gaviota (Larus cirrhocephalus) as with the domestic poultry about

their houses. It is one of the trio of our commonest species, the

other two being the Teru and the Chimango. But these two are

exclusively land birds, and to make their acquaintance it is also

necessary to go a few miles out of a great crowded city. Not so

with the Gaviota, whose white graceful form is not more familiar to

the gaucho dwelling far off on the inland plains, than to the sailors

in every ship that navigates the river Plata, or to the townsman, who

may know it well without ever having left the city’s pavement.

“In October these birds congregate in vast numbers in their

breeding-places, which are marshes covered with some aquatic plant,

usnally the loose growing gunco. These reeds are much bent and

broken down by the Gulls, and are used as material for their nests,

which are placed on the water close together. The female lays four

oblong eggs, large for the bird, obtusely pointed, of a pale clay-

colour, thickly spotted at the large end with dull black.

‘Every morning, at break of day, the Gulls rise up from their

nests and hover over the marsh, uttering loud cries and producing

a noise that may be heard distinetiy two or three miles away. The

eggs are excellent eating, resembling those of the Plover in delicacy

of “flavour, as well as in the lustrous pearl colour which the white

assumes when boiled. From the cireumstance of such large numbers

of Gulls laying their eggs near together, it is a very easy task to get

them; so that when the plains adjacent to their favourite spots become

settled, they have but little chance of rearing their young, as the boys

in the neighbourhood ride in and gather them every morning. The

Gulls, however, are so tenacious of their breeding-places that they

continue to resort to them every summer to lay, and only abandon

them after several years persecution, or, as dlfen happens, on the

marsh drying up. But notwithstanding such quantities of their

1871.] LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. i)

eges are taken every year, the Gulls do not seem to diminish in

numbers. The abundance of their food in the settled districts favours

them greatly in their ‘ struggle for existence.’

“The young birds are of a pale grey colour mottled with dull brown,

and have a whining querulous note. The plumage becomes gradually

lighter through the autumn, winter, and spring; but it must be a

year at least before they are perfectly like the adults in the fine ash-

blue of the wings, and in the white bosom with its lovely perceptible

blush. It is now ten months since the young were fledged, and yet,

in a flock, an observer at a hundred yards distance can easily dis-

tinguish them from the old birds.

So soon as the young birds are able to fly, the breeding-place is

forsaken, the whole concourse leaving in a body, or scattering in all

directions over the surrounding country; and until the following

summer, the movements of the birds depend altogether on food and

water. As I mentioned in my last letter, in seasons of drought they

disappear totally, and when Grashoppers are very abundant appear

in countless multitudes. Drought and Grasshoppers unfortunately

often come together, so that the Gulls are not so useful as they

would otherwise be. In dry summers, when the insects are abun-

dant, it is common to hear people wish for rain, that the Gulls

might come and devour the Locusts. Apparently Gulls have been

useful to man in the same way on the western plains of North

America*.

«The Gulls congregate in great numbers about ploughed grounds,

filling the new- made furrow till it appears like a white line, hovering

in a cloud over the ploughman’s head, and following at his heels,

fighting, screaming, buffeting, in a compact crowd. When feeding

they invariably keep up a great noise and screaming. Wilson’s ex-

pression in describing a northern species, that its ery ‘is like the ex-

cessive laugh of a negro,’ is also descriptive of the language of our

bird. Its peculiar cry is lengthened and inflected a thousand ways,

and interspersed with numerous short notes like excited exclamations.

When their hunger is satisfied they fly to the nearest water, where

they drink and bathe their feathers. Their ablutions over (in which

they appear to take great delight), they retire to some open spot in

the neighbourhood abounding in short green grass. Here they sit

close together with their bills to the wind ; in still weather they also

all look one way; and the observer will watch the flock in vain to

find one individual out of this beautiful order. It is remarkable

that they do not stand up to take flight, but rise on the air directly

from a sitting posture. Usually they flap their wings twice or thrice

before the body is raised from the ground.

‘« In some seasons in August and September, after a period of rainy

* «This I infer from a passage in Dixon’s ‘New America.’ Speaking of the

hardships the Mormons endured when first settling on Salt Lake, he tells us

that the locusts eat down the grain as fast as it grew, but that this evil was

finally overcome by their devices to trap the insects, and ‘ with the help of Gulls

from the lake.’”’

6 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. [ Jan. 3,

warm weather, the larvee of our Great-horned Beetle rise to the

surface, throwing up little mounds of earth as Moles do ; often they

are so numerous as to give the plains, where the grass is very closely

cropped, the appearance of being covered with mud. These insects

afford a rich harvest to the Teru-teru (Vanellus cayennensis), which

in such plentiful seasons are to be seen all day diligently running

about, probing and dislodging them from under the fresh hillocks.

The Gulls, not having been endowed with a probing bill, avail

themselves of their superior cunning and violence to rob the Terus.

I have often watched their proceedings for hours with the greatest

interest. Many hundred Terws are perhaps visible running busily

about the plain on all sides ; near each one a Gull is quietly standing

regarding his intended dupe with the closest attention. The instant

a great white larva is extracted, the Gull darts with such sudden fury

to seize it, that the Teru is forced to take wing, and a violent chase

ensues. The depredator follows close upon the Plover in all his

turns, screaming all the time, until the Teru, frightened or tired out,

drops the prize, and slopes towards the earth with a disappointed

cry ; instantly the pursuer’s flight is checked, he hovers a moment,

watching the worm fall, then straight and suddenly drops himself

after it, swallows it with customary greediness, and hastens after the

Teru to resume his watch.

“* Many Gulls constantly hover about the stancias to feed on the

garbage that is usually found in abundance about cattle-breeding

establishments. When a cow is slaughtered they collect in great

numbers, and quarrel with the domestic fowls over the offal. They

are also faithful attendants at the shepherd’s hut ; and if a dead lamb

remains in the fold when the flock goes to pasture, they regale on

its carcass in company with the Chimango. Numbers of them are

constantly seen soaring over the low shores of the river, and, when

the tide goes out, quarrel on the sands over dead fish, stranded fry,

or whatever animal refuse may have been left.

“ The slaughter-grounds adjacent to the city are also haunted by

hosts of these neat and beautiful scavengers. Here numbers may be

seen hovering overhead, and mingling their excited cries with the

bellowing of thousands of wild cattle and the shouts of men at their

rough work—at intervals, wherever a little space is afforded, dropping

themselves on to the ground reeking with clotted blood and entrails,

greedily snatching up whatever morsels they can on the imstant, and

yet getting no speck or stain on their delicate dress of lily white

and ethereal blue.

** It is only when their food is very abundant that the Gulls move in

great bodies; at other times they are seen singly or in small parties ;

but at night they often congregate in myriads in some large pool,

where they will sometimes keep up a great screaming until morning.

“Their curiosity or anger seems greatly excited by the appearance

of a person on foot on the open plains ; no sooner has the Gull spied

him, than he sweeps toward him with a rapid flight, uttering loud

indignant screams, that invariably attract all its fellows within

1871.) LETTER FROM MR. E. P. RAMSAY. 7

hearing. These all pass and repass, hovering over the pedestrian’s

head, screaming all the time as if highly incensed, and finally retire,

joining their voices in a sort of chorus, and waving their wings

upward in a very singular fashion; but often, when they are

almost out of sight, they suddenly wheel about and hurry back with

fresh zeal to go through the whole annoying performance again.

Their flight being so serene at such times, it is very easy to shoot

them. Many persons, however, and particularly English residents,

have a squeamish repugnance against eating their flesh. But the

flavour of birds does not seem to depend altogether on their peculiar

food; two species are sometimes equally good that feed very

differently. The Burrowing Parrot (Conurus patachonicus) is very

bitter in taste, and yet feeds on the same seedsas the Partridge and

wild Pigeon; the Glossy Ibis eats the same food as the most

delicious-flavoured Snipes, and yet, when cooked, its fat emits a

sickening smell that renders it unfit for human food. ‘Those who

have eaten this Gull have found it rich and fine-flavoured, without

any taint of rankness.

“ The Gulls seem everywhere preeminent among the feathered race

for the singular beauty of their flight. Our bird forms no exception,

but all its aéria] movements are characterized with the same grace

and buoyancy that have been observed in the allied species in other

continents. On a still, hot day they love to soar to a vast height,

and at such times appear like diminutive white specks on the sky.

In fair weather their flight is always placid, a large body of them

seen at a distance appearing to travel with the serene motion of a

cloud.

“When near, it is pleasing to see the wonderful precision with which

each bird keeps its relative place in the flock. But it is in a high

wind the Gull’s flight is particularly interesting ; casually observed it

seems altogether wild and irregular. The bird toils onward, alter-

nately turning the upper and under surface of its wings, now struck

motionless in mid-air, and again sweeping onward with redoubled

velocity, now dropping downward until it nears the surface, and

soaring anon toward the sky, apparently without an effort of its

own, but borne aloft by the resistless violence of the wind.”

The Secretary read the following extracts from a letter addressed

to him by Mr. Edward P. Ramsay, dated Dobroyde, Nov. 4th,

1870 :—

“The Ceratodus forsteri is found in the upper waters of the

Burnet, Burrum, and Mary rivers, also in the creeks running

into them as well as in the head-waters of the Fitzroy and

Dawson, and in the deep lagoons and water-holes in those neigh-

bourhoods.

“On the Gutchey Run, about thirty miles from Maryborough, is a

water-hole, near the residence of Mr. Hilsham, in which these

fishes are very numerous, and might be taken at almost any time.

In the winter, however (from June to September), they go into a

8 MR. SCLATER ON RHINOCEROS UNICORNIS. [Jan. 3,

sort of hybernation, and require to be stirred up preparatory to setting

lines for them. In September they begin to be a trifle more lively ;

and, from accounts I have lately received from the Mary River, it

seems they have all at once become very plentiful in the very water-

holes where we had lines set for weeks before in August without

getting a ‘bite.’ In fact they would not bite at all at that time,

and the specimen I sent you was obtained in the Mary River, or

rather in one of its upper branches. Now, however, they are

caught almost daily. Their food consists of Mollusea (such as small

specimens of Cyclas, Anodon, Lymnea, and Physa), together with

varicus water-weeds and grasses. It is highly probable that the

natives’ story of their coming out at night ‘to graze’ is quite correct,

as I found in their intestines and stomachs /and grasses which could

only have been obtained by their coming at least partially out of the

water. Iam inclined to think that (like Eels) they may occasion-

ally come out into the very shallow parts and edges of the water-

holes, and even out on to the margins of the pools among the weeds

and long grasses which hang over into the water.

“The stomach is curiously divided into compartments, each filled

with food—grass, weeds, shells, &c. Iam not sufficiently acquainted

with the internal arrangements of animals to make any remarks upon

this part of the subject ; but I feel convinced that a close examination

of the heart and lungs will prove that the Ceratodus is much

more akin to the Batrachians than most of us are aware of,

‘** My brother John has gone up to our sugar-plantations on the

Mary, and as the Ceratodus is obtainable within ten miles of our

residence, I hope very soon to have living specimens down ; it is his

intention to keep them alive in a large tank, both males and females,

and to watch their habits.

«Mr. S. B. Davis of Rockampton has been making great exertions

to obtain me specimens from the Fitzroy, and has made several trips

also to the Dawson; but unfortunately the distressing floods they

have had there have prevented him obtaining any. ‘The only fishes

obtained were a few of the true Barramundi (Osteoglossum leich-

ardti), which will be forwarded to me in due time. He informs

me that the Ceratodus is plentiful in the water-holes, creeks, and

lagoons in the western waters.

*‘] will forward you other specimens as soon as possible from

various districts for comparison, and shall be glad to hear what your

great ichthyologists think of them.”

Mr. Sclater exhibited a horn of the male Indian Rhinoceros

(Rhinoceros unicornis) living in the Society’s Menagerie, which

had been torn off by the animal on the 10th of August last—and

made the fellowing observations :—

“ Our male and female Indian Rhinoceroses having been placed in

the adjoming yards, in front of the new Elephant-house, on the 10th

of August last the male made frequent attempts to raise the lower

transverse bar of the strong iron railing that separates the two —

1871.] MR. SCLATER ON RHINOCEROS UNICORNIS. 9

enclosures, by placing his horn under it. After repeating these

‘ attempts several times, in spite of the interference of the keepers,

his efforts were such that the horn became suddenly detached under

the violent pressure to which it was subjected, and rolled off into

the yard. The animal appeared to be much hurt, and roared lustily

for a few minutes. There was a considerable loss of blood from

the wound, which, however, healed in a few days, neat’s-foot oil

being applied to it to keep off the flies.

Head of male Rhinoceros before the horn was torn off (August 10th, 1870).

**The horn, as will be seen (fig. 1), measures about 12 inches in

length along its anterior surface, which curves gradually backward ;

the widened base is 87 inches in long diameter, and 52 inches across.

The lower surface presents a considerable cavity, about 12 inch

in depth, upon examining which it is clearly seen that the whole

horn has been cleanly torn away from the matrix.

‘* Very soon after the loss of the old horn, we observed indications

that a new horn was forming. ‘This has increased rapidly in size,

and is now already perhaps 13 inch in height. It is thus certain

that the Rhinoceros has the power of reproducing its horn, after

the existing one has been broken off. I am well aware that this

fact has already been noticed by different explorers and observers ;

10 MR. SCLATER ON RHINOCEROS UNICORNIS. — [Jan. 3,

moreover Mr. Blyth has informed us (see ‘Field,’ Aug. 20, 1870,

p. 173) that several years ago an accident similar to what has been

here recorded occurred to an animal of the same species in the

Zoological Gardens at Moscow, and that in this case likewise the

Head of male Rhinoceros, with new horn growing (January 3rd, 1871).

horn grew again. I have nevertheless thought that the present

occurrence is well worthy of a place among the records of the

Society. It is notorious that the reproduced horn of an animal is

liable to be materially different in structure from the normal horn ;

and it is very possibly due to some such accident as above mentioned,

that we have been favoured with the creation of certain new species

of Rhinoceroses that have been based upon horns alone*,

“In further illustration of this subject, I beg leave to exhibit a

drawing of the present state of the horn of our old female Rhino-

ceros, which has now been in the Gardens since 185() (see fig. 3).

Instead of rising nearly perpendicularly from the nose, as in the

ordinary form of this species, the horn in this animal projects for-

ward beyond the end of tie nostrils, and has now attained a length

of 18 inches or thereabouts. This may perhaps be due to the

practice indulged in by this animal for several years of grinding

* Rhinoceros crossii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 250, based upon an anterior

horn of R. swmatranus (cf. Blyth, P. Z. 8. 1852, p.1), and 2. oswelliz, Gray,

P. Z. 8. 1853, p. 46, which is probably the same as FP. simus.

1871.] MR. A. MURRAY ON THE STERLET. It

down her horn against the bars of her cage; for it is only within the

last few years that this appendage has grown into its present shape.

But it is obvious that nearly similar circumstances might occur in

Fig. 3.

fo)

Head of female Rhinoceros.

a state of nature, and that the horn thus developed would suffice

for the foundation of a new species equally well with those already

referred to.”

The following papers were read :—

1. Note regarding the Young Stage of the Sterlet (Acipenser

ruthenus). By Anprew Murray, F.L.S.

[Received December 16, 1870.]

During the last summer I made an attempt to introduce the Sterlet

from Russia into Britain by importing artificially impregnated ova,

which was so far successful that I turned loose, in the Duke of

Sutherland’s river Fleet, from 150 to 200 lively young Sterlets

which had come out on the voyage. I gave an account of my pro-

ceedings in two papers which appeared lately in ‘The Field,’ and

to these I would refer any one who desires information regarding

the practical part of the business. In the course of the experiment,

however, two scientific observations were made which seem worthy

12 MR. A. MURRAY ON THE STERLET. (Jan. 3,

of being placed upon record. The gentleman who was intrusted

with the duty of procuring the ova, and who undertook a journey of

900 miles to the Wolga to get them, was Dr. Knoch, an experienced

Russian pisciculturalist and able ichthyologist. I published his ac-

count of his journey in the papers I have above alluded to. In ad-

dition to the practical details and narrative there contained, he made

the following observation regarding the micrepyle of the ovum :-—

«The assertion made by Professors Owsjanikow and Wagner and

Mr. Kowalewsky, and contained in the Bulletin of the Academy of

Sciences of St. Petersburg for June 29th, 1869, viz. that ‘the mi-

cropyle-apparatus consists of seven micropyle openings grodped round

a pole, of which one is situated in the centre, whilst the remaining

six surround it in the form of acircle,’ is not correct and is contrary to

all previous experience. In direct opposition to the micropyle struc-

ture of these gentlemen, and in most perfect harmony with my ob-

servations on the eggs of other fish, was the proof which I had later

an opportunity of giving, that in the eggs of the Sterlet, as well as

in those of all other red fish (Actpenserini), the micropyle consists

of a (towards the outside) funnel-shaped, widened and simple canal,

and not by any means, as those savants assert, composed of several

(seven) openings.”

It is satisfactory to have this distinctly settled; for it certainly

seemed a most unnecessary superfluity, whether of obstacles or open-

ings, to have seven instead of one.

The other point is still more remarkable and unexpected. Dr.

Knoch says, ‘‘ Allow me to draw your attention to one very inter-

esting circumstance which surprised us during the development of

the Sterlet. Accustomed to the toothless jaw of the Sterlet and

Sturgeon in a more advanced stage, we were not prepared to find

teeth in the early stage of these fishes. We found, however, imme-

diately behind the lips of the Sterlet just escaped from the egg,

eighteen pretty strong and curved teeth; and when in their lively

movements in the water they sometimes fall upon each other with

their teeth, it is no easy matter to separate them.”

Not being aware of this remarkable fact when I had the young

Sterlets in my hands, T did not think of examining them in relation

to it; nor did I observe any thing like them seizing each other ; but

my period of observation was necessarily very limited, my great

anxiety being to shorten the period they were in my hands as much

as possible, and get them safe into the keeping of nature in a flowing

stream. I had, however, preserved two or three young specimens

in spirits, and I have endeavoured to verity Dr. Knoch’s observation

upon these, but without success. My failure to do so, however, says

nothing against the accuracy of his observation ; for we all know how

the tissues alter when preserved iu spirits, and how much more diffi-

cult it is to make any delicate anatomical investigations upon speci-

mens which have been so preserved.

Dr. Knoch adds that the barbles which characterize the Aci-

penser tribe are, in the young Sterlets, not fringed on the inside. I

should say that, although this seems to be the rule, in one under

——EE

GB Sowerby lith

NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS

P.Z.S.1871 Pl]

MS i Barhart imp 9

1871.]| MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 13

pressure I saw what seemed to me something like two or three lateral

barblets appearing on one side of a barble.

When the ova arrived many of them were covered by a forest of

minute fungi. I submitted these to Mr. Berkeley, who informs me

that ‘the matter on the fish-ova is a Saprolegnia ; there being only

one kind of fruit, and that scaréely perfect, I cannot tell the species.

The curious point is, that it is accompanied by a mucor, probably a

condition of the Saprolegnia (or the reverse), with quadrate spores,

which | never saw before.”

2. Descriptions of thirty-four new Species of Shells from

Australia. By Grorce Frencn Aneas, Corr. Mem.

Z.8.L., F.L.8., F.R.G.S., &e.

[Received December 5, 1870.]

(Plate I.)

1. Trrron (CumiA) spEctosa, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

Shell ovately fusiform, moderately solid, with from twenty to

twenty-two conspicuous, erect, rounded varices ; whitish, sometimes

with a narrow zone of pale chestnut on the lower portion of the last

whorl; whorls 53, encircled throughout with concentric ridges

larger and smaller alternately, and decussated between the varices

with sharp raised strize, forming bead-like nodules at the intersection

of the ridges; spire pointed; aperture ovate, white within; outer

lip arcuate, thickened by a varix; columellar margin covered with a

shining white callus; canal short, recurved.

Length 8 lines, breadth 4 lines.

Hab. Green Point, Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson, at very low

spring-tides (Brazier).

This elegantly sculptured shell appears to belong to a somewhat

aberrant group of Triton, to which the subgeneric title of Cumia has

been given, and of which the Triton convolutus, Brod., may be re-

garded as the type.

2. OLIVELLA ExQuisiTa, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 2.)

Shell ovately turreted, smooth, shining, pale brownish yellow, or-

namented with three rows of irregular, rather distant, dark chestnut

spots, one at the suture, the others near the centre and lower portion

of the last whorl, and joined by fine pale chestnut undulating lines

which are carried down to the base of the shell; whorls 5; sutures

channelled ; apex obtuse; outer lip a little thickened; columella

slightly plicate anteriorly.

Length 4 lines, breadth 1} line.

Hab. Coodgee Bay, New S. Wales, in shell-sand (Brazier).

A very handsome little shell, the waved lines on the whorls re-

minding one of Voluta undulata,

14 MR. G F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Jan. 3,

3, CotumBecta (MirRELLA) BIciNcTA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

Shell fusiform, smooth, somewhat thin, of a pale brown colour

throughout, with two narrow opaque white bands, irregularly articu-

lated with orange-chestnut spots, situated above and below the margin

of the sutures, the second band being in the centre of the last whorl,

and with very faint longitudinal zigzag markings here and there, more

distinct toward the base; whorls 8 ; sutures impressed ; spire acu-

minated, longer than the aperture; aperture elongately ovate, rather

short ; outer lip sharp at the edge, thickened externally, and some-

what coarsely denticulated within; inner lip shining, with a few

slightly elevated nodules, the edge nearly straight and erect ; channel

slightly curved and somewhat produced, transversely striated exter-

nally.

Length 5 lines, breadth 2 lines.

Hab. Port Jackson, dredged near Watson’s Bay.

4. CotumBELLA (Mirrecna) ATTENUATA, n. sp. (Plate I.

fig. 4.)

Shell acuminately fusiform, moderately solid, smooth, shining,

brown, with a pale band below the sutures ; whorls 8, very slightly

convex, the last grooved at the base; spire attenuated, blunt at the

apex, apical whorls darker ; sutures impressed ; aperture small, sub-

ovate ; outer lip simple, arcuate, contracted at the base, variced be-

hind, varix dark brown; columella nearly straight, callus slightly

reflexed in front; canal short, a little recurved.

Length 4 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Dredged near the “ Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson ( Brazier).

An elegant little species, distinguished by its very elongated form

and its simple bands of light and dark brown.

5. Hyaurna (VoOLVARINA) MUSTELINA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 5.)

Shell elongately ovate, light brown, with two grey bands bordered

above and below with darker brown; spire short, apex obtuse :

nucleolar whorls edged with dark brown; base rounded; aperture

somewhat narrow; columellar lip a little arcuate below, with four

equidistant plaits, the upper one nearly transverse, the others pass-

ing obliquely upwards ; outer lip thickened, slightly inflexed, flatly

variced behind, cream-coloured, the brown bands passing over the

varix, finely dentate at the inner edge with about twenty teeth.

Length 23 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Dredged off the “Sow and Pigs,”? Port Jackson ( Brazier).

6. MARGINELLA OCHRACEA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 6.)

Shell subtriangularly ovate, rather thin, smooth, shining, more or

less of a pale straw-colour, and frequently with a faint orange effuse

band next to the suture on the last whorl; whorls 4; spire obtusely

conical, very blunt at the apex; aperture rather narrow; outer lip

variced and thickened in the middle, the varix of a paler colour than

1871.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 15

the body-whorl ; columella with four plaits, the posterior one a little

obliquely descending.

Length 14 line, breadth 1 line.

Hab. From shell-sand, coast of New South Wales.

7. Scaza (CrrsoTReMA) MoRCHI, nu. sp. (Plate I. fig. 7.)

Shell acuminate, solid, whitish ; whorls 9, rounded, decussated

with longitudinal ribs and more numerous transverse ridges, the

longitudinal ones evanescent at the base ; sutures impressed ; aperture

nearly circular, entire.

Length 5 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Dredged near the “ Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson (Brazier).

8. MATHILDA ELEGANTULA, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 8.)

Shell elongately acuminated, thin, semitransparent, whitish ;

whorls 14, nearly flat, each ornamented with three rounded trans-

verse ribs, the one below the suture the smallest, the interstices

between the ribs finely longitudinally striate ; striz raised and very

thin; base of last whorl smooth and flattened ; nucleolar whorl

sinistral ; aperture subquadrate; outer lip thin, acute; columella

straight, a little produced in front.

Length 52 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Dredged in Lane Cove Creek, Port Jackson (Brazier).

This exquisitely sculptured shell appears to belong to Semper’s

genus Mathilda, which he separates from Eglesia in consequence of

the nucleolar whorl being sinistral. It, however, has much in com-

mon with the latter genus, the nucleolar whorl of its typical species

not having, as far as I know, been yet observed.

9. AGATHA AUSTRALIS, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 9.)

Shell acuminately ovate, rather thin, opaque, whitish ; whorls 8,

slightly convex, suture a little canaliculated ; spire acuminate, nu-

cleus sinistral ; aperture narrowly ovate; outer lip simple, thin ;

columella furnished with a strong spiral plait.

Length 4 lines, breadth 12 line.

Hab. Port Jackson, N.S. Wales. Dredged near ‘“ Sow and Pigs”

reef.

10. OposromMIA SIMPLEX, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 10.)

Shell acuminately ovate, rather solid, smooth, whitish ; whorls 73,

rather flat, a little angulate at the sutures; spire acuminate ; aper-

ture subovate ; outer lip simple, furnished within with elevated striee ;

columella with a single sharp transverse plait.

Length 2 lines, breadth ? line.

Hab. Port Jackson, N.S. Wales. Dredged off ‘‘ Sow and Pigs.”

1]. Syrnova TIncTA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 11.)

Shell subulate, rather solid, smooth, shining, whitish, irregularly

banded and marked with brown; whorls 103, nearly flat; sutures

16 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Jan. 3,

deeply impressed ; aperture ovate; outer lip thin ; columellar plait

rather prominent.

Length 3 lines, breadth 3 line.

Hab. Dredged off ‘Sow and Pigs,’ Port Jackson (Brazier).

12. CeRITHIOPSIS CLATHRATA, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 12.)

Shell elongately acuminated, moderately thin, of a pale yellowish

colour; whorls 12, encircled by three nearly equally distant rounded

ribs, and decussated all over with close-set longitudinal, somewhat

undulating raised strive; sutures deeply impressed; base of last

whorl finely radiately striated; nucleolar whorl sinistral; aperture

subquadrate ; outer lip thin; columella arcuate, scarcely produced

in front.

Length 3 lines, breadth 3 line.

Hab. Dredged near “ Sow and Pigs”’ reef, Port Jackson (Brazier).

13. CerirHiopsis CroceA, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 13.)

Shell elongately acuminated, rather thin, orange-coloured through-

out ; whorls 14, encircled by rounded, close-set ribs, four to a whorl,

nearly equal in size ; the interstices, which are very narrow, finely

longitudinally striated ; last whorl flattened and smooth at the base ;

nucleolar whorl sinistral ; aperture subquadrate ; outer lip thin; colu-

mella tortuous, strongly arched and produced in front.

Length 5 lines, breadth 1} line.

Hab. Dredged off Camp Cove, Port Jackson (Brazier).

A species of a beautiful orange colour, with four ribs on each

whorl, and the intercostal spaces very narrow and finely striated.

14. LetosTrRaca LEsBIA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 14.)

Shell aculeate, rather thin, smooth, shining, whitish, obscurely

somewhat opaquely banded next below the sutures ; whorls 12, nearly

flat, suture distinct; spire sharply acuminate ; aperture elongately

ovate, slightly effuse in front ; outer lip acute, simple; columella

callous and slightly twisted.

Length 6 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Dredged at ‘‘ Sow and Pigs,’’ Port Jackson.

15. Teresra (HAsTuLa) BRAZIERI, n-sp. (Plate I. fig. 15.)

Shell elongately turreted, narrow, acute at the apex, shining, pale

straw-colour, irregularly painted with brownish orange longitudinal

flames, strongest and most numerous next the suture, and with an

interrupted zone of suffused brown spots near the base of the last

whorl, above which the painting ceases abruptly, leaving a pale band

above the zone ; nucleolar whorls tinged with purplish brown ; whorls

13, flat, obsoletely distantly plicate, rather nodose next the sutures ;

aperture narrowly ovate; outer hp thin, with the margin slightly

sinuous ; columella tortuous ; canal short, somewhat everted.

Length 1 inch 2 lines, breadth 3 lines.

Hab. Brisbane Water, New South Wales ( Brazier).

1871.] MR. G, F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 17

16. Rissoina crassa, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 16.)

Shell pyramidally ovate, thick, whitish, strongly distantly longi-

tudinally plicate; whorls 7 to 8, slightly rounded, suture impressed,

the last whorl with a rounded ridge at the base, over which the longi-

tudinal plications are continued; aperture subovate, strongly and

obliquely sinuate in front; outer lip sharp, thickly variced behind ;

inner lip thickened, sinuous.

Length 3} lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. From the “ Bottle and Glass”? rocks, under stones, Port

Jackson (Brazier).

17. CLATHURELLA HAYESIANA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 17.)

Shell ovately fusiform, rather solid, of a dull chalky-grey colour ;

whorls 7, angulated at the upper part, closely longitudinally ribbed

and transversely ridged, forming flattened nodules at the points of

intersection ; spire sharp, apex purple; aperture elongately ovate,

deep purple within ; outer lip finely denticulated at the edge, con-

tracted below ; posterior sinus narrow and rather deep.

Length 6 lines, breadth 24 lines.

Hab. Dredged in Lane Cove, Port Jackson, NewS. Wales( Brazier).

This elegant species differs from C. reticosa, A. Ad. & Angas, in

having the whorls angulate at the upper part, with the latticed

sculpture less nodulous at the crossings ; it also wants the band, the

channel is more contracted and produced, and the nodose lire are

absent within the outer lip.

18. CLATHURELLA TENUILIRATA, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 18.)

Shell fusiformly turreted, solid, opaque, pale brown; whorls 8,

convex, longitudinally ribbed with about eight somewhat compressed

prominent ribs, crossed with distant narrow erect ridges that become

sharply angular at the intersection, the entire spaces between them

being very closely and regularly ornamented with fine hair-like con-

centric strize ; spire sharp ; aperture narrowly ovate ; outer lip thin

at the edge, variced behind, the interior with a tubercle next the pos-

terior sinus, which is broad and shallow.

Length 4 lines, breadth 13 line.

Hab. Goat Island, Port Jackson ; dredged in 5 fathoms (Brazier).

19. CLATHURELLA SCULPTILIS, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 19.)

Shell fusiformly turreted, moderately solid, pale brown ; whorls 7,

rounded, a little excavated next the sutures, longitudinally rather

strongly costate, with about nine rounded ribs, between which are

numerous fine erect longitudinal strie, which become crescent-shaped

on the flattened area below the sutures, and encircled with numerous

concentric, somewhat irregular ridges, which are slightly nodulous

at the intersections; aperture subpyriform ; outer lip thin, sharp,

variced externally, slightly sulcate within; columella straight; canal

slightly produced and everted ; posterior sinus rather deep.

Length 4 lines, breadth 13 line.

Hab. Dredged near the “ Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson ( Brazier).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. II.

18 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [,Jan. 3,

20. CLATHURELLA BICOLOR, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 20.)

Shell somewhat acuminately turreted, rather solid, pale ash-colour,

with the base of the last whorl chocolate-brown ; whorls 73, rounded,

somewhat angulate in the middle, longitudinally ribbed and concen-

trically narrowly ridged, slightly nodulous at the points of inter-

section ; spire acuminate, with the apex sharp and of a brown colour ;

aperture small, ovate, stained above and below with brown interiorly ;

outer lip thin, denticulate within and strongly variced behind ; pos-

terior sinus broad and rather deep.

Length 33 lines, breadth 1 line. ,

Hab. Dredged near the “ Sow and Pigs,”’ Port Jackson (Brazier).

21. CLATHURELLA BRAZIERI, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 21.)

Shell elongately turreted, rather solid, pale brown, a little darker

on the lower whorl and at the apex; whorls 7, angulated at the

upper part, longitudinally plicate and transversely finely ridged ;

spire convexly acuminated; aperture elongately ovate; outer lip

thin, simple within; columella arcuate; channel short, sharply re-

curved ; posterior sinus wide, not very deep.

Length 3 lines, breadth ? line.

Hab. Dredged near the ‘Sow and Pigs” (Brazier).

22. CLATHURELLA ALBOCINCTA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 22.)

Shell ovately fusiform, moderately solid, whitish, the last whorl

stained with brown, with a broad opaque white band in the centre ;

whorls 5, rounded, longitudinally ribbed with numerous regular no-

dulous ribs, and latticed with concentric ridges; aperture ovate ;

outer lip thickened, dentate within; posterior sinus narrow.

Length 24 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab, Dredged near the “ Sow and Pigs,”” Port Jackson (Brazier).

23. CLATHURELLA BILINEATA, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 23.)

Shell ovately turreted, moderately solid, pale straw-colour or light

brown, nearly white around the aperture and at the base, with a

narrow brown band just below the suture, and a second between the

periphery and the base of the last whorl ; whorls 6, angulate at the

upper part, coarsely longitudinally ribbed and transversely ridged,

the interstices very finely decussately striated ; aperture acuminately

ovate ; outer lip arcuate, contracted towards the base, and thickened

behind ; posterior sinus very shallow.

Length 2 lines, breadth # line.

Hab. Dredged near the ‘‘ Sow and Pigs,’’ Port Jackson (Brazier).

24. FossaRINA BRAZIERI, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 24.)

Shell depressedly turbinate, narrowly umbilicate, moderately solid,

ashy grey, more or less blotched here and there with purplish brown;

whorls 33, irregularly spirally ridged (one at the periphery, and one

near the suture being more prominent than the others) and trans-

versely striated ; sutures strongly impressed ; spire slightly elevated,

1871.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS, 19

apex obtuse ; aperture subcircular ; outer lip simple; inner lip arcu-

ate, thin; operculum multispiral.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 1, height 1 line.

Hab. Under stones, Shark Island, Port Jackson (Brazier),

25. Neririna (VITTA) PULCHERRIMA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 25).

Shell small, ovate, smooth, shining, generally pale grey, more or

less zoned with yellow, and with a white band near the upper part

of the whorls, which is ornamented with patches of purplish-black

waved lines, the whorl below the band being closely adorned with

finer zigzag or undulating lines of the same colour ; spire short, apex

obtuse ; whorls 3, rounded ; aperture oblique, semilunar ; outer lip

thin ; columella covered with a white, polished, spreading callus ;

margin slightly arcuate and crenate in the middle.

Length 2 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Dredged near the “ Sow and Pigs” reef, Port Jackson.

A very prettily painted little species of a more rounded form than

N. viridis, Linn., and easily distinguished by its peculiar style of

ornamentation.

26. Liorra speciosa, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 26.)

Shell rather solid, depressedly orbicular, pale brown, encircled by

three prominent ribs, and longitudinally finely distantly plicate, the

interstices denticulate ; whorls convex, excavated at the sutures;

spire with the apex acute, exserted; umbilicus moderate, encircled

by a rib similar to those on the body-whorl and decussated by

concentric radiating stri within; aperture circular; outer lip a

little thickened ; peritreme continuous.

Diam. 1 line, alt. 4 line.

Had. Double Bay, Port Jackson. Under stones at a very low tide

(Brazier).

27. BucCINULUS NIVEUS, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 27.)

Shell elongately ovate, rather solid, white, shining; spire acumi-

nate, pointed at the apex ; whorls 73, encircled by numerous unequal,

irregular, impressed and finely punctured strize, which become fewer

towards the upper whorls ; sutures impressed ; outer lip thin, a little

sinuous, arcuate ; columella with a prominent bilobed fold near the

lower part, and a single small one above; inner lip covered by a

spreading callus.

Length 6 lines, breadth 2} lines.

Hab. Dredged near “ Sow and Pigs” reef, Port Jackson (Brazier).

A species of an ivory-white throughout, in form not unlike B.

afinis (Solidula affinis, A. Ad., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 61).

28. Buximus (Lriparus) BRAZIERI, 0. sp. (Plate I. fig. 28.)

Shell oblong-ovate, thin, straw-colour, frequently with reddish-

brown irregular spots and flames, and sometimes nearly all brown,

longitudinally rugosely plicately ribbed and transversely striated, the

intersections strongly granular; whorls 5, rather convex, sutures im-

20 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Jan. 3,

pressed ; aperture ovate ; outer lip thin ; columella nearly straight,

white, with a narrow dark brown band behind.

Length 8 lines, breadth 4 lines.

Hab. Sinclair’s Range, King George’s Sound.

This pretty species belongs to the same natural group as B. an-

gasiana, Pf., B. baconi, Benson, and B. mastersi, Cox, all from the

S.W. region of the Australian continent.

29. CorBULA VENUSTA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 29.)

Shell triangularly ovate, solid, rather ventricose, inequivalve, irre-

gularly rugosely plicately concentrically striated, the strize finer and

more even towards the umboes, white, beneath a thin yellowish epi-

dermis, with a short carnelion-coloured ray at the anterior side of the

umbones ; umbones tumid, approximating ; umbonal ridge strong and

angulate; anterior side rounded; posterior side narrowed and sub-

truncate.

Length 6 lines, alt. 4, lat. 3 lines.

Hab. Dredged on the “Sow and Pigs” bank, Port Jackson.

The only other species of the genus distinguished by the red um-

bonal ray is, as far as I am aware, C. marmorata, Hinds, which is

a very much smaller shell, quite smooth, and comes from the west

coast of Veragua.

30. Nezwra (Lepromya) pura, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 30.)

Shell thin, semitransparent, white, subovate, rather convex, equi-

lateral, equivalve, ornamented with rather distant concentric raised

lines ; umbones tumid, rather prominent, approximating; anterior

side rounded, posterior side obliquely truncate; ventral margin

ae slightly sinuate posteriorly ; umbonal ridge distinctly angu-

ate.

Length 6 lines, alt. 5, lat. 3 lines.

Hab. Lane Cove, Port Jackson, New S. Wales; in sandy mud

(Brazier).

31. Macrra (Spisuxa) FLUVIATILIS, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 31.)

Shell elongately ovate, rather compressedly convex, inequilateral,

irregularly concentrically very finely ridged, covered with a rusty-

brown epidermis; umbones small, submedian; anterior extremity

rounded ; posterior extremity somewhat produced and acuminately

oval; ventral margin arcuate.

Length 6 lines, alt. 4, lat. 23 lines.

Hab. Dredged in brackish water, in 2 fathoms, Hawkesbury River,

New S. Wales (Brazier).

32. CRASSATELLA FULVIDA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 32.)

Shell subtriangularly ovate, inequilateral, rather compressed, yel-

lowish, faintly streaked and mottled with pale orange, concentrically

strongly ribbed, the interstices rather wider than the ribs; umbones

pointed, rather small, approximate, tinged with orange-red ; dorsal

margin laterally rather concave; ventral margin strongly arcuate ;

1871.] ON BIRDS FROM THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 21

posterior extremity ovate; anterior extremity rounded; internal

margin simple, reddish purple within.

Length 33 lines, alt. 3, lat. 1? line.

Hab. Port Jackson ; dredged near the ‘‘ Sow and Pigs” ( Brazier).

33. Perna conFusa, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 33.)

Shell transverse, concentrically finely striated, olive-brown, paler

below the umbonal ridge ; umbones tumid, approximate, and almost

terminal, the umbonal ridge much raised and roundly angulate ;

dorsal margin straight, forming an angle with the posterior margin,

which is arcuate above and rounded at the end; ventral margin

slightly convex anteriorly, incurved behind.

Length 12 lines, alt. 6, lat. 5 lines.

Hab. Lane Cove River, Port Jackson.

Something like P. fortunei, but four times the size, more pinched

and arcuate, and different in colour.

I adopt the original generic appellation of Perna as applied by

Messrs. H. & A. Adams to this genus, which has priority over Mo-

diola and Volsella. The Perna of Bruguiéres (1792) is Isognomon

of Klein (1753).

34. Limopsis BRAZIERI, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 34.)

Shell depressedly subtriangularly ovate, subequilateral, whitish,

concentrically finely ridged, and very faintly radiately striated, covered

with a light brownish epidermis, which extends beyond the margin ;

umbones submedian, rather prominent.

Length 23 lines, alt. 2, lat. 14 line.

Hab. Dredged at the “Sow and Pigs,’ Port Jackson (Brazier).

N.B. I have placed the typical specimens of all the foregoing spe-

cies in the British Museum.

3. On a Collection of Birds from Savai and Rarotonga Islands

in the Pacific. By Dr. G. Harrzaus, F.M.Z.S., and

Dr. O. Fryscu, C.M.Z.S.

[Received January 2, 1871.]

(Plate II.)

The meritorious efforts of Mr. Johann Cesar Godeffroy, head of

the well-known Hamburgian firm, to explore, in connexion with his

mercantile undertakings, various parts of our globe to which his

vessels resort, have been again successful as regards the avifauna of

the Pacific. We have had the pleasure of receiving two small col-

lections of birds: one from the island Savai or Savaihi, made by

Mr. Kubary; the other from the small island Rarotonga, made by

Mr. A. Garrett.

Savai, the largest of the islands of the Navigator group, in which

22 MESSRS. HARTLAUB AND FINSCH [Jan. 3,

Dr. Graffe collected several years ago for Mr. Godeffroy, has re-

mained nearly unexplored. Only two of its birds are known—

namely Carpophaga pacifica and the remarkable Didunculus strigi-

rostris. Although this latter rare bird is wanting amongst the col-

lections sent by Mr. Kubary, we have had the pleasure to find in

them a quite new grallatorial form, our Pareudiastes, remarkable

for the shortness of its wings, which remind one of those of Hadro-

ptila. The other species collected by Mr. Kubary are all identical

with species from Upolu.

The small island Rarotonga, only eight geographical miles in

circumference (?), situated in 21° 22'S. lat. and 159° 54'-W. long.,

belongs to the Cook, or Hervey group, and has, as far as we know,

never been explored by naturalists. Of the seven species of birds

collected by Mr. Garrett in this island, three prove to be new, namely

Monarches dimidiatus, Aplonis cinerascens, and Ptilinopus raroton-

gensis ; the others are widely distributed well-known Pacific birds.

We regret that neither of these collectors, whom we have the

pleasure of first introducing to public notice, give any notes con-

cerning the habits, breeding, and other peculiarities of these birds.

Such additions would have made our paper still more interesting and

valuable.

Mr. Andrew Garrett is an American, who has been collecting

already several years for the Smithsonian Institution and for the

Cambridge Museum, U.S.A. For two years he has been employed

for the Museum Godeffroy, and has explored the Paumotu archipelago

and the Viti group. A large collection from the latter locality has

been lost, unfortunately, by shipwreck.

Mr. Kubary is a Polish gentleman from Warsaw, who was a stu-

dent of medicine, but was obliged to abandon his country, and was

sent in April 1869 by Mr. Godeffroy to the Pacific.

Species from Savat.

1. Srrrx pELICATULA, Gould; Finsch et Hartl. Ornith. Centr.

Polyn. p. 11.

One specimen (female), agreeing entirely with specimens from

Upolu and the Vitis.

Long. al. caud. culm. tars. dig. med.

g!t gil! 4! gm gam gi 3m 14" (Savai.)

10 0 4 3 103 2 23 1) (Savai.)

“Trides black; bill hornish grey. Native name, O le lulu.”

(Kubary.)

From Savai we have already received this species in 1868, in a

collection made by Dr. Griffe.

2. CORIPHILUS FRINGILLACEUsS (Gmel.); Finsch et Hartl. /. c.

p- 25.

; Nine specimens, amongst them males and females, which are alike

In every respect, as already stated by Dr. Pickering. There is no

1871.] ON BIRDS FROM THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 23

difference between these and specimens from the neighbouring island

Samoa, and from the Wallis Island Uéa.

Long. al. caud. rostr.

gi yyii_qn gu git 4it_olt 6m 5-52" (3)

4 1 2 4 5s (2)

** Trides orange-yellow ; bill orange-red ; feet orange-yellow. Na-

tive name, Senga or Senga wao.” (Kubary.)

3. Hatcyon RECURVIROSTRIS (Lafresn.); Finsch et Hartl. J. ¢.

p- 41.

Three males and one female; both sexes alike and agreeing with

specimens from Upolu, as described by us (/.c.). As usual in the

members of the subgenus Todiramphus, there exists a considerable

variation in the intensity of the colours of the underparts. In one

male these are, as well as the neck-band, pale buff, as figured in the

Atlas of the United States Exploring Expedition (pl. 17) ; in another

male the neck-band and the sides of the body are dark buff, chin

and middle of breast and vent nearly white; whereas in a third male

the whole underparts, except the chin, are uniform intense buff,

darkest on the vent and under tail-coverts; the spot on the occiput

also varies from white to dark buff.

Long. al. caud. rostr. _latit. a bas.

gl jy "gn ol gi_gn RuL 13-14!" gl (3)

3 1 ye 14 iia a4

‘* Native name, Tistaro.” (Kubary.)

This species was hitherto known only from the Island of Upolu.

4. CoLLocaLiA spopiopyGa (Peale); Finsch et Hartl. /.c. p. 48.

One specimen, similar to others from Upolu and the Vitis.

Long. al. rectr. ext. rectr. interm. tars.

4! 5 93'" 183!" 4ur

5. RuiprpuRA NEBULOSA, Peale; Finsch et Hartl. 7. c. p. 86.

One specimen in spirits, agreeing with the young bird from

Upolu, as described by us, J. c.

Long. al. rectr. med. rectr. ext. rostr.a front. tars.

gu gl gu 10!" gu 3m 33!" gir

6. AMBLYNURA CYANOVIRENS (Peale).

Erythrura cyanovirens, Finsch et Hartl. 7. c. p. 100.

Two specimens (in different plumages) of the young bird, but not

different from Upolu specimens.

One specimen resembles the young, as described by us (J. c.) ; but

the whole head is dark green, like the back ; some of the feathers

on the vertex show narrow edgings of a dull red; the tail-feathers

and the upper tail-coverts are also dull red; the upper mandible is

black, with a lateral yellow basal spot ; the lower mandible is yellow,

tipped with black ; feet dark.

24 MESSRS. HARTLAUB AND FINSCH [ Jan. 3,

The other specimen, more advanced in age, has the vertex and

cheeks already red as in the old bird, but the upper and under sur-

faces are still dark green, except a blue tinge on the chin and occiput ;

bill black, basal half of the lower mandible yellow; feet dark.

Long. al. caud, rostr. alt. a bas. tars. dig. med.

gi gilt 13!" 5M 4m gh"! 6!" (jun., Savai.)

2 3 12 ce. 5 4 8 53 (jun., Savai.)

2 4 13 52 43 8 6 = (ad., Upolu.)

7. Losrosp1zA NOTABILIS, Hartl. et Finsch, P. Z. S$. 1870, p. 817,

pl. xhx.

We are much pleased to find a second specimen of this interesting

new form in the collection of Mr. Kubary, from Savai. This spe-

cimen, forwarded in spirits, agrees with the type as described J. c.,

but convinces us also that that, as we had suspected, was only a

young bird. The specimen from Savai is apparently in a more

advanced state, showing the whole surface of head, the upper tail-

coverts, and the outer edges of the rectrices of a dirty pale reddish

brown, which colour, having lost its intensity by the influence of the

spirit, has been formerly of a vivid red. We are assured of this

point by having before us an old specimen of Amdblynura cyanovirens,

in which the red of the head has also changed into a dirty reddish

brown. We have reason to suspect that the very old bird of Lobio-

spiza will show a far more brilliant and beautiful plumage.

8. SruRNOIDES aTRIFUSCA (Peale); Finsch et Hartl. 7. ¢. p. 107.

Three specimens, in every respect agreeing with specimens from

Upolu. There exists some difference in size.

F Tone al. caud. rostr. tars. dig. med.

5 qivt_pit gir 3i git_4i 13!" 16-17!" ] 14-12!"

*« Native name, Fuia.” (Kubary.)

9. CarpopuaGa PactFica (Gmel.); Finsch et Hartl. 7. c. p. 142,

et Journ. f. Orn. 1870, p. 134.

Three specimens, agreeing with specimens from Upolu and Ton-

gatabu, and varying in the same way.

One, an old male, with a well-marked protuberance on the base

of the bill, resembles a specimen from Upolu, except that the cheeks

are also tinged with a delicate vinaceous hue.

Two other specimens, labelled ‘‘ young males,” without a knob,

show the head and neck darker grey than in the adult bird. In

one the grey of the underparts is tinged very faintly with vinaceous ;

in the other this colour already exists, but much less vivid than in

the adult. The feet are dark brown in the young bird.

Long. al. caud., culm. tars. dig. med.

gmat Soul a 103!" ya" 15" (o ad., Savai.)

8 8 5) A 10 14 16 * (¢ jun., Savai.)

8 4 by 10 14 16 (o jun., Savai.)

oer f 4 8 10 14 15 (jun., Rarotonga.)

B7y he ALY SoM

O.Finsch pinxt J Smit lit faN #H

1 pin ait lith Mé&N Hanhe

PARE UY DIASTES -PAGIFICUS

1871.] ON BIRDS FROM THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 25

‘«* Bill black; iris black; feet red. Native name, Fiauwi, or com-

monly Lubé.”’ (Kubary.)

Some interesting notes on the habits of the Ludé in Tongatabu

have been published by Dr. Graffe (Journ. f. Orn. 1870, p. 408).

10. Ratuus pectoratis, Less.; Finsch et Hartl. J. c. p. 156.

Four specimens, perfectly identical with others from Upolu, the

Vitis, Tongatabu, and Australia.

In two specimens no sign of the cinnamomeous pectoral band is

visible ; two specimens show this band strongly indicated, although

not yet fully developed. The small white spots on the feathers of

the upper parts in three specimens form on the basal portion of the

hind neck regular narrow cross lines, which in one specimen are still

visible on the upper portion of the mantle.

Long. al. caud. culm. tars. dig. med.

55 5 y! ] ] "fg 5 12-1] gl 18-20!" 16-19!"

“ Bill reddish grey; iris red. Native name Vea.” (Kudary.)

That Rallus forsteri, Hartl., is identical with R. pectoralis we

have proved already (P. Z.S. 1869, p. 548, and Journ. f. Orn. 1870,

p- 136). We must also express our doubts concerning Rallus

hypoleucus, nob. (J. c. p. 163), based upon the “ Philippine Rail,

var. B,’’ Latham, which seems to be nothing more than an al-

binism of R. pectoralis, as suspected by Mr. G. R. Gray.

PAREUDIASTES*, gen. nov.

Char. gen.—Rostrum ut in genere Gallinula, sed ptilosi ab oculis

fere ad nares usque producta: scutello frontali parvo, postice

rotundato. Ale brevissime, obtuse, truncate, remigibus 3-6

equali longitudine. Cauda brevissima, lacera, decomposita.

Pedes minores quam in Gallinulis ; digitus medius tarso brevior,

externus interno paullo longior ; unguibus multo magis curvatis

quam in genere Gallinula.

11. PAREUDIASTES PACIFICUS, sp. nov. (Plate II.)

Obscure plumbeo-ardesiaca ; margine frontali et regione perioph-

thalmica holosericeo-nigris, loris plumulis nigris rarius obsitis ;

occipite et dorso fusco-olivascente lavatis; glabella dilute

flava ; rostro dilute rubente ; pedibus pallide rubris ; alis valde

truncato-abbreviatis ; cauda vix conspicua.

Long. circa 10", rost. a fr. 13'", al. 4" 2'", tars. 16'", dig. med.

c. ung. 1” 8'".

Head, neck, and under surface dark slate-colour, on the flanks

and anal regions changing into olivaceous black ; under tail-coverts

pure black ; margin of the frontal shield, lores, and space round the

eyes covered with short velvet-like feathers of a pure black ; sides of

head, chin, and upper portion of throat also black; occiput, hind

neck, and mantle dark olive-brown ; rump, upper tail-coverts, and the

* “ Pareudiastes” (antiquorum) is a water-bird, which comes only in fine wea-

ther to land.

26 MESSRS, HARTLAUB AND FINSCH [Jan. 3,

rudimentary soft tail-feathers olivaceous black; primaries and

secondaries dark brownish black ; coverts of the remiges and upper

quill-coverts dark olive-brown, somewhat darker than the back ;

under surface of wing and under quill-coverts dark brownish black.

Bill reddish orange ; frontal shield more yellow; legs and feet

reddish ; claws hornish brown.

«Bill light red, with a yellow frontal shield ; legs and feet light

red; irides brown-red. Native name Pune,” (Kubary.)

rostr. incl. rostr. dig. Latit.

Long. tota. ale. caud. scut. arict. tars. tib. med. scut.

c. 103" 4” 4" 16'" 16” 143" Sie Ge 16/" 5m

The single specimen described above, although marked by the

collector, Mr. Kubary, as “young female,’ is apparently a full-

grown bird, and exhibits such great differences from the nearest

allied genus Gallinula that we cannot avoid separating it as a well

marked distinct genus. In its general appearance it much resembles

Gallinula, but may be at once distinguished by the shortness of its

wings, the shortness of its toes, and its nearly rudimentary tail.

The bill agrees with that of Gallinula ; but the frontal shield is not

so far extended (asin G. chloropus), and, what is of some importance,

the singular short velvet-like feathers of the lores advance towards the

base of the nostrils into an acute angle, whereas in Gallinula they

never reach the nostrils. The wings, as mentioned already, are very

short, rounded ; their feathers very soft, broad, at the end rounded ;

the third to the sixth quills equal and longest; the second and

seventh somewhat shorter; the first one inch shorter than the

fourth ; the longest secondaries nearly reach the primaries ; therefore

scarcely any prominent wing-end exists. As regards this singular

structure of the wings, Pareudiastes seems to be most nearly allied

to Habroptila, but is quite different from Gallinula. The same is

the case as regards the tail, which consists of narrow lax feathers,

nearly rudimentary. Not less than the wings are the feet different.

In Gallinula the middle toe is always longer then the tarsus, whereas

in Pareudiastes the middle toe is considerably shorter ; besides, the

nails are also shorter and rather more curved than in Gallinula.

The eyes seem to be uncommonly large ; and this, as well as the

other peculiarities, gives some right to suspect that this remarkable

form will exhibit also interesting peculiarities in respect to its habits,

of which, unfortunately, Mr. Kubary tells us nothing. We are

strongly of opinion that Pareudiastes is unable to fly, and hope to

get more information about it next time from the discoverer.

A second specimen of Pareudiastes pacificus, forwarded in spirits,

is apparently younger. It shows the shield dirty yellowish; the

bill reddish brown, the tip darker brown; feet and legs reddish

horn-brown ; claws horn-brown.

The measurements of this specimen are as follows :—

Long. rostr. scut, rost. tib. dig. Latit.

tota. ale. caud. incl. arict. tars. med med. __scut.

10” va lad ay 16" 18" 15'" 19" 62” 16” 43"

1871.] ON BIRDS FROM THE PACIFIC ISLANDS, 27

The pollex is armed with a short, sharp spine (spina pollicaris).

The oil-gland is present, with some short feathers at the end. The

loral region is feathered sparingly with short velvet-like feathers.

Eyes large.

12. Porpuyrio vitTrensts, Peale ; Finsch et Hartl. 7. c. p. 172;

id. Journ. f. Orn. 1870, p. 135 (Tonga).

P. samoénsis, Peale.

P. indicus, Cass. (nee Horsf.), Unit. St. Expl. Exp. p. 308.

It was Mr. Cassin who first declared the Porphyrio of the

Navigator group to be identical with the Javan P. indicus, Horsf.

Not having had an opportunity of comparing specimens from the

Navigators, we followed the views of Mr. Cassin without hesitation,

although every naturalist who takes a special interest in geogra-

phical distribution would consider it as a very strange fact to meet

with a Javan species so far east, and this so much the more as the

neighbouring Viti group is inhabited by a different species, P. vi-

tiensis. In 1868 we got two specimens of Porphyrio from Upolu,

collected by Dr. Graffe, and comparing them carefully with speci-

mens from Viti and Java, we became convinced that the Porphyrio

from the Navigators is by no means the same as the Javan P. in-

dicus, but in every respect like P. vitiensis, a species which we have

since received also from the Tonga group. ~ The collection of Mr.

Kubary contains a single specimen from Savai, which agrees very

well with a specimen from Upolu, except that the back is darker,

more blackish olive-brown, a difference already mentioned by us

after examining a specimen from Ovalou (J. c. p. 280).

We have no doubt that P. vitiensis, Cassin, was founded upon

immature birds; for the differences pointed out by Mr. Cassin are

chiefly based upon the “ much smaller size,” a character which is not

constant, as remarked already in our book on the Central-Polynesian

birds, where also the differences between P. vitiensis and P. indicus

are carefully explained (p. 174). P. vitiensis, therefore, undoubtedly

is the only species occurring in the Central Polynesian Islands, and

P. indicus must be struck out of its avifauna. Its size, as usually

in Porphyrio, varies a good deal.

rost.

Long. al. _—caud. incl. scut. tars. tib. dig. med.

gi git git yom gM gin on yyi 17! 2" 10!" (Savai.)

SOL — 2.6 3 (0 15 a 47 4s LUDO)

80-810 3 4 21-24 29-31 18 28-210 (Tonga.)

13. Actritis rncanus (Gml.); Finsch & Hartl. . c. p. 184.

Two specimens in winter dress of this widely distributed species.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars. dig. med.

6" 3M gt! gilt 19!" 15" 12!" (Savai.)

GH 7 27 — — — (Savai.)

5 10-6 4 — 16-17 — — (Savai, Griiffe.)

5 11 2 6 17 15 12 (Rarotonga.)

28 MESSRS. HARTLAUB AND FINSCH [Jan. 3,

This species had already been sent from Savai in 1868 by Dr.

Griiffe ; amongst the examples were also specimens in summer dress.

Species from Rarotonga.

1. MONARCHES DIMIDIATUS, Sp. Nov.

3. Supra sordide cinerascens, nonnihil fusco-variegatus ; remi-

gibus fuscis, rectricibus nigricanti-fuscis ; subtus albus, loris

interrupte fusco-nigricantibus ; subalaribus et subcaudalibus

albo fuscoque variis ; pedibus plumbeis ; rostro plumbeo-ceru-

lescente, apice et tomiis pallidis.

@. Supra dilute fulvo-rufescens, subtus fulvo-albicans ; uropygio

‘ nigricante vario, plumis omnibus basi nigricantibus ; rectricibus

pallide rufescentibus, parte apicali latius nigricante, rufes-

cente limbata ; tectricibus alarum late rufo-marginatis, remigi-

bus nigricantibus, rufescente stricte limbatis; subalaribus di-

lute rufis, subcaudalibus pallide fulvis ; colli lateribus et pec-

tore letius vulpinis ; rostro et pedibus sic ut in mari tinctis.

Long. circa 5! 7!", rostr. 54", al. 3! 2", caud. 2" 5!", tars. 82".

Male. All the upper parts, cheeks and sides of the neck in-

cluded, dark grey; rump and upper tail-coverts darker, blackish

grey ; an indistinct pale greyish line on the lores, continued more

indistinctly behind the eye ; all the underparts white, washed alcng

the sides with grey ; thighs and under tail-coverts blackish, tipped

with white; under wing-coverts dark grey, margined with white ;

remiges dark brown, at the basal portion of the inner web margined

with white; quill-coverts also dark brown; tail-feathers uniform

blackish, darker at the quills; shafts of the mantle-feathers whitish ;

shafts of the remiges and rectrices black, pale from beneath.

Bill dark plumbeous-blue, at the tips and along the edges of the

mandibles margined with bluish white; feet dark plumbeous.

“Trides dark brown; bill, legs, and feet lead-colour.”’ ( Garrett.)

Another male has the upper parts darker, more slate-coloured,

especially on the rump and upper tail-coverts, whereas a third male

specimen shows the upper parts lighter, more decidedly grey than in

the first described specimen; in this the underparts are also of a

purer white, including the under tail-coverts, which are only at the

base dark grey.

Female. All the upper parts, sides of the neck, and head vivid

rufescent fulvous, the feathers on the mantle and rump dark brown

at the base ; the rump, therefore, is variegated more or less with dark

brown ; all the underparts fulvous, but considerably lighter than the

back, and at the middle of the vent nearly white; remiges dark

brown, margined on the inner web with white ; the primaries on the

outer web with a broad pale fulvous margin, broader and paler

towards the base, the secondaries with a narrow rufous margin along

the outer web ; coverts of the primaries and secondaries dark brown,

margined and tipped with rufous ; smaller wing-coverts fulvous like

the back ; tail-feathers fulvous, much paler on the inner web, on

the apical third dark brown, this colour much paler on the external

1871.] ON BIRDS FROM THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 29

feathers, which are margined with pale fulvous white; shafts of the

remiges and rectrices dark.

Bill hornish black ; feet dark plumbeous.

Another female shows the underparts much lighter, and the chin

variegated with some pure white feathers.

A third female is lighter above and beneath; the underparts are

whitish fulvous, the same as the tail-feathers ; the remiges and their

coverts appear nearly uniform dark brown, having the fulvous outer

margins very narrow and indistinct. Lill black, base of mandible

yellow.

Long. tota. alee. rectr. int. rectr. ext. rostr. tars, dig. med.

ce. 53! 2" 1 1M_git om on gi_gtt 5 ot_gir ym 52-6" g-gam gil (3,3 spec.)

Ste eg 2 2 0 6 94 6-62 (2,3 spec.)

This unquestionably new species is typical. The totally different

coloured female, as is usual in the members of this genus, resembles

very much the female of Monarches niger (Muscicapa lutea, Gml.),

but may be distinguished at once by its much smaller size.

Of the habits of this bird no notice is given by Mr. Garrett, who

discovered it. The species is represented by M. niger in the Socie-

ties and Marquesas archipelagos.

2. APLONIS CINERASCENS, sp. nov.

Fusco-cinerascens ; pileo pure fusco, loris holosericeo-fuscis :

subtus distinctius grisescens ; uropygii plumis et supracaudali-

bus fuscis, apice late cinerascentibus ; remigibus et rectricibus

JSuscis ; crisso et subcaudalibus sordide albidis; subalaribus

pallide fusco-cinerascentibus ; rostro et pedibus nigris.

Long. circa 73", rostr. a fr. 9!"', al. 4" 6'", caud. 2! 6", tars. 13!"",

Adult. Grey-brown; underparts paler and more decided grey,

having the feathers at the end margined with grey; the feathers on

the rump and upper tail-coverts also with greyish margins, which

on the upper tail-coverts are nearly whitish, but not so distinctly

marked as on the underside; head decided brown, with a slight

coppery glitter; vent and under tail-coverts dirty white; under

wing-coverts pale greyish brown, with whitish margins ; remiges

dark brown, on the margin of the inner webs paler; the inner

secondaries with a very narrow pale margin along the outer vane,

forming an indistinct pale stripe; tail-feathers dark brown; shafts

of the remiges and rectrices blackish, pale from beneath ; feathers

of the mantle with very narrow pale shafts, which also are visible on

the feathers of the breast. Bill and feet hornish black.

“‘Trides dark slate; bill, legs, and feet light bluish slate.”

( Garrett.)

Four other specimens agree with the description above; in some

the grey end-margins on the breast, rump, and upper tail-coverts are

so indistinct as to be nearly wanting; and thus the whole bird ap-

pears to be of a more uniform brown.

Long. tota. alee. caud. rostr. tars. dig. med.

c. ie ALS bs Ree, bid g/" oI 6i/=2"" 8" 9-93" 13214" 9-92" (5 specim.)

30 MESSRS. HARTLAUB AND FINSCH [Jan. 3,

This typical Aplonis is so distinct in coloration and size that it

can hardly be confounded with any other species. We need not,

therefore, give any comparison.

3. PrILINOPUS RAROTONGENSIS, sp. Nov.

Supra psittacino-viridis ; pileo intense violascenti-roseo, stricte

favo circumdato, fronte pallide fuscescente ; scapularibus et

alarum tectricibus saturate viridibus, marginibus externis dilute

flavis; remigibus nigris, late viridi marginatis ; subalaribus

cinereo et flavido variis; rectricibus duabus mediis viridibus,

reliquis pogonio externo viridibus, interno griseo-nigricantibus,

omnibus apice late canescente, flavido limbato ; gula sordide

albida, colli lateribus, pectore superiore colloque postico dilute

cerulescenti-cinereis, hine inde virescenti-flavido variis, pectore

inferiore abdomineque flavis, lateribus cinerascente adumbratis ;

macula indefinita epigastrii media vinaceo-purpurea ; subcau-

dalibus flavis ; rostro et pedibus plumbeis, illo apice pallido ;

iride flava.

Long. circa 83", rostr.a fr. 53/", al. 5", caud. 3! 2" tars. L1!!,

Adult. Front and vertex purplish violet red, surrounded by a

narrow indistinct line of yellow; occiput, sides of head, neck, crop,

and upper part of breast delicate grey, the feathers of the latter

bifurcated and with a pale yellow cross band; chin and middle of

throat white, washed with pale yellow ; breast and remainder of under-

parts yellow, purer on the vent and under tail-coverts, paler on the

anal region; the sides washed with pale greyish green, the same as

the feathered tarsus; on the middle of the lower portion of the

breast a large spot of dark purplish red; back and upper parts vivid

grass-green ; primaries and their coverts on the outer web and end

brilliant dark green, with a very narrow but distinct white margin,

the inner web black ; secondaries also dark green, but with a somewhat

broader yellow margin along the outer web; coverts of the second-

aries dark green, narrowly margined externally and at the end with

yellow ; larger shoulder-coverts brilliant dark green, broadly mar-

gined at the end with grass-green ; wing beneath ashy grey ; under

wing-coverts delicate grey like the neck ; tail dark green with a broad

greyish-white end; the feathers, except the two middle ones, are

on the inner web dark grey, crossed above the white end by a

blackish cross band; the white end is margined narrowly with pale

yellow; tail beneath dark grey, at the end broadly white.

Bill plumbeous, tipped with pale horn-colour ; feet reddish brown ;

nails dark.

“Trides yellow; bill brownish yellow; legs purple red.” (Gar-

rett.)

In the young bird the vertex and hind neck are green, like the

back ; front and forehead covered with a pale violet-purple patch ;

sides of head and neck grey washed with green, the crop and upper

portion of breast with greenish yellow ; the underparts are of a less

brilliant yellow; the sides darker greyish-green; the red pectoral

patch is indicated only by some dirty purplish feathers; the pale

1871.] ON BIRDS FROM THE PACIFIC ISLANDS. 3]

yellow margins at the ends of the coverts of the secondaries are

broader and form a distinct cross line; the white end-portion of the

tail-feathers is washed at the outer web and apex with green; bill

and feet brown. ;

rostr. rostr. dig

Long. tota. ale. caud. afront. arict. tars. med. ung.

c. 8” ate 0" ied Ve 53°" 83" l 13" g'” ris (ad.)

— 47 2.8 5 72 1] 9 — (jun.)

In our work on the birds of Central Polynesia, we have already

shown that the different groups of islands in the Pacific are in-

habited by different species of the genus Pézlinopus, which, resem-

bling each other at first sight very much, nevertheless exhibit

constant characters to distinguish them with certainty, as pointed out

in our monograph of the Polynesian species of Ptilinopus. Since

this monograph was written, we have declared the Ptilinopus of the

Pelew group (our Pé. pelewensis, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 7) to be a distinct

species; and now we have again occasion to introduce a Ptilinopus

from the Cook’s islands as new. Pt. rarotongensis is most nearly

allied to Pt. chrysogaster, Gray, from Huaheine (Society’s Islands),

but may be distinguished at once by the dark red pectoral patch,

which in Pé. chrysogaster is wanting. Besides, this latter species

has the forehead and vertex pale rose, and the secondaries and upper

quill-coverts are shining blue-green, with broad yellow margins.

Pt. roseicapillus, Less. (Pt. purpureocinctus, Gray), from the

Mariannes, also resembles it in possessing a red patch on the

middle of the breast, but is otherwise quite different, the whole

upper surface of the head being red as well as a patch on the base

of the lower-mandible ; lower breast green, remainder of underparts

orange. With the other species (Pt. fasciatus from the Vitis

and Navigators, Pt. porphyraceus from Tonga, &c), Pt. raroton-

gensis cannot be confounded. The green of its plumage shows

none of the metallic or coppery lustre observed in most of the other

species.

P We may remark that Mr. G. R. Gray has already published a

Pt. chalcurus (B. of the Tropical Isl. of the Pacific, 1859, p. 37),

founded on a specimen in the British Museum, said to be from the

Hervey or Cook’s archipelago. So far as can be told from the very

short diagnosis (‘‘ much resembling Pé. coralensis, Peale, but front

and vertex shining greyish purplish’’), this so-called species has

nothing whatever to do with our Pt. rarotongensis.

4, CarpopHaGa pactFica (Gml.).

A young bird, resembling the young males from Savai described

above, but having the underparts, instead of vinaceous, of a faint

dirty ochre-brownish tinge, darker on the vent, the under tail-

coverts lighter chestnut, base of bill without knob.

5. AcTITIs IncaNus (Gml.).

One specimen in winter plumage.

32 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE AUSTRALIAN CASSOWARY. [ Jan. 3,

6. Arpga sacra, Gml.; Finsch et Hartl. J. c. p. 201; id.

Journ. f. Orn. 1870, p. 136 (Tonga).

One specimen in full dress with well-developed seasonal plumes, but

quite white, having only a few slate-coloured feathers on the back.

Bill yellow with brown culmen ; feet dark.

‘Tris yellow; bill luteous with dusky shades; legs and feet

greenish-yellow.” (Garrett.)

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars. tib. dig. med.

10” arts 3" ha SU 1 (ae git 7k ea 9" i Wek!

7. Gyeis ALBA, Sparrm.; Finsch et Hartl. J. c. p. 232; id.

Journ. f. Orn. 1870, p. 140.

One specimen, adult.

“Irides deep blackish brown ; basal half of bill light blue, the

other half black ; legs and feet bluish slate.” (Garrett.)

Long. al. rect. ext. rect. med, culmen. tars. dig. med.

g" Bur 4" 6 Bit 10” 183" 54" 10'"

4. On the Skeleton of the Australian Cassowary (Casuarius

australis). By W. H. Frower, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received January 3, 1871.]

The external characters by which this species is distinguished from

the other members of the genus are described by Mr. Sclater

(P. Z.S. 1868, p. 376), and are also well portrayed in the last

number of the supplement to Mr. Gould’s ‘ Birds of Australia.’

A skeleton of a very fine adult specimen, presented to the Museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons by Mr. Sclater, having been ob-

tained by Messrs. Scott near their station at the Valley of Lagoons

in Northern Queensland, has supplied materials for the following

comparison with that of C. galeatus. Of the latter species I have

examined three individuals—two belonging to the Museum of the

College of Surgeons, and one kindly lent me by Mr. E. Gerrard, jun.,

for the purpose of comparison. Unfortunately the sex of the bird

was not recorded in either case.

From the table of dimensions given below, it will be seen that

there is a considerable difference of size among the three specimens of

C. galeatus, but that the largest individual of this species is consi-

derably exceeded in every dimension by the specimen of C. aus-

tralis, so that the fact that the latter species attains to a greater

size than C. galeatus, as stated by Mr. Sclater, is confirmed*.

In the skull, the only important difference observable between

the two species is in the shape of the supracranial crest, formed in

both of very light cancellar or spongy bony tissue, with an external

layer no thicker than fine paper, and which is covered, in the living

* The specimen described by Dr. F. Mueller (see P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 241) is

stated to have been of smaller size than C. galeatus,

1871.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE AUSTRALIAN CASSOWARY. 33

bird, by the horny casque. It is not safe, however, to lay too much

stress on slight differences in the shape of this appendage, as it

varies not only with age, but also considerably in the three (all

perfectly adult) examples of C. galeatus examined. All of these,

however, agree in having the apex of the crest directed backwards,

in its having a long and strongly convex anterior border, and a

short, vertical or concave posterior border; while in C. australis

the apex of the crest points rather forwards, and the borders are of

nearly equal length, the anterior being almost vertical and slightly

concave, and the posterior sloping forwards and upwards and being

somewhat convex, as shown in the figure. he crest is also more

Side view of skull of Caswarius australis: half the natural size.

elevated vertically and more compressed, especially in its upper

part and towards the edges. The extent of the cranial surface from

which the base of the crest springs is almost identical in both

species ; the bones involved appear to be the mesethmoid, the nasals,

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1871, No. III.

34 PROF. W. H, FLOWER ON THE AUSTRALIAN CASSOWARY. [ Jan. 3,

the frontals, the lachrymals, and perhaps the parietals ; but as all

the cranial sutures are obliterated, the limits of the different bones

cannot be exactly defined. In the specimen of C. australis, the

base of the crest is produced backwards from its point of origin, so

as to overlap part of the cranium, leaving a narrow fissure between

(see fig., p. 33), whereas in one of the specimens of C. galeatus in the

College Museum* the crest at the same spot rises vertically from

the cranium. This appeared to be a good diagnostic character, until

Mr. Gerrard’s specimen was examined and found to agree with C. aus-

tralis in the mode of origin of the hinder part of the crest, although

in other respects it resembled the two College specimens of the

species to which it was referred.

The anterior portion of the upper jaw, formed by the pramaxilla,

is relatively longer, more curved, and more pointed in C. australis

than in any of the specimens of C. galeatus; but some allowance

must be made for the fact that the former was a wild bird, while

the latter had all lived some time in captivity, and may not impro-

bably have blunted or slightly malformed the extremity of the

beak by repeatedly pecking the sides of the cages in which they

were confined. No important distinction can be traced in the form

or arrangement of the bones at the base of the cranium, except that

the united palatine and pterygoid is somewhat broader in propor-

tion to its length in the specimen of C. australis than in those of

C. galeatus, though it is doubtful whether this is more than an

individual peculiarity.

In the principal characters of the vertebral column and ribs all

three skeletons of C. galeatus agree. They all have 25 free verte-

bree in front of the sacrum. Of these, 15 are without moveable ribs,

4 have moveable ribs not connected with the sternum, 5 have move-

able ribs connected below with sternal ribs, of which the first four

are articulated directly to the sternum, while the fifth does not

quite reach that bone, and one is a floating rib. A rib-bearing ver-

tebra (the twenty-sixth from the skull) is ankylosed with the

sacrum ; but the rib it carries varies much in size and in characters,

being nearly as long as the one in front of it, and quite free, in one

specimen, and quite rudimentary and. ankylosed to the vertebra in

another. The sacrum is composed of about 20 ankylosed vertebree

(not counting the one which bears a true rib) ; and in the two speci-

mens in which the tail is perfect there are nine caudal vertebre, of

which the last three are united together.

The skeleton of C. australis differs from these in several parti-

culars. It has 26 free presacral vertebrae. Of these, 19 are anterior

to the first one which is connected to the sternum, and hence may

be called cervical, the same number as in C. galeatus; but the rib

is ankylosed in the sixteenth instead of being free. There are five

vertebrze bearing ribs with sternal ribs attached, all of which arti-

culate directly with the sternum, instead of only the first four.

Then there are two vertebre bearing floating ribs anterior to the

* In the other this part of the skull had been destroyed in taking out the

brain.

1871.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE AUSTRALIAN CASSOWARY. 35

one which is ankylosed to the sacrum, This latter also bears distinct

though small ribs, united on one side and free on the other, and

clearly corresponds with the vertebra in the same position in

the other species. The additional vertebra is therefore in the pos-

terior dorsal, or lumbar region as it is sometimes considered.

The united sacral vertebree do not appear to differ materially from

those of the other species, though it is difficult to count the com-

ponent elements; the caudal region, however, is shorter by two

vertebree, unless these have been lost in preparing the skeleton,

though the good adaptation of the surfaces of the bones that are

present gives no reason for supposing that such has been the case.

The sternum differs from that of the common species only in

possessing five articular facets on each side for the sternal ribs, in-

stead of four, and, of course, in its larger size. The pelvis and limb-

bones appear to differ by this latter character only, as is shown by

the subjoined Table of dimensions (all measurements taken in a

straight line) :—

C. galeatus.

C. |xtus. Coll [Mua. Coll.| Mr. Ger- |

“australis. Surgeons, Surgeons.| rard’s

No. No. 1356. | specimen. |

1356 B.

| in. in. in. in.

| Length of skull from tip of pre-

maxilla to occiput............... Sale| 76 7-0 72

Length of base of crest............ 43) i} 4-6 44 | 47

Length of beak in front of origin

CO} GE ap nee EERE RM Es <r (SAG REC 30 | 2-4 2-0 2-5

Vertical height of erest from

upper margin of orbit ......... 5-4 4-4 4-6 38

Greatest transverse diameter of |

Gf O3 RSE eee nC ae eee 20 | 1:8 2 les 2-0

Greatest width of skull (at the /

quadrato-jugals) ............... | al | 28 29 |

Length of pelvis .................. 16-0 1445) | Sds-Siy ols:

ae ae Ol phorum. coke «we 10:0 8-4 S05 | 8-2

Greatest breadth of sternum ... 6:8 x7 56 | 53

Length of humerus ............... 33 32 2-9 | 2-9

Pedy Wee. agence scares sees 22, 22 1-9 21

eMreminnua’ Sseees ote eadieens 15 15 1:3 1:2

Pep eE INUIT ih ae seni ce Some sce 10-4 9-0 8-9 89

Seba DIB ewan tnasatecsas secas'en 71 15°1 14:6 14:9

| ,, tarso-metatarsus ......... 12-7 12:3 1193306 ay) cere LTIS35

Breadth of lower end of ditto... 25 2:3 23 | 22 |

Length OW MANGE TORt a. eee etna 48 43 43° | 42 |

vied toh middle toe: \is..ve. ee 6-4 6:2 58 ano) 0

43 41 | 38

rae, KOMMONLED L008 eas nc. castes

36 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. | Jan. 17,

January 17, 1871.

Professor Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1870 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of December 1870 was 57, of which 1 was

by birth, 12 were by presentation, 31 by purchase, 1 by exchange,

and 12 were animals received on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 89.

Amongst the additions the most remarkable were :—

1. An example of the Amphiuma (Amphiuma means), purchased,

Dec. 6th, of a dealer, and probably from one of the Southern States

of North America. The Society have previously possessed two

specimens of this animal, which were living in the Gardens from

1858 to 1861 *.

2. A Praslin Parrakeet (Coracopsis barklyi, E. Newton, P. Z.8.

1867, p. 346, pl. xxii.), received in exchange Dec. 13th, being the

second example of this rare Parrot acquired alive by the Society.

3. An example of Erxleben’s Monkey (Cercopithecus eralebeni,

Dahlb. et Puch.), purchased Dec. 17th, and believed to be the first

example of this rare and beautiful Monkey ever acquired by the

Society. This species has been well figured by Dahlbaum in his

‘Studia Zoologica’ (plate v. fig. 12). The original describers were

not acquainted with its exact locality. The present specimen, how-

ever, is certainly from some part of the West-African coast.

4. An example of the likewise rare Pluto Monkey (Cercopithecus

pluto, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 56, Mamm. pl. iii.), purchased along

with the last-named animal.

5. A small Tortoise of the genus Podocnemis from the Upper

Amazons, purchased Dec. 16th, and certainly referable to P. unifilis

of Troschel (Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 647). Mr. Edward Bartlett, who

has met with this species in the same district, informs me that his

specimens of it in the British Museum have been referred to the

young of P.dumeriliana. This, I think, can hardly be correct. But I

shall have some further remarks to make on this subject in some notes,

which I have in preparation, on the Tortoises living in the Society’s

Gardens.

6. A Piping Guan (Pipile cumanensis)+ purchased Dec. 20th,

having been obtained by Mr. H. A. Wickham during his recent voyage

down the river Cassiquiare. The bird was unfortunately in poor con-

dition, and lived but a few days, but was of interest as being the only

example of this species received alive by the Society for many years.

On concluding my series of reports upon the additions to the

Society's Menagerie for the past year, I beg leave to take this oppor-

* Two Amphiumas were purchased of Mr. Jamrach, Sept. 3, 1858. One

died March 3, 1861, and the second May 1, 1861.

t Sel. et Saly. P. ZS. 1870, p. 529.

1871.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 37

tunity of calling the attention of the Meeting to the register of

accessions to the Menagerie now lying on the table. In it will be

found the English and scientific name, sex, and locality, so far as

these are ascertainable, of every vertebrated animal received alive by

the Society, together with information as to how it was obtained,

whether by presentation, purchase, or otherwise. A corresponding

and of the mode in which the bodies are disposed of. his lies also

on the table. Both these registers, which are kept at the Super-

intendent’s office in the Gardens, are, I need hardly say, at all times

open to the inspection of the Fellows of the Society, or of any other

person interested in them. Moreover, in order to give greater

publicity to the list of arrivals, a copy of them is published every

week in the ‘Field’ newspaper.

From the earliest days of the Society’s existence it has been the

practice to keep a register of “arrivals and departures” in the daily

journal of “occurrences,” as it is termed, prepared by the Super-

intendent. Ever since the day when I had the honour of becoming

Secretary of the Society, the register of accessions has always been

carefully revised every month and an abstract of it printed in the

* Proceedings.’ This was at first done month by month*; but it

was thought afterwards to be more convenient to give the list of

additions tor the year continuously, so that since 1862 it has been

printed entire as an “Appendix” to the yearly volume of ‘ Pro-

ceedings.” At the same time it has been my constant practice (as

those here, who have so often had to listen to me, must be fully

aware) to bring before the scientific meetings such notices as seemed

to be requisite of all the more remarkable additions to the Society’s

collection, so as to call immediate attention to every accession of

special interest. I have likewise edited and published four editions

of the list of Vertebrated Animals in the Society’s Gardens, and am

now engaged in preparing a fifth edition, which will contain a register

of every accession received up to the close of last year, and thus form

a complete record of all the animals that have been living in the

Society’s Gardens during the past ten years.

I have been induced to trouble the meeting with these remarks,

because in the last number of the ‘Annals of Natural History’ + a

Fellow of the Society has assured the public that no proper record

is kept of the living animals received in the Society’s Gardens. How

such a statement can have been made in the face of the facts above

stated, I am not able to explain.

Mr. Howard Saunders exhibited a series of skins of birds of the

genus Aguila, and made the following remarks on them :—

** Before commencing the exhibition of this formidable array of

* See P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 212, where the first of these lists (for May of that year)

is given.

t Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. vii. p. 15.

38 MR. HOWARD SAUNDERS ON THE GENUS AQuILA. [Jan. 17,

Eagles, I wish to state that they have been examined by Mr. J. H.

Gurney, Canon Tristram, Dr. Jerdon, and Mr. H. E. Dresser, and

that their views on the subject coincide with my own, also that I

have brought with me no specimens which do not immediately bear

on the question. In addition to those lent by some of these gen-

tlemen, I aim indebted to Lord Lilford for the most important links

in the chain of evidence which I have to bring forward.

“Although few Eagles exhibit more marked characters than the

adult Aquila imperialis (of Cuvier, Gould, and Schlegel, =A. mo-

gilnik of Gmelin and Latham), yet a great amount of confusion exists

respecting it and some of its congeners in immature plumage.

«Tt will perhaps be best to begin by showing the different stages

of the bird as observed in Europe.

«Thoroughly identified birds taken from the nest near Seville early

in June 1869, by Lord Lilford, and still living in his aviary, were,

when I saw them in a tawny plumage, certamly somewhat darker

than Nos. 1 and 2, but still so light that several good ornithologists

at the time pronounced them to be A. nevioides. Due allowance

must be made for the burning sun of Spain on those before me; the

result of which is clearly shown in No. 2, which is a bird hatched

the same year as No.1, but killed in February 1870 instead of

October 1869.

“No. 3 is a still older bird.

‘No. 4 shows the connecting-link of the tawny bird passing into

the dark stage; the centre barred feather in the tail coming out

above the uniform old feathers.

“No. 5. Leads up to

“No. 6. Adult female shot from her eggs.

‘“No. 7. I take to be a somewhat older male.

“So far as regards Spanish specimens, which as a rule exhibit a

good deal of white on the carpal joints, and rather less on the scapu-

lars than birds from the east of Europe and Asia Minor; this, how-

ever, varies not only with age, but with the time of year. I once

possessed a Spanish Imperial Eagle with a great deal of white on

one scapula and hardly any on the other. All the eastern specimens

are adults; but Mr. Cullen, of Kustendje, writes word that all young

Imperials there are tawny, and never striated.

«True 4. imperialis at no time exhibits a striated plumage with

white bars on the wings as in the Indian specimens now before us ;

yet these birds have been set down by many Indian naturalists as 4.

émperialis, and similar specimens in the British Museum from Nepaul

are labelled Aquila mogilnik—the latter a hideous name; but the

European bird has a prior claim to both. Mr. Allan Hume, in his

‘Rough Notes of a Naturalist,’ describes the stages we have here,

but unfortunately omits the fourth, or adult stage, which I have not

been able to obtain from India. I do not mean to say that frue

A. imperialis may not occur in India; nor do I say that this bird, when

adult, may not have white scapulars ; but I do contend that this bird is

not true A. imperialis, but the Aquilu bifasciata, as figured in Gray

and Hardwicke’s ‘ Ill. Ind. Zool.’ vol.i. pl. 17. At pl. 28, vol. ii., the

1871.] LETTER FROM DR. BROWN. 39

same species is again figured as Aquila imperialis 2 ; and this has

been the probable source of the error. So far bifasciata is a very

good name for the Indian bird. The young bird of this species was

obtained by Mr. Tristram near Lebanon, its most western known

occurrence.

«IT may remark that there is a great difference in the cry of these

two species, that of dA. nevioides being a velp, whereas that of 4.

imperialis is a hoarse bark, not unlike that of the adult Great Black-

backed Gull (Larus marinus).

*‘ Major Irby first drew my attention to these Eagles ; and an exa-

mination of Lord Jilford’s birds, and of the sterna of many of

these birds now on the table, confirmed the views which he suggested.

For the loan of the sterna I have to thank Prof. Newton.

** Seeing that these two species run so close, it is impossible to say

what many of the isabelline-coloured birds in Spanish museums may

be; but at least we have ove authentic specimen of A. nevioides

here. I have hitherto no knowledge of its breeding in Spain, though

I think it not improbable.

* Like some better ornithologists than myself, I at one time confused

A, nevioides with A. clanga, a specimen of which I now exhibit to

show how totally distinct they are, the affinities of the latter being

with A. nevia, of which it appears to be little more than a larger race.

“The peculiarity in 4. nevioides when adult is that the feathers are

half of one colour, half of another ; but in the young this is not so.”

Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on a spe-

cimen of the so-called Sabine’s Snipe (Scolopax sabini) in the flesh,

recently killed. This bird was usually regarded as a melanoid variety

of the Common Snipe (Gallinago gallinula) ; but Mr. Harting was

not quite certain whether this view was correct.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a typical example of dteles variegatus,

Wagner (Siiugeth. v. p. 78), collected on the Serra de Cocoi, on the

Upper Rio Negro, by the late Johann Natterer, on the 9th of

February 1831, aa he had received in exchange from the Impe-

rial Cabinet of Vienna, and pointed out its unquestionable identity

with A. bartletti of Gray, as already stated by him (P. Z. 8. 1871,

p- 668, and Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. vi. p. 472).

Some extracts were read from a letter addressed to the Secretary

by Dr. R. Brown, of Campster, F.R.G.S., concerning the best me-

thod of destroying poisonous Serpents, in reference to the discussion

at the last Meeting upon this subject. Mr. Brown suggested the

introduction of domestic Pigs into localities infested by- Serpents, and

stated that the plan had been successful in various parts of America .

where he had resided.

“For instance, no locality in the State of Oregon was more the

haunt of the deadly Rattlesnake (Crotalus lucifer) than the valleys

of Columbia River—a locality well known to all readers of the

40 MR. J. VERREAUX ON CERTAIN TOURACOES. ([Jan. 17,

adventures of the early fur-traders on the Pacific slopes of the Rocky

Mountains. Indeed, for some time after settlers came to that part

of the country, so troublesome were the Snakes that they would even

enter the houses ard get under the beds. All efforts to lessen their

numbers proved futile until Pigs became common in that part of the

country. These Pigs were turned loose in the ‘‘oak-scrub”’ to feed

on the acorns of the Quercus garryana, and generally to root about.

From that day the reign of the Rattlesnake was on the wane; and

now so few are they in this locality that though I stayed there for

about a fortnight, continually roaming about the country on foot on

botanical excursions, for a radius of six or seven miles, I do not

remember even seeing one. It was not until I got beyond the range

of the Pigs that they again began to be common. Between the Pigs

and the Snakes there seems to be a natural antipathy. The moment

a Pig sees a Snake it rushes upon it, grunting loudly ; and before the

Serpent can strike, it plants its foot on the Snake’s head, crushing it,

and then devours it. A Snake makes off immediately on the approach

of a Pig; and so well do the Indians know of this antipathy, that I

have often seen the women come to the settlers, begging for a piece

of fresh Pig’s skin to wrap around their ankles when gathering berries

in the bush as a preventative against being bit by Rattlesnakes. This

was in Southern Oregon, in Rogue-River valley; but the same

belief (for which I doubt not there exists some good foundation in

experience) is very widely spread. The Pig, it is said, is proof

against the puison of the Rattlesnake. This I cannot certify as true,

as I never had an opportunity of putting the assertion to the test.

It may be, however, that the thick layer of fat in the Pig prevents

the watery poison from reaching the more vital parts and so entering

the larger blood-vessels.”’

M. Jules Verreaux, C.M.Z.S., made the following remarks on the

colouring-matter of the wing-feathers of certain Touracoes, in reference

to a discussion which had taken place at the previous Meeting :—

«Comme ila été question, dans la dernitre scance de la Société, d’un

fait assez intéressant sur le coloration des plumes de l’aile du genre

Corythaix, permettez-moi que je viens vous soumettre quelques-unes

des observations qu'il m’a été permises de faire durant mes longs

voyages dans le sud de l’Afrique déja en 1818, lorsque j’accom-

pagnais au Cap de Bonne-Espérance feu mon oucle Delalande. J’ ob-

servais dans le canton vommé Knysna un grand nombre du Corythaix

albocristata de Strickland, et je remarquai que pendant les pluies

diluviennes qui durérent plusieurs jours, ces oiseaux qui habitent

d’ordinaire la sommité des grands arbres, descendaient sur les branches

basses, et cherchaient dans les lieux les plus touffus un refuge contre

Pintensité dela pluie, mais je remarquais aussi qu’a ce moment leur

plumage était tellement imbibé d’eau quwils ne pouvaient voler. Etant

parvenu, aprés bien de la ruse, 4 m’emparer d’un sujet que j’avais

saisi par l’aile, et qui m’échappa, quelle fut ma surprise de voir

Vintérieur de ma main colorée en rouge comme du sang, mais qui

disparut aussitdt le lavage. Ce fait m’ayant paru des plus curieux,

‘1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE SO-CALLED AXOLOTLS. 41

ainsi qu’A mon oncle, il fut convenu que nous chercherions 4 nous en

procurer de nouveaux, ce qui eu lieu quelques jours aprés, la pluie

n’ayant pas cessé pendant une huitaine de jours. Ainsi donc, nous

étant livrés, ainsi que plusieurs de ses chasseurs 4 la recherche de

ces oiseaux, nous ne tardimes pas 4 nous convaincre que leur vol

devenait impossible par l’imbibition des plumes et nous fiimes assez

heureux pour en saisir trois exemplaires dans un état parfait de santé,

sauf le tremblement causé par l’immersion, mais qui cessa dés que

leurs plumes furent séchées. Nous renouvelames l’expérience que le

hasard m’avait fourni, et pendant que les plumes étaient mouillées,

nous n’etimes aucune peine & les décolorer par le frottement, et a les

rendre d’une rose pile, surtout en les imbibant avec de l’eau de savon,

car alors elles devenaient presque blanches. Mais ce qui nous surprit

le plus, fut de voir cette méme coloration rouge vif revenir dés que

Yoiseau était complétement séché. Nous avons renouvelé cette

opération deux fois par jour, et chaque fois nous avons eu le méme

résultat.

“ L’expérience que j’ai faite moi-méme sur d’autres espéces de la

méme famille, me prouve que toutes les plumes rouges sont pourvues

d’une matiére colorante qui s’efface en grande partie lorsque ces

oiseaux sont exposés pendant longtemps a l’injure de leau, car sur

le nombre que j’en ai pris ou tués, j’en ai remarqué un bon nombre

dont la décoloration était presque compléte, mais reparaissait

tonjours dés que l’oiseau était séché. Ce que je dis ici pour le genre

Corythaiz s’applique également au genre Trogon, qui comme les

Touracos, poss¢de un plumage dont la texture est tellement déli¢, que

la pluie y produit le méme effet. J’ai remarqué surtout sur lespéce

africaine, le Hapaloderma narina, que la belle coloration rouge du

ventre était susceptible de décoloration pendant Timbibition, et

qu’alors ces plumes étaient roses, mais que, comme pour les Touracos,

la vive coloration rouge reparaissait aussitot que les plumes étaient

stches. Depuis mon retour en Europe, j’ai fait extraire des plumes de

Touracos de diverses espéces la matiére colorante, qui se détache, du

reste, trés-facilement dans de l’alcali, et qui au dire de plusieurs

chimistes, pourrait servir avantageusement pour la toilette des femmes

qui voudraient raviver leurs couleurs, et n’aurait pas l’inconvénient de

rider la peau comme le font en général les matiéres minérales qu’ elles

emploient.”

Mr. Sclater called the attention of the meeting to a letter from

Prof. Baird, published in a recent number of ‘Land and Water’

(Dec. 31, 1870, p. 483), according to which and to Prof. Cope’s note

(Proc. Acad. Sc. Phil. 1868, p. 276) the so-called Axolotls, of which

specimens were in the Society’s Gardens, and about the development

of which into Salamanders of the genus Amblystoma so much has

been said and written*, would appear, after all, to be not the true

Siredon mexicanus of the lake of Mexico, but the larvee of dmb/lystoma

mavortium, which had been named by Baird Siredon lichenoides.

This appeared to have been well known to the late Prof. Dumeéril,

* Cf. Ginther, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 319; and Tegetmeier, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 160.

42 _ MR. J.W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL. [ Jan. 17,

who had correctly determined the species (¢f. Nouv. Arch. d. Mus.

ii. p. 265). But so long as the true Axolotl of the lake of Mexico

(Siredon mexicanus) was never known to undergo any metamorphosis,

it seemed to be too soon to arrive at one of the conclusions put

forward by Prof. Duméril (/. ¢. p. 291) that the name Siredon must

be altogether suppressed. No Amélystoma was known, according to

Prof, Baird, to which Sivedon mexicanus could possibly be referred.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Skeleton of a Narwhal (Monodon monoceros) with

two fully developed Tusks. By J. W. Crark, F.Z.S.

[Received January 17, 1871. ]

In March 1869 I obtained for the Museum of Zoology and Com-

parative Anatomy at Cambridge, through the kindness of Professor

Reinhardt of Copenhagen, a complete skeleton of an adult Narwhal,

with both tusks fully developed. It had been brought to Copen-

hagen from Greenland a few weeks before by one of the officers of

the Danish establishments there, and reached me in a very rough

state, just as it had been hastily cleaned in the first instance. The

skeleton is complete, with the exception of the pelvic bones, and

measures from the central point of the tail-flukes to the ends of the

maxillaries 14', of which the skull occupies 22’. The greatest

breadth of the skull across the squamosals is 16?!’, Of the tusks

the right measures 6! 1! in length, and 83" in girth at the outer edge

of the socket ; the left 6’ 7", with a girth of 93". The tusks are 23!

apart at their origin, but diverge until they are 173" apart at their

tips. The shorter tusk has evidently been accidentally broken, pos-

sibly after the capture of the animal; had it not been for this un-

fortunate circumstance, they would have been as nearly as possible

of equal length. The sex was not stated; but there can be but little

doubt that the skeleton is that of a male.

There are four excellent papers on the dentition of the Narwhal—

by Mulder *, G. Vrolik +, Reinhardt f, and Jiger§. The first two

being in Dutch, and the third in Danish, they are little known. I

owe a translation of Reinhardt’s to the kindness of Professor Flower ;

of Vrolik’s I have had one made. I regret that I could not obtain

one of Mulder’s ; but as it chiefly relates to the dentition of the young

Narwhal, it less concerns my present purpose. Vrolik and Reinhardt

both treat of bidental skulls; and so does Jiger to a certain extent.

* Claas Mulder, ‘ Over de tanden van den Narwal,” &c. in Tijdschrift voor

natuurlijke Geschiedenis, D. ii. 1835.

t G. Vrolik, “Nieuw Voorbeeld van twee uitgegroeide Stoottanden aan den-

zelfden Narval Schadel,” in Bijdrage tot de Dierkunde, D. i. 1849.

¢ “ Nogle Bemxrkninger om Narhvalens Stédtand,” Naturhist. Foren. Vi-

dlensk. Meddelelser for 1862.

§ Dr. G. Jager, ‘ Berichtigung einer Angabe Cuvier's,” &c. in Jahreshefie des

Vereins fur yaterlandische Naturkunde in Wirtemberg: Stuttgart, 1851.

1871.]| MR. J. W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL. 43

These authors have so thoroughly investigated the subject, that any

value my paper may possess will be due to the fact of its introducing

their views to English readers. ;

The skulls of the toothed Whales are generally asymmetrical,

being twisted more or less, usually towards the left. This peculiarity

is especially observable in Monodon. One would expect it to be

greatly exaggerated in the skulls of the males, where the left tusk

alone is developed, and the left maxillary is in consequence very

large, and the right proportionately small. But it does not seem to be

affected by the absence or presence of teeth. Female skulls, where

neither tusk is developed, are equally twisted ; and so are the bidental

skulls (fig. 1, p. 46), so far as I have been able to observe them, with

the exception of the one at Amsterdam, which, if Vrolik’s figure is

correct, is twisted far less than any of the others. The increased size

of the right maxillary does not appear to affect the rest of the skull.

The normal dentition of the adult Narwhal is as follows :—In the

male the left tnsk alone is developed, while the right remains abor-

tive in its alveolus. This closes over it so as to leave no external

trace of the existence of a tooth within it. In the female both tusks

remain abortive, like the right tusk in the male. The developed

tusk measures usually, in an adult, about 98" in length (of which

14" are concealed within the alveolus), and is 8" in girth at the outer

edge of the maxillary. It is spirally striated in a direction from

right to left; and frequently the body of the tooth is twisted upon

itself in a spiral*, the direction of which is also sinistral. There are

generally five or six turns of the spiral, which become gradually

further and further apart as they approach the tip of the tooth, ex-

tending to within 6” or 7” of the point in a tusk of average length.

The extremity is without spiral markings. Scoresby + notices that

the striated portion is usually grey and dirty, the extremity clean

and white ; and of one taken in his Greenland voyage he remarksf,

‘the tooth was covered, over the greater part of its surface, with a

greasy substance, forming a blackish-brown incrustation. The un-

derside of the horn, however, and a few inches of the point were

quite clean, white, and polished.” Anderson §, in a very graphic

passage, compares the discoloured portion to the scabbard of a sword,

so strong is the contrast between the grey and white portions.

I have carefully compared my bidental specimen with several nor-

mally developed Narwhal skulls in which the alveoli of the teeth

have been laid open; and I find that the alveolus of the tooth or

teeth is hollowed out in the maxillary alone, and in no other bone

whatever. Hence Cuvier || is wrong in saying that the alveolus is

* Three such are preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,

Nos. 2535, 2536, 2540; and in almost every museum, or shop where Narwhal

ivory is sold, tusks so twisted may be seen. It may therefore almost be regarded

as anormal form. For the dentition given above see Owen, ‘ Odontography,’

». 348.

: + Arctic Regions, i. p. 490.

t+ Greenland, p. 153.

§ Nachrichten von Grénland, &e., p. 202. ~

|| Oss. Fossiles, v. pt. 1. p. 522.

44 MR. J. W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL. (Jan. 17,

“common to the maxillary and intermaxillary,”’ or contained ‘in

the intermaxillary only” *, a mistake which F. Cuvier has copied f.

The wall of the alveolus is so thin on the underside in a full-grown

animal that it chips off in maceration (fig. 2).

It has been asserted that the tusk of the Narwhal may be deve-

loped indifferently on the right side or on the left. This view was

originally advanced by the two Cuviers and Lacépéde f, and has

since been brought forward again by Meckel§$ and Rapp||, and more

recently by Lilljeborg, who, in his paper on the Scandinavian Cetacea,

says, ‘‘the long and sharp tusk, which is generally in the left side

of the upper jaw, is spiral to the left. The spiral ridges run to the

left, even when the tusk is in the right side of the upper jaw” 4.

In the Swedish original of the paper the passage runs as follows :—

“The tusk, when on the right side of the upper jaw, has its spiral

dextrorsal, instead of sinistrorsal’’ **. It was to controvert this state-

ment that Reinhardt wrote his paper.

An examination of the ground of this assertion introduces us to

the most fruitful of all sources of error in descriptions of the Narwhal,

namely, erroneous figures. It is based on the woodcut given by

Blasius 7, in which the right tusk is undoubtedly developed, with a

dextrorsal spiral, and with the skull twisted towards the right instead

of towards the left. But a careful examination shows, as Reinhardt

points out, that Blasius has borrowed his Cetacean illustrations in

general from G. Cuvier, from Brandt and Ratzeburg, and from F.

Cuvier—and this one in particular, on a slightly reduced scale, from

the last author, who has himself taken it from his brother’s work,

without observing that his engraver has reversed it in making the

copy, the right side appearing as the left, and vice versd. The same

mistake has been made by Owen ff, in borrowing Sir E. Home’s

figure ; and by Pander and D’Alton §§. In figures of the entire ani-

mal the spiral is as often dextral as sinistral; but these are, one and

all, so full of errors of every sort that we need not stop to consider

them more particularly |\||.

It is true that the testimony of Fabricius may be advanced in

* Tbid. p. 321. Comp. also ‘ Régne Animal,’ ed. 1829, i. p. 292.

t Histoire des Cétacés, p. 230.

t Lacépede (Cétacés, p. 147), ‘‘ Elle (la dent) est située au cdté droit ou au

coté gauche de la machoire supérieure.” G. Cuvier (Oss. Foss. v. p. 321), “ Dans

le male il n’en sort ordinairement qu’une des deux (dents), le plus souvent celle

du cdté gauche.” F. Cuvier (Cétacés, p. 237), ‘La defense . . . . qui se trou-

verait tantot au cdté droit, tantot au cdté gauche.”

§ Meckel, ‘ Vergleichende Anatomie,’ ed. 1829, iv. p. 516.

|| Rapp, ‘ Die Cetaceen,’ p. 46.

{| Lilljeborg, ‘Scandinavian Cetacea,’ ed. Ray Society, p. 244.

** Reinhardt, /. c,

tt Saugethiere Deutschlands, p. 525, fig. 282. Compare G. Cuvier, ‘ Ossemens

Fossiles,’ y. plate xxii.; Brandt and Ratzeburg, ‘ Medizinische Zoologie ;’ and

F. Cuvier, ‘ Cétacés,’ plate 17. fig. 3.

tt Odontography, plate 87. fig.1. Compare Sir E. Home, ‘ Lectures on Com-

arative Anatomy, ii. pl. 42.

§§ Skelette der Cetaceen, p. 2, tab. v. fig. a and 0.

||| Compare, for instance, the figure in Trans, Roy. Soc. 1813, plate vii. fig. 2.

1871.) MR. J. W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL. 45

favour of this view ; for he says, in his ‘ Fauna Grcenlandica*, ‘‘ De

maxilla superiore, latere alterutro, jam dextro, jam sinistro, prostat

dens prelongus.’’ That he should have made such a mistake is

ingeniously accounted for by Reinhardt, who argues that, as Fabri-

cius resided in the south of Greenland, at Narksalik in Frederikshaab

district, whereas the Narwhal rarely appears south of the 65th pa-

rallel, it is highly probable that he never saw one alive, or even a

skull, the tusk being the only part of the animal that was preserved

in those days.

The statement of Fabricius is, so far as I know, utterly unsup-

ported. I have never seen a Narwhal skull with a tusk on the right

side, nor heard of’ a single well accredited instance of such a skull

having been seen by others. One instance alone is mentioned in the

whole literature of the subject ; and that, though resting on the testi-

mony of Pallas, must be received with caution. He states that he

saw at the British Museum in London a Narwhal skeleton, 12’ long,

with a tusk, 4’ in length, on the right side of the skull. Pallas is

generally so accurate, and in this particular case is so precise in giving

the measurements of the specimen referred to, that one cannot help

feeling sure that he is writing from notes and not from memory.

Otherwise the length of time, nearly fifty years t, that intervened

between his visit to London and the publication of the ‘ Zoographia,’

coupled with the fact that the specimen cannot now be found, and

that no record has been preserved of its existence, would suggest

that a mistake had been made. As the case stands I confess that I

feel disposed to accept Pallas’s statement as accurate, and to regard

the remarkable specimen he saw as a unique divergence from the rule.

On the other hand, Scoresby § never saw a tusk on the right side of

the head; and Reinhardt ||, who in his position at Copenhagen has

had singular opportunities of studying the Cetacea, says that during

the past thirty years he has examined as many Narwhal skulls, and

never found a tusk on the right side.

I may take this opportunity of correcting a statement of Owen’s,

which at first sight would seem to favour the existence of a tooth on

the right side. In his description of a Narwhal skull in the Hun-

terian Collection, No. 2525, he remarks, “ The left tusk is, in this

instance, abortive,” implying that the right is developed 4]. On re-

ference to the skull, however, it appears that he has mistaken the

right side for the left, as so many of his predecessors have done ; for

it is perfectly normal in all respects.

Although there is no evidence in support of the development of a

* Ed. 1780, p. 30.

+ “In alio sceleto, quod Museum Britannicum habet, duodecimpedali, den-

tem unicum quadripedalem in dextro alveolo, alterum alvyeolum plane oblittera-

tum vidi.” (Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, 1. p. 296.)

t Pallas visited London, according to Prof. Reinhardt, in 1761. The ‘ Zoo-

graphia’ was published in 1811.

§ Arctic Regions, i. p. 490.

|| Reinhardt, /. ¢.

“ Cat. Mus. Roy. Coll. Surg. (Osteology), ii. p. 185. The error was pointed

out to me by Prof. Flower.

[Jan. 17,

MR. J.W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL,

Superior surface of skull of Monodon monoceros with two tusks.

MR. J. W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL.

Inferior surface of skull of Monodon monoceros with two tusks.

48 MR. J. W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL. [Jan. 17,

tusk on the right side, yet there are passages in Scoresby * which

peint to other abnormalities in Narwhal skulls. He says, “ All the

male Narwhals that I have at different times seen killed, excepting

one, had a tusk of 3’ to 6’ in length projecting from the left side of

the head.” Provokingly enough, he gives no further particulars.

I should conjecture, by comparing this passage with what he says

elsewhere, that he means that he once saw a male Narwhal with no

tusks at all. Such a case would be paralleled by those of female

Narwhals with developed tusks, three of which are on record. The

first is mentioned by Anderson t, who says that the skull with two

tusks brought to Hamburg in 1684 belonged to a female. The

second is a very remarkable instance, and rests on the authority of

Scoresby t. On his Greenland voyage he captured “a female Nar-

whal, with a tusk 4’ 3" in length, of which 12” were imbedded in

the skull,” on the left side, and with a devtrorsal spiral. On the

right side was the usual undeveloped tusk, 9” in length. The third

is to be found in the Transactions of the Linnean Society for 1821 §.

«A Hull whaler took a 9 Narwhal with a tooth in the upper jaw,

perfect, and in every respect like those of the males, though not so

large. The sex of this animal was satisfactorily ascertained in cut-

ting up, when two foetuses were taken out of it.”’

The undeveloped tusk of the right side is usually about 9” long,

smooth, tapering, and found to be solid when a section of it is made.

At the extremity there are sometimes a few markings, in a spiral or

a circular direction. In adult specimens the pulp-cavity has closed

up, and its place is marked by a very shallow depression on the outer

edge of the maxillary. At the base there is always a rough, irre-

gular growth, almost like the “burr” on a stag’s horn. In a spe-

cimen in the Cambridge Museum, obtained by exchange from Hull

in 1865, and in which the undeveloped tooth has never been removed

from its socket, this growth forms a knob turned to the left.

Scoresby notices this peculiarity, and observes that it is a distin-

guishing mark of female skulls—a statement that would appear to

require further investigation. The examination of these abortive

tusks, without knowledge of the animal to which they helonged,

led naturalists such as Lacépéde to believe in the existence of a

smaller species, to which he gave the name of Narwhalus ander-

sonianus, just as Narwhalus microcephalus was made from the exa-

mination of a tooth that was not full-grown.

When Narwhal tusks first came into the market, they were con-

sidered to belong to a marine variety of the Unicorn of Scripture ;

and much has been written to show that they fulfil all the required

conditions. They were sold for very high prices, deposited in royal

and ecclesiastical treasuries, and believed to be a specific against

poisons and fevers. Dr. Olaf Worm of Copenhagen (better known

by his Latin name Wormius), was the first who had the opportunity

* Scoresby, ‘Arctic Regions,’ i. p. 491.

+ Anderson, ‘Nachrichten yon Gron!and.’

{ Scoresby, ‘Greenland,’ p. 156.

§ Vol. xiii. p. 620. The statement is given on the authority of W. R. Whatton.

1871.] MR. J. W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL. 49

of observing the tooth im situ. He recognized the animal to which

it belonged as a Cetacean, and gives a tolerably accurate description

and figure*.

The existence of the second tooth was unsuspected till Solomon

Reisel discovered it in a skull at Stuttgart. His paper “ De uni-

cornu marino duplici,’’ dated Dec. 23, 1700, contains the first

announcement of the fact, with a tolerable figurey. Cuvier, who ap-

pears to have known no more about the paper than its title, quotest

it as an authority for the existence of a bidental cranium in the

Stuttgart Museum. This error is pointed out by Dr. G. Jager in

his paper. The next author who found out the fact was Tycho

Tychonius at Copenhagen in 1706. His rare tract, ‘ Monoceros

piscis haud monoceros,” is usually quoted as the place in which the

fact is first stated§. Reisel considered that the second tooth was kept

in reserve, as it were, to replace the fully-grown one in case it should

be destroyed by an accident. Crantz knew that the second tooth

existed, and held the same views as Reisel respecting it (Greenland,

i. 105). Subsequently Sir E. Home went into the question once

more, and published some good figures of male and female skulls

with the tusks éz situ, from specimens in the Hunterian collection |.

The striation of the exserted tusk is always from right to left. I

am not aware that this had ever been denied till Prof. Lilljeborg

advanced his theory, though Lacépéde speaks doubtfully on the

subject (Cétacés, p. 146). Reinhardt remarks, “It seems to me

that the spiral twisting of the tooth must evidently be considered as

an effect of the same cause which produces the general asymmetry

in the cranium of the Narwhal, as well as in those of all other Dol-

phins, the whole skull being twisted from the right towards the left

side, That a tooth developed on the right side should be twisted to

the left is, in my opinion, so far from being any thing unnatural,

that it would, on the contrary, be quite incomprehensible if the tusk

remained uninfluenced by that power which causes the whole skull

to be twisted from right to left.” He proceeds to argue that a proof

of the correctness of this view is afforded by the bidental skulls,

where the striation of the right tusk is the same as that of the left

(figs. 1, 2). It is curious to remark that Owen’s chief reason for

rejecting a bidental skull in Brookes’s Museum was the fact that the

spiral lines on the right tusk corresponded with, instead of opposing,

those on the left J.

Reinhardt proceeds as follows :—< There is only one supposition

that would make me feel inclined to believe that the tusk of a

Narwhal could be twisted from the left to the right. We know that

* Museum Wormianum, 1655, p. 282 ef seq.

+ In Ephemerides Acad. Ces. Leop. Nat. Cur. Dee. iii. Ann. vii. et viii. p. 350.

t Oss. Foss. v. p. 321.

§ Hgede seems to have been aware of the existence of the second tooth. He

probably learnt it during his residence in Greenland. His work was published

in 1741. Comp. Egede’s ‘ Greenland,’ English transl. Lond. 1818, p. 77.

|| Trans. Roy. Soc. 1813, p- 126.

*{ Odontography, p. 350. I can find no mention of this specimen in the sale

Catalogue of Brookes’s Museum.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1871, No. IV.

50 MR. J. W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL. [Jan. 17,

there exist species of Flounders of which single individuals, contrary

to the general rule, have their eyes on the left side of the head in-

stead of on the right, or vice versd. If any thing similar could occur

in the Narwhal; if the cranium might be twisted to the right im-

stead of to the left, then the tusk also would most likely be twisted

in the same uncommon direction.” By such a theory as this, he

urges, Scoresby’s remarkable instance of a female Narwhal tusk, with

a dextrorsal spiral, may be explained.

There are now at least eleven bidental skulls in existence in dif-

ferent European museums, including the one at Cambridge. I have

collected all the information I could about them, partly from per-

sonal observation, partly from the kindness of friends, and partly

from books and figures.

1. Hamburg.—The celebrated specimen brought home in 1684

by Dietrich Petersen, Captain of the ‘Golden Lion.’ Female. It

was originally deposited in the Museum of Herr Roding, a private

collector of curiosities, but is now in the town museum, where I

saw it in 1866. Unfortunately I had no opportunity of measuring

it. The following dimensions are from Anderson * :—left tusk 7’ 5”

long, 9" in girth; right 7’ long, and 8” in girth. Figured originally

by Anderson, whose engraver has made the right side the left, and

vice versd. His figure has been copied, with its errors, by Lacépédet,

and very badly, but corrected, by Kleinz.

2. Copenhagen.—In the Zoological Museum of the University

there is a complete adult skeleton with two fully developed tusks; a

skull in a similar condition; and a skull with two very large tusks,

but unfortunately much damaged. In the Museum of the Veterinary

School is a fourth skull §.

3. Christiania.—-A very fine skull, sent from Copenhagen. I took

the following measurements in 1866 :—

Total length, from extremity of occipital condyles

to. encot loneeat GAaK MF see. am en.e ols oP em vin URIS 101,

Length of exserted portion of longest tusk........ Gn 5.

GRID as tesa Sia est gli oor eas datee c's soe We hele 8"

‘The other tusk is now 64” shorter, but has been broken. Apparently

they were originally of the same length. It is 7” in girth at the same

point as the other. The tusks diverge 2” at their origin, 8” from

the end of the broken tusk to the opposite point of the entire one.

4. Amsterdam.—The skull figured by Vrolik ||. He gives no

history of it; but Reinhardt believes it to be one that was sold in

1846 by the Directors of the Copenhagen Museum. It will be re-

marked that the right tusk is the longest. Vrolik believes it to be of

a female, but, as Reinhardt considers, on no very sufficient grounds.

* Nachrichten yon Grénland.

+ Histoire des Cétacés, pl. 9.

¢ Hist. Piscium, Add. ad Missus ii. iii. iy. plate iii.

§ These facts, which I noted in 1866, have been confirmed, and more accurately

ne se ae kindly sent me by Prof. Reinhardt at the beginning of this year.

|| Vrolik, 2. e.

1871.] MR. J. W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL. 51

5. Weimar.—In Froriep’s Museum. The left tusk is fully deve-

loped, the right projects only a few inches beyond the skull. Figured

by Albers*. Its authenticity has been questioned by Dr. Jager ; and

undoubtedly the fact of the right tooth being so small renders it very

necessary to examine the skull most carefully.

6. Hull.—In the Museum of the Philosophical Society. Procured

in 1833 from a whaler. It is of a young animal, the left tusk

measuring 20", the right }", exclusive of the portion within the

skull +.

7. Paris.—A young skeleton recently sent from Copenhagen,

where it had been preserved for some years in the Museum stores.

The longest tusk projects 23’, the shorter one only a few inches.

Besides these, three others have been mentioned.

1. A skull sent down from Greenland in salt, and exhibited at

Amsterdam in the 17th century. This fact rests on the authority

of Zorgdragert, who says the longest tusk measured 6’, the shorter,

which was broken, 1’.

2. Leuckart§ saw a bidental skull at Vienna in 1841. The tusk

on the right side was two-thirds shorter than that on the left. The

spiral was sinistrorsal. This skull was certainly not there when I

examined the collection in 1868. Possibly it was destroyed in the

fire of 1848, which did great damage to the Museum.

3. Sowerby || mentions that a Narwhal came ashore at Friestone,

in Boston Deeps, Feb. 15, 1800. He remarks, ‘it perfectly agreed

with the name given by Linnzus, in having but one tooth, looking

like a horn; but on examining the upper jaw, it was very evident

that the other tooth had been lost; and we have since seen a perfect

skeleton of the head of this animal with the two teeth fixed in their

proper sockets.’ Unfortunately he gives no further particulars ; so

that one cannot judge whether his opinion was justified by the ap-

pearance of the skull, or rests merely on his own notions of symme-

trical propriety.

It has been argued, by Rapp in the first instance, and by others

since, that these bidental skulls are all forgeries. It might doubtless

be possible to hollow out the right side of the skull in such a way

as to admit of the insertion of a smaller tooth; and consequently

those skulls where one tusk is much smaller than the other ought

* Tcones ad Anatomen comparatam illustrandam. It has been shown by both

Vrolik and Jager that Albers was wrong in citing zine other cases of bidental

skulls. One only of his is truly bidental, No. 5, the Hamburg specimen. Nos. 1,

2, 6, and 7 are probably other figures of it; No. 3 is the Stuttgart specimen de-

seribed by Reisel ; No. 4 is that at Copenhagen, described by Tychonius; Nos.

8 and 9 are those figured by Sir E. Home. His error arose from regarding the

undeveloped tooth on the right side as something abnormal, and as a genuine

second tusk.

t+ These particulars have been most obligingly communicated to me by Mr.

R. Harrison, Curator of the Museum.

t Zorgdrager, p. 33.

§ F. 8. Leuckart, ‘ Zoologische Bruchstiicke,’ Stuttgart, 1841, p. 48. I owe

this reference to Vrolik, p. 22, /. c.

|| Brit. Miscellany, Lond. 1806, p. 17, tab. ix.

52 MR. J. W. CLARK ON THE NARWHAL. [Jan. 17,

to be submitted to the most rigorous examination. When, however,

the two tusks are of the same, or of nearly the same size, as in my

specimen (see figs. 1 and 2), I think deception is simply impossible ;

because any one can tell at a glance whether the right maxillary has

increased in due proportion for the reception of a full-grown tooth *.

I find that Dr. R. Brown, in his account of the ‘‘ Cetaceans of the

Greenland Seas” (P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 553), says, “ double-horned ones

(Narwhals) are not uncommon: I have seen them swimming about

among the herd; and several such skulls have been preserved. Among

others, there is a fine specimen, presented by Captain Graville, in the

Trinity House, Hull. One of the teeth is 3' long, and the other 4’.”’

As I have never been in Greenland, and Dr. Brown has, it may seem

presumptuous in me to doubt the accuracy of the first part of the

above statement. But against Dr. Brown may be advanced the testi-

mony of Scoresby ¢, who says, “‘ Two or three instances have occurred

of male Narwhals having been taken, which had two large external

tusks. But this is a rare circumstance.” The testimony of Crantzt

is to the same effect. Again, the great interest which was excited by

the Hamburg specimen must surely have stimulated whalers to do

their best to acquire so valuable a prize ; and yet in 186 years only

ten or eleven specimens have been obtained! Moreover I think we

should always question the accuracy of any observation made from a

ship’s deck of animals that are swimming close together ina herd. It

is so very easy to transfer the characteristics of one to another; nay,

almost impossible to avoid doing so. For this reason I should be

disposed to reject the instance cited by Sir E. Home §, who says,

‘A very intelligent captain in the Greenland fishery, who has gone

thirty-five voyages, never saw a Narwhal with two tusks but once,

and then from the masthead. The left appeared to be two-thirds

longer than the right, and was above 5’ out of the water; the point

of the right appearing just above the surface, so that the small one

must have been about 3’.”’ Surely it is most probable that the two

tusks belonged to different animals. It is to observations of this

kind that we owe the Dolphins with two dorsal fins, and other mon-

strosities of Cetacean literature.

On the other hand I was told by Mr. Wareham, the well-known

dealer in china and curiosities, in whose shop I have had the oppor-

tunity of examining a great number of Narwhal tusks, bought by

him out of the ship ‘ Diana,’ of Holl, that the mate informed him

that two of them were taken out of the same skull. I mention this

fact, as it may indicate that whalers are indifferent to every consi-

deration except that of getting as much ivory as possible, and do not

stop to consider whether their prize has two tusks or one.

Dr. Brown has made a strange mistake with reference to the speci-

men from Hull, which he describes so particularly. Feeling anxious

* Professor Flower tells me that there is a bidental cranium in the Warwick

Museum with the tusk on the right side inserted artificially.

+ Arctic Regions, i. p. 490.

t History of Greenland, i. p. 105.

§ Lectures, i. p. 259.

1871.] DR. J.C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND SHELLS. 53

to verify his measurements, I wrote to the Curator of the Hull Lite-

rary and Philosophical Society, who replies, in a letter dated Jan. 13,

1871, “I cannot imagine where Mr. Brown obtained his informa-

tion. I have been to the Trinity House, have seen some of the

leading men, and have looked over their Museum ; and there is no

such thing as the skull of a Narwhal about the place! They have

two large horns, fixed one on each side of a door, with a silver plate,

and the name of the donor engraved thereon ; but that is all belong-

ing to the Narwhal; and they are very much surprised at the state-

ment I made. I made inquiry of some other people, but could not

gain any information. J then went to a friend of the Gravilles ; and

he told me he had never heard of the skull with two tusks, which

he thought he should have done had there been such a thing. He

said he knew the widow had several tusks, which were sold some

time ago, as he saw them before they were sold. Captain Graville,

the elder, was frozen to death some years ago in the Arctic Seas;

and the said horns were sold some time after his death by his widow.

I asked if he thought it possible that the son had any thing of the

sort; and he replied that he had not, as he had lived next door to

him for some time, and was very intimate with him, and he was

quite certain that if he had possessed such a thing he should have

been made acquainted with it.”

There are several interesting questions about the dentition of the

young Narwhal, which is said to have molar and incisor teeth; but

it will be necessary to procure fresh specimens before any certain

conclusions can be arrived at respecting them.

2. Descriptions of seven new Species of Australian Land

Shells. By James C. Cox, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

[Received December 2, 1870.]

(Plate III.)

1. Hexix Gratrosa, sp. nov. (Plate IIT. figs. 1, 1 a.)

Shell imperforate, rather thin, globosely turbinated, finely striated

with lines of growth, and, under the lens, irregularly transversely

striated ; yellow-brown, ornamented with two rather broad dark

chestnut bands, one beneath the suture, the other above the centre

of the body-whorl, and a third round the umbilical region; spire

conoid, apex smooth; whorls 7, rather convex, the last somewhat

inflated, rounded at the base; suture distinctly margined below with

a rather broad white line; aperture ovately lunate, diagonal, purplish

within; peristome expanded and reflexed, slightly thickened and

dark ; margins joined by a thin dark callus ; columella broadly ex-

panded and completely occluding the umbilicus.

Diameter, greatest 1-28, least 1:12; height 1°30 of an inch.

Hab. Whitsunday Island, off Port Denison, Queensland.

54. DR. J. UC. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND SHELLS. [Jan. 17,

A fine showy species combining the characters of Helix macleayt

and Helix blomfieldi, and found, in company with the former, rather

abundantly.

2. Heirx CoxENI, sp. nov. (Plate III. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Shell deeply, rather largely, and openly umbilicated, depressedly

globose, very thin, translucent, light yellow-brown, irregularly striated

with slightly raised waved striz, irregularly studded with numerous

sharp, rather long, fine recurved bristles; whorls 53, last rapidly

increasing in size, a little descending in front, and considerably in-

flated; aperture broadly oval, anterior margin scarcely everted,

posterior broadly everted ; columella much dilated, slightly covering

the umbilicus, and produced beyond it ; margins joined by a thin

callus.

Diameter, greatest 0°97, least 0°70; height 0°63 of an inch.

Hab, Whitsunday Island, off Port Denison, Queensland.

I have named this species after Mr. Coxen of Brisbane, an ardent

and enthusiastic collector of our Australian shells.

3. VITRINA SUPERBA, Sp. Nov.

Shell depressed, orbicularly auriform, light olive-green, rather

opaque, shining; whorls 3, convex, rapidly increasing, last much

expanded ; spire scarcely raised, rounded, striated with lines of

growth ; aperture oblique, Junar-ovate, largely open; peristome

simple, thin; columella sharply arched; margins widely separated.

Diameter, greatest 1+20, least 0°74 ; height 0°59 of an inch.

Hab. Mount Dryander, Port Denison, Queensland.

This fine species is, so far, the largest known. According to Reeve’s

figure it must closely resemble Vitrina magnifica, but is larger and

more depressed.

4, HELIX BELLENGERENSIS, sp. nov.

Shell deeply, rather narrowly umbilicated, turbinately depressed,

lenticular, thin, dark claret-brown, not shining ; whorls 53, coarsely

obliquely striated, very gradually increasing in size, last whorl rather

sharply keeled at the periphery and depressed in front; base convex ;

aperture rotundately lunar; last whorl suddenly contracted behind

an everted peristome, which is white and slightly thickened ; mar-

gins approaching ; anterior margin inserted below the carina; colu-

mellar margin only slightly dilated.

Hab. Bellenger River, east coast of New South Wales.

Diameter, greatest 0°55, least 0°48 ; height 0°35 of an inch.

A simply lenticular species allied to H. leucocheilus, Cox, from

which it differs in being more conical and more sharply keeled.

5. Hexix sARDA-LABIATA, sp. nov. (Plate III. figs. 3, 3a.)

Shell deeply, openly, rather largely umbilicated, orbicularly conoid,

thin, smooth, very finely striated throughout, pale fawn-grey ;

whorls 6, gradually increasing in size, the last sharply deflected in,

front ; aperture oval, margins closely approximating, slightly thick-

FP Zon eee

MeN Hanhart imp

1871.] PROF. A. NEWTON ON NEW OR RARE BIRDS’ EGGS. 55

ened and reflexed, and of a polished pink carnelian appearance within ;

columellar margin triangularly dilated, overhanging the umbilicus.

Diameter, greatest 1°10, least 0°83; height 0°80 of an inch.

Hab. Mount Dryander, Port Denison, Queensland.

6. Hexix o’cONNELLENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate III. figs. 4, 4 a.)

Shell with a wide, open, funnel-shaped umbilicus, semiglobose,

smooth, base flat and much excavated round the umbilicus, blackish

chestnut, rather solid; spire obtuse; whorls 6; suture margined

with a rather broad white line; aperture oval, lilac within, darker at

the lip, which is expanded throughout; margins approaching,

columellar margin broadly expanded and overhanging the funnel-

shaped umbilicus.

Hab. The O’Connell River, Port Denison, Queensland.

Diameter, greatest 1:15, least 0°87 ; height 0°85 of an inch.

Closely allied to and resembling H. rainbirdi, Cox, in the exca-

vated base around the umbilicus ; but it is a smaller species, and

easily distinguished from H. rainbirdi by its white-margined suture.

7. HeL1x WHARTON], sp. nov. (Plate III. figs. 5, 5 a.)

Shell deeply, openly umbilicated, depressedly globose, thin, finely

striated, profusely banded with yellow and light-chestnut bands vary -

ing in width and slightly undulating; spire slightly raised; whorls

64, rather flat, last whorl descending in front; aperture lunar-oval,

margins approaching, joined by a thin callus; lip slightly thickened

and everted ; columellar margin triangularly dilated, half concealing

the umbilicus ; aperture pearly within.

Diameter, greatest 1°53, least 1:15; height 1°10 of an inch.

Hab. Port Denison, Queensland.

This is a very constant species, and in great abundance, showing

but little variation. It is allied to H. appendiculata, Reeve, but is

a thinner and lighter shell and more depressed.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE III.

Figs. 1, la. Helix gratiosa, p. 53.

2, 2a. coxent, p. 54.

3, 3a. sarda-labiata, p. 54.

4, 4a. o’connellensis, p. 55.

5, 5a. —— whartoni, p. 55.

3. On some New or Rare Birds’ Eggs.

By Atrrep Newron, M.A., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received January 17, 1871.]

(Plate IV.)

In continuation of the notes which I have before (P. Z. 8. 1861,

p. 393, and 1867, p. 161) presented to the Society, I have for a

56 PROF. A. NEWTON ON NEW OR RARE BIRDS EGGS. [Jan. 17,

third time the honour of offering to it some remarks on new or

rare birds’ eggs, which the kindness of several scientific friends

has placed it in my power to make. In the present case these friends

are (as on a former occasion) the authorities of the Smithsonian

Institution (Professors Henry and Baird), Mr. E. L. Layard, and

Dr. Cunningham.

1. LeEUCOSTICTE GRISEINUCHA.

This, received from the Smithsonian Institution, is a perfectly

white egg, measuring *97 in. X *67in. I am not aware that the

egg of any species of this genus has been before described.

2. THERISTICUS MELANOPIS. (Plate IV. fig. 8.)

I have already described this specimen in the ‘Ibis’ (1870,

p. 502), and it is unnecessary for me now to say more about it than

that I owe it to Dr. Cunningham.

3. CaLIDRIS ARENARIA. (Plate IV. fig. 2.)

Mr. Gould has lately shown (B. Gr. Brit. part xi.) that hitherto

nothing has been known with certainty about the breeding of this

bird, one of the commonest winter visitants to the temperate regions

of both New and Old Worlds. The egg has several times been an-

nounced as having been obtained; but the specimens so recorded

differ materially from that which I now exhibit, as that also does

from those figured by Thienemann (Fortpflanz. gesammt. Vog.

t. xii. fig. 2) and Bideker (Hier europ. Vog. t. xxi. fig. 5), so that

I can hardly doubt that the egg now on the table is the first genuine

Sanderling’s which has been seen in Europe.

It was sent to me by the Smithsonian Institution ; and the ticket

accompanying it shows that it was procured by Mr. M‘Farlane on the

Barren Grounds of America, near the Anderson River ; and the fact

that the parent bird (2 ) was shot leaves no room for doubt as to

its authenticity and proper identification. It measures 1°43 in. x

‘98in. The nest was said to have been of hay and decayed leaves.

4, MacRORHAMPHUS GRISEUS.

This egg, not hitherto described, is also from the Smithsonian

Institution. It resembles in general marking and colour that of a

Redshank (Totanus calidris) ; but the specimen is unfortunately so

much broken that I cannot give its dimensions, or propose that it

should be figured in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings.’

5. NuMENIUS BorEALIS. (Plate IV. fig. 1.)

Another of the generous gifts of the Smithsonian Institution, and

interesting as the egg of a scarce straggler to the Old World. It

shows in its appearance a connexion between the genera Numenius

and Limosa (L. lapponica), and measures 2°04 in. x 1°43 in. It

was obtained by Mr. M‘Farlane from an Esquimaux on the Arctic

coast of America, east of the Anderson River.

1871.] PROF. A. NEWTON ON NEW OR RARE BIRDS’ EGGS. 57

6. NumMENIvUS HuDsonIcus. (Plate IV. fig. 3.)

This egg has more of the normal appearance of Numenius. It

measures 2°38 in. X 1:47 in., and was obtained by Mr. M‘Farlane

from an Esquimaux at Anderson Lower Fort.

7. ACTODROMAS BAIRDI.

The egg of this lately distinguished species, which in its wander-

ings is not confined to the Old World (cf. Ibis. 1870, p. 151), is

unfortunately broken, and I cannot give its dimensions. Enough,

however, is left to show the style of colourimg—pale yellowish-

white ground with markings of brownish red and dull reddish violet.

It was procured by Mr. M‘Farlane, and the parent shot near the

nest.

8. Cutonis minor. (Plate IV. fig. 7.)

This was sent to me by Mr. Layard, who received it from the

Crozette Islands. No egg of either species of the genus has been

before known ; and this confirms, by its appearance, the systematic

position of the form shown by osteology, its affinity, namely, to the

Plovers. It measures 2°23 in. x 1°48 in.

9. XeMA SABINII. (Plate IV. fig. 5.)

In 1861 I had the pleasure of showing a much damaged specimen

of this egg, obtained in Siberia by Dr. von Middendorff. The present,

received with two others from the Smithsonian Institution, possesses

precisely the same general characters. They measure respectively

178 xX 1°23, 1°72 x 1°26, and 1°74 xX 1°24, and were procured

by Mr. M‘Farlane at Franklin Bay, on the Arctic coast of America,

east of the Anderson River. The hen bird was shot.

10. CHROICOCEPHALUS PHILADELPHIA. (Plate IV. fig. 6.)

Though this egg has before been received in this country from

the Smithsonian Institution, it has never been figured or described ;

and this is the first I have possessed. It is very normal in appearance,

and measures 1°8 in. X 1:29 in. It was also obtained by Mr.

M‘Farlane at Anderson-River Fort.

11. Larus FRANKLINI. (Plate IV. fig. 4.)

Iam not aware that the egg of this bird has been hitherto known.

It is also normal in character, and measures 2°13 in. X 1°43 in. It

was transmitted from Manitoba to the Smithsonian Institution by

Mr. L. D. Gunn.

12. CLANGULA ALBEOLA.

This is one of a nest of nine eggs sent to the Smithsonian Institu-

tion by Mr. M‘Dougal, who procured it on the Youkon. It measures

1°63 in. x 1°23 in., and is of a yellowish-white colour, and smooth

in grain, like a Teal’s.

58 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. [Jan. 17,

13. SOMATERIA V-NIGRUM.

One of eight eggs taken near St. Michael's, Norton Sound. It is

smooth and of a pale olive-green, measuring 2°4 in. X 1°67 in.

14. CHEN HYPERBOREUS.

From the Arctic coast, eastward of the Anderson River. It is of

a warm yellowish-white, but much obscured by dirt, and measures

2°93 in. X 2°09 in.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. A. Egg of Numenius borealis, p. 56.

5, Calidris arenaria, p. 56.

3 » Numenius hudsonicus, p. 97.

4. ,, Larus franklini, p. 57.

5. 4, Aema sabinit, p. 57.

6. Chroicocephalus philadelphia, p. 57.

7. 4, Chionis minor, p. 57

8. » Lheristicus melanopts, p. 56.

4. On Hemicentetes, a new Genus of Insectivora, with some

Additional Remarks on the Osteology of that Order.

By St. Georce Mivart, F.R.S.

[Received January 17, 1871.]

(Plate V.)

HEMICENTETES MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Erinaceus madagascariensis, Shaw, Gen. Gool. i. 2. p. 458.

Frinaceus ecaudatus, Schreber, ili. p. 584, tab. 165*.

Erinaceus semispinosus, Cuvier, Rég. An, 1st edition, p. 136.

Setiger variegatus, Geoff. St.-Hilaire, Nouv. Dict. xxxii. p. 54.

Centenes semispinosus, Cuvier, Regne Anim. i. p. 125; Des-

marest, Mamm. p. 162. no. 253,

Centetes semispinosus, Fischer’s Synopsis, p. 245. no. 3; Isid.

Geoff. St.-Hilaire, Dict. Class. xvi. p. 41, and Magasin de Zoologie,

1839, pp. 15 and 32; Wagner, J. A. Schreb. Supplem. ii. pp. 35

and 553, and v. p. 583.

Centetes madagascariensis, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. 1836, and List

of Mammalia in Brit. Mus. 1843, p. 82.

Le jeune Tanrec, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl. iii. p. 214, tab. xxxvii. ;

Sonnerat, Voyage a la Chine, tom. ii. p. 146.

Asiatic Hedgehog, Pennant’s Quadrupeds, ii. p. 236.

The curious insectivore the osteology of which is now, I believe,

for the first time described, has been very long known, having been

well figured by Buffon in 1776. Nevertheless it was considered

by M. Isidore Geoffroy St.-Hilaire a species determined from imma-

M&N Hanhar', amp

NEW OR RARE BIRDS EGGS

1871.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTLTES. 59

ture specimens only *. Recently both our National Collection and the

Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons have been enriched by

skeletons of this species, and avery perfect and fully adult specimen

in the possession of Mr. E. Gerrard has been very kindly lent me for

description and to supply the figures herewith given.

These specimens have convinced me that the differences between the

species now described and Centetes ecaudatus are of sufficient

inportance to warrant the elevation of the former into a distinct

genus.

The external characters are so well known already that I shall

confine myself to a description of the skeleton and dentition, pointing

out the resemblances and differences between these parts in Hemi-

centetes and in Centetest.

Side view of skull, twice the natural size.

The skull is even more produced than is that of Centetes, but it

is more tapering, more so, indeed, than in any insectivore, even

Talpa. Thus, when looked at from above, it is much less cylindrical

than in Centetes; and even when viewed laterally, it is at least as

conical from behind forwards, in spite of the absence of the sagittal

ridge which is so strongly marked in Centetes. The skull is broadest

between the glenoidal surfaces, and then tapers forwards with con-

siderable regularity. The orbits are not only incomplete behind, but

there is not even any trace of a postfrontal process. Posteriorly

the skull is rounded; but anteriorly the nares slope gently

backwards, with a very elongated opening. There is no zygomatic

arch, but the maxillary process projects more backwards and less

outwards than in Cenéetes; it ends in a sharp, rather upwardly

inclined point.

* He says, in ‘ Magasin de Zoologie,’ 1839, p. 16, “il sera de toute évidence

quelle n’a été établie que sur de jeunes sujets,” and at p. 32, ‘On ne connait

que les caractéres du jeune age.”

t For a description of the skeleton and dentition of Centetes ecaudatus, see the

‘Cambridge Journal of Anatomy,’ yol. i. (1867) p. 298, and vol. ii. (1868)

pp- 188, 139, and 148.

60 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. [{ Jan. 17,

Fig. 2.

Upper view of skull, twice the size of nature.

There is no ridge or other process at the front of the orbit. As

has been said, there is no sagittal crest, but a tolerably developed

lambdoidal one which extends across from one glenoid surface to the

other. The temporal fossa is much smaller than in Centetes; and

the concavity which exists in the last-named genus, above and in

front of the first upper premolar, is wanting in Hemicentetes. ‘There

is no marked concavity above the anterior opening of the infra-

orbital canal, or in the summit of the cranium between the orbits.

The palate is very long and narrow, but of less equal width than in

Centetes, expanding laterally to a greater degree from before back-

wards. Its posterior margin is not at all or only very slightly thickened

(without any transverse bony plate behind such thickening when

present), and with a deep, sharp median notch. The palate projects

backwards considerably beyond the last molar; it is but very

slightly concave antero-posteriorly, and has no median ridge running

in that direction, nor any defects of ossification.

Base of skull, twice the size of nature.

Pterygoid fossee cannot be said to exist, the ecto-pterygoid ridge

not developing into a descending plate of bone, although distinctly

perforated posteriorly. The pterygoid descends as a triangular

lamella of bone ending in a delicate backwardly, downwardly, and

outwardly directed hamular process. The meso-pterygoid fossa

slightly narrows as it proceeds backwards, but does not end pos-

1871.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. 61

teriorly (as in Centetes) in any hemispherical excavation between

the basisphenoidal processes, which bend outwards to contribute to

form the auditory bulle. There is no conspicuous foramen in the

place of that one which in Centefes is situated in the roof of

the hemispherical basisphenoidal excavation. Instead of that one

foramen there are two minute ones towards the anterior end of the

inferior surface of the basisphenoid. The pterygoid region is much

more bullate than in Centetes.

The foramen magnum is very large relatively, and looks almost

directly backwards. On each side of it is a well-developed parocci-

pital process, anterior to which, but separated from it by an inter-

space, is a small process of the squamosal ; so that there are two

processes on each side as in Centetes, only that the mastoid (placed

between them) contributes to neither, instead of to both of those

processes as in the last named genus.

The smail glenoid surface is bounded internally by a much smaller

entoglenoid process than in Centetes. The tympanic bone is a

mere ring.

The preemaxilla is very small, and does not nearly meet the ante-

rior prolongation of the frontal as it does in Centetes. The nasals

are distinctly separate for more than their anterior half, but they

appear to anchylose together for their hindmost third. They ex-

tend backwards on the dorsum of the skull, about as far backwards

as do the maxilla. As in Centetes so in Hemicentetes, the parietals

form more, and the frontals less of the roof of the cranium than in

Erinaceus. The zygoma is wanting, only a small process extending

backwards and outwards behind as well as above the last molar. As

before said, the mastoid appears on the outer surface of the skull,

where it is subtriangular, with the apex upwards, and not bifur-

cating inferiorly, as in Centetes.

The mandible has its ascending ramus only very slightly concave

externally, its posterior margin between the condyle and the angle

relatively much longer and more concave than in Centetes. On the

other hand, the coronoid process is rather less raised relatively above

the condyle. The inner surface of the ascending ramus above the

dental foramen is much less concave. The horizontal ramus is not

constricted behind the last molar. The condyle is rather elongated

antero-posteriorly, and the distance from it to the coronoid process is

not quite so great as from it to the mandibular angle. The last-

mentioned part is flattened from above downwards, but so that it

presents a slight horizontal projection, not only on the inside, but

also on the outside of the vertical ramus.

There is a small, rather pointed than obtuse, prominence on the

inferior margin of the mandible, a little distance in front of the

angle. This is sharper than in Centetes.

There is a good-sized precondyloid foramen on each side, and in

front of it a jugular foramen; but I have not observed a definite

carotid foramen. There is a venous foramen in the posterior part

of the squamosal, near its upper border, and a minute opening

behind the glenoid surface. ‘The foramen ovale appears to be

62 MR. 8T. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. [Jan. 17,

formed entirely by the alisphenoid. The optic and sphenoidal

opening is hidden by an alisphenoidal lamella. There is no long

bony canal for the optic nerve to traverse, as in Lrinaceus, nor is

there any suboptic foramen, nor any conspicuous orbital one. There

is an alisphenoid canal, with its posterior aperture situated just in

front of the foramen ovale, but it is much less conspicuous than in

Centetes. There is no external alisphenoid canal. There is a di-

stinct posterior palatine foramen on each side. The spheno-palatine

foramen is hidden, unless it appears as a minute opening in the lower

part of the large infraorbital canal. The anterior palatine foramen

on each side is relatively rather large. The infraorbital foramen is

exceedingly large, very much larger relatively than in Centetes,

bounded above by a very delicate spiculum of bone. The lachrymal

foramen opens immediately behind the summit of that delicate

spiculum.

There are two small foramina on the outer side of the very slender

horizontal ramus of the mandible; the more anterior beneath the

first premolar, the more posterior beneath the first molar.

The dental formula is :—

38—3 1—1 3-3 38—3_ 20__

if 3_3? C. Lp P.M. 3—3? M. 33a 40

The upper incisors on each side are all separate from each other

and from the canine ; and the first upper incisor is also separated by

an interval from its fellow of the opposite side.

The first two incisors on each side are of nearly the same size and

shape. Each is conical, pointed, and much hooked, with a very large

posterior lobe.

Fig. 4.

wks 2s S wee

Bo © [=

Teeth of upper jaw, four times the size of nature.

The third incisor is much shorter, gradually broadening down-

wards from the socket to the distal edge.

The canine is shaped like the first two incisors, but rather larger,

and with the posterior lobe relatively smaller. It is very much

smaller, relatively as well as absolutely, than in Centetes.

The first premolar, in shape and size, is very much like the

canine, though separated from the latter by an interspace, which is

about three times as long as that which divides the canine from the

third incisor.

The second premolar is shaped like the first premolar of Centetes.

It is separated from the first premolar by an interval still greater

than that which divides the first premolar from the canine.

It has a posterior talon, but no internal cusp. Compared with the

1871.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. 63

premolar in front of it, it is much antero-posteriorly extended, ¢. e.

less canine-like.

The third premolar is nearly contiguous to the second ; it is

much simpler than is the homologous tooth in Centetes. The prin-

cipal cusp predominates less over the talon; and sometimes there is

a minute cusp in front of the principal one. The tooth is as it were

formed entirely of the cingulum, there seeming to be nothing an-

swering to the normal principal cusps, still less to any internal cin-

gulum. Nevertheless it is probable that the actual principal cusp is

really made up of the normal external cusps, plus the cingulum,

fused together.

The first and second upper molars are similar to the last pre-

molar, except that the part answering to the normal cusps is more

developed, and extending inwards, most so in the more posterior

tooth, and showing that the principal cusp of the third premolar

is (as before stated) probably of similar nature. The external

cingulum develops two low subequal cusps. There is no internal

cingulum.

The third and last upper molar is less in antero-posterior and

very much less in vertical extent than is the tooth in front of it.

Also the cingulum bears a smaller proportion to the rest of the

tooth, which thus comes to consist of two subequal parts, one ex-

terior, the other internal. All the molars are contiguous to each

other and to the third premolar.

In the lower jaw the six incisors are much closer together than

are those of the upper jaw. This is less due to their implantation

than to the lateral expansion of their crowns. They are less ver-

tinally extended than are the upper ones, and each expands upwards

from the root to the cutting-edge.

Fig. 5.

Teeth of lower jaw, four times the size of nature.

The canine is very much smaller, relatively as well as absolutely,

than in Centetes. It is not received into any fossa in the upper jaw.

It is a much curved conical tooth, with a considerable posterior cusp

at its base. The first premolar, in size and shape, is quite like the

canine in front of it. It is separated from the latter by a consider-

able interval.

The second premolar is quite like the first lower premolar of

Centetes. In consists of three unequal cusps, without any internal

production. The middle cusp is much the largest, and curved and

pointed like the principal cusp of the first premolar.

The third premolar projects inwardly hardly, if at all, more than

64 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. [Jan.17,

the second ; and it resembles the latter tooth in size and shape, ex-

cept that the anterior of the three cusps is larger. The three true

molars are very similar in size and shape to the third premolar, ex-

cept that a cusp projects internally from the inner side of the pos-

terior part of each. They resemble the homologous teeth of Cen-

tetes, squeezed together (as it were) from within outwards, while

the posterior prism of each nearly aborts—thus approximating to

Chrysochloris.

Vertebrie, once and a half the size of nature.

1871.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES, 65

The skeleton of Hemicentetes closely resembles that of Centetes,

except that the neural spines, especially the cervical ones, are rela-

tively, as well as absolutely, less developed, and that the dorso-

lumbar vertebree are twenty, or at most twenty-one, in number,

instead of twenty-three or twenty-four as in Centetes. The pubic

Pelvis, once and a half the size of nature.

symphysis is also widely open in some individuals (probably females) ;

and the humerus is not quite so long as the scapula. Moreover

the os scaphoides is distinct from the os lunare; and there is no os

intermedium.

Since the publication of my paper on the osteology of the Insec-

tivora* additional material has come to hand. Thus skeletons not

only of Hemicentetes (formerly known as Centetes madagasca-

riensis), but also new ones of Rhynchocyon and Petrodromus, have

been added to the British Museum and the collection of the Royal

College of Surgeons. At the last-named institution there has also

been received a perfect skeleton of Hriculus, which is here figured

by the kind permission of the Council and Curator.

Rhynchocyon.—As to this genus I am now able to add that the

occipital foramen looks mainly backward, that the pterygoid fossa

does not nearly extend so far forward as the hinder margin of the

palate, that there is no paroccipital process, and that there is a very

small mastoid process just behind the external auditory meatus, but

a more marked projection at the lower end of the mastoid where it

runs down behind the auditory bulla at the posterior end of the

harmonia joining the tympanic to the petrosal. _

I may also add that, in a skull in the British Museum, I find there

are two minute teeth in the place of the first upper premolar. As

* See ‘Cambridge Journal of Anatomy,’ vol. i. (1867) p. 281, and vol. ii,

(1869) p. 117.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. V.

66 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. [Jan. 17,

the specimen is fully adult and the teeth even more worn than in

the skull with the normal dentition, these small teeth can hardly

belong to the milk-dentition.

Petrodromus.—In a new specimen, in which the last molars and

the upper and lower anterior incisors are not in place, I have ob-

served the following characters :—

There is no sagittal crest ; the petro-mastoid, which isa single bone,

is separate from the squamosal, which sends down a considerable

entoglenoid process.

The anterior part of the auditory bulla is formed by the alisphe-

noid. The petrosal has a large cerebellar fossa.

A spatulate process extends backward from the middle of the

hinder margin of the palate.

A small foramen perforates a process of the parietal, which descends

between the alisphenoid and squamosal.

The rhinencephalic chamber is extensive. The second upper

incisor has a small cusp at its base behind; and the lower incisors

are bilobed *,

In this specimen there are but six lumbar vertebrze, and the in-

ternal condyle of the humerus is perforated.

Ericulus.—There is now a complete skeleton of this form in the

Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons ; and a plate representing

it is here given by the kind permission of the authorities of that

institution. It has 16 dorsal, 7 lumbar, 22 sacral, and about 12 caudal

vertebree. The spinous process of the axis is large, but the other

cervical spines are quite rudimentary. The cervical transverse pro-

cesses are not much antero-posteriorly expanded. The dorsal spines

are but slightly elongated ; but those of the lumbar vertebree are very

much enlarged and antero-posteriorly extended. The lumbar meta-

pophyses, anapophyses, and transverse processes are small; but the

lumbar spines have tolerably marked hyperapophyses. There are no

hypapophysial processes. The manubrium is of moderate size and

not keeled. The clavicles are elongated and slender.

Thus the genera of the order Insectivora yet known amount to 24

in number.

INSECTIVORA.

Family I. Ganroriruzcipm: Galeopithecus.

* TI. Macroscetipip#: Macroscelides, Petrodromus, Rhynchocyon.

I{I. Turstmx: Tupaia, Ptilocercus, Hylomys.

4 LV. Ertvacerp“: Gymnura, Hrinaceus. r

= VY. Crnteripx : Centetes, Hemicentetes, Hriculus, Echinops,Solenodon.

3 VI. Poramocanip%: Potamogale.

,, WIL. Curysocutoripx: Chrysochloris, Chalcochloris.

s VII. Tatpmwa.

Subfamily I. Talpina: Scalops, Scapanus, Condylura, 'Talpa.

4 IL. Myogalina: Urotrichus, Myogale.

IX Soricip#: Sorex.

* As observed by Dr. Peters in his ‘ Reise nach Mossambique,’ i. Saugethiere,

p. 98, tab, xxii. fig. 9.

1871. ] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES,. 67

With the corrections and additions* possible at this date the

osteological characters of these groups may be stated as follows :—

GALEOPITHECID.

GagrorirHecus, Pallast+

Dentition: I. —- C. = P.M. = M.=3=34. Cranium broad,

depressed ; muzzle obtuse; skull broadest between posterior roots of

zygomata, which are complete and strong, but short ; well-developed

postorbital processes, sometimes enclosing orbits ; margin of orbit

sharp, with a small process in front; orbit large, temporal fossa

rather small; a tympanic bulla; no alisphenoid canal; concave pos-

terior margin of palate far forwards; pterygoid fossa minute ; no

basisphenoidal or paroccipital processes ; large swollen mastoid pro-

cess on each side; strong postglenoid process, tending much for-

wards; optic foramen large; foramen rotundum and sphenoidal

fissure represented by one opening; a supraorbital, but no suboptic

foramen; several small suborbital foramina on each side; anterior

palatine foramina very large; lachrymal foramen small, opening

within the orbit; upper canine and second incisor each with two

roots ; lower incisors pectinated ; upper and lower molars very com-

plex. Thirteen or fourteen dorsal, five or six lunar, five or six sacral,

and many caudal vertebrae; ribs very broad; clavicles long, a seapho-

lunar bone, but no os intermedium ; ‘ulna anchylosed to radius ; fibula

complete, but smallest towards its upper end; metatarsals shorter

than digits ; five digits to each extremity; a large ceecum.

Hab, South-eastern Asia and Indian archipelago.

Macrosce.ipive.

Dentition: I. 3-3, C.;=, P.M.3=%. Skull broadest between pos-

terior roots of zygomata, which are complete and rather deep ; orbits

not encircled by bone ; generally no postorbital processes; dorsum

of muzzle concave transversely ; palate sometimes decidedly extend-

ing backwards beyond last molar; orbit large, temporal fossa very

small; a tympanic bulla; no paroccipital process ; no alisphenoid

canal, malar imperforate ; carotid, postglenoid, and suboptie fora-

mina; one opening representing both sphenoidal fissure and foramen

rotundum ; foramen ovale large ; lachrymal foramen opening well

within the orbit ; coronoid process of mandible not rising much, if

at all, above condyle; canine close to premaxillary suture ; last

upper premolars not more vertically extended than the true molars ;

upper molars quadricuspid, the anterior and posterior cusps being

connected by transverse ridges. Thirteen dorsal and six or eight

lumbar vertebrae, lumbar transverse processes much extended antero-

* Prof. Flower, in his ‘Introduction to the Osteology of the Mammalia,’

p. 149, has noticed the conditions of the tympanic in the different groups.

t Pallas, Act. Petrop. iv. 1. p. 208, tab. viii.; De Blainville, ‘ Ostéographie :

Lemur,’ pls. vi., viii., ix.; Waterhouse, Trans. Zool. Soe. ii. p. 339, pl. lviii.;

Wagner, Schreb. Supplem. i. p. 318, vy. p. 522.

68 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. (Jan. 17,

posteriorly ; no hyperapophyses ; hypapophyses beneath lumbar ver-

tebree ; scapula with a long metacromion ; clavicles slender ; internal

condyle of humerus perforated; scaphoid and semilunar separate ;

pelvic symphysis elongated ; metatarsus as long as, or longer than,

digits, and much longer than tarsus; sometimes only four digits; a

czecum.

Hab. Africa.

MacrosceE.ipes*, Smith.

Dentition: lL , MM. or . Skull sometimes much inflated

by air-cavities, always much contracted between orbits; no post-

orbital process; large defects of ossification in the palate; ptery-

goid fossa extending forwards to posterior margin of palate ; suboptic

foramen not conspicuous ; infraorbital canal very short, the lachry-

mal foramen opening immediately above posterior termination of

infraorbital canal ; angle of mandible elongated ; upper incisors and

canines all of much the same size ; third incisor with a single root ;

third Jower molar but little smaller than the first or second. Six or

seven lumbar vertebree ; cervical spines very rudimentary ; ulna an-

chylosed to radius; five digits to each extremity.

fab. Africa, including the the northern part.

Pretropromusf, Peters.

Dentition: I. ae M. = A strongly marked sagittal ridge ;

skull never much inflated; no postorbital process ; large defects of

ossification in the palate ; pterygoid fossa extending forwards to the

posterior margin of palate; suboptic foramen conspicuous ; infra-

orbital canal short; angle of mandible elongated ; first upper incisor

very much larger than the second; third incisor with two roots ; third

lower molar but little smaller than the first or second; six or seven

lumbar vertebree ; cervical spinous processes very small; ulna an-

chylosed to radius ; five digits to the manus, four to the pes.

Hab. Eastern Africa.

Ruyncuocyon?, Peters.

Deutition: = or — M.=— A strongly marked sagittal

ridge; skull never inflated; cranium proper broad, flattened above

and very little narrowed between the orbits; a marked postorbital

process; no defects of ossification in the palate; pterygoid fossa ex-

tending not nearly so far forwards as the posterior margin of the pa-

* De Blainvyille, ‘Ostéographie: Insectivores,’ p. 57, pls. ili., V., vil., vili., x. ;

Wagner, Schreber. Supplem. ii. p. 81, v. p. 534; Duvernoy, Mém. de Strasb. i.

tab. 1., 1., 1. p. 50; Dr. Andrew Smith, ‘ Zool. South Africa,’ pl. xv.; Prof.

Peters, ‘Reise nach Mossambique,’ p. 87, tab. xxii.; Geoff. St.-Hilaire, Ann. Se.

Nat. 1829, xviii. pp. 165-173.

+ Prof. Peters, ‘Reise nach Mossambique,’ p. 92, tab. xxii., xxiii. ; Wagner,

Schreb. Supplem. v. p. 538.

t Prof. Peters, ‘ Reise nach Mossambique,’ p. 100, tab. xxii., xxii. ; Wagner,

Schreb. Supplem. v. p. 531,

1871.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES, 69

late; preemaxilla very small ; suboptie foramen conspicuous ; infra-

orbital canal very long, the lachrymal foramen opening in front of

its posterior termination ; angle of mandible very short ; canine very

much larger than the incisor, and with two roots; third lower molar

considerably smaller than the first or second one. Eight lumbar ver-

tebrz ; cervical spines pretty well developed ; ulna complete; only

four digits to either manus or pes.

Hab, Eastern Africa.

TUPAID.

iece5, iC: = M. =. Skull broadest between the posterior

roots of the zygomata, which are complete and slender; orbits

enclosed by bone or at least a postorbital process ; dorsum of muzzle

convex transversely ; a tympanic bulla; an external alisphenoid

canal; molar perforated; carotid and postglenvid foramina, but no

suboptic foramen ; foramen ovale a narrow aperture widely sepa-

rated from the spheno-orbital opening ; lachrymal foramen at margin

of orbit or rather without it; coronoid process of mandible rising

much above condyle; canine not close to premaxillary suture ;

upper molars with four more or less marked principal cusps and an

external cingulum, which tends to form, with the two outer prin-

cipal cusps, two triangular prisms. Thirteen dorsal, five to seven

lumbar vertebree; lumbar transverse processes not much antero-

posteriorly extended ; well-developed hyperapophyses ; no hypapo-

physes; scapula with only a rudimentary metacromion ; clavicles

slender ; a scapho-lunar bone and os intermedium ; pelvic symphysis

elongated ; tibia and fibula distinct *; metatarsus but very little

longer than the tarsus ; five digits to each extremity; a cecum,

Hab. South-eastern Asia and the Indian archipelago.

Tupatat, Raffles.

Dentition: I. =, C. =, P.M. 23, M. 2. Skull much nar-

rowed anteriorly; zygoma very slender; orbits large and com-

pletely encircled by bone; anterior margin of orbit sharply pro-

minent ; a process above the lachrymal foramen; temporal fossa

very small; posterior margin of palate not thickened ; small defects

of ossification in palate; pterygoid fossa very small, and distant

from palate; no paroccipital process; postglenoid process rudi-

mentary ; molar with a large perforation; foramen rotundum di-

stinct from spheno-orbital fissure; a supraorbital foramen; infra-

orbital canal long and narrow; posterior palatine foramen large ;

cingulum of upper molars developing cusps; triangular prisms

* I presume that Prilocercus and Hylomys agree with Tupaia in this cha-

racter.

+ Horsfield’s ‘Zool. Researches,’ 1824, 3 plates; Raffles, Linn. Trans. xiii.

p. 257; Miller und Schlegel, Verhandl. 1839-1844; De Blainville, ‘ Insec-

tivores,’ pls. iii., vi. & x.; F. Cuvier’s ‘ Dents des Mammiféres,’ no. xvii. ;

Owen’s ‘ Odontography,’ pl. exi. fig. 3; Wagner, Schreb. Supplem. ii. p. 37, v.

p. 525.

70 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. [Jan. 17,

rather well developed ; the two hinder upper premolars much more

vertically extended than the true molars. Caudal vertebrae nu-

merous,

Hab. South-eastern Asia and Indian archipelago.

PriLocercus*, Gray.

Dentition: I. 3 C. = P.M. = M. cay Skull much nar-

rowed behind the postorbital processes ; orbits very nearly encircled

by bone; the anterior margin of each not sharply prominent ; no

process above the lachrymal foramen ; temporal fossa large ; posterior

margin of palate slightly thickened; no defects of ossification in

palate; pterygoid fossee distant from palate; a ridge-like para-

mastoid process; postglenoid process rather large; malar perfora-

tion very small ; furamen rotundum and spheno-orbital fissure repre-

sented by a single opening ; no supraorbital foramen ; infraorbital

canal large but very short; posterior palatine foramen very small ;

external cingulum of upper molars not developing distinct cusps ;

last upper premolar much more vertically extended than the true

molars. Caudal vertebree numerous.

Hab. Borneo.

Hytomys ft, Miller and Schlegel.

Dentition: I. 3, C. <j, P.M. =, M. ==. Skull not much

narrowed anteriorly, rather so between the orbits; only a small

postorbital process; a process above the lachrymal foramen; no

defects of ossification in palate ; pterygoid fossee extending forwards

to posterior margin of palate; malar with a small perforation; in-

fraorbital canal rather large, but not much elongated; no supra-

orbital foramen ; external cingulum of upper molars not developing

cusps; last upper premolar much more vertically extended than the

true molars. Caudal vertebrae few in number.

Hab. Java, Sumatra, and South-eastern Asia.

ERINACEID.

1; 224! = M. = Skull broadest between the posterior

roots of the zygomata, which are complete though somewhat

slender; no postorbital process; a ridge and process in front of

orbit; temporal fossa large; pterygoid fossee well developed; a

transverse ridge at posterior part of palate, with a narrow transverse

plate behind it ; paroccipital and mastoid processes ; nasals separate ;

malar imperforate, small, suspended in zygoma; tympanic a mere

ring, not forming a bulla; a glenoid, but no distinct carotid fora-

* Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1848, p. 24, and ‘ Zoology of Voyage of H.M.S.

Samarang,’ 1850, p. 18, pl. v.; Wagner, Schreber, Supplem. v. p. 528.

+t Miller and Schlegel, Verhandl. i. p. 50, tab. xxv. figs. 4-7; Wagner,

Schreber, Supplem. ii. p, 554, & v. p. 530; Blyth, Journal Asiatie Soe. Bengal,

1859, p. 293.

Psi

1871.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. 71

men; foramen rotundum distinct from sphenoidal fissure; optic

nerve traversing an elongated and very small canal; a suboptic

foramen; infraorbital canal rather long; no true alisphenoid canal ;

lachrymal foramen opens just in front of orbit; ascending ramus

of mandible very concave externally ; first two upper molars quadri-

cuspid, with an oblique ridge in each connecting the postero-

external cusp with the antero-internal one. Fourteen or fifteen dorsal

vertebre: and five or six lumbar vertebrze ; no hyperapophyses or

hypapophyses; all lumbar processes small; clavicles slender ; sca-

pula with a long, pointed metacromion process; ulna complete and

distinct ; a scapho-lunar bone and os intermedium ; pubic symphysis

very small or absent; fibula anchylosed below to tibia; metatarsus

short ; five digits to each extremity ; no caecum.

Hab. Europe, Asia, Africa.

ErinaAcevus*, Linneeus.

: a4 P.M. —. Skull slightly constricted between the orbits ;

transverse plate behind the posterior palatine ridge continuous with

outer walls of pterygoid fossz ; defects of ossification in palate; no

external alisphenoid canal; mesopterygoid fossa ending posteriorly

in an excavation of the basis cranii; suboptic foramen small and

hidden ; spheno-palatine foramen close to the foramen rotundum ;

upper canine small, generally with two roots; third upper and

lower molars very small. Three sacral vertebree ; caudal vertebree not

numerous ; spinous process of axis moderate; humerus generally

with no supracondyloid foramen ; tuberosity of ischium not much

prolonged backwards; femur with a moderate ectogluteal ridge.

Hab. Europe, Asia, Africa.

Gymnura f, Vigors and Horsfield.

I. = P.M. = Skull much constricted between the orbits;

transverse plate behind posterior ridge of palate not continuous

with outer walls of pterygoid fossee; no defects of ossification in

palate; an external alisphenoid canal; mesopterygoid fossa not

ending posteriorly in any excavation; suboptic foramen large and

conspicuous ; spheno-palatine foramen remote from foramen rotun-

dum; upper canine large and conical, with one root; third upper

molar quadricuspidate ; third lower molar quite like the second. Five

sacral vertebre ; caudal vertebrze numerous ; spinous process of axis

very large ; tuberosity of ischium much prolonged backwards ; femur

with a very strong ectogluteal ridge.

Hab. Malacca, Sumatra.

* De Blainville, ‘ Insectivores,’ p. 36, pls. vi., vii., vili., & x.; F. Cuvier, ‘ Dents

des Mammiféres,’ no. xvi.; Owen, ‘ Odontography,’ ii. pl. cx. fig. 5; Wagner,

Suppl. u. p. 10.

t De Blainville, ‘ Insectivores,’ pls. vi. & x.; Owen, ‘Odontography,’ ii. pl.

exi. fig. 4; Horsfield and Vigors, Zoolog. Journ. iii. p. 246, pl. viii.; Wagner,

Schreb. Supplem. ii. p. 45, v. p. 533,

72 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. [Jan. 17,

CENTETID.

| ite ae oF =a M. s. Skull very cylindrical, broadest

between the glenoid surfaces ; no zygoma; no postorbital process ;

no process and, generally, no ridge in front of the orbit ; temporal

fossa large ; no pterygoid fossa ; tympanic a mere ring, not forming

a bulla; paroccipital and mastoid processes; nasals more or less

united; malar imperforate ; a glenoid, but no distinct carotid fora-

men; foramen rotundum one with sphenoidal fissure ; optic foramen

very small, but not forming a long canal; no suboptic foramen ;

infraorbital canal short and wide ; lachrymal foramen opening close

to, or just in front of, anterior margin of orbit ; a true alisphenoid

canal; no external alisphenoid canal; upper true molars each form-

ing one triangular prism, the two external principal cusps of a qua-

dricuspid molar being here represented by a single prominence ;

lower true molars with very small posterior processes. Fifteen to

nineteen dorsal vertebra ; lumbar processes small ; no hypapophyses

in the trunk, but distinct hyperapophyses; scapula with an obtuse

metacromion process ; a supracondyloid foramen to humerus ; mostly

an os intermedium ; pubic symphysis very small, sometimes widely

open; tibia and fibula distinct *; metatarsus short; five digits to

each extremity; no ceecum.

Hab. Madagascar and West Indies.

Centetes f, Illiger.

2~2 Res 3—s . . wt

Tn 55 OF $e is No interorbital constriction; skull ex-

ceedingly cylindrical; posterior margin of palate thickened ; meso-

pterygoid fossa ending posteriorly in an excavation of the basis

cranii; slightly marked prominence from the inferior margin of the

mandible, and placed some distance in front of the angle ; a glenoid

foramen; posterior palatine foramen large ; no defects of ossification

in palate; ascending ramus of mandible only slightly concave exter-

nally ; canines long, pointed ; apex of lower canine received into a

fossa; first upper incisor small ; second upper premolar not like the

true molars; eighteen or nineteen dorsal vertebree ; a scapho-lunar

bone; an os intermedium.

Hab. Madagascar.

HemiIcenTETES, Mivart.

1. =, P.M. =. No interorbital constriction ; skull exceedingly

elongated and tapering anteriorly; nasals partly united; infra-

orbital canal very short and wide ; lachrymal foramen opening just

in front of the anterior margin of the orbit; mesopterygoid fossa

* I presume that Hchinops agrees with the other genera of the Centetide in

this character.

+ De Blainville, ‘Insectivores,’ pis. iv., vi., & x.; F. Cuvier, ‘ Dents des Mam-

miféres,’ no. xix. ; Owen, ‘ Odontography,’ pl. ex. fig.6; Wagner, Schreb. Suppl.

ii. p. 30, v. p. 582,

1871.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. 73

not ending posteriorly in an excavation of the basis cranii ; a slightly

marked prominence at the inferior margin of the mandible, a

little in front of the angle of the jaw; posterior palatine framina

rather large; no defects of ossification in the palate; anterior

incisors very strongly bilobed ; canines small; apex of lower canine

not received into a fossa; first premolar above and below like the

adjacent canine ; second premolar, both above and below, separated

from the first premolar by a larger interval than that which divides

the first premolar from the canine ; molars with the antero-posterior

diameter greatly exceeding the transverse diameter of the same tooth ;

posterior prism of lower molars almost aborted. Fifteen or sixteen

dorsal vertebrze ; no os intermedium ; scaphoid and semilunar bones

distinct ; pubic symphysis very small, sometimes widely open.

Hab. Madagascar.

Ericuyus*, Is. Geoff.

I. a P.M. cs No interorbital constriction ; posterior margin

of palate not thickened, and projecting much backwards beyond the

last molars; mesopterygoid fossa ending posteriorly in an excava-

tion of the basis cranit ; no glenoid foramen; no defects of ossifica-

tion in palate; posterior palatine foramen small; ascending ramus

of mandible only slightly concave externally; canines not much

elongated ; second upper premolar shaped like the true molars;

scaphoid and semilunar bones separate; an os intermedium. Sixteen

dorsal and seven lumbar vertebrze ; cervical spines rudimentary.

Hab. Madagascar.

Ecuinoprs 7, Martin.

Pe = P.M. oe No interorbital constriction ; posterior margin

of palate not thickened, and projecting a little beyond last molars ;

mesopterygoid fossa not ending posteriorly in an excavation of the

basis cranii; posterior palatine foramen small; ascending ramus of

mandible only slightly concave externally ; first upper incisor much

larger than the second ; canines not much elongated ; second upper

premolar shaped like the true molars.

Hab. Madagascar.

SoLenopon f, Brandt.

I. = P.M. = Skull not very cylindrical; cranium some-

* Is. Geoff. Mag. de Zool. 1839, p. 25; De Blainville, ‘ Insectivores,’ pl. vi.

& x.; Wagner, Schreb. Supplem. ii. pp. 83 & 551, & v. p. 584; Peters, Mo-

natsber. Akad. Wissen. Berlin, 1865, p. 286.

tT Martin, Trans. Zool. Soe. ii. p. 249, pl. xlvi.; Peters (Echinogale), Mo-

natsbr. Akad. W. Berlin, 1865, p. 286; Wagner (Echinogale), Schreb. Supplem.

li, pp. 30 & 549, v. p. 585.

¢ Brandt, Mém. de Pétersb. 1833, 6th series, ii.; F. Poey, ‘Memorias sobra

la historia natural de la Isla de Cuba,’ i. Habana, 1851, p. 23; Peters, Abhand-

lungen der K, Akad. der Wissen. zu Berlin, 1864, p. 1, pls. 1-3; De Blainyille,

‘ Insectivores,’ p. 53, pls. v. & ix, ; Owen, ‘Odontography,’ pl. cxi. fig. 1; Wagner,

Schreb. Supplem. ii. p. 79, v. p. 566.

74 MR. 8T. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. ([Jan. 17,

what constricted between the orbits; posterior margin of palate

thickened ; a ridge in front of the orbit; mesopterygoid fossa not

ending posteriorly in an excavation of the basis eranit ; no parocci-

pital process; premaxilla somewhat produced; ascending ramus of

mandible deeply concave externally ; condyle much transversely

extended; a sharp process from the inferior margin of the mandible

some distance in front of the angle; large glenoid foramen ; posterior

palatine foramen moderate; lachrymal foramen just in front of the

orbit ; first upper incisor much larger than the second ; canine very

small; apex of second lower incisor received into a fossa, Fifteen

dorsal vertebre ; a scapho-lunar bone.

Hab. Hayti and Cuba.

POTAMOGALID& *.

PoTAMOGALE, Du Chaillu.

Dentition: I. =, C. =, P.M. 2, M. ==. Skull not cylin-

3-3? i? 3—3? 3-3

drical; broadest between the glenoid surfaces; no zygoma; no

postorbital process ; no ridge or process in front of the orbit ; tem-

poral fossa large ; no pterygoid fossa; no tympanic bulla ; parocci-

pital processes directed backwards ; nasals united ; molar imperfo-

rate ; very large precondyloid perforations ; a small glenoid, but no

distinct carotid foramen; foramen rotundum one with spheno-

orbital fissure; optic foramen very small, but not forming a long

canal ; a suboptic foramen; infraorbital canal short and wide; no

lachrymal foramen ; a true alisphenoid canal; no external alisphe-

noid canal; upper true molars each forming two very narrow and

approximated triangular prisms, the two external principal cusps of

a quadricuspid molar being represented by two distinct prominences ;

lower true molars with rather large posterior processes. Sixteen

dorsal vertebree; caudal vertebree numerous; lumbar processes

small; decided hyperapophyses; scapula without a metacromion ;

no clavicles; no supracondyloid foramen to humerus; ulna com-

plete and distinct ; scaphoid and semilunar bones separate ; no os

intermedium ; pubic symphysis very small; tibia and fibula anchy-

losed together below ; five digits to each extremity ; no cecum.

Hab. Old Calabar.

CHRYSOCHLORIDE f.

I =, Cc.) MM. —. Skull very broad and high, tapering

sharply forwards; greatest breadth between the posterior roots of

the zygomata, which are complete and rather deep arches ; no post-

* Prof. Allman, Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. p. 1, pls. i. & ii. ; Prof. J. V. Barboza

du Bocage, 1 Classa da Academia de 27 d’Abril, 1865, Lisbon, described

under the name Bayonia velox; Peters, Monatsbr. Akad. W. Berlin, 1865,

. 286.

. + De Blainville, ‘ Insectivores,’ pls. v., vii., viii. & ix.; F. Cuvier, ‘ Dents des

Mammifeéres,’ no. xviii.; Owen, ‘Odontography,’ pl. ex. fig. 1; Wagner, Schreb.

Supplem. ii. p. 118, v. p.579; Peters, ‘ Reise nach Mossambique,’ p. 69, tab. xxii.

1871.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. 75

orbital process; occiput not sloping much forwards ; preemaxille

peculiarly produced ; lambdoidal ridge traversing summit of cra-

nium; no ridge or process in front of orbit ; a tympanic bulla; no

alisphenoid canal; no pterygoid fossa; no paroccipital process ;

glenoid surface very small; ascending ramus of mandible very low,

peculiarly truncated ; coronoid process very low, a carotid foramen ;

a small glenoid foramen; sphenoidal fissure and foramen rotundum

represented by one opening; infraorbital foramen large and single ;

lachrymal foramen minute; true molars each in the form of a tri-

angular prism ; first upper incisor larger than the second ; canine

small. Nineteen or twenty dorsal vertebre ; cervical neurapophyses

not very narrow antero-posteriorly ; no cervical hypapophyses;

spines of dorsal and lumbar vertebrze well developed ; no hyperapo-

physes ; no hypapophysial ossicles beneath the lumbar vertebre ;

manubrium slightly keeled, but not much enlarged ; clavicles long

and very slender; humerus not very short; ulna complete and di-

stinct ; scapula broad, with a blunt metacromion; scaphoid and

semilunar distinct ; no sickle-shaped carpal ossicle or os interme-

dium; pelvis widely open below; tibia and fibula anchylosed

together inferiorly ; four digits to manus, five to pes; no cecum ;

an ossified tendon in the forearm.

Hab. Southern and Eastern Africa.

Curysocutoris, Lacépéde.

3—3 . :

M. 5—,; a vesicular enlargement in the temporal fossa; lower

molars without any posterior process.

Cuaxtcocutoris, St. G. Mivart.

2-2 .

M. 5~,; no enlargement in the temporal fossa; lower molars

with a marked posterior process.

TaLripz.

ene ivy, =. Cranium very broad behind, but not high ; taper-

ing much, but gradually, forwards; greatest breadth behind the

posterior roots of the zygomata, which are complete but exceedingly

slender arches; occiput inclined much forwards; no postorbital

process ; no ridge or process in front of the orbit; temporal fossa

small; a tympanic bulla; no alisphenoid canal; mesopterygoid

fossa not ending posteriorly in any excavation of the basis cranii;

foramen magnum very large; no paroccipital or mastoid processes ;

glenoid surface small, and situated high up; no distinct postglenoid

process; ascending ramus of mandible not very low; supraoccipital

enormous ; generally a large pterotic; meatus auditorius externus

opening decidedly below the glenoid surface; a carotid, but no

glenoid foramen ; foramen rotundum and spheno-orbital fissure re-

presented by one opening ; infraorbital foramen very large ; lachry-

mal foramen very small; molars above and below, each formed of

two triangular prisms. Cervical neurapophyses very narrow antero-

76 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. [Jan. 17,

posteriorly ; no cervical hypapophyses ; spines of dorsal and lumbar

vertebree small; no hyperapophyses; autogenous hypapophysial

ossicles beneath the interspaces of the lumbar vertebree ; manubrium

keeled ; scapula long and very narrow; radius and ulna distinct ; an

os intermedium ; no symphysis pubis; tibia and fibula confluent

below; five digits to each extremity ; no czecum.

Hab. Europe, Asia, including Japan, and North America.

TALPINA.

No distinct pterygoid fossa * ; pterygoid region inflated ; coronoid

process not very elevated ; spiculum of bone bounding infraorbital

foramen above very narrow; as many as three incisors above;

manubrium very elongated; clavicles very short and broad; no

metacromion process ; a sickle-shaped carpal ossicle.

Hab. Europe, Asia, North America.

Tapa ft, Linneus.

1 Sap C4 (P.M. &, M. 3. Cranium very slightly

constricted between the orbits; palate with no posterior thick-

ening, but a small defect of ossification on each side; a very

large pterotic; a fissure bordering epiotic ; posterior palatine fora-

men large; anterior palatine foramen small; all the incisors very

small; upper canine very elongated; lower canine small; posterior

cusps of premolars very small. Five or six lumbar vertebree ; caudal

vertebree few ; ultimate phalanges of manus much the longest, bifur-

cating.

Hab. Europe and Asia.

Conpy.ura §, Illiger.

ifs — C. —e P.M. = M. = No fissure bordering epiotic ;

meatus auditorius with a very large external opening ; muzzle much

attenuated anteriorly ; first and third upper incisors much larger

than the second; upper canine very small; lower canine much

larger than lower incisors ; lower third incisor much smaller than

the first or second ; posterior cusps of premolars very large. Seven

* T cannot be sure as to Condylura in this respect.

t+ De Blainville, ‘ Ostéographie: Insectivores,’ pls. i., v.. & ix.; F. Cuvier,

‘Dents des Mammiféres,’ no, xxii.; Owen, ‘Odontography,’ pl. ex. fig. 3; C.

Giebel, Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Naturwiss. Halle, Bd. xii. 1858, pp. 895-450; Wag-

ner, Schreb. Supplem. ii. p. 106, v. p. 576.

{ Mr. C. Spence Bate, F.R.S., in a paper read at the Odontological Society of

Great Britain (published in the ‘Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist.’ for June 1867),

states that the tooth here called canine is implanted in the premaxilla. The

conflicting nature, however, of the remarks contained in that paper render other

observations necessary.

§ De Blainville, ‘ Insectivores,’ pls. i., v., & ix.; F. Cuvier, ‘Dents des Mam-

miféres,’ no. xxii. bis; Wagner, Schreb. Supplem. ii. p. 113, v. p. 574; S. F.

Baird, ‘Mammals of America,’ p.71.

1871. | MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. ‘ive

lumbar vertebrae ; caudal vertebrae numerous; ultimate phalanges

of manus not bifurcating.

Hab, North America.

Scapanus *, Pornel.

I. =, C. iy, P.M. 4, M. =. No fissure bordering the

epiotic ; cranium with a very slight interorbital constriction ; palate

not extending back beyond the last molars; first upper incisor

much larger than the second or third one; the two upper posterior

incisors, the upper canine, and first two premolars all of nearly the

same size; lower incisors, canines, and premolars very gradually

increasing in size from before backwards.

Hab. North America.

Scaops f, Cuvier.

I. ss C: = P.M. =, M. aa Cranium with a very marked

interorbital constriction; no fissure bordering the epiotic ; palate

extending back beyond the last molars; first incisor very large,

second and third minute ; upper canine long and conical, and much

more vertically extended than the first upper premolar; second

lower incisor much larger than the first.

Hab. North America.

MyoGauina.

A distinct pterygoid fossa; pterygoid region not inflated; no

open fissure bordering opiotic ; coronoid process very lofty ; never

as many as three incisors above §; first upper incisor longest tooth

of upper jaw; manubrium not very large; clavicle and humerus

elongated ; a metacromion process ; no sickle-shaped carpal bone.

MyoGate ||, Cuvier.

2~2 1-1 55 3—3 . .

SS echil s—= M. =. Cranium with a very marked

interorbital constriction ; palate prolonged beyond the last molar,

* Pornel, Bulletin de la Soc. Géologique de France, 1849, vi.; 8. F. Baird,

‘Mammals of N. Western America,’ p- 58, pl. xxx.; Le Conte, Proc. of Acad.

of Philadelphia, vi. p. 326; Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. viii. 1839,

p.58; Wagner, Schreb. Supplem. v. p. 574.

t Prof. Peters considers that there are but four upper incisors.

t De Blainyille, ‘ Insectivores,’ pls. v. & ix.; F. Cuvier, ‘Dents des Mammi-

féres,’ xxii.; Owen, ‘Odontography,’ pl. ex. fig. 2; Giebel, Zeitschr. f. d. ges.

Naturwiss. Halle, Bd. xii. 1858, pp. 395-405; Wagner, Schreb. Supplem. ii.

p. 102, v. pp. 571, 807 ; Baird, ‘Mammals of America,’ p- 58, pl. xxx. ; Bachman,

Boston Journal N. H. 1843, ii. p. 28; Le Conte, Proc. of Acad. of Philadelphia,

vi. p. 326.

ra Possibly there may also be only four upper incisors in Scalops and Scapanus.

|| J. F. Brandt, Archiv fur Natur. 2 Jahrg. 1836, i. p. 176; Geoff. Mém.

du Mus. i. tab. xv. figs. 10-12, 1815; De Blainville, ‘ Insectivores,’ pls. ii., v.,

and ix.; F. Cuvier, ‘ Dents des Mammiféres,’ no, xxi.; Wagner, Schreb. Suppl.

il. p. 95, v. p. 567.

73 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON HEMICENTETES. [Jan. 17,

its posterior margin thickened ; a large perforation in each exoccipi-

tal; anterior palatine foramen very large; infraorbital foramen

bounded above by a broad spiculum of bone ; the very small lachry-

mal foramen opens at the anterior side of the upper end of the

spiculum ; first upper incisor the largest and longest of all the

teeth ; second upper incisor very small. Cervical neurapophbyses

mere filaments; many caudal vertebrae; pes rather or very elon-

gated, both absolutely and compared with manus.

Hab. Eastern and Western Europe.

Urortricuus *, Temminck.

I. = C. = P.M. =F M. = Lachrymal foramen imme-

diately above the middle of the infraorbital foramen ; no large exoc-

cipital perforation ; infraorbital foramen bounded above by a very

slender spiculum of bone; second upper incisor of considerable size,

though not nearly so large as the first incisor. Few caudal vertebree ;

pes not elongated.

Hab. Japan and Western N. America.

SorIciD&.

Sorex Tf, Linnzeus.

4—4 Tesi Ap 33 *

Rie a bo => Ole aaa ae

3-3 reel 2-2 3-3

or I. 1-1? C. =e P.M. =I19 M. 33?

3-3 LT = see

or I, C. PoMo ania

1—1? 1—1? 1 ope

2—2 fy 1—1 I—1 2—3

or I. 1=12 C. 115 P.M. 1-1? M. 33°

Cranium broad behind, tapering forwards; greatest breadth behind

the glenoid surfaces; no postorbital process ; occiput sloping much

forwards ; no pterygoid fossa; no zygoma; pterygoid region not

inflated ; mesopterygoid fossa ending posteriorly in no excavation of

the basis cranit ; tympanic a mere ring, not forming a bulla; no

alisphenoid canal; a large aperture on each side of the base of the

skull; large and anteroverted postglenoid processes; foramen

rotundum and sphenoidal fissure represented by one opening ; infra-

orbital foramen considerable, limited above by a thick bar of bone;

inside of ascending ramus of mandible with a peculiar and deep ex-

cavation ; articular surface of condyle looking backwards ; angle very

attenuated ; first incisor much larger than the others, and always

with two cusps ; upper canine always smaller than the smallest upper

* Temminck, ‘ Fauna Japon.’ i. p. 22, tab. iy. figs. 6-11; Wagner, Schreber,

Suppl. v. p. 569; Spencer F, Baird, ‘Mammals of America,’ p. 76, pl. xxviii.

i De Blainville, ‘ Pasig pd pls. ii., v., and x.; F. Cuvier, ‘ Dents des Mam-

miféres,’ no. xx.; Owen, ‘Odontography,’ pl. ex. fig. 4; Duvernoy, Magasin

de Zoologie, 1842 ; Wagner, Schreb. Sale 1: 4p 47. pp. 939 and 802. Dr.

H. Brandt, Russian Memoir of 1865, before referred to; Spencer F. Baird

‘Mammals of America,’ pp. 7-56. :

S Nao SaaS seen ve:

dur 4 yur Ht Np WW

“HL Ons),

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. 79

incisor; upper molars with two triangular prisms; lower incisor

very elongated ; lower canine smallest tooth of mandible. Thirteen

to fifteen dorsal vertebree ; five or six lumbar vertebree ; large cervical

hypapophyses ; no lumbar hypapophysial ossicles ; well-marked hy-

perapophyses ; manubrium broad, but not keeled ; clavicle small and

slender, not joining humerus ; scapula short and broad; a bifurca-

ting acromion process; generally a supracondyloid foramen in

humerus ; radius and ulna distinct ; no sickle-shaped bone or os

intermedium in carpus ; ultimate phalanges not bifurcating ; pelvis

narrow, symphysis widely open; femur with a third trochanter ;

tibia and fibula confluent below; five digits to each extremity ; no

cecum.

Hab. The Old World, and North America.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE V.

. Skeleton of Hriezwdus, slightly less than the natural size.

. Right humerus, seen in front.

. Right femur, seen in front.

- Right carpus and metacarpus, twice the natural size: 7, os interme-

dium ; /, lunare; 7, radial sesamoid ossicle; s, scaphoides.

. Right tarsus and metatarsus, twice the natural size.

. Pelvis seen on its abdominal side, showing the separation of the pubic

bones.

- Four lumbar vertebre, once and a half the natural size: h, hyperapo-

physis.

Fig.

SN So Pobre

5. Descriptions of some new Species of Exotic Lepidoptera.

By Arruur Gatpiner Burier, F.L.S8., F.Z.8., &e.

[Received January 11, 1871.]

Genus-Amauris, Hibner.

AMAURIS INFERNA, N. sp.

Front wings above as in A. egialea, but the two large central hya-

line patches wider apart, and the two central spots of the oblique

subapical series placed as in 4. echeria. Hind wings above and below

almost as in 4. hecate, but the shape of A. damocles. Front wings

below with paler apical area; three white points at centre of outer

margin. ‘

Expause of wings 3 inches 62 lines.

Hab. West Africa. Coll. W. W. Saunders.

Genus Danats, Latreille.

DANaIs INO, n. sp.

Front wings as in D. limniace, but with only three small Spots in

the oblique series beyond the cell; the interno-basal streaks united

in the middle. Hind wings almost as in D. choaspes; no discoidal

black streak, but the basal patch between median and submedian

80 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 17,

nervures divided by a streak, asin D. limniace. Wings below spotted

and streaked as above; the apex of front wings and the whole of

hind wings brownish ochraceous.

Expanse of wings 3 inches 23 lines.

Hab. Sula (Wallace). Coll. W. W. Saunders.

The natural position of this species is between D. australis and

D, choaspes.

Genus RomAueosoma, Blanchard.

ROMALEOSOMA JANETTA, 0. sp.

Front wings above blue-black, the interno-basal area yellowish

green; a large green-tinted yellow subapical patch. Hind wings green ;

yellowish towards apical area; a red spot between bases of costal

and subcostal nervures ; apex to second median branch broadly black,

exhibiting a submarginal series of blacker spots, edged externally

with green, and continuing to interspace between first and second

median branches ; anal margin narrowly black ; internal area brown.

Body dark brown. Wings below nearly as in R. cato, but the black

spots differently disposed ; both wings plum-coloured at base.

Expanse of wings 3 inches 8 lines.

Hab. Fantee, Cape Coast (Ussher). Coll. Swanzy.

We have this species also in the British Museum; it comes

nearest to R. cato, from which, however, it is readily distinguish-

able.

Genus Harma, Westwood.

THARMA LURIDA, 0. Sp.

¢. Wings above golden ochraceous, basal area (including almost

the whole of hind wings) orange, tinted and dusted with brown

atoms; the margin narrowly and regularly black-brown. Hind

wings with a submarginal series of black spots, nearly touching

the brown border, and towards anal angle a discal series of three

or four hastate spots; abdominal margin black-brown. Body

brown. Wings below greyish brown, with central dark ferruginous

line from third median branch of front to anal angle of hind wings ;

the usual discoidal rusty black-edged markings and three pale spots

near the base; outer margin varied with white and bounded inter-

nally by a double lunated brown line; a submarginal series of black

and white points.

Expanse of wings 3 inches.

Hab. Fantee, Cape Coast (Ussher). Coll. Swanzy.

Belongs to the Eyesta group.

Genus Aterica, Boisduval.

ATERICA FELICIA, 0. Sp.

@. Wings above brown. Front wings with usual ochre-encireled

' discoidal markings; basal area terminated by a narrow, strongly

arched, and somewhat angulated ochreous streak ; a discal chain-

band and submarginal line also ochreous; three white points near

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. 81

apex. Hind wings—basal area abruptly limited by a somewhat

arched and wedge-shaped ochreous patch, which towards the apex

unites with a geminate ochraceous chain-band enclosing internally

black hastate spots. Body above blackish. Wings below greyish,

paler than above. Front wings with white oblique band; chain-like

markings less distinct than above. Body below grey.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 113 lines.

Hab. Fantee, Cape Coast (Ussher). Coll. Swanzy.

Allied to 4. opis, Drury.

ATERICA ZONARA, 0. sp.

3. Wings above tawny, with three macular brown bands, the

outermost distinctly separated into spots ; the costa and outer margin

of front wings, some irregular basal characters, the base of hind

wings, and a submarginal broken line in hind wings dark brown;

fringe blackish. Body above dark tawny. Wings below pale tawny ;

a dentate, sinuate, submarginal brown line, and a series of black discal

points. Front wings with a black spot, and 8-shaped marking within

the cell; a second marking, less distinct, at end of cell, and a series,

very indistinct, terminating basal area ; a squamose, oblique, blackish

streak from apex to below first median branch. Hind wings with

three black spots in cell, which is surrounded by an irregular series

of tawny blackish-edged markings, enclosing a pale notched lunate

patch, which crosses discocellular, median, and submedian inter-

spaces. Body below greyish.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 4 lines.

Q. Wings above brown, with pale ochreous markings answering to

ground-colour of male; hind wings with pale ochreous patch,

nearly as in the preceding species, but narrower and more diffused

externally ; wings below as in the male, but paler.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 6 lines.

Hab. Fantee, Cape Coast ( Ussher). Coll. Swanzy.

Belongs to the Aésolon group.

Genus DEILEPHILA.

DEILEPHILA SPINIFASCIA, 0. Sp.

Intermediate between D. livornica and D.galii. Front wings with

a pale median ochraceous band, as in D. livornica, throwing off five or

six recurrent spine-like streaks along nervures towards costal area.

Hind wings as in D. galii, excepting that the white spot near anal

angle is placed above the line of the rosy band, and is bounded on

both sides by black. Body differs from that of D. galii in that it

exhibits five, more or less, black decreasing bands on each side of

the central brown stripe. Wings below freckled with blackish

scales, otherwise almost as in D. galii.

Expanse of wings 3 inches.

Hab. Buenos Ayres (Burmeister). B.M.

This species, the following, and Dirphia venata were sent to the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. VI.

82 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. _[Jan. 17,

British Museum some time ago, with the request that (in case of

their proving to be new) I should describe them.

Genus SpHINnx.

SPHINX DIFFISSA, 0. Sp.

Wings above greyish ochraceous; fringe alternately brown and

white. Front wings with an irregularly dentated waved black line,

edged interiorly with whitish from costa to near anal angle, and

united with apex near costa by an irregular oblique broken black

line; basal area irregularly marbled and streaked with dark grey

sealing; a whitish point at end of cell, and another quite white at

base. Hind wings pale grey, crossed by two white bands, bounded

on either side by blackish; the outermost blackish border broad,

especially towards costa, and terminating at anal angle. Thorax

greyish ochraceous, marbled with blackish ; a yellow point on each

side of the collar. Abdomen black at base, with a yellow point on

each side; a central grey-brown stripe, and on either side a series of

five golden-yellow spots, encircled with black. Wings below pale

greyish ochraceous ; a whitish band traversing the wings from costa

of front to anal angle of hind wings. Body pale greyish.

Expanse of wings 3 inches 6 lines.

Hab. Buenos Ayres (Burmeister). B.M.

Allied to 8. carolina and S. lucetius.

Genus Pericortis, Hiibner.

PERICOPIS ROSINA, 0. sp.

Q. Wings above brown; front wings with three broad and almost

connected semihyaline bands, the first at base, the second from

centre of costa to near anal angle, the third (just beyond and

almost touching the second) from costa to near centre of outer

margin; ared point at base. Hind wings blackish, with a narrow

submarginal, anal, rosy, macular band, and two spots of the same

colour between median and subcostal branches ; three or four nearly

marginal anal white points ; fringe brown. Body blackish. Wings

below rather paler; front wings with darker basal area; apical area

exhibiting two broad white patches in place of the two exterior

bands of upper surface. Hind wings with red spot at base ; outer

rosy spot of submarginal series wanting. Abdomen with brown

centre, flecked on each side with squamose creamy points, and ter-

minating in two golden-yellow spots.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 8 lines,

Hab, Ega (Bates). B.M.

Allied to P. leucophea of Walker.

Genus Evcyane, Walker.

EUCYANE HYSTASPES, n. sp.

Wings above black, basal area brilliant metallic green; front

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. 83

wings with a narrow, central, oblique crimson band ; apex white-

tipped. Body brilliant metallic green; fringe white-flecked at

apex and near anal angle; wings below nearly as above; the hind

wings with two red points placed obliquely immediately beyond

green area. Body—thorax brownish, legs streaked with white ; ab-

domen with central scarlet band, surrounded with brown, and inter-

rupted by whitish annulations.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 5 lines.

Hab. Venezuela (Dyson). B.M.

Allied to #. glauca of Cramer, from Surinam, but perfectly di-

stinct. The nearest approach to the type form in the British Museum

is an example from Ega, with red-tinted white band in front wings ;

but even in this example the band of hind wings is different in form

and position.

Genus Pu aGorisrA.

Puxcorista simiuis, Walker.

“do. Wings above crimson; front wings with apical area dark

brown, a subapical fasciole, a spot near the anal angle, and the in-

ternervular fringes white. Hind wings with moderately broad dark-

brown outer margin ; fringe white-spotted. Thorax dark brown,

white-streaked ; antennze dark brown; base of the abdomen orange,

apex orange-tinted, central portion black, with white annulations.

Below nearly as above.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 11 lines.

Hab. Fantee, Cape Coast (Ussher). Coll. Swanzy.

This is doubtless an imitation of Aéelis helcita of Linnzeus,

which it closely resembles. The female is described by Mr. Walker.

Genus Dirpaia*,

DirpuiA VENATA, n. sp.

Wings above smoky brown; the internal area of front wings and

the whole of the hind wings (excepting the margin) in male whitish

brown; nervures blackish, especially in front wings ; a large rounded

black spot at end of hind-wing cell. Body above smoky brown;

metathorax of male clothed with lighter hairs; antennze ferrugi-

nous; wings below more uniform in colour, the markings scarcely

defined. Body below dark smoky brown.

Expanse of wings: ¢ 4 inches, 9 4 inches 4 lines.

Hab. Buenos Ayres (Burmeister). B.M.

This handsome species is nearly allied to a female insect deseribed

by Mr. Walker as that sex of Heliconisa impar ; its natural position

in the genus is probably near D. ursina. I would propose for the

female placed with H. impar the name of Dirphia lancea.

* A third allied Dirphia has been characterized and figured by Blake (Proc.

oo Soc. Philad. 1864) as a new genus and species under the name of Coloradia

pandora.

84 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON TWO TYRANNULE. [Jan. 17,

6. Notes on the Types of Tyrannula mexicana of Kaup, and

Tyrannula barbirostris of Swainson. By P. L. Scuarsr,

M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.

[Received January 13, 1871.]

Dr. Kaup’s Tyrannula mexicana, shortly described in this Society’s

‘ Proceedings’ for 1851 (p. 51), has long been a stumbling-block

to those engaged on American ornithology. I was originally inclined

to believe it to be the same as Myiarchus lawrencii (see P.Z.S.

1856, p. 296, et Cat. A. B. p. 233). Prof. Baird has identified it

with M. cinerascens, Lawrence (cf. B. N. A. p. 179); and his view

has been usually followed by American naturalists.

Prof. Baird and Mr. Lawrence have both lately applied to me to

clear up this point, and have supplied me with skins of the allied

species for comparison with Kaup’s type, which they believed to be

in the Derby Museum, Liverpool. This, however, is not the case,

as I ascertained last summer during the visit of the British Asso-

ciation to Liverpool. Indeed Kaup says (J. s. c.), ‘Mr. Woll-

weber sent me this species, which I also found in the British Mu-

seum.” In the British Museum I ascertained that Kaup’s type,

if present, was not marked, and was accordingly forced as a last

resource to apply to Dr. Kaup himself. Dr. Kaup, with his

usual kindness, immediately forwarded to me the desired specimen

from the Grand-Ducal Museum ef Darmstadt, which I now ex-

hibit.

Taking as a guide Prof. Baird’s diagnosis of the difficult species of

this group in his standard work on North-American Birds (p. 177),

it will be seen at once, on examination of the typical specimen of

Tyrannula mexicana, that it cannot be referred either to Myiarchus

mexicanus (i. e. M. cinerascens of Lawrence) or to M. lawrencii, in-

asmuch as it has the ‘‘inner web of the tail-feathers broadly rufous

to the extreme tip ”’—thus coming into Sect. A of the genus, which

includes only M. ecrinitus and M. cooperi. Further comparison

leads me to believe that the bird is really undistinguishable from M.

cooperi, as here described by Baird. It is certainly rather smaller

in dimensions than two of my skins of this species, and has the

bill smaller. But a third specimen in my collection*, which I also

refer to the (so-called) M. cooperi of Baird, agrees very well with

it in general dimensions, and has the bill even slightly smaller. I

do not, therefore, hesitate to decide that Tyrannula mexicana of

Kaup is identical with Myiarchus cooperi of Bairdt.

* Obtained at Atlisco, in the State of Puebla, by Boucard.

t What Tyrannula cooperi, Kaup, is (which Prof. Baird believed to be this

Myiarchus) does not now much signify. The original Muscicapa cooperi of

Nuttall is certainly Contopus borealis (vide Baird, B. N. A. p. 188). But it is

not to be supposed that Prof. Kaup would make two species of the same bird in

the same paper. Therefore Tyrannula cooperi of Kaup is probably not Myiar-

chus cooperi of Baird.

bi.

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERTAIN DENDROCOLAPTIDE. 85

This point being settled, the following changes must be made in

the nomenclature of the four species of Myiarchus differentiated by

Baird (B. N. A. p. 177) :—

(1) Myiarchus cooperi of Baird must stand as Myiarchus mezi-

canus (Kaup), being, as just proved, Zyrannula mexicana, Kaup,

P. Z. S. 1851, p. 51.

(2) Myiarchus mexicanus of Baird must stand .as Myiarchus

cinerascens, Lawrence.

A second obscure type among the Mexican Tyrannidz that I have

lately met with is Tyrannula barbirostris of Swainson, Phil. Mag.

1827, p. 367. The specimen upon which this species was founded

is now in the Cambridge Museum, and is labelled in Swainson’s own

handwriting. It agrees exactly with Blacicus tristis (Gosse); Scl.

Cat. A. B. p. 234—a well-known species of Tyrant-birds from

Jamaica. There is no doubt, therefore, I think, that there has

been an error in locality here, and that the species may be expunged

from the Mexican list, whilst the Jamaican Blacicus must adopt the

Heme barbirostris instead of the subsequently given term ¢ristis of

osse.

7. Remarks on some Species of Dendrocolaptide in the

Collection of the Smithsonian Institution. By P. L.

Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

[Received January 13, 1871.]

In a series of skins of birds of the family Dendrocolaptide sub-

mitted to me for determination by the authorities of the Smithsonian

Institution are several specimens of much interest, and concerning

which I beg leave to offer a few remarks to the Society.

1. SyYNALLAXIS CANDZI.

Synallaxis cand@i, Lafr. et D’Orb. Rey. Zool. 1838, p. 165; Bp.

Consp. i. p. 213.

Castanea : pileo toto et capitis lateribus sordide nigris : mento et

gule lateribus utrinque albis: gula media nigra: ventre medio

albo: cauda castanea, recticibus decem, harum sex mediis nigri-

cante late terminatis : long. tota 6, ale 2°3, caude rectr. 3,

lat. 1°2, poll. Angl.

Hab. Cartagena (Candé); Rio Hacha (De/attre, in Mus. Derb.) ;

Savanilla (Ashurst).

I have previously seen examples of this rare and pretty Synallaxis

only in the Derby and Berlin Museums. It appears to be restricted

to the northern littoral of Columbia. Its nearest ally known to me

is S. kollari, Pelzeln *, from the Rio Brancho, in which, however,

* Orn. Bras. p. 36.

86 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERTAIN DENDROCOLAPTID. [Jan. 17,

the ear-coverts are not black, and the feathers in the middle of the

throat are tipped with white.

The Smithsonian skin of this species is from Savanilla, collected

by Mr. Ashurst.

2. ANABATES OCHROLZMUsS, Tschudi, Faun. Per. Aves, p. 240,

tab. xx. fig. 2.

A typical specimen of this bird received by the Smithsonian Insti-

tution from Neuchatel in exchange enables me to identify this spe-

cies with Anabates turdinus of Natterer’s MS. (Pelz. Orn. Bras.

p-41). It agrees very nearly with a Nattererian example in my own

collection, and with a second specimen in the Smithsonian collection

from the Huallaga. Mr. E. Bartlett obtained the same species on

the Upper Ucayali (see Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 184).

This species must therefore now stand as Philydor ochrolemus

(Tsch.). I should remark that I have also one of Tschudi’s original

specimens of this species in my own collection (Automolus ochro-

lemus of my C. A. B. p. 158), but had not previously recognized the

identity of the two species.

3. ANABATES MONTANUS, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 240, tab. xx. fig. 1.

A typical example of this species acquired from the same source

proves its identity with Philydor striaticollis of my American Cata-

logue. As the latter MS. name of Lafresnaye was only published

by me in 1857, Tschudi again has priority, and the species must

stand as Philydor montanus.

4. DENDROCOLAPTES CHUNCOTAMBO, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 241,

tab. xxxii. fig. 1.

A typical specimen of this species is likewise in the Smithsonian

collection. It is the same as Dendrocolaptes ocellatus of Spix (Av.

Bras. i. p. 88). At least it agrees with the specimens now thus de-

termined in my own collection, which are four in number, namely :—

a. Gualaquiza, Ecuador (Fraser) | =D. palliata, Scl. Cat. A. B.

6. R. Huallaga (Hawawell) p- 164.

e. Rio Negro (Natt.)=D. ocellata of Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 45.

d. Xeberos (Bartlett).

Since I published my catalogue I have compared specimens a, c,

and d with the marked types of D. weddelli* in the Paris Museum

and found them identical with it, and not with D. palliata, as I had

formerly supposed.

It is with great satisfaction, therefore, that I am able to say that

Tschudi’s ugly name is merely a useless synonym of Dendrornis

ocellata.

* Des Murs, in Castelnau’s Voy. Ois. p. 46.

1871.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 87

8. A List of Additional Species of Marine Mollusca to be

included in the Fauna of Port Jackson and the adjacent

Coasts of New South Wales. By Grorcze Frencu

Aneas, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.

[Received January 11, 1871.]

In the year 1867 I published in these ‘ Proceedings’ * a list of all

the species of marine mollusks which up to that date had been ascer-

tained by me to inhabit Port Jackson and the waters in its vicinity.

Since then many additional forms have been obtained, a number of

which were new to science and have lately been described; whilst

others, though well known, had not hitherto been met with in the

particular region towards which my researches have more especially

been directed.

I am particularly indebted to Mr. John Brazier of Sydney for

dredged specimens and positive information regarding the habitat of

very many species; also to Dr. Cox of Sydney for notes on the

localities of certain shells concerning which I had hitherto been in

doubt.

As molluscan discoveries progress, many new species and even

genera will doubtless be brought to light from so prolific a region ;

in the mean time I add the following list of 109 additional species,

together with a few remarks on their characters, habits, and distri-

bution, to form an appendix to my list of 1867.

Class GASTEROPODA.

Fam. TrRITONIID#.

1. TRITONIUM LABIOSUM.

Triton labiosus, Wood, Index Test. Supp. pl. 5. f. 18.

Tritonium rutilum, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. ; Reeve, Conch. Icon.

Triton, pl. 14. f. 52a, 6, ec.

A small compact species, longitudinally ribbed, and transversely

grooved, somewhat variable in form. Length about 10 lines,

Found alive on Shark Island, Port Jackson (Brazier).

2. Triton (Eripromvs) Brazier, Angas, P. Z. 8, 1869, p. 46,

pl. 1. f. 3.

An elongately turreted shell with twelve varices. It is longitudi-

nally ridged, and reticulated with irregular impressed strize. There

is a dark fascia on the middle of each whorl, and also a series of

small spots at the lower edge of the fascia of the last whorl. Length

2 inches.

Lake Macquarie and Cape Solander, Botany Bay (Brazier).

* “A List of Species of Marine Mollusca found in Port-Jackson Harbour

&e,.” (Part I., P. Z: 8., 1867, p. 185; Part IL, P. Z, 8. 1867, p. 912).

88 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Jan. 17,

3. Triton (Cum1a) speciosa, Angas, P. Z. 8.1871, Pl. I. f. 1.

A small beautifully sculptured white species, having upwards of

twenty varices, and sometimes a pale chestnut band on the last

whorl. It appears to belong to that group of the Tritoniide to

which the subgeneric name of Cumia has been given, of which Triton

convolutus, Brod., may be regarded as the type.

The largest specimen I have seen measures 8 lines. Mr. Brazier

obtained it living at Green Point, Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson.

4. Rane La pusitua, Brod. P. Z. 8. 1832, p. 194.

This pretty little species, hitherto known from the tropical Pacific

Islands, has been found at Broken Bay (Brazier).

Fam. DacTyLip&.

5. AMALDA CINGULATA.

Ancillaria cingulata, Sow. Species Conch. pl. 6. f. 36, 37.

Several specimens of this beautiful shell have been met with at

Brisbane Water and Broken Bay. It varies in length from 3 to

41 inches.

The animal, Dr. Cox informs me, is 10 inches in diameter.

6. Oxrvetua Exquisira, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 2.

A charming little species, with three rows of chestnut spots con-

nected by fine undulating lines.

Coodgee Bay, New South Wales (Brazier).

Fam. VoLuTiIpz.

7. VOLUTA FUSIFORMIS, Swains.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Voluta,

pl. 3. f. 6.

A broken example of this fine Volute has been found on the beach

at Broken Bay—probably its northernmost range. It was hitherto

regarded as exclusively Tasmanian.

8. VoLUTA PUNCTATA, Swainson, Zool. Illus. Ist series, pl. 161;

Reeve, Conch. Icon. Voluta, pl. 21. f. 52.

The very bad figure given in Reeve, taken from an immature and

much worn specimen in the British Museum, gives but a faint idea

of this rare shell. Its locality was unknown until very recently,

when several examples were obtained by Mr. Brazier from the outer

beach at Broken Bay.

9. VotuTa zEBRA, Leach, Zool. Miscell. vol. i. pl. 12. f. 1.

Port Stephen Heads.

The more elongated and closely lined variety, described by Leach

as V. lineata, has been found by Mr. Brazier on the beach at Lake

Macquarie.

1871.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 89

10. VoLtuTa NucLEvs, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vol. x. p. 405;

Reeve, Conch. Icon. Voluta, pl. 18. f. 41.

Newcastle, New South Wales (Brazier).

Fam. Mirripz.

11. Mirra eLaBra, Swains. Exotic Conch. pl. 24.

Botany Bay. Occurs also in South and Western Australia.

12. Mirra varraBi.is, Reeve, P. Z. 8. 1844, p. 175.

A species of a brownish-olive colour, with a zone of interrupted

grey markings near the middle of the last whorl, and a few irregular

flakes of the same colour descending from the sutures. The whorls

are more or less encircled by finely punctured strie. Length 14 inch.

Under stones at Double Bay (Port Jackson) and Brisbane ‘Water

(Brazier).

The shells under the above name in the Cumingian Collection in

the British Museum are identical with M. cylindrica. I cannot find

Reeve’s original type; but the specimens sent me by Mr. Brazier

agree with his description of M. variabilis.

Subfam. CoLUMBELLINZ.

13. CoLUMBELLA INTERRUPTA, Angas, P. Z. S. 1865, pl. 11.

f. 9, 10.

This beautiful little species may be known by its two green finely

pencilled and scalloped bands.

' The type specimen was dredged by me at Yorke’s Peninsula, in

South Australia. Mr. Brazier has recently obtained it in Port

Jackson.

14. CotumBetia (MitTrRe xa) Bicincta, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1871,

Pl. I. f. 3.

A smooth fusiform species, distinguished by having two opaque

white bands articulated with brown above and below the sutural

margin.

Dredged in Watson’s Bay, Port Jackson.

15. CotumBeta (Mirreta) aTrenvata, Angas, P. Z. 8.1871,

Pl 1.1.4:

An elegant little species, remarkable for its very elongated form,

and its simple bands of light and dark brown.

Dredged near the ‘‘ Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson (Brazier).

16. CotumBELLA (ANACHIS) ATRATA, Gould, Otia, p. 131.

In my “List of Port-Jackson Shells” (Part I. No. 55) I erro-

neously gave the name C. lentiginosa, Hinds, to this species, which

is a very distinct shell, and comes from the Gulf of Nicoya. C. len-

tiginosa must be cancelled as an Australian species.

C. atrata is found under stones at Mossman’s Bay, Port Jackson.

90 MR, G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Jan, 17,

Fam. MARGINELLIDS.

17. Marcinecia (GLABELLA) ocHRACEA, Angas, P. Z.S. 1871,

Pik to Be

A minute triangularly ovate species, of a yellowish colour, with

the apex of the spire very obtuse.

From shell-sand, coast of New South Wales (Brazier).

18. Hyatina (VOLVARINA) MUSTELINA, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1871,

Pl. Tad. 5:

Elongately ovate, banded with grey and brown, and with the outer

lip finely dentate within.

Dredged off the “Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson (Brazier).

Fam. NaTicip&.

19. NaTica AREOLATA, Récluz, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 206.

Painted with finely waved fawn-coloured lines and arrow-headed

bands, and sometimes with a row of chestnut spots on a white sutu-

ral band, and a second near the base of the last whorl.

Dredged at the ‘Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson.

2(). Natrca (LunatrA) 1ncet, Philippi, MS. Mus. Cuming (Brit.

Mus.); Reeve, Conch. Icon. Natica, pl. 20. f. 89.

Brisbane Water (Brazier).

21. Natica (Neverira) conica, Lam. Anim, sans Vert. viii.

p- 632; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Natica, pl. 12. f. 48.

On the sand-spit at Middle Harbour, Port Jackson.

This is a very abundant species in South Australia.

Fam. ScALIpD&.

22. CrossEA concinna, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1867, pl. xutv. f. 14.

The genus Crossea was founded by Mr. Arthur Adams for the

reception of two species from Japan. He remarks of these singular

and beautiful little shells, “they have perhaps the closest affinity

with Cirsotrema (Morch), a genus of Scalide. They also remind

one of Torinia and Conradia. A great peculiarity consists in the

canaliculate angular projection at the fore part of the aperture.”

Dredged by Mr. Brazier near the ‘‘Sow and Pigs”’ reef, in Port

Jackson, at a depth of from 2 to 4 fathoms.

; 23. Scata (CrrsoTREMA) MOrRcHI, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I.

Pile

_ Decussated with longitudinal ribs, and more numerous transverse

ridges ; the former evanescent at the base.

Dredged near the “Sow and Pigs” (Brazier).

1871.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, 91

Fam. PyRaMIDELLIDZ.

24. CINGULINA SPINA.

Turritella spina, Crosse et Fisch. Journal de Conch. 1864, p. 347;

1865, p. 44, pl. 3. f. 13, 14.

Dredged at “Sow and Pigs” reef (Brazier).

25. MATHILDA ELEGANTULA, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 8.

An acuminate semitransparent shell with fourteen whorls, each

having three rounded transverse ribs, the interstices finely longitu-

dinally striated.

Dredged in Lane Cove, Port Jackson (Brazier).

26. AGATHA AusTRALIs, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 9.

An opaque white shell, with an acuminate spire and eight whorls,

having the columella furnished with a strong spiral plait.

Dredged near the ‘Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson (Brazier).

27. OposToMIA sImPLEx, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1871, Pl. I. f. 10.

A very small white shell, with a sharp transverse columellar plait,

and the outer lip elevately striated within.

Port Jackson (Brazier).

28. Syrnoxa TincTA, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 11.

A small, subulate, smooth, shining shell, irregularly banded and

marked with brown, having a single prominent columellar plait.

‘Sow and Pigs” (Brazier).

Fam. EULIMELLID.

29. Lerostraca Lessa, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 14.

A very slender, white, shining species, with a semiopaque band

below the suture. Larger and more solid than L. acutissima.

‘*Sow and Pigs” (Brazier).

Fam. CrERITHIOPSIDZ.

30. CeritTHiopsis CLATHRATA, Angas, P. Z.S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 12.

A beautifully sculptured little species.

Dredged near the “ Sow and Pigs” (Brazier).

31. CerirHiopsis crocea, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1871, Pl. I. f. 13.

Of an orange colour, with four ribs on each whorl, the intercostal

spaces finely longitudinally striated.

Dredged off Camp Cove, Port Jackson (Brazier).

32. TRIFORIS GRANULATUS, Ad. et Reeve, Voy. Samarang, pl. 11.

f. 5.

A small brown shell, with three strongly granulated ribs on each

whorl.

Botany Bay.

92 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Jan. 17,

Fam. ARCHITECTONIDE.

33. Tor1NIA sTRAMINEA, Lam.; Chem. Conch. v. pl. 172.f.1699.

Broken Bay (Brazier).

34, PHiLipPiA HYBRIDA.

Solarium hybridum, Lam. Encyc. Méth. pl. 446. f. 5, 6.

White, ornamented with broad pale-brown flames.

Lake-Macquarie beach, New South Wales (Brazier).

35. Pariprra LayarpI, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 317.

Flatter and more keeled than the preceding species, with the

ground-colour rich brown, ornamented with white on the keel and

round the umbilicus.

Lake- Macquarie beach (Brazier).

Fam. TEREBRIDZ.

36. TereBra (Hastuta) praziert, Angas, P, Z, 8. 1871, Pl. I.

£153

This pretty species has the whorls obsoletely plicate and shining,

and is irregularly painted with longitudinal orange flamme. Length

13 lines.

Obtained at Brisbane Water by Mr. Brazier.

Fam. TurRITID2#.

37. PrevroroMa viouaces, Hinds, Moll. Voy. Sulphur, pl. 5.

f. 8.

A pale variety of this species occurs at Broken Bay (Brazier).

38. CLATHURELLA HAYESIANA, Angas, P. Z.S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 17.

A very beautiful species of a chalky-grey colour, and deep purple

within; closely longitudinally ribbed, and transversely ridged

throughout.

Dredged in Lane Cove, Port Jackson (Brazier).

39. CLATHURELLA TENUILIRATA, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1871, Pl. I.

£18;

Longitudinally ribbed and crossed with narrow, distant, erect

ridges, the interstices of which are ornamented with very fine con-

centric striz.

Dredged off Goat Island, Port Jackson, in 5 fathoms (Brazier).

40. CLATHURELLA SCULPTILIS, Angas, P. Z.S. 1871, Pl. 1. f. 19.

This species is elaborately sculptured with strong longitudinal

ribs alternating with fine erect strize, and crossed by concentric

somewhat nodulous ridges.

Dredged off the ‘“‘Sow and Pigs” (Brazier).

1871.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 93

41. CLATHURELLA Bicoxor, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 20.

Of a pale ash-colour, with the base of the last whorl chocolate-

brown.

“Sow and Pigs” (Brazier).

42. CLATHURELLA BILINEATA, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 23.

A small ovate straw-coloured species, white at the aperture, with

two narrow brown bands on the last whorl.

Dredged near the ‘‘ Sow and Pigs” (Brazier).

43. CLATHURELLA ALBOCINCTA, Angas, P. Z. 8.1871, Pl. I. f. 22.

Ovately fusiform, with the last whorl stained with brown, having

an opaque white band in the centre.

Dredged near the “Sow and Pigs” (Brazier).

44, CLATHURELLA BRAZIERI, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 21.

Narrowly elongately turreted, pale brown, darker on the lower

whorl and at the apex, and with the channel sharply recurved.

_ Dredged near the “ Sow and Pigs” (Brazier).

Fam. Conip#.

45. Conus apLustrE, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Conus, pl. 30.

f. 170.

The figure of this Cone is so bad in Reeve’s work as to be searcely

recognizable. The shell is of a light yellowish chestnut, profusely

filleted with markings of a darker colour, and with a pale band round

the middle of the last whorl. It averages 1 inch in length.

“ Bungaree Nora,” Broken Bay; Lake Macquarie; Cape So-

lander, Botany Bay ; also from Port Fairy, Bass’s Straits (Brazier)

46. Conus cooxt1, Brazier, P. Z. S. 1870, p- 109.

A species 10 lines long, marked with reddish, undulating, longi-

tudinal lines, and somewhat resembling a small non-coronated speci-

men of the C. princeps from Gulf of California. Mr. Brazier found

this new Cone amongst the rocks at the spot where Capt. Cook landed

at Botany Bay.

47. Conus rossiTERI, Brazier, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 109.

Mr. Brazier says of this shell that it is allied to C. gilvus of Reeve.

I have never seen the specimen; but, from his description, I take it

to be in an immature state.

Cape Solander, Botany Bay.

48. Conus rutiILus, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p- 57. no. 133.

This pretty little Cone varies in colour from brown to orange, red

or purple, and is occasionally freckled with lines and spots. In the

South-Australian gulfs I met with it frequently. Mr. Brazier ob-

tained five specimens at Cape Solander, Botany Bay.

94 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Jan. 17,

Fam. CyprmeIDz.

49. Cyprma cAuRicA, Linn. ; Lister, Conch. pl. 677. f. 24.

Cape Banks, Botany Bay; Broken Bay (Brazier).

50. Cypra#a ANNuLUS, Linn. Encycl. Meéth. pl. 356. f. 7.

Vaucluse Bay, Port Jackson (Brazier).

51. Cypraa FIMBRIATA, Gmel.; Wood, Ind. Test. pl. 17. f. 26.

Cape Banks, Botany Bay (Brazier).

52. Cyprma LuTeA, Gronovius, Zoophylacium, pl. 19. f. 17.

C. humphreysi, Gray.

C. commixta, Wood.

Lake Macquarie beach (Brazier).

53. Cypr#A STAPHYLA, Linn. ; Lister, Conch. pl. 708. f. 58.

Broken Bay (Brazier).

54, Cypra Erosa, Linn.; Lister, Conch. pl. 692. f. 39.

Broken Bay (Brazier).

55. Cypr#A TABESCENS, Gray ; Sow. Conch. Illus. f. 14.

Lake-Macquarie beach (Brazier).

56. Cyprma scurra, Chemn. Conch. x. p. 103, pl. 144.

faaisage

Broken Bay (Brazier).

57. Cypr#A FLAVEOLA, Linn. ; Sow. Conch. Illus. f. 11.

The specimens I have seen from the localities recorded beneath I

consider to represent the true C. flaveolo of Linnezus; they differ

both from C. spurca and C. gangrenosa.

Lake Macquarie; Broken Bay; Botany Bay (Brazier).

58. Trivia CANDIDULA, Gaskoin; Sow. Conch. Illus. f. 149.

“Bottle and Glass’ Point, Port Jackson (Brazier).

59. Trivia GLososa, Gray ; Sow. Conch. Illus. f. 34.

Little Bay (Brazier).

60. Trivia rnsecta, Mighels; Sow. in Thesaurus (Cyprea),

pl. 46. f. 477, 478, 479.

Little Bay (Brazier).

Fam. AMPHIPERASIDZ.

61. AMPHIPERAS BULLA.

Ovulum bulla, Ad. & Reeve, Voy. Samarang, pl. 6. f. 5.

Port Stephen, New South Wales; also Japan.

1871.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 95

62. AMPHIPERAS BREVIS.

Ovulum breve, Sow. Spec. Conch. f. 26, 27,

Port Stephen, New South Wales.

Fam. Crer1THIIDE.

63. CerirHium rRHoposTomA, A. Ad.; Sow. in Thesaurus, vol.

ii. pl. 180. f. 103.

A very pretty species, beautifully sculptured, of a pearly brown

colour, the columella rose-coloured.

Lake Macquarie, and “Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson. Mr.

Adams’s type is from Tasmania.

Fam. Lirrorinipa&.

64. LirroRINA SCABRA.

Helix scabra, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1242 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 5.

fe 21.

A very abundant species, widely distributed throughout the Indo-

Pacific tropical regions. Found by Mr. Brazier attached to the

trunks of mangroves in Port Jackson.

65. FossaRINA BRAZIERI, Angas, P, Z. 8. 1871, Pl. I. f. 24.

A smaller species than F. patula, A. Ad. & Ang., rounder in

form, of a different sculpture, and more or less variegated with dark

brown.

Fam. Rissomp2.

66. Rissorna crassa, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 16.

A solid species, strongly longitudinally ribbed, the ribs termina-

ting in nodules at the base of the last whorl.

‘* Bottle and Glass’ rocks, Port Jackson (Brazier).

Fam. NERITIDZ.

67. NERITA ALBICELLA, Linnzeus; Quoy, Voy. de l’Astrolabe,

iii. pl. 65. £. 17, 18.

Common throughout tropical Australia and the Indo-Pacific pro-

vince generally.

Rose Bay, Port Jackson (Brazier).

68. Neritmna (Vitra) raANGrIANA, Reécluz, Rev. Zool. 1841.

N. viridis, var. major, Rang.

Differs from WN. viridis, Linn., in the angularity of the last whorl,

and in being of a different shade of green, painted with several rows

of interrupted dark lines.

Dredged in Port-Jackson Harbour.

96 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Jan. 17,

69. Neritina (Vitra) puLcHEeRRIMA, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871,

Pl ts25.

An elegant little shell, more rounded than J. viridis, Linn., and

easily distinguished by its yellow bands and dark purple waved

lines.

Dredged near “ Sow and Pigs” reef, Port Jackson.

Fam. TRocHIDz.

70. TurBO IMPERIALIS, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3594; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. Turbo, pl. 2. f. 6.

Although I have frequently met with this fine large species about

Moreton Bay and northwards, I never obtained it during my re-

searches in New South Wales. Dr. Cox, however, assures me that

he found a living specimen amongst the rocks at Watson’s Bay, Port

Jackson ; and on that gentleman’s undoubted authority I now in-

clude the species in my list.

71. Liorra speciosa, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1871, Pl. I. f. 26.

A charming little species, quite distinct from L. angasi, Crosse, in

sculpture and general character.

Under stones at Double Bay, Port Jackson (Brazier).

72. Liot1A CLATHRATA, Reeve, P. Z.S. 1843; Conch, Icon. Del-

phinula, pl. 5.f.21a& b.

An elegant species, larger than the preceding, strongly clathrate,

and somewhat resembling L. pulcherrima of A. Ad.

Dredged at “Sow and Pigs” bank (Brazier); Philippines

( Cuming).

73. Zizypuinus comptus, A. Ad. P. Z.S. 1854, p. 38; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. Zizyphinus, pl. 7. f. 48.

A small, conical, pale fawn-coloured, nodulosely granulated spe-

cies, with a few brown spots at the periphery of the whorl.

Shark Island, Port Jackson, under stones at low water (Brazier) ;

also New Caledonia.

_ 74. CLancuxius nopotiratvs, A. Ad. P. Z.8. 1851, p. 163.

Shark Bay, Port Jackson, New South Wales.

75. MrinoLia PULCHERRIMA, Angas, P. Z.S. 1869, pl. 11. f. 10.

A finely sculptured species, beautifully stained with bright rose-

colour, and spotted on the keels with dark purple-lake.

Brisbane Water, New South Wales (Brazier).

76. Minoxia BELLULA, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1869, pl. 11. f. 11.

Another very lovely species, shining, and conical, of a pale straw-

colour, with close-set serpentine rose-coloured flames on each whorl,

abruptly ceasing at the periphery of the last whorl.

Brisbane Water, New South Wales (Brazier).

1871.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA, 97

Fam. Hattori.

77. Hatioris (Papouuus) Brazier, Angas, P, Z. S. 1869,

pi Pl. £ J.

Richly mottled with red and green blotches, and remarkable for

its radiate sculpture, and large, erect, elevated perforations.

Lake Macquarie, New South Wales (Brazier); Watson’s Bay,

Port Jackson (Angas).

78, HaioTis HARGREAVESI, Cox, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 49, pl. 26.

f, 4,

Strougly longitudinally ribbed with nine or ten flat and coarsely

lamellose ribs, and with depressions in the internal surface corre-

sponding with the elevations without.

Broken Bay Heads, New South Wales.

Fam. FissuRELLIDA.

_ 79. Emarcinuta pitecta, A. Ad. P, Z. S. 1851, p. 85; The-

saurus (Fissurellide), pl. 10. f. 5.

A small, coarsely latticed, elongated, and somewhat depressed

species, with the marginal slit long and narrow,

Lane Cove, Port Jackson (Brazier).

Fam, Scure.uip2,

80. ScUTELLINA CINNAMOMEA.

Patella cinnamomea, Gould, Expedition, Shells, p. 9.

Scutellina ferruginea, A. Ad.

A thin, finely sculptured species, of a brown colour,

Fam. DenTaLups,

81. CapuLus acuminatus, Deshayes, in Cum. Coll.

Dredged on a clear sandy bottom, Middle Harbour, Port Jackson.

The shell of Cadulus is a small, semitransparent, curved tube,

more or less tumid below and contracted at the base. It was at one

time supposed to be the case of an annelid; but, from an examination

of the animal, it has been proved to be a mollusk.

Fam. Curronip.

82. Lorica aneast, H. Ad. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 193.

Camp Cove, Port Jackson (Brazier).

A species quite distinct from L. cimolia, Reeve, of which L, volvoz,

Reeve, is a synonym,

Fam. AcTEONID&,

83. BuccinuLUS NivVEUs, Angas, P. Z.S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 27,

A somewhat acuminate species of an ivory white throughout,

» Dredged at the “Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson (Brazier),

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1871, No. VII.

98 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Jan. 17,

84. Myontra SPECIOSA.

Monoptygma speciosa, A. Ad. in Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 172.

f. 24, 25.

A very beautiful thin species, of a pale horn-colour, with the spiral

ridges of the whorls deeply punctured.

Lane Cove, Port Jackson; dredged in 3 fathoms in sandy mud

(Brazier).

_ 85. RineicuLa CARON, Hinds, P. Z. S. 1844, Voy. Sulphur,

p. 47, pl. 16. f. 15, 16. 4

In this species the spire is lengthened and exserted, the last whorl

is rounded, the shell is closely grooved throughout, with strie at

regular intervals, and the edge of the outer lip is slightly corrugated.

Goat Island, Port Jackson; dredged in 10 fathoms, mud (Brazier);

Straits of Malacca (Hinds).

86. RincicuLa pENTICULATA, Gould, Otia, p. 121.

The numerous strice (finer ones intervening), denticulate labium,

and scantiness of callus about the siphonal notch mark this species.

Port Jackson (Gould).

87. RINGICULA EXSERTA, Hinds, P. Z. S. 1544, p. 97.

Smaller and more elongated than 2. caron, with the spire ex-

serted, shining, and nearly smooth. :

Dredged near the ‘‘ Sow and Pigs,” Port Jackson (Brazier); Phi-

lippines ( Hinds).

88. Rinercuta AaRcTATA, Gould, Otia, p. 122.

In this species the aperture is auricular, the outer lip very much

thickened, and the whorls finely, distantly striated at the lower part.

Goat Island, Port Jackson (Brazier); Hong-Kong harbour (Gould).

Fam. BuLLID&.

89. Butta (Haminea) TENERA, A. Ad. Thesaurus Conch. Bul-

lide, p. 583, pl. 124. f. 103.

A small, pellucid, yellowish horn-coloured species, with very mi-

nute, close-set transverse lines when seen through the lens.

Sand Spit, Middle Harbour, Port Jackson, on seaweed (Brazier).

Fam. LopHocrercip2.

90. CyLINDROBULLA FISCHER, A, Ad. & Angas, P. Z. 8. 1864,

p- 37.

Lane-Cove River, Port Jackson, in mud (Brazier).

Fam. APLYSIIDE.

91. DoLaBRIFERA BRAZIERI, Sow. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 250.

Taken at the “ Bottle and Glass” rocks, Port Jackson (Bragier),

1871.] MR. G, F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. 99

The shell of this species is # of an inch in length, being three

times as large as D. pacifica, Pease.

Class PTEROPODA.

Fam. SprriALID&.

92. HeTrROFuUSUS BULIMOIDES.

Limacina bulimoides, D’Orbigny, Voy. Am. Mérid. pl. 12. f. 36-

Cook’s River, Botany Bay (Brazier).

Class CONCHIFERA.

Fam, PHoLapIp&.

93. BARNEA SIMILIS.

Pholas similis, Gray, MS. Brit. Mus. ; Thesaurus Conch. pl. 103.

f. 12-14.

** Bottle and Glass”’ rocks, in sandstone (Brazier).

Fam. CorsuLipz.

94. CorBuLA veNusTA, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 29.

Stouter than C. zelandica, with a cornelian-coloured ray at the

umbones. Dredged on the “Sow and Pigs”’ bank, Port Jackson.

95. CRYPTOMYA ELLIPTICA.

Sphenia elliptica, A. Ad. P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 88.

A transverse, oval, white shell, with the posterior side radiately

suleated, and the hinge of Mya.

Lane Cove, Port Jackson; in sandy mud, 3 fathoms (Brazier),

4 fathoms, mud (F’. Strange).

Fam. ANATINIDZ.

96. Turacta speciosa, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1869, pl. u. f. 12.

An elegant elongated species, with the space beyond the umbonal

ridge strongly granulated.

Port Jackson; dredged off the ‘‘ Sow and Pigs”’ reef in 4 fathoms

water (Brazier).

97. Neawra (Lepromya) pura, Angas, P. Bese 187k, blak.

f, 30.

A thin, subovate shell, sculptured with rather distant, fine, con-

centric, raised lines, and having the posterior side obliquely truncate.

Lane Cove, Port Jackson ; in sandy mud (Brazier).

Mr. A. Adams refers Leptomya to the family Tellinide, and con-

siders it nearly allied to Scrobicularia.

100 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON AUSTRALIAN MOLLUSCA. [Jan. 17,

Fam. Mactrip&.

98. Macrra (Spisua) FLUVIATILIS, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I.

f. 31.

A small species of a dusky white or pale olive-colour, having ex-

ternally somewhat the aspect of an dzara. ‘

Dredged in the Hawkesbury river, New South Wales; in brackish

water at 2 fathoms.

Subfam. LuTRARIINA.

99. MeROPE HGYPTIACA.

Lutraria egyptiaca, Gray, Wood’s Index Test. pl. 6. f. 34.

Lake Macquarie, New South Wales.

Fam. TELLINIDZ.

100. Texuina (PERONHZODERMA) ALBINELLA, Lam. Anim. sans

Vert. vi. p. 194.

Broken Bay, rose-coloured var. (Brazier).

This fine species, though rare in New South Wales, is extremely

abundant on the sandy beaches of Encounter Bay in South Australia.

101. TeLuina (ANGULUS) BRAzIERI, Sow. in Reeve, Conch.

Icon. Tellina.

Dredged at ‘Sow and Pigs”’ bank in Port Jackson (Brazier).

A small, thin species, of a delicate pink colour.

Fam. CHAMID&.

102. CHAMA REFLEXA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. Chama, f. 16.

Lane Cove (Brazier); Middle Harbour, Port Jackson (Rev. R.

L. King).

In young specimens from sheltered localities the spines of this

variable species become quite long and spout-shaped, like those of

Spondylus, whilst in exposed situations they are comparatively short.

Fam. ASTARTIDA.

103. CRASSATELLA FULVIDA, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1871, Pl. I. f. 32.

A small subtriangularly ovate and rather compressed species, con-

centrically strongly ribbed, and faintly streaked and clouded with

pale orange on a yellowish ground.

Dredged near “ Sow and Pigs”? bank, Port Jackson (Brazier).

: 104. Carpira amaABiuis, Desh. P. Z. S. 1852, p. 102, pl. xvi.

e 8, 9,

Dredged in Port Jackson (Brazier) ; also from Moreton Bay.

A pretty little species, with nodosely crenate radiating ribs,

freckled here and there with reddish spots.

1871.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 101

Fam. Mytiuip.

105. Crenex~ia (MoprovartA) CUMINGIANA.

Modiola cumingiana, Dunker; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Modiola,

pl. 9. f. 63 a, d.

Lake Macquarie, New South Wales (Brazier); also Moreton Bay

and St. Vincent’s Gulf.

106. Perna conrusa, Angas, P. Z. 8. 1871, Pl. I. f. 33.

Of a dark olive-brown colour, paler beneath ; somewhat like Mo-

diola fortunei, Dunker (from China), but more arcuate in form, of

a different colour, and four times as large.

Lane-Cove River, Port Jackson.

Fam. Arcip&.

107. Lrmopsts BRazrert, Angas, P. Z. S. 1871, Pl. I. f. 34.

A small somewhat triangularly ovate species, finely concentrically

ridged, and longitudinally crenate.

Dredged near the “Sow and Pigs,’ Port Jackson (Brazier).

Fam. Rapuip#.

108. Raputa (ManTeLiuM) orIENTALIS.

Lima orientalis, Ad. & Reeve, Voy. Samarang, pl. 11. f. 33 a, 6.

A thin, delicate, semipellucid species, that must not be confounded

with R. angulata, Sow.

Dredged near Watson’s Bay (Brazier).

Class BRACHIOPODA,

Fam. TEREBRATULID.

109. TEREBRATELLA SANGUINEA, Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vii.

p- 331.

A small yellowish species, handsomely ornamented with red

markings.

Dredged near the rocks at Camp Cove, Port Jackson, in 7 fathoms

(Brazier).

February 7, 1871.

G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

The following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of January 1871 was read :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of January 1871 was 38, of which 17 were

102 MR. H. E. DRESSER ON EUROPEAN BIRDS EGGS. [Feb, 7,

by presentation, 15 by purchase, and 3 by exchange, 3 animals

having been received only on deposit. The total number of de-

partures during the same period, by death and removals, was 82. —

The following were the most noticeable amongst the additions :—

1. A second living specimen of the Kakapo, or Ground-parrot of

New Zealand (Strigops habroptilus), deposited January 24th by the

captain of the vessel in which it was brought over, until it could be

ascertained for whom it is really destined. I have reason to believe

it is intended for this Society, but that the letter announcing its

arrival has miscarried.

2. Two Derbyan Screamers (Chauna derbiana), imported from

Santa Martha by one of the Royal Mail Steampacket Company’s ves-

sels, and received January 29th. ‘These birds are, no doubt, from

the same district as those formerly obtained for the Society by Mr.

Greey (cf. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 74, and 1866, pp. 368, 369).

3. An Annulated Snake (Leptodira annulata) from Panama,

purchased on the same day. This is a well-known Central-American

species, but has not been previously exhibited alive in the Society’s

Menagerie.

4. A pair of the Splendid Grass-Parrakeet (Zuphema splendida,

Gould, B. of Austr. v. pl. 42). These are, I believe, the first ex-

amples of this beautiful Grass-Parrakeet ever brought alive to this

country. We purchased them on January 30th from a London

dealer, who states that they were received from a vessel coming from

Adelaide. Mr. Gould (Handb. B. of Austr. ii. p. 79) has already

spoken of the occurrence of this species in South Australia.

Mr. E. Ward, F.Z.S., exhibited a skin of white variety of the

Tiger (Felis tigris), obtained from an animal killed in the Mirzapore

district, North-west Provinces of India.

Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of an Eel

of a variety believed to be new to the fauna of Great Britain. It

had been obtained from fresh water in the Scilly Islands, and had

been referred by Dr. Giinther to the Pimperneau of Cuvier (Anguilla

cuviert, Kaup).

Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the Red-

breasted Goose (Auser ruficollis, Pallas), recently shot at Maldon,

on the Essex coast.

Mr. H. E. Dresser exhibited specimens of the eges of some Eu-

ropean birds (hitherto unknown), and made the following remarks

on them :—

**Amongst some eggs which I have lately received from Dr.

‘Kriiper and from Dr. Dybowsky, through M. Jules Verreaux, are

some of considerable interest to collectors; and 1 have therefore

1871.] MR. 4H. E. DRESSER ON EUROPEAN BIRDS’. EGGS. 103

brought them here for inspection. They belong to the following

Species, viz. :—

Micronisus brevipes.

Motacilla citreola.

Turdus fuscatus.

Reguloides superciliosus.

Ruticilla aurorea.

At the same time I beg leave to offer the following remarks respect-

ing them.

«© MICRONISUS BREVIPES.

‘It is not long ago that the eggs of this Sparrow-hawk were first

made known through Dr. Kriiper, who procured them near Smyrna.

The learned Doctor stated then that, as many of these Sparrow-

hawks appeared to pass onwards into Europe, he felt sure that the

species would be found to breed in Turkey or in Russia; and such

proved to be the case, as Mr. W. Schluter of Halle subsequently

procured both birds and eggs from Mr. Hodek, who took them near

the Tiniok river, on the Servio-Bulgarian frontier, near Piconica in

Servia. These eggs and birds were exhibited by Mr. Schluter, who

also wrote an article respecting them in the ‘ Zoologischer Garten,’

p- 375 (1869).

‘« Since then Dr. Kriiper, who has been collecting in Greece, has

brought back several sittings of the eggs of this bird collected by

him in that country, one of which, consisting of three eggs, I am

enabled to exhibit. These eggs were taken by Dr. Kriiper at Olym-

pus, on the 12th of June last (1870); but I regret to say that I

have not yet received from him any particulars as to the position

of the nest, &c. In size they measure 144 by 1,3, inch, and in

appearance are not unlike the eggs of the Hen-Harrier (Cercus cya-

meus), but differ in having the pores deeper and further apart, and

also in being of a more intense green colour in the inside.

. “T have also the pleasure to exhibit two skins of this rare Hawk,

procured by Dr. Kriiper in Greece—the one adult, and the other

immature.

** REGULOIDES SUPERCILIOSUS.

*« These eggs are of considerable interest, as the bird is an occasional

straggler to Europe, and has also been procured in England. The

Indian collectors, and Mr. A. O. Hume in particular, have long en-

deavoured in vain to procure them. I have also lately received a

letter from Mr. Brooks of Etawah, in which he says that he hopes

ere long to be in possession of genuine eggs of this rare bird; and,

curiously enough, he appears to think that they may prove to be

(as is actually the case) pure white and unspotted. Mr. A. O.

Hume writes from Simla, under date of 24th June last (vide Ibis,

1870, p. 530), that the eggs of this bird were brought to him by a

native collector from Chimbla with the parent bird. He writes re-

specting them as follows:—‘ The ground-colour is a very delicate

greenish white; and they are thinly speckled and spotted, chiefly

104 MR. H. E. DRESSER ON EUROPEAN BIRDS EGGS. [Feb. 7,

towards the large end, with a sort of burnt-umber brown, which in

some spots is almost black, aud in others excessively diluted and

pale. The eggs have scarcely any gloss. They vary from ‘68 to

*7 inch in length, and from °54 to ‘55 in breadth. They were pro-

cured on the 24th May, 1870. Of course, after all, these eggs may

not be genuine ; but there are prima facie strong grounds for believ-

ing them to be so.”

“« From the above it will be seen that the eggs brought to Mr. Hume

were spotted, and are therefore, I should say, not genuine.

“The eggs which I now exhibit are, as will be seen, pure white,

unspotted, and rather glossy. In size they measure 42 inch in length,

by =; in width, and are almost pear-shaped, falling to a blunt point

at the smaller end.

‘* These eggs were collected in Darasim, Dauria, by Dr. Dybowsky,

and sent along with the birds, which were marked Phyllopneuste co-

ronata ; but on comparing them with specimens of Reguloides super-

ciliosus from Siberia and India, I find them to belong to the latter

species. I beg leave to offer for comparison one of the skins sent

by Dr. Dybowsky and a specimen of R. superciliosus received from

Mr. Brooks of Etawah, North-western India.

** TURDUS FUSCATUS.

** These four eggs form a complete sitting, and were also collected

by Dr. Dybowsky at Darasim in Dauria, together with several

others which I also have in my possession, but which do not differ

materially from these. I do not know of any collection in Eng-

land in which the eggs of this Thrush are to be found; and as it

is an occasional straggler to Europe, I believe that collectors here

present may be interested in examining these. As will be seen, they

are in appearance not unlike some varieties of the eggs of the common

Fieldfare (Turdus pilaris), but are rather smaller in size, increasing

from 4% to 15}, inch in length, by from 2% to $4 in width, the ground-

colour being bright blue, and the spots with which they are covered

dark red.

** RUTICILLA AUROREA.

** One single specimen of the egg, together with about a dozen skins,

of this bird were sent over by Dr. Dybowsky from Dauria. This

specimen, which I now produce, measures 29 inch in length, by 21

in width, and in colour is very pale blue, minutely covered with pale

red markings, which are collected round the larger end, forming an

irregular zone.

** MOTACILLA CITREOLA.

‘‘Amongst the eggs and skins sent over by Dr. Dybowsky from

Darasim were several of this bird; and I have the pleasure of exhi-

biting six (a complete sitting) of the eggs. In size and colour they

resemble the eggs of the Grey Wagtail (Iotacilla boarula) so much

that they can scarcely be distinguished from some eggs of this latter

bird.”

1871.] DR. R. 0. CUNNINGHAM ON RHEA. 105

The following papers were read :-—

1. Notes on some points in the Osteology of Rhea americana

and Rhea darwiniit. By Rosert O. Cunninenam, M.D.,

F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

[Received January 2, 1871.]

(Plates VI. & VI?.)

Three distinct species of American Ostrich (the Rhea americana,

R. darwinit, and R. macrorhyncha) are at the present time recognized

by ornithologists. The first of these, which, it is almost unnecessary

to state, was for a long period the only species of the genus known,

appears to possess the widest geographical range, extending, if I am

not mistaken, from Bolivia, Paraguay, and South Brazil, at least as

far south as the Strait of Magellan*, a space of upwards of thirty

degrees. The second was first scientifically described by Mr. Gould,

in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1837, from a specimen pro-

cured by Mr. Darwin at Port Desire, on the east coast of Patagonia,

and probably extends from the Strait of Magellan to the Rio Negro,

the boundary-line between Patagonia and the Argentine Republic ;

while for our knowledge of the third, the locality of which is,

I believe, as yet undetermined, we are indebted to Mr. Sclater’s

finely illustrated article on the Struthious birds living in the

Society’s gardens, published in the fourth volume of the Society’s

‘Transactions.’ In that valuable contribution to our knowledge of

the Struthionide, its author has briefly pointed out several very well-

marked points of distinction between the three species; but con-

cerning these I need not occupy the time of the Society, as they

are doubtless well-known to the generality of those who are now

present.

I may therefore pass on to remark that, in assigning such an ex-

tensive range as I have above indicated to the Rhea americana, I

am aware that my views on the subject are in conflict with the

expressed opinions of a highly distinguished authority (Mr. Dar-

win), who fixes the southern boundary of this bird at a little to the

south of the Rio Negro, observing that R. darwinii takes its place

in Southern Patagonia. I can, however, positively assert that R.

americana extends as far south as the Strait of Magellan, inhabiting

the same tracts of country as the latter species; for in the course of

my sojourn in the eastern portion of the Strait, I had opportunities

of seeing a considerable number of recently killed specimens in the

possession of the Patagonian Indians; and, although I do not recol-

lect having observed any examples of Rhea darwinii in the flesh, I

* That a species of Rhea occurs to the south of the Strait, in the large

eastern island of Tierra del Fuego, the northern portion of which is almost

identical in its climate and physical characters with those of Eastern Patagonia,

may be regarded as certain; but whether it be referable to the 2. americana or

R. darwinii I am unable to state.

106 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON RHEA. [Feb. 7,

have picked up its characteristic white-tipped feathers in various

localities in the plains *.

I regret that I have almost nothing to add to our knowledge of

the habits of Rhea americana, as it was but seldom that I noticed

‘live examples, and then, owing to their speed of foot, only for a few

minutes at a time. I can, however, corroborate the testimony of

Mr. Darwin with regard to the facility with which the species takes

to the water, one of the officers of the ‘ Nassau,’ a very careful and

trustworthy observer, having on one occasion observed several in-

dividuals on the south of St. Jago Bay (Strait of Magellan) escape

from threatened danger by running into the sea. Further, I may add

that, although indiscriminate in its feeding like other members of the

tribe, it appears, in common with the Upland Goose (Chloephaga ma-

gellanica), to cherish a special predilection for the red berries of the

Empetrum rubrum, a plant very abundant on the grassy plains.

Some months ago Mr. Sclater was good enough to place in my

hands for examination and comparison two nearly perfect skeletons

of Rhea americana and R. darwinii ; and I now venture to lay a few

brief notes on the subject before the Society. Both specimens were

those of females, that of Rhea americana having apparently belonged

to an adult bird, while that of R. darwinii bore unequivocal traces

of immaturity. It is necessary, of course, to bear this fact in mind,

as many of the differences observable are without doubt due to the

different ages of the individuals, while a certain number are possibly

only the result of individual variation, and others may probably with

justice be regarded as marks of specific distinction.

Regarded in toto, the differences between the two skeletons are

comparatively slight, though perhaps not more so than those which

commonly obtain between closely allied species. In the following

observations, I would premise that it is not my intention to attempt

the very elaborate task of giving a full description of the osteology

of the two species, as to do that in a complete and satisfactory

manner would have necessitated the examination of a much larger

number of specimens than I have had at my command, but to

content myself with noting those points which appear to be of the

most salient character.

Cranium.—Beginning with the cranium, I may remark that its

general contour is very much the same in both species, though

certain minute marks of distinction between the individual bones are

recognizable on a careful inspection. Thus in the cranium of the

specimen of Rhea darwinii (in which nearly all the bones are still

unanchylosed) the vertical ridge on the supraoccipital is considerably

more elevated than in R. americana, and the portion of the hori-

* When Dr. Adolf Bocking, in his interesting “‘ Monographie des Nandu oder

siidamerikanischen Strausses,” in Wiegmann’s Archiv for 1863 (for a reference to

which I am indebted to Mr. Sclater), speaks of R. americana and R. darwinii

as climatic varieties comparable with those of Perdix cinerea, it is difficult to

avoid the conclusion that he has never carefully examined specimens of the two

pa and his hypothesis is disproved by the fact of their occurring in the same

district.

1871.] DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON RHEA. 107

zontal plate of the ethmoid not covered by the frontals and nasals is

of a different form, being an ellipse with pointed ends instead of a

somewhat lozenge-shaped space as in the latter bird. In the former

species there is also a much wider unossified space in the interorbital

septum between the basi- and presphenoids than there is in the

latter ; but this is most probably a difference connected with age.

On the other hand the lacuna in the ethmo-alisphenoid plate, im-

mediately beueath the horizontal plate of the ethmoid, is nearly

twice as large in Rhea americana as it is in Rhea darwinit. The

pterygoid processes of the basisphenoid are also curved more forwards

in the former than in the latter. By far the most remarkable

distinction in the bones of the skull of the two birds, however, is fur-

nished by the lachrymal. In Rhea americana (Pl. VI. fig 1) the

strong process directed backwards (anterior orbital process of authors)

is much more elongated than in &. darwinii, and the form of the

descending process is also very different. In the former it curves

downwards and backwards so as to produce a deeply excavated space

on its posterior border, while in the latter (fig. 2) this process is

met by another posterior bar of bone so as to connect the space into a

large foramen, This will be more readily understood by a reference

to the accompanying sketches, in which fig. 1 represents the bone in

R. americana, and fig. 2 in R. darwinii, the letter a in both bones

indicating the surface of articulation with the cranium. Other

minor differences in the bones of the head are probably due to age.

Vertebre.— Except in point of size, the vertebrzee of the two

species differ but little from one another. I find twenty-one free

vertebree present in R. americana between the head and the lumbo-

sacral portion of the vertebral column; but the axis is wanting in

this specimen ; so that the total will be twenty-two should none of the

other vetebrze be absent, which does not appear to be the case. As

in the specimen of R. darwinii either four or five of the cervical

vertebrze have been lost, I cannot speak with absolute certainty

as to the number of free vertebree present; but in all probability it

is the same as in R. americana. The styloid processes (pleurapo-

physes) of all the cervical vertebrae examined in R. darwinii exist as

separate bones, as might, indeed, be expected from the immature

condition of the individual. They are fully anchylosed in the third,

fourth, and fifth vertebree (putting the atlas, in which they do not

exist, and the axis, which is missing, out of the question) of R.

americana, partially so in the sixth, seventh, and eighth, and sepa-

rate thence to the first rib-bearing vertebra.

In both species there are eight rib-bearing vertebra, the eighth

being partially anchylosed to the lumbo-sacral portion of the column.

No very obvious differences, save those of size, are to be observed

between the vertebral ribs of the two species. In both but three (the

third, fourth, and fifth) are connected with the sternum by means of

costal ribs. There is likewise no material difference in the form of

the sterna of the two birds, allowing for the influence of age. In

Tt. americana the two lateral halves (pleurostea) are united rather

firmly together, but would admit of separation without much diffi-

culty ; while in R. darwinii they are separate, partly in consequence

108 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON RHEA. [Feb. 7,

of immaturity of development, but also, I am inclined to believe,

from more prolonged maceration.

Pelvis.—On comparing the pelves of the two birds it will be noticed

that in R. americana the transverse processes of two vertebree abut

upon the iliac bone of either side, opposite its junction with the

ischium and pubis; while in R. darwinii the transverse process of

but one vertebra occupies this position, and this process is much

shorter than the corresponding processes in R. americana, so that

the acetabula of opposite sides are further removed from one another

in that bird than in R. darwinii. In the specimen of the latter

bird, owing to its youth, the ischiatic and pubic bones, though an-

chylosed to one another, are not yet anchylosed to the ilium, while

in the older specimen of R. americana they are firmly anchylosed,

although still presenting indications of the line of junction. A con-

siderable difference, perhaps due in part to age, obtains between the

posterior extremities of the ischium and pubis in the two birds. In

R. darwinii they are separated by a considerable space, while in

R. americana they are nearly in contact, owing to the development

downwards and forwards of a strong process from the ischium.

Shoulder-girdle.—In the specimen of R. americana the coracoid

and scapula are anchylosed, while in that of R. darwinii they are

separate. In the former the strong internal process at the scapular

end of the coracoid is much more developed than in the latter; and

the inner border of the sternal extremity of the same bone is of a

different form in the two birds, in R. americana being as it were cut

away for the space of about a quarter of an inch, while in R. darwniii

it presents a convex curve. A strong rounded process occurs at

the proximal extremity of the scapula, at about the middle of its

antero-inferior surface in R. americana, and is but feebly indicated

in R. darwinii.

Bones of the Wing.—The humerus, radius, and ulna of the two

birds present no conspicuous differences, save those of size. I have

been unable to institute a comparison between the carpal bones of the

two species, as they are incomplete in the skeleton of R. americana

and missing in that of R. darwinii. In the former the os magnum is

anchylosed to the proximal ends of the second and third metacarpals,

and all three metacarpals are partially anchylosed ; while in the latter

the os magnum is unanchylosed (missing), and all three metacarpals

are as yet ununited. These latter bones closely resemble each other

in form in both birds, with the exception that in the specimen of

R. americana they are much more curved than in R. darwinit.

This difference may possibly, however, be of an individual, not of a

specific nature. The digits are incomplete in both skeletons, so that

they could not be compared.

Bones of the Leg.—The general form of the femur is the same in

both skeletons ; but the intercondyloid fossa is much deeper in R.

darwintt than in R. americana, and is due probably to its youthful

condition. ‘The various elevations and depressions on the shaft of

the bone, indicative of the origin and insertion of muscles, are, as

might be expected, more distinctly marked in the latter species. In

the tibia of R. americana a strong procnemial ridge is developed from

1871.] DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON RHEA. 109

the epicnemial process ; while in that of R. darwinii the process and

ridge are in a rudimentary condition, but would doubtless have in-

creased with the advancing age of the bird. In the latter an

epiphysis still remains ununited to the superior extremity of the

bone, while in the former it is firmly anchylosed and only indicated

by a roughened line. This epiphysis bears the epicnemial process,

aud also forms about half of the superior articulating surface of the

tibia. Very little difference is observable between the distal ends of

this bone in the two species. In neither is there any trace of suture

indicative of the junction of the tarsal element (astragalus), which

furnishes the trochlear surface, articulating with the tarso-metatarsal.

As in other Struthionide, so in neither R. americana nor R. dar-

winit is there a bony bridge over the precondylar groove which

lodges the tendon of the extensor longus communis digitorum ; but in

both a tuberosity is present at the outer side of the groove. The

fibule could not be compared, as the bone was missing in the spe-

cimen of R. darwinii. Nearly all the differences exhibited by the

tarso-metatarsus of both species may probably be ascribed to the

difference in age. Thus this bone of R. darwinii differs from that

of R. americana in the complete separation of the tarsal element, as

well as that of the proximal extremeties of the three metatarsals. In

both skeletons the innermost of the three trochlear condyles of the

distal end of the bone is the shortest. In R. americana the tendinal

groove between the outer and middle trochlea is spanned by a bony

bridge, which is not fully developed in R. darwinti. The anterior

surface of the shaft of the metatarsus is more deeply hollowed out in

R. americana than in R. darwinii ; but in the latter the posterior

surface is more excavated than the former, and is further defined

externally by a strongly marked ridge. No noteworthy differences,

with the exception of those of size, appear to prevail between the

bones of the toes in the two species. They are proportionally

longer in R. darwinii than in R. americana.

I subjoin a list of measurements of the bones :—

R. americana. R. darwinii,

Length of cranium from occipital condyle to ™ 1 sey

top of upper mandible .............. 93 og

Length of ilium, measured along mesia

line of dorsal surface of pelvis ........ rr 8 83 0

Length of sternum from proc. lat. ant. to

Beastie border 08 Es etn. geet ade 3 10

BOL COFACOIA: Sti. Naa's sec. ce fe Ot aga

— scapula, measured in straight line 4 11 a, tt

UNIETUS |...) 02's ase eas ele core Store ’ ere

LE CN rec aa Ura a aes sr oa 6 68 5° 4

WRN 82,2 a os ee etek gee ee PS Se > als:

middle metacarpal .......... 2 3 2 2

PeNHUE 58 S ch Aa ee tease eine 7 gating ae 29

— tibia, measuredalonginnersurface 11 3 °°" 9

tarso-metatarsus .........+.. ay 0 1) ta

110 MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. [Feb. 7,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VI. & VIa.

. Right lachrymal of R. americana, seen from the side.

. Right lachrymal of R. darwinii, seen from the side. In both, a marks

the surface of articulation with the skull.

. Ethmoido-nasal region of R. americana, viewed from above.

. Ethmoido-nasal region of FR. darwinii, viewed from above. In both, E

marks the horizontal plate of the ethmoid, F the frontals, N the nasals.

and I the tip of the nasal process of the intermaxillary.

5. Superior extremity of left tibia of R. darwinii, seen from the inner side,

with the epiphysis. a, epiphysis, seen from above.

G6. Superior extremity of left tibia of R. americana, showing the strongly

developed procnemial process. a, line indicating the junction of

epiphysis.

7. Upper extremity of right tarso-metatarsus of R. darwinii, showing the

tarsal element zm si¢w and the separated heads of the three meta-

tarsals.

8. Inferior surface of tarsal element of R. darwinii.

9. Superior surface of heads of three metatarsals of PR. darwinit.

10. Upper extremity of right tarso-metatarsus of PR. americana, showing

anchylosis of tarsal element and of heads of the three metatarsals.

1]. Right side of posterior part of pelvis of R. darwinii.

12. Right side of posterior part of pelvis of R. americana.

13. Left coracoid of R. darwiniti.

14. Sternal extremity of left coracoid of R. americana.

15. Second and third metacarpals of R. darwinit.

16. Metacarpus and os magnum (a) of R. americana,

woo hoe

2. Catalogue of an Arctic Collection of Birds presented by

Mr. Joun Barrow, F.R.S., to the University Museum

at Oxford; with Notes on the Species. By Jamus

Epmunp Hartine, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Received January 6, 1871.]

A recent donation by Mr. John Barrow, F.R.S., to the University

Museum at Oxford has afforded ornithologists an opportunity of

examining an interesting collection of birds from high northern

latitudes. Through his interest at the Admiralty, Mr. Barrow was

enabled to enlist the services of several naval officers who took part

in the various arctic expeditions which were fitted out from time to

time between the years 1848 and 1855 ; and through their exertions

the present collection was brought together.

These officers were:—Capt. Sir Leopold M°‘Clintock, F.R.S.,

Capt. (now Vice-Admiral) Collinson, C.B., H.M.S. ‘Enterprise,’

1850-54 ; Mr. Anderson, Surgeon to the ‘Enterprise; Capt. (now

Rear-Admiral) Moore, H.M.S. ‘Plover,’ 1849-50 ; the late Lieut.

Elliot, H.M.S. ‘ Phenix,’ 1853-54 ; Mr. Holman, Surgeon to the

‘ Phoenix;’ Dr. M°Cormick, H.MLS. ‘North Star,’ 1852-53 ; Capt.

Penny, H.M. discovery-ship ‘Lady Franklin ;’ Capt. (now Rear-

Admiral) Richards, H.M.S. ‘ Assistance,’ 1854; the late Lieut. W.

Hulme Hooper, R.N., 1851; Mr. Abernethy, Ice-master to the.

‘ Felix,’ 1851.

placa sat

MeN Hanhart imp

RU Cadnat delt JS hth

RHEA AMERICANA & R.DARWINI.

M&NHanhark imp.

TAPES

NI,

ARWI

ANA &R.

A AMERIC

laa

fis

POG. adn dei’ J Srnit lithe

1871.] MR. J. E, HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. 111

The collection is comprised in 43 separate glass cases, containing

83 birds, belonging to 48 species; and some of these, from their

comparative rarity, or from the particular state of plumage in which

they happen to be, are of much interest and value.

Chief amongst these may be noted that curious little bird the

Spoonbilled Sandpiper (Hurynorhynchus pygmaeus), of which the

only specimen in summer plumage at present known to exist is in

this collection *. It was obtained by Capt. Moore on the Choris

Peninsula, where the same officer also procured a specimen of the

Mongolian Plover, dgialites mongolicus (Pallas), in breeding-

plumage, the most northern locality recorded for this species (cf.

Ibis, 1870, p. 386).

Four species of that curious genus of tufted and horned Puftins

(Phaleris) are in the collection, taken off the coast of Kamtschatka,

and a remarkably fine. pair of Sabine’s Gull (Larus sabini), in

breeding-plumage, obtained by Capt. Collinson, of the ‘ Enterprise,’

off Melville Peninsula.

The geographical distribution of the species, as exemplified by

the present collection, will be best understood by a reference to the

map which I have designed to accompany it. From this it will be:

seen that many species have a more extensive range than has been

hitherto suspected. That pretty little bird the Lapland Bunting

was found on the Choris Peninsula, on the Mackenzie River, and

on the south-west coast of Greenland; the Raven on the same

peninsula, and on Beechy Island, Barrow Straits; the Golden

Plover on the coast of Behring’s Straits, Mackenzie River, and

Melville Peninsula. The Purple Sandpiper, which was thought to

be restricted to eastern North America and Europe (cf. Baird’s

Birds N. Amer.), was obtained by Captain Moore on the north-

western shores of Behring’s Straits.

The American Coot, Fulica americana, Gmelin, which had not

previously been met with above 55°, was found by Lieut. Elliot of

the ‘Phcenix’ almost as high as 70° in Jacob’s Haven, opposite

Disco ; while the species holding the most northern range was found

to be the Rock-Grouse, Tetrao rupestris (Gmelin), which was noted

as plentiful on Melville Island, and was met with on the coast of

North Devon by Capt. Richards, in the ‘ Assistance.’

This glance at the distribution of the birds leads to the inquiry

whether some of the species met with in the nearctic region, and

considered to be distinct, are not in fact identical with certain palee-

arctic species :—whether, for example, the Raven met with upon

these expeditions is not identical with the European Raven; whether

the Golden Plover obtained on the Choris Peninsula should be

referred to the Asiatic C. longipes, or the American ©. virginicus, or

whether these two are not in fact identical ; whether the Dunlin

Sandpiper procured in the same locality should be considered di-

stinct, under the title of americana, from the European and Asiatic

alpina.

- This specimen was described and figured in The Ibis’ for 1869, p. 426,

pl. Xu. > +

112 MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. [Feb. 7,

These and other similar questions will be found adverted to under

the head of the species to which they refer ; and it has been deemed

expedient to add to the catalogue such references and notes as may

be likely to aid the researches of the student who may have occasion

to consult it.

In consequence of several birds belonging to different species, and

in some cases to widely different genera, being grouped together in

one and the same case, it has not always been possible to arrange

the cases satisfactorily. Subject to this inconvenience, the collection

may be catalogued as follows :—

Case 1. GREENLAND FALCcon.

Falco candicans, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 275 (1788).

Falco grenlandicus, Daudin, Traité d’Orn. ii. p. 107 (1800).

According to Holbéll this beautiful Falcon, which in the adult

state is nearly pure white, is a resident species in Greenland. It is

found nevertheless in other countries of the north, and has several

times been procured in Great Britain. The two specimens in this

case were killed at Disco, in 1853, by Dr. M‘Cormick, of H.M.S.

‘North Star.’

Case 2. PEREGRINE FAtcon.

Falco peregrinus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 272.

A male bird, caught at the masthead of H.M.S. ¢ North Star,’

in Davis Straits, close to the coast of Greenland, in the spring of

1852.

Case 3. Snowy Ow t.

Strix nyctea, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 132 (1766).

Nyctea nivea, Daudin, Traité d’Orn. ii. p. 190 (1800),

Some interesting notes on the migration of the Snowy Owl, as

observed by Captain M‘Kechnie, of the ship ‘John and Robert,’

between Quebec and Belfast, will be found in the ‘ Annals of Natural

History’ for April 1839.

Cases 4 & 5. Raven.

Corvus corax, Linn.

A male bird killed on Beechy Island, Barrow Straits, 1st August,

1853, and brought home by Dr. M‘Cormick, of H.M.S. ‘ North

Star ;) and a second obtained on Choris Peninsula, Behring’s

Straits, in 1849, by Capt. Moore, in H.M.S. ‘ Plover.’

Whether the American Raven is identical with the European Corvus

coraz, or a distinct species, is not quite clear. Prof. Schlegel has

figured the head of a Raven from Labrador side by side with one

from Germany ; and the superiority in size of the former is very

apparent*. From the measurements given in the article referred

to, it appears that specimens from Labrador and Greenland exceed

1650, Notice sur le genre Corvus,” Bijdrag. Koninkl. Zool. Genoots, Amsterdam

59.

1871.) MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. 113

others from Holland and Germany by 3 inches in total length,

by 23 inches in length of wing, by 3 inch in length of bill, by

+ inch in length of tarsus. According to Prince Maximilian*, the

only difference discernible to him between the European and Ame-

tican Ravens was the slender bill of the former. Prof. Baird saysy,

“Tf have not at hand specimens of the European Raven for the

purpose of making a critical comparison with our own; but most

recent authors agree in considering them distinct, although Audubon

maintained the contrary opinion.”

Case 6. SNow-BuntTING.

Emberiza nivalis, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 82.

Plectrophanes nivalis, Meyer, Taschenb. Deutsch. Vog. p. 58.

Two in early spring plumage, brought home by Lieut. Hulme

Hooper, R.N., in 1851, from Mackenzie River.

Case 7. In this case are nine birds, belonging to four species,

namely :—

LaprLaNnp BuntTIneG.

Emberiza lapponica, Nilsson, Orn. Suec.i. p. 157.

Plectrophanes lapponica, Selby, Linn. Trans. xv. p. 156, pl. i.

Two males and a female; Godshaab, June 3, 1865.

Meaty REppote.

Two females; Godshaab, June 1, 1865.

Grey PHALAROPE.

Phalaropus fulicarius (Linn.).

Two; Godshaab, June 13, 1865. This bird in summer plumage is

the Tringa fulicaria of Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 249, and in winter

his Tringa lobata (1. c.).

RED-NECKED PHALAROPE.

Phalaropus hyperboreus (Linn.).

For this species, of which there are two specimens in the case,

no locality is noted.

Case 8. In this case are four species belonging to widely dif-

ferent genera, all of which appear to have been brought from

Mackenzie River, probably by Lieut. Hulme Hooper, R.N., before

referred to.

Lartanp Buntine.

Plectrophanes lapponica (Nilsson).

A male.

* Reise durch Nord-Amer. ii. p. 289.

+ Birds N. America, p. 561.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. VIII.

114 MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. {Feb. 7,

Rusty BLackBirp.

Scolecophagus ferrugineus, Swainson; Baird, Birds N. Amer.

p. 951.

Scolecophagus niger, Bonap. Consp. p. 423.

Turdus hudsonius and noveboracensis, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 818.

TURNSTONE.

Strepsilas interpres, Illiger, Prod. Mamm. et Av. p. 263.

Tringa interpres, Linnzeus, Faun. Suec. p. 63.

Cinclus interpres, G. R. Gray, Gen. B. ili. p. 549.

GoLDEN PLOVER.

Charadrius virginicus, Borckhausen and Bechstein, Licht. Verz.

Doubl. 729 (1823).

Charadrius pluvialis, Wilson, Am. Orn. vii. p. 71, pl. lix. ; Swain-

son, Faun. Bor.-Amer. ii. p. 623 (nee Linneus).

Case 9. The birds in this case, eleven in number, and belonging

to eight species, were procured by Captain Moore, of H.M.S.

‘Plover,’ on the Choris Peninsula, Behring’s Strates, in 1849. The

species are :—

GREY-HEADED WAGTAIL.

Budytes flava (Linneus).

Snow-BuntTIne.

Plectrophanes nivalis (Linnzeus).

Two.

LarPLaAnp BuntInG.

Plectrophanes lapponicus (Nilsson).

MonGotiAN PLOovER.

Aigialites mongolicus, Pallas, Reise, ii. p. 700; Zoogr. R.-A.

ii. p. 136.

Aigialites pyrrhothorax, Temm. Man. d’Orn. 2nd ed. iv. p. 355.

Two in summer plumage. The most northern locality recorded

for this species (cf. Harting, ‘Ibis,’ 1870, p. 389).

SPOONBILL SANDPIPER.

Eurynorhynchus pygmeus (Linneus), Pearson, J. A. 8S. B. v.

p. 127.

Eurynorhynchus griseus, Nilsson, Orn. Suec. ii. p. 29.

Eurynorhynchus orientalis, Blyth, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii.

p- 178.

This specimen may be characterized as the rarest in the collection.

Very few specimens have ever been procured; and this is the only

one in summer plumage known to exist. A figure and description of

this specimen will be found in ‘ The Ibis,’ 1869, p. 426.

1871.) MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. 115

Duntin.

Tringa alpina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 249.

Tringa cinclus, Linn. op. cit. p. 251.

Tringa variabilis, Meyer, Taschenb. Deutschl. Vég. ii. p. 397.

This specimen is interesting as having been procured at a point

where the European Dunlin, which is also found in Asia, would be

expected to meet the variety americana of Cassin. Prof. Baird con-

siders that 7’. americana is entitled to rank as a species. He says :—

“Of eight specimens from Europe and Asia now before us, not one

ought to be considered as specifically the same as the American

bird. The size (of the former) is invariably smaller, and the bill

disproportionately shorter. In fact we have little doubt that the

bird inhabiting both the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of the Republic

is quite distinct, and may be easily recognized” (Birds N. Amer.

p- 719). On comparing a specimen from New Jersey, in full

summer plumage, with one which was shot off the nest in Benbecula

(Hebrides), not only are the differences pointed out by Prof. Baird

apparent, but it is also observable that the upper portions of the

plumage in the American bird are considerably pervaded by bright

rufous brown, whereas in the same parts of the Scottish bird black

is the prevailing colour. Further, the black of the underparts, which

in the Scottish bird extends (as in Squatarola helvetica) from the

vent almost to the chin, is confined in the American bird (as in

Ludromias morinellus) to the belly only. Whether this large race

of Dunlin, known as Tringa americana, is specifically distinct or not,

it is not confined to America as is generally supposed. I have

specimens in winter plumage now before me, procured by Mr.

Swinhoe in Amoy, and others in autumn plumage shot by myself in

this country, which, as regards measurements of bill, wing, and

tarsus, correspond in every way with examples from New Jersey.

They differ only in colour, having been obtained at different seasons

of the year. As far as I can judge by the data before me, the

smaller bird appears to have a more restricted range, and remains to

nest in this country ; while the larger bird does not breed with us, but

is found on our coasts in spring and autumn, during the migration.

GoLpDEN PuLover.

Charadrius longipes, Temminck.

Charadrius xanthochilus, Wagler, Syst. Av.

Charadrius orientalis, Temm. & Schleg. Faun. Jap. p. 104, t. 62 ;

Gould, B. Australia, vi. pl. 13.

A similar difficulty here presents itself. We have a bird which,

from the locality from which it was obtained, may be either the

Asiatic C. longipes or the American C. virginicus*.

The characters by which these two may be distinguished have not

been defined. Both are smaller than the European C. pluvialis ; and

* Both these forms have been distinctly recognized by Prof. Blasius as having

occurred on different occasions in Heligoland (ef. ‘Ibis,’ 1862, p- 71); and @.

longipes has occurred in Malta (cf. ‘Ibis,’ 1865, p. 462).

116 MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. [| Feb: 75

both differ from it in having the axillary plumes smoke-grey

instead of pure white. The tarsus, also, is somewhat longer and

more slender in proportion than that of the European bird. I have

now before me eight skins of C. virginicus from various American

localities, north and south, and fourteen skins of C. longipes from

India, China, Australia, and the Malay archipelago. A careful

comparison of these gives the following results :—(1) That C. longipes

is invariably smaller than C. virginicus, the respective measurements

being as under—

Bill. Wing. Tarsus.

in. in. in.

C. virginicus ...... 1 7 to 7°4 1°6

C. longipes.... 8 to °9 6°4 to 6°6 15

C. pluvialis ...... 9 75 1°4

(2) That C. virginicus at all seasons (but more especially in winter)

has far less of the golden colour on the dorsal plumage and on the

breast than C. longipes has, the prevailing colour on the former bird

being brown of two shades in winter, interspersed with black and

golden in summer.

I have a Golden Plover in my collection which was taken at sea in

lat. 69° 30'N., long. 173° 20’ E., many miles N.W. of Point Barrow.

This is the furthest point north, so far as I am aware, at which a

Golden Plover has been met with. Its measurements are, bill *8 in.,

wing 6°5, tarsus 1°5.

These measurements, as well as the general coloration, show that

the specimen is referable to the Asiatic, and not to the American

race, although it was met with much nearer to the American than

to the Asiatic coast.

The Golden Plover from Australia is identical in every way with

the bird from India, China, and the Malay countries.

PuRPLE SANDPIPER.

Tringa maritima, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. p. 54.

Tringa striata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 248.

Prof. Baird gives Eastern North America and Europe as the habitat

of this species. Its appearance in this case on the N.W. cvast of

N. America shows that it has a more extensive range. The Purple

Sandpiper visits the Faroe Isles, Iceland, Greenland, and Spitzbergen ;

and Von Baer found it in Nova Zembla—an observation recently

confirmed by Mr. Gillett (cf Ibis, 1870, p. 306). Sir Edward

Parry found it common in Davis Straits and Baffin’s Bay, on Winter

Island, Port Bowen, and Hecla Cove. Sir J. Richardson says that

it breeds on Melville Peninsula and the shores of Hudson’s Bay.

Case 10 contains another example of this species (7'. maritima).

American and European specimens are absolutely identical.

Case 11. The five birds, of different species, in this case were

procured by Captain Collinson, C.B. (to whom reference has been

before made), in H.M.S. ‘ Enterprise.’ No locality is recorded for

any of them; but, judging from the localities attached to the other

1871.] MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. 117

birds procured by the same officer, they were doubtless obtained in

high northern latitudes. The five species are :—

Grey PLover.

Squatarola helvetica (Linneus).

One of the most widely distributed species. It frequents the sea-

coasts, and fresh and salt waters of all known countries within the

temperate and tropical zones.

GOLDEN PLover.

Charadrius virginicus, Borckhausen.

Before referred to, in cases 8 & 9.

LirrLe RinGeD PLoveER.

4iigialites minor, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 558.

It is a little remarkable if this bird was obtained on the coast of

North America, as it has not hitherto been recognized as an American

species. Its place is supplied by Z. semipalmatus in the New World,

where our common Ringed Plover (4. hiaticula) is represented by

the larger-billed 4. wilsonii.

BurrFr-BREASTED SANDPIPER.

Tringa rufescens, Vieillot, N. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxxix. p. 470;

Baird, Birds N. Amer. p. 739; Yarrell, Trans. Linn. Soe. xiv.

p- 109, pl. 2.

A good specimen of an American bird which, although not rare,

it is very difficult to procure.

Grey PHALAROPE.

Phalaropus fulicarius (Linneus).

Before noted, in case 7.

Case 12. American Coot.

Fulica americana, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 704; Sabine, Frankl.

Journ. p. 690; Faun. Bor.-Amer. (Birds) p. 404.

Fulica atra, Wilson, Am. Orn. ix. p. 61, pl. Ixxiii.

Fulica wilsonii, Stephens, Shaw’s Zool. xii. p. 236.

Distinguishable from the European Fulica atra by the white

on the crissum and wings, and by the frontal plate being red instead

of white. The authors of ‘Fauna Boreali-Americana’ state (J. ¢.),

“It was not seen by us near Hudson’s Bay, nor higher than the

55th parallel.’ The specimen in this case is from Jacob’s Haven,

opposite Disco, and was brought home in 1854 by Capt. Elliot, in

H.M.S. ‘ Phenix.’

Cases 13, 14, 15. Rocx-Grovssr.

Lagopus rupestris (Gmelin).

Tetrao ruprestris, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 751.

Lagopus rupestris, Leach, Zool. Mise. ii. p. 290.

118 MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. (Feb. 7,

This, the American Rock-Grouse, differs from the Willow-Grouse

(Lagopus albus*, Gmel.), which is also found in Northern America,

in its superior size and shorter and stouter bill. The male, too, has

a black stripe through the eye, which is not found in either sex of

the Willow-Grouse. Figures of both species will be found in the

‘Fauna Boreali- Americana,’ ii. pp. 351 & 354.

The Rock-Grouse is reported by Captain Sabine (/. s. c.) to be

common in summer on Melville Island, a locality whence several

other species in this collection were obtained.

The specimen in case 13 is an adult female, in full summer

plumage, procured by Capt. Richards, H.M.S. ‘ Assistance,’ in

Wellington Channel, in 18034.

Case 14 contains a female bird in autumn plumage, obtained on

the west coast of Greenland, in 1853, by Capt. Elliot, in H.M.S.

§ Phoenix.’

The example in case 15 is in winter plumage, and was brought

home by Capt. Collinson, C.B., in H.M.S. ‘ Enterprise’ (1850-54).

Case 16. Exper Duck.

Somateria mollissima, Leach.

Anas mollissima, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 198.

A male bird from Cape Sahacketon, Baffin’s Bay, brought home

by Capt. Elliot, H.M.S. ‘ Phoenix,’ in 1854. . ~

Although not uncommon on the Atlantic and Arctic coasts of the

northern hemisphere, this bird does not appear to have been met

with on the North-Pacific coast.

Case 17. Kine Duck.

Somateria spectabilis, Leach.

Fig. 1. Upper surface of bill of King Duck.

2. Upper surface of bill of Eider Duck.

* Lagopus albus, Audubon, B. Amer. v. p. 114, pl. 299. Tetrao saliceti, Sabine,

App. Frankl. Nar. p. 681; Richardson, App. Parry’s Second Voy. p. 347 ; Swain-

son, Faun. Bor.-Amer. ii. p. 391.

1871.] MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. 119

The case contaims a male and female of this species ; but the

locality whence they were procured has not been noted.

The female of the King Duck, although as a rule somewhat

smaller and redder, so closely resembles the female of the Eider, as

to be with difficulty recognized except by comparison. A good

mark of distinction, however, is the relative position of the ridge of

feathers which runs down the centre and each side of the bill. In

the Eider the centre ridge (fig. 2, a a) is shorter than the lateral

ridges, 6 6; in the King Duck (fig. 1) the reverse is the case.

Case 18. Hartequin Duck.

Clangula histrionica (Leach); Swainson, Faun. Bor.-Amer. ii.

p. 459.

A male, in summer plumage, procured at Holsteinborg, on the north

coast of Greenland, by Capt. Elliot, in H.M.S. ‘ Pheenix,’ in 1854.

The female is much inferior in size to the male; and the young

male resembles the female.

Case 19. Lone-rarLep Duck.

Anas glacialis, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 203.

Harelda glacialis, Leach, Gen. Zool. xii. p. 174.

A male bird; no locality noted.

Case 20. Rep-BREASTED MERGANSER.

Mergus serrator, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 48.

A male, in summer plumage, procured at Holsteinborg, Davis

Straits, in 1854, by Capt. Elliot, H.M.S. ‘ Phoenix.’

Case 21. Great NortHERN Diver.

Colymbus glacialis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 221.

This bird, in the summer plumage, was obtained by Mr. Anderson,

Surgeon to H.M.S. ‘Enterprise,’ on the northern coast of America

in 1851.

Case 22. Buack-THROATED Diver.

Colymbus arcticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 221.

A fine specimen, in summer plumage, procured by Capt. Moore,

H.M.S. ‘ Plover,’ in Behring’s Straits in 1853.

Case 23. Rep-rHRoaTED Diver.

Colymbus septentrionalis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 220.

In summer plumage. Killed in Davis Straits in 1853 by Mr.

Holman, Surgeon to H.M.S. ‘ Pheenix.’

This species has a wide geographical range both in Europe and

America. Professor Baird says that on the latter continent during

the winter it goes as far south as Maryland, and that it is also found

on the Pacific coast.

120 MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS, [Feb. 7,

Case 24. Common GUILLEMOT.

Uria troile, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 220.

In summer plumage. No locality noted. Common on the northern

coasts of Europe and America. A specimen in the Museum of the

Smithsonian Institution was obtained by the expedition under Capt.

Rodgers, on Herald Island, inside Behring’s Straits.

Case 25. Brtnnicn’s GUILLEMOT.

Uria briinnichii, Sabine, Trans. Linn. Soe. xii. p. 539.

A good specimen in summer plumage, with the eggs. Brought

home in 1851 by Mr. Abernethy, ice-master to H.M.S. ‘ Felix.’

Although similar in colour to Uria troile, this species is recogni-

zable by its much shorter and stouter bill. It is found on the northern

coasts of Europe, Asia, and America, and on the last named it is

said to be the commoner species (cf. Baird, B. N. Amer. p. 915).

Cases 26 & 27. Buack GUILLEMOT.

Uria grylle, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 220; Latham, Ind. Orn, ii.

p. 797.

Two in summer plumage (26), and one in winter (27). The

locality not noted.

Case 28. RAZORBILL.

Alca torda, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 210.

For this specimen, which is in summer plumage, no locality has

been noted. The species is very abundant on the N.E. coast of N.

America, and appears to be in every way identical with the Old-

World species.

Case 29. LirrLe Auk.

Alea alle, Linn, Faun. Suec. p. 50.

Male, female, and young; the two last (taken from the nest in

Wolstenholm Sound, lat. 763° N., long. 68° W.) were brought home

in 1851 by Mr. Abernethy, ice-master to H.M.S. ‘ Felix.’

Case 30. NortTHERN PUFFIN.

Mormon glacialis, Leach (nee Audubon, nee Gould) ; Baird, Birds

N. Amer. p. 903.

Killed in Behring’s Straits, and brought home by Capt. Moore,

H.M.S. £ Plover,’ 1849-50.

Professor Baird thinks this may be the young of M. corniculata,

Naumann, “ only differing from it in having the throat white, or

light ashy” (instead of black), “and a short obtuse horn over the

eye” (cf. Birds N. Amer. p. 903). It is possible, however, that

the specimens which suggested this opinion were immature, or

obtained in winter. Professor Newton, who procured several speci-

mens of M. glacialis in Spitzbergen, and who considers it distinct

1871.] MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. 121

from both M. corniculata and M. arctica, has figured it with a black

throat (¢f. ‘ Ibis,’ 1865, pp. 212, 213, pl. vi.).

Case 31. Crestep Purrin.

Phaleris cristatella, Bonap. Comp. List (1838) nee Temm.; Baird,

Birds N. Amer. p. 906.

Alea cristatella, Pallas, Spic. Zool. v. p. 18.

Three procured in Behring’s Straits, 1849-50, by Capt. Moore,

H.M.S. ‘ Plover.’

This remarkable genus, of which the present collection contains

four species in good preservation, is peculiar to Kamschatka, the

islands contiguous to Japan, and Bird Islands between Asia and

America. In most collections this genus is very poorly represented,

owing to the great difficulty of obtaining specimens; and it would

not be easy to find anywhere a better series than is here exhibited.

The present species, Phaleris cristatella, Bonap., is the largest of

the genus. It is easily recognized by the upright horny caruncles

on the bases of both mandibles. In a fresh state the colour of the

bill and of these caruncles is bright orange-red at the base, and

yellow at the tip.

Case 32. Parrot-BILLED PUFFIN.

Phaleris psittacula, Stephens, Gen. Zeol. xii. p. 44 (1826).

Alca psittacula, Pallas, Spic. Zool. v. p. 13.

Ombria psittacula, Eschscholtz, Zool. Atlas, iv. 3; Baird, Birds

N. Amer. p. 910.

Three specimens, also. procured in Behring’s Straits by Capt.

Moore, who found the species most numerous towards the western

shores of America. Prof. Baird, who has included this species in

his ‘ Birds of North America’ under the title of Ombria psittacula,

appears to think that, although nearly related to Phaleris, it has a

stronger relationship to Mormon. Alluding to the very singular

bill which characterizes this species, and which seems to attain

a maximum of oddity amongst the queer bills of this family of

birds, he adds, ‘‘ the whole affair looks as if it might be a nose

of wax, badly pinched and jerked upwards, especially the under

mandible.”

Case 33. Lirrte HorNeED PUFFIN.

Phaleris microceros, Brandt, Bull. Acad. St. Pétersb. i. p. 346

(1837); Baird, Birds N. Amer. p. 908.

Phaleris nodirostra, Bonap. Comp. List, p. 66 (1838).

Three from the same source as the last named.

The species appears to be common on the coasts of North-western

America and North-eastern Asia.

Case 34. Turrep Purrin.

Phaleris cirrhatia (Gmelin).

122 MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. [Feb. 7,

Alca cirrhata, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 553; Pallas, Spic. Zool.

Widows

Mormon cirrhatus, Bon. Syn. 429 ; Baird, Birds N. Amer. p. 902.

Two from the same source as the last mentioned.

The Tufted Puffin is one of the most abundant species of this

family on the coasts of Western and North-western America. It is

easily recognized by the pendent crest-like feathers on each side of

the head, and seems to form a connecting-link between Mormon

and Phaleris.

Cases 35 & 36. Ivory GULL.

Larus eburneus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 596; Rich. & Swains.

Faun. Bor.-Amer. ii. p. 419.

Distinguishable in the adult state by its entirely white plumage,

yellow bill, and black legs. The two specimens here exhibited

were taken in 1851, in Assistance Harbour, Barrow Straits, 743° N.

lat., 747° W. long., by Mr. Abernethy, ice-master to H.M.S. ‘ Felix.’

Case 37. WresTERN GULL.

Larus occidentalis, Audubon, Orn. Biog. v. p. 320; Baird, Birds

N. Amer. p. 845.

One, killed on Choris Peninsula, Behring’s Straits, in 1849, by

Captain Moore, H.M.S. ‘ Plover.’

This species, of which the habitat is the north-west coast of Ame-

rica, is equal in size to Larus argentatus, but has a shorter wing,

and is distinguishable by its much darker mantle.

Case 38. GLAucous GULL.

Larus glaucus, Brinnich, Orn. Bor. p. 44; Rich. & Swains. Faun.

Bor.-Amer. ii. p. 416; Baird, Birds N. Amer. p. 842.

Shot by Sir Leopold M‘Clintock on Melville Island.

Individuals of this arctic species vary considerably in size. The

young have the upper portion of the plumage yellowish white,

mottled with pale brown; the underparts grey; the tail white,

irregularly spotted with pale brown ; bill yellow with tip horn-colour.

It is in this plumage usually that we find the examples which are

procured in Great Britain.

Case 39. SABINE’sS GULL.

Larus sabinii, Sabine, Trans. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 520, pl. 29 (1818) ;

Greenl. Birds, p. 551. no, 23; Richardson, Append. Parry’s Second

Voy. p. 360; Richards. & Swains. Faun. Bor.-Amer. p. 428.

Specimens of this bird in summer plumage are very rare in col-

lections. The species was discovered by Capt. Sabine at its breed-

ing-station on some low rocky islands off the coast of Greenland.

He subsequently procured a pair at Spitzbergen. It was found in

Prince Regent’s Inlet during Sir Edward Parry’s first voyage ; and

during his second voyage several specimens were obtained on Melville

Peninsula.

1871.] MR. J. E. HARTING ON ARCTIC BIRDS. 123

Of late years young birds of this species have occasionally been

met with on our own shores. It may be readily distinguished at all

seasons by its forked tail, which in the adult is entirely white ; in

the young banded at the extremity with black. The adult bird in

summer has the head and upper part of the throat blackish grey,

terminated by a velvet-black collar. The bill is black, with the tip

yellow. Legs and feet black.

The present case contains a remarkably fine pair in full summer

plumage, obtained by Capt. Collinson on the north coast of America,

probably in Fox Channel, during a cruise in H.M.S. ‘ Enterprise *

between the years 1851-1854.

Case 40. RicHarpson’s Skua.

Lestris parasiticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 226.

Lestris richardsonii, Swainson, Faun. Bor.-Amer. ii. p- 433,

pl. xxiii.

Two specimens, of which no particulars have been preserved.

Case 41. Burron’s Skua.

Lestris buffonii, Boie, Isis, 1822, p- 562.

Lestris parasitica, Rich. & Swains. Faun. Bor.-Amer. ii. p. 430.

Two, procured by Captain Collinson, in the ‘Enterprise,’ 1851-

1854.

The habitat usually assigned to this species is the Arctic sea-

coasts of Europe and America. Some interesting remarks on its

nesting-habits will be found in Wheelwright’s ‘ Spring and Summer

in Lapland,’ pp. 355-359. He found it breeding in some numbers

on the Quickjock Fells, laying, as a rule, but two eggs, and feeding

the young exclusively on crowberries (Empetrum nigrum).

The principal food of the old birds, in addition to the crowberry,

he found to consist of beetles and small Crustacea. “I cannot hear

of their breeding further south,”’ he adds, “ than Peleekaisin, perhaps

one hundred miles south of Quickjock.”

Case 42. Arctic Trrn.

Sterna macroura, Naumann, Isis, 1819, p- 1847.

Sterna arctica, Temminck, Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 742 (1820).

Two procured in lat. 75° 30! N., long. 64° W., by Capt. Collinson,

C.B., in H.M.S. ‘ Enterprise,’ betwen 1850 and 1854.

Case 43. Futmar Petreu.

* Procellaria glacialis, Linn. Syst, Nat. i. p. 213.

The locality whence the single specimen in this case was procured

has not been noted. The species abounds in the North-Atlantic

Ocean, and in the larger bays and straits. It is a constant attendant

upon the whalers, assembling in large numbers when a Whale is

being cut up, and is so greedy and fearless on these occasions as

frequently to approach within a few yards of the sailors.

124 PROF. C. J. SUNDEVALL ON GALAPAGAN BIRDS. [Feb. 7,

3. On Birds from the Galapagos Islands.

By Professor Cart J. SunpEvatz, F.M.Z.S.

[Received January 16th, 1871.]

In May 1852, the Swedish Frigate ‘Eugenie’ (Commander

Virgin), on its voyage round the world, visited the Galapagos Islands,

chiefly for the purpose of making scientific observations and col-

lections. Nine days elapsed from its coming to its departure; but

of these, two whole days were lost, owing to the vessel being be-

calmed in the offing. The frigate called successively at the islands

of Chatham, Charles, and James; and, in addition, the naturalists

attached to the expedition made an excursion in one of the boats to

Albemarle and Indefatigable Islands.

Notwithstanding the very wet weather, the collections made were

considerable, the naturalists being kindly assisted, here as in every

other part of the voyage, by the Commander and all the officers,

and even by the crew.

Dr. Kinberg, the zoologist and surgeon of the expedition, took the

trouble to determine, or have determined by others, the sex of almost

every specimen of the birds, and to attach to it the name of the

island on which it was found.

The voyage has been described by Lieutenant Skogman, in two

volumes, large 8vo, with charts and illustrations (Stockholm, 1854),

and by Mr. Anderson, botanist to the Expedition, in three volumes,

sinall 8vo (also published in 1854).

The following is the list of the birds brought home. Most of the

species are mentioned by Darwin in the ‘Zoology of the Beagle—

Birds,’ 1841, and described there, or in this Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’

by Gould: these references, therefore, need not be quoted. Only

nos. 15 and 24 are supposed to be new. Those which are new to the

archipelago have a f prefixed: these are mostly water-birds, and

probably only make a short stay there during the winter or for

breeding. The following abbreviations are used to denote the islands

on which the land-birds were taken: —Chm., Chatham; Ch., Charles;

J., James; Alb., Albemarle; and Ind., Indefatigable.

1. Mimus MELAnotis (Gould). Chm., Ch., J., Ind.

Conf. Obs. A.

2. Denpra@ca PeTrecut, L., var. Chm., Ch., J.

Sylvia aureola, Gould, Darw.

Descripta in Consp. Generis Dendrece, Vet. Ak. CEfv. 1869,

p. 608.

3. CACTORNIS SCANDENS, Gould. Chiad:

4, Grospiza srreNnvA, Gould. J.

5. G. rortis, Gould. Ch., J.

1871.] PROF. C. J. SUNDEVALL ON GALAPAGAN BIRDS. 125

6. G. NeBULOsA, Gould. Chm., Ch.

7. G. ruLicinosa, Gould. Ch., J.

8. G. parvuna, Gould. Chm.

+9. CAMARHYNCHUS PROSTHEMELAS, Scl. et Saly. P. Z.S. 1870,

p- 325. Chm., Ch., J.

Camarhynchus, sp. inc., nob. in litt. et commerciis.

Tantum feminze et juniores allatz ; nullus niger.

10. HirunNpDo MODESTA. J.

Hirundo concolor, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 22.

Progne modesta, Gould, Darw. Voy. Beagle, Birds, p. 39.

Forma simillima H. purpuree, L., sed multo minor.

11. PyrocerHatus NANvs, Gould. J., Ind.

12. My1ARCHUS MAGNIROSTRIS, Scl. et Salv. Ch., J.

Myiobius magnirostris (Gould), Darwin, Beagle, Birds, 48.

Vide Obs. B.

13. Cotumpa (ZENAIDA) GALAPAGENSIS, Gould. J.

14. BuTEO GALAPAGENSIS.

Polyborus galapagensis, Gould, 1857.

Craxirex ! galapagensis, Gould, Beagle, pl. 2.

Vide Obs. C.

15. ARDEA PLUMBEA, 0. sp. J.

Vide Obs. D.

16. ArpEa viouacea, L. (var.?).

Vide Obs. E.

+17. Hamarorus PALLIATUS.

18. Anovs stotipus (L.). Frequens.

19. Larus FruLter1nosus, Gould, Darw. Ch., Ind.

20. TacHyPeres aquitus (L.).

+21. PeLecanvus Fuscus, L.; Schlegel, Mus. P.-B.

Vide Obs. F.

+22. Dysrorus cyanops, Sundev. Physiogr.Tidskr. Lund, 1837 ;

Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. 1846, vol. xvii.

+23. Dysporus LeUCOGASTER (Bodd.).

D. fuscus (Vieill. Gal. ).

126 PROF. C. J. SUNDEVALL ON GALAPAGAN BIRDS. [| Feb. 7,

24. SPHENISCUS MENDICULUS, 0. sp. J.

Vide Obs. G.

25. ANAS BAHAMENSIS, L.

+26. A. Macuttrostris, Licht.

Observationes.

A. Mimus melanotis. Specimina numerosa hujus unius speciei

allatee, multum quidem inter se differunt et a Mimis a Darwinio et

Gouldio descriptis distincti viderentur; differentize vero non nisi

varietates eetatis, sexus et tempestatis anni exhibent. Omnia Maio,

brevi ante mutationem plumarum, occisa sunt. Prtilosis igitur senio-

rum valde trita et sordida, marginibus tectricum et apicibus rectri-

cum laceris, nec nisi partim relictis.

Mas senior superne fusco-griseus, cervice non pallidiore; maculis

pilei anterioris, in basi plumarum, fuscis, parvis, obsoletis; dorsi

nullis. Subtus totus sordide albus, gutture inferiore pectoreque an-

teriore (saltem lateribus) fusco-griseo lavatis (non maculatis). La-

tera ventris striolis angustis nigris notata. Supercilia obsoletiora,

albida. Plume lori et postoculares (plagam auris magnam for-

mantes) fuscescentes, apicem versus decolores, interdum fere albidze.

Striola submalaris fusca. Alee fuscee, marginibus tectricum latis

albis (nunc fere detritis). | Remiges apice latius albido marginati.

Rectrices fuscze ; laterales, utrinque 4, apice, in pogonio interno lon-

gius albidee: plaga in penna extima circa 18 millim., in reliquis

sensim breviore. Rostrum et pedes nigricantia.

Longit. tota circa 230 millim.; rostrum a fr. 26; ang. 32; ala

1203 ce. MO0 ta 375 3

Fem. senior similis mari; differt maculis dorsi magnis, fuscioribus ;

striolis laterum et stria malari latis, maculas oblongas fuscas exhi-

bentibus. Paulo minor: r. 24 (30) millim.; ala 107; ¢. 105; t. 35;

partes vero omnes, ut in mare, variabiles, paulo majores vel minores.

Junior, habitu primo vestitus, superne fuscus, pileo nigriore, cer-

vice cum lateribus colli cinerascenti-pallidis. Plume dorsi fuscee

grisescente marginate, unde dorsum fusco maculatum. Subtus

purius albus, jugulo toto pectoreque anteriore crebrius nigro macu-

latis: maculis parvis, triangularibus. Latera ventris parce fusco

maculata. Supercilia minus evidentia, pallescentia. Lora et ma-

cula magna postocularis nigra. Ale nigree, tectricibus parvis griseo-

albido marginatis ; mediis et magnis late, pure albo marginatis, fascias

2 formantibus. Remiges extus pallido, apice latius albo marginati.

Rectrices, utrinque 4, apice longius albe (plaga in pog. int. extimz

pollicari, in pog. ext. brevi). ¢ r. 22 (28) millim. ; ala 112; ¢. 114;

t. 38. Alius (an 92), r. fr. 22; ala 100; t. 33. Juniores omnes

(forte Martio vel Aprili nati) habitu vir trito vestiti, quem jam de-

ponere cceperunt quidam; plume enim nove erumpunt, colorem

seniorum exhibentes ; quod presertim in lateribus pectoris antici ap-

paret, ubi plume nove, grisez, inter albas, juveniles, observantur.

1871.] PROF. C. J. SUNDEVALL ON GALAPAGAN BIRDS. 127

Specimina a Darwinio allata (Octobri occisa), habitu recentiore,

non trito vestita. Macula auricularis sicut in junioribus nigro-fusca ;

nondum tritura et luce decolorata.

Preeter hance Mimi speciem duz alize, parum distincte, ex his

insulis a Darwinio allatee, describuntur :

M. trifasciatus Gould, Darw., simillimus M. melanoti, sed major

(ala 5 poll. Angl.=126 millim.). Regio auris alba, absque macula

nigricante; tectrices alarum parve etiam albo marginate, unde

fasciz 3 numerate. Cauda paullo longior quam ala dicitur (53 poll.),

quod vero in icone non apparet.

M. parvulus Gould, Darw. Mimo melanoti adbuc similior, ma-

cula auris nigra et fasciis ale tantum 2 albis notatus, vix nisi mag-

nitudine paullo minore differre videtur (ala 33 poll.=92 millim.).

Rectrices hujus, ut omnium, nimis breviter descripte.

Harum sp. prior tantum insulam Charles inhabitare dicitur, unde

eam solam (nec 2 reliquas) accepit Darwin. Nobis tamen, ex illa

insula nullum specimen hujus, sed unum M. melanotis allatum est.—

M. parvulus tantum in insula Albemarle inventus est, unde Mimum

nullum retulit navis Suecana. Inopinatum sane videtur, formas tres

tam affines, insulas tam vicinas et ejusdem nature inhabitare. Sed

ut scientiam nostram debito modo illustret res memorabilis, denuo

in loco examinanda videtur, vel saltem specimina allata diligentius

comparanda. Hand enim absonum videtur aves, que distinct ha-

bentur, nil esse nisi specimina paullum insolite formata ejusdem

speciel. Sic M. trifasciatus forte inveniretur mas vetus, solito

paullo major, plumis auris et tectricibus parvis radiis solis, vel ipsa

zetate avis decoloratis. Alter vero, M. parvulus, simillimus videtur

juveni hornotino, habitu novo nuper accepto, alis nondum satis

adultis.

B. Myiarchus magnirostris, omni forma et colore simillimus

Myiarcho feroci (.); sed parvus, quasi specimen hujus avis pyg-

mezum, vel per vitrum minuens visum. Quod bene observarunt

Sclater et Salvin, nomine generico debito, in P. Z. S. 1870, p. 323,

imponendo, Cauda tamen, ratione corporis, paullo brevior et minus

rotundata.

C. Buteo galapagensis, etsi vite ratione et habitu quodam dege-

nerato forte similis Polyboris, minime tamen illo generi affinis. Re

vera inter accipitres buteoninos numerandus; qui, vel genus unum,

magnum satisque polymorphum haberi possunt, vel in genera multa,

parva distribuendi sunt. Hzec vero species, si generice separatur,

Pecilopternis Kp. dicendum; nomen enim alterum, “ Cravirex,”’

unicuique linguarum paullum perito detestabile.

D. Ardea plumébea, nu. sp., affinis A. scapulari et preesertim A.

rufiventri. Fusco-cinerea, unicolor, vitta gastreei indefinita, dilutiore

(cinerea), a rostro ad anum ducta. Plume basi pallidiores. Alze

extus (in tectricibus pennisque cubiti) leviter virenti-zenez, absque

marginibus pallidis; margines enim tectricum remigumque potius

paullo fusciores. Remiges primarii nigro-cinerei, cano micantes.

Plume dorsi (ut in A. seapulari etc.) longe, anguste, acute, mar-

gine definite ; basi nigriores, viridi-zenescentes ; medio apiceque cine-

128 PROF. C. J. SUNDEVALL ON GALAPAGAN BIRDS. [ Feb. 7,

rascentes, rhachide tenuissima, pallida. Caput et cervix nigricantia,

levissime eenescentia. Rostrum (siccatum) nigricans, subtus angus-

tius pallescens ; pedes (sicci) fuscescentes.

Rostr. a fr. 68, altit. 15, ala 175, tars. 50 millim. 3?

9 67 2 lo, 29 165, ” 47 ”

Partes omnes ut in A. scapulari ejusque variet. pone et Indica

formatz ; tibia solummodo brevius nuda (circa 20 millim.); sed

rostrum pro mole crassius. Crista occipitis nulla definita: plume

ibi lacerze, ut in cervice.

Specimina 3 ex insula James allata.

E. Ardea violacea L. (varietas?). Specimen unicum allatum,

sexus incerti, ab illis ex continenti Americana differre videtur colore

ubique obscuriore, preesertim in collo ventreque fusciore, plagaque

nigra, 25-30 millim. longa, in medio pogonii externi remigum 1-5.

Specimen hoc fere adultum videtur; forte in initio anni tertii occi-

sum? Caput ut in senioribus americanis pictum, sed albedo verticis

minor et crista adhuc imperfecta. Striole albidee juveniles ubique

deperditee; tarsus nulla parte tumidus. Plume dorsi angustz,

elongatee ; queedam longissimee et valde fimbriatee, ut in A. violacea

seniore ; sed sordide nigro-fuscee, margine latiusculo, sat distincto,

pallidius fusco (nec, ut seniorum, cano vel lete czerulescente).

Alarum tectrices minores: multe similes plumis dorsi; aliz, ut

tectrices majores et pennee cubiti, sordidius fuse, vix vel tenuissime

et obsoletius pallidimarginate. Pennze cubiti apice fusco-cane-

scentes; primariz letius canescentes; 1-5 plaga pogonii externi

medii nigra ornate, qualem in nulla alia 4. wiolacea, seniore vel

juniore, vidi. Magnitudo in hac specie media; rostrum vero inter

minus crassa numerandum. R. a fr. 70, alt. 21, ala 270, t. 83

millim.

Specimina Ardee violaceé numerosa, varie etatis, ex diversis

Americe partibus habemus ; ex quibus heec colligere posse credimus :

Juvenis, habitu primo (plus quam unum annum subsistente) ves-

titus: totus fuscus, creberrime albido maculatus, pictura omni similli-

mus juveni A. nycticoracis, neque ab eo dignoscitur nisi rostro cras-

siore et tarso longiore. Tarsus in juv., ad volandum apto, digito

medio cum ungue longior, 80 millim. explet vel excedit. (In 4.

nycticorace, etiam seniore, raro 70 millim. excedit: plerumque bre-

vior ; semper digito m. c. u. brevior.) Plumz omnes fuscee, stria

media lata, apice latiore, initio albido-fulva, dein pallidiore, tandem

alba, notate.

Habitus secundus ubique obscure fuscus, striolis albidis multo

angustioribus: in capite colloque filiformibus; in alis filiformibus,

apice dilatatis ; in gutture ventreque latioribus; in dorso nullis, vel

tantum vestigiis paucis, minimis. Plume elongatze, lineares, nigre,

griseo marginatze, in dorso erumpere cceperunt. Rostrum et pedes

perfectiora.

Habitus tertius (dum completus) pictura omni exacte ut in avi

vetere distributa, sed color ubique sordidior, fuscior (fere ut in avi

Galapagensi). Collum et venter sordide fusco-grisea. Plumze omnes

dorsi et alarum nigro-fuscee, limbo latiusculo pallidiore, fuseo-griseo

1871.] PROF. C. J. SUNDEVALL ON GALAPAGAN BIRDS. 129

(pro leete czrulescenti-cano seniorum). Specimina ejusmodi ex

Brasilia et Callao habemus.

Habitus perfectus seniorum, 3 et 2, pulchre leteque cerule-

scenti-canus, nigro varius, capite pure albo nigroque picto. Incertum

quo modo oriatur iste habitus, an sola mutatione coloris a fusco sor-

dido ad purum leetumque, vel plumis fuscis depositis novoque habitu

renato, qui quartus numerandus esset ?

Hee avis magnitudine sat variabilis :

Rostr.

long. afr. altit. Ala. Tars.

Vetus, sexu ign... Am. sept... 70 D9, 300 95

Bienn. sexu ign... Callao .... 75 23 283 93

Bicnne s)... fs.... India oce... 73 18 280 92

157 rr Brasil]. .... 75 25 260 79

Weimae ket f.4> Guiana?,.ds. 72 24 230 80

Sed, ut ad avem nostram galapagensem revertamur, incertum vi-

detur an specifice differat. Etiam suspicari licet eam veram esse A.

violaceam, in statu, inter habitus descriptos secundum et tertium

medio, occisam : plumis albido striatis omnibus depositis, ala vero

extus plumis intermediis, mox iterum deciduis, totis fuscis, tecta,

inter quas plume elongate, griseo marginate, erumpere cceperunt.

Nota tamen descripta, nigra remigum 1-5. peculiaris et color fuscus,

presertim gutturis ventrisque, paullo obscurior quam in habitu tertio

descripto videtur.

F. Pelecanus fuscus L. frequens fuisse videtur; 7 specimina

allata, in quibus magna et parva (rostro 370, 310, 280 millim.),

cervice alba, nigra, fusca; nullum cristatum.

G. Spheniscus mendiculus, n. sp. affinis S. demerso, sed statura

parva, rostro longiore, maxilla inferiore lutea, apice nigra, pictura

gule ete. distinctus. Long. tot. ¢ 500, 2 450 millim.

Niger, subtus albus. Capitis latera cum gula nigro-fusca, mento

albo. Linea superciliaris angusta, alba, a macula lori majore incepta,

aurem cingens, in jugulo supremo cum pari conjuncta. Cervix et

colli latera nigricantia. Color nigricans jugulum ambit ibique tor-

quem format, albedinem juguli in fascias duas separantem. Linea

infra-lateralis nigra (ut in S. demerso) linea laterali interjecta alba a

nigredine dorsali separata, et in jugulo medio cum pari arcuatim con-

juncta. Ala subtus nigra, cum vitta longitudinali, minus definita,

albida, in carpo abbreviata. Rostrum nigrum, maxilla inferiore

lutea (vel aurantiaca), apice ante nares nigra, limite definito. Pedes

(sicci) fusci.

Ut in S. demerso, maxilla inferior apice truncata, et superior basi

crebre plicato-striata :

Rostri

long.afr. abang. alt.basi. Dig. m.c.u, Pes totus (a talo).

3 eos ste 57> 7) Vee As 64m 102™™

Css. OO 68 21 60 95

ON RN ce AD 69 18 oF 90

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. IX,

130 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM ANGOLA. __[Feb. 7,

Aves descriptee, ad litora et circa insulas frequentes, etiam manibus

captee sunt. Plures deinde, vive iu navi servatz, delectamento erant

nautis, erectz, vacillando cireumvagantes, speciem prabentes pue-

ruli mendici, veste prolixa, terram verrente et manicis pendulis

instructa, induti. (Hine nomen petitum, etsi habitus idem Sphe-

niscinis omnibus verisimiliter communis.)

4, On the Birds of Angola.

By R. B. Suarpg, F.L.S., Libr. Z.S., &e.—Part ITI.

[Received January 17, 1871.]

(Plate VII.)

Since my previous papers on the avifauna of Angola I have only

received two collections, neither of them very extensive. The first

was placed in my hands by my friend Mr. J. J. Monteiro, who

brought a few birds with him on his recent return to England on

account of his ill-health. Iam happy to say that he has now com-

pletely recovered and has gone back to Angola; so that we may

expect to have from him some more observations on the ornithology

of that country, to the elucidation of the fauna of which he has

contributed in so remarkable a manner.

For the second collection I am indebted to Mr. Cutter of Blooms-

bury Street, who had received it, in his capacity as a natural-history

agent, from Mr. Charles Hamilton, a gentleman now travelling in

Angola. I have to thank Mr. F. G. H. Price, who is a personal

friend of Mr. Hamilton, and who has aided him greatly in the ob-

jects of the expedition, for the following note, which has reference

to the localities where the birds were collected :-—

«Mr. Hamilton told me in a letter that he had killed most of his

birds on the river Lucalla, and some near Cazengo. He informed

me that birds were not plentiful, owing to the many enemies the

young ones had. He likewise killed birds and caught butterflies in

the vicinity of Galungo Alto.”

Having in my last paper (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 142} forgotten to give

the number of species, I must here state that up to the present

time I have recorded sixty as having been sent by Mr. Monteiro

and Heer Sala. It will be interesting in a little while to compare

the results obtained by the English naturalists with those obtained

by Signor Anchieta, who is making large collections in Angola for

the Lisbon Museum, when we may hope to arrive at a correct know-

ledge of the avifauna of the country. I have, as usual, referred to

Prof. Barboza du Bocage’s papers on the consignments of Signor

Anchieta, a dagger 7 being prefixed when the bird is believed to

have been recorded from Angola for the first time.

61. CRINIGER FLAVIVENTRIS.

Criniger flaviventris (Sm.); Finsch, J. f. O. 1867, p. 22.

PYCNONOTUS GAI

Jo SU ERICOMOR

BARBATUS.

M&N Hanhart imp

1871.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM ANGOLA. 13l

Trichophorus flaviventer, Sm.; Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. ii.

p- 43.

One specimen’shot by Mr. Monteiro. In size it is bigger than

Damara specimens in my collection, the bill being very conspicuously

larger and shorter. I fail, however, to detect the slightest difference

in coloration.

62. Pycnonotus rricotor. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)

Izus tricolor, Hartl. Ibis, 1862, p.341; Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb.

% p.137,

Mr. Hamilton has sent three specimens of this bird, which was

originally discovered by Mr. Monteiro in Angola.

I take the present opportunity of making a few observations on

the African species of the genus Pycnonotus, as their synonymy

appears to me to be in a hopeless state of confusion at present ; nor

am I quite certain that all my own conclusions are satisfactory, not-

withstanding that I am working with a very full complement of

specimens before me. In their recent work on the birds of Eastern

Africa, Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub give a summary of what they

consider to be the representatives of the genus Pycnonotus in Africa,

as follows :—

a. With white under tail-coverts.

1. Pyenonotus obscurus (Temm. ).

2. P. inornatus (Fraser).

3. P. ashanteus (Bp.).

4. P. arsinoé (Licht.).

b. With yellow under tail-coverts.

5. P. nigricans, with which is associated P. canthopygos (Hempr.

et Ehr.).

6. P. tricolor (Hartl.).

7. P. capensis (Linn.).

In the first of these groups I recognize only two species (P. ob-

seurus and P. arsinoé); and in the second group I admit five spe-

cies, as follows :—(1) P. gabonensis (sp. n.), (2) P. canthopygius,

(3) P. nigricans, (4) P. tricolor, and (5) P. capensis.

In the first place, the authority for P. ashanteus is Prince Bona-

parte, who states in his diagnosis that it is exactly similar to P.

obscurus of Algeria, but is smaller. All I can say is that I fail to

discover the slightest specific distinction, and measurements will

show how little worth are the differences in size.

I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. T. C. Eyton for the loan of

Fraser’s type specimen of P. inornatus; which I find to be certainly

the same as P. obscurus. It appears to be a young bird, being sut-

fused with brown on the breast, though this is not a specific cha-

racter, as any one acquainted with the variations in plumage of the

Pycnonoti will readily admit. The range of P. obscurus may be

132 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM ANGOLA. _ [Feb. 7,

stated to be Algeria and Western Africa, from Senegambia to Fantee.

It has been recorded (s. n. Ixus ashanteus) from Angola; but this

extended range requires confirmation, for it is perhaps the Gaboon

species which supplies the place of P. obscurus from Cameroons

southward. The Bulbul from Gaboon is certainly a distinct species,

and may be described as

PYCNONOTUS GABONENSIS, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 1.)

P. similis P. barbato, sed saturatior et or TEXY) albo, flavo clare

lavato.

I have no doubt that this is the bird sometimes called P. ashan-

teus by authors, as distinguished from P. ¢nornatus, by reason of the

yellow tint on the vent and under tail-coverts; but as yet no name

has been assigned to the species, that I can find. It forms a clearly

characterized link between the two sections of the genus, being

closely allied to P. barbatus and P. tricolor.

The accompanying illustration (Plate VII.) represents the three

species. It will be observed that P. gabonensis (fig. i) is very simi-

lar to P. barbatus (fig. 3), but is darker in coloration, and has a

slight tint of yellow on the under tail-coverts; these latter are en-

tirely bright yellow in P. tricolor (fig. 2).

It must be remembered that the P. nigricans of Vieillot is founded

on the Brunoir of Le Vaillant (pl. 106. fig. 1), and this species is

represented with a red eyelid. It would therefore be wrong to join

P. xanthopygius, which has no red eyelid, with P. nigricans, even if

the clearly defined black cap and paler coloration were not sufficient

to separate the first-mentioned bird. The true P. nigricans I have

in my collection from Damara Land, Transvaal, and Natal; and Mr.

Layard has received it from Dr. Exton, from Kanye in Mosilikatze’s

country. In addition to the red eyelid, P. nigricans has a somewhat

mottled appearance on the breast, this being produced by the edges

of the feathers being much paler than their ‘bases.

P. tricolor is a very variable species, changing both with age and

with locality, and presenting very different states of plumage in spe-

cimens collected at the same place on the same day of the year.

Some of my specimens from Damara Land and Angola agree exactly

with the type, with which I have compared them, while others from

Graham’s Town are so brown on the under surface of the body as

to approach very near to P. capensis. The range of the species

(which has been confused with P. nigricans) appears to extend from

Angola through Damara Land and Natal to Graham’s Town.

P. capensis is generally to be recognized by its brown tint of

plumage, which extends all over the lower surface of the body. Its

range is limited, apparently being confined to the Cape Colony.

There are two distinet races of the : species, a large and a small form,

differing in size, as will be seen below.

ae a tot. ale. tarsi.

. South Africa (Layard) .. 8°2 3°8 0°85

. South Africa (Mus. T. C. . Eyton) 6°8 3°6 0°8

3. George (H. Atmore) .. . 69 3°55 08

1871.) MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM ANGOLA. 133

762. NEcTARINIA CHLOROPYGIA.

Nectarinia chloropygia, Jard.; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 47.

A pair sent by Mr. Hamilton.

+63. NECTARINIA CYANOLEMA.

Nectarinia cyanolema, Jard.; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 51.

A pair of this Sunbird are sent by Mr. Hamilton.

+64. NECTARINIA SUPERBA.

Nectarinia superba (Vieill.); Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 45.

Two males are in Mr. Hamilton’s collection.

65. TERPSIPHONE VIRIDIS.

Tchitrea viridis (Miill.); Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 332.

Tchitrea cristata (Gm.); Bocage, Jorn. Lisb. 1870, p. 343.

One specimen in Mr. Hamilton’s collection.

+66. PLATYSTEIRA LEUCOPYGIALIS.

Platysteira leucopygialis, Fras. ; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 99.

One specimen forwarded by Mr. Hamilton.

+67. NiGRITA CANICAPILLA.

Nigrita canicapilla, Strickl.; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 130.

Mr. Hamilton has sent a single specimen of this bird ; and a care-

ful examination proves conclusively that N. emilie, of the specific

difference of which I had begun to have some doubts, is certainly

another species, the characters being correctly given by me in the

original description (Ibis, 1869, p. 384).

+68. HypPocHERA NIGERRIMA, Sp. nN.

H. similis H. nitenti, sed major: omnino nigra: alis et cauda

brunneis: margine carpali et hypochondriis albidis: rostro

albescenti-rubido: pedibus brunneis. Long. tot. 4°2, ale 2°6,

caude 1°4, tarsi 0°6 poll. Angl.

One specimen of this apparently new species of Hypochera has

been sent by Mr. Hamilton. M. Jules Verreaux agrees with me

that it is distinct from H. xitens, and approaches more closely his

Vidua hypocherina, exhibiting an additional proof of the affinities

of the two genera Vidua and Hypochera. Compared with H. nitens,

the new species is distinguished by its larger size and totally black

coloration. H. nitens measures as follows :—Long tot. 3°8, alze 2°35,

caudze 1°35, tarsi 0°5.

69. DitopHus CARUNCULATUS.

Dilophus carunculatus (Gm.) ; Mont. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 93.

Several specimens in Mr. Monteiro’s collection obtained by Heer

Sala. They were all procured at Galungo in August 1869.

134 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM ANGOLA. _[Feb. 7,

+70. ACCIPITER MINULLUS.

Accipiter minullus (Daud.); Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 16.

A specimen marked by Sala female, but which appears to Mr.

Gurney and myself to be a young male, from Galungo, Loanda,

August 15th, 1869.

+71. BucEROs FISTULATOR.

Buceros fistulator, Cass.; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 162.

Mr. Hamilton has sent oue specimen of this fine Hornbill, which

does not seem to have been previously recorded from Angola.

72. TROGON NARINA.

Trogon narina, Vieill.; Mont. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 92; Bocage, Jorn.

Lisb. 1868, p. 39.

One female in Mr. Hamilton’s collection.

73. TURACUS CRISTATUS.

Turacus giganteus, V.; Bocage, Jorn. Lisb. 1867, p. 142, et 1870,

p- 347.

Two specimens are in Mr. Hamilton’s collection.

74. CoRYTHAIX ERYTHROLOPHOS.

Corythaix erythrolophos (V.); Bocage, Jorn. Lisb. 1867, p. 142,

et 1870, p. 346.

Corythair paulina (Temm.); Mont. Ibis, 1862, p. 338.

Two specimens forwarded by Mr. Hamilton.

+75. MusopHaGa ROSS.

Musophaga rosse, Gould; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 160.

Mr. Hamilton has sent one specimen of this bird, the exact habitat

of which was previously unknown *.

76. SCHIZORHIS CONCOLOR.

Schizorhis concolor (Sm.); Mont. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 91; Bocage,

Jorn. Acad. Lisb. 1868, pp. 49, 335, et 1870, p. 347.

A male from Galungo on the 9th of August, 1869, and a female

from the same place on the 20th of September, both procured by

Heer Sala.

77. DENDROBATES BRUCII.

Dendrobates brucii (Malh.) ; Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. ii. p. 45.

A female procured by Sala at Galungo onthe 28th of September,

1869. ;

78. DENDROBATES NAMAQUUS.

Dendrobates namaquus (Licht.); Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. 1.

p: 336.

* See anted, p. 1.

Smit ith

PROMEROPS

stay hi

M&NHanhart,

1871.] M. J. VERREAUX ON A NEW PROMEROPS. 135

A female collected by Sala at Galungo, Loanda, September 28th,

I> 69.

79. DENDROBATES CARDINALIS.

Picus cardinalis, Gm.; Sund. Consp. Av. Pic. p. 43.

Picus flaviscapus, Ill.; Hartl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 26.

Dendrobates flaviscapus, Il. ; Bocage, Joru. Acad. Lisb. i. p. 336.

A female collected by Heer Sala at Galungo, Loanda, on the 18th

of August, 1869.

80. ARDETTA PODICEPS.

Ardetta podiceps (Bp.); Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 224.

One specimen brought home by Mr. Monteiro.

5. Description d’une Espéce nouvelle de Promerops.

Par Jutes Verreaux, C.M.Z:S.

[Received January 10, 1871.]

(Plate VIII.)

PROMEROPS GURNEYI, sp. nov. (Plate VIII.)

Diagn. Similis P. capensi, sed pileo et pectore rufo-castaneis di-

stinguendus.

Front et vertex roux chatain-clair; occiput, derriére du cou,

manteau, dos et scapulaires d’un brun fortement nuancé de gris, et

lanceolé au centre des plumes de flamméches noires plus ou moins

larges, plus grandes sur le premier ; de nombreux points blanchatres

terminent les plumes de locciput ; le croupion et les sous-caudales

olivatres ; ailes noiratres, 4 rémiges frangées extérieurement de gris

cendré ; queue d’un gris plombé, avec la partie interne plus foncée,

et presque noire ; région parotique un peu plus brune que la partie

supérieure du corps; menton et joues d’un blanc légerement nuancé

de fauve, cou et thorax roux chatain uniforme, devenant de plus en

plus blanchatre sur les ventre, laissant voir de longues flamméches

brunes sur les flanes; région anale jaune, sous-caudales brunes

bordées de blanchatre.

Cette espéce, dont nous possédons depuis plusieurs années deux

exemplaires dans notre collection, et & laquelle nous nous faisons un

plaisir d’imposer le nom de Promerops gurneyi, nous avait été offerte

par ce savant ami qui les avait regus de Mr. Ayres. La bonne fortune

qu’a eue notre ami, Mr. Sharpe, d’obtenir pour sa riche collection

Africaine un magnifique exemplaire qu'il a bien youlu nous com-

muniquer et nous permettre de décrire, nous ayant confirmé dans

notre opinion, nous n’hésitons plus a livrer 4 la publicité cet oiseau,

d’autant plus intéressant, qu’il forme la seconde espéce d’un genre

resté si longtemps unique. Les différences principales sont surtout

dans la coloration roux chatain qui couvre une partie de la téte, du

136 DR. J. E. GRAY ON PLATASTERIAS. [Feb. 7,

cou et du thorax, qui n’existe pas dans V’ancienne espéce dont le

peu de roux qui se trouve mélangé au cou et a la poitrine est

toujours d’une paleur qui ne rapproche en rien de la vivacité de celle

de notre nouvel oiseau ; et il en est de méme pour la teinte grise

de la partie supérieure que nous n’avons jamais vue aussi tranchée

que dans celui de Natal.

Quoique les trois exemplaires que nous avons vus, n’aient pas la

longue queue qui ne parait qu’a la saison des amours, nous ne

doutons pas qu’a cette époque notre oiseau n’en soit aussi pourvu,

ce que viendront confirmer les naturalistes qui plus heureux que nous

se trouveront 4 méme d’en faire l’observation.

6. Description of Platasterias, a new Genus of Astropec-

tinide, from Mexico. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

[Received January 23, 1871.]

(Plate IX.)

Mr. A. Boucard has lately sent some reptiles and other animals

from Tehuantepec in Mexico to the British Museum, among which is

a specimen of a Starfish allied to the genus Astropecten, belonging

to a form which I do not recollect to have been previously noticed,

and evidently very different from any that I have ever before seen.

It differs from Astropecten in being much flatter, more like a deeply

divided Palmipes, without any marginal tessera and with a single

row of marginal spines. It is peculiar in the rays being very broad

near the base, and then contracted and separated from each other

by deep fissures.

PLATASTERIAS.

Body much depressed, flat, divided into five flat rays, which are

broad near the base and gradually tapering to the ends, suddenly

narrowed near the body and separated by deep fissures ; the margins

of the rays narrow, sharp-edged, with a single series of very close

short depressed mobile spines. The dorsal surface covered with

close transverse linear series of short papillae, which are covered at

the end with a number of very short spines or pawille. The under

surface with a central longitudinal keel on each side parallel to the

ambulacra, with close transverse series of linear ridges, each covered

with a series of short close spines; the ambulacra edged with a

series of elongate tapering acute spines, and with a tuft of similar

spines at the angles of the mouth between the ambulacra.

PLATASTERIAS LATIRADIATA, sp. noy. (Plate IX.)

Body yellow when dry; the rays five, flat, twice and a half

the length of the diameter of the body, broadly lanceolate. The

basal quarter suddenly dilated to its greatest width and then

gradually tapering to the end, the greatest width being two-fifths

PLATASTERIAS LATIRADIATA -

Pree. dele ak

‘Nintern Bro‘ imp

“

~~ a

“¢

1871. ] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON A NEW PHEASANT. 137

of the entire length of the arm; the dorsal surface in the dry state

concave on each side of the central prominent ridge, which is placed

over the centre of the ambulacra.

Diameter 6 inches.

Hab. Mexico (Tehuantepec).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Dorsal surface of Platasterias latiradiata, nat. size.

2. Under surface of one of the rays of P. latiradiata.

7. Description of a new Species of Pheasant of the Genus

Euplocamus from Burmah, with a List of the known

Species. By D. G. Exxioz, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Received January 24, 1871.]

EupLocamus ANDERSONI, Sp. Nov.

E. facie rubra: crista et corpore subtus indigoticis : dorso toto,

alis et cauda grisescenti-albidis, illis longitudinaliter, hac

transverse fasciatis : remigibus et rectricibus externe latius

nigro transfasciatis : rostro pallide carneo.

Entire upper parts greyish white, each feather having three or

more black irregular lines running parallel to the edge, and meeting

towards the end. Secondaries with broad transverse black lines.

Top of head and lengthened crest, together with the entire under-

parts, deep rich blue. Tail long; middle feathers greyish white,

thickly covered with transverse black lines; rest of tail-feathers

similar, but the black lines broader. Bill pale green. Legs and feet

greyish. Bare skin of face crimson. Size a little larger than Z.

lineatus.

I have taken the description of this apparently new form of Eu-

plocamus from a native drawing of the bird copied from life, and

kindly placed in my hands by Dr. Anderson, the Curator of the

Indian Museum of Calcutta. The specimen was obtained in Burmah

on the Chinese frontier, and is apparently an intermediate form

between FZ. lineatus and E. nycthemerus. The £. andersoni differs

from the H. lineatus in the markings of the upper parts, which are

longitudinal, the feathers being entirely free from transverse markings

or mottling ; and may be distinguished from LH. nycthemerus by the

closely striated middle tail-feathers, the differently marked outer

tail-feathers, the pale colour of the legs and feet, and the compara-

tively small size. There are no white central streaks to be seen upon

the flank-feathers as in LZ. lineatus; but this is not of specific

importance, as that character varies considerably among different

individuals. The new bird can hardly be deemed a hybrid between

the two species with which it has been compared, as their habitats do

not join, and there is no appreciable way by which they might get

138 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON A NEW PHEASANT. [Feb. 7,

together. The drawing was made from a living specimen in Dr.

Anderson’s possession, and as he has given orders for it to be killed

and forwarded to London from Calcutta, we may expect before very

long to be in possession of the skin.

It is with much pleasure that I bestow upon this species the name

of its discoverer, the well-known naturalist, to record in this manner

my appreciation of the courtesy which induced him to place the spe-

cimen in my hands for description.

No measurements were given in the drawing, which is much

reduced from the natural size ; but Dr. Anderson informs me that

the bird is somewhat larger than the E. lineatus. Should the skin

arrive safely, I shall figure it of the size of life in my ‘ Monograph of

the Phasianide.’ This makes the twelfth species of the genus

Euplocamus now known to me; they are :—

1. EvPLOCAMUS ALBO-CRISTATUS.

Hab. Western Himalayas.

2. EuPLOCAMUS HORSFIELDI.

Hab. Assam and Syihet.

3. EUPLOCAMUS MELANOTISs.

Hab. Sikhim.

4. EupLOCAMUS NYCTHEMERUS.

Hab. Southern China, vicinity of Amoy.

5. EUPLOCAMUS ANDERSONI.

Hab. Upper Burmah, Chinese frontier.

6. EUPLOCAMUS LINEATUS.

Hab. Tenasserim, Pegu.

7. EUVUPLOCAMUS PREUELATUS.

Hab. Siam, Shan States.

8. EvurpLocAMUS SWINHOII.

Hab. Island of Formosa.

9. EUPLOCAMUS IGNITUS.

Hab. Mergui, Tenasserim, Malayan peninsula, Sumatra.

10. EupLocamMus NOBILIS.

Hab. Borneo.

11. KUpLocAMUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS.

Hab. Sumatra, Malacca.

12. EurpLocamus pyRONOTUS.

Hab. Borneo.

1871.) DR. J. ANDERSON ON NEW SQUIRRELS. 139

8. On three new Species of Squirrels from Upper Burmah

and the Kakhyen Hills, between Burmah and Yunan.

By Joun Anverson, M.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Director

of the Imperial Museum, and Professor of Comparative

Anatomy, Calcutta.

[Received February 7, 1871.]

(Plate X.)

Dr. Gray, in his ‘Synopsis of the Asiatic Squirrels in the collec-

tion of the British Museum’’*, has adopted the genus Macroxus of

F. Cuvier for all the Squirrels which he regards as having simple

ears. He allows that the genus as originally instituted by F. Cuvier

was very indistinctly characterized ; but it does not appear to me that

Dr. Gray has defined it any more clearly. The chief reason which

induced him to adopt the genus was doubtless to separate the Squir-

rels with so-called simple ears from those which have pencilled or

tufted ears. The character, however, that he has selected as a ge-

neric one does not merit that importance ; for we find him placing S.

lokricides in the group of Squirrels with penicillated ears, while he

places S. similis (which appears to be only a variety of S. lokrioides)

and S. lokriah, and many other forms which have quite as much peni-

cillated ears as the first, in the genus Macroxus. Any classification,

moreover, which would separate generically such intimately allied

forms as S. macclellandi and S. palmarum, surely must be essentially

artificial; yet Dr. Gray arranges the former and S. melanotis in

Sciurus, and S. palmarum in Macroxus. The same remarks apply

with equal force to Sciwrus modestus, Miller apud Gray (which, it

is extremely probable, is only the young of S. ewilis, Miller), and to

S. philippensis, which Dr. Gray places in separate genera.

Until we have a more accurate knowledge of this difficult group,

it appears to be premature to break up the natural genus Sciurus.

The foliowing species were obtained by me on the Yunan expedition ;

and two of them belong to a new group of ventrally banded Squirrels.

ScruRUS SLADENI, nN. sp.

Grizzled, rufous olive above, the annulations fine, and the fur of

moderate length ; the forehead, face, chin, throat, belly, inside of

limbs, front of thighs, lower half of fore limbs, and the hind feet rich

chestnut-red. Tail rather bushy, as long as the body without the

neck and head, concolorous with the upper surface of the body,

but slightly more rufous, with a bright chestnut-red tip.

Length from root of tail to tip of snout 10°25 inches, tail 6 inches,

and to tip of rufous tuft 8006 inches.

Skull: from anterior margin of occipital foramen to base of in-

cisors 1:073; space between incisors and molars 0°051; distance

(transverse) between first molars 0:030; breadth between orbits 0°07 7.

I obtained four specimens of this handsome Squirrel at Thizyain in

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd series, vol. xx. p. 270 ef seg.

140 DR. J. ANDERSON ON NEW SQUIRRELS. [ Febi

Upper Burmah ; and the Calcutta Museum has received two from the

same district, where they were shot by Captain Williams. These

six specimens are alike in all their details of colouring.

Belly-banded Squirrels.

ScruRUS GORDONI, 0. sp.

Upper surface and a narrow line from between the fore limbs,

along the middle of the body, grizzled olive-grey, the upper surface

with a more or less rufous tint ; annulations fine. Fur of moderate

length. Chin and sides of the throat paler grizzled than the back ;

the lower part of the throat, the chest, belly, and inside of the

limbs either rich chestnut or pale reddish yellow. ars feebly

pencilled. Tail as long as the body and neck, concolorous with the

back, and more or less interruptedly ringed with rufous and black,

the rings most distinct on the latter fourth.

A more or less marked apical tuft tipped with rufous.

Length from root of tail to snout 9°026, tail 7 inches.

Skull: from anterior margin of occipital foramen to base of inci-

sors 1:053 ; interval between molars and incisors 0:048 ; distance be-

tween (transverse) front molars 0°025 ; breadth between orbits 0-067.

This Squirrel occurs among the rather dense vegetation within the

stockade at Bhamé. I obtained only two specimens; and, as the

above description indicates, the colour of the lower parts is the subject

of considerable variation, it being light reddish yellow in one and

rich chestnut in the other. In the former the grizzled line along the

centre of the belly is much darker than in the latter, in which it is

concolorous with the back. The one with the brightly coloured

ventral surface is a female with enlarged teats, indicating that she

recently had, or was with young at the time of her death in the

month of February. The pale variety was procured in September.

They are both adults; and it is probable that the difference in their

hues is to be ascribed to seasonal changes dependent on sexual

causes. Raffles, in writing of S. affinis (S. bicolor), states that it

appears to vary considerably at different seasons, and suggests that

these may coincide with the rutting-time. He describes it as

changing to a light brown and even to a dusky yellow; and it is

interesting to observe that, as in S. gordoni, Raffles’s most intensely

coloured individuals of S. bicolor were procured in February, and the

lighter ones five months afterwards. Against these facts, however,

Raffles mentions that a specimen he had in his possession for ten

months did not change colour. Much importance, however, cannot

be attached to observations of the latter kind, because it is impossible

to say what may not be the influence which confinement exercises on

these animals, more especially on the activity of their generative

organs. The intimate connexion that exists between the sexual

organs in certain animals and changes in the colours of their integu-

mentary appendages is an undoubted fact; and it is equally certain

that in the majority of feral animals they lie more or less dormant

in confinement, so that the class of facts analogous to that just

quoted from Raffes will throw little or no light on this interesting

1871. DR. J. ANDERSON ON NEW SQUIRRELS. 14]

inquiry. In connexion with this subject it should also be borne in

mind that the coloration of the young of some species of Squirrel is

very different from that of their parents, so that we must first elimi-

nate all the changes which are due to this cause before we can

determine to what extent the variations of colour in this obscure

group are influenced by the rutting-period or in any way affected by

it. If we are ever to arrive at a correct understanding of the causes

which produce the periodic variations of colour which we cannot but

allow do occur among the most puzzling group of rodents, it will be

only by painstaking observation of the species in their native forests

and by the accurate recording of the phenomena as they appear. I

would appeal to all naturalists in India, Burmah, and the Malayan

peninsula, who have the opportunity, to give this neglected group a

little of their attention ; and I would suggest that the first step should

be to ascertain how many well-marked species occur in a district,

and second to observe if the sexes are alike in colour, and to note

the changes, if any, to which they are subject, verifying each by a

series of specimens of both sexes shot throughout the year. It seems

very probable that as our knowledge of this group advances, the

present number of Southern Asiatic forms will be greatly reduced.

S. gordont belongs to what appears to be a distinct group of

Squirrels, distinguished from the rest of the genus by grizzled or

plain lineation of different colours of the ventral aspect. Blyth’s

species, S. griseopectus, was the first which showed this peculiarity

of ventral lineation. He describes it as having ‘‘the throat and

breast, and the median line of the belly, of a deep grizzled ash-colour,

without a tinge of rufous, and much of the same hue as the crown

and exterior of the limbs and feet.” The locality of this Squirrel

was unknown to him; but there are two specimens in the British

Museum from China correctly referred to it by Dr. Gray, who, how-

ever, in his Synopsis of the Asiastic Squirrels, makes no reference to

the mesial lineation of the belly, which is well marked in the speci-

mens from which his description is taken.

The Squirrel which I have next to describe has no less than five

distinct stripes along the belly ; and it is probable that future research

will not furnish a more intensely ventrally lineated form than it,

although it is likely that the gap that exists between S. griseopectus

and S. gordoni and this five-lined form, S. quinquestriatus, will be

filled up by species having three and four ventral lines.

The lineated grizzled Squirrels of Southern and Eastern Asia may

now be referred to three distinct groups,—the first, the dorsally line-

ated forms, illustrated by such species as S. palmarum, S. berdmorii, 8.

penicillatus, S. sublineatus, S. layardii, 8. macelellandi, and S. insig-

nis; the second, the laterally lineated Squirrels, including S. raflesii,

S. sarawakensis, 8. rufogularis, 8S. rufoniger, 8. atricapillus, S. vit-

tatus, S. nigrovittatus, and S. plantani; and the third, the ventrally

lineated forms, S. griseopectus, S. gordoni, and S. quinquestriatus.

The dorsally lineated Squirrels through S. macelellandi are con-

nected with the aberrant form, S. melanotis, which is characterized

by the banding of the sides of the head.

142 DR. J. ANDERSON ON A NEW CETACEAN. [Feb. 7,

Sc1uRUS QUINQUESTRIATUS, n. sp. (Plate X.)

Above grizzled olive, brownish grey, with a distinct rufous tint,

deepest on the dorsal surface ; annulation fine, as in the grizzled

Squirrels generally; chin and throat obscurely grizzled greyish,

washed with reddish; a rufous grizzled blackish-brown band from

the chest along the middle line of the belly to the vent; external to

this, on either side, a broad pure-white well-defined band from the

side of the chest, along the belly, and prolonged along the inguinal

region to the vent; a broad black band from the hollow of the axilla

along the side of the belly, expanding on the inside of the thighs,

where it is faintly washed with greyish ; inside of the fore limbs black-

ish, washed with greyish ; toes black, with rufous annulations. Tail

nearly as long as the body and head, concolorous with the body, but

the black and rufous annulations much broader and more marked,

assuming the form of indistinct rufous and black rings on the poste-

rior third; tip of tail jet-black, narrowly terminated with greyish.

Length from root of tail to snout 9°039 ; length of tail 7:075 ;

skull, from anterior margin of occipital foramen to base of incisors,

1:062,; interval between first molar and incisors 1°050; transverse

distance between first molars 0°076; breadth between orbits 0-076.

This is a hill species, common at Ponsee, on the Kakhyen range

of hills, east of Bhamd, at an elevation of from 2000 to 3000 feet.

9. Description of a new Cetacean from the Irrawaddy River,

Burmah. By Joun AnpeErson, M.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.,

Director of the Imperial Museum, and Professor of

Comparative Anatomy, Medical College, Caleutta.

[Received February 7, 1871.]

DELPHINIDE.

ORCELLA *.

Orcaella, Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales Brit. Mus. 1866, p. 285.

Head round, globular, slightly pointed when viewed from above ;

forehead full, projecting a little beyond the mouth; blow-hole

transversely crescentic, convex posteriorly. Pectoral fin of mode-

rate size, not elongate, but somewhat pointed; dorsal fin placed

behind the middle of the body. Fingers moderately short; length

of index equal to the distance between its base and the head of the

humerus. All the bones of the fingers broader than long, except

the proximal ones of the index and third fingers.

Skull subglobular, high. Rostrum short, tapering; breadth of

base considerably more than half the breadth of the cranium ;

length nearly equalling the length of the remaining portion of the

* Dr. Gray writes the name of this genus Oreael/a, but for euphony’s sake, and

to avoid transgression against the laws of Latinity, I suggest Orcella,

J Smit lith 7

| SCIURUS QUINQUE-STRIATUS.

1871.] DR, J. ANDERSON ON A NEW CETACEAN. 143

skull. Teeth small, round, conical, pointed, rather closely set and

oceupying the whole length of the jaw to nearly on a line with the

notch. Dentition +2 to +4. Vertebrae 62 to 63.

Fig. 1.

Orcella brevirostris.

ORCELLA BREVIROSTRIS.

Phocena (Orca, Gray, Reinhardt) brevirostris, Owen, Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. vol. vi. p. 24 et seg. pl. ix. figs. 1, 2, 3.

Globiocephalus indicus, Blyth (in part), Journ, As. Soc. Beng.

xix. p. 426, xxi. p. 358, et xxviii. p. 490; Cat. Mam. As. Soe.

Museum, 1863, p. 89.

Orca (Orcaella) brevirostris, Owen ; Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales

British Museum, 1866, p. 285.

Dorsal fin rather large, rounded, faleate, and situated immediately

behind the middle of the body ; pectoral fin triangular, rather pointed,

moderately broad at the base, posterior margin not emarginate. Upper

surface slaty black, paling to grey on the sides and under surface.

Skull rather full and rounded behind, moderately broad in fant

rostrum tapering, rather narrow at the base; dentition of adult +

Hab. Bay of | Bengal, Madras coast, occasionally frequenting i

tidal streams of the Ganges, seventy or eighty miles from the sea.

Fig. 2.

>~ pesca nl

)))

Orcella fluminalis.

ORCELLA FLUMINALIS, 0. sp.

Dolphin of the Irrawaddy, Anderson, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 220 et

p. 044.

144 DR. J. ANDERSON ON SACCULINA. [Feb:*75

Dorsal fin low, small, pointed, faleate, and situated near the ter-

mination of the posterior third of the body; pectoral flipper sub-

triangular, pointed and emarginate posteriorly.

Uniform dirty white *.

Skull rather flat posteriorly, broad in front; rostrum short,

broad at the base and not much tapered ; dentition 14.

Hab. The deep channels of the Irrawaddy river, Burmah, from

300 to 900 miles from the sea.

10. Note on the Occurrence of Sacculina in the Bay of

Bengal. By Joun Anperson, M.D., F.LS., F.ZS.,

&e., Director of the Imperial Museum, Calcutta, and

Professor of Comparative Anatomy, Medical College,

Calcutta.

[Received February 7, 1871.]

Some twelve years ago I directed attention to the not unfrequent

occurrence of those remarkable forms of parasitic Crustaceans Saceu-

tina and Peltogaster + on the common shore-crabs of these islands,

Carcinus menas and Pagurus bernhardus. These peculiar types of

parasitic life have been lately referred by Fritz Miller to a new

group, which he has designated Rhizocephala. Since my residence

in the East, I have collected marine Crustacea on a large scale, and

have critically examined all the species which would have been

likely to yield these most interesting parasites, but have succeeded

in finding only one species infested by them, and that to the exclu-

sion of Peltogaster. The Crab (Thalamita crenata) which yielded

Sacculina is the common swimming species of the rocky shores of

the islands and coast of the Bay of Bengal. I have been fortunate

enough to obtain only one specimen of the parasite. There is

nothing in its outward appearance by which it can be separated

from the species which is so prevalent on Carcinus menas along our

coast—a fact of great interest so far as it relates to the geographical

distribution of these forms of life, provided that further investi-

gations into the postovular development of the species verify its

identity with the European form. In connexion with this, it is

curious to note that while Peltogaster has been found hitherto only

along the Danish and eastern and western coasts of the British Isles,

Succulina was first discovered by Cavolini on the shores of the

Mediterranean. Further research may reveal the occurrence of the

latter in the waters of the Red Sea.

The specimen of Thalamita crenata which yielded Sacculina was

received from the Andaman Islands, in the Bay of Bengal.

* I am indebted to Captain Bowers for our specimen of this Cetacean, and

for the description of its colour when recently dead.

t Proc. Royal Physical Soc. Edinb. 1854, lviii. pp. 412-415; Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. yol. ix. p. 12 e¢ seg, pl. i.

1871.] MR. SCLATER ON THE TUSKS OF ELEPHAS INDICUS. 145

February 21, 1871.

Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.Z.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary announced the birth of a Hippopotamus (Hippo-

potamus amphibius) in the Society’s Gardens, which had taken place

that day about 4.30 p.m. The Hippopotamus had previously bred

in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of Amsterdam and in the

Jardin des Plantes of Paris, but not in this country. Further par-

ticulars of this interesting occurrence were promised to be given

from Mr. Bartlett’s notes at the next meeting of the Society.

The Secretary exhibited on the part of Mr. Edwin Ward, F.Z.S.,

a collection of heads of mammals made in Ladakh by Mr. George

Landseer.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a pair of tusks of a female Indian Elephant

(Hlephas indicus), which presented the appearance of having been

corroded or eaten away in the basal portion, immediately adjacent

to where they entered the gums. Just below this, on the outer

side of each tusk, was deposited a mass of egg-like bodies arranged

in regular series, appareutly of some dipterous insect, and somewhat

resembling those of the common Blowfly (Musca vomitoria). These

tusks had been submitted to Mr. Bartlett for examination, by Mr.

G.S. Roden, of the Ist Royals, lately stationed in India, who had

communicated to Mr. Sclater the following note on the subject :—

“The tusks which I left with Mr. Bartlett belonged to a female

elephant, which I shot last June at a place called ‘ Muddry,’ at the

foot of the Manantowady Mountains in Malabar.

‘* Directly after shooting her I lifted up her lips to see the size of

the tusks, and then noticed the deposit of eggs on them. I had

them carefully cut out. On cleaning the tusks afterwards I noticed

that they had been eaten away at the ends, and also near where the

white eggs were. There were no maggots in the grooves at the end

of the tusks ; they were merely filled up with some dark dry clay,

just the same as what you see the eggs now surrounded by. The

tusks have been slightly polished over ; but I took great care that

the eggs should not be touched.”

Mr. Sclater remarked that a previous notice of the same pheno-

menon had appeared in a letter addressed to the ‘Field’ newspaper

on the 12th March last, signed by a well-known Indian sportsman,

under the pseudonym of ‘‘ Smoothbore ” *.

Mr. Sclater added that he had been informed by Prof. Flower

* “ Has any zoologist or microscopist ever noticed how the tusks of female

elephants are attacked and eaten away by some parasite? and is it not most

singular that this has never been observed in the tusks of the male?”—Field,

March 12, 1870.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. X.

146 PROF. W. PETERS ON TENIA FROM RHINOCEROS. [Feb. 21,

that there was an exactly similar pair of tusks in the Museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons, but that he had hitherto sought in vain

for any information as to the name of this extraordinary parasite.

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on the Tenia from the Rhinoceros, lately described

by Dr. J. Murie. By Professor W. Prrers, F.M.Z.S.

[Received February 1, 1871.]

The very remarkable large cestoid worm, described doubtfully by

Dr. Murie as a new species (Tenia magna, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 608),

and based on imperfect specimens from the Indian Rhinoceros, ap-

pears to be the same which I found in the small intestines of the

Rhinoceros africanus, and of which I gave in the monthly reports

of the Royal Berlin Academy for 1856, p. 469, the following dia-

gnostic description :—

“TE NIA GIGANTEA, 0. Sp.

“ Caput magnum, latum, globosum, quadrilobum, rostello brevi ro-

tundato conico, bothridiis crassis, margine postico libero ; collum

subnullum ; corpus crassum lanceolatum ; articuli brevissimi et

latissimi, marginibus postice excisis, angulis obtusis ; aperture

genitales maryinales secunde ; penes filiformes, limbo globoso

cinctt.

“ Long. tota 0°120 m. ; art. max. 0°003 ; lat. max. 0°027-0-029 ;

lat. cap. 0°006; colli 0°005.

“ Hab. Rhinoceros africanus, Camper; in intestino tenui.—

Mossambique.”

The accurate figures given by Dr. Murie of the individuals of the

worm in their different state of growth agree so perfectly with the

African specimens that I cannot hesitate to regard them as belong-

ing to the same species.

Fig. 1. Head and first segments of Llagiotenia gigantea, seen from the side.

2. View of head of the same in front.

I subjoin a figure of the head (the scolex), in case it might be

judged convenient to communicate an additional note for the ‘ Pro-

1871.] MR. J. H. GURNEY ON ABYSSINIAN BIRDS, 147

ceedings,’ and thus to make this, amongst its kindred, truly gigantic

form better known.

It seems to me very doubtful whether this species ought to be left

together in the same genus with Tenia lata and similar forms ; for

although the organ for fastening the animal chain does not show

any essential difference, still the discrepancy of the complete forms

is so great that it seems justifiable to Separate them as a peculiar

group, for which I propose the name Plagiotenia, on account of

their peculiar and enormous development in the transverse direction *.

2. Remarks on certain Species of Abyssinian Birds.

By J. H. Gurney, F.Z.S.

[Received February 1, 1871.]

I am desirous of laying before the meeting of the Zoological

Society some brief remarks on a few paragraphs contained in Dr.

Finsch’s admirable paper on Abyssinian birds, read on June 10,

1869, and recently published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions,’ vol. vii.

p- 197.

Fatco BARBARUS, Linn.

As Dr. Finsch does not speak very positively as to his identifi-

cation of Mr. Jesse’s specimen, I may state that I have recently

examined it, and think that there is no doubt as to the correctness

of Dr. Finsch’s determination of it as a young bird of Falco éar-

barus.

I may add that, for the opportunity of examining this and most

of the other specimens referred to in the following notes, I have been

indebted to the kindness of Viscount Walden, in whose possession

they now are.

P. 318. Fatco sAcer.

Dr. Finsch supposes that “there is some doubt about the deter-

mination of this species ;” but having seen Mr. Blanford’s specimen,

I can state positively that it is an example of Falco sacer, and has

therefore been correctly identified.

P. 205. Nisus paprus (Gmel.).

Dr. Finsch expresses a strong opinion that there is “no diffe-

rence between Riippell’s Micronisus sphenurus and the Indian M.

badius ; but it is worthy of remark that Mr. Blanford, who has

* I should not have recognized the worm by the description without the

figures ; for Dr. Murie says, in the description, p. 610, “ The larger segments

measure fully 13 inch broad and 1 inch long; the smaller segments have a

diameter of an inch lengthwise and across,” which T do not understand, the

greatest /ength boing 3 millims., or one-eighth of an inch.

148 MR. J. H. GURNEY ON ABYSSINIAN BIRDS. [Feb. 21,

observed both in a state of nature, entertains the contrary opinion

(vide ‘Observations on the Geology and Zoology of Abyssinia,’

p- 294), though there is no doubt that the two races, if distinct, are

at least closely allied. Accipiter brachydactylus of Swainson is

certainly identical with A. sphenurus of Ruppell.

P. 210. Buso ascaLApuus, Savig.

I have examined the specimen to which Dr. Finsch has assigned

this name ; and it appears to me not to belong to that species, but to

the nearly allied B. capensis. To this species the type specimen of

Bubo dilloni, Des Murs, which is preserved in the Museum of the

Jardin des Plantes at Paris, where I have examined it, is also refer-

able.

P. 210. Buso Lacrevus, Temm.

Mr. Jesse notes the iris of this species as “ bright yellow,”

which 1 venture to think is an error, as in all the specimens which

have at different times been exhibited in the Society’s Menagerie the

iris has been very dark brown. In this respect this Owl agrees with

all the other species of the subgenus Nyctaétus, to which it belongs,

as well as with those of the Asiatic subgenus Huhua, with which I

am disposed to think that Nyctaétus may be properly united.

P. 319. Buso macutosuvs (Vieill.).

Dr. Finsch considers that B. cinerascens of Guérin is not distinct

from B. maculosus ; but I feel convinced that if he had had the

opportunity of comparing living specimens of the two species, which

I have had more than once in the Society's Menagerie, he would

have arrived at a contrary conclusion.

Independently of other differences, the iris in B. maculosus is

bright yellow, whereas in B. cinerascens it is very dark brown—the

latter bird belonging, like B. lacteus, to the subgenus Nyctaétus.

P. 210. Scorps SENEGALENSIS.

The specimen which Dr. Finsch refers to Scops senegalensis

appears to me to belong to the nearly allied but more southern

species S. latipennis (Licht.)—a race which is constantly distin-

guished by a blackish-grey tint over the whole plumage, which is

very marked in Mr. Jesse’s specimen, and which I have never seen

in Scops senegalensis. Mr. Jesse’s bird is the only example I have

seen of Scops latipennis from any locality north of the equator.

P. 235. THAMNOLHA ALBISCAPULATA, Riipp.

Dr. Finsch has the following remark under this head :—‘ This

species has often been erroneously confounded with the southern

T'. cinnamomeiventris, Lafr., a very nearly allied but very different

species. The north-eastern 7. albiscapulata is distinguished by

having the upper and under tail-coverts black, the latter being only

cinnamomeous at the base, whereas in 7’, cinnamomeiventris these

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 149

parts are uniform cinnamon like the rump and under surface. Mr.

Layard and Mr. Gurney have overlooked these differences, and

make the southern bird the same as the north-eastern.’ On this

point I wish to observe that Riippell, in his ‘Neue Wirbelth.’

pl. 26. fig. 1, represents Thamnolea albiscapulata with both the

upper and under tail-coverts entirely cinnamomeous, and not black

as in the specimens examined by Dr. Finsch.

P. 318. ArpEa aTRicapiLua (Afzel.).

Dr. Finsch refers to an opinion which I expressed, and which

was quoted in ‘The Ibis’ for 1869, p. 437, that this Heron is not

separable from A. javanica, Horsf.

I have subsequently had reason to alter my views on this subject,

as will be seen on reference to ‘The Ibis’ for 1870, p- 151, where I

have expressed my belief that the two races are specifically distinct.

3. On some Indian Reptiles. By Jonn Anprrson, M.D.,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Director of the Indian Museum,

Calcutta.

[Received February 2, 1871.]

The reptiles described in the following notes, with a few excep-

tions, have been added to the collection of the Indian Museum, Cal-

cutta, within the last five months. As some are recent additions to

the Indian fauna, while others belong to little-known species, I

have given a full description of each, and have taken, as far as pos-

sible, Dr. Giinther’s work on the reptiles of India as my guide.

When the synonyms of a species are not given it is to be understood

that they are accepted as defined by Giinther.

It will be observed that a number of Mr. Blyth’s types of Batra-

chia in the Indian Museum have been identified. These are of pecu-

liar interest, as Mr. Theobald was under the impression when he

drew up his catalogue of the reptiles in the Asiatic Society’s Museum

that they had disappeared from the collection.

As the majority of the specimens from which the descriptions

were derived reached me very shortly after the reptiles had been

collected, it was in my power to describe the coloration almost as it

occurs during life; and from the circumstance, too, that the collec-

tions were made on a very large scale, and embraced a very extended

series of duplicates, I have been in a position to indicate many vari-

ations of species hitherto unrecorded.

List of Species described in the following pages.

CHELONIA.

EmypDIpD&.

1. Pangshura tecta, Gray. Jumna, Agra.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES.

. Pangshura flaviventer, Gthr. Jumna, Agra.

. Batagur elliotti, Gray. Jumna, Agra.

TRIONYCID.

. Trionyx phayrei, Theobald. Penang.

SAuURIA.

VARANIDE.

. Paranus flavescens, Gray. Agra.

. Varanus dracena, Linn. Khasi Hills.

. Paranus lunatus, Gray. Agra.

LACERTID.

Tachydromus haughtonianus, Jerdon. Assam.

ZONURID.

[Feb. 21,

. Tachydromus sezlineatus, Daud. Assam, Khasi Tills.

Pseudopus gracilis, Gray. East of Dacca, Khasi Hills, and

Darjeeling.

ScINCID#.

Euprepes macularius, Blyth. Assam, Cachar, Eastern Ben-

gal, and Central India.

Euprepes trivittatus, Gray. Madras.

Eumeces sikimensis, Blyth. Darjeeling.

Eumeces indicus, Gray. Darjeeling and Assam.

- Lumeces albopunctatus, Gray. Assam.

' Riopa anguina, Theobald. Prome, Burmah.

GECKOTID2.

. Gecko smithii, Gray. Java.

. Hemidactylus maculatus, D. & B. Burrabhoom, Berar.

. Phelsuma andamanense, Blyth. Andamans,

. Gymnodactylus fasciolatus, Blyth. Subathoo.

. Gymnodactylus variegatus, Blyth. Moulmein.

. Gymnodactylus khasiensis, Jerdon. Khasi Hills,

. Eublepharis macularius, Blyth. Salt range.

AGAMID&.

Draco dussumieri, D. & B. Travancore.

. Japalura variegata, Gray. Darjeeling.

. Sitana minor, Gthr. Central Provinces.

. Calotes versicolor, Daud. Darjeeling.

. Calotes maria, Gray. -Garo Hills.

. Calotes mystaceus, D. & B, Garo Hills.

1871.) DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 151

30. Oreotiaris tricarinatus, Blyth. Darjeeling.

31. Tiaris subcristata, Blyth. Andamans and Nicobars.

32. Uromastix hardwickii, Gray. Agra district, Punjab, and

Scind.

33. Charasia dorsalis, Gray. Western Bengal, Central and

Southern India.

OpuHipIa.

TYPHLOPID&.

34. Typhlops bothriorhynchus, Gthr. Garo Hills.

35. Typhlops horsfieldii, Gray. Assam.

OLIGODONTID.

36. Oligodon dorsalis, Gray. Khasi Hills.

37. Simotes russellii, Daud. Singhbhoom.

38. Stmotes punctulatus, Gray. Darjeeling.

39. Stmotes bicatenatus, Gthr. Calcutta and Garo Hills.

CoLuBRID&.

40. Ablabes rappii, Gthr. Darjeeling.

41. dblabes collaris, Gray. Darjeeling and Garo Hills.

42. Trachischium fuscum, Blyth. Darjeeling.

43. Coluber porphyraceus, Cantor. Darjeeling.

44. Compsosoma reticulare, Cantor. Garo Hills and Darjeeling.

45. Cynophis helena, Daud. Galle, Ceylon.

46. Ptyas korros, Reinw. Assam.

47. Zamenis diadema, Schlegel. Agra.

48. Zamenis brachyurus, Gthr. Berar.

49. Tropidonotus quincunciatus, Schlegel. Assam, Agra.

50. Tropidonotus macrophthalmus, Gthr. Darjeeling, Assam.

‘51. Tropidonotus platyceps, Blyth. Darjeeling.

52. Tropidonotus subminiatus, Reinw. Darjeeling, Assam.

93. Tropidonotus himalayanus, Gthr. Darjeeling.

54. Tropidonotus stolatus, Linn. Assam.

95. Tropidonotus plumbicolor, Cantor. Ceylon.

Homatopsip.

55. Cantoria dayana, Stoliczka.

57. Cerberus rhynchops, Schneid. Bengal, Burmah, and Anda-

mans.

58. Ferania sieboldii, Schleg. Burma and Agra.

59. Hipistes hydrinus, Cant. Moulmein River.

PsAMMOPHID&.

60. Psammophis condanarus, Merr. Simla, Himalaya, and Lower

Bengal.

61. Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Boie. Darjeeling.

63.

64.

65.

mans.

66.

67.

68.

69.

DR. J ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Feb. 21,

DENDROPHID.

. Dendrophis picta, Gm. Darjeeling and Garo Hills.

Dendrophis picta, Gm., var. andamanensis. Andamans.

DryYI10OPHID#.

Tragops prasinus, Reinw. Darjeeling.

Dipsas hexagonota, Blyth. Darjeeling, Bengal, and Anda-

Dipsas forsteni, D. & B. Western Bengal and Ceylon.

LyCODONTID#.

Lycodon striatus, Shaw. Agra and Lahore.

Leptorhytaon jara, Shaw. Garo Hills.

AMBLYCEPHALID.

Pareas monticola, Cant. Afghanistan, Mesopotamia, and

Khasi Hills.

86.

ERyYCID2.

. Eryx johnii, Russell. Agra.

ELAPID.

. Ophiophagus elaps, Schlegel. Darjeeling and Eastern Bengal.

. Bungarus ceruleus, Schneid. Assam and Agra. ;

. Callophis macelellandii, Reinh. Assam.

HypDROPHID.

. Platurus fischeri, Jan. Calcutta.

. Hydrophis jerdonii, Gray. Pooree, Bengal.

. Hydrophis chloris, Daud. Pooree, Bengal.

. Hydrophis tindsayi, Gray. Calcutta.

. Hydrophis coronata, Gthr. Calcutta.

. Hydrophis cantoris, Gthr. Calcutta.

. Hydrophis granosa, n. sp. Sand Heads, Hughli.

. Hydrophis cyanocincta, Daud. Pooree, Bengal.

. Enhydrina schistosa, Daud. Gopalpore.

CROTALIDA.

. Trimeresurus gramineus, Shaw. Darjeeling.

. Trimeresurus erythrurus, Cant. Assam.

. Trimeresurus carinatus, Gray. Garo Hills.

Trimeresurus monticola, Gthr. Darjeeling, Khasi Hills, and

Yunan, W. China.

87.

88.

Trimeresurus convictus, Stoliczka. Pinang.

Halys himalayanus, Gthr. N.E. of Simla.

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 153

VIPERID2.

89. Daboia russellii, Shaw. Calcutta.

90, Echis carinata, Schneid. Western Bengal, Madras, and Agra.

BATRACHIA.

BATRACHIA SALIENTIA.

91. Rana kuhlii, Schleg. 2

92. Rana cyanophlyctis, Schneid. Bengal, Burmah, and Malayan

peninsula.

93. Rana tigrina, Daud. Agra.

94. Rana liebigii, Gthr. Sikkim.

95. Rana gracilis, Wiegm. C. India, Bengal, Burmah, and Ma-

layan peninsula.

96. Rana fusca, Blyth. Tenasserim.

97. Rana crassa, Jerdon. Carnatic and Ceylon.

98. Pys«icephalus breviceps, Schneid. Agra.

99. Xenophrys monticola, Gthr. Darjeeling.

100. Cacopus globulosus, Gthr. Bengal (Calcutta).

101. Diplopelma berdmorei, Blyth. Pegu.

102. Diplopelma interlineatum, Blyth. Pegu.

103. Bufo pantherinus, Boie. Agra.

104. Bufo melanostictus, Schneid. Agra.

105. Bufo sikkimensis, Blyth. Sikkim.

106. Hylorana nigrovittata, Blyth. Pegu.

107. Hylorana nicobariensis, Stoliczka. Nicobars.

108. Polypedates maculatus, Gray. Darjeeling.

109. Polypedates quadrilineatus, Wiegm. Assam.

110. Polypedates smaragdinus, Blyth? Assam.

111. Polypedates marmoratus, Blyth. Pegu, Kakhyen Hills,

N.E. of Burmah, and Darjeeling.

112. Polypedates hascheanusgStoliczka. Pinang Hill.

113. Polypedates annectens, Jerdon. Khasi Hills.

114, Rhacophorus maximus, Gthr. Assam and Khasi Hill.

115. Callula pulchra, Gray. Calcutta, and Upper Burmah.

PANGSHURA FLAVIVENTER, Gthr. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 35.

This specimen was found on the Jumna, near Agra. It has the

markedly bell-shaped first vertebral, but wants the impression on the

middle of the second and third costal plates mentioned by Giinther.

The gulars are nearly as broad as long, but their suture is as long

as that of the postgulars. The transverse suture between the gulars

and pectorals is not so marked as in the figure in the ‘ Reptiles of

British India.’ In every other respect, almost to its size, 8" 4!",

it is identical with Giinther’s description.

PaNncsHuRA TECTUM (Bell); Gthr. /.c. p- 33.

Jumna River, Agra.

154 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [ Feb. 21,

Baracur Evtiorti, Gray; Gthr. l. c. p. 40.

A specimen from the Jumna River, Agra, agrees in every particular

with this species. It is immature, and the sternum is only imper-

fectly joined to the carapace.

Length 3" 9",

TRIONYX PHAYREI, Theobald, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe. x. (1868)

p- 18.

Trionyx jeudi, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 217, fig. 19, et

Suppl. Cat. Shield Rept. B.M. 1870, part 1, p. 97, fig. 32.

Sternum of Trionyx phayret.

I have lately received a specimen of this fine species from Penang.

It measures along the curve of the carapace 27” 6'" ; osseous portion

of carapace 19" 6". Breadth in middle 22” 3'"; osseous portion

at same point 20” 6'". Sternum, length of osseous portion 21" 6’.

Greatest breadth of abdominal plates 21". Seven osseous plates, of

which five are visible and granular ; the anterior pair long and linear,

5" 9'" x 1", in contact behind, divergent anteriorly. Odd osseous

plate semicircular, 7” 5'” along the curve, 1" 3’ in diameter in the

mesial line; anteriorly in contact with the anterior pair, and poste-

riorly with the abdominal ones. Greatest length of abdominal plates

8"; they enclose an hour-glass-shaped cartilaginous area, the an-

terior portion being the largest, and measuring 4” 3'” in diameter

and 6" 8'” in length from the posterior contraction to the odd plate.

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 155

The posterior dilatation is 3” 3'’ in diameter, and 3" 5'” in length.

The greatest external length of the abdominal plates is 7", and their

narrowest portion measured antero-posteriorly is 2" 6'". The in-

guinal plates are triangular, and in close contact with the abdominal

ones, and form a zigzag suture with each other: their greatest

length is in the mesial line, 4” 3'” ; and the greatest breadth across the

anterior margin of one is 4” 5'". The odd and inguinal sutures are

marked with many raised lines bearing tubercles in some cases. The

lines are rather weak for the size of the specimen. The abdominal

plates are marked with lines of the same character as in the former ;

but the tubercles are much more numerous, especially on the external

and internal portions, and on the former in particular they form

well-marked, closely packed, shining papille.

There is a well-marked swelling auteriorly on the mesial line, with

a slight depression on either side externally and posteriorly ; the

vertebral line is concave behind the swelling within about two inches

of the end, where it is again convex.

The general surface is not so rough compared with the great size

of the animal as in 7. gangeticus.

The wavy raised lines and the tubercles that they bear are more

sparse and coarser on the vertebral line, and along the lines of the

sutures of the costal plates, and not merely on the vertebral line, as

observed by Theobald.

The chief differences that separate it from 7. gangeticus are the

less developed character of the osseous portion of the sternum, and

the relatively finer character of its sculpturing on both aspects. The

toes are broadly webbed, and the claws are strong conical structures,

the largest being about one inch in length.

T. jeudi, which is doubtfully assigned by Dr. Gray to the island

of Java, was described from a skull in the British Museum. This I

have carefully compared with the skull of the specimen from which

the foregoing description is derivgd, and cannot detect any characters

by which to separate the two.

VARANUS LuNATUS, Gray ; Gthr. J. ¢. p. 66.

This species appears to be common in the Agra district. The

adults are olive-brown above, yellower on the tail and underparts,

and very obscurely banded on the sides, with a darker tint of the

same colour as the upper parts, where the banding is scarcely per-

ceptible. It is more marked, however, on the tail. Some of the

specimens are black, spotted on the sides and back in almost the

same way as V. dracena. ‘The largest specimen is 453 inches, of

which the tail measures 26”.

These lizards are much infected by ticks about the anal region,

neighbourhood of head, and body generally.

VARANUS FLAVESCENS, Gray; Gthr. 7. c. p. 65.

I have received a young specimen of this species from Agra. It

is light yellow, banded with brown.

156 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [ Feb. 21,

VARANUS DRACANA, Linn. ; Gthr. J. c. p. 66.

This species also occurs in the Agra district ; and I have received a

specimen from the Khasi Hills. The latter has eighty-three, and the

former eighty-five transverse rows of scales between the gular fold

and the groin.

TACHYDROMUS HAUGHTONIANUS, Jerdon, Proc. As. Soe. 1870,

p. 72.

Four pairs of chin-shields, the last as large as the three anterior

pairs. Upper labials irregular, 8 + 9; eight very narrow lower

labials. Six longitudinal series of strongly keeled dorsal scales ;

ten longitudinal rows of strongly keeled abdominal scales ;

twenty-seven transverse rows from the axil to the inguinal pores.

A line of enlarged granules along the lateral margins of the dorsal

and ventral scales. Arxilla and some distance behind it granular.

One pair of inguinal pores at the base of the thigh. A large central

anal shield, with two smaller pairs external to it. Upper surface

and front of the limbs with large, almost shield-like scales, hinder

and under aspect granular. Tail covered with large strongly keeled

scales.

Upper surface of shady brownish black, disappearing on the middle

of the tail. A greenish-yellow band from above and before the eye,

along the external series of dorsal scales, disappearing on the base of

the tail. A black band from the nostril, through the eye and one-half

of the ear, along the granular area of the side, paling to olive-brown

posteriorly, and disappearing on the base of the tail. From the

lower margin of the ear to the nostril in a straight line, involving the

upper labials, and all the under surface of the body is yellow. Limbs

yellowish, their upper surface finely and densely punctulated with

brown. Tail yellowish. Length 8” 2'"; tail5” 9’.

Hab. Goalpara, Assam.

I cannot allow Dr. Jerdon’s statement that he had my permission

to describe and name this Lizard to pass without comment. I placed

the Museum collection of Reptiles at Dr. Jerdon’s disposal for com-

parison ; but I certainly never contemplated that he would make

use of the confidence I reposed in him to describe this Lizard without

my sanction.

TACHYDROMUS SEXLINEATUS (Gthr. /. c. p. 69) is not uncommon

in Assam and the Khasi Hills.

Psrupopus GRACILIs, Gray ; Gthr. l. c. p. 74.

I have received specimens of this species from the undulating

country to the east of Dacca, from the Khasi Hills, and Darjeeling

(3500 ft.). I obtained it also in the Sanda valley, Western Yunan, at

an elevation of 1900 feet. Mr. Blyth purchased his specimens in

Rangoon. Its occurrence in these localities, all of which are subject

to a heavy rainfall, would seem to indicate that it is partial to

moisture.

I have since received two other specimens from Darjeeling, one

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 157

with the tail perfect, which is a rare circumstance in this reptile.

The largest specimen, with the tail imperfect, has the body 5” 3'"

in length ; and the measurements of the perfect specimen are, body

4” 3'", tail 9". 3'". The dorsal scales are in sixteen rows from fold to

fold, of which the dorsal ten or twelve are very strongly keeled. The

youngest specimen has only a few obscure dull brown spots on the

back ; but the larger one is marked by irregular bright blue wavy

cross bands margined anteriorly with black. It occurs at Darjeeling

at 3500 feet.

Eupreres macuxarivs, Blyth; Gthr. l.c. p. 81.

Supranasals separated from each other by the single prefrontal,

which forms asmall suture with the vertical. The fifth upper labial

is below the orbit, and much longer than high. Opening of the ear

of moderate size, with a tubercle in front. Scales with from five to

seven keels ; twenty-eight to thirty longitudinal rows round the body,

and thirty transverse series between the axils. Fore limb when laid

forward reaches to the middle of the eye ; and the hind limb covers

more than two thirds of the interval between the axils.

Dark brown above, with eight narrow longitudinal broken black

lines produced by linear black spots, or with eight lines of dark

brown spots beginning over the shoulder, sometimes restricted to

lower region of back, at other times entirely absent. A broad black

band, spotted with white, begins behind the eye, and is continued to

the thigh, where it is resolved into dark brown lines, which are pro-

longed on to the side of the tail. Outside of limbs white-spotted ;

upper labials white, margined with brown. In the month of August

below and behind the shoulders-suffused with orange. Length,

adult 22, tail 32,52 inches.

Specimens from the Central Provinces of India have no traces of

black lines, but are sometimes spotted on the posterior half, but in

others they are without spots. Fivg is the prevailing number of keels,

although a few can be detected with seven. The brown line of the side

is not well marked, and is nearly broken up into black spots, among

which a few white ones are interspersed. Specimens from Raipur

have\much the same character as the foregoing; and, indeed, the

southern specimens have the brown band along the side,much more

feebly marked than in specimens from Assam, which was in all like-

lihood the locality from which Blyth obtained his type. Specimens

from Sirgooja, which lies as it were halfway between Upper Assam

and the southern Indian localities, have nearly all the coloration of

the Assam ones, although the black spots do not unite to form con-

tinuous dorsal lines. The further south we proceed the more uni-

form do the colours appear to become.

This species does not appear to attain the size of LZ. rufescens,

with which it could never be confounded ; and my largest specimen

out of twenty-seven is 54 inches in length.

It appears to be a widely spread form ; and I have it from Goalpara,

Assam, Cachar, Sirgooja, Bilaspur district, and S.E. Berar and

Bhandara, Central Provinces.

158 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [ Feb. 21,

Eumeces TRivitratus, Gray, would seem to be more nearly

allied to E. macularius than to HL. rufescens. It has five keels,

and thirty-six longitudinal rows of scales round the body, and forty-

five to forty-nine transverse rows between the axils. ‘The nasals

form a suture in front of the prefrontal, and the postfrontals a

broad suture in front of the vertical, The white vertebral and

lateral bands are margined with darker brown than the intervening

brown space, and the shields of the head are partially margined

with dark brown. ‘The fore limb when laid forward reaches to the

angle of the mouth, and the posterior limp about halfway between

the two axils.

Hab. Salnat, Madras.

EuMECEs sik1MENSsIS, Blyth.

Mocoa sikimensis, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxii. p. 652.

Eumeces himalayanus, Gthr. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 86.

? Eumeces indicus (Gray), Gthr. 7. c. p. 89.

This species agrees in its transparent eyelid and all its other details

with Giinther’s £. himalayanus.

I have lately received two specimens from Darjeeling, from an eleva-

tion of 4500 feet.

Eumects r1npicvs, Gray ; Gthr. J. ¢. p. 89.

Three specimens have from thirty-six to forty longitudinal rows

of scales round the body, with about fifty transverse series between

the axil and groin.

Length. Tail.

in. in.

78 3g

7 34

53 28

The back of the young specimen is olive-brown, with two longi-

tudinal series of black spots from before the shoulder to beyond the

tail. The broad lateral band is well defined and covered with white

spots, and has an ill-defined white line below it, extending from the

angle of the mouth to the groin ; the sides of the throat and the belly

below it are marbled with fine black spots. Upper surface of the

limbs finely spotted with black.

Hab. Darjeeling, Geelsaugor, and Assam.

EUMECES ALBOPUNCTATUS, Gray.

This specimen unfortunately wants the tail; the body measures

2" 4". The back has four lines of small dots along its middle ; and

the blackish brown of the sides is spotted with white. Length of

hind limb 6'”.

The largest specimen in this museum measures 5” 4", of which

the tail forms 3” 9’”. ‘here are thirteen, and all have four dorsal

lines of small dots. Blyth’s specimens, said to have come from

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, 159

Mergui, are not separated under this locality ; and it is impossible to

say whether they were of this species.

Hab. Debrooghur, Assam.

Rriopa ancuina, Theobald, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. x.

p- 27.

Lower eyelid transparent. The body very much elongated and

slender; limbs small and feeble. The distance between the axil

and snout is contained two and a half times in the length between

the fore and hind limbs. Tail little more than the distance between the

vent and fore limbs. The fore limb when laid forwards falls con-

siderably short of the ear, and equals the distance from the ear to

halfway between the eye and the tip of the snout. The hind limb

is the distance between the axil and the ear, and is in excess of the

distance between the ear and the snout. Snout moderately short

and pointed ; supranasals forming a broad suture behind the rostral :

the frontal and vertical suture widely separating the first frontals.

Vertical moderately elongated, lateral margins convergent to a point

behind. Two pairs of occipitals. Four large superciliaries with

two small scale-like shields behind the last. Seven upper labials. A

large broad shield behind the mental, with two large shields behind

the former, forming a long suture with each other and succeeded by

a small triangular shield with a large one on either side of it. Esr

without denticulations. Twenty-two series of smooth scales round

the middle of the body; the scales are rather broad, and rounded

behind ; sixty-five rows of scales between the fore and hind limbs.

Uniform olive-brown above, with or without a line of black spots

along the side of the back, margined above by a pale narrow band,

sometimes obscurely spotted with white on the side behind the ear

and above and behind the shoulder. Upper surface of the tail

yellowish brown; under surface yelowish.

Prome, Upper Burmah.

Dr. Stoliczka* has recently described another species of this

genus, R. lineolata, with a scaly eyelid and twenty-eight series of

scales round the body.

Gecko smitrut, Gray ; Gthr. J. c. p. 103.

Granular above, the granules flat and arranged somewhat in

transverse rows on the body and tail; many large circular flattened

tubercles with a small central prominence interspersed among the

granules, smaller on the occiput and temporal region, and large on

the body, and arranged in transverse rows on the tail at regular

intervals. Sixteen low upper labials, and twelve deep lower ones ;

two large shields behind the mental with an azygos one behind them,

with two small ones on either side of it ; a line of four large shields

between the second, third, and fourth lower labials, with about five

parallel shields below the remaining labials. The granules on the

occiput and between the eyes small, those on the eyelid large and

* Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, vol. xxxix, p. 175.

160 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Feb. 21;

circular. Two large plates behind the rostral, with a moderate-

sized azygos shield wedged into the hinder margin of their suture.

General colour dark brown, paler on the head. Six cross bands,

formed by about six white spots, usually involving a large tubercle.

A line of white spots from the lower posterior margin of the eye,

over the eye, and round the nape to the opposite eye; a similar

lunate band of spots from ear to ear over the shoulder; an enlarged

parotid-like gland on the side of the neck before the shoulder.

Tail with eight white bands; the last in the specimen before me is

terminal ; but the tip of the tail appears to have been lost. Thirty

longitudinal lines of small scales in the middle of the belly. Under

surface dirty yellow, sparsely marbled with brown. Feet white-

spotted.

Length of body 2" 4’", tail 2” 5’.

Hab. Java.

Hemrpacty vs macutatus, D. & B.; Gthr. J. c. pp. 107, 108.

Two specimens, male and female, from Burrabhoom have only ten

and nine upper labials, the lower labials in each being eight. The

femoral aud preeanal pores are interrupted in the middle by the

breadth of four lines of abdominal scales. Thirty-eight longitudinal

series of abdominal scales.

I have a specimen of this Lizard with a three-forked renewed tail,

resembling a fifth limb.

PHELSUMA ANDAMANENSE, Gthr. /. c. p. 112.

I have dissected Blyth’s type of this species, and find it to be a

female. There is another bottle in this museum, without a locality

or name, containing males and females of a Gecko, the latter of which

agrees with this species in every particular; and as the males only

differ from the females in having femoral pores, it appears that the

males and females are of one species with P. andamanense, and that

this species has femoral pores like its near allies. These structures

in the unnamed specimens extend along nearly the whole thigh;

and the series is directed forwards to the mesial line, where it is

continuous with the one of the other side; they vary in number

from twenty-nine to thirty-two. The chin-plates selected by Blyth

as a specific character seem to vary; for the specimen which has

given rise to these remarks, and which was only lately received

from the Andamans, and is also a female, has these shields differ-

ently arranged from the type, with which, however, it is identical

in every other respect. It is curious to observe that the variation

that occurs in this specimen is in the direction of the arrangement

that prevails in the nearly allied Mauritian form, in which a pair of

shields lying side by side are in contact with the chin one, which

has three or four larger ones on either side of it. In Blyth’s

specimen, a single shield lies behind the chin-shield, with three or

four shields of nearly equal size on either side of it. Three of the

specimens without locality show a similar variation to the one

just described ; one is intermediate ; and only two show the single

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 161

shield behind the chin in the decided way of the type. All these

specimens have the round ear of P. andamanense.

Blyth does not allude to the compression of the root of the tail

from above downwards, or to its being thrown into folds at nearly

regular intervals (at any of which it is very liable to fracture), or

to the verticillate distribution of the small tubercular-looking scales,

or to the enlarged subcaudals.

Upper labials ten, lower labials seven to nine. Length of largest

specimen 52 inches, of which the tail measures 3 inches.

Hab. Andamans.

GyYMNODACTYLUS FASCIOLATUS, Blyth; Gthr. Z.c. p. 116.

Naultinus fasciolatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxix. p. 114.

Body finely granular, with numerous enlarged trihedral tubercles.

Granules on tail verticillately arranged, and tubercles disposed in

rings. A series of enlarged subcaudals. Tail slightly flattened from

above downwards, cylindrical at the base. Scales in the middle of the

belly in thirty-six longitudinal series. Nostril formed by the rostral

anteriorly, by the first labial, by the nasal and a small shield between

it and the labial; rostral notched and grooved, with a small plate

between the two nasals. Twelve upper and eleven lower labials.

Mental shield partially wedged in between two large pentagonal chin-

shields, which have a small quadrangular shield on the concave

external half of their lateral margins. Three rows of enlarged scales

below the lower labials. Claws non-retractile; five fingers and toes,

with from four to nine transverse plates on the basal depressed portion.

A slight fold of skin along the side, corresponding to the line of union

of the belly- scaled and dorsal granuled portions of the body (pro-

bably a post-mortem appearance as in Puellula, Blyth). An area of

enlarged przeanal scales. The femoralpores, five or six on each side,

extend outwards in a line with the commencement of the thigh.

A dark brown band, edged behind with white, from the eye to the

occiput, where it meets its fellow of the opposite side. A brown

similarly white-edged band on the nape, with seven cross bands on the

body ; thirteen on the tail, the white edging disappearing posteriorly.

This species has the toes and claws of Gymnodactylus, and. its

femoral pores distributed outwards in the direction of the thighs.

Mr. Blyth considered this species closely allied to the following,

from which it differs in the smaller size of the belly-scales and in the

greater number of femoral pores.

Hab, Subathoo.

GyMNODACTYLUs VARIEGATUS, Blyth; Gthr. 7. c. p. 116.

Naultinus variegatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1859, xxviii.

p. 279.

Body granular, covered with numerous large trihedral tubercles.

Tail cylindrical, the granules arranged in verticils, and the tubercles

inrings, A series of enlarged subcandals. Twenty-six longitudinal

rows of rather elongated leaf-like scales on the middle of the belly.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No, XI.

162 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. _[Feb. 21,

A fold of skin along the side, indicating where the abdominal scales

terminate and the granules begin. Ten large preeanal scales, and

sixteen femoral pores on each side along the whole length of the

thigh. Rostral notched behind and grooved, with a small hexagonal

shield occupying the notch with the nasals in contact with it;

nostril formed by the rostral anteriorly, first labial inferiorly, two

small tubereuloid shields posteriorly, and the nasal superiorly. Ten to

eleven upper labials, and eleven lower labials. Mental partially

wedged in between the two large chin-shields, which form a broad

suture with each other. Two rows of enlarged shields below the lower

labials. Limbs and toes slender ; the basal joints are not very distinct

from the terminal ones, which are strongly compressed, and are pro-

vided with transverse imbricate plates below and a series of much

smaller ones on the compressed phalanges.

Blyth describes the colour as ‘‘ grey, beautifully spotted and

marbled with black, set off with subdued white ; and the lower parts

whitish, freckled on the tail with black and gradually more so to the

extremity, the terminal third being almost wholly blackish; above,

the tail is irregularly banded. A broad dark streak bordered with

whitish behind each eye, and continued irregularly round the occiput.

On the back the markings appear as irregular bands, paler internally

and blackish on their zigzag borders, most difficult to describe in-

telligibly ; the head above is spotted and not banded.”

Length 6” 8'"; tail 3” 6”.

fab, Moulmein.

The walls of the nostril, the character of the rostral above, with

its azygos shield impacted between the nasals, and the imbrication

of the plates on the basal phalange of the toes and fingers serve, as

with the other species, to connect this genus with Pentadactylus, from

which it is separated, however, by its non-retractile claws and the

absence of a claw-sheath.

GyYMNODACTYLUS KHASIENSIS.

Pentadactylus (?) khasiensis, Jerdon, Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1870,

p. 79.

Habit similar to that of G. variegatus, Blyth. Body finely gra-

nular, thickly covered with small trihedral tubercles ; upper surface

of the head wholly granular. Tubercles on the base of the tail and

numerous on the hind extremities, absent on the fore limbs. Tail

cylindrical, considerably longer than the body, with round flat almost

scaly tubercles of uniform size arranged in verticils, larger and irre-

gular on the under surface. No enlarged tubercles on the upper sur-

face of the tail, except those at the base; no large subcaudals. Two

large supranasal shields behind the rostral, transversely elongated,

forming a suture in the middle and the upper margin of the nostril ;

anterior and lower margins of nostril formed by the rostral ; first labial

below the nostril. Ten or eleven upper, and nine lower labials. Five

large, rather elongated pentagonal shields behind the mental, with a

few enlarged shields behind them below the labials. Tongue elongate,

notched in front. Scales on the under surface small, rounded, and

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 163:

imbricate; thirty-seven longitudinal series on the middle of the

belly. Preeanal pores in angular series, eleven or thirteen in number,

continuous, part extending on to the thighs.

Brown, with a series of moderate-sized arrow-shaped brown spots

along each side of the vertebral line, with the point directed back-

wards, sometimes connected together, with a series of more obscure

* brown spots below them on the sides; the vertebral spots are con-

fluent on the tail, forming about eleven brown rings, which encircle it,

with yellowish-brown interspaces between them; the tip black; the

nape and occiput reticulated with brown ; under surface dirty yellow.

Dr. Jerdon was inclined to regard this as a form of Pentadactylus ;

but its strong non-retractile claws at once separate it from that

genus. It is in every respect a true Gymnodactylus.

Hab. Khasi Hills.

EUBLEPHARIS MACULARIUS.

Cyrtodactylus macularius, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxiii.

pp. 737, 738.

Eublepharis macularius (Blyth) ; Theobald, Cat. Rept. As. Soc.

Museum, p. 32.

Habit similar to that of H. hardwickii. Sides and back with oval

conical tubercles, widely separated from each other by densely packed

minute granules; the tubercles on the head, as far forward as the an-

terior angle of the eye, are separated from each other by the granules.

Under surface covered by more elongated imbricate scales than in #.

hardwickii. Twenty-seven longitudinal series on the middle of the

abdomen. Eleven upper and lower labials. Nostril in a single

shield above the first labial, with a moderate-sized supranasal

rostral. A pair of the large chin-shields behind the mental, with

four smaller ones in transverse series behénd it. Fingers longer and

more slender than in FE. hardwickii. Tail short, verticillated and

conical, almost granular above, with eight large tubercles in trans-

verse series on the posterior margin of each verticil ; under surface

with numerous divided and subdivided irregular moderate-sized

subcaudals.

Colour in spirit uniform whitish, without any trace of bands.

Blyth describes the coloration of this species in terms that would

almost apply to Z. hardwickii, with this difference, however, that

he mentions a third black band where the hind limbs are articulated,

and that the “rosy carneous interspaces”’ havea few black tubercles

interspersed among the numerous pale tubercles. In a half-grown

specimen he describes the interior of the black bands as pale and

speckled with black, the margins continuing black. In his type

specimen he mentions the dark line as almost having left the crown,

‘its blackish margins only remaining as a streak from the nostril

through the eye, and continued round to join its opposite upon the

occiput ;” crown and cheeks mottled with dark spots more or less

confluent ; and the interspace from the occiput to the nape has many

black tubercles. Blyth gives the length of this specimen from the

snout to the vent as 33 inches, and regards the specimen as a young

164 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, [Feb. 21,

one. This is the length of the much-bleached specimen in this

museum labelled FZ. macularius, from the Salt range, where it was

discovered by Mr. Theobald, who informed Mr. Blyth that ‘ the

species attains more than double the size, and when alive is remark-

able for the beauty of its prevailing rosy carneous hue.” Blyth

had more than one specimen before him when he wrote; and as

he had already identified EZ. hardwickii (Gymnodactylus lunatus,

Blyth *), he was in a position to judge of the specific distinctness of

thetwo. The type specimen, however, is the only one I have been able

to discover. Theobald recognized it two years after he discovered it,

and unhesitatingly referred it to 1’. macularius, although, as has been

already mentioned, the specimen is of uniform colour throughout.

This is a true Lublepharis, with the fingers and toes and eyelids

of that genus.

It is distinguished from E. hardwickii by its finely granular skin,

much more widely separated oval tubercles, and longer fingers. In

E.. hardwichii the large tubercles on the surface of the head are not

separated by smaller ones, but are hexagonal and in close apposition,

producing a tessellated appearance. In 2, macularius, however, they

are widely separated from each other by the granules as far forward

as the front of the eye.

This form appears to be the western representative in India of

E. hardwickii, which is spread over the eastern half of India from

Madras to the south, and through Bengal to Chittagong. Two of

the museum specimens of FL. hurdwickii are from Chaibassa; and I

have since received a specimen from the neighbourhood of Calcutta.

Draco pussumier!I, D. & B.; Gthr. 7. c. pp. 125, 126.

In three specimens from Travancore the scales have no trace of

keels; and in one the membrane is strongly reticulated to the sides,

the external portion being darkest, and bordered by a fringe-like

band of lighter streaked longitudinally. In others the inner half of

the membrane is almost immaculate and light-coloured. The pouch

when distended is directed forwards at an acute angle to the long

axis of the body.

JAPALURA VARIEGATA, Gray ; Gthr. d.c. p. 133.

Japalura microlepis, Jerdon, Proc. As. Soc. 1870, p. 76 (female).

Japalura planidorsata, Jerdon, ibid. p. 76 (young).

I have examined twenty-one specimens of this spécies, of all ages

and both sexes, from one locality ; and after dissection I find that

all the small-scaled individuals are females, and that those with a

double series of very slightly enlarged keeled scales on the back on

cither side of the mesial line, separated from it by only one row of

mesial scales, but on the neck by four or five, are young. At first I

was near following Dr. Jerdon in regarding the small-scaled specimens

with the dorsal double row of enlarged scales as specifically distinct

from the large-scaled individuals ; but further materials have led me

* Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xvi. p. 633, and xxiii. p. 210,

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 165

to an entirely different conclusion. Mr. Gammie, however, to whom

I am indebted for these specimens, collected at my request the sup-

posed females of this species without determining the point by dis-

section ; and on examining them I find that the sex of all his supposed

females is correct. The question as it now stands may be stated

thus: all the large-scaled Darjeeling Japalure which have hitherto

come under my observation are undoubtedly males of J. variegata,

while all the females of that genus from that locality only differ from

J. variegata in having a mere rudiment of a dorsal crest, smaller

scales, and a more sparing admixture of large ones. These characters

are persistent in al] the specimens of the sex that I have examined

from that part of the Himalaya. The conclusion to be drawn from

these facts is self-apparent, viz. that the large-scaled individuals are

males of J. variegata, and that the small-scaled ones are the females ;

unless it so happens that there is another species, the males of which

1 have not as yet obtained—a supposition which seems improbable,

as all the specimens were collected within an area of a few miles.

Dr. Jerdon’s small-scaled form, which he has named J. microlepis,

has a reddish back, abruptly separated from the greenish colour of

the sides by a series of somewhat raised scales.

I have received a specimen from Darjeeling agreeing with Dr.

Jerdon’s description of the coloration; but the lines of enlarged

scales are prolonged into the red, and I cannot avoid thinking that

in Dr. Jerdon’s specimen they followed a similar arrangement, and

that the appearance he describes may have been due to either one of

two circumstances. I find in my specimen that on one side the

enlarged scales do not pass on to the red surface, but they do so on

the other side, where they are quite as well developed as in the

adjoining green surface. On passing nfy finger roughly over these

enlarged scales they are easily rubbed off, and no trace is left of them;

and it seems probable that in Dr. Jerdon’s specimens they may have

disappeared from an analogous cause. Any way, however, the en-

larged scales on the red surface are not so distinctly visible as on the

green; and this is to be explained by the fact that they are generally

pale-coloured on the green surface, and hence in strong contrast to

it ; while on the red they partake of a similar hue, and are thus much

more indistinct. I attach no weight whatever to the red hue of the

back ; for this specimen agrees in every other point of its coloration

with individuals which present no trace of it. It is highly probable,

then, that this Lizard is endowed with the power of changing its

colours quite as much as Calotes; and, indeed, the variations that

occur in it seem only explicable by some such cause. I have

carefully observed Calotes versicolor in confinement, and found it

to undergo the most remarkable and almost sudden changes of

colour while under the influence of fear or irritation ; and on placing

the specimens in spirit the colours are retained. It is a well-

known fact, too, that the species of that genus are continually

adapting their colours to the surfaces over which they may be hunt-

ing ; and it is probable that they undergo chromatic changes depend-

ing on sexual causes. With these facts before us, and keeping in

106 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, [Feb. 21,

view the circumstances that all the other colours of this red-backed

individual are those of the females of this species, the rufous colora-

tion of the dorsal is utterly inadmissible as a specific character, and is

due in all likelihood either to a sexual or to some adventitious cause.

My specimen with the red back measures 2” 11"; tail 4” 6",

imperfect. It is a gravid female.

Jerdon’s J. planidorsata, as I have said, is founded on the young

of this species, and in all probability on young females; for im the

young males the dorsal crest is indicated, so that the term which he

has applied to this supposed species would be inapplicable to them.

They, however, have the rows of scales on either side of the dorsal

line referred to by Jerdon, a character which is to a certain degree

persistent in the adult, but which would be unlikely to catch the eye

of the observer unless his attention had clearly been called to it in

its much more interrupted character in the young. My specimens

agreeing with Jerdon’s J. planidorsata were from the same locality

as the rest, and were sent asthe young. Their heads have the pecu-

liar full appearance so characteristic of that part in young Lizards; and

the arrangement of the scales, large and small, and of the almost spiny

scales on the nape, are the same as in the adults of J. variegata.

The females are much more dully coloured than the males; and

even the specimen with the red back and tail has the general snake-

hue of the others.

In one adult male the general colour of the body is light yellow,

banded over the back and tail with broad black bars, reticulated on

the limbs and sides with black ; head above olive-brown, variegated

on the vertex and sides with black. The band along the side of the

neck is persistent in all, although not so well marked in the female.

Another male with the general colour greenish, but banded and reti-

culated as is the previous one. In some specimens there is a distinct

tendency to continue the neck-band along the side of the body,

which would seem to connect this species with J. swinhonis, with

which I am strongly inclined to consider it identical.

The females are much more darkly and indistinctly marked, and

the bands between the black ones on the back are much duller and

narrower than in males.

The molar dentition in the young is 12 to 12; and in the adults

I have examined 13.13. The gular pouch is black.

There is another species of this genus which I have found in the

Botanical Gardens, Calcutta. It is closely allied to J. variegata.

The Darjeeling specimens are all from an altitude of 3500 to 4500

feet.

Sirana MINOR, Gthr. l. c. p. 135.

This species is not uncommon in the Central Provinces. I have

received twenty specimens from Udipur, Bilaspur, Nagpur, and Ban-

dara; and in all the hind limb extends to beyond the snout, the fore

limb extending to the vent when laid backwards. If the name given

to the other species really indicates its habitat, it can hardly be said

to inhabit more northern parts of India than the present species.

1871.) DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 167

CALOTES VERSICOLOR, Daud.; Gthr. J. ¢. p- 140.

Darjeeling, 3800 to 4000 feet.

Catotes marta, Gray ; Gthr. J, ¢. pp. 144, 145.

Garo Hills.

Catotes mystacevus, D. & B.; Gthr, J. ¢, p- 141.

Garo Hills.

OREOTIARIS TRICARINATA.

Calotes tricarinatus, Blyth, Journ, As. Soc. xxii. p. 650.

Tiaris elliotti, Gthr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 151, pl. xxy.

fig. B.

Oriotiaris elliotti, Gthr. Ind. Rept. p. 150.

? Calotes tricarinatus, Blyth ; Gthr. Ind. Rept. p. 144.

I have compared Blyth’s type of C. tricarinatus with Gunther's

figure and description of 7’. edliotti, and can detect nothing by which

to separate them. My specimen was from an elevation of 6000 feet

in the neighbourhood of Darjeeling. The type and the latter

measure :— Total length. Tail.

in. lin, in, lin.

5 69 4 0

5 6 Pin io.

TIARIS SUBCRISTATA, Blyth; Gthr. lie. p. 151.

Stoliczka has given a full description of this Lizard and of its

variations, and has pointed out that itgis identical with Fitzinger’s

Coryphophylax maximiliani as adopted by Steindachner in his

‘Reptiles of the Novara Expedition.’

It is an arboreal Lizard common in the Andamans, and more so

in the Nicobars. Dr. Stoliczka has examined 100 specimens from

the latter locality, and finds them, as already said, to be identical

with those from the Andamans.

URoMASTIx HARDWICKII, Gray.

I quite agree with the remarks which have fallen from Mr. Theo-

bald* regarding the systematic position which had been assigned to

the genera Uromastix, Liolepis, and Phrynocephalus before he pro-

posed to group them under one very natural family, the Uro-

masticidee.

This appears to be a very common Lizard in the dry district of

Agra, and also throughout the Punjab and Scind, in all of which

localities they are esteemed as an article of food.

Mr. Theobald gives some interesting observations on its habits.

It is a ground-Lizard, burrowing in sandy soil, and of a very gentle

and placid disposition, and herbivorous. He observed that it never

left its burrow till the sun was up, and that it grazed in front of it

for some hours, and retreated during the intense heat of the mid-

day sun. In the evening they reappear, and finally retire as the dark

* Cat. of Reptiles in the Mus. As. Soc. Bengal, 1868, p. 39.

168 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Feb. 21,

comes on, or earlier if it is chilly. They seem, he continues, sensi-

tive to climatic changes and carefully close their burrows with sand,

so that they escape notice unless searched for.

My largest specimen out of five measures, body 62 inches, tail

52; and all have the large black spot on the inner side of the thigh.

CHARASIA DORSALIS, Gray.

The verticillate arrangement of the scales of the tail is not

well seen in any of the specimens in the museum, although their

transverse disposition on the body is very distinct. The number

of large scales along the side of the chin varies from three to five.

The young is pale brown, with three broken transverse dark brown

bands, one over the nape and two behind the shoulder, with about

fifteen on the tail.

Hab. Chita, Nagpore district, Raipur, Southern India, Mysore,

Bangalore, Nilgherries to 6000 ft. (G@thr.), and Pind Dadun Khan.

Its occurrence in’ these widely separated localities indicates that it

is generally distributed over India proper.

TyPHLors BoTHRIORHYNcHUS, Gthr. 1. c. p. 174.

This specimen agrees in every particular with Gtinther’s descrip-

tion of the type. It measures 10 inches in length. I received it

from the Garo Hills.

TYPHLOPS HORSFIELDII, Gray.

Length 132 inches.

Nazeerah, Assam.

Ox1Gopon vorsaLis, Gray; Gthr. J. c. pp. 210, 211.

This specimen is a female, with 188 ventrals and 37 caudals; the

total length 11! 8!", the tail 1’ 6!”

Fifteen rows of scales. Rostral wedged in between the anterior

frontals, which are transversely elongated ; a deep transverse cres-

centic groove on its under surface. Posterior frontals large, broader

than long, pentangular, prolonged on to the side of the head, form-

ing a moderate-sized suture with the loreal and preeocular ; vertical

shield-shaped, hexagonal, broad in front, as large as an occipital,

Occipitals obliquely truncated in front. The nasals are completely

united ; but the position of the suture is indicated above. A mo-

derate-sized quadrangular loreal. One pra- and one postocular.

Temporals 1 x 2. Seven upper labials, the third and fourth enter-

ing the orbit. ‘Two pairs of chin-shields, the anterior pair nearly

twice as large as the posterior, succeeded by two pairs of scale-like

shields. Lower labials six; the first pair form a broad suture behind

the mental ; the second is very small, and the third very large.

General colour brown, minutely spotted with black. Rostral shield

with a black centre and yellowish-brown margin. A black band on the

anterior and posterior frontals and anterior third of vertical, passing

downwards through the eye to the upper labials, where it expands into

a large subocular black spot. A broad black band over the occipitals

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 169

to the angles of the mouth, where it is minutely punctulated with

yellowish. A pale yellowish-brown vertebral band, the breadth of

three rows of scales, prolonged along the body to the tip of the

tail. It is interrupted at the base and near the tip of the tail by

two large black spots. A longitudinal series of small black spots

at intervals of four transverse rows of scales along the sides of the

pale vertebral band. A narrow black longitudinal band along the

sides of the body on the second and third rows of scales above the

ventrals. Ventrals pale yellow, with large deep-black quadrangular

spots, so confluent that black is the prevailing colour. Under sur-

face of tail pale orange-yellow, with the black yellow-punctulated spots

confined to the external margins of the caudals.

This specimen is from the Khasi Hills; and as Griffith travelled

in that region and in the hilly country to the north of it, it is most

probable that the specimen found in his collection came thence, and

not from Afghanistan as Giinther supposes.

Simores russevui, Daud.; Gthr. dc. p. 213.

Loc. Singhbhoom.

SIMOTES PUNCTULATUS, Gray; Gthr. J. c. p. 217.

Five specimens, all of a deep brick-red, with narrow transverse

light brown bands with black margins; the lines and their mar-

gins do not exceed two scales’ breadth. In some the spots on the

ventrals are so numerous and confluent that the plates are almost

wholly black. The ventrals of the smaest specimen, 26” 6'”, in

the two posterior thirds of the body, are full coralline-red, with

their surfaces more black-marbled than black-spotted, and there is

a distinct tendency to the formation of a white line along the angles

of the plates.

Three other specimens of this species, from Darjeeling, belong to

the dark brown variety, with light brown black-edged bands and with

darkish underparts. In two the preeorbitals are confluent.

” I have three specimens from Darjeeling corresponding to Giinther’s

variety 3. In one there are two preoculars on one side, and one on

the other.

Brick-red variety.

The specimens measure :—

No. inches. Ventrals. Caudals. Bands.

eA Ge 210 58 34

oe 323 194 66 3l

oye 324 196 56 33

ae: 304 201 62 29

Re 264 195 66 30

Oe 9% 198 55

None of these specimens show any tendency to division of the

preeorbitals.

All from an elevation of 3500 feet.

170 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. _ [Feb. 21,

Dark blackish-brown variety.

No. inches. Ventrals. Caudals. Bands.

Wards lot oe ome 198 68 26

rp als aie 2 196 63 28

No. 2 is uniform dark brown, with all the scales and angles of the

ventrals and caudals minutely dotted or speckled with the same

colour, with twenty-eight pale brown transverse narrow black- edged

bands. The posterior two-thirds of the body, excluding the tail, have

the ventrals entirely black, with the exception of a narrow longitudinal

line on the keel. The angle, too, of every alternate or third ventral

is blacker than the intervening ones. The anterior third of the

body and the caudals are squarely black-spotted ; but the angles are

marked in the same way as the posterior two-thirds.

No. 4. This specimen is uniform blackish brown, with twenty-seven

almost black spots with still darker margins. The first two on the neck

are in pairs and side by side, but those behind them are united in

figures of eight placed transversely ; they are very indistinct and

can only be seen in certain lights. On either side of them there are

faint indications of other black spots, the remnants, as it were, of

the transverse bands of the other forms.

The under surface on its two posterior thirds, excluding the tail

and anterior third of the body, is deep black, with a white longi-

tudinal line along the keel of every alternate or third caudal, the

angles of the intermediate ones being entirely black.

SIMOTES BICATENATUS, Gthr. J. c, pp. 217, 218.

Nineteen rows of scales. Loreal quadrangular, as high as broad.

Two preoculars, the uppermost much larger than the one below it,

and widely separated from the vertical. Two postoculars. Seven

or eight upper labials; in the former case the third and fourth entering

the orbit, in the latter the fourth and fifth. Temporals 2 + 2, one

in contact with the postoculars. Vertical broad, nearly as large as

an occipital. Occipitals transversely truncated. Ventral shields

distinctly keeled. Ventrais 169-173. Subcaudals 43-63.

Colour light brown above, with three rather indistinct darker longi-

tudinal lines, one along each side of the body on the third and fourth

outer series of scales, and the other along the vertebral line. Head

with the markings of the genus. Under surface yellowish, with

faint indications in one specimen (Calcutta) of a brown spot near

the lateral edge of each ventral, with a few brown scattered spots on

the centre of the ventrals and subcaudals posteriorly. In another

specimen (Garo Hills), agreeing with the former in all its structural

details, the lateral spots on the ventrals are strongly marked on the

two anterior thirds of the body, and on the posterior third they are

so large and intense as to become confluent. Under surface of tail

nearly immaculate.

The only difference that I can detect between these specimens and

Giinther’s type of the species is the presence of two anterior tempo-

1871.] DR. J, ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 171

rals; but such a character is not of itself sufficient to entitle us to

separate species.

Hab. Calcutta, rare; foot of Garo Hills.

ABLABES RApPPII, Gthr.

Eight specimens of this Snake, collected in five weeks, would seem

to indicate that the species is not uncommon at Darjeeling. The

specimens form two varieties; and the colouring is wonderfully

uniform inall. The very young specimen has a broad intensely

black collar ; and the rest of the upper surface is pale greyish brown.

The collar is perceptible in all the adults.

No. Length. Tail. Ventrals. Caudals.

iD He lrican 203" 44" 190 60

2 aid. Hh ~ 188 a 190 75

teh. . afeli 182 42 194 65

Argudt 2 178 33 198 50

Seis» Sis %. 18% 43 191 73

RA ir « 15¢ 2 190 Py

GIF AGS 138 32 190 77

Baa. 74 13 196 70

Darjeeling, 3200 to 4500 feet. From the steep slopes of the

Jurta valley.

ABLABES COLLARIS, Gray; Gthr. J. c. p. 228.

Total length. Tail. Vengrals. Caudals.

298" ¥g6ll 175 88

238 = 55 180 _ 73

184 #38 177 54

158 48 180 106

This is not uncommon at Darjeeling at elevations between 3000

and 4000 feet. I have also received it from the Garo Hills.

TRACHISCHIUM FuUsCcUM, Blyth; Gthr. /. c. p. 225.

I have lately received three specimens of this Snake from an ele-

vation of 5550 feet on the Darjeeling Himalaya.

Total length. Tail. Ventrals. Caudals,

142" 14" 156 30

124 zZ 161 43

11t 12 141 34

The first specimen has the elongated loreal divided into two on

each side. The colour is uniform metallic black, with an iridescent

lustre. The third specimen has the centre of the ventrals of a

pinkish brown, paling in their posterior margins to a lighter pink.

The angles, however, of all of these shields are deep metallic black,

and the pinkish centres are more or less speckled with the same

colour.

The short, rather blunt tail of this Snake, its single posterior

* Tails imperfect.

172 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. _—[Feb. 21,

frontal, and thirteen rows of scales would seem to indicate that it is

generically distinct from Abdlabes.

Hab. Himalaya (Eastern), not uncommon at elevations varying

from 3000 to 7000 feet.

CoLuBER PoRPHYRACEUS, Cantor; Gthr. l.c. p. 239.

Fresh specimens, in spirit, are a bright brick-red on the sides,

slightly darker above. On the posterior two-thirds of the body the

cross bands are not darker than the general colour; and their total

number is twenty. This specimen measures 36 inches, of which the

tail forms 53 inches. In other individuals, from the same locality

as the former, measuring 322 inches, and the tail 54, the cross

bands are distinctly darker than the ground-colour, and are twenty-

one in number; but eight of them, in the middle and posterior

portion of the body, are reduced to mere lateral spots. In another

specimen, measuring 22 inches, of which the tail forms 38, the

colour is brownish olive, and there are twenty-three cross bands,

markedly distinct from the general colour of the snake. Eight of

the cross bands before the tail are reduced to lateral spots. In

these four specimens from Darjeeling Himalaya, from altitudes

varying from 3000 to 5000 feet, the following numbers prevail :—

Ventrals. Caudals. Bands.

210 65 bd

208 52 21

215 69 24

208 63 19

CoMPSOSOMA RETICULARE, Cantor; Gthr. J. ¢. p. 245.

Coluber fasciolatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xxii. p. 409.

Zamenis fasciolatus, Theobald, Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Mus. 1868,

p- 93.

Head not very distinct from neck, long and flat. Snout long and

broad, rounded in front; rostal variable, considerably broader than

high, or as high as broad. Anterior frontals subquadrangular or

almost triangular, broader than long, less or more than half the size

of the posterior frontals; posterior frontals quadrangular. Vertical

longer than the occipital suture ; frontal as broad as or slightly broader

than superciliary margin ; occipital margins meeting nearly at a right

angle; superciliary margins moderately convergent, slightly concave

in some. Extreme length of occipitals equals vertical and one-third

of posterior frontals; obliquely or nearly transversely truncated or

rounded behind. Loreal almost square, or nearly twice as long as

broad, with four sides ; the one in contact with the preocular nearly

as long as the one in contact with the second and third labials, the

other two sides being about half the size of them. Przeocular large,

reaching to the upper surface of the head, but widely separated from

the vertical.

In some specimens from Darjeeling a small portion is separated

from the third labial as a supernumerary preocular. Two first

1871. ] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 173

oculars, the lower one resting on the suture of the fifth and sixth

labials, and both in contact with two other elongated temporals.

Temporals 2+2, or 2+3, or 2+2+43. Eight upper labials, the

fourth and fifth entering the orbit; ten lower labials. Two pair

of chin-shields ; the anterior pair considerably larger than the pos-

terior pair, in contact with five labials; the posterior pair separated

by two small scales. Nineteen rows of scales, not elongate; those

on the dorsal surface faintly keeled, those on the sides smooth.

Ventrals with distinct indications of a keel, and bent up the side;

anal entire ; ventrals 222 to 232; caudals 68 to 76. General colour

dark olive-brown, many of the scales with pale or white margins, on

the intervals between a double series of vertebral dark olive-brown

spots that coalesce a short way behind the neck into a vertebral

series of large black figure-of-8-like spots connected with each other

on either side by a faint dark lateral line of the breadth of two

scales. On the third and fourth series of scales from the ven-

trals there is a longitudinal line of elongated black spots with light

centres, connected with each other by loops, like the links of a chain.

Both these and the dorsal line of spots, which commence about half

an inch behind the head, disappear about the middle of the body,

the lateral line being only represented by ill-defined short black

lines. The white edgings, however, to certain of the scales remain,

and become gradually defined, from before backwards, into trans-

verse white or brick-red lines, with black margins, which become

most marked on the hinder quarter of the trunk and on the tail.

The under surface anteriorly is yellowish, especially bright on the

upper labials and chin; but it is irregularly marked anteriorly with

black spots, which become more diffused posteriorly until the whole

of the under surface becomes almost black.

In a rather young specimen from Darjeeling the rostral is de-

cidedly broader than high, while in a Garo-Hill specimen it is as

markedly higher than broad.

One specimen has the posterior frontals confluent; and another

has them united throughout half their extent, while a third has one

of the anterior frontals partially divided.

In one specimen a very small portion of the first labial on one

side is separated as a labial; and the inferior preocular on the same

side appears to be a separated portion of the third and fourth labials,

as its upper margin is marked by a slight notch in its middle, thus

indicating its twofold character.

I have also indicated in the above description the variations ob-

servable in the other head-shields. The Darjeeling specimens have

usually more triangular than quadrangular loreals and preefrontals,

and more elongate loreals than those from the Garo Hills; but the

similarity of the specimens from both these localities is so marked

that it would be unjustifiable to separate them.

Mr. Theobald included Zamenis fasciolatus under this species.

The specimen was from Southern India; but I have since received

examples from the neighbourhood of Calcutta agreeing with it in

every particular.

The coloration is wonderfully persistent.

174 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. (Feb. 21,

My Darjeeling specimens measure :—

Total. Tail. Ventrals, Caudals.

58” Qo” g" g'” Ne 929 69

55 8 9 6 232 68

49 10 8 10 222 V2

51 O 9 6 230 76

AGN? 8.6 228 Uh

40 3 6 10 228 73

45 9 6 3 227 70

15 0 2:46 225 72

This species is not uncommon at Darjeeling, between 3000 and

4000 feet; and I have specimens from the Garo Hills. Blyth’s

were from Darjeeling; and the type of Cantor’s description was

from Cherra Pungee.

Cynopuis HELENA, Daud.; Gthr. /.c. p. 247.

I obtained a fine specimen of this Snake in the same locality with

D. forsteni, var. ceylonensis. It measures, body 31” 4", tail 7” 3’.

Ventral shields 244, subcaudals 77; anal entire. The fifth and

sixth labials enter the orbit ; and the posterior angle of the fourth all

but touches it; the praocular touches the vertical. A few spots

on the sides of the ventrals, the angles of which along the whole

length of the body are ashy brown. The ventrals generally, with

the exception of those on the anterior eighth of the body, are

minutely mottled with ashy brown. With this exception, this spe-

cimen agrees in every other particular with Giinther’s description.

Pryas Korros, Reinw.

A young specimen, 132 inches, with about one inch of the tail

wanting. Fifteen rows of smooth scales, without any trace of keels

or any of the vertebral ones, with a pair of apical grooves. The two

large loreal shields have a minute one between, evidently a separated

portion of the anterior one. All the other characters agree with

this species. V. 187, C. 64 (imperfect). Blackish brown above,

with numerous narrow transverse white lines formed by the margins

of the scales on the anterior half of the body, dull white below.

Hab, Nazeerah, Assam.

This museum possesses a specimen of this Snake from Darjeeling ;

so that its known range is from Java to the last-mentioned locality.

ZAMENIS DIADEMA, Schlegel ; Gthr. J... p. 252.

Seven specimens, of different ages, from Agra, Bhurtpore, and

Dholepore, have only twenty-seven rows of scales and from nine to

thirteen upper labials. In the majority the praocular is divided or

partially divided into two. The imperfectly divided shields appear.

to be characteristic of the young. Anterior frontals are larger than

the posterior, and separated from the vertical by four shields, the

outer of which are generally the largest. Loreals usually three;

when a fourth occurs it is very small, and is evidently a separated »

portion of one of the other three, A ring of small shields surrounding

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, 175

the lower and hinder parts of the orbit; temporals scale-like; a

distinct ridge along the sides of the abdomen; anals sometimes

showing a distinct tendency to division.

No. Length total. Tail. Ventrals. Caudals.

nF eee 64! 133" 247 93

ra areas 622 Digs 246 89*

Ss seis 602 123 245 99

Are Ee’ 584 o* 246 64*

Duarte s 423 92 237 108

One? 404 oF 249 105

7S B42 ars 245 104

Nos. 1, 2, and 3, adults; the head is all black with metallic lustre

as far as the occipitals, with or without a short narrow notched band

prolonged backwards for about oneinch. As age advances, the black

appears to involve not only the whole upper surface of the head, but

to stretch backwards even beyond the gape. In adolescents the black

does not extend in front of the eye, but backwards as a broad tem-

poral band, and it sometimes stretches backwards for about an inch

as a narrow vertebral band. In the young specimens from Bhurt-

pore and Dholepore, not many miles to the east of Agra, there is a

black spot on each shield, a broad interorbital one connected by a

short narrow mesial band with a large black: spot on each occipital,

which are connected with the band at the anterior extremities; a

short vertebral band from the occipitals, and, confluent behind with

the first dorsal spot; a black band through the upper loreal and

preocular, and through the eye from the postoculars to the gape;

an interrupted black band through the labials.

In adults the ground-colour is uniform bright pinkish red, with

a dash of olive-brown, especially on the hinder parts ; under surface

rich pinkish ; a dorsal series of round metallic black spots, with two

series of longitudinal broken lines of the same colour along the side,

sometimes forming round spots with smaller scattered ones between

them and the angles of the ventrals on which they also occur. The

under surface is sometimes covered with large black spots, but in

others it is without any trace of them. In one specimen even the

dorsal spots are restricted to one scale, and the ventral spots all but

disappear.

In one young specimen, No. 7, the grownd-colour was brownish

olive, with a dorsal series of brown spots slightly edged with metallic

black.

This species is highly characteristic of the dry and rather arid

country of the North-west Provinces, where it appears to be not

uncommon.

Although the rows of scales are only twenty-seven, the prseocular

is usually divided into two, and does not invariably reach the vertical ;

the upper labials vary from nine to thirteen; and the anal in two

specimens is distinctly partially divided. There can be no. doubt

that all of these specimens belong to this species, which appears to

* Imperfect. ;

176 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Feb. 21s

be a very variable one, and to become much modified by age in the

character of the colouring of its head and body.

This is the Snake commonly seen, along with Erya johnii, in the

possession of the snake-charmers of the North-west Provinces.

ZAMENIS BRACHYURUS, Gthr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,

xviii. p. 27; Blanford, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, p. 372.

I have one specimen of this Snake from the S.E. Berars, agreeing

in every particular with the description of the type, except that the

colouring appears to be a little darker, which may be explained by

the circumstance that it reached me shortly after its capture, whereas

Ginther’s type had in all probability been a much longer time in

spirit.

TROPIDONOTUs QUINCUNCIATUS, Schleg.; Gthr. J. c. p. 260.

Four postoculars on one side, and three on the other. The fourth

is a separated portion of the fourth and fifth upper labials.

Hab. Nazeerah, Assam, Agra.

The Agra specimen was chequered with bright red and olive-

green when alive.

Troprponortus srouatus, L.; Gthr. d. c. p. 267.

Hab. Nazeerah, Assam.

TROPIDONOTUS PLUMBICOLOR, Cantor; Gthr. J. ¢. p. 272.

I procured a specimen of this species about twenty miles to the

west of Galle, in Ceylon.

The only particular in which it differs from the continental form

is, that the under surface instead of being blackish is a dirty olive.

Length of body 10”, tail 1” 9". Ventrals 154; subeaudals 44.

Tropiponotus piatycers, Blyth; Gthr. /.c. p. 264.

The dentition of Blyth’s type and my specimens is 14 +2, en-

larged teeth behind separated from each other by a distinct interval,

and not 10 as stated by Giinther. The enlarged teeth are two in

number, and in a special sac.

In Blyth’s type! one specimen has three postoculars on both sides,

the two lowermost ones in contact with two temporals; while the

other ete has a like arrangement on its right side, but only two

postoculars and one anterior temporal on its left. My specimens show ©

like variations of the postocular and temporal shields, as follows :—

Number Number of Temporals in con-

of postoculars, temporals anteriorly, tact with oculars.

No. Right. Left. Right. Left. Right. Left.

adi nicks 3 3 1 2 2 2

Dildie telat Merete 3 3 1 ] 2 2

les cena 3 3 2 2 2 2

Arai oteveyaiese 3 3 2 2 2 2

5 3 eerie 3 3 1 1 2 2

Oe hee 3 3 1 1 2 2

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, 177

From these observations it would appear that the normal number

of the postoculars of this species is 3+3, and that the temporals

vary between 14+2+3.

No. Length, Tail. Ventrals, Caudals.

Ls oroaértc 30," 83" 180 100

Pacey: OG a 94 200 105

Dive valexe 283 5i* 195 65*

A rales 274 7 197 95

Oi8 dieiue 244 33* 203 45*

Jape V3 43 200 90

The coloration of these specimens agrees in every particular with

Dr. Giinther’s description, with this exception, that some of the

specimens have the ventrals finely speckled with black spots.

Darjeeling, 3500 to 5000 feet, common.

TROPIDONOTUS MACROPHTHALMUS, Gthr. 7. ¢. p. 262.

Three specimens, resembling Giinther’s figure and description in

every respect. One of the adults, however, is a reddish brown with

the dorsal series of spots pale reddish brown. In the young the

anterior third has a dorsal and two lateral series of spots placed

alternately to each other and connected by narrow lines enclosing

scales with white margins ; its head is slightlywgreen above ; and it

has the arrow-shaped mark on the neck ; and the posterior third of

the body is coloured as in the adults.

No. Total length. Tail. Ventrals. Caudals.

ies oc 432" 8" 173 59

Dither key ahets 413 oe 175 64

Dacca 183 34 168 79

Hab. Darjeeling, Sikkim, 4000 to 5000 feet, and Salsanger,

Assam.

I have since had three other specimens of this well-marked species

under my observation ; and in one there are only two postoculars on

one side, while there are three on the other ; so that we may expect

to meet specimens with two postoculars. Another has only seven

upper labials on one side and eight on the other ; and this abnormality

is evidently due to the union of the third and fourth, for the third

is much larger than in normal heads. In a young specimen of this

set there is a large black arrow-shaped mark on the nape of the neck,

and not visible on the two other adult specimens. The yellow collar

forms a narrow line before this. In the young the lateral spots are

entirely black, round, and surrounded by a well-defined, pale, circular

area, which is connected with the corresponding area round the spot

on the opposite side by a pale transverse band.

This species does not appear to be uncommon at Darjeeling.

TROPIDONOTUS SUBMINIATUS, Reinw. ; Gthr. J, c. p. 265.

In two specimens which I refer to this species there are nine upper

* Tail imperfect.

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1871, No. XII.

178 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [ Feb. 21,

labials, evidently resulting from the division of the third ; and in one

of them there are only two postoculars, resulting from the union of

the two lower shields. One of these specimens is from Nazeerah,

Assam, and the other from Darjeeling. All the other shields of the

head are normal, with the exception of the occipitals, which are ob-

liquely truncated behind in the Darjeeling specimen. Both have

the pale area round the eye, the black streak between the fifth and

sixth labials, and the black spots along the sides of the ventrals. In

the Darjeeling specimen, measuring 25" 2’ in length, the yellow

collar is very distinct, and the scales behind it for some distance have

brilliant coral-red margins, interspersed with others narrowly

margined with black, and arranged ina kind of zigzag manner, which

is continued all over the body, the coral-red being lost on the pos-

terior fourth of the body and its place taken by brilliant yellow.

The gerieral colour of the scales, however, is uniform greenish

olive; and their bright colours are only seen where the scales are

pulled aside, when the colours are found also to involve the skin as

well.

This is a very common species in Darjeeling and also in Assam,

and it is usually found at elevations of 4000 feet and upwards.

TROPIDONOTUS HIMALAYANUS, Gthr. J. c. p. 265.

Two specimens from Darjeeling agree in every particular with

this species, except that one of them has a small portion of the

upper anterior margin of the temporal separated as a small shield,

less than one-fourth the size of the parent shield. In this specimen

the quadrangular spots are brilliant brick-red, and the general

colour of the anterior part of tlhe body is greenish oliye-brown. The

yellowish variegation of the anterior part of the body described by

Giinther is brilliant coral-red in fresh specimens.

Total length. Tail. Ventrals, Caudals.

24" 3" Bae 174 86

35 3 8 6 176 86

29 9 Imperfect. 170 2

The third specimen has been lately received from the same

locality, but, although it agrees with all the other characters of this

species, it has only seven upper labials, the third and fourth of which

enter the orbit.

Hab. Darjeeling, 3200 to 4000 feet.

CANTORIA DAYANA, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxxix.

p- 208.

Body much elongate, neck very slightly contracted. Head rather

flat, obtusely rounded in front ; eye very small. Rostral as high as

broad, pointed above ; upper jateral margins concave. Single pre-

frontal wedge-shaped, with its pointed extremity directed forwards

in contact with the rostral. Nasals large, with the nostrils placed

behind their middles ; posterior frontals of moderate size, scale-like,

nearly as large as the nasals; vertical broad, shield-shaped, hex-

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, 179

agonal ; superciliaries rather small ; occipitals narrow and long and

rounded posteriorly. Loreal nearly square, in contact with first,

second, and third upper labials. One preeocular, widely separated from

the vertical, resting on the third labial ; two postoculars, the lower

one long, resting on the third and fourth labials. One single much

elongated temporal in contact with the postoculars, succeeded by a

large scale-like shield. Five upper labials, all excluded from the

orbit by the oculars ; eight lower labials, the front pair forming a

suture behind the mental. Two pairs of chin-shields in contact with

each other, the anterior pair in contact with four labials ; nineteen

rows of smooth, moderately elongated scales. Ventrals narrow, 268 ;

anal bifid ; subcaudals two-rowed, fifty-six. General colour dull

yellow ; tip of snout bluish black ; a broad black band between the

eyes involving the oculars, vertical, and occipitals, and a black band

from behind the angle of the mouth across the occiput, involving one

temporal ; all the rest of the head of the same yellow colour as the

body generally; forty-nine large bluish-black spots or bars on the

back, contracting to a point on the sides and only passing halfway

down them, sometimes confluent on the back ; twelve black rings

encircling the tail and uccasionally confluent above and below. Teeth

four in each jaw, the posterior one the largest, enclosed in a distinct

pouch and indistinctly grooved. w

Hab. Amherst, near the mouth of Moulmein river.

As remarked by Dr. Stoliczka, this species has a very marked

resemblance in coloration to Hipistes hydrinus ; and, as is well known,

both of these Snakes, as also others of the Homalopside, appear to

mimic the true Hydrophiide.

I think there can be no doubt that Cope’s recognition of Peters’s

‘Hydrodipsas as Cantoria is correct.

CERBERUS RHYNCHOPS, Schneid. ; Gthr. /.c. p. 279.

This is not an uncommon species in Lower Bengal ; and it appears

equally to frequent fresh and salt water ; for I have specimens from

localities on the Hoogley ninety miles from the sea, and beyond the

influence of the tides, and even as far inland as Burrakur, about 120

miles in a straight line from the sea, while there are others in this

museum from the coasts of the Andaman Islands and Burmah. It

has also been obtained in the Nicobars. Ferania sieboldii seems to

have a similar power of accommodating itself to fresh and salt water,

and to have even a more extended inland distribution than the present

species ; for Carlleyle has more than one specimen from Agra, more

than 1000 miles from the sea.

The shields of the head are subject to considerable variation, and

in one specimen from the Hoogley the nasal shields are confluent into

one, which forms a broad suture with the rostral; there are, how-

ever, faint indications of the compressed character of this shield. In

four specimens from different localities, Akyab, the Hoogley, and Am-

herst on the coast of Burmah, there are two infraoculars. The upper

labials are also subject to variation depending on the extent of the

division that prevails among them.

180 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Feb. 21,

The Bengal and Amherst specimens have all twenty-five rows of

scales. A female from the Hoogley, measuring 39" 6’”, and the

tail 6" 9'"", contains twenty-five fully developed young; eighteen of

them have two infraoculars, only five have one infraocular ; one has

two infraoculars on one side and only one on the other, and in

another the infraocular is confluent with the lowest postocular. In

none are the nasals confluent ; and all have twenty-five rows of scales.

The teeth are wonderfully well developed for the size of the young,

which on an average measure 7’ 10!" in total length, the tail

measuring 1! 6’, This female has 143 ventrals; caudals 56.

In the adults of this species that have come under my observation,

there has always been a narrow black longitudinal band from behind

the eye along the side of the neck to the first black cross bar. In

the young this band commences from the tip of the snout, and passes

through the eye and further along the neck than in the majority of

adults. There are also in the young a short, narrow, longitudinal

black line on each side of the ventral line, on the nape of the neck,

and a black spot on each superciliary. The upper labials are only

as it were dusted with brown, while the chin and lower labials are

spotted with black. There are a series of black spots along the side

and more or less connected with the cross bars, which are very in-

distinct and imperfect in by far the majority. The black on the

ventral aspect is very intense, and prolonged up the sides.

It is a curious fact that all these young specimens in uéero were

shedding their skins.

FERANIA SIEBOLDII (Schlegel) ; Gthr. 7.¢. p. 284.

Homalopsis sieboldti, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxviii. p. 297.

Feranoides jamnetica, Carlleyle, Journ. As. Soc. Beng, xxxviii.

p. 196, figs. 3 & 4.

This specimen was caught in the Jumnaat Agra, and it is identical

in every particular with another specimen before me from Pegu.

Both have twenty-nine rows of scales, as originally described by

Schlegel *, and afterwards by Duméril and Bibron. Dr. Giinther,

however, restricts the number of scales to 27; ventrals 155,

caudals 52.

Pupil vertical; rostral five-sided, broader than high; anterior

frontals small, transversely triangular, half as Jarge as posterior ;

vertical nearly as long as occipitals, longer than broad, with the

lateral margins slightly concave (in both specimens), and a right

angle behind ; occipitals obliquely truncated or slightly rounded be-

hind ; loreal rather quadrangular, lying in the sutures of the first two

or three upper labials, nearly as large as first temporal and almost

touching anterior frontals (in contact on one side in Pegu specimen).

Preeocular narrow, high, resting on suture of third and fourth upper

labials, and reaching the upper surface of the head ; two postoculars,

the lowest the larger, lying on sutures of fourth and fifth and fifth

* Essai s. 1. phys, Serp. tome i. p, 172.

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 181

and sixth labials. ‘Temporals 1 + 2 + 3. Upper labials eight, the

fourth entering the orbit, the seventh and eighth split into two

pieces ; thirteen lower labials, the sixth the largest, and the last five

very small. One pair of large chin-shields, in contact with four

labials ; posterior shields small, scale-like, the first pair intercalated

between the large anterior pair and the fifth and sixth lower labials ;

six transverse rows of scales between the first ventral and the last

chin-shield. Thirty-four large broad black-edged spots passing down

on either side to the third or fourth row of scales from the ventrals,

with a triangular dark brown almost black spot between them and

their extremities; the under surface and sides yellow, the former

chequered with black ; ground of upper surface pale brown.

I make out seven equal teeth, and one large grooved tooth

behind.

There is a reference to this Snake in the Proc. As. Soc. of Bengal,

March 1869, p. 105, and in the Journal of the same society, part il.

1869, p.196. It is described as a new genus and species, Meranoides

jamnatica, Carlleyle. In a footnote, the editor remarks that it is

one of the rare instances among the Homalopsidz of a Snake with

a round pupil, and that its dentition is peculiar. However, as these

remarks were founded on an imperfect drawing, #heir inaccuracy is

not surprising.

My specimen has a vertical pupil, as stated; and the dentition is

that of Ferania.

Mr. Carlleyle, of the Agra Museum, who procured this Snake,

states that he got at Allahabad last year four living Snakes which he

thinks might be classed along with this species. It is probable that

this Snake may not be so rare as was at first supposed.

Hiristes uyprinvus, Cantor; Gthr. /. c. p. 287.

This species has a very strong resemblance in the character of its

colouring to the Hydrophiidze, perhaps even more so than any o”’

of the Homalopsidee. ‘The discoverer of this genus directs particular

attention to the peculiar character of the rostral, which is marked in

front by one small and two lateral depressions, the latter being placed

immediately above two grooves on the under surface of the rostral,

continuous with the palatal furrow. He describes the projecting

anterior portion of each groove as a tubercle, while in reality it is

not more than the forward projection of the fold of the rostral con-

stituting the groove ; and he regards this as the mechanical contri-

vance by which this Serpent, like the Hydrophiidz, is enabled her-

metically to close its mouth. ‘The nasal is certainly not nearly twice

as large as the posterior frontals, and can only be described as

being smaller. The lower preocular is fully three times the size

of the other. The occipitals are much broken up. There are two

pairs of chin-shields as described by Cantor, the front pair very

much larger and longer than the posterior one, and in contact with

six labial shields. The eye, which is placed almost on the upper

surface of the head, has a vertical pupil as in Ferania, Cantoria,

and Cerberus, and is very small and js slightly external to the line of

182 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Feb. 21,

the nostrils. There are seven teeth in the upper jaw—the first or

rather short curved tooth, succeeded by three other short stout teeth,

followed by two other very long slender teeth ; and the series is com-

pleted by a strong grooved tooth in a special sack, The first two

palatal teeth are very much longer and stronger than the others, and

nearly eqnal the longest maxillary teeth. One peculiarity of the

arrangement of the scales in this genus is their elevation, as it were,

above the skin, and the circumstance that the tip of one scale, al-

though it reaches forwards, rests on and between the middle of the

pair anterior to its tip, barely reaches beyond the scale in front, and

rarely touches it. The result is that there is the appearance pro-

duced as if there were a kind of pit or depression at the base of each

scale, an appearance which is heightened from the circumstance that

the base of each scale is black. The strong keeling of the ventrals

is another peculiarity of this interesting genus.

Length. Tail. Ventrals. Caudals.

D1 gm 1 5" 165 27

16 0 Lar 165 23

The general colour of the lower half of the Snake is pale yellow,

the upper surface being ashy grey with a few scattered spots on the

neck, the back and tail with about fifty-seven or fifty-eight trans-

verse black bands.

Two of Cantor’s three specimens were captured in fishing-stakes in

the sea off the coast of Keddah; the third was washed ashore at

Pinang. Dr. Stoliczka* describes this Snake as common at the mouth

of the Moulmein river, especially near Amherst, and seems inclined to

regard it more as an inhabitant of brackish than salt water. Its dis-

coverer describes it as moving actively and without difficulty over

the sand, and that it did not offer to bite; but Dr. Stoliczka remarks

that it is very fieree—an opinion which the Burmese appear to share

with him.

PsAMMOPHIS CONDANARUS, Merr.; Gthr. /. ¢. p. 291.

This specimen agrees with all the structural details as given by

Giinther, but not with his description of the colour. This specimen

measures 32 inches, but not entire. The general colour may be de-

scribed as brown, slightly paler on the head. As described by

Giinther, a yellow black-edged streak runs from the rostral along

the canthus rostralis and superciliary shield on to the neck, where it

becomes broader and is prolonged along the side to the end of the

tail, increasing in width on the middle of the body. Another yellow

black-edged line runs backwards from the rostral, along the suture

of the frontals, to the anterior extremity of the vertical, where it di-

vides, one branch running along each side of that shield to near its

end, where it makes a slight outward bend, and then runs backwards

through the centre of each occipital, as a yellow band on each side

of the vertebral line as far back as the root of the tail. Another nar-

row yellow black-edged line runs from the rostral, below the loreal

* Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxxix. 1870, p. 207.

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 183

region, to the eye and above the angle of the mouth, and is prolonged

along the side to the end of the tail, covering the angle of the ventral

and one half of the first row of scales; the black line defining it

below can be indistinctly traced even as far forwards as the lower

labials. All these longitudinal yellow lines are strongly margined

with black on each of the sides, and they are equally prominent with

the brown bands of the ground-colour.

I have received three specimens from Simla on the Himalaya; and

a specimen in this museum is from Lower Bengal.

Denpropuis Picra, Gmelin; Gthr. /.c, p. 297.

Darjeeling and Garo Hills.

PsAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS, Boie; Gthr. J.c. p. 292.

The general appearance of this Snake is strongly viperine, so

much so that, in roughly separating a large collection of Snakes from

Darjeeling, I found when I came to examine the gpecies critically

that I had unwittingly placed the largest specimen of seven along

with a fine series of 7’. monticola.

It is the subject of considerable variation in the head-plates, as is

evinced by the following table :—

Dark Q.

Postoculars. Loreals.

Total length. Tail, R. L. R. L. Ventrals. Caudals.

rt as aa E Aaa Ls 175 55

Oe By eera(y oO 8 Lie ye 171 60

18 6 3p oO) ae" 1 175 58

19. 6 Bett 2 2 eg! 175 53

Sn 16 Diag e, TL 2 171 54

Light 3.

19 0 3) 410 3 2 Hal 166 65

17. (10 Bivny¥ 2 2 | | 169 62

The posterior frontals are bent down on the side of the head ; and

when a second loreal exists it is due to the separation as a distinct

shield of that portion of the posterior frontal. The three postoculars

result from a portion of the fifth labial being separated as such.

There are sometimes only seven upper labials, due to union of the

third and fourth, the true character of the compound shield being

sometimes shown by a trace of an imperfect suture*.

There are two well-marked types of coloration, one being almost

wholly black and the other light reddish brown. All the black spe-

cimens I have examined are females, and the light-coloured ones

* T have a specimen of this Snake from the Khasi Hills with the anterior and

posterior frontals confluent, but in every other respect normal, It is a pale-

coloured specimen (male ?).

184 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Feb. 21,

are males. In the black specimens there is a series of orange zig-

zag spots along the angles of the ventrals and first scales on the

anterior half of the body, and the basal margins of the second row

of scales are pure white, which, however, is only visible when the

scales are drawn apart. The same markings are also seen in the

light-coloured specimens when the scales are pulled asunder. Some

of the latter specimens are marked by longitudinal lines on the sides.

A dusky line finely mottled with white and black runs along the

angles of the ventrals, with a narrow pale reddish line above it cor-

responding to the position of the zigzag orange spots, with a dusky

brown and broader band above it spotted with black and white.

This species appears to be restricted to the tropical valleys about

Darjeeling ; for all my specimens are from elevations of from 1700

to 1900 feet. It does not appear to be uncommon.

Denpropuis picta, Gmel. (Gthr. J.c. p. 297), var. ANDAMA-

NENSIS.

Scales in fifteen series, smooth, with apical grooves ; vertebral

scales much enlarged, hexagonal. Ventrals keeled, 196; subcau-

dals 130. Tlead elongated; snout rounded in front. Rostral

broader than high, with a deep impression in front, just reaching to

the upper surface of the head. Prefrontals slightly longer than

broad, rounded in front, and more than half as large as the post-

frontals, which are broader than long and bent down on the sides of

the head, forming a broad suture with the loreal. Vertical broad

in front, narrow in its posterior half. Superciliaries large and almost

as broad as the vertical. Occipitals of moderate size, rounded behind.

Nostril large, between two rather prominent nasals, the posterior

shield forming a suture with the anterior shield, posterior frontals,

loreal, and first and second labials. Loreal narrow and much elon-

gated, lying on three upper labials. One large przeocular reaching

the upper surface of the head, but not touching the vertical; two

postoculars, the inferior one the smallest. Temporals 24+2+42.

Upper labials nine, the fifth and sixth forming the floor of the orbit.

Two pairs of elongated chin shields, the posterior the longest; the

first in contact with five labials.

Grass-green above, each scale with a broad black margin, and the

ventrals with a black margin externally as far as the keel. The

black margins of the lateral scales so broad that when the body is

at rest they produce the appearance as if a black line ran along the

side of the body. A black band the breadth of the loreal, through

the eye, over the inferior postorbital and upper margins of the last

upper labials, to the side of the neck, where it breaks up at intervals

of two rows of scales into round black spots, of which there are five

along each side of the neck, behind which they enlarge into oblique

black V-shaped markings on the anterior tenth of the body. A

faint dark line underneath the keel. Length of body 2’ 8” 6”;

tail, 12".

Andamans,

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, 185

TRAGOPS PRASINUS, Reinw.; Gthr. J. c. p. 303.

In the largest specimen the fourth upper labial does not enter the

margin of the lip, and the seventh and eighth are nearly completely

united. On the left side there are nine labials, but the fourth is

divided longitudinally ; and an arrangement similar to this occurs on

both sides of the other specimen.

No. Length. Tail. Ventrals, Caudals,

i ee os 22u 203 170

ae 1,2 AGE 173 203 167

Darjeeling, 3200 feet.

The most common Tree-Snake in Bengal is Passerita mycterizans,

which is very prevalent in the neighbourhood of Calcutta.

Dipsas HEXAGONATA, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xxiv. p. 360.

Dipsas multifasciata, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. xxix. 1961, p. 114;

Stol. J. As. Soc. xxxix. 1870, p. 119.

Scales smooth, in twenty-one rows; a single apical groove. Ver-

tebral series enlarged, hexagonal, elongated on the anterior part of

body, short and broad behind. Ventrals 232-248; caudals

108-125.

One, sometimes two, preeocular, reaching to the upper surface of

the head ; vertical nearly as broad as long, margin straight or slightly

convergent. Loreal of moderate size, quadrangular, rather higher

than long or square ; two postoculars ; eight upper labials, the third,

fourth, and fifth entering the orbit. Temporals irregular, varying

from 14+2, 2+2, 2+3, to 3+3, with one, two, or three temporals

in contact with the oculars. Eleven teeth in each upper jaw, in-

creasing in length from before backwards, the last grooved. Uniform

dark reddish brown or dark olive reddish brown above; a faint dark

line behind the eye in some, absent in others. The surface of the

head is faintly and minutely speckled with brown; under surface

coral-red or pale pinkish-yellow anteriorly, deepening from before

backwards. Young specimens show an irregular line of white spots

margined below with black on the angle of the ventrals; the body

with a series of five black transverse zigzag lines. General colour

above bright brick-red; below white anteriorly, darkening to red

posteriorly.

Hab. Darjeeling, 2300 feet ; Bengal ; Andamans.

Blyth’s type of D. hexagonata is no longer in the Museum; but

some young specimens from the Andamans referred to this spe-

cies agree with my specimens in all essential particulars, even to

the variation of the temporals. Some of them, however, have a

small defined black spot in the centre of the vertical and on each

occipital, which do not occur in any of the specimens before me; all

the other markings are the same. The temporals are 3+-3 and

2+3, two or three in contact with oculars. This species is separated.

from D. bubalina by its coloration, which is uniformly bright pink-

ish red or reddish brown, paler beneath.

186 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Feb. 21,

No. Length. Tail. Ventrais. Caudals.

eS casene 442" or 246 112

US AIST ae 40+ 6 241 108

SS Salts 40+ 9 242 125

Ye ye 8 241 115

Se es) 62 248 110

Glee. 304 Fits 240 123

7 8208 Se 193 4 232 - 115

8 = L6z 34 241 120

9. see 4kb 34 243 122

Temporals and their relation to the oculars :—

Number of temporals Temp. in contact with

in Ist row. in 2nd row. oculars.

No. R. L. 1p Up R. I.

UY Eee Backs cee 2 2 2 3 dihied

Bo CHOCO a 2 2 2

= OTe Ot fea 2 2 ase

Aa claighabive (aut ie iM 2.2 Ly gl

Dime eerie hicels POIs: 3 3 2 2

Oe aoa tentays Tete tece Vie) 3.3 2 2

Loa: aiater ey. aay 2.2 3 3 22

Sass eusrardisaaae 2 2 eens) 2 st

Di rete: chee aa 3.3 oaco 2 2

If it were not for the great difference in the coloration of this

species and that of D. bubalina, the two might very properly be

regarded as one. However, there can be no doubt that Blyth’s D.

nigromarginata, which is a green Snake, is D. bubalina, although

the lower and upper temporals on the left side are in contact with

the oculars. These appear to be the only differences by which they

are distinguished ; but a consideration of the amount of variation in

these respects that characterizes the present species shows how little

importance is to be attached to such characters in variable forms.

Since writing the foregoing, I have received fifteen specimens of

this Snake from Darjeeling, obtained at an elevation of 5000 feet,

agreeing in every respect with those described above. ‘The largest is

45 inches in length, of which the tail measures 9” 3’. These fifteen

specimens show the same variations as the foregoing ones.

Received along with these there is another Snake agreeing with

Blyth’s D. multifasciata and with the present species in all its

structural characters, and to be distinguished only by its colora-

tion. It isrich reddish brown abeve ; but there are about seventy-one

zigzag transverse black bands on the sides, from the outside of the ven-

tral scales three-fifths down the side at regular intervals. There is

a series of not very well-defined black spots on the sides of the ventrals,

corresponding more or less to the transverse bands ; and the sides of

the ventrals generally are marbled with black, and their centres

faintly clouded with minute dark specks. The surface of the head

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 187

is minutely marbled in the same way as in this species ; and there is

the black line behind the eye.

I am strongly inclined to regard this as simply a rare variety of

D. hexagonata; for, as I have already observed, the number of the

scales on the body, the character of the head-shields, the number of

the ventrals and caudals, correspond with this species.

In other specimens of this Snake, when the scales are pulled aside,

they are found to have the margins slightly edged with black ; and I

believe that D. multifasciata is only an intensified variety of this

character.

The coloration of this species removes it from D. dubalina and D.

trigonata.

It appears to be a very common species on the hill-sides about

Darjeeling, at elevations of 3500 to 4000 feet. It occurs also in

Bengal, whence Blyth obtained his type, and extends also to the

Andamans. -

Diesas Forstenr, D. & B.; Gthr. J. c. p. 309.

I have received three specimens of this species from Gwindpur,

Maunbhoom, and Doomercoonda, in Bengal ; and a variety of this

Snake was procured by me in Ceylon, in a densely wooded part of

the island, about twenty miles to the east of Galle.

_ _ The Bengal specimens agree in every particular with Giinther’s

description, even to the splitting of the third labial. Ventrals 259 ;

subcaudals 112. The largest specimen is much decayed in the-

posterior half of the body, so that I cannot count the ventral or sub-

caudal shields. It measures in total length 45 inches 6 lines.

The Ceylon specimen, which measures 35 inches in length, of

which the tail is 6 inches 6 lines, is distinguished from the continental

specimens by the brighter colouring of the head, especially in the

greater intensity of the occipital and postocular bands, the former of

which has a marked yellow margin, and the latter a line of the same

colour from above the eye along its upper edge. All the labials,

too, have black margins. The ventrals, besides the lateral spots,

have their margins spotted with brown, and are finely punctulated

with the same colour on the posterior six-eighths of the trunk. The

subcaudals are finely margined with brown. With the exception

of these differences, it agrees in every other particular with true D.

JSorsteni. It has 270 ventrals and 107 subcaudals. It may be indi-

cated as D. forsteni, D. & B., var. ceylonensis. i

Lycopon striatus, Shaw; Gthr. J. c. p. 318.

I have two specimens of this Snake—one from Agra, the other

from Lahore. The occipitals in both specimens are the length of

the vertical, and one-half that of the postfrontals. With that ex-

ception, and that the Lahore specimen has 190 ventrals, they pre-

sent no other variations in the shields or scales.

Lahore :—Body 133, tail 22 inches ; ventrals 190, caudals 49.

Agra :—Body 104, tail 24 inches ; ventrals 171, candals 59.

188 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Teb. 21,

Both have a white collar; and in both the white spots are more

or less bifid on the sides: in the Agra specimen they are resolved

into a white vertebral line on the posterior half of the body.

The white of the upper parts in life is bright yellow, fading rapidly

to white in spirit; and the collar is bright canary-yellow, brighter

than the rest of the colouring.

This species is another instance of how the Central and South

Indian fauna stretches upwards to the north-west, even so far as

Lahore.

LEPTORHYTAON JARA, Shaw; Gthr. /.c. p. 321.

Hab. Garo Hills.

ParEAs MONTICOLA, Cantor ; Gthr. l.¢. p. 327.

Total length 222, tail 3£ inches ; ventrals 192, caudals 70.

This specimen differs from Giinther’s description in no lower

labials entering the orbit, from which they are excluded by the

lower antericr and posterior oculars. The latter is a very long

curved linear shield, forming the under margin of the orbit. The

upper extremity of the fourth labial comes in between the two

shields, but is excluded from the orbit by them.

I have noticed a similar character in a specimen from Cherra

Poongi, which had also the anterior pair of chin-shields almost con-

fluent.

Darjecling, 2250 feet.

Blyth’s ‘ Dipsas montico/a, Cantor,” J. A. 8. vol. xxiii. p. 294,

alluded to by Giinther in his ‘ Reptiles of India,’ p. 327, is Oyclo-

phis franatus, Gthr., from Assam. The only observable difference

between the specimen in this Museum and that described by Giinther

is, that the anterior frontals are more than half the size of the pos-

terior. It agrees, however, with the description in every other par-

ticular except that the ventrals are 158 instead of 165, and the

caudals 106 instead of 95.

The only other specimens of this species are from Afghanistan,

Mesopotamia, and Khasi Hills.

Eryx sounu, Russell; Gthr. lc. p. 334.

This is a very common species in the North-west Provinces, and

indeed over the dry country of North-western India.

Hab, Agra.

OpnutopHaGus ELars, Schleg.; Gthr. 2. c. p. 341.

Length of specimen 8 ft. 2 in. ; ventrals 243, caudals 85.

This Snake does not appear to be uncommon in Sikkim and

Assam, and is of not unfrequent occurrence in Burmah. The

largest specimen that has come under my observation is one, in

length 11 ft. 98 in., from Debrooghur, Assam ; but it is a stretched

skin. This specimen in life was 10 feet long. After having been

pierced with a spear, and the spear had been removed, it became as

lively as ever, and kept up a running fight for 30 or 40 yards, In

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 189

Assam these Snakes occur on the grass slopes at the foot of the hills,

and are called by the Assamese “‘Dabi Serp,”’ and by the Cucharees

“«Garanga Sim.” They are said to be very irascible during the

breeding-season, and to charge without any provocation.

This Snake is not uncommon in Eastern Bengal; and I have obtained

it close to Caleutta—one from the Royal Botanic Gardens, and another

from the neighbourhood of Mutlah. I have heard of its occurrence

at Raneegunge, and have seen a specimen from the Jessore. It is

in all probability the ‘* Black Cobra” of Hooker; and there can be

little doubt that the Cobras constantly killed in the Sikkim Hima-

laya of fabulous dimensions are of this species. I have it from

Darjeeling, at an altitude of 6000 feet.

BunGARvus C£RULEUS, Schneid.; Gthr. J. c. p. 343.

This specimen is uniform black above, pale brown beneaffh, and

highly iridescent.

Length 234, tail 33 inches; ventrals 225, caudals 55.

Hab. Nazeerah, Assam, and from Agra.

This is the most generally prevalent poisonous Snake in the north-

west provinces of India. It is rare in the neighbourhood of Cal-

cutta and Lower Bengal, where the natives do not know it as a

poisonous Snake. In its young state it has a considerable resem-

blance to Lycodon aulicus in the general character of its colouring ;

and I have received specimens of the latter Snake sent to me as

examples of this species.

CALLOPHIS MACCLELLANDII, Reinh.; Gthr. 7. c. p. 350.

This specimen belongs to Giinther’s variety y, forming twenty-two

rings, each dilating on the ventral surface into a large black spot,

and each of these being separated by another isolated black spot.

No vertebral line.

Length 163, tail 14 inches; ventrals 219, caudals 33.

flab. Nazeerah, Assam.

Prarurvs riscuert, Jan; Gthr. J. c. p. 356.

The specimen which I provisionally refer to this species has

nineteen rows of smooth scales round the fore part of the trunk, in

longitudinal series, and 235 ventrals ; there is no azygos shield

between the posterior frontals ; and in all of these characters it agrees

with this species. But on comparing the head with Giinther’s

drawing, I find that the anterior frontals in my specimen differ from

it in being long and pointed anteriorly, and considerably larger

than the posterior pair, and in the vertical being proportionally

larger than in P. fischeri, and the occipitals longer and more pointed.

It has one pree- and two postoculars ; and the third and fourth la-

bials are below the eye, ‘Two pairs of large chin-shields, the pos-

terior pair with a large scale between their posterior extremities.

It also differs from P. fischeri in having fifty-six black rings round

the trunk instead of thirty-six ; but I do not attach much import-

ance to this, as P. scutatus shows about an equal variation: yet,

190 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. _ [Feb. 21,

at the same time, Giinther stating that his eight specimens show

the same assemblage of characters as laid down in his descrip-

tion, the occurrence of fifty-six rings in my specimen suggests that

this multiplicity is either due to greater age (for it measures

49 -inches in length) or to variation. The head, too, is wholly

black, with the exception ofa yellow band from the posterior margin

of one eye to the other. The upper surface is olive-green, and the

sides and belly rich dark gamboge-yellow, and the fifty-six rings

are intensely black, and the scales generally have a very bright

shining lustre.

Fallahs Mullah, a tidal stream, Calcutta.

If this form should prove to be new, I would indicate it as P.

affinis, n. sp.

HypRoruis GRANOSA, 0. sp.

Hydrophis gracilis, Shaw; Theobald (in part.), Cat. Rept. As.

Soc. Mus. 1868, p. 68.

Anterior part of the body moderately slender ; head rather tapering

and laterally compressed. ‘Two labials below the eye; third labial

widely separated from the nasal by the second labial, frontal, and pre-

ocular ; one large anterior temporal, with two smaller ones behind

it; one preeocular and one postocular; one pair of round scales

like chin-shields not in coutact with each other or with any of the

labials. Forty-three rows of scales round the neck. Scales small,

with a prominent keel slightly dilated at either extremity; the

scales are elongately leaf-shaped and markedly imbricate on the

slender portion of the body, but on the thick portion behind they

are truncated at their tips and less imbricate; the scales imme-

diately belind the head, and the shields of the head generally, and

the scales on the lower jaw, are covered with minute rounded gra-

nular tubercles, which are especially numerous on the rostral. The

ventrals are twice the size of the neighbouring scales, and are of a

uniform size throughout, and those of the thick part of the body

are not split; each carries from two to four small tubercles,

usually arranged in pairs, two large ones anteriorly, and two smaller

‘ones posteriorly, and external to the latter. Six anal shields, the

outer one very large, and equal to two of the others in size. Ven-

trals 105. Terminal scale of the tail small. Fifty-two non-con-

fluent black bands on the body, extending down the sides, but not

reaching the ventral surface; eight black bars on the tail. The

ground-colour in this spirit-specimen is pale yellowish. It was ob-

tained at the Sand Heads.

The number and character of the scales of this Snake and the

scale-like nature of its chin-shields seem to indicate that it is

closely allied to H. stokesii, a species which I have never seen.

By some of its characters it is also allied to H. c@rulescens, Shaw.

Hypropuis servonii, Gray ; Gthr. /. c. p. 362.

Total length 38 inches, tail 33. In this specimen there are forty

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 191

black cross bands passing right round the body; but, besides these,

there are occasionally aborted bands, the remnants of which are

found either as large black dorsal spots or imperfect bands on the

belly half. There is a black spot on the back of the neck between

the first band that passes across from the angles of the month and

the one behind it. In every other particular this specimen differs

in no way from typical H. jerdoni.

Pooree.

This specimen is much infected with Cirripedes and Tubularious

Zoophytes, which seem to indicate that it is not of very active

habits.

Hypropuis cyanocincta, Daud.; Gthr. 7. ec. p. 367.

Length (total) 502 inches, tail 42. #

Pooree.

Hypropuis cuxoris, Daud.; Gthr. /. c. p. 370.

This specimen has the third labial not in contact with nasal on

one side; but on the other, throughout, the third labial is broadly

in contact with the nasals, as a small labial has been formed be-

tween the first and second, thus converting the latter into a third

labial. If this arrangement had occurred on both sides, it might,

perhaps, have given rise to another synonym for this species.

Hydrophids are frequently cast ashore on the Pooree coast; but

they soon die, even when every care is taken of them.

Hypropuis tinpsay!, Gray; Gthr. /. c. p. 371, var. A.

Aturia lindsayi, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 6.

Hydrophis lindsayi, Gray, Viper. Snakes, p. 50.

H. “gracilis,’ Shaw; Giinth. Ind. Rept. p. 371 Theobald (in

part.), Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Mus. p. 68.

Head very small, not distinct from the neck, which is very long

and whip-like; the slender portion of the body equals more than

one-third of the total length. The rostral pentagonal, as broad as

high, the lower margin with a median process and a concavity

on either side of it; nasals oblong, with the nostrils in their poste-

rior half, in the angle formed by the posterior and external mar-

gins ; frontals longer than broad ; vertical shield-shaped, very slightly

smaller than a superciliary ; occipitals much elongate, rounded pos-

teriorly. One preeocular and one postocular; two large temporal

shields alongside of the occipital. ‘Third labial not in contact with

the nasal; second labial very large; first lower labials forming a

broad suture behind the mental, and succeeded by a pair of penta-

gonal chin-shields forming a broad suture and succeeded by a tri-

angular pair widely divergent behind. Scales imbricate, in twenty-

eight series round the neck, each with a prominent tubercle near

the tip. Ventral shields on the slender portion of the body twice

as large as the surrounding scales, smooth anteriorly, but with two

tubercles when they reach the thick part of the body, where they

192 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, [Feb. 21,

are not much larger than the neighbouring scales; few of them are

longitudinally divided. Ventrals 417. Anals four, the outer pair very

large. Sixty-one black bands on the body ; those on the neck con-

fluent with the black under surface of that part of the body ; those

on the back extending only on to the side. Head black; tail with

seven black bars.

General colour (in spirit) above pale olive-grey ; dirty yellow on

the sides and under surface, except the slender part of the body.

Length 38" 6'", tail 2" 7!"

With the exception of the absence of light keeling on the dorsal

scales, this specimen agrees in every particular with this species.

Hypropuis coronata, Gthr. U. c. p. 372.

This specimen is 42” 3! in length, tail 3!" 9'. Twenty-one

rows of scales round the neck ; imbricate, those on the back keeled,

and those of the side with a small tubercle. Ventral shields about

twice as large as the surrounding ones, with two minute tubercles

on each ; the rostralis much broader than long; and the third labial

is not in contact with the nasal. One przeocular and postocular ;

three large tubercles along the side of each occipital; two pairs of

chin-shields in contact with each other. There are fifty-eight com-

plete blackish rings round the trunk, and eight black bars on the

tail. In this specimen there are six anal shields, the two outermost

ones being the largest; but in a specimen measuring 17! 8!"', tail

1" 10", there are only four anal shields, the external ones being

much larger than the others. I¢ has, however, only forty-seven

complete black rings on the trunk, and nine black bars on the tail.

The coloration of the head and of the ventral surface of the long

whip-like anterior portion of the body is the same as described by

Giinther.

Both of these specimens are from a tidal stream in the vicinity of

Calcutta.

Hypropuis cantoris, Gthr. J. ¢. p. 374.

Hydrus gracilis, Cantor, Mal. Rept. p. 130 (not synon.).

? Liopola fasciata, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 60 (young) (not Schneid.

nor Shaw).

Pee be gracilis, Shaw; Theob. Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Mus. 1868,

p. 68.

The specimen in this museum catalogued by Theobald as H. gra-

cilis, Shaw, is undoubtedly of this species. The upper jaw hardly

projects beyond the lower one; and the rostral is prolonged backwards,

and is not cutting in front. The third labial is in contact with the

nasal ; and there are two large temporals alongside of the occipital,

one pree- and one postocular, and two pairs of chin-shields, in contact

with each other. There are twenty-three rows of scales round the

neck, which is very slender and nearly one-half of the length of the

body. In the narrow part of the body the ventrals are twice the

size of the neighbouring scales; and in the thick portion they are

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 193

split into two, and carry two, three, or four tubercles. The tubercles

on the scales of the slender portion are very indistinct, but in the

thick part they become distinct, and are usually two in number.

Ventrals 456; six small anal shields. Total length 51" 6!';

tail 4" 3'", Twenty-eight blackish rings round the slender portion

of the body, confluent on the back, and connected on the under

surface by the black ventral shields. Compressed part of the body

uniform yellowish (spirit specimen) ; but the general colour is much

faded; the black rings, however, on the anterior half are well

marked.

This fine specimen was obtained at the Sand Heads at the mouth

of the Hughli. a

ENHYDRINA SCHISTOSA, Daud.*

Distinguished from its very near kinsfellow, E. valakadyen, by its

narrow and more elongated head and head-shields, its longer gape,

the smaller and more pointed character of its scales, which are also

not nearly so strongly carinated as in that species, their greater

number, and its relatively shorter and narrower tail.

Body elongate, compressed; head narrow and elongate, one-third

the length of the tail; nasals large and elongate; fourth labial

below the eye; one postocular united to the-fourth labial; mental

shield very narrow and much elongated, as long as the first labials ;

fifty to sixty longitudinal rows of scales round the neck. The

scales are rather small, elongate, pointed, and leaf-shaped on the

anterior third of the body, broader and more round at their points in

the middle third, and still more circular on the last third; scales on

the throat, neck, and a considerable portion of under surface of the

anterior part of the body narrow, much pointed and elongated, and

perfectly smooth, without any trace of tubercles. The shields of the

head are quite smooth; but the scales of the back are keeled and

slightly imbricate, while those on the sides are feebly keeled, hexa-

gonal, and scarcely imbricate. The tail is about one-tenth the length

of the body, and is not so deep as the preanal portion of the body.

Uniform dark olive-green on the dorsal surface, paling to pale green-

ish yellow on the sides, and to white lower down on the sides and on

the belly.

Length, total 40” 1!’, tail 4".

Hab, Gopalpore.

From the strong resemblance of this species to £. valakadyen, it is

probable that the two have long been confounded. To Dr. Stoliczka

belongs the credit of having again called attention to the characters

distinguishing these two forms, which appear to be quite distinct.

I have before me for comparison a specimen of undoubted L. vala-

kadyen, of smaller size than this specimen ; but, notwithstanding, the

scales of the former are much larger every way, and broader and

truncated at the tips, than in the latter; so that age will not account

for such differences. Moreover the form and size of the head of

LE, schistosa, compared with I’. valakadyen, are so pronounced that

* See Journ. As. Soc. 1870, p. 213.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XIII.

194 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, [Feb. 21,

they at once strike one as characteristic features of the Snake ;

these, eombined with the characters given in the above diagnosis,

are sufficient to separate thein.

I have two specimens of Enhydrina from the Botanical Gardens,—

one with the elongate head and rather long gape of L. schistosa,

with the upper surface of the head granular, with forty-seven rows

of scales 2 inches behind the neck, the head being one-third the

length of the tail; the other specimen has the short granular head

of LE. valakadyen, with forty-nine rows of scales round the neck

2 inches behind the head.

TRIMERESURUS ERYTHRURUS, Cantor; Gthr. 7. c. p. 386.

Sulsaugur, Assam.

TRIMERESURUS CARINATUS, Gray; Gthr. 7. c. p. 386.

Garo Hills.

TRIMERESURUS GRAMINEUS, Shaw; Gthr. J. ¢. p. 385.

Scales in twenty-one series, those on the head smooth or faintly

keeled; an azygos shield between the supranasals. Bright yellow-

green, darkest on the back, and greenish yellow on the head ; under

surface bright greenish yellow, with a faint greenish-yellow line

along the outer line of scales, and continued on to the head below

the eye; tip of tail brick-brown.

Length. Tail. Ventrals. Candals.

93 3i gil 3M 169 60 (2)

30 6 5 af 167 58 (2)

30 9 5. 9 173 65

19 3 3. 6 171 68

In the last two specimens the lines along the side are very bright,

the lower one bright brick-colour, involving one-half of the first

body-scale, the other pure white, covering the other half, and the

half of the second bedy-scale, becoming narrow on the tail, and

disappearing about its middle, or, as in the case of the young one,

becoming broken up into a series of red and white lateral spots ;

upper surface of the tail brick-red.

This appears to be a common Snake in the tropical valleys below

Darjeeling, where it is usually found at an elevation of 2000 feet.

TRIMERESURUS MONTICOLA, Gthr. J. c. p. 388.

Parias maculata, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1853, xii. p. 392.

Trimeresurus andersoni, Theob. Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Museum,

1868, p. 75.

Theobald’s 7’. andersoni was founded on a solitary specimen from

an unknown locality, with twenty-five rows of keeled scales and an

azygos shield between the supranasals. In specimens, however, of

this species from Hotha (4500 feet), Western Yunan, the azygos is

sometimes present, and absent in others, and the scales are in

pas

1871.] DR. J, ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 195

twenty-three rows. ‘I'wo specimens before me have twenty-four rows

of keeled scales, t -five, and three others have

twenty-three. One of the specimens with twenty-three is from Dar-

jeeling ; and the two others are from Cheera Punji, Khasi Hills.

In the specimens from the latter locality one has a pair of small

shields between the supranasals, and another has three small shields

intervening between them. Another specimen from Darjeeling, with

twenty-five rows of scales, and measuring 28 inches 6 lines, tail

3 inches 2 lines, has a pair of shields between the supranasals, and

three small shields in front of the former, evidently resulting from

division of the supranasals themselves, and of the azygos also. It is

a female, with ventrals 146, caudals 35. The coloration is in every

way the same as described by Giinther. I observe in Ginther’s

figure of this Snake that a small azygos shield is impacted between

the supranasals and rostral; and if this shield were a little enlarged,

and were completely to separate the supranasals, his figure would

agree in every respect with my seven specimens from Darjeeling, all

of which have an azygos shield between the supranasals, and from

twenty-three to twenty-five rows of keeled scales. The occurrence of

twenty-four rows in two of the specimens leads to the apparent limit

of variation, twenty-five. It is easy to understand how the azygos

may become broken up. The coloration of all these specimens

(twelve), including 7. andersoni, is identical in every respect ; and,

as Giinther observes, the males are blackish ash, and the females

and young pale brown. The aged females, however, become dark

brown. ‘The Y-marking on the neck is present in all. The adults

measure 4! 9!!! in circumference. The smallest specimen measures

6! 9'"', of which the tail is 1’; and the largest 32" 3!", tail 4!’ 10'".

The ventrals vary from 140 to 148, caudals from 36 to 48.

Hab. Darjeeling ; Cheera Punji, Khasi Hills; Hotha, Yunan, N.

China, 3520 to 5000 feet.

With these facts before us, the scales may be said to vary from

twenty-three to twenty-five rows; and the supranasals may be re-

garded as varying from a minute shield impacted in front of them,

to a perfect shield, wholly separating them, or breaking up in some

cases into two or five supranasal shields. These differences may

be regarded as indicating special varieties ; but itis very questionable

whether they are invariably communicated from the parent to its

offspring. I am inclined to think they are not, for I have on more

than one occasion, when examining young Snakes that I have re-

moved with my own hands from the mother, found them exhibiting

variatious in their head-shields; and the occurrence at Darjeeling

of specimens of this Snake with twenty-three rows of scales, while

the majority have twenty-five rows, is conclusive proof that this

character is not one characteristic of a local form. It is curious to

remark that all the specimens that have hitherto yielded twenty-

three rows of scales have not been adults, and that all my largest

specimens yield the greatest number of scales round the neck ; and in

the light of such a consideration it seems possible that mature forms

from Cheera Punji will yield twenty-five rows of scales.

a P

J + Cerra O/0-4 Owe

196 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. _ [Feb. 21?

TRIMERESURUS CONVICTUS, Stol. Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xxxix.

p. 224.

This species is very closely allied to 7. monticola; but, as Dr.

Stoliczka observes, the scales are slightly broader and more rhombic.

I presume he refers to the adults of that species ; but the specimen to

which the name 7’. convictus has been given is evidently not a full-

grown individual; for it only measures 11” 3'” (the body), and

1" 8'" (the tail). Now in the young of 7. monticola I observe

that the scales are generally broader than in the adults, and the

keeling is very indistinct. Moreover the head does not appear to

me to be higher than in 7’, monticola ; but, as Dr. Stoliczka remarks,

it is slightly more elliptical than in T. monticola: perhaps, however,

this appearance may be heightened from the circumstance that it is

nearly severed from the body. There is an azygos shield more in front

than betweent he supranasals ; and the scales of the head are larger

than in that species. ‘The tail is certainly shorter than in 7’, mon-

ticola, and the number of scales fewer.

The single specimen of this species was obtained at an elevation

of 2400 feet, on the Western Hill, Penang.

Hays HiMatayanus, Gthr. l.c. p. 393.

One specimen before me has only twenty-one rows of strongly

keeled scales round the middle, only 154 ventrals, and 45 caudals.

Dr. Stoliczka informs me that this species is far from uncommon

to the north-east of Simla.

Ecuts carinata, Schneid.; Gthr. l.c. p. 397.

This Viper is common in the country about Agra and Delhi, and

extends as far east as Singhbhoom, in Bengal, and to the south as

far as Madras. One specimen before me has the superciliary region

scaly and 166 ventrals, while another, from Singhvhoom, has also a

scaly superciliary but only 138 ventrals. This large number of ven-

tral shields induces me to regard the African and Asiatic snakes

as one.

This Viper makes a curious, prolonged, almost hissing sound by

rubbing the sides of the folds of its body against each other. The

head remains almost fixed in one position, and the body is made to

move in folds in such a way that the sides are rubbed against each

other in the direction of the scales. When we come to examine the

latter structures it is at once apparent how the sound is produced.

We discover that the first row of scales above the ventrals are per-

fectly smooth, that the next one or two rows above these are strongly

keeled, and that in the three or five following rows the keel is very

strongly developed and toothed like asaw. These eight lateral rows

of scales are placed obliquely on the body, with their tips directed

downwards and backwards, while the other scales are placed longi-

tudinally. By this arrangement the serrated keels of the scales are

made to pass over each other obliquely instead of in a straight line,

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 197

which would have been productive of little or no noise, whilst the

oblique rasping of these little saws against each other produces a

noise that can be heard as well as the hiss of any large serpent. The

noise can be produced after death by rubbing the sides of the body

against each other in the direction of the scales. During life this

handsome little Viper is always engaged in rubbing its scales together

when disturbed. It is very fierce, and strikes with great vigour.

It is very deadly and is the cause of much mortality among the

field-labourers of the north-west of India, where it appears to be not

uncommon.

RANA KUBLH, Schleg.; Gthr. 7. c. p. 404.

One specimen of this Frog exists in the Museum. Unfortunately

no locality is given; but it is probably either from Ceylon or

Burmah, in all likelihood from the former locality. It has not, how-

ever, the transverse plaits of the skin of the back characteristic of

Giinther’s var. B from Ceylon, but is almost smooth above—a cir-

cumstance that may be accounted for by age, as the body measures

2" 7'", The lower part of the leg and tarsus are roughly tubercular,

It agrees in every other character with Ginther’s description of the

species ; and if the absence of the transverse folds and small tubercles

is not attributable to age, it verifies Ginther’s statement that the

transverse folds of the skin are not a constant character, any more

than the mandibulary fangs, which are well developed in this spe-

cimen.

Rana TicRina, Daud.; Gthr. J. ¢. p. 407.

Agra.

Rana Fusca, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xxxiv. pp. 719, 720 ;

Giinther, J. c. p. 403; Theobald, Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Museum,

p- 79; Gunther, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 478.

Head triangular, rather broad behind ; snout rather short, pointed,

and rounded in front, truncated in the aged adult; no canthus

rostralis; sides of snout broadly rounded, and shelving outwards.

Nostrils oval, much nearer the extremity of the snout than the eye.

Width between the eyelids slightly greater than the distance between

the eye and the nostril. Tympanum indistinct in the young, much

smaller than the eye, almost hidden in the adult, reduced to a small

yellowish disk in the centre of the wide aural, depressed. Vomerine

teeth six to nine, strong, on two prominent rather short oblique ridges,

on a line with the inner anterior angle of the cohanz, converging be-

hind, but widely separated. In adult specimens a strong transverse

osseous ridge behind the choanee. Tongue cordate. Two very large

fang-like apophyses on the lower jaw, directed backwards, and received

into a groove in the upper jaw. Rostral portion of snout prominent,

overlapping andtrenchant. Lower jawtransversely truncated in adults

to receive it. No vocal sacs. A strong fold from the eye over the

tympanum to the shoulder ; posterior third of upper eyelid tuber-

eular, Skin smooth above in adults, slightly tubercular in other and

198 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Feb. 21,

younger individuals, especially on the sacrum; sides tubercular in

adults. Limbs rather short and stout. The first finger is slightly

shorter than the fourth, and the second is shorter than either ; the

third is about one-third longer than the fourth. From the vent to

the metatarsal tubercle is longer than the body. A fold along the

metatarsus, and a fringe along the fifth and first toes. A flattened

oblong metatarsal tubercle. Foot broadly webbed, the membrane

reaching to the extremities of all the toes; fingers and toes slightly

dilated at their tips.

Uniform dark brown (spirit specimen) above in adult, with faint

dark marbling on the back of the thighs, and a blackish line along

the supratympanic fold $~ sides paler, under surface yellowish ; lower

lip with from two to three broad black bands. In younger speci-

mens the marbling or reticulation on the thighs and the barring on

the lips are well marked. In some specimens the upper surface is

irregularly spotted with dark blackish brown; and the majority of

specimens show broad dark bars of the same colour on the limbs, be-

coming indistinct with age. Blyth mentions a mesial white spot on

the lower jaw, corresponding to the symphysis and to the interval be-

tween two of the blackish bars. Three out of six have a yellow ver-

tebral line.

This species appears to be closely allied to R. ¢igrina in its vome-

rine ridges and in the general form of its body, but approaches R.

kuhlii in its fang-like apophyses, almost hidden tympanum, and elon-

gate metatarsal tubercle.

Blyth states that it is common in the Tenasserim valley, where it

is eaten by the Burmese.

Length of body. Length of hind leg.

6! qi git yy

a 4 8 5

Ar 3~9

4 6 6 Il

Sins te: 5 py

Aye Al a Ol

RANA LIEBIGU, Giinther.

Megalophrys gigas, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxii. p. 410,

xii. p. 299, and xxiv. p. 717.

Rana liebigii, Gth. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 157, pl. 28. fig. A.

Hylorana erythrea, Schlegel; Theobald, Cat. Rept. As. Soc.

Museum, p. 84.

Blyth’s name has the priority ; but it is so inappropriate that I

prefer to retain Giinther’s, for which this much can be said, that

it will not give false notions regarding the size of a Frog which

does not attain to one-fourth of the dimensions of R. fusca or R.

tigrina.

Blyth’s type is 4" 6"” in length, the hind leg 7” 3'’, and the foot

from the heel 3” 4’”; the breadth of the Head 2”. The largest

specimen, referred by Theobald to H. erythrea, is Blyth’s type of

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 199

M. gigas, as is proved by comparing it with Blyth’s description. It

agrees in every particular with Ginther’s description. Blyth ob-

serves that the young have the head proportionally less broad than

in the adult, which is well illustrated by his specimens.

Hab. Sikkim Himalaya.

Rana crass, Jerdon, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1853, xxii. p. 531 ;

Theobald, Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Museum, p. 79.

This species, as observed by Theobald, is closely allied to R, tigrina,

from which it is distinguished by its more obtuse and shorter snout

and conspicuously broader occiput. Its metatarsal tubercle is pro-

portionally larger, stronger, and more crescentic than in R. tigrina,

resembling the shovel-shaped tubercle of Pyxicephalus. Dr. Jerdon

regards it as allied to R. kuAlii,—a comparison which would seem

to indicate that he had never identified R. Auhlii; for R. crassa has

the naked tympanum of R. tigrina, wants the fang-like apophyses

of R. kuhlii, and has the strongly developed vomerine ridges of the

former species. :

Snout rather short, and not so pointed as in R. tigrina. *Occiput

broad, the breadth across the gape being longer than the head.

Loreal tegion concave, shelving outwards? Nostrils oval, nearer the

snout than halfway between the snout and-the eye. Tympanum

distinct, smaller than the eye. Eustachian tubes large, larger than

the choanze. Vomerines 12 to 15, on two oblique prominent ridges

from the anterior inner angle of the choanz, converging behind, but

separated by a moderate interval. Tongue of moderate size, cordate.

No fang-like apophyses on the lower jaw. Back with short longi-

tudinal folds; a few tubercles on the sacral region. A fold from

the eye over the tympanum to the shoulder; a fold between the

eyelids, and a very rudimentary one along the inside of the tarsus,

and a fringe along the fifth toe. Hind limbs stout, rather short, the

distance between the vent and the metatarsal tubercle being the

length of the body or a little less. Toes fully webbed, the mem-

brane hardly reaching to the extremity of the fourth toe. <A pro-

minent crescentic sharp-edged tubercle at the base of the first toe.

Fingers and toes with the same proportional length as in R. tigrina.

Brown above (spirit specimens), spotted with darker in the same

way as in R. tigrina. Under surface yellowish, obscurely spotted on

the chin and throat ; a narrow brown longitudinal streak on the same

region in youngish males. Lips barred with blackish ; vocal saes of

males dusky externally. One out of four with a vertebral band.

Hind limb, to meta-

Body. tarsal tubercle.

Length of large female...... i hee Beye

~ éy: MAG wes ss 3 9 4 0

5 » AeMAC ss oti, eZ, Sh

Dr. Jerdon describes the body as greenish above, with dusky

markings, and states that the Frog was rare—found in a few tanks in

the Carnatic. _The specimens of this notice are from Ceylon.

200 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, _[Feb. 21,

Rana GRActuis, Wiegm. ; Gthr. /.c.p. 409.

This species appears to be widely distributed from Central India

through Bengal, Assam, Arakan, Burmah, and Tenasserim, as far

south as Penang. I have not seen any specimens from the Nicobars

or Andamans, as the Frogs from these localities referred by Dr. Sto-

liczka to this species appear to be quite distinct. Dr. Stoliczka men-

tions that it does not hesitate to take to the sea or brackish water,

and that it is a true littoral species, overlooking, however, the fact

that it is widely distributed over Central India, Bengal, and Burmah,

far removed from the sea. The probability is that he had the An-

daman and Nicobar species in view when he made the foregoing

generalization, and not true R. gracilis.

RANA CYANOPHLYCTIS, Schneid.

This species is very common in the Nagpur district, Central India,

and it occurs also in Orissa and in the neighbourhood of Calcutta,

but is less numerous in the Malayan peninsula, according to

Giinther.

PyxICEPHALUs BREVICEPS, Schneid. ; Gthr. J. c. p. 411.

Pyzicephalus fodiens, Jerdon, As. Soc. Journ. xxii. p. 534.

This handsome species, of which I have received twenty-one speci-

mens from Agra, where it appears to be common, has been found

hitherto only in the Carnatic. In four the marbling of the back is con-

fluent over the mesial line of the back as a vertebral black line, con-

nected, however, with the reticulations. In others there is a tendency

in the lateral reticulations to form a black lateral band from behind

the eye. Out of twenty-one specimens, only nine show the white ver-

tebral line. The black spots on the back are not, as arule, so distinct

as in Giinther’s figure, nor have they the white border; and in some

they almost disappear, while in others they are converted into rings,

enclosing a pale centre of the same colour as the general surface of

the body. Inthe specimens with no trace of a vertebral line the spots

are all but obsolete.

Dr. Jerdon’s P. fodiens is simply P. breviceps without a pale

vertebral line.

XENOPHRYS MONTICOLA, Gthr, J. c. p. 414.

Xenophrys gigas, Jerdon, Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 85.

I have received seven specimens of this beautiful Frog from Darjeel-

ing ; and have removed another uninjured specimen from the stomach

of an example of Tropidonotus macrophthalmus. ‘rhe largest spe-

cimen measures 2! 8!’ in length, the hind limb 4" 1!"; the smallest

is 1" 5! long, and its hind limb 2! 4!, There are two varieties of

coloration, the one a light and the other a dark brown. They agree

in every particular with Giinther’s description ; so that I shall merely

indicate one or two points which appear to be characteristic of the

species, and which Giinther could not have been expected to notice

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, 20)

in his young specimen, measuring 19 lines. The first peculiarity is

that the back is covered over with very minute (microscopic) tu-

bercles, that tend to arrange themselves in a linear manner. A

series of these tubercles constitute the outline of the triangular brown

spot on the crown, and also of the Y-shaped mark on the nape, and

of other anastomosing lines on the back behind it. There is usually

a line of them running along the side of the back. All of these lines

have a beaded appearance, and ate very fine, and not discernible in

some specimens, nor in adults. The triangular black spot extending

between the eyes has a very fine white margin, and sometimes encloses

a light-coloured spot in its centre. In the light-coloured variety

there are a number of dark-coloured spots with pale margins, ar-

ranged in a circle round a central one, with smaller spots about

them. The Y-shaped mark has also an obscure white margin.

The sides are generally black-spotted. In the dark variety, the chin,

throat, and thorax are black, marbled with whitish ; more so on the

belly, the posterior third of which is immaculate yellow. The upper

lip with four black bars on each side. A black band from the eye

below the canthus rostralis to the snout; a black band over the eye

through the tympanum; a very delicate yellowish line along the

canthus rostralis, the margin of the eyelid, and along the supra-

tympanal fold to the shoulder. A black band from the vent along

the back of the thighs, with a white margin above and a white spot

near its termination on the lower third of the thigh. Limbs barred

with brown. Palms and soles black, with a bright yellow external

margin. In the pale-coloured variety all these markings are the

same, only less intensely marked.

I have a specimen of Dr. Jerdon’s X. gigas beside me, but I find

that it in no way differs from the Darjeeling large specimens, which

are the adults of this species.

Hab. Sikkim Himalaya, 3500 feet.

I removed some land-shells from the stomach of this species large

enough to form a good meal.

Cacopus GLosuLosus, Gthr. /. c. p. 416.

I procured a specimen of this species in the Botanical Gardens,

Calcutta, some years ago, but have never succeeded in obtaining an-

other. It is an adult female, measuring 2! 6!, and the hind limb

2! 8!", This specimen, when brought to me, was distended in the

same way as Giinther’s young specimen, but I was unable to learn

any thing of its habits. The ovaria are very small (June).

Uniform brown above, yellow below.

Besides the fold between the eyes, and descending to the angle of

the mouth, there is a short obscure fold from below the posterior angle

of the eye to the shoulder. This fold is very obscure on one side,

but well marked on the other, and it may be a variable character.

There are a number of minute black tubercles on the sides of the

thighs external to the vent.

oe vomerine prominences appear to be more mucous folds than

papillae.

202 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. _[Feb. 21,

DiPLOPELMA BERDMORE!, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxiv.

p. 720.

Diplopelma pulchrum, Gthr, ; Theobald, Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Mus.

p: 83.

Head triangular; snout short, conical, and rounded, without

canthus rostralis; nostrils near the extremity of the snout, directed

upwards, outwards, and forwards. Body rather short. Limbs

long, from the vent to the metatarsal tubercle one and a half times

the length of the body. Two metatarsal tubercles, the outer one not

very large, rounded, the internal one laterally compressed, Toes

completely webbed, dilated, and truncated at the tips; fingers

rather elongate, slightly dilated and truncated at the tips. Tongue

elongate, ovate, entire behind. Tympanum hidden. Skin smooth.

“Dusky above and on the throat ; rest of the lower parts reddish

white ; some black spots on the sides, and interrupted bands on the

limbs. In young individuals a dusky bottle-like mark appears on

the upper parts, with the neck of the bottle extending from between

the eyes to between the shoulders. In adults this becomes incon-

spicuous, but is distinctly traceable.’ (Blyth.) Blyth’s three types,

stated by Theobald to be no longer in this museum, were identified

by him as D. pulchrum. One accurately agrees with Blyth’s mea-

surements; and all tally with his description.

The longish legs and strongly webbed toes of this form would

seem to separate it from this genus, which, however, I hesitate to do,

as it agrees with it in all the following particulars :—It has the short

snout, narrow gape, hidden tympanum, edentulous jaws and palate,

elongately ovate, entire tongue, and free fingers of Diplopelma. Blyth

says it appears to be common in Pegu.

DipLOPELMA INTERLINEATUM, Blyth.

Engystoma (?) interlineatum, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxii.

p- 732, and xxii. p. 720.

Snout short and pointed; nostrils near the tip of the snout. A

fold of skin across the vertex from the posterior angle of the orbit,

and continuous with the fold over the tympanum to the shoulder.

Tympanum covered with the skin, but indistinctly seen. A strong

fringed mucous fold across the roof of the mouth before the cesopha-

gus. Tongue elongately oval, entire. Fingers with large subarticular

tubercles ; fourth finger about half the length of the third, and almost

one-fourth shorter than the first ; the second slightly longer than the

first. Toes rather short, nearly one-third webbed, with prominent

subarticular tubercles. Two metatarsal tubercles, not very prominent,

the internal one more elongate than round, the one at the base of

the fourth toe small and rounded. From the vent to the metatarsal

tubercle is the length from the vent to the postorbital fold. Upper

surface smooth, profusely covered with small pores. A few minute

tubercles on the upper surface of the snout. Sides of the mouth, chin,

throat, and thorax finely tubercular. Abdomen, under surface of

thighs, and anal region densely and coarsely tubercular. A few small

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 203

white tubercles on the throat, chin, and breast, with a prominent one

on either side of the latter. Length 1” 9'", hind limb 1” 11".

* Colour, a golden clay-brown above, with median blackish vertical

streak, diverging into two at the nape, which are continued to the

base of each hind leg ; and when the hind leg is closed it appears to be

continued on to the limb. Anteriorly to the eyes, a narrower branch

passes over the orbit, and is also continued to the base of the hind

limb ; and a median duller line appears on the croup, which abruptly

diverges towards the vent. Narrower intermediate lines are also

traceable ; and the principal streaks are set off by a pale golden edge.

Limbs beautifully banded; the tarse dark posteriorly. Throat and

breast blackish ; the tuberculated belly and thighs tinged with yellow.

Sides black, continued in a straight line from the nostrils and eyes,

and strongly contrasting with a bright pale golden edge above.”

Such is Blyth’s description of the coloration of his type, which I

have been unable to discover in this museum. In his description of

his second specimen, from which the foregoing account has been de-

rived, he mentions that “the markings in it are much less distinct,

while a great pale-edged black spot has become intensely developed,

adjoining the base of each thigh above. In the former specimen

three black spots may be seen in process of development, at the ends

of the two streaks which diverge from between the shoulders. Ina

male the entire upper parts are pale, and have a rosy tinge, with the

same black spot conspicuously developed, while the remains of the

longitudinal strize are barely traceable. All are probably very beau-

tifully coloured when alive.”

In this specimen the general colour above is a pale violet earthy

grey. A narrow dark violet brown band runs from the tip of the

snout to the occiput, where it divides into two branches, which run

backwards and outwards, and terminate at the base of the thigh in a

large rich dark brown spot or drop, with a yellow margin. A smaller

similarly coloured spot, internal and posterior to it at the base of the

thigh above, and continued to the back of the thigh as a narrow

violet-brown band ; another longish linear spot external to it on the

sides ; faint indications (the specimen is much bleached) of some

reticulated bands on the side of the occiput and sacral region; a

broad violet-brown band from the eye through the tympanum along

the side, with a pale yellow margin above ; a few black spots on the

oscilla ; a narrow yellowish arched line from above the anus along

the back of the thighs ; thigh with three narrow oblique violet-brown

bands, and the tibia barred or reticulated with the same colour;

under surface dirty yellow, mottled with brownish on the tubercles

of the chin, throat, and thorax.

This form has the edentulous palate and non-dilated toes of

Diplopelma ; in its general form, however, and in the strong fringed

ridge across the palate it approaches Callula.

Hab, Pegu.

Buro PANTHERINUS, Boie.

Crown of the head concave, without bony enlargement ; no gland

204 ' DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. _ [Feb. 21,

on the thigh ; tympanum very distinct, nearly as large as the eye ;

parotoids slightly longer than the head, elongately kidney-shaped,

moderately broad, not very prominent, without a black edge. Third

finger longer than the fourth; toes half webbed, the membrane

prolonged along the toes as a fine fringe nearly to the tips. Meta-

carpus with two coloured rather small tubercles, the innermost one

being the largest. Numerous rather flat tubercles of different sizes,

each capped with a small horny papilla.

Adults light greyish olive, with numerous dark olive-black spots,

communicating and producing a reticulated appearance ; spotted or

obscurely barred with the same colour on the limbs, and with an ob-

scure interrupted dark band between the eyes, and occasional indi-

stinct traces of a pale vertebral line; below whitish.

All the young specimens are various shades of olive-grey or brown,

whitish below. Length of adult 3 inches.

Hab. Agra district.

This species is closely allied to the European B. viridis, but its

tympanum is large and distinct.

It appears to be common in the Agra district, where it is associ-

ated with B. melanostictus. With Psammosaurus griseus, this is

the second African reptile which has been added to the fauna of the

north-west within the last three or four years. Very little is known of

the reptiles of the dry desert country to the south-west of Delhi and

Agra; but further researches will in all probability prove that many

more of its forms are African.

The similarity of the markings of the adults of this species to

those of Cacopus breviceps is remarkable, and suggests that either

one or the other may be an instance of mimicry.

Buro MELANostTIcTUS, Schneid.; Gthr. /. ¢. p. 422.

Agra.

Buro sIkKIMMENSIS, Blyth.

Bombinator sikkimmensis, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxiii.

p- 300.

Scutiger sikkimmensis, Theobald, Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Museum,

Calcutta, 1868, p. 83.

This remarkable Toad, which was referred by Blyth to Bombinator,

has neither maxillary nor vomerine teeth. It is very closely allied to

the true Toads, and only differs in its free toes and in its slightly

notched tongue, which, however, resembles that organ in Bufo

in its elongately ovate form, and in being free behind. It has no

cranial ridges ; and its parotoids, which stretch from the eye to

the shoulder, are very narrow and linear. Its Eustachian tubes are

not obsolete, as described by Theobald, but are very minute orifices

placed close to the angle of the mouth. The character on which

Theobald has founded the genus is an unfortunate one, as it is purely

sexual and peculiar to the male. It consists of two plate-like cal-

Josities on either side of the thorax, thickly studded with minute

dark-brown granules, such as occur on the same region in B. liebigi

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, 205

and other Batrachia. Similar to these structures is the rough,

almost spiny surface on the upper aspect of the first and second

fingers, and on the inner margin of the third. The female, as in

other Batrachia, has no trace of these structures. There is in some

an indistinct trace of an external ear. The canthus rostralis is

round, and the nostril is situated rather below it, halfway between

the eye and the end of the snout, which is short and round in front.

The gape is about the length of the head. The surface of the head

is slightly concave, due to a feeble swelling of the rounded canthus

rostralis. The whole upper surface and sides of the body is densely

covered with small glandular warts, among which many large ones

are interspersed, bearing one or two little sharp horny spines, which

are generally broken across, giving rise to Theobald’s so-called apical

pore; no large warts on the limbs; smooth below. The female is

much less glandular thanthe male. The legs are rather short, as in

Bufo. The first toe is very short ; and the fifth is almost half the

length of the fourth, and is very little shorter than the third; a

fold of skin along the outside of the fifth toe. The fingers, as in

Bufo, more slender in the female than in the male; the third finger

longer than the fourth. The length of the body is equal to the

distance between the vent and the base of the fourth toe.

The mere circumstance that the toes are not webbed does not

appear to be a sufficient reason for separating this Frog from the

ordinary Toads, which it resembles in all its other characters.

The specimen, the third that has been found, that has given rise

to these remarks was procured on the Sengalula range, Darjeeling,

at an altitude of 12,000 feet.

HyLoRANA NIGROVITTATA.

Gymnodytes nigrovittatus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xxiv.

pp. 718, 719.

| Snout short, conical ; canthus rounded; loreal region longitudi-

nally concave; tympanum about one-fourth less than the long

diameter of the eye. Vomerine teeth on two rounded eminences

placed obliquely at some distance from the internal angle of the

choanze, converging, but widely separated. Tips of fingers and toes

but slightly dilated. The first finger is slightly longer than the

second, and the distal phalanx shorter than the fourth; the third

has its distal phalanx longer than the fourth. Feet rather small. Toes

feebly webbed, with the exception of the fourth; the fourth toe is

one-half the length of the body. Two metatarsal tubercles, the

inner one elongate, prominent, and the other rounded and conical.

From the vent to the heel is very little less than the length of the

body. Skin smooth, very finely tubercular on the sacral region

and the upper surface of the legs and the back of the thighs around

and external to the vent ; a glandular fold from the eye, along the

side of the back; an interrupted glandular fold from the angle of

the mouth over the shoulder, but disappearing behind it ; sometimes

a few tubercles tending to a linear arrangement in front of the groin

immediately below the dorsal line,

206 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. __[Feb. 21,

Pale plumbeous brown above (in spirit) ; in some a very obscure

pale line along the lateral fold ; a dark brown band from the eye along

the side, with a darker margin below the glandular fold. On the

sides in some, below this band, a few dark-brown spots between the

axils, tending to form a second dark band, separated from the other

by a broad pale interval. A dark line from the eye to the snout ;

upper lip dark anteriorly, paling to yellowish on the glands behind

the mouth. Under surface dirty yellowish, obscurely spotted with

brown in some ; two longitudinal lateral brown streaks on the throat

and thorax ; back of the thighs and under surface of the legs strongly

marbled with blackish over a yellowish ground; upper surface of

thighs finely reticulately barred, and legs broadly barred with

brownish ; under surface of thighs brown-spotted.

Snout from ant.

No. Length of body. angle of eye. Hind limb.

1 fae. eed. gl ot sy" Bt Que

Dini eaeh ne) ay 3.0

abit spore dispels, « 1 22 at 3 0

No. 1 is Blyth’s type. This species is closely allied to R. macu-

laria, Blyth, from which it is distinguished by its shorter and less

pointed snout, smaller feet, and coloration.

This species inhabits Pegu.

HyLORANA NICOBARIENSIS, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,

xxxix. p. 150, pl. 9. fig. 2.

Habit slender. Snout rather narrow and tapering ; upper jaw pro-

jecting but little beyond the lower; canthus rostralis triangular,

rounded, with the nostril slightly below it, and much nearer the end

of the snout than the eye ; loreal region longitudinally concave ; tym-

panum distinct, nearly as large as the eye. Vomerine teeth on two

short feebly developed slightly oblique processes near the internal mar-

gin of the choanee, but separated by a wide interspace. Tongue cor-

date, pointed anteriorly, and not very deeply notched. Disks small.

Limbs slender and rather long. The first finger is almost as long as

the fourth, and is about the same length as the second ; the third is

about one-third longer than the fourth. Subarticular tubercles large.

From the vent to the heel is a little shorter than the body. The

fourth toe is a little less than one-half of the body. Two rather

small metatarsal tubercles ; the inner one short and oblong, and the

outer one round and but little smaller than the former. Toes rather

feebly webbed, the membrane reaching to the extremities of the third

and fifth toes. Skin quite smooth. Dr. Stoliczka gives the following

measurements of the two largest specimens :—

3 ff

in, in.

Lesethof ody a3... + 4. 3c 24 114

Distance from vent to heel .. 142 112

Length of fourth toe ...... 43 13

Total length of hind limb .. 35% 3545

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. 207

He describes the colour above as olive greenish, much darker and

almost black in some male specimens; upper glandular folds pale ;

upper lip whitish; lower glandular tubercles usually pure white ;

sides of body, including the loreal region, black, which uniform

colour, however, fades on the posterior part of the body, and is

sometimes replaced there by a few dark spots; lower parts more or

less mottled with black, sometimes almost wholly black in the males,

but yellowish between the thighs; in the females the lower parts

are whitish, either uniform or only slightly dusky ; fore limbs with

few indistinct cross bands ; a dark streak in front of the upper arm,

and another one behind, as well as on the lower arm; hind limbs

above banded with brown, behind indistinctly mottled with dark

and yellow.

Dr. Stoliczka was at first inclined to regard this species as a variety

of H. tytleri (? erythrea), from which he now considers it to be

distinguished by its “larger tympanum, the usual total want of the

short downward bent lower glandular fold, the better-developed disks

of the fingers and toes, the greater length of the third finger, the

presence of two almost subequal metatarsal tubercles, its distinctly

larger gape, and more distant vomerine ridges.”

Hab. Nicobar Islands.

PotyPEDATES MacuLatus, Gray; Gthr. /.¢. p. 428.

The Darjeeling specimens of this Frog now before me are all more

or less distincty spotted on different shades of grey. The largest

is pale, almost cream-colour, with very indistinct spots, and no

trace of a band between the eyes, and without an hourglass-marking.

The brown band along the canthus rostralis and over the tympanum,

however, is very distinct. The other two specimens are dark siaty,

with indications of the hourglass-marking on the anterior part of the

back; and in both the transverse band between the eyes faintly shows.

This is not an uncommon species about an elevation of 3000 feet

in Sikkim, and is chiefly found among long grass, and not, as its name

(Tree-Frog) would lead us to expect, on trees. This is the case also

with Rhachophorus maximus, which is found in similar situations, also

in ponds and wells. It likewise possesses the power of changing its

colours.

POLYPEDATES QUADRILINEATUS, Wiegin.

The dark bands are very narrow and not very distinct; and the

black edging can hardly be said to exist. The bands also show a

tendency to break up posteriorly, and over the sacrum they are

reduced to small black spots. The black band from the snout and

over the tympanum is prolonged along the side to almost halfway

between the axilla and groin, but behind that it is reduced to

widely distant black spots with white edges. The general colour is

a pale olive-grey ; the bars on the legs and the marbling on the

back of the thighs are well marked, especially the latter. A dark

band edged anteriorly with white runs along the back of .the fore-

arm to the little finger ; the under surface of the lower jaw is finely

208 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. _[Feb. 21,

speckled with brown. The vomerine teeth are in convergent series.

The surface of the head between the orbits concave ; roughish surface

above each canthus rostralis and between the orbits, and extending

along the occiput, enclosing a smooth triangular space ; no transverse

ridges. Length 2" 9; thigh 1" 5!; calf 1" 5; heel 9!", to

fourth toe 1! 1!",

This specimen appears to be intermediate between true P. quadri-

lineatus and P. maculatus ; but the black lines on its back and other

characters affine it to the former.

Gowhatty, Assam, considerably below 2000 feet.

POLYPEDATES SMARAGDINUS, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

vol. xxi. p. 355; Jerdon, Proc. As. Soc. 1870, p. 83.

Blyth merely says, “A Tree-frog from the Naga hills, Assam

(P. smaragdinus, nobis). Length of the body 33 inches, hind limb

534 inches. Wholly green above, changing in spirit to livid blue ;

underparts white.” Dr. Jerdon is not more explicit about the

form which he supposes to be Blyth’s P. smaragdinus; for he

merely says that it is “A very large green-backed Frog.” Dr.

Jerdon has presented his specimens to this museum; and I take

this opportunity to describe them.

Body moderately long and slender ; legs very long and slender.

Head rather broad, upper surface slightly concave on the mesial line ;

distinct canthus rostralis ; loreal region concave ; snout of moderate

length, rounded in front; tympanum distinct, a little more than

half the diameter of the eye. Vomerine prominences placed nearly

transversely across the palate, from the inner angle of the choane,

from which they are separated by a short interval, convergent behind,

but not incontact. A single line of from nine to twelve short nodular

teeth. Skin quite smooth throughout; skin adherent to the sur-

face of the head ; indications of a curved osseous crest. No enlarged

tubercles below the anus; no appendage to the heel. The body

is one-seventh the distance between the arms and the heel, shorter

than the length between the two points. Fingers with a very rudi-

mentary web; disks large, considerably larger than those of the

toes, which are broadly webbed, the membrane reaching to the

disk.

The upper surface is pale livid blue (spirit specimen) ; under sur-

face of chin, throat, and chest brownish, the rest yellowish. A

dark brown band through the loreal region and along the sides of

the groin. Upper jaw with a white line from the snont, below the

eye and tympanum, passing behind the axilla to the ventral sur-

face. Sides marbled brown and yellow; legs with broad brown

bars ; back of thigh marbled with yellow and brown ; arms slightly

marked with brown bars and spots. Two youngish specimens have

a single longitudinal series of black spots over the vertebral line,

with faint indications of others. Length of body 3! 2!; hind

limb to heel 3" 8'"; heel to extremity of largest toe 2! 6!".

I am not at all satisfied that this is more than a variety of P. ma-

culatus.

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES, 209

PoLYPEDATES MARMORATUS, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxiv.

p- 188; Gunther, l. c. p. 428.

Polypedates afghana, Gthr.; Jerdon, Proc. As. Soc. 1870, p. 84.

Habit rather stouter than P. maculatus. Snout of moderate

length, not depressed, moderately pointed; canthus rostralis di-

stinct ; nostril slightly below the canthus rostralis; loreal region

rather deeply concave and granular. Eye large and prominent.

Tympanum very small, smaller than the disk of the third finger.

Vomerine teeth on two transverse ridges, on a line with the pos-

terior margin of the choanz. Skin above densely covered with

small tubercles, with white apices. A large white tubercle on the

middle of the head between the anterior angle of the eyes; a few

large glandular-like tubercles above the tympanum on the sides and

behind the angle of the mouth. Belly and back of thighs finely

tubercular. Fingers free, with the disks very large. Toes com-

pletely webbed, with the membrane extending to the disks; me-

tatarsus with a small oblong tubercle. From the vent to the heel

is considerably longer than the body.

Colour (in spirit) pale yellowish, with large spots with black cen-

tres, paling towards the margins of the spots, so that they become

confluent ; a few white spots interspersed among them. Under

surface yellowish, spotted with dusky on the chin, throat, and chest.

Lips and limbs broadly barred with blackish, the barring on the

legs extending on to the fingers and toes.

Adult (Blyth’s type), 3! 3! in length ; limb 5" 7!, Pegu.

Adult (Darjeeling), 2! 8! in length ; limb 5!" 1!"

Blyth’s specimens were from Pegu; I also obtained it at an

elevation of 3000 feet on the Kakhyen Hills, in the north-east of

Burmah, on the confines of China; and other specimens are from

the neighbourhood of Darjeeling, at an height of 3000 feet.

PoLYPEDATES HASCHEANUS, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

vol. xxxix. p. 147, pl. ix. fig. 3.

This is a small species, perhaps the smallest known form of the

genus, measuring only +2”, and the hind limb 1,9,. The head is

rather large compared with the length of the body ; and its breadth

is indicated by the circumstance that the distance between the eyes

is nearly the length of the moderately long snout. The vomerine

prominences are small rounded nodules, their anterior margins being

almost on a level with the posterior margin of the choanze, from

which, and also from one another, they are widely separated. Dr.

Stoliczka describes an indistinct dorsal glandular fold on the fore

part of body, which is clearly traceable on the posterior half of it.

The existence of such a structure would lead us to refer this Frog to

Hylorana and not to Polypedates ; but on carefully examining Dr.

Stoliczka’s specimens in this museum, I fail to detect the slightest

indication of a dorsal glandular fold. The fold over the tympanum

is well developed, and the disks of the fingers and toes are mode-

rately large.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XIV.

210 DR. J. ANDERSON ON INDIAN REPTILES. [ Feb. 21,

Dr. Stoliczka describes the species as of very active habits, and

states that he found it tolerably common in the forests on the Penang

Hill, about 1000 feet above the sea.

PoLYPEDATES ANNECTENS, Jerdon, Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1870,

pp. 83, 84.

Habit moderately slender. Head rather broad, slightly de-

pressed ; snout short and rounded; canthus distinct, rounded ;

loreal region nearly vertical, slightly concave; nostrils near ex-

tremity of snout; distance between the eyes as long as the snout ;

tympanum distinct, about one half the long diameter of the eye.

Vomerine teeth on two prominent rounded processes, close to the

internal margin of the choanz, with a narrow interspace between

them. Tongue cordate, almost entire behind, or with a very faint

notch. Disks rather well developed. Limbs of moderate length.

Fingers with a distinct membrane at their base; first finger small,

little more than one-half the length of the fourth; second about

one-third shorter than the third; fourth a fourth shorter than the

third. From the vent to the metatarsal tubercle is a little longer

than the body; a short oblong metatarsal tubercle. Toes one-

half webbed ; the first toe small, one-half the length of the second.

A strong glandular fold from the eye over the tympanum to the

shoulder, and prolonged slightly beyond the latter. Smooth above,

densely granular below, and on the under surface of the thighs.

Above uniform dark greenish violet ; a very narrow pale line from

above the shoulder, prolonged downwards and backwards on to the

side, expanding in its latter half into the yellow of the abdomen,

with a few intensely black spots, in linear series, on the sides, in

and before the groin; a broad dusky band below the anterior half of

the narrow white line. Under surface and back of the thighs bright

yellow, the latter with large black spots; a few on the anterior

margin of the tibia and tarsus. Length 1" 7!; hind limb 2” 7!",

Hao. Khasi Hills.

Dr. Jerdon observes of this species that it forms a link between

this genus and Rhacophorus, having the basal portion of the fingers

webbed ; but the fingers of P. pleurostictus and P. reticulatus have

the membrane quite as well developed as in the present form. The

partial prolongation of its supratympanic fold on to the sides of

the body would seem to indicate that its affinities were more in the

direction of Hylorana.

Ruwacopuorvs MAximus, Gthr.; Giinther, J. c. p. 435.

This species appears to be common throughout North-eastern

Assam, and southwards to the Khasi Hills, but to be rather scarce

in Sikkim ; for out of a large collection of Frogs from thence I have

only obtained one specimen, while in collections from Eastern As-

sam it is one of the prevalent forms. It is associated in the Khasi

Hills with R. maculatus. Its extension as far east as Afghanistan

seems doubtful. The specimen which Giinther refers to as coming

from Afghanistan probably had a similar history to the specimen of

1871.] DR. J. ANDEKSON ON NEW BIRDS FROM YUNAN. 211

Oligodon dorsalis, which was doubtfully referred to Afghanistan be-

cause it happened to have been found in Griffith’s collections.

Griffith, however, made his most extensive collections in Assam,

Upper Burmah, and the Khasi Hills ; and it seems to be probable,

from such facts as these of O. dorsalis and this species, that his

Afghanistan collections have been mixed up with the former.

This Frog attains a large size, the largest specimen before me

measuring 4” 2!" ; hind limb 6! 5!"

The vomerine teeth are on two prominent transverse ridges from

the anterior internal angle of the choanz, with a wide interval be-

tween them. The canthus rostralis is well marked in the adult,

and the nostril is slightly below it, near the end of the snout. The

diameter of the tympanum is more than two-thirds the long dia-

meter of the eye. The skin is smooth, but the supratympanal and

orbital and posttympanal regions are finely granular, and the abdo-

men and under surface of the femora, and sometimes the upper sur-

face of the latter, are granular. From the vent to the heel is the

length of the body.

Above uniform violet, in spirit; under surface brownish, darkest

on the sides when in contact with the colour of the back, from

which it is occasionally separated by a paler violet band. The

brown of the sides in others is densely spotted with darker brown.

The under lip is yellow.

I have examined twenty specimens of this Frog of all ages.

CaLLuLa puLcHRA, Gray ; Gthr. J. c. p. 437.

Some years ago I obtained two specimens of this handsome Frog

in the Botanical Gardens, Calcutta; but I have never succeeded in

procuring another. The largest specimen in this museum is 2!! 9!!!

in length, the hind limb being 2" 8!, Not uncommon in Upper

Burmah.

4, On eight new Species of Birds from Western Yunan,

China. By Joun Anperson, M.D., F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.,

Director of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

[Received February 8, 1871.]

(Plate XI.)

SUTHORA BRUNNEA, 0. sp.

Supra fusco-olivacea: pileo et nucha rufo-ferrugineis : mento, gula

et pectore roseo suffusis, et leviter fusco-striatis ; abdomine fusco-

flavo ; hypochondriis crissoque olivaceo-brunneis: alis et cauda

brunneis: remigibus primariis et rectricibus flavo-olivaceo te-

nuiter et pallide marginatis.

Long. tota 5°20, alee 2°15, caudze 2-74, rostri a rictu 35, a fronte

*35, tarsi ‘84 poll. Angl.

Hab. Momien, Yunan, ad alt. 4500 ped. Angl.

212. - DR. J. ANDERSON ON NEW BIRDS FROM YUNAN. [Feb. 21,

Above brownish olive, head and nape rich reddish ferruginous ;

chin and throat as well as the breast suffused with rosy, and faintly

striated with brown; middle of abdomen buff; sides of abdomen

and under tail-coverts dusky olive-brown; wings and tail brown;

primaries and tail-feathers narrowly and faintly margined with yel-

lowish olive.

This species is closely allied to S. dulomachus, Swinhoe, with the

figure of which I have compared it, aad from which it differs in the

following particulars; viz. the red of the head and neck is much more

intensely marked in this species, the centre of the abdomen is buff,

and there is no red on the wing. The latter character also separates

it from S. webbiana.

CISTICOLA MELANOCEPHALA, Ni. Sp.

C. pileo nigro, plumis rufo obscure marginatis : nucha rufa, brunneo

obscure striata: loris et superciliis pallide rufis : dorso et uropygio

nigris, plumis rufo-cinereo marginatis : cauda supra brunnea, ob-

scure fasciata, subtus cinerea obscure fasciata, apice nigro macu-

lata et rufo-cinereo pallide terminata: caude tectricibusinferioribus

ferrugineis : alarum tectricibus brunneis, pallido rufo marginatis :

remigibus brunneis, rufo marginatis, subtus albo-ferrugineo tinctis :

hypochondriis ferrugineis.

Long. tota 4°35, alee 1°70, caudee 2, tarsi *72, rostri a fronte *52,

a rictu °37.

Hab. Sonda, Yunan, ad alt. circiter 1700 ped. Angl.

Head black, feathers obscurely margined with rufous; lores and

supercilium pale rufous, faintly striated with brown; back and rump

black, feathers margined with rufous cinereous; tail brown above,

obscurely banded, cinereous below, obscurely banded, black-spotted

near the apex and tipped with pale rufous cinereous; under tail-

coverts ferruginous ; wing-coverts brown, faintly margined with ru-

fous; quills brown, edged with rufous ; below ferruginous albescent.

The intense black of the centres of the feathers of this species

and the almost entire absence of light-coloured margins to the fea-

thers of the head separate it from C. schenicola. I have specimens

of the latter bird from Central India with much lighter rufous about

them than the ordinary run of Bengal and Cachar specimens; and

the top of the head, instead of being nearly uniform dull rufous-

brown, as in Bengal specimens, is bright pale rufous with narrow

brownish-black centres to the feathers, and the two colours have a

tendency to dispose themselves in lines. My Cachar specimens re-

semble those from Bengal in every respect.

From shrubby jungle on the hill-sides behind Sonda.

Saya SUPERCILIARIS, Nl. Sp.

Supra clivaceo-brunnea : plumis pilei et nuche obscure nigro lavatis :

superciliis albis: loris nigris ; mento, gula et pectore albis, sub-

rufescentibus : pectore indistincte nigro maculato: abdomine et

crisso rufo-brunneis ; remigibus et tectricibus brunneis, rufo mare

ginatis : rachibus rectricum nigris.

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON NEW BIRDS FROM YUNAN. 213

Long. tota 7, ale 1°87, caudz 4, tarsi ‘85, rostri a rictu ‘60, a

fronte °44.

Hab. Momien, Yunan, ad alt. circiter 5000 ped. Angl.

The bright supercilium and the faintly black-spotted breast are

the distinguishing characters of this species.

Olive-brown above, the head and nape faintly washed with black ;

supercilia white ; lores black ; chin, throat, and breast white, tinged

with rufous; breast indistinctly spotted with black; abdomen and

under tail-coverts reddish brown; wings and tail brown, margined

with rufous; shafts of the tail-feathers black.

CuLICIPETA TEPHROCEPHALUS, 0. Sp.

C. similis C. burkii sed pileo et nucha cinereis, lateribus lororum

nigro fasciatis.

Alz 2°10, caudze 1°90, tarsi *72, rostri a rictu *54, a fronte 4.

Hab. Bhamo, Burmah. ;

This species resembles C. durhii, but has the head and nape cine-

reous, with a black band along their lateral margin, as in C. burkii.

The latter is slightly duller green.

HypsirEtTes YUNANENSIS, 0. Sp.

H. nigra : pileo, cervice et interscapularibus nigro-metallicis : dorso

medio uropygioque fusco-nigris, cinereo tinctis: plumis cinereo

pallide marginatis : tectricibus caude superioribus fusco-nigris,

cinereo pallide tinctis : subtus fusco-cinerea, brunneo-nigro notata ;

abdominis lateribus cinereo-plumbeis : tectricibus caude inferiori-

bus cinereis albo marginatis : tectricibus alarum brunneo-nigris :

remigibus et rectricibus nigro-brunneis et remigibus cinereo te-

nuiter limbatis.

Long. tota 10, alee 5, cauda 4°50, tarsi +70, rostri a rictu 1°16, a

fronte *90.

Hab. Ponsee, Yunan, ad alt. circiter 3590 ped. Angl.

Black ; head, neck, and interscapular region metallic black; middle

of back and rump dusky black, tinged with cinereous; the feathers

margined with cinereous; upper tail-coverts brownish black, feebly

tinged with cinereous; below dark cinereous spotted with brownish

black ; sides of the abdomen slaty cinereous; under tail-coverts ashy

margined with white; wing-coverts brownish black; wing and tail

blackish brown, the primaries narrowly margined with cinereous ; bill,

legs, and feet coral-red, claws dusky ; irides bright reddish brown.

This bird is intermediate between H. psaroides and H. ganeesa,

but is most closely allied to the latter. It is also nearly allied to

H. nigerrima, Gould, with which I have compared it. It is a larger

bird than any of the foregoing species. It is also a much greyer bird

generally than the HZ. perniger, Swinhoe, and considerably larger.

Blyth’s H. concolor is so imperfect in every way that I do not

attempt to supplement his meagre description.

I have all the species of this group before me, and agree with

Blyth that H. neilgherriensis, Jerdon, is the same as H. ganeesa,

Sykes; and I believe it to be extremely doubtful whether the latter

214 DR. J. ANDERSON ON NEW BIRDS FROM YUNAN. [Feb. 21,

is distinct from H. psaroides, but I have not sufficient materials to

decide this question.

I have a specimen of H. psaroides from Simla so light-coloured

on the under surface that it might be correctly described as pale

slaty white.

BAMBUSICOLA FYTCHII, n. sp. (Plate XI.)

3. Pileo brunneo-ferrugineo: fascia lata superciliari in fronte

conjuncta utrinque elongata, albescenti-cinerea ; fascia pone oculos

nigra: auchenio cinnamomeo: interscapularibus et tectricibus

alarum cinereo-olivaceis, maculis subtriquetris rufo-brunneis, nigro

terminatis et plumis brunneo-nigro obscure lineolatis : dorso, uro-

pygio et tectricibus caude superioribus cinereo-olivaceis, nigro-

brunneo transversim obscure nitideque notatis vel subfasciatis, in-

terdum nigro parce maculatis, maculis triangularibus albescente

cinereo terminatis : rectricibus cinnamomeis, duabus mediis nigro-

brunneo undulatim fasciatis, fasciis ochraceis pallide marginatis :

duabus sequentibus nigro-brunneo obscure lineolatis : loris, mento

gulaque pallide ochraceis: jugulo rufo-ochraceo et cinnamomeo

longitudinaliter vario: pectore lateribusque ejus cinnamomeis al-

boque ocellatis et nigro parce maculatis : pectore, ventre crissoque

pullide rufescenti-albis, maculis magnis subrotundatis et nigris :

hypochondriorum plumarum maculis permagnis et triangularibus :

remigibus cinnamomeis, secundariorum marginibus externis brunneo

et cinereo obscure marmoratis : remigibus tertiariis rufo-brunneis,

apicibus extensis nigris et albescente cinereo tenuiter marginatis :

marginibus externis cinereo et albo tenuiter marmoratis.

Long. tota 12, alee 5°80, caudee 4°20, tarsi 1°58, rostri a rictu 9°5,

a fronte *86.

@. Cauda magis brunnea: fascia post oculos cinnamomea : caleari

minuto.

The structural characters of this bird are decidedly Bambusicoline ;

but it is related in its colouring to Ardoricola. Gould describes the

spur of B. sonorivor as blunt; but it is very sharp in this species,

and is indicated in the female by a small tubercle. The female is

also distinguished from the male by the postorbital band being cin-

namon instead of black.

I procured this bird from the old rice-clearings on the hill-sides of

Ponsee, at an elevation of 3000 feet.

PycnonoTus xANTHORRHOUS, And. Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, -

1869, p. 265.

Tzus andersoni, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. v. ser. 4,

1870, p. 175.

Mauwyne, Yunan, 1700 feet; Ichang, Yangtsze river (Swinhoe).

PHASIANUS SLADENI, MS.

Phasianus sladeni, MS. Anderson; Elliot, P. Z. S. 1870, pp.

404, 408.

1871.] MR. W.S. ATKINSON ON BUTTERFLIES FROM YUNAN. 215

Phasianus elegans, Elliot, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1870,

p. 312.

Momien, Western Yunan, 4500 feet; South-western Szechuen

(Elliot).

5. Descriptions of three New Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera

from Western Yunan collected by Dr. Anderson in

1868. By W. 8S. Arxryson, M.A., F.L.S., &c., Director

of Public Instruction, Bengal. (Communicated by Joun

Anperson, F.L.S., F.Z.S.)

[Received February 7, 1871.]

(Plate XII.)

1. AEMonA LENA, sp. noy. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)

Upperside :—Fore wings pale brownish grey, crossed by a dark

brown band, interrupted by the nervures from before the apex to

near the posterior margin at two-thirds of its length from the base,

beyond the band darker, with a slightly marked and incomplete sub-

marginal line, before which is a series of five pale lanceolate blotches

between the nervures directed towards the outer margin. All the

nervures tinged with yellow and more or less dark-bordered. Hind

wings: anterior portion from base to outer margin pale, posterior

portion bright yellow, crossed by a submarginal series of three dark-

bordered white blotches, and a fourth fainter blotch between the ner-

yures, forming a short interrupted band from near the apex to the

second median nervure. The submedian nervure fringed from its origin

to near its extremity with long yellowish hairs, longest and most

conspicuous towards its extremity.

Underside :—Both wings crossed by a dark ferruginous band with

sharply defined outer edge from the costa of the fore wing near the

apex to near the extremity of the submedian nervure of the hind

wing, and having a faintly traced submarginal line, before which is

a series of blind white-centred ocelli. The cell of the fore wing

crossed near its middle by a curved ferruginous band. Hind wing

crossed by a ferruginous band near the base.

Antenne ferruginous; palpi and legs tawny yellow.

Expanse of wings 3} inches. aor

Hab. Yunan. Collected by Dr. J. Anderson, 1868.

2. ZOPHOESSA ANDERSONT, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 3.)

Upperside brown. ore wing crossed by two pale bands rising

from the costa and directed towards the posterior angle, but not

reaching it; the first beyond the extremity of the cell, the second

intermediate between the first and the exterior margin. Hind wing

216 MR. W.S. ATKINSON ON BUTTERFLIES FROM YUNAN. [Feb. 21,

with a pale submarginal belt containing a series of incomplete ocelli.

The first and third median nervures produced into short tails.

Underside bright ferruginous. Fore wing crossed by three

silvery-white bands; the first cutting the middle of the cell at right

angles, the second and third corresponding to the pale bands on the

upperside. Exterior to the third band a series of rudimentary ocelli

reduced to four dark points. The exterior marginal lines bordered

within by yellow. Hind wing crossed by two silvery-white bands ;

the first cutting the lower part of the cell and corresponding to the

first band of the fore wing, the second equidistant between the first

and the exterior margin, and corresponding to the second band of the

fore wing; at either end of the second band and within it are ocelli,

the upper with one and the lower with two white pupils ringed with

black. Exterior to the second band a series of four white-pupilled

ocelli, their outer edge forming an interrupted yellowish-white band.

The exterior margin sharply defined by two fine black lines divided

by a yellow line, and bordered within by bright yellow. Fringe

yellow.

Antenne brown, with ferruginous tips.

Expanse of wings 2} inches.

Hab. Yunan. Collected by Dr. J. Anderson, 1868.

3. PLESIONEURA LILIANA, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 2.)

Upperside dark fuliginous brown. ore wing crossed from

the middle of the costa to the posterior angle by a broad white semi-

transparent band irregularly angled outwardly and narrowing from

the middle hindwards. A recurved series of five angular white spots

between the band and the anterior angle. Fringe brown, with a

grey spot below the anterior angle, and two others near the posterior

angle. Hind wing without markings, the fringe barred with greyish

white between the nervures.

Underside :—Fore wing with band and spots as above, but suf-

fused with grey scales towards the apex, and pale towards the pos-

terior angle below the band. Hind wing suffused with greyish scales

and crossed by irregular broken bands of grey, which give it a mot-

tled appearance ; two white dots near the base.

Palpi grey below, brown above.

Expanse of wings 21 inches.

Hab, Yunan. Collected by Dr. J. Anderson, 1868.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. Aimona lena, p. 215.

2. Plesioneura Liliana, p. 216.

3, Zophoessa andersoni, p. 215.

1871.] MR. E. BARTLETT ON PERUVIAN MONKEYS. 217

6. Notes on the Monkeys of Eastern Peru. By Epwarp

Bartietr. (Communicated, with Notes, by P. L.

SCLATER.)

[Received February 10, 1871.]

(Plate XIIT.)

During my recent four years’ sojourn on the Upper Amazons I

met with the following species of Monkeys :—

1, ATELES vARIEGATUS, Wagner (4. baritletti, Gray, P. Z.S.

1867, p. 922, pl. xlvil.). Variegated Spider Monkey.

On my arrival in Peru in 1865 Mr. Hauxwell told me of the ex-

istence of a large species of Ateles, which he had killed but failed to

preserve. He told me that he met with it on the Rio Tigri, a small

tributary that runs into the Amazons about four miles above the

town of Nauta, on the north-western shores of the Peruvian Amazon.

He said that during the fourteen years he had traded he never found

this species in any other locality. On my return from the River

Ucayali, in September 1865, I wished to ascend the Rio Tigri in

pursuit of this Monkey, but was obliged to abandon the idea on

account of the prevalence of fever and ague at that season; and,

moreover, the Indians were unwilling to join me in so dangerous a

country. Having then determined to spend some few months in the

mountain-country, I passed up the Maranon and Huallaga to Yuri-

maguas, and so on to Xeberos, whence I went on to the town of

Chyavitos, in the mountains. Having heard that this large Monkey

was to be met with in this little-known locality, I remained at Chy-

avitos about two months; and during that time I became well ac-

quainted with the Indians, who informed me that a long-armed Ape

(called in the Inca language Ureu Maci-suppah, or Quillu Maci-

suppah) was to be met with at a distance of three or more days’

journey. I engaged three active Indians, and started by way of a

forest footroad that had been opened by a Catholic priest to the

town of Moyabamba as part of his penitence. At the end of three

days I reached the highest point of the mountains; here we came

across a number of the Monkeys in question—about eight or nine. I

shot the male that is now in the British Museum ; my Indian brought

down another with the poison-dart. Having obtained two of them,

I felt perfectly satisfied that I had discovered a new species. While,

however, I was busily engaged preparing the finest specimen, my

Indians had quietly placed the other on the fire; to my great horror

and disgust they had singed the hair off, and thus spoiled my second

specimen. Of course I was obliged to keep peace, for we had not

tasted meat for some days before starting from Chyavitos, and this

Monkey proved a very dainty dish to us all.

I was still in hopes of obtaining more specimens in the Munga-

Ureu, or Saucepan Mountain (so called from its peculiar shape),

but in this, after much hard work, I failed,

218 MR. E. BARTLETT ON PERUVIAN MONKEYS. ([Feb. 21,

These Monkeys appear to go in small parties, passing through the

forest at a rapid pace, feeding on different kinds of berries. The

berries I found in the mouth and stomach of the male were similar

to the gooseberry in external appearance ; they have, however, a large

stone inside. These stones appear to pass through them, as I found

several in the intestines.

On my return to the town I found an Indian who had arrived

from Cauhapanas, a small town lying at the foot of the mountains in

the Marafion valley, north-west of the town of Chyavitos, who had

in his possession a very fine young Spider Monkey, which proved to

be of this species. It was nearly black, but just showing the light

golden hair coming on the underside of the body and tail, some few

white hairs on the cheeks, and slight golden crest, sufficient to iden-

tify the species. I bought it of the Indian, and managed to bring it

alive to Yurimaguas, where it died.

On my arrival I was informed by some of my old Indians that

they discovered this Monkey during my absence on the Upper

Huallaga (on the south-eastern shores). One of the Indians said

that he brought three young ones alive, which died soon after his

arrival in the town. I here give an idea of the great range this

Monkey inhabits, owing to the ease with which a beast that can use

his long arms and tail may travel a country of this description. It is

found on both sides of the Peruvian Amazon (or Marafion), on both

shores of the Huallaga, and in the interior forest near the town of

Chamicuros. I was told by some of the oldest Indians that these

animals are common in the dense forest on the hills near the latter

town, their range running between the Huallaga river and Ucayali

river to the head-waters of the Huallaga, between the towns of Lamas

and Sarayacu. Here they occupy the interior forest, and appear to

be common, according to accounts given me by Indians of that country

—as also on the lower spurs of the mountains between the town of

Moyabamba and the Huallaga river.

Then, again, on the Rio Tigri, north-western shores of the Great

Maraiion, there is not the slightest doubt that this species is to be

found ranging along the lower spurs of the Andes, across Ecuador

and Columbia, over the head-waters of the Rio Napo, Rio Japura, and

Rio Negro, where Natterer first discovered it.

2. ATELES ATER. Black-faced Spider Monkey.

The Black-faced Spider Monkey inhabits the forests on the

Ucayali, Chamicuros on the Huallaga river, and is found over the

whole of the valley of the Amazons, generally keeping to the low

districts.

I shot an adult male at Chamicuros which had the inner part of

the thighs and belly very grey or grizzled.

This is the only species of Ateles obtained in large numbers by

the Indians, who frequently keep them as pets. These Monkeys

travel in bodies of perhaps thirty or forty together.

This and dA. variegatus are, so far as I “know, the only Spider

Monkeys which are found in the district which I explored.

1871.] MR. E. BARTLETT ON PERUVIAN MONKEYS. 219

3. LacorHrix Inrumatus*. Brown Lagothrix.

This large Monkey is found on the rivers Ucayali and Huallaga»

and over the whole of the valley of the Peruvian Amazons. It is

very common in the forests in the low country. They are met with

in pairs; sometimes from four to six pairs are found to inhabit the

same large trees. Not unfrequently they are in company with the

Mycetes.

These Monkeys are much sought after for food; and from their

great abundance are extensively used for this purpose by both Indians

and whites.

4. Myceres senicutus}t. Golden Howler.

This Howler furnishes the principal animal food used by the in-

habitants of the borders of the rivers Ucayali and Huallaga. These

Monkeys keep to the low lands and the shores of the rivers, always

travelling in pairs. When a Myce¢es is shot it always hangs to the

tree, even if quite dead, and does not fall down until some hours

afterwards, when the muscles become relaxed. Therefore, if fresh

food is an immediate object, it is better to kill a Lagothriz, in which

this peculiarity does not occur.

5. SAImARIs ustus, Is. Geoffr.

This is a common species, inhabiting the whole of the Peruvian

Amazons, and may be met with on every stream. They are fre-

quently seen moving about in large numbers through the forest.

6. CaLuiTaRrx cupREA, Spixt. Red Tee-tee.

This Monkey is equally widely distributed, but not so numerous,

_ * [Mr. Bartlett has submitted four skins of this species to my examination.

In those marked males the size is rather larger, the black hair on the breast and

belly much more developed, and the back more greyish. The skins measure :—

ON ac oe faicls «Ge Long. corp. 25 unc., caudse 25 unce., tota 48-0 une.

IN ses ucessdaie 3 TA: .. eieeniie tise Olas:

SPER: vecase oe , AN, 5 oa | 3 ie apc Be 8

15 a 20" ;; Soe? eee a ae: Soo are

I do not doubt this being the Gastrimargus infumatus of Spix; and as they

were obtained in the same district as Lagothrix castelnauii of Is. Geoffroy and

Deville (Casteln. Exp. p. 5, pl. 1), I am inclined to agree with Wagner (Stugeth.

y. p. 73) in considering the latter not really distinct—P. L. 8.]

+ [I consider Stmia ursina of Humboldt (established on specimens from Ca-

raccas) to be identical with the species commonly called Mycetes seniculus (i. e.

M. saturate castaneo-rufus unicolor; dorso medio fulvo). But Mycetes ursinus.

of P. Max. and other authors, of the wood-region of S.E. Brazil, is certainly

different, and should be called M. fuscus (ef. Wagner, Abh. bay. Ak. v. p. 409).

Mr. Bartlett's skin from Chamicuros seems to me to be referable to the true

M. seniculus—a species not heretofore certainly known to extend into Eastern’

Peru. But Mr. Bartlett tells me this is the only Mycetes which he met with—

Beis:

deft acide Wagner (Saugeth. v. p. 114) quite right in referring C. discolor

of Is. Geoffroy to C. cwprea of Spix. Spix gives the Upper Amazons, frontiers

of Peru, as its locality. Deville’s specimens of Callithrix discolor were obtained

from Sarayagu and other places in the same district as that which Mr. Bartlett

has collected in.—P. L. S.]

220 MR. E. BARTLETT ON PERUVIAN MONKEYS. [Feb. 21,

as the last-named species ; in fact it may be regarded as rather rare.

I obtained specimens of it at Cashiboya on the Ucayali, and Santa

Cruz on the Huallaga.

7. NycripIrHecus osEeRYI*, Is. Geoffr. et Dev.

I found this species on the Ucayali and Huallaga rivers. It is

generally distributed on the Peruvian Amazons, but is by no means

common. It is quite nocturnal, coming out in search of food only

after dark, and is consequently difficult to obtain.

My specimen is from Yurimaguas on the Huallaga.

8. PrruEectA MONACHUS, Geoffr.

This Monkey is but rarely met with on the Peruvian Amazons.

I obtained an adult male, female, and young at Chamicuros, an inland

town on the Huallaga. These were the only three I met with

myself; but I saw others in possession of the Indians.

9. HapaLte prema (Spix). Pigmy Marmoset.

This pretty little Monkey is extremely rare and difficult to obtain.

I shot only one specimen at Santa Cruz, on the Huallaga river, the

only locality in which I have met with it.

10. Mipas previtutirf, Is. Gecffr. (Plate XIII.)

This is the only species of Midas met with by me in Eastern Peru.

It is plentiful everywhere on the Peruvian Amazons ; and I obtained

specimens both on the Huallaga and Ucayali. The sexes hardly

differ, the male being merely rather larger and darker, especially on

the head and nape, where the hair is longer.

This species is extremely delicate and will not bear the least cold.

I have had them alive for two or three weeks; but they appear to

suffer from cold and die. They are kept, however, by the Indian

women, who make pets of them, and put them into the long hair on

their heads; with this protection they are able to live for a long

time. Having become tame, they frequently hop out and feed, or

having captured a spider or two scamper back again and hide under

the luxuriant crop of their owners, who are generally unwilling to

part with them.

* [Mr. Bartlett’s skins of Nyctipithecus are, in my opinion, certainly referable

to N. oseryi. But I have little doubt that this is the same as NV. vociferans of

Spix obtained at Tabatinga.

Wagener (Saugeth. v. p. 108) refers WN. vociferans of Spix to N. lemurinus of

Columbia, which can hardly be right geographically.—P. L. 8.]

+ [Three skins of a Midas in Mr. Bartlett’s collection are certainly referable to

this rare species, of which MM. Castelnau and Deville obtained two specimens

only at Sarayacu.

Their figure (Castelnau, Exp. Mamm. t. 6. fig. 2) not being very accurate, and

having been taken, as is stated, from imperfect specimens, the figure herewith

given (Plate XIII.) will be acceptable.—P. L. 8.]

45.487 LEV AM.

| Smit lith M&N Wanhart,imp

MIDAS DEVILLI. 4.

1871.] MR. P. L, SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE, 221

March 7, 1871.

Professor Flower, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on rare or little-known Animals now or lately living

in the Society’s Gardens. By P. L. Sctarer, M.A.,

Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.—Part I, Mam-

malia.

[Received February 17, 1871.]

(Plates XIV.—XVII.)

In preparing for publication a fifth edition of the list of vertebrated

animals in the Society’s Gardens, on which I am now engaged, I have

found it necessary to make researches into the history of some of the

rarer and less-known species that have been represented in the Me-

nagerie during the past ten years, and I beg leave to offer to the

Society some remarks upon them.

The present part of my communication will relate mainly to the

Quadrumana, of which the Society’s collection is always large, and

frequently embraces doubtful specimens, only to be determined ac-

curately after their decease. But I propose to continue my notes

through the entire series of Vertebrates, devoting special attention to

such species as have been described as new to science from specimens

living in the Society’s Gardens.

1. Macacus tasiotus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 60, pl. vi. ; Cat.

of Monkeys (1870), p. 129.

The death of the typical specimen of this Macaque (which took

place on the 25th May, 1870) has enabled us to decide the question

whether, as Mr. Bartlett and I have always suspected, the animal

had not been mutilated by the removal of its tail. There can be no

_ longer any doubt on this point. On examination of the pelvis and

vertebral column, which I now exhibit, it will be seen that the whole

of the caudal appendage below the third caudal vertebra has been

removed by severance through the middle of the fourth vertebra,

and that the divided bone has ossified over.

It is, therefore, quite manifest that this Macaque has nothing what-

ever to do with the short-tailed group of Macacus, as its describer,

who considered the want of the tail as “evidently a natural defi-

ciency,” has suggested, but is simply, what it looks so very much —.. \

¥ gs ply yy

like, one of the Rhesus group with its tail cut off.

On comparing the skin with the specimens of MWacacus rhesus in

the British Museum, I find it different mainly in its larger size, more

hairy ears, and the deep rufous terminations of the hairs of the back

and flanks. In the last respect it is perhaps more like the typical

specimen of MZ. pelops of the Himalayas. But if, as we believe, the

222 MR. P.L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [Mar. 7,

so-called M. lasiotus was really brought from Szechuen, in inner

China*, it would hardly be expected that it should be quite iden-

tical with M. rhesus of India. M. lasiotus may therefore remain

in our catalogues as the designation of one of the Chinese forms

of M. rhesus, until further opportunities occur of ascertaining whether

the above-mentioned differences are constant and of sufficient im-

portance to warrant specific rank.

It must, at the same time, be recollected that there are already

two species of Rhesus-like Monkeys from China established—namely,

M. cyclopis, Swinhoet, from Formosa, and Inuus sancti-johannis,

Swinhoet, from some smallislands near Hong-Kong. Besides these,

Mr. Swinhoe has also obtained what he considers to be a true M.

rhesus from Hainan§. My own opinion is, that none of these sup-

posed species, any more than M. dasiotus, are yet proved to be really

well established as specifically distinct from M. rhesus.

2. MACACUS ASSAMENSIS.

By reference to the original specimen of M. problematicus, Gray

(Cat. Monkeys, p. 128), now in the British Museum, I have ascer-

tained that this species of Dr. Gray was founded on the Monkey

deposited in our Gardens, Nov. 9th, 1868, by Major C. Richards,

having been brought from Dalamcote Fort, Bhootan. In my pre-

vious note on this animal (P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 566) I referred it to M.

assamensis of M‘Clelland, and I see no reason to doubt that this

identification is correct. But it is of course desirable that reference

should be made to the original of M. assamensis, which is still, as I

have been informed, on application to the proper authorities for that

purpose, boxed up in the cellars of the new Indian Office.

Dr. Gray (Cat. of Monkeys, p. 31) refers M. assamensis to a Sia-

mese form of M. cynomolgus, “like M. cynomolgus, but pale grey,

without any red shade,” and with the ‘tail longer than the body.”

But this is certainly wrong, as M‘Clelland says of his M. assamensis

(P. Z.S. 1839, p. 148) “‘cauda partem tertiam longitudinis totius

superante.” There can, I think, be no question that M‘Clelland’s

Macacus assamensis belongs to the Rhesus group of Macaques, as is

also supposed by Jerdon (Mamm. India, p. 11), and that it is, in all

probability, the same as the so-called M. problematicus.

Dr. Gray quotes “Assam Monkey, Bartlett, Land and Water, 1869,”

as a synonym of his M. problematicus. The point is not of great

importance; but I may state that I can find no such reference in

‘Land and Water,’ and that Mr. Bartlett altogether denies all

knowledge of ever having given it such a name.

3. MAcACUS MAURUS.

The first example we received of this Monkey was purchased in

August 1860, and was referred by me, ina notice of some rare Qua-

drumana then living in the Gardens ||, to Macacus maurus of F. Cuvier

* Sce P.Z.8. 1868, p. 61. + P.Z.S. 1862, p. 350, tab, 42.

t P.Z.S. 1866, p. 556. § P.Z.S. 1870, p. 226.

|| Proc. Zool. Soc, 1860, p. 420.

‘

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 223

(H. N: d. Mamm. pl. 45). When we received a second example

in 1866 (Feb. 21), Dr. Gray described and figured it as a new species

under the name M. inornatus (P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 202, pl. xix.).

But I see no reason to change my former determination. The

figure in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres,’ although stated

to have been taken from a drawing*, agrees in nearly every respect

with our specimen.

In August last Mr. W. Jamrach deposited in the Society’s Gardens

three Monkeys of this species, along with two of M. ocreatus and

six of the so-called Cynopithecus niger. On the Ist of January of

the present year we purchased two of these animals, which are still

living in the Gardens.

It is unfortunate that we do not yet with certainty know the exact

locality of this Macaque. But I think it is probably Borneo, as al-

ready conjectured by Dr. Gray.

This Macaque is of exactly the same form as M. ocreatus (figured

P.Z.S8. 1860, Mamm. pl. Ixxxii.) ; and the young animals of the

two species are so much alike, that one of Mr. Jamrach’s specimens,

supposed when it was deposited to be M. maurus, has since turned

out to be MW. ocreatus.

4. ATELES GRISESCENS, Gray, P.Z.S. 1865, Pe) Jaa Oaks Ge

Monkeys, p. 42.

Dr. Gray founded this species of Aéeles upon a specimen that was

living in our Gardens in 1864. It was brought home by Mr. E.

Greey, F.Z.S. (who was at that time an officer in the West-Indian

Mail Company’s Steam-ship ‘Shannon’), on the 29th Oct., 1864.

Referring to Mr. Greey’s letters, I regret to find that he did not

know the exact locality of it, but only states that it was obtained by

him at St. Thomas’s, and had already been three years in captivity,

so that it was quite adult.

Tn 1869 (Oct. 12) we purchased of a London dealer a somewhat

similar specimen, which died twenty-six days afterwards. It was a

young half-grown male. I have compared its skin (which I now

exhibit) with the typical specimen of 4. grisescens, now in the British

Museum, and believe them to be probably identical. The young

animal is, as might be expected, rather lighter in colour, particularly

below, but above exhibits the same mixture of black and greyish

hairs as in the original. The tail is nearly black above, with a light

line of greyish hairs below. The length of the body is 14 inches, of

the tail 16 inches. There is no rudiment of a thumb apparent.

It is possible this may be a good species, and still turn up in some

part of the Central American or thé Columbian coast, whence Mr.

Greey’s specimen probably came ; but I do not yet consider it suf-

ficiently well established.

5. ATELES CUCULLATUS. (Plate XIV.)

Ateles cucullatus, Gray, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 733; Cat. of Monkeys,

p- 42; Maurie, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 739.

* Is. Geoffroy, Cat. de Mamm. p. 31.

224 MR. P. L.SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [ Mar. 7,

On the 30th of June, 1865, we purchased of a dealer in Liverpool

the only example I have ever met with of this very singular species—

easily known from every other member of the genus I am acquainted

with by the long thin hairs of the body, and in particular of the head,

as described by Dr. Gray. Our specimen was an adult male.

The animal died in the August following, and Dr. Murie contri-

buted to the ‘Proceedings’ some further notes on its external ap-

pearance, and an account of its anatomy. Dr. Murie has given

accurate measurements of the typical specimen (which are altogether

omitted in Dr. Gray’s description), and also describes the colour of

the face and adjoining parts, but has omitted to note that there is

a small tubercle representing the thumb in this species.

The accompanying drawing (Plate XIV.), which may serve to

render this Spider Monkey more easily recognizable, has been taken

by Mr. Smit from the typical specimen, which is now in the British

Museum.

It is much to be regretted that we do not know the true patria of

this Ateles; but I have some reason to suppose it may be from the

northern coast of Columbia, as I am told that a black Spider Monkey

with long hair over its head is occasionally brought for sale into

Cartagena.

6. ATELES VARIEGATUS, Wagner.

In July last we received from the Hon. A. Gordon a young female

Spider Monkey, which I was at first inclined to refer to A. belzebuth

of Geoffroy*, but which having died, and having been acquired by

the British Museum, was described by Dr. Gray as the female of his

A, bartlettit.

In my remarks on this specimen (P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 668, and Ann.

N. H. ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 472) I have given my seasons for consider-

ing 4. barétletti, Gray, to be a synonym of A. variegatus, Wagner.

In his reply to my remarks (Ann. N. H. ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 18)

Dr. Gray says that he does ‘‘not think I have pre

In order to do this, therefore, more completely, I accepte@the kind

offer of Herr. v. Pelzeln to send me one of the typical speeimens of

A. variegatus in exchange from the Imperial Cabinet of Vienna, and

thus convinced myself and other persons interested in the question

that my views were correct f.

* Of. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 668.

+ Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 428.

t See anted, p. 39. As regards some remarks of Dr. Gray (Ann. Nat. Hist.

Feb. 1871) on the notice of the exhibition of this specimen as giyen in our

printed minutes, I may be permitted to observe :—(1) What I exhibited was not

the typical specimen of A. variegatus, but a typical specimen, @. e. one of Nat-

terer’s original examples, of which he altogether obtained five. (2) This was

received by me in exchange from the Imperial Cabinet of Vienna, not loaned to

me by the Museum of Munich, as Dr. Gray assumes, /. c. p. 164. (3) The name

variegatus was not published only in a “ miserable compilation,” as Dr. Gray

calls Reichenbach’s work (Ann. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1871, p. 18), but, as shown by

the synonyms given below, in the ‘Transactions’ of the Bayarian Academy of

Sciences and in other well-known works.

‘dar JAPYUUEL NW

eer) — 2 a et a

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 225

I have now taken the typical specimen of 4. variegatus to the

British Museum, and compared it with the type of A. dartletti and

with the specimen obtained from Mr. Gordon. The conclusion I have

arrived at is that all three specimens are referable to one species.

As to the two first there can, I think, be no doubt whatever, as they

agree in every particular except in the smaller size and fainter tinge

of the colour below in the Nattererian specimen, which is just what

we should expect to find in the female. Mr. Gordon’s example is

still paler below, and shows no signs of the white stripe on the sides

of the face. But there is a slight indication of the frontal spot, and

tbe character of the hair on the head agrees completely with that of

the other two specimens.

On the whole, therefore, I believe that Dr. Gray was correct in

referring Mr. Gordon’s specimen to his A. bartletti (i.e. A. varie-

gatus).

In a recent article on the Mammals of Costa Rica*, Dr. A. von

Frantzius states that a number of skins of an A¢eles, collected by

him in Costa Rica and sent to the Berlin Museum, were determined

by Dr. Peters to be 4. variegatus. This appeared to me to be such

an extraordinary locality for the present species that I wrote to Dr.

Peters to inquire on the subject. Dr. Peters informed me that Dr.

v. Frantzius had made a mistake, and that the only skins of Aéeles

received from Costa Rica by the Berlin Museum were, in his opinion,

referable to 4. frontatus (Gray), i.e. A. melanochir t.

Dr. Slack, in his article on the prehensile-tailed Quadrumanad,

has likewise confounded Aéeles variegatus with A. melanochir, de-

scribing A. variegatus as the male, and A. melanochir as the female

of the same species! But the plate in Reichenbach’s Atlas (Nat.

d. Affen, pl. x. fig. 154), which is referred by Dr. Slack and Dr. Gray

to 4. melanochir, although not very good, as well as the description

(p. 62), are both clearly intended for 4. variegatus; indeed Reich-

enbach tells us that they were taken from the typical specimens of

that species in the Vienna Museum.

The synonyms of Ateles variegatus will therefore stand as fol-

lows :—

ATELES VARIEGATUS.

Ateles variegatus, Wagner, Saugeth. i. p. 313 (1840) ; e. Abh.

Acad. Miinch. v. p. 420 (1847); e. Siiugeth. v. p. 78 (1855); Reich-

enbach, Affen, p. 62, pl. x. fig. 154; Sclater, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. vi. p. 472; e. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 668, 1871, p. 39.

Sapajou geoffroit 3, Slack, Proc. Ac. Se. Phil. 1862, p. 511.

Ateles bartletti, Gray, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 992, pl. xlvii. (3); &.

Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 428 ( 9 jr.).

* Arch, f. Nat. 1869, pt. 1, p. 257.

+ Dr. v. Frantzius must likewise have made some strange mistake when he

speaks of an Hriodes frontatus, Gray, from Costa Rica (/. s. c. p. 258). The

genus Eriodes is, I believe, restricted to the wood-region of S.E. Brazil; and

Brachyteles frontatus, Gray, is certainly a true Afeles.

{ Proc. Acad. Se. Phil. 1862, p. 511.

Proc. Zoo... Soc.—1871, No. XV.

226 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [ Mar. 7,

Diagn.—A. corporis pilis elongatis et mollibus ; capillitio frontali

antrorsum projecto, triparlito: supra ater; macula frontis

Serruginea, facie nigra pilis albis utrinque limbata: gastreo,

artuum latere interno, tibiis antebrachiisque extus et cauda

subtus ferrugineo-ochraceis: long. corp. 24, caude 29 poll.

Angl. Foem. mari similis, sed minor et colore subtus fulves-

cente griseo.

Hab. Eastern Peru, near Chyavetos (Bartlett) ; Upper Rio

Negro, Serra de Cocoi (Natterer) ; Upper Caura river, Venezuela

(Gordon).

7. ATELES MELANOCHIR. (Plate XV.)

Ateles melanochir, Desm. Mamm. p. 76.

Ateles geoffrovi, Kuhl, Beitr. p. 26.

Atele melanochéir, F. Cuv. Mamm. vol. i. pl. 66.

Ateles melanochir et A. ornatus, Gray, Cat. Monkeys (1870),

pp. 43, 44.

Skull of Ateles melanochir (natural size).

I have already spoken (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 797) of the fact of our

having received from Nicaragua a secoud example of Dr. Gray’s

A. ornatus, which has since been described in his new catalogue of

Monkeys. Although, now that I have had the opportunity of exa-

mining this animal, I have little doubt that it is merely a variety of

Smit ith

ATELES

MELANOCHIR.

MXN Hanhart ump

1871.] MR. P. L, SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 227

A. melanochir, of which, as stated above, an example arrived in

company with it, I think it desirable to give a figure of it. We

are now well acquainted with the true patria of this form, as the

present example was purchased of one of the officers of the R. W. I.

Mail Co., who brought it from Greytown, Nicaragua.

Upon referring to the specimen in the British Museum upon

which A. ornatus was established, I find that that was also received

from this Society in 1850.

The specimen of this A¢eles which we received on October 14th,

1870, died November 13th; and I now exhibit its stuffed skin and

skull. It was a male, not adult, the last upper molars just coming

up (see fig. 1, p. 226). There are no traces of a rudimentary thumb.

The hair of the forehead is reflexed, meeting that of the crown about

an inch above the eyes. The hands and feet and the end of the tail

above are black, the black extending over the outsides of the thighs,

and somewhat also over the shoulders; the lower back above flanks

and belly are rusty red, which colour extends over the back of the

thighs and base of the tail below, and renders the species easily re-

cognizable, as far as colour goes.

The whole length of body is 17 inches, of tail 21 inches.

This specimen has been sold to the Trustees of the British Museum.

8. CEBUS LUNATUS.

Cebus lunatus, F. Cuv. Hist. Nat. d. Mamm. pl. 70.

Cebus leucogenys, Gray, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 824, pl. xlv. ; Cat. of

Monkeys, p. 48.

This species was established by Dr. Gray upon a Cebus which

was living in our Gardens in 1861. About this specimen, I regret

to say, I can discover no particulars, as it was never discriminated

from several other Capuchin Monkeys which were in the Society’s

Gardens at the same period.

As far as I can tell from Dr. Gray’s figure and very short de-

seription, this Cedus does not differ materially from the Sajou cornu,

mdle, of F. Cuvier, Mamm. pl. 70 (Cebus lunatus of the table of

plates), which is usually regarded as the adult of Cebus apella sive

Satuellus*. If really different, 7umatus would, in my opinion, be a

prior name for it.

9. PITHECIA LEUCOCEPHALA.

I have already (P. Z.S. 1866, p. 305) stated the circumstances

under which the only example of this Saki which I have ever seen

alive came into our possession. It died on the 26th of June, 1865,

and was purchased by the British Museum.

In Dr. Gray’s Catalogue of Monkeys, with this species is united

P. chrysocephala of I. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, of which P. leucocephala

is regarded as the female. But our P. leucocephala was an adult

male, as determined by Dr. Murie. Moreover, from the examina-

tion of a large series of specimens of this Saki obtained by Natterer

* Cf. Burmeister, Abh. Ak. Halle, 1854, p- 92, and Wagner, Saugeth. vy. p. 84.

228 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [ Mar. 7,

on the Rio Negro and Rio Brancho, Wagner has shown that P. rufi-

venter, Geoffr. (Gray Cat. Monkeys, p. 60), is really the female of

P. leucocephala*.

My own opinion is that Wagner, although somewhat prone to

unite species, can hardly have been mistaken on this point. Iam

therefore inclined to regard it as possible that P. chrysocephala may

be the male of a closely ‘allied but distinct species, probably occupying

a different geographical district. It seems to differ from P. leuco-

cephala not only in its yellow head, but in the narrow black line

which parts the middle of the forehead. The specimen in the

British Museum was purchased at Stevens’s sale-rooms in 1842, and

was said to have been received from the “ Rio Negro.”

10. PrrwEciaA SATANAS.

In March 1864 we purchased a young female American Monkey

from a London dealer, along with a lot of other animals received,

I believe, from Para. I was inclined to think it might be the

young of Pithecia satanas (Hoffm.), and gave notices of it in the

Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ under that name (1864, pp. 138, 712), and

a figure (plate xli.). The specimen died, and is now in the British

Museum.

On the 30th of March 1868, we purchased of another dealer a

second young example of the same Monkey, which I also recorded

as P, satanas(?). This animal died November 14th of the same

year, and is likewise now in the British Museum.

Upon these two examples Dr. Gray has established a new species,

his Chiropotes ater, Cat. Monkeys (1870), p. 61.

I have recently reexamined these specimens in the British Museum,

and, after comparison of them with the other specimens in that col-

lection, have found no reason to alter my determination. The con-

dition of the skulls shows that the animals were both quite im-

mature.

There seem to be two nearly allied species of this form of Pi-

thecia :—

(1) Prruecta curropotes (Humb.).

Simia chiropotes, Humb. Obs. Zool. i. p. 312.

Simia sagulata, Traill.

Brachyurus israélita, Spix.

Pithecia chiropotes, Geoffr. et auctt.

Diagn.—Major: nigra: dorso castaneo: barba maris adulti in-

crassata maxima.

Hab. Upper Orinoco (Humb.); Rio Negro (Spix); British

Guiana (Schomb.); Rio Brancho (Natt.).

(2) Prrarcra satanas (Hoffm.).

Simia satanas, Hoffm. ; Humb. Obs. Zool. i. p. 315, tab. xxvii.

Chiropotes couaxio, Less.

* Of. Wagner, Abh. Ak. Miinch. v. p. 436, et Saugeth. v. p. 97.

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 229

Pithecia satanas, Geoffr. et auctt.

Saki noir, F. Cuv. Hist. des Mamm. pl. 78.

Diagn.— Minor: nigra: dorso—interdum fuscotavate: barba

MINUS Crassa.

Hab. Lower Amazon, near Pard (Hoffm. et Natt.) ; British-—

Wagner (Abh. Ak. Miinchen, v. p. 433, and Saugeth. v. p. 102)

proposes to unite these two species, as being mere varieties. Dr. Gray,

on the other hand, has made three species out of them. But, even

if the latter view be adopted, our two specimens above mentioned

must be referred to the true P. satanas (Hoffm.), which is the black

form from Paré.

Of P. chiropotes we have within the last ten years likewise

acquired two living specimens. Both were purchased of Mr. E. Greey

(one on the 18th of November, 1865, and the other on the 15th Oc-

tober, 1866), and were, I believe, from Guiana. The latter is noticed

P. Z.S. 1866, p 418, as P. satanas, as 1 was not then convinced of

the specific difference of the two forms.

The plate 78 of the ‘ Hist. Nat. des Mammiféres’ (Saki noir)

undoubtedly represents Dr. Gray’s Chiripotes ater, or, as I consider

it, the young of P. satanas. M. F. Cuvier in his letterpress refers

the plate to P. satanas, but observes upon the absence of the beard

figured in Humboldt’s plate ; but this is no doubt due to the youth

of the specimens. Both our living examples were quite young, as is

evidenced by their skulls, which are now in the British Museum.

11. HapaALe CHRYSOLEUCOS.

I have already shown that Mico sericeus (Gray, P. Z. S. 1868,

p- 256, tab. 24), founded on an animal living in our Gardens in

1868, is the Hapale chrysoleucos of Wagner (P. Z.S. 1868, p. 592).

Dr. Gray, however, has more recently made it the type of a new

genus, Micoella, and has arranged H. chrysoleucos in this new genus

as a second species (see Cat. Monkeys, p. 131). Dr. Gray gives

the habitat of his Micoella sericeus, as “ Brazil (Natterer),”’ whereas

the only specimen of this species in the British Museum is that which

was living in our Gardens in 1868, long after Natterer’s decease.

12. Lemur MACAco.

Male.

The black Maucauco, Edwards, Gleanings, v. p. 217.

Lemur macaco, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 44.

Lemur niger, Geoffr. Ann. d. Mus. xix. p. 159; Peters, Reise n.

Mozamb. i. p. 21.

Varecia nigra, Gray, P. Z.S. 1863, p. 136.

Lemur macaco, var (3, Van der Hoeven, Tijdschr. xi. p. 32.

Female.

Lemur leucomystaz, Bartl. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 347, pl. xli.

Varecia leucomystax, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 136.

230 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. | Mar. 7,

Male and Female.

Lemur macaco, Schlegel, Ned. Tijdsch. iii. p. 67 ; Schl. et Poll.

Faune de Mad. p. 1, pl. i.

Lemur niger, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 1; Cat. of Vert. ed. iv.

pawl:

In his new Catalogue of Monkeys, Dr. Gray has reunited this

species, of which both sexes are now well known to us, to the Lemur

varius of Geoffroy, as Wagner (Saugeth. v. p. 142) and others have

done before him. But there can be no doubt that, as already pointed

out by Professor Schlegel *, the two species are quite distinct. Besides

the differences noted by Professor Schlegel, the voice of Lemur varius

is very loud, harsh, and powerful. Mr. Bartlett tells me he has

heard it at least a mile off. But Lemur macaco has only a coarse

grunting call-note, similar to that of most of the smaller Lemures.

Within these last ten years we have had two of the former and four

of the latter alive in the Gardens, and thus have had ample oppor-

tunities of observing them. Besides, as our last specimen of Lemur

varius was a female, we know that in this species the sexes are

nearly alike. In Lemur macaco (sive niger) they are quite different.

13. Lemur mMoncoz. (Plate XVI.)

Just as was the case with the last-named species, I believe that,

with Mr. Bartlett’s excellent assistance, I have discovered, by ob-

servation of the living animals, that two Lemurs heretofore regarded

as quite distinct are really male and female of the same species, to

which the earliest name applicable appears to be Lemur mongoz of

Linneeus, founded on the ‘* Mongooz” of Edwards (Gleanings, i.

p- 12, t. 216). The females of this Lemur have been hitherto

called in our Gardens Black-fronted Lemurs (Lemur nigrifrons),

being, as I believe, the Lemur nigrifrons of Geoffroy (Ann. d. Mus.

xix. p. 169), but not of F. Cuvier (Mamm. pl. 92+). The males

have been called the Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur xanthomystaz),

but, no doubt, incorrectly, for the Lemur described and figured under

that name by Dr. Gray (P. Z. S. 1863, p. 138, pl. xviii.) seems to

be different. But the female is certainly the animal figured by

F. Cuvier (Mamm. pl. 93) as “Le Maki @ gorge blanche, femelle—

Lemur dubius.”

All the “ Yellow-cheeked Lemurs ”’ we have had in the Gardens

have, as far as I can ascertain, been males, and all the “ Black-

fronted” females. On May 29th, 1857, we purchased a Black-fronted

Lemur. This bred in 1865 with a male “ Yellow-cheeked ’’ Lemur,

and produced a young one—a male, like its male parent. This was

* “Ce Lémur présente, et plus particuliérement par les longs poils garnissant

les oreilles, de V’affinité avee Lemur varius, Geoffroy—espéce que les naturalistes,

successeurs de Linné, ont l’habitude de désigner sous l’épithéte de L. macaco.

Mais ce véritable macaco s’éloigne constamment du L. varius par sa gorge velue,

un systéme de coloration assez différent, une taille moins forte et un pelage

beaucou p oes fourni, moins touffu, et moins laineux.” (Schlegel, Ned. Tijdschr.

il. p. 78.

t Cf. Van der Hoeven, Tijdsch. xi. p. 35.

lL.

jomib lith M&N Han

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 231

supposed at the time to be a hybrid, and was registered* as such in

our books; but I have now little doubt that it was purely bred. It

died in 1868.

In 1867 (July 17th), Mr. Bartlett bought for the Society four

Lemurs, two Black-fronted and two Yellow-cheeked, which are all

four still living in the Monkey-house. ‘The former are females, and

the latter males, and they always go together in pairs, and are con-

sidered by the keepers to be males and females of the same species.

I exhibit a drawing, prepared by Mr. Smit, of one of these pairs,

and propose to rearrange the synonyms of the two sexes under the

first-given name of Lemur mongoz, as follows :—

LyumuR monGoz. (Plate XVI. fig. 1 9, fig. 2 ¢.)

Male.

Lemur mongoz, Vander Hoeven, Tijdschr. xi. p. 34.

Lemur collaris, Geoffr. Ann. d. Mus.’ xix. p- 161; Wagner,

Sdugeth. v. p. 143; 1s. Geoffr. Cat. de Mamm. p. 72.

Female.

The Mongooz, Edwards, Glean. v. p. 12, t. 216.

Lemur mongoz, Lion. 8S. N. p. 44; Fischer, Syn. Mamm. p. 75.

Lemur nigrifrons, Geoffr. Ann. d. M. xix. p. 160; Fischer, ibid.

p. 77; Van der Hoeven, Tijdschr. xi. p.35 Bennett, Gard. & Men.

Z. 8.1. p. 301.

Lemur dubius, F. Cuv. Mamm. pl. 93 (fig. exact).

Lemur mongoz, var. 3, Wagner, Siugeth. v. p. 144.

Diagn.— ¢ griseo-brunneus : genis et collari flavescentibus. 9?

rufo-grisea, nucha humerisque canis: gula alba: fascia frontali

nigra: facie albicante.

It may be remarked in favour of this view that both the spe-

cimens of Lemur collaris in the Paris Museum are marked males,

that F. Cuvier expressly states that his Lemur dubius is a female,

and that Mr. Bennett (Gard. & Men. J. s.c.) states that both the

Black-fronted Lemurs in the Society’s Gardens in 1831 were

females +. But after all I only submit this view as an hypothesis to

be confirmed by subsequent investigation.

14. Lemur sBrunnevs, V. d. Hoeven.

Dr. Gray’s type of Prosimia melanocephala (P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 137,

pl. 138) was received from the Society’s collection in December 1855.

We have now in the Gardens a female Lemur, purchased July

23rd last, which appears to be of the same species.

I may add that I am inclined to think it will turn out to be the

same as the Maki @ front noir, Lemur nigrifrons, of F. Cuvier

(Mamm. pl. 92), but not of Geoffroy, which Ven der Hoeven has

* See P. Z.S. 1865, p. 860, and List of Vert. ed. iy. p- 13.

t Since these notes were read, I have examined the specimens of this Lemur

in the gallery of the British Museum, and find the males marked Lemur collaris

and the females Lemur nigrifrons.

232 MR. P.L,SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. | Mar. 7,

called Lemur brunneus. Van der Hoeven’s description (Tijdschr.

v. N. G. xi. p. 35) seems quite applicable to it. I am therefore dis-

posed to consider Prosimia melanocephala= Lemur brunneus.

15. Lemur FLAVIFRONS.

This species was established by Dr. Gray in 1867 (P. Z. S. 1867,

p- 596, pl. xxxi.), under the name Prosimia flavifrons, upon a Lemur

then living in the Society’s Gardens. It was purchased May 11,

1867, of a London dealer, and died Sept. 30th of the same year. It

is now in the British Museum. Dr. Gray speaks of this animal as a

male ; but in our Prosector’s books it is registered as an adult female.

We have now a second similar specimen in the Gardens, presented

by Major R. Lloyd, June 12, 1868. This is certainly a female.

16. Mexurvora LEvuconorTa, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 98,

pl. viii.

The specimen which I described provisionally under this name is

still living in the Society’s Gardens. It is now quite adult; and the

lower back has become more greyish, while the crown remains of a

nearly pure white. It could now hardly be distinguished from M.

indica.

There being, I believe, no doubt of the African origin of this

specimen, I am led to the conclusion that there is not really more

than one valid species of this genus after all, which, like other Car-

nivora, extends from the Cape into the Indian peninsula.

Heuglin (Syst. Ueb. d. Saugeth. Nordost-Afr. in Sitz. Ak. Wien,

liv. p. 563) notices Mellivora as met with in Southern Nubia, Cor-

dofan, Eastern Sennaar, and Central Abyssinia, but refers the species

to M. capensis.

17. Ursus nasutvus, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 73, pl. viii.

The bear which I provisionally described under this name, and

which was stated to have been brought from the ‘‘ West Indies,”

has recently died. It was in rather a diseased state, I regret to say,

and neither skin nor bones were in a satisfactory condition.

However, I had the head carefully macerated, and have submitted

the skull to the examination of Mr. Busk, our best authority on such

subjects. Mr. Busk kindly informs me that he cannot detect any

difference, as regards either skull or teeth, between it and Ursus ame-

ricanus, of which he is inclined to consider it a mere variety.

Under these circumstances, I have placed this specimen in the new

edition of the Catalogne of Vertebrates under Ursus americanus. I

should also remark that I now find that a similar variation in the

colour of a specimen of Ursus americanus has been already noticed

in an individual living in the Menagerie at Chantilly, upon which

Geoffroy founded his Ursus gularis (cf. F. Cuv. Mamm. sub

tab. 217).

We have also now living in the Gardens a Black American Bear

which presents faint traces of white on the chest.

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 233

18. Hysrrix cristata, Linn.

We have had in the Gardens of late years a considerable number

of Porcupines of the group allied to Hystrix cristata, from Western

and Southern Africa and from India. I have hitherto referred the

Western-African specimens to H. cristata, the Southern-African to

HI. africe australis, Peters, and the Indian specimens to H. leucura,

Sykes. At the same time, I must observe that the task of distin-

guishing these species by external characters is by no means an easy

one, and that, in the event of the animals getting together, it would

not be always very easy to recognize them again.

At the present time we have in the Gardens two Porecupines from

India, and one from Ceylon, which we refer to H. leucura. The two

Indian specimens (both presented by Colonel Thomson, Aug. 25,

1865) * have very little white on the point of the crest, a line of

white spines down the centre of the lower back, and the long quills

of the back with long white terminations. These are just the cha-

racters attributed to the Indian Porcupine (Hystrixz leucura sive

hirsutirostris) by Mr. Waterhouse in his excellent ‘History of Mam-

malia’ (vol. ii. p. 454). The Ceylonese specimen (presented by Mr.

Oswald Brodie in 1864) is very nearly similar, but has no white at

all, or next to none, on the crest.

Of African Porcupines of the H. cristata group we have now two

living examples. In one, said to be from West Africa (purchased

May 1869), the crest is broadly ended with white, there is no mesial

line of white spines on the back, and the white ends of the long

quills of the back are much shorter, so that the quills are generally

altogether blacker.

The second, presented by the Duke of Edinburgh in November

1860, and said to have been brought from the Cape Colony, generally

resembles the West-African specimen, but is larger, and has a white

mesial line of spines on the back, as in H. Jeucura. It has the crest

broadly tipped with white as in the West-African specimen. This

I suppose to be Hystrix africe-australis of Peters (Reise n. Mos.

Mamm. p. 170). At the same time I must confess that I am not

very well satisfied with these determinations.

I do not intend for a moment to deny that the three species men-

tioned above may not be separated by external characters, as well as

by their well-known cranial differences; but living Porcupines are

not easy animals to examine, and in the many inspections I have

made of our specimens I have not been able to make out any more

positive characters by which to distinguish them.

In 1865, I described and figured in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’

(p. 352, pl. xvi.), under a name previously given by Mr. Day, some

examples of the ‘ Orange-quilled Porcupine” of Malabar, which had

then been recently received from Col. Sir W. T. Dennison. In my

description of this supposed species I pointed out that, as regards its

* According to their labels. But this pair bred in 1866; and when the young

pair were sold, Mr. Bartlett suspects that one of the old pair was sent away in

error instead of one of the younger pair.

234 MR. P. L.SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [Mar. 7,

cranial characters, it agreed with H. leucura in the shape of the nasal

and intermaxillary bones, but that there were some other minor dif-

ferences which might be sufficient to confirm the species.

After being some time in the Gardens, our Orange-quilled Porcu-

pines gradually lost the splendid orange-colour in their quills and

became undistinguishable in external appearance from other Indian

specimens. Under these circumstances, I cannot doubt that the

colour of the quills is merely due to some local variation, probably to

some particular food which they consume; and I have therefore re-

duced Hystriz malabarica toa synonym with H. leucura *.

19. Hystrrx toneicaupbA, Marsden.

Under the name Acanthocherus+ grotei Dr. Gray described and

figured in 1866 (P. Z. S. p. 306, pl. xxi.) a Porcupine then lately

received by the Society from Mr. Arthur Grote, F.Z.S. Dr. Gray

gives the locality of this animal as ‘India;’’ but upon application

to the donor I ascertained that it had really been received from Ma-

lacea, having been procured for Mr. Grote from the jungles of that

settlement by Capt. Maddison, of one of the Straits Mail Steamers}.

In 1868 (July 20) Mr. Grote presented us with a second specimen

of the same Porcupine, obtained from the same locality as the former

one. This, as well as the former, is still alive and doing well in the

Society’s Gardens.

In such a difficult group as the Porcupines it is prudent to exa-

mine specimens perfectly before making many remarks on them.

I shall therefore, for the present, merely state that I consider

the so-called Acanthocherus grotei to be the same as the Porcu-

pine figured in Marsden’s ‘Sumatra’ (pl. 13. p. 118) as Hystrix

longicauda, and that it has other synonyms. The animals of the

settlement of Malacca are well known to be mostly the same as

those of Sumatra, so that it would be primd facie probable that

the Porcupines of the two countries would be identical. I am

aware that Hystrix longicauda is considered by Blyth and Jerdon

(Ind. Mamm. p. 221) to be the same as Hystrix hodgsoni of

* Dr. Jerdon (Mamm. of India, p. 218) follows Mr. Blyth in dividing the

Crested Porcupines of India into two species, H. Jeucura and H. bengalensis, and

refers H. malabarica to the latter, from information received from Mr. Blyth.

t As regards the genus Acanthocherus, it is sufficient to observe that the typical

species of this genus (4. bart/etti, Gray, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 310) is based upon a

hybrid Porcupine bred in the Surrey Zoological Gardens between H. javanica

and H. cristata. Dr. Gray had previously founded his Acanthion flemingti

(P. Z. 8. 1847, p. 103) upon another hybrid bred by the same pair of Poreupines.

In his last paper on Poreupines (P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 307), Dr. Gray states that he

“thinks it probable” that there may have been some mistake in the account of

the hybridism of these Poreupines which is most circumstantially given by Mr.

Waterhouse, Hist. Mamm. ii. p. 307; but on referring to Mr. Bartlett, from

whom Mr. Waterhouse derived his information, Mr. Bartlett assures me that

at the period when he made the inquiries he was assisting Mr. Waterhouse in

his work on the Rodents, and that he has no doubt whatever that the information

he supplied was correct. It is important that this should be stated in order to

save great trouble and perplexity to future workers on the Porcupines.

t See P. Z.8. 1866, p. 417.

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 235

Nepal and H. javanica of Java. I believe, however, that this is quite

a mistake. The two latter species are certainly very closely allied ;

but I have no reason to doubt Mr. Waterhouse’s determination that

they are different. But H. longicauda is apparently quite distinct

from either of them, having a slightly elevated crest and being black

and white instead of brown and yellow. The Sumatran black and

white specimen in the Leyden Museum spoken of by Mr. Water-

house (/.c. p. 46) is probably H. longicauda.

Fig. 2.

Shed spine of Hystrix longicauda (one-half the natural size),

I exhibit some shed spines of our Hystrix longicauda, which, it

will be observed, are at once distinguishable from those of the H.

eristata group by being white, with only one nearly central black

ring. It will be noticed that in Marsden’s figure of H. longicauda

some few of the spines are doubly barred with black ; but this is, no

doubt, attributable to artistic error.

I hope to be able to give further particulars concerning Hystrix

longicauda whenever either of our specimens dies *.

* Since this was written, Mr. W. Marshall has kindly supplied me with the

following note on the Porcupines of this form in the Leyden Museum :—

“In the Leyden Museum are examples of two species or races of Hystrix

from the Southern Asiatic archipelago,—that is, H. javanica, and a Hystrix-

form from Sumatra, under the Museum name H. miillert, which is unquestion-

ably the same as that which you call H. longicauda. 8. Miiller (Verh. Nat.

Geschied. p. 36) has already spoken of the differences between these two races,

of which one comes from Java, the other from Sumatra. In our Gallery

here we have of H. javanica three stuffed examples, two skeletons, and three

skulls; of H. longicauda (under the MS. name H. miiller?, Temm.) we have one

full-grown example from Sumatra, and a very young one in its first year from

Borneo. A half-grown individual, which is marked H. javanica, without any

locality, is certainly referable to H. longicauda. What y. d. Hoeven intended

by #. ecaudata is not clear to me; and his H. torquata is simply a synonym

of H. javanica, The following table gives a comparison of the principal differ-

ences between the two allied species :—

H. javanica. H. longicauda,

Length of longest spines in back ... 120™m 160-170™™

Length of spines in the tail ......... 52 69

Length of spines in upper back ... 32 53

Length of spines on the head ...... 35 57

Colour of extremities of head-spines Dark brown. Dark greyish black.

Yellowish orange, : F

Colour of spines on back ............ with a dark Wie ata Hare

brown band. ‘

Riervical band oo pis.ssu; saccee-cnceont { ah ee eae: } White, subobsolete,

“In the skeleton and skull I can find no material differences between the

236 MR.P.L.SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [ Mar. 7,

20. ATHERURA FASCICULATA (Shaw); Waterhouse, Mamm. ii.

p- 470.

On the 18th of September, 1867, we obtained, by purchase, of

the Jardin d’Acclimatation of Paris, a single specimen of this species,

said to have been received from Saigon. On the 14th of March

last Dr. Jerdon brought home with him an example of the same

species from Cherra Punji on the Khasya hills, and presented it to

the Society. This specimen is now living in the “Small-Mammal

House,”’ in company with two of its African allies (4. africana),

and serves to prove how very closely these two species resemble each

other externally.

They are very nearly of the same size and form, and much alike

in general appearance. But 4. fasciculata has the long spines of

the back terminated with white, and is generally brighter in colour.

Likewise the spines on the flanks and lower belly round the anus

are tipped with white. Ind. africana they are black, but whitish at

their bases.

21. PHACOCHGRUS ZLIANI.

Phacocherus sclateri of Dr. Gray (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. vi.

p- 190) was founded upon the female Ailian’s Wart-hog (Phaco-

cherus @liani) now living in the Society’s Gardens, apparently be-

cause the drawing of the head of this animal given in my notice of

its arrival (P. Z.S. 1869, p. 276) dees not quite agree with Ruppell’s

figure in his ‘ Zoological Atlas,’ tab. 25. Dr. Gray became subse-

quently of opinion that this specimen might even be a Sus (op. cit.

p- 263). I replied to these remarks in a subsequent number of

the ‘Annals’ (vol. vi. p. 404), and only now refer to them in order

to introduce a few additional remarks upon the distinctness of the

two known species of Phacocherus.

The skeletons of the pair of P. ethiopicus that were purchased

by the Society in 1850*, and lived so long in our gardens, are now

in the British Museum. On examining them I find no traces of

upper incisors in either skull, but in both of them the lower jaws

present alveoli of the two deciduous lower incisors.

I have likewise, with Mr. Bartlett’s assistance, examined the

mouths of the fine adult pair of P. ethiopicus now living in the

Society’s Gardens (presented by the Duke of Edinburgh in May

1866), and have found no perceptible traces of incisors either above

or below.

In the spring of this year one of our correspondents deposited in

the Society’s Gardens four young examples of the same species. I

two species. The tail in H. longicauvda is not longer; but the transverse pro-

cesses are rather broader.”

There can be no longer any doubt, therefore, that we have here a repetition of

the frequent case of an animal found in Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo, but re-

placed in Java by a distinct form.

* See P. Z. S. 1850, p. 78, pl. xvii.

+ The male died June 22, 1862, the female December 16, 1859.

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 237

had all these caught, and examined their mouths, but could find no

trace of incisors either above or below.

Of P. eliani, the adult female above spoken of, now in the

Society’s Gardens, has two well-formed incisors above and six below,

just as the skull of the specimen obtained by Mr. Blanford in

Abyssinia *, which is now in the British Museum.

In November last Mr. Jamrach had on sale four #lian’s Wart-

hogs; and I sent Mr. C. Bartlett down to examine them, hoping to

find a mate for our husbandless female. Mr. Bartlett reported to

me that they were unfortunately all of the female sex; but having

at my request taken the opportunity of examining their mouths, he

found that all these four animals also had ‘two incisors in the upper

jaw and six in the lower.”

It appears, therefore, that in every specimen examined (eight of

P. ethiopicus and five of P. eliani), the differences of dentition

usually held to separate these two species correspond with the ex-

ternal characters, and that P. ethiopicus (usually so called) has no

incisors above and two small deciduous incisors below, whereas P.

eliani has two permanent incisors above and six below.

As regards the distribution of these two species, Wagner appears

to be quite correct when he comes to the conclusion that P. ethio-

picus is confined to the extreme south of Africa+. Our two pairs

were both received from Natal. But P. eliant seems to be spread

all over the continent, being met with in Abyssinia and East

Africa generally (Riippell), Cap Verd (Buffon), Ashantee (Viv.

Soe. Zool. Lond.), Guinea coast (Pel), Caffraria (Wahlberg), and

Mozambique (Peters).

I may add that there can be little doubt that P. eliani ought,

according to the strict laws of priority, to be called P. africanus,

being the Sus africanus of Gmelin (S. N. p. 220), based upon

Buffon’s ‘‘ Sanglier du Cap Verd.”

22. Cervus psEuDAXIS, Eyd. & Soul.

Hitherto I have called the Formosan Deer Cervus taévanus

(emended from t¢aiouanus, Blyth). But as Mr. Swinhoe has now

examined the typical specimens of Cervus pseudazis in the Museum

of the Jardin des Plantes, and convinced himself that they belong

to the Formosan speciest (as I have suggested would probably turn

out to be the case, in my article on the Deer living in the Society’s

Gardens$), I think it right to revert to the earlier name, and have

accordingly entered this species in the new edition of the List of

Vertebrates as Cervus pseudaxis.

23. CeRvUsS ALFREDI, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 381, pl. xxviii.

The fine male Deer to which I have recently given the name of

Cervus alfredi is still living in good health in the Society’s Gardens.

* Qf. Blanford, ‘Geology and Zoology of Abyssinia,’ p. 242.

+ Saugeth. Suppl. v. p. 511.

+ P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 646.

§ Trans. Zool. Soe. vii. p. 345.

238 MR. P. L,SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [Mar. 7,

Its appearance did not alter during the winter; and it is quite evi-

dent that, like the Axis, this species has no winter coat, but retains

the same dress all the year round.

On the 13th of November last this animal shed his antlers, which

I now exhibit. It will be seen that they are of a very simple cha-

Cast antler of Cervus alfredi (half the natural size).

racter, consisting of a short stout beam, which throws off an anterior

snag about an inch and a half above the base, and then, slightly

curving backwards and then forwards, separates into two small

branches. ‘Their total length is about six inches.

The new pair of antlers, now just grown, are hardly longer, and

very similar in form, the snags, which are worn down in the

present pair, being rather more developed. It would appear, there-

fore, that the animal is nearly adult ; but whether this be so or not,

it is quite evident that Cervus alfredi differs materially from

Cervus axis, in which, even in the second year, the antlers attain a

very much greater length of beam.

24, Cervus pupu (Mol.). (Plate XVII.)

The male Cervus pudu, of which I gave a notice in the Society’s

‘ Proceedings’ for 1864 (p. 105), is still living in the Society’s

Gardens, and annually developes a diminutive pair of antlers. I

exhibit those shed in 1869 and 1870, which are probably the

1871.] MR. P. L, SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 239

Fig. 4.

Cast antler of Cervus pudu (natural size),

Fig. 5.

Fig. 5. Upper surface of skull of Halmaturus erubescens (half the natural size),

6. Lateral view of incisors of ditto (natural size).

240 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE SEPIDZ. [ Mar. 7,

smallest grown by any of the Deer, those of Cervus rufinus of

the Andes of Ecuador and Columbia being, I believe, considerably

larger. It will be observed that the antlers are perfectly simple,

slightly curved, unbranched, and terminate in a point. The length

of the antlers shed in November 1869, is 2°5 inches, that of those

shed in December 1870, 2°8 inches.

25. HALMATURUS ERUBESCENS. (Figs. 5 & 6, p. 239.)

Macropus erubescens, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 126, pl. x., et

p- 669.

I regret to have to announce the recent loss of the two fine

specimens of this new Kangaroo. One of these I now exhibit,

that received July 20th, 1879. It agrees generally with that

figured and described J. c., but is of a nearly pure white on

the throat and body beneath, and has the end of the tail black.

The upper back is of a rich vinous colour, which is also con-

tinued over the shoulders, nape, and top of the head. The hands

and feet are black. The measurements of this specimen are :—

whole length, from nose to base of tail, 40 inches ; tail 26 inches ;

length of ears nearly 5 inches; of tarsus to end of longest toe

11. The muffle of M. erubescens is quite naked; and the species

therefore belongs strictly to the section Halmaturus of Mr. Water-

house’s arrangement.

The skull of the specimen (fig. 5, p. 239) shows that the animal

was not yet adult, the third and fourth molars being not yet in their

places. In general form it resembles most nearly that of Macropus

rufus. The third incisor, as in that species, has but one shallow

vertical groove, placed rather in front of the middle (see fig. 6,

p- 239); but the whole tooth is wider and not so deep as is repre-

sented in Mr. Waterhouse’s figure of the corresponding tooth in

Macropus rufus (Mamm. ii. pl. 5. f. 3).

2. List of the Lizards belonging to the Family Sepide, with

Notes on some of the Species. By Dr. A. Ginruer,

F.R.S., F.Z.8.

[Received February 20, 1871.]

The family Sepide, as defined by Dr. Gray (Catal. Lizards, p. 121),

forms a perfectly natural group of Lizards, peculiar to the African

region, including the countries round the Mediterranean, Madeira,

the Canaries, Madagascar, Mauritius, but not the Seychelle Islands.

This family is also remarkable for exhibiting the most perfect trans-

ition from species with four well developed, though always feeble,

limbs, to others in which only minute external rudiments of these

organs are perceptible. Several additions having been made to this

family during the last twenty years, I have thought it useful to

compile a list of the species known at present, drawing also attention

to those which are desiderata for the British-Museum collection.

1871.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE SEPIDE. 241

SEPIDZ (Gray).

I. SpHenors (Wagler).

1. Sphenops sepoides (Aud.). B.M.

Northern Africa, Syria (Senegal ?).

2. Sphenops meridionalis (Gthr.). B.M.

Anisoterma sphenopsiforme (A. Dum.).

Gaboon, Senegal.

II. Scexrores (Fitz.).

1. Scelotes bipes (L.). B.M.

Scelotes linnei (Gravenhorst, in Noy. Ac. Cees. Leop. xxiii. 1.

p- 376, tab. 43).

South Africa, northwards to Angola.

2. Scelotes fierinensis (Grandidier, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 340).

Madagascar.

III. Seps.

a. HeTeromeces (D. &B.).

1. Seps capensis. B.M

Gongylus capensis (Smith).

Western coast of South Africa.

2. Seps mauritanicus.

Heteromeles mauritanicus (Dum. & Bibr.).

Algeria.

6. Goneyxus (Wagl.).

3. Seps ocellatus (Forsk.). B.M.

Mediterranean region, southwards to Abyssinia; Madeira.

4. Seps viridanus. B.M.

Gongylus viridanus (Gravenh.).

Teneriffe.

5. ? Seps igneocaudatus.

Gongylus igneocaudatus (Grandidier, Rev. et Mag. Zool.

1867, p. 234).

Madagascar.

6. ? Seps polleni.

Gongylus pollen (Grandidier, J. c. 1869, p. 340).

Madagascar.

y. Seps (Daud.).

7. Seps tridactylus (Laur.). B.M.

European and African parts of the Mediterranean region.

8. Seps monodactylus (Gthr.). B.M.

Palestine.

IV. Tuyrvs (Gray).

1. Thyrus boyeri (Desj.). B.M.

Mauritius, Round Island.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1871, No. XVI.

242 DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE SEPIDZ. [Mar. 7,

V. Sepsina (Bocage).

1. Sepsina angolensis (Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Math. &c. Lisb. 1866,

p: (G2).

Angola.

2. Sepsina grammica(Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc, Philad. 1868, p.318).

South-west Africa.

VI. Ampuretossus (D. &B.).

1. Amphiglossus astrolabi (D. & B.).

Madagascar.

These species may be arranged in the following series, according to

the degree of development of the limbs :—

a. Four limbs well developed: Gongylus ocellatus, ? Gongylus

igneocaudatus, ? Gongylus polleni, Thyrus boyerii.

B. Four feeble limbs, but with 5 toes: Sphenops sepsoides, Seps

capensis, Amphiglossus.

y. Four limbs, with less than 5 toes.

Toes 4—4: Gongylus viridanus.

Toes 2—4: Sphenops meridionalis.

Toes 3—3: Sepsina, Seps tridactylus.

Toes 2—3: Seps mauritanicus.

3. Four rudiments of limbs, without toes: Seps monodactylus.

e. Only two two-toed hind limbs: Scelotes.

SPHENOPS MERIDIONALIS.

I am obliged to propose this name for ‘‘ Anisoterma sphenopsi-

forme” (A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. p. 180, pl. 15. fig. 3), as the genus is

identical with Sphenops, so that the original specific name cannot be

retained. Sphenops sepoides has 5—5 very small toes; in S. meri-

dionalis the toes are still more rudimentary, and reduced in number

to 2—4. Otherwise the resemblance between the two forms is so

great that one would have been justified in describing them as varie-

ties of the same species, if no other distinctive character could have

been discovered. However, I find that, in the northern form, the

external cleft of the mouth is continued to the ear, and has a serrated

margin. In S. meridionalis there is a distinct space between the

angle of the mouth and the ear, and there is no serrature of the mar-

gin of the mouth.

The typical specimen is said to have been received from the Gaboon.

The British Museum obtained by purchase two specimens from M.

Parzudaki, who stated that he had received them from Senegal.

Srers (Goneyivus) capensis, Smith, Zool. S. Afr. Append. p. 10.

Sir A. Smith has presented to the British Museum two small

Lizards contained in a bottle, which is labelled in his own handwriting

** Gongylus capensis.’ In his description (/. c.) he distinctly refers

to a single specimen, two inches long, without the tail, which was

lost. One of our two specimens is, indeed, of that size, and without

1871.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON THE SEPIDZ. 243

tail ; and the presence of the second specimen might be accounted

for by supposing that Sir A. Smith found it among his extensive col-

lection, after the publication of the Appendix, and placed it in the

same bottle with the typical example.

The description itself answers well enough to our examples, except

in two points. The innermost toe is described as being rather longer

than the second ; and a minute circular ear-opening is mentioned.

Now in those examples (which have considerably suffered during the

long period of their preservation) no trace of an external ear-opening

ean be found; and I should have described the second toe as rather

longer than the innermost. Nevertheless, taking all the circumstances

into consideration, I am inclined to regard the tailless example as the

type of Sir A. Smith’s description; and I may add that the body is sur-

rounded by twenty-three longitudinal series of scales, and that there

are seventy scales in a longitudinal series between the fore limb and

vent.

This species connects Scelotes with Seps. It may be referred to

the subgenus Heteromeles, on account of the indistinctness of the

ear-opening.

Sers (GONGYLUs) viRIDANUs, Gravenhorst, Act. Nov. Ac. Ces.

Leopold. xxiii. p. 348.

Head as in Gongylus ocellatus. Limbs much more feebly deve-

loped, with only four toes; the anterior shorter than the head, the

posterior shorter than the distance of the fore-limb from the extremity

of the snout. Body surrounded by twenty-four longitudinal series

of scales; there are seventy-five scales in a longitudinal series be-

tween the fore limbs and the vent. Ear a small round opening.

Upper parts brown, with an olive-coloured band, two scales broad,

on each side of the back. The brown median part on the back with

small white black-edged ocelli, arranged in two longitudinal series.

The ocelli are continued on the tail, but not the bands. Lower parts

white.

Total length without tail (which is injured, and partly at ye ay

reproduced in all the specimens) ............

Length of the head (to the ear-opening .......... 9

meni arte fore limbs). ..2. i.e oi ete d o's wae wes ‘i

Length-of the hind limb ............. ear ee B

Length of the fourth hind toe .................. Leo5

Two specimens of this Lizard, said to have been brought from

North-western Africa, were received from the Zoological Society *.

Fortunately the British Museum possesses a third specimen, from

which more accurate information with regard to the habitat is ob-

tained. It was brought by R. M‘Andrew, Esgq., in the year 1852,

from Orotava, on the island of Teneriffe, which locality is mentioned

also by Gravenhorst.

This species is instructive in several respects. It is one of the

numerous instances which prove that modifications of a rudimentary

* [They were purchased by the Society from a dealer along with specimens of

a apes Reptiles, June 15th, 1870 (see P. Z. 8, 1870, p. 900).—

244 MESSRS. MOORE, WALKER, AND SMITH [Mar. 7,

organ cannot be used as generic characters. Thus, whenever in a

group of reptiles the limbs are in a more or less rudimentary con-

dition, the number of toes indicates only specific distinctness, and

sometimes it is evidently subject to even individual variation. Fur-

ther, the genera Seps, Gongylus, and Heteromeles had been distin-

guished only by the differences in the number of toes of their rudi-

mentary limbs, as we cannot take into account the more or less

complete scaly covering of the external ear-opening, which is some-

times very distinct, sometimes rather indistinct, and sometimes

entirely hidden by an overlapping scale. At present, we know the

following modifications intermediate between the toeless Seps mono-

dactylus and the five-toed Gongylus ocellatus :—

Fore toes, Hind toes.

Gongylus ocellatus ........ 5 5 (well developed).

Gongylus capensis ........ 5 5 (feeble).

Gongylus viridanus ........ 4 4

Seps tridactylus ...... Teneo 3

Heteromeles mauritanicus .. 2 3

Seps monodactylus ........ 0 0

Consequently I am inclined to unite the species mentioned into

one genus, for which the name Seps may be retained.

Several instances have been made known of animals restricted in

their habitat to islands, and having the organs of locomotion in a

much less developed state than nearly allied species of continental

faunas. Speculation has seized upon these instances to connect this

peculiarity of structure with the fact of insulation ; and the short-

limbed Gongylus viridanus of Teneriffe, when compared with the

continental five-toed Gongylus ocellatus, would appear to offer au-

other instance leading to the same way of reasoning. But then we

find that Gongylus ocellatus is also an inhabitant of Malta, Madeira,

and other small islands, without showing signs of imperfectly deve-

loped limbs, and, again, that Seps monodactylus and Heteromeles are

not less continental species than Seps tridactylus, as also that the five-

toed Sphenops sepoides and the short-limbed Sphenops meridionalis

are widely spread over large districts of the same continent.

3. Descriptions of some new Insects collected by Dr. Ander-

son during the Expedition to Yunan. By Freprric

Moorg, Francis WatkeERr, and FrepEerick SMITH.

[Received February 21, 1871.]

(Plate XVIII.)

Order LEPIDOPTERA.

HETEROCERA.

1. Synromis ANDERSON, Moore, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1.)

Male and female. Wings hyaline, veins bluish black ; body black,

with orange-yellow bands: fore wing with the costa and exteribr and

1871.] ON NEW INSECTS FROM YUNAN. 245

posterior margins black; space between the submedian vein and

posterior margin pale yellow; a broad transverse discocellular black

quadrate spot, which is recurved outwards: hind wing with the an-

terior border pale yellow, and having a small discoidal black spot;

apex and exterior margin black ; posterior margin tinged with yellow.

Spot on front of head, coxee, legs above, and band on each segment

of abdomen beneath white. Collar round thorax, tegule, spots on

thorax, and band on each segment of abdomen above orange-yellow ;

tip of abdomen in male purplish black, in female yellowish grey.

Proboscis, palpi, antennee, and legs beneath black, the antennz

tipped with white.

Expanse, ¢ 1,4, 2 1} inch.

2. Synromis sLaDENI, Moore, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 5.)

Female. Wings hyaline, veins jet-black ; body black, with orange-

yellow bands: fore wing with a jet-black costal border of exterior

and posterior margins, a narrow longitudinal streak extending from

the discocellular vein halfway across the disk; veins at the base of

wing tinged with orange-yellow: hind wing with a narrow jet-black

border extending all round, with a short curved streak extending

upward from middle of the exterior margin, Proboscis, palpi, an-

tennee, and eyes black. Legs black beneath, whitish above. Spot

on front of head, collar round thorax, streak on tegulz, spots on

thorax above and beneath, streak on coxze, and band on each seg-

ment of abdomen deep orange-yellow.

Expanse 1,4; inch.

3. Synromis GROTET, Moore, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4.)

Female. Wings hyaline, veins brownish black ; body black, with

orange-yellow bands: fore wing with the base of costal and posterior

margins orange-yellow; costa and posterior margins anteriorly and

exterior margin black ; a small space within base of discoidal cell, a

streak beneath extending to the submedian vein, a streak anteriorly

on median vein, space between the discoidal veinlets except a small

rounded hyaline exterior spot, and a short space upwards from ex-

terior margin between the second and third median veinlets brownish

black: hind wing with a brownish-black border tinged with orange-

yellow on anterior margin; a short black streak extending upward

from exterior margin. Proboscis, palpi, and antennee black. Front

of head, collar, streak on tegulz, spots on thorax, cox, and band

on each segment of abdomen orange-yellow. Legs yellowish white

above, brown beneath.

Expanse 13 inch.

4. Synromis aTxrnsonq, Moore, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2.)

Male and female. Bluish black, body with a slight purplish tinge :

fore wing with seven transparent spots, the first near the base, small,

rounded, the second occupying the anterior portion of the cell, the

third below the cell and extending obliquely to near the posterior

angle, the fourth and fifth divided by the first or upper median

246 MESSRS. MOORE, WALKER, AND SMITH [ Mar. 7,

veinlet, the sixth and seventh divided by the lower subcostal veinlet,

the latter spot being very small: hind wing with a subbasal trans-

parent spot extending to the extreme abdominal margin, where it is

tinged with yellow. Head in front and coxze yellowish white ; spot

at base of abdomen above, and a band extending round the abdomen

orange-yellow; anal tuft in female yellowish white. Proboscis, palpi,

antenne, and legs black ; tarsi whitish ; antennee tipped with white.

Expanse, ¢ 154, 2 17 inch.

5. Synromis rytcHe!, Moore, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3.)

Male. Brownish black : fore wing transparent, veins black ; costa

and posterior margin with narrow black border; space between dis-

coidal veinlets, the apex of wing, and exterior margin black, extend-

ing upward on the latter near the angle: hind wing with anterior

margin and apex narrowly bordered with black. Front of the head

white; collar round thorax, coxee, and a basal and median abdominal

band orange-yellow. Proboscis, palpi, antenne, and legs black ; tip

of antenne and tarsi whitish.

Expanse 1;); inch.

Order ORTHOPTERA.

Fam. ACRIDIDZ.

1. OpomALA TENEBROSA, Walker, n. sp.

Female. Piceous or ferruginous, slender, slightly compressed.

Head and prothorax with a very slight middle keel, and with a few

very slight longitudinal ridges. Tip of the vertex flat, short-conical ;

front tawny, oblique, speckled with black, with four well-defined

diverging keels ; inner keels united near the tip of the vertex. An-

tennee fiat, lanceolate, about twice the length of the head. Prothorax

with a very slight keel on each side; fore border hardly rounded ;

hind border slightly rounded. Hind femora as long as the abdomen.

Hind tibie a little shorter than the hind femora; spines stout, of

equal size. Fore wings with irregular and very minute areolets ;

those towards the tips larger, elongated, and regular. Hind wings

cinereous hyaline, blackish at the tips; veins black, pale green or

pale yellow at the base and along the interior border.

Length of the body 14 lines ; expansion of the fore wings 24 lines.

2. CyRTACANTHACRIS PUNCTIPENNIS, Walker, n. sp.

Male. Tawny, slender, testaceous beneath. Head short; tip of

the vertex depressed, nearly round ; front punctured, slightly oblique,

with four well-defined diverging keels; inner keels ending in the flat

ridge which extends from the tip of the vertex. Antenne slender,

a little longer than the head and the prothorax together. Prothorax

with a very slight keel, which is most apparent near the hind border ;

four transverse impressed lines, the first, as usual, widely interrupted

in the middle; fore border hardly curved; hind border slightly

elongated and angular. Prosternal spine thick, oblique, rounded at

1871.] ON NEW INSECTS FROM YUNAN. 247

the tip, approaching the mesosternum. Abdomen testaceous, with

a piceous stripe which extends from the base to beyond half the

length. Fore wings cinereous towards the tips, with numerous

blackish points, which mostly form very irregular bands; a row of

subcostal black more determinate points. Hind wings cinereous,

veins black.

Length of the body 15 lines ; expansion of the fore wings 30 lines.

The prosternal spine is shorter, stouter, and more obtuse than that

of C. rubiginosa, which this species closely resembles. The speckled

fore wings distinguish it from C. spissa.

3. Masrax rnnorarta, Walker, n. sp.

Male. Ferruginous, slender. Head elongate, obliquely but ab-

ruptly ascending; tip of the vertex conical, promiuent, slightly

bilobed; front long, oblique, with four well-defined keels; inner

keels converging towards the face; outer keels diverging towards

the face; clypeus and fore part of the face tawny. Antenne black,

short, slender, tawny towards the base. Eyes elliptical, prominent.

Prothorax short, sellate, widening hindward, with a slight keel; a

blackish mark on each side in front of the transverse impressed line.

Hind femora as long as the abdomen. Hind tibiz slender, piceous,

a little longer than the hind femora; spines small. Fore wings

narrow, cinereous, with two pellucid marks near the tips, the mark

on the hind border larger and more remote from the tip than the

other, which is costal. Hind wings cinereous hyaline, with a black-

ish costal line; veins black.

Length of the body 10 lines ; expansion of the fore wings 20 lines.

4. Oxya piminuta, Walker, n. sp.

Male. Tawny, slender. Head and prothorax with two ferruginous

stripes, which do not extend beyond the fourth transverse impressed

line of the prothorax. Head slightly elongate; vertex with two

keels between the eyes; tip depressed, transverse, subrhomboidal ;

front hardly oblique, with four strongly marked keels; inner keels

slightly curved towards the vertex, parallel towards the face; outer

keels diverging towards the face. Antenne slender, piceous towards

the tips. Prothorax with a keel, which is hardly apparent except

towards the hind border ; the latter rounded. Prosternal spine long,

acute, rather slender. Spines of the tibie with black tips. Wings

half developed. Hind wings cinereous hyaline, veins black.

Length of the body 10 lines.

5. CALOPTINUS INCOMPTUs, Walker, n. sp.

Male. Tawny, testaceous beneath. Head short; vertex with two

slender furrows between the eyes; tip flat, subrhomboidal; front in

structure like that of C. inmamenus. Antenne slender. Prothorax

with a slight keel and with the usual transverse impressed lines ;

hind border elongated, slightly angular. Prosternal spine stout,

long, slightly acute. Hind legs testaceous ; spines of the tibize with

black tips. Fore wings cinereous, tawny towards the base, with

248 MESSRS. MOORE, WALKER, AND SMITH [ Mar. 7;

some irregular and indistinct pale brownish bands formed by clouded

veins. Hind wings pellucid, cinereous about the tips; a tawny

costal streak ; veins pale yellow, black towards the tips.

Length of the body 10 lines; expansion of the fore wings 20 lines.

Very closely allied to C. inamenus. The keel of the prothorax is

_ more strongly defined than that of C. signatipes.

6. CALOPTINUS INAM@NUS, Walker, n. sp.

Male. Piceous. Head short; vertex with two slender furrows

between the eyes; tip flat, subrhomboidal; front punctured, erect,

with four distinct keels; inner keels slightly diverging from the

vertex to the face; outer keels nearly parallel. Antennze tawny, as

long as the head and the prothorax together. Prothorax with a

slight keel, with the usual four transverse impressed lines, and with

two colli on each side; fore border hardly rounded; hind border

slightly elongated and angular. Pectus and abdomen testaceous,

the latter piceous above towards the base. Prosternal spine long

and stout, rounded at the tip. Hind femora with three black spots

on the upperside, and with a black stripe beneath. Hind tibiz red,

their spines with black tips. Fore wings cinereous, brownish to-

wards the tips, with several indistinct and irregular bands formed by

brownish-clouded veins ; costa rounded near the base. Hind wings

cinereous; a ferruginous costal streak; veins black, greenish white

at the base and along the interior border.

Length of the body 12 lines ; expansion of the fore wings 22 lines,

The vertex between the eyes is narrower than that of C. brunneus.

Order HYMENOPTERA.

1, Vespa BELLONA, Smith, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.)

Female. Head, thorax, and legs pale yellowish brown; the eyes

dark fuscous ; the teeth and inner margin of the mandibles black ;

the flagellum of the antennz fuscous above towards the apex; a

fuscous spot in front of the intermediate and posterior coxe ; the

prothorax with a black transverse spot above; the wings fusco-

hyaline, darkest at the anterior margin of the superior pair and to-

wards their base. Abdomen black, with a narrow yellow marginal

band on each segment at its apex ; the apical segment entirely black ;

the extreme base of the abdomen with indistinct yellowish stains.

Length 1 inch 6 lines.

Worker. Closely resembles the female; but in the single example

received the abdomen has only a yellow margin to the basal seg-

ment; all the tarsi are fuscous, with the claw-joint yellowish ; the

flagellum is not fuscous above. Length 10 lines.

This species is nearly allied to Vespa magnifica. The head of the

female is widened towards the thorax, as in that species, and is

deeply emarginate behind; the clypeus and mandibles are not so

strongly punctured, and the apical segment of the abdomen is not

yellow as in V, magnifica. Vespa basalis resembles this species, but

1571.] ON NEW INSECTS FROM YUNAN. 249

it differs in being covered with a short glittering pilosity, and its

clypeus is smooth, shining, and impunctate.

2. Bomsus imPetvosus, Smith, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8.)

Female. Black; the pubescence on the head black. The thorax

above and at the sides clothed with a rich fulvous pubescence; the

disk with black pubescence between the wings; the apical joints of

the anterior and intermediate tarsi and the posterior pair entirely

obscure rufo-piceous ; the posterior tibize have their outer margin of

the same colour, but brighter; wings dark brown. Abdomen: the

basal segment is covered above with bright pale fulvous pubescence,

the two following segments have a clothing of black pubescence, and

the three apical ones of red. Length 9 lines.

The worker is clothed like the female, but the fulvous pubescence

is brighter and paler, and it varies in size from 8 to LO lines.

3. Apis LaBoriosA, Smith, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 7.)

Worker. Black ; the vertex shining and having some long black

pubescence; the face just above the insertion of the antenne with

fulvous pubescence; the eyes have a short black pubescence and a

few scattered punctures; the cheeks covered with pale fulvous pu-

bescence. Thorax clothed with fulvous pubescence, which is palest

beneath and on the inferior margins of the anterior and intermediate

femora; tbe posterior femora more thinly fringed with pale fulvous

pubescence; the posterior tibize and the basal joint of the tarsi

fringed with black pubescence; the superior wings slightly smoky

or fuscous, ‘darkest in the marginal and first submarginal cell. Ab-

domen almost naked, but witha little fulvous pubescence on the

margin of the basal segment; the truncation of the basal segment

covered with fine short downy fulvous pubescence; the apex of the

abdomen with a little black pubescence. Length 8 lines.

I cannot but consider this a distinct species from all that have

hitherto been described. I am not desirous of increasing the num-

ber; but, after a careful examination of the characters in which

specific distinctions are to be found, I will point out in what this

Bee differs from both A. dorsata and A. zonata, both of which agree

with it in size. The ocelli are smaller and more distant from the

compound eyes; and it has only twelve transverse rows of bristles

on the inner surface of the posterior metatarsus, exclusive of that on

its apical margin. In A. dorsata the abdomen is covered above with

a short downy pubescence; this Bee has the abdomen naked, and

there is not a trace of bands of pubescence at the basal margins of

the segments, as in 4. zonata.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Syntomis andersoni, p. 244. Fig. 5. Syntomis sladeni, p. 245.

2. atkinsoni, p. 245. 6. Vespa bellona, p. 248.

3. —— fytchei, p. 246. 7. Apis laboriosa, p. 249.

4 grotei, p. 245, 8. Bombus impetuosus, p. 249.

250 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW BUTTERFLIES. [Mar. 7,

4, Descriptions of some new Species and a new Genus of

Pierine, with a Monographie List of the Species of Jzias.

By A. G. Butier, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received February 27, 1871.]

(Plate XIX.)

Genus Cottas, Fabricius.

CoLtAS IMPERIALIS, n. sp. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.)

g. Ale supra aurantiace: antice area externa late fusca,

favo squamosa ; macula marginem costali-externum attingente

venisque nigris ; basi costaque basali flavo-virescentibus ; mar-

gine extremo costali fulvo ; striolis tribus subapicalibus flavis

in venis positis; ciliis fulvidis: postice area costali fusca,

externa late nigra, abdominali flava: corpus fuscum, virescens ;

antennis fuscis, clava compressa.

Ale subtus flavo-virescentes : antice area discoidali fulvo tincte ;

puneto triangulari fulvo pupillato discocellulari ; fascia discali

nigro-fusca a margine interno ad ramum tertium medianum

currente, extrorsum profunde dentata, introrsum diffusa ;

area interna late rufo-fusca ; ciltis roseis : postice area medio-

discali fulvo tincta; macula discocellulari aurantiaca fusco

cincta, punctis duobus aurantiacis basalibus: corpus flavum,

pedibus roseis.

Exp. alar. unc. 2.

Q. Ale supra maculis tribus subapicalibus et duabus subanali-

bus inter venas aureo-flavis ; fundo obscuriore, aliter velut in

mare: postice fusce ; dimidio interno fulvo squamoso ; fascia

maculari discali maculis, e quibus duabus superioribus flavidis,

inferioribus longioribus fulvis; area abdominali pallide sul-

phurea: corpus nigrescens, capite roseo hirto.

Ale subtus pallide virides: antice dimidio interno fulvo ; margi-

nibus costali et externo roseis ; fascia submarginali ad ramum

discoidalem superiorem continuata, aliter velut in mare : corpus

albidum.

Exp. alar. une. 1, lin. 11.

Port Famine (King)? Three examples, B.M.

From the supplementary cases of the Banksian cabinet, in com-

pany with a collection from Port Famine, presented by Capt. King.

Allied to C. thisoa, hecla, &c., especially the female.

ScALIDONEURA, 0. gen.

Affinis Coliadi (sect. dimeree e¢ euxanthis) ; alis angustioribus,

antennis tenuioribus, clava robusta.

Ale antice subtriangulares, vena costali pone medium coste ter-

minata; ramo primo subcostali pone medium celle discoidalis

Mintern Bro® imp.

GWilhs del, et hth.

New or rare Pierinz.

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW BUTTERFLIES. 251

emisso, secundo et tertio valde oblique pone cellam emissis,

quarto et vena superiore discoidali furculam perbrevem forman-

tibus ; vena superiore discocellulari perbrevi transversa, infe-

riore profunde introrsum angulata; ramis secundo et tertio

medianis modice approximatis: ale postice velut in Coliade

(sect. dimeree, $c.) : corpus hirtum, palpis elongatis tenuibus

cirratis, articulo terminali projecto.

Typus S. hermina, sp. n.

SCALIDONEURA HERMINA, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 5.)

3. dle supra fulve: antice basi flavida, nigro squamosa ;

puncto discocellulari nigro; costa et margine externo (ad an-

gulum analem gradatim decrescente et introrsum arcuato) fus-

cis ; ciliis roseis ad angulum ani flavescentibus : postice area

basali flava, playa magna interna, extrorsum diffusa nigra ;

margine apicali fusca; ciliis albidis : corpus nigrum, sericeo-

albo hirtum ; capite fusco viridique hirtum ; antennis Suscis,

Sulvo acuminatis.

Ale subtus multo pallidiores, undique fusco rorate ; fasciis su-

pernis flavo-virescentibus (haud fuscis); plaga posticarum

viridi : postice stria discoidali, puncto adherente basali, ma-

cula discocellulari argenteo pupillata maculisque septem disca-

libus arcuatim dispositis, roseo-fuscis : corpus virescens, palpis

pedibusque roseo tinctis.

Exp. alar. une. 1, lin. 73.

Eastern Peru (Degand). B.M.

Somewhat resembles the males of C. dimera and euxanthe; but

differs in neuration from all the other Pieridian genera.

Genus TerIas.

TERIAS MEMULUS, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 6.)

3. Ale supra flave: antice margine externo fere velut in T.

blanda, ad angulum ani autem arcuatim decrescente, introrsum

quinquesinuata, sinibus duobus superioribus multo latioribus ;

costa et basi nigris: postice venis nigro acuminatis, margine

apicali aurantiaco nebuloso: corpus nigrum, viridi hirtum, ab-

domine lateraliter flavo.

Ale subtus fere velut in T. leuce.

Exp. alar. unc. 1, lin. 8.

2. Ale supra flave, antice velut in T. leuce 2: postice macu-

lis tribus increscentibus marginalibus apiceque aurantiacis ;

venis nigro acuminatis: corpus velut in mare.

Ale subtus fere velut in T. dina 2; antice autem area magna

apicali triangulari; postice area subquadrata striolaque ea-

terna adherente, ferrugineis, violaceo et fusco roratis.

Exp. alar. une. 1, lin. 9.

Haiti (Tweedie). git OME,

A striking new species of the westwoodii group.

252 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW BUTTERFLIES. [Mar. 7,

Genus Ixras, Hubner.

Ix1As UNDATUS, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.)

3. Ale supra fere velut in I. evippe; fascia autem aurantiaca

angustiore magis undata, introrsum ad celle finem profunde

incisa: postice fascia marginali angulis alternis profunde sep-

temundata: corpus viridi-cinereum, abdomine a latere flavido.

Ale subtus saturatius flave, immaculate.

Exp. alar. une. 3.

Labuan (Lowe). B.M.

Nearly allied to I. evippe of Drury (rhexia, Fabr., and, possibly,

ludekingwi, Vollenhoven), but with the costa of fore wings more

produced.

Ix1As LATIFASCIATUS, sp.n. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.)

3. Affinis I. sesiee, magnitudine I. anexibie ; differt fascia mar-

ginali alarum posticarum duplo latiore et introrsum apud api-

cem tridentata.

Ale subtus undique fusco reticulatis; fascia discali nebulosa

maculari fusca: antice macula magna discocellulari, venis

plagaque triangulari anali nigro-fuscis: postice macula costali

aliisque venas terminantibus nebulosis et puncto discocellulart

nigro-fuscis ; punctis quatuor inconspicuis discalibus auran-

tiacis : corpus flavum.

Exp. alar. une. 2, lin. 6.

9. Ale antice fusce, plaga magna interna triangulari lactea ;

fascia fulva bimaculata velut in I. sesia 2, postice lactee ;

JSascia lata marginali apud apicem introrsum tridentata, fusca:

corpus cinereum.

Ale subtus fere velut in mare.

Exp. alar. unc. 2, lin. 6.

Moulmein (Clerk). B.M.

Allied to the preceding species and to J. sesia, Fabr.; in the

dusky hatchings of the under surface, it differs from all the species

hitherto described.

The species of Ivias will now stand as follows :—

1. IxIAs EVIPPE.

6. Papilio evippe, Drury, Ill. i. pl. 5. fig. 2 (1773).

P. rhexia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476. n. 145 (1775).

Var.? Thestias ludekingii, Vollenhoven, Tijd. Ent. iii. p. 126

(1860); Monogr. Pier. p. 49. n. 1, pl. 5. fig. 6 (1865).

Q. Papilio pirithous, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 483. n. 179 (1775).

P. ulrica, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. v. pl. 108. figs. 9, 10

(1792).

Thestias rhexia, 9, Butler, Fabr. Cat. pl. 1. fig. 5 ne

China, Nepal, Darjeeling.

Vollenhoven’s 7. ludekingii looks to me like a faded, or, verte

an albino male of I. evippe.

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW BUTTERFLIES. 253

2. Ix1as UNDATUS.

Trias undatus, supra.

3. IxIAs LATIFASCIATUS.

Ivias latifasciatus, supra.

4, IXIAS SESIA.

3. Papilio sesia, Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 257 (1777) ; Donovan,

Ins. China, pl. 31. fig. 2 (1798).

Thestias pirenassa, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3. vol. iv. p. 395.

n. 8. pl. 9. fig. 4 (1867).

Bengal, Bhotan ? 3 9, B.M.

The female differs from the male in the narrowness of the sub-

apical orange band, which also exhibits one or two oval spots between

the median branches.

5. IxrAs ANEXIBIA.

3. Papilio pyrene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 125. figs. A-C

(1779).

P. sesia, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. pl. 109. figs. 1-3 (1792).

Ivias anexibia, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 95. n. 1008

(1816).

3 2, Punjaub; ¢ Q, var., Bengal. B.M.

Chiefly differs from the preceding in its slightly superior size,

more strongly margined hind wings, and in the colour of the sub-

apical band in the female, which, in the typical form, is sulphur-

yellow, but in the Bengalese variety yellowish white. The male of

the latter is that represented by Cramer at figs. A & B.

6. Ix1As PYRENE.

d. Papilio pyrene, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 241 (1764).

2. P. enippe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 105. ee C, D Ey

China, Silhet, Bhotan.

Differs from the preceding species in the almost spotless ‘hind

wings, the marginal band being reduced to two or three squamose

subapical spots, “sometimes entirely wanting.

7. IXIAS BALICE.

3. Thestias balice, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép.i. p. 593. n. 4 (1836).

Java (Horsfield). B.M.

Remarkable for the great width of the orange apical patch which

surrounds the discoidal spot, and unites with the yellow ground-

colour.

8. IxrAs MARIANNE.

3 2. Papilio marianne, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 217. figs. C-E

(1782).

3. Ivias bebryce, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 95. n. 1009

(1816).

254 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW BUTTERFLIES. _[ Mar. 7,

3. Papilio sesia (part.), Fabricius, Mant. Ins. p. 22. n. 234

(1787).

3 @, Punjaub, Ceylon; ? var., Moulmein. B.M.

9. Ix1as? ANNE.

Thestias anne, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 16 (1857).

Caffraria (Wahlberg), Wligr.

As I have not seen this species, I am unable to decide its true

position. Dr. Wallengren compares it to I. marianne; but I think

it possible it may prove to be an Hronia.

10. Ix1as venaTRIx. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)

3. Thestias venatrix, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3rd ser, vol. iv.

p- 393. n. 5 (1867).

Moulmein. Type, B.M.

A pretty little species, allied to I. venilia.

11. Ix1As VENILIA.

3. Pieris venilia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 121. n. 7 (1819) ;

Lucas, Lép. Ex. pl. 36. fig. 1, Anth. ven. (1835).

Var. Thestias crenis, Boisd. Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 594. n. 5 (1836).

Java (Horsfield). B.M.

12, Ix1As REINWARDTII.

Thestias reinwardtii, Vollenhoven, Tijd. Ent. iii. p. 125 (1860) ;

Monogr. Pier. p. 50. n. 2, pl. 6. fig. 1 (1865).

Baly, Lombock. B.M.

13. Ix1AS VOLLENHOVII.

Thestias vollenhovii, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3. vol. iv.

p- 393. n. 5 (1867).

T’. balice, Vollenhoven, Monogr. Pier. p. 50. n. 3 (1865).

Timor (Walluce).

I have not examined specimens of the above; but I suppose its

position to be next to J. balice.

The two following species will have to be referred also to this

genus, although in many respects they resemble the species of Te-

racolus :—

14. Ix1as EULIMENE.

3 Q. Pontia eulimene, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 5-8 (1829).

White Nile. 3, B.M.

15. IxtAs VENATUS.

9 ? Ivias venatus, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc, London, pl. 7. fig. 7

(1871).

White Nile. Type, B.M.

The type having lost its abdomen, I have been unable to deter-

mine its sex; I believe it to be a female.

mr qceuuey NW

SNWVLOdOddIA

WL TMG T

1871.] ON THE BIRTH OF A HIPPOPOTAMUS. 255

5. Notes on the Birth of a Hippopotamus in the Society’s

Gardens. By A. D. Barrtert, Superintendent.

[Received March 7, 1871.]

(Plate XX.)

Towards the end of last year the keeper of the Hippopotamus

(Michael Prescot) and myself noticed a considerable change in the

habits and appearance of the female; and the only way that we

could account for this change was by supposing that she was with

oung.

That these suspicions were well founded was soon made evident,

and she began to display her temper towards her keeper in a very

disagreeable way, occasionally turning him out of her house with

very short notice. These indications, together with her increasing

size, and the enlargement of her mamme, left no doubt about the

matter. Having been informed by Mr. Hegt, the Superintendent

of the Zoological Gardens of Amsterdam, that the period of gesta-

tion of the Hippopotamus was seven months and a few days, I was

led to expect the young one about the first week in February.

I therefore wrote to my friend Mr. Westerman of Amsterdam,

asking for any information he could give me upon the subject. The

following is an extract from his letter.

“Our Hippopotamus always went with young from seven months

and twenty-one days to seven months and twenty-five days; we

generally could see the work of delivery begin about twenty-four

hours before the young one appeared. The female is in great trouble

all that time, the red sweat running down her body.”

Guided by this information and by that of our keeper, I felt

certain that we were near the time indicated ; and we kept a very close

and careful watch for any symptoms that might take place. On

Monday the 21st of February we noticed a very decided change in

her manner and appearance ; she was restless and looked wild, I

closed the doors of the house immediately, and gave instructions to

the keepers not to enter the house nor to allow any one to disturb

her, and commenced a strict watch upon her movements. This we

could easily manage from a window in a small room above the house.

From this window we could see perfectly without being seen by the

animal, on account of the position of the light. Here we watched

until half past 4 o’clock on the following day (just thirty hours).

During the whole of this time the animal was moving about, walking

round the house, lying down, and getting up again immediately,

rolling ou her side, gomg backwards and forwards, looking and

holding her head upwards, opening and closing her jaws, and fre-

quently clattering her teeth, the bloody fluid (perspiration) running

down her sides and face, as it issued from every part of her skin,

until one’s eyes became weary of witnessing the distress and anguish

displayed by this monstrous mass of restless and troubled flesh.

We noticed that the slightest noise arrested her attention; and on

256 MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON THE [ Mar. 7,

the keeper entering the house, she rushed towards him in a perfect

fury. Another sign of her temper was the fact of her not replying,

as she usually does, to the call of the male, who being disturbed by

her incessant movements continually called to her by his loud grunt-

ing roar, to which, in ordinary times, she is in the habit of respond-

ing. It was therefore evident to me that the event was close at

hand. At last she selected a spot, upon which she carefully lay

down, and for a few moments seemed quiet, when, by one sudden

effort, the young Hippopotamus was shot head first into the world,

as if by magic. The most remarkable feature respecting the birth

was its startling quickness.

The mother was on her legs at once, and turning round, with

open jaws, rushed at the little one, taking him partly into her mouth.

At this critical and exciting moment, I believe, had she seen or

heard any one, she would have destroyed her offspring instantly.

The keeper and I almost held our breaths; we watched her rolling

eyes as she paused apparently listening and wondering what to do,

when, to our great astonishment, on hearing the old male utter his

loud call, the new-born animal answered him, and shook his ears

as if to free them from water. At this moment the female drew

back, and passed her large flat tongue over the body of the little

one, which by this time began to move about and attempted to walk.

In these attempts it was assisted by its mother’s nose, which she

kept close to the little one and sometimes used to push it along.

In less than half an hour after its birth, it was walking and stag-

gering about the house, closely followed and kindly attended by its

mother. Towards dark it had found a comfortable warm bed on

the short straw in the corner of the house, the mother lying

down with the greatest care and keeping the young one in front of

her. On the following morning the young one appeared much

stronger, and walked about the house two or three times, and during

the day responded to the old male’s call several times, the female

remaining silent: both the mother and young one slept the greater

part of the day. The young one was never observed to suck ; but

as no lights were exhibited after dark, we thought it probable the

young one received its nourishment during the night.

On Thursday morning the young one was apparently asleep, the

mother seemed uneasy, and, as the day advanced, we saw the young

one make an attempt to rise but seemingly unable to do so. Care-

fully noticing all the symptoms, I concluded that it was going

wrong, and determined, if possible, to remove it from its mother

—a task of considerable difficulty, and one not altogther free from

danger. The keeper, Michael Prescot, was the first to enter the

house, and having the gates open that lead into the tank containing

the water, expected that he would be able to close the gates, and

keep the mother in the bath until the young one had been re-

moved. He made the attempt; she rushed at him and into the

water ; but before he could close the gates she rushed out again, and

ante before her young one, gnashing her teeth and threatening the

eeper.

1871.] BIRTH OF A HIPPOPOTAMUS. 257

It was certain that the keeper could not remove the young one

without assistance; so I sent for Arthur Thomson, a keeper, and

H. North, a helper; and, knowing the great dislike the female

Hippopotamus had always shown towards the garden watering-

engine, I arranged for the keeper Prescot to wheel it into the house

in the direction that, if she followed it, would lead her into the tank

or bath. In the event of her so doing, Thomson was ordered to be

ready to close the gates upon her, while I proposed to slip into the

den and carry off the young one, North being ordered to unlock and

lock the gate after me.

The attempt was made, and succeeded ; for as soon as the female

plunged into the water to attack Prescot and the water-engine, he

commenced to pump the water into her face and eyes. This caused

her to dive, and thus gave me time to escape before she could see

what was going on.

The picking up and carrying off the young one was not quite so

easily managed as I had anticipated, for I was astonished to find the

_little beast nearly one hundred pounds weight, and as slippery and

slimy as an eel. Besides this, it struggled much in my arms.

There was no time to be lost, and by an effort the young one was

removed from the house almost as quickly as it had entered it.

Placed in a warm room, on a soft bed of hay, and covered with a

blanket, it seemed to revive, and, two goats supplying it with plenty

of warm milk, readily sucked from a large feeding-bottle a sufficient

quantity to cause us to think that we should be able to gave its life.

But after having taken a second meal it was attacked with convul-

sions, and died suddenly about 8 o’clock on Thursday night.

Since the foregoing was written, through the kindness of Pro-

fessor Flower I have examined the viscera of the young animal, and

have also been informed by that gentleman that the creature had been

evidently suffering from inflammation of several of the internal

structures for many days previous to its birth. I think, therefore,

it is highly probable that this condition will account for its not

having sought nourishment from its mother; had it done so, I fully

believe she would willingly have allowed it to suck, as we had proof

that she was well supplied with milk.

In conclusion, I must remark that I have never witnessed any thing

like the suspicious, watchful, and determined manner in which this

huge creature endeavours to defend her young. She is jealously fond

of it; and the great danger of its being killed by her while exhibit-

ing a blind rage on any one approaching, renders the breeding and

successful rearing of these animals in captivity a task of extreme

difficulty.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1871, No. XVII.

258 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. [ Mar. 21,

March 21, 1871.

R. Hudson, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The following report by the Secretary on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1871 was read :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February 1871 was 45, of which 9 were

by birth, 8 by presentation, 26 by purchase, and 1 by exchange,

1 animal having been received only on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 100.

Amongst the additions almost the only one of special interest was

two pairs of a small West-African Finch (Spermestes fringilloides*),

purchased February 14. Our Superintendent has already given us

full particulars of the birth of the young Hippopotamus, which oc-

curred February 21.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a skin of the Ceylonese Prinia spoken of

by Mr. W. Vincent Legge in a communication to the Society read

on November 1, 1870+ last, and now forwarded for examination by

that gentleman. Lord Walden had pronounced the specimen to be

P. socialis of Sykes, not differmg from examples collected in Coorg

and Candeish.

Dr. E. Hamilton, in corroboration of Mr. Swinhoe’s remarks

(P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 91) on the prolific nature of Hydropotes inermis,

read the following extract from a letter lately received from Mr.

J. A. Arnott of Shanghai :—

“Do you know that the doe of this species has constantly five or

six young ones at a birth? We often find it so when the animal is

opened, as is customary immediately after it is shot.”

Dr. Hamilton observed that this corroboration of Mr. Swinhoe’s

observations was important. As a rule the various species of the

genus Cervus usually only have one calf at atime. Cervus dama

sometimes brings forth two, and occasionally, though very rarely,

three ; Cervus capreolus never more than two. It would be inter-

esting to know whether the nearest allies to this genus (viz. Cervus

pudu of Chili, and Moschus moschiferus of North-eastern Asia) have

this peculiarity, as it was certainly a distinct feature in the Hydro-

potes.

The following (eleventh) lettert on the Ornithology of Buenos

Ayres by Mr. W. H. Hudson, C.M.Z.S., was read :—

“ Buenos Ayres, 2nd September, 1870.

“ Sir,—Besides the Black-headed Gull (Larus cirrhocephalus),

* Ploceus fringilloides, Lafr. Mag. de Zool. 1853, pl. 48.

t P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 673.

{ For preceding letter, see anted, p. 4. See also Sclater and Salvin, P. Z. 8.

1868, p. 137, et 1869, p. 158.

1871.] LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. 259

described iu my last letter, we have in this country five species of

Laride; but at present I will pass these over, and defer my de-

scriptions of them until I shall have increased the rather scanty

stock of facts I possess in reference to their habits.

**T have just become acquainted with a bird never before, I think,

obtained in this region—the Upucerthia dumetoria. A pair of these

birds (male and female) appeared in a field near my house this

winter ; and a month after first seeing them I succeeded in shooting

both. The male proved to be a trifle the larger; but in plumage

they were alike. They reminded me in all their motions of the

Cinclodes fuscus, being, like it, shy and ever ready to take wing,

and their flight being irregular, rapid, and near to the earth. The

bird also sometimes alights on dry stalks, but more often on the

ground, hopping and jerking the tail in a startled manner, and run-

uing with extraordinary swiftness over the bare places. These birds

were probably winter visitants from Patagonia; but that they re-

gularly migrate so far north is doubtful. The species has been con-

sidered, I think, an inhabitant of the Andean regions exclusively ;

but I have seen one skin obtained on the Atlantic sea-board, in the

southern part of this province.

“‘ We have already many indications of approaching spring ; and

I regret to find that I have not been able to give so much attention

to the habits of our winter species as I had intended to do, or to

write so many letters as I had hoped. Before many days the cold

season will have gone, and with it the birds that annually visit

us from the barren tablelands of Patagonia. When I reflect how

few species there are in this sombre-plumaged train, compared

with the multitude that come to us in summer wearing the gay

livery of the tropics, I am forced to think that Patagonia must indeed

be poor in species. Yet in the interior of that country there is a

fertile region, abounding in forests, and watered by a great river and

its tributary streams. Whatever birds inhabit such a region cer-

tainly do not visit us, all our winter visitants, except two of the

Hawks, being lovers of open bare plains, and alighting almost exclu-

sively on the ground. It is not, however, impossible that in those

districts of Patagonia adapted to the habits of Passerine birds many

resident species may exist. Most anxiously do I wait an opportunity

of learning something from observation of the ornithology of that

country.

«I will now furnish you with a short sketch of our winter birds

and their movements.

“The Osquita (Centrites niger) and the Cinclodes fuscus are the

earliest to appear—the former on bare places, the latter on the mar-

gins of streams. Both are very common and found widely distri-

buted. Very interesting in appearance is the silent little Osquita,

the bright rufous on its back contrasting prettily with its other

colour, the bill, feet, and plumage being intensely black, as if dyed

in Indian ink ; the inside of the bill and tongue is bright yellow.

When they first appear the young males have almost as pale an ashy

260 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. [Mar. 21,

plumage as the females. Soon they become mottled with black, and

before leaving us have only a few dark grey specks to distinguish

them from the adults. They are quarrelsome and lively, incessantly

hopping and flitting about the little spot of bare earth they attach

themselves to. This may be the barren ground surrounding a

Vizcacha village, a sheep-fold, or the dry trodden place where a herd

of Cows is made to stand at night. They are also fond of muddy

low grounds, when the grass is closely cropped. Occasionally one

is seen to perch on a reed or thistle-bush ; but they have so great an

antipathy to trees that they will scarcely even alight on the ground

near one. This characteristic of the true pampas birds is scarcely

stronger in the Anthus correndera than in the present species.

«The Cinclodes fuscus is also a lively bird, and quick in its mo-

tions on the ground, but when perched on trees sits motionless in

one posture. They are quarrelsome and sportive, and when pursuing

each other utter a trilling excited cry. Occasionally on a warm day

they attempt to sing, darting up from the ground as they utter their

notes; but their voice is as destitute of melody as their plumage is

of brilliant hues.

‘Neither of the foregoing species is strictly gregarious; yet

several individuals are usually seen near together, and the Osquitas

are sometimes met with on the plain or flying in small and scattered

flocks.

“The Tenioptera variegata appears on the eve of winter, and is

subsequently found thinly and widely distributed over the plains.

Their migration probably extends several degrees further north ; for

they are most numerous when they first appear, and at that time

seem, both when running on the ground and when flying, always

to be advancing north.

“Two Hawks are amongst our winter visitors—the Hypotriorchis

femoralis and Tinnunculus sparverius. They come and go about

the same time, are not common, but widely distributed, and resemble

each other in their manner of flight, the habit of perching on a dry

limb or post, and the haunting some favourite hedge or orchard

throughout the winter. A person from Patagonia has informed me

that the smaller Hawk is very common in summer in the neighbour-

hood of the settlement of the Rio Negro, and breeds there, building

its nest in trees.

«There are two Gulls amongst our winter immigrants—a large

black-winged Gull, and a dusky grey Gull with a black bill. These

birds probably breed on the shores of the Atlantic; in winter they

are found pretty widely distributed over the pampas. Wherever

the hide is stripped from a dead Horse or Cow they appear, Vulture-

like, to feed on the flesh, wandering away again when it is finished.

These birds appear to possess no regular migration: the grey spe-

cies is always very rare; and the black-winged Gull is much more

numerous in some seasons than in others.

“There are also two Geese, the largest of which is the Butarda

(Bernicla magellanica). There is a great difference between the

1871.] LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. 261

sexes of this species, the plumage of the male being white and pale

grey, that of the female of a deep brown and slate-colour. Over

two degrees of latitude south of our city is the extreme northern

limit of its winter migration. The neighbourhood of the south-

western town of Azul is a favourite resort of these birds when they

visit us; there they are found in great numbers, in flocks of from a

dozen to a hundred individuals, scattered about the plain and feeding

upon the clover and tender grasses. They are shy and loquacious,

and chatter much during the night in frosty weather. Whether

they breed in the Patagonian mainland or in the Falkland Islands I

cannot say, but have been told that in the last region they are very

numerous in summer.

“The lesser dark brown Goose, called here Pato de la Sierra *, and

resembling the female Butarda, advances much further north than

that bird, but is seldom seen within fifty miles of Buenos Ayres

city. That far south of the city is the resort of the advance flocks ;

they annually visit the same place in considerable numbers, and

remain in it so faithfully through the season that we might fancy

they had agreed to consider it a boundary line, over which it was

not safe or lawful for them to pass.

“Of the family that includes Snipes, Plovers, &c. we have five

winter species :—

“The ¢rue Vecasina (for this vernacular name is sometimes given

to other species): a large bird, the upper plumage dark, below

white, very thickly mottled with rufous red. I am inclined to think

that it remains in this country all the year—in summer breeding on

the extreme southern pampas, and straggling north in winter,

“The Chorlo-amarillento (ialitis JSalklandica) passes us late

in autumn on its way to the north, few remaining through the cold

season with us.

“ The Chorlito de Invierno (Eudromias modestus) and the Gachita

(Thinocorus rumicivorus) appear in April, are numerous, and widely

distributed.

‘‘ A pretty little cinereous Plover, with a rufous head and belted

breast, is also found in winter very sparsely distributed over the

southern half of this state,

“Of the foregoing five species I will speak more at length when

I come to treat of the families to which they appertain.

“ The last on this short list is the large Curlew-like Vanduria de

Invierno+, a bird well known for its size, its hard abrupt cry of ex-

traordinary power, and its strongly contrasted colours—bright red

legs, wings and back ash-blue, under surface and belly black, head

and neck deep yellow. This bird appears in May, is very common

on the pampas about the latitude 38°, becoming rarer as we advance

north, and is but seldom seen north of Buenos Ayres city, The

frequent dry grounds abounding in long loose grass, or sprinkled

with low cardoon bushes, and feed in scattered flocks of from half a

* [No doubt Chloéphaga poliocephala.—P. L. et

t [An Ibis, Geronticus melanopis (Forst.),—P. L. 8.]

262 DR. CUNNINGHAM ON MICROPTERUS CINEREUS. [Mar. 21,

dozen to forty or fifty individuals. Their long, slender, curved bills

are used much in probing, as the larve of the large-horned beetle

are often found in large quantities in their stomachs. Often they

are so intent on seeking their food that the members of a flock will

all separate and wander out of sight of each other; occasionally at

such times they utter loud vehement cries, as if to call their com-

panions, or to inform each other of their whereabouts. Frequently

one will suddenly lift up his wings as if to fly, and, stretching them

up vertically, remain fifteen or twenty seconds in this curious atti-

tude. At sunset they all rise up clamouring, and direct their flight

to the nearest watercourse, and often on their way to the evening

rendezvous go through a strange and interesting process. The whole

flock suddenly precipitates itself downward through the air with a

violence wonderful to see, every bird wheeling this way and that, as

if striving to outvie his fellows in every wild fantastic motion of

which they are capable. In this manner they reascend and descend

again and again, scattering or closing together as if pursuing and

then striving to avoid each other. This exercise they keep up for

some time, and while it continues make the air for miles resound

with their loud percussive screams. On the arrival of spring the

Vandurias take their departure: their swift and easy flight might in

a very short space of time convey them to the extreme southern

point of this continent ; but I should think, judging from their habits

here and what I know of the physical condition of Patagonia, that

the northern portion of that country would be their most congenial

summer home.

“Thus but fifteen Patagonian species visit us: there may be a

few more, probably the Tringa bonaparti and perhaps a species of

Tenioptera; but some that I have placed on the list (the Veca-

sina, for example) may prove to be residents of the Buenos Ayrean

pampas,

«Some of our resident species appear in districts in winter where

they are never seen in summer. ‘The migrations of these birds are

never very regular; the most common are the Boyero (Tenioptera

eoronata), the Burrowing Parrot, the large Wild Pigeon, and the

Greater Red-breasted Lark.”

Dr. Cunningham read a memoir on some points in the anatomy

of the Steamer Duck (Micropterus cinereus), founded on specimens

of this bird in various stages obtained by him during the recent

survey of the Magellan Straits. The conclusion arrived at by Dr.

Cunningham, after careful study of these examples, was that the

so-called Micropterus patachonicus was only the young of M. cine-

reus—the peculiarity being that the power of flight departed from

this bird as it grew adult,

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1871.] MR. P. Ls SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF SANTA LUCIA, 263

1. On the Birds of the Island of Santa Lucia, West Indies.

By P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

[Received March 14, 1871.]

(Plate XXI.)

Our newly elected Corresponding Member Mr. G. W. Des Veeux,

Administrator of the Government of Santa Lucia, has most kindly

sent to mea collection of birds formed in that island by the Rev.

J. E. Semper, an English clergyman resident there. This collection

is one of great interest, as very little is known of the avifauna of

Santa Lucia, and every branch of the zoology of the Antilles is

worthy of special investigation. Before speaking of it I may be

permitted to say a few words on the present state of our knowledge -

of the birds of the Autilles generally.

The West-Indian Islands seem to me to constitute, as I have on

former occasions explained, a distinct subdivision of the Neotropical

region, which may be called the Suéregio antillensis*. This sub-

region is divisible into two portions, which correspond to the two

usually recognized divisions of the islands into the Greater and Lesser

Antilles. The former of these is characterized by the presence of

the remarkable Mammal-forms So/enodon, Capromys, and Plagio-

dontia, and by several peculiar types of ornithic life, such as Spin-

dalis, Sporadinus, Todus, and Saurothera, which run on as far as

Porto Rico, but do not cross into the Lesser Antilles. The latter,

if we put the Chiroptera aside, present but few traces of Mammal-

life, except one or two species of Agouti (Dasyprocta) and Mouse

(Hesperomys), but are tenanted by certain characteristic forms of

birds, such as Rhamphocinclus, Cinclocerthia, Orthorhynchus, and

Eulampis, which are not known in the Greater Antilles.

The ornithology of the Greater Antilles is now tolerably well

known to us, although specimens from most of the islands are rare

in collections and difficult to obtain. The Lesser Antilles, on the

other hand, are still very imperfectly investigated as regards their

birds, many of them being, so far as I know, still unvisited by any

naturalist or collector. There can be no doubt, however, that every

one of them is well worthy of being worked at, and that the results

to be obtained from a thorough examination of the whole group

would be of great importance towards a more complete knowledge of

the laws of distribution. To show how slight our acquaintance is

with this subject and how much remains to be done, I will mention

the principal islands or island-groups in order, and specify what

kind of knowledge we have of their ornithology.

* Prof. Baird, in his excellent articles on the distribution and migrations of

North-American birds (American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. xli.), proposes

to make the West Indies a “ Region”’ of itself. I do not think that there are

sufficient reasons for adopting this course, though there is in its fauna a certain

element of autochthonism which does not harmonize very well with either North

or South America.

264 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF SANTA LucIA. [Mar. 2],

1. The Virgin Islands.—Of these islands we may, I think, as-

sume that we have a fair acquaintance with the birds of St. Thomas,

the most frequently visited of the group, and the halting-place of

the West-Indian Mail-steamers. Mr. Riise, who was long resident

here, collected and forwarded to Europe many specimens, some of

which were described by myself*, and others are spoken of by

Prof. Newton in a letter published in ‘The Ibis’ for 1860, p. 307.

Mr. Riise’s series of skins is now, I believe, at Copenhagen. Fre-

quent allusions to the birds of St. Thomas are also made by

Messrs. Newton in their memoir of the birds of St. Croix, men-

tioned below. In the ‘Proceedings of the Academy of Natural

Sciences of Philadelphia’ for 1860 (p. 374), Mr. Cassin has given

an account of a collection of birds made in St. Thomas by Mr.

Robert Swift, and presented to the Academy ; twenty-seven species

are enumerated.

Quite at the extreme east of the Virgin Islands, and lying between

them and the St. Bartholomew group, is the little islet of Sombrero,

‘a naked rock about seven eighths of a mile long, twenty to forty

feet above the level of the sea, and from a few rods to about one

third of a mile in width.” Although ‘there is no vegetation

whatever in the island over two feet high,’’ and it would seem a

most unlikely place for birds, Mr. A. A. Julien, a correspondent of

Mr. Lawrence of New York, succeeded in collecting on it specimens

of no less than thirty-five species, the names of which, together with

Mr. Julien’s notes thereupon, are recorded by Mr. Lawrence in the

eighth volume of the ‘Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of

New York’ (p. 92).

The remaining islands of the Virgin group are, I believe, most

strictly entitled to their name so far as ornithology is concerned, for

no collector on record has ever polluted their virgin soil. Prof.

Newton (Ibis, 1860, p. 307) just alludes to some birds from St. John

in the possession of Mr. Riise.

2. St. Croix.—On the birds of this island we have an excellent

article by Messrs. A. and E. Newton, published in the first volume

of ‘The Ibis’+. This memoir, being founded on the collections and

personal observations of the distinguished authors themselves, and

having been worked up after a careful examination of their specimens

in England, and with minute attention to preceding authorities,

forms by far the most complete account we possess of the ornithology

of any one of the Lesser Antilles. It, however, of course requires

to be supplemented by additional observations, many points having

been necessarily left undetermined; and it is much to be regretted

that no one seems to have since paid the slightest attention to the

subject.

3. Anguilla, St. Martin, and St. Bartholomew.—Of this group

of islands St. Bartholomew alone has, as far as I know, been explored

ornithologically, and that within a very recent period. In the Royal

Swedish Academy’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1869 will be found an excel-

* Ann. N. H. ser. 8, vol. iv. p. 225; and P. Z, S. 1860, p. 314.

+ This, 1859, pp. 59, 138, 252, and 365.

1871.] MR. P. L./SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF SANTALUCIA. 265

lent article*, by the veteran ornithologist Prof. Sundevall, on the

birds of this island, founded on a collection made by Dr. A. von Goes.

The species enumerated are forty-seven in number, amongst which

the most interesting, perhaps, is the Huphonia flavifrons, originally

obtained, along with one or two other species, in the latter part

of the last century, and figured by Sparrman in his ‘ Museum

Carlsonianum,’ along with several other species from the same

island.

4. Barbuda.—Of this British island I believe I am correct in

saying that nothing whatever is known of its ornithology, or of any

other branch of its natural history.

5. St. Christopher and Nevis, to which may be added the adja-

cent smaller islands St. Zustathius and Saba.—Of these islands also

our ornithological knowledge is of the most fragmentary description.

Mr. T. J. Cottle was, I believe, formerly resident in Nevis, and sent

a few birds thence to the British Museum in 1839. Amongst these

were the specimens of the Humming-birds of that island, which are

mentioned by Mr. Gould in his well-known work. Of the remainder

of this group of islands we know absolutely nothing.

6. Antigua.—Of this fine British island, I regret to say, nothing

whatever is known as regards its ornithology. Amongst the many

thousands of American birds that have come under my notice during

the past twenty years, I have never seen a single skin from Antigua.

7. Montserrat.—Exactly the same as the foregoing is the case

with the British island of Montserrat.

8. Guadeloupe, Deseadea, and Marie-galante.—An excellent

French naturalist, Dr. l’Herminier, was for many years resident as

physician in the island of Guadeloupe. Unfortunately, Dr. I’ Her-

minier never carried into execution the plan which I believe he con-

templated, of publishing an account of the birds of that island. He

sent, however, a certain number of specimens to Paris and to the late

Baron de la Fresnaye, to whom we are indebted for the only article

ever published on the birds of Guadeloupet, or of the adjacent

islands.

9. Dominica.—Dominica is one of the few of the Caribbean islands

that has had the advantage of a visit from an active English ornitho-

logist. Although Mr. E. C. Taylor only passed a fortnight in this

island in 1863, and had many other matters to attend to, he never-

theless contrived to preserve specimens of many birds of very great

interest, of which he has given us an account in one of his articles

on the birds of the West Indies, published in ‘The Ibis’ for 1864

(p. 157). It cannot be supposed, however, that the birds of this

wild and beautiful island can have been exhausted in so short a space

of time, even by the energetic efforts of our well-known fellow-

labourer. This Society have also upon one occasion received a va-

luable present from Dominica, in the shape of the splendid Parrot

* “Foglarne pa 6n S. Barthelemy, efter de af Dr. A. von Gées hemsinda sam-

lingarna bestamde;” af Carl J. Sundevall (Cfversigt af Kongl. Vetenshaps-

Akademiens Forhandlingar, 1869, p. 579).

tT Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 167.

266 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF SANTA LUCIA. [ Mar. 21,

Chrysotis angusta, presented in 1855 by Mr. P. N. Bernard*, which

still lives to adorn our Parrot-house.

10. Martinique.—This island is one of the few belonging to the

Lesser Antilles in which birdskins are occasionally collected by the

residents, and find their way into the hands of the Parisian dealers.

There are also a certain number of specimens from Martinique in the

Musée d’Histoire Naturelle in the Jardin des Plantes, which I have

had an opportunity of examining; but, beyond the vague notices

given by Vieillot in his ‘Oiseaux de Amérique du Nord,’ I am not

aware of any publication relating specially to the ornithology of this

island. Mr. E. C. Taylor passed a fortnight in Martinique in 1863,

and has recorded his notes upon the species of birds which he met

with in the excellent article which I have mentioned above ; but these

were only few in number. The International Exhibition in 1862

contained, in the department devoted to the products of the French

colonies, a small series of the birds of Martinique, exhibited by M.

Bélanger, Director of the Botanical Garden of St. Pierre in that

islandt. This is all the published information I have been able to

find concerning the birds of Martinique f.

11, S¢. Lucia.—Of the island I am now specially treating of I

believe there is no published ornithological information whatever.

The little knowledge of its avifauna which I possess is derived from

two sources :—first, a few specimens in the Paris Museum obtained

by Bonnecourt, a French collector who visited the island in 1850

and 1851 on his way to Central America; and, secondly, a small

series of unpublished coloured drawings in the Library of this So-

ciety by Lieut. Tyler, who formerly contributed to the ‘ Proceedings’

some notes on the reptiles of that island§. The latter, although

rough and unfinished, are characteristic and mostly recognizable.

Some years ago I had them arranged and bound; and I think them

of sufficient imterest to give the subjoined list of their vernacular

names according to Lieut. Tyler, and of what I believe to be their

correct scientific titles.

Lieut. Tyler’s name. Supposed scientific name. Page

1. Cent coups de Couteau ............ ANGROSLOMUUS gestunececey dian cecscterst 1

Pe dcrrongopnasc. Hoses Tyrannus rostratus ...6..0ceceeeeee 1

Ber Seecicc oo meet bac Myiarchus antillensis ......0.0..000- 1

As GmIGVO. pin ween ceben wich seein tanessl on Margarops densirostris .........06066 1

5. Red-breasted Humming-bird ... Hulampis gugularis .........cece0eeee 2

6. Carouge, or Banana-bird ......... Leterus laudabilis ...........-.4.00-0-- 3

ie Wigayie US ete cnteee ate sees seas Margarops herminieri. ..........0600- 3

8) Gorge-blanen'..2..cehsaceseentess Rhamphocinclus brachyurus......... 3

9. \Coucomsmanloc yecnes sacewcee 4+ 2 CoccyZus MINOR ora cvcetuse sais abaese 3

TO, Peewitia incest toaeereensen gasses Elainea martinicd .........0.000006 see 4

11. Ortolan, or Ground-Dove......... Chamepelia trochilea? .........1..0. 4

* Cf. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 437.

tT See article on Ornithology in the International Exhibition, ‘Ibis,’ 1862,

p- 288.

~ On animals formerly living in Martinique but now extinct, see Guyon,

‘Compt. Rend.’ Ixiii. p. 589 (1866).

§ See P. Z. S. 1849 and 1850.

1871.] MR. P.L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF SANTALUCIA. 267

Lieut. Tyler's name. Supposed scientific name. Page

DEROSSIPNONG ote spiny sai divogs goals asia Thryothorus martinicensis® ....,.... 5

Helio GTOSDCHK S wnvrecccnechabeanmasnouee Saltator martinicensis ............0. 6

NAS GYIVOWetse. caqeste faves» 200 tees todos Margarops montanus ...2..s0.00200s 6

15. Carouge (femelle) .................. ICTOTUS BOMGME, «. Sdecednls on ced ch ncviane 6

Mee RAK DOM antes eu aataas'os nage delsas'ews Cinclocerthia macrorhyncha ......... 6

Hi CLOMOIM tesdvossescinecseusecartens VOLUN OTOCUIS Evade sbsdscvenoncs+> oes ff

WSR SCHICK). cctce sch cceceaccvosecctaetas Certhiola martinicand ...cciccccseves 7

EO ePerdrix croissant )..5..cca-ccesn-eee Geotry gon MYSTACEA ...s.ccceeveeeeees 8

12. St. Vincent.—St. Vincent was formerly the residence of an

energetic and most observant naturalist, the Rev. Lansdown Guild-

ing, F.L.S., well-known to the first founders of this Society, who,

however, unfortunately died at an early age in this island without

having carried out his plans for a fauna of the West Indies+.

Mr. Guilding paid most attention to the invertebrate animals ; but

his collections contained a certain number of birds, amongst which

was a new Parrot, described after his decease by Mr. Vigors as Psit-

tacus guildingii, and probably a native of St. Vincent.

13. Grenada and the Grenadines.—Of the special ornithology of

this group nothing is known.

14. Barbados.—The sole authority upon the birds of Barbados is

Sir R. Schomburgk’s well-known work on that island{. This con-

tains (p. 681) a list of the birds met with, accompanied by some few

remarks. It does not, however, appear that birds attracted much

of the author’s attention ; and more copious notes would be highly

desirable.

Although Tobago and Trinidad are geographically reckoned in

the windward division of the Lesser Antilles, they have zoologically,

I believe, nothing whatever to do, with them. Both have been

peopled with life from the adjacent mainland; or if in the case of

Tobago this was not originally the case, it has been overrun with

continental species, and, as well as Trinidad, now presents few, if

any, traces of Antillean forms. Of the ornithology of both of these

islands we have excellent accounts—of that of Tobago by Sir William

Jardine §, from the collections of Mr. Kirk, and of that of Trinidad

more recently from the pens of Dr. Léotaud|| and Dr. Finsch ¥.

Having thus summed up how much, or rather how little we yet

know of the ornithology of the Lesser Antilles individually, I pro-

ceed to give an account of the collection of birds of Santa Lucia, for

which, as above mentioned, I am indebted to the kindness of Mr.

Des Veeux.

This collection contains examples of the following twenty-five spe-

cies, amongst which is one that appears to have been hitherto unde-

scribed.

* Sclater, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 320.

+ See his sketch of his plans, Zool. Journ. ii. p. 457. He died in 1832.

t History of Barbados: London, 1847.

§ Annals of Nat. Hist. vols. xviii., xix., xx. (1846-47).

|| Oiseaux de Vile de la Trinidad: Port of Spain, 1866.

| See Proe. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 552.

268 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF SANTA LUCIA. [ Mar. 21,

1. MARGAROPS HERMINIERI.

Turdus herminieri, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 167.

Cichlerminia bonapartii, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 335.

Two skins of this little-known Thrush, which was first described

by Lafresnaye from specimens obtained by L’Herminier in Guade-

loupe. I had previously thought it would be necessary to follow

Bonaparte in making this abnormal species the type of a separate

genus; I am now, however, of opinion that it may be allowed to

remain with its allies of the genus Margarops.

The native name is given as “Molvie.”’ The iris is marked “ dull

green ;” the feet “bright yellow.”

2. Marcarops montanvs, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 336.

Turdus montanus, Lafr. R. Z. 1844, p. 167.

Two specimens also of this species, likewise first obtained by

L’Herminier in Guadeloupe. A specimen in my collection (pur-

chased of the Maison Verreaux) is from Martinique.

The native name of this species is given as ““Grevotte.” The iris

is marked “ light yellow ;” the feet ‘‘ dark green.”

3. RHAMPHOCINCLUS BRACHYURUS (Vieill.); Sclater, P. Z. S.

1859, p. 328.

Native name “ Gorge-blanc.” This bird was already known to

occur in Guadeloupe, Martinique, and Santa Lucia.

In Tyler’s drawings (pl. 8) this bird is represented standing erect,

with its tail elevated and mouth open; and a note is added that it

«places itself in this position and calls the other birds around it on

seeing a Snake.”

4, CINCLOCERTHIA MACRORHYNCHA, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1866,

p- 320; Scl. et Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 21, t. 11.

This species I described in 1866 from a single specimen sent from

Santa Lucia by Bonnecourt to the Paris Museum. The present ex-

amples quite agree with the description and figure already given.

Mr. Semper gives “Le Trembleur’’ as the native name of this

bird, which coincides with what is stated in ‘ Exotic Ornithology.’

The iris is noted as ‘‘ yellow,”’ and the legs as “dark green.” ~

This species is replaced in Martinique by C. gutturalis, and in

Guadeloupe by C. ruficauda (see Ex. Orn. p. 21 e¢ seq.).

5. Mimus eixivus, Vieill.

The Mimus of Santa Lucia appears to agree best with specimens

in my collection from Trinidad and Venezuela which I now refer to

M. gilvus. Under this name I now include the specimens referred

in my Catalogue (C. A.B. p. 9) to M. melanopterus of Lawrence.

They are, however, rather smaller in size, and have the white ends

of the tail-feathers not so long.

Sir W. Jardine has already traced this species up to Tobago (see

Ann. N. H. ser. 2, xx. p. 329).

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF SANTA LUCIA. 269

6. DeNDR@CA ADELAIDS, Baird, Rev. B. N. A. p. 212.

Without comparing it with the type I should be unwilling to se-

parate this species from the Porto-Rican D. adelaide, lately de-

scribed by Baird. The single skin sent by Mr. Semper agrees with

Prof. Baird’s description in almost every particular. But the white

continuations of the superciliaries spoken of by Prof. Baird, if present

at all, are very slight in my specimen; and the bend of the wing is

not yellow, although there is a slight yellowish tinge upon it.

Mr. Semper gives this bird the name of the “ Suerter gran-bois.””

The measurements of the skin are :— Whole length 4°4, wing 2:2,

tail 2; the third and fourth primaries are nearly equal and longest.

7. VIREOSYLVIA CALIDRIS (Linn.).

Vireosylvia calidris, Baird, Review of A. B. p. 329.

Vireosylvia altiloqua, Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 43.

Mr. Semper’s skins agree with other specimens of this species in

my collection. Mr. Semper gives the vernacular name of this bird

as Mabelle, and describes the iris as ‘‘ light claret-colour.”

8. CERTHIOLA MARTINICANA (Gm.).

Certhiola albigula, Bp. Notes Orn. p. 51.

I have forwarded the single specimen of this species contained in

the collection to Dr. Finsch, who is engaged on a monograph of the

genus. Dr. Finsch tells me that it is “undoubtedly identical with

C. martinicana of Martinique.”

The Certhiola of Dominica (C. dominicana) is, according to Mr.

Taylor (Ibis, 1864, p. 167), very readily distinguishable.

The vernacular name of this species is given as ““Sucriere.’ The

iris is described as ‘‘ brown,”’ and the feet as ‘dark green.”

9. MyIADESTES GENIBARBIS, Sw. Nat. Libr. xii. p. 134, pl. 13;

Baird, Rev. B. N. A. p. 423.

Prof. Baird is, I believe, right in regarding this bird as distinct

from M. solitarius of Jamaica, although the two species are very

closely allied. The only differences are :—(1) the large white chin-

spot in M. genibarbis, which is but slightly shown in M. solitarius ;

(2) the corresponding larger size of the white rictal spot in M. geni-

barbis; (3) the white striated ear-coverts in M. genibarbis, the ear-

coverts in M. solitarius being very nearly uniform; and (4) the

greater extension of rufous over the lower belly in M. genibarbis.

In other respects the two species are so much alike that I find I

have had a skin of M. genibarbis long in my collection, confounded

with M. solitarius.

I have compared the Santa-Lucia skins of this bird’with two exam-

ples of M. genibarbis in the Swainsonian collection at Cambridge

(which, although not so marked, are in all probability typical speci-

mens), and find them agree. They also agree with Swainson’s figure

and description, particularly as regards the striated ear-coverts,

except that he does not expressly mention the white chin.

270 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF SANTA LUCIA. [ Mar. 21,

I have never yet met with any specimens of Myiadestes agreeing

with M. armillatus (Vieill.), with rufous terminations to the thighs.

In four specimens of M. solitarius now before me, and five of M.

genibarbis, the thighs are ashy. It is possible that M. armillatus,

verus, may be the species from St. Domingo, where there is an un-

known representative of this form*.

This species is probably the M. armillatus of Martinique spoken

of by Vieillot (Enc. Méth. p. 824), and the Solitaire of St. Vincent

found in the Souffriére of St. Vincent, described by Hill in Gosse’s

‘Jamaica’ (p. 200).

Mr. Semper’s notes state that this bird is knowu in Santa Lucia

as the “Sigleur montagnie.”

10. SALTATOR GUADELUPENSIS, Lafr.; Scl. C. A. B. p. 97.

These skins agree perfectly with a specimen in my collection from

the same island. I have also lately received a skin from Martinique,

which does not differ. Iam therefore of opinion that S. martini-

censis of Bp. Consp. p. 489 is identical, as already implied in my

remarks P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 76.

Mr. Semper gives this bird the name of “ Gros-dec,’’ and notes

the iris as “ green,”’ and the feet as ‘light dull green.”

11. Loxreriua Noctis (Linn.) ; Sclater, C. A. B. p. 601.

Pére-noir de la Martinique, Buff. Pl. Enl. 201. f. 1.

Mr. Semper’s single specimen agrees with a Martinique skin in

my collection, except in having the superciliary mark rather shorter

(only just reaching the eye), and no rufous at all on the crissum. It

will be interesting to ascertain whether these differences are constant.

In Santa Lucia this bird is called ‘Pére-noir,” as, according to

Buffon and other authors, it is in Martinique.

12. IcrERUS LAUDABILIS, sp. noy. (Plate XXI.)

Niger: tectricibus alarum superioribus minoribus, subalaribus,

dorso postico et ventre imo cum lateribus et crisso aurantiaco-

flavis : remigun marginibus interioribus grisescentibus : rostro et

pedibus nigris : long. tota 8°9 poll. Angl., ale 4°3, caude rectr.

med. 42, lat. 3°5, rostri a rictu ‘95.

Hab. Ins. Sta. Lucia.

Obs. Sp. I. portoricensi affinis, sed crassitie majore, et dorso imo

ventreque latius aurantiacis, neque flavis, distinguenda.

Of this Icterus three skins, all alike, are in the collection, one,

probably a female, being rather smaller in dimensions. The native

name is given as “ Carrouge:’’ iris “dark red-brown ;” feet ‘“ dark

green.” ,

This species belongs to the group of West-Indian Icteri repre-

sented in Cuba by I. hypomelas, in St. Domingo by I. dominicensis,

and in Porto Rico by I. portoricensist. Of these it most resembles

* Cf. Sclater and Salvin, Ex. Orn. p. 56.

t Of. Cassin, Proc. Acad. Sc. Phil. 1867, p. 58,

B48 7 yal.

M& Hanhart H

+} SSmit lith M&N np

7 7

ICTERUS LAUDABILIS

‘

a»

_—

Tieeerelpiy ©

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF SANTA LUCIA. 271

the latter, having the lower back, belly, and crissum yellow, but of

an orange (not sulphur) yellow. This yellow colour is also much

wider both above and below, and embraces the upper tail-coverts,

which in J. portoricensis are black.

Lieut. Tyler appears to have figured this bird in his drawings

(fig. 6) as the “Carouge, male;’? whilst his “ Carouge, female”

(fig. 15) is much more like Icterus bonana of Martinique, which

may probably also occur in Santa Lucia.

13. QuiscaLus LuGUBRIS, Sw.; Scl. C. A. B. p- 141. <* Merle,”

indig.

Quiscalus barita, Taylor, Ibis, 1864, p- 168.

Apparently undistinguishable from skins in my collection from

Trinidad, Cayenne, and Guiana. The bill is slightly more curved

on the culmen, but not long enough for Q. inflewirostris, Sw. (An.

in Men. p. 300). I have exactly similar skins from Martinique, the

male being one of Mr. Taylor’s specimens, determined by him as

Q. darita. But Mr. Cassin has recently shown* that the Gracula

barita of Linnzeus must be referred to the Jamaican species usually

called Q. crassirostris, Sw.

14, ELaInEA MARTINICA (Linn.),

Tyrannula martinica, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Sc. Phil. 1860, p. 375.

Elainea martinica, Taylor, Ibis, 1864, p. 169.

Two skins of an Elainea sent by Mr. Semper are, no doubt, of

this species, as identified by Mr. Cassin, J. s.c. As far as I can tell

from the present specimens, they are likewise undistinguishable from

my £. riisii of St. Thomas (Cat. A. B. p. 217).

A further question arises, as I have already pointed out (P. Z. S.

1370, p. 834), whether this Antillean species is really separable from

£. pagana of the continent. This I am not able at present to de-

termine satisfactorily.

15. Myrozsrus Latrrostris, Verreaux, Nouy. Arch. d. Mus. ii.

Bull. p. 22, t. 3. f. 2 (1866).

Two skins of this little Tyrant-bird, which M. Jules Verreaux has

recently described from specimens transmitted to the Museum of

Paris by Bonnecourt.

Its nearest ally is Myiobius pheocercus (Mitrephorus pheocercus

of my Cat. A. B. p. 228), which it greatly resembles in general

colour. But it has a much broader bill, and no bars on the wings.

In Santa Lucia this bird is called the Gobemouche Solitaire. The

iris is marked “ brown ;” and the legs in the living bird dark green.

16. My1arcuus ERYTHROCERCUS, Sclat. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1868,

p- 631.

I have long had a skin of this bird from Dominica, collected by

* Pr. Acad. Phil. 1866, p. 405.

272 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF SANTA LUCIA. [Mar. 21,

Mr. Taylor*, and have given it a MS. name. But after carefully

recomparing it with my series of M. erythrocercus, I cannot find

sufficient grounds for separating it. The Santa Lucia skins are ra-

ther larger than that from Dominica, and have the rufous portion of

the inner webs of the rectrices still wider.

Mr. Semper gives the vernacular name of this species as the

“‘ Pipperie Gran-bois.”

17. TyRANNUS ROSTRATUS, Sclater, Ibis, 1864, p. 87.

This Tyrant-bird, which is allied to T. griseus (sive dominicensis)

of the Larger Antilles, but remarkable for its large bill, was originally

described by me in a note to one of Mr. Taylor’s papers on West-

Indian birds in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1864. Mr. Taylor’s specimen being,

as he has stated, from Trinidad, I came to the conclusion that the

example in my collection might really be from Cayenne, as I had

always supposed from the style of preparation. But I have more

recently ascertained that an exactly similar preparation is found in

some skins from Martinique, and therefore think it more likely that

my example of 7. rostratus may have been obtained there. If such

is the case, I think it is just possible that Mr. Taylor may have

made an error in the locality of his skin, and may have collected it

in Martinique or Dominica (which he also visited), and not in

Trinidad.

In Santa Lucia Mr. Semper tells us Tyrannus rostratus is called

“ Pipperie’’—a usual name for the larger Tyranni, I believe, in the

French colonies.

18. Evtampis sucuuLaris (Linn.); Gould, Mon. ii. pl. 82.

“* Bronze-winged Humming-bird,” indig.

Mr. Gould gives “‘ Nevis” as the only certain locality of this

Humming-bird. Mr. Taylor obtained it in Dominica and Marti-

nique (Ibis, 1864, p. 169). We have now examples from St. Lucia.

19. Evnampis HOLOSERICEUs (Linn.); Gould, Mon. ii. pl. 83.

“ Emerald Humming-bird,” indig.

I have also skins of this species from St. Croix (Newton), Domi-

nica (Taylor), and Martinique. I cannot quite appreciate the di-

stinctness of Mr. Gould’s FZ. chlorolemus, from some unknown island,

though Mr. Gould has kindly done his best to make me realize it.

20. OrTHORHYNCHUS ORNATUS, Gould, Mon. iv. pl. 206.

“‘ Gold-headed Humming-bird,”’ indig.

Mr. Semper’s skins agree with one in my collection obtained by

Mr. Taylor in Martinique, which has been referred to O. exilis

(Ibis, 1864, p. 170). But Mr. Gould now pronounces both the

Santa Lucia and Martinique skins to belong to his O. ornatus, which

is thus geographically as well as structurally intermediate between

O. cristatus of Barbadoes and St. Vincent and O. evilis of the Virgin.

Islands and Nevis.

* Cf. Ibis, 1864, p. 169.

1871.] © MR. R. SWINHOE ON A NEW CHINESE GULL. 273

21. Croropuaca ant (Linn.). “ Merle Corbeau,” indig.

22. Coccyzus minor (Gm.); Sclater, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 166.

“*Coucou manioc,” indig.

Iris “dark brown.” Mr. Semper’s specimen agrees with the skin

already in my collection from Santa*Lucia.

23. TINNUNCULUS sPARVERIUS (Linn.).

The skins of this Kestrel from Santa Lucia have very dark bands

on the back and tail, and no chestnut spot on the head of the male,

as in specimens from St. Croix.

Mr. Semper gives the vernacular name of this bird as ““Gre-gree

falaise,” and describes the iris as “ pale reddish brown.”

24. Buroripes vrrescens (Linn.). ‘‘Cayalie,” indig.

This Little Bittern oceurs in St. Croix (Newton, Ibis, 1859, p- 261)

and most of the other Antilles, except Trinidad, where B. cyanurus

{sive scapularis) comes up to meet it (see Finsch, P. Z. 8. 1870,

p. 589).

25. Nycricorax viouacevs (Linn.).

A single skin of a young bird of this rather widely spread species,

which likewise vecurs in St. Croix (Newton, J. c. p 262).

As I am expecting to receive further collections of the birds of

Santa Lucia, I will defer remarks on the general character of the or-

nithology of the island toa future occasion. It may, however, be

pointed out that it is quite evident, even from the present small

series, that the general facies of the Santa Lucian avifauna closely

resembles that of the neighbouring islands Dominica and Martinique.

Although we are still very imperfectly acquainted with the birds of

these two islands, eleven out of the present list have been recorded

as occurring in Martinique, and ten in Dominica. The species

peculiar to Santa Lucia (so far as we know at present) are three in

number—namely, Cinclocerthia macrorhyncha, Icterus laudabilis,

and Mytobius latirostris.

2. On a New Chinese Gull.

By Rozert Swinunot, F.Z.S.

[Received March 15, 1871.]

(Plate XXT1.)

CHROICOCEPHALUS SAUNDEISI, n. sp. (Plate XXII.)

Gavia kittlitzii, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1860, p. 68, 1861, p- 345.

Chroicocephalus kittlitzii, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1863, p. 428; P. Z. S.

1863, p. 328.

Larus schimperi, Schlegel (nec Bonaparte), Mus. des Pays-Bas,

Lari, p. 40.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XVIII.

274 MR. R. SWINHOE ON A NEW CHINESE GULL. [Mar. 21,

I have long supposed that the common Chinese River-Gull was

referable to Chroicocephalus kittlitzi of Bruch, from the fact of its

having been so identified by a well-known authority on Birds. Prof.

Schlegel did not agree with this identification, and has referred it to

L. schimperi, Bp., of New Zealand. I have thus been led to turn to

Dr. Bruch’s “ Monograph of the Genus Larus,” published in the

‘ Journal fiir Ornithologie,’ 1853 ; and there I find that the C. hité-

litzii, Bruch (p. 104), is founded on the drawing of a bird from South

Chili, preserved at St. Petersburg. The description of this species

by no means answers to our bird, nor does that of C. schimperi, Bp.,

the bills of both being “ fine red.’ I cannot, therefore, but con-

sider our bird an undescribed species, and have much pleasure in

dedicating it to Mr. Howard Saunders, who is making a special study

of the Laride. Our bird is remarkable for having a high 6lack bill

at all stages of plumage and at all seasons.

(1) Adult 3 ,with hood (shot 23rd of February, 1858). Bill and

eyelids black ; inside of mouth vermilion. Legs tile-red, with black

claws. lIrides black. Entire head to nape bronzed black, with an

incomplete white eye-ring. Broad collar, upper tajl-coverts, tail,

underparts, and axillaries near the edge of wing pure white (no

rosiness). Mantle, wing-coverts, and tertiaries pearl-grey. Outer

quill white, edged with black for nearly half its basal length, and

with the inner web marked obliquely with black on its basal half,

leaving a white border to the shaft, which expands forwards ; second

quill with the oblique black advancing nearer the tip, and a black

band on the inner web near the tip; third and fourth with greater

part of the inner web black, a black band near the tip, and a slight

black edging to the outer web; the fifth and following feathers are

light grey, the fifth having a black border to its inner web and a

half band near its tip, the sixth only a partial black edging to the

inner web. Outer edge of wing white. Axillaries and under wing-

coverts light grey.

(2) Adult 3 (shot 19th of November, 1867). Without hood, but

a few black feathers still remaining on the head. Bill and eyelid

black ; irides deep brown. Legs deep tile-red. Length 13°5 inches ;

wing 10°75, reaching 2°25 beyond tail. Bare tibia °8, tarse 1°7;

middle toe 1°15, its claw *25. Bill, forehead to tip 1-1, lower man-

dible to gape 1:7; depth of bill at angle of gonys 4. Tail of

twelve feathers, nearly equal, the two centrals and the outer one *2

longer than the rest ; length of tail 4°5.

(3) Adult Q, without hood (shot 26th of January, 1857). Bill

and irides black. Inside of mouth vermilion. Legs dark indian-

red; claws black. Head white, with a little dark grey on the occi-

put, a black edge to the fore part of the eyelids, and a black spot on

the ear. The second to fifth primaries with a black band near the

white tip. Otherwise as in (1). Length 13; wing 11°5, expanse

33 inches.

(4) Bird not fully mature (shot December 1867). A few brown

feathers of immaturity still remain on the shoulders and among the

tertiaries. The occiput is deeper grey, the white collar is tinged

with the grey of the back, the tail is slightly tipped with brown, and

1871.] MR. W. S. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. 275

the quills are more marked with black. The first four quills are

edged outwardly and tipped with black, their inner webs being for

the most part of that colour; the fifth to seventh less so by degrees,

with the white tip, not visible on the first and second, gradually in-

creasing in size. Bill black. Feet dark brownish red.

This species is very common during winter at Amoy, ascending

the river in large parties at fall of tide, and pouncing on small fish

and crustaceans left exposed by the receding water.

April 4, 1871.

Robert Hudson, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following papers were read :.—

1. On some new and little-known Species of Madrepores,

or Stony Corals, in the-British Museum Collection. By

W. Savittx Kent, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., of the Geological

Department, British Museum.

[Received March 18, 1871.]

(Plates XXIII.-XXV.)

Last year while engaged in arranging, naming, and preparing a

Catalogue of the Stony Corals contained in the National Collection,

numerous new and little-known forms fell beneath my notice, some

of which, with Dr. Gray’s kind permission, I shall now proceed to

describe.

Section APOROSA.

Family TuRBINOLIDZ.

ACANTHOCYATHUS SPINIGER, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 1,

la, 5, c.)

Corallum turbinate, straight, slightly compressed ; attached when

young. Calice oval, the lateral extremities somewhat angular, its

fossa deep. Primary and secondary coste very prominent, the

former conspicuous from the base, and each bearing spinous pro-

longations, those situated on the two lateral costa the most developed.

Septa 48 in number, forming four complete cycles, much exsert,

more especially the primaries; their lateral surfaces granulate, their

internal edge slightly flexuous. Columella elongate, formed of two

or three twisted lamellee. Pali slender, twelve in number, situated

opposite the septa of the third septal cycle. External surface of the

the theca finely granulate.

Hab. Japan. B.M.

276 MR. W. S. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. [Apr. 4,

This species differs from Acanthocyathus grayi (M.-Edw.), the

only recorded existing form, in the straight instead of curved contour

of its corallum, in its prominent costz bearing spinous processes on

others besides the two lateral primary ones, and in its more par-

ticularly exsert primary septa.

Its costal peculiarities seem to demonstrate its being more closely

allied to 4. hastingse (M.-Edw.), a species occurring as a fossil in

the Miocene deposits of Malta.

Figs. 16 and le of Plate XXIII. illustrate various stages of deve-

lopment of A. spiniger; the extra spines present in fig. 1 appear to

be characteristic of the adult condition. Though all the specimens

examined are free, each exhibits traces of an early attachment.

FLABELLUM MATRICIDUM, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 2, 2 a, 4, c.)

Corallum elongate, almost cylindrical, attached by its base.

Calicular fossa circular, very deep. Theca exceedingly slender, in-

vested by a complete epitheca. Septal cycles four in number, the

last cycle incomplete. Primary and secondary septa scarcely exsert ;

lateral surfaces of septa granulate, their inner edge delicately flexuous

above, thickened inferiorly, and becoming lost in the trabecular

elements of the rudimentary columella. Costz even, distinct

throughout.

Hab. Japan. B.M.

The mode of increase in this species is exceedingly remarkable,

resulting from internal gemmation at the expense of the parent

calyx in the following manner :—The adult condition being arrived

at, a bud makes its appearance immediately within the margin of the

calyx, and, rapidly increasing in size, becomes confined by the oppo-

site wall of the parent ; this, owing to its tenuity and the pressure

exerted upon it, fractures and falls to pieces, the young bud still

remaining attached to the portion from which it originated.

Family OcuLinipz.

AMPHIHELIA INFUNDIBULIFERA, nobis. (Plate XXIV. figs. 4,

4a, 6.)

O. ramosissima, subflabellata ; ramulis ultimis minimis flexuosis ;

stellis infundibuliformibus, interne striatis ; margine crenulato.

Oculina infundibulifera, Lamarck, Hist. des Anim. sans Vertéb.

p- 286, 1816.

Allopora (Stylaster) infundibulifera, M.-Edw. Hist. des Corall.

t. ii. p. 131, 1857.

Specimens in the British Museum, collected at Formosa by

Consul Swinhoe, are evidently identical with the species described as

above by Lamarck ; but the entire absence of a columella and the

unequal development of the septal cycles preclude its being referred

to the group of the Stylasteracez, as proposed by Milne-Edwards.

These characters, when added to the alternate distal mode of

increase of the calices, and the remarkable development of the basal

1871.] MR. W. S. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. 277

coenenchyma, indicate its true position among the representatives

of the genus Amphihelia of the same author, to which genus

I here refer it while proposing the following more exhaustive specific

diagnosis :—

Corallum arborescent, irregularly branching, subflabellate. Coenen-

chyma faintly striate, frequently coalescing, somewhat fistulose ;

greatly developed in the trunk and main branches, but almost

entirely wanting in the ultimate ramifications. Calices infundi-

buliform, increasing by alternate distal gemmation, two gemma,

however, occasionally springing, as in Cyathohelia, opposite each

other from the margin of the same calice. Septa 24 in number,

forming three complete cycles ; the primaries more exsert than the

secondaries, and the latter slightly more so than the tertiaries, pro-

jecting but little into the calicular fossa, to which they consequently

give the “internal striate” appearance observed by Lamarck.

Coste only visible superiorly. Height of corallum several inches.

Diameter of calices +1; inch.

Hab. Formosa, Indian seas, B.M.

STENOHELIA MADERENSIS, nobis. (Plate XXIV. figs. 3, 3 a, 0, ¢.)

Allopora maderensis, J. Y. Johnston, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862,

p. 196, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Stenohelia maderensis, W. S. Kent, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. v.

p- 120, 1870.

I avail myself of the opportunity of giving here an illustration of

this interesting species, first introduced by Mr. Johnston, but whose

characters and structure are by no means satisfactorily explained or

displayed in the description and figures accompanying his com-

munication.

Since the publication of my paper above quoted, in which I

make this form the type of a new genus, I have, through the kind

courtesy of Prof. Du Bocage, examined additional specimens belong-

ing to this same species contained in the Lisbon-Museum collection,

obtained from the Cape- Verde Islands, and having the ampullx, pre-

sent in the British-Museum example, still more highly developed. A

fragment in illustration of this is represented at Plate XXIV. fig. 3a.

STYLASTER AMPHIHELOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1,

fa, 6, c.)

Corallum branching, subflabellate ; basal coenenchyma often fis-

tulose and coalescing, its surface smooth. Calices increasing by

alternate distal gemmation; calicular fossa deep. Columella styli-

form, echinate, deeply immersed. Septa even, twelve to sixteen in

number, projecting but little into the calicular fossa, often coalescing

laterally, and so forming an inmer tube, and giving the interseptal

chambers a punctate appearance, as in S. erubescens (Pourtales)

and various species of Al/opora. Ampulle rudimentary, represented

by a few raised points scattered irregularly over the surface of the

ccenenchyina, but more particularly in the neighbourhood of the

ultimate ramifications,

278 MR. W. S. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. [ Apr. 4,

Height of ecorallum one or two inches; diameter of the calices

zz inch.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope. B.M.

I had premised that this species might possibly prove to be

identical with Allopora bella (Dana) ; but Count de Pourtales, who is

familiar with the type examples of that form, assured me, during

his recent visit to England, of its distinctness. In the character of

its basal coenenchyma it closely resembles the genus Amphihelia.

Verrill has proposed to make this Allopora bella the type of a new

genus, bestowing upon it the name of Cyclopora (‘ Synopsis of Corals

&c. of North Pacific Exploring Expedition,” Proc. Essex Institute,

July 1866). He considers it to be intermediate between the genera

Stylaster and Distichopora in the structure of its septal system,

which assumes that “ pit-like”’ character dominant in Distichopora,

and common to both Stylaster and Allopora. ‘The remaining cha-

racters agreeing entirely with those of Stylaster, it cannot be naturally

separated from that genus.

STYLASTER ASPER, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. figs. 2, 2a.)

Corallum arboreseent, flabellate; surface of the ccenenchyma

fmely echinate throughout, the minor ramuscules often springing

from the preceding ones in a regular pinnate order. Calices very

minute, increasing by alternate distal gemmation. Columella im-

mersed, stylate, echinate. Septa about twelve in number. Ampullee

conspicuous, hemispherical, sometimes echinate, solitary or in clusters,

scattered principally over the ccenenchyma of the secondary

branches.

Height of corallum several inches; diameter of the ealices 3,

inch, of the ampulle 54, inch. Colour pale pink.

Hab. Unrecorded. 7? Indo-Pacific B.M.

This species most nearly approaches Sty/aster sanguineus, but is

distinguished from it by its echinate coenenchyma, and by the minute

size of its calices. In this last character it most closely approaches

S. gracilis.

STYLASTER EXIMIUS, nobis.

S. elegans, Michelotti, Suppl. au Mém. sur les Corall. des Antilles,

Mem. della Reale Acad. d. Scienze di Torino, tom. xxiii. p. 162,

pl. ix. fig. 4, 1866.

Elegans having been already employed as a specific name for a

representative of the same genus by A. E. Verrill, in 1863 (Bulletin

Mus. Comp. Zool.), ewimius is here proposed in substitution to

distinguish the form more recently described by Michelotti.

ALLopora, Ehr.

This genus is characterized by Milne-Edwards, in his ‘ Histoire

des Coralliaires,’ as differing from Stylaster in its irregular mode of

gemmation, and in the complete absence of ‘“ ampulle,”’ or vesicular

inflations of the ecenenchyma ; at the same time he expresses doubts

1871.] MR. W. 8. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. 279

whether the characters given may prove sufficient for the recog-

nition of two distinct genera on other species becoming known.

A. oculata (Ehr.) was the single form referred to the genus Allopora

by Milne-Edwards in his work just quoted. Recently Count de

Pourtales has discovered a second species, off the coast of Florida,

which he describes in the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative

Zoology, Cambridge, U. S. for 1868, under the name of <A/lopora

miniata; and my examination of the collection in the British

Museum has resulted in my detecting three other distinct and

undescribed species, undoubtedly referable to this same genus.

The mass of evidence now accumulated demonstrates that A/lopora

and Stylaster constitute two natural and easily defined genera.

The character of the presence or absence of ampullz, however, as

shown in the following description of A. explanata, is not trust-

worthy even for the purpose of making specific distinctions. The

whole and great difference must be based on their widely separated

mode of development or gemmation, which is easily recognized on

reference to figs. la and 2a of Pl. XXV., and fig. la of Pl. XXIV.

accompanying this communication.

In dllopora the corallum is aborescent, more or less massive, and

has the calices distributed irregularly throughout its surface, this

last character being likewise applicable to the mode of their first

appearance at the extremities of the branchlets. In Stylaster the

corallum is wanting in that massive and robust mode of growth

characteristic of Al/opora, and the gemmation is invariably alternate

distal, as in Amphihelia, Lophohelia, and other Oculinide, and

which, though sometimes disguised by the increase of the ccenen-

chyma in the basal portions of the corallum, is always apparent at

the growing termination. Even in the former parts the peculiar

primary mode of gemmation is betrayed by the more or less regular

disposition of the calices in a linear series on either side, rendered

sessile by the outgrowth of the ccenenchyma. This distinction

makes easy our appreciation of the, at first sight, somewhat obscure

characters of the form referred to the genus A/lopora by Dr. Duncan,

to be presently referred to. In Allopora this latero-linear distri-

bution of the calices is altogether absent.

ALLOPORA NOBILIS, N. sp.

Corallum arborescent, the main stem and branches very massive,

slightly flattened; the branchlets subflabellate, thick, terminating

obtusely. Surface of the coenenchyma smooth to the unassisted

eye, but presenting a delicate shagreened appearance when examined

with the pocket-lens. Calices densely distributed throughout the

surface of the corallum, slightly prominent ; very minute, scarcely

exceeding one-third of a line in diameter. Septa varying in number

from three to seven, more usually six; their inner edges joining

laterally a little: below the entrance to the calice, and forming minute

pit-like interseptal chambers, within each of which, as in Stylaster

erubescens (Pourtales), is enclosed a vertical fringe of small points

resembling hairs. Columella deeply immersed, cylindrical, its apex

250 MR. W. S. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. [Apr. 4,

pointed. Colour of the trunk and main branches dull rose, lessening

still more in intensity towards the branchlets, the ultimate rami-

fications of which are nearly white. No ampullz detected on the

single specimen observed.

Hab. Unrecorded. B.M.

The unique specimen above described measures nearly a foot in

height and nine inches in breadth, while the diameter of the most

massive portion of the stem exceeds two inches, dimensions greatly

surpassing those of any hitherto recorded representative of the

Stylasteraceze. Both this and the species next introduced appear to

be closely allied to Allopora miniata (Pourtales); but in this last

form the calices are larger, are distributed on one surface only of the

branches, and become entirely obsolete on the main stem.

ALLOPORA EXPLANATA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 2, 2a, , c.)

Corallum branching, flabellate; the main stem and branches

massive, slightly flattened; the branchlets attenuate. Surface of

the ccenenchyma shagreened as in the preceding species. Calices

prominent, distributed with moderate density throughout the

eorallum ; haif a line in diameter. Septal system very irregular,

the septa being sometimes entirely wanting, or varying in number

from one or two to as many as six or seven; when present fre-

quently meeting within the margin of the calice, and enclosing a

vertical fringe of points, as in Allopora nobilis. Columella deeply

immersed, cylindrical, echinate, its apex pointed. Height and

breadth of corallum five or six inches; diameter of the main trunk

three-quarters of anineh. Colour of the surface of the selerenchyma

closely resembling that of the species last described, but of a still

brighter hue; the distal extremities of the branchlets alone are

yellowish white. Ampullze present or absent.

Hab. Unrecorded. © Nes erie B.M.

As a species this form differs from 4. nobilis in the flabellate

mode of growth of its corallum, in the more rudimentary deve-

lopment of the septal system, and in the more widely scattered

calices.

Of the two examples in the British-Museum collection, the one

has large, smooth, vesicular ampullze, nearly a line in diameter,

distributed amongst the calices of the branchlets and younger

branches, while in the other a few slight and very minute pro-

minences are the only visible traces of these excrescent structures,

illustrating what little dependence is to be attached to them even

for the purpose of specific comparison.

ALLOPORA SUBVIOLACEA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. I, 1 a.)

Corallum branching, flabellate; the main stem and branches

massive, compressed. Surface of the ccenenchyma less delicately

shagreened than in A. nobilis and explanata. Calices slightly

prominent, scattered throughout the surface of the corallum. Septa

varying in number from three or four to as many as eleven (two

cycles almost complete); never coalescing laterally, and forming

1871.]} MR. W. 8. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. 281

pit-like interseptal chambers, as in the preceding species. Colu-

mella deeply immersed, cylindrical, echinate, its apex pointed.

Surface of the main stem and the origins of the branches delicate

rose-madder, the ultimate ramifications almost white. Length and

breadth of entire corallum of the single specimen examined three and

a half inches; diameter of the main stem half an inch, of the

calices half a line. Ampulle rudimentary, in the form of minute

vesiculz, distributed among the calices throughout the branches,

though in greatest profusion towards their distal extremities.

Hab. Unrecorded. Sir E. Belcher’s Collection. B.M.

The form referred to this genus as 4. oculata by Dr. P. M.

Duncan, in his description of the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition (Madre-

poraria, Proc. Roy. Soc. p. 295, 1870), is a true Stylaster, closely

allied to S. gemmascens (M.-Edw.), Madrepora gemmascens, Esper

(Pflanzenthiere, t. i. pl. 55, 1797), inhabiting the Indian seas. The

gemmation in this species, though at first sight apparently irregular,

is, on close examination, found to exhibit the alternate distal terminal

gemmation and more or less attendant latero-linear arrangement of

the calices on the main branches characteristic of Stylaster. Some

time back Dr. Duncan kindly favoured me with a small specimen of

this interesting coral, and since then he has permitted me to exa-

mine the whole series collected; but it being the property of the

above expedition, I leave it to him to furnish the name and specific

diagnosis.

Comparison with the figures of 4. oculata in the ‘ Annales des

Sciences Naturelles,’ tom. xiii. pl. 4. fig. 4, 1850, shows that this

species possesses altogether different characters.

DisTICHOPORA ROSEA, 0. sp.

Corallum arborescent, branches nearly cylindrical. Calices occu-

pying deep and occasionally irregularly interrupted lateral furrows ;

margins of the furrows very prominent. Columella attenuate, stylate,

echinate, very deeply immersed, made visible by fracture of the

corallum. Height of corallum one or two inches; diameter of the

ealicinal furrows 1; inch, of the branches 3 inch. Colour of the

coenenchyma bright rose-pink.

Hab. East coast of Australia. B.M.

As already shown by Count de Pourtales, the structure of the

calices in Distichoporais identical with what obtains in Stylaster and

Allopora, with the exception that the calices are confluent. In this

respect Distichopora bears much the same relation to the two genera

just mentioned as Lithophyllia and Dasyphyllia do to Mussa and

Symphyllia among the Astreidee. In Distichopora isolated calices

are occasionally met with’; and it is then that their similarity to those

of other Stylasteraceze become most apparent. I must differ with

Count de Pourtales in considering this genus to be more closely

allied, individually, to Stylaster than to Allopora, the latero-linear

disposition of the calices indicating their development from primary

alternate distal rather than from an irregularly scattered gem-

mation,

282 MR. W. S. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. [Apr. 4,

Errina, Gray.

Millepora (pars), Esper, Pflanzenthiere, t. i. p. 106, 1797.

Errina, J. E. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 85, 1835.

Non £rrina, Pourtales, Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge,

U.S. p. 116, 1867.

The essential characters of this genus, with its natural affinities

not having been very satisfactorily determined, the following, drawn

up from the type specimens of EH, aspera in the British Museum, is

here proposed for its diagnosis.

Corallum branching, flabellate. Sclerenchyma compact. Surface

of the ccenenchyma beset with nariform verruce, these most abundant

towards the distal extremities of the branches. Calices pit-like,

circular, for the most part scattered among and concealed by the

prominent verrucee. Septal system entirely absent or rudimentary.

Columella immersed, stylate, and echinate, almost entirely filling the

calicular fossa.

ERRINA ASPERA.

Millepora aspera, Esper, 7. c. Millepora, pl. xviii. figs. 1-4.

Errina aspera, Gray, l. c. p. 85.

The characters above given are also diagnostic of the species. To

this it may be added that the corallum attains a height and breadth

of several inches, is opaque white or cream-coloured, and is met with

in both the Mediterranean and northern European seas.

The ultimate ramifications are terete ; the diameter of the cali-

cular fossee about =); inch.

The two forms referred to this genus by Pourtales as F. cochleata

and glabra evidently belong to a distinct genus, as must also be said

of the examples referred to it and described as EF. aspera (Gray) by

the same writer, contained in the Museum of Comparative Zoology,

Cambridge, U. S. Count de Pourtales at once recognized this on

my showing him the typical specimens ; and a modified description

of his new species will shortly appear.

Errina proper, on account of its compact sclerenchyma and the

form of its columella, is clearly referable to the group of the Stylas-_

teraceze, while in its irregular gemmation it most nearly approaches

the genus Allopora. Connected with this mode of increase, how-

ever, there is a feature not observable in the last-named genus:

instead of being simply terminal, gemmation also frequently occurs

on the older portions of the corallum, young calices making their

appearance on the surface of the out-growing ccenenchyma.

The rudimentary condition, or it may be said the entire absence

of any recognizable septal system or intermesenteric calcifications, is

the full development of a feature observed as exceptional in describing

Allopora explanata. The very minute size of the calices at once

suggests that septal elements would be of but little service in the

economy of the individual polypes.

The prominent nariform and almost tubular verruce have, as is

not to be wondered at, been mistaken by early writers for the orifices

1871.] MR. W. S. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. 283

of the polype-cells, and in miniature they bear a certain resemblance

to the nariform calices of various species of Madrepora ; their true

relationship, however, is probably identical with the many-patterned

intercalicinal developments peculiar to the genera Montipora and

Stylocenia.

Subfamily StryLopHoRINz.

PENTALOPHORA, 0. gen.

Reussia, Michelotti, Mém. sur les Corall. des Antilles, p. 63, 1860.

This new generic name is proposed in substitution for that of

Reussia, in consequence of the latter having been used by Presl in

1838 to distinguish a genus of fossil ferns. ce

The single species referable to this genus, Reussia lamellosa

(Mich.), is remarkable for its septal system being composed of a

multiple of five, each calice being furnished with ten evenly developed

septa, which are united internally to the stylate columella. The

constant quintuple arrangement of the septal elements isolates this

form from all known Madreporaria; in other respects it is closely

allied to the genus Stylopora.

Family AsTREIDE.

TRIDACOPHYLLIA ALCICORNIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. fig. 4.)

Corallum slender, elevated ; margins of thecze produced into elk-

horn-like prolongations. Columella absent. Septa forming three or

four cycles, their internal edge dentate or lacinate, their lateral surfaces

granulate. Costz prominent, echinate. Epitheca rudimentary ; en-

dothecal dissepiments little developed.

Hab. San Cristoval, Solomon Islands. B.M.

This species differs from those previously described in the branch-

ing instead of foliaceous character of the walls of the thece.

TRIDACOPHYLLIA ECHINATA, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. fig. 3.)

Corallum infundibuliform, foliaceous ; margins of thecz bidentate,

little elevated. Columella moderately developed, trabecular. Septa

forming four or five cycles ; the primaries and secondaries prominent

and equally developed, having their internal edge remarkably

thickened, coarsely tuberculate and echinate ; the remaining septa

little developed, denticulate or slightly echinate. Coste not pro-

minent, almost even, finely granulate. Epitheca moderately de-

veloped. Endothecal dissepiments of large size at the base of the

corallum.

Hab. San Cristoval, Solomon Islands. B.M.

This species is at once recognized by the anomalous character of

the primary and secondary septa.

Oxypora*, gen. nov.

This name is proposed in place of Trachypora of A. E. Verrill

* ds, sharp, cutting.

284 MR. W.S. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. [Apr. 4,

(Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zoology, Cambridge, U.S. p. 53, 1863),

which has been already adopted by Milne-Edwards for a genus of the

Cyathophylliida. He separates it from Echinopora on account of

the echinate and coarsely costate character of the lower surface of the

corallum. 7’. laceraand aspera, Verrill, are the species referable to

this genus.

Family Funeipz.

LEPTOSERIS STRIATUS, 0. Sp.

Corallum suborbicular, explanate and undulate, slightly revolute.

Calices remotely scattered; the excentral ones slightly elevated.

Columella rudimentary. Septa evenly developed, not prominent,

rather thickened; their external edge subentire, their lateral sur-

faces granulate, for the most part continuous from the centre of the

calice to the margin of the corallum, to the whole surface of which

they give a waved and striate aspect. Inferior surface evenly and

finely costulate. Diameter of the corallum 2 inches, of the central

calice } inch.

Hab. Borneo. Collected by Sir E. Belcher. B.M.

This form differs from the species hitherto described in the ex-

planate and slightly convex instead of infundibulate contour of its

corallum, as also in its evenly developed septa and in its exceedingly

sparsely scattered calicinal centres.

Section PERFORATA.

Family MapREPoRID.

BALANOPHYLLIA IMPERIALIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIII. figs. 5,

5 a, 0.)

Corallum curved, slightly compressed, attached by a slender base.

Calicinal fossa elliptical, very deep. Columella well developed, trabe-

cular. Septa forming five complete cycles, much exsert, more parti-

cularly those of the first three orders, which are of almost equal size,

and have their inner edge entire and their lateral surfaces granulate ;

those forming the first and second orders entirely equal, and having

their internal edge thickened in the vicinity of the columella, as in

Endopachys. ‘The internal edge of the septa of the fourth and fifth

cycles lacinulate, more especially those of the fifth.

Septa of the sixth and eighth, and seventh and ninth orders coales-

cing with those of the fourth and fifth, and continuous to the columella

in the form of a single septum. Costze stout, conspicuous from the

base to the margin of the calice, their surface echinate ; united late-

rally by coarse trabeculae. No epitheca. Height of corallum uearly

2 inches ; longer diameter 1,4, inch, of the shorter one ? inch.

Hab. Singapore. -M.

This species surpasses in size and in the beauty and symmetry of

its internal structure any representative of the genus yet recorded *,

* Through an accident one of the septal systems in the specimen figured has

become slightly distorted.

1871. ] MR. W. S. KENT ON NEW MADREPORES. 285

BALANOPHYLLIA MALACCENSIS, n. sp.

This form closely resembles B. foridana (Pourtales), but may be

distinguished by its well-developed and spongious instead of papil-

lose columella, and by the freedom from granulation of the lateral

surfaces of the septa.

Hab. Malacca. B.M.

TURBINARIA PARVISTELLA, 0. Sp.

Corallum massive, convex. Ccenenchyma abundant, very porous.

Calices small, superficial, their apertures even with the surface of

the ccenenchyma, not exceeding a line in diameter. Columella well

developed, spongious. Septa of equal size, varying from twelve to

eighteen in number.

Described from a specimen in the Oxford Museum, and of which

a small fragment has been placed in the National Collection.

Hab. Unrecorded.

The non-prominent calices isolate this species from those hitherto

described, and would seem to separate it from the genus Turbinaria

of Milne-Edwards, which he characterizes as possessing prominent

calices. In 7. cinerascens, however, it frequently occurs that while

the greater portion of the calices project considerably, the remainder

are on a level with the surface of the ccenenchyma; and hence the

character quoted, though dominant, cannot be considered essentially

diagnostic of the genus.

Turbinaria parvistella in the massive form and yet extremely

porous texture of its corallum, and in the entirely sessile character of

its calices, shows its affinity to the genus Astreopora, from which

it differs only in the possession of a well-developed columella.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prater XXIII.

Fig. 1. Acanthocyathus spiniger, enlarged 2 diameters, showing the spinous

prolongations of the primary costz.

la. The same from above, illustrating the interior of the calice.

1%, c. Early conditions of the same form.

2&2a, Flabellum matricidum. Two young specimens, nat. size, showing

their mode of gemmation from the parent calice.

26. Longitudinal section of an adult example of the same coral, enlarged

2 diameters, exhibiting the septal arrangement and the rudimentary

condition of the columella, a portion of the parent calice still remain-

ing attached.

2c. A calice of the same species viewed superiorly.

3. Tridacophyllia echinata. Corallum, nat. size, viewed from above.

4. Tridacophyllia alcicornis, nat. size, viewed laterally.

5. Balanophyllia imperialis, nat. size, lateral aspect,

5a. Calice of the same, from above, enlarged 14 diameter.

56, Diagrammatic illustration of a single system of the same coral, showing

the relationship and arrangement of the septal elements.

Prate XXIV.

Fig. 1. Stylaster amphiheloides, nat. size.

la. A small ramuscule of the same, magnified 3 diameters, and illustrating

the alternate distal mode of gemmation,

286 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN SILUROID FisHES. [Apr. 4,

Fig. 1b. A single calice, fractured longitudinally, and exposing the deeply

immersed and echinate columella, x 16 diameters.

le. A calice viewed from above, displaying the “pit-like” interseptal

chambers produced by the lateral coalescence of the septa.

2. Stylaster asper, nat. size.

2a. Portion of a branchlet, enlarged 4 diameters, and exhibiting the thickly

scattered ampullz.

3. Stenohelia maderensis, nat. size. Specimen from Madeira.

3a. A small branch of an example from the Cape-Verde Islands, exhibiting

thickly scattered “ ampullx.” < 23 diameters.

3b. Two terminal calices from the Madeiran example, viewed laterally, and

showing an ampulla on the lower surface of the proximal one.

x 5 diameters.

3c. A calice viewed from above, showing the tendency of the lower edge to

encroach upon and conceal the calicular fossa, a character which

indicates its affinity with the genus Cryptohelia.

4, Amphihelia infundibulifera, nat. size.

4a. Three calices, viewed laterally, x 6 diameters.

4, A calice viewed from above, illustrating the relative proportions of the

septal elements. This figure is diagrammatic.

Pratt XXV.

Fig. 1. Allopora subviolacea, nat. size.

1a. Portion of a branch with calices, x 5 diameters.

2. Allopora explanata, nat. size.

2a. Portion of a branch bearing calices and ampulle, x 5 diameters.

2b. A single calice, x 25 diameters, exhibiting the pit-like interseptal

chambers enclosing minute echinate secondary septa.

2c. Portion of a calice in perpendicular section, displaying the stylate and

echinate columella.

2. Notes on Indian Siluroid Fishes.

By Surgeon Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

[Received March 20, 1871.]

Amongst variations inthe form of certain organs in fishes, tne

air-vessel furnishes some remarkable examples. In the genus Poly-

nemus, amongst the Acanthopterygians, one species, the P. indicus,

possesses this organ and appendages of such a size that it is collected

in India for the isinglass it furnishes; whilst the P. tetradactylus

does not possess even the vestige of an air-vessel. The existence of

this organ in the marine and estuary forms of the-Siluroid family is

of some consequence in a commercial point of view, as most of the

isinglass or fish-sounds exported from India to China comes from

this source. The extensive order Physostomata of Miiller is chiefly

based upon the existence of a communication between the air-vessel,

when present, and the pharynx.

Having lately had the opportunity of examining many species of

freshwater Siluroids, or those forms which ascend long distances

from the sea, I have made the following observations as to the pre-

sence or absence of air-vessels, and also the form they assume. In

the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1869, p. 309, I

AG , Fay ha) al ti

Batches eadiial

G.R DeWilde lith

New Madrepores

G.RDe Wilde Lith W. West & CY imp

1871.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN SILUROID FISHES. 287

commented upon the air-vessel of the Gagata typus, Bleeker; and

it then occurred to me how few inquiries appeared to have been

instituted respecting this matter amongst the Siluroid fishes of India,

and that what had been made referred chiefly to the genera Clarias,

Plotosus, Saccobranchus, Wallago, Callichrous, and Arius.

Genus EuTRopPlicuTuys.

In the #. vacha, Ham. Buch., the air-vessel is in the form of a

tube rather enlarged at either extremity, its diameter being equal to

about one-half of that of the vertebral column posterior to it. It

closely embraces the body of the third vertebra, lying across it and

the large vessels. It then curves backwards and upwards, in the

first portion of which course it is slightly protected by a projection

on the body of the second vertebra. In the last portion of its extent

it is protected by a wide concave expansion of the lateral processes

of the first and second vertebrae. This expanded portion of the

vertebrze, in which the air-vessel lies, is about equal in width to that

of the body of a vertebra.

Genus AILIA.

In the A. bengaliensis, Gray & Hard., the air-vessel is of the

same description as in the FZ. vacha, with the exception that it is

rather more dilated at either extremity.

I would here remark upon a curious specimen of this species,

63 inches long, which I procured at Delhi. It has more or less

distinct spines along the whole course of its back, most prominent

midway between the eye and the base of the caudal fin.

Genus PsEUDEUTROPIUS.

In the P. garua, Ham. Buch., the air-vessel is contained in the

abdominal cavity, but is small, somewhat heart-shaped, with a short

prolongation on either side anteriorly. It is firmly attached to the

anterior vertebrae, embracing their bodies, and being a little extended

laterally on either side.

Genus PANGAsrvus.

In the P. duchanani, Cuv. & Val., the air-vessel is contained in

the abdominal cavity ; it extends from opposite the base of the pec-

toral fin to as far as the end of the anal. A slight contraction exists

between its anterior third and the remainder of the organ.

Genus SrLunDIA.

In the S. gangetica, Cuv. & Val., the air-vessel is also contained

in the abdominal cavity. It is large, and with very thin walls.

Genus Macrones.

In the M. cavasius, Ham. Buch., the air-vessel is contained in the

abdominal cavity, but not loosely as in the Pangasius. It is of a

288 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN SILUROID FISHES. [ Apr. 4,

round or oval form, situated in the anterior part of the abdomen,

and resting against the almost horizontally expanded lateral processes

of the first two vertebree, to which it has also tendinous attachments.

Macrones NANGRA, Ham. Buch.

D. 0, P35. -V. 6. <A. 5. C. 17.

Length of head 2, of caudal 2, height of body ,?- of the total

length.

Eyes rather high up, situated in the anterior half of the head, and

1} diameter from the end of the snout.

A wide and deep superior longitudinal furrow extends from the

snout to the posterior end of the occipital process, which latter is

above half longer than broad at its base. The basal bone of the

dorsal fin is extended laterally as well as anteriorly, where it meets

the occipital process, there being no separate interneural bone. The

width of the head at the opercles equals its length.

Mouth wide, cleft shallow, the upper jaw much longer than the

lower. Nasal barbels slightly longer than the head, the maxillary

ones reach the vent, the external mandibular ones extend to the base

of the ventral, the internal ones to the base of the pectoral.

Teeth villiform, in an uninterrupted crescentic band.

Fins. Dorsal spme weak, smooth, half as long as the head; pec-

toral spine moderately strong, nearly as long as the head without the

snout, and having nine strong denticulations internally. Length of

base of adipose dorsal equals the distance the fin commences from the

termination of the base of the first dorsal, and is as long as that of

the anal. Caudal deeply forked, lobes of equal length and pointed.

Colours. Muddy, slightly clouded in places.

Hab. Allahabad, in the Ganges, attaining 12 inch in length, and

not uncommon.

Genus Rita.

In the R. erucigera, Owen (if differing from the R. kuturnee,

Sykes, which appears doubtful), the air-vessel is in the abdominal

cavity; it has a strong white tendinous covering, which sends down

partitions subdividing it into three portions, the one being anterior,

the other two posterior and lateral, whilst their walls are very thin.

Genus HeMIPIMELODUS.

In the H. centa, Ham. Buch., the air-vessel is laterally divided

into two lobes and entirely enclosed in bone, as in the majority of

the Loaches ( Cobdztidina).

GLYPTOSTERNUM TELCHITTA, H. Buch.

D.z|0. Pig V6. Aig O.15.

Length of head 4, of caudal above }, height of body ;%,; of the

total length.

Eyes small, situated in the commencement of the posterior half of

the head.

1871.] MR. G.S. BRADY ON EUROPEAN CYPRIDINID&. 289

Head longer than broad; occipital process three times as long as

wide at its base. Free portion of tail twice as long as high. Tho-

racic adhesive apparatus lozenge-shaped.

Lips roughened, not fringed; maxillary barbels reach to below

the posterior margin of the orbit, the nasal ones short, the outer

mandibular pair do not reach the gill-opening, but they are longer

than the internal mandibular pair.

Fins. Dorsal nearly as high as the body, its spine slender, its

osseous portion being two-thirds as long as the head ; base of adipose

fin as long as that of the first dorsal, and equalling two-fifths of the

distance between the two fins. Pectoral spine broad and strongly

denticulated, extending two-thirds of the distance to the base of the

ventral. Caudal deeply forked.

Air-bladder in two rounded lateral portions, very thin, and en-

tirely enclosed by bone. .

Colours. Blackish brown. Fins yellowish, with black bands,

Caudal black, with yellow margins.

The G. trilineatum, Blyth, is distinct from this species, and ap-

parently identical with that described by Dr. Giinther. The speci-

mens in the Caleutta Museum do not appear to have comprised Mr.

Blyth’s typical example ; but a @. trilineatum has lately been received

from Rangoon.

3. A Review of the Cypridinide of the European Seas, with

Description of a new Species. By Grorcr STEWARDSON

Brapvy, C.M.Z.S.

[Received March 29, 1871.1]

(Plates XXVI. & XXVIII.)

Dr. G. O. Sars, in a memoir published in 1869 *, expressed his

belief that two well-kuown Cypridinide, heretofore considered as

belonging to entirely distinct genera, are in fact merely the male

and female of the same species,—Philomedes longicornis ( Lilljeborg)

representing the male, and Bradycinetus brenda (Baird) the female.

He also, in the same place, propounded a similar view as regards

Cypridina maria (Baird) and C. teres(Norman). The latter pro-

position seemed to present no very great difficulty ; but as regards the

former several almost insurmountable obstacles presented themselves

to my mind, Thus a male form of Bradycinetus brenda, quite

distinct from Philomedes longicornis, and nearly approaching in

shape to the female, had already been described by Sars himself ;

so that the new theory involved the supposition of two distinct males ;

then the structure and shape of the shell in B. brenda and P. longi-

cornis are widely different ; and, lastly, while (the male) P. longi-

* Undersogelser over Christianiafiordens Dybyandsfauna anstillede paa en i

Sommeren 1868 foretagen Zoologisk Reise.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XIX.

290 MR. G. S. BRADY ON EUROPEAN CYPRIDINIDEH. [Apr. 4,

cornis is at some seasons abundant on certain parts of the British

coast, B. brenda has never been met with, except very sparingly,

and in only two localities.

The following is a brief abstract of Sars’s remarks on this subject :

—‘I had long remarked that all the individuals of Phzlomedes

longicornis appeared to be males ; there were no egg-bearing females ;

but it did not occur to me to look for the female in so different a

form as C. globosa (brenda), especially as I had already found what

appeared to be the male of that species. But we find in other

Crustacea (Apseudes anomalus and certain Cumacea) two forms of

males,—one and much the commoner form being very similar to the

female, the other and scarcer differing in many important details,

especially in the great development of the eyes and antenne. The

parts of the Cypridinidze which appear to be least liable to alteration

are the mandible-palp, the last pair of jaws, the ringed appendage

(‘‘ oviferous foot’’), and the postabdominal lamina; and these parts

are all alike in Cypridina globosa and Philomedes longicornis. A

further confirmation of the truth of my view is, that I have found a

similarly formed male of a closely allied species, P. lilljjehborgit.

This differs from P. longicornis m having the postero-inferior spine

of the shell more strongly developed, the ringed appendage showing

also the same distinctive marks as does that of the female, in having

only about nine spines instead of thirty as in C. globosa.”

Among a number of Ostracoda dredged at various depths in the

Fosse de Cap Breton (Bay of Biscay) by M. le Marquis de Folin,

and sent to me for identification, were several specimens of a very

remarkable undescribed species, one of which was so far different in

size and form from the rest, though retaining the same characters as

to shell-sculpture, that I immediately took it to be the male of the

more abundant female form. And on further examination the

smaller example proved to have all the anatomical characters of Lill-

jeborg’s genus Philomedes, while the larger ones belonged to Brady-

cinetus, Sars. The shell-structure is here of so novel a type (no

similar deep excavation and ribbing having heretofore been noticed

among the Cypridinide) that I could no longer doubt as to the

sexual relations of Philomedes and Lradycinetus in this instance ;

and I was therefore disposed to regard Sars’s case as proved with

respect also to P. longicornis and B. brenda. This conclusion, how-

ever, I had adopted too hastily, as will presently appear; for in the

same gathering (Cap Breton) were found several examples of a Philo-

medes (Pl. XXVI. fig. 1) agreeing in general aspect with ‘‘P. longi-

cornis,”’ but rounder in lateral outline and more tumid, having also

a reticulated shell-structure exactly the same as that of the common

form, but differing constantly in the presence of two well-marked

sharp spines on the postero-superior and postero-inferior angles of

the shell. Anatomical investigation showed that this was in fact the

true female of P. longicornis, the only appreciable differences con-

sisting in the shortened filaments of the upper antenna, and the

smaller development of the eyes, mandibular feet, and secondary

branch of lower antenna, the vermiform appendage and abdominal

1871.] MR. G.S. BRADY ON EUROPEAN CYPRIDINID&. 291

laminz being the same in both sexes. The structure is, in fact, en-

tirely that of a female Bradycinetus. Further, on examining a spe-

cimen of Asterope grenlandica, Fischer, taken in the same locality,

I found that its characters were those of a male Bradycinetus ; and

on comparison of the shell with that of B. brenda, the points of

resemblance appear so striking that I entertain no doubt of its being

the male of that species. And I may here mention that although

Sars appears to have found the excessive spinous armature (spines

nearly thirty in number) of the vermiform appendage of B. brenda

reproduced in “‘P. longicornis,” I have myself never been able to

see more than eight or nine spines in the latter species; while in

‘A. grenlandica”’ they number about thirty as in B. brenda.

Adopting these views, the genera of European Cypridinide may be

briefly characterized as follows :—

Cypripina (M.-Edwards).

Shell smooth, thin, and flexible; notch shallow; its posterior

extremity only slightly exserted. Superior antenne seven-jointed ;

setze of moderate length; natatory branch of inferior antenna nine-

jointed, bearing moderately long setze ; secondary branch very small,

subulate. Basal joint of mandibular feet bearing an entire subconical

and densely hairy process ; penultimate joint much elongated and

beset on the interior margin with numerous ringed sete ; last joint

very short and almost obsolete.

Brapycinetus (G. O. Sars).

Shell much denser than in Cypridina, punctate; notch deep.

Superior antennee six-jointed ; the apical setee of moderate length, sub-

equal, rather longer in the male than in the female ; inferior antennz

nearly as in Cypridina; length of joints nearly alike in both sexes ;

filaments very short in female, rather longer in male; secondary

branch of the inferior antenna in the female biarticulate, very small,

in the male larger and triarticulate. Mandibular feet in the female

armed on the basal joint with a strong bifurcate process, in front of

which are three toothed spines; in the male bearing on the basal

joint a large densely setose triangular process, and having the last

joint very much elongated; second pair of jaws having a strong

mandibular appendage consisting of two robust tooth-like processes.

Eyes of the female small and pale-coloured, of the male large, deep-

red, and multilenticular.

PaiLtomepes (Lilljeborg).

Shell of moderate strength and density. Superior antenne six-

jointed ; in the female short and thick, and bearing several subequal

terminal sete of moderate length; in the male more elongated, two

of the terminal sete of excessive length, the antepenultimate joint

bearing a stout and densely setose auditory filament. Natatory

branch of lower autennze nine-jointed ; in the female having the first

joint very long, the rest short and subequal ;- in the male the first

292 MR. G. S. BRADY ON EUROPEAN CYPRIDINIDH. [Apr. 4,

and third joints long, the second much shorter, the rest short and

subequal: secondary branch in female indistinctly jointed, setose ;

in the male long, three-jointed, cheliform. Mandibular feet nearly

alike in both sexes ; in the female armed, as in the female Brady-

cinetus, with mandibuliform processes and spines, in the male bearing

on the basal joint a small tubercle with two short hairs ; second pair

of jaws in the female armed with mandibuliform processes. Eyes as

in Bradycinetus.

AsTEROPE* (Philippi).

Shell subcylindrical, beak not at all produced. Upper antennze

as in the preceding genus. Second joint of the natatory branch of

the lower antennze in the male elongated, in the female scarcely

longer than the succeeding joints; secondary branch in the male

robust, subchelate ; terminal joint slender, curved upwards ; in the

female simple, triarticulate, last joint setiform. First maxilla con-

sisting of a broad suhquadrate or crescentic lamina, densely clothed

on its distal margin with long bristles ; second swollen at the base,

narrowed at the apex, where it bears six plumose set, basal portion

setose along its convex margin; third maxilla narrow, elongated,

setose along the inner margin. Abdominal laminz broad and short,

subtruncate at the extremity.

1. CyprRIDINA NORVEGICA, Baird.

Hab. Norway, Shetland.

2. CyPRIDINA MESSINENSIS, Claus.

Hab. Mediterranean.

3. BRADYCINETUS BRENDA, Baird, sp. (Plate XXVI. fig. 6.)

Cypridina brenda, 2, Baird, 1850.

Cypridina globosa, 9, Lilljeborg, 1853.

Bradycinetus globosus, 2, G. O. Sars, 1865.

Bradycinetus brenda, 9 , Brady, 1868.

Asterope grenlandica, 3, Fischer, 1854.

Two specimens of a form exactly conforming to Fischer’s descrip-

tion of Asterope grenlandica occurred in M. de Folin’s dredgings

from the Fosse de Cap Breton. The shell differs from that of the

female B. brenda in being less tumid and slightly more angular in

outline; it is also quite smooth and free from villosity. The swimming-

filaments of the upper antenne are a little longer than those of the

female, and more decidedly plumose. There is also a stout auditory

seta; the natatory branch of the lower antenna is nearly alike in

both sexes, but the secondary branch in the male is largely deve-

loped and triarticulate. The mandibular foot is much elongated

(Plate XXVI. fig. 6), and bears on its basal portion a large and strong

* This genus might perhaps with more propriety (on account of the widely

different structure of the maxille) be made the type of a distinct family. It is

identical with Cylindroleberis (Brady), a fact of which I was not aware when

that name was proposed,

1871.] MR.G.S. BRADY ON EUROPEAN CYPRIDINIDA. 293

triangular densely setose process. The vermicular appendage* and

abdominal lamina are precisely as in the female.

Hab. Greenland (¢ & 2), Shetland (2), Norway, North Sea

off Northumberland coast ( 2 ), Bay of Biscay (¢ ).

I think there can be little doubt, from anatomical characters taken

together with the agreement in shell-form, that Fischer’s species is

simply the male of the better-known form; the exactly similar

spinous armature of the vermicular appendage is very striking, so

large a number as twenty-eight or thirty spines being met with, as

T believe, in no other instance.

4, BRADYCINETUS MACANDREI, Baird, sp.

Cypridina macandrei, Baird, 1850.

Bradycinetus macandrei, Brady, 1868.

Hab. North Atlantic, west of Scotland.

5. BRADYCINETUS LILLJEBORGII, G. O. Sars.

Hab. Norway, North Atlantic.

6. PHrLoMEDES INTERPUNCTA, Baird, sp. (Plate XXVI.

figs. 1-5.)

Cypridina interpuncta, 3, Baird, 1850.

Philomedes longicornis, 3, Lilljeborg, 1853; G. O. Sars, 1865 ;

79, Norman, 1861.

Philomedes interpuncta, 3, Brady, 1868.

Female. Carapace much more rounded and more tumid than that

of the male, and rather smaller; seen from the side subelliptical,

highest in the middle ; superior and inferior margins both strongly

convex ; posterior extremity obliquely truncate, and bearing at the

angles two distinct and sharp backwardly projecting convergent

spines ; height equal to two-thirds of the length. Seen from above

regularly ovate, widest in the middle; width equal to about half the

length ; mucronate behind, obtusely acuminate in front. Superior

antenne short and stout ; sete short and subequal ; natatory branch

of the inferior antenna having its setae exceedingly short, secondary

branch indistinctly biarticulate, the first joint bearing three sete

(one of which is of moderate length and plumose) on its outer mar-

gin, second soet having one marginal and two very minute terminal

sete. Length 7, inch.

Hab. Norway, west coasts of Scotland and Ireland, Shetland,

Northumberland coast, Plymouth Sound, Channel Islands, Fosse de

Cap Breton.

The only places where the female has been found are Cap Breton

and Loch Long in Scotland, in the last of which localities both sexes

were dredged in considerable numbers, at a depth of 4-10 fathoms,

by my friend Mr. D. Robertson. The Scottish specimens are smaller

than those from the Bay of Biscay, but in other respects present the

same characters.

* The term ‘“ oviferous foot’’ seems scarcely applicable to this limb, as it

exists in the male in precisely the same degree of development as in the female,

294 MR. G. 8S. BRADY ON EUROPEAN CYPRIDINIDH. [Apr. 4,

The male of this species is already sufficiently well known ; but the

female has not heretofore been described, unless, indeed, the form

figured by Mr. Norman in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

History’ for 1861 may be supposed to belong to that sex. Mr.

Norman’s description, however, so far as the structure of the an-

tennze is concerned, applies only to the male. Externally the male is

easily distinguished by its more elongated and angular form, and by

the want of spinous armature at the posterior extremity, the lower

angle of which is produced into a blunt subangular prominence ;

the upper angle, however, occasionally bears a small tooth.

7. PHILOMEDES FOLINI, nov. sp. (Plate XXVII.)

Female. Carapace as seen from the side subrhomboidal ; greatest

height situated in the middle and equal to at least two-thirds of the

length ; anterior extremity very prominent in the middle, beak broad

and blunt, notch wide and rather shallow ; posterior produced at the

ventral angle into a broad triangular projection; superior margin

boldly and evenly arched, inferior also distinctly but somewhat less

strongly convex. Seen from above the outline is subhexagonal, with

nearly parallel sides, which converge suddenly and angularly towards

the extremities; anterior extremity truncate, notched in the middle,

posterior very broadly and bluntly mucronate; greatest width equal

to rather more than half the length: the end view is irregularly

heptagonal, the nearly parallel lateral margins ending above and

below in prominent rounded angles, the two superior margins con-

verging into an irregular arch, the basal margin nearly flat. The

surface of the shell is irregularly undulated and closely set throughout

with rounded or subangular sharply cut pittings of moderate size and

depth, and is strengthened by several strongly projecting rounded

ribs, which are disposed as follows: one commencing immediately

below the antennal notch, in a conspicuous angular projection, is

continued round the interior part of the shell and terminates in the

posteal spine ; a second (which is irregularly nodulated at the hinder

extremity) rises in the posteal spine, runs upwards within the pos-

terior margin, and then strikes somewhat obliquely across the valve,

terminating in a long and sharp beak, which forms the anterior

margin of the antennal notch: these two ridges are connected

behind the notch by a short transverse prolongation, which gives off

from near its middle a third long and rather flexuous rib run-

ning parallel with and midway between those already described, but

losing itself before quite reaching the posterior margin ; just within

the antero-superior border a fourth but much more feebly developed

rib runs backwards to the middle of the superior margin, where it

ieee ‘ encircling dorsal ridge of about equal development. Length

77 men.

Male. The shell of the male (possibly a young specimen) is alto-

gether smaller, but comparatively much more elongated, the height

being equal to only half the length; the shell-structure is similar in

character to that of the female, but very feebly developed. Length

jis inch. The secondary branch of the lower antennz in the female

1871.] MR. G.S. BRADY ON EUROPEAN CYPRIDINIDZ. 295

is composed of one small joint, from the expanded base of which

arise four short sete, from the apex one minute seta, and from the

middle of the upper margin one of excessive length and plumose.

The length of the secondary branch in the male is very great,

equalling that of the primary branch.

Hab. Fosse de Cap Breton (Bay of Biscay), 70 fathoms,

8. ASTEROPE ELLIPTICA, Fischer.

Hab. Mediterranean.

9. ASTEROPE MARIA, Baird, sp.

Cypridina maria, Baird, 1850.

Cylindroleberis marie, Brady, 1868.

Hab. Shetland, West of Scotland, Penzance, Channel Islands,

Bay of Biscay.

10. AsrrroPe TERES, Norman, sp.

Cypridina teres, Norman, 1861.

Cylindroleberis teres, Brady, 1868.

I am not disposed, without further proof, to indorse the opinion

of G. O. Sars that this is the female of the foregoing species. It is

indeed possible that such may be the case, and their occurrence in

company (taken in the same gatherings) lends some probability to

the supposition ; but I have already described, in my ‘ Monograph

of the Recent British Ostracoda,” a form differing in anatomical

structure very remarkably from the male 4. marie, and differing,

too, just in those parts where sexual distinctions would be likely to

show themselves. I have not materials at hand to reinvestigate this

subject ; but the examples from which my descriptions were taken

certainly bore a closer resemblance to the male A. marie than does

A. teres. If, then, 4. teres be the true female of marie, we must

also have another and very closely allied species confused with the

former. Further examination is requisite before pronouncing de-

cidedly in the matter.

11. AstERoPE aByssicoLa, G. O. Sars.

Hab. Norway.

12. AsTEROPE NORVEGICA, G. O. Sars.

Hab, Norway.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Puate XXVI.

Philomedes interpuncta,

Fig. 1. Carapace of female, seen from left side. x 40,

. Carapace of female, seen from above. X 40

. Superior antenna of female. xX 84.

. Inferior antenna of female: a, portion of basal joint; 2, natatory

branch; ¢, secondary branch. x 84.

. Mandibular foot of female: x S84.

Oo ROO bh

296 DR. J. E. GRAY ON RHINOCLEMMYS MEXICANA. [Apr. 4,

: Bradycinetus brenda.

Fig. 6. Mandibular foot of male: a, mandibular process.

Puate XXVII.

Philomedes folinii.

. Carapace of male, outline, seen from left side. xX 20.

. Carapace of female, seen from left side. Xx 40.

Fig. 1

3. Carapace of female, seen from above. X 40.

. Carapace of female, seen from front. X 40,

. Secondary branch of lower antenna of female. xX 210.

4. Additional Notes on Rhinoclemmys mexicana.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

[Received April 3, 1871.]}

(Plate XXVIII.)

In the ‘Proceedings’ of this Society for 1870, p. 659, I de-

scribed a species of Rhinoclemmys, under the name of R. mewicana,

from a specimen which we had received from M. Sallé; and in

the month of November for the same year I figured the head of

the animal (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 723, fig. 4). The specimen I first

described appeared to have the normal colouring of the genus; that

is to say, the shell appeared to be of a nearly uniform dark colour

above and below, with a pale margin forming a submarginal ring to

the sternum. The specimen since I described it has been mounted

and varnished ; and it pow appears to be more olive-colour, slightly

variegated with darker streaks and imperfect irregular paler rings ;

and each of the dorsal shields is marked with a yellow spot, which

I had not observed in any other species of this natural genus.

We have lately received from M. Boucard two other specimens

of Emydes from Mexico with their heads; and, from the colouring

of their heads, there can be no doubt (though the shells look very

unlike the typical specimens of Rhinoclemmys mexicana) that they

belong to the same species; and in both of them the yellow spot

in the centre of the areola is distinctly marked, being linear in the

adult and large and circular in the young. And the colouring of

the young explains the slightly variegated appearance of the typical

adult specimen first described.

The young specimen is olive-brown above, and pale yellow-brown,

being darker in the central line of the sternum and over the sternal

costal suture, below. The marginal shields are pale-spotted, and

with a distinct pale semitransparent acute outer margin. The ver-

tebral shields have two or three ovate concentric yellow rings, most

distinct on the second and third, and an oblong central yellow spot,

which is sometimes divided in half. The costal shields have two

yellow subcircular rings, and a large yellow spot on the middle of

the large areola. The head of this animal is coloured like that of

iA. IS 71) ey er

del .A THalligk Tith Mintern Bro? imp.

1-5 PHILOMEDES INTERPUNCTA &

6. BRADYCINETUS BRENDA &

P.Z.5. 1871. Pl. XXVII

Mmtern. Bro® amp

WN ty

SViji.

Py}

-d

4. L\/

ro°amp

Mimtern f

Fihinoclemmy s mexicana.

1871. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON EUPLERES AND GALIDIA. 297

the adult animal originally described and figured. The hinder

costal shield and the last vertebral one are small compared with the

rest, and are about equal in size.

The other adult specimen has an entirely different external ap-

pearance from the typical specimen, so much so that one would

hardly believe that it belonged to the genus Rhinoclemmys, which is

usually so uniformly coloured and generally so smooth. It is of a

pale brownish yellow above and below, being only rather darker on

the sutures between the marginal and dorsal shields, between the

sternal shields and the marginal shields. The dorsal and marginal

shields are deeply concentrically grooved, and marked with elevated

ridges radiating from the angles of the areola; the lower shields

are similar, but not so uniformly grooved. When the dorsal shields

are very closely examined they are found to be variegated with nu-

merous dark-brown dots leaving indications of concentric rings ; and

these spots are more abundant in the areola, which is marked with

a distinct yellow streak or oblong spot surrounded by a dark edge.

The two hinder costals are small, regular in their shape, and partly

overlap the small irregular last vertebral shield. -

5. Additional Notes on the Genera Eupleres and "Galidia, |

and Note on Lemur ruber. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

[Received April 3, 1871.]

The British Museum has recently received some additional speci-

mens of Mammalia from Madagascar, collected by Mr. Crossley,

who was sent out for the purpose by Mr. Ward of Halifax. Among

the animals received is a skin, in a more perfect state, of Eupleres

goudoti, and two skeletons of the same, which I hope to induce Mr.

Flower or some other osteologist to describe in detail.

The skin shows that the acute nose of Hupleres has a distinct but

narrow central groove, and that it must be referred to the family

Viverride, and will form, in the first section of that family with hairy

soles to the feet, a peculiar tribe called Luplerina, characterized by

the form of the skull.

In the same collection are adults of Galidia elegans and G. con-

color, which are easily distinguished by having a naked band ex-

tending on the sole of the hinder feet. The nose of this genus is

rather produced beyond the teeth, and has a distinct groove beneath.

The claws of Galidia and Eupleres are arched, compressed, and

acute, and partly retractile, but are evidently always raised from the

ground, so as to be kept in this acute state.

In the collection there was also a series of specimens of Varecia

rubra, Gray, Cat. Monkeys & Lemurs British Museum, p. 71. All

the specimens had the head, the tail, and the fore feet, and the un-

derside of the body and four legs, intense uniform black, the back

of the neck and a spot on the upperside at the base of the tail pure

298 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Apr. 18,

white; the fur of the other parts of the back and sides varied from

dark red-brown to reddish white or even white; and the various

intermediate shades, sometimes the pale reddish-white ones, were

darker on the middle of the hinder part of the back.

In most of the specimens the outer sides of the arms and shoulders

were the same colour as the back ; but in the one that has the back

nearly white the hairs of the shoulders and the outside of the fore

and hind legs look white from their white tips, though they are deep

black for two-thirds of their length ; and in one specimen the out-

side of the arm and the shoulder are as black as the hand, and the

whole of the fur of the body has a black base to the hairs. The

whiskers and sides of the neck are the same colour as the back. One

of the specimens, of a pale foxy colour, is undoubtedly a male; the

red and white specimens are probably males, but the skins do not

bear any mark of the sex.

April 18, 1871.

Dr. E. Hamilton, F.Z.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1871.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of March 1871 was 110, of which 6 were

by birth, 52 by presentation, 45 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and

5 were animals received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period by death and removals was 94, showing a net

addition of 16 individuals to the collection during the month.

The most noticeable arrivals during the month were :—

1. A Squirrel from Acapulco, in Western Mexico, presented March 2

by Lieut. G. R. Bromley, R.N., which appears to agree best with

Sciurus castanonotus of Baird, described in the ‘Report on the

Mammals collected by the Mexican Boundary Survey,’ p. 35, and

figured pl. 5.

2. A young male Cape Hunting Dog (Lycaon pictus) purchased

March 15. This peculiar Carnivore has not been represented in the

Society’s collection for many years. The last individuals exhibited

were those that died in 1855*.

3. Two male Amherst’s Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie), pur-

chased March 18, out of a collection of Chinese Pheasants deposited

in the Society’s Gardens some time previously. These birds are

believed to have been received from the same collectors as those

employed by Mr. J. J. Stone—concerning which I have made re-

marks P. Z. S. 1869, p. 468, and 1870, p. 128. Further details on

the habits of this bird and the mode of its capture at Ta-tsien-lou

* See P.Z.S. 1860, p. 180.

ML. &

J Srmat) lith

1871.] PROF. OWEN ON DIDUS INEPTUS. 299

are given in a very interesting letter from M. L. D. Carreau, Apos-

tolic Missionary in Thibet, published in a recent number of the

‘ Bulletin’ of the Société d’ Acclimatation of Paris (ser. 2, vil. p. 582).

4. A Civet Cat (Viverra) from Quiah, north of the Cameroons

river, purchased March 27, the determination of which has caused

me some little difficulty. It is manifestly specifically different from

the Civet Cat now in the Society’s collection, which was presented in

1860 by Mr. Edmund Gabriel, H.B.M. Commissioner at Loanda,

and was, I believe, obtained in the vicinity of that city. The only

second species of African Civet Cat described is, as far as I know,

Viverra poortmanni, Pucheran*, “ similis V. civettee, sed major vit-

taque oculari nigra nasum non transeunte.”’ This does not agree at

all well with our newly acquired animal, which is remarkable for its

long rounded and Genet-like tail, and for the much greater distinct-

ness of the bands on the body than in V. civetta. But the black

ocular band does noé cross the nose in the Angolan animal, whereas

it does in the specimen lately received from Quiah. Under these

circumstances I cannot at present undertake to decide which of them

(if either) is referable to Viverra poortmanni, and must wait until

their death affords me an opportunity of making an accurate exami-

nation of them.

The accompanying figure by Mr. Smit (Plate XXIX.) will serve

to render this doubtful animal more easily recognizable.

Mr. H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of the Yellow-

billed Cuckoo (Coccyzus americanus) which had been picked up dead

in a wood near Aberystwith by Mr. C. J. Williams, and sent up to

town for examination by Captain Coscus of Unys Hir House, Llan-

dovey, in whose collection it had remained. This made the fifth

occurrence of this Cuckoo in Great Britain on record, four having

been recorded by Yarrell.

The specimen above referred to showed no signs of having been

in captivity, and was apparently a young bird.

Sir Victor Brooke, Bart., F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on

a mounted specimen of an Esquimaux Curlew (Numenius borealis)

which had been recently obtained near Sligo, in Ireland, and belonged

to his own collection.

Prof. Owen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., read the second part of his memoir

on the Dodo (Didus ineptus). This communication contained notes

based on an articulated specimen of the skeleton of this extinct bird

which had been recently prepared for the collection of the British

Museum from bones transmitted from the Mauritius by Mr. G.

Clark, C.M.Z.S.

This paper will be published in the Society’s Transactions.

* Rey. Zool. 1855, p. 304, et Arch. d. Mus. x. p. 109, pl. ix.

300 MR. T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHTOPODA. [| Apr. 18,

The following papers were read :-—

1. On Japanese recent Brachiopoda. By Tuomas Davinson,

Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S., &. (Communicated by J. Gwyn

Jerrreys, Esq., F.Z.S.)

[Received April 18, 1871.]

(Plates XXX. & XXXI.)

It is to Mr. Arthur Adams that we are indebted for the discovery

of by far the largest number of species of Brachiopoda hitherto pro-

cured from the Japanese waters. These species were dredged by

him during the period extending from 1859 to 1861, and he gave a

very brief account of them, without illustrations (if we except a single

figure of 7. davidsoni), in the ‘ Aunals & Magazine of Natural His-

tory’ for 1860 and 1863, as well as in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoolo-

gical Society’ for 1867.

Mr. Adams enumerates the following species :—

1. Terebratulinajaponica,Sow. 10. Terebratella maria, Adams.

2. caput-serpentis, Linné. 11. Ismenia sanguinea, Chemn.

3. cumingii, Dav. 12. reevei, Adams.

4. Terebratula davidson, 13. Rhynchonella lucida, Gould.

Adams. 14. woodwardii, Adams.

5. Waldheimia cranium, Gmel. . 15. Crania japonica, Adams.

6. septigera, Lovén. 16. Discina stella, Gould.

7. —— picta, Chemn. 17. Lingula tumidula, Reeve.

8. grayit, Dav. 18. smaragdina, Adams.

9. Terebratella coreanica, 19: jaspidea, Adams.

Adams and Reeve. 20. lepidula, Adams.

At the suggestion of Mr. A. Adams as well as Mr. Jeffreys, I

have examined the original specimens of the shells above named;

and I now beg to submit to the Zoological Society a revised list

accompanied by illustrations of all the species.

It would result from my examination that the shells attributed to

Waldheimia cranium and to W. septigera in Mr. Adam’s paper will

have to be referred to other species, as no authenticated example of

those forms have, to my knowledge, been hitherto obtained from the

waters of Japan. Some other modifications to the list will also be

required, to which we will refer in the sequel. I will likewise add

descriptions and figures of three or four more species that are either

new or had been found in those waters by other naturalists.

No sea of a similar extent to that of Japan has furnished us with

so large a series of species of Brachiopoda; and as their habitat as

well as the depth at which they occur has been accurately determined

by Mr. A. Adams, it is important that the identification of the

species should be carefully determined and discussed.

The study of the recent Brachiopoda has been much increased and

advanced during the last few years, thanks to the numerous dredging-

1871.] MR. T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. 301

expeditions conducted by experienced naturalists, and extended to

various latitudes ; but there remains still much to be done before the

true specific claims of all the described species will have been deter-

mined; even now Mr. W. H. Dall, of the Smithsonian Institution of

Washington, has attempted a revision of the Terebratulide, in an

able and lengthened communication which will be found published

in the sixth volume of the ‘American Journal of Conchology’

(1870), to which I shall have to refer in the sequel.

Fam. TEREBRATULID4, Cuvier.

In his recent publications Mr. Dall has proposed to subdivide

the family into the genera Terebratula, Terebratulina, Megerlia,

Magas, Kraussina, Bouchardia, Platidia (= Morrisia), Megathy-

ris (=Argiope), ! Thecidium, to which he adds as subgenera La-

queus, Ismenia, Magasella, and Cistella. Dr. Leopold vy. Schrenk

would also consider Rhynchonella to be a subgenus of Terebra-

tula; but in this view he will find but few supporters ; and I regret

likewise that Prof. Quenstedt should not have seen the propriety

of frankly adopting Fischer de Waldheim’s excellent genus Rhyn-

chonella, one so clearly separated from Terebratula by the cha-

racters of its animal as well as by the structure of its shell. Ismenia

Mr. Dall now relinquishes, having discovered that it is synonymous

with Megerlia. Much difference of opinion has also been expressed

as to the absolute necessity of substituting the term Megathyris for

that of Argiope, a name previously made use of by Savigny for a

genus of Egyptian Spiders. Mr. Jeffreys maintains that such a

double application of the name in two different departments of

zoology is not a reason for repudiating the second application of the

same name, although such a practice ought to be avoided. The

name Argiope has been in such general use for the shells to which

it is referred, that I should regret to feel obliged to substitute that of

Megathyris.

If we examine the various species of which the genus Terebratella

is composed, we shall perceive a certain amount of modification not

only in the length and elevation of the median septum, but likewise

of the point at which the lateral branches of the loop become attached

to the septum, this connexion being much closer to the beak or to

the front in some species than in others, the loop itself, as may be

seen by comparing such species as 7’. dorsata or T'. frontalis with

T. spitzbergensis, being likewise much more developed in some forms

than in others; so that it becomes necessary to concede a certain

variation in the internal details of the species of the same genus, and

not to look upon each smail deviation from the selected type as

offering valid grounds for the creation of a separate subgenus. Mr.

Dall proposes the adoption of a subgenus Magasella, of which

my Terebratella evansi would serve as a type; but I feel more in-

clined to consider it a modification or subgenus of Terebratella than

of Magas, from having noticed that in some species, such as M.

flexuosa, the loop agrees exactly with that of Terebratella, while the

302 MR. T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. [ Apr. 18,

septum is elevated as in Magasella. Indeed I am not quite satisfied

as to the genus Magas having been represented in the recent state,

although J. patagonica of Gould has been doubtfully referred

to it.

Mr. Dall seems also inclined to separate Thecidium from the Tere-

bratulide ; but I do not feel couvinced that he has clearly shown that

Professors Suess, Deslongchamps, King, myself, and others have so

much erred in considering the excavated lobes or crescents in the

dorsal valve to be homologues of the loop. But that question may

require further examination; and as no specimen of the genus has

been hitherto obtained from the Japanese waters, I will defer the

discussion to another occasion. i

Genus TEREBRATULA, Llhwyd.

But very few recent species have been discovered. Terebratula

vitrea, Born, 7. minor, Philippi & Suess, 7’. spheroidea, Phil.,

T. uva, Brod., and T. cubensis, Pourtales, have been referred to it ;

but it is still a question whether 7’. cubensis and T. minor are more

than varieties of 7. vitrea. A shell bearing great resemblance to the

fossil 7’. spheroidea of Philippi was also dredged by Messrs. Jeffreys

and Kent near the coast of Portugal. Mr. Dall adds 7. unguiculus

(Cooper) to the recent species of the genus Terebratula; but I feel

satisfied that Cooper’s species will be more correctly placed in the

genus or subgenus Terebratulina. From the Japanese waters we are

acquainted with but a single species.

JEREBRATULA MINOR, Philippi & Suess. (Plate XXX. figs. 10,

11, 12.)

Terebratula vitrea, var. minor, Philippi, 1836.

Terebratula affinis, Calcara, 1845.

Terebratula davidsoni, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 314, pl. 19.

fig. 30, 1867.

This shell has been well described by Mr. Adams in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings of the Zoological Society.’ Mr. Jeffreys, however, is of

opinion that the Japanese specimens cannot be distinguished from

the pliocene and recent specimens known under the designation of

T. minor or affinis ; and I must admit that Mr. Adams’s two examples

bear a good deal of resemblance to the European shell. ‘

Hab. Dredged by Mr. A. Adams at Satanomosaki in 55 fathoms.

Subgenus TeEREBRATULINA, D’Orb.

I am inclined to consider this to be a subgenus of Terebratula, as

the characters of its loop so nearly approach to those of the last-

named genus. The number of recent species attributable to this

subgenus has been considerably exaggerated, and several of them are

no more than local variations or synonyms of the well-known and far

spread 7’. caput-serpentis; T. japonica, T. septentrionalis, T. an-

gusta, T. abyssicola, T. cancellata, T. cumingit, and one or two

more seem referable to the Linnean species. Mr. Dall believes 7.

1871.] | MR. T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. 303

eailletti, Crosse, to be a good species ; and perhaps so likewise is 7’.

unguiculus of Cooper. T. radiata, Reeve, is certainly so.

From the Japanese waters Mr. Adams enumerates three or four

species which appear to be all varieties or different states of growth of

TEREBRATULA CAPUT-SERPENTIS, Linn. sp. (Plate XXX.

figs. 7, 8, 9.)

Terebratula caput-serpentis, T. japonica, T. cumingii?, A. Adams,

Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. xi. p. 98, 1863.

Mr. L. Reeve observes, in his ‘Monograph of recent Brachiopoda,’

that ‘ 7. japonica is closely allied to 7’. caput-serpentis, and is with-

out doubt its representative in the Corean and Japanese waters ;”’

and in this view Mr. Jeffreys fully concurs.

Hab. Mr. A. Adams got :—T. caput-serpentis living at Tsu-Sima

from 26 fathoms (sand and shell bottom), at Tsusaki 55 fathoms,

Mino-Sima 63 fathoms; the variety japonica living at Tsusaki 55

fathoms, and Gotto, 48 fathoms, and in the Straits of Korea from 63

fathoms, and sixteen miles from Mino-Sima, the bottom being coarse

black sand and broken shells; the variety angusta living from 54

fathoms off the island of Guelpart, seven miles from the shore, the

bottom being black sandy mud. 7’. caput-serpentis was also dredged

by Mr. Adams along with 7. coreanica and W. picta off the Straits

of Korea in 46 fathoms, four miles from Tsussima (at Tsu-Sima),

from a bottom of sand and broken shells. Mr. Adams’s specimens

of 7. cumingii(?) are evidently young examples of 7’. caput-serpentis,

and were dredged alive at Tsu-Sima, 26 fathoms, and at Mino-Sima

in 63 fathoms.

Genus Watpuermia, King.

A number of recent species have been proposed, described, and

illustrated ; but I think they may be reduced to the following nine,

viz.:—W. flavescens, Val. apud Lamk.; W.venosa, Sol.; WV. cranium,

Mull.; W.grayi, Dav.; W. picta, Chemn.; W. lenticularis, Desh. ;

W. septigera, Lovén; W. floridana, Pourtales; and W. raphacelis,

Dall.,—these three last presenting a good deal of general external

resemblance, although said to be specifically distinguishable.

WaLpHeEIMIA RAPHAELIS, Dall. (Plate XXXI. fig. 9.)

Waldheimia rvaphaelis, Dall, American Journal of Conchology,

vol. vi. p. 111, pl. vii. figs. a—d, 1870.

This species has been described by Mr. Dall, who informs me that

he has compared it carefully with authentic examples of W. septigera,

Lovén, and finds it quite distinct—that it is more than twice as large

as the largest W. septigera and of a different colour, the Japanese

shell being deep brown, with a slight rufous tinge, while the hinge-

plate, septum, ovaria, and muscular impressions present notable dif-

ferences in their details. Mr. A. Adams does not appear to have

found Mr. Dall’s shell or Lovén’s W. septigera during his Japanese

dredgings, and mistook for this last a specimen of Teredratella

spitebergensis.

304 MR.T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. [Apr. 18,

Hab. Japanese coast near Yeddo, dredged there by Prof. R.

Plumpelly. The original specimen forms part of the Smithsonian

cabinet.

WapuHermia picta, Chemnitz, sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 10.)

Waldheimia picta, Adams, Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xi.

3rd ser. p. 99, 1863.

Hab. This well-known and beautiful species was obtained by Mr.

A. Adams in 55 fathoms off Stormy Cape, Tschitikoff, or Satano-

mosaki. Along with it was found 7. minor or davidsoni of Adams.

WatpuHermia GRayi, Dav. (Plate XXXI. figs. 7, 8.)

Waldheimia groyi, Adams, Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser.

vol. xi. p. 99, 1863.

Terebratula grayi, Davids. P. Z. S. 1852, p. 76.

This fine species was fully described and illustrated by myself in

the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, and again by Mr. L. Reeve in his

monograph of the genus Terebratula. It is a very variable shell ;

and Mr. Adams believes that it was to a very transverse variation

in shape of this species (fig. 8) that Mr. Gould had applied the

designation of 7’. transversa ; but some uncertainty would appear to

prevail in this matter, as Gould’s original specimen is no longer to be

found. Most of his types belong to the Smithsonian collection.

Hab. It occurs abundantly with 7. coreanica in the Bay of Hako-

dadi and Mososeki, where it was dredged up by Mr. A. Adams in

7 fathoms, some large stones having eight or ten examples adhering

to it. Admiral Sir KE. Belcher dredged it also in the Strait of Korea,

and it could be seen washed up on a beach by thousands.

Genus TEREBRATELLA, D’Orb.

This genus is largely represented in the recent state; but some

further study of the named, described, and illustrated so-termed

species will still be required before the exact number of true species

can have been correctly determined. 7’. dorsata, Lam. (=magel-

lanica, Chem.); T. cruenta, Dilwyn (=T. zelandica, Desh.); T.

rubicunda, Sol., Mus. Banks; 7. caurina, Gould; TJ. coreanica,

Adams and Reeves (=miniata, Gould); 7. marie, A. Adams; T.

pulvinata, Gould; T. frontalis, Mid.; T. bouchardii, Dav.; and

T. labradorensis, Sow., have been generally adopted; but the last

four will demand further examination before their specific claims can

be fully ascertained and confirmed,

TEREBRATELLA COREANICA, Adams & Reeve. (Plate XXXI.

figs. 4, 5.)

Terebratella coreanica, Adams & Reeve, Voyage of the Samarang,

p. 71, pl. xxi. fig. 3 (1850), and Adams, Annals and Mag. of Nat.

Hist. 3rd ser. vol. xi. p. 99, 1863.

T. coreanica, Dr. Leopold v. Schrenck, Mollusken des Amur-

Landes &c. p. 468, tab. xviii. figs. 1-7 (1867).

1871.] MR.T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. 305

This beautiful species has been well described by Adams and

Schrenck. It varies considerably in shape and colour, so much so,

indeed, that Dr. Schrenck has proposed to distinguish some of its

shapes by the designations of Forma normalis, Forma longior, and

Forma latior ; but all these variations merge one into the other when

we examine a large series of specimens. Some young and middle-

aged examples are of a light yellow colour radiated with red. Other

specimens present a uniform red colour, especially deepened in tint

near to, and at, the concentric lines of growth. Some examples have

also attained to 2 inches in length, with a slightly greater breadth.

Hab. Dr. Schrenck states this shell to be the most common of all

the Brachiopoda in the sea of North Japan. Mr. A. Adams ob-

tained it abundantly in 7 fathoms, along with W. grayi, at Hako-

dadi, also off Okerisi Island in 25 to 35 fathoms, six miles distant

from the shore, and from a bottom of coral and rock. It occurs also

at a depth of 48 fathoms in the Straits of Korea and in several other

parts of the Korean archipelago.

A yellow Terebratula (Plate XXXI. fig. 6) was sent to me by

Mr. A. Adams as a yellow variety of 7’. coreanica, and as having been

dredged at Hakodadi; but I feel considerable uncertainty as to its

being thus correctly identified. The loop was unfortunately entirely

broken, so that I could not ascertain its internal characters. In ex-

ternal shape it much resembles some young examples of Waldheimia

venosa or of Terebratella pulvinata. I will not, therefore, venture

upon a specific identification, but have given a figure of the shell in

the hope that it may be hereafter properly identified.

TEREBRATELLA MARIZ, A. Adams. (Plate XXX. figs. 15,

16, 17.)

Terebratella marie, Adams, Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 3rd ser.

vol. v. p. 412, May 1860; and Annals, 3rd ser. vol. xi. Feb. 1863.

This pretty and very interesting little species was correctly de-

scribed by Mr. A. Adams. It is a very important shell, as it nearly

approaches in shape and character to the Pliocene species from

Sicily, described by Seguenza as the Terebratella septata of Philippi.

It is of a pure white colour, with numerous delicate concentric lines

of growth. None of the specimens found by Mr. Adams seems to

have exceeded some 6 lines in length by 4 in breadth. It is con-

sidered by Mr. Jeffreys the living representative of the Sicilian

fossil species ; but this last attained much larger proportions, and

would appear to be more finely punctuated than is the Japanese

shell, so that I should not like to affirm the positive identity of the

two shells, although Mr. Jeffreys may be correct in his conclusions.

Hab. Uraga, 21 fathoms; Gotto, 48 fathoms; Satanomosaki,

55 fathoms.

TEREBRATELLA SPITZBERGENSIS, Day. (Plate XXX. figs. 13,

14.)

This well-known species, according to Torell, seems to have been

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XX.

306 MR.T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. [{ Apr. 18,

first noticed by Sir C. Lyell in his paper on the rising of Sweden

(Phil. Trans. p. 36, tab. 2. figs. 32, 33, 1835), but that eminent

geologist did not apply to it any specific denomination. In 1837

Hisinger confounded it with 7’. caput-serpentis ; and in his memoir,

‘ Bidrag till Spitzbergens Molluskfauna,’ p. 121, tab. i. fig. 1, 1859,

Prof. O. Torell gave an incomplete illustration of its loop. I have

therefore availed myself of the present opportunity to add a com-

plete figure of the interior of the dorsal valve from a Japanese spe-

cimen of the species.

Hab. This shell was detected by myself among some specimens

dredged by Mr. A. Adams at Satanomosaki in 55 fathoms. Mr.

Jeffreys has also furnished me with the following list of localities

where the species has been found :—Hornsund and Bellsund, Spitz-

bergen, 40-80 fathoms (Torell); Wellington Channel (Belcher) ;

Shetland, 35 miles N.N.W. of Unst, 90-100 fathoms; Channel

slope, about 185 miles from Cape Clear and Ushant, and 165 miles

from the Scilly isles, 358 fathoms, living attached to a piece of coral,

Lophohelia perforata; Channel slope, not far from last locality, in

539 fathoms; off Cape St. Vincent, on the coast of Spain, 292 fa-

thoms (Jeffreys). It has also been recorded from Spitzbergen by

Goodsir, and by P. P. Carpenter from Murray Bay, Gulf of St.

Lawrence. Mr. Jeffreys mentions it likewise in his paper entitled

“* Report on Uddevalla Fossils,” published im the proceedings of the

British Association. Mr. Dall had inadvertently referred this species

to his subgenus Magasella, but is now of opinion that it should be

left where I had originally placed it in 1845.

Subgenus Laaueus, Dall.

This is a subgenus recently proposed by Mr. Dall for the recep-

tion of shells which, like 7. californica, Koch, and T. rudella, Sow.,

have the reflected part of the loop attached by two lateral processes,

not to the septum nor to the septal processes, but to the hemal

portions of the loop (Plate XXX. fig. 22).

LAQUEUS RUBELLA, Sow., sp. (Plate XXX. figs. 18-22.)

Terebratula rubella, Sow. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, vol.i. p. 550,

pl. 69. figs. 40, 41, 42, 1846.

Waldheimia cranium, A. Adams (but not of Miller), Annals and

Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xi. 3rd ser., Feb, 1863.

Laqueus suffusa, Dall, n.sp.?, American Journal of Conch. vol. i.

part 2, p. 125, pl. 7. figs. g, h, s, 1870.

This is an important Japanese species; it varies much in shape

and coloration, and especially so with age. Having had an oppor-

tunity of examining a rather large series of specimens, I believe

myself justified in stating that the Z. suffusa of Dall is a half-grown

example of Sowerby’s species. Mr. Jeffreys and myself have also

ascertained that the shell referred by Mr. A. Adams to W. cranium,

from Japan, belongs likewise to the species under description.

When young, Z. rubella has an oblong-ovate shape, tapering and

1871.] MR.T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. 307

rounded at the front, but when full-grown is nearly straight, or even

sometimes slightly sinuated at the frontal margin. The different

variations I have observed in this shell are figured in Plate XXX.

The foramen is small, and with age becomes gradually more distant

from the hinge-line by the development of the deltidium plates. The

surface is smooth. In colour it varies considerably : some specimens

are ashy white ; others have a general salmon-colour, which deepens

into orange-red near the lines of growth or margins of the shell.

In some examples, besides a general reddish tint, a few ruddy rays

mark the lateral portions of the shell, but rarely so strongly defined

as in Sowerby’s figure, in which the coloration is exaggerated.

Hab. Sowerby states that his specimen of 7’. rubella was obtained

from Japan. Mr. A. Adams dredged it from a clear stony bottom

off the pretty little island of Kuro-Sima, at a depth of 35 fathoms.

Prof. R. Plumpelly gives as its habitat the wharf at Yokohama, Japan

(Dall).

Subgenus MaGase.ta, Dall.

This subgenus would comprise the following recent species :—M.

evansi, Dav.; M. crenulata, Sow.; M. inconspicua, Sow. (accord-

ing to Dall); M. fleauosa, King; M. (Ter.) suffusa, Reeve (of this

species I possess the original specimen, and can assert that it pos-

sesses the elevated septum and loop of Magasella); M. levis, Dall;

M. (T.) Cumingii, Dav.?; and the following two new Japanese

Species :—

MaGasELua apAms!, Day. (Plate XXX. figs. 23, 24.)

Shell small, nearly cireular, as broad as long; dorsal valve slightly

convex, and marked with about eleven more or less prominent ribs,

of which the central one, in the dorsal valve, is both the largest and

most elevated. Ventral valve deeper than the opposite one, with

about twelve ribs, of which the two central ones are both the largest

and most prominent, leaving a deepish median sulcus between them ;

beak truncated by a rather large incomplete foramen; deltidium-

plates small; shell-punctures large and prominent; colour white.

In the interior of the dorsal valve there exists a Magasella-shaped

prominent septum, extending from under the umbonal beak to about

half the length of the valve, and to the lateral sides of it are attached

the principal pair of lamelle prior to becoming reflected. Length 2,

width 2, depth 1 line.

Hab. Two examples of this small species were dredged by Mr. A.

Adams in 26 fathoms water in the sea of Japan, off the island of

Kuro-puna. In some specimens the ribs are almost obsolete.

MaGasELxa Goutnt, Dall, MS. (Plate XXXI. fig. 11, a, 4, ¢.)

Shell small, transversely oval, wider than long; hinge-line nearly

as long as the breadth of the shell; beak somewhat produced and

slightly incurved, with a large incomplete horseshoe-shaped foramen ;

deltidium-plates very small and widely separated ; false area flattened.

Ventral valve deep; dorsal valve slightly convex. Surface of each

308 MR.T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOoPODA. [Apr. 18,

valve marked with about eighteen ribs ; of these, two fine median ones

lie in a kind of sulcus in each valve and extend from the umbo to

the front, while the others are both irregular in width, stouter, and

do not extend to more than half of the length of the valve from the

margin. The lines of growth are well marked. The shell is of a

yellowish colour, with strong rose-colour on the ribs and towards the

edges. In the interior of the dorsal valve there is no hinge-plate

or distinct cardinal process; the muscular scars are thick and exca-

vated above; the septum and loop is similar to that described in the

preceding species. Length 2, width nearly 3 lines.

Mr. Dall has kindly allowed me to add this description to my

notes on Japanese species. A single example was found by him

attached to a specimen of 7. coreanica or miniata, Gould, that had

been dredged at Hakodadi in 60 fathoms of water.

It evidently much approaches in character to my M. adamsi; but

there are differences between the two that cannot be cleared away

by the inspection of a single specimen. It must therefore be left for

future observers to determine whether the two may not constitute

variations in form of a single species.

Genus Mecerttia, King.

M. truncata, Linné, M. monstruosa, Scacchi (if not a variety of

the first-named species), M. sanguinea, Chem., and its var. reevet,

Adams, are the only recent species attributable to this genus. Mr.

Dall is of opinion that there is no difference in the interior of M.

sanguinea and M, truncata, except that the lateral lobes are open

instead of closed in M. truncata, and that this and the external

shape of the shell may perhaps serve as characters for the creation

of a subsection. I do not myself, however, see the necessity of coin-

ing for it another subgeneric designation.

MEGERLIA SANGUINEA, Chemnitz. (Plate XXXI. figs. 1, 2.)

Anomia sanguinea, Chemnitz, 1785,=Terebratula erythroleuca,

Quoy,=T7. sanguinea and pulchella, Sow.,=Megerlia sanguinea,

Dav.,=Ismenia sanguinea, Adams and Dall.

All the specimens I have seen of this beautiful little shell were of

a whitish or rather yellowish colour freckled with bright crimson.

Hab. M. sanguinea has been found in several localities. Mr. A.

Adams dredged it alive at Mino-Sima in 63 fathoms. It is common

near the Philippine and Sandwich islands, and was dredged plenti-

fully in 1859 at ‘Tahiti by Mr. Deplanche.

Var. REEVE! (Plate XXXI. fig. 3)=IJsmenia reevei, A. Adams,

Aon. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xi. 3rd. ser. p. 99, 1863.

Only one example of this shell appears to have been found by Mr.

A. Adams. Its colour is pure white, and it closely resembles the

type of M. sanguinea in all other respects, except perhaps in size,

the specimen of M. reevei dredged by Mr. Adams exceeding some-

what in proportions any of the examples of M. sanguinea that have

1871.] MR. T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. 309

come under my notice. It measured 8 lines in length by 7 in width

and 4 in depth.

Hab, Gotto, 48 fathoms.

Family RayNcHONELLID&, J. E. Gray.

Genus RayNcHONELLA, Fischer de Waldheim.

The recent forms are few in number. Rh. psittacea, Gmelin, =

var. woodwardi, Adams(?). Rh. nigricans, Sow., Rh. grayi, Wood.

ward, Rh. lucida, Gould, and Rh. sicula, Sequenza, MS., are all the

species with which we are at present acquainted.

RHYNCHONELLA PSITTACEA, Gmelin, var. WOODWARDI, A,

Adams. (Plate XXXI. fig. 12.)

Rh. woodwardi, A. Adams, Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 3rd ser.

vol. xi. p. 100, 1863.

M. Adams states in his paper that “this species differs from Rh.

psittacea in being concentrically striolate instead of radiately grooved;

the beak, moreover, is smaller and less curved; the form is more

broadly triangular, and the ventral margin rounded and produced in

the middle. The young possess the same characters seen in the

adult. Had. Gotto, 48 fathoms; also off Rifunsiri Island, 4 miles

from the shore, in 35 fathoms, from a bottom of coral, broken shells,

and stones.”

I have been able to examine two examples of this shell, and could

distinetly perceive faintly marked radiating strize, similar to those

that cover the surface of R. psittacea. I cannot help thinking, and

I am confirmed in this opinion by Mr. Jeffreys, that the R. wood-

wardi of Adams is no more than a local variety of R. psittacea.

The colour of the two specimens obtained by Mr. Adams are of a

less bluish tint than we find usually in the shell last named; but

some examples of R. psittacea from the northern European seas have

also assumed that colour.

RHYNCHONELLA LuciDA, Gould. (Plate XXXI. figs. 13, 14.)

Rh. lucida, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 323, 1860, and

Otia Conch. p. 121; Adams, Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. 3rd

ser. vol. xi. p. 100, 1863.

Shell small, obtusely subrhomboidal or ovate, rather longer than

wide; dorsal valve convex, almost gibbous; mesial fold wide, com-

mencing to rise at about half the length of the valve. Ventral valve

rather less convex or deep than the opposite one, and scooped out

near the front in the form of a deepish sinus; beak acute, sharply

incurved ; foramen beneath the extremity of the beak, completed by

a deltidium. Surface smooth, of a light whitish glassy grey ; shell-

structure fibrous. Length 6, width 5, depth 3 lines.

This very interesting species had never been completely described

or illustrated. It was briefly noticed by Gould in 1860; but his

observation that it might be taken for a small 7. vitrea is quite in-

310 MR. T. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. [Apr. 18,

correct; for it bears no resemblance to that species, and is a true

Rhynchonella, and approaches most in shape and surface to some

small examples of the Tertiary Rhynchonella bipartita of Brocchi,

and almost represents that species in the living state. In this last

remark Mr. Jeffreys concurs with me.

Hab. Dr. Gould’s specimens were dredged off the Japan coast,

30° 35! N., 130° 40! E., in 110 fathoms, sand, by Captain Stevens

of the ‘Hancock.’ Mr. A. Adams obtained it at Satanomosaki,

55 fathoms, and at Gotto in 48 fathoms.

Family LincuLip&, Cuvier.

Genus Lineuta, Brug.

Mr. Dall has proposed a genus Gloé¢tidia, in which he has placed

some of the species formerly classed with Lingula; but even now

the number of recent so-termed species referred to the last-named

genus are too numerous, and will require to be carefully studied and

monographed.

The genus Lingula made its first appearance in the Lower Silurian

rocks; and some of its fossil forms bear much general resemblance

to one or two of the species now found alive, but are of course spe-

cifically distinct. Mr. A. Adams has dredged in the waters of

Japan four species, which appear to be tolerably distinct.

LInGuULA TUMIDULA, Reeve. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.)

Lingula tumidula, Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 2 ; A. Adams, Annals

and Mag. of Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. xi. p. 100, 1863.

I have seen but one Japanese specimen, attributed by Mr. Adams

to Mr. Reeve’s species. It is, however, a smaller shell, of a light

yellow colour, with a reddish-brown spot near the beak. Exteriorly

the shell is marked with a considerable number of close, almost equi-

distant, minute concentric projecting lines of growth, somewhat similar

to those we see in Lingula scotica from the Carboniferous period.

Hab. From the mud of Tsaulian harbour, in the Korean archi-

pelago, 7 fathoms.

Lineuta sMArRAGDINA, A. Adams. (Plate XXX. fig. 2.)

Lingula smaragdina, A. Adams, Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 3rd

ser. vol. xi. p. 101, 1863.

It is of a bright green colour, whitish in the middle and near the

beaks. Length 10, width 4 lines. It most resembles L. hirundo,

Reeve.

Hab. Was found by Mr. A. Adams at Yobuko, 10 fathoms, mud,

and also in the China sea.

LincuLa pumMortTIERI, Nyst. (Plate XXX. fig. 3.)

Lingula dumortieri, Nyst, Coq. et Polyp. Foss. de la Belgique,

p- 337, pl. xxxiv. fig. 4, 1843.

Lingula jaspidea, A. Adams, Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist.

3rd ser. vol. xi. p. 101, 1863.

1871.] MR. 1. DAVIDSON ON JAPANESE BRACHIOPODA. 311

Of the recent shell I have seen only one example, which had been

dredged by Mr. A. Adams at Mososeki, in 7 fathoms, mud bottom.

It is of an elongated oval shape, about 9 lines in length by 5 in breadth,

tapering towards the front, and is of a warm yellow-brown colour.

Mr. Jeffreys is of opinion that this Zingula cannot be specifically

distinguished from Lingula dumortiert from the Coralline Crag of

Suffolk and of Belgium by any one character. He has compared

it with three specimens of the latter, but in every one, where the

outline and beak was complete, these exactly agreed with the Ja-

panese recent species. All (both fossil and recent) have peculiar

though slight and almost microscopic and close-set longitudinal lines,

ie of course, are more distinct in the fossil than in the recent

shell.

Lincua Leriputa, A, Adams. (Plate XXX. fig. 4.)

Lingula lepidula, Adams, Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 3rd ser.

vol. xi. p. 101, 1863.

This is a small oval-shaped species, tapering a good deal at the

beaks, about 4 lines in length by 2 in breadth. In colour it is

yellowish, slightly tinted with green. Mr. Adams observes that it

is as small as L. semen, and shaped like L. ovalis.

Hab. Mr. A. Adams dredged several examples in the inland sea,

or, as the Japanese call, it Seto-Uchi (Akasi) in ten fathoms, mud.

Family Craniuip#, Dav.

Genus CraniA, Retz, 1781.

Mr. Jeffreys informs me that it was Philipsson, and not Retz or

Retzius, who first proposed the generic name of Cranza (‘ Disser-

tatio historico-naturalis, sistens nova Testaceorum genera:’ Lunde,

1788). But Mr. Dall assures me that Retz had done so some years

before Philipsson.

Crania saponica, A. Adams. (Plate XXX. figs. 6, 6a.)

Crania japonica, Adams, Aunals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xi.

p. 100, 1863.

This is a small species, in which the central pair of muscular pro-

minences are very much developed. All the valves found by Mr.

Adams are a little worn.

Hab. From deep water, 71 fathoms, among the Gotto group of

islands.

Family Discinipx, J. E. Gray.

Genus Discrna, Lamarck.

Discrna sTELLA, Gould. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.)

Discina stella, Adams, Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. xi.

p- 100, 1863.

Hab. Seto-Uchi (Akasi), 17 fathoms; Tsu-Sima, 17 fathoms ;

Tabu-Sima, 26 fathoms, on coral bottom; Tou-Sima, in 25 fathoms.

312 SHARPE AND DRESSER ON A NEW MECISTURA. [Apr. 18,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pate XXX,

. Lingula tumidula, Reeve.

smaragdina, A. Adams. :

dumortieri, Nyst,=L. jaspidea, A, Adams.

lepidula, A. Adams.

. Discina stella, Gould. -

. Crania japonica, Gould.

. Terebratulina caput-serpentis, Linné.

, var. japonica, Sow.

g , Yar. eumingit, Dav.

10, 11, 12. Terebratula minor, Philippi,= 7. davidson, Adams.

13. Terebratella spitzbergensis, Day. Fig. 13a, enlarged.

14, 14a. Ditto ditto, interior of ventral valve, enlarged.

15, 16, 17. Terebratella marie, A. Adams. Figs. 15a, 16a, enlarged ;

fig. 17, interior, enlarged.

18-22. Laqueus rubella, Sow. Fig. 20, a young specimen; figs. 21 and

22, L. suffusa, Dall, his original figures.

23-24, Magasella adamsi, Day. Figs. 23 a, 24a, enlarged.

Fig.

SO GOATS SHR OF be

Prate XXXf.

Figs. 1,2. Megerlia sanguinea, Chemn. Figs. 2, 2 a, interior of dorsal valve,

enlarged.

3. , var. M. reevet, Adams.

4,5. Terebratella coreanica, Adams and Reeve.

(ee ?

7, 8. Waldheimia grayi, Day., and var. transversa, Gould.

9: raphaelis, Dall.

10. icta, Chemnitz.

11. Magasella gouldi, Dall, MS. Fig. 11, a, 4, ¢, enlarged.

12. Rhynchonella psittacea, Gmel., var. woodwardi, A. Adams.

, 18, 14. lucida, Gould,

2. On a new Species of Long-tailed Titmouse from Southern

Europe. By R. B. Suarre, F.L.S., Librarian to the

Society, &c., and H. E. Dresszr, F.Z.S. &e.

[Received April 4, 1871]

In a paper published in ‘The Ibis’ for 1868 (p. 295), Sharpe

drew attention to the differences existing between the Long-tailed

Titmice of Great Britain and Scandinavia, and gave a synopsis of

the known species, six in number. At that time it was very uncer-

tain whether the bird found in Spain was identical with the British

species or not. We have lately received from our friend Major Irby

a series of specimens killed near Gibraltar, and we can now safely

affirm that the Spanish Long-tailed Titmouse constitutes a new and

entirely distinct species, which we propose to call

ACREDULA IRBII, Sp. Nov.

A. dorso pulchre cinereo unicolort, parte superiore et uropygio paul-

lulum roseo tinctis: capite laterali et ccllo postico nigerrimis :

W.West£C? unp.

Japanese recent Brachiopoda.

1871.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 313

pileo summo albido: genis albidis, brunneo striolatis : gutture

albo: pectore roseo, parte superiore punctulis parvis brunneo

notata.

Long. tot. 4, culm. 0°3, al. 2°15, caud. 2°15, tars. 0°6, poll. et dec.

Angl.

Hab. Southern Spain (Irdy); Piedmont (Salvador?).

The present species is closely allied to Acredula rosea of England,

but has the back blue-grey instead of black ; the black bands on each

side of the head are very broad and distinct, and the central white

streak is proportionally narrow. We have named this species after

Major Irby, well-known for his ornithological researches in India.

We shall be able to show that during his residence in Andalucia he

has exhibited no less energy ; for he has forwarded to us a series of

notes on all the birds of this country for publication in the ‘ Birds of

Europe.’

The dcredule may thus be enumerated :—

1. Aecredula caudata (L.). Hab. Scandinavia and the Northern

Palearctic Region generally.

2. Acredula rosea (Blyth). Hab. British Islands and probably

France and the Netherlands.

3. Acredula irbii, S.& D. Hab. Southern Europe.

4. Acredula trivirgata (T.&8.). Hab. Japan.

5. Acredula glaucogularis, Gould (A. swinhowi, Pelz.). Hab.

China. 2

6. Acredula tephronota, Giinth. Hab. Asia Minor.

3. Contributions to the Ornithology of Madagascar.—Part IT.

By R. B. Suarrg, F.L.S., Librarian to the Society, &c.

[Received April 4, 1871.]

(Plate X XXII.)

Mr. Crossley, whose excellent collections formed the basis of my

former communication on this subject (P. Z.S. 1870, p. 384), has

lately returned to England, bringing with him another consignment

of natural-history specimens, amongst which are several fine birds.

These have been submitted to me in due course by Mr. Cutter, of

Great Russell Street ; and the accompanying notes embody my ob-

servations on them. I may premise my description of the birds in-

cluded in it by a few remarks relating to some of the species men-

tioned by me in my former paper, as some of the specimens now sent

by Mr. Crossley afford us additional information respecting them.

The numbers now mentioned refer to those prefixed to the various .

birds in the former article.

1. HypsirETES OUROVANG.

This bird should stand as H. madagascariensis (Miill.) ; cf. Gray’s

Hand-l. of B. i. p. 272, and Sharpe’s Cat. Afr. B. p. 21.

314. MR. R.B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [ Apr. 18,

2. TYLAS EDUARDI.

Tylas eduardi, Hartl.; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 385.

Several specimens of this bird are in the collection just received.

They differ somewhat in coloration, some examples having white

marks on the throat and the bill of a yellowish horn-colour, the upper

plumage being more tinged with brown. I believe these to be

younger birds, as one of my specimens, evidently quite adult, has the

throat jet-black like the rest of the head.

7. CEBLEPYRIS MAJOR.

Ceblepyris major, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 389.

Campephaga major, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 53.

Additional specimens of this Shrike confirm the distinctness of the

species from C. cana.

15. Mysracornis CROSSLEYI.

Mystacornis crossleyi, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 392, pl. xxix., et

Cat. Afr. B. p. 20.

Mr. Crossley, on seeing the plate of this species, was not a little

astonished to find the birds placed on reeds, a locality never affected

by the species at all. He told me that they ran along the ground in

the thick forest, and were shot for him by the natives with blow-pipes ;

so in my recently published Catalogite I relegated the genus Mysta-

cornis to the family Timaliide, of which family there are certainly

some forms present in the Aithiopian region. The reason that I

originally referred the genus Mystacornis to the family Sy/vitde was

the fact of M. Grandidier having originally placed the typical species

in the genus Bernieria, which I was always inclined to consider, along

with Tatare, a Sylviine form closely allied to Calamoherpe. I had

not at that time carefully noticed the remarks published by Mr.

Edward Newton (Ibis, 1863, p. 343) to the effect that the first

specimen of Bernieria which he obtained was seen “ hopping about

in a thicket,’’ while the second example was ‘‘also among some

thick bushes.”’ It seems therefore that Bernierta and Mystacornis

are not reed-birds at all; and I suppose that Ta¢are will prove to be

a forest form also. Mr. George Robert Gray, in the ‘ Hand-list’

(vol. i. p. 194), places Tatare in a subfamily, Tatarina, G. R. Gr.,

at the end of the family T'roglodytide, while Bernieria he places in

his comprehensive genus Criniger, near to C. syndactylus (Xeno-

cichla syndactyla). I believe that this is probably the correct posi-

tion of Bernieria, viz. close to Xenocichla, but that Tatare and Mys-

tacornis must certainly follow.

It will be noticed that Mr. Edward Newton (J. c.) says that the

native name for Bernieria madagascariensis and B. minor were the

same, “Tra-trak,’’ and adds, ‘My people could not detect the

difference, and called them both by the same name.” During his

recent visit to England, M. Jules Verreaux mentioned to me in the

course of conversation that M. Grandidier had taken great pains to

investigate the subject, and had assured himself that these two sup-

“STUVINSNI WHNYHLIMOD

uly suewmanoy =|

1871.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 315

posed species were nothing more than sexes of the same bird, the

large one being the male.

In the last collection brought home by Mr. Crossley was a speci-

men of a Mystacornis which I suppose must be the young bird ; but

it differs from the ordinary species in being of a dull sienna underneath

and in having the head and neck of this colour also. It might very

well be taken for a distinct species, but for the fact that in the female

specimen already in my collection there is a slight tint of rufous on

the crown.

37. CoRETHRURA INSULARIS. (Plate XXXII.)

Corethrura insularis, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 300.

Crex jardinei, Verr. in Vins. Voy. Madag. Ann. B. p. 4 (1865) ;

Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 161 (1868).

In the last collection sent, there are some males of this species

which clearly show that the bird is distinct from Corethrura jardinii

and other species of Corethrura, as I had expected it to be. It is

probably the Crea jardinii of Messrs. Verreaux and Schlegel ; but it

is to be distinguished from the last-named species by its much larger

size and red throat. I subjoin a description of the adult male.

Head, throat, and breast rich chestnut; sides of the neck black,

margined with white on each side of the feather, producing a streaked

appearance; centre of the back and scapulars black, streaked like

the sides of the neck, but with yellowish margins to the feathers

instead of white ; wing-coverts black, all the feathers margined with

whitish ; quills brownish black, irregularly varied with yellowish on

the outer primaries ; the secondaries deep black, irregularly streaked

and spotted with rufous white ; tail deep chestnut ; belly black, longi-

tudinally streaked with white, the abdomen and vent brownish ; under

tail-coverts chestnut, like the tail ; bill black ; feet yellowish brown.

Total length 6°2 inches, culm 05, wing 2°8, tail 1-9, tarsus 0°75,

middle toe 1°15.

The following is a list of the additional species not before men-

tioned by me.

Family CypseLip2.

41. CyPpsELUS GRACILIS, sp. n.

Cypselus parvus et C. unicolor, auct., ex Madagascar.

C. eneo-niger: genis cum colli lateribus et corpore subtus umbrino-

Suscis: gutture paullo albicante, indistincte striato.

Long. tot. 6°2, ale 4°95, caude 2°1, rect. ext. 3°2, med. 2°1

There can be little doubt that the Madagascar Swift above described

is not identically the same as the continental bird. It is in every

respect much darker, and the fork of the tail is not so long. The

specimen described appears to me to be the oldest of the three

brought home by Mr. Crossley, who has not attached any label of

the exact locality to these specimens. They were a few which he

brought with him on his return among his personal baggage, as the

greater part of his collection was so “unfortunate as just to reach

316 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [ Apr. 18,

Paris as the investment of the city was completed, and the cases

were shut up during the whole of the siege. Luckily no injury was

done to any of the specimens.

Another example of this Swift only differs from the one described in

having a few scarcely discernible edgings to the back-feathers, while

the throat is distinctly mottled with black and white ; another, seem-

ingly younger, has the edgings to the dorsal feathers very distinct,

and the whole of the throat white varied with little black markings.

I transcribe Dr. Sclater’s description of C. parvus (from his paper

in P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 601) for the sake of comparison with that of

the Madagascar bird.

« Murino-fuseus, gutture albido fusco striolato: alis et cauda

eneo tinctis: cauda profundissime furcata: long.tota7, ale5:A,

caude@ 1:4, rect. ext. 4, med. 1-4.”

Compared with the Madagascar skins these West-African examples

are always very much paler in colour, rather stouter in form, and have

the tail more conspicuously forked.

Family Coracup.

Subfamily BracHYPTERACIIN.

42. GEOBIASTES SQUAMIGERA.

Geobiastes squamigera (Lafr.) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 186; ed.

Cat. Afr. B. p. 5 (1871).

One specimen, the same mentioned in my paper on the African

Coraciide (Ibis, 1871, p. 184), and on which I founded the genus

Geobiastes.

Family Turpip&.

43. CossyPHA IMERINA.

Cossypha imerina, Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 43 (1861); Verr. in

Vins. Voy. Madag. Ann. B. p. 2 (1865); Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag.

p. 158 (1868).

Cossypha emerina, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 359.

“ Saralalan, January 28, 1870, February 1, 1870. Nossi Vola,

February 1, 1870. Native name Vorun poottat.”

In his well-known ‘Ornithologischer Beitrag zur Fauna Mada-

gascars,’ Dr. Hartlaub first described this pretty species, from an

example brought home by Professor Peters from St. Augustine’s Bay,

and preserved in spirits in the Berlin Museum. The birds which

Mr. Crossley has forwarded agree in the main with the original

description ; but as no mention is made of the colouring of the tail,

which forms one of the most distinctive characters, I cannot guarantee

the absolute correctness of my identification. For the better settle-

ment of the matter, therefore, I subjoin a detailed description of old

and young birds, examples of both of which are contained in Mr.

Crossley’s last consignment. I may mention that in his first col-

lection an adult specimen was forwarded by him, which passed into

the National collection. Mr. G. R. Gray was inclined to consider it

1871.] MR. R.B SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 317

undescribed ; but Iam not aware that he has published any descrip-

tion either of this or of a beautiful new Goatsucker, also discovered

by Mr. Crossley and purchased a year ago by the British Museum.

Adult. Above dull grey, the rump tinged with rufous, the upper

tail-coverts being entirely of this latter colour; the cheeks, forehead,

and eyebrow clearer grey, inclining to blue ; the lesser wing-coverts

dull grey like the back, the rest of the wing-coverts greyish black,

as also are the quills, which are pale rufous on the base of the inner

web ; tail rufous, tipped with black, the two middle feathers being

entirely black ; throat and breast blue-grey, lower part of the breast,

sides of the body, and the under wing- and tail-coverts orange-rufous ;

bill and legs greyish black, the soles of the feet yellowish. Total

length 6 inches, culm 0°65, wing 2°9, tail 2°3, tarsus 0°85.

Young. Olive-brown, everywhere striped and spotted with ochre,

the shaft cf each feather being marked with an ochre stripe broadening

out towards the tip into an apical spot, which is also margined with

black ; rump mottled with rufous ; upper tail-coverts entirely rufous ;

wing-coverts mottled like the back; quills glossy brownish black,

edged with rufous; tail rufous, the feathers shaded with brown to-

wards the tip, the middle feathers brownish, edged with rufous ;

under surface of the body yellowish brown mottled with ochre, each

feather being margined with blackish; the abdomen only slightly

marked with black edgings to the feathers. Total length 6 inches,

culm 0°65, wing 2°85, tail 2-1, tarsus 0:9.

Another specimen, apparently a little older, has a few grey fea-

thers appearing here and there on the head and throat ; and the breast

is losing the mottled appearance and becoming entirely orange; so

that it will be seen that the phases of plumage assumed by the bird

are very similar to those of our common Robin (Erithacus rubecula).

Apparently all Cossyphe go through the same changes, as I have a

series of the common C. caffra which exhibit like phases of dress.

Family NecTarinip%.

44, NECTARINIA NOTATA.

Certhia notata, P. L. S. Miill. Naturh. Anhang, p. 99. no. 32

(1766, ex Buff.); Walden, Ibis, 1870, p23.

Nectarinia angatadiana, Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 52; Roch & EF.

Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 273; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1863, p- 162; E. Newt.

Ibis, 1863, p. 343; A. Newt. P.Z.S. 1865, p- 834; Verr. in Vins.

Voy. Madag. Ann. B. p. 2 (1865); Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool.

1867, p. 355; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 69 (1868); Sharpe,

Cat. Afr. B. p. 38 (1871).

Two specimens from Saralalan.

Family Paripa.

45, HypHERPES CORALLIROSTRIS.

Hypherpes corallirostris, A. Newt. P.Z.S. 1863, p- 85, pl. 13; E.

Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 342.

318 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [ Apr. 18,

Sitta (!!) corallirostris, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. p. 158 (1868).

a, 6. “Saralalan. Tree-climber.”’

Mr. Crossley has sent two specimens of this most interesting bird.

It is difficult to assign a place for this genus, though it seems to me to

be somewhere between the Paride and Sitta ; but it is remarkable for

the extraordinary development of the hind toe, which exceeds the

tarsus in length. It is certainly one of the most curious birds

extant.

Family Muscicapip&.

46. Ps—EUDOBIAS WARDI.

Pseudobias wardi, Sharpe, Ibis, 1870, p. 498, pl. xv.

Pseudobiastes wardi, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 43 (err.).

This bird was described by me (J. c.) as the type of a new genus

Pseudobias, which, by a lapsus calami, I wrote Pseudobiastes in my

catalogue.

Family Lanrp#.

47. ARTAMIA LEUCOCEPHALA.

Artamia leucocephala (Gm.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 47 (1861);

Sclater, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 162; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 348; Verr.

in Vins. Voy. Madag. Ann. B. p. 2 (1865); A. Newt. P. Z.S. 1865,

p. 834; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 355; Schl. & Poll.

Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 83 (1868); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 52 (1871).

Oriolia bernieri, Is. Geoff. St.-Hil.; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 43

(1861); Verr. in Vins. Voy. Madag. Ann. B. p. 2 (1865).

Artamia bernieri, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 86, pl. 25

(1868); Sharpe, Ibis, 1870, p. 214.

*‘ Saralalan.”’

Oriolia bernieri is only the young of this species, as I am in-

formed by my friend M. Jules Verreaux. I have in my collection a

specimen which still retains the remains of rufous barring on the

feathers.

48. VANGA CURVIROSTRIS.

Vanga curvirostris (Gm.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 51 (1861);

Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 274; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 162 ;

E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 348; A. Newt. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 835; Verr.

in Vins. Voy. Madag. Ann. B. p. 2 (1865); Grand. Rev. et Mag.

de Zool. 1867, p. 387; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 99 (1868);

Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 50 (1871).

“Saralalan. Native name Vorun-banga.”

Mr. Crossley has sent three examples of this species, all of which

differ from the other specimens in my collection by being grey on

the under surface, and on the collar which surrounds the neck, instead

of pure white. It is evident, however, that these specimens are only

the young birds ; and I therefore subjoin a description of one of them,

as I believe this state of plumage has not previously been described.

Head black, varied on the forehead and crown with grey;

1871.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 319

lores and cheeks greyish white; entire back black; wing-coverts

black, a few of the lesser ones tipped with greyish white, the greater

ones externally wargined with white towards the tip, forming a very

broad alar bar; one of the feathers slightly tipped with rufous ;

primary coverts black; quills blackish, the primaries externally

margined near their base with fulvous white, merging into grey ;

two of the dorsal secondaries externally margined with white; tail

grey for the basal and black for the apical half, all the feathers tipped

with white; a collar round the back of the neck and the under sur-

face of the body grey, becoming white on the throat and lower abdo-

men; thighs grey; under wing- and tail-coverts white.

Another specimen is very similar to the one above described, but

has all the fore part of the head greyish white, the shafts of the

feathers only being marked with black; the collar round the neck

and under surface of the body are clearer grey; and most of the

secondaries are edged with white, some of them very conspicuously.

This species must be some little time attaining the full plumage.

49. VANGA RUFA.

Artamia rufa (Gm.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 48 (1861); A.

Newt. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 835; Verr. in Vins. Voy. Madag. Ann. B.

p. 2 (1865).

Pachycephala rufa, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 86, pl. 26

(1868).

* Saralalan.”’

This bird appears to me to be a small species of Vanga, differing

only in the bill being a little less compressed. It certainly is not a

true Pachycephala, in which genus Professor Schlegel has placed it ;

nor is it an Artamia, as it differs at once from this genus by the

position of the nostrils, which in Artamia are placed far beyond the

plumes and are unprotected; whereas in Vanga the nostrils are

thickly protected with bristles, and are placed at the base of the

frontal plumes. The shape of the bill also in the two genera is

quite different.

Family PLocrip2.

50. FoupDIA MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Foudia madagascariensis, L.; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 55; Roch

& E. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 275; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 350; A.

Newt. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 836; Verr. in Vins. Voy. Madag. Ann. B.

p- 2 (1865); Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 388; Sharpe,

Cat. Afr. B. p. 62 (1871).

Ploceus madagascariensis, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 109

(1868).

Several specimens in Mr. Crossley’s last collection.

Family Rauiipz,

51. PorzANA PYGMHA.

Porzana pygmea (Naum.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 81 (1861);

320 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW PERCOID FISH. | Apr. 18,

E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 458; Verr. in Vins. Voy. Madag. Ann. B.

p- 4 (1865); Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 160 (1868).

One specimen in Mr. Crossley’s last collection. Mr. Plant sent a

quantity of this species in one of his consignments.

4. Description of a new Percoid Fish from the Macquarie

River. By Dr. A. Gunrner, I’.Z.8.

[Received April 12, 1871.]

(Plate XX XIII.)

The British Museum has recently received an example of an un-

described Percoid Fish from the Macquarie River, which, although

allied to Lates and Oligorus, may be regarded as the type of a di-

stinct genus, to be characterized thus :-—

CTENOLATES.

Seven branchiostegals ; pseudobranchize well developed. All the

teeth villiform, in bands ; teeth on the palatine bones as well as on

the vomer; tongue smooth. The spinous dorsal fin is continuous

with the soft, and composed of ten strong spines ; three anal spines.

Operculum with a flat spine; preeoperculum finely serrated behind,

and with small denticulations on the lower limb; preorbital ser-

rated. Scales small, strongly ctenoid. [Pyloric appendages ? *]

CTENOLATES MACQUARIENSIS. (Plate XXXIII.)

B.7. D.49. A.2. L. lat. 72. L. transv. 12/28.

The height of the body is two-fifths of the total length (without

caudal), the length of the head one-third. ‘The upper profile is very

convex above the nape, and deeply concave above the occiput.

Mouth of moderate width, the maxillary extending to below the

middle of the eye. Mandible prominent. The diameter of the eye

is one-half of the extent of the snout, and one-fourth of the post-

orbital portion of the head. Scales on the cheek numerous, only

half the size of those of the operculum. ‘The denticulations of the

lower preeopercular limb are small, irregularly arranged, directed

forwards. Dorsal spines strong, the fourth the longest, one-third

of the length of the head; the ninth and tenth are equal in length,

much shorter than the rays. Anal spines very strong. Caudal

fins slightly rounded. Pectoral nearly half as long as the head,

rounded. Greenish grey, silvery below.

Total length |2 inches.

* The intestines have been unfortunately removed by the collector.

duit xp ossyarpy ‘SIS NHTYVAOOVIL SHLIVION LO

py SE caste)

1871.] MR. J. BRAZIER ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. 321

5. Descriptions of two new Species of Land-Shells from the

Bellengen River, New South Wales. By J. Brazier,

C.M.Z.S.

1. HeLix BELLENGENENSIS, Sp. nov.

Shell umbilicated, depressedly orbicular, nearly discoid, rather thin,

radiately striated; between the raised strize very finely punctured,

dark chestnut, and covered with a fine silky epidermis ; whorls 43,

moderately convex, rather flattened at the suture, keeled at the

periphery ; base convex, rather finely striated ; aperture subqua-

drately ovate ; peristome white, in some specimens of a faint pink tinge,

moderately reflected ; margins approximating, the upper descending

in front ; columellar portion partly covering the deep umbilicus.

Diameter—greatest 43 lin., least 4, alt. 23 lin.

Hab. Manarm Creek, Bellengen River. (coll. Brazier) ; very rare.

This fine rare species I found on standing dead trees (Lucalypti),

under the bark five feet from the ground. I also obtained a few

under logs on the ground; it likes very wet places.

2. BULIMUS LARREYI, Sp. nov.

Shell imperforate, ventricose, ovate, very thin, transparent, trans-

versely and finely marked with dark interrupted lines ; apex obtuse ;

whorls 4 to 43, convex, last equalling more than one-half of the entire

length ; suture slightly grooved ; below the suture an interrupted yel-

lowish band tessellated with dark spots ; aperture oval, interior glossy ;

peristome simple, acute; columella slightly recurved and reflected.

Length | inch 2 Jin., breadth 6 lin. ; aperture 67 lin., width 4 lin.

Hab. Manarm Creek, Bellengen River, under burnt logs; very

rare (coll. Brazier).

This interesting and new species of Bulimus differs from any of

our known species in being of so light and inflated a form, and in

the characteristic tessellated black spots at the suture. The first

specimen that I obtained of it was on my recent tour to the Bellen-

gen, called by some Bellenger and Billinger River, two hundred

miles to the north of Sydney: it was collected by my intelligent

aboriginal guide King Larrey. During my stay of two months

we only found four specimens; since my return to Sydney I have

received two more from him.

The animal is of an umber colour, full of wrinkles, with three

black stripes, one from each tentacle, and one down the centre of

the back, running longitudinally.

6. Notes on recently described Shells.

By J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S.

1. DoLABRIFERA BRAZIERI.

Dolabrifera brazieri, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 250.

Hab. Northhead, Botany Bay, on the south-east coast of Aus-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXI.

322 MR. J. BRAZIER ON RECENTLY DESCRIBED SHELLS. [ Apr. 18,

tralia. Mr. Sowerby unfortunately places Botany Bay on the south-

west coast. Since I obtained the two specimens that Mr. Sowerby

mentions, I have obtained six more at the Bottle-and-Glass Rocks,

Port Jackson. The animal at present I have not examined.

2. Heitix (TROCHOMORPHA) FESSONIA.

Helix (Trochomorpha) fessonia, Angas, Proc. Zool Soc. 1869,

p- 626, pl. 48. fig. 7.

Trochomorpha transarata, Mousson, Journal de Conch. 1870,

part i. p. 121, pl. 7. fig. 1.

Hab. Kantavu, Fiji Islands, on trees (Brazier) ; interior of Viti

Levu, or Great Fiji (Grafe).

3. Hexicina (TROCHATELLA) TECTIFORMIS.

Helicina tectiformis, Mousson, Journal de Conch. April 1, p. 199,

pl. 8. fig. 7.

Helicina mangoénsis, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. April 28, 1870,

p- 290.

Hab. Mango Island, Fijis (Brazier).

I presume that this species, described by M. Mousson, was also

obtained at Mango by Griiffe.

4, HxeLICINA PLICATILIS.

Helicina norfolkensis, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 391;

Pfr. Mon. Pneu. Vivent. suppl. 1, p. 189, and suppl. 2, p. 220;

Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. ili. p. 292, figs. 373 & 374.

Helicina plicatilis, Mousson, Journal de Conch. 1865, p. 178.

Hab. Upolu, Navigator’s Islands ; found inland on trees (Brazier).

No Helicina has been found on Norfolk Island up to the present

time, and the locality given to this species by the late Mr. H.

Cuming is incorrect. I visited that island seventeen years ago, and

a second time only six years ago. There are only two operculated

species found on it, Palaina cowi, H. Adams, and Omphalotropis

ceres, Pfr.

5. CoLUMBELLA (MITRELLA) ANGASI.

Columbella interrupta, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 56, pl. 2.

figs. 9 & 10.

Hab. Shark Island, Port Jackson (coll. Brazier) ; York’s Penin-

sula, South Australia (Mr. G. F. Angas) ; Hobart Town, Tasmania

(W. F. Petterd).

Mr. Gaskoin described a Columbella interrupta in Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1851; as the species described by Mr. Angas requires a fresh

name, I have called it after him.

1871.] DR, J. C. COX ON AUSTRALIAN SHELLS, 323

7. Descriptions of new Species of Land and Marine Shells

from Australia and the South-Western Pacific. By

James C. Cox, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

[Received March 22, 1871.]

(Plate XXXIV.)

HELIX ALFREDI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 1, 1a.)

H. testa imperforata, depresso-globosa, glabra, nitida, polita, nigro-

brunnea, duabus fasciis opaco-albis ornata, una ad peripheriam,

altera infra suturam; spira late conica; anfractibus quinque,

lente accrescentibus, planiusculis, ultimo antice deflexo; apertura

semiovali; peristomate albo, simplici, breviter reflexo ; columella

dilatata, appressa.

Diam. maj. 0°93, min. 0°82, alt. 0°85 une.

Hab. Solomon Islands (Coll. Hargraves).

This will add another to the large number of beautiful species

which have recently been obtained from this group of Islands. It

is unlike any other species which I have seen; easily recognized by

its black-brown polished appearance, banded by two strongly con-

trasting broad white opaque bands.

I have named this species in honour of Capt. H.R.H. The Duke

of Edinburgh, from whom I received during his late visit to this

colony some valuable species of shells from his private collection.

HELIx MILLICENTA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 2, 2a.)

H. testa imperforata, depresso-globosa, tenui, nitida, obsolete cari-

nata, undique rugoso-granulata; spira elevata, pallide castanea,

Fascia alba ad peripheriam et flammulis opaco-albis undique ornata ;

anfractibus quinque, parum convexis, ultimo antice deflexo ; aper-

tura subangulata, lunato-circulari; peristomate expanso, albo,

breviter reflexo, marginibus conniventibus ; columella dilatata.

Diam. maj. 0°98, min. 0°80, alt. 0°75 une.

Hab. Louisiade Islands (Coll. Cox).

A rather thin, delicate, handsome species, having the general form

of H. fringilla, but being at once distinguished from it by its coarse

wrinkled granular surface and by the absence of the tooth-like pro-

jection of the peristome near the columella.

BULIMUS HARGRAVESI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 3.)

B. testa perforata, fusiformi-oblonga, tenuicula, levi, longitudina-

liter subtiliter striata, transversim striis rugato-crassis, obtectis,

sub epidermide lutescente alba, maculis triangularibus olivaceo-

fuscis generaliter picta; spira oblongato-conica, nuda, apice

acutiuscula, rosea, granulata ; anfractibus 6, convexis, ultimo 2

longitudinis equante ; apertura verticali, elongato-auriformi, intus

albida, nitida, marginibus crassatis, reflexis, albidis, callo non

junctis ; margine collumellari dilatato, superne callo adpresso,

324 DR. J. C. COX ON AUSTRALIAN SHELLS, [Apr. 18,

perforationem obtegente, intus basi usque ad apicem lira albida

spiraliter ductante.

Diam. 1°05, long. 2°60 une.

Hab. Treasury Island, Solomon Islands (Coll. Cox).

As a rule this species varies very little; of the several examples

which I possess, however, some are shorter or wider than the typi-

cal specimens, while others are much lighter in colour and not so

decidedly rosy at the apex.

VOLUTA KINGI, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 4.)

V. testa oblongo-ovata, crassa, ponderosa ; spira brevi, acuminata,

apice vie papillari ; anfractibus levibus, superne declivibus, deinde

tumido-angulatis ; columella quadriplicata; apertura longiuscula;

labro simplici, fusco-flavida aut fulvo, polito; columella et aper-

ture fauce intense aurantio tincta.

Diam. 1°40, long. 3 unc.

Hab. King’s Island, Bass’s Straits.

Several fine specimens of this new species have lately been ob-

tained; it has the form of the shorter specimens of Voluta angasi,

but it is a more ponderous shell, and at once distinguished by its

polished exterior and dark orange-coloured interior.

VoOLUTA CONIFORMIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI1V. fig. 5.)

V. testa oblongo-pyriformi vel coniformi, solida; spira brevissima,

obtusa; anfractibus longitudinaliter regulariter fortiter striatis, et

transverse striatis cum lineis fortiter undulatis ; columella quadri-

plicata, plicis transversis et purvis ; apertura subangustata, prope

spiram longiuscula, ascendente; intus violaceo-brunnea; labro

simplici ; fulvescenti-brunnea, obscure trifasciata, fasciis valde

trigono-reticulatis, et maculis irregulariter ornata.

Diam. 1°40, long. 2°80 une.

Hab. Nichol Bay, N.W. Australia.

So far only a single specimen of this fine species has been obtained.

Its solid cone-like form, obtuse and rounded spire, and in particular

‘its peculiar sculpturing by regular longitudinal striee, decussated at

right angles by coarser waved strize, will at once distinguish it from

any other described species. In my opinion this species will create

a well-marked subgenus of Voluta.

Votuta puncraTa, Reeve. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 6.)

Hitherto this rare shell has been very indifferently represented in

the various works illustrating conchology. As I have lately added

to my collection many fine specimens of this species, I send you one

to figure. The regular rows of square dark orange spots with which

this species is represented in Reeve’s ‘Conc. Icon.’ (Dec. 1849)

from a broken and worn specimen in the British Museum are not to

be depended upon, being more frequently absent than otherwise ;

they are, as a rule, scattered irregularly over the surface of the shell.

This species has rather a wide range on the east coast of Australia,

my specimens having been collected from various localities between

ALTON

~The

Ma N Hanharbimp

1871.] MR. SCLATER ON THE SHELL OF A RIVER-TORTOISE., 325

Port-Jackson Heads and the mouth of the Clarence River; and it

probably ranges further north.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXIV.

Figs. 1, La. Helix alfredi, p. 323. | Fig. 4. Voluta kingi, p. 324.

2, 2a. millicente, p. 323. 5, —— coniformis, p. 324.

3. Bulimus hargravesi, p. 323. | 6. punctata, p. 324.

May 2, 1871.

The Viscount Walden, President, in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited the shell of a River-tortoise of the genus

Pelomedusa from the Upper Zambesi, and made the following re-

marks upon it :—

“Mr. E. L. Layard has placed in my hands for examination the

shell of a River-tortoise obtained on the Upper Zambesi by Mr. J.

Chapman during his well-known expedition, which seems to indicate

the existence in that district of a species of Pelomedusa more nearly

allied to P. gehafie of Eastern Africa than to P. galeata, the com-

mon species of the Cape Colony. In P. galeata the two pectoral

shields of the thorax unite in the middle line and form a suture

which is nearly two-thirds of the length of the suture between the

two abdominal shields. In P. gehafie the pectoral shields terminate

on their inner sides in angular points, which do not meet together

in the middle line, so that the brachial shields join on to the abdo-

minal and entirely divide the pectorals from the middle line. This

is shown well in Riippell’s figure (Neue Wirbelth. Amph. t. 1), ina

living specimen of P. gehafie in the Society’s collection, and in all

the examples of this species that I have yet seen. In the present

specimen, however, the pectorals come very nearly, if not quite, up

to the median line; and there is also some difference in the shape of

the other plates, the gulars and intergular being broader and not so

deep. Under these circumstances I was inclined to think that the

Zambesian Pelomedusa might be referable to a distinct species, espe-

cially looking to the very different locality. But Dr. Peters, who

has been kind enough to compare the specimen with those of P.

gehafie in the Berlin Museum, finds amongst the latter one from

Sennaar which approximates to the Zambesian example in the pec-

torals running nearer together, so that I am not willing to found a

new species upon a single shell.

“It would be advisable, however, that more examples of the Pelo-

medusa of the Upper Zambesi should be obtained, and further com-

parisons made, as the extension of a species hitherto considered

326 MR. W. H. HUDSON ON THE BIRDS OF BUENOS AYRES. [May 2,

to be restricted to Abyssinia and Sennaar so far south is certainly a

noteworthy although not unprecedented fact.

Sternum of Pelomedusa from the Zambesi (nat. size).

“On the Lower Zambesi Dr. Peters found P. galeata, the common

species of the Cape Colony (with which P. nigra, Gray, of Natal, is,

im my opinion, identical*) abundant.”

The following (twelfth +) letter on the ornithology of Buenos Ayres,

addressed to the Secretary by Mr. W. H. Hudson, C.M.Z.S., was

read :— «Buenos Ayres, Septemher 22, 1870.

“ Dear Srtr,—As I have so far always made the species that in-

terested me most at the moment of writing the subject of my letters,

I will now say something of the Swallows of this country ; for these

ever welcome little emigrants are at present hourly arriving and scat-

tering themselves far and wide over the plains of Buenos Ayres.

* See also Strauch, Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. ser. 7, vol. viii. p. 111.

tT See anted p. 258, for eleventh letter. =

1871.] MR. W. H. HUDSON ON THE BIRDS OF BUENOS AYRES. 327

“‘The Hirundo leucorrhoa is the most common of our Swallows,

and in its glossy coat of deep blue and green, with rump and under-

plumage snowy white, is an elegant and beautiful bird. They are

the last of all the migratory species to leave us in autumn, and in-

variably reappear in small numbers on every warm day in winter, so

that some people do not believe that they leave us at all, but only

retire to the more sheltered places when the weather is severe. In

the winter of 1869 I saw three of them skimming over the plain on

one of the coldest days I have ever experienced ; the thermometer

having stood at 29°Fahr. the preceding evening. But those that

remain through the winter with us are apparently only a few indi-

viduals, while in the autumn myriads are seen passing north in their

migration, and some years continue passing for upwards of a month.

In April 1869, several days after all the Swallows of our five species

had totally disappeared, flights of the kind I am describing began

again to appear passing north ; and for ten days afterwards they con-

tinued to pass. They would descend to sip water from a pool where

I watched them, alighting afterwards on the reeds and bushes

to rest. Many of them appeared quite tired with their journey,

rising reluctantly when approached, and some allowing me to stand

within two yards of them without flying. I had never before ob-

served any supplementary or later migration like this; and last

autumn (1870) certainly nothing of the kind took place. Probably

the migration of this species extends very far south ; at present they

are passing in great numbers, and have been so passing for the last

fifteen days.

“They sometimes build in a tree, in the large nest, previously aban-

doned, of the Senatero (Anumbius acuticaudatus). I have had

occasion before, and shall have it again in descriptions of other

species, to mention that interesting bird and its great nest.

“Tt is, however, under the eaves of houses that these Swallows

ptincipally breed ; and there is not a house on the pampas, however

humble it be, but some of these birds are about it, sportively skimming

over and about the roof or curiously peering under the eaves and

incessantly uttering their gurgling, happy notes. Indeed their

fondness for being close to a house is so remarkably strong that in

their longest excursions they are seldom more than five minutes

absent from it.

** For a month or six weeks before they begin to build, they seem to

be holding an incessant dispute; and however many eligible chinks

and holes there may be, the contention is always just as great among

_ them, and is doubtless referable to opposing claims to the best places.

The excited twittering, the constant striving of two birds to alight on

the same square inch of wall, and the chases they lead each other round

and round the house, that always end exactly where they began, tell

of clashing interests and great unreasonableness on the part of some

among them. By-and-by the quarrel takes a more serious aspect ;

apparently every argument of which a Swallow is capable has been

exhausted, and a compromise more impossible than ever, and so

fighting begins. Most vindictively do the little things clutch each

328 MR. W. H. HUDSON ON THE BIRDS OF BUENOS AYRES. [ May 2,

other, and tumble to the earth twenty times an hour, often struggling

on the ground for a considerable time, and heedless of the screams

of alarm their fellows set up above them; for often while they lie

struggling do they fall an easy prey to some wily pussy, who thrives

on their disputes. When these troubles and feuds are finally ended,

they address themselves diligently to their great work, and build a

rather large nest. They are not neat or skilful workers, but merely

stuff a great quantity of straw and other light material into the hole

they build in, and line it thickly with feathers and horsehair. The

eggs are white and pointed, from five to seven in number.

‘‘All those species that are liable at any time to become the victims

of raptorial birds are much beholden to this Swallow, as he is the

most vigilant sentinel they possess: often when the Hawk is still far

off and the other birds unsuspicious of his approach, the Swallows

suddenly rush up towards the sky with a wild rapid flight, announcing

the evil tidings with distracted screams. These are well understood ;

and the alarm spreads like lightning through the feathered tribes,

which are all in terrified commotion, crouching in the grass and

plunging into thickets, or mounting upwards to escape by flight. I

have often wondered at this; for surely this swift-winged little bird

is the least likely to fall a prey himself.

“They have another habit which cannot but be grateful to the mind

of every lover of nature who is an early riser. An hour before

sunrise and ere any wild bird has broken the profound silence of

night, multitudes of these Swallows, as at the signal of a leader,

begin their song, at the same time mounting upwards into the still

dusky sky. ‘Their notes at this time are different from the hurried

twitterings they utter through the day; they are impressive, and,

though soft, may be heard at a long distance; sounding far and

near, up in the sky, from so many throats, they have a most charming

effect that seems in peculiar harmony with the shadowy morning

twilight.

‘““ We often see a Swallow here bearing a general resemblance to the

H. leucorrhoa, but larger than that bird, without the blue and green

reflections or colouring, and with a tinge of chestnut on the neck,

rump, and sides.

“Tt does not breed or remain any time with us; but we see so much

of it that it should, I think, have its place in our ornithology. I

regret to say that I do not know its name or summer-home, not

possessing any of those large works on South-American species that

could probably enlighten me on the subject*. But even the neces-

sarily imperfect notice I can give of it will perhaps enable you to

determine its species. I have scattered through my papers numbers

of notes on this Swallow, having observed it much to discover the

direction of its flight; but I have always found it very irregular in

its movements and times of appearing, also that it is vastly more

numerous some years than others. Indeed sometimes a season

passes without one individual being seen ; other years they have only

* This species may possibly be Petrochelidon americana (Gm.), (= Hirundo

pyrrhonota, Vieill.).—P. L. 8S.

1871.] vISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS OF CELEBES. 329

appeared very late in autumn. I find the following entries in an old

note-book of mine:—‘ The first larger white-rumped Swallows I

have seen this season appeared to-day (March 18, 1865); but a very

few were visible, though the day was sultry and still.’ ‘They con-

tinued to pass every day, observing a north-easterly direction, until

the 25th, when a storm came up from the south and cooled the air.’

** But other years they have appeared in spring or early in summer,

and, from the south-westerly direction to which they proceed at such

times, I am inclined to believe that their summer habitat is in the

mountain-region of Western Patagonia. It is remarkable that some

years they have continued to pass all, or a greater part of, the hot

season, and sometimes appear in vast numbers. Thus in the autumn

of 1863 I had a good opportunity of observing them here, as every

day thousands of them would descend to the stream near my house

to glide over the surface, sip and dip themselves in the water in the

manner common to all the Swallows. All the birds that arrived

through the hotter part of the day would remain by the stream and

congregate by thousands on the bushes; but two or three hours

before sunset they would rise up and scatter about the sky and then

proceed north or north-east ; this continued for many days ; and they

have never since been so numerous.

*“They do not, like other birds, when migrating proceed with

a rapid flight in a straight line, but are always seen leisurely circling

about the sky with a serene graceful flight, never in close flocks, but

scattered about here and there—first one bird passing, a minute or

so afterwards another, then two or three, and so on for a great

part of the day.

‘Their notes differ much from those of all our other Swallows—

the birds incessantly uttering, as they circle about on high, a series of

remarkable sounds resembling somewhat the creaking of the ungreased

axle of a vehicle dragged along at a very slow rate of speed.

“In my next letter I will proceed te describe the other Swallows

found in this neighbourhood.”

Professor Flower, F.R.S., exhibited, and made remarks on, the

mounted skeleton of the young Hippopotamus (Hippopotamus am-

phibius) recently born in the Society’s Gardens, which had been

prepared for the collection of the Royal College of Surgeons.

The skin of this specimen, which had been likewise mounted, was

stated to have been placed in the Giratfe-house in the Society’s Gar-

dens for the examination of visitors.

The Viscount Walden, President of the Society, read a memoir on

the birds of the Island of Celebes. Lord Walden commenced his

paper with the following observations :—

‘Situated in the midst of the vast collection of islands which

contribute to form the Malay archipelago, Celebes possesses an avi-

fauna of a type peculiar to itself. The geographical position of the

island and the leading characteristics of its fauna have been so clearly

330 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS OF CELEBES. [ May 2,

explained and depicted by Mr. Wallace*, that it is almost umne-

cessary for me to add any observations of my own on these points.

“This great naturalist has shown that the principal and most

striking peculiarity of the fauna of Celebes is its individuality—a

generalization fully supported by the evidence furnished by its birds ;

and it is the chief object of this paper to give a list of all the birds

authentically recorded as inhabitants of Celebes, and to show in some

detail the zoogeographical relation of its genera and species.

“Our knowledge of the Celebean ornis has been principally de-

rived from the discoveries of the Dutch travellers Forsten, Von

Rosenberg, and Bernstein, and from those of Mr. Wallace. Yet

although the Dutch naturalists and our great English traveller ran-

sacked those parts of Celebes they traversed or resided in, they all

more or less covered the same ground. The larger portion of the

island (fully two-thirds of its area) still remains ornithologically

unknown.

‘All the species yet described from Celebes appear to have been

obtained from the districts of Macassar and Bonthain in the south,

and from the districts of Gorontalo and Minahassa in the north.

That part of the island which stretches north from about the fifth

parallel S. lat. to the Gulf of Tontoli, and west thence to Limbaito,

the lesser of the two eastern limbs of the island, the whole of the

south-east limb, and all the central country from which these limbs

extend seem to have never been explored by an ornithologist.

«The group of islands of which Peling is the largest, and which

are only separated from the Sula Islands by the Greyhound Straits,

the Togian or Schildpad Islands in the Gulf of Tomini, the islands

of Pagasane and of Beeton, the island of Saleyer, with its train of

smaller satellites almost connecting Celebes with Flores, are nearly

wholly unknowr. The Sanghir Islands in the north, and the Sula

Islands to the east, although as yet only partially investigated, have

been shown to possess some species identical with those found in

Celebes; consequently they have been regarded by recent authors as

forming along with Celebes a separate zoological subarea. But I

propose in the following list to include only those species of birds

which are known to inhabit the island of Celebes itself. A more

definite and more accurate idea of the peculiarities of the Celebean

ornis will thus be presented than if genera which occur in the Sula

Islands were placed side by side with Celebean genera. If we threw

together the ornis of the Sula Islands with that of Celebes we shall

find non-Celebean genera (such as Criniger, Ceyx, Platycercus,

Pachycephala, and Monarcha) appearing in the list ; and the really

anomalous character of the Celebean avifauna actually existing on

the main island would thereby be apparently greatly modified.

“Mr. Wallace (op. cit. i. p. 425) has estimated the number of

known Celebean species of birds at one hundred and ninety-one. [

have only been able to add two more to that number; yet there are

doubtless many more species represented by Celebean examples in

the museums of Europe. On the other hand, many species have

* Malay Archipelago, i. chap. xviii.

1871.| VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS OF CELEBES. 331

been described as possessing a Celebean origin which most assuredly

do not occur in the island.

‘To give a clear idea of the geographical relation of the Celebean

avifauna I have thrown its one hundred and forty-nine genera into

tables, and classed them according to the regions and subregions

they may be said to belong to. The geographical character of a

genus has been determined according to the area which possesses the

preponderating number of species. Thus Artamus is classed as an

Australian genus, because at least thirteen species of it occur within

the Australian region, while one only is peculiar to the Indian;

Arachnothera as an Indian genus, although one species is found in

New Guinea.

“« By means of these tables it will be seen that thirty-eight Indian

genera occur in Celebes ; of these, three are peculiarly Indo-Malayan.

“Taste I.—Showing the Indian genera found in Celebes.—

N.B. Those peculiar to the Indo-Malayan subregion are marked

with an asterisk.

1. Poliornis. 14. Craniorrhinus. 27. Arachnechthra.

2. Spilornis. 15. Lyncornis. 28. Diceum.

3. Polioaétus. 16. Pelargopsis. 29. Arachnothera.

4. Limnaétus. 17. Callialeyon. *30. Prionochilus.

5. Neopus. 18. Geocichla. 31. Munia.

6. Lophospiza. 19. Broderipus. *32. Padda.

7. Mierax. 20. Trichostoma. 33. Acridotheres.

8. Ephialtes. 21. Cyornis. 34. Sturnia.

9. Loriculus. 22. Myiolestes. 35. Osmotreron.

10. Yungipicus. 23. Hypothymis. 36. Gallus.

11. Mulleripicus. 24. Athopyga. 37. Erythra.

12. Phenicopheus. 25. Nectarophila. 38. Rallina.

*13. Centrococcyx. *26. Anthreptes.

“The next table consists of the twenty-three Australian genera

which are also Celebean. Two of these appear to be peculiar to

the Australian subregiont ; of the remainder some are Papuan, and

some extend into the Polynesian subregion.

“Taste I].—Showing the Australian genera found in Celebes.—

N.B. Those belonging especially to the Australian subregion

are marked with a dagger (tT); to the Papuan$ with an aste-

risk (*).

*1. Teraspiza. *9. Dicrurus. 17. Phlegenas.

*2. Erythrospiza. 10. Artamus. *18. Myristicivora.

3. Cacatua. 1]. Graucalus. *19. Lamprotreron.

*4. Tanygnathus. 12. Lalage. *20. Iotreron.

5. Trichoglossus. *13. Chalcostetha. *21. Leucotreron.

6. Sauropatis. 2 *14. Zonenas. 22. Megapodius.

Collocalia. *15. Turaceena. +23. Hydralector.

+8. Scythrops. *16. Calenas.

¢ Conf. Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 125.

§ The Papuan Dicruri are generically separable.

332 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS OF CELEBES. [May 2,

«Eighteen Celebean genera may be considered common to the

Indian and Australian regions, the proportion of species in each re-~

gion being about equal. Some occur outside the limits.

« Tas e I1].—Showing the genera found in Celebes which are also

common to the Indian and Australian regions.—N.B. Genera

which do not occur in the Polynesian subregion are marked

with an asterisk.

* Tachyspiza. * Macropteryx. * Macropygia.

* Haliastur. * Hirundinapus. * Chaleophaps.

* Cuncuma. * Pitta. * Geopelia.

* Baza. * Volvocivora. * Muscadivora.

* Fudynamis. * Calornis. *Excalfactoria.

Cacomantis. * Ducula. * Hsacus.

“Fifty-eight are genera which are found within the limits of the

Indian region and also beyond. Eight of these belong to the Rapacee,

six to the Picarie, two to the Galline, twenty-five to the Gralle, ten

to the Anseres, and only seven to the Passeres. Nine of these fifty-

eight genera are unrepresented in the Australian subregion.

«Taste [V.—Showing the genera represented in Celebes which

likewise occur both within and beyond the limits of the Indian

region.—N.B. Genera not occurring in the Australian sub-

region are marked with an asterisk.

Melanopelargus.

Falcinellus.

Ardea.

Herodias.

Ardetta.

Demiegretta.

Ardeola.

Nycticorax.

Butorides.

* Querquedula.

Mareca.

Dendrocygna.

Hydrochelidon.

Onychoprion.

Pelecanopus.

Plotus.

Phalacrocoraz.

Dysporus.

Podtceps.

“The following nine genera are peculiar to the island of Ce-

Tinnunculus. Corvus.

* Hypotriorchis. *Turtur.

* Pernis. Turni«.

Milvus. Eudromias.

Elanus. Aigialites.

Circus. Charadrius.

Athene. Strepsilas.

Strix. Himantopus.

Hirundo. Porphyrio.

Merops. Hypotenidia.

* Ooracias. Rallina.

Eurystomus. Gallinula.

* Alcedo. Numenius.

* Buceros. Actitis.

Acrocephalus. Lobipes.

Cisticola. Totanus.

* Budytes. Limosa,

* Pratincola. Tringa.

* Monticola. Gallinago.

Zosterops.

lebes :—

Meropogon. Artamides.

Monachalcyon. Gazzola.

Ceycopsis. Strepticitta.

Enodes.

Scissirostrum.

Megacephaton.

1871.] VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS OF CELEBES. 333

One genus is restricted to Celebes and the Sanghir islands,

Cittura ;

one to Celebes and the Philippines,

Prioniturus ;

and one to Celebes and Ceram,

Basilornis.

‘* Of these twelve genera, Meropogon, Strepticitta, and Basilornis

belong to the non-Australian families; Gazzola to the almost uni-

versal Corvine; Monachalcyon, Ceycopsis, and Cittura are isolated

genera of a family in which the Australian region is pre-eminently

rich ; Hnodes and Scissirostrum have affinities with genera common

to the Indian and Australian regions; Megacephalon is strictly

Australian. The affinities of Prioniturus seem to be with Australian

genera.

“The total number of Celebean genera also found within the

Indian region, but not in the Australian, is forty-eight *.

** The total number of Celebean genera also occurring in the Aus-

tralian region, but not in the Indian, is twenty-three. If we compare

these numbers, we find that Celebes contains twenty-five more Indian

than Australian genera.

“If we make the same comparison by orders, the following results

are obtained :— , : , :

Indian region. Australian region.

EEG Lg hs 5 ea ee SE PN 3

BABICER G56 os ats steer, LO 2

Pica @ a eer at ss Se Ld 3

IP OSSO7 C8 Bess. ches oth a aah peties 20 5

Columb Gare ase visite hose 2 8

Gallina tes. gs mes feos Cade 1 1

OETA RE ET eee 2 1

ARSCRORTA Sch Son hie we sferatuse 1 0

otal.) ate ccecc. 48 23

“So while the Celebean Rapaces and Passeres contain a large

majority of Indian genera, in the Pst¢aci and Columbe Australian

genera preponderate. Loricu/us is classed as an Indian genus; yet

until the zoogeographical positions of the Philippines and of Celebes

are determined the zoogeographical characters of Loriculus cannot

be established. Within the limits of the Philippine and Celebean

areas, seven out of the thirteen known species occur. Another, L.

amabilis, a representative form of the Celebean L. stigmatus, occurs

in the Sanghir Islands, and is also Papuan, being found at Gilolo and

Batchian. The remaining five, one of which (L. flosculus) is the Flores

representative of the Javan Z. pusillus, are peculiar to the Indian

region. If, then, we cease to regard Loriculus as having an Indian

* Tt is true that Buceros, Alcedo, Budytes, and Pratincola occur in some of

the Papuan and Moluccan islands; but they cannot be considered as genera be-

longing to the Australian region.

334 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS OF CELEBES. [May 2,

origin, all the five genera of Psittaci known in Celebes are either

Australian or peculiar. The Columbe while imparting a decided, it

may even be affirmed an absolute, Australian character to the Cele-

bean avifauna, as clearly indicate a very close Philippine affinity.

“Among the Galline, Gallus and Megapodius are severally re-

presentatives of equally important typical families, characterizing one

the Indian, the other the Australian region. But Celebes and the

Philippines* are the only areas where representatives of the Phasi-

anide and Megapodide are associated.

“Among the Picaria, the presence of Scythrops can hardly be

deemed sufficient to balance the two genera of Picide, more espe-

cially if Seythrops be migratory in Celebes, as in Australia. But

though three of the genera belonging to the Alcedinide are Indian,

yet the great richness of the family in Celebes forms an important

element in favour of the Australian nature of the Celebean ornis.

** But to obtain a still more complete conception of the zoogeo-

graphical characters of Celebean ornithology, the following tables

have been prepared, showing the principal Indian and Australian

genera that do not occur in the island.

“Notwithstanding the great preponderance of Indian genera,

some entire families, and a large number of genera characteristic of,

if not altogether peculiar to, the Indian regions are wanting in Ce-

lebes. For instance, the following important families are without

representation :—

Sittide. Paride. Lanide.

Trogonide. Brachypodide. Alaudide.

Megalaimide. Pycnonotide.

‘And the great families of the Picide and Timaliide are but

poorly indicated—the first by two genera, the last by but a single

genus. Among the Gralle and Anseres, the Otidide, Cursoride,

Glareolide and Gruide, and the Phenicopteride, all families having

representation in the Indian region, appear to be unknown in Ce-

lebes. The absence of the Vulturide is a feature in common with

the whole Indo-Malayan region. The number of Anatide and

Laride recorded from Celebes is so small that it seems probable that

members of those families have been overlooked by collectors.

“After excluding from the list of genera found in the Indian

region all those that do not likewise form an Indo-Malayan habitat,

at least eighty-eight Indian genera are absent from Celebes ; of these

twelve are purely Indo-Malayan.

“‘TasLe V.—Showing the principal Indian genera which are wanting

in Celebes.—N.B. Purely Indo-Malayan genera are marked

with a dagger.

Teraz. Bulaca. Batrachostomus.

Ketupa. Phodilus. + Eurylaimus.

* Tt is as yet uncertain whether the Philippine Gallus inhabits the same

islands as the Philippine Megapodiz. Gallus is only known for certain to occur

in Luzon.

1871.]| visCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS OF CELEBES. 335

Psarisomus. Mizornis. Eulabes.

+ Corydon. Malacopteron. Ploceus.

+Cymbirhynchus. +Macronyz. Passer.

+ Calyptomena. Alcippe. Mirafra.

Harpactes. Timalia. Paleornis.

Ceyzx. Megalurus. Megalaima,

Nyctiornis. Garrulax. Aantholema.

Chalcococcyz. Pomatorhinus. Meiglyptes.

Dendrophila. Pteruthrius. Hemicircus.

Chalcoparia. Parus. Micropternus.

Orthotomus. + Platylophus. Chrysocolaptes.

Prinia. Lanius. Chrysophlegma.

Enicurus. Tephrodornis. Tiga.

Corydalla. Buchanga. Sasia.

Copsychus. Dissemurus. Rhopodytes.

Cittocinela. Chaptia. Coccystes.

Phyllornis. Bhringa. +Peloperdiz.

Tora. Pericrocotus. Arborophila.

Hypsipetes. Hemipus. Perdicula.

Ixos. Eumyias. Pavo.

Brachypodius. +Philentoma. +Argusianus.

Pycnonotus. Tchitrea. Polyplectron.

Tole. ’ Leucocirca., Euplocamus.

Criniger. Cissa. TRollulus.

Irena. +Temnurus. Metopidius.

Analcipus. Dendrocitta. Gallicrez,

Brachypteryz. Crypsirhina. Hydrophasianus.

Myiophonus.

“The islands to the eastward of Celebes (the Papuan or Austro-

Malayan region of Mr. Wallace) are characterized by a large number

of peculiar genera. Of these at least forty-four are absent from

Celebes. Besides the families of the Epimachide and the Paradi-

seide, important groups, such as Podargus, Pachycephala, and

Manucodia, are all wanting. Nor does a single Papuan Muscicapine

form occur in Celebes. Papuan genera belonging to the two great

orders Psittact and Columbe, orders which are so largely developed

in the Australian region, and in no part of that region to a greater

extent than in its Papuan subregion, are found in Celebes. This

fact is justly regarded as sufficient to stamp the ornis of that island

with a Papuan character. Yet among the Psittacide such essen-

tially typical Australian genera (also Papuan) as Lorius and Pla-

tycercus do not extend to Celebes. And several peculiar Papuan

types are there unknown. The Columbz of the Papuan subregion

are well represented in Celebes ; yet, with one exception (Phlegenas),

all the Papuan genera of the Gouride are missing*.

“« By the annexed table it will also be seen that several remarkable

Papuan forms belonging to another characteristic Papuan family

(Alcedinide) are not found in Celebes.

* Calenas is a migratory form.

336 VISCOUNT WALDEN ON THE BIRDS OF CELEBES. [May 2,

‘‘Taste VI.—Showing the principal Austro-Malayan or Papuan

genera which do not occur in Celebes.

Henicopernis. Petroica. Gymnocorvus.

Podargus. Peltops. Eos.

Aigotheles. Macherirhynehus. Lorius.

Eurystopodus. Arses. Geoffroyius.

Choucalcyon. Monarcha. Charmosyna.

Mellidora. Piezorhynchus. Platycercus.

Cyanalcyon. Micreea. Psittacula (Cyelo-

Syma. Todopsis. psitta).

Alcyone. Mimeta. Nasiterna.

Myzomela. Rectes. Microglossum.

Entomophila. Cracticus. Dasyptilus.

Glyciphila. Pachycephala. Trogon.

Meliphaga. Myjiolestes. Goura.

Anthochera. Manucodia. Henicophaps.

Philemon. Ptilonorhynchus. Casuarius.

Gerygone. Lycocorax.

‘* The zoogeographical relationship of the Philippines and Celebes,

as exemplified by their birds, has been adverted to by Mr. Wallace

and other writers. Unfortunately the Philippine archipelago, with

its twelve hundred islands, has been but imperfectly explored ; while

the localities of many, if not of all the known Philippine species are

but vaguely ascertained. Luzon, the island whose ornithology has

been the most investigated, is the furthest off from Celebes, and has

the large island of Mindanao and many of less importance intervening.

The resemblance which exists between the Celebean and Philippine

avifaunas rests on the occurrence of Papuan genera in Mindanao, and

perhaps in South Luzon, which likewise occur in Celebes: Cacatua,

Cyclopsitta, Tanygnathus, Phleganas*, Hemiphaga, and Megapodius

may be cited. ‘Two genera seem to be confined to Celebes and the

Philippines— Prioniturus and Pyrrhocentor ; this last is only known

from Mindanao. Megapodius cumingi (Gould) is stated by Camel

(v. Martens, op. cit.) to be found at T'abon in Mindanao and in

Mindoro. The exact habitats of the other genera remain to be de-

termined. The known Philippine genera of the Picarie and Pas-

seres are nearly all Indo-Malayan; but then they have mostly been

as yet only obtained from the neighbourhood of Manilla. They

include characteristic Indian genera unknown in Celebes. Such are,

besides Hierax, Harpactes, Chrysocolaptes, and several other Picide,

Xantholema, Irena, Copsychus, Cittacinela, Tchitrea, Ixos, Hypsi-

petes, Parus, and genera such as Lanius and Turdus.

“That Mindanao contains a strong Indian element, however, is

shown by the fact that Xantholema, Irena, and Copsychus have

been there obtained; Jrena also occurs in the island of Panay.

Thus enough is known of the Philippine ornis to justify anticipation,

when worked out, of highly interesting zoogeographical facts, but

* Phiegenas luzonica (Scop.), = cruenta (Gm.), is said by Bureta to occur in

the Calamines (conf. y. Martens, J. fir O. 1866, p. 25).

1871.j MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 337

not sufficient to enable us to determine the degree of relationship

between the avifauna of the Philippine and Celebean areas.

“The absence of the two genera Criniger and Rhipidura in

Celebes constitutes one of the many peculiarities of its ornis. Cri-

niger, represented in the neighbouring Sula Islands by a peculiar

species, possesses other representatives in many of the Moluccan

islands and throughout the Indo- Malayan subregion.

“Rhipidura is still more widely and largely represented in the

whole Australian region, and in the Indo-Malayan subregion, having

representatives in all the islands of the Malay archipelago, excepting

Celebes and the Sula Islands.

“Then, again, the presence of the two genera Coracias and Myia-

lestes is equally remarkable ; for they are both unknown in any part

of the Indo-Malayan region, and only reappear on the mainland of

Asia.

“After rejecting all those species whose Celebean origin does not

rest upon thé most undoubted authority, I find that the number of

birds inhabiting Celebes amounts to,’ at least, one hundred and

ninety-three. Of this number sixty-five are peculiar to the island.

Twenty more are found also in the Sula Islands, or the Sanghir

group, making a total of eighty-five species peculiar to Celebes and

the two gronps just mentioned. Of the remaining one hundred and

eight species, fifty-five have Indian affinities (that is, are elsewhere

only found in the Indian region as opposed to the Australian), though

many extend beyond the limits of the Indian region; fourteen are

found in the Australian and not in the Indian region, and twenty-

eight are common to both regions ; eight more species seem to be

confined to the Moluccan islands ; and three, not included above, are

doubtfully found beyond Celebes: these are Elanus hypoleucos,

Ephialtes menadensis, and the Celebean form of Totreron melano-

cephala.”’

This paper will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. A Revised Catalogue of the Birds of China and its

Islands, with Descriptions of New Species, References to

former Notes, and occasional Remarks. By Roserr

SwinuHok, F.Z.S.

[Received March 15, 1871.]

1. Gypatrus BarBatus, Cuv. ; Ibis, 1867, p. 413; P. Z. 8. 1870,

p. 430.

I have seen, in the museum attached to the Catholic Mission at

Pekin, a Bearded Vulture, procured by Pére Armand David in the

mountains west of that city. There is also a specimen of it in the

British Museum, marked “ China.”

Proc. Zoou. Suoc.—1871, No. XXII.

338 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

2. VuLTuR monacuvus, L. ; Ibis, 1867, p. 413.

There are specimens of this Vulture in the Peking Museum,

procured by Pére David from the mountains in the north-west of the

Chelee Province.

3. AquiLa cHrysazETos, Cuv.; P. Z.8. 1870, p. 443.

Eagles were several times seen by myself in the Nankow Pass, on

the road from Peking to Mongolia, but I was not able to determine

the species. Pére David identifies the resident species of these moun-

tains with the Golden Eagle, and mentions meeting with a large

variety, with longer bill and white tarse (“‘ Catalogue des oiseaux a

Pékin,”’ Nouv. Arch. du Muséum d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, tome iii.

1867), which Mr. Gurney tells me he has seen from Denmark and

also from Algeria. Mr. Gurney adds that ‘‘ the specimens were in

other respects in the usual plumage of the second year. The Danish

examples were certainly large and fine, the Algerian not particularly

so. At present I have seen no sufficient difference to make me think

that there are two species or races of Golden Eagle.”

4. Aquiua BirasciaTA, J. E. Gray.

Aquila heliaca, P. Z.S. 1863, p. 259; Ibis, 1865, p. 347.

Mr. Howard Saunders has demonstrated to this Society * that the

eastern form of Imperial Eagle differs, in its first plumage at least,

from the European bird, and is apparently a distinct species. M.

Milne-Edwards refers to Dr. Gray’s name a bird sent from Pekin

by Pére David, on which the Abbé remarks, ‘“‘ common on our moun-

tains and in Mongolia.”” This species has been shot in the imma-

ture plumage in winter at Foochow; and I have noticed it in adult

plumage with white scapulars on Ape’s Hill, Takow, S.W. Formosa.

5. AQUILA AMURENSIS, sp. nov.

Similis A. clange, Pall., sed major.

M. Milne-Edwards identifies the Tawny Eagle from Peking with

A. clanga of Pallas ; and Pére David notes the occurrence also at the

same locality of the smaller allied form, Ad. nevia, Briss. A speci-

men from the Amoor, kindly sent me by Dr. v. Schrenck, is of large

size, and, in Mr. Gurney’s opinion, worthy of separation as a third

species of this group. I enter this in the present list under the sup-

position that it will be the same as No. 5 of Pére David’s catalogue,

which he also states to be “common in our mountains and in Mon-

golia.””’ Mr. Gurney very obligingly compared the Amoor specimen

with a female of Aquila clanga from Sarepta, on the Volga, and has

given me the following measurements :—

Entire Wing from Middle toe

length. carpel joint. Tail. Tarsus. without claw.

A, clanga 9 (ad.)... 3lin. 23 in. 11 in. 34 in. 22 in.

A, amurensis 9(ad.) 33% ,, 263 ,, 123 ,, 4i,, 21,,

Mr. Gurney writes :—“ In plumage, I do not find that it differs

* See anted, p. 37.

1871.) MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 339

from the adult of A. clanga, except in having the pale transverse

bars on the secondaries lighter in their hue, and therefore more con-

spicuous, especially on the outer webs.

«It would seem that there are three races of Eagles, only differing

in comparative size :—

“« dquila nevia. The smallest of the three, found in Egypt, South-

ern Europe, Smyrna, Palestine, India, and Sumatra (one specimen).

« Aquila clanga, Pall. The intermediate race, found at Sarepta,

near the mouth of the Volga. Both it and the preceding have been

obtained in European Turkey and in Palestine. I have also seen

the Sarepta race from Mesopotamia ; but how far it extends eastward

I do not know.

“* Aquila (from Amoorland). The largest race. How far it ex-

tends westward I do not know.”

6. Haviairus ausicruua (L.); Ibis, 1865, p. 347; P. Z. 8.

1863, p. 259.

From the river Yangtsze northwards. Seen only occasionally

in the south. An immature bird flew on board a ship in the

harbour of Swatow, and allowed itself to be captured, in the winter

of 1867-68. It fell into my hands. Its iris was clear yellowish

brown ; cere light bluish grey ; feet lemon-yellow, with black claws.

7. HaxiaiTus PELAGICUS, Pall.; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 260.

Pére David saw this giant Eagle once at Peking, and says that it

is well known to the Chinese.

8. ARCHIBUTEO AQUILINUS, Hodgs.

Butaquila aquilina et B. leucocephala, Hodgs.

Butaquila hemilasius, Schleg. Faun. Jap.

Buteo lagopus, David, Catalogue des oiseaux 4 Pékin.

Falco hemilasius, Temm. et Schleg. Faun. Jap.

In January 1868 a large male Buzzard was shot by Consul Caine

at Swatow. Mr. Gurney has determined it to be of this species. Its

cere was greenish yellow ; iris straw-yellow, redder round the pupil ;

legs dingy orange-tinted yellow, with black claws. It is not in

mature plumage. Pére David has sent specimens of the same to

the Paris Museum, and writes that it is not rare at Pekin and

breeds there.

9. Burro astaticus (Lath.).

Buteo japonicus, Temm. et Schleg. Faun. Japon.; Zoologist,

1858, p. 6227 ; Ibis, 1860, p. 46, 1861, pp. 24, 326, 1863, pp. 210,

1870, p. 87; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 260.

South China to Hainan, and Formosa in winter.

10. Sprzairus NrpALENsIs, Hodgs.

Spizaétus orientalis, Temm. et Schleg. Faun. Japon.; Swinhoe,

Ibis, 1863, p. 211.

Formosa.

340 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. — {| May 2,

11. Sprnornis CHEELA (Daud.).

Spilornis hoya, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1866, pp. 304, 307, 399, 1367,

pp- 409, 410.

Formosa ; Amoy (China).

12. SpILORNIS RUTHERFORDI, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 85.

Hainan.

13. PoLioRNIs POLIOGENYS (Temm. et Schleg.); Swinhoe, Ibis,

1863, p. 88, 1864, p. 429, 1863, p. 545, 1866, p. 136, 1867, p. 411;

P. Z. S. 1862, p. 315, 1863, p. 260, 1570, p. 600.

Buteo pygmeus, Blyth, Ibis, 1865, p. 29.

Formosa; coast of China. Goes as far south in winter as the

Tenasserim Provinces.

14. Panpron naiaitus (L.): Swinhoe, Zoologist, 1858, p. 6227,

1860, p. 7102, 1861, p. 7642, 1864, p. 9224 ; Ibis, 1860, p. 46, 1861,

p. 24, 1863, p. 209, 1865, p. 347, 1870, p. 86; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 260.

Throughout China, Formosa, and Hainan.

15. Fatco pereGrinus, L.; Zool. 1858, p. 6226; Ibis, 1860,

p. 46, 1861, p. 24, 1863, p. 210, 1867, p. 388, 1870, p. 84;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 260.

China, Formosa, and Hainan.

16. Fanco sacer, Schlegel; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 260.

Buteo ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 326, 1863, p. 88.

Pekin.

17. Hyporriorcuis susBuTeo (L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 46, 1863,

p- 89.

Falco subbuteo, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 315, 1863, p. 260.

Amoy ; Pekin.

18. HyporrioRCcHIs SALON (L).

Falco esalon, Ibis, 1861, p. 327; P. Z.8. 1863, p. 260.

Amoy ; Pekin.

19. TINNUNCULUS ALAUDARIUS, var. JAPONICUS.

Tinnunculus alaudarius, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 47, 1861, p. 24,

1866, p. 293, 1867, p. 385, 1870, p. 84.

Falco tinnunculus, Ibis, 1861, p. 327.

Tinnunculus japonicus, Ibis, 1863, p. 211, 1864, p. 424; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 261.

China, Formosa, and Hainan.

20. ERYTHROPUS AMURENSIS (Radde); Gurney, Ibis, 1868, p. 41,

pl. 11; P. Z.S. 1870, pp. 436, 448.

Erythropus vespertinus, bis, 1861, pp. 253, 327; P. Z. 8. 1862,

p. 315, 1863, p. 260.

187 1.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA, 34

Summers at Pekin, and collects in large numbers in September

before going south. Wanders in winter to India and Africa.

21. TicHORNIS PEKINENSIS.

Falco cenchris, var. pekinensis, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1870, pp. 442,

448.

Breeds on the western hills of Pekin, and assembles in large

numbers in September. Mr. Hodgson’s drawing of the Nepal bird

(in the British Museum) shows that it is this race of Tichornis

cenchris that resorts to India.

The adult male has all the wing-coverts grey right up to the

scapulars ; the inner or short primaries are broadly bordered at

their tips with whitish, rufous in the immature ; the white on the

under quills is 3} inches short of their tips.

22. PeRNis aprvorvus(L.); David, Catalogue des oiseaux & Pékin.

Pére David notes this as found about Pekin in autumn. Schlegel

has it from Japan (Musée des Pays-Bas, Pernes, p. 2).

23. Mirvus Govinpa, Sykes; Swinh. Zoolog. 1858, p. 6227 ;

Ibis, 1860, p. 47, 1861, pp. 25, 253, 326, 1863, p. 210, 1865, p. 546,

1866, p. 121, 1867, p. 236, 1870, p. 88.

Milvus melanotis, Ibis, 1865, p. 348, 1867, pp. 409, 411; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 260.

China, Formosa, and Hainan.

24. Mitvus miGrans (Bodd.).

Milvus ater, Gm.

A live specimen of this Kite, said to have been brought from

North China, is now living in the Society’s gardens.

25. AsTuR PALUMBARIUS (L.); P. Z. S. 1863, p. 261, 1870,

p. 448.

I have an adult male from Pekin, which does not differ from

home-shot specimens.

26. LopHosrizA TRIvIRGATA (Cuv.); Temm. Pl. Col. 303;

Ibis, 1865, p. 547, 1866, p. 395.

Formosa. ‘The Malay form.

27. AccipiTeR Nisus (L.); Zoolog. 1858, p. 6227 ; Ibis, 1861,

p- 327, 1870, p. 84; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 261, 1870, p. 443.

Accipiter ? Ibis, 1860, pp. 47, 429, 1863, p. 88.

Peking, Amoy, and Canton.

28. ACCIPITER STEVENSONI, Gurney ; Ibis, 1863, p. 447, pl. 11;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 261, 1870, p. 600.

Micronisus, sp.?, Ibis, 1861, p. 25.

Accipiter gularis’?, Ibis, 1863, p. 89.

Canton to Pekin.

342 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. _ [May 2,

29. AccrpireR GuLARts, Schleg. F. J.t.2; Gurney, Ibis, 1865,

pp. 236, 547; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 261.

Accipiter nisoides, Blyth, Ibis, 1865, p. 28.

Formosa.

30. AccIPITER virGATus, Temm. Pl. Col. 109; Ibis, 1865,

. 108, 1866, p. 405.

Micronisus gularis, Ibis, 1863, p. 212.

Formosa.

—

31. Micronisvus Bapius (Gm.) ; Swinh. Ibis, 1&70, p. 84.

Hainan.

32. Micronisus soLtoinsts (Horsf.); Pl. Col. 110, 129; Ibis,

1863, p. 89, 1866, p. 403; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 315, 1863, p. 261.

Micronisus badius, Ibis, 1860, p. 359.

Accipiter virgatus, Ibis, 1861, p. 264.

Amoy ; Pescadores ; Shanghai (Brit. Museum); Pekin.

33. Circus mruainosus, L.; Ibis, 1865, pp. 349, 352, 1870,

Pp: 57/:

Swatow ; Amoy; 8.W. Formosa ; Hainan.

34. Crrcus sprLonotus, Kaup ; Ibis, 1863, p. 213, pl. 5, 1865,

pp. 230, 347, 1870, p. 87; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 261.

Circus eruginosus, Ibis, 1860, pp. 47, 359.

Amoy ; river Yangtsze ; Formosa.

35. Crrcus cyanevus, L.; Zoolog. 1858, p. 6227; Ibis, 1860,

p. 47, 1861, p. 326, 1870, p. 88; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 261.

Amoy.

36. Circus MELANOLEUCUS, Gm.; P. Z.S. 1862, p. 315, 1863,

p: 261.

Circus

Tientsin.

?, Ibis, 1861, p. 326, 1863, p. 88.

37. Circus cineRACEus, Montagu.

River Yangtsze.

38. Crrcus paLiivus, Sykes.

Circus swainsonii, A. Smith; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 261.

River Yangtsze.

39. ArHENE pLUMtIPEs, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 448.

Similis A. glauci, sed pedibus dense plumatis.

Not common about the Pekin neighbourhood in autumn; is

found also in the Lake-Baikal region, according to Tacsanowsky of

Warsaw.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 343

40. ATHENE wWHITELYI, Blyth, Ibis, 1867, p. 313.

Athene cuculoides, Ibis, 1861, pp. 25, 265, 1867, p. 406; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 262.

Ab A. cuculoidi alarum et caude fasciis paucioribus distinguenda.

Amoy; Canton; Foochow ; Szechuen. Goes south on the ap-

proach of winter.

41, AvHENE BRopI&I (Burt.).

Noctua brodiei, Burt. P. Z. 8. 1835.

Tingchow (Fokien Province). One specimen of this was brought

to me at Amoy in January 1867.

42. ATHENE PARDALOTA, Swinhoe ; Ibis, 1863, p. 216.

Differt a sp. precedente ventre medio nigro guttato.

Formosa.

43. Nrnox saponica, Temm. et Schleg.; Zool. 1858, p. 6228 ;

Ibis, 1863, pp. 89, 215, 1864, p. 427, 1866, p. 307, 1870, p. 88;

P. Z. S. 1862, p. 316, 1863, p. 262.

Athene scutellata (Raffles) ; Ibis, 1860, p. 47.

Amoy ; Hainan; Formosa ; Tientsin.

44. Buso maximus, Sibb.; Zool. 1858, p. 6227; Ibis, 1860,

p. 47, 1861, pp. 254, 327; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 262.

Amoy, North China.

45. Kerupa ceyLonensis (Gmel.); Ibis, 1861, p. 27; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 262.

Hongkong.

46. Scors sun1a, Hodgs.

Scops japonicus, Schleg. Faun. Japon.; Zool. 1858, p. 6228;

Ibis, 1863, p. 89; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 262.

Scops bakkamena (Penn.); Ibis, 1860, p.47; P. Z. 8.1862, p. 316.

Amoy in winter; Pekin.

47. Lempisius semiTorQuEs (Schleg.).

Ephialtes plumipes, Hume, Scrap Book, Part 1, No. 2, p. 307.

Digitis supra plumatis.

Schlegel (Mus. des Pays-Bas, Oti, p. 24) cites specimens from

Japan and Nepal. Pére David has sent it from Moupin (N.W.

corner of Szechuen).

48. LEMPIJIUS GLABRIPES.

Ephialtes glabripes, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vi. 4th

series, p. 152.

Scops semitorques, Swinh. (nec Schlegel), Ibis, 1863, p. 217,

1867, p. 409; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 262.

344 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

Scops ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 29.

Scops lempiji, Ibis, 1861, p. 265.

Digitis nudis.

Amoy ; Foochow ; Canton; Formosa. Differs from the foregoing

in having the toes always bare instead of feathered along their upper

surfaces.

49. Lempis1us UMBRATILIs, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 342.

Ephialtes lettia, Ibis, 1870, p. 88.

Hainan.

50. LemMpisIUS HAMBROECKI.

Ephialtes hambroecki, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vi.

4th series, p. 153.

Scops japonicus, Ibis, 1865, p. 348, 1866, p. 307.

Formosa. Of the Lempzji form and type, but small and rufous,

and at first sight to be mistaken for Scops japonicus.

51, Syrnrum nivicotum, Hodgs. J. A. S. xiv. p. 185; P. Z. 8.

1870, pp. 438, 443.

Pekin in autumn.

52. Prynx FULVESCENS (Temm. et Schleg.).

Sent to the Paris Museum by Pére David from the Moupin Moun-

tains (N.W. Szechuen).

~53. BuLACA NEWARENSIS (Hodgs.).

Bubo caligatus, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 218, 1864, p. 429.

Formosa.

54. Orus vuuearis, Flem. ; Ibis, 1863, p. 89; P. Z. 8. 1862,

p. 316, 1863, p. 262

Tientsin.

55. Orus pracuyotus (L.); Ibis, 1861, pp. 26,327, 1863, p. 89 ;

P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 262.

Peking; Canton.

56. Srrrx canpipA, Tickell.

Strix pithecops, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1866, pp. 396, 397.

S.W. Formosa.

57. CaprrmuLcus soTaKa, Temm. et Schleg. F. J. ; Ibis, 1861,

p. 327, 1870, p. 89; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 263, 1870, p. 439.

Caprimulgus ——?, Ibis, 1860, p. 47, 1861, p. 30.

Caprimulgus dytiscivorus, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 130.

Caprimulgus swinhoei, Blyth; Ibis, 1861, p. 263.

China.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 345

58. CapRIMULGUs MONTICOLA, Frankl. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 116.

Caprimulgus stictomus, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 263.

Caprimulgus pallidus, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 2.

Caprimulgus ——?, Ibis, 1860, p 47, 1861, p. 30.

South China in summer. I have a very rufous and brightly

marked female from Amoy, which I at first confounded with the

following bird.

59. CaprimuLGus sticTtomus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1863, p. 250,

1866, pp. 315, 402.

Like the last, but smaller, with the toes, especially the middle

one, conspicuously longer. Resident in Formosa.

60. CypseLus PEKINENSIS, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 435.

This pale representative of C. apus, L., comes to Pekin in large

numbers in April (David) to breed, and leaves early in August. A

bird from the Himalayas, brought home by Dr. Jerdon, agrees with

my specimens; and it is probably this species, and not the true C.

apus, which is found in India in winter.

61. Cypsetus pactricus, Lath. Ind, Orn. Suppl. p. 58; Ibis,

1870, p. 89.

Cypselus vittatus, Jard. Ill. Orn. ser. 2. pl. 39; Ibis, 1860,

pp. 48, 429, 1861, pp. 254, 328, 1863, p. 253, 1865, p. 356;

P, Z. S. 1863, p. 263.

Hainan to Pekin, and in Formosa.

62. CypseLus susprurcatus, Blyth; Ibis, 1863, p. 254, 1865,

p-. 355, 1866, p. 131, 1867, p. 227, 1870, p. 89; P. Z. 8S. 1863,

p. 264.

Cypselus affinis, Ibis, 1860, p. 48, 1861, p. 30.

Hainan to Amoy, and in Formosa.

63. CypsELUs INFUMATUS; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 602.

Cypselus tinus, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 90.

Cypselus tectorum, Jerdon.

Hainan. I have compared my specimens with Dr. Jerdon’s type

from Upper Assam, and with Dr. Sclater’s type from Borneo in Mr.

Wallace’s collection, and find them all to be of the same species.

64. CHaTura caupacurta (Lath.).

Hirundo ciris, Pall. Zoograph. Rosso-Asiat.

Acanthylis caudacuta (Lath.), P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 263.

Chetura nudipes, Hodgs. ; Ibis, 1860, p. 48.

Amoy. Common on the Pekin mountains (David).

65. ? CHamrurRA GIGANTEA, V. Hass. ; Pl. Col. 364.

Acanthylis caudacuta, Ibis, 1870, p. 90.

It is probably this species that makes the edible nests in the caves

346 MR, R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. _ [May 2,

of the islands off the south of Hainan, and not the preceding species,

as [ had at first supposed.

66. Hrrunpo GuTTuRALIS, Scop. ; Ibis, 1860, pp. 48, 429, 1861,

p. 30, 1863, p. 255, 1870, p. 240; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 287.

Hirundo rustica, Ibis, 1861, p. 254, 328, 1863, p. 89, 1867,

p. 411.

Hirundo panayana, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 1018.

Throughout China and Formosa in summer. Like H. rustica,

but much smaller and with broader bill.

67. Cecroris sTRIoLATA (Temm. & Schleg.).

Hirundo daurica, Ibis, 1860, p. 48, 1863, p. 255.

The striped-belly Swallows that abound in summer in Formosa

and breed there belong to the species of this group found in the

islands of the Indian archipelago. My specimens agree with one

collected by Mr. Wallace at Flores. Seven specimens of this form

show no signs of a white spot on the inner web of the outer rectrix.

68. Crcroris saponica (Temm. & Schleg.).

Hirundo daurica, Ibis, 1860, p. 48; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 187.

I believe my Amoy specimens to belong to this species, though I

have not been able to compare them with skins from Japan. Hirundo

erythropygia, Sykes, of India (Gould, B. of As. pl.) is easily distin-

guished from this by its deep rufous unstreaked rump, and by the

faint narrow streaks of its underparts. An occasional specimen of our

bird shows a faint white spot on the inner web of the outer rectrix.

69. CeCROPIS ARCTIVITTA, N. sp.

Hirundo daurica, Vbis, 1861, p. 328, 1863, p. 89; P. Z. 8. 1863,

p- 287.

The striped Swallow that comes to Pekin to breed is of about

the size of the Amoy species, but more faintly and narrowly striped

on the underparts, and is easily distinguishable from that and all

other species of this group that I have seen by the extreme narrow-

ness of the rufous band across its rump. (Depth of band in @.

japonica 12, in this bird *7). I was formerly under the impression

that the Pekin bird was the true H. daurica, L. (H. alpestris, Pall.) ;

but I have now no doubt that both Linnzeus and Pallas applied their

names to H. rufula, Temm. (Gould, B. of As. pl.). The Hima-

layan species, H. nipalensis, Hodgs. (H. daurica, Gould, B. of As.

pl.), has the rump-band nearly as narrow as in ours, but its broad

rufous nuchal collar prevents its being confounded with ours. The

white spot on the external rectrix is also occasionally seen in the

Pekin birds.

70. CoryLe riparia (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 328, 1863, p. 89;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 287.

Pekin in summer.

1871.] . MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 347

71. Cory.e sinensis (J. E. Gray); Swinh. [bis, 1863, p. 257,

1866, p. 134; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 288.

South China and Formosa.

72. PrYONOPROGNE RUPESTRIS.

Cotyle rupestris (Scop.); P. Z. S. 1870, p. 445.

Common in the mountains about Pekin. Pére David says that

in winter many are found together in caverns in a torpid state, and

that these on mild days recover from their sleep and fly about over

the rocks in the open.

73. CHELIDON LAGOPODA (Pall.); Ibis, 1863, p. 91; P. Z. S.

1863, p. 287,

Chelidon whiteleyi, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 320.

Seen in summer about the hills of Pekin and of Ichang, up the

Yangtsze. Very scarce. Pére David found it nesting in the rocks

of San Yu. It avoids the neighbourhood of houses.

74. Eurysromus oriEeNTALIs (L.) ; Ibis, 1860, p. 48, 1861,

p. 31, 1866, p. 129; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 269.

Canton; Foochow. A summer visitant. Does not quite agree

with specimens from India, nor yet with those from Java and

Lombock.

75. Hatcyon smyrnensis (L.); Gould, B. of As. pl. ; Ibis,

1860, p. 48, 1861, p. 31, 1868, p. 59, 1870, p. 93; P. Z. S.

1863, p. 269.

Shanghai to Hainan.

76. Haucyon piteatus, Bodd. Pl. En. 673; Ibis, 1860, p. 49,

1870, p. 93.

Haleyon atricapilla, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 269.

Hainan to Pekin.

77. Hatcyon COROMANDELIANA, Scop. Ibis, 1863, p. 259.

Halcyon coromanda, Ibis, 1866, p. 138.

Formosa.

78. ALCEDO BENGALENSIS, Gm.; Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p- 49,

1861, pp. 31, 328, 1863, p. 260, 1867, p. 408, 1870, p. 92; P..Z.S.

1863, p. 269.

Hainan to Peking, and in Formosa. The bird in Formosa is

usually to be distinguished from the continental race by a blue spot

on each side of the breast near the bend of the wing; but this pecu-

larity occurs also occasionally in birds on the main.

79. CeERYLE RuDIs (L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 49, 1861, p. 31, 1867,

p- 408, 1870, p. 92; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 269.

Hainan to Wanchow, and upper waters of the Yangtsze. Chinese

specimens rarely have white spots on the black band of the tail.

348 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. _ [May 2,

80. CeRYLE LUGUBRIS, Temm. Pl. Col. 548.

A bird shot at Ningpo and described to me by a friend answers

to this species.

81. Mrerops pavupint, Cuv.; G. R. Gray’s Hand-list of Birds.

Merops philippensis, Ibis, 1865, pp. 230, 348, 1870, p. 91.

Merops philippinus, Ibis, 1866, p. 129.

Procured at Swatow. For the edification of our Indian friends it

is well to state here that the so-called M. quinticolor from India is

not the same as the Javan bird. The former differs from the latter

in having the under neck blotched with chestnut, and the tail green

instead of blue. The Indian species should stand as M. erythro-

cephalus, Brisson, Av. iv. p. 563.

82. Urupa epoprs, L.; Zool. 1858, p. 6229; Ibis, 1860, p. 49,

1861, pp. 254, 328, 1867, p. 236; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 264.

From Canton to Pekin. I described in the ‘ Zoologist’ for 1858,

and in the P. Z.S. for 1863, the peculiar way in which the Hoopoe

produces its notes, by puffing out the sides of its neck and hammering

on the ground at the production of each note, thereby exhausting

the air at the end of the series of three which make up its song.

Before it repeats its call it repeats the puffing of the neck, with a

slight gurgling noise. When it is able to strike its bill the sound

is the correct “‘ hoo-hoo-hoo ;”’ but when perched on a rope and only

jerking out the song with nods of the head, the notes more resemble

the syllables “hoh-hoh-hoh.” Mr. Darwin makes use of this last

fact to show that some birds have instrumental means to produce

their music (Descent of Man, ii. p. 62). It is not to this point,

however, that I wish at present to call attention; but to the fact of

the bird’s puffing out the sides of its neck. It is generally supposed

that the song of a bird is produced by actions of the lower larynx on

air passing up the bronchial tubes, onwards and outwards through

the main tube or trachea. The trachea of the Hoopoe is not dila-

table ; but its esophagus is; and the puffing of its neck is caused by

the bulging of its cesophagus with swallowed air. There is no con-

nexion between the cesophagus and the trachea, and apparently no

organ at the entrance to the former that could modify sound ; what

action, then, can this swallowed air be made to take in the production

of the bird’s notes? Pigeons have strikingly large air-crops, which

they empty with each long coo, and refill before they coo again.

Many birds swell out the throat when calling or singing, and others

move it up and down; these actions must also be caused by the

swallowed air in the cesophagus, and must modify the sounds in some

way as variously used, adding power and richness in some cases, or

giving ventriloquistic effect in others. This question seems never to

have been inquired into before; and I throw out the hint in hopes

that others may help to elucidate the matter with their investigations.

As regards Pigeons, Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier suggests ‘‘ that the dila-

ted cesophagus and crop serve as a chamber of resonance, the air in

1871.} MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 349

which, being thrown into vibration, may be expelled to produce a

louder sound.”

83. Upupa cryiLonensis, Reichenbach ; Blyth, Ibis, 1866,

p. 366, 1870, p. 91.

Upupa longirostris, Jerdon, Birds of India, i. p. 393.

Hainan. Also from Java and Ceylon (Cabanis); Siam and

Burmab. My skins from Hainan agree perfectly with a specimen

from Burmah sent me by Mr. Blyth.

84. AirsopyeGa curistine#, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

4th ser. vol. iv. p. 436 ; Ibis, 1870, p- 236.

Hainan.

85. Hirnopyea asrir, J. Verr. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867,

p. 173, pl. 15.

Western Szechuen (David) ; Western Yunnan (Anderson).

86. ARACHNECHTHRA RHIZOPHORS, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 4th ser. vol. iv. p. 436; Ibis, 1870, p. 237.

Hainan. To distinguish this from its ally 4. Jlammazillaris,

Blyth, I gave the character of its frontal feathers being iridescent

like its throat. M. Jules Verreaux, however, has a specimen from

Penang with the forehead showing a few feathers of the same mark.

A more constant distinguishing character would appear to be the

paleness and dinginess of the yellow of the belly and underparts

in our bird as contrasted with the bright yellow of the same in

its ally.

87. Diczum cruEntatuM, L. ; Ibis, 1867, p. 405, 1868, p- 63,

1870, p. 239.

Fokien ; Hongkong ; Hainan.

88. Diczum minuLuvm, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p- 240.

Hainan.

89. MyzaNTHE IGNIPECTUS, Hodgs.

Tingchow (Fokien Province). I would here note that a specimen

of Piprisoma agile, Tickell, from India, collected by Mr. Beavan,

seems to me undistinguishable from another of Prionochilus obso-

letus (Mill. & Schleg.) from Flores, collected by Mr. Wallace.

90. ZosTEROPS stIMPLEX, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 317, 1863,

pp- 203, 297; Ibis, 1863, p. 294, 1866, p- 121, 1870, p. 348.

Zosterops, sp., Zool. 1858, p. 6229.

Zosterops japonicus, Ibis, 1860, pp. 55 & 131, 1861, p. 35.

Hainan to Wanchow, and in Formosa.

350 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

91. ZosTEROPS ERYTHROPLEURA, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1863, pp. 204,

298, 1870, p. 448.

Zosterops japonicus, Ibis, 1861, p. 331; P. Z.S. 1862, p. 317.

Shanghai to Pekin.

92. ZosTEROPsS suBROSEUS, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 132.

Hankow.

93. Strra vittosa, Jules Verreaux, Nouv. Arch. du Muséum,

tome i., Bull. p. 78, pl. 4; P. Z.S8. 1870, pp. 436, 438.

Sitta pehinensis, David, Cat. des ois. 4 Pékin; Swinh. P. Z. 8.

1870, p. 438.

Pekin. Allied to S. canadensis, L., of North America.

94. SITTA AMURENSIS, 0. Sp.

The Nuthatch from Amoorland, instead of being white-bellied like

that from Trans-Baikal and Northern Japan, is rufous underneath,

approaching in that respect S. cesia of England and Western

Europe. It differs from that species, however, in its shorter bill and

tarse, and more slender legs and toes. It has a distinct white

eyebrow, its under neck and breast are pure white, and its belly and

flanks buff ; its under tail-coverts deep cinnamon, spotted with white.

It otherwise agrees with S. cesia, and is of about the same size. It

ranges down to Pekin in winter.

95. Srrra stnensis, J. Verr. MS. ; Ibis, 1865, p. 107.

I observed a small Nuthatch near Ningpo, but did not succeed in

securing it. Pére David sent to Paris a single specimen of the same

from Kinkiang, which will be described by M. J. Verreaux in due

course. A larger form of the same type has been sent by Pére

David from the Moupin Mountains.

96. Certuia ramitiaris, L.; P.Z. 8. 1863, p. 270.

Certhia fasciata, David, Cat. des ois. & Pékin.

A rare visitant to Pekin in winter (David). I have a specimen

from Pekin from Pére David, and another from Amoorland from

V. Schrenck, which do not appear separable from the home species.

97. CeRTHIA HIMALAYANA, Vig.

Received at the Paris Museum through Pére David from the

Moupin Mountains (N.W. Szechuen).

98. TricHopROMA MuRaRIA, L.; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 270.

Foochow ; Pekin (David).

99. PNorPpyGa squamata (Gould).

Sent to the Paris Museum from the Moupin Mountains by Pére

David.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 351

100. TroGLopyTEs rumiGatus, Temm. Man. d’Ornithol. iii.

p- 161.

Pekin ( David).

101. OxrHoTromus LoNneicauDA (Gm.); Swinh. Zool. 1858,

p- 6229.

Motacilla longicauda, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 954.

Orthotomus phyllorrhapheus, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, ip. 49, F661,

p. 32, 1862, p. 258; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 294.

South China. Gmelin’s name applies specially to the China bird,

so that its Indian ally will have to take the next in priority of its

numerous synonyms.

102. Prinia sonitans, Swinh.; Zool. 1858, p- 6229; Ibis,

1860, p. 50, 1861, p. 32, 1863, p. 302,°1870, p. 345; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 294.

South China; Hainan; Formosa.

103. Horerres ropustipss, Swinh. Ibis, 1866, p. 398.

Formosa. Like Horornis assimilis, Hodgs., from Nepal, but with

shorter wings, much shorter tail, and longer and stronger hind claw.

104. Horerres prunNeiFRons, Hodgs.

Specimens forwarded by Pére David from the Moupin Mountains

have been thus identified by M. J. Verreaux.

105. Dryma@pus ExTENsICAUDA, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, pa 50;

1861, p. 32, 1863, p. 299, 1865, p. 544, 1870, p. 345; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 294.

Drymepus flavirostris, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 300 (young bird,

individual variety ).

Throughout Southern China westwards to Szechuen, in Hainan,

and in Formosa. It autumn it acquires a light bill and a very long

tail, the whole of its plumage being often suffused with a strong

tinge of ochreous. It then much resembles D. longicauda, Tickell, of

India. In spring the bill turns black, and the long tail is exchanged

for a much shorter one, when it approaches the D. inornata, Sykes,

of India.

106. Suya srrrara, Swinh. Ibis, 1862, p. 304, 1863, p. 301.

Prinia striata, Swinh. Journ. North China Asiat. Soc. May 1859 ;

Ibis, 1860, pp. 186, 360.

North-west Formosa; Szechuen. Varies much in size.

107. Suya superciniaris, Anderson, P. Z. S. 1871, anted,

p. 212.

Procured by Dr. Anderson at Momien (Yunnan Province).

352 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [ May 2,

108. RHororpHILUS PEKINENSIS, Swinh. Ibis, 1868, p. 62;

P. Z.S. 1870, pp. 436, 443.

Garrulax no. 175, David’s Catalogue.

Pekin.

109. CisticoLa [email protected], Bp.; Ibis, 1863, p. 303, 1870,

p. 345; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 295.

Cisticola tintinnabulans, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, pp. 51, 131.

Calamanthella tintinnabulans, Swinh. Journ. North China Asiatic

Society, vol. ii. May 1859; Ibis, 1860, pp. 186, 360, 1861, p. 32.

Cisticola cursitans, Ibis, 1861, p. 329. -

Throughout China, Hainan, and Formosa.

110. Cistrcota voxiTans, Swinh. North China Asiat. Soc.

May, 1859 ; Ibis, 1860, pp. 186, 360, 1863, p. 304.

North Formosa.

111. CisticoLa MELANOCEPHALA, Anderson, P. Z. 8. 1871,

p. 212.

Procured by Dr. Anderson at Sonda (Yunnan).

112. CaALAMODYTA ORIENTALIS (Temm. et Schleg.).

Calamoherpe orientalis, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 305; P. Z. 8. 1863,

p. 293, 1870, p. 427.

Acrocephalus magnirostris, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1860, p. 51, 1861,

pp, 32, 329.

Canton to Shanghai in summer. Pére David notes that it passes

Pekin in autumn. Mr. Wallace procured the species in Batchian,

Morty, and Lombock.

113. Catamopyta Frascroxatus (G, R. Gr.).

Acrocephalus fasciolatus, G. R. Gray, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 349.

Calamoherpe subflavescens, Elliot, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 243.

M. J. Verreaux received a specimen of this bird from the Lake-

Baikal region ; and as it was impossible to suppose that it could be

referred to a Moluccan species, and there was nothing else like it,

Mr. D. G. Elliot described it as a new species. Lord Walden first

pointed out its identity with the Batchian species. In passing to

and from its summer quarters it must go through China; and so I

introduce it into the China List, though it has not actually been

obtained in China,

114. CALAMODYTA INSULARIS.

Acrocephalus insularis, Wallace, Ibis, 1862, p. 350.

Calamoherpe fumigata, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8, 1863, pp. 91, 293.

The close affinity of this bird to the last led me to compare it

with the second Moluccan species, and I was delighted to find it the

same. It comes to Amoy in May in large numbers, and disappears

again almost immediately, probably into tlie interior of China or

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 353

beyond. Mr. Wallace says he got C. fasciolatus in Batchian, Gilolo,

and Morty, and C. insularis in Gilolo and Morty, that they oc-

curred sparingly, and that it always struck him that they were out

of place, for, with the exception of OC. orientalis, there was nothing

like them to the east or west.

115. CaLtamopyra BisTRIGIcEPs, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 293.

Acrocephalus bistrigiceps, Swinh. Ibis, 18600, p. 51.

Locustella (a sourcils noirs), David, Catalogue.

Lusctniopsis, sp., Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p. 412.

Amoy; Pekin. Allied to C. agricola, Jerd., of India, but with a

black line on each side of its crown.

116. ARUNDINAX AEDON, Pall.

Arundinax olivaceus, Blyth, P. Z.S. 1862, p. 316.

Turdus aédon, Pall. Zoogr. t.i. p. 459; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 294,

1870, p. 452; Ibis, 1863, p. 91.

Tientsin and Pekin in summer. ‘‘Comes to nidificate in our

(Pekin) marshes, and leaves again in September”’ (David).

HERBIVOX, nD. gen.

Bill moderate, with long lunate aperture to nostril; legs and feet

large and strong, with powerful hind toe and claw ; wing rounded,

with the first four quills graduated, the fourth being the longest ;

tail moderately graduate. A bush-loving form of Calamoherpe. I

propose this genus for the three following birds, including Salicaria

cantillans, T. & §., of Japan, as they have the above characters in

common, and do not range happily in any genus hitherto suggested.

My Arundinax flemingi is of similar form with the above, but has a

square tail ; this I would place in the subgenus Herbivocula.

117. Hersrvox CANTANS.

Salicaria cantans, T. & 8. Faun. Jap. t. 19; Ibis, 1866, p. 397.

Procured from the interior of Formosa ; not known from China.

118. HERBIVOX CANTURIENS.

Arundinazx canturiens, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 52, et pp. 131, 357.

Lusciniopsis canturiens, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, pp. 32, 328.

Calamoherpe canturiens, Ibis, 1863, p. 306, 1867, p. 408, 1870,

p. 345; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 294.

Hainan to Shanghai, and in Formosa.

119. HERBIVOX MINUTA.

Arundinax minutus, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 52.

Arundinax miniatus, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 357.

Calamoherpe minuta, Ibis, 1863, p. 306, 1870, p. 345; P.Z.S.

_ 1863, p. 294.

Amoy; Hainan; Formosa.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXIII.

354 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

120. HeERBIVOCULA FLEMINGI.

Arundinax flemingi, Swinh. P.Z. 8. 1870, p. 440.

Salicaria cantillans, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 316, 1863, p. 294.

Tientsin (Fleming), Pekin (David). I saw two sizes of this

in the Paris Museum from Pekin, but I scarcely think they are

separable. There was only one specimen of each to judge from, A

specimen has been received from Trans-Baikal.

121. CALAMOHERPE CONCINENS, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 432.

Pekin.

122. CALAMODUS SORGHOPHILUS.

Calamodyta sorghophila, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, pp. 92, 293.

Amoy.

123. Dumeticota arrinis, Hodgs. Cat. Specim. Brit. Mus.

Mamm. & Birds, App. p. 151.

Dumeticola thoracica, Blyth, J. A. S. xiv. p. 584.

Received at the Paris Museum through Pére David from the

Moupin Mountains. Has also been sent from Lake Baikal.

124. LocusTELLA HENDERSONII, Cass. Proc. Phil. Acad.

Sciences, 1858, p. 194; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 293.

Locustella rubescens?, Ibis, 1860, p. 358, 1861, pp. 32, 328.

Locustella macropus, Swinh. P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 93.

China generally. ‘

125. LocusTELLA CERTHIOLA, Pall.

Motacilla certhiola, Pall. Zoogr. p. 509.

Pekin. The Paris Museum has specimens sent by Pére David ;

and I have a head, also sent by him from Pekin. Trans-Baikal

(Tacsanowsky).

126. LocusTELLA RUBESCENS, Blyth, J. A.S. xiv. p. 582.

Locustella ochotensis, Midd. Sib. Reise, t. 16,17, 18; Ibis, 1863,

p: 91; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 293.

Amoy. Received from Traus-Baikal. Found near Calcutta in

winter (Blyth). Indian specimens have the throat and belly white,

and have no yellow on the underparts, and represent the bird in the

winter dress. A Baikal specimen in breeding-plumage is yellowish

beneath with black spots on the breast. A specimen shot in Sep-

tember at Amoy is intermediate.

127. LocusTELLA LANCEOLATA, Temm. Man. d’Ornith. iv.

p. 614.

Locustella minuta, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, pp. 93, 293; Ibis, 1866,

p- 293. ;

Locustella allied to L. rai?, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p. 412.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 355

Amoy; Canton; Pekin (David); Lake Baikal (Tacsanowsky).

Has been shot in Europe.

I have lately received from Trans-Baikal a bird of this group,

which I at first thought might be Calamoherpe maackii, of V.

Schrenck ; but it seems to be a novel form, and I would propose to

designate it

LocusTELLA TACSANOWSKIA, 0. sp.

Bill black, bright yellow on the basal half of the lower mandible.

Legs and toes yellowish flesh-colour. Upper parts olive-brown ;

wing- and tail-feathers hair-brown, broadly margined with olive-

brown. Underparts and slight superciliary streak yellowish, with

the breast, flanks, and tibize washed with olive-brown. Length

5 inches ; wing 2°2; tail 1:9, much graduated, outer rectrix °, short-

est. First primary of wing broad, ‘6 long, second 3 inch shorter

than third, which is slightly shorter than the fourth.

The nearest in form to this bird is the Zocustella ochotensis, from

which, however, it can readily be distinguished by its smaller size,

short and blunt bill, unspotted upper parts, and light untipped tail.

The Curator of the Museum at Warsaw, M. ‘l'acsanowski, sent

this bird to M. Jules Verreaux, labelled Dumeticola. thoracica,

juvenis. It is likely to occur as a winter visitant in China; but as

it has not been yet found in that country, I do not number it in my

list.

128. TRrBURA LUTEIVENTRIS, Horsf. P. Z.S. 1845, p. 30.

Calamodyta affinis, Gray & Mitch. G. of B. pl. 49.

Sent to the Paris Museum by Pére David from Moupin.

- 129. Tripura squamiceps, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 292;

Ibis, 1866, p. 397.

Canton; Formosa.

130. Syitvi1a curruca, Linn. Fn. Suec. 247.

Curruea garrula, Bris. Av. iii. p. 384. n. 7.

Very rare at Pekin, but common at Ordo (David). Mr. Gould

has a specimen from Kalgan.

131. PuitacanTua NisoriA (Bechst.).

Nisoria undata, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 430.

Pekin (David).

132. OREOPNEUSTE DAVIDI.

Abrornis davidii, Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. d. Mus. 1864, t. i.

pl. 2. fig. 1.

In structure this species is neither an Adrornis nor a true Phyllo-

pneuste, and may with propriety be ranked in a separate genus in

company with P. agricolensis, Hume, of India. In coloration it

resembles my draudinax flemingi, and might at the first glance be

356 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

mistaken for that bird. It is thus described by Milne-Edwards :—

“« Above of an olive-brown tint ; a greyish-white eye-streak stretches

from the base of the beak to the nape, and then curves towards the

similar streak on the other side. Throat greyish white; breast and

belly tinted on their sides with clear brown, greyish white washed

with yellow towards their middle. Tarse yellowish.”

Nests in the high mountains near Pekin (David).

133. PaHyLuopneuste ruscata (Blyth); Swinh. Ibis, 1863,

p- 306, 1870, p. 345; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 295.

Phylloscopus fuscatus, Blyth, J. A.S. xi. p. 113, xii. p. 965;

Ibis, 1861, pp. 32, 330, 1863, p. 93.

Phyllopneuste sibirica, Midd. Sib. Reise, ii. tab. 16. figs. 4-6.

As in the case of P. sylvicultriz, there is certainly much varia-

bility in the size and measurements of these brown Willow-Wrens ;

but I have not yet succeeded in discriminating them as species (¢f.

Tristram, ‘Ibis,’ 1871, p. 110). I have not been able to detect any

differences in the notes and habits of those I have come across. The

spotted eggs taken in Formosa, alluded to by Mr. Tristram, cannot,

I fear, be trusted to, their authenticity depending on the statement

of a Chinaman.

134. Payttopneuste TeneLiipes (Swinh.); P. Z. 8. 1863,

p- 295.

Phylloscopus tenellipes, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 43.

Amoy; Pekin (David).

135. PuyLLopneuste coronata (Temm. & Schleg.); Ibis,

1863, p. 307; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 297.

Phylloscopus coronatus, Ibis, 1860, p. 54, 1861, p. 330, 1863,

p. 93; P. Z.S. 1862, p. 317.

Amoy ; Pekin (David).

136. PayLLOepNEUSTE XANTHODRYAS, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1863,

p- 296.

Amoy.

137. PHyYLLOPNEUSTE PLUMBEITARSUS, Swinh. Ibis, 1870,

p. 345; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 296.

Phylloscopus plumbeitarsus, Ibis, 1861, p. 330.

A small species with short thick bill and small feet ; lesser and

greater wing-coverts both tipped with yellow, forming a double bar

across the wing; primary quill ‘6 in. long, second one-third of an

inch shorter than the third.

Pekin; Hainan.

138. PHYLLOPNEUSTE BOREALIS, Blasius, Naumannia, 1858,

p. 313; Ibis, 1862, p. 68.

Phylloscopus sylvicultriv, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 53, 1866, pp. 135,

295, 394.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 357

Phyllopneuste sylvicultrix, Ibis, 1863, p. 307; P.Z.S.1863, p.295.

Phyllopneuste javanica, Bp. (nec Horsf. quee Zosterops), Consp.

Ay. 1: p. 290.

Sylvia (Phyllopneuste) eversmanni, Midd. (nec Bonap.) Sib. Reise,

Voz. p. 178, t. 16. f. 1-3.

Sylvia flavescens, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 349.

Phyllopneuste kennicotti, Baird, Trans. Chicago Acad. Sci. 1869,

i. p. 313, pl. 30. fig. 2.

This Willow-Wren passes through Amoy each spring and autumn

in immense numbers; and I have a large series which vary in size

and length of parts, but can barely be separated into large and small

races, as intermediate sizes occur. I have seen our species from the

Tenasserim province, and have two skins of the same from Flores,

collected by Mr. Wallace, and marked S. flavescens, G. R. Gray.

Dr. V. Schrenck has sent me the same from the Kurile Islands labelled

Sylvia eversmannt ; and we have received many from Traus-Baikal

through Madame Verdey of Paris. Further, I have examined two

specimens from North Russia, collected by M. Meéves, and kindly

lent me by Messrs. Salvin and Godman, to whom they belong.

These are marked P. eversmanni, and are also identical with our

China bird. Dr. Hartlaub’s P. borealis is founded on a specimen from

the shores of the sea of Okhotsk ; and on carefully reading his deserip-

tion of it, and comparing it with the so-called P. javanica (a Java

specimen), I find no material difference between them, further than

I can match from my series of specimens from China. Finally, Mr.

Tristram insists that the type of P. kennicottz, Baird, from Alaska,

which has been submitted to his inspection, is no other than our

Chinese friend. ‘This species thus shows itself to be a great wan-

derer, resorting in winter to the Malayan peninsula and archipelago,

and seeking a summer home in the high latitudes of Asia, extending

even to Russia (and apparently to Heligoland) on the European side,

and to Alaska on the American side. During its migrations it occurs

in Formosa; and I have seen it in the Leyden Museum from Japan.

139. RecguLoipes PRoREGULUS (Pall.), Ibis, 1867, p. 408,

1870, p. 345; P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 297.

Motacilla proregulus, Pall. Zoogr. i. p. 499.

Reguloides chloronotus, Ibis, 1860, p. 54, 1861, pp. 33, 330.

China generally.

140. ReGuxores surercitiosus, Ibis, 1863, p. 307, 1866,

p. 135, 1867, p. 408, 1870, p. 345; P. ZS, 1863, p. 297.

Motacilla superciliosa, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, 1. p. 975.

Reguloides proregulus, Ibis, 1860, p. 54, 1861, pp. 32, 330, 1862,

pp. 237, 258.

China generally ; Formosa.

141. ABRORNIS FULVIFACIES, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 132.

Szechuen province.

358 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

142. CryProLOPHA TEPHROCEPHALA, Anderson, P. Z. 8S. 1871,

p. 213.

A copy of Cryptolopha (olim Culicipeta) burkii, but with the

green of the crown changed to grey. Procured at Bhamo (Burmah)

by Dr. Anderson, and sent from Moupin to Paris by Pére David.

143. Recuuus sapvonicus, Bp. Consp. Av.; P. Z. 8.1870, p.451.

North China.

144, ReGuLus HIMALAYENSIS, Blyth ; Gould, B. of As. pt. xxi.

Sent from Moupin by Pére David to the Paris Museum.

145. Ruricrtta auroreA (Pall.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1860, p. 54,

1861, pp. 33, 329, 1862, p. 261, 1863, p. 299, 1870, p. 344;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 291, 1870, p. 438.

Pheenicurus reevesii, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 1.

Throughout China; Hainan ; Formosa.

146. Ruricrtua Hopesonit, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1854, pl. 58.

Procured by Pére David at Moupin.

147. RoTiciLLa RUFIVENTRIS (Vieill.).

Cnanthe rufiventris, Vieill.

Ordo Mountains, N.W. of Pekin and Moupin (David).

148. Ruricitya FrRonTALIS, Vig.; Gould, Cent. pl. 26.

Sent by Pére David from Moupin; Pekin (David).

149. Ruticitua FuLieinosa, Vig. P.Z.S8. 1831; Ibis, 1861,

pp- 409, 410, 1863, p. 298, 1866, p. 399 ; P. Z.S. 1863, p- 291.

Sazxicola leucura (2), Ibis, 1862, p. 257.

Mountain-torrents of Southern China and Formosa.

150. CH&MARRORNIS LEUCOCEPHALA.

Pheenicura leucocephala, Vig. P. Z. 8. 1830; Gould, C. B. pl. 26.

Ichang gorge of the Upper Yangtsze. Sexes similar in colour ;

the male has a larger foot than the female.

151. Larvivora CYANE (Pall.), Ibis, 1666, p. 315.

Motacilla cyane, Pall. Itin. ii. Append. 3, i. p. 472.

Larvivora gracilis, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, pp. 262, 409, 1863, p. 92;

P. Z. S. 1862, p. 316, 1863, p. 291.

Larvivora cyanea, Hodgs. (2); Ibis, 1860, p. 358.

China generally.

152. Larvivora s1BiLans, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 292.

Larvivora ?, Ibis, 186], p. 34.

Macao.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA, 35!)

153. NoroDELA MONTIUM.

Myiomela montium, Swinh. Ibis, 1864, p. 362, 1866, p. 392.

Formosa. Distinguishable from M. leucura, Hodgs., of the Hi-

malayas by the underparts being coloured as the back, instead of

being black.

154. IANTHIA CYANURA (Pall.), Ibis, 1861, p. 329, 1863, pp. 91,

298; P.Z.S. 1862, p. 316, 1863, p. 290.

Motacilla cyanura, Pall. Itin. ii. Append. p. 709.

Lusciola cyanura, Faun. Jap. t. 21; Ibis, 1860, p. 131.

Nemura rufilata, Swinh. (nec Hodgs.), Ibis, 1860, p. 54.

Tanthia rufilata, Ibis, 1862, pp. 261, 264.

Throughout China, and in Formosa.

155. Tarsiger cHrysxus, Hodgs.; Jard. Contr. Orn. 1850,

pl. 61.

Sent to the Paris Museum by Pére David from Moupin.

156. TARSIGER supERcILIARIS, Hodgs.; Jard. Contr. Orn. 1849,

pl. 29.

Sent to Paris with the last.

157. Hopcsonius pHa@nrcurorpes, Hodgs. J. A. 8. xvi. p. 136.

Callene zonura, J. Verr. Nouv. Arch. 1869, Bull. p. 35.

Received at Paris through Pétre David from Moupin.

158. ErirHacus AKAHIGE (Temm.).

In the Museum at Pekin, collected by Pére David.

159. Corsycuus sauLaris (L.); Zool. 1858, p. 6228 (Grylli-

vora); Ibis, 1860, p. 54, 1867, p. 409, 1870, p. 343; P. ZS. 1863,

p- 291.

Gracula saularis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 397.

Southern China westwards to Szechuen, and in Hainan.

160. KirracINCLA MACRURA, var. MINOR, Swinh. Ibis, 1870,

p. 344.

Hainan.

161. CYANECULA CERULECULA (Pall.); Ibis, 1863, p. 91; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 291.

Cyanecula suecica, Ibis, 1861, p. 329, 1867, p. 394 ; P.Z.S8. 1862,

p- 316.

China generally.

162. CALLIOPE CAMTSCHATKENSIS (Gin.) ; Ibis, 1861, pp. 329,

410, 1863, p. 299; P. Z.S. 1862, p. 316, 1868, 292.

China generally.

360 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. — [May 2,

163. GRANDALA Ca:Licotor, Hodgs. ; G. R. Gr. & M. Gen. of B.

pl. 50.

Sent to Paris from Moupin by Pére David.

164. Sax1coLa LEUCOMELA, Pall. Zoogr. t. 28.

Mountains west of Pekin (David).

165. SAxICOLA ISABELLINA, Riipp. Atl. t. 34.

Sazicola saltutriz, Ménétriés.

Inhabits the high plains near Pekin, sings admirably, nests in

the deserted holes of Spermolegus mongolicus (David).

166. SAxICOLA @NANTHE, L.

Central mountains of extreme Ordo (north-west of Pekin), where

it breeds (David).

167. Pratincoxa inpica, Blyth, J. A. S. xvi. p. 129; Swinh.

Ibis, 1860, p. 54, 1861, pp. 33, 329, 1863, p. 298, 1870, p. 344;

P. ‘Z. 8. 1862, p. 317, 1863, p. 291. :

China generally, Hainan, and Formosa. Distinguishable at all

ages from P. rubicola by its black axillaries and unspotted uro-

pygials. Chinese specimens are more rust-coloured on the upper

parts, and especially on the rump, than Indian ones.

168. Pratincoua FERREA, Hodgs. Ibis, 1862, p. 258; P.Z.58.

1963, p. 291.

Ruticilla, sp. nov. ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 33.

South China.

169. AccENTOR ERYTHROPYGIUS, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 124,

pl. 9, & p. 447.

Accentor alpinus, Midd. Sib. Reise, Vogel, p. 173.

Western Hills of Pekin in September. Middendorff met with

young birds on the cliffs of the south shore of the Sea of Okhotsk

in July. Young birds have also been received from the Trans-

Baikal region.

170. AcCENTOR NIPALENSIS, Hodgs.

Sent by Pere David from Moupin. Has also been received from

the Trans-Baikal.

171. AcceNTOR MULTISTRIATUS, David, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

April 1871.

Procured by Pére David at Moupin. Closely allied to 4. strophi-

atus, Hodgs., of the Himalayas.

172. AccCENTOR IMMACULATUS, Iodgs.

Sent by Pére David from Moupin.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 361

173. AccENTOR MONTANELLUS (Pall.).

Accentor temminckii, Brandt.

Comes to Pekin with the great cold (David). Sent in summer

plumage from the Trans-Baikal.

174. AccENTOR RuBIDUS, Temm. & Schleg. F. J. t. 32.

Pére David saw the head of a bird procured at Pekin, which he

identified with that of 4. modularis, L.

175. Parus minor, Temm. & Schleg. F. J. t. 33; Swinh. Zool.

1858, p. 6229; Ibis, 1860, p.55 et p. 131, 1861, p. 332, 1862,

p- 257; P. Z. S. 1870, p. 437.

Amoy to Pekin, and westwards to Szechuen.

176. Parus casivs, Tickell.

Parus cinereus, Ibis, 1570, p. 348.

Hainan. Our specimens agree with those from India. The Java

bird, P. cinereus, Vieill. (P. atriceps, Horsf.), can be readily distin-

guished by the black of the head extending beyond the white nucbal

spot, and separating it from the grey of the back.

177. Parus commrxtus, Swinh. Ibis, 1868, p. 63.

Parus minor, Ibis, 1861, p. 34; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 270.

Like P. cesius, but with some of the green tint on the back that

marks P. minor, in fact intermediate to the two species. Canton

to Foochow.

178. Parus monticota, Vig. ; Gould, C. B. pl. 29.

Sent by Pére David from Moupin to the Paris Museum.

179. Parus tnsPERATUS, Swinh. Ibis, 1866, p. 308.

* South Formosa. A smaller race than the last, with the white on

the tips of the tertiary quills confined to their tips, and not extend-

ing to their margins ; barely separable.

180. Parus vENUSTULUS, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 133.

Ichang Gorge, on the Upper Yangtsze.

181. Parus CASTANEIVENTRIS, Gould, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 280;

B. of As. pl.; Ibis, 1863, p. 295.

North Formosa.

182. Parus pEKINENSIS, David; Ibis, 1870, p. 155.

Pekin. Very like Parus ater, L., but with a few of the black

coronal feathers lengthened and showing conspicuously over the white

‘nuchal spot.

362 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. _ [May 2,

183. PaciLe KAMTSCHATKENSIS, Bp.

Parus palustris, Ibis, 1861, p. 331.

Parus kamtschatkensis, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 270, 1870, p. 437.

Resident at Pekin (David). Among specimens of this species re-

ceived from Trans-Baikal through M. Tacsanowsky is a very inter-

esting form of Marsh-Tit, remarkable for its resemblance to the

American P. carolinensis. This 1 have named P. daicalensis (Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. April 1871).

184. Pacrie cincta (Bodd.).

Parus sibiricus, Gm.

Woody mountains west of Pekin (David). From Moupin Pére

David has sent to Paris a handsome Machlolophus, which has not

yet been described.

185. OriTEs GLAucoGutaris (Gould).

Mecistura swinhoti, v. Pelzeln, Reise v. d. Novara, t. 3.

Mecistura caudata, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 270.

Parus trivirgatus, Ibis, 1860, p. 131.

Ningpo to Pekin, and westwards to Ichang.

186. Orrres OURATENSIS, David, M.S.; Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870,

p- 430.

A species of Orites with red eyelids was in the Pekin Museum,

and has been sent to Paris. It was found by Pére David in the

mountains west of Pekin. It has not yet been described.

187. ASGITHALISCUS CONCINNUS.

AEgithaliscus anophrys, Swinh. Ibis, 1868, p. 64.

Psaltria concinna, Gould, B. of Asia, pt. vil.

Fokien and Chekiang Provinces, and westward to Szechuen.

188. ASGITHALISCUS FULIGINOSUS.

Mecistura fuliginosa, J. Verr. Nouvelles Arch. du Muséum, t. viii.

Bulletin, p. 36.

‘« General colour dusky brown, forming a brown band on the breast ;

face and throat silvery grey ; a half collar on the anterior part of the

neck and middle of the abdomen, pure white on the first, and taking

a rosy tint on the flanks; wings and tail brown, the latter white on

the external barbs of the four lateral quills.”’ (J. Verreauz.)

Sent by Pére David from Moupin.

189. ASGITHALUS CONSOBRINUS, Swinh, P. Z.8. 1870, p. 133.

Aigithalus pendulinus, Radde, Reisen, Band ii. p. 195.

Procured at Sha-se, near Ichang (Hoopih). Radde found it breed-

ing in Amoorland.

190. Syitviearus Mopvestus, Burton, P. Z.S, 1835, p. 144.

Sent from Moupin by Pere David.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 363

191. Moracriya aLBorpes, Hodgs., var. 1. FELIX.

Motacilla luzoniensis, Ibis, 1860, pp. 55, 429, 1861, p. 35, 1862,

p. 259, 1863, p. 303; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 274.

Motacilla felix, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 121, fig. 1.

Like the Indian black-backed M. alboides (leucopsis, Gould, lu-

zoniensis, auct.), but with the pectoral black, in summer plumage,

advancing higher, to within half an inch of the lower mandible.

Southern China and Formosa.

Var. 2. seCHUENENSIS, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 122, fig. 2.

The pectoral black in summer reaching to the lower mandible.

Szechuen (W. China).

192. Moracttta pARADbOXA, v. Schrenck, Amurland, Vog.

p--34],,t..x1. fig. 2.

The pectoral black forming a large round patch on the breast.

Mongolia. Forwarded to Paris by Pére David.

193. Moracitta Hopcsont, G. R. Gray ; Blyth, Ibis, 1865,

p- 49.

Motaeilla francisci, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 123; Ibis, 1870,

p. 345. |

Like M. personata, Gould, of India, but with the back black instead

of grey. ;

Hainan ; Szechuen, extending to Nepal.

194. Moracriva rrontata, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 129.

Motacilla, sp.?, Ibis, 1867, p. 390.

Amoy in winter,

195. MovaciLia BAICALENSIS, n. sp.

Motacilla dukhunensis (?), P. Z. S. 1870, p. 130.

The representative in Eastern Asia of M. alba, L., of Europe ;

with clearer plumage, smaller bill, wing of a lighter brown, with

much more white, especially on the wing-coverts. In full summer

plumage the pectoral black contracts on the throat, and falls short of

the chin. It has a very close ally in M. dudhunensis, Sykes, of

India, but may be distinguished from that by its larger bill, greater

amount of white on the wing-coverts; and in nuptial dress by the

form of the pectoral patch. Occasional specimens trom Trans-Baikal

have a black line uniting the back of the eye with the black of the

nape, but otherwise similar to the typical bird. This I would

propose to distinguish as var. temporalis. It will probably be the

_ bird procured in Lombardy in the collection of Count Turati of

Milan (see Baron de Selys-Longchamps in Ibis, 1870, p. 451).

Numerous skins of the Baikal Wagtail have been received through

Madame Verdey of Paris ; and it is doubtless the species observed by

me on the Upper Yangtsze (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 130).

364 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

196. Moracitya ocunaris, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, pp. 94, 309;

P. Z. S. 1863, pp. 275, 1870, p. 130, fig. 346.

Motacilla lugubris, Ibis, 1860, p. 55, 1861, pp. 35, 255, 333,

1862, p. 260; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 317.

Distinguishable in all plumages by the dark streak through its

eye and its grey back.

China, Hainan, and Formosa. Specimens have also been received

from Trans- Baikal.

197. MoraciLyia Japonica, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, pp. 17, 274,

1870, p. 130.

Motacilla lugens, Temm. (nec Illig.) ; Ibis, 1860, p. 357.

Motacilla lugubris, Ibis, 1862, p. 260, 1563, p. 3U8.

Motacilla alba, var. from Kamtschatka, Pall. Zoograph.

Distinguishable from the last in winter by its larger size, its whiter

wing, and black-marked back. ‘his is the species that announces

- the return of spring to the Kamtschatkans (K7éélitz). M. lugubris,

Pall. & Temm. (lugens, Mliger), is the IZ. vidua, Sundevall, of Africa

(see Tristram, ‘ Ibis,’ 1866, p. 291).

198. Bupyres riavus (L.); Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 55, 1861,

pp. 36, 333, 411, 1862, p. 260; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 274.

Budytes flavescens, G. R. Gray, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 350.

China generally. Mr. Wallace has bright-plumaged birds from

the Moluccas which also agree with the European species ; and Mr.

Baird reports it from Alaska.

199. Bupyres TAIvANnus, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 346, 1866, p. 138.

Budytes rayi?, Ibis, 1862, p. 260, 1863, p. 309.

Budytes melanotis, Ibis, 1864, p. 422.

Amoy; Formosa; Hainan. I have a specimen also from Trans-

Baikal ; and Mr. Gould has one from Singapore.

200. BupyTEs CINEREOCAPILLUS, Sav. ; Ibis, 1863, p. 94, 1870,

p. 346; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 317.

Occurs singly or in pairs throughout China in spring.

201. BupyTes cirReo.us (Pall.).

Szechuen. I came across a party of this Wagtail on the Upper

Yangtsze in May.

202. CALOBATES MELANOPE.

Motacilla melanope, Pall. Itin. iii. p. 696. n. 16; Zoogr. 1. p. 500.

Motacilla bistrigata, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. xii. part 2, p. 312.

Motacilla boarula, Ibis, 1860, p. 55, 1861, pp. 35, 333, 1862,

p. 260, 1863, p. 309, 1866, p. 138; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 317, 1863,

p-. 274.

Calobates boarula, \bis, 1870, p. 346.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 365

China; Formosa; Hainan. Like C. boarula, but with a con-

stantly shorter tail.

203. LimonrpRomMus INbIcus (Gmel.) ; Gould, B. of As. pt. xiv.

Nemoricola indica, Ibis, 1861, p. 333, 1863, p. 94; P. Z. S. 1862,

p- 317, 1863, p. 276, 1870, p. 433.

Pekin and Szechuen.

204. Henicurus sinensis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 665 ; Ibis,

1867, p. 404.

Henicurus chinensis, Gould, B. of As. pt. xviil.

Henicurus leschenaultii, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 276.

Enicurus speciosus, Ibis, 1861, p. 265, 1862, pp. 261, 264.

Fokien province.

205. Henicurus Leucoscuistus, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. N. H.

vol. vi. 4th series, p. 154.

Enicurus schistaceus, Ibis, 1861, pp. 409, 410; P. Z. S. 1863,

p- 276.

Fokien; Moupin (David). Like H. schistaceus, Hodgs., of

Nepal, but wants the white tips that mark the first to the sixth

primaries of the Indian bird, and its under wing instead of having

the bases of the primary quills white, commencing from the second

quill and increasing inwards, has the basal third of the quills

edged on their inner webs with white, commencing trom the fourth

quill inclusive.

206. Hrnicurvs scoutert, Vig.; Gould, B. of Asia, pt. xviii.

Moupin (David).

207. ANTHUS SPINOLETTA, L.

Anthus aquaticus, Bechst.

Anthus blakistoni, Swinh. P. Z, 8. 1863, pp. 90, 273; Ibis, 1867,

p- 389.

Amoy ; river Yangtsze. I have seen a specimen of the true d.

obscurus, Gmel., from India.

208. ANTHUS CERVINUS, Pall. Zoograph. i. p. 511; Ibis, 1870,

p. 347; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 273.

Anthus thermophilus, Ibis, 1860, pp. 55, 429, 1861, pp. 36, 411,

1863, p. 311.

Anthus japonicus, Ibis, 1861, p. 333.

Throughout China; Hainan ; Formosa. It is a mistake to identify

the European 4. cecilii, Audouin (= 4. rufogularis, Brehm), with our

eastern 4. cervinus. Ours is a smaller bird, with shorter wing, and

in summer is easily distinguished by the rosy hue of its eyebrow and

breast, which in the other are rust-colour, the breast being streaked

with black. The streaks on the flanks, too, in the latter are much

longer and broader.

366 MR, R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

209. Anruus RosaceEvs, Hodgs.

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

210. Pipastes acriis (Sykes) ; Gould, B. of As. pt. xvii. ; Ibis,

1870, p. 347.

Anthus agilis, Ibis, 1860, p. 55, 1861, pp. 36, 333, 1863, p. 310;

P..Z. 8. 1863, p. 273.

Throughout China; Hainan; Formosa.

211. CoryDALLA GUSTAVI.

Anthus gustavi, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863, pp. 90, 273.

Anthus batchianensis, G. R. Gray, Hand-list, p. 251.

Comes to Amoy in spring in large numbers; but whither it goes

I cannot tell. Mr. Wallace procured the same species in Batchian.

212, CoryDALLA RICHARD! (Vieill.), Pl. Col. 101; Ibis, 1870,

p- 347.

Anthus richardi, Ibis, 1860, p. 55, 1861, pp. 36, 333, 1863,

p- 311, 1865, p. 234; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 317, 1863, p. 272.

Corydalla infuscata, Blyth. (Race that breeds on the Fokien

Hills.)

Corydalla sinensis, Ibis, 1861, p. 265.

Throughout China; Hainan. Rare in Formosa.

213. CoryDALLA CHINENSIs, Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 525.

A smaller and more ochreous race than the last. Amoy in spring.

214. Turpus naumannt, Temm. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 170; Ibis,

1863, p. 277; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 280.

Shanghai to Pekin, and westwards to Szechuen.

215. Turpts ruscatus, Pall. Zoogr. i. p. 451; Ibis, 1863,

pp. 93, 277; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 317, 1863, p. 280.

Amoy to Pekin, and in Formosa ; westwards to Szechuen.

216. Turpus musicus, L.

Foochow (Gould), Pekin (David). I have compared this bird, in

company with Mr. Gould, with other specimens of the species.

The Chinese bird does show some differences from home-shot ex-

amples, but a bird from Malta differs still more.

217. Turpus RUFICOLLIS, Pall. It. iii. p. 694 ; Gmel. Syst. Nat.

1788, p. 815; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 281.

Turdus 2, Ibis, 1861, p. 332.

Pekin ; Moupin (David).

218. Turpus PALLIDUS, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 815; PI.

Col. 515; Ibis, 1863, p. 276.

Turdus daulias, Yemm. Faun. Japon. t. 26; Ibis, 1860, p. 56,

1861, p. 57, 1862, p. 261 ; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 280.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 367

Turdus advena, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, pp. 56, 358.

Amoy to Peking ; Formosa.

219. Turpus curysoLaus, Temm. Pl. Col. 537; Ibis, 1860,

p. 56, 1863, p. 276, 1870, p. 248; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 280.

Hainan to Pekin; Formosa.

220. Turpus osscurus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 816; Ibis,

1863, p. 277.

Turdus pallens, Pall. ; Ibis, 1860, p. 56, 1861, p- 37, 1863, p. 93;

P. Z. S. 1862, p. 317, 1863, p. 280.

Turdus rufulus, Drap.

Turdus modestus, Eyton.

Turdus pallidus, Ibis, 1861, p. 332.

Turdus davidianus, Miloe-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. i. Bull. p. 26.

Malacca to Pekin, and westwards to Szechuen; Formosa. Tobe

at once distinguished from the last by its conspicuous white eye-

brow.

221. TurpUs HoRTULORUM, Sclater, Ibis, 1863, p. 196;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 280.

Turdus ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 37.

South China.

222. Turpus avsiceps, Swinh. Ibis, 1864, p. 363, 1866, p. 135,

pl. 5, & p. 315.

Formosa.

223. Turpus carpis, Temm. PI. Col. 518; Ibis, 1860, p. 132,

1861, p. 37, 1870, p. 248; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 280.

South China in winter.

224. Turpus srprricus, Pall. It. iii. p. 694; Syst. Nat. 1788,

p- 815; Ibis, 1861, p. 410, 1863, p. 93; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 317,

1863, p. 279.

Geocichla, n. sp., Ibis, 1861, p. 37.

A winter straggler in China generally.

225. MERULA siNENSIS (Cuv.); G. R. Gray, Hand-list of B. i.

p- 255; Zool. 1858, p. 6228.

Turdus mandarinus, Bp.; Ibis, 1860, p. 56, 1861, p. 38, 1870,

p. 248; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 281.

Hainan to Shanghai, and westwards to Szechuen. A fine chest-

nut-coloured species, allied to M. castanea (Gould) of India, has

been sent to Paris by Pére David from Moupin.

226. OrEociNCLA VARIA (Pall.).

Turdus varius, Pall. Zoogr. i. p. 449.

Oreocincla aurea, Bp.; Ibis, 1860, p. 56; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 278,

368 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. _ [ May 2,

Oreocincla hancii, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 275, 1866, p. 304.

Oreocincla whitei, Ibis, 1861, p. 333.

China generally, and in Formosa.

227. OREOCINCLA MOLLISSIMA.

Turdus mollissimus, Blyth, J. A. S. xi. p. 185,

Sent by Pére David from Moupin.

228. MonTicoua SAXATILIS, L.

Summers on the Pekin Mountains (David).

229. PETROPHILA GULARIS.

Orecetes gularis, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 93, pl. 3; P. Z.S.

1862, p. 318, 1863, p. 282.

Monticola ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 332.

Breeds on the Pekin Mountains (David).

230. PeTROcINCLA MANILLA (Bodd.); Ibis, 1870, p. 248.

Petrocincla violacea, Swinh. Zool. 1858, p. 6228.

Petrocincla manillensis, Ibis, 1863, p. 274, 1866, p. 136, 1867,

pp. 233, 404; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 317, 1863, p. 281.

Petrocossyphus manillensis, Ibis, 1860, pp. 56, 429, 1861, p. 38,

1862, p. 307, 1863, p. 93.

Hainan to Tientsin, and in Formosa.

231. Perrocincia cyYANEA (L.).

Interior of China. Common in the gorges of the Upper Yang-

tsze. Rare at Amoy and on the Chinese coast.

232. PETROCINCLA AFFINIS, Blyth, J. A. S. xii. p. 177.

Smaller than P. manil/a, with tne vent and belly more or less red ;

intermediate between P. manil/a and P. cyanea. The common form

on the South-China coast.

233. MytoPHONEUS CRULEUS (Scop.); Ibis, 1861, p. 36,

1862, pp. 262, 264; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 277.

Myiophoneus horsfieldii, Vigors? ; Ibis, 1860, p. 55.

Turdus violaceus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 826.

Turdus nitidus, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 1.

South China, westwards to Szechuen.

234. MyropHonevus 1Nnsuxaris, Gould, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 180;

B. of As. pl. ; Ibis, 1863, p. 577.

Formosa.

235. HypRoBATA PALLASI, Temm. Man. d’Ornith. iii. p. 107.

Cinclus pallasi, Ibis, 1863, p. 272; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 277.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 369

H. marila,. Swinh. North China Asiat. Soc. Journ. May 1859 ;

Ibis, 1860, pp. 187, 360.

Formosa, Ichang gorge of the Upper Yangtsze.

236. HypsireTes LEUCOCEPHALUS.

Turdus leucocephalus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p- 826.

T. melaleucus, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 1.

H. niveiceps, Swinh. Ibis, 1864, p. 424, 1865, p. 107.

South China to Szechuen.

237. HypsIPETES NIGERRIMUS, Gould, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 282;

B. of As. pt. xvi.; Ibis, 1863, p. 287.

Forinosa.

238. HypsipeTes Pernicer, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 251, Bis 9:

fig. 2.

Hainan.

239. Hypsipetes yuNANENsIS, Anderson, P. Z. S. 1871, anted,

p. 213.

Procured by Dr. Anderson at Ponsee (Yunnan province).

240. Hypstperes MACCLELLANDI, Horsf. P. Z. S. 1839, p. 159.

H. holti, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1861, pp. 266, 409; P. Z. S. 1863,

p- 277.

Fokien province.

241. Hemixus cCAsTaNonotus, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 251,

pl. 9. fig. 1.

Hainan.

242. Ixus stnensts, Ibis, 1863, p- 289; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 278.

Muscicapa sinensis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 942.

Pycnonotus sinensis, Ibis, 1860, p. 57.

P. occipitalis, Ibis, 1861, p. 39.

Luichow to Shanghai, and westward to Szechuen, also in For-

mosa. Shanghai samples are larger, with the black of the crown

somewhat obscuring the white of the occiput ; Szechuen specimens

have the occiput very white, with a pale halter mark round the

neck ; but both these varieties occasionally occur at Amoy.

243. Ixus narnanus, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p: 243,

Like the last, but with the occiput, as well as the crown, black.

Hainan.

244, Ixus XANTHORRHOUS.

Pycnonotus canthorrhous, Anderson, Pros. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1869,

p. 265.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1871, No. XXIV.

370 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

Ixus andersoni, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. v. 4th series,

p. 175.

Ichang gorge of the Upper Yangtsze. Obtained also by Dr.

Anderson at Momien (province Yunnan), and by Pére David in

Kokonor.

245. Ixus curysorruorpEs (Lafr.); Ibis, 1867, p. 232, 1868,

p. 63; P. ZN. 1863, p. 278.

Hewmatornis chrysorrhoides, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 367.

Pycnonotus hemorrhous, Ibis, 1860, p. 57.

Muscicapa atricapilla, Vieill.; Ibis, 1860, p. 358.

Pycnonotus chrysorrhoides, Ibis, 1861, p. 39.

Trus hemorrhous, Vbis, 1862, p. 307.

South China.

246. Ixus socosus (L.); P. Z.S. 1863, p. 277.

Pycnonotus jocosus (L.) ; Ibis, 1861, p. 39.

Canton.

247. Spizixus sEMIToRQUES, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p. 266;

P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 278.

Fokien province, and westwards in the Ichang gorge.

248. SpizixUS CINEREICAPILLUS, 0. Sp.

Sp. semitorques, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 290.

I identified the Formosan bird with the China species from a

specimen injured about the head. The acquisition of a series from

the Formosan mountains establishes the distinction between the

two. The Formosan race is like the China bird, but has the dark

parts of the head grey instead of black.

249. CRINIGER PALLIDUS, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 252.

Hainan.

250. PuHyLLorRNis LAZuLINA, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 255.

Hainan.

251. Srp1A AURICULARIS (Swinh.); Sclater, Ibis, 1866, p. 109,

pl. 4, p. 401.

Kittacincla auricularis, Swinh. Ibis, 1864, p. 361.

Formosa.

252. PoMATORHINUS ERYTHROCNEMIS, Gould, P. Z. S. 1862,

p- 281; B. of As. pl.; Ibis, 1863, p. 286.

Formosa.

253. PoMATORHINUS MusiIcus, Swinh. North China Asiat. Soc.

Journ. May 1859; Ibis, 1860, pp. 187, 360, 1861, p. 284, pl. 6.

Formosa.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOF ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 371

254. PomaroruINUs sTRIDULUS, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p- 265;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 278.

South China, westwards to Szechuen.

255. PomaroRHINUS NIGRO-STELLATUS, Swinh. Ibis, 1870,

p- 250.

Hainan.

256. Preroruinus pavrot, Swinh. Ibis, 1868, p. 61.

Western mountains of Pekin; a fine songster. Two other species

of this genus have been received from Moupin at Paris ; they will be

described by M. J. Verreaux.

257. LEUCODIOPTRUM CHINENSE.

Turdus chinensis, Osb. Itin. 309.

Turdus sinensis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 826.

Garrulax canorus, Ibis, 1860, p. 358, 1861, p. 38.

Leucodioptrum sinense, Ibis, 1870, p. 290; P.Z. S. 1863, p. 278.

Hainan to Ningpo.

258. LreucopiorprruM TAIVANUM.

Garrulax taéwanus, Swinh. Journ. North China Asiat. Soc. May

1859, no. 2, p- 228; Ibis, 1860, pp- 187, 360, 1863, p- 279.

Malacocercus taivanus, Ibis, 1865, p- 546.

Formosa.

259. GARRULAX CHINENSIS (Scop.); Sonn. Voy. t. 107; Ibis,

1864, p. 423.

Turdus shanhu, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p- 814.

Garrulax auritus (Daudin) ; Ibis, 1865, p- 350.

South-west Kwangtung.

260. GARRULAX PERSPICILLATUS (Gmel.); Pl. En. 604; Ibis,

1861, p. 38, 1862, p. 306; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 278.

Garrulav rugillatus, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, pp. 57, 358.

Turdus perspicillatus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 830.

Canton to Ningpo, and westward to Szechuen.

261. GarruLax aLBocutarts (Gould, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 187).

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

262. GaRRuLAX RUuFIcEPs, Gould, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 281; B. of

As. pl. ; Ibis, 1863, p. 282.

Formosa. Like the last, but with a rufous cap.

263. GARRULAX sannio, Swinh. Ibis, 1867, p. 403.

South China, and westwards to Szechuen. Procured in Western

Yunnan by Dr. Anderson.

372 MR. R, SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

_ 264, GarruLax mMonacuus, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 248.

Hainan.

265. IANTHOCINCLA P@HCILORHYNCHA (Gould).

. Garrulax pecilorhynchus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 281; B. of

As. pl. ; Ibis, 1863, p. 283, 1866, p. 303.

Formosa.

266. CrncLOSOMA ARTEMISIH, David, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

April 1871, p. 256.

Allied to OC. ocellatum, Vigors, of the Himalayas. Procured by

Pére David at Moupin, Western Szechuen.

267. TROCHALOPTERUM FORMOsSUM, J. Verr. Nouv. Arch. 1869,

Bull. p. 35.

“‘ General tint olivaceous rust-colour ; head grey, lanceolated with

black ; throat and front of neck of this last colour; a great portion

of the wings and of the upper surface of the tail blood-red. Belly

and abdomen olivaceous.’”’—J. Verreaux.

Sent by Pére David from Moupin. Two other species of this

genus, also from Moupin, remain to be described.

268. Conostoma =Mopium, Hodgs. J. A.S. x. p. 856.

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

269. PAaRADOXORNIS FLAVIROSTRIs, Gould, P. Z. S. 1836, p. I7.

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

270. HerERoMORPHA UNICOLOR, Hodgs. J. A. S. xii. p. 448.

Sent from Moupin by Pére David. Like this in coloration is a

curious species, also from Moupin, with one of its toes rudimentary.

271. SurHoRA BULOMACHUS, Swinh. Ibis, 1866, pp. 299, 303,

pl. 9.

The lower hills of Formosa.

272. SuTHORA SUFFUSA, ND. Sp.

A smaller conspecies of the last, with the hind neck of a richer

rufous and more definitely separated from the greyish olive of the

back. Back washed with rufous in the other, blending with the

rufous of the head. Bill smaller. Legs and feet much smaller ;

wing 2 inches, tail 2°5.

Seen in small parties in spring about the mountainous sides of

the gorges on the Upper Yangtsze.

273. SurHoRA weBBIANA, G. R. Gray, P. Z. S. 1852, p. 70;

Gould, B. of As. pl.; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 271.

Abundant about the hedges near Ningpo and Shanghai; moun-

tains of Pekin (David). Kept in Shanghai for its fighting-qualities.

1871.] MR, R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 373

Like its Formosau congener it is very pugnacious, and will fight its

fellows to the death. The Chinese use it in the gambling-ring.

274. SurHora Guuaris, J. Verr. Nouv. Arch. 1869, Bulletin,

p- 35.

“Couleur générale laque jaune, devenant blanche sur les joues et

le milieu de la partie inférieure excepté la gorge, qui est dun noir

pur; rémiges et rectrices noiratres; partie supérieure de ces der-

niéres rougeatres, une tache jaune mordorée sur le milieu de laile

s’étendant sur une partie des secondaires.”—J. Verreaux.

Sent by Pére David from Moupin. Pére David has also sent

another species hitherto undescribed from the same locality.

275. SurHoRA BRUNNEA, Anderson, P. Z.S. 1870, anted, p. 211.

Procured by Dr. Anderson at Momien (Yunnan province).

276. Le1torHR1x LUTEA (Scop.); Ibis, 1865, p. 349; P. Z. 8.

1863, p. 298.

South-west China, whence brought to Canton and sold alive in

bird-shops.

Pére David has sent a new Minla from Moupin, allied to M. ig-

nitincta, Hodgs., of the Himalayas.

277. YUHINA NIGRIMENTUM, Hodgs. J. A. S. xiv. p. 562.

Sent by Pére David from Moupin.

278. YunIna piADematTA, J. Verr. Nouv. Arch. 1869, Bull.

p- 35.

* Couleur générale brun terreux, plus pale en dessus ; milieu de

Yabdomen, les couvertures sous-caudales blane pur, devenant d’une

teinte encore plus pure sur la grande tache occipitale, qui est précédée

par de longues plumes formant une huppe; ailes et queue noires

avec les rachis d’un blanc plus visible sur la derniére, qui est échan-

crée.”—J. Verreaux.

Sent by Pere David from Moupin.

279. STacnyRis pR&COGNITUS, Swinh. Ibis, 1866, p. 310.

Very like St. ruficeps, Blyth, of Nepal, but smaller, with much

smaller bill, and with the red of the head confined to the crown.

Formosa; Ichang gorge of the Yangtsze river.

280. HerPorRNIS TYRANNULUS, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 347,

pl. 10.

Herpornis xanthochlora, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 293,

Herpornis zantholeuca, Swinh. Ibis, 1866, p. 394. p

Formosa; Hainan.

-281. STAPHIDA TORQUEOLA.

Siva torqueola, Swiuh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vy. 4th series,

p. 174,

374 MR. KR. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

I described this as a Siva ; but it is more allied to the genus Izulus,

from which it differs in having a deeply graduated tail. Ivulus

castaneiceps, Moore, is of the same form as our bird; and I would

propose to place these two under a new subgenus, Staphida. Our

species was procured in Fokien province, Pére David has sent a

new species of Jzudus from Moupin.

282. ALCIPPE NIPALENSIS.

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

283. ALcipPpE MoRRIsoniéA, Swinh. [bis, 1863, p. 296, 1865,

p- 107.

Formosa, A smaller conspecies of the last.

284. ALcIpPpE BRUNNEA, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 280, B. of

As. pl.; Ibis, 1863, p. 297.

Formosa.

_ 285. Cocoa viripis, Hodgs. J. A. S. v. p. 359; Ibis, 1868,

p. 354.

A single specimen procured at Amoy in December 1867. The

Paris Museum kas received the bird from Cochin-China.

286. AMPELIS GARRULA (L.); P. Z.S. 1863, p. 298.

North China.

287. AMPELIS PH@NICOPTERA, Temm. F, J.; Ibis, 1864, p. 427,

1866, p. 307.

North China; Formosa.

288. PsaROPHOLUS ARDENS, Swinh. Ibis, 1862, p. 363, 1863,

p. 293, 1866, pp. 297, 398.

Formosa.

289. PsAROPHOLUS ARDENS, var. NIGELLICAUDA, Swinh. Ibis,

1870, p. 342.

Hainan.

290. Orn1oLUS CHINENSIS, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 383;

Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 57, 1861, pp. 58, 341, 1863, p. 291, 1866,

p- 138, 1870, p. 342; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 282.

Oriolus cochinensis, Briss. Av. ii. p. 326.

Oriolus indicus, Jerd. Ill. Ind. Orn. pl.

Throughout China, and Formosa in summer. Resorts im winter

to Cochin-China, Tenasserim, and India.

291. Pirra Mouuccensis (Miill.).

Turdus moluccensis, P. L. S. Miller, Natursyst. Anhang (1766),

p. 144.

Pitta cyanoptera, Temm.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 375

Pitta nympha, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, pp. 412, 414; P. Z. S. 1863,

p- 277.

A single specimen procured at Amoy.

292. Pirra oreas, Swinh. Ibis, 1864, p- 428.

Formosa.

293. Lanius Lanrora (Sykes, P. Z.S. 1832, p. 86); Sharpe

and Dresser, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 595.

Pekin in winter (David).

294. Lanrus masor, Pall. Zoogr. i. p. 401.

Rare at Pekin (David). Under the name ZL. mollis, Eversm.*, a

specimen of this has been sent from Trans-Baikal.

295. Lanrus scuacn, L. ; Zool. 1858, p- 6228 ; Ibis, 1860, p. 59,

1861, p. 43, 1865, p- 336, 1870, p. 240; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 286.

Lanius chinensis, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 1.

Lanius schach, var. formosa, Ibis, 1863, p. 270.

China generaliy ; Formosa; Hainan.

296. Lanrus TrepHRONoTUs (Vig. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 43).

Sent by Pére David from Moupin.

297. Lanius Fruscatus, Less. ; Walden, Ibis, 1868, p. 69, 1870,

p. 241.

Lanius melanthes, Swinh. Ibis, 1867, p. 405.

South China; Hainan.

298. Lanrus MaGnirostris, Less. ; Ibis, 1867, pl. 6.

Lanius waldeni, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 131, pl. 11.

Comes from Malacca to Central China to breed. Female, when

fully adult, like the male.

299. Lanrus BpucepHALus, Temm. & Schleg. Faun. Jap. t. 14;

Ibis, 1860, pp. 60 et 132, 1861, p. 340; P. Z.S. 1862, p. 319,

1863, p. 287.

Pekin; Amoy (one female specimen procured in winter). Male

differs much from the female.

300. Lanius cristatus, L.; Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 298.

Lanius phenicurus, Pall.

Upper parts reddish brown; crown the same from the base of the

‘beak ; eyebrow yellowish and not well defined. A male from Amo

agrees with examples from India. Adult female resembles the male.

Received frequently in full summer plumage from Trans-Baikal.

301. Lanrus supercriLiosus, L.

Rather brighter than the last; forehead and well-defined eye-

[* Cf. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xvii. p. 78,—Eb.]

376 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

brow white. A male from Amoy agrees with specimens from the

Amoor and Malacca. Adult female resembles the male.

302. Lanrus Lucionensis, L.; Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 299 ;

Ibis, 1860, p. 59, 1861, pp. 43, 255, 340, 1863, p. 272, 1866,

pp- 135, 295, 394; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 286, 1870, p. 428.

Lanius schwaneri, Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 363.

Upper parts light liver-brown ; forehead greyish white, with well-

defined white eyebrow. Adult female resembles the male. The

commonest species that passes through Amoy. Those collected on

passage through Formosa are all immature, as if they had not

strength to make the through voyage to the Philippines without

rest. LL. schwaneri of Borneo seems, from the description, to be

based on a partially mature female of this species. Found in

summer as far north as Talien Bay.

303. LANrus INCERTUS, N. sp.

Crown, from beak to occiput, cinereous, with no eyebrow; rest of

upper parts reddish brown, brighter on the ramp. One male spe-

cimen procured at Amoy from a party of the last.

These four red-tailed Shrikes may be considered geographical

races, or representative species, each reserving to itself an area in

Scuth-eastern Asia for its winter haunt, and another in North-eastern

Asia for its summer haunt. The Z. eristatus, that spreads through-

out India in winter, seems to seek a family home in Dauria and the

country directly north of India, extending to Trans- Baikal ; L. lucio-

nensis travels across the sea from its warm winter retreat in the

Philippines, and spends its summer in North China, extending its

range to Talien Bay; the southernmost species, L. superciliosus,

comes from Malacca, and, passing the summer range of the latter,

seeks the high latitudes of Amoorland and northern Japan as more

suitable for the nurture of its offspring. As in the case of the

Limicole, those that go furthest north to breed, hurry furthest south

to escape the rigours of winter; such is, apparently, the case with

L. superciliosus. But this is scarcely a rule with land-birds ; for

this Shrike’s winter compatriot, LZ. magnirostris, as 1 have shown

(P. Z. S. 1870, p. 131), is contented to accommodate himself at a

halfway station on the journey in Central China. The route taken

by L. superciliosus is not down the China coast, or we should meet

him straggling down in spring and autumn, as all the migrants do

that travel by land. He probably takes the more inland course

followed by many birds that summer in North China and the Amoor.

How, then, does it occasionally turn up with the large flights of L.

lucionensis bound to the Philippines and Borneo? How, further,

does it happen that L. eristatus should step out of its way and

straggle on a tour to a country widely separate from its regular

winter quarters? I would suggest as an explanation that the routes

travelled by the three species must somewhere cross or touch, and

that the outliers of the bird-caravans would get attracted to the

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA, 377

allied throng with which they came into contact, and so pass on with

it inadvertently. Thus it is matter of no great surprise that the

typical L. lucionensis is occasionally obtained, as Mr. Blyth informs

me, in Ceylon, whither it would have travelled with L. cristatus, or

in the Tenasserim, whither the company of L. superciliosus would

have conducted it. To account for this phenomenon I was before

led to suppose that the variation of the three species was not con-

stantly fixed, and that each race occasionally developed the peculia-

rities of either of the others. But my present hypothesis is, I think,

the right one. There need be no confusion of races by the inter-

crossing of species, for the misguided birds would be among strangers

ouly for the winter; in the summer, on their return journey, they

would have the opportunity of rejoining their species.

Lanius incertus is founded on one male specimen, and, from its

being so different in plumage, will, I think, be found to belong to

another geographical race, with winter and summer resorts of its

own, which has, in a similar way, been allured from its ordinary

course of migration.

304. TepHRopoRNIs PELYIcA (Hodgs.) ; Ibis, 1870, p. 241.

Tenthaca pelvica, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. 1837, p. 447.

Hainan.

305. ARTAMuS Fuscus (Vieill.); Ibis, 1862, p- 306, 1870,

p. 247; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 287.

Hainan. Macao (Cassin, v. Perry’s Exp. to Japan).

306. Dicrurus carHacus, n. sp.

D. macrocercus, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p- 59, 1861, pp. 43, 340,

1863, p. 266, 1865, p. 348, 1866, p. 121, 1870, p- 244; P.Z.S.

1862, p. 319, 1863, p. 285, 1870, p. 433.

The term macrocercus has been applied in India to two distinct

species of Black Drongos,—the one a long bird,always distinguishable

by a white spot close to the gape, the D. albirictus of Hodgson ;

and the other allied to our Chinese bird. The name was given by

Vieillot to the Java bird of this group—the Edolius longus, Temm.,

and FE. forficatus, Horsf. The Java species is smaller than the

Indian bird, of more slender and elongated form, and has smaller

feet. Our China bird, which is found throughout China, Hainan,

and Formosa, is larger than its Indian ally, with longer bill and

much longer wing, and has a rich bronze gloss over its feathers, in-

cluding its wings and tail; wing 6 inches, tail 6. I propose to sepa-

rate it specifically under the above name. Our Drongo, in its nestling

plumage, is of a greyish black (which browns with wear), deeper on

the upper parts, bronzed on its wings and tail, with white on its ax-

illaries and carpal edge. In changing into the bronzed plumage of

the adult, the feathers of the underparts appear with broad white

margins, which gradually give place to uniform bronze. Young

males often begin to acquire the adult plumage on leaving the nest.

378 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

307. Bucnanea movunoti, Walden, Ann. Mag. N. H. 4th ser. v.

p- 220; Ibis, 1870, p. 245.

Hainan.

308. BucuanGa LEucoGEnys, Walden, Ann. Mag. N. H. 4th ser.

v. p. 219; Ibis, 1870, p. 245.

Dicrurus cineraceus, Ibis, 1861, p. 265, 1862, p. 258.

Dicrurus cinerascens, Ibis, 1861, p. 411.

Dicrurus leucopheus, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 285.

Hainan to Foochow, and westward to Szechuen.

309. BucHANGA INNEXA, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 246.

Hainan.

310. Cuipia BREvrIROsTRIS, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 112.

Chibia hottentotta (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 411, 1863, p.96; P.Z.S,

1862, p. 319, 1863, p. 285.

Amoy; Tientsin; Pekin (David). Outer tail-feather very broad

and much curled, bill rather shorter, bronzed spots on breast rounder,

frontal deflected bristles long and coarse; otherwise very similar to

C. hottentotta of India.

311. CHApPTIA BRAUNIANA, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 269, 1866,

p- 399.

Formosa.

312. GRAUCALUS REX-PINETI, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 265, 1866,

pp- 393, 402, 1870, p. 242.

Formosa; Hainan.

313. VotvocrvoraA meELascuista, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. 1837,

p- 328; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 282.

Volvocivora lugubris, Sundev.

Campephaga cinerea’, Ibis, 1860, p. 58.

Campephaga ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 42.

Canton to Foochow, and westwards to Szechuen. Summer visitant.

314. Votvocivora saTuRatTA, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 242.

Hainan.

315. Pericrocotus CINEREUS, Lafresn. Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 94 ;

Ibis, 1860, p. 58, 1861, p. 42, 340, 1862, p. 263, 1870, p. 244;

P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 283.

Ranges from the South to Pekin.

316. Pericrocotus CANTONENS!S, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p. 42,

1865, p. 107, 1870, p. 244; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 284.

Pericrocotus sordidus, Swinh. (immature), P. Z. S. 1863, p. 284.

Northwards to Foochow, and westwards to Szechuen.

1871. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 379

317. Pericrocotus 1GNevs, Blyth; J. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag.

de Zool. (May 1867) p. 169.

Western China, Perny’s collection (J. Verr.).

318. PERICROCOTUS BREVIROSTRIS, Vig. ; Gould, Cent. pl. 8.

Passes Pekin in migration, but does not breed in the Chelee province

(David).

319. PERICROCOTUS GRISEIGULARIS, Gould, P. Z. S. 1862,

p- 282; B. of As. pl.; Ibis, 1863, p. 263, 1866, p. 399.

Formosa ; Fokien province.

320. Pericrocorus specrosus (Lath.); Gould, Cent. pl. 7;

Ibis, 1867, p- 403; P. Z. S. 1863, p- 285.

Pericrocotus brevirostris ?, Ibis, 1862, p. 257.

Fokien province.

321. PERICROCOTUS FRATERCULUS, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 244.

Hainan.

322. Burauis GkisEosticTa, Ibis, 1866, p. 131, P. Z. S. 1863,

p. 288.

Hemichelidon griseisticta, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p. 330, 1863,

p. 262.

Hemichelidon fuliginosa, Ibis, 1860, p. 57.

Butalis hypogrammica, G. R. Gray ; Wallace, Ibis, 1862, p. 350.

China in summer, winters in the Moluccas.

323. Burauis siprrica (Gmel.); P. Z.S. 1863, p. 288, 1870,

p. 440.

Muscicapa sibirica, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 936.

Muscicapa fuscedula, Pall. Zoogr. i. p. 462.

Hemichelidon fuliginosa, Hodgs.

Amoy; Pekin.

324. BuTALIs FERRUGINEA(Hodgs.); Ibis, 1870, p. 247 ; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 288.

Hemichelidon rufilata, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 57.

Hemichelidon ferruginea, Hodgs. Ibis, 1861, p. 40.

South China; Hainan.

325. Burais Latrrostris (Raffles), P. Z. S. 1862, p. 288.

Hemichelidon latirostris, Ibis, 1860, p. 57, 1861, pp- 40, 330,

1863, p. 262.

Muscicapa latirostris, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soe. xiii. pt. 2 (1822),

p- 312.

Muscicapa cinereoalba, Temm. & Schleg. Faun. Jap.; Ibis, 1870,

p- 247.

Museicapa grisola, var. daurica, Pall. Zoogr. i. p, 461.

Summers in China.

380 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. _ [May 2,

- 326. ERYTHROSTERNA ALBICILLA (Pall.) ; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 317.

Muscicapa albicilla, Pall. Zoogr. i. p. 462.

Erythrosterna leucura (Gmel.); Ibis, 1860, p. 357, 1863, p. 92,

1870, p. 247; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 290.

Erythrosterna mugimaki, Ibis, 1861, p. 330.

Thamnobia niveiventris, Swinh. Ibias 1860, p. 54.

Winters in Southern China. Gmelin’s Muscicapa leucura (Syst.

Nat. i. 1788, p. 939) is from the Cape of Good Hope, and there-

fore cannot be our bird.

327. ERYTHROSTERNA LUTEOLA (Pall.); Midd. Sib. Reis. pl.

xvii. (winter plumage); Ibis, 1866, p. 313; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 290.

Motacilla luteola, Pall. ; Zoogr. i. p. 470.

Muscicapa mugimaki, T. & S. Faun. Jap. (adult ¢ in summer) ;

Ibis, 1860, p. 357, 1867, p. 390, 1870, p. 247.

Muscicapa hylocharis, Swinh. Ibis, 1862, p. 305 (young ¢).

China coast and Formosa in autumn. Wanders down to Penang

(E. erythaca, Blyth).

328. Muscicaputa sappuirRa (Tick.) ; Jerd. Ind. Orn. pl. 32.

Western China (Perny’s coll., Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 169).

329. XANTHOPYGIA NARCISSINA (Temm.) Pl. Col. 577; Swinh.

Ibis, 1860, p. 58, 1861, pp. 41, 410, 1870, p. 247; P. Z. 8. 1863,

p- 289.

Passes up and down the China coast. Summers in Japan.

330. XANTHOPYGIA TRICOLOR (Hartl.).

Xanthopygia leucophrys, Blyth, Ibis, 1861, p. 410, 1863, p. 92 ;

P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 317, 1863, p. 289.

Rare on the coast. Breedsnear Pekin(David). Found in winter

in Malacca.

331. Nixrava sunpDARA, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. 1837, p. 650 ; Gould,

B. of As. pl.

Western China (Perny’s collection, identified by J. Verreaux).

332. Cyornis vivipa, Swinh. Ibis, 1864, p. 363, 1866, p. 393,

plete

Formosa. The male is a mimicry of the last; the female, a true

Cyornis, without the blue spot on the side of ‘the neck that dis-

tinguishes females of the Ni/tava group.

333. CYANOPTILA CYANOMELANA (Temm.) PI. Col. 470; Ibis,

1870, p. 247.

Muscicapa gularis, T. & Schleg. F. J. (@ ).

Niltava Selo Ibis, 1860 ,p. 58, 1861, p. 41, 1863, p. 92;

P. Z.S. 1862, p. 317, 1863, p. 290.

Hypothymis cyanomelena, Ibis, 1862, p. 806.

Passes up and down the China coast. Summers in Japan,

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 381

334. SropAROLA MELANOPS (Vig.); Gould, Cent. pl. 6; Ibis,

1861, p. 263.

Eumyias melanops, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 289.

Amoy ; Western China (Perny and David).

335. Srputa stropHrATA, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. 1837, p. 651.

Moupin, from Pére David. The Paris Museum has received

another species from the same locality allied to S. erithacus, Blyth,

from Darjeeling.

336. DicentA suPERCILIARIS (Blyth, J. A. S. xi. p. 190);

P. Z: S. 1845, p. 26.

Siphia innexa, Swinh. Ibis, 1866, p. 394.

Siphia rubrocyanea, Hodgs.

Formosa. Known also from the Himalayas; and from Timor as

Muscicapa tricolor 3 (rupestris 2), Mill.: see Blyth, Ibis, 1865,

p. 44.

337. Mytacra azureA (Bodd.), Pl. En. 666; Ibis, 1861,

p- 263, 1863, p. 261, 1865, p. 545, 1870, p. 247; P. Z. S. 1863,

p- 289.

Tchitrea ceruleocephala?, Ibis, 1860, p. 57.

Formosa; Hainan; Amoy (one specimen).

338. CuLICICAPA CINEREOCAPILLA (Vieill.); Sw. Zool. Ill. pl. 13.

Szechuen province, in the gorges of the Yangtsze river. The

former generic name of this species (Cryptolopha) having been

preoccupied, I propose to apply to it the above term.

339. TcHITREA PRINCEPS (Temm. PI. Col. 584).

Tch. principalis, Ibis, 1860, p. 57, 1861, pp. 39, 411, 1863, p. 260,

1865, p. 541; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 289.

Passes the South-China coast. Summers in Japan.

340. Tcurrrea INcEI, Gould, B. of As. pl.; Ibis, 1863, p. 92 ;

P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 317, 1863, p. 289, 1870, p. 439.

T. principalis, Ibis, 1861, p. 330, 1866, p. 297.

Summers in Central and North China.

341. GARRULUS SINENSIS, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 304.

G. ornatus, Ibis, 1861, p. 267, 1862, pp. 261, 263.

South China, westwards to Szechuen. Chinese specimens have

longer legs and feet than the Himalayan G. bispecularis, Vigors ;

but I can detect no other difference.

342. GarruLus Tarvanus, Gould; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 282; B. of

As. pt. xvi.; Ibis, 1863, p. 386.

Formosa.

382 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. _ [May 2,

343. GarruLus BRANDTI, Eversm. Addend. ad Pall. Zoogr.

Rosso-Asiat. 1843, iii. p. 8.

North China; Pekin.

344. Urocissa stnensis (L.); Ibis, 1861, pp. 43, 267, 409,

1862, p. 261, 1865, p. 349, 1867, p. 407; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 304,

1870, p. 448.

Cuculus sinensis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. (1788) p. 418.

Corvus erythrorhynchus, Gmel. p. 372.

Throughout China.

345. UrocissaA CH#RULEA, Gould; P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 282; B. of

As. pl.; Ibis, 1863, p. 384, 1866, pp. 121, 296, 303.

Formosa.

346. DenprocitTtTa sINENsIs (Lath.); Ibis, 1868, p. 62, 1870,

p. 351; P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 304.

Corvus sinensis, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 161.

South China; Hainan.

347. DENDROCITTA FORMOS#, Swinhoe.

Dendrocitta sinensis, var. formosa, Ibis, 1863, p. 387, 1865,

p. 234, 1866, pp. 296, 394.

Formosa.

348. Nucrrraca caryocatactss (L.); P. Z. S. 1863, p. 306,

1870, p. 448.

Pekin.

349. Nucirraca HemisPILA, Vig. ; Gould, C. B. pl. 36.

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

350. Pica mepta, Blyth, J. A. S. xii. (1844), p. 393; Ibis,

1863, p. 383, 1870, p. 350.

Pica sericea, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 2; Ibis, 1860, pp. 60,

429, 1861, pp. 43, 336, 1867, p. 236.

Pica caudata, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 303.

Throughout China; Formosa; Hainan. Birds from Pekin and

Kalgan are much more brightly coloured than southern examples.

351. CYANOPOLIUS CYANUS.

Corvus cyanus, Pall. Zoogr. R. A. i. p. 391.

Cyanopica cyana, Ibis, 1861, p. 336; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 304.

Shanghai to Pekin, and westwards to Ichang (Hoopih province).

352. Corvus JAPONENSIS, Bp. Consp. Av. p. 386.

Corvus macrorhynchus, Schleg. Faun. Jap. t. 39.

Beyond the Great Wall.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 383

353. Corvus sINENsIs, Gould; Moore, Cat. Birds F. I. Co. ii.

p- 556; Ibis, 1862, p. 260, 1863, pp. 95, 383, 1870, p. 348; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 305.

Corvus colonorum, Swinh. Ibis, 1864, p. 427, 1866, pp. 296,

402.

Corvus japonicus, Ibis, 1861, p. 337.

Corvus japonensis, Ibis, 1862, p. 260.

Throughout China; Formosa; Hainan.

354. Corvus Trorauatus, Lesson, Traité d’Ornith. p. 328;

P.Z.S8. 1863, p. 305.

Corvus pectoralis, Gould, Ibis, 1860, p. 60, 1861, pp. 43, 337,

1862, p. 260, 1867, p. 411, 1870, p. 350.

355. Corvus corone (L.); Ibis, 1870, pp. 79, 348.

Naochow Island, near Hainan.

356. FRUGILEGUS PASTINATOR.

Corvus pastinator, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 1; Ibis, 1861, p. 336 ;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 305.

Ningpo to Pekin.

357. Lycos pauricus (Pall. Zoogr. t. 15); P. Z. S. 1863,

p. 304,

Corvus dauricus, Ibis, 1861, pp. 257, 337.

Ningpo to Pekin. I cannot understand Prof. Schlegel (Mus. des

Pays-Bas) considering the following species the young of this bird.

I have taken this bird from the nest, and found the young beginning

life with all the pied characters of the adult.

358. Lycos neGuectus (Schleg. F. J. t. 40); P. Z. 8S. 1863,

p. 305.

Corvus neglectus, Ibis, 1861, pp. 259, 337, 1867, p. 227.

Ningpo to Pekin. This species is closely related to L. monedula,

but has a mnch smaller and slenderer bill, aud no grey on the sides

of the head and neck. I have procured at Shanghai a hybrid be-

tween this and the last.

359. FrREGILUS GRACULUs (L.), var. BRACHYPUS.

Fregilus graculus, Ibis, 1863, p. 95; P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 319, 1863,

p- 306, 1870, pp. 434, 444.

Pekin. The Himalayan bird has much longer feet than ours, and

scarcely any purple gloss on the body-plumage. Ours differs also

from the European species by its tarsi being a good deal shorter

and its toes quite stumpy. A bird from Siberia in the Cambridge

Museum agrees with the Chinese bird.

360. Euxases sinensis, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. $53.

South-west China.

384 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. _ [May 2,

361. EvLABEs HAINANUS, Ibis, 1870, p. 352.

Gracula, sp., Ibis, 1860, p. 361.

Hainan.

362. ACRIDOTHERES CRISTATELLUS (L.); Ibis, 1860, pp. 60,

429, 1861, p.44, 1862, p. 260, 1863, p. 382; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 302.

Gracula cristatella, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 397.

Acridotheres philippensis, Ibis, 1867, p. 387, 1870, p. 352.

South China to Shanghai, and westwards to Szechuen; Hainan ;

Formosa.

363. GRACUPICA NIGRICOLLIS (Payk.); Act. Holm. xxviii. t. 9 ;

Ibis, 1860, p. 60, 1861, pp. 44, 260; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 303.

Pastor bicolor, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 1.

Canton to Foochow.

364. TemENuCHUs SINENSIs (Gmel.) ; Ibis, 1866, p. 394, 1870,

p- 352.

Temenuchus turdiformis (Wagler) ; Ibis, 1860, p. 60, 1861, p. 44.

Heterornis sinensis, Ibis, 1863, p. 382, 1865, p. 358, 1866, p. 138 ;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 302. |

Summers in South China from Canton to Foochow. Observed as

a migrant in Formosa and Hainan. Winters in Pegu.

365. TEMENUCHUs DAURICUS (Pall. Act. Stockh. 1778, iii. p.198);

Pl. Enl. 627. 3; Ibis, 1863, p.95; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 802.

Gracula sturnina (Pall.); Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 399.

Sturnus pyrrhogenys, Ibis, 1861, p. 338.

Sturnus dauricus, Ibis, 1866, p. 131; P. Z. 8S. 1862, p. 319.

Procured at Tientsin and Pekin; would appear to summer in

North-east Tartary, and to winter in Malacca and Java.

366. SruRNUS CINERACEUS, Temm. PI. Col. 556; Ibis, 1861,

pp. 257, 338, 1863, p. 382, 1870, p. 352; P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 319,

1863, p. 301.

Temenuchus cineraceus (Temm.); Ibis, 1860, p. 60, 1861, p. 44.

Passes down the coast in winter. Breeds in North China. Found

during winter in Formosa and Hainan.

367. SrurNus sERIcevus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 805; Ibis,

1861, p. 338; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 301.

Pastor sericeus, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 1.

Temenuchus sericeus (Lath.) ; Ibis, 1860, p. 60, 1861, p. 44.

Sturnus cinereus, Ibis, 1862, p. 306.

Fokien and Canton provinces.

368. MuntA siInensis (Briss.).

Coccothraustes sinensis, Briss. Orn. iii. p. 238.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 385

Munia rubronigra, Hodgs. Ibis, 1861, p. 45; Blyth, Ibis, 1860,

p. Gl:

South-west China.

369. Munia rormosana, Swinh. Ibis, 1865, p. 356.

Formosa,

370. Munra Torexa, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 380, 1870, p. 354;

P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 299.

Munia malacea, Ibis, 1860, p. 61, 1861, p. 45.

South China; Hainan; Formosa.

371. Munta acuticaupa, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. (1836) p. 153;

Ibis, 1863, p. 379, 1870, p. 354; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 299.

Munia molucca, Ibis, 1860, p. 61.

Munia minima?, Ibis, 1860, p. 358, 1861, p. 45.

Hainan to Shanghai, and westwards to Szechuen; Formosa.

372. Pappa oRyzIvora (Linn.).

Oryzornis oryzivora, Ibis, 1860, p. 60.

Munia oryzivora, Ibis, 1861, p. 45; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 299.

Hongkong; Amoy; Shanghai.

373. FRINGILLA MONTIFRINGILLA, L. ; Ibis, 1861, p. 335, 1864,

p-423; P. Z. 8. 1862, p.318, 1863, p. 298.

North China in winter. Occurs occasionally as far south as Amoy.

374, Curysomitris sprnus (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 267; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 299, 1870, p. 433.

Fringilla spinus, Ibis, 1861, p. 335.

Pekin in autumn, and in winter down to Foochow.

375. Cutorospiza sinica (L.); P. Z. S. 1863, p. 299, 1870,

p- 433.

Ligurinus sinicus, Ibis, 1860, p. 61, 1861, p. 45.

Fringilla sinica, Ibis, 1861, p. 335, 1863, p. 378.

Canton to Pekin, and westwards to Ichang (Hoopih Province),

376. Pyreita reTRoNIA (L.).

Breeds in the Ordo Mountains, north-west of Pekin (David).

Pére David, in his Catalogue, mentions an allied Finch which he

has procured on the most elevated regions of Mongolia. This

novelty will shortly be described by J. Verreaux.

377. LEUCOSTICTE BRUNNEINUCBHA (Brandt).

Seen in North Chelee in the coldest weather (David).

378. Frinertuaupa NEMorRIcoLA, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. (1836)

p. 158; Bp. Lox. t. 47,

Sent from Moupin by Pere David.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXV.

386 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

379. AAGIOTHUS BoREALIs (Temm.).

Aigiothus canescens, Gould; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 299.

Cannabina canescens, Ibis, 1861, p. 335.

Winters in North China.

380. Passer montTANus (L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 60, 1861, pp. 45,

255, 1863, p. 378, 1870, p. 354; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 299, 1870,

p- 433.

Fringilla montana, Ibis, 1861, p. 335, 1862, pp. 258, 260.

The House-Sparrow of all China, Hainan, and Formosa.

381. PassER RUTILANS, Temm. PI. Col. 288.

Passer russatus, Schleg. Faun. Jap.; Ibis, 1861, p. 45, 1863,

p: 378, 1866, p. 295; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 299.

South China and Formosa.

382. PAsseR CINNAMOMEUS (Gould).

Pyrgita cinnamomea, Gould, P.Z. 8. 1835, p. 185.

Occurs at Ichang, and westwards to Szechuen.

383. PAsseR OURATENSIS, David, in Mus. Pekin; Swinh. P. Z.S.

1870, p. 430.

Ordo Mountains (David).

384. CoccoTHRAUSTES VULGARIS, var. JAPONICUS, Ibis, 1861,

p. 336; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 299, 1870, p. 448.

Coccothraustes vulgaris japonicus, T. & S. Faun. Jap.

Shanghai to Pekin, and westwards to the Ichang gorge.

385. EopHONA MELANURA (Gmel.) ; Gould B. of As. pl.; Ibis,

1867, p. 390.

Coccothraustes melanurus, Ibis, 1860, p. 61, 1861, p. 45;

P. Z.S. 1863, p. 299.

Loxia melanura, Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. p. 853.

Throughout China.

386. EorHona personata, Schleg. F. J. t. 52; P. Z. 8. 1870,

p- 448.

Pekin.

387. MyceEROBAS MELANOXANTHUS, Hodgs.

Coccosthraustes melanoxanthus, Hodgs. As. Res. xix. (1836)

p- 150.

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

388. PyRRHULA GRISEIVENTRIS, Lafr.

Pyrrhula orientalis, Temm. F. J. t. 58.

From Shanghai northwards,

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 387

389. PyRRHULA ERYTHROCEPHALA, Vig. P. Z,S. 1831, p. 174;

Gould, C. B. pl. 32.

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

390. Carpopacus ERyTHRINUS (Pall. Zoogr. t. 36); Ibis,

1863, p. 95; P.Z.S. 1862, p. 318, 1863, p. 299.

Visits China in winter.

391. Carpopacus paAvipiANus, M.-Edw. N. Arch. du Mus. 1.

t.5253.

Breeds on the highest mountains near Pekin (David).

392. Carpopacus MONGOLICUS, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 447.

On the western hills near Pekin. Resident in Ordo (David).

The Paris Museum has received three other species of this group

from Moupin, which appear to be new. One of them has been

wrongly referred to Pyrrha saturata, Bp.

393. Uracus sisrricus (Pall.)

Lowxia sibirica, Pall, Itin. 11. Append. p. 711.

One specimen procured by Pére David at Pekin.

394. Loxia ALBIVENTRIs, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1870, p. 437.

Loxia curvirostra (L.), Ibis, 1861, p. 336; P. Z. S. 1863,

p. 299.

Pekin.

395. Loxta HiMALAYANS, Hodgs.; Gray’s Zool. Misc. 1844,

p. 85.

Sent by Pére David from Moupin.

396. MeLopHus MELANICTERUS (Gmel.); P. Z. S. 1863,

p- 300.

Fringilla melanictera, Gmel. 8. N. i. p. 910.

Emberiza lathami, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 1.

Melophus lathami, Ibis, 1860, p. 62, 1361, p. 46, 1867, p. 233.

South China.

397. Euspiza auRf£OLA (Pall. It. ii. p. 711); Ibis, 1860, p. 62,

1861, pp. 45, 334; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 300.

Emberiza aureola, Ibis, 1863, p. 378, 1870, p. 354.

China generally.

398. Eusriza RvTILA, Pall. It. ii. p.698; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 300.

Enberiza rutila, Ibis, 1861, pp. 334, 410; P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 318.

Emberiza sinensis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 869.

North China, wandering south in winter.

388 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

399. Euspiza suLpHuRATA (Temm. & Schleg.) Faun. Jap. t. 60 ;

Ibis, 1860, p. 359, 1861, pp. 46, 334; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 300.

Emberiza sulphurata, Ibis, 1863, p. 378.

South China and Formosa in winter.

400. Emperriza FucatTa, Pall. It. ili. p. 698; Faun. Jap. t. 57;

Ibis, 1860, p. 61, 1861, pp. 45, 324, 1863, p. 378, 1870, p. 354;

P. Z.S. 1863, p. 301.

South China in winter.

401. Emperiza rustica, Pall. It. iii. p. 698; P. Z.S. 1863,

p- 301.

North China.

402. Emperiza SPODOCEPHALA, Pall. It. ili. p. 698; Ibis, 1863,

p. 377, 1870, p.354; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 300.

Emberiza personata, Temm. PI. Col. 580; Ibis, 1861, pp. 45, 334,

1862, p. 258.

Euspiza personata, Ibis, 1860, p. 62.

South China and Formosa in winter.

403. EMBERIZA ELEGANS, Temm. PI. Col. 583.

North China and Moupin.

404, EMBERIZA ELEGANTULA, Swiuh. P. Z.8. 1870, p. 134.

Ichang gorge (Hoopih province).

405. Empreriza curysopurys, Pall. It. ii. p. 698; P. Z. S.

1863, p. 301.

North China; Szechuen.

406. EMBERIZA LEUCOCEPHALA, 8S. G. Gmel. Nov. Comm.

Petrop. xv. p. 480.

Emberiza pithyornus, Pall. It. ii. p. 710; Ibis, 1863, p. 95;

P. Z.S. 1863, p. 300.

Emberiza ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 334.

Pekin.

407. Emperiza cropsis, Bp.; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 300.

Emberiza cioides, Temm. & Schleg. Faun. Jap. t.59; Ibis, 1861,

pp- 409, 410, 1863, p. 378; P.Z.S. 1870, p. 436.

Emberiza rustica, Ibis, 1861, p. 255, 1863, p. 87.

Emberiza gigliolii, Swinh. Ibis, 1867, p. 393.

South China in winter.

408. Emperiza TRISTRAMI, Swinh. P. Z.8. 1870, p. 441.

Emberiza stracheyi, Ibis, 1863, p. 95; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 318,

1863, p. 301.

Tientsin. Fokien in winter.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 389

409. EMBEeRIZzA CASTANEICEPS, Gould; Moore, P. Z. 8. 1855,

p. 215.

Pekin. ‘Resident in the Pekin mountains and in Mongolia’’

(David).

410. Emperiza pusii1a, Pall. It. iii. p. 697; Ibis, 1860, p. 61,

1861, p. 334; P.Z.S8. 1863, p. 301.

North China; spreads south in winter.

411. Scua@nicoua pauuasit, Cab.

Emberiza scheeniclus, var. minor, Midd. Sib. Reis. Vég. p. 144.

Emberiza canescens, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 62, 1861, p. 334;

P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 301.

Amoy in winter. River Yangtsze.

412. PLECTROPHANES NIVALIs (L.); P.Z.S8. 1863, p. 301.

North China in the coldest seasons.

413. PLEcTROPHANES LApPponicus (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 334;

P. Z.8. 1863, p. 301.

Common at Pekin in winter.

414. Ataupa arvensis, L.; Ibis, 1863, p. 94; P.Z.S. 1863,

p. 271.

Alauda pekinensis, P. Z.S. 1863, p. 89.

Alauda japonica, Ibis, 1861, p. 333.

‘Arrives in Pekin and leaves again in April; some individuals

spend the summer in our plains. The Skylark, though known here

and at Senen-hwa-foo, is not known in high Mongolia, where it is

replaced by Otocoris and Calandrella”’ (David).

415. ALAUDA CANTARELLA, Bp.; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 271.

Alauda intermedia, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 89.

Shanghai.

416. Ataupa caxivox, Swinh. Zoologist, 1859, p. 6723; Ibis,

1860, p. 62, et pp. 132, 429, 1861, p. 46, 1867, p. 227, 1870,

p- 354; P.Z.S. 1863, pp. 89, 272.

Amoy; Canton; Hainan.

417. Avaupa sata, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 354.

Alauda celivox (in part), Ibis, 1863, p. 377.

North Formosa; West Hainan.

418. ALAUDA WATTERSI, 0. sp.

Alauda celivox (in part), Ibis, 1863, p. 377.

Distinguishable from 4. ceelivox by its shorter and more conical

bill, by its long hind claw, by its large and more numerous pectoral

spots, and by its want of rufescence. By its long hind claw and

markings it comes nearer to 4. sala; but the long curved bill of

390 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. = [May 2,

the latter serves at once to separate it. It is the Skylark of South

Formosa and the Pescadores.

419. GaLertipa cristata (L.).

Galerida leautungensis, Swinh.; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 272, 1870, p.433.

Alauda leautungensis, Ibis, 1861, p. 256, 1863, p. 87.

Talienwan and Pekin valleys.

“ Resident and common at the feet of our mountains and in

Mongolia” (David).

420. ALAUDULA CHELEENSIS, N, sp.

Alauda brachydactyla, Swinh. ; Ibis, 1861, pp. 255, 333.

Calandrella pispoletta, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 271.

Differs from A. pispoletta, from the banks of the Volga, in being

smaller in all its proportions, in having a more pyrrhuline bill, in its

more rufescent plumage, and in having its outer tail-feathers almost

entirely white.

Talien Bay. ‘Not rare at Pekin, but particularly abundant in

Mongolia” (David).

421, CALANDRELLA BRACHYDACTYLA (Leisl.) ?

A short-toed Lark with unspotted breast has been received at the

Paris Museum from Moupin, which looks like the Indian bird. The

second species at Pekin mentioned by Pére David in his Catalogue

may also possibly be this species.

422. MeLanocoryPHA MONGOLICA (Pall.); Ibis, 1861, p. 333,

1867, p. 232; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 271.

Pekin plains in winter; very common in Mongolia (David).

423. Orocorys AuLprstris (L.).

The Alpine Lark with the yellow throat only comes to the

northern parts of the Chelee Province during the great cold (David).

It has been sent from Trans-Baikal.

424. Orocorys siprrica, Eversm.

Otocoris alpestris, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 272.

Otocoris penicillata, Ibis, 1863, p. 95; P.Z.S. 1862, p. 318.

Differs from the last in having a white face, and in being of a

paler rosier hue above. ‘‘ Sedentary and very abundant in the high

regions of Mongolia, whence it descends to Pekin in small numbers.

This pretty Lark loves the neighbourhood of Mongol tents in winter ;

but deserts them in the warm season. It rests on the bare hills,

and sings more melodiously than even the Skylark.”’ (David.)

425. PaLtZornis LATHAMI, Finsch, Papageien, il. p. 66.

Paleornis ?, Ibis, 1867, p. 389.

Paleornis javanicus, Ibis, 1870, p. 93.

Hainan.

1871. | MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 391

426. Patzornis rosa (Bodd.); Ibis, 1861, p. 411; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 259.

Canton. Our bird agrees with Burmese examples, and differs

from the allied P. cyanocephalus, L. (Ps. bengalensis, Brisson), of

Bengal. The latter can easily be distinguished by the long white tips

to its central tail-feathers, by its brighter-coloured head, its verditer-

green nape, and yellow back and underparts.

427. PALAHORNIS LoNGICAUDA (Bodd.).

Birds of this species are sold at Canton, and said to come from

South-west China.

A fourth species, with a grey head (perhaps P. schisticeps, Hodgs.),

is brought down the Upper Yangtsze; but, as I lost my only spe-

cimen, I have not been able to determine it. It was about the size

of P. alexandri, with smaller bill, general colour green with grey

cheeks, black mandibles, and a black moustache-streak.

428. LoricuLus PunIcuLus, Bp.

Brought by Mr. Fortune from Canton.

429. Mrecauaema virens (Bodd.); Ibis, 1861, p. 411; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 269.

Bucco grandis, Gmel. S. N. i. p. 408.

Fokien and Canton provinces. Differs from the large Barbet of

the Himalayas, with which it has long been confounded, and which

I have lately separated as M. marshallorum (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

4th ser. vi. p. 348).

430. MeGauama NucHALIs, Gould, P. Z.S. 1862, p. 285; B.

of As. pt. xvi.; Ibis, 1863, p. 387, 1865, p. 545, 1866, p. 296.

Formosa.

431. MrGaLaMa FaBeER, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, pl. 4, p. 96.

Hainan.

432. Picus MANDARINUS, Gould, P.Z.S. 1863, pp. 88, 268; Ibis,

1870, p. 94.

Picus major’, Ibis, 1861, p. 46, 1863, p. 96; P.Z.S. 1862,

p- 319.

Picus cabanisi, Ibis, 1861, pp. 267, 339.

Hainan to Pekin and westwards to Szechuen. The white markings

vary much in size and distribution, and the white feathers get stained

to brown, but wash white again on the application of soap and water.

433. Picus masororpEs, Hodgs.; Gray’s Zool. Misc. 1844, p. 85.

Sent by Pére David from Moupin, together with a new species of

the same type, and another new species allied to Picoides tridacty-

lus (L.).

392 MR. R, SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. — [May 2,

434, Picus rnsutaris, Gould, P. Z.S. 1862, p. 283; B. of As.

pl. ; Ibis, 1863, p. 390.

Formosa.

435. Picus pernyu, J. Verreaux, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867,

p. 271.

“Nearly the size of P. cathpharius, Hodgs. ; to be distinguished

by the whitish which covers the neck, by the black line which, in

reaching the breast, spreads on the belly, and above all by the red

patch on the thorax, of which there is no trace in Hodgson’s species.”

(J. Verreauz.)

Western China (Perny and David).

436. YUNGIPICUS SCINTILLICEPS (Swinh.).

Picus scintilliceps, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1863, p. 96; P. Z.S. 1863,

p. 268.

Picus canifrons, Sundevall, Consp. Av. Picin. (1866), p. 26.

Picus ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 340.

Pekin.

437. YUNGIPICUS KALEENSIS (Swinh.).

Picus kaleénsis, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 390, 1866, pp. 134, 137,

1870, p. 95.

Dendrotypes nesiotes, Cab. & Heine, Mus. Hein. Heft ii. p. 49.

Formosa; Hainan; South China to Ningpo and westward to

Ichang.

438. Hypopicus POLIOPSIS.

Picus hyperythrus, P. Z.S. 1862, p. 319.

Picus hyperythrus, var. poliopsis, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 268.

Picus poliopsis, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 440.

Picus ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 339, 1863, p. 96.

Xylurgus subrufinus, Cab. & Heine, Mus. Hein. v. p. 50.

Pekin.

439. Dryocorus MARTIUvs (L.); P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 442.

Pekin.

440. Gecrnus canus(Gmel.); Ibis, 1861, p. 338; P. Z. 8.1862,

. 319, 1863, p. 267.

Pekin.

441. Grcinus GuERINI, Malh. Pic. t. 80. 4, 5; P. Z. 8. 1863,

p- 268.

Along the Yangtsze to Szechuen.

—

442. Grecinus TANCOLA, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 283, 1863,

p- 268; B. of As. pl.; Ibis, 1863, p. 389.

Gecinus ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 267.

Formosa; Fokien province.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 393

443, MicroprerNus FoKIENsIs (Swinh.), P. Z. S. 1863, p. 267.

Brachypternus bodius, Ibis, 1861, pp. 267, 409.

Brachypternus fokiensis, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 87 ; Ibis, 1867, p. 63.

Fokien province.

444, MicropreRNvs HOLROYDI, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 95.

Hainan.

445. Yunx saponica, Bp. Consp. Av. p. 112.

Yunz torquilla, 1. ; Ibis, 1860, p. 62, 1861, p. 338, 1862, p. 260;

P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 319, 1863, p. 267.

Down the China coast in winter. Smaller than the European

bird, but otherwise alike.

446. ZaAncLostomus TRIsTIs (Less.); Bélang. Voy. t. i.; Ibis,

1870, p. 234.

Melias tristis, Less. Tr. d’Orn. 1831, p. 132.

Hainan.

447. CENTROPUS SINENSIS (Steph.) ; Ibis, 1861, p. 49.

Centropus rufipennis (Illig.) ; Ibis, 1870, p. 234; P. Z.S. 1863,

p- 266.

Polophilus sinensis, Ibis, 1861, p. 267.

South China, northwards to Wanchow, and in Hainan. I can

find no distinctive characters between the Chinese and Bengalese

specimens; but birds from Siam have the back chestnut as well as

the scapulars,=C. eurycercus, A. Hay. The Java bird is coloured

like ours, but is of larger size, and has a much larger bill, =C. rufi-

pennis, Illig. (6ubutus, Horsf.).

448. CENTROPUS BENGALENSIs (Gmel.).

Cuculus bengalensis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 412.

Cuculus, sp., Ibis, 1860, p. 359, 1861, p. 48.

Cuculus dimidiatus’, Ibis, 1860, p. 360.

Cuculus viridis, Ibis, 1863, p. 392, 1870, p. 235; P. Z.S8. 1863,

p- 266.

South China, Hainan, and Formosa. Birds from the same

locality extremely variable in size. Our birds agree with speci-

mens from Bengal, Malacca, Java, and some of the isles. From

Timor I have seen a larger species, the C. moluccensis, Bernst. (me-

dius, G. R. Gr.), which by its similar immature plumage is con-

nected with the present species, but in size almost approaches the

foregoing. The second or streaked plumage of the C. bengalensis

is peculiar for the enormous length of the upper tail-coverts, which

nearly cover the surface of the tail to its end. In the first or

nestling plumage, and in the adult or rufous-and-black plumage,

these coverts are short. In this intermediate dress it is recognized

as the C. lepidus of Horsfield.

394 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

449. EupyNAMIs MACULATA (Gmel.).

Cuculus maculatus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 415.

Eudynamis orientalis, Ibis, 1861, p. 46, 1866, p. 131, 1867,

p. 59; P.Z. S. 1863, p. 264.

Summers and breeds about Canton; occurs occasionally as high

as Amoy.

450. Evpynamis MALAYANA, Cab. & Heine; Swinh. Ibis, 1870,

p. 231.

Plentiful in Hainan.

451. Coccystes coromManowvs (L.).

Cuculus coromandus, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 171.

Coccystes coromandus, var. fuliginiventer, Ibis, 1867, p. 227.

Amoy. A specimen from Malacca has the abdomen nearly as

dusky as the bird procured at Amoy.

452. SuRNICULUS DICRUROIDES (Hodgs.).

Pseudornis dicruroides, Hodgs.; J. A. S. Beng. viii. 1839,

p- 136.

Procured by me near Chungkingfoo, in Szechuen, in May.

453. CACOMANTIS TENUIROsTRIS (J. E. Gray), Ind. Zool. u.

1833, t. 34, f. 1.

Polyphasia tenuirostris, (bis, 1870, p. 230; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 266.

Cuculus tenuirostris, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 62, 1861, p. 46.

Comes to South China to breed; occurred also in Hainan. Chi-

nese specimens appear to agree with some procured in the neigh-

bourhood of Calcutta; and Lord Walden identifies it with the Bur-

mese species.

454. Curysococcyx HopGson!, Moore, Cat. Birds Mus. E.1.C.

ii. p. 705; Jerd. B. of Ind. i. p. 338.

Lampromorpha plagosus, Bp. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. (Mai 1867)

pp: 169, 173.

Forwarded by Monseigneur Perny to the Paris Museum from

Western China.

455. CucuLus spARVEROIDES, Vigors, P. Z.S. 183], p. 173;

Gould, C. of B. pl. 53; V. Schrenck, Amur-Land, i. p. 24, t. 10.

Hierococcyx fugar, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 265.

Very common in spring in the hilly region of the Upper Yangtsze,

as far west as Moupin. Has occurred also in Amoorland. A nois

bird, crying loudly from the tops of trees, often during the night.

Its note resembles somewhat that of the Koel, for which it was mis-

taken by Capt. Blakiston’s party on the Yangtsze. The Koel does

not occur in that region.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 395

456. CucuLus rLaviventris, Scop. ; Sonn. Voy. t. 79.

Cuculus hyperythrus, Gould, B. of As. pt. viii.

Mr. Gould figures a bird said to have come from Shanghai; but

the only bird that I can find in the British Museum answering to

this description is labelled Manilla.”’ I included this species in my

former catalogue (P. Z. S. 1863, p. 265) in the belief that I had an

immature specimen of it from Shanghai; but this last I now find

belongs to the following species. It is not, improbable, however,

that this species may occur in China.

457. CucuLus microptrrus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 137.

Cuculus affinis, A. Hay, J. A. 8. B. xv. 18 (large variety).

Cuculus michieanus, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vi.

4th series, p. 153.

This very distinct species may at once be recognized by its brown

back, wings, and tail, the latter with a broad black bar at the end,

connecting the subgenus Hierococcya2 with the true Cuckoos. It is

almost divisible into two varieties, of larger and smaller form ; but

these do not differ in notes according to Jerdon, nor indeed are they

constant in size. I found the species on the Upper Yangtsze in

company with the C. sparveroides, but not so common. Our birds

are of the large form. They were very noisy, flying from tree to

tree in an agitated manner, and uttering notes which are well syl-

labled in its Bengalese name, Bou-kotdko. I have an immature

bird of the same from Shanghai, as noted under the foregoing

species (P. Z. S. 1863, p- 265).

458. Cucutus canorus, L.; Ibis, 1860, p. 62, 1863, p: 96;

P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 319, 1863, p. 264.

Cuculus striatus, Ibis, 1861, pp. 259, 340 (in part).

This bird occurs in the mountains of the south in spring, extend-

ing northwards to Pekin. During its migration we meet with it on

the plains. Its note is precisely that of the home bird, and I can

detect no constant peculiar characters in its plumage to entitle it to

separation from the European bird.

459. Cucuus potiocepnatus, Lath. Hist. of B. iii. p- 181.

Cuculus himalayanus, Gould, Cent. pl. 54 (hepatic plumage);

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 265.

Cuculus tamsuicus, Swinh. Ibis, 1865, p- 108.

A miniature of the last. I have specimens from Tamsuy (N.W.

Formosa), Amoy, and Szechuen.

460. CucuLus striatus, Drapiez, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. ;

This, 1862, p. 263.

Cuculus himalayanus, Vig.; Jerd. B. of Ind. p- 323.

Cuculus striatus, Ibis, 1861, pp. 259, 340 (in part.).

Cuculus tenuirostris, Temm.

396 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

Cuculus canorcides, 8. Mill.

Cuculus optatus, Gould.

Cuculus canorus, Ibis, 1863, p. 396.

Cuculus monosyllabicus, Swinh. Ibis, 1865, p. 545.

Cuculus kelungensis, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 394.

I have a large series of this form of Cuckoo from Amoy, Formosa,

and Pekin, and find them so variable in size, and in length and form of

bill, that I give up in despair making species of them. From South

Formosa I got a specimen with small bill and peculiar note; this I

described as C. monosyl/abicus; but it agrees with a specimen from

Java labelled C. tenuirostris, Temm., sent me by Prof. Schlegel;

and a series from Amoy and a bird from Pekin are also the same.

From North Formosa I procured birds with large and long bills.

These I described as C. kelungensis, and I have a specimen from

Amoy with the same features (noted as C. micropterus, P. Z. 8. 1863,

p- 265); but they do not possess a single other character to distin-

guish them. From Amoy I have one with a particularly short and

broad bill, but also with no other character; and a second with a

thick curved bill, of large size, and with all the claws deep black.

This last I determined as C. canoroides of 8. Miiller ; but on glancing

through my series I find many of the lesser and small-billed form,

as also many of the long-billed form, with more or less black claws,

in fact almost every gradation from pure yellow to black. I come

therefore (I must confess, most reluctantly) to the conclusion that

they all belong to the same variable species.

Like all the Cuckoos, these birds in China are only summer

visitants.

461. TRERON FrorRMos4&, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p, 396, 1865, p. 540,

1866, p. 312.

South Formosa.

462. SPHENOCERCUS soroRiIvs, Swinh. Ibis, 1866, pp. 311, 406.

Sphenocercus formosa, 3, Ibis, 1866, p. 122.

Treron cheroboatis, Ibis, 1866, pp. 313, 406.

South Formosa. Like Treron sieboldii, T. & S., of Japan, but

yellower about the head, and with the green of the back, wings,

and tail clearer and not washed with the brownish oil-colour of the

other.

463. OsMOTRERON DOMVILII, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 354.

Hainan.

464. CarpopuaGa sytvaTica (Tick.); Ibis, 1870, p. 355.

Columba sylvatica, Tickell, J. A. S. ii. p. 581.

Hainan.

465. CoLtumsa trivia, Briss. Av. i. p. 82; P. Z. S. 1870, p. 444.

In a feral state about the Pekin plains.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 397

466. CotumBa rupestris, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 48; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 306, 1870, p. 434.

Columba cnas, var. rupestris, Pall. Zoogr. t. 35.

Columba leucozonura, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p. 259, 1863, p. 88.

North China.

467. DENDROTRERON HoODGSONII (Vig.); Bp. Ic. Pig. t. 61.

Columba hodgsonii, Vigors, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 16.

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

468, PaLumBus PuLCHRICOLLIS (Hodgs.); Gould, B. of As.

pl.; Ibis, 1866, pp. 313, 396.

Columba pulchricollis, Hodgs. J. A. S. xiv. p. 866.

Formosa.

469. CoccyZURA MINOR.

Macropygia tusalia, var. minor, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 355.

Hainan.

470. TurtTur rupPiIcota (Pall.); Ibis, 1863, p.397, 1865, p. 541,

1866, p. 313, 1867, p. 396, 1870, p. 356; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 306.

Turtur orientalis (Lath.); Ibis, 1860, p. 63, 1861, pp. 49, 341.

Turtur gelastes, T. & S. F. J.; Ibis, 1862, p. 261; P. Z.S. 1870,

p- 446.

South China, Formosa, and Hainan in winter. Differs consider-

ably from 7’. meena, Sykes, of India.

471. Turtur cHINENSISs (Scop.) ; Ibis, 1860, p. 62, 1861, p. 49,

1862, p. 261, 1863, p. 397, 1865, p. 540, 1870, p. 356; PezZs:

1863, p. 306.

South China; Hainan; Formosa.

472. Turtur risortus, L.; Pl. Enl. 244; P. Z.S. 1870, p. 446.

Turtur risorius (albino), Ibis, 1865, p. 541, 1866, p. 298.

About the trees of villages near the Great Wall, but not at Pekin

itself.

473. Turtur HUMILIs, Temm. Pl. Col. 258, 259; Ibis, 1860,

p. 63, 1862, p. 261, 1863, p. 397, 1865, p. 540, 1870, p. 356 ;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 306.

South China to Shanghai; Formosa; Hainan.

474, Cuatcopuars rnpica (L.); Ibis, 1870, p. 356.

Hainan.

475. CHALCOPHAPS rorMOSANA, Swinh, Ibis, 1865, pp. 357, 540.

Formosa, south of Takow.

398 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

476. SyRRHAPTES PARADOXUS (Pall. It. t.5); Ibis, 1861, p.341;

P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 306.

Breeds in Mongolia, roaming to the Pekin plains in winter

(David).

477. Pavo muticus, L.; Ibis, 1870, p. 359, note.

South-west China.

478. PoLYPLECTRON BICALCARATUM (L.).

Polyplectron chinquis, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 307.

South-west China.

479. Puastanus Torquatus (Gmel.); Ibis, 1861, pp. 49, 341,

1862, p. 259, 1865, p. 349, 1867, pp. 232, 390, 402; P. Z.S. 1863,

p- 307.

Canton to Pekin, and westwards to Hankow.

480. PHAsIANUS FORMOSANUS, Elliot, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 406.

Phasianus torquatus, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 401, 1866, p. 404.

Formosa.

481. PHastanus pECoLLatus, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 135.

Province of Szechuen.

482. PHASIANUS SLADENI, Anderson, MS.; Elliot,.P. Z. S. 1870,

p- 408.

Phasianus elegans, Elliot, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th series, vi.

p- 312.

Brought down the Upper Yangtsze, probably from Kwirchow pro-

vince, and now alive in the Society’s Gardens. Procured by Dr.

Anderson in Momien, province Yunnan. There is a specimen appa-

rently of this species in the British Museum, which was received

many years ago from this Society, and was at the time supposed to

be a cross between P. colchicus and P. versicolor of Japan.

483. SyRMATICUS REEVESII (Gray), Ind. Zool. pl. 39.

Phasianus reevesii, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 307.

Eastern Szechuen, Western Hoopih, and northwards to near

Pekin.

484. CurysoLoruus pictus (Linn.).

Thaumalea picta (L.); P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 307.

Western China into Kokonor.

485. CHRYSOLOPHUS AMHERSTI£ (Leadb.).

Thaumalea amherstia, Leadb. Linn. Tr. xvi. pl. 15; Swinh.

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 307, 1870, p. 111.

Moupin ; Western Yunnan (Dr. Anderson).

1871. | MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 399

486. Pucrasta xanTuHospina, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 159,

pl. 20.

Pucrasia davidiana, M.-Edwards, N. Arch. du Mus. i. t. 1, 2, 3.

North-west China.

487. CRossopTILON auRitTuM (Pall.).

Phasianus auritus, Pall. Zoogr. 11. p. 86.

Crossoptilon cerulescens, David, MS.; M.-Edw. C. R. 1870,

p- 538.

Kokonor (David).

488. CrossopTILON MANTCHURICUM, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1862,

p- 287, 1863, p. 306; Ibis, 1865, p. 112.

North China into Mantchuria.

489. CrossorprTiILON DROUYNI, Milne-Edwards, N. Arch. du

Mus. iv. (1868), Bull. p. 85, pl. 3.

Crossoptilon tibetanum, Hodgs. ?

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

490. EUpLOcAMUS NYCTHEMERUS (L.).

South China.

491, EvpLocamus swinnort, Gould, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 284;

B. of As. pl.; Ibis, 1863, p. 401, 1865, pp. 353, 538, 1866, pp. 133,

308, 404, 405, 1867, pp. 232, 409.

Formosa.

492. LopHopHorvus L’Hvuysil, J. Verr. Bull. Soc. d’Acclimat.

2de sér. iv. (1867) p. 706; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 1, pl. 1.

Moupin.

493. GALLUS FERRUGINEUS (Gmel.); Ibis, 1870, p. 357.

Phasianus gallus, L.; Ibis, 1867, p. 233.

Hainan.

494. TrTRAOPHASIS OBsCcURUS, Elliot, Mon. Phas. pt. ii.

Lophophorus obscurus, J. Verr. N. Arch. du Mus. 1869, Bull.

p- 33, pl.. 6.

Moupin (David).

495. CeRIORNIS TEMMINCKII (Gray); Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863,

p- 307.

West China.

496. Cerrornis caBoti, Gould, P. Z. 8.1857, p. 161; B. of

As. pl. ; Ibis, 1865, p. 350; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 307.

South-west China.

400 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

497. IrHAGINis GEOFFROYI, J. Verr. Bull. Soc. d’Acclimat. 2de

série, iv. (1867) p. 706.

Moupin (David).

498. FRANCOLINUS SINENSIS (Osb.); Ibis, 1870, p. 359; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 307.

Francolinus perlatus (Gmel.); Ibis, 1860, p. 63, 1861, p. 50,

1862, p. 259, 1867, p. 406.

Francolinus maculatus, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 2.

South China, Canton to Amoy; Hainan.

499. Perp1ix BARBATA, Verr. et Des Murs, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 62,

pl. 9. pp. 307, 370.

Very common in Mongolia; rarer on the bare mountains near

Pekin; never on the plain (David).

500. OREOPERDIX CRUDIGULARIS, Swinh. Ibis, 1864, pp. 426,

426, 1865, p. 542, 1866, pp. 133, 134, 401.

Formosa.

501. BamBusicoLa THORACICA (Temm.); P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 307.

Perdizx sphenura, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 2.

Arboricola bambusa, Ibis, 1862, p. 259.

Fokien province to south bank of Yangtsze.

502. BamBUSICOLA sonorIvox, Gould, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 285;

B. of As. pl.; Ibis, 1863, p. 399, 1865, p. 542, 1866, pp. 134, 401,

404.

Formosa.

503. BampusicoLa FyTcui1, Anderson, P. Z. 8. 1871, anted,

p- 214, Pl. XI.

Procured by Dr. Anderson at Ponsee (Yunnan province).

504. CaccaBIS CHUKAR, var. PUBESCENS, Ibis, 1865, pp. 353,

542, 1867, p. 402; P. Z. S. 1870, p. 439.

Perdizx chukar, Gray, Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool. i. pl. 54.

North China, southwards to north bank of Upper Yangtsze, in

the gorges. Chinese specimens have a deep blush of rosiness over

their upper plumage, which is not seen in Himalayan skins.

505. Lerwa nivicota (Hodgs.).

Sent from Moupin by Pére David.

506. Terrastes sonasia (L.).

Northern Chelee (David).

507. TeTRao TETRIX, L.

Northern Chelee (David).

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 401

508. Corurnix communis, Bonn. Ibis, 1863, p. 398; P. Z. 8.

1863, p. 308.

Coturniz chinensis (1..), Ibis, 1860, p. 63.

Coturnix dactylisonans, Ibis, 1860, p. 358, 1861, pp. 50, 260, 341.

Coturniz japonica, Bp.

The Quails of North China that come south in winter have more

or less rufous on their faces, and are more richly coloured than those

that pass the summer with us; but the two races seem to blend into

each other, and it is not easy to draw a line of distinction between

them.

509. ExcaLracroria CHINENSIS (L.); Ibis, 1863, p. 398, 1870,

p. 360; °P. Z. S. 1863, p. 308.

Coturnizx chinensis (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 50.

Coturnizx caineana, 2, Swinh. Ibis, 1865, p. 351.

South China, Formosa, and Hainan.

510. TuRNIX DUSSUMIERI.

Hemipodius dussumiert, Temm. Pl. Col. (1838) pl. 454. f. 2;

Gould, B. of As. pt. xxi.

Turnix sykesi, A. Smith, Zool. of South Africa; Jerdon, B. of

Ind. iii. p. 600.

In the winter 1868-69, when I was last in Formosa, I procured

several females and one male of the little Turnix that abounds on

the low grassy hills about fifteen miles from Takow. It had escaped

me before, but its eggs I had got in abundance. This I cannot dis-

tinguish from the small Button-Quail of India. The females were

bigger than the male, but of similar plumage. They both had deep-

bluish-bills, and the former bluish grey legs, the legs of the male

being more flesh-coloured. This bird has not yet been met with in

China.

511. AREOTURNIX ROSTRATA.

Turniz rostrata, Swinh. Ibis, 1865, pp. 542, 544, 1866, pp. 131,

297, 403, 1867, p. 230.

Turniz ocellatus, Ibis, 1863, p. 398.

Allied to T. plumbipes, Hodgs., T. ocellata, Jerdon (nec Scop.),

but of a good deal larger size, with much more powerful bill and legs.

Frequents the lowest hill-ranges of South Formosa, showing a pre-

ference for rocky places covered with scrub. The female is much

larger than the male, and acquires a black throat in summer.

512. AREOTURNIX BLAKISTONI, N. sp.

Turniz ocellata, Ibis, 1866, p. 131; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 308.

A male specimen of the 7’. ocellata group was procured by Capt.

Blakiston at Canton, and kindly given to me. This differs too

much from the last for me to consider it of the same species. Its

nearest ally is the T. pugnax, Temm., of Malacca, but it is smaller,

shorter-toed, and possesses a remarkably small bill. Instead of spots

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXVI.

402 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

it has numerous bands across the breast ; and its upper parts are very

rufous. I propose to separate it under the name of its discoverer.

513. HeMIpoDIvs VICTARIUS, 0. Sp.

Turniz jondera, Hodgs.? ; Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p. 50.

Turnix dussumieri, Ibis, 1861, p. 341.

Turniz maculosa, Ibis, 1866, p. 131; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 308, 1870,

p. 442.

The Indian species of this group is the Turnix jondera, Hodgs.,

figured in Gray and Mitchell’s ‘Genera of Birds’ (7. dussumieri,

Jerd. B. of India, iii. p. 599); and a similar but larger bird is found

in Burmah (7. blanfordi, Blyth, J. A. S. B. 1863, p. 80). The

latter from its size (wing 4 inches) seems to answer to thé original

Hemipodius maculosus, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 631, 1815 (macu-

latus, Vieill. Gal. des Ois. 1834, iv. p. 51, pl. 217), the locality of

which is doubtfully given as New Holland. Our bird, which ranges

from Canton to Pekin, differs from these in wanting the red collar

and the median stripe on the crown. The feathers on the crown are

black margined with reddish brown, the breast is bright buff; the

feathers of the back and rump are blotched and finely waved with

black, and most of them have long ochreous spots on their margins.

It is about the size of 7’. blanfordi, and in general plumage pretty

similar. Irides white. Upper mandible brown ; lower mandible and

legs ochreous yellow. The females are rather larger than the males,

but do not seem to differ in plumage. The gizzard of a female was

large and heart-shaped ; caeca long and bulging; its trachea swollen

above the junction with the bronchi.

514. Oris TarDA, L.; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 308.

«Tungusis Dauuriz Todok,” Pallas, Zoogr. i. “p. 97s

Shanghai and Hankow in winter. ‘ Pekin in winter” (David).

I have a female specimen from Shanghai, which is smaller than

the ordinary European bird, and more broadly banded with black on

the upper parts.

Ptre David speaks of a smaller Bustard, called by the Chinese at

Pekin “ Kepoo.” He saw a flock of them in Mongolia (Catalogue

des Oiseaux 4 Pékin).

515. Grus cinerEA, Bechst.; Ibis, 1861, p. 409, 1870, p. 362;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 308; Zoologist, 1861, p. 7507.

South China in winter. Passes over the Pekin plain in September

and April; commoner towards Mongolia ( David).

516. Grus monacuus, Temm. ; Ibis, 1867, p.413; P. Z. 8.1863,

p- 309.

Shanghai market in winter.

517. GruSs LEUCAUCHEN, Temm.

Passes in small numbers along the mountains of Seuen-hwa-foo

(David).

1871.) MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 403

518. Grus viriptrosteis, Vieill.; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 309, 1870,

p- 428.

Antigone montignesia, Bp. Consp. Av. p. 100.

Brought to market for sale at Shanghai and at Pekin.

519. Grus LEUCOGERANUS, Pall.

Breeds in the province of Leantung (David).

520. Grus vireo, L.; Ibis, 1867, p. 413.

Abundant in spring and autumn at Seuen-hwa-foo. Breeds in

Mongolia (David).

521. GLAREOLA ORIENTALIS, Lath.; Ibis, 1861, p. 342, 1863,

p- 404; P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 309.

Tientsin ; Formosa.

522. VANELLUS CRisTaTus, Mey. & Wolf; Ibis, 1861, p. 342,

1865, p. 349, 1867, p. 399; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 309.

Wanders down as far south as Canton and into Formosa in winter.

Breeds in Mongolia (David).

523. CHETTUSIA CINEREA.

Lobivanellus cinereus, Blyth, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 309.

Lobivanellus inornatus, Schleg. F. J.; Ibis, 1860, p. 359.

From the banks of the Yangtsze to Pekin. Mongolia (David).

524. HopLoprervus VENTRALIS (Cuv.); Ibis, 1870, p. 361.

Hainan. :

525. SQuaTAROLA HELVETICA (L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 63, 1861,

pp. 51, 342, 1863, p. 404, 1870, p. 360; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 309.

Down the coast in winter.

526. CHARADRIUS FULVUS, Gm.

Charadrius longipes, Temm.; Ibis, 1863, p. 404, 1870, p. 360;

P. Z. S. 1862, p. 319, 1863, p. 309.

Charadrius virginicus, Ibis, 1860, p. 358, 1861, pp. 51, 342,

1862, p. 254.

Charadrius pluvialis, Ibis, 1862, p. 307.

Throughout China and Formosa; Hainan.

527. Eupromias verEpvus (Gould).

Aigialites veredus, P. Z. S. 1870, pp. 141, 430.

Charadrius veredus, Gould, P. Z, S. 1848, p. 38.

Shanghai and Australia (Gould); Macassar (Wallace). Procured

at Pekin by Pére David.

404 MR, R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

528. AiciaLires GEOFFROYI (Wagler) ; Ibis, 1861, p. 51, 1863,

p- 405, 1870, p. 360; P. Z. S. 1870, p. 141.

Aigialites leschenaultii, Ibis, 1861, p. 342, 1862, p. 255; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 309.

China coast in winter; Formosa.

529. JEciaLITEs MONGOLUS (Pall.); Swinh. P. Z. S. 1870,

p- 140.

Abgialites mongolicus, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 360; P. Z. S. 1863,

p- 310. .

Hiaticula inornata, Gould, B. of Austr. vi. pl. 19.

China coast in winter.

530. ASGIALITES HARTINGI, Swinh. P. Z. 8S. 1870, p. 136,

pl. 12.

Flats of the Upper Yangtsze (Szechuen) in spring.

531. ABGIALITES CANTIANUS (Lath.); Ibis, 1860, p. 63, 1861,

pp. 51, 542; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 310, 1870, p. 138.

China coast in winter.

532. ARGIALITES DEALBATUS, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 138;

Ibis, 1870, p. 361.

Aigialites cantianus, Ibis, 1860, p 429, 1863, p. 405.

Resident on the coasts of South China and Formosa.

533. ABGIALITES HIATICULA (L.)?

Charadrius longipes, David, Nouv. Arch. 1867, Bull. p. 38.

‘Close to C. hiaticula, but with longer legs; I obtained a single

specimen of this in winter at Pekin” (David).

534, AEGIALITES puBIUS (Scop.).

Aigialites philippinus, Ibis, 1862, p. 255, 1863, p. 406; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 310.

Zigialites curonicus, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 137.

Aigialites intermedius, Ibis, 1870, p. 361.

Aiyialites pusillus, Ibis, 1860, p. 63, 1861, p. 51.

Charadrius philippinus, Ibis, 1861, pp. 260, 342.

Throughout South China, Formosa, and Hainan in winter ; breeds

in North China (Talien Bay). Chinese birds agree with the Euro-

pean, The race found in Bengal is smaller, and is probably the &.

minutus (Pall.). 2. intermedius (Ménétriés) appears to be a lesser

form of 42. hiaticula (L.) with more slender bill, which sometimes

occurs in England, and is considered by many to be merely the latter

species not fully developed. &. pusillus (Horsf.) of Java and 2.

philippinus (Lath.) of Luzon I take to be the same as our bird; as

being only winter visitants to the archipelago, they would naturally

be the species that passes our coast in spring and autumn.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 405

535. Ha&MATOPUS OSCULANS, nN. sp.

Hematopus ostralegus, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 63, 1861, pp. 261,

342.

Hematopus longirostris, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 406; P. Z.S. 1863,

p- 310.

On drawing up my last list and on finding our bird to be different

from the European species, I set it down as H. longirostris, Gray,

without, however, comparing specimens. Prof. Schlegel (Mus. des

Pays-Bas) draws attention to my mistake, but identifies the bird with

H. ostralegus. On careful comparison I find it intermediate. It

has white on its primary quills, but not to such an extent as in H.

ostralegus ; and it has the long bill and black tips to its white upper

tail-coverts as in H. longirostris, but the tip-spots are smaller.

Thus holding an intermediate position between the two, it is impos-

sible to class it with either species, and I would propose to separate

it as above.

Characters.—First three rectrices with black shafts, the fourth

showing a little white, which increases and expands on the quills

that follow (in H. ostralegus the white commences on the first quill,

and in H. longirostris the shafts are all black). The upper tail-

coverts that overlap the tail tipped with black (pure white in H.

ostralegus). Bill, from the forehead, 3°6 inches. These characters

are taken from an adult male shot in Talien Bay in July. An im-

mature bird shot in November at Swatow shows the same long bill,

small extent of white on the wing, and dark tips to the extreme

uropygials, but its dark parts are brown instead of black. Neither

specimen has the white collar. This Oyster-catcher breeds in North

China (Talien Bay), and wanders down the coast in winter as far, at

least, as Swatow.

536. Recurvirostra avocetta, L.; Ibis, 1860, p. 66, 1861,

p- 343, 1863, p. 406 ; Zoologist, 1860, p. 7103 ; P. Z.S8. 1863, i 311.

Recurvirostra sinensis, Ibis, 1867, p. 401.

China coast in winter. ‘Is found in May at Ordo near the Yel-

low River”’ (David).

537. HimMANToPuS CANDIDUS, Bonnaterre; L.

Himantopus melanopterus, Temm.

One seen at Pekin by Pére David (Catalogue).

538. Toranus cutottis, L.; Ibis, 1863, p. 406, 1870, 364 ;

P. Z.S. 1863, p. 311.

Totanus glottoides, Vig.; Ibis, 1860, p. 66, 1861, p. 343.

Totanus glottis, Ibis, 1862, p. 254.

General in winter.

539. Toranus sTaGNaTILis, Bechst.; Ibis, 1862, p. 254, 1863,

p- 406, 1870, p. 364; P. Z.8. 1863, p. 311.

Formosa ; Amoy ; Hainan.

406 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [ May 2,

540. Toranus ruscus, L.; Ibis, 1862, p. 254, 1863, p. 97;

P. Z.S. 1862, p. 319, 1863, p. 311, 1870, 427.

Canton ; Tientsin ; Shanghai.

541. Toranus caurpris, L.; Ibis, 1861, p. 343, 1862, p. 254,

1863, p. 407, 1865, 347, 1870, p.364; P.Z.S, 1862, p. 320, 1863,

p. 311.

Totanus fuscus, Ibis, 1866, p. 295.

General in winter.

542. Toranus GLAREOLA, L.; Ibis, 1860, p. 66, 1861, p. 343,

1863, p. 407, 1870, p. 363; P.Z. 8. 1863, p. 311.

Totanus affinis, Horsf. ; Ibis, 1866, p.294; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 311.

Hurries past in early autumn, and returns late in spring.

543. Toranus ocuropus, L.; Ibis, 1860, p. 66, 1861, p. 343,

1862, p. 254, 1863, p. 407, 1870, p. 363; P.Z. 8. 1863, p. 312.

Throughout China and Formosa.

544, Toranus Incanvus, Vieill. N. D. dH. N. vi. p. 400.

Totanus brevipes, Vieill. l. e. p. 410; Ibis, 1863, p. 407, 1867,

p- 390; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 312.

Totanus pulverulentus, M. & S.; Ibis, 1860, pp. 132, 359, 1861,

p. 343, 1862, p. 254.

Chinese and Formosan coasts im winter.

545. TrinGcoipes HypoLewcus (L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 66, 1861,

p- 343, 1862, p. 259, 1863, p. 408, 1870, p. 363; P. Z.S. 1863,

p. 312.

Throughout China, Formosa, and Hainan.

546. Terexkia cineREA (Gmel.); Ibis, 1863, p. 97; P.Z.S.

(863, p. 312.

Terekia javanica, P. Z.8. 1862, p. 319.

Tientsin (Fleming).

547. Limosa vropyeratis, Gould; [bis, 1863, p. 409, 1870,

p- 362; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 312.

Limosa lapponica seu rufa, Ibis, 1861, p. 410, 1863, p. 97, 1867,

p. 388.

Amoy, Formosa, and Hainan, in winter. Breeds in Amoorland and

Alaska; wanders during our cold season to the Malay archipelago,

Australia, and New Zealand.

548. Limosa Breviprs, G. R. Gray, Brit. Mus. Cat. Gralle,

p. 95.

LIimosa melanuroides, Gould.

Limosa melanura, Ibis, 1868, p. 58; P. Z.S8. 1863, p. 313.

One specimen procured at Amoy on the 30th of April, 1867, in

1871. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 407

partial summer plumage. Probably breeds in Amoorland, if not in

Japan also, ranging in winter to Borneo, the Moluccas, Australia,

and New Zealand. The European L. egocephala (L.) is the winter

species in India.

549. PsEUDOSCOLOPAX SEMIPALMATUS, Jerdon, P. Z.S. 1863,

p- 313.

Micropalama tacsanowskia, J. Verr.

Teintsin; Hankow; Trans-Baikal (J. Verreaux); India (Blyth

and Jerdon); Borneo (Schlegel).

550. Scotopax rusticuxa, L. ; Ibis, 1860, p. 66, 1861, pp. 56,

343, 1863, p. 415; P.Z.S. 1863, p- 313.

Throughout China in winter.

551. GaLLInaco soxiTartA, Hodgs. J. A. S. vi. p. 491; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 313.

Pekin (David). Specimens from South China, previously referred

to this, belong to the following species.

552. GaLLInaGo MEGALA, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p. 343, 1862, p. 255,

1863, p. 415, 1865, p. 232; P.Z. S. 1863, p. 313.

Gallinago solitaria?, Ibis, 1860, pp. 66, 132, 359, 1864, p. 370,

1865, p. 355, 1866, pp. 134, 294, 1867, p. 233.

Gallinago stenura, Radde, Reise, ‘Taf. xiii.

Throughout China and Formosa in seasons of migration. I have

seen specimens from Lake Baikal.

553. GALLINAGO HORSFIELDI (Gray) ; Zool. Misc. p. 2.

Gallinago stenura (Bp.); Ibis, 1860, p. 66, 1861, pp. 56, 343,

1862, p. 259, 1863, p. 415, 1865, p. 232, 1867, p. 234, 1870, p. 362;

P. Z. S. 1863, p. 314.

Gallinago biclava, Hodgs.

Gallinago heterocerca, Cab.

Throughout China, Hainan, and Formosa in winter. Probably

goes north to breed; specimens have been sent from Lake Baikal.

554. GALLINAGO scoLopPAciNa, Bp.; Ibis, 1863, p. 415, 1865,

p. 347, 1867, p. 234, 1870, p. 362; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 314.

Gallinago burka, Swinh. Ibis, 1865, p. 231; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 314.

Gallinago uniclava, Hodgs. ; Ibis, 1860, p. 66, 1861, pp. 56, 343,

1862, p. 259.

Gallinago media, Ibis, 1866, p. 294.

China, Formosa, and Hainan, in winter.

555. LIMNOCRYPTES GALLINULA (L.).

Gallinago gallinula, P. Z.S. 1863, p. 314.

I have never seeu this bird in China. One specimen was pro-

408 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

cured by a sporting friend in Formosa, and he sent it to me as the

only one he had ever met with in our part of the world.

556. RayNCH#A BENGALENSIS (L.); Ibis, 1865, pp. 230, 347,

1866, p. 137, 1870, p. 362; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 314.

Rhunchea sinensis, Lath. Ibis, 1864, p. 370, 1867, p. 404.

Rhynchea orientalis, Horsf.

Rhynchops sinensis, Ibis, 1861, p. 267.

Throughout China and Formosa in summer. I find that Painted

Snipes from Africa have the chin bare, which is not the case with

specimens from India and China. 2. capensis (Gmel.) may there-

fore rank as a distinct species.

557. CALIDRIS ARENARIA(L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 359, 1861, p. 342,

1863, p. 414, 1870, p. 363; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 315.

General in winter.

558. SrREPSILAS INTERPRES (L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 359, 1861,

p. 342, 1862, p. 255, 1863, p. 414, 1870, p. 361; P.Z.S. 1863,

p- 315; Zoologist, 1860, p. 7103.

559. Lopires nyPERBOREUS(L.); Ibis,1861,p.412,1863,p. 415,

1865, p. 358, 1870, p. 363; P.Z. 8. 1863, p. 315 ; Zoologist, 1861,

p- 7643.

560. Tringa TENUIROSTRIs (Horsf.); P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 315.

Totanus crassirostris, T. & S. Faun. Jap. Ixiv.

Scheniclus magnus, Gould, B. of Austr. vi. pl. 33.

561. Trinea canotus, L.; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 315.

Procured at Shanghai.

562. TRINGA PLATYRHYNCHA, Temm. ; Ibis, 1862, p. 255, 1863,

412, 1870, p.363; P.Z.S. 1863, p.316.

Limicola pygmea, Midd. Sib. Reise.

China and Formosa in winter. The Tringa pygmea of Latham,

as Prof. Newton has proved to me, is based on 7’. subarcuata, and

the name ought not to be applied to this species.

—]

563. TRINGA CINCLUS, var. CHINENSIS.

Tringa chinensis, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 2; Ibis, 1862, p. 255.

Tringa cinclus, Ibis, 1860, p. 66, 1861, p. 412, 1863, pp. 97, 411;

P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 316.

Tringa subarquata, Ibis, 1861, p. 342.

Tringa alpina, Ibis, 1866, p. 136, 1870, p. 363.

In length and thickness of bill surpassing T. cinclus, var. ameri-

cana, Baird, with longer toes. In summer dress remarkable for the

big black blotches on its breast, and for the blackness and want of

zufescence of its upper parts.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 409

Chinese and Formosan coasts in winter, coming early and retiring

late.

564. Trrnea acuminata (Horsf.) ; Ibis, 1863, p.412; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 316.

Tringa ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 342.

Tringa pectoralis, Ibis, 1863, p. 97.

Passes our coasts early, and returns late.

565. TrinGa DAMACENSIs (Horsf.) ; Ibis, 1863, p- 413; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 316.

Tringa, sp., Ibis, 1860, p. 359, 1861, p. 342.

Tringa subminuta, Midd. Sib. Reis. p. 222, t. xix. f. 6; Ibis, 1862,

p- 255, 1863, p. 97.

Passes our coasts early and returns late.

566. Trinea sarrna, Pall. It. iii. p. 700.

Tringa ruficollis, Lath. Av. v. p. 183.

Tringa albescens, Temm. PI. Cel. 41. fig. 2; Ibis, 1863, p- 413,

1870, p. 363; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 316.

Tringa minuta, Ibis, 1860, pp. 342, 358, 1862, p: 255.

The eastern representative of 7’. minuta. Passes the China coast

early, and returns late, on its winter migration. All my specimens

are of this race; but I have seen the true 7’. minuta, in summer

plumage, from Lake Baikal. Mr. Gould reports its breeding in

Australia (Hand-b. B. of Austr. ii. p. 258)!

567. Trinca suparcuaTa, L.; P. Z.S. 1862, p. 319, 1863,

p- 317.

Procured in Amoy and Formosa, in partial summer dress, in the

middle of May. Tientsin (Fleming).

568. TRINGA TEMMINCKII, Leisl.; Ibis, 1860, p. 66, 1861, p.342,

1862, p. 255, 1863, p.412; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 317.

Throughout China in winter.

569. EuRINORHYNCHUS PYGMEUS (L.).

Eurinorhynchus orientalis, Blyth, Ibis, 1867, p. 234.

Procured once at Amoy.

570. NumMENius minutus, Gould, P. Z.S. 1840, p. 176, 1863,

p. 317.

Numenius minor, Mill. & Schleg. Verh. Nat. Gesch. p. 110;

Ibis, 1861, p. 411, 1863, p. 409.

Amoy. Received also from Trans-Baikal, so that it probably

goes south to India, and will be the V. arcuatulus, Hodgs., of Nepal,

Schlegel has it from Amboina (Mus. des Pays-Bas), and Gould from

New South Wales. It passes our coast early, and returns late. Mr.

Gould met with the bird on the 4th April (Handb. B. Austr. ii.

410 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

p- 280). Leaving Australia a few days later, there is no reason

why these birds should not pass by the Moluccas, and onwards along

the China coast in time to nidificate in Amoorland in June.

571. Numenius puzopus (L.); P. Z.S. 1863, p. 317.

Pekin to Shanghai in winter.

572. NuMENIUS LUZzONIENSIs (Gmel.), Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 656.

Numenius atricapillus, Vieill.

Numenius uropygialis, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 175; Ibis, 1863,

p- 409, 1866, p. 137. ,

Formosa; South China coast. Throughout the islands to Aus-

tralia. Breeds in southern latitudes.

573. Numenivus Lingatus, Cuv. Régn. An. 2nd ed. i. p. 52,

note 2; Blyth, Ibis, 1867, p. 167.

Numenius major, T. & S. Faun. Jap. pl. Ixvi.; Ibis, 1860, p. 66,

1863, p. 410, 1867, p. 391, 1870, p. 363; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 318.

Numenius arcuatus, T. & S. Faun. Jap.; Swinh. Ibis, 1863,

p:- 410; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 318.

Numenius cassinii, Swinh. Ibis, 1867, p. 398; P. Z. S. 1863,

p- 317.

The long-billed N. major is the female, and the shorter-billed so-

called N. arcuatus is the male ; and N. cassinii is a small variety of

the same species, at once distinguishable from N. arcuatus of

Europe by its white unspotted axillaries. On the China coast the

long-billed birds often associate with the short bills, and, as Prof.

Schlegel observes (Mus. des Pays-Bas), are of similar plumage. I

have examined a number of both, and in every case I have found

the long-bills females and the short-bills males. I am therefore

convinced that they are mere sexes of the same species. Prof.

Schlegel points out the same birds occurring on the coast of South

Africa, where they have been also set apart as distinct species. I

have compared a specimen from South Africa, kindly given me by

Mr. R. B. Sharpe ; and it tallies completely with our male birds from

China. It follows, then, that the winter Curlew of India will be the

same, and that this migration is another instance of that exemplified

in the case of Hrythropus amurensis, Radde, of a North-east-Asian

bird passing through India to Africa in winter.

It spreads down the Chinese and Formosan coasts, during the cold

season, as far south as Hainan, extending, according to Schlegel

(Mus. des Pays-Bas), to Borneo and Java.

574. NUMENIUS TAHITIENSIS (Gmel.) ; Swinh. P. Z. S. 1863,

p- 318.

Numenius cyanopus, Vieill. 2nd ed. du Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat.

vill. p. 306.

Numenius major, Faun. Jap. (in part); Ibis, 1861, p. 343.

Numenius australis, Ibis, 1863, p.97; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 318.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 411

Numenius rufescens, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1862, p- 286; B. of As. pl.;

Ibis, 1863, p.410 (summer); P. Z.S. 1863, p. 318.

Breeds in Amoorland; common near Pekin in August ; found,

during the season of migration, in Japan, Formosa, Moluccas,

Australia, Tasmania, and the Society Islands. Not yet noticed on

South-China coast.

575. IsipoRHYNCHUS sTRUTHERSI, Vigors.

Ardea ?, Ibis, 1861, p. 344.

“ Frequents the banks of the most solitary fish-containing streams

of the mountains near Pekin, where it sometimes breeds” (David).

576. Isis proprnqua, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 428

Threskiornis melanocephalus?, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 318.

Talienwan ; Canton river.

577. Insts Nippon, T. & S. Faun. Jap. ; Ibis, 1863, p- 416, 1867,

p. 413, 1870, p. 365; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 318.

China coast in winter, as far south as Hainan.

578. [Bis FALCINELLUS, L.

Seen on the lakes between Shanghai and Ningpo.

579. PLaTALEA MAJOR, Temm. & Schl.; Ibis, 1863, p- 417,

1864, pp. 364, 370; P. Z.S. 1863, p.319.

Platalea leucorodia, Ibis, 1860, p. 65, 1861, p- 344.

Formosa; Swatocw.

580. TanTaLus LEUCOCEPHALUS, Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. p. 649.

Tantalus longimembris, Swinh. Ibis, 1867, pp. 227, 232.

Procured at Amoy.

581. LeprorTiLus JAVANICUS (Horsf.) ; Ibis, 1870, p. 364.

Hainan.

582. Crconza apa, Linn.; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 319.

Pére David saw it on one occasion, in November, at Takoo, mouth

of the Peiho river.

583. Ciconta niGRA, Linn. ; Ibis, 1866, p. 401; P. Z. S. 1863,

p. 319.

“*Inhabits, in small numbers, the mountains near Pekin that yield

streams containing fish ; nests on the most inaccessible rocks” (David).

584. Arpea crinEREA, L.; Ibis, 1860, p. 63, 1861, pp. 51, 343,

1863, p. 417, 1870, p. 365; P.Z.S. 1863, p.319.

Throughout China, Hainan, and Formosa.

585. ARDEA puRPUREA, L.; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 319.

Hankow (Central China).

412 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

586. Ecretra mopgsta (Gray).

Ardea modesta, J. E. Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 19; Ill. Ind. Zool.

al. 49.

Ardea syrmatophora, Gould, P. Z.S. 1846; B. of Austr. pl.

Ardea egretta’, Ibis, 1860, p. 64, 1861, p. 51.

Herodias alba, Ibis, 1863, p. 417, 1866, p. 295, 1867, p. 387,

1870, p. 365; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 319, 1870, p. 427.

Prof. Schlegel (Mus. des Pays-Bas) maintains that the EH. alba

of Europe is constantly of a larger form than the White Heron of

Africa, Asia, and Australia; but he identifies the latter with the

American White Heron, A. egretta, Gmel. (leuce, Illiger). I have

compared an adult male from Canton with an adult male from

America in Mr. Salvin’s collection. The Chinese bird has a tarse 3

inch longer than the American, but is otherwise of nearly similar

proportions; it has a more compressed head, a black bill, and a

considerably longer dorsal train. Mr. Salvin says that he has never

heard of the American bird acquiring a black bill, and agrees with

me in considering it distinct from the East-Asian bird. With the

African £. flavirostris, Temm., I have not been able to make com-

parison. The European £. adda, like our bird, has the bill yellow

in winter, black in summer, and would appear to be a larger edition

of the same, in fact a larger conspecies. In the same way the Cali-

fornian White Heron seems to be a larger conspecies of the E’. /euce

of South-eastern North America. There is no harm in recognizing

them as species. Throughout China, Hainan, and Formosa.

587. EGreTra INTERMEDIA (V. Hasselq.).

Herodias intermedia, Ibis, 1861, p. 344; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 319,

1870, p. 427.

Herodias egrettoides, Ibis, 1861, p. 261. -

Bill yellow throughout the year, tipped with black. Canton;

Hankow.

588. GARZETTA EGRETTA (Brisson).

Herodias garzetta, Ibis, 1860, pp. 64, 429, 1861, p. 52, 1862,

p. 258, 1863, p. 417, 1870, p. 365; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 319, 1870,

p. 427.

Southern China, Hainan, and Formosa.

589. GARZETTA EULOPHOTES.

Herodias eulophotes, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 64, 1863, p. 418;

P. Z.S. 1863, p. 320.

Amoy; North Formosa.

590. BuBuLCUS COROMANDUS.

Buphus coromandus (Bodd.), Ibis, 1860, p. 64, 1861, p. 52, 1862,

p- 258, 1863, p. 419, 1865, p. 234; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 320.

Summer visitant to South China and Formosa.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 413

591. Buroripes savanicus (Horsf.) ; Ibis, 1860, pp. 132, 358,

1861, p.52; P.Z. 8. 1863, p. 320.

Herodias asha, Ibis, 1860, p. 64.

Comes to South China in summer to breed.

592. BurortpEs MACRoRHYNCHUS, Gould.

Butorides javanicus, Ibis, 1863, p- 420.

A larger bird than the last in all its proportions, but otherwise

very similar. Common in Formosa in summer. I procured a male

at Amoy on the 26th Aug. 1866. It is the species that visits Japan

(Schleg. Mus. des Pays-Bas).

593. ARDEOLA PRASINOSCELES, Swinh. Ibis, 1860, p. 64, 1861,

p- 52, 1862, p. 258, 1863, p. 421 (errore), 1870, p- 865; P. Z. 8,

1863, p. 319.

Resident in South China and westwards to Szechuen. Found

as far south as Cochin China. In Siam and Malacca is replaced by

the A. malaccensis (Gmel.), A. bacchus, Bp. I entered it in my

Formosan list on insufficient evidence. It has not occurred on that

island.

594. NycTraRDEA NycTicorax (L.).

Nycticorax griseus, Ibis, 1860, p- 358, 1861, pp. 53, 56, 344,

1863, p. 423, 1866, p. 293, 1870, p. 365; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 320.

Nycticorax manillensis ?, Ibis, 1860, p- 65.

Resident throughout China and Formosa.

595. GoIsAcCHIUS MELANOLOPHUS.

Ardea melanolopha, Raffles, Linn. Trans. vol. xiii. part 2, p. 326.

Ardea goisagi (Temm.), Pl. Col. 582; Faun. Jap. pl. 75; Ibis,

1865, p. 358, 1866, pp. 122, 403.

Nycticorax melanolophus, P. Z.8. 1863, p. 320.

Formosa. Procured also from Japan, the Philippines, Sumatra,

Arracan, and Ceylon.

596. Boraurus ste.uaris, L.; Ibis, 1861, p. 410; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 320.

Throughout China.

997. ARDETTA FLAVICOLLIS (Lath.); Ibis, 1862, p. 258, 1863,

p- 422; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 320.

Foochow and Hankow.

598. ARDETTA CINNAMOMEA (Gmel.) ; Ibis, 1860, p. 65, 1861,

p. 53; 1862, p. 258, 1863, p. 422; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 320.

Throughout China and Formosa in summer.

414 MR. R. SWINHOE ON ‘THE BIRDS OF CHINA. __ [May 2,

599. ARDETTA SINENSIS (Gmel.); Ibis, 1860, p. 65, 1861, p. 53,

1862, p. 258, 1863, pp. 97, 422, 1867, p. 231; P.Z.S. 1862,

p- 320, 1863, p. 321.

China in summer. Rare in Formosa.

600. Porruyrio caestis, Swinh. Ibis, 1868, p. 59; P.Z.S.

1870, p. 428.

Porphyrio sp.?, Ibis, 1866, p. 298.

Canton ; Amoy.

601. HyprRopHAsIANus CHrruRGUs (Scop.) ; Ibis, 1865, p. 541,

1866, p. 405.

Hydrophasianus sinensis, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 321.

Hankow; Amoy coast; Formosa. I watched a party of three

immature birds on a pool in South Formosa in January. They float

lightly on the water, like Phalaropes, but with the tail partly cocked.

They rise heavily, and fly with long slow flaps, looking like small

white-winged Herons. They alight boldly on the water, and permit

close approach. When sitting they look dark and unnoticeable ; but

the wings once expanded they become conspicuous white objects.

Iris chestnut ; bill and legs light sea-green.

602. GaLLicrex crisTaTA (Lath.) ; Ibis, 1861, pp. 56, 267,

411, 1863, p. 425, 1866, p. 297; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 321.

South China; westward to Szechuen ; Formosa.

603. GaLLInuLA cHLOoROoPUuS (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 56, 1862,

p- 307, 1863, p. 427; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 321.

Throughout China and Formosa.

604. GALLINULA PHa@NIcURA (Penn.) ; Ibis, 1863, p. 427, 1870,

p. 364; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 321.

Porzana phenicura, Ibis, 1860, p. 67, 1861, p. 57.

South China ; Formosa.

605. PorZANA ERYTHROTHORAX, Temin. & Schl. ; Swinh, Ibis,

1861, pp. 57, 411.

Porzana fusca, Ibis, 1863, p. 426; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 321.

Prof. Schlegel (Mus. des Pays-Bas) recognizes this as distinct

from P. fusca of India. Though variable in size and length of wing,

it has longer toes ; and the pectoral red does not extend so low down

on the belly as in P. fusca. It is a close conspecies of the Indian

bird.

606. PorzaNna prema (Naumann); P. Z.S. 1863, p. 321.

Gallinula bailloni, Vieill.

Porzana bailloni, Ibis, 1863, p. 97, 1867, p. 389; P. Z. 8. 1862,

p. 320.

Throughout China in summer. It strikes me that Pallas’s name

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 415

minuta must really apply to this bird, the Little Crake of Europe not

being found so far eastwards as Dauria (¢f. Pall. Zoogr. ii. p. 156).

607. RALLINA MANDARINA.

Porzana mandarina, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. N. H. vol. v. 4th

series, p. 173; P. Z.S. 1870, p. 427.

Procured at Canton, in company with P. erythrothoraz, by Mr.

S. Bligh.

608. Hyroranipia sTRIATA.

Rallus striatus, L.; Ibis, 1863, p. 427, 1865, p. 234, 1866,

p. 394; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 321.

Formosa ; Canton (Schlegel, Mus. des Pays-Bas).

609. Ratius mnvicus, Blyth, J. A. S. xviii. p. 820; Ibis, 1863,

p. 97; P.Z.8. 1862, p. 320.

Rallus aquaticus, P. Z.8. 1863, p. 322.

The Asiatic representative of R. aqguaticus of Europe, distin-

guishable by its dark facial streak from the base of the bill to beyond

the eyes. Tientsin.

610. Fuxica arra, L.; Ibis, 1861, p. 344, 1864, p. 370, 1865,

p. 349, 1867, p.397; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 322.

China; Formosa.

611. Popicers pHitiprensis (Bonn.); Ibis, 1860, p. 67, 1870,

p. 366.

Podiceps minor (Gmel.); Ibis, 1863, p. 433, 1865, p. 541;

P. Z.S. 1863, p. 322.

Podiceps philippinus, Ibis, 1861, p. 343.

China; Formosa; Hainan.

612. Popicers auritus (L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 67, 1861, p. 344;

P.Z.S. 1863, p. 322.

Amoy in winter.

613. Popicers cornutus (Gmel.); P. Z. S. 1863, p. 322.

Colymbus cornutus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. p. 591.

Amoy in winter.

614. Popicers cristatus (L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 67, 1861, p. 344 ;

P. Z.S. 1863, p. 322.

Podiceps cornutus, Pall.

To the south coast, in winter, in large numbers.

615. CotymBus SEPTENTRIONALIS, L.; Ibis, 1863, p. 433;

P. Z.8. 1863, p. 322.

Colymbus glacialis, Ibis, 1860, p. 67, 1861, pp. 268, 410, 345.

Common winter visitant to the south coast.

416 MR. R. SWINHOL ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

616. MrerGexuus ALBELLUS (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 344; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 322.

North China. Common on the Yangtsze in winter.

617. Mrereus serrATOR, L.; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 323.

Mergus serratus, Ibis, 1860, p. 67, 1861, p. 344.

Throughout China.

618. Mereus castor, L.

Mergus merganser, L.; Ibis, 1861, p. 344; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 323.

Comes down as low as Amoy in winter.

619. Mereus squamatus, Gould, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 184.

China (Gould).

620. Cyenus musicus, Bechst.; Ibis, 1862, p. 254; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 323.

Shanghai market in winter.

621. Cygnus minor, Pall. Zoogr. ii. p. 214; Ibis, 1861, p. 344,

1862, p. 254; Zoologist, 1860, p. 6924; P. Z.S8. 1863, p. 323.

Cygnus bewickit, Yarr.; Ibis, 1867, p. 398.

Shanghai market in winter.

622. Cyenus pavinI, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 430.

Smaller than the last, with orange-red bill and legs. ‘ Lores

covered with small feathers” (David). The specimen on which this

species is based is in the Pekin Museum, and was procured by Pére

David in the market at Tientsin.

623. ANsER cyGnorpeEs (L.); Faun. Jap. pl.; Ibis, 1861, p. 344;

P.Z.S. 1863, p. 323.

Common in the Shanghai market in the early part of winter.

624. ANSER ALBIFRONS (Gmel.); Ibis, 1861, p. 344; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 323.

Shanghai market in winter.

625. ANSER ERYTHROPUS, L.

Anser minutus, Naumann.

In the market at Kinkiang, on the Yangtsze, on the 16th March,

1869.

626. ANSER CINEREUS, Meyer, var. RUBRIROSTRIS.

Anser ferus, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p. 344, 1862, p. 254; P. Z.S.

1863, p. 323, 1870, p. 427.

Anser rubrirostris, Hodgs.

Shanghai in winter. I have one shot at Canton by Mr. S. Bligh.

It is of large form, with long and large bill, white on the frontal

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 417

feathers at the base of the bill, of a pale colour with blotches of

black on the underparts, and with very little grey on the wing-

coverts and rump. The size of the bill varies greatly in English

specimens; but the pale colour, comparative absence of grey, and

white frontal edging to the bill seem characteristic of the Eastern

race, and I think it as well to distinguish it as a variety.

627. ANSER SEGETUM, var. SERRIROSTRIS.

Anser segetum, Ibis, 1860, p. 67, 1861, p. 344, 1862, p. 253,

1867, p. 392; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 323.

Anser serrirostris, Gould, MS.

A Bean-Goose comes down in immense swarms every cold weather

to the marshes, at the river’s mouth, near Amoy. They are of

large size, and peculiar in having huge bills approximating that of

A. grandis. I have handled several, and they were all so distin-

guishable. I have brought home a male and compared it with a

home-shot bird kindly lent me by Mr. Tristram. The Chinese bird

has a paler cheek and throat, a much lighter and yellowish-brown

neck, narrower white edges and tips to the tail-feathers, and longer

tarsi; but in other respects it is similar. The British Museum has

two specimens of this Goose from Trans-Baikal, and Mr. Gould a

specimen from Shanghai. Mr. Gould’s specimen is labelled A. ser-

rirostris, a name he intended to publish in 1862. On the Wanchow

river all the Geese shot by our party on the 10th of February were

of this race.

628. Anas Boscuas, L.; Ibis, 1861, p. 344, 1862, p. 254.

A winter Duck in South China.

629. ANAS ZONORHYNCHA, Swinh. Ibis, 1866, p. 394; P.Z.S.

1870, p. 427.

Anas pecilorhyncha, Temm. & Schl. Faun. Jap. pl. 1xxxii.

Throughout China. I believe it breeds in many parts, north and

south. It is absurd, with our present experience, to imagine this

bird a cross between A. boschas and A. pecilorhyncha of India. It

is a very common Duck at Shanghai, and I have seen many speci-

mens. A. pecilorhyncha does not occur with us; and can we sup-

pose that India would originate a bird to disperse throughout more

Eastern Asia, and not reserve any of the hybrids for herself? Our

bird (male) has a narrower yellow nib to the bill, and no basal

yellow. It has a distinct white supercilium; throat unspeckled

white; alar speculum deep blue, slightly tinged with green; lesser

coverts, overlapping the speculum, brown, tipped with black with no

white ; tertials only slightly margined with white; rump, upper

tail-coverts, and tail deep blackish brown, without any bronze reflec-

tions ; crown, streak through the eye, and short moustache-streak

deep brown; cheeks and neck brownish white, with brown specks ;

breast light yellowish brown, with deep-brown spots; rest of under-

parts deep brown, becoming nearly black on the under tail-coverts ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXVII.

418 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

axillaries pure white. Size about that of A. peeilorhyncha. The

female is smaller than the male, ang has the blotched yellowish of the

breast extending to the abdomen. In 4. peeilorhyncha the breast

and belly are nearly white, covered with round brown spots. The

speculum of our bird is greener in some specimens; and some show

a little white on the overlapping wing-coverts in rear of their black

tips, and have more or less white on the outer webs of the tertials.

630. TaporNA corNuTA (Gmel.).

Tadorna vulpanser, Flem. ; Ibis, 1861, p. 344, 1862, p. 254.

Anas cornuta, 8. G. Gmel. It. ii. p. 185.

China coast in winter. ;

631. Casarca RuTILA (Pall.) ; Ibis, 1861, p. 344, 1862, p. 254.

Common, in winter, on inland waters; rare on the coast.

632. Sparuta cLypEara (L.).

Rhynchaspis clypeata, Swinh. Ibis, 1861, p. 57, 1862, p. 254,

1867, p. 388.

Abundant in South China and Formosa in winter.

633. Dariia acuta (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 345, 1867, p. 399.

China and Formosa in winter.

634. Mareca PENELOPE, L.; Ibis, 1861, p. 345, 1867, p. 399,

1870, p. 366.

Abundant in South China and Formosa in winter.

635. CHAULELASMUS STREPERUS (H.).

Procurable in the Shanghai market in winter, but rare.

636. QuERQUEDULA cReEccA (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 345, 1865,

p. 347, 1867, p. 399, 1870, p. 366.

Abundant everywhere in China and Formosa during winter.

This species, the Wigeon, and the Shoveller are the commonest

winter Ducks in South Formosa.

637. QuERQUEDULA crrRciA (L.); Ibis, 1863, p. 434, 1867,

p. 407; P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 427.

Probably breeds in South China, but is rare. Has oceurred also

in Formosa. :

638. Arx GALERIcuLATA (L.); Ibis, 1866, p. 295; P. Z.S. 1863,

p- 324.

I think, throughout China, breeding in many localities. Found

also resident in the interior of Formosa.

639. Eunerra rormosa (Georgi) ; [bis, 1867, p. 394.

Anas glocitans, Pall. ; Ibis, 1861, p. 344, 1867, p. 231, 409.

Abundant throughout China in winter.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 419

640. Eunerra ravcata (Pall.).

Anas falcaria, Lath.; Ibis, 1861, p. 345, 1862, p. 254.

Querquedula multicolor, Ibis, 1860, p. 67.

Throughout China in winter. Middendorff figures a young male

for the female (Sib. Reise, t. xxi.). The female is coloured more as

the female of A. boschas, with just a glow of pink on its cheeks.

641. GEpesia Fusca (L.).

Very abundant.in the Shanghai market.

642. (Epem1A Americana (Richardson); Ibis, 1863, p. 435;

P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 324. .

Shot on the Yangtsze by Capt. Blakiston. I have sought in vain

in the Shanghai market fer both this and the true @. nigra (L.).

643. BucepHata cLaNGurA (L.).

Clanyula glaucion, Ibis, 1861, p. 345.

I have procured this in winter as far south as Amoy. Common

at Shanghai.

644. Harewpa GLaciauis (L.).

Pére David received a specimen of this shot at Takoo, mouth of

the Peiho river.

645. Ayruya rertna (L.).

Shanghai market in winter.

646. Furrx marita (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 345, 1862, p. 254.

Down the China and Formosan coasts in winter.

647. Fuxrx cristata (L.); Ibis, 1861, p. 345, 1862, p. 254,

1867, p. 399.

Comes with the last.

648. Fuxrx BAERI, Radde, Reise im Siiden von Ost-Sib. 1855-59,

p. 376, t. xv.

On my cruise up the river Yangtsze we stopped at Kinkiang for

a day and a half; and I was fortunate enough to procure an adult

male of this species. It was being hawked about in the streets.

My‘specimen answers precisely to Radde’s description and figure,

and looks very much like a cross between Anas boschas and Fulix

cristata, having somewhat the head and breast of the former and

the body of the:latter. But mine is too exact a copy of Radde’s

type, which he procured from a party of four of the same, to admit

of being considered a hybrid. Bill French grey. Irides light

yellow. Legs patched with grey and black. Head and neck black,

reflecting deep green; breast deep chestnut ; upper parts, wings, and

tail deep brown; greater wing-coverts white, tipped with bronzed

brown; tertiaries deep bronzed brown, the foremost edged with

420 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. _ [May 2,

black; primaries brownish white on their inner webs; large loose

feathers on the sides of the rump light reddish brown; abdomen

splashed with brown.

649. PHALACROCORAX CARBO (L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 68, 1861,

pp- 261, 345, 1863, p. 433, 1867, p. 390, 1870, p. 367; P.Z. 8.1863,

p- 324.

Phalacrocoraz filamentosus, Ibis, 1861, pp. 264, 409.

Phalacrocoraz capillatus, P.Z.S. 1863, p. 325.

Throughout China and Formosa ; in the south only during the

winter.

650. GracuLus BIcRIsTATUs (Pall.), Ibis, 1861, pp. 408, 410,

1863, p.434; P.Z. S. 1863, p.325.

Phalacrocorax e@olus, Ibis, 1867, p. 395.

Occurs in winter on the China coast.

651. Petecanus mirratus, Licht. Abh. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1838,

t.32; P.Z. S. 1868, p. 266, fig. 3.

Pelecanus minor, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 428.

Pelecanus onocrotalus, Ibis, 1865, p. 352; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 325.

I have a specimen from Foochow.

652. PELECANUS PHILIPPENSIS (Gm.).

Pelecanus philippensis, Swinh. Ibis, 1865, p. 111, 1866, p. 297 ;

P. Z.S. 1863, p. 325.

Pelecanus crispus, Ibis, 1860, p. 68, 1862, p. 254.

Amoy.

653. SuLA FIBER (L.).

Sula fusca, Briss. ; Ibis, 1870, p. 367; P.Z.S. 1863, p. 325.

Sula sinicadvena, Ibis, 1865, p. 109.

Formosa; Shanghai.

654. Larus nivevs, Pall.; Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p.224; Ibis, 1863,

p- 428, 1870, p. 366; P. Z. S. 1863, p. 325.

Larus canus, var. major, Midd. Sib. Reise; P. Z. S. 1864,

p- 272.

Larus canus, Ibis, 1860, p. 68, 1861, p. 345.

Like the following, but with stronger bill and longer tarse and

toes. Visits Amoy harbour in the coldest weather, usually in im-

mature plumage.

655. Larus caNnus, L.

Much commoner than the last in Amoy harbour in winter, and

often in fine adult plumage. Probably breeds in more southerly

latitudes than its ally.

1871.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. 421

656. Larus crassrrostris, Vieill. ; Ibis, 1863, p.428; P. Z. S.

1863, p. 326.

Larus melanurus, T. & S. Faun. Jap.; Ibis, 1860, p. 133, 1861,

pp. 261, 345.

Larus fuscus, Ibis, 1860, p. 68.

A common winter Gull on the South-China coast.

657. Larus CACHINNANS, Pall.; lbis, 1863, p. 428, 1870, p. 366;

POL. 8..1863,<p:.327:.

Larus argentatus, var. cachinnans, V. Schrenck, Reise Amur.,

Vog. p. 504.

Larus borealis, Bruch nec Brandt.

Larus argentatus, Ibis, 1861, p. 345.

China coast in winter. Rather larger than L. argentatus, with a

deeper-coloured mantle.

658. Larus occipenratis, Aud. ; P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 326.

Larus borealis, Brandt. :

A winter visitant to the China coast. Like L. argentatus, but of

very large size.

659. CHROICOCEPHALUS BRUNNEICEPHALUS, Jerdon.

Received at the Paris Museum from Pekin (J. Verreauz).

660. CHROICOCEPHALUS RIDIBUNDUs (L.); Ibis, 1863, p. 428.

Chroicocephalus capisiratus, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 327.

Macao; Amoy. Rare winter visitant to South China.

661. CHROICOCEPHALUS SAUNDERSI, Swinhoe. See anfed,

p- 273, Pl. XXII.

662. SYLOCHELIDON caspta (Pall,); P. Z.S. 1863, p. 328.

Sterna caspia, Pall. ; Ibis, 1860, p. 68, 1861, p. 345, 1863, p. 430,

1870, p. 366.

Sterna melanotis, Swainson (winter dress).

China generally.

663. HypROCHELIDON uyBripa (Pall.).

Hydrochelidon indica (Steph.) ; Ibis, 1863, p. 428; P. Z.S. 1863,

p. 328.

Sterna leucopareia, Natterer.

Formosa. Not observed yet in China.

664. HyprocHe.ipon nigra (L.); Ibis, 1863, p.97; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 328.

Hydrochelidon javanica, Ibis, 1860, p. 68, 1861, p. 345.

Throughout China.

422 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE BIRDS OF CHINA. [May 2,

665. THALASSEUS PELECANOIDES (King); Schleg. Mus. des

Pays-Bas.

Thalasseus cristatus, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 329.

Sterna cristata, Ibis, 1860, p. 68, 1863, p. 430.

Sterna velox, Ibis, 1860, p. 429, 1861, p. 345, 1866, p. 134.

South China ; Formosa, breeds on the islands off its north end.

666. HatipLana AN&ZTHETA (Scop.).

Sterna panayensis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 607.

Common about the Pescadore Islands.

667. STERNA HIRUNDO, L.; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 329.

Hankow; Pekin.

668. ONYCHOPRION MELANAUCHEN(Temm.); Ibis; 1867, p. 230,

1870, p. 367.

Sterna minuta?, Ibis, 1860, p. 429.

Common about the rocks outside Amoy Harbour, where they breed.

669. SreRNULA MinvTA (L.); Ibis, 1863, p. 430; P. Z.S. 1863,

p. 329.

Sternula, sinensis (Gmel.); Ibis, 1863, p. 429; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 329.

Sterna minuta, Ibis, 1860, p. 68, 1861, p. 345, 1862, p. 307.

Formosa; China. Breeds on the east coast of Formosa.

670. Gyais auBa (Sparrm.).

Sterna.candida, Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. p. 607 ; Ibis, 1864, p. 423.

Seen near the Paracel Shoals in the South-China sea.

671. Anovus stoutipus (L.); Ibis, 1860, p. 429, 1863, p. 430,

1864, p. 422; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 329.

Anous pileatus, North China Asiat. Soc. Journal, May 1859 ;

This, 1869, p. 360.

North-east Formosa, where it breeds.

672. THALASSIDROMA MONORHIS, Swinh. Ibis, 1867, p. 386.

Amoy. Breeding on the small islands north-east of Formosa

( Collingwood).

673. DiomEDEA ALBATRUS, Pall. Zoogr. ii. p. 308; Ibis, 1864,

p- 423.

Diomedea brachyura, Temm.; Ibis, 1860, p. 67, 1863, p. 431,

1867, p. 226, 1870, p. 366; P. Z.S. 1863, p. 329.

China Sea.

674. DiomeprEa niGRIPEs, Audubon; Ibis, 1863, p.431; P.Z.S.

1863, p. 329.

Diomedea fulginosa, Ibis, 1860, p. 68.

China Sea.

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON A NEW NEWT. 423

675. ATTAGEN MINOR (Gmel.).

Pelecanus minor, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1788, i. p. 572.

Tachypetes minor, Ibis, 1868, p. 56.

Paracel Shoals. One shot at Amoy.

Note.—In the Chinese Materia Medica (called ‘ Pun Tsao Kang

Muh’) I find in the figure of the Fe-seng, or “‘ Flying Beast,”’ a re-

markable likeness to the fossil Archeopteryx described by Prof.

Owen. I will investigate this question on my present return to China.

—R. S.

2. Description of a new Genus of Newts from Western

Yunan. By Jonn Anperson, M.D., Curator of the

Indian Museum, and Professor of Comparative Anatomy,

Calcutta.

[Received April 17, 1871.]

TYLOTOTRITON *, n. g.

Head flat, surrounded by a prominent osseous ridge, with a short

longitudinal ridge along the vertex. The bony orbit above the eye

similar to that of Cynops, Pleurodeles, Euproctus, and Notophthat-

mus. Parotoids large, auriculoid, flattened from above downwards.

Along the body a lateral line of equidistant, large, rounded, knob-

like, porous, glandular tubercles, terminating at the root of the tail.

The second to the fifth epipleural processes and the extremities of the

remaining ribs terminate in the knob-like lateral glands. A broad

porous vertebral ridge corresponding to the enlarged crests of the

dorsal and sacral vertebree. An obscure line of pores between the

axilla and the groin, and a series of larger ones on the head. Skin

finely tubercular. Tail as long as the body, laterally compressed, with

sharp lower and upper margins. Limbs well developed. Fingers

four, toes five. Palatine teeth begin on a line with the internal

nostrils, in two ridges meeting in front, but widely divergent behind.

Maxillary teeth small, acute, on the inner edge of the jaw. Tongue

of moderate size, suborbicular, adherent, and slightly free at the

edges. Vertebree 46. Ribs 16: 13 dorsal, | sacral, 2 caudal.

TYLOTOTRITON VERRUCOSUS, Nl. Sp.

The lateral cranial ridge subtriangular ; the median ridge running

backwards from the inside of the apex of the triangle, but not reach-

ing so far posteriorly as the lateral ridge, the extremities of which

curve inwards like a scroll in front of the parotoids. The parotoids

slightly concave above, and somewhat resembling the outline of an

upturned human ear. The nostrils close to the extremity of the

rounded snout, but with a considerabie interval between them,

* rudwrds, knobbed.

424

DR. J. ANDERSON ON A NEW NEWT.

[May 2,

Tylototriton verrucosus.

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON TESTUDO PHAYRETI. 425

semicircular, closed by a small valvular flap of skin. Eye of mo-

derate size ; upper eyelid large, granular. Fifteen knob-like glands

along the side of the body: the first a short distance behind and

about the axilla and on a level with the parotoids ; the last three

behind the leg when it is extended at right angles to the body.

The vertebral glandular ridge begins on a line with the scroll-like

extremities of the cranial crest, and terminates at the root of the

tail. An obscure line of pores, larger than those of the rest of the

body, from below the arm to the groin, rather towards the under

surface of the side. A series of pores behind the angle of the mouth

along the lateral cranial ridge to the top of the snout, on the loreal

region behind the eye, and along the mandible and internal to it.

The chin and throat thickly covered with small, smooth, porous,

glandular tubercles of nearly uniform size, The sides and upper parts

of the body and of the tail are densely covered with glandular tubercles

(porous) of various sizes and irregularly distributed. The ventral

surface transversely wrinkled and covered with very minute porous

glands, which scarcely project above the level of the skin. The

upper margin of the tail sharp, and commencing with the last lateral

knob. Under surface rather rounded. Numerous folds on the inner

margin of the vent. Forearms extend the length of the fingers be-

yond the snout ; the legs reach halfway to the axilla.

Uniform blackish brown, paler on the lips, snout, chin, throat,

and under surface of the limbs, all of which are of a brownish-olive

tinge. Under surface of the tail dull orange-yellow, fading to

lightish brown on the sides.

Length from tip of snout to vent 3 to 4 inches; vent to tip of

tail 3 to 3,9; inches.

Hab. Nantin, Momien, and Hotha valleys, Western Yunan,

China.

I first met with this remarkable Newt in the flooded rice-fields

about the little Chinese town of Nantin, where, however, it was not

very common. In the more elevated and subtemperate valley of

Momien, at about a height of nearly 5000 feet above the sea, and in

the high sequestered valley of Hotha (5000 feet) it was far from

uncommon.

3. Note on Testudo phayrei, Blyth.

By Joun Anverson, M.D.

[Received April 27, 1871.]

With reference to the correspondence between Drs. Gray and

Sclater, which appeared in the ‘ Atheneum’ of November and De-

cember last *, on the statements of Mr. Theobald regarding Dr. Gray’s

Scapia falconeri and Blyth’s Testudo phayrei, I am in a position to

* See ‘Athenzeum,’ Noy. 12th, 1870, Noy. 26th, 1870, Dec. 3rd, 1870, and

Dee. 10th, 1870.

426 DR. J. ANDERSON ON TESTUDO PHAYREI. [May 2,

state, after a careful examination of the type of 7'. phayrei in this

museum, that it is a true Testudo. I enclose two drawings, one of

the sternum (fig. 1) and another of the carapax (fig. 2) of the typical

specimen, and a sketch of the sternum of the imperfect specimen

La yi j|\

SPE) hn

Sternum of Testudo phayrei.

on which Mr. Theobald grounded his remarks; and these drawings

will prove that I am correct in referring the species to the genus

Testudo.

With regard to Blyth’s type of 7. phayrei, I may mention that it

is still in this museum, in a perfect state, and that it was referred

1871.] DR. J, ANDERSON ON TESTUDO PHAYREI. 427

——— es S|

\ Aw el

BAA

428 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID. [May 2,

by Theobald to T. indica. 1 am enabled to make this identification

because Blyth has given such accurate measurements and descrip-

tions of this specimen that it is impossible to mistake it for any

other species. In describing the type he refers to another specimen

smaller than it and having the appearance of great age, with most

of the plates of its carapace more or less completely united, so that

the form of some of them cannot be traced. This is the specimen

referred by Theobald to Manouria emys in his catalogue, and is the

one bearing the names of the sternal plates in the handwriting of

Dr. Falconer. This specimen can hardly be said to be in fragments,

as the carapace is entire with the exception of a small portion which

has been broken off the anterior margin. ‘The sternum, alse, is

nearly perfect, as shown in my drawing, although it wants the dermal

plates. The skull and the remainder of the skeleton, however, are

absent. It is interesting to observe that all the dermal plates, with

the exception of those which Blyth described as being more or less

completely united, have disappeared, and that these seem to have

remained adherent to the carapace, owing to their being united into

a mass which retained a firm hold of it. In connexion with this

disappearance of the dermal plates, I would also observe that this

specimen generally has a decided appearance of having been par-

tially macerated, but not to any great extent.

It is evident, from what I have stated regarding the notes in his

own handwriting on this specimen, that it had been in the posses-

sion of Dr. Falconer. The explanation appears to be that Mr.

Blyth gave Dr. Falconer the less valuable specimen for his observa-

tions. Having seen the disputed skull in London, my impression is

that it is that of 7’. phayrei, and that Mr. Theobald’s account of its

history is strictly accurate.

The type is a stuffed specimen and in capital condition. Like

the other stuffed Tortoises in this museum, however, no wires were

employed in mounting it, so that the circumstance that the skull of

so-called Seapia falconeri has no wire-holes does not indicate much.

4. Notes on the Species of Bradypodide in the British

Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

[Received April 6, 1871.]

(Plates XXXV.-XXXVII.)

Having received various specimens of this family in the British Mu-

seum from Mr. Carmiol, from Costa Rica, as the type of Dr. Peters’s

new species Cholapus hoffmanni, and specimens of Arctopithecus

from the Cordillera del Chucu, Veragua, in Costa Rica, and from Dr.

Seemann from Nicaragua and from other parts of South America, I

have been induced to compare them and to send to the Society the

following notes as a result of my observations. Dr. Seemann and

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID. 429

Mr. Janson, junior, both inquired of me if I knew any green species

of Sloth, for that was the colour of the living species in Nicaragua.

There seems a tendency, according to the examination of the dried

skins, in several of the species to be more or less tinted with this very

unusual colour among Mammalia; and the colour seems to fade in the

preserved skin; for the skin of the three-toed Sloth, which Dr. See-

mann brought with him and said was quite green when alive, is only

green on the sides, which have been covered by the arms and conse-

quently less exposed than the other parts of the body. In one of the

specimens of the Unan or two-toed Sloth, the long hair of the back

of the head is whitish, and more or less dark green in a great part

of its length, looking as if it had been all bright dark-green when it

was alive.

Unfortunately a few only of the specimens in the Museum, those

more lately received, have their special habitat. The rest were re-

ceived from the Zoological Society or the Haslar Hospital, or have

been purchased of dealers, and have only had the habitat of South

America attached to them.

I have received the following interesting letter from Dr. Seemann :—

“Dear Sir,—The Sloth (Arctopithecus) I brought home was

caught in the woods surrounding the Javali gold-mine in the Chon-

tales district of Nicaragua, about 2000 feet above the sea-level, a

country having nine months of rain during the year. The natives

call this animal ‘Camaleon,’ and say that it is very rare, which

may be the case, as during all my travels in the country I have

never met with it before. But, on the other hand, it should be borne

in mind that it has almost exactly the same greyish-green colour as

Tillandsia usneoides, the so-called ‘ vegetable horsehair’ common in

the district ; and if it could be shown that it frequented trees covered

with that plant (a point I hope to ascertain during my next visit in

June next), there would be a curious case of mimicry between this

Sloth’s hair and the Til/andsia, and a good reason why so few of

these Sloths are seen. When the animal first came into my pos-

session it was much greener than its preserved skin is now, which

has been dried over the fire, and it remains to be seen whether the

greenness is owing, at least in part, to the fact that the hair becomes

covered with minute cryptogamic organisms, the damp climate and

thick gloomy forests being favourable to their growth. I had no

microscope with me to clear up this point; but this you will, of

course, easily ascertain. I had the animal alive for about a month,

feeding it on the young leaves of Cecropia peltata, an urticaceous

fast-growing tree of the district; and it used to eat most during the

night, when it was also most lively. One night it escaped from its

prison, and next morning was found about 800 yards off, in a water-

but, whither it had to make its way over a cleared hill, where there

were no shrubs nor trees, which rather puzzled me. During my

temporary absence from Javali the servants neglected to feed it, or

else I had hoped to bring it to London, to present it to Dr. Sclater.

It had great strength; and in order to pull it away from the tree

to which it was holding, your hands were necessary. On those

430 DR. J, E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODIDZ. [ May 2,

occasions it used to utter a shrill sound, like a Monkey; but I have

never, on any other occasion, heard it uttering this sound.

‘* Hoping that some of these notes may be of service to you,

“*T remain, &c.,

* BERTHOLD SEEMANN.

‘‘4 Westminster Chambers, Victoria Street,

“ April 1, 1871.”

In this paper I have adopted the three genera proposed by me in

the paper on the Skulls of the Family in the Proc. Zool. Soc.

1849, and the nomenclature used in the ‘Catalogue of Carnivorous,

Pachydermatous, and Edentate Mammalia in the British Museum,’

1869, p. 362.

Tribe I. CooLtapina,

The hands with two claws, the feet three-clawed. Skull large,

ventricose ; frout edge of the lower jaw much produced, into a spoon-

like central lobe. Intermaxillary bones well developed, forming an

arched edge to the front of the upper jaw. The front grinders in

each jaw elongate, acute, working against each other like the canines

of a Boar, the upper one being over the front of the lower one, and

separated from the other grinders by a considerable vacant space.

The angle of the lower jaw is thick, rounded, and only slightly pro-

duced, scarcely exceeding the back edge of the condyle; the front

upper grinder placed quite close to the front end of the bone, and at

a distance from the other teeth, which is the largest tooth. It is

well developed and of a triangular shape in the skulls of very young

animals, and separated from the other grinders by a considerable

space in both jaws. It becomes much developed by age; and a large

cavity is formed behind the tooth in the upper jaw for the reception

of the one in the lower jaw. The malar bone short, triangular, and

dilated at the end, with a short, narrow, horizontal upper process,

and a broad or descending one.

In the young skull the nasal bone is small, elongate, triangular,

projecting in front of the suture of the frontals. This bone is well

figured in Rapp’s ‘ Edentata,’ t. ii. f. 2, 3; and is to be seen more

or less distinctly anchylosed in some of the adult skulls; and the

anterior process on the lower jaw is narrow. The intermaxillaries

are separated from the maxille and from each other by narrow

sutures, which are obliterated in the adults. The malar bone is elon-

gate, produced horizontally, with a short upper rounded process and

a much larger acute angular process, which is obliquely produced

posteriorly. The skulls of the young specimens showing the sutures

are as short and broad as in the more adult ones, except in one case

(736c), where it is not above two-thirds the width; but only the

front part of the jaws exist of this specimen, while there are two or

three of different ages showing the sutures.

A very young skull, with a broad nose showing all the sutures,

and having the nasal bone well produced, is figured by Rapp in his

«Edentata,’ t. ui. f. 2, 3, as Bradypus didactylus.

The temporal muscles occupy a very different space in the series

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID. 431

of skulls. In five of them (7364, young, 736a, 607, 910, and 736)

they are separated from each other by a space of considerable width.

This space is much narrower behind in 1510e, which is a much older

skull than any of the others. In three skulls (1510a, 1510) from

Costa Rica, both of which are young, the temporal muscles are only

separated by a very narrow ridge for about half or three-quarters of

an inch; in an adult skull, that wants its hinder part (1510), they

appear to approximate much further forward, but the occipital part

of the skull is deficient.

The malar bones are very different in shape in the different spe-

cimens: in some the descending bone is very broad and fan-like, and

in others it is comparatively small; the ascending one varies much

in length, but is generally short, not reaching the zygomatic pro-

cess and squamosal ; but in one specimen from Costa Rica it nearly

reaches the process, to which it is united by a cartilage.

There is a great difference in size, shape, and vesicularity of the

pterygoids, and also in the substance, some being very thin and others

thick and hard.

1. CHoLe@ pus.

1, CuoLa@pus pripactyivus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1849, p. 65; Cata-

logue, p. 363; Wagn. Suppl. vol. iv. p. 158.

One, which is generally dark, has the end of the hairs of the occi-

pital crest white, and more or less tinted with bright green.

A young specimen received from Mr. Salviu is covered with short

woolly hair, of a dark brown colour, rather paler on the ramp, much

paler on the head, the cheeks and chin, the band across the nose,

and the orbits being dark brown.

All these specimens have pale, whitish claws, while the claws of

the other species are of a dark brown or blackish colour.

Dr. Peters says the C. didactylus has long and C. hoffmanni short

claws, but I cannot see any difference in the length of the claws in

the Museum specimens of the two species. The claws are short in

the young specimens, and become longer as they increase in age.

There is an adult specimen in the British Museum, presented by

Captain Kellett, of H.M.S. ‘Herald,’ without any special habitat,

which agrees with Mr. Salvin’s specimens in having very long hair

and white claws, but is of a nearly uniform dark brown colour, rather

paler on the head, and redder beneath. The hair of the middle of the

back and of the cervical crest has more or less long white tips; and

these tips of the hairs of the cervical crest have a decided green tint.

The specimens of this genus appear to be very variable in colour

and in length of hair.

A specimen said to have come from Juan de Fuca, received from

the Haslar Hospital, has short hair of nearly uniform length, and is

of a uniform dark brown colour, with scarcely any indication of an

occipital crest.

Two specimens from Brazil are like the’former; but the hairs

are longer, and the colour is rather paler, and there is a more de-

cided nuchal crest.

432 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODIDA. [May 2,

Fig. I.

Fie? 23

Palate of Cholepus didactylus.

Var. columbianus.

A specimen in the Museum, purchased of M. Parzudaki as coming

from Columbia, is of a pale whitey-brown paper colour, darker at

the root of the hairs, and has pale horn-coloured claws. I believe

it is a pale variety of C. didactylus, differing in being of a pale colour

and having longer hairs; but, like the hairs of that species, they lay

regularly and form a uniform fur, whereas the hairs in C. hoffmanni

are irregularly disposed and scattered in all directions, forming a

very rough flaccid long fur. It may be designated, until we have the

power of examining more specimens and comparing its bones with

other species, C. didactylus, var. columbianus.

2. CHoL@PuUS HOFFMANNI, Peters; Gray, Cat. of Edentates Brit.

Mus. p. 363.

A specimen sent by Dr. Peters as a type of this species, and

another specimen purchased of Mr. Cartniol, from Costa Rica, as a

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID®. 433

typical specimen, have very long hair of a nearly uniform pale brown

colour, more or less white at the tips ; and they have a very long full

nuchal crest and a white face, showing distinctly a brown band across

the nose extending to a ring round each eye.

The limbs of these specimens are of a darker brown colour.

There is in the Museum a series of skins apparently belonging

to this animal, which were obtained by Mr. Salvin in Costa Rica.

They are all peculiar for the length and abundance of their hair; in

one the upper part of the body is dark with short white tips to the

hair.

Dr. Peters, when he described Cholepus hoffmanni, discovered

that it had only six cervical vertebrae, the skeletons of C. didactylus

seven; thus he proved that what had been considered an abnormal

form by some, and a mistake in the describer or preparer of the spe-

cimen by others, was in reality a normal condition of two distinct

species, which had been erroneously considered to be the same.

We have several skulls (namely the front part of a skull of a

very young animal, and four skulls of adult animals) in the British

Museum, belonging to this genus.

The width of the nose in the young skulls is exceedingly dif-

ferent, in the imperfect one the nose being only two-thirds ; and the

front process of the lower jaw is much narrower in the imperfect

skull than in the other. They probably belong to two species,—

the imperfect one being probably C. didactylus, and the more per-

fect one C. hoffmanni, as I observed that the process of the lower

jaw of C. hoffmanni is broader than in the one said to be from the

typical specimen of C. hoffmanni; but I do not observe the same

difference in the width of the nose. The perfect young skull (736 4)

is very convex above.

The adult skulls are of two very different forms.

Two of them are very broad, slightly convex, crown flattened

behind towards the occiput and expanded over the hinder orbital

prominence, which is broadly produced. They are considerably

wider in this part than the skulls of the other form. The process of

the lower jaw slightly tapers on the side to a rather pointedend. The

two others are very convex and gradually arched above, narrowed and

shelving towards the occiput, and regularly shelving down over the

hinder orbital process, which is acute. ‘The prominence of the lower

jaw is broad with nearly parallel sides and rounded at the end.

The noses of the two varieties are nearly of the same width; but

the one with the flattened crown has the nose more flattened above,

and the other is more evenly convex and shelving on the sides.

I cannot decide if these characters are those of two distinct species,

or characters of the two sexes. I should have decided in favour of

the former hypothesis; but the two skulls which we have extracted

from the skins which were sent to us as the skins of C. hoffmanni

present both varieties.

The hinder openings of the nostrils and the groove between the

pterygoids are in the one with the flattened crown very different

from those in the other specimen: the groove is wider in front

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXVIII.

434 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID. [May 2,

near the internal nostrils, in the other the groove is narrow and the

opening of the internal nostrils much more constricted ; but one of

the skulls with the arched forehead (1510e), received from Capt.

Kellett, has the grooves of the pterygoids much wider than in the

others, and rather contracted instead of dilated in front at the open-

ing of the nostrils.

a. Crown flattened, broad. Bradypus didactylus, Blainville’s

Osteog. t. iii. fig. (skull, adult and young).

Skull (736 a), adult. Columbia.

Skull (7364), young. 3B. didactylus, Rapp, Edentata, t. ii.

fig. 2, 3.

“Skull with the nose very deformed. Cholepus hoffmanni. Ve-

ragua.

5. Crown arched longitudinally and transversely.

Skull adult (736d). Ecuador.

Skull adult (1510e). Cholepus hoffmanni, Capt. Kellett, is pe-

culiar for having the nasal bone prominent beyond the edge of the

nose and thoroughly anchylosed to the other bones.

c. Skull very young. Nose only preserved, narrower than the

rest. No. 736c.

The skull from the very adult skeleton (15100) appears to belong

to this variety ; but the flatness of the hinder part of the crown

renders it intermediate between the two. It has a very broad canal

between the pterygoids, like the skeleton (1510e); and the ptery-

goids of these two skulls are not nearly so vesicular as in the other

specimens.

d. There are three skulls of young animals, one received from

Dr. Peters from Costa Rica as Cholepus hoffmanni, and two received’

from Costa Rica by Mr. Salvin.

They are all peculiar for having the scars of the temporal occupy-

ing the whole of the hinder part of the skull, and only separated

from each other by a narrow ridge. The oldest of the three (1510 e)

has a rounded convex forehead and a narrow groove between the

pterygoids, which are dilated in front, and a small distinct nasal.

The next in age (1510a), received from Dr. Peters, has a broad more

flattened forehead; and the smaller one, from Mr. Salvin (1510d),

has a still more flattened forehead; these two have a very broad

groove between the pterygoids, narrowed in front ; in fact the skulls

of the species of Cholepus are exceedingly variable in external cha-

racters in specimens from the same locality.

Tribe II. Brapypopina.

Hands and feet three-clawed. Skull oblong. Front end of the

lower jaw truncated, without any or only a very short anterior spoon-

like lobe. Intermaxillaries rhombic, rudimentary, not united to the

front of the maxilla, generally lost in maceration. The front upper

grinders small, cylindrical, truncated, not nearly so large as the

others. The second upper grinder largest, generally gradually

smaller backwards. The front lower grinder broad, compressed,

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID&, 435

broader than the rest. The others cyiindrical, the hinder the largest.

The front upper grinder in the very young specimen is small and

conical when the other grinders in the upper and lower jaws are

well developed, being very different in this respect from the two-

toed Sloths or Cholepi. The malar bone moderately short, with a large

inferior process and an elongated ascending superior process, which

is often more or less dilated at the end, especially in the genus

Bradypus.

BRADYPUS.

Bradypus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1849, p. 67.

Pterygoid swollen, hollow, vesicular. Males and females similar.

Lower jaw with a short truncated anterior lobe varying in width at

the anterior end. Intermaxillary bone rhombic, as broad as long.

The angle of the lower jaw is broad, triangular, with a rounded lower

edge, and produced far behind the condyle (see skulls, P.Z.S.

1849, p. 65, t. x.). The lower ramus of the malar bone is simple,

elongate, triangular, and the upper ramus much produced and dilated

at the end.

De Blainville figures a skull of a young animal under the name of

B. torquatus, t. iii.; but the figure looks much more like the skull

of an Arctopithecus; for it does not represent the peculiar dilated

appearance of the upper malar bone.

The three nearly adult skulls of Bradypus in the British Museum

vary in the flatness or convexity of the front of the forehead, two of

them being rather narrow and concave between the orbits, and one

(see Bradypus crinitus, P.Z.S. 1849, t. x. f. 1) convex and wider.

I have figured the latter under the name of B. affinis in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings’ of this Society, 1849, t. x. f. 2, skull (737).

This skull (737 a) which I have so distinguished differs in several

other points from the other two; that is to say, it has a rather nar-

rower hinder opening to the nostrils, and the vesicular pterygoids,

instead of being broad and ovate, are narrow, as in 923a and 4,

elongate, and compressed ; and I am inclined to think these indica-

tions of a distinct species, but they may be marks of the sex. The

nose is rather narrower.

1. BRADYPUS CRINITUS.

Skull rather concave between the eyes.

Bradypus torquatus, Prince Maximilian, Abbildungen, t. (good

figure of female).

Bradypus crinitus, Gray, P.Z.S. 1847, p. 67, t. x. f. 1 (skull) ;

and Cat. Edentata B. M. p. 364.

Hab. Brazil, Para, Rio Janeiro.

We have three specimens of this species in the British Museum—

one from Brazil presented by Lord Stuart de Rothsay, the others

without any precise locality, but said to be from South America.

They are very much alike, but vary in the length of the black nuchal

erest and in the intensity of its colour ; in the largest specimen it is

the shortest and of a brownish black colour ; none of the specimens

436 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODIDE. [May 2,

has the brown tint of the figure of Bradypus torquatus, Mlliger,

represented in Wagner’s ‘Supplement to Schreber’s Siugthiere,’

tab. Ixiv. A.

2. BRADYPUS AFFINIS.

Skull rather convex between the orbits.

Bradypus affinis, Gray, P. Z.S. 1849, p. 68, t. x. f. 2 (skull) ; Cat.

Edentata B. M. p. 364.

ARCTOPITHECUS.

Pterygoids compressed, crest-like, solid. Males with a patch of

soft hair between the shoulders not found in the females. Inter-

maxillary bone rhombic, with an attenuated process behind. The

front of the lower jaw broad and truncated, sometimes with a slight

keel in the centre near the upper margin. The front grinders are

short and blunt. The upper process of the malar bone attenuated.

Aretopithecus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1849, p. 69 ; Cat. Edentata B. M.

p- 364.

The hinder angle of the lower jaw differs very considerably in

shape, as I showed in the ‘ Proc. Zool. Soc.’ 1849, t. xi. f. 1, 3,

4, 5,6. The sutures between the bones of the face are often distin-

guishable in well-developed skulls, which evidently belong to full-

grown animals,

In the two preceding genera no difference has been observed be-

tween the colour of the males and the females; but from numerous

observations that have been made upon specimens of this genus I

think that it may now be established that the males are ornamented

differently from the females—that is to say, that they have a patch of

soft short hair between the shoulders, which is generally of a more

or less orange-colour, and in one species pure white. The females,

on the contrary, are destitute of this mark. Both sexes generally

have a more or less distinct black dorsal streak and abundant soft

under-fur which agrees in colour with the long hair above it.

As this difference of the colouring of the sexes has produced various

opinions, and sometimes caused the sexes of the same animal to be

regarded as distinct species, I have given a résumé of the various

ideas on the subject, and of the characters that have been given of

the species by the authors who have studied the whole genus.

Buffon (Histoire Nat. xiii. 1765, p. 60), in his account of the Ai,

figures what he calls the “jeunes Ais”’ (tab. v.), which are probably

young females, and “1’Ai adulte” (tab. vi.), which is evidently a

male. Daubenton in his description calls this the first specimen,

and observes that he gives to it the name of ‘“ Ai de dos brilé, parce

ywil semble que son poil ait été en effet brilé sur la dos.” This

is evidently the male of A. dlainvillei ; for he says the head and neck

are covered with long flexible brown-black hair; and the young (the

second), he says, chiefly differs from the former by the face being

surrounded by yellowish and the head and neck blackish ; there-

fore it is difficult to say whether it is the female of Bradypus

1871.) DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID. 437

blainvillei or cuculliger ; but it is most probably the former, as he

says that the throat is brown.

Cuvier, in the ‘Animal Kingdom,’ edit. 1, vol. i. p. 217, says, “Sa

couleur est grise, souvent tachetée sur le dos de brun et de blanc ;

plusieurs individus portent entre les épaules une tache d’un fauve vif

que traverse une ligne longitudinale noire. On ignore s’ils forment

esptce.” He adds, “On connait un 4 dit le dos briilé, parce qu il

a entre les épaules une tache noire entourée de fauve; ce n’est selon

M. Temminck, qu’une variété résultant de ce que des longs -poils

de ses épaules sont usés.” (Cuvier, Rég. Animal, ed. 2. p. 225.)

Dr. John Wagler, in the ‘Isis’ for 1831, p. 604, wrote an essay

on the genus Bradypus, of which he notices four species :—1. B. cu-

eulliger, from Surinam, Cayenne, and Guiana; 2. B. ai, from Brazil ;

3. B. torquatus, Brazil; 4. B. infuscatus. He considers the female

of B. cuculliger and B. infuscatus distinguished by an orange or

yellow spot on the middle of the back between the shoulders ; for

he says particularly in the description of B. cuculliger, “ Macula

spinze dorsi (in foemina) pone humerum subrotunda, lete auran-

tiaca, medio longitudinaliter vitta aterrima dissecta”’ (p. 605), and

that, in B. ai, “ Macula spine dorsi (in foemina) pone humerum

subrotunda, pilis adjacentibus plus minusve tecta, fuscescenti-flavida,

vitta per medium nigrescente longitudinaliter signata; pili hujus

macule mollissimi sunt, quasi sericei;’’ and he describes a new

species under the name of B. infuscatus with the following cha-

racter :—“ Intense fuliginoso-fuscus, seriebus macularum in dorso

fuscescenti-albarum longitudinalibus quatuor ; fronte temporibusque

flavido-albis ; vitta utrinque pone oculum oblique ad mentum de-

ducta distinctissima fusco-atra inferius flavido-albo limbata; collo

toto anteriore ac gastreeo notei colore, immaculatis. Adult.

‘ Pili appressiores quam in speciebus preecedentibus, multo bre-

viores, ungues ac extremitates longiores, multo graciliores ; hi fusce-

scenti-flavi; pedes supra albido maculati.

** Longitudo 1’ 11”, caudee 1" 11'", antibrachii, exclusis unguibus

15”, scelidum 8” 2°”,

‘Habitat in Brasilia versus Peru.”

Dr. John Andreas Wagner, in the Supplement to Schreber’s

‘ Sdugthiere,’ iv. 1844, p. 132, describes four species of Bradypus

(including B. torquatus) ; but he evidently regards the orange mark

on the back as the character of the male, and not of the female as

Wagler had considered them.

1. B. pallidus, Wagner, he says, is B. ¢ridactylus of Cuvier, and

B. ai of Wagler; and at p. 143 he gives to it the following cha-

racters :—

* B.e rufescente pallide cano-lutescens; notzeo longitudinaliter albo-

maculato; fronte alba; vitta utrinque post oculum oblique ducta

fusca ; collo gastreeoque notei colore, immaculatis; macula dorsali

aurantio-fulva nulla.” This cannot be the Bradypus ai of Wagler,

which he thus describes :-—‘‘ Cinereo-fuscescens sive rufescens, notzeo

teeniis duabus longitudinalibus albido-maculosis notato ; fronte alba ;

yitta utrinque pone oculum oblique retrorsum ducta obscure fusca,

438 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID&. [May 2,

inferius albido limbata; collo anteriore toto ac gastreeo notei colore,

immaculatis. Adult.

* Animal junius. Rufescens; noteeo distinctius albo-bivittato ;

fronte stricte aut vix alba; vitta oculorum breviore, ad initium supra

et subtus rufescenti-albo limbata.

“ Macula spinze dorsi (in fwmina) pone humerum subrotunda ;

pilis adjacentibus plus minusve tecta fuscescenti-flavida, vitta per

medium nigrescente longitudinaliter signata ; pili hujus maculze mol-

lissimi sunt, quasi sericei; pedes supra albido maculati; ungues

albo-flavidi.”’ (Isis, p. 610.)

I have seen no specimen that agrees with Wagner’s description.

2. B. cuculliger, Wagl. Isis, 1831, p. 605.

B. cano-brunescens, irregulariter albo maculatus; sincipite facie

guttureque pilis abbreviatis flavido-albis vestitis ; occipite cerviceque

pilis longioribus umbrino-fuscis supra juguli latera decumbentibus,

stria postoculari nulla; vitta dorsali fusca, maculam ¢ aurantiacam

persecante.”’

This, he says, is gularis of Riippell, the 47 (adulte) of Buffon

(tab. v. & vi.), and the “ di a dos briilé”’ of Daubenton. I think

that this latter reference is a mistake, as Daubenton describes the

throat as brown.

Wagler describes properly the streak before and behind the eye

as very short, which agrees with our specimens; but Wagner says

there are none, which would seem to indicate that his species must

be different.

3. B. infuscatus, Wag). Isis, 1831, p. 611.

** B. fuliginoso-fuscus, supra seriebus longitudinalibus macularum

albidarum subquaternis; fronte temporibusque flavido-albis ; vitta

utrinque post oculum oblique deducta nigra ; vitta dorsali fusca, ma-

culam ¢ aurantiacam persecante.

“ Var. a. Intense fuliginoso-fusca, maculis dorsalibus dilute brun-

nescentibus ; mandibula gulaque fuscescentibus.

“ Var. (3. Maculis dorsalibus sordide albidis, mandibula gulaque

pilis bicoloribus apice longius flavescentibus, basi fuscis.

“Var. y. Paululum pallidior, mandibula gulaque brunnescentibus

aut sordide lutescentibus.’’ (Wagner, Supp. to Schreber’s Saugt. iv.

p- 148, 1844.)

The character here given is a mere transcript of the one given by

Wagler as quoted in a former page; but he adds that the male has

an orange dorsal spot, which is not mentioned by Wagler.

Mr. Bridges considered the specimen he brought from Bolivia,

with a yellow patch on the back, to be the male of the specimen

without it; but we had no verification of the fact.

In 1845, Riippell, in the ‘ Mus. Senckenbergianum,’ iii. p. 138,

described a Sloth with an orange patch on the back as a species

under the name Bradypus gularis, and at tab. xi. gives two figures

of it, one of them being coloured.

In my monograph, published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological

Society’ for 1849, p. 69, under these conflicting opinions I consi-

dered the orange mark a specific character, and adopted Riippell’s

1871.) DR. J. E.GRAY ON THL, ~py?QDID#. 439

Bradypus gularis for what are now considered the males of more

than one species.

Mr. Salvin, in June 1869, informed me that the series of four

specimens of A. griseus, which he obtained for the British Museum,

were all shot together, and formed one family, consisting of a male,

a female, and two young of different ages; that the male had a yel-

low patch with a black central streak on the back, which was not

present in the female and young. This observation induced me to

examine the other specimens in the Museum which have the yellow

patch on their backs; and I am satisfied that they belong to two

species, which agree in all the characters, except the patch, with

the two species that I had named drctopithecus marmoratus and

Arctopithecus blainvillet ; and therefore I have come to the con-

clusion that they are the males of those species. One cannot be

certain, because the sex of the specimens cannot be determined in

the skins as they are in the Museum, and the travelling naturalists

who collected them have not taken the trouble to mark the sex to

which they belonged. I think this idea is confirmed, that all the

young specimens which I have seen are like what are here regarded

as females, and perhaps the patch does not appear until the animal

reaches nearly adult age. The under-fur is generally abundant, very

soft. It is white or black, like the base of the longer hair. It seems

to be more abundant in the species with long flaccid hair, which

generally have grey tips to the hair, and shortest and least abundant

in A. cuculliger, which has shorter and more rigid hair, and is rather

sooty-coloured.

Cuvier, in the ‘Ossemens Fossiles,’ v. t. 6, 7, figured the skeleton

and skull of this genus, 4. pruodlematicus?

Blainville, in his ‘Ostéographie,’ figures the skulls of two animals ;

one he calls B. tridactylus brasiliensis, and the other B. tridactylus

guianensis, differing in the hinder part of the lower jaw.

In my paper in the ‘ Proceedings’ 1849, I pointed out that the

hinder part of the lower jaw seemed to afford very good characters

for the separation of the species, and figured this part from several

specimens.

The species may be arranged according to the skull thus (and I

have found them subject to little or no variation in general form, and

change little in growth) :—

1. Skull: nose rather elongate, narrow ; lower jaw elongate, shal-

low, the hinder angle much produced.—4A. cuculliger, A. mar-

moratus.

2. Skull: nose rather elongate, narrow; angle of lower jaw rather

produced, broad.—d. problematicus.

3. Skull: nose very short, broad; angle of lower jaw produced,

broad.—d. boliviensis, A. flaccidus, A. griseus, A. castaneiceps.

4. Skull: nose very short, broad; angle of the lower jaw scarcely

produced, very broad.— A. dlainvillet.

In this and my other paper of the kind I have only paid attention

to the zoological characters of the skulls, and not preferred to

440 pr. J. “RAY! ON THE BRADYPODIDE. [ May 2,

examine and describe them osteologically ; not that I in the least

underestimate the value of this very interesting and important branch

of science; but the theory of the structure of the skeleton has very

little to do with the zoological distribution, and, to judge by the

results, a scientific man who has paid great attention to that study

may have a very imperfect idea of the value of the zoological cha-

racter afforded by the skull as a whole, and most crude ideas of the

connexion of the genera with oue another, even in examining the

perfect skeletons of living animals; indeed such ideas make one

lose all confidence when the same kind of study is applied to fossil

remains. I need only refer to the extraordinary mistakes that have

been made in naming the skulls of such large animals as Crocodiles,

Rhinoceroses, Tapirs, and Cetacea by one of the most celebrated

osteologists, in which he has given the same species various names

and included under the same name several most distinct species ;

and if this be the case where perfect specimens are to be examined,

what must we expect of multitudes of genera established on small

fragments found in a fossil state, or of the affinities they are said

to present. Paleontology, as it is called, will never be worthy the

name of science until the paleontologist has a good knowledge of

recent species and their characters, and the bones of the recent and

fossil species are studied together.

I. Fur moderately long and rather rigid, dark grey ; back with a

dorsal streak and distinct white spots. Males with a large

yellow patch of soft hair on the back.

a. Forehead, cheeks, chin, and throat with short, erect, rigid, yellow

hair.

1. ARCTOPITHECUS CUCULLIGER. The Yellow-throated Ai. B.M.

Forehead, temple, chin, and throat covered with short, erect, yel-

low hair, surrounded by a more or less broad black collar; spot

behind the eye small; fur blackish, short, rigid; under-fur short,

sparse. Skull: nose rather elongate, narrow ; lower jaw moderately

strong; the front lower grinder flat, smooth, and moderately broad

in front ; angle of the lower jaw much produced, slender, elongate.

3g and 2. Bradypus cuculliger, Wagler, Isis, 1831, p. 605; and

Wagner, iv. p. 145? Rapp, Edentata, v. t. 3. f. 1 (skull).

Bradypus tridactylus guianensis, Blainville, Ostéog. t. ii. fig.

Arctopithecus gularis (part.), Gray, Cat. Edentata, p. 364; P.Z.S.

1849, t. xi. f. 6 (angle of lower jaw).

@. Blackish; shoulders, back, and haunches covered over with

close large black spots. The head and throat yellow.

Young. Fur long, soft, and flaccid, grey-brown ; back whitish, mot-

tled ; face and throat yellowish; eye-streak and circumference of

head and neck blackish.

Hab. Guiana (Riippell) ; Demerara, Brit. Mus.

Wagner says this species has no postocular streak ; but this does

not agree with our specimen. The fur of the female in the Museum

1871.) DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID. 441

is not so harsh as that of the males, and is blackish grey closely

white-spotted ; but the colour of the face and throat are the same.

A young specimen in the Museum, obtained from Mr. Warwick,

has the fur very soft and greyer than in the adult, and therefore the

white spots are less distinct ; the black postocular spot is small but

distinct. It is curious that Dr. J. A. Wagner, in his specific charac-

ters of B. cuculliger, particularly marks “ stria postoculari nulla.”

In our specimens it is distinct, but smaller than in B. infuscatus.

Variety. Male: the dorsal patch dark orange-yellow with a broad

tapering black central streak and a black spot, but with the outer

margin of the same colour as the rest of the back, and not intense

black as in the other specimen.

Hab. ? BM.

2. ARCTOPITHECUS GULARIS.

Fur much longer and more flaccid, brownish grey, with large

blotches of white on the back.

3. Bradypus gularis, Riippell, Mus: Senck. 1. 2. 3, p. 138, t.

Hab. Surinam (C. Bartlett).

We have only a skin, without the skull, of a half-grown animal ; the

length of the fur does not appear to depend upon age, as it is longer

than in the female of the more rigid-haired species in the Museum.

It may prove to be a distinct species when the skull is observed.

Wagner describes B. cuculliger as having coarse, brittle, long

whitish-brown hair; and he quotes B. gularis, Riippell, as a syno-

nym of it. Ruppell describes his species as ‘“ corpore pilis longis

laxis ;’ and further, the hair of three kinds :—first, long, cylin-

drical, and soft to the feel, mostly of a blackish colour; second,

more elongate and perceptibly compressed at the ends, and whitish ;

third, fine short woolly hair among the other, grey or white. Our

specimen which agrees with this is without the skull; and Rippell

does not describe or figure the skull of his specimen; so we do not

know if it is like, or different from, 4. cuculliger.

b. Nose and forehead covered with short soft yellow hair, which is

erect at the hinder part of the forehead; cheeks, chin, and

throat covered with thin harsher hair, like the rest of the body.

LT Ai adulte, Buffon, Hist. Nat. vol. xiii. tab. vi.

TP? Ai second a dos briilé, Daubenton in Buffon’s Hist. Nat. vol. xiii.

. 62.

: Acheus ustus, Lesson, Espéces des Mammifeéres, p. 271, from Buf-

fon’s figure, is a male of a species of this section.

The Bradypus ai and B. infuscatus of Wagler, Isis, 1831, pp. 611,

612, and B. pallidus of Wagner, appear to belong to this division ;

but I cannot fit them on to any of the specimens in the Museum.

3. ARCTOPITHECUS BLAINVILLEI. B.M.

Forehead and temples with short, erect, yellow hair; chin, cheeks,

442 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID#, [May 2,

and throat with hair like the back, but rather darker. Skull: the

upper postorbital tubercle scarcely produced ; the lower jaw short,

strong, the front part high and much thickened; angle of the

lower jaw broad, rounded, and scarcely produced. (P.Z.S. 1849,

t. xi. f. 2, no. 919a).

Bradypus tridactylus brasiliensis, Blainville, Ostéogr. Bradypus,

t. i. (skull).

Arctopithecus blainvillei, Gray, P.Z.8. 1849, p. 71, t. xi. f. 2

(skull); Cat. Edentata, p. 365.

Hab. Brazil.

There are four skulls of this species in the British Museum, which

are all very much alike, but differ in the convexity of the forehead.

There are two specimens with their skulls, and one younger, which

appear to belong to the same set. The front lower grinder is mode-

rately broad and flat and smooth in front in all the four specimens,

not quite so broad as the corresponding tooth in A. boliviensis; and

the lower jaws are rather stronger and blunter in front than in that

species.

4. ARCTOPITHECUS BOLIVIENSIS. B.M.

Blackish grey ; frontal band extending on to the temples, streak

under the eye-streak and cheeks white ; forearms, shoulders, and

front of the back mottled with whitish colour ; hinder part of the

back, rump, and thighs white, with one or two small brown spots ;

chin and throat blackish grey, like the back. ¢. Patch on the back

Fig. 3.

Front view of skull of Arctopithecus boliviensis,

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODIDE. 443

orange with a black stripe. The lower jaw short, thick, and strong ;

the angle of the lower jaw slightly produced beyond the condyle,

rounded at the end (921a).

Arctopithecus gularis (part.), Gray, P. Z,S. 1849, t. xi. f. 6 (lower

jaw).

: 2. Back with a distinct black stripe, with white spots up to the

shoulders (9206).

Arctopithecus marmoratus (jun.), Gray, P. Z.S. 1849, p. 71, t. xi.

f. 4 (lower jaw).

Hab. Bolivia (Bridges).

This species is quite distinct from 4. eweulliger. A. gularis was

formerly thought to include all the species with an orange spot on

the back.

The front lower grinder is large and broad, flat and smooth in

front, both in the male and female specimens; and the upper front

grinder is equally rounded.

There is a series of two males, a female, and young of this species

in the Free Museum at Liverpool, from Bolivia, with their skulls.

They are all very similar in the form of the lower jaw. The young

has very flaccid hair and is probably a male, as it has a small spot

of soft black hair between the shoulders, probably the commence-

ment of the dorsal patch.

5. ARCTOPITHECUS MARMORATUS.

Fur grey-brown ; back, shoulders, and rump white, black-spotted ;

forehead and sides of face with very short soft white hair, which

only thinly covers the nose; eye-streak brown; dorsal streak di-

stinct. Skull: nose narrow, rather elongate ; upper front grinder

narrow, cylindrical. Lower jaw slender, elongate, thickened in front ;

hinder angle much produced beyond the condyle, tapering, rounded

at the end (P. Z.S. 1849, t. xi. f. 3). Front lower grinder rather

broad, three-ribbed in front.

Male unknown.

Arctopithecus marmoratus, Gray, P.Z.S. 1849, p. 71, t. xi. f. 3

(lower jaw) ; Cat. Edentata B. M. p. 305.

Hab. Brazil.

The lower jaw of this species is much more slender and weaker

than either of the preceding, and in this respect and in the form of

the hinder angle it is like the lower jaw of A. euculliger, but is di-

stinguished from both sexes of that animal by having the chin and

throat covered with grey-brown decumbent hair, like the back. It

was this similarity that induced me to refer De Blainville’s figure of

the skull of A. cuculliger to this species in my former paper.

There is a second specimen in the Museum of which I have not

seen the skull, which is somewhat like the type; but the arms

and shoulders are blackish grey, not varied. This specimen is

very peculiar for the fur between the shoulder being softer than

usual; but there is no indication of any yellow spot. It may be a

distinct species from any here described,

444 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID#. [ May 2,

These three species with a spotted back and frontal band of soft

white hair are very much alike externally, though they have differ-

ences which are not easily expressed in words; but perhaps they

would be more easily defined if we had a larger series of both sexes

with an accurate account of the locality which each form inhabits.

They are easily distinguished by the form of the lower jaw, a cha-

racter that I pointed out in my former paper published in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings’ of 1849. That this character is permanent and not unim-

portant in the economy of the animal is proved by the examination

of several specimens. Thus we have four skulls of 4. blainvillet,

and two of A, marmoratus.

The outline of the hinder part of the lower jaw of A. boliviensis

is intermediate between those of A. blainvillei and A. marmoratus ;

but this must almost always occur when three jaws are compared

together in a proper series for the purpose. This does not, how-

ever, form any ground for believing them to be variations of the

same form or species. The difference of form appears to be con-

stant when several skulls of the same species are observed. It is so,

certainly, in five skulls of A. b/ainvillei in the British Museum. I

have never seen any lower jaws that seem to me to pass by inter-

mediate gradations from one of these forms to another. The long-

produced hinder angle appears to be always in connexion with the

elongate slender jaw, and the shortly produced one with the short,

high, strong part of the jaw.

In fact the species of this genus are very imperfectly understood,

and, I believe, will prove to be more numerous than has hitherto

been believed.

This paper is the result of examination and re-examination of the

large series of specimens and skulls and other bones of these animals

in the British Museum, which has occupied me three or four hours

a day for upwards of three weeks, not consecutively, but leaving time

between the different examinations that the mind might come fresh

to the subject—in the same manner as I have worked out other

monographs which have lately appeared.

There is not much inducement to bestow this labour on the groups ;

for no sooner does the result appear, than some tyro in zoological

studies, probably more a sportsman than a zoologist, who has shot

and measured a few animals, comes to the Museum, casually in-

specting the specimens, sometimes overlooking the most important

of them, and gives his opinion, ex cathedrd, on what he considers

the distinctions of the species or their synonyma; and unfortunately

the compilers who come after the working zoologist, regard all the

writers as of equal authority, and thus throw back the progress of

science.

c. Nose, forehead, cheeks, and chin covered with reflexed hair, like

the back, which is shorter and bent forward over the nose.

6. ARCTOPITHECUS CASTANEICEPS. (Plate XXXV.)

Fur rather elongate and flaccid, blackish grey ; hinder part of the

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID,. 445

back and loins whitish, browner on the rump and hind legs ; head,

throat, and sides of neck covered with elongated chestnut-brown hair,

forming a kind of hood on the sides; forehead paler, yellowish ;

eye-streak dark brown; dorsal patch large, orange-colour. Angle

of the lower jaw large, broad, rounded at the end, and much pro-

duced beyond the condyle. Female unknown.

Skull of Arctopithecus castaneiceps.

Dr. Seemann brought this specimen from Nicaragua. He says it

was bright green when alive, as mentioned in his letter. The spe-

cimen does not now exhibit any of the green tint in the parts exposed

to the light; but the sides of the body, covered by the arms being .

pressed against them, retain still some remains of it.

Hab. Nicaragua (Dr. Seemann).

This cannot be Bradypus infuscatus of Wagler ; it does not agree

with the description. It isa male (?), with long fur of a grey-brown

colour intermixed with white hairs. The face, forehead, cheeks and

chin are of a reddish brown, the under part of the body is pale brownish

white, the sides of the neck have a long ruff of recurved dark brown

hair, darker than that of the face. The shoulders and hinder part

of back are varied with large patches of whitish hair. The middle of

the back between the shoulders has a very large patch of soft yellow

hair, having a well-marked, narrow, black central streak, which com-

mences with a triangular black spot on the upper edge of the yellow

patch, and is continued into the white part of the fur on the loins.

446 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID. [May 2,

Il. Fur grey, elongate, flaccid, sometimes very indistinctly marbled

with white blotches.

a. The male with a large yellow soft patch of hair on the back.

7. ARCTOPITHECUS GRISEUS. (Plate XXXVI.)

Fur very long, greyish white, scarcely mottled ; under-fur very

long and abundant, black or white. Forehead and cheeks yellowish

white ; a broad band across the crown of the head and a broad

streak from the orbits black. Male with a large yellow patch of

soft hair in the middle of the back, with a broad central streak, and

varied with blackish brown on the margins. Angle of the lower jaw

broad, rounded, not produced beyond the back edge of the condyle.

Skull of Arctopithecus griseus.

Arctopithecus griseus, Gray, Aun. & Mag. N. H. 1871, vii. p. 302.

Hab. Costa Rica, Cordillera del Chucu, Veragua (Salvin).

The males and females have a more or less distinct dark dorsal

spot, which is only visible when the animal is very carefully examined ;

and the general fur shows in some lights indefinite pale blotches on

the back and limbs, which are produced by certain dark parts of the

under-fur. The upper parts and sides of the head and neck dark

brown ; the forehead, the cheeks, and chin white; this white colour

occupies a less space of the chin and cheeks, and is less marked in

the males than in the females or young. The black streak through

the eye is distinct, is widened out on the sides of the face in the

males, but is narrower behind and shorter in the female and

young. The under-fur is very abundant and very soft, elongate,

pure white, and with black or chocolate-brown in spots, producing

rather a mottled appearance. Two of these white spots on the

middle of the back are very distinctly marked in the female, and I

at first thought they were a good character for a separate species ;

but I find, now the specimens are stuffed, that there are similar spots

scattered over the bodies of all four specimens. The dorsal spot of

the male is pale yellow with a very black central band, paler yellow

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODID. 447

or nearly white on the edge, and marked with irregular unsym-

metrical brown spots.

Bradypus ephippiger, Philippi, Archiv f. Naturg. 1870, p. 265,

t. ili. 1, 2 (male and skull), is thus described :—

«The Museum of Santiago has just received a male Bradypus, of

the division Arctopithecus, which likewise has a yellow nape-patch,

but in general colour agrees neither with B. gularis nor B. cucullatus

nor B. infuscatus. Its face is clothed with rather fine, short, close

hairs, which are grey around the mouth and nasal openings, yellowish

white on the cheeks and forehead, whilst a brownish black streak

begins in front of the eye, goes over the ear, and gradually mingles

itself with the brownish black colour of the neck. The hairs always

become longer and more rigid the nearer they are to the neck. The

hairs on the crown are brownish black, much stiffer and longer than

those on the face, but not so long as those of the body, and so di-

rected forward that they stand over the white forehead like a roll.

The hairs under the chin are light brown, and become on the throat

gradually longer and darker.

“The hairs of the body are more than two inches long, flat, some

white, some grey-brown, so that on the sides and the extremities

there is a somewhat piebald appearance, whilst those of the crown

and occiput are dark brown, which colour gradually becomes lighter

behind, palest and almost white on the underside of the belly.

Between the shoulders and almost to the middle of the back there

is a clear yellow patch, which is composed of thickly set hairs; in

the middle it displays a black streak, and on each side at the edges,

close to the long-haired fur, three round black spots. The mode-

rately short hairs of these spots are very different from the long,

coarse, flat, bristly hairs, also from the far longer, far finer and

softer, perpendicular wool-hairs, which are everywhere beneath the

bristly hairs, and are white on the light parts of the body, and ash-

grey on the darker parts. Each foot has three white equal-length

claws.”

Hab. Uncertain. Brought to Santiago from either Guayaquil or

Callao, probably obtained in Ecuador or North Peru.

The description and the figure, which is not very good, agree pretty

well with the male Arctopithecus griseus obtained by Mr. Salvin from

Costa Rica, and it is evidently nearly allied to that species; but, if

the figure of the hinder part of the lower jaw be correct and of a

perfect specimen, it is very different from any skull of Arctopithecus

I have seen. The lower hinder angle is much produced behind,

broad, triangular, nearly equilateral, with a bifid end. The skull of

two of the older specimens of 4. griseus are unfortunately imperfect

in the hinder part; but that of a young specimen has the hinder

angle broad, rounded, and scarcely produced. All the specimens of

A. griseus in the British Museum have a much larger and broader

eye-streak than represented in the figure; and the male has nearly

the whole cheeks of a black colour, and not whitish, as described

and figured,

448 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BRADYPODIDS. [May 2,

b. The male with a small patch of soft white hair on the back.

8. ArcroprTHEcus FLACCIDUS. (Plate XXXVII.)

Fur elongate, flaccid, grey, very indistinctly marbled with white ;

under-fur very abundant, white and black in spots and blotches. Skull

with a short broad nose. Lower jaw thick, short, high, thickened

in front and very blunt ; angle of lower jaw produced beyond the

back edge of the condyle, rather broad (P. Z.S. 1849, t. xi. f. 1 a).

Bradypus tridactylus?, Prince Maximilian, Abbildungen. Female

and young.

Bradypus ai, Wagler, Isis, 1831, p. 610?

Bradypus pallidus, Wagner, Suppl. iv. p. 143?

Arctopithecus flaccidus, Gray, P.Z.S.1849, p.72, t. xi. f. 1 (skull);

Cat. Edentata, p. 365.

Hab. Venezuela (Dyson); Parad (J. P. G. Smith).

The figure of the skull, t. xi. f. 1, in the P. Z.S. 1849, represents

the angle of the lower jaw as slender and acute ; but the underside of

the angle represented has been broken off, and the smaller figure,

t. xi. f. la, represents the true form of this part. There is a ske-

leton in the Museum which I believe belongs to this species.

The two specimens in the Museum are probably males; but we

have no means of determining the fact. They are both peculiar for

the long, soft, flaccid hair, of a dull whitish-grey colour, without any

indication of white or black markings, being only slightly grizzled

by some of the hairs being whiter than the rest. There is a very

abundant, rather long, very soft, blackish brown under-fur, and only

a slight indication of a broad, short, blackish dorsal streak seen at

the base of a deep concavity in the fur between the shoulders. This

streak is much more visible in the specimen from Venezuela than in

the smaller one brought by my son-in-law from Para.

Prince Maximilian of Neuwied, in his ‘ Abbildungen,’ has given a

beautiful figure of a female Bradypus tridactylus, and its young one

on its back, which is probably intended for A. flaccidus; for it has

the long flaccid hair of this division ; and he says the female has the

longitudinal black streak in the woolly hair, and that the male has

a longitudinal white line on each side of the back. Does he mean

by this the small white central spot of soft hair between the shoulders,

which is characteristic of this species ?

Wagner refers this figure to his Bradypus pallidus ; and the spe-

cific character may be only a travesty of Prince Maximilian’s de-

scription, where he changes the white longitudinal streak into the

back being longitudinally white-spotted, observing there is no orange

fulvous dorsal spot, not thinking that the white stripes replace this

patch in the other species—that is to say, if the figure represents

A, flaccidus, which I think is probable ; and it is the best published

figure of the genus.

TI Ai, Cuvier, Oss. Foss. vol. v. t. vi. & vii. (skeleton and skull).

A. problematicus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1849, p. 73, t. xi. f. 5.

Bradypus problematicus, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mam. p. 290.

Smit lith

M&N Hanhart ir

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 449

I have now little doubt that the figure of the skeleton by Cuvier

and the skull which my son-in-law brought from Para, on which I

founded A. problemuticus, belong to A. flaccidus. We have also a

skeleton which appears to belong to the same species in the British

Museum.

5. Catalogue of the Land-shells inhabiting Polynesia, with

Remarks on their Synonymy, Distribution, and Variation,

and Descriptions of New Genera and Species. By W.

Harper Pease, C.M.Z.S.

| Received April 4, 1871.]

The geographical limits of Polynesia may be determined from the

distribution of its land-shells, as distinctly as by that of its marine

mollusca and zoophytes. They characterize it as being a distinct

zoological province, separate from the East-Indian.

It is not only the largest in extent, but the most isolated in posi-

tion of any on the surface of the earth. Stretching over nearly one

fourth of the whole circumference of the globe, and from one extreme

of the tropics to the other, it is separated by a wide expanse of ocean

on three of its sides, north, east, and south, from the nearest pro-

vinces. On the extreme west, at the Pelew Islands, it comes into con-

tact with the Philippines, and a short distance south, at the Samoas,

with the Papuan Islands.

I do not propose to enter into a critical examination of the distri-

bution and variation of the several genera and species, their relation

to those inhabiting the neighbouring provinces and their probable

origin, as it would involve the discussion of several collateral ques-

tions, such as the origin of the islands, their topography, formation

of valleys, &c., which I am not at present prepared to enter on.

As to general distribution I note the following facts. In West

Polynesia, comprising the Pelews, Ladrones, Caroline, Ralick, and

Radack groups, a few East-Indian types have entered, but do not

prevail, the Polynesian predominating. Of Helices two species of

the large Philippine forms occur, viz. H. pelewana, Pfr., at the

Pelews, and H. sowerbyana, Pfr., at Hogoleu. All the others are of

Polynesian types.

The genus Pitys, so prolific in species throughout all other parts

of Polynesia, is not represented by a single species. Partule occur

on all the islands.

Of operculated genera the East-Indian Diplommatinacea are re-

presented by the genus Palaina at the Pelews, and one species at

Ponape; they extend no further. All the species of Omphalotropis

are of the East-Indian type, carinate at the umbilicus, and more or

less varied with colours. One species referred to Cyclophorus and

one to Cyclostomus, both of doubtful genera, have been found at

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXIX.

450 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

Hogoleu. The genus Registoma is represented by a single species.

All the above East-Indian forms occur on the most westerly islands,

which have not been thoroughly explored; I anticipate that, when

searched, they will yield a much larger proportion of Polynesian

species, for the reason that these are of small size, and have escaped

the notice of inexperienced collectors.

Passing south over the Tarawan Islands (Kingsmill), all of which

are low atolls, we arrive at the Samoas, the nearest group in Southern

Polynesia to the Papuan Islands; it has yielded but a small number

of species, although it has been explored by several persons within

the past ten years*; they are all peculiar or of Polynesian types.

Going on east to the Tahitian, Hervey, Austral, Paumotus, and Mar-

quesan groups, comprising over one half of all the Polynesian islands,

we find them inhabited by pure Polynesian forms.

The genus Partula here attains to its highest development ; also

Pitys and other genera of Helicine. All the operculated genera,

with the exception of the cosmopolitan genera Helicina and Trunca-

tella, are peculiar. The type of Omphalotropis, Pfr., does not extend

to this part of Polynesia; but the genus is represented by several

peculiar varieties which I have distinguished under the subgeneric

names of Scalinella, Atropis, and Cyclomorpha.

The genus Diadema, Pse., is confined to the Hervey group; and

Chondrella, Pse., is widely spread over the several islands. Two of

the genera characteristic of the Polynesian fauna appear to have

passed over to the Papuan Islands, viz. Partu/a and Pitys; of the

former, nineteen species have been described from those islands.

With one or two exceptions they are of simple bulimiform shape, and

may not, at least all, prove to belong to the genus. Thirty-five or

more species of Helices have been described from the Papuan Islands,

Australia, New Zealand, and Tasmania, under the genera Patula,

Discus, &c., which are nearly related to the Polynesian genus Pitys.

They are generally more planorboid in shape, with the aperture open

and not laminate or dentate ; their relation to the genus Pitys cannot

be determined until the animals are examined and compared.

It appears, therefore, that while a few East-Indian types have

entered and extend a short distance into Western Polynesia, as

might be expected from their near contact on the south, the Poly-

nesian genera have passed over to the Papuan Islands.

The Hawaiian Islands, on the northerly boundary of Polynesia,

present several peculiarities in both their marine and land fauna, as

might be supposed from their isolated position. Over two thirds of all

the land-shells belong to the Helieterine, all of which are confined

to that group of islands, as also the genera Carelia and Catinella.

The several genera of Helictne are common with Southern Polynesia.

The only operculated genus is Helicina; while on the islands of

Southern and Western Polynesia no less than sixteen occur. It is

also the only locality in which the genera Blauneria, Pedipes, and

Ophicardelus of the Melampine have been discovered.

* The Samoan Islands, in proportion to their size, are inhabited by a few

more than one quarter of the number of species found at the Tahitian.

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 451

As to general variation I note one fact. The species of most of

the genera inhabiting Southern and Western Polynesia, ranging

over a distance of more than 5000 miles from the Pelews to the

Marquesas, vary less from a common type than those on the Ha-

waiian Islands, which are restricted in their distribution to 300 miles.

Partula, the prevailing genus of Southern and Western Polynesia,

occurring on all the high islands, presents so little variation that not

a single subgenus has been proposed; while at the Hawaiian Islands

the genus Helicter varies more on any one of the islands, even the

smallest, but eight miles in length, than the Partule throughout

their whole range. I select the two genera above in illustration, as

the species are the largest in size, and comprise together nearly one

half of all the land-shells inhabiting Polynesia.

I now offer a few remarks on the genera, adding to each descrip-

tions of such species as I find in my collection to be new.

Genus Pitys.

Pitys, Beck, Index Molluscorum, 1837, p. 9.

The above genus was established by Dr. Beck on Helix oparica,

Anton, from the collection made by the late Mr. Cuming at the

island of Rapa (Opara), one of the Austral group, a few hundred

miles south of Tahiti. There is no doubt as to the identity of the

species, although it was described by Dr. Anton as H. oparica, from

America.

By reason of the similarity between the shells of certain species

discovered since and those of the European genus Discus, Fitz.=

Patula, Held., all the Polynesian forms have been described under

the European genus; with few exceptions the shells are quite di-

stinct, and the animal decidedly so; they are most numerous at the

Hawaiian and Tahitian Islands, less so at the Samoas, and altogether

absent in West Polynesia.

The species are quite uniform throughout their whole range.

The following are their general characters :—

‘Shell orbicular or planorboid, finely radiately ribbed ; spire but

slightly elevated ; last whorl rounded at its periphery and also at

the umbilicus, more or less openly umbilicate, rarely imperforate ;

aperture generally dentate or laminate ; radiately striped or tessellated

on their upper surface with reddish brown and yellowish, the stripes

occasionally taking a zigzag form on the periphery and base; rarely

wholly reddish brown; generally covered with a thin epidermis,

which, on a few species, supports short hairs.”

Only three species, so far as known, are imperforate, and those the

smallest of the genus, viz. imperforata, Pse., rotula, Jacq., and

oparica, Anton; of the 37 species in the following catalogue, the

aperture of 29 is dentate or laminate. The following is the only

variation from the type as above:—4H. stellula, Gld., inhabiting

the Hawaiian Islands, is depressed, carinate at the periphery, and

strongly ribbed, and of a shining texture.

At the Tahitian Islands a group of species of an aberrant form

452 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

occur, represented by H. bursatella, Gld. They differ from the

type in being angulate at the periphery, with the spire more ele-

vated, and the whorls more plain. Their greatest peculiarity, and

one by which they may be easily recognized, is the shape of the

umbilicus, which becomes at maturity partly covered over by the

base of the last whorl, thus becoming cavernous. ,

Two species have been described from Tahiti and the Hervey

Islands, viz. jacquinoti, Pfr., and fratercula, Pse., which evidently

belong to the above group, but are depressed and carinate at the

periphery, corresponding in their variation to s¢edlula, Gld., at the

Hawaiian Islands. I add the following remarks on the synonymy

of the species.

Pitrys BURSATELLA, Gld.

Of this variable species I have had an opportunity of examining

several hundred specimens, and have also received a full series selected

from the collections of the American exploring expedition, and from

the late Mr. Cuming’s type specimens of H. jacquinoti, Pfr. The

synonymy, as determined by Dr. Gould on the labels of distribution

issued by the Smithsonian Institution, and adopted in the following

catalogue, is correct, with the exception of H. oceanica, Guill., and

H. cavernula, Jacq. Of the synonyms determined as above, H.

excavata, Jacq., and H. coarctata, Pfr., are pure synonyms of the

type; H. streptazon, Roe, is an abnormal form, and H. turricula,

Jacq., identically the same; H. oceanica, Guill., which I exclude

from the synonymy, is described as being concavely depressed on its

base; and no mention is made of the lamine in its aperture, which

are distinct and could not have escaped notice. Should the determi-

nation by Dr. Gould prove to be correct, H. oceanica, Guill., should

have precedence over HI. bursatella, Gld., having been described

four years previously.

H. jacquinoti, Pfr. (cavernula, Jacq.), differs from P. bursatella,

Gld., or any of its varieties, in being more depressed, acutely carinate

at the periphery, without epidermis (surface somewhat shining), its

ribs solid, more prominent, extending over the edge of the whorls

in a serrated manner, and all the whorls depressedly grooved concen-

trically at their middle. I have met with no species of its type in

collections from the Marquesas, and refer it therefore to Tahiti with

a doubt. The only other species of its peculiar form is P. frater-

cula, Pse., inhabiting the Hervey Islands.

Pirys sucosa, Migh.

Helix jugosa, Migh. Proc. Boston Soc. 1845, p. 19.

Helix rubiginosa, Gld. Proc. Boston Soc. 1846, p. 171; Am. Exp.

Ex. 1852, p. 50, fig. 49.

The above species ranges over all parts of the island of Kauai;

it varies in being more or less openly umbilicate, and in the colour

being either wholly reddish brown or tessellated with a dusky yel-

lowish colour.

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 453

To the above genus I add the following new species :—

Pirys aTIEnsts, Pse.

T. orbicularis, tenuiuscula, aperte umbilicata, radiatim conferte et

subarcuatim costulata, supra et infra flavido et rufo tessellato-

strigata ; spira vir elevata, apice obtuso, sutura bene impressa ;

anfr. 5, convexi, ultimus ad peripheriam basinque rotundatus ;

apertura subcircularis, obliqua ; perist. simplex, rectum.

Diam. 3, alt. 14 mill.

Hab. Insula Atiu.

P. modicella (Fér.) is the nearest allied species, from which it

differs in being more openly umbilicate, the spire more elevated, and

the colours differently disposed.

Pirys ROTELLINA, Pse.

T. planorboidea, solidiuscula, anguste umbilicata, tenuissime radiatim

striatula, supra planiuscula, vix elevata, apice depresso: anfr. 6,

plano-convexi, ultimus ad peripheriam basinque rotundatus ; aper-

tura obliqua, lunaris, subcompressa, angusta; paries aperturalis

lamella unica intrante munitus ; perist. simplex, rectum ; flavido

et rufo alternatim undique strigata.

Alt. 1, diam. 2 mill.

Hab. Tnsula Aitutake.

Pirys IMPERFORATA, Pse.

T’. imperforata, vel punctiformi-perforata, orbicularis, tenuiuscula,

radiatim confertim et tenuissime costulata, flavido et rufo rudiatim

tessellato-strigata, strigis ad peripheriam basinque flexuosis ;

spira plano-convexa, apice obtuso, sutura impressa; anfr. 6,

plano-convezt, strictim et lente accrescentes, fere equaliter, ulti-

mus ad peripheriam rotundatus, basin plano-converus ; apertura

obliqua, lunaris, lamellis 4—5 munita, 2 in pariete aperturali, 2-3

in margine basal; perist. simplex ; columella callosa, vie eversa.

Diam 4, alt. 2 mill.

Hab. Insula Aitutake.

Nearest allied to P. rotula, Jacq. It has more whorls, is dis-

tinetly radiately ribbed, and the reddish stripes extend over the base

in zigzag shape.

Pirys RORATONGENSIS, Pse.

T. orbicularis, tenuiuscula, nitidiuscula, aperte umbilicata, radiatim

conferte subflexuoso-costulata, flavido et rufo radiatim alternatim

strigata, strigis ad peripheriam basinque undulatis; spira vir

elevata, apice depresso, sutura bene impressa ; anfr. 43, rotundato-

convewi, leviter accrescentes, ultimus ad peripheriam basinque

rotundatus ; apertura obliqua, lunaris, lamellis 4 munita, 2 in

pariete aperturali, 2 dentiformibus in margine basali ; peristoma

columellaque simplicia.

Diam. 24, alt. 1 mill.

Hab. Insula Roratonga.

454 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND SHELLS. [ May 2,

Pirys riLocostaTa, Pse,

T. discoidea, late umbilicata, tenuiuscula, rudiatim oblique et remote

filocostata; spira depressa, planulata, sutura bene impressa ;

anfr. 4, convexi, ultimus rotundatus, umbilicus 4 diametri occu-

pans; apertura vix obliqua, subcircularis; paries aperturalis

lamellis 2 intrantibus munitus ; perist. simplex, rectum ; flavido et

rufo alternatim strigata, strigis flecuosis, epidermide tenui induta.

Diam. 4, alt. 2 mill.

Hab. Insula Kauai.

Allied to P. hystriz, Migh. It may be distinguished at once by

the thread-like character of its ribs, which are remote and shining

white when the shell is in good order. It is also smaller, and the

whorls are regularly convex. The radiating stripes are curved and

flexuous.

Pirys ANALOGICA, Pse.

T. aperte umbilicata, solidiuscula, radiatim forte costata, costis ad

peripheriam flexuosis, interstitiis transversim fere obsolete striatis ;

spira fornicato-convexra, apice depresso, sutura valde impressa ;

anfr. 7, rotundato-convewxi, lente accrescentes, ultimus ad peri-

pheriam late rotundatus ; apertura vix obliqua, semilunaris, la-

mellis 7 coarctata, 2 parietalibus, 3 basalibus, 2 columellaribus ;

perist. simplex ; flavido et rufo irregulariter radiatim strigata.

Diam 54, alt. 3 mill.

fab. Insul. Marquesas.

PITYS VERECUNDA, Pse.

T. planorboidea, tenuiuscula, late umbilicata, radiatim regulariter

tenuicostulata, supra planulata, sutura impressa; anfr. 6, con-

vexi, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus, umbilicus fere 3 diametri

occupans ; apertura late lunaris, lamellis 6 coarctata, 2 parieta-

libus, 3 basalibus, unaque columellari ; perist. simplex ; flavida,

pallide rufo flecuoso-strigata.

Diam. 5, alt. 14 mill.

Hab. Insul. Marquesas.

The above two species are the first of the genus discovered on the

Marquesan Islands.

Genus Enpoponta, Alb.

This genus was founded by Dr. Albers on H. lamellosa, Fér.,

which represents a group of species of peculiar characters inhabiting

the Hawaiian Islands, and confined to that locality. Most authors

have confounded it with Pitys (Beck), from which it differs in both

shell and animal.

At the Tahitian Islands a group of species occurs nearly related

to the above, which are also confined to that locality, none similar

having been discovered in any other part of Polynesia. They are

peculiar in being loosely coiled, and more widely umbilicate than any

other species of Helicine; they are widely distributed over all the

islands, and are more or less nearly related to each other and to the

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 455

above genus. I note that acetabulum, Pse., should be compared

to ficta, Pse., rather than obolus, Gld., as is done by Dr. Pfeiffer.

I add the following new species :—

ENDODONTA CELSA, Pse.

T. orbicularis, solidiuscula, late umbilicata, tenuissime radiatim

creberrime striatula, rufo et albido pallide tessellata ; spira elevata,

apice obtusiusculo, nucleus rufescenti-fuscus, sutura bene impressa ;

anfr. 7, convexi, interdum concenirice elevato-striati, rarissime

sulcati aut angulati, ultimus ad peripheriam obtuse angulatus,

subtus rotundatus ; apertura obliqua, fere circularis, lamella

unica in anfr. penultimo munita.

Diam. 7, alt. 34 mill.

Hab. Insula Raiatea.

Genus Microcystis.

Microcystis, Beck, Index Molluscorum, 1837, p. 2.

Dr. Beck enumerates six species in illustration of the above genus,

three inhabiting the West Indies and three Polynesia. The former

are H. cubensis, Pir. =trifaciella, Beck (also the type of the genus

Cystycopsis, Moreh), H. pellicula, Fér., locality doubtful, but of

West-Indian form, and A. pictella, Beck, which remains undeter-

mined. These species are globose in shape, ornamented more or less

with coloured bands, of a West-Indian type well-known to collectors.

The Polynesian species are H. ornatella, Beck, adamsii, Pfr. =

filiceti, Beck, and amenula, Beck, to which I have lately added a

beautiful little species from the Marquesas Islands, viz. marguesana,

Pse. The above are much smaller than the West-Indian species, and

not so globose, excepting the last, and will not, in my opinion, prove

to be congeneric with them. They stand as anomalies in the Poly-

nesian fauna, being confined to islands in the extreme easterly por-

tion of Polynesia, and are not represented elsewhere.

It is not improbable that the three species cited by Dr. Beck from

Polynesia are varieties of one, as they are all reported from Rapa,

a very small island (but 64 miles long) in the Austral group, about

400 miles south of Tahiti.

Dr. Pfeiffer credits adamsii, Pfr., to both Rapa and Pitcairn,

which is probably an error. If it occurs at Pitcairn, it is without

much doubt distinct from Dr. Beck’s species.

Authors have lately extended this genus to embrace a variety of

forms, especially a large group of thin, fragile, glassy species, widely

distributed over the Polynesian and Papuan Islands, and extendiug

to Australia. They appear to have overlooked the fact that Dr.

Beck recognized them as being distinct from Microcystis, and ar-

ranged them under the generic name of

Heurcopsis, Beck.

It was injudicious on the part of Dr. Beck to adopt the above

name, as it had been used previously by Fitzinger, although the

456 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

latter proved to be a synonym of Theba, Leach. He cites four

species as types: the first, H. corne, I do not find mentioned by

any other author, and has not been published; the three remaining

are from Polynesia and agree in their characters, leaving no doubt

as to the genus intended; they are brunnea, Anton,=glandula,

Beck, subtilis, Anton, =vitrinella, Beck, and orbis, Beck.

The animal of the species I have had an opportunity of examining

is rather slender and elongate, tapering gradually posteriorly to a

point, and provided with a glandular opening, slightly raised, at

about an equal distance between the extremity of the foot and the

shell; the mantle wholly included within the shell. They should

therefore be arranged in the family Stenopide, under the genus

Ariophanta, rather than Nanina.

The species enumerated in the following catalogue vary consider-

ably from the type; their generic relations cannot be determined

until the animals have been examined. The columella of the typical

species is simple, oceasionally slightly everted ; in others it is more

or less callous, sometimes dentately so, or the callosity is transverse

to the columella.

The type is a depressed form, orbicular in shape, either rounded

at the periphery or slightly angulate ; other species are acutely an-

gulate, assuming a trochiform shape, one form of which M. Mousson

has lately separated under the generic name of Trochonanina. Other

species assume a conical shape, such as H. cultrata, Gld., and conula,

Pse., which would, by some authors, be ranked under the European

genus Conulus.

Genus TRocHomorpPHA, Alb.

TROCHOMORPHA TROCHIFORMIS, Pfr.

The above is one of several Férussacian species which appear by

name in his ‘ Prodrome,’ of which the types are probably lost, as

they are not described in his great work on land-shells, nor recorded

by M. Deshayes. The first description of the above is that by Dr.

Pfeiffer, from a Tahitian species, which is generally accepted as the

type, although the locality given by Férussac is the island of Mau-

ritius.

As there is at least a doubt as to the species originally named

by Férussac, I think proper to attach the name of Dr. Pfeiffer to

the above as author.

I have received several distinct species from collectors under the

name trochiformis, Fér.

Dr. Pfeiffer’s type inhabits the island of Raiatea. It occurs of

larger size, and occasionally wholly dark brown or wholly pale yellow ;

a variety is rarely met with more depressed than the type, of a

whitish or pale yellow colour encircled by a single narrow dark

brown line or band; base ornamented the same. On the island of

Moovea, where the species also occurs, this variety prevails and

assumes the size and shape of the type.

On Tahaa, adjoining Raiatea, the type occurs of smaller size and

more conical in shape.

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 457

The variety referred to above I distinguish by the name of

TROCHOMORPHA TROCHIFORMIS, Var. PALLENS, Pse.

Testa plerumque depressior, albida aut pallide straminea, linea unica

rufescenti-fusca cingulata.

TROCHOMORPHA NIGRITELLA, Pfr.

The above has been credited by Dr. Pfeiffer to the Sandwich

Islands, which is an error. No species of its type or genus inhabits

that locality ; it is confined to Ponape, Caroline Islands.

A distinct variety occurs so remote from the type that it was re-

turned to me by the late Mr. Cuming marked H. trochiformis,

Fér. I describe it as

TROCHOMORPHA NIGRITELLA, Var. OPPRESSA, Pse.

T.umbilicata, solida, trochiformis, depressa, apice obtusa; anfr.6-63,

planiusculi, lente accrescentes, irregulariter oblique tenuistriati,

ultimus acute carinatus, basi convexus ; apertura securiformis ;

perist. simplex, incrassatum, interdum marginibus callo junctis ;

flavescens, juxta suturam fascia rufescenti-fusca cingulata, basi

rufescenti-fusca, margine flavescente.

Diam. 133, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. Insula Ponape.

The above differs from the type in being more trochiform in shape,

with the whorls nearly flat and smoother, and also in colour.

TROCHOMORPHA CONTIGUA, Pse.

Trochomorpha congrua, Pse, Am. Journ. Conch. vol. iv. 1868,

p- 154.

Name preoccupied, changed as above.

TROCHOMORPHA EXCLUSA, Hombr. non Fér.

Trochomorpha exclusa, Voy. au Pole Sud, p. 24, pl. 7. f. 14-17.

The above, collected at the Tahitian Islands, is Swainsonzi, Pfr.,

and should not be connected with the Papuan species.

Genus Partuta, Feér.

Having in preparation a monograph of the above genus in which

the distribution and variation of its species will be fully treated of, I

merely record descriptions of the following new species :—

PARTULA PELLUCIDA, Pse.

T. oblongo-ovata, anguste perforata, tenuis, pellucida, striis longitu-

dinalibus transversisque granulosa; spiraconica; suturaimpressa,

marginata ; anfr. 43, plano-convezi, ultimus % longitudinis teste

haud equans ; apertura verticalis, ovata; perist. subincrassatum,

album, vie expansum ; columella supra vix dilatata, fere recta ;

albido-cornea.

458 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

Long. 12, diam. 64 mill. Apert. long. 5, diam. 33 mill.

Hab. Guadalcanar, insul. Solomon.

This delicate little species was collected at the above locality by

John Brazier, Esq.

It is the nearest allied to P. minuta, Pfr. It differs in being more

slender, thinner, the spire elongate, the aperture smaller, the surface

more distinctly granulose, and the suture marginate.

PARTULA FABA, var. SUBANGULATA, Pse.

T. anguste perforata, devtrorsa, conico- interdum abbreviato-ovata,

solida, levigata, striis incrementi notata, rufescenti-fusca, juxta

suturam fascia flavescente cingulaia, vel flavescente, fascia fusca

ad suturam, interdum omnino straminea aut flavescente aut rufes-

centi-fusca; anfr. 6, convevi, ad suturam subangulati, ultimus

plerumque tumidiusculus ; columella superne tuberculato-callosa,

late dilatata; perist. intus callosum, late expansum, margine

dextro tuberculato-calloso, superne sinuato, fuscum, callo albido ;

apertura oblongo-ovalis, subauriformis.

Alt. 28, diam. 15 mill.

Hab. Insula Tahaa.

The metropolis of P. faba, Mart., is on the island of Raiatea; on

the adjoining island, Tahaa, it occurs in a modified form, which we

distinguish by the above name.

Subfamily Succineinz, H. & A. Adams.

Previously to the publication of the report of the American Ex-

ploring Expedition but three species of Suecinea were known as

inhabiting Polynesia. At the present time it may rank as the me-

tropolis of the family, not only as regards the number of its species

but also types. The number will be much increased, that of the

Hawaiian Islands at least four-fold.

It is impossible to define their generic, much more their specific

limits, without a knowledge of the animals. However closely the

shells inhabiting distant provinces may resemble each other, it will

eventually appear that the genera in this family are as local in their

distribution as those of the Helicterine.

The animal of Succinea picta, Ptr., inhabiting St. Helena, given

by H. and A. Adams as the type, differs certainly from the Euro-

pean genus.

It is also doubtful whether any species of the genus Helisiga in-

habits Polynesia. I have met with no animal corresponding to the

original type of that genus. I would note that the character given

to the Hawaiian species arranged under the above genus by H. and

A. Adams, viz. ‘‘the mantle-margin covering the outer lip,’”’ I have

not observed, nor does it appear on the figures in the Report of

the American Exploring Expedition.

I class for the present all the Polynesian species under the genus

Succinea, with the exception of two forms at either extreme of the

family: the one, Cadinella, has been heretofore classed with Oma-

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 459

lonyx ; and the other is distinct both as to shell and animal. They

are as follows :—

Genus CaTINELLA, Pse.

T. tenuis, fragilis, planulata, depressa, scutelleformis, ovalis ; spira

minuta, rudimentalis, immersa, subtus concentrice sulcata ; aper-

tura perampla, magnitudinem teste fere equans.

The type of the above genus is C. rubida, Pse. (Journ. de Conch.

1870, p. 97), to which should be added Succinea explanata, Gld.,

both inhabiting Kauai, to which island the genus appears to be re-

stricted.

The animal of the genus Omalonyx, inhabiting South America, is

described as being semiaquatic in its habits, being found in marshes

and dying when removed from the vicinity of the water. The habits

of the species of the above genus are quite the reverse. They are

strictly arboreal, living on the leaves of banana and other low bushes,

and dying when washed by heavy rain down into the axils of the leaves

holding water. The shell is attached to the animal by a ligament, for

which there is a groove provided around the underside of the spire.

It is but loosely attached, and may be removed from the animal

while living, without apparent injury. Having unfortunately lost my

notes of the animal, its description must be deferred.

Genus TRUELLA, Pse.

Typus, Succinea elongata, Pse., Journ. de Conch. 1870, p. 96.

T. elongata, gracilis, tenuis ; spira elongata; anfr. celeriter accres-

centes; apertura posterior contracta, acuta, antice dilatata;

anfr. ultimus postice convolutus.

The above peculiar type has been heretofore only known as in-

habiting the Tahitian Islands, where it is represented by Succinea

procera, Gld., and S. infundibuliformis, Gld. A species was unex-

pectedly discovered on the island of Kauai during the past year, in

which the peculiarities of the genus are the most strongly expressed,

and which I adopt as the type.

The shell is elongate, slender posteriorly, spire elongate, whorls

rapidly enlarging ; aperture contracted posteriorly by the convolution

of the last whorl.

The animal is slender, tentacles small, cylindrical, gradually

tapering to a slightly enlarged tip.

SUCCINEA MAMMILLATA, Pse.

T. tenuiuscula, suboblique ovata, striis incrementi confertim et te-

nuiter notata, rubella aut succineo-rubescens ; anfr. 3, ultimus

tumidiusculus, vie obliquus ; anfr. spire convexi, apice mammil-

lato, sutura valde impressa ; apertura oblongo-ovalis, fere recta,

labro incrassato, rufo; columella margine callosa, vir arcuata,

plica conspicua.

Alt. 12, diam. 74 mill.

Hab. Insula Nukuhiwa.

460 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

The above is the first species described from the Marquesas group

of islands.

The shell is rather thin, somewhat obliquely ovate, finely and

closely marked by strize of growth, of a reddish or reddish horn-

colour ; whorls three, the last slightly swollen and rather oblique ;

whorls of the spire convex, the apex mammillary, suture strongly

impressed ; aperture oblong-oval, almost vertical ; lip thickened on

its edge, red; columella but slightly curved, margin thickened, dis-

tinetly plicate posteriorly.

SuccINEA RUBELLA, Pse.

T. tenuis, suboblique ovata, striis incrementi tenuiter rugosula, suc-

cineo-rubescens ; anfr. 23, uitimus conveaus, obliquus ; anfr. spire

rotundato-convexi, apice papillari; sutura bene impressa ; aper-

tura fere recta, acute ovata, labro tenui, columella arcuata, mar-

gine incrassato ; perist. simplex, marginibus callo tenui junctis.

Alt. 12, diam. 7 mill.

Hab. Insula Lanai.

Genus TorNATELLINA, Beck.

TORNATELLINA GRACILIS, Pse.

T. elongata, gracilis, tenuis, nitida, levigata, striis incrementi

tenuissime notata, fusco-cornea; anfr. 5, convewi, ultimus planu-

latus, interdum medio concentrice sulcatus ; apertura parva, acute

ovata ; lamina parietalis valida, prominens ; columella forte cal-

losa, tortuosa.

Alt. 32, diam. 13 mill.

Hab. Insula Kauai.

TORNATELLINA DENTATA, Pse.

T. oblongo-ovata, tenuis, fragilis, nitida, levigata, fulvo-cornea ;

anfr. 45, convert; sutura impressa; apertura parva, acute

oblongo-ovata ; lamina parietalis valida, compressa, prominens ;

columella forte callosa, tortuosa, vix compressa, medio dente pro-

minente munita.

Alt. 23, diam. 13 mill.

Hab. Insula Hawaii.

The peculiarity of this little species is, that the columella, in

addition to the usual callosity, which in this species is somewhat

compressed, is furnished with a prominent tooth on its middle.

Tornatellina striata, Newe., described in Proc. Cal. Acad. 1861,

p- 93, I exclude from the genus, transferring it to the genus Lepta-

chatina, Gld.

Genus Vertico, Miller.

Dr. Gould remarked in his description of V. tantilla, in the

‘Report of the American Exploring Expedition,’ that it was the

first species of its type he had met with from Polynesia. It has

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 461

been discovered since that the species abound on all the islands of

the several groups, even on the low sandy Atolls.

So far as known, they may be arranged in three groups, viz. :—

first, V. nitens, Pse., &c., white, pellucid, nearly smooth ; second, 7.

lyrata, Gld., striatula, Pse., &c., generally oblong in shape, distinctly

ribbed, aperture campanulate, modified by the transverse grooves on

last whorl; and third, VY. costulosa, Pse., more abbreviate in shape,

sometimes nearly globular, finely ribbed or elevately striate, and

aperture nearly circular.

The following are new species.

VERTIGO STRIATULA, Pse.

T. cylindracea, oblonga, solidiuscula, sinistrorsa, umbilicata, longi-

tudinaliter oblique et flecuose forte costata, interstitiis transversim

tenuiter striatis; anfr. 5, rotundato-convexi, plerumque medio

rotundatim angulati, ultimus vix porrectus, medio concentrice late

sulcatus, circa umbilicum rotundato-angulatus, basi compressus ;

apex obtusus ; sutura bene impressa ; apertura subquadrangularis,

basi rotundata, lamellis 3 coarctata, in pariete aperturali 2, primo

magno, cum labro continuo, secundo mediano, interno, in margine

columellari superne 1, ad labium juncta; peristoma continuum,

crassiusculum, viv expansum et reflecum, labro postice sinuoso ;

rufo-castanea, costis albidis.

Alt. 23, diam. 14.

Hab. Insula Hawaii.

VERTIGO ARMATA, Pse.

T. ovata, vix oblonga, nitidiuscula, devtrorsa, perforata, longitudi-

naliter tenuissime striata, interdum remote, tenuiter filo-costata,

sub lente subtilissime granulosa, fulvescenti-cornea, filis albidis ;

anfr. 43-5, rotundato-conveaxi ; apex obtusus ; apertura subqua-

drangularis, fere circularis, dentibus 8 munita, in pariete aper-

turali 3, primo maximo cum labro continuo, secundo mediano,

intrante, tertio minimo, interno, in margine columellari 1, in mar-

ginibus basali et labiali 4, profunde sitis ; peristoma incrassatum,

rufescens, subexpansum, reflecum, marginibus disjunctis, labro

postice vix sinuoso.

Alt. 2, diam. 13 mill.

Hab. Insula Bolabola.

VERTIGO SIMPLARIA, Pse.

T. tenuis, obeso-ovata, dextrorsa, rimata, flavescens, longitudinaliter

tenuiter striata; anfr. 3, rotundato-convezi, ultimus planulatus ;

sutura valde impressa; apex obtusus ; apertura fere circularis,

edentata ; peristoma tenue, marginibus disjunctis ; columella su-

perne patula, viz expansa.

Alt. 14, diam. 1 mill.

Hab. Tusule Marquesas.

VERTIGO cosTATA, Pse.

T. cylindracea, oblonga, solidiuscula, dextrorsa, rimato-perforata,

462 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

longitudinaliter fleruose forte costata, rufescens ; anfr. 4, rotun-

dato-convexi, ultimus concentrice valde bisulcatus, basi com-

pressus; apex obtusus; sutura valde impressa; apertura campa-

nulata, basi rotundata, lamellis 4 munita, in pariete aperturali 2,

primo cum labro continuo, secundo mediano, intrante, in margine

basali 1, labiali postice 1, labro fleruoso ; peristoma tenue, mar-

ginibus disjunctis.

Alt. 2, diam. 1 mill.

Hab. Insula Hawaii.

VERTIGO PERLONGA, Pse.

T'. elongata, cylindrica, rimato-perforata, dextrorsa, pallide stra-

minea, longitudinaliter filo-costaia, costis obliquis, remotis, flex-

uosis ; spira obtusa; sutura impressa; anfr. 5, planulati, ultimus

medio concentrice sulcatus, prope basin indentatus ; basi com-

pressus, circa umbilicum rotundato-angulatus ; apertura subqua-

drangularis, vir porrecta, basi contracta, rotundata, postice bila-

mellata, labro superne sinuoso, unilamellata ; peristoma continuum

via eversum.

Alt. 23, diam. 1 mill.

Hab. Insula Oahu.

VERTIGO DENTIFERA, Pse.

T. cylindrica, solidiuscula, perforata, dextrorsa, longitudinaliter

oblique tenuissime striata, rufo- aut fluvo-castanea ; anfr. 4, con-

vexo-rotundati, ultimus prope labrum brevi-bisulcatus ; apertura

fere circularis, postice biplicata, columella uniplicata, basi tri-

vel quadridentata, labro viv reflexo; peristoma crassiusculum,

non continuum.

Alt. 14, diam. 1 mill.

Hab. (nsula Roratonga.

VERTIGO CosTULOSA, Pse.

T'. obtuso-ovata, interdum fere globosa, tenuis, perforata, dextrorsa,

vix nitida, oblique et sparsim filo-costata; anfr. 4, rotundato-

convexi, tumidi, ultimus prope labrum, interdum brevi-bisulcatus ;

apex obtusus ; sutura valde impressa; apertura fere circularis,

dentibus 5-6 coarctata, in pariete aperturali 2, primo juxta

labrum, secundo maximo, prominente, lamelliformi, intrante, in

margine columellari 1, in marginibus basali et externo, 2-3 pro-

fundo sitis; peristoma subreflecum, crassiusculum, marginibus

plerumque callo junctis ; rufo- vel flavo-cornea.

Alt. 14, diam. 1 mill.

Hab. Insula Hawaii.

VERTIGO BACCA, Pse.

T. cylindracea, abbreviata, tenuiuscula, dextrorsa, perforata, levi-

gata; apex obtusus ; anfr.4, rotundati, ultimus concentrice bisul-

catus ; apertura fere circularis ; in pariete aperturali bilamellata,

columella unidentata ; labrum vix eversum ; pallide fusca.

Hab. Kalapana, Insula Hawaii.

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 463

The above description was drawn up several years since from

specimens collected at Kalapana, district of Puna, Island of Hawaii ;

as they have been lost, I furnish the precise locality, to enable col-

lectors to recover the type.

Before leaving this genus I would remark that, of the first type

referred to above, three species have been described, viz. V. nitens,

Pse., pediculus, Shutt, and nacea, Gld. They are widely distributed,

specimens having been received from the following islands :—Apaiang,

Ebon, Upolu, Aitutake, Roratonga, Tahiti, Bolabola, Raiatea, Nuku-

hiwa, Hawaii; they agree in their general characters as to size,

shape, texture, and colour, with slight local variations. At some loca-

lities they are wholly dextral, at others wholly sinistral. They differ

more widely as to the number and position of the teeth in the aper-

ture: usually there are two teeth on the posterior wall of the aper-

ture, which are separate or joined in a bifid manner, rarely but one ;

the columellar tooth is constant ; on the base of the outer lip, gene-

rally three, at regular intervals, occasionally but two ; and in addition

very small rudimentary teeth are rarely met with at different parts

of the aperture.

Having received but forty or fifty specimens, I am at present

unable to offer a decisive opinion as to the value of the several

species.

I note also that V. ¢antilla, Gld., occurs on all the islands of the

Tahitian group, and V. costulosa, Pse., on all those of the Hawaiian.

The species of this genus will prove to be more widely distributed

than those of any inhabiting Polynesia.

Operculated Genera.

Genus OmpHaLorrorts, Pfr.

Since the publication of a monograph of the above genus in ‘Journ.

de Conch.’ 1869, a number of species have been described which

confirm the distribution and variation as there given.

The typical form of the genus, the shells of which are carinate or

angulate around the umbilicus, more or less ornamented with colours,

and of an ovate shape more or less modified, enters Western Poly-

nesia from the East Indies, extending south to the Samoas and

thence over the Papuan Islands. Passing east, however, to the

Tahitian group and the other islands of Eastern and Southern Poly-

nesia, the genus undergoes a wide variation, so much so that several

of the species have been classed with other genera.

Their operculum and animal clearly connect them with the above

genus. One of the forms I have distinguished by the subgeneric

name Scalinella, which may be found faithfully illustrated on

Plate 7, Journ. de Conch. 1869. One remaining I now separate

under the name of

Subgenus Arrorts, Pse.

Testa oblonga, interdum cylindracea, rare ovata, imperforata vel

anguste perforata, unicolor; apertura ovata, fere circularis ;

464 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

perist. simplex, continuum, ad anfr. penultimum adnatum aut dis-

junctum, interdum vix porrectum; anfr. ultimus sepe ad peri-

pheriam subangulatus.

Animal operculumque gen. Omphalotropis, Pfr., persimilis.

The shell of this genus is elongate, sometimes cylindrical, rarely.

ovate, imperforate, in the species of ovate form narrowly perforate ;

aperture ovate, occasionally circular; peristome continuous, some-

times disconnected from the penultimate whorl and very slightly

porrected. The last whorl is frequently obtusely angulate on its

periphery, of one colour, usually pale yellow or reddish.

The species furthest removed from the type of Omphalotropis, viz.

A. viridescens, Pse., and ventricosa, Hombr., can scarcely be distin-

guished from genus Blanfordia, A. Ad.; those approaching the

nearest, vescoi, Dohrn, &e., are of small size, narrowly perforate,

abbreviately ovate, but wanting the angulation around the umbi-

licus. In the following catalogue they are separated from the

typical forms.

Genus CycLomorpnHa, Pse.

Typus, Cyclostoma flavum, Brod. P. Z. 8. 1832, p. 59.

Testa turbinata, subglobosa, solida, levigata aut spiraliter striata,

perforata; apertura fere circularis ; peristoma simplex, subin-

crassatum, callo tenui continuum.

Operculum ei gen. Omphalotropis, Pfr. similis.

The shell of the above genus differs widely from any of the genera

of the subfamily Realiea, Pfr. From its similarity to those of the

genus Ostodes, Gld., the species have been heretofore included by

Drs. Pfeiffer and Gould in that genus. Having received a number

of specimens collected alive with the operculum, I discover it to be

certainly related to the above subfamily and to Cyclostomine ; while

the genus Ostodes belongs to the subfamily Cyclophorine. I also

notice that Ostodes enomphalus, Phil., arranged by Dr. Pfeiffer

next to C. favum, Brod., and included by Dr. Gould in his genus

Ostodes, is described as being carinately angulate around the umbi-

licus, one of the peculiar characters of the genus Omphalotropis.

It should be connected with the above genus, serving to confirm

its position in the subfamily Realiea, Pfr.

Its locality is unknown; the other species inhabit the extreme

easterly portion of Polynesia.

Having had an opportunity of examining the operculum of three

species of the genus Ostodes, 1 extend the description given by Dr.

Gould as follows :—

Genus Osropes, Gld.

Ostodes, Proc. Bost. Soc. vol. viii. 1861, p. 283.

Operculum tenue, membranaceum, circulare, margine tenuissimo,

lacerato ; extus fornicato-convexum, nitidum ; multispirale ; anfr.

8-10, lente accrescentes, fere aquales ; sutura linearis, nucleo cen-.

trali; apex vix elevatus, papillatus ; subtus regulariter concava,

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 465

Genus CHonpRELLA, Pse.

Typus, Cyclostoma parvum, Pse. P. Z. 8.1864, p. 674.

Testa globoso-conica, tenuiuscula, striata, imperforata, vel vix ri-

mata; apertura fere circularis ; peristoma simplex, tenue, mar-

ginibus late disjunctis ; columella callo appresso, late dilatato

induta, locum umbilici tegens.

Animal tentaculis nullis, oculis supra caput immersis.

Operculum testaceum, solidiusculum, pallidum, nitidum, oblongo-

ovaium, latere dextro fere recto, utringue rotundatum; extus

planum, levigatum, nucleo obsoleto, marginibus anterioribus et

lateralibus angulatis ; subtus vie concavum, margine rotunde cal-

loso, quasi costato.

The above genus is peculiar in all respects, animal, shell, and oper-

culum. It should be classed with Helicinide. It is widely distributed

over the islands of Southern Polynesia. Most common at the Hervey

group, where Mr. Garrett has had ample opportunity of examining

the animal alive. It has positively no tentacles, the eyes being im-

mersed on the head in the situation usually occupied by tentacles.

Cyclostoma minutissimum, Sow., the generic position of which has

been undecided, belongs to this genus. . It-inhabits Pitcairn Island.

Genus Patarna, Semp.

Palaina, Semp. Journ. de Conch. 1863, p. 291.

Pupoidea, Pse. Am. Journ. Conch. 1865, p. 289.

The two genera above are no doubt synonymous. As there appears

to be a difference of opinion as regards the relation of this genus

to those of the Diplommatinacea, by reason partly of a want of know-

ledge of the characters of its operculum, I furnish the description of

that of P. scalariformis, Pse., inhabiting the Caroline Islands.

Operculum membranaceum, circulare, multispirale ; anfr. 4-5, lente

accrescentes, sutura lineari; extus nitidum, medio depresso-con-

cavum, anfr. ultimus rotundatus, margine tenui; subtus vie con-

cavum.

' The outer side is regularly concave to the last whorl, which is

rounded, so that the operculum when laid down would rest on its

margin.

It requires repeated efforts and careful manipulation to separate

an operculum, an eighth of a millimetre in diameter, from the animal.

If macerated in water until the animal matter becomes soft, the

operculum is liable to fall to pieces; while it is impossible to separate

it from the animal in a dried state. I have been successful in ob-

taining the opercula of all the genera inhabiting Polynesia, except-

ing Electrina, Gray, of which | have seen no specimens.

Genus Heuicina, Lam.

Under this genus I merely record the following descriptions and

synonyms.

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1871, No. XXX.

466 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

The following species, credited to Polynesia, I exclude from the

catalogue, viz. :—

Hi. crassilabris, Phil., does not inhabit the Sandwich Islands.

H. bicolor, Pfr., is credited to Tahiti, which is without much

doubt an error, as no species of its size inhabits Polynesia except H.

maugeria, Gray, from which, or any of its varieties, it differs widely.

HELICINA MAUGERIA, Gray.

The type of this species is a thick solid shell, rather bluntly an-

gulate at the periphery, and may always be recognized by the colour

of its basal callosity, bright yellow, which is persistent; the basal

callosity of the variety H. rubicunda, Pse., is equally persistent, of a

dark red. On both the callosity is very thick.

At the same locality a form occurs which I consider a variety of

the above, although it differs rather widely in most of its characters ;

it is more depressed, acutely angulate at the periphery, white or

whitish in colour, encircled above by one or two narrow reddish

lines, apex usually pale yellow, and the basal callosity thin and

white. I distinguish it by the name of

Var. ALBINEA, Pse,

T. crassa, lenticularis, sublevigata, vix nitida, tenuissime radiatim

et arcuatim striata, albida, supra lineis 1-2 rufescentibus cingu-

lata, infra albida; spira depressa, obtusa, plerumque pallide fia-

vescens ; anfr. 5, planulati, indistincte marginati ; ultimus basi

convexus, subtus ad peripheriam distincte marginatus ; apertura

lunaris, intus pallide straminea ; peristoma intus callosum, albi-

dum; callus basalis tenuis, albidus.

Diam. 123, alt. 53 mill.

H. maugeria, Gray, and all its varieties, occur only on the island

of Raiatea.

HELICINA CALLIOSTOMA, Pse.

T. crassa, globoso-conoidea, tenuissime radiatim striata, omnino

pallide straminea aut albida, interdum rufescente fasciata vel

maculata; spira vir elevata, conoidalis ; sutura bene impressa ;

anfr. 5-6, plano-convexi, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus,

basi convexus ; apertura obliqua, lunaris ; columella brevis, in-

crassata, supra vie dilatata, cum perist. angulum acutum formans ;

peristoma valde incrassalum, interdum duplicatum, album, vir

expansum et eversum, marginibus late disjunctis ; callus basalis

tenuis, parvus, albidus.

Alt. 73, diam. 73 mill.

Hab. Insulee Marquesas.

The colour of this species is probably much more varied than

noted above.

HELICINA TAHITENS!S, Pse.

Helicina pisum (Hombr. non Phil.) Voy. Pole Sud, vol. v. p. 44,

pl. 11, f. 18-22.

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 467

T. globoso-conoidea, crassa, tenuissime radiatim striata, omnino

straminea aut albida, interdum rufescens, juxta suturam straminea,

apex semper straminea ; spira conoidea, convexa, obtusa; anfr. 5,

convexiusculi, ultimus ad peripheriam rotundatus vel indistincte

angulatus ; callus basalis, nitidus, albidus, circumscriptus ; aper-

tura fere lunaris ; perist. simplex, rectum, incrassatum ; columella

arcuata, simplex, cum perist. continua.

Diam. 7, alt. 52 mill.

The above, collected at the Tahitian Islands, was confounded by

M. Hombron with a species inhabiting the Hawaiian Islands de-

scribed by Dr. Philippi.

HELIcINA GurPpyI, Pse. ~

Helicina humilis (Guppy, non Hombr.), Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. 1. p. 434 (1868).

To prevent confusion I alter the name of the above West-Indian

species, which was preoccupied for one inhabiting Polynesia.

HELICINA COLORATA, Pse.

Helicina colorata, Pse. Am. Journ. Conch. 1868, p. 156.

Helicina anaaensis, Mouss. Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 66.

The above is the only species inhabiting the island of Annaa,

where it was collected by Mr. Garrett. The above name was given

to it by reason of the many variations of colour it passes through.

It is wholly whitish, or of different shades of yellow or red, some-

times banded with the same colours; occasionally the last whorl is

yellow, and the spire bright crimson.

HELICINA FLAVESCENS, Pse.

Helicina flavescens, Pse. Am. Journ. Conch. 1867, p. 228.

Helicina pacifica, Pse. Am. Journ. Conch. 1865, p. 291.

The redescription of the above species by myself arose from omitting

to name the specimens in my collection when first described. I

retain the above name as being more appropriate and its description

more full.

Genus TAHEITIA,

Taheitia, H. & A. Ad. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1863, p. 19.

The chief and, I may add, the only peculiarity which serves to

distinguish the above genus from Truncatel/a is its operculum. The

other characters mentioned by Messrs. Adams, viz. the porrection

of the last whorl and its being disconnected from the penultimate

whorls, are not constant.

Taheitia aurantia, Gld., can scarcely be distinguished from Trun-

catella pacifica, Pse., in any of its characters except the operculum.

Taheitia pallida, Pse., is also in all respects a Truncatella except

the operculum.

The FEast-Indian species wallacei, H. Ad., and clathrata, H.

Ad. & Ang., are more characteristic of this genus than the Polyne-

468 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [ May 2,

sian, excepting the type 7. porrecta, Gld. I am of opinion, how-

ever, that several species described as Truncatella will prove to

belong to the above genus when the operculum is examined.

TAHEITIA SCALARIFORMIS, Rye.

Truncatella scalariformis, Rve. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 197.

Truncatella arcticostata, Mouss. Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 68.

The above was first collected by the late Mr. Cuming at the

island of Annaa, and since by Mr. Garrett. It is common about the

roots of the cocoa-nut trees, and is the only species of its genus in-

habiting the above locality.

TRUNCATELLA CONCINNA, Pse.

T. imperforata, cylindracea, elongata, tenuiuscula, nitida, alba, stra-

minea vel rufo-cornea, confertim et recte costulata, costis in anfr.

ultimo circa 31; anfr. superst. 4, plano-conveai, ultimus ad basin

cristo-costatus ; apertura subobliqua, ovalis, postice vix angulata ;

perist. simplex, continuum, subincrassatum, album, adnatum.

Long. 7, diam. 23 mill.

Hab. Insula Apaiang (Kingsmill).

The species nearest allied to the above with which I am acquainted

is T. sealariformis, Rve.

TRUNCATELLA COSTELLIFERA, Pse.

T. crassa, non rimata, elongata, turrito-cylindracea, parum nitens,

rubello-flavescens, longitudinaliter costata, costis rectis, com-

pressis, in anfr. ultimo circa 20; anfr. persistentes 5, convexi,

ultimus circa basin compresso-costatus ; apertura vix obliqua,

ovalis ; perist. simplex, continuum, adnatum; labrum dextrum

acutum, intus viz incrassatum, extus prope marginem fortiter cos-

tatum, costa compressa, prominens, circa basin extensa, cum costa

umbilicali continua.

Long. 7, diam. 23 mill.

Hab. Insula Vavau (Brazier).

The chief peculiarity of the above species is the stout rib encircling

the outer lip, which continues around the base, connecting with the

usual umbilical rib, of even size throughout; there is no trace of an

umbilical fissure. It was collected at the above locality by Mr.

John Brazier.

Genus Puecotrema, H. & A. Ad.

Two species of the above genus inhabit the Hawaiian Islands, viz.

P. striata, Phil., and P. clausa, H. & A. Ad.

Dr. Philippi had probably both species before bim when his

description was drawn up; that by Dr. Pfeiffer of the same species

(Mon. Auric. 1856, p. 104) is more accurate. The description of

P. clausa by Messrs. Adams agrees more strictly with the form I

adopt as the type of that species than the one subsequently pub-

lished by Dr. Pfeiffer in ‘ Novit. Conch.’ vol. i. p. 15.

1571.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELIS, 469

As the two species have been confounded by many collectors, I

furnish a detailed description of each, drawn up from mature speci-

mens, of which I have had an opportunity of examining a large

number.

PLECOTREMA STRIATA, Phil.

Auricula striata, Phil. Zeit. f. Mal. 1846, p. 98.

Plecotrema striata, Pfr. Mon. Auric. 1856, p. 104.

T. crassa, imperforata, globoso-conica, subovata, nigra, spiraliter

impresse striata, striis rare incequaliter distantibus, interstitiis

planis, striis remote hispidulis; spira conica, mucronata, con-

vexiuscula ; sutura linearis; anfr. 7, ultimus tumidiusculus, 4

longitudinis teste fere equuns, basi vir attenuatus; apertura

Jere verticalis, oblonga, postice acuta, vix contracta, basi rotun-

data, nigricans vel cinereo-nigrescens ; plice parietales 2, lamelli-

Jormes, superior perobliqua, altera extus bifida, valde compressa,

elevata, profunde intrans ; plica columellaris valida, transversa ;

peristoma rectum, acutum, marginibus plerumque callo lato tenuis-

simo junctis, dextro intus, dimidio anteriore et circa basin prope

marginem calloso, bidentato; columella extus ad marginem vix

elevuto-laminata, infra juxta regionem umbilicalem viv crispata.

Dimens. 8 x 5, vel 5x3 mill.

Hab. Ynsula Oahu.

This species is constant in its characters, and distinct from all

varieties of P. clausa, H. & A. Ad.; the shell is black, solid, engraved

concentrically with impressed strize, which are generally regular ;

but occasionally one is omitted, leaving the interspaces wider ; the

interstices are flat; the last whorl is swollen, about one half the

length of the shell ; the aperture is very slightly oblique, acute poste-

riorly, more so than in P. clausa, and in some specimens constricted,

caused by a depression around the upper part of the last whorl near

the suture ; the lamelle on the inner lip are oblique, more compressed

and prominent than in P. clausa, the lower one especially, which

passes round far within the aperture; the outer lip on its edge is

acute, on its anterior half and around the base, just within the mar-

gin, it is slightly callous, on which part the teeth are placed, which

are smaller than those in P. clausa. The columella is bordered by

an elevated lamina; the aperture is blackish or dark cinereous; the

teeth and lamellz white; the striz are furnished with remote bristly

hairs. The characters by which the above may be readily distin-

guished from P. clausa are its black colour, larger size, dark aper-

ture, not being ribbed or lirate but striate, the aperture being more

open, the lamellze on the wall of the aperture compressed and _pro-

minent, the teeth on outer lip smaller and the callosity not so thick.

These characters are constant, even in specimens of the smallest size.

PLECOTREMA CLAUSA, A. Ad.

T. imperforata, ovato-conoidea, crassa, via nitidula, spiraliter costu-

lata aut lirata, costis rotundatis, interstitiis setulis munitis et lon-

470 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

gitudinaliter tenuiter striatis, pallide fulva vel rufescenti-fusca,

rare indistincte fasciata; spira conica, apice acuto, vie mucro-

nato; anfr. 7, planiusculi, ultimus convexus, 3 longitudinis teste

Sere equans, basi vix attenuatus ; apertura vix obliqua, oblonga,

angusta, ringens, basi anguste rotundata, postice acute angulata ;

plice parictales 2, superior compressa, perobliqua, cum labro

callo juncta, altera bifida; plica columellaris compressa, trans-

versa; labrum dextrum extus incrassatum, intus ad marginem

valde callosum, fortiter bidentatum ; apertura pallida, albida.

Dimens. 5 x 3 vel 4 x 2 mill.

Hab. Insula Hawaii.

This species is rare; it is distinctly roundly ribbed, and the teeth

of the aperture are very strongly developed. It varies considerably,

the grooves becoming narrower and the interspaces taking a flat-

tened lirate shape. ‘The grooves and striz of this and P. striata

are furnished with remote hairy bristles, which fall off when they

become dry, and are therefore seldom preserved on cabinet speci-

mens. The largest specimens, lirate and of a reddish colour, are

usually mistaken for P. str7ata, Phil. This species never attains to

the size of P. striata, and is never black.

The species inhabiting the Island of Bourbon and registered by

M. Deshayes in his work on the Mollusca of that island as P. striata,

Phil., with a doubt, agrees with the type of the above species. I

find, on comparison, no characters to separate them.

LAIMODONTA CONICA, Pse.

Laimodonta conica, Pse. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 242; Am.

Journ. Conch. 1861, p. 101, pl. 12. f. 15.

Laimodonta anaaensis, Mouss. Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 63,

plo. t. 1.

The above was originally described from specimens collected in

Central Polynesia. It was afterwards discovered by Mr. Garrett at

the Island of Annaa, where it attains to a larger size. It varies in

colour; but the other characters of the shell are identically the same

in both localities.

MeELAMPUS MUCRONATUS, Gld.

Melampus mucronatus, Gld. Proc. Bost. Soc. 1849; Rep. Am. Exp.

Ex. 1852, p. 204, fig. 242.

Ellobium oryza, H. & A. Ad. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 8.

Auricula oryza, Pfr. Mon. Auric. 1856, p. 141; Novit. Conch.

vol. i. p. 28, pl. 7. f. 17-19.

I have received from Annaa fifty or more specimens of M. oryza,

H. & A. Ad., the only species of its type inhabiting that small atoll,

and type specimens of M. mucronatus, Gld., from the collection of —

the American Exploring Expedition, found at Raraka, a short dis-

tance from Annaa.

The two are synonymous, although the descriptions vary. ‘The

Raraka specimens have more colour, and are rather smaller. The

P=. :

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 471

most essential difference between the two descriptions is, that M.

oryza is described as having but three plaits on its outer lip, while

M. mucronatus, Gld., has eight; the plaits decrease in size as they

recede from the base, so that on many specimens the posterior ones

are quite small or become obsolete; the mucronation is indistinct on

most specimens, the basal strize constant. I would add to the de-

scriptions that the spire is very finely striate longitudinally, and the

last whorl slightly depressed posteriorly, giving the spire a slender

appearance. ‘The species is certainly distinct, and not a variety of

IM. luteus, Quoy, as suggested by Dr. Gould. The latter species I

have in all stages of growth from the same locality.

The following synonym was omitted above.

ATROPIS PRODUCTA, Pse.

Realia producta, Pse. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 673.

Hydrocea raiatensis, Mouss. Journ. de Conch. 1869, p. 67.

Hab. Insule Raiatea et Tahaa.

On comparison of a large number of specimens, the above will be

found to vary considerably. The type is represented on the island

of Bolabola by A. dolabolensis, Dohrn, and at Tahiti by A. terebralis,

Gld. A. elongata, Pse., inhabiting Raiatea, is more distantly re-

lated to it.

Catalogue of Genera and Species.

The whole number of species of land-shells known as inhabiting

Polynesia is 626.

In the following Catalogue the Helicterine are omitted, a list

having been lately published in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (1869,

p- 644), to which but one species has been added since.

The genera and number of species of each are as follows :—

INOPERCULATA.

Helicterina, 223. Partula, Fér., 63.

Vitrina, Drap., 2. Vertigo, Miill., 19.

Succinea, Drap., 26. Rhysota, Alb., 1.

Truella, Pse., 3. Hyromia, Risso, 1.

Oatinella, Pse., 2. ' Trochomorpha, Alb., 21.

Carelia, H. & A. Ad., 6. Endodonta, Alb., 10.

Chlorea, Alb., 1. Pitys, Beck, 33.

Tornatellina, Beck, 18. Microcystis, Beck, 4.

Lamellina, Pse., 2. Helicopsis, Beck, 30.

? Bulimus, Scop., 2. ? Helix, Linn., 10.

Stenogyra, Shutt, 5.

OPERCULATA.

Diadema, Pse., 3. Palaina, Semp., 15.

Cyclophorus, Mont., 1. Moussonia, Semp., |.

Ostodes, Gld., 5. Cyclostomus, Mont., 1.

Registoma, Hass., |. Omphalotropis, Pfr., 16.

Pupina, Vign., |. Atropis, Pse., 18.

472 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

Scalinella, Pse., 3.

Cyclomorpha, Pse., 2.

Assiminea, Gray, 5.

Helicina, Lam., 37.

Chondrella, Pse., 3.

Electrina, Gray, 1.

Truncatella, Risso, 3.

Taheitia, H. & A. Ad., 4.

AURICULIDS.

Cassidula, Fer. 1.

Pythia, Bolt., 3.

Plecotrema, H. & A. Ad., 2.

Melampus, Mont., 15.

Laimodonta, H. & A. Ad., 2.

Pedipes, Adans., 1.

Blauneria, Shutt., 1,

Inoperculata....,......- . 482

Qperenlata ..s0 oS farses ee se ae 120

Pouriealidee: 237 5 alah) De tee sce 25

Total species. . .. 627

The localities given may be relied on as correct, all report to the

contrary notwithstanding. Such as are doubtful are so marked. A

few of the species occur on more than one island; of such I have

given what I suppose to be the original locality, or the one which

may be regarded as the metropolis of the species at present.

The generic position of a few species of Helices is not determined ;

they have been arranged provisionally under the genus Helix. Spe-

cies of aberrant form are classed under the genera to which they are

the nearest related, separated by asterisks.

INOPERCULATA.

Subfamily Virrinins.

Virrina, Drap.

fusca, Pse. Marquesas.

subviridis, Pse. Marquesas.

Subfamily Succinema.

Succtnna, Drap.

bernardia, Recl. ?Tahiti.

eanella, G/d. Maui.

eaduca, Migh. Oahu.

cepulla, Gid. Hawaii.

costulosa, Pse. Tahiti.

crocata, Gld. Upolu,

fragilis, Soul. Hawaii.

gouldiana, Pfr. Tahiti.

guamensis, Pfr. (pacifica, Beck.).

Guam.

humerosa, Gld. (tahitensis, P/r.).

Tahiti.

labiata, Pse. Raiatea.

lumbalis, Gld. Hawaii.

mannillata, Pse. Marquesas.

manuana, Gld. Manua.

modesta, G/d. Upolu.

newcombiana, Garr. Hawaii.

pallida, Pfr. Tahiti.

SUCCINEA

?pudorina, Gld. Tahiti.

patula, Migh. Oahu.

putamen, Gld. Upolu.

punctata, Pfr. Hawaii.

papillata, Pfr. Tahiti.

rotundata, G/d. (aperta, Lea; new-

combii, Pfr.). Oahu.

rubella, Pse. Lanai.

venusta, G/d. Hawaii.

vesicalis, Gld. Hawaii.

TruELLA, Pse.

elongata, Pse. Kauai.

infundibuliformis, G/d. Tahiti.

procera, Gld. Moovea.

CatinELLA, Pse.

explanata, Gld. Kauai.

rubida, Pse. Kauai.

Subfamily AcHATININ”.

CareiA, H. & A. Ad.

bicolor, Jay. Kanai.

yar, adusta, G/d. Kauai.

yar, angulata, Pee. Kauai.

cumingiana, Pfr, Kauai.

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 473

CaRELIA

fuliginea, Pfr. Kauai.

paradoxa, Pfr. Kauai.

turricula, Migh. Kauai.

variabilis, Pse. Kauai.

var. olivacea, Pse. Kauai.

var. viridans, Pse. Kauai.

TornaTELLINA, Beck.

achatinoides, Pfr. Marquesas.

antonii, Pfr. Rapa.

aperta, Pse. Tahiti.

conica, Mouss. Upolu.

dentata, Pse. Hawaii.

globosa, Petit. Rapa.

gracilis, Pse. Kauai.

hidalgoi, Crosse. Marquesas.

newcombu, Pfr. Kauai.

nitida, Pse. Ebon.

oblonga, Pse. Tahiti.

ovata, Anton. Rapa.

peponum, Gid. Kauai.

philippii, Pfr. Tahiti.

pusilla, Gld. Matea.

simplex, Pse. ahaa.

trochlearis, Beck (pellucida, Mih/.).

Rapa.

turrita, Anton. (archimedes, Beck ;

subulata, Anton). Rapa.

LamMeELuina, Pse.

levis, Pse. Tahiti.

serrata, Pse. Ebon.

Subfamily Buuimina.

? Burimus, Scop.

argutus, Pse. Tahiti.

turgidus, Pse. Tahiti.

Srenoayra, Shutt.

beckianus, Pfr. (oryza, Desh.; vi-

treus, Mihl.). Rapa.

junceus, Gid. Kauai. (upolensis,

Mouss. Upolu.)

oparanus, Pfr. Rapa.

pyrgiscus, Pfr. Oahu.

tuckeri, Pfr. Mangareva.

Parrtuna, Fér.

affinis, Pse, Tahiti.

abbreviata, Mouss. Tutuila.

amabilis, Pfr. Tutuila.

annectens, Pse. Tahiti.

assimilis, Pse. Roratonga.

attenuata, Pse. Tahiti.

~bilineata, Pse. Tahiti.

bicolor, Pse. Guam.

brazieri, Pse. Tutuila.

canalis, Mouss. Upolu.

yar. semilineata, Mouss, Tutuila.

PARTULA

calypso, Semp. Peleliu.

allifera, Pfr. Raiatea.

citrina, Pse. Raiatea.

clara, Pse. Tahiti.

compacta, Pse. Raiatea.

compressa, Pfr. Raiatea.

conica, Gld. Upolu.

crassilabris, Pse. Raiatea.

dentifera, Pfr. Raiatea,

elongata, Pse. Moovea.

erhelii, Morelet. Moovea.

extensa, Pse.. Tutuila.

faba, Mart. Raiatea.

var. subangulata, Pse (australis,

Brug.; ?bulimoides, Lesson).

Tahaa.

fragilis, Terr. Guam.

fusca, Pse. Raiatea.

garrettii, Pse. Raiatea.

ganymedes, Pfr. (fasciata, Pse). Mar-

quesas.

gonochila, Pfr. ? Samoas.

gibba, Fer7.(mastersii, P/r.). Guam.

gracilis, Pse. Raiatea.

guamensis, Pfr, (brumalis, fve).

Ponape.

hebe, Pfr. Raiatea.

var. bella, Pse. Raiatea,

vhyalina, Brod. Tahiti.

leucothoe, Semp. Peleliu,

lineata, Less. Oualau.

vlignaria, Pse. Tahiti.

lilacina, Pfr. Marquesas.

lineolata, Pse. Tahiti.

lutea, Less. Bolabola.

lugubris, Pse. Raiatea.

vnodosa, Pfr. Tahiti.

var. trilineata, Pse. Moovea.

ovalis, Pse. Raiatea.

vproducta, Pse. Tahiti.

yplanilabrum, Pse. Tahaa.

radiolata, Pfr. Guam.

recta, Pse. Marquesas.

rosea, Brod. Huaheine.

~ rubescens, Rve. Tahiti.

rufa, Less. Oualau.

rustica, Pse. Raiatea.

simplaria, Morelet. Tahiti.

¥ solidula, Rve. Tahaa.

-stolida, Pse. Raiatea.

striolata, Pse. Moorea.

strigata, Pse. Marquesas.

v tahitana, Brug, (auriculata, Brod.;

tahulana, Anton), Tahiti.

thetis, Semp. Peleliu.

varia, Brod. Huaheine.

var. glutinosa, Pfr.

var. pulchra, Pse.

var. simplex, Pse.

variabilis, Pse. Raiatea.

474 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [May 2,

PARTULA

vexillum, Pse. Moorea.

yvittata, Pse. Raiatea.

umbilicata, Pse. Tahaa.

zebrina, Gld. Upolu.

var. recluziana, Petit. Tutuila.

Subfamily Purinz.

Vertico, Mill.

admodesta, Migh. Oahu.

armata, Pse. Bolabola.

bacca, Pse. Hawaii.

costata, Pse. Hawaii.

costulosa, Pse. Kauai.

dentifera, Pse. Roratonga.

dunkeri, Ze/. Tahiti.

hyalina, Zel. Tahiti.

lyrata, Gid. Oahu.

nacca, Gld. Hawaii.

newcombii, Pfr. Hawaii.

nitens, Pse. Ebon.

paivee, Crosse. Mangareva.

pediculus, Skut¢. Marquesas.

yar. samoensis, Mouss. Upolu.

perlonga, Pse. Oahu.

pleurophora, Shut¢. Marquesas.

simplaria, Pse. Marquesas.

striatula, Pse. Hawaii.

tantilla, G/d. Tahiti.

Subfamily Henicivz.

Cutor“a, Alb.

pelewana, Mouss. Pelews.

Ruysora, Alb.

sowerbyana, Pfr. (hogoleuensis,

Guill.; pachistoma!, Jacq.)

Hogoleu.

HycromiA, Risso.

similaris, Kerr. Oahu.

Trocuomorrna, Alb.

approximata, Guill. (marmorata,

Jacqg.). Hogoleu.

cressida, Gld. Raiatea.

contigua, Pse. Ponape.

entomostoma, Jacg. Hogoleu.

eurydice, Gld. Upolu.

goniomphala, Pfr. Ponape.

kusteri, Pfr. Tahiti.

nayigatorum, Pfr. Samoas.

nigritella, Pfr. Ponape.

var. oppressa, Pse. Ponape.

swainsonil, Pfr. (exclusa, Hombr. ;

vahine, Hombr.). Raiatea.

subtrochiformis, Mouss. Upolu.

tentoriolum, Gld. Upolu.

tuber, Mouss. Upolu.

TROCHOMORPHA

trochiformis, Pfr. Raiatea,

yar. pallens, Pse. Moorea.

troilus, Gld. Upolu.

velata, Jacg. Hogoleu.

* * *

alta, Pse. Ponape.

rectangula, Pfr. (hapa, Hombr.).

Marquesas.

* * * x

obconica, Pse, Raiatea.

schmeltziana, Mouss. Upolu.

var. usurpata, Mouss. Sayail.

tais, Hombr. Marquesas.

Enpopvonts, Alb.

binaria, Pfr. Kauai.

lamellosa, Fér. (frickii, Pfr.). Oahu.

laminata, Pse. Kauai.

rugata, Pse. Mani.

* * * *

acetabulum, Pse. Raiatea.

celsa, Pse. Raiatea.

fabrefacta, Pse. Raiatea.

ficta, Pse. Raiatea.

huaheinensis, Pfr. Huaheine.

obolus, Gld. Tahiti.

Pirys, Beck.

analogica, Pse. Marquesas.

atiensis, Pse. Atiu.

bilamellata, Pfr. Rapa.

capillata, Pse. Kauai.

complementaria, Mouwss. Upolu.

consimilis, Pse. Tahiti.

contorta, ér. (intercarinata, Migh.),

Oahu.

dedalea, Gd. Metia.

decussatula, Pse. Molokai.

filocostata, Pse. Kauai.

gradata, Gld. Opolu.

grieffii, Mouss. Upolu.

hystrix, Migh. Oahu.

hystricella, Pfr, Kauai.

hystricelloides, Mouss. Upolu.

imperforata, Pse. Roratonga.

jugosa, Migh. (rubiginosa, Gid.).

auai.

modicella, Fé. Tahiti.

oparica, Anton. Rapa.

parvidens, Pse. Tahiti.

radiella, Pfr. (pardalina, Desh.; un-

dulata, Ferr.). Rapa.

rotellina, Pse. Aitutake.

rotula, Jacg. Mangareva.

roratongensis, Pse. Roratonga.

sexlamellata, Pfr. Mangareva.

stellula, Gid. Mani.

verecunda, Pse. Marquesas.

* * * *

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 47

Pirys

bursatella, Gld. (coarctata, Pfr.;

excayata,Jacg.; streptaxon, Pve.;

turricula, Jacg.). Tahiti.

fratercula, Pse. Roratonga.

heynemannii, Pfr. Tahiti.

jacquinotii, Pfr. (cayernula, Jucq.).

?Tahiti.

oceanica, Guill. Tahiti.

retunsa, Pse. Tahiti.

Microcystis, Beck.

marquesana, Pse, Marquesas.

ornatella, Beck. Rapa.

ameenula, Beck. Rapa.

adamsii, Pfr. (filiceti, Beck.) ?Rapa.

?Hexrx, Linn,

alata, Pfr. Lanai.

caperata, Gld. (newcombii, Pfr.).

Kauai.

distans, Pse. Kauai.

depressiformis, Pse. Tahiti.

exequata, Gld. Kauai.

oualauensis, Pse. Oualau.

prostrata, Pse. ? Lanai.

tenella, Gld. Kauai.

tiara, Migh. Kauai.

exserta, Pfr. Hawaiian Islands.

Family Srevorip2.

He icopsis, Beck.

aurulenta, Beck. Pitcairns.

Haticorsis

chamissoi, Pfr. Kauai.

cicercula, Gid. Hawaii.

electrina, Hombr. Guam.

firmostyla, Mowss. Uvea.

fornicata, Gld. Kauai.

frivola, Pse. Oualau.

kauaiensis, Pfr. Kauai.

lardyi, Charp. Rapa.

minutalis, Fér. Tahiti.

normalis, Pse. Moovea.

orbis, Beck. Rapa.

pauxillus, Gld. Maui.

pertenuis, Gld. Aurora.

samoa, Hombr. Upolu.

samoensis, Mouss. Upolu.

simillima, Pse. Tahiti.

striolata, Pse. Ebon.

subtilis, Anton. Rurutu.

subtilissima, G/d. Maui.

subrutila, Migh. Kauai.

verticillata, Pse. Moovea.

venosa, Pse. Roratonga.

Columella dentata vel callosa.

callifera, Pfr. Marquesas.

conula, Pse. Raiatea.

cultrata, Gld. Tahiti.

eryptoportica, Gld. Oahu.

ensifera, Mouss. Samoa.

perpolita, Mouss. Upolu.

upolensis, Mouss. Upolu.

OPpERCULATA.

Family Cycnornorip2.

Subfamily Cycnorinz.

Diapema, Pse.

biangulata, Pse. Atiu.

parva, Pse. Roratonga.

rotilla, Pse. Roratonga.

Subfamily Cycrornoninx.

? CyctorHorus, Mont.

incisus, Hombr. THogoleu.

Osropzs, Gld. ;

adjunctus, Mouss. Tutuila.

obligatus, Gld. Metia.

plicatus, Gid. Upolu.

yar. strigatus, Gld. (apix, Rec. ;

pulverulentus, Phzl.; albidus,

Hombr.). Upolu.

tiara, Gld. Upolu.

upolensis, Mouss. Upolu.

Subfamily Popinina.

Reeistoma, Hass.

complanatum. Pse. Ebon.

Porina, Vign.

difficilis, Semp. Peleliu.

Paxarna, Semp.

alata, Semp. Nermaleh.

dohrnii, Semp. Palaas.

dimorpha, Semp. Peleliu.

inflatula, Semp. Peleliu.

lamellata, Semp. Kreiangel.

patula, Semp. Peleliu.

polymorpha, Semp. Peleliu.

pupa, Semp. Peleliu.

pusilla, Semp. Peleliu.

pyramis, Semp. Peleliu.

ringens, Semp. Peleliu.

strigata, Semp. Peleliu.

scalariformis, Pse. Ponape.

striolata, Semp. Aibukut.

wilsoni, Semp. Aibukut.

476 MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. [Man 2,

Movsson1a, Semp.

typica, Semp. Upolu.

Subfamily CycLosromin«£.

? Cycnostomus, Mont.

carolinensis, Pfr. Carolines.

Ompnarortroris, Pfr.

bifilaris, Mowss. Upolu.

yar. gracilior, Mouss. Tutuila.

var. teretiformis, Mowss. Samoas.

bilirata, Mouss. Upolu.

var. elongata, Mouss. Upolu.

bulimoides, Hombr. Hogoleu.

cheynei, Dohrn. Pelews.

conoidea, Mouss. Upolu.

var. angulosa, Mowss. Savaii.

erosa, Quoy. Guam.

fragilis, Pse. Ebon.

guamensis, Pfr. Guam.

huaheinensis, Pfr. Huaheine.

leevis, Pse. Ponape.

nayigatorum, Pfr. Samoa.

ovata, Pse. Mangaia.

parvula, Mouss. Upolu.

perforata, Mouss. Uvea.

variabilis, Pse. Atiu.

zebriolata, Mouss. Upolu.

Arropris, Pse.

affinis, Pse. Aitutake.

albescens, Pfr. Rapa.

bolabolensis, Dohrn. Bolabola.

elongata, Pse. Raiatea.

oblonga, Pfr. Marquesas.

producta, Pse (raiatensis, Mouss.).

Raiatea.

rubella, Pfr. Marquesas.

scitula, Gld. Tahiti.

scherzeri, Zel. Tahiti.

solidula, Pfr. Marutu.

terebralis, Gld. Tahiti.

yentricosa, Hombr. Tahiti.

yiridescens, Pse. Huaheine.

* * * *

abbreviata, Pse. Tahiti.

exigua, Hombr. Mangareva.

insularis, Crosse. Mangareva.

ochrostoma, Pse. Aitutake.

vescoi, Dohrn. Tahiti.

ScALINELLA, Pse.

costata, Pse. Tahaa.

scalariformis, Pse. Atiu.

tahitensis, Pse. Huaheine.

Cyctomorrna, Pse.

flava, Brod. Amnaa.

margarita, Pfr. Rapa.

Assiminga, Gray.

dubia, Pfr. Rapa. °

lucida, Pse. Annaa.

nitida, Pse. Tahiti.

parvula, Mowss. Upolu.

pupoides, Anton. (oparica, Pfr.).

Rapa.

Family Henicinip2.

He icina, Lam.

albolabris, Jacg. ‘Tahiti.

beryllina, G/d. Tutuila.

yar. flavida, Mouss. Tutuila.

calliostoma, Pse. Marquesas.

corrugata, Pse, Raiatea.

colorata, Pse, (anaaensis, Mouss.).

Annaa.

discoidea, Pse. Tahiti.

exigua, Jacg. Mangareva.

flayescens, Pse. Roratonga. (paci-

fica, Pse. Mangaia.)

fulgora, Gld. Samoa.

humilis, Jacg. Hogoleu.

interna, Mouss. Savaii.

inconspicua, Pfr. Tahiti.

kusteriana, Pfr. Tahiti.

lenticularis, Sow. ? Pacific Islands.

laciniosa, Migh. Kauai,

maugerix, Gray. Raiatea.

var. rubicunda, Pse. Raiatea.

yar. albinea, Pse. Raiatea.

miniata, ess. Bolabola.

minuta, Sow. Rapa.

musiva, Gld. Samoa.

multicolor, Gld. Tahiti.

oceanica, Pse. Apaiang.

parvula, Pse. Atiu.

pazi, Crosse. Mangareva.

pisum, Phil. Oahu.

plicatilis, Mowss. Upolu.

rotelloidea, Migh. (bronniana, Piil.),

Oahu.

rohrii, Pfr. (marchionissa, Jacq.).

Marquesas. :

rustica, Pfr. Tahiti.

rugulosa, Pse. ahaa.

sandwichensis, Soud. Oahu.

solidula, Gray. Toau.

hee Pse(pisum, Hombr.). Ta-

iti.

trochlea, Gld. Metia.

uberta, Gid, (constricta, Pfr.). Kau-

ai.

villosa, Anton. Rapa.

zigzag, Pse. Oualau.

zonata, Less. Oualau.

CHONDRELLA, Pse.

parva, Pse. Tahiti.

minutissima, Sow. Pitcairn.

1871.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON POLYNESIAN LAND-SHELLS. 477

CronDRELLA

striata, Pse. Roratonga.

Evectrina, Gray.

succinea, Sow. Rapa.

Family Truncare.uips.

TRUNCATELLA, Risso.

concinna, Pse. Apaiang.

TRUNCATELLA

pacifica, Pse. Oualau.

valida, Pfr. Samoa.

TaneiriA, A. Ad.

pallida, Pse. Tahiti.

porrecta, Gld. Tahiti.

scalariformis, ve. (arcticostata,

Mouss). Annaa.

vitiana, Gld. Samoa.

AURICULID-.

Cassipu.a, Fér. —

crassiuscula, Mouss. Upolu.

Metampus

philippii, Kyst. Marquesas.

parvulus, Nutt. Oahu.

semiplicatus, Pse. Oahu.

semisulcatus, Mouss. Upolu.

striatus, Pse. Tahiti.

teniola, Hombr. Mangareva.

violus, Less. Bolabola.

zonatus, Mihi. Marquesas.

Pyrtura, Bolten.

acuta, Hombr. Hogoleu.

pantherina, A. dd. Nueniona.

var. uveana, Mouss. Uvea.

savaiiensis, Mouss, Savaii.

Piecotrema, H. & A. Ad.

clausa, H. & A. Ad. Hawaii. Latmoponta, H. & A. Ad.

striata, Phil. Oahu. conica, Pse (anaaensis, Mowss.). An-

Mevamrvs, Mont. Daas es : 3

Pater) MBL.“ Ponape, bronni, Phél. (sandwichensis, Sow.)

eastaneus, Miih/. Molokai.

fasciatus, Desh. Ponape.

frickii, Pfr. Oahu.

lucidus, Pse. - Oahu.

luteus, Quoy. “Ponape.

mucronatus, Gd. Raraka. (oryza,

H. § A. Ad. Annaa.)

Prpiprs, Adans.

sandwichensis, Pse. Hawaii.

Biavuyerta, Shutt.

gracilis, Pse. Oahu.

The following description was omitted above :—

CHONDRELLA STRIATA, Pse.

T.. globoso-conica, tenuiuscula, imperforata, dextrorsa, spiraliter ele-

vato-striata, fulvida aut rufo-cornea; anf. 3, convexi, ultimus

subventricosus ; spira obtusa, sutura impressa ; apertura rotun-

dato-ovuta; labrum simplex, tenue; columella fere recta, callo

superne late dilatqto.

Alt. 13, diam. 1} mill.

Hab. Insula Roratonga.

The above may be distinguished from C. parva, Pse., in being

striate. It is also of smaller size.

The first specimens of the above genus forwarded to London were

supposed by Mr. H. Adams to be the young of some species of

Realia ; they resemble more nearly the young of Assiminea. They

may be at once distinguished from either by the columellar callosity.

478 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ May 16,

May 16, 1871.

Prof. Flower, F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the Additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1871.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of April 1871 was 215, of which 13 were by

birth, 99 by presentation, 92 by purchase, two by exchange, and 9

were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period by death and removals was 100, showing a net ad-

dition of 115 individuals to the collection during the month.

The most noticeable additions were the following :—

1. A female of the new Deer which I have lately described and

figured as Cervus alfredi (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 381, pl. xxviii.), received

in exchange April Ist. This animal closely resembles the male in

general appearance (except in the absence of horns), and is of very

great interest, as confirming the validity of the species. I have also

positive information as to its locality, this animal having been

brought to England direct from the Philippines. Having a special

article in preparation on this and the other known Deer of the Phi-

lippine Islands, I will defer saying more on this subject at present.

2. A second young one of the Collared Fruit-bat (Cynonycteris

collaris), born in the Gardens, April 7th, and produced by the same

pair as the former one, born in February last year (see P. Z. 8. 1870,

p- 127). The first young, which is a male, is still alive and doing

well, keeping closely in company with its parents, and rather away

from the other Fruit-bats in the same cage.

3. A young female Spider Monkey, purchased April 1Jth. This

animal was obtained at Colon by an officer of the R. West-Indian

Mail Co., and was stated to have been brought from the Atrato river

by one of the American party now engaged on the survey of the

isthmus for a ship-canal. It is of a uniform black, with the whole

under surface of the belly pale fulvous, which colour, however, hardly

extends on to the under surface of the limbs. The face and muzzle

are flesh-colour. The hair is rough and upstanding, and appears to

project forward on the forehead. It has no traces of an external

thumb. It would appear to belong to the same group as Afeles

variegatus, Wagner, but has no traces of a frontal band, or of white

hairs on the sides of the face. I have been a little doubtful about

this specimen, but on the whole am inclined to refer it to Ateles

vellerosus, Gray*, with which it agrees more nearly than with any

other described species.

4. A Geoffroy’s Marmoset (Midas geoffroiit), purchased April

11th, having been brought from Colon along with the Afe/es just

mentioned. Of this beautiful species, of which I exhibit a sketch

* Ateles vellerosus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 733; Cat. Monkeys, p. 44.

t Hapale geoffroti, Puch. R. Z. 1845, p. 336.

~h ae)

4 a +s

; ¥,

+ vl - Sy cl fox

ade > 7 we

= ; .

~ = ae

1871.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 479

(Plate XX XVIII.) and the skin and skull (for the animal has since

unfortunately died), specimens have, I believe, been once before

living in the Society’s Gardens. On “Sept. 26, 1857,” I find en-

tered in our register of accessions two “Titi Monkeys, presented

by Julius Brenchley, Esq.” These were determined by the then

Secretary, Mr. Mitchell, as Midas ursulus *, but were, I have no

doubt, Midas geoffroii, as the skin of one ‘of them is now in the

gallery of the British Museum, labelled as having been received

from this Society about the same date under the name of the “ Tv¢i

Monkey.” Mr. Brenchley, in reply to inquiries on the subject, tells

me that he obtained these animals “from the forests of New Gra-

nada, near the coast.” Other specimens of this Midas in the British

Museum were obtained by Mr. Salvin’s collector Arcé at Chepo on

the isthmus of Panama, so that there can be no doubt of this being

its true locality.

5. Four Nose-horned Vipers, Vipera nasicornis (Shaw), pre-

sented by William Cleaver, Esq., of Cape-Coast Castle, West Africa,

April 13th. Mr. Cleaver, writing March 17, informs me that three

of these are “ young specimens out of a batch of 21 born at Cape-

Coast Castle some few days ago—thus proving that the species is

viviparous.”

6. A Rat-tailed Serpent from Sta. Lucia (Trigonocephalus lanceo-

latus), presented by G. W. Des Veeux, Esq., C.M.Z.S., Administra-

tor of the Government of the island. I am not aware that any ex-

ample of this much-dreaded scourge of the West-India Islands has

been previously brought to England alive.

The receipt of this and the previously mentioned donation renders

our series of the true Venomous Serpents very full, as it now em-

braces specimens of Vipere nasicornis, rhinoceros, and arietans,

Cenchris piscivorus, Trigonocephalus lanceolatus, Crotalus horridus

and C. lecontei, besides the Elapine forms Nata hadje and N. tri-

pudians.

7. Two Kiwis, purchased April 14th, one being of the ordinary

species Apteryx australist, and the other Apteryx owenni. As

there remained only a single specimen of Apteryx (of the latter

species) living in the Society’s collection, this addition to our series

is a very acceptable one.

8. A Bay Lynx (felis rufa), said to have been brought from

Mexico, purchased April 15th. This animal has very slender ear-

pencils. A specimen previously in the Society’s collection (pur-

chased 26th June, 1868) with which it otherwise agrees, and of

which I exhibit a sketch, is absolutely destitute of these appendages,

and has caused me some perplexity, as I was not previously aware

that the ear-tufts were ever absolutely deficient in any Lynx.

9. A pair of the little Hanging-Parrakeet of the Philippines

(Loriculus culacissi), purchased April 24 ; and

10. An example of the Blue-crowned Parrot (Tanygnathus luco-

* Report of Council of the Z. 8. 1858, p. 16.

+ Strauch, Mém. Ae. St. Pét. ser. 7. vol. xiv., Syn. d. Vip. p. 88.

} Vide infra, p. 496.

480 MONS. C. DODE ON ANIMALS FROM AMOOR LAND. [May 16,

nensis) of the same islands. Both these beautiful species are new

and welcome additions to the Society’s extensive collection of living

Psittacidze.

A paper was read by Dr. P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond.,

F.R.S., F.G.S., Professor of Geology to King’s College, London,

&c., entitled ‘‘A Description of the Madreporaria (Stony Corals)

dredged up during the expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in 1869

and 1870.

This paper, which was communicated to the Society by Prof.

Huxley, will be printed in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

An extract was read from a letter addressed to the Secretary

by Dr. R. A. Philippi, C.M.Z.S., Director of the National Museum

of Santiago, dated Santiago, March 28th. In reply to inquiries of

Mr. Sclater, Dr. Philippi stated that no Tortoise whatever had yet

been found in Chili, and that the Tortoises forwarded to the Society

from Santiago, upon which T'estudo chilensis of Dr. Gray had been

founded, had been, as already anticipated by Mr. Sclater (P. Z. 8.

1870, p. 667, and Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. vi. p. 470), collected

by Mr. Weisshaupt in the vicinity of Mendoza, Argentine Republic.

Under these circumstances Mr. Sclater observed that the correct name

of this Tortoise would be Testudo argentina, as suggested by him

in the above-mentioned article in the ‘Annals of Natural History.’

Monsieur Charles Dode, of St. Petersburg, exhibited specimens

of some remarkable animals that he had collected during his recent

travels in the Amour country, among which were particularly noticed

specimens of the Long-haired Tiger (Felis tigris, var. amurensis),

and of the Ounce (Felis uncia). M. Dode also exhibited four speci-

mens of the Red-breasted Goose (Bernicla ruficollis) from Astrabad,

on the borders of the Caspian Sea, and examples of some beautiful

new species of birds recently discovered in Turkestan, the most

noticeable of which were Zurdus mystacinus, Passer ammodendri, and

Pyrrhula incarnata.

M. Dode made the following remarks on these specimens :—

FELIS TIGRIS, var. AMURENSIS.

Cette espéce féline qui habite sur les bords du fl. Amour et du fl.

Oussouri présente quelques differences avec le Felis tigris bengalensis ;

poils plus longs, couleur moins foncée, bandes noires moins pro-

noncées. Sans étre trés-commun, on le rencontre assez fréquemment

soit dans les vastes foréts vierges qui bordent le fleuve, soit dans les

grands roseaux des bords des lacs. Cette espéce féline, qui est propre

aux tropiques, n’émigre pas et supporte tres-bien les vingt et vingt-

cing degrés de froid que ces contrées ont a supporter pendant deux a

trois mois et quelquefois plus. Les conditions d’habitat semblent

aussi avoir eu une influence trés-grande sur les mceurs de ce félin ;

1871.] MONS. C. DODE ON ANIMALS FROM AMOOR LAND. 481

son caractére semble étre devenu moins féroce que celui du tigre du

Bengale ; il n’attaque jamais, poursuivi il fuit, et ne se défend que

lorsqu’il est blessé 4 mort. Il est 4 regretter que les vastes solitudes

ou il habite ne permettent pas d’étudier les mceurs d’une manitre

spéciale.

FELIS UNCIA.

Cette espéce est assez commune dans le Turkestan ow les peaux

mal dépareillées du reste se vendent assez cher aux Chinois. Le

spécimen que j’en ai rapporté provient des bords du fl. Amour et

semblerait, d’aprés les dispositions des taches, étre une variété du

Felis uncia que lon rencontre aux Indes et dans le Turkestan.

PASSER AMMODENDRI.

Cette jolie espéce de passereau a été trouvée par M. Severtzow

naturaliste Russe dans les montagnes Célestes sur des plateaux d’un

accés difficile ; les seules données qui m’aient été communiquées, c’est

que pendant l’hiver qu’on se trouve, cet oiseau ne descend pas dans

la plaine.

TURDUS MYSTACINUS.

D’aprés les renseignements recueillis M. Severtzow, qui a étudié

ce genre sur plus de 100 exemplaires, a constaté que la différence qui

existe avec le Turdus atrogularis n’est pas une différence d’age ou de

sexe. C’est un oiseau de montagne dont les males descendent peu

dans la plaine, ou (en hiver) la principale récolte a été faite. Tous

les T. mystacinus ne sont pas facile @ reconnaitre de 7. atrogularis

du méme sexe ; leurs variations individuelles sont trés-considérables,

et quelquefois il en existe qui font hésiter pour leur détermination.

Mais, ce qui est stir, c’est que la coloration de la gorge et du jabot

du 7. mystacinus présente des différences individuelles bien plus con-

sidérables que ses variations d’age, qui ont été anatomiquement

reconnues aux organes sexuels, 4 la pneumaticité des os, 4 la dureté

des tendons. Ayant égard a cela, l’auteur doute de la distinction

spécifique, qui serait cependant évidente, si les caractéres des exem-

plaires expédiés a l étranger étaient constantes, mais ils ne le sont que

dans certaines limites; il y a:

1°. Le pur type 7. mystacinus ; les males adultes la gorge égale-

ment fauve, encadrée de deux rangées latérales de taches noires,

formant moustache ; mais beaucoup plus de noir 4 la gorge et au

jabot que leurs femelles, toutes les taches noires étant plus fortes.

2°. Le pur type 7. atrogularis, dont je posséde les deux sexes.

3°. Beaucoup d’intermédiaires, tous femelles, 4 plastron clair de la

gorge tellement tacheté, que ces mouchetures se confondent presque

avec les moustaches, mais cependant plus claires que le jabot.

The following papers were read :—

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1871, No. XXXL.

482 SIR VICTOR BROOKE ON | May 16,

1. On Speke’s Antelope and the allied Species of the Genus

Tragelaphus. By Sir Vicror Brooxs, Bart., F.Z.8.,

EVR.G:S.

[Received May 3, 1871.]

(Plate XXXIX.)

Some confusion apparently existing between three of the larger

known species of the genus 7'ragelaphus, it has occurred to me as

not entirely useless to review their history, and to endeavour to

lessen the confusion, by giving characters of distinction between the

species which may prevent similar mistakes in future.

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1864 (p. 103, plate xii.)

Dr. Sclater described and figured provisionally an Antelope, of

which the horns attached to part of the frontal bones of an adult,

and the skin and horns of a young male, had been brought from

Karagué by Captain Speke, on his return from the Victoria Nyanza.

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of the same year (p. 649) Dr. Kirk expressed

his opinion that the “ Nakong”’ of the marshy regions of Lake

N’gami and the Chobe was identical with the ‘“ Nzoe’’ of Karagué,

the 7. spekii of Sclater.

Dr. Sclater, being very desirous to throw as much light as pos-

sible on the history of this little-known and most interesting Ante-

lope, subsequently collected some MS. notes on the subject, which

he intended to form into a supplementary paper, more fully de-

scribing the species and its allied forms. These notes, however, he

has lately, in the most generous manner, placed in my hands for

consideration, knowing my special interest in this branch of zoology.

Amongst these papers are two letters, one from Dr. Livingstone,

the other from Mr. Oswell. Both of these gentlernen express them-

selves satisfied as to the identity of the ‘‘ Nakong,” procured by

them during their visit to Lake N’gami in 1852, with the “ Nzoe”

obtained by Capt. Speke in equatorial Africa. In a letter which I

have just received from Mr. Oswell, relative to the habits of the

““Nakong” of Southern Africa, he remarks, ‘‘ The colour of male

and female is alike, a rusty blackish-brown ; hair long and shaggy.

This Antelope is scarce, in small families, though I am told more

abundant on the swamps of the Teoghe river, N.W. of N’gami, and

is not, I think, found short of the point where the Zouga river

issues from the lake. It lives entirely in the swamps and reeds;

and its feet are wonderfully adapted to its habitat; their extreme

length and area of tread, including the fetlock up to the suc-

centorial hoofs, make them perfect ‘swamp-shoes,’ though they

incapacitate the animal from running on hard ground. When

pressed, the Nakong takes to the water, and sinks itself altogether

save the nostrils; in this position it is often speared by the na-

tives.’ Mr. Oswell adds, “my description must only be taken for

what it is worth, as I think I only sawa Nakong once, and the

1871.] SPEKE’S ANTELOPE AND ALLIED TRAGELAPHI. 483

description of their hiding in the water, and inability to run on hard

ground are entirely from native accounts.”

Mr. Oswell has also most kindly, and I fear at considerable in-

convenience, forwarded me for comparison the specimen brought

by him from Lake N’gami.

The Nakong is mentioned by Mr. Baines in his ‘ Explorations in

S.W. Africa’ (p. 458), also by Mr. Andersson in his ‘ Lake N’gami’

(p. 449). The latter brought home a damaged skin, and a sketch

of the head, which he submitted to Dr. Gray for identification ; but

that gentleman naturally, owing to the meagre materials at that

time at his command, expressed himself ‘unable to determine its

exact nature, but seemed inclined to consider it identical with T7a-

gelaphus euryceros”’ (see ‘Lake N’gami,’ p. 449).

Being very desirous to arrive at some definite conclusion concerning

this Antelope and the two species of Tragelaphus, viz. T. euryceros

and 7’. angasii, with which, I have reason to believe, it has been

occasionally confounded, I have lately made a very careful exami-

nation and comparison of all the heads and skins belonging to these

three species that I could get access to, both in the British Museum

and elsewhere ; and I must express my obligation to Dr. Gray for the

courtesy with which he has afforded me every facility for examining

the specimens under his care, and to Mr. Gerrard for the very great

patience with which he has assisted me in that examination.

I will now describe the characters by which I believe the skulls

and horns, the materials most commonly presented to our judgment

in the case of the rarer Antelopes, may be, in case of the three species

under consideration, at all times distinguished from each other.

For the full description of 7. spekii, see P. Z.S. 1864, p. 103; for

that of T. angasii, P. Z. S. 1848, p. 89; and for that of 7. eury-

ceros, Proc. Soc. Nat. Hist. Bost. 1852, p. 299.

In the accompanying drawings, figs. 1 and 2 (pp. 486, 487) re-

present heads in my own collection, which specimens I have the

pleasure of submitting for examination this evening. Fig. 3 (p. 488)

is taken from the type specimen of 7’. euryceros in the British Mu-

seum, the skulls having unfortunately been destroyed in the case of

my own specimens of this Antelope.

It will be seen that there isa most remarkable difference in size

between these three Antelopes, T. euryceros being, roughly speak-

ing, as much larger than 7’. angasii as that species is larger than

T. spekii—the difference between 7. euryceros and T. spekii being

about equal to that existing between a Wapiti and a Fallow Deer.

The difference of mere size is so great that, had it been duly

observed, it would have been, I think, impossible for confusion to

have taken place between Antelopes differing so widely in this and

many other features.

For the purpose I have in view, it is unnecessary to go into oste-

ological details ; but there are also, as may be observed, considerable

differences in the form of the skullsa—the most remarkable of which

is, perhaps, the breadth of 7. euryceros across the cheeks, a mea-

surement taken from the most laterally projecting parts of the

484 SIR VICTOR BROOKE ON [May 16,

maxillee bearing a much larger relative proportion to the general

width of the skull in this than in the two other species.

The horns of these Antelopes, though bearing a strong family

likeness, are, if looked at carefully, very easily distinguishable from.

each other.

The strength, decision, and spiral twist of the keels, standing as

they do in inverse ratio to the size of the three species, give a widely

different character to the horns at all ages, especially when we com-

pare the massive and rather short horns of 7’. ewryceros with the

long, graceful, slender horns of 7. spekit.

In colour and external surface the horns of 7. angasii and T.

spekit differ considerably, those of the latter, in all the specimens I

have examined, being of greenish-brown colour, the annulations

wide apart, smooth, and polished, with the posterior of the two

keels which encircle the horns very strongly raised during its entire

course, running strongly outwards as it nears the points of the horns,

where it dies away. In T. angasii the horns are black, the annulations

rough and closely set, and the posterior keel, though well marked at

all ages, is much more indistinct and undecided than in 7’. spekit.

Between the horns of 7’. euryceros and T. angasii there exists so

wide a difference that, if once their respective characters are ob-

served, they cannot be mistaken for each other.

Besides the very great massiveness of the former, the anterior

keel is almost, in some cases quite, obsolete, the surface of the horns,

as in those of 7’. spekii, being greenish brown and very smooth, con-

trasting strongly with the black, crisp annulations of 7’. angasi.

My chief object in entering so particularly into the differences

observable in the skulls and horns of these Antelopes is, in some

degree, to substantiate the following interesting conclusion, relative

to the distribution of Trageluphus spekii, at which I have arrived

after my observations on the subject. In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this

Society for 1848 (p. 88), there is a notice of an Antelope obtained

by Capt. Allen during the Niger expedition at Kokki, on a small

tributary (the Abo) of the Cameroons river, in the Bight of Biafra.

In the Appendix to the ‘ Narrative of the Expedition to the Niger,’

in 1841, vol. ii. p. 488, I find a reference to the same Antelope,

with the statement that ‘“ Mr. Ogilby believed the horns to have

been taken from A. euryceros; but Mr. Mitchell, the Secretary of

the Zoological Society, and Mr. Waterhouse, thought they might

have belonged to an entirely new and undescribed species.” The

skull and horns of this individual are now, and have been for many

years, in the British Museum. The specimen is mentioned in Dr.

Gray’s Catalogue of the Mammalia of the British Museum (p. 137)

as var. 1 of T'ragelaphus euryceros. 1 have most carefully exa-

mined it, and have compared it with the type of Tragelaphus spekii,

with the specimen of that Antelope in my own collection (fig. 1,

p- 486), with a specimen in the British Museum, composed of the

skin, horns, and feet, which specimen Mr. Layard recognizes as one

sent by him from South Africa to M. Verreaux, and which passed

from M. Verreaux into the British Museum, and with a frontal bone

1871.] SPEKE’S ANTELOPE AND ALLIED TRAGELAPHI. 485

and horns brought by Mr. Green from Lake N’gami, and presented

to the British Museum. The result of this comparison is, that I

have no doubt that all these specimens belong to one and the same

species. With respect to the Biafra specimen, I am confirmed by

Capt. Allen’s remarks on the subject. He says (P. Z. 8. 1848,

p- 88), ‘It was, I should think, about 3 feet high, or rather more,

of a darkish brown colour.”’ The locality where he obtained it he

describes as “‘pestiferous and foggy,’ most truly characteristic of

the resorts of this remarkable animal.

In still further corroboration of this opinion, I find a horn in the

British Museum that I consider unquestionably to belong to this

species, labelled ‘‘ (Parzudaki) Gaboon,” also a skin, horns, and

feet, beyond any doubt of a Speke’s Antelope, which specimen Mr.

Gerrard informs me was sent by M. du Chaillu from Gaboon, in

1865, to Mr. John Murray of Albemarle Street, and brought by

Mr. Gerrard from Mr. Murray’s to the British Museum. Should

the distribution of an Antelope so specially adapted to a life amongst

swampy and marshy regions be found to extend from the Victoria

Nyanza on the east to the Cameroon and Gaboon country on the

west, and thence to Lake N’gami on the south, it will, I think, be a

matter of some interest, as it will indicate the probability that large

parts of unexplored equatorial Africa are suitable to the habits of

this lake- and swamp-loving Antelope.

The following diagnoses* will, I hope, afford characters for di-

stinguishing these three species of Tragelaphus :—

A. Hair of sides smooth and short, striped with white bands, de-

scending from a white dorsal streak. Hoofs short.

a. General colour deep chestnut; stripes strongly marked,

numerous. Horns smooth, massive. Neck, back, and

belly maneless. Tail bovine. Fore limbs with dark

MBE KAN ES ANILERIOL yee seat ote td ~ oats om sin easels cleeele cae T, euryceros.

6. General colour dark bluish grey; stripes few, faintly

marked. Horns rough, moderate. Neck, back, and

belly maned. Tail cervine and hairy. Fore limbs

PIGH ts) DELOW. EEL KNCCS Se eR nse qaienccvasscosceseces sere T. angasiti.

B. Hair of sides coarse and long, without stripes. Hoo’s long.

e. General colour rusty brown. Neck maned. Horns

smooth, slender, strongly keeled. Hair of sides and

Hady Glnniformelan gins vet crete trtaaces yeome. de etinihe Seite T. spekii.

The synonymy of these three species, so far as I have been able

to examine it, appears to stand as follows :—

1. TRAGELAPHUS SPEKII.

1848. Antelope from Bight of Biafra, Allen, P. Z. S. 1848, p. 88.

1850. Strepsiceros, sp. ?, Turner, P. Z.S. 1850, p. 171.

1852. Tragelaphus euryceros, var. 1, Gray, Cat. Mam. B. M.

1852, p. 137.

1856. Nakong, Andersson, Lake N’gami, p- 449.

* These diagnoses only apply to the males of each species, the females of T.

euryceros and angasii being wnknown.

480 SIR VICTOR BROOKE ON [May 16,

1861. Tragelaphus euryceros’, Layard, Cat. Mamm. Afric. Mus.

1861, p. 79.

1864. Tragelaphus spekii, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 103.

1864. Nakong, Baines, Expl. S. W. Africa, p. 458.

Head and horns of Zragelaphus spekii, from specimen g of list.

Exact Localities and Authorities.

Bight of Biafra (Allen); Lake N’gami (Oswell, in litt.) ; Ka-

ragué (Speke).

List of Specimens examined.

a. Type specimen of 7’. spekii, Sclater. Mus. Brit.

}. Skull and horns from Bight of Biafra. Mus. Brit.

ec. Frontal bone and horns (7. angasii, a, in Cat. of the Bones

in Brit. Mus. Gray, p. 246). Mus. Brit.

d. Single horn in Mus. Brit. (7. ewryceros, f, Cat. Bones B. M.

p. 246).

1871.] | SPEKE’S ANTELOPE AND ALLIED TRAGELAPHI. 487

e. Skin with feet, frontal bone, and horns, ‘‘ Du Chaillu, Gaboon.”

Mus. Brit.

jf. Skin with feet, skull, and horns, from M. Verreaux. Mus. Brit.

g. Skull, with horns attached. In my own collection.

h. Frontal bone, horns, and foot. In the collection of Mr. Oswell.

Head and horns of Tragelaphus angasii, from specimen d of list.

2. TRAGELAPHUS ANGASII.

1848. Tragelaphus angasit, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 89.

1850. Tragelaphus angasii, Gray, Knowsl. Menag. p. 27, and

P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 144.

1850. Strepsiceros angasii, Turner, P. Z. S. 1850, p. 171.

1850. Tragelaphus angasii, Proudfoot, P. Z.S. 1850, p. 199.

1852. Tragelaphus angasii, Gray, Cat. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1852,

p- 137.

1854. Inyala, Baldwin, African Hunting, 1854, p. 76.

488 ON SPEKE’S ANTELOPE AND ALLIED TRAGELAPHI. [May 16,

Ezact Localities and Authorities.

Mapoota River (Proudfoot) ; St. Lucia Bay (Angas, Baldwin).

List of Specimens examined.

a. 6 & 9. Horns and skin. Mr. Fellows’s collection.

}. Skin and horns, Mr. Eastwood, Pongi river. Mus. Brit.

c. Skin, skull, and horns. Mus. Brit. Locality ?

d. Skull and horns. In my own collection.

Fig. 3.

to}

Head and horns of Zragelaphus euryceros, from specimen 4 of list.

1871.] MR. P. L.SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 489

3. TRAGELAPHUS EURYCEROS. (Plate XXXIX.)

1836. Antilope euryceros, Ogilby, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 120.

1850. Tragelaphus euryceros, Gray, Knowsley Menag. p. 27,

t. xxiii. f. 1, and P. Z. S. 1850, p. 144.

1850. Strepsiceros euryceros, Turner, P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 171.

1860. Tragelaphus albo-virgatus, Du Chaillu, Proc. Soc. Nat.

Hist. Boston, 1860, p. 299.

1861. Tragelaphus albo-virgatus, Du Chaillu, Expl. Equatorial

Africa, p. 306.

1861. Tragelaphus euryceros, Gray, P. Z.S. 1861, p. 276.

Exact Localities and Authorities.

Ashkankoloo Mountains, 60 miles south of the equator, 140 miles

from the coast (Du Chaillu).

List of Specimens examined.

a. Frontal bone and horns (7'. euryceros, 6, Cat. Bones B. Mus.

MS p. Skull and horns. Type specimen of 7’. euryceros. Mus.

$3 Skin and skull of young male, figured Plate XXXIX. Mus.

co] Frontal bone and horns exhibited. In my own collection.

e. Frontal bone and horns. in my own collection.

2. Notes on rare or little-known Animals now or lately living

in the Society’s Gardens. By P. L. Scrarer, M.A.,

Ph.D.; F.R.S., Secretary to the Socicty.—Part II.*

Birds.

[Received May 13, 1871.]

26. Buceros corrucGatus, Temm.

In my notice of the Hornbills received from Malacca and Sumatra,

(P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 220), I identified one of them as Buceros gracilis

of Temminck (Pl. Col. 535), having omitted to notice that this is

merely the female of B. corrugatus of Temminck (PI. Col. 531),

as has been pointed out by Schlegel, Mus. de P.-B. Buceros, p. 9.

We have once before hada male specimen of this fine species of

Hornbill in the Gardens (see P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 261).

27. BucERos suscyLinpricvus, Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1870, p. 668,

pl. xxxix.

Mr. Sharpe has lately furnished me with skins of B. cylin-

dricus and B. fistulator from his collection, which have enabled me

* For Part I., Mammals, see anfed, p. 221.

490 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [ May 16,

to make a closer comparison between them and the bird recently

described under the name ‘above given from the specimen living in

our Gardens.

Fig. 1.

Head of Buceros subcylindricus.

Buceros cylindricus is at once distinguishable by the peculiar form

of the elevated casque, which is correctly figured by Temminck (PI.

Col. 521. fig. 2), and by the white tail being completely crossed by a

black median band. Our bird, as regards the form of its bill, is, as

shown by the sketch, much nearer to B. fistulator; but the culmen

is more elevated than in B. fistulator, and the lower mandible not so

strong. Moreover, in B. fistulator the culmen and tip and the base

of the lower mandible are white ; in our bird the whole bill is black.

Again, in B. fistulator there are no signs of the terminal edgings on

the crest, and the outer secondaries are black instead of white.

As far as I can at present make out, B. subcylindricus is distinct

from both of these and from every other described species.

28. CACATUA GYMNOPIS, Sp. nov.

We have now placed next together in the Parrot-house three

living specimens of three nearly allied species of the group of

smaller white Cockatoos, the determination of which has caused me

some little trouble, though they are obviously very distinct.

In the first of these birds (fig. 2), purchased April 11, 1864,

being one of the individuals described in my notice, P. Z. S. 1864,

p- 187, and figured pl. xvii., there is no trace whatever of red colour

1):

1871.] MR. P.L.SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 491

on the face. The naked skin round the eye is nearly circular in form

and of a pale blue colour; the basal part of the crest-feathers is

reddish orange, with a slight tinge of lemon-yellow towards their

Fig. 2.

UT] 4h,

Head of Cacatua ducorpsi.

summit, which colour, however, is hardly seen unless the crest is

elevated. The wing- and tail-feathers are likewise stained in the

inner webs with pale lemon-colour. This bird I take to be Cacatua

ducorpsi, as already pointed out in my article above referred to,

and as also determined by I)r. Finsch, who himself saw and ex-

amined the two examples of this bird which we originally received

(ef. Finsch, Papag. i. p. 311).

In the second bird (fig. 3), which we obtained by purchase on the

25th November, 1865, the lores and front are tinged with reddish,

and the crest is of a different shape from that of C. ducorpsi, having

its front feathers much more elongated than those immediately

behind them, so that when erected the crest is more pyramidal in

form. The naked space round the eye is nearly circular as in

C. ducorpsi, but white and not bluish. The crest-feathers are

rosy at their bases, and there is no yellow in the crest; the inner

webs of the wing- and tail-feathers are lemon-yellow. This bird I

492 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. | May 16,

identify as Cacatua sanguinea, Gould, from Northern. Australia,

agreeing as it does in nearly every respect with his figure and with

Dr. Finsch’s excellent description (/. s. c. p. 307).

Head of Cacatua sanguinea.

The third of our smaller white Cockatoos has also the lores and

front reddish, nearly as in C. sanguinea; but the usual naked space

round the eye is largely extended into a bare open space below it, as

shown in the accompanying figure (fig. 4), and is of a much deeper

blue than in C. ducorpsi. In this respect the bird resembles Lie-

metis nasica more than any other Cacatua. The crest resembles in

shape that of C. sanguinea above spoken of. The feathers on the

head, neck, and partly on the belly are tinged with rosy red at their

bases.

We purchased this bird of Mr. Jamrach on the 2nd of June,

1868. I determined it as C. gofint of Finsch, and so entered it in

the register* ; but after again going into the subject I am con-

vinced that it cannot be that bird. Dr. Finsch gives as his diagnosis

of C. goffint (Papag. p. 309), ‘ loris rubris nullis,” which cannot be

reconciled with our bird; and does not mention the peculiarity of

the large naked space below the eye, which could not have been

passed over by so accurate an observer, especially when he had seen

the bird alive,

Iam therefore, somewhat unwillingly, compelled to give a new

* See P. Z. 8. 1868, App. p. 645,

eS. ”CTCrC——S

1871.] MR. P.L,SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE, 493

Sha

Head of Cucatua gymnopis.

name to our last mentioned bird, and propose to call it, from the

large naked space below the eye,

CACATUA GYMNOPIS, sp. nov.

Alba: fronte et loris rosaceis: regione ophthalmica nuda, infra

dilatata, c@rulescenti-plumbea: crista pyramidali : plumis

capitis cervicis et ventris ad basin rosaceo tinctis: remigibus

rectricibusque intus limonaceoflavescentibus: crassitie eam C.

sanguinese paulo superante.

Hab. South Australia.

Viv. Soc. Zoolog. Londinensis.

[Ods. Since preparing these notes I have noticed that the two

Cacatue in the gallery of the British Museum, obtained by Sturt at

Depot Creek during his expedition into Southern Australia, and

marked Cacatua sanguinea, evidently belong to the present species,

(ef. Sturt’s Narrative, vol. ii. Appendix, p. 36). The correct loca-

lity of the bird will therefore be the interior of South Australia.]

29. CoNURUS ZRUGINOSUS.

In his excellent monograph of the Parrots (i. p. 506) Dr. Finsch

has united the Psittacus @ruginosus of Linnzeus (Syst. Nat. i.

p- 142) along with a number of other synonyms (Conurus xantho-

lemus, mihi, C. chrysogenys, Souancé, and C. ocularis, Scl. et Salv.)

into one species under Conurus pertinax. I am not now quite in a

494 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. | May 16,

position to discuss the correctness of all these identifications ; but as

regards Ps. eruginosus, which was founded primarily upon Edwards’s

‘** Brown-throated Parrakeet’’ (Birds, iv. pl. 177), I think there

can be no question that Dr. Finsch is in error in considering this, as

he does (/. c. p. 507), the young of C. pertinaz.

Since September 1866 we have had living in the Gardens two

specimens of Conurus @ruginosus, as I have always termed them,

which were presented to the Society by Mrs. C. Vinall on the 21st of

that month. These birds have still the bluish cap and brown throat

characteristic of C. eruginosus, as portrayed in Edwards’s figure, and

have not acquired any yellow on the head or face. There are

merely some slight indications of a few yellow feathers round the

eye. I have two skins, exactly similar, in my own collection, one of

a bird formerly living in the Society’s Gardens, which died in De-

ceinber 1866, and the other collected at S. Esteban in Venezuela, by

Mr. Goering*. Mr. Salvin has a precisely similar specimen, lately

obtained by Mr. Wyatt at Cienaga, in the valley of the Magdalena.

Under these circumstances I think that Conurus eruginosus must

be restored to its position in the genus, as Mr. Salvin and I have

already attempted to show, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 588.

30. Pstrracus TIMNEH, Fraser.

As Dr. Finsch, although admitting this species, has stated that

he nevertheless believes it to be only the young of Psitt. erithacus,

I think it right to state that the example of this species acquired by

the Society in February 1861 is still living in the collection, and has

not changed in the least ; so that there can be no question, I think,

of its being quite a distinct species.

Mr. Bartlett tells:me he has seen numbers of the Timneh Parrot

in the hands of dealers, and that it is perfectly well known as a di-

stinct species.

31. TANYGNATHUS ALBIROSTRIS, Wallace.

In March 1868 we purchased the first living specimen I had ever

seen of this species, as already recorded in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’

(1868, p. 262). In August 1869 we purchased a second ; and a third

individual of the same form is now living in the Society’s Gardens.

I must say that, so far as I can tell from an examination of the

living birds, I am inclined to agree with Mr. Wallace (P. Z. 8S. 1862,

p- 336) in considering this bird specifically distinct from T. muel-

leri, of which we have had several living examples. It is at once

recognizable by its white bill.

32. BuTEO AUGURALIS, Saly.

Two Buzzards, purchased April 26, 1866, and believed to have

been received from West Africa, were named by me Buteo augurt,

and thus inserted in the Society’s register. Mr. Gurney, however,

to whom we owe many thanks for the trouble he takes in the correct

* See P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 632.

+ See P. Z. 8. 1866, App. p. 609.

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 495

determination of the raptorial birds in the Society’s collection, after

a careful examination decided that they were referable to the allied

species described by Dr. Salvadori in 1865 as Bufeo auguralis (Atti

Soe. It. viii. p. 376); and I have altered the name in the new List

of Animals accordingly.

33. SprLoRNIS BACHA, Daud.

In May 1865, Mr. A. Grote sent home to us from Calcutta two

young specimens of a bird-of-prey of the genus Spilornis, received

by him from the Andaman Islands, and considered to be typical of

“© Hematornis elyini, Tytler,” as described by Blyth, J. A. 8. B.

xxxil. p. 87 (1863), and ‘Ibis, 1863, p. 118.

These birds lived long in the Gardens, and were constantly ex-

amined by Mr. J. H, Gurney, who eventually purchased one of the

dead specimens for the Norwich collection. Mr. Gurney pronounced

them to be without doubt identical with Spilornis bacha (Daud.) of

the Malay countries. I think it right to call attention to this, as in

his list of Andaman birds, published in ‘The Ibis’ for 1867, Mr.

Beavan has stated that the specimen received by us from Mr.

Grote was referable to Spilornis cheela of India—an error subse-

quently corrected by Mr. Blyth (Ibis, 1868, p. 131).

It would appear therefore that both S. cheeda and S. bacha occur

in the Andaman Islands.

34. CRossOrpTILON MANTCHURICUM, Swinhoe.

In the last edition of the List of Vertebrates (p. 141) and

hitherto generally I have called this bird Crossoptilon auritum

(Pall.). But from what Mr. Swinhoe informs me there seemed to be

little doubt that the newly described Crossoptilon caerulescens of

Pére David (C. R. Ixx. p. 538) will turn out to be the true Phasianus

auritus of Pallas; and we must therefore adopt for the present bird

Mr. Swinhoe’s alternative name mantchuricum, proposed P. Z. S.

1862, p. 286. The genus Crossoptilon will therefore now compre-

hend four species :—

1. C. tibetanum, Hodgson, from Eastern Tibet.

2. C. drouyni, Milne-Edwards, C. R. April 20, 1868, from

Western Szechuen.

3. C. auritum, Pallas, from the Gobi Desert.

4. C. mantchuricum, Swinhoe, from China, north of Pekin.

As regards our living specimens of the latter bird, I regret to say

that our hopes of introducing this fine bird permanently into Europe

appear likely to be miserably disappointed. Nearly all those in our

Gardens, both introduced and bred, alike have sickened and died,

and at the present moment we are left with two females only. In

most of the Continental gardens, so far as I can make out, nearly

the same event has taken place.

35. NumMipA EDOUVARDI, Hartl.

Last year, as recorded in these ‘ Proceedings’ (1870, p. 383),

we purchased of the Société Zoologique d’Acclimatation a pair of

496 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. [May 16,

Crested Guineafowls, which were the types of Mr. Elliot’s new spe-

cies Numida verreauxi (Ibis, 1870, p. 300, and Monogr. of Phas.

pt. i. pl. 16). Iam, however, informed by M. Jules Verreaux that

they are of the same species as that previously dedicated by Dr.

Hartlaub to the late M. Edouard Verreaux as Numida edouardi (Journ.

f. Orn. 1867, p. 36). The latter name has naturally precedence.

36. Larus ATRICILLA, Linn.

In April last year we purchased of a dealer two Gulls in imma-

ture and dirty plumage, stated to have been received from ‘ New

Zealand.’ Relying, somewhat too confidently I confess, on this

locality, I entered them in the Register of Additions as Larus mela-

norhynchus, Buller*, that being the only species in the list of New

Zealand birds likely to suit them. One of them died, but the other

moulted into fine plumage this spring, and has put on a beautiful

black hood, dark mantle, and other characteristics of the well-known

North-American species Larus atricilla.

I am not aware that we have previously had a living specimen of

this bird in the Society’s collection.

37. APTERYX AUSTRALIS, Shaw.

The Apteryges living in our gardens have hitherto been referred

to A. mantelli, Bartlett. Having, however, lately had an opportu-

nity of examining a series of specimens, | find that there is a large

amount of individual variation among them, particularly as regards

the scaling of the tarsus, and have nearly come to the conclusion that

there are only two species of the genus yet properly discriminated,

namely Apteryzx australis (embracing all that we have hitherto called

A. mantelli) and A. oweni. Of the distinctness of these two species

(both of which are now represented in our living collection) there

can, I think, be no possible doubt.

3. On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. By P. L.

Sctatrer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. With Notes on their

Habits ; by Professor W. Nation, of Lima, C.M.Z.S.

(Part IV.t).

[Received April 26, 1871.]

Various circumstances have unfortunately hindered our corre-

sponding member Professor Nation for some time past from con-

tinuing to transmit to me his collections and notes. He has, however,

lately found an opportunity of sending me a few skins, accompanied

by the following remarks :—

1, PHRryYGILUS ALAUDINUS (Kittlitz) ; Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 111.

“In 1867 I discovered this beautiful bird on a large plain, covered

* See P. Z.S. 1870, App. p. 895.

+ Continued from P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 148.

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. 497

with low bushes, a few miles from Lima. It was feeding on the

ground, after the manner of a Zonotrichia. Subsequently, I have

made hundreds of visits to this plain, and have shown the example

to many sportsmen, but have neither seen it again myself nor been

able to obtain any information respecting it. I am therefore of

opinion that its occurrence in this plain was accidental, and hope to

discover its true abode in some of the valleys of the Andes.””—W. N.

Mr. Nation calls this bird “ erythrorhynchus, Lesson,’’ referring

it to the Fringilla erythrorhyncha of Lesson (Journ. del’ Inst. 1834,

p- 316; et Zool. Thétis, ii. p. 324). This is doubtless correct ; but

the name of Kittlitz, usually employed, is older (1832).

This bird ranges from Chili as far north as Ecuador, where Fraser

met with it on the plateau of Riobamba.

2. SPERMOPHILA TELASCO, Lesson; Sclater, Ibis, 1871, p. 7.

“This is a very familiar and social little bird, frequenting our

gardens, orchards, and road-sides, and associating with Volatinia and

Zonotrichia. The nest is usually in a low bush near the road-side

or garden-walk. The eggs are three in number, of a pale greenish

blue, irregularly marked with brown. This bird feeds on seeds and

insects. Its irides are bluish black. The plumage of the sexes has

no perceptible difference.”—W. N.

Euscarthmus fulviceps.

3. EusCARTHMUS FULVICEPS, sp. nov.

Fuscus: pileo toto et capitis lateribus fulvescenti-rufis : alarum

marginibus externis pallidioribus fere ochraceis: subtus albus,

pectoris lateribus cinereo perfusis: subalaribus limonaceo-

flavis: remigum marginibus internis rufescenti-ochraceis : ros-

tro superiore fusco, inferiore albicante : pedibus obscure car-

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1871, No. XXXII.

498 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. [May 16,

neis : long. tota 3°8, ale 2°75, caude 1°4: cauda vix rotundata,

alis brevibus, remigibus tertio quarto quinto et sexto fere

equalibus.

Hab. Vicinity of Lima (Nation) ; Babahoyo, Western Ecuador

(Fraser).

Amongst the birds collected by Mr. Fraser in Ecuador was a spe-

cimen of a small Todirostrum-like species, shot at Babahoyo in August

1859, which from its bad condition I was unable to determine, and

entered in my list of his collection (P. Z.S. 1860, p. 283) as Todi-

rostrum, sp.? In my American Catalogue (p. 209) I associated

this specimen with another imperfect skin of a bird of the same group

previously obtained by Fraser at Nanegal (P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 93), but,

I now believe, erroneously ; for I subsequently convinced myself that

the Nanegal skin was merely Euscarthmus squamicristatus (Lafr.)

in young plumage. But Mr. Fraser’s Babahoyo skin is certainly the

same as that of which Professor Nation now sends an excellent skin

from Lima.

E. fulviceps seems to be distinguishable from all other members

of the genus that I am acquainted with by its fulvous head. Mr.

Nation sends me the subjoined note on it.

“In 1869 I discovered this interesting little Tyrant in an Acacia-

grove, situated between a marsh and the sea-shore, about ten miles

from Lima. Subsequently I have visited this place many times, and

have always found a few of these birds in company with individuals

of Eupsilostoma in the extremities of the branches ; but, as far as I

know, it is not met with elsewhere in this district. Its habits so

much resemble those of the Hupsilostoma that for many years I con-

founded the two species together.

“The food of this bird consists of sedentary insects. Its irides

are brownish black.””—W. N.

4, AN-ERETES ALBOCRISTATUS (Vig. ); Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 212.

«This beautiful little tyrant is only an accidental visitor in the

vicinity of Lima. One Sunday afternoon, in December 1868, I saw

three individuals of this species in an Acacia tree overhanging a river.

On the following morning I succeeded in finding them in the same

tree and in shooting one; in the course of the week following I

managed to obtain the other two. The birds proved to be an adult

female and her two young ones. They were very restless, and con-

tinually moving from one twig to another. The food of this species

appears to be exclusively insects. The irides are brownish blue.

“On the 8th of February, 1871, I again found this species, sixty

miles up the siver, at an altitude of 3000 feet.’—W. N.

5. AMAZILIA PRISTINA, Gould.

«As I write an Amazilia pristina has been sitting perched on a

plant in the garden outside my window, singing delightfully at in-

tervals. Rhodopis vesper, Thaumastura cora, and Th. francesce

seem to be silent species.”—W. N.

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW PARROTS. 499

4. On two new or little-known Parrots living in the Society’s

Gardens. By P. L. Scrarsr, MOA. Po.D., FLS.,

Secretary to the Society.

[Received May 16, 1871.]

(Plates XL. & XLI.)

The Society’s collection has been recently augmented by the

receipt of a certain number of animals, obtained by Mr. William

Jamrach in the markets of Calcutta, several of which are of much

interest. Of these I shall speak more fully in my next report on

the additions to the Society’s Menagerie. But I wish to lose no time

in calling attention to the fine additions to the Society’s series of

living Psittacidz, belonging to the species of the genera Lorius and

Trichoglossus. The first of these, which appears to be undescribed,

I propose to characterize as follows :—

Lorivs TrBia.ts, sp. noy. (Plate XL.)

Coccineus: alis extus viridibus : campterio-alari et subalaribus

eyaneis: remigibus subtus flavissimis : semitorque pectorali ob-

soleta, flava: cauda coccinea, dimidio apicali nigricante : tibiis

eyaneis: rostro clare aurantiaco, pedibus pallide carneis:

unguibus corneis.

Obs. Species forma et crassitie Lorii garruli, a quo differt plaga

interscapulii nulla, semitorque pectorali flava et tibiis cyaneis.

Only a single example of this fine new Lory was brought home

by Mr. Jamrach. It was doubtless originally procured from one of

the less explored islands cf the Molucea group, which is rarely visited

by traders. A slight irregular spotting on the wing is probably due

to individual variation.

Along with this Lory we obtained a specimen of a small species

of Trichoglossus, which I at first supposed to be also new. Iam

now, however, inclined to believe it to be referable to Trichoglossus

mitchelli, G. R. Gray (Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 858). The only pre-

viously known specimen of this species, now in the British Museum,

was likewise formerly living in the Society’s Gardens.

Mr. G. R. Gray has kindly sent me the following notes, made on

comparison of the drawing of this bird (Plate XLI.) with the typical

specimen of 7’. mitchelli in the British Museum :—

“Your drawing of T. mitchelli is not quite like the British-

Museum specimen, as the following particulars of our example will,

I think, show you, viz.:—Head, cheeks, and throat have a ten-

“dency to blue in some lights; frontlet with a narrow azure-blue

band; cervical band is more yellow; the dark blue-black is on the

green below the.broad crimson band on breast ; the latter has some

indications of very narrow bands of yellow or of green; the yellow

500 MR. SHARPE ON MACHARHAMPHUS ANDERSSONI. [May 16,

on the sides above the thighs and under tail-coverts is less prominent ;

the thighs are bright yellow; the under surface of tail-feathers a dull

yellow; the outer web of first quill pure black.”

5. On Macherhamphus anderssoni.

By R. B. Suarpz, F.L.S., Librarian to the Society.

[Received April 11, 1871.]

By Lord Walden’s kind permission I am enabled to exhibit to-

night one of the very rarest of Accipitres, the Macherhamphus

alcinus, from Malacca ; and I take the present opportunity of giving

a history of the two species of Macherhamphus now known, as great

confusion exists as to the question of their specific identity.

In the Ist volume (1848) of the ‘ Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde,’

which forms the 4to publication of the Zoological Society of Am-

sterdam (Natura Artis Magistra), Dr. G. F. Westerman described a

bird from Malacca which he called Macherhamphus alcinus, making

it the type of a new genus and species. The typical specimen, which

was placed, and is still to be seen in the Museum at Leyden, re-

mained unique for many years, till in 1865 the late Mr. Andersson

sent to Mr. Gurney a bird which the latter gentleman believed to be

new to science, and to which he therefore gave the name of Strin-

gonyx anderssoni, after its discoverer. This was described at a

Meeting of this Society on the 14th of November, 1865 ; but on the

12th of June in the following year Mr. Bartlett made some remarks

on the specimen, which he believed to be the previously described

M. alcinus of Dr. Westerman, supposing the latter gentleman to have

made an error in the locality whence his example came. The way

that Mr. Bartlett accounted for the mistake was in this wise. In 1852

he received a collection for sale from the late Mr. Andersson, which

was the first consignment of that excellent collector to this country.

This collection, or rather the remnant of it, was described in the

‘Contributions to Ornithology,’ by Messrs. Strickland and Sclater

(J. c. 1852, p. 141). After stating that the birds had been sent to

“Mr. A. D. Bartlett, of London, for sale,” Mr. Strickland proceeds :

—‘ Unfortunately, as too often happens in such cases, many of these

birds were dispersed before any catalogue was made of them. Some

were purchased for the British Museum; others were bought by

Mr. Frank, a dealer in Amsterdam; and of the residue about 100

specimens have passed into my possession.” It so happened that

Mr. Gurney asked Mr. Bartlett, who is, as we know, one of the best

taxidermists in the world, as a favour, to stuff the Damara specimen

of Stringonyx for the Norwich Museum, to which Mr. Gurney had

presented it; and no sooner had Mr. Bartlett seen the specimen,

than he called to mind a similar bird which he had once before pos-

sessed. This was of course the identical type of Macherhamphus; and

)GKeulemans lith

M «& N Hanharlir if

TRICHOGLOSSUS MITCHEI

1871.] MR. SHARPE ON MACHARHAMPHUS ANDERSSONI. 501

Mr. Bartlett, remembering that at the time the Damara birds were

bought a great number of Malaccan specimens were also purchased,

concluded that the collections had been mixed, and that thus the

Damara bird had come to be credited with a Malaccan habitat. Acqui-

esing in Mr. Bartlett’s identification, Mr. Gurney sunk his proposed

name of Stringonyx anderssoni, and his specimen was figured in the

‘Transactions’ as Macherhamphus alcinus. Thus the matter re-

mained till the year 1868, when in Mr. Andersson’s last collection

another specimen was sent home, and passed into the National col-

lection, where it now remains. Mr. Gurney requested me to send

him my opinion upon the specific identity of this last specimen with

the figure of M. alcinus (l.c.). I therefore took up the subject, and

I found that the bird sent by Mr. Andersson was identical with the

one previously transmitted by him and figured in the ‘ Transactions’

(d.c.); but the absence of a crest in both these birds, added to a

white eye-ring and abdomen, which did not appear in the Malaccan

bird, induced me to suggest to Mr. Gurney the possibility of their

being distinct species, while, from an examination of the figures of

the tarsi given in the respective works above quoted, I inclined to

believe in their belonging really to two distinct genera. Mr. Gurney

shortly after visited Leyden; and having critieally examined the Da-

mara bird in the British Museum before starting, he told me on his

return that he fully believed in its specific and generic identity with

the type of M. alcinus at Leyden. Acquiescing at once in the opinion

of so distinguished an authority on Accipitres as Mr. Gurney, I al-

lowed the subject to drop for a time, till all my doubts were again

revived by my friend M. Jules Verreaux, to whom I referred the con-

troversy during his recent sojourn in England, when he informed

me that I was quite right in insisting on the specific distinctness of

the two species, for that he had lately seen both oid and young birds

of the true M. alcinus from Malacca in Count Turati’s collection.

This information urged me once more upon the scent; but I was

unable to discover any new facts bearing upon the subject, till in a

recent collection formed by the late Dr. Maingay at Malacca, which

has passed entire into Lord Walden’s hands, I was delighted to per-

ceive at last a specimen of IZ. alcinus. Thus the question was solved

as far as regards the correctness of the habitat; and on comparing

the specimen lately received with the Damara bird in the British

Museum, I am able to state the following facts. Although the legs

are damaged in the Damara bird, there is, so far as we can see, no

real difference in the scaling of the tarsi, as would appear from the

figures given in the works before mentioned ; so that Mr. George

Robert Gray and I quite agree that, beyond the occipital crest in the

Malaccan bird (which it is not yet proved that the Damara species,

when adult, does not assume), the two species cannot be generically

separated ; and I am glad to have had this veteran ornithologist at my

elbow, as it is a bold thing to assert the absolute similarity between

two genera belonging to such widely distant localities. As regards

specific characters we both agree that the birds are quite distinct.

502 MR. SHARPE ON MACHZRHAMPHUS ANDERSSON. [May 16,

The Malaccan species coincides with the Damara bird in the form

and style of plumage, having the white ring round the eye and the

stripe down the throat, but differs in its larger bill, darker colours,

brown abdomen, and long occipital crest. There seems, however,

to be a difference in the white feathers round theeye. M. anderssoni

has a white superciliary line and a white spot below the eye; M.

alcinus has the latter plainly mottled, but has no distinct supercilium,

though the feathers round the rim of the eye are whitish. Thus it

will be seen that the Damara species must be restored under the name

of Macherhamphus anderssoni, though the genus Stringonyz is not

distinct from Macherhamphus, and thus sinks into a synonym. On

the importance of the discovery of a generic form peculiar to South-

western Africa and Malacca I need scarcely dwell, as this fact will

be recognized by all my hearers.

The following is a brief synopsis of the genus as it now stands :—

Genus Mach @RHAMPHUS.

Type.

Macherhamphus, Westerm. Bijd. tot d. Dierk. i.

Bi PML, 2 (LSE css ela singe (esa a hos ial M. alcinus.

Stringonyx, Gurney, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 618...... M. anderssont.

Clavis specierum.

a. crista occipitali magna: abdomine brunneo............ 1. aleinus.

b. crista oceipitali nulla: abdomine albo .................. 2. anderssoni.

1. MAcCH&RHAMPHUS ALCINUS.

Macherhamphus alcinus, Westerm. Bijd. tot de Dierk. i. p. 29,

pl. 12 (1848); Schl. Handl. tot de Beoef. der Dierk. i. p. 168, pl. 1.

fig. 6 (1857); id. Cat. Mus. Pays-Bas, Pernes, p. 7 (1862).

M. paulo major: nigricanti-brunneus: rostro robustiore: crista

occipitali longissima nigricante : regione orbitali albida: ma-

cula suborbitalt conspicua alba: pectore albo, mento et striga

gulari brunneis, plumis gutturalibus nonnullis etiam brunneo

variis : pectore imo et abdomine toto nigricanti-brunneo.

Hab. Malacca (Maingay).

2. MacH&RHAMPHUS ANDERSSONI.

Stringonyx anderssoni, Gurney, P. Z.S8. 1865, p. 618.

Macherhamphus alcinus (err.), Bartlett, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 324 ;

Gurney, Trans. Zool. Soc. vi. pl. 29 (1869); Gray, Hand-l. of B. i.

p- 26 (1869).

M. umbrino-brunnea : crista occipitali nulla : supercilio et striga

suborbitali albis: abdomine albo, pectore medio brunneo.

Hab, Damara Land (Andersson).

1871.] MR. J. GOULD ON SIX NEW HUMMING-BIRDS. 503

6. Descriptions of six new Humming-birds.

By Joun Goutp, F.R.S.

[Received May 16, 1871.]

The first is a species of the genus Helianthea, lately sent to this

country by Mr. Henry Whitely, who is at this moment pursuing

his zoological researches in Peru; the remaining five have been in

my collection for some time. It will be remembered that Mr.

Whitely was also the discoverer of that highly curious and inter-

esting Humming-bird which I characterized in the ‘ Proceedings’

of this Society for 1869, p. 295, as Oreonympha nobilis ; and I would

here bear testimony to the zeal and perseverance with which he is

investigating the distant and almost untrodden parts of the country

in which he is now located, and wherein there are doubtless many

novelties yet to be discovered in every branch of zoological science.

HELIANTHEA OSCULANS, Gould.

Crown of the head, viewed anteriorly, black, with a spot of bril-

liant green on the forehead, as in H. bonapartei ; back and upper

tail-coverts bronzy green ; shoulders golden-brown ; primaries pur-

plish black, the exterior web of the first buff; throat and breast

brilliant green, with a patch of an equally brilliant blue in the

centre of the former ; abdomen buff, tinged and mottled with green ;

thighs buffy white ; under tail-coverts light buff; tail-feathers deep

buff, tinged with green at the tip, especially the two centre ones ;

bill black.

Total length 52 inches ; bill 12, wing 34, tail 23, tarsi 3.

Hab. Ecachupata and Huasampilla in Peru; collected by Mr.

Henry Whitely.

Remark. This new species is about the same size as H. violifera,

but differs from that bird in having a stouter and longer bill, by the

spot on the forehead being larger, and green instead of blue; by the

tips of the tail-coverts and tail-feathers being tinged with olive-green,

and by the breast being of a more brilliant green, and destitute of

any crescentic greyish-white mark across the chest.

HELIANGELUS SQUAMIGULARIS, Gould.

Bill straight and black; crown of the head, viewed anteriorly,

black, posteriorly golden green; on the forehead a faint indication

of a glittering spot or bar; throat shining oil-green, bordered on each

side with an obscure line of black when viewed anteriorly ; abdomen

green; under tail-coverts grey, with green centres ; thighs greenish

white; toes black; upper part of the back green, passing into the

brighter green of the rump and upper tail-coverts ; two central tail-

feathers green, the remainder black; tail slightly forked; wings

purplish brown.

Total length 3} inches ; bill 13, wing 24, tail 13.

Hab. Columbia.

Remark. 1 should have considered this curious bird a /usus,

504 MR. J. GOULD ON SIX NEW HUMMING-BIRDS. [May 16,

so anomalous is its colouring; but on further investigation I am

induced to characterize it as distinct. Its nearest allies are Helia-

trypha parzudaki and Heliangelus clarisse ; but it differs from both

in haying a more lengthened bill, in the different colouring of its

under tail-coverts, and in the unusual hue of its throat.

HELIOMASTER ALBICRIsSA, Gould.

Throat fiery reddish purple ; crown light glistening green; upper

surface and two central tail-feathers bronzy green, with the usual

white mark in the centre of the back; four outer feathers on each

side bronzy green, becoming nearly black towards the end, and

tipped with white, the external one more largely than the others ;

wings purplish brown; chest grey; flanks bronzy grey; centre of

the abdomen white; bill black.

Total length 43 inches; bill 13, wing 14, tail 13, tarsi .

Hab. Citado in Ecuador. i

Remark. Nothwithstanding the uncertainty as to whether Helio-

master longirotris, H. stuarte, H. sclateri, and H. pallidiceps are

all one or so many distinct species, I feel that I have no alternative

but to add to the confusion, if confusion there is, by giving the

above description of a bird of the same form lately sent by Mr.

Buckley from Citado in Eucador. Its size is about the same as that

of HA. longirostris and its near allies; but it differs from them all

in having a still larger and longer bill and a much redder throat-

mark, in the white spot on the external tail-feather being longer or

larger, in the lower part of the abdomen being white; in the under

tail-coverts being greyish white, instead of blackish green, with

lighter edges, and in the glittering feathers of the crown being of as

pale, or nearly as pale a green as in the H. pallidiceps of Mexico.

As the peculiar markings of the tail and the under tail-coverts do

not occur in H. longirostris of Trinidad and some parts of Vene-

zuela, nor in the H. selateri of Costa Rica, I am induced to regard

the present bird as new.

LesBIA CHLORURA, Gould.

Crown of the head and all the upper surface golden green;

gorget glittering green, round and well-defined as in L. gouldi;

abdomen mottled green and buff, its lower portion and the under

tail-coverts pure buff ; wings purplish brown; the eight central tail-

feathers entirely light green, the external one on each side olive,

finely powdered and tipped with green, and having the outer web

buff for more than half its length from the base.

Total length 63 inches; bill ;%, wing 2, tail 53.

This species has all the characteristics of elegance; indeed a more

graceful little creature can scarcely be conceived. It is very nearly

allied to Lesbia gouldi and L. gracilis, but differs from both in

having a more lengthened, straighter, and greener tail, and is more

especially distinguished by having a much longer and stouter bill

than either of them. Its native country is supposed to be Peru.

The specimen described has been in my possession for a length of

1871.] MR. J. GOULD ON SIX NEW HUMMING-BIRDS. 905

time, but 1 have delayed characterizing it in the hope that other ex-

amples might be received.

ERIOCNEMIS RuSSATA, Gould.

General plumage of a russet-brown; wings purplish brown ;

tail black; boots, or feathery covering of the thighs, rather scant

for an Hriocnemis, white in front, and of a light cimnamon or deep

buff posteriorly.

Total length 32 inches; bill 1, wing 23, tail 14.

Hab. Ecuador. Supposed to have been obtained on the banks

of the Napo; but this is by no means certain; my specimens were

received from Quito.

Remark. Those Trochilidists who are acquainted with the descrip-

tion of the little Hriocnemis aurelie will at once perceive that the

present bird is very nearly allied to, and may perhaps consider it

to be identical with, that species; but when I assure them that I

have carefully compared three or four examples of this bird, which

is from Quito, with at least one hundred specimens of the Bogotan

E. aurelia, they will, I trust, do me the justice to believe that I

have not characterized it as distinct without due consideration. The

E. russata may at all times be distinguished by its larger size, by

its russet colouring, and by its much more lengthened bill.

PoLyTMvs LEUCORRHOUvS, Gould.

Polytmus leucorrhous, Gould, MS.; Sclat. & Salv. in Proc. of

Zool. Soc. 1867, pp. 584, 752.

Polytmus leucoproctus, G. R. Gray, Hand-list of Birds, part i.

p- 128. no. 1626.

Male. The entire upper and under surface pale flowery green,

with the exception of the head, which is brown, and the crissum,

which is white ; wing-coverts golden green; wing purplish brown ;

tail bright green ; bill light fleshy brown.

Total length 33 inches ; bill ?, wing 23, tail 13, tarsi =4.

Female. Much smaller than the male, but similarly coloured,

except that the three outer tail-feathers on each side are tipped

with white, like those of the female of Polytmus viridissimus.

For our knowledge of the existence of this species we are in-

debted to the researches of A. R. Wallace, Esq., and Mr. Edward

Bartlett, the former having obtained examples at Cobati, on the Rio

Negro, and the latter on the river Huallaga, in Eastern Peru. It

is most nearly allied to the Polytmus viridissimus of my Monograph

of the Trochilide (see vol. i. Introduction, p. Ixxxv, and vol. iv.

pl. 231, and 8vo edit. of Intro. p. 127), but differs from that well-

known bird in its under tail-coverts being pure white.

The specific appellation I have assigned to it first appeared in

Messrs. Salvin and Sclater’s ‘“ List of the Birds collected by Mr.

Wallace on the Lower Amazons and Rio Nigro,” and subsequently

in the same gentlemen’s ‘Catalogue of Birds collected by Mr. E.

Bartlett on the River Huallaga, Eastern Peru,’ above referred to.

506 PROF. FLOWER ON PHOCA HISPIDA. [June 6,

June 6, 1871.

George Busk, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Prof. Owen, F.R.S., read the seventeenth of his series of Memoirs

on Dinornis, containing a description of the sternum and pelvis, with

an attempted restoration of the whole skeleton of Aptornis defossor.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Prof. Flower, F.R.S., read a paper on the so-called Risso’s Dol-

phin (Delphinus rissoanus), based on an examination of two speci-

mens of this supposed species that had recently occurred on the

English coast*. Prof. Flower, after a thorough investigation of

this subject, came to the conclusion that the so-called Delphinus

rissoanus was specifically identical with the Delphinus griseus of

Cuvier, and that the species ought to stand as Grampus griseus.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Occurrence of the Ringed or Marbled Seal (Phoca

hispida) on the coast of Norfolk, with Remarks on the

Synonymy of the Species. By W. H. Fiownr, F.R.S.,

V.P.ZLS., &e.

[Received June 5, 1871.]

While engaged in preparing a catalogue of the animals of Norfolk

for the Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society, Mr. Southwell

met with the skull of a Seal in the Norwich Museum, which, with

the permission of the authorities of the Museum, he submitted to

my examination for the purpose of identification and, if need be,

description, sending me the following history of the specimen :—

« Mr. J. H. Gurney bought the Seal in the Norwich Fish-market,

and had the skull and skin preserved. When purchased it was in

the flesh, quite fresh and in perfect condition ; the fur was of a grey

colour. The person of whom he bought it told him it came from

some neighbouring part of the coast ; but the exact locality he does

not now remember. The date of its occurrence was some time pre-

vious to June 1846, probably in the spring of that year. It was

also examined in the flesh by the late Mr. Thomas Brightwell, of

Norwich ; but I cannot find any record of the occurrence. The skull

was presented to the Norwich Museum on Sept. 14, 1846, as the

cranium of the ‘ Marbled Seal.’ ”

I am not able to learn whether the skin is at present in existence.

As this skull belongs to a species which is not generally admitted

into the actual British fauna, it appears desirable that its characters

* Of. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 128.

1871.] PROF. FLOWER ON PHOCA HISPIDA. 507

should be described in sufficient detail to leave no doubt as to the

correctness of the specific determination.

Zoologists are now generally agreed that four well-defined species

of Seal of the restricted genus Phoca * (an extremely natural group,

characterized by having 7. 3, c. +, p. +, m. 4, total 34, all the teeth

of the premolar and molar series, except the most anterior, with two

roots) inhabit the shores north of the Atlantic. These are P. bar-

bata, P. grenlandica, P. vitulina, and a fourth, about the specific

name of which there is unfortunately no general agreement. To

account for and to endeavour to clear up the difficulty of the syno-

nymy of this species (to which the skull in the Norwich Museum

belongs) it will be necessary to refer to the principal facts concerning

the literary history of the genus.

The natives of Greenland appear to have long ago distinguished

these four species, and to have bestowed distinctive vernacular names

upon them, which are given in Crantz’s well-known history of that

country, published in 1765, though the descriptions which accompany

them have, as might be expected, no scientific accuracy.

In the 12th edit. of the ‘Systema Nature’ (1767) all the true

Seals (as above restricted) are confounded under the name of Phoca

vitulina ; but in Gmelin’s edition (1788) P. vitulina, P. grenlandica,

P. barbata, and P. hispida are distinguished, besides others which

are now considered to belong to different genera, and therefore do

not concern us in the present inquiry.

Between these dates O. F. Miiller’s ‘ Prodromus Zoologie Danice’

(Copenhagen, 1776) had been published, and contained in the intro-

duction (p. viii) a list of Greenland animals communicated to the

author by O. Fabricius, after the rest of the work had been printed.

In this list P. barbata, P. grenlandica, and P. fetida are named,

in addition to P. vitulina, the only true Phoca mentioned in the

body of the work, and which was evidently, as in the ‘Systema

Nature,’ a compound of several species, as shown by the various

vernacular names assigned as synonyms. No description is given of

these new species; but the Greenland names are added, P. fwtida

being the Nettsek and Neitsilek.

In 1780 Fabricius published his ‘ Fauna Greenlandica,’ containing

tolerably full accounts of all the above-mentioned four species of

Greenland Seals ; and, although descriptions of the external pecu-

liarities of such very variable animals as Seals, unless extremely

detailed and accompanied by osteological characters, are very dif-

ficult to recognize, there can be little doubt that the four species

now known to exist are intended, and that Fabricius’s P. fetida is

the animal now under consideration. The statement “est hec minima

omnium”’ is alone almost sufficient to establish this point. Neitsek,

Crantz, is given among the synonyms of the species.

In the mean time, however, the third part of Schreber’s ‘ Siuge-

thiere’ had appeared (1778 is the date on the titlepage of the

volume ; but the part must have been published previously, as it is

* Nilsson, Skand. Fauna, 1820; equivalent to F. Cuvier’s Callocephalus, Mém.

du Mus. xi. 1824.

508 PROF. FLOWER ON PHOCA HISPIDA. [June 6,

quoted by Erxleben), in which a brief description (p. 312) is given

of “der rauhe Seehund,” which is latinized in the figure (pl. 86)

into Phoca hispida, although this name is not given in the text.

This is evidently founded upon the ‘Rough Seal” of Pennant

(Synopsis of Quadrupeds, p. 341, 1771), the description of which is

a mere reproduction of Crantz’s account of the Neztsek. There is

nothing either in Schreber’s description or figure to identify the spe-

cies; and it has since been thought (as by A. Wagner in his edition

of this part of Schreber’s work, 1846) to refer to a totally distinct

animal, viz. Halicherus grypus.

Erxleben, in his ‘Systema Regni Animalis: Classis I. Mammalia’

(1777), describes Phoca vitulina, P. grenlandica, P. barbata, and

P. hispida. The brief description of the latter is taken from Schreber

(which, as mentioned above, is mainly derived from Crantz), who is

given as the authority for the name ; but P. fetida (Miller, Prodr.

Zool. Dan.) is given as a synonym.

This brings us back to Gmelin in 1788, who adopts the species

and nomenclature of Erxleben.

In 1790 Fabricius published an elaborate paper on the Greenland

Seals *, in which he redescribes his P. fotida, but withdraws the

name he had bestowed upon it in favour of P. hispida, as he believes

that it is the same species as that described by Schreber, Erxleben,

and Gmelin under that name, which, he says, has therefore the

priority over his own. In this paper figures are given of the skulls

of P. grenlandica and P. barbata, Halicherus grypus and Cysto-

phora cristata, but unfortunately none of P. hispida; or its specific

identity would have been absolutely determined.

Although the name of P. fwtida was thus definitely withdrawn

by its author, it has been revived and adopted by many recent

zoologists, as the table of synonyms (p. 509) will show.

Nilsson, in 1820, not being able to satisfy himself that the spe-

cies had been clearly determined by either of these names, when

giving the first thoroughly accurate and detailed account of its cha-

racters, renamed it P. anneliatat. This name has also been adopted

by many modern authors.

In the ‘Mémoires du Muséum’ (tome xi. 1824) Fr. Cuvier (being

apparently unacquainted with Nilsson’s work) gave figures of the

skulls of all four species of Phoca, three views of each, on one page

(tab. 12), and therefore well adapted for comparison. Although

they are taken from rather immature specimens, and not all of cor-

responding ages, they give the most characteristic differences clearly,

and there is no difficulty in recognizing the species now under con-

sideration in that to which the name of Aispida is applied, apparently

the designation under which it was received from Reinhardt (see

fig. 3, 9g, handz). In the same memoir the name of P. discolor is

proposed for a Seal which had lived in the Jardin des Plantes, and

* In ‘Skrivter af Naturhistorie Selskabet,’ Copenhagen, Ist vol.

+ Skand. Fauna, i. p. 362, 1820; see also ‘‘ Entwurf einer systematischen Ein-

theilung und speciellen Beschreibung der Phoken, von Nilsson, aus dem Schwe-

dischen iibersetzt yon W. Peters,” Wiegmann’s Archiv, viil. Ist vol. p. 301 (1841),

1871.] PROF. FLOWER ON PHOCA HISPIDA. 509

which is figured and of which the external characters are described in

the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres,’ tome i. ix. (1819), as the

“ Phoque commun.” ‘This latter has since been recognized as be-

longing to the same species as Nilsson’s P. annellata, and as the

skull figured by Cuvier as P. hispida. In a later fasciculus of the

‘Hist. Nat. des Mammifeéres,’ it is spoken of as the ‘ Phogue

marbré ;” and the figure has been copied in Hamilton’s “Amphibious

Carnivora”’ in the ‘ Naturalist’s Library’ as that of the ‘“ Marbled

Seal.”

The principal synonymy of the species will therefore be as fol-

lows :—

Neitsek, Crantz, Hist. von Gronland, i. p. 164 (1765).

The Rough Seal?, Pennant, Synopsis of Quadrupeds, p.341 (1771).

Phoca fetida (not described), Fabricius, in Muller’s ‘ Prodromus

Zoologize Danicze,’ p. viii (1776).

P. hispida’, Schreber, Siugethiere, pt. iii. tab. Ixxvii. (before

1778).

P. hispida ?, Erxleben, Systema Regni Animalis, p. 589 (1777).

P. hispida’, Gmelin, Systema Naturee (1778).

P. fetida, Fabricius, Fauna Greenlandica, p. 13 (1780).

P. hispida (Fiordselen), Fabricius, Skriv. af Natur. Selskabet,

Copenhagen, vol. i. pt. 2. p. 74 (1790).

P. fetida, Desmarest, Mammalogie, Ency. Méthod. (1820).

P. annellata (Ringlad Skil), Nilsson, Skand. Fauna (1820).

Callocephalus hispidus, ¥. Cuvier, Mém. du Muséum, xi. (1824)

skull).

( Of ae F, Cuvier, 2bid. (external characters).

P. annellata, Thienemann, Reise in Norden Europa’s, pt. i. Nat.

Bemerk. p. 83, tab. 9-12 (1824).

P. fetida, Fischer, Synopsis Mammalium, p. 377 (1829).

P. annellata, A. Wagner, Schreber’s Siiugethiere, pt. viii. (1846).

Callocephalus fetidus, Gray, Cat. Seals Brit. Mus. 1850, p. 23.

P. feetida, Blasius, Siugethiere Deutschlands (1857).

P. annellata, Giebel, Die Saiugethiere, p. 137 (1859).

P. hispida, Gaimard, Voy. Island. Mammalia, pl. 10. f. 1 & 2.

P. annellata, Radde*, Reisen im Siiden von Ost-Sibirien, i. p. 296,

tab. 1-3 (1862).

Pagomys fetidus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1864), p. 31; Cat.

Seals and Whales in Brit. Mus. (1866) p. 23.

Although it may still be a matter of opinion which of these names

ought to be adopted, it appears to me that, on the whole, preference

should be given to hispida, on account of priority ; for although the

earliest descriptions under this name are very meagre and inaccurate,

they are avowedly founded on the Neitsek of Crantz, the appellation

by which this Seal is known to the Greenlanders to this day accord-

ing to Mr. R. Brown +, and are therefore intended for this species,

and especially because Fabricius in 1790 definitely adopted the name,

* This author gives a detailed description, with figures, of the Seal of Lake

Baikal, which appears to be a variety of this species.

t “On the Seals of Greenland,” P. Z. S, 1868, p. 414.

510 PROF. FLOWER ON PHOCA HISPIDA. [June 6,

withdrawing that of fwtida. I am further strengthened in this

opinion by finding that those eminent Danish naturalists Steenstrup *

and Reinhardt + both use Aispida when speaking of this Seal.

The name may perhaps be objected to as not strictly appropriate ;

but a similar objection might also be made to the others; and this

is a dangerous ground for superseding the law of priority in a case

where the name can be hardly said to ‘“ imply a false proposition

which is likely to propagate important errors”? f.

This Seal, which is the Floe-rat or Flaar-rat of the Northern

English and Scottish Sealers, appears to be essentially a boreal spe-

cies. Mr. R. Brown (“On the Seals of Greenland,” P. Z.S. 1868,

p- 415) says, “‘In the Spitzbergen sea they appear to be confined

to high latitudes, and especially to the parallels of 76° and 77° N.;

and it is in these latitudes that the whalers chiefly find them. In

Davis’s Strait it is to be found all the year round, but particularly

up the ice-fjords. Its capture constitutes the most important feature

of the Seal-hunt in North Greenland; but many are also killed in

South Greenland, the Neitsik figuring largely in the trade-returns

of that Inspectorate.” Nilsson speaks of it as being found on all

the Scandinavian coasts, and as having been met with as far south

as the Channel, on the strength of specimens in the Paris Museum

from that locality; but he was unable to find any proof of its

having been met with on the coast of England.

Nor have I been able to discover any positive evidence that it

can at the present day be reckoned a British species, although there

is little doubt that it must occasionally visit our shores, where its

occurrence would be easily overlooked.

As conjectured by Lloyd §, it may be identical with the Bodack

or Old Man of the Hebrides, described by J. Wilson as the smallest

and most rare of the indigenous Seals of those islands ||—though, on

the other hand, Edmonston does not include it in his account of the

Seals found in the Shetland Islands, and appears even to doubt its

existence 4].

Recently Professor Turner has shown that the numerous remains

of Seals found in the various beds of clay of the glacial period in

the south-eastern portion of Scotland should be referred to P.

hispida **.

I must now advert to the characters by which the skull in the

Norwich Museum has been determined to belong to this species.

* “Melketandsettet hos Remmesexlen, Svartsiden og Fjordszelen (Phoca bar-

bata, O. Fabr., Ph. gronlandica, O. Fabr:, og Ph. hispida, Schr.),” Vid. Medd.

f. d. Naturh. Forening, 1860. Kjébh. 1861, s. 251-261.

t “Om Klapmydsens ufédte Unge og dens Melketandszt,” Naturh. Foren.

Vidensk. Meddelelser, 1864.

t Report of Nomenclature Committee, British Association, 1842.

§ Game Birds and Wild Fowl of Sweden and Norway, 1867, p. 399.

|| ‘‘ Notes regarding the distinctive habits of the Scotch Phoce,” Mag. Zool.

& Bot. vol. i. 1837, p. 539.

§| “ On the Distinctions, History, and Hunting of Seals in the Shetland Islands,”

Mem. Werner. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. pt. 1, 1839, pp. ]-48.

** Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, May 1870, p. 260.

1871.] PROF. FLOWER ON PHOCA HISPIDA. S11

It must first be mentioned that it is that of a very aged animal,

as shown by the condition of the cranial sutures and the teeth. Of

the latter some had been lost during life, and others after the pre-

paration of the skull ; and all those that remain are worn down nearly

to the level of the alveolar border, so that they are of little use for

identification. As far, however, as their characters serve, they agree

with those of other specimens of P. hispida with which I have com-

pared them, being rather smaller than those of P. vitulina, and

having the long diameter of the molars in a line with the alveolar

border, and not oblique, as is almost always the case with the latter.

The deep angular emargination of the hinder border of the bony

palate at once distinguishes this skull from that of either P. barbata

or P. grenlandica; so that P. vitulina is the only one with which

it could be confounded. It is distinguished from this species :—

Ist. By its small size; for though Seals have a considerable range

of variation in this respect, all the perfectly adult examples of vitulina

I have met with are considerably larger than the present specimen,

ranging from 7°7 inches (196 millim.) to 8°5 inches (216 millim.).

2nd. By the narrowness of the upper surface of the skull between

the orbits, and also of the nasal bones. Different specimens of P.

vitulina vary much in this respect, but they are always broader in

this region than P. hispida.

3rd. By the presence of a rudimentary anteorbital process on the

maxillary bone, which is always absent in P. vitulina.

4th. By the pointed form of the upper end of the ascending pro-

cess of the premaxilla, which is in contact for a considerable space

with the nasal—whereas in P. vitulina this process is usually more

or less truncated above, and is completely separated from or only

just touches (at one point) the nasal. Both P. darbata and P.

grenlandica resemble P. hispida in this character.

5th. By the posterior palatine foramen being situated on or be-

hind the maxillo-palatine suture. In P. vitulina it is placed in the

maxillary bone altogether in front of the suture. This and the last

are important diagnostic characters, being constant and readily re-

cognized.

6th. By the wide interval on the upper surface of the cranium

between the ridges which bound the temporal fossa, whereas in old

specimens of P. vitulina these ridges meet at the vertex.

7th. By the larger size of the unossified spaces in the base of the

skull lying to the inner side of the auditory bulle.

8th. By the comparative shallowness (vertically) of the hinder

portion of the ramus of the mandible, occasioned by the smaller

development of the region of the angle, and especially of the anterior

margin of the coronoid process, which is altogether weaker than in

P. vitulina.

9th. By the form of the inferior margin of the ramus of the

mandible, which in the present species (as in P. barbata and gren-

landica) has a conspicuous expansion inwards a short distance behind

the symphysis, which causes the edges of the rami to continue more

or less approximated for nearly half the length of the lower border ;

512 PROF. FLOWER ON PHOCA HISPIDA. [June 6,

whereas in P. vitulina, which has not this expansion, they diverge

rapidly immediately behind the symphysis. I must, however, re-

mark that some examples of the latter species present in this region

a considerable approximation to the form met with in the other

members of the genus.

The principal dimensions of the skull are as follow :—

millims.

Length of cranium, from anterior cialis of preemaxilla to

O&cipital COMAVIE 5.5 a as) om eeow nmiw - leis kale jatstatene pte Sele ee

Greatest breadth across zygomata.. . erro

Breadth of skull in temporal fossze, just above the posterior

Toots ofthe Zy POM Ata ince wage 0 dina imay meiele wis age 90

Breadth of frontals. between. orbits. ...... 20... scseone asi 8

Breadth of both nasals at middle of their length.......... 9

Length of nasal ........... Sins aj said Biches, em See testNaleee ree 44

Breath of oceipital condyle: ........,«00si-\: sincemni ath: ee

Breadth. of foramen MaGnaM.:< o's « 2-v js: logers som olehspale else oa Se 2b

Herhtor foramen MACWUM 4 » «sien sisseielbrale bets Qe 21

Greatest length of malaribove . « 0is:-/-)-siieewisisnmyscaye oishaupats 49

Breadth between external borders of lower margin of external

SUMGIEGEY MEALS care ways lake erst baron shane taaere vist x le erect eee 112

Shortest distance between the auditory bullz saasetlis their an-

terior ends). . wire Guysrersya: sna] ole ame

Antero-posterior length of auditory bull. . i 37

Length from lower border of foramen magnum 1 to bottom of

notch in middle of hinder border of palate Se ran, 100

From the last-named spot to the anterior extremity of the

EPCARD, « Ga fie cies Sinise alain ’oret a eive ~ ena eee 75

From anterior extremity of preemaxilla to hinder edge of pos-

terior Molar tpt, +..<..,. 4). neh: caked <skeeieciis ae 62

From anterior enteenuty of preemaxilla to anterior margin of

BED sax ak a 53

Breadth between inner surfaces of posterior upper "molar teeth 39

Breadth. between. upper Canines « exsidieye ashe ae cleysjate oyoimiiotet tle 16

Length of ramus of mandible from anterior extremity to pos-

terior edge of condyle...... suaisis ost « eiapure thet etapa oeee eee 117

From anterior extremity to apex of subangular process .... 101

From the top of the coronoid process to the apex of the sub-

Ane MIAT PROCESS: we siiae fate fie arses mie ¥ Sorel septate Galas 55

From the posterior edge of the condyle to the anterior edge

of the masseteric depression ............ ib Ae) bys th or Ce 45

Height of ramus opposite last molar tooth .............. 21

Lene by of sy nap higets, Jia. Sige olen izis oid Ge wo gion) Vr inlay Bm EEE 22

Width between apices of subangular processes...........- 63

Width between outer edges of condyles.................« 100

1871. ] PROF. W. PETERS ON BURMESE BATS. 513

2. On some Bats collected by Mr. F. Day in Burma.

By Professor W. Peters, F.M.Z.S.

[Received May 16, 1871.]

Mr. Sclater has very kindly sent to me a small collection of Bats

from Burma, which, although consisting only of four species, con-

tains a very interesting new form of Rhinolophi. This is a new

proof how much is still to be done for a perfect knowledge of a very

interesting, and in the household of nature very important, division

of Mammalia, if only half as much care were taken to search for

them as for the collection of doubtless much more attractive birds.

1. CyNONYCTERIS AMPLEXICAUDATA, Geoffroy.

Pteropus leschenaultii, Desmarest.

2. PHYLLORHINA FULVA, Gray.

Hipposideros fulvus et murinus, Gray (1838) = Rhinolophus ful-

gens et murinus, Elliot (1838) = Phyllorhina aurita, Tomes (1859)

=? Hipposideros aruensis, Gray (1858).

This very distinct species, first known from Madras and Ceylon,

has been found by Mr. Swinhoe in Amoy, is very likely identical

with Dr. Gray’s H. aruensis, and has therefore probably the same

geographical distribution as Ph. diadema.

Fig. 1.

Phyllorhina trifida, (Natural size.)

Fig. 1. Head, from the side.

2. Head, in front. ; ;

3. Right hinder extremity, with the tail and interfemoral membrane.

3. PHYLLORHINA TRIFIDA, Nl. Sp.

Auriculis mediocribus, basi dilatatis, apice acutis ; prosthematis

margine superiore trifido, haud incrassato: metacarpo tertio

quarto breviore ; patagiis tarso affivis ; supra brunnea, subtus

alba.

Related to Ph. tridens and Ph. tricuspidata in the form of the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No, XX XIII.

514 DR. J. E. GRAY ON TORTOISES. [June 6,

nose-leaf, the present species is easily to be distinguished from them

by the characters given in the diagnosis.

The upper margin of the nose-leaf is not thickened as in those two

species ; and the three points are much larger. The ears are pointed,

hardly longer, but much larger than in Ph. tricuspidata.

The fur is long and soft, that of the upperside and of the sides of

the belly white with brown points, that of the middle of the belly

entirely white.

The metacarpus of the third finger is shorter than that of the

fourth finger, and not longer, as in Ph. tridens and Ph. tricus-

pidata.

The alar membrane is attached as far as the base of the metatarsus,

and the point of the tail is much less (only for 3 millims.) exserted

than in PA. tridens and tricuspidata.

millims

otal ileneih 7 ae oc. osx s ams peer teh Cee 79

lca ee eee OR = Satan oe Sosinon cie es eee Eee

Denehiol ene ieee a's 2, <)0's)cien ee ae oul ao eee 12

Breadthtotieartsincee".. 6 dc ee Spey Oe GPE Us 10

EAT AS Sed elt Ae Saal Ate ROR de har ae Sct ert eee A 30

LS UTMER a Qi TI te Meare Sea Ra apace Bale SE Ae Ge pie Load be vei 7.3)

W)TAee a ceiee peice : 40

Length of Ist finger. .

- 2nd finger.. 29°5

= 3rd finger.. 27°55 14:2 23:2 2

a 4th finger.. 29°5 11°4 8:5 bifurcate

i) 5th finger.. 23°5 9°5

”

Femur. iW

Milita dg Ceteis sas cots wine a sic ciel eer eae 16°5

Footeewithiclawss.«.. cateeeteoaes PR aisha bio aiertgene 7,

PIT, geet sear ei oe | 9

A single adult male was in the collection.

4, TarHozous LONGIMANUs, Hardwicke.

3. Notes on Mr. Theobald’s observations on Dr. Gray’s

Paper on Tortoises. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

[Received May 22, 1871.]

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1570, p. 674, there are

some notes by Mr. Theobald on my paper on the families and genera

of Tortoises, published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1869,

p- 165. I have very few remarks to make upon them, and take

them in the order they occur. I may merely premise that zoologists

generally give India its ancient and classical signification, and not

the confined political one which certain Indian zoologists wish to

apply to it.

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON TORTOISES. 519

Secondly, except nine specimens of Tortoises which Mr. Theobald

gave to the museum, the museum purchased the collection which

Mr. Theobald formed, from a dealer, to whom he had sold it, as a

collection of Pegu reptiles.

None of the Tortoises had any special habitat of any kind attached

to it; and the heads were not marked as coming from any par-

ticular species ; so that if I made any mistakes in the habitats, or in

saying the “‘ thorax was unknown” of a head, it arose from the negli-

gence of the collector, which is more unaccountable as we have

since learnt that the collection consisted not only of the specimens

Mr. Theobald collected in Pegu, but also of specimens that came

from elsewhere, and which he obtained in exchange for other spe-

cimens from the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Mr. Theobald is not

quite correct when he says I give “India” as the locality of

Scapia falconeri. I gave India with a ?, and I gave the reason why

I thought it might come from that country, and at the same time

expressed my doubts.

It is just the same with some of the other observations on the

habitats.

Thirdly, Mr. Theobald says he has no confidence whatever in the

distinctness of species based on skulls only. - My experience, which

has been very considerable, has led to a very different conclusion ;

and Mr. Theobald did not seem to be aware of their importance in

the distinguishing of the species of Trionyx and Batagur when he

published his paper on the reptiles of Pegu, in the ‘Journal of the

Linnean Society,’ vol. x. p. 16, or in the ‘ Catalogue of the Reptiles

of Pegu,’ else he certainly would have given more distinct characters

to his species.

1. TESTUDO INDICA.

Mr. Theobald objects to this specific name. There is a very

large number he can choose from; for, unfortunately, this species

has been described under a number of names; but I prefer not to

change one which is so well known, and which was the first given

to it.

2. Tesrupo (Scapta) FALCONER].

Mr. Theobald observes “‘ that in default, therefore, of more exact

information, the evidence before him pointed to the conclusion

that the skull whereon 7’. falconeri, Gray, had been based was no

other than the identical skull of 7. phayrei, Blyth, missing from

the Calcutta Museum.”’ The only evidence there appears to be is,

that there is a specimen of 7’. phayret without a skull in that mu-

seum. There does not appear in the paper to be any attempt at

comparing the figure of the skull with the head of the other, perfect

specimen of this species in the museum, which, one would have sup-

posed, a zoologist would have done before he made such a sugges-

tion, 1 should be very glad to hear that such a comparison had

been made, either with the head of the perfect specimen, or, what

would be better, with fresh skulls of this Tortoise, which does not

516 DR. J. E. GRAY ON TORTOISES. [June 6,

appear to be rare in “ Burmah,”’ or rather, I believe, in Arracan ;

then I should be very glad to adopt it, as it would erase a very im-

perfectly described nominal species from the list.

The interesting part of his notes is where Mr. Theobald says that

Testudo phayrei is a true Testudo, with a regular sternum and separate

caudal shield ; therefore Mr. Blyth was in error when he informed me

and Dr. Giinther that Manouria emys was the same as his 7’. phayrei,

an idea adopted by Mr. Theobald in his ‘ Catalogue of the Reptiles of

Pegu,’ and in his ‘ Catalogue of the Reptiles in the Museum of the

Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ where, after having seen the specimens,

he placed it as Manouria emys.

It is to be observed that if the head should prove to be the same

as the one on which my genus Scapia is founded, it will go to more

firmly establish the propriety of having formed the genus Scapia,

as Testudo phayrei has, according to Mr. Theobald, the hitherto

unobserved combination of normal sternal shields, like Testudo, and

separate caudal shields, like Manouria and the freshwater Tortoises,

so that it forms a section or genus by itself.

Mr. Theobald believes that the skull on which Scapia falconeri

was established belonged to this species. He may possibly be right ;

for it is a head of a large Land-Tortoise, of which we do not know the

body, and which may perhaps come from India, or rather Hindo-

stan; and Testudo phayrei is a large Land-Tortoise, the head or skull

of which has not been described, although we now learn that the

typical specimen has the head on it, and the general form and ex-

ternal characters of the skull are usually to be seen through the

skin. I should probably have made this suggestion myself when I

established the genus from the skull, and mentioned the characters

by which it was known from the skulls of all the large Land-Tortoises

then known ; but the necessity of referring to the undescribed head

of T. phayrei did not occur to me, as at that period I believed, on

the authority of Mr. Blyth and Mr. Theobald, who had the speci-

mens at their command, that it was the same as Manouria, with

which I did compare it.

Mr. Theobald must excuse my not adopting his suggestion till an

accurate comparison has been made between the skull of 7. phayrei

and Scapia, more especially as Mr. Theobald has already, with

“culpable haste,” referred the two typical specimens of 7’. phayret

to two species, indeed I may say genera, to which he now says they

do not belong. It is to be hoped some competent zoologist will make

the comparison which Mr. Theobald and his friends seem disinclined

to do. Mr. Theobald further suggests that the skull which I de-

scribed may have formerly belonged to a thorax in the Indian Mu-

seum. I must say I see no evidence of the fact worthy of a moment’s

notice, and it is a curious idea when they have not proved the

identity of the two species; and the account of the state of the spe-

cimen and the manipulation it had undergone is so contradictory as

to be utterly unworthy of credit. I must leave the question to the

former and present curators of that museum, who know better their

rules and manner of conducting the institution.

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON TORTOISES. 517

3. TESTUDO ELONGATA.

5. KacuuGa peGuensis, 6. K. rrinineata, and 8. K. perp-

MOREI.

I have already answered these remarks in my preliminary observa-

tions; and Mr. Theobald’s impression that K. peguensis had been

founded on a skull (probably aberrant) of either Tetraonyx lessoni

or Batagur trivittata, and the idea that the skull of Kachuga old-

hami is not distinct, do not require any answer from me.

If these skulls belong to the same animal, then the whole of the

results of my examinations of Tortoise skulls, of which I must say I

feel justly proud, must go for nothing; but Mr. Theobald has not

discovered that Kachuga oldhami is the head of the well-known

Emys thurgi, which proves to belong to the family Bataguride ; and

he surely will allow that Tetraonyx lessoni, Batagur trivittata,

and Hmys thurgi are distinct species, to whatever genera they may

be referred.

The observations about the skulls of the males and females of

Kachuga trilineata, under such circumstances, are not worth con-

sidering. I personally examined Mr. Theobald on his reasons for

thinking the specimens which he brought home to be male and

female of that species; and I thought they were very inconclusive,

and required verification from an accurate and patient observer.

Testudo phayrei is not in my catalogue, therefore I give the syno-

nyma of it :—

TESTUDO PHAYREI.

Testudo phayrei, Blyth, Journ. A. Soc. Beng. xvii. p. 56, xxiii.

p. 639 (shortly described), xl. p. 77 ; Theobald, P. Z. 8.1870, p. 675.

Testudo indica, Theobald, Cat. Rept. Mus. As. Soc. Beng. p. 8.

Manouria emys, Theobald, Journ. Linn. Soc. x. p. 10, and Cat.

Rep. Mus. As. Soc. Beng. p. 9.

*‘ Manouria emys,” Theobald, Cat. Rept. Mus. As. Soc. Beng. p. 9.

Hab. Arracan (Blyth); Burmah (Theobald).

As there is much confusion about Manouria, I take this oppor-

tunity of giving a revision of the synonyma :—

MAnouriA EMYS.

Testudo indica, Bibron’s MS. in Mus. Zool Soc.

1844, Testudo emys, S. Miiller, Verhandl. Reptiles, p. 34, t. iv.

1847. Geoemyda spinosa (adult), Cantor, Rept. Malay Penin.

1852. Manouria fusca, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1852, p.53; Ann, & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1855, vol. xv. p. 68; P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 395; Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1861, vol. vii. p. 216; Cat. Shield Rept. p. 16,

t. ii., Suppl. p. 15.

1854. Teleophus luwatus, Leconte, Pr. Acad. N. Sci. Phil. vii.

p. 187 (Oct. 1854).

Manouria emys, Giinther, Rept. Brit, India (not Theobald).

Hab. Penang (Cantor).

518 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ELYMNIAS. [June 6,

This animal has been curiously confounded with Geoemyda spi-

nosa. Dr. Cantor, who first had it in a perfect state, in his list of

Malay Reptiles considers it the adult of that species. Being de-

sirous of obtaining the types of the species described by Solomon

Miller, we purchased from Mr. Franks a series of specimens ob-

tained from the Leyden Museum, with the labels of that institution

attached to them. Having received in this series a young specimen

of Geoemyda spinosa labelled Testudo emys, in the ‘ Catalogue of

Shield Reptiles’ I placed that species as a synonym of Geoemyda

spinosa, not considering it necessary to consult the figure in Miiller’s

book, or I should have discovered the mistake. Dr. Ginther cor-

rected this in his ‘ Reptiles of British India,’ and properly changed

the name from Manouria fusca into Manouria emys.

Mr. Thecbald names this species “‘ Manouria emys, Gray,” instead

of Schlegel or Giinther; but there are many instances of want of

accuracy of this kind, to which his note to 7’. elongata would be as

applicable as to the oversight for which he quotes it.

M. A. Dumétil, in his ‘ Catalogue of Reptiles,’ p. 4. no. 7*, and

in the ‘ Archives du Muséum,’ described, under the name of Testudo

emydoides, a specimen which he received from Leyden as Testudo

emys of Miiller; and his name is evidently a translation of the

French name given to that species; but he does not mention the

peculiar form of the pectoral plates, and it is very probable that he

received, as the British Museum did, a young specimen of Geoemyda

spinosa under a wrong name; and then his name and description

will belong to the latter species and not to Manouria. They are very

much alike, although belonging to different families.

4. A Monograph of the Lepidoptera hitherto included in the

Genus Elymnias. By A. G. Burimr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received May 19, 1871.]

(Plate XLII.)

The present group of Butterflies is one of the most interesting of

all the Rhopalocerous genera, not only because it exhibits a transi-

tion from the Satyrine to the Brassoline (see Cat. Fabr. Diurn.

Lepid. p. 39), but because the species composing it are, almost with-

out exception, of a mimetic character.

In the ‘ Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ pp. 404, 405, only twelve

species are enumerated; this number has since been more than

doubled by the labours of Messrs. Hewitson, Wallace, Felder, and

others, so that the genus is now beginning to assume a somewhat

important aspect. I find, however, after a careful examination of

the structural characters, that some of the species differ so consider-

ably from the type form in the neuration of the hind wings that it

will be advisable to separate them as a distinct genus ; whilst others

1871.) MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ELYMNIAS. o19

exhibit differences of a less marked character, such as will only serve

in an imperfect manner to separate the smaller sections of the group.

I have noticed that this transitional state of things often occurs in

genera largely acted upon by mimicry*; and I think it may be ex-

plained from the fact that the necessity for the various species to re-

semble different protected forms brings about a modification in the

general outline of the wing, and consequently the position of the

nervures employed in expanding and supporting the wing is liable to

be altered.

ELYMNIAS.

Elymnias, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 37 (1816).

Melanitis (part.), Fabricius, in Illiger’s Mag. vi. p. 282 (1807).

Biblis (part.), Latreille, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 10 (1819).

Front wings triangularly ovate ; costa arched; outer margin den-

tate sinuate ; inner margin in males arched, sometimes with patch

of thickened scales on interno-median area. Hind wings subtrian-

gular, more or less dentate sinuate, the longest tooth being at end of

third median branch, and sometimes caudate.

Front wings with costal nervure much swollen at base, reaching

middle of costa; first subcostal branch emitted at some distance be-

fore end of cell, second just before end, third at first third of distance

from cell to apex, and the fourth and fifth forking from second third;

upper discoidal emitted close to subcostal, lower discoidal obliquely

a little below upper, reducing upper discocellular to about one-fourth

the length of lower, which is strongly concave; second and third

median branches emitted close together.

Hind wings with first subcostal emitted at some distance before

end of cell (nearer to end in Z. patna than in any others) ; second

subcostal and discoidal nervures emitted somewhat near together ;

upper discocellular horizontal, sometimes slightly oblique backwards

(2. penanga, panthera, casiphone, lais, &c.) or forwards (LE.

ceryx); lower discocellular about four times the length of upper,

strongly arched forwards (2. undularis, panthera, &c.) or back-

wards (E. casiphone, lais, &c.). The hind-wing cell. therefore ex-

hibits two external projections, one terminating in the second sub-

costal and discoidal, the other in the second and third median

branches.

The species are all Asiatic, the type of the genus being ZL. undu-

laris, Drury.

Unpvu.aris group.

Colours. Males above black ; front wings with discal series of

lilac or lilac-tinted white spots; hind wings with more or less fulvous

or ferruginous external area; below, all the wings marbled with fer-

ruginous and whitish; hind wings generally with a conspicuous

metallic subcostal spot.

Females above tawny or brown, with discal series of white or pale

lilac spots ; below paler than in males.

* As for instance in the genus Dismorphia (Leptalis, auct.) of the Pierine,

520 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ELYMNIAS. [June 6,

1, ELYMNIAS UNDULARIS.

3. Papilio undularis, Drury, Ill. ii. pl. 10. figs. 1, 2 (1773).

2. Papilio protogenia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 189. figs. F, G

(1779).

3. Elymnias jynz, Hibner, Zutr. ex. Schmett. figs. 37, 38

(1818).

3, N. India (obtained 1843 and 1856); 9, Silhet (1845) ;

3 2, Moulmein (1843); o, Nepal (Wright, 1864); 92, Java

(Horsfield, 1851). B.M.

The female of EL. uxdularis mimics Danais chrysippus.

2. ELYMNIAS NIGRESCENS, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)

3. Affinissima E. undulari, differt alis nigrescentibus, posticis

extrorsum vix ferruginosis, punctis submarginalibus valde di-

stinctis ; subtus obscurioribus punctis albidis posticarum valde

distinctis : exp. alar. unc. 2, lin. 10.

2. Ale supra fusce, antice nigrescentes, maculis discalibus

lilacino-albidis velut in mare positis; postice punctis tribus

quatuorve submarginalibus flavo-albidis: ale subtus velut in

E. undulari 2, at obscuriores: exp. alar une. 3, lin. 1.

Sarawak (Brooke). 3 9, BM.

Very near to L. undularis, of which it is clearly a Bornean race.

I know of nothing of which it is likely to be a mimic, unless it be a

Bornean form of Huplaa mazares.

3. ELYMNIAS HECATE, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 2.)

3. Ale supra nigro-picee, purpureo certo situ micantes ; antice

striis sub quatuor subapicalibus lilacinis decrescentibus: subtus

Susce ferrugineo, velut in E. undulari marmorate ; postice

haud maculate: exp. alar. unc. 2, lin. 10.

Labuan (Lowe). 3, B.M.

Another Bornean race of E. wundularis, and possibly a mimic of

Euplea mazares.

4, ELYMNIAS FRATERNA, Sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 3.)

3. Ale supra picee ; antice purpurascentes ; maryine externo

et apice fulvis; postice margine externo late fulvo; ale

subtus fere velut in EK. undulari, at duplo pallidiores : exp. alar.

une. 3, lin. 1.

Q. Fere velut in E. undulari 9, at majores ; postice maculis

marginalibus majoribus: exp. alar une. 3, lin. 4

Ceylon (Wenham). 36 &, B.M.

The Ceylonese representative of EH. undularis, its female being

barely distinguishable from that species, and therefore also a mimic

of Danais chrysippus ; the male, however, is a very different-looking

insect.

5. E:ymntas Caupata, sp. nu. (Plate XLII. fig. 4.)

3. Ale supra picee, antice areis interno-basali et externo fer-

PYYTT

New Species of Elymnias

Walks del et hth. Mintern Bro® mxp

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ELYMNIAS. 521

ruginosis ; antice fascia subapicali et maculis tribus submar-

ginalibus albis lilacino tinetis ; postice dimidio externo fulvo,

margine brunneo: ale subtus ferruginee, velut in E. undu-

lari 2, pulcherrime albo plagiate et reticulate: exp. alar.

une. 3, lin. 5.

Canara (Ward). 3d, B.M.

The male is certainly not an imitation of any known protected

species ; I should, however, expect to find the female like Danais

chrysippus or an allied species.

PANTHERA group.

Colours. Brown or black, with paler submarginal nebulous band on

upper surface, sometimes whitish in female ; below grey-brown, with

ferruginous reticulations; hind wings with six submarginal ocelli.

6. ELYMNIAS LUTESCENS.

Q. Elymnias lutescens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser.

xx. p. 404, pl. 9. fig. 10 (1867).

3 2. Elymnias lutescens, Wallace, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 323.

n. 4 (1869).

Sarawak and Labuan (Lowe). Ss 3 2, B.M.

The examples from Labuan have the submarginal band of the

front wings more distinct, and in the female becoming quite white

towards apex. I do not, however, feel justified in separating them

from the type. The Labuan form reminds one of the species of

ELuplea, of the Crameri group; the resemblance, however, is some-

what imperfect. The species perhaps mimics some Luplea near E.

lapeyrousei.

7. ELYMNIAS PANTHERA.

Papilio panthera, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. p. 39. n. 407 (1787).

Melanitis dusara, Horsfield, Cat. Mus. E. I. C. pl. 5. fig. 7

(1829).

Java (Horsfield). B.M.

Probably mimics Euplea sepulchralis.

PENANGA group.

Colours. Above grey, with broad subapical white band in front

wings ; below grey, reticulated with brown and white; hind wings

sometimes with a metallic subcostal spot.

8. ELYMNIAS PENANGA.

Melanitis penanga, Westwood, Gen. D. L. p. 405. n. 9, note

(1851).

Penang (received 1840). Type, B.M.

9. ELYMNIAS SUMATRANA.

Elymnias sumatrana, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 325.

n. 10 (1869).

522 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ELYMNIAS. [June 6,

Melanitis penanga, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii. Mel. pl. 1. fig. 1

(1863).

Sumatra (Wallace).

I know of nothing which 2. penanga and sumatrana resemble

mimetically.

Lats group.

Colours. Similar to those of the pale green species of Danais.

10. EL:ymMN1ras LAIs.

Papilio lais, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 114. figs. A, B (1779).

Java (Horsfield). 2 5,B.M.

Probably mimics Danais grammica, but perhaps D. similis.

11. ELyMNIAS TIMANDRA,.

$ 2. Elymnias timandra, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

p. 326. n. 13 (1869).

dg, Silhet (obtained 1845); 9, Moulmein (1843). Types, B.M.

Probably mimics D. similis. It is, however, impossible to deter-

mine with certainty which species it would most nearly resemble

when flying.

12. ELYMNIAS CERYX.

9. Melanitis ceryx, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép.i. pl. 9. fig. 8 (1836).

Java (obtained 1849). ?, B.M.

Mimics Danais albata.

The male is described by Mr. Wallace in the ‘ Transactions of the

Entomological Society.’

13. ELYMNIAS KAMARA.

3. Melanitis kamara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C.i. p. 239. n, 516

(1857).

Java (obtained 1845). 3, B.M.

Seems to mimic some Euplca allied to EL. modesta.

LeEvucocyMa group.

Colours. Both sexes resemble Hupleea midamus and allies.

14. ELYMNIAS CASIPHONE.

3. Elymnias casiphone, Hubner, Samml. ex. Schmett. i.

(1816-1524).

2. Elymnias casiphone, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 488

(1870).

3, Java (Horsfield, B.M.); 2, Singapore, coll. Lieut. Roberts.

15. ELYMNIAS LEUCOCYMA.

Biblis leucocyma, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 326. n. 3 (1819).

3. Melanitis malelas, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii. Mel. pl. 1. figs. 6, 7

(1863).

3 2, Silhet (obtained 1845). B.M.

1871. ] MR. A. G. BULLER ON THE GENUS ELYMNIAS. 923

16. ELYMNIAS MEHIDA.

Melanitis mehida, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. ii. Mel. pl. 1. figs. 2, 3

(1863).

Singapore.

Genus Dycrtis, Boisduval.

Front wings as in preceding genus.

Hind wings with false preediscoidal cell ; first subcostal emitted

towards end of cell, nearer to the end in the females than in tbe

males ; second and discoidal emitted somewhat near together ; upper

discocellular more or less oblique (excepting in D. mimalon, 3),

slanting outwards ; lower discocellular feebly concave or angulated,

and about twice the length of upper; second and third median

branches emitted near together.

Typical species D. agondas, Boisd.

The species are Asiatic or African.

1. Dycris AGONDAS.

6. Dyctis agondas, Boisduval, Voy. de l’ Astrolabe, Lep. p. 158,

pl. 3. fig. 5 (1832).

2. Dyctis bioculatus, Westwood, Gen. D. L. p. 354, pl. 54*,

fig. 4 (1851).

Dorey (Wallace). 3 2, B.M.

Mimies Drusilla bioculatus.

2. DycTIS MELANE.

3 Q. Melanitis melane, Hewitson, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 465, pl. 55

(1858).

Aru (Wallace). 3 2, BM.

Mimics several species of Drusilla. It is difficult to separate the

various forms figured by Mr. Hewitson, as it is obvious that the

female is subject to much variation.

3. DycTIs MELANTHO.

3 2. Elymnias melantho, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

p- 330. n. 30 (1869).

Gagie Island (Wallace).

A local form of the preceding species.

4. Dycris Esaca.

3. Melanitis esaca, Westwood, Gen. D. L. p. 405. n. 10, note

(1851); Hewitson, Ex. Butt. iii. pl. Mel. 1. fig. 5 (1863).

Assam (obtained 1848). Typed, B.M.

This species is stated by Hewitson and Westwood to be East-Indian.

I find, however, that we obtained it through Mr. Warwick, from As-

sam. It probably mimics some form of Euplea allied to Z. ledereri.

5. Dycris HEWITSONII.

Elymnias hewitsonii, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. p. 327.

n. 20) (869).

524 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ELYMNIAS. [June 6,

3. Melanitis leucocyma, Hewitson, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 53, pl. 9.

figs. 3,4 (1861).

Macassar, Oelebes (Wallace). 3 @, B.M.

Mimics Euplea mniszechii or E. gloriosa, apparently the former.

6. DycTiIs HICETAS.

3. Elymnias hicetas, Wallace, ‘Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 327.

n. 21 (1869).

Macassar, Celebes (Wallace).

This seems to differ but little from the preceding, of which I

strongly suspect it to be a variety.

7. DycTIs CUMA.

Melanitis cumea, Felder, Nov. Voy. Lep. iii. p. 452. n. 745, pl. 61.

figs. 9, 10 (1867).

Gilolo.

Nearly allied to the preceding.

8. DycTIS MIMALON.

Melanitis mimalon, Hewitson, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 52,

pl. 9. figs. 1, 2 (1861).

Menado, Celebes. do, B.M.

The finest species in the genus. It appears not to mimic any

thing.

9. Dycris VITELLIA.

Papilio vitellia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 349. figs. E, F (1782).

? Euplea vitella, Montr. Ann. Se. Phys. Nat. Lyon. p. 403

(1856).

Melanitis stellaris, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. iv. p. 159, pl. 8.

fig. 3 (1862).

Var. Elymnias viminalis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

p. 328. n. 25 (1869).

Amboina (Wallace). B.M.

Mimics Luplea climene.

10. Dycris CYBELE.

Melanitis cybele, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 248. n. 98

(1860).

Batchian, Kaioa Island, Ternate (Wallace).

This species is unknown to me; it probably resembles one of the

dark Euplee.

11. DycTis PAPUA.

Elymnias papua, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 329. n. 28

(1869).

New Guinea (Wallace).

Mr. Wallace says that “this species closely resembles a Huplea.”’

Unfortunately he does not mention which Huplea.

1871.) MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS ELYMNIAS. 5%

12. DycrTis MELIAS.

Melanitis melias, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. vii. p. 120. n. 91

(1863); Nov. Voy. Lep. iii. pl. 61. fig. 11 (1867).

Bourias, Locban [ Philippines].

Mimics Euplea swainsonii.

13. Dycris PATNA.

2. Melanitis patna, Westwood, Gen. D. L. p. 405. n. 6, note,

pl. 68. fig. 2 (1851).

Silhet (obtained 1847). Type, B.M.

Mimics Euplea callithoé, a species allied to EL. splendens and E.

superba. It bears a superficial resemblance to E/ymnias leucocyma.

14. Dycris EGIALINA.

Melanitis egialina, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vii. p. 12!.

n. 92 (1863); Nov. Voy. Lep. iii. pl. 61. figs. 7, 8 (1867).

Luzon [Philippines].

Mimics Delias henningia (Pierine).

15. DycTis BORNEENSIS.

Elymnias borneensis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 324.

n. 8 (1869).

Sarawak [Borneo].

Doubtless mimics some species of Delias (an D. porsenna °).

16. Dycris VASUDEVa.

Elymnias vasudeva, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 238. n. 513

(1857).

Elymnias thycana, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 323. n. 7

(1869).

3, Nepal (Wright); India (obtained 1856); 9, Barrackpore

(Hearsey). B.M.

Mimics either Delias descombesi or D. indica ; it is impossible to

say which without seeing it alive.

17. DycTIs BAMMAKOO.

3. Melanitis bammakoo, Westwood, Gen. D. L. p. 405. n. 12,

note, pl. 68. fig. 3 (1851).

Ashanti (obtained 1842). Type, B.M.

Mimics Planema gea 9 (Acreine).

Several males in Mr. Swanzy’s collection.

18. Dyctis pHEGEA.

Papilio phegea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ili. 1. p. 132. n. 407 (1793) ;

Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. 31. fig. 1 (1800).

West Africa. 3, coll. Druce.

Mimies P. gea 3.

526 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. [June 6,

5. A Revision of the Species formerly included in the Genus

Terias (Pierine). By A. G. Burimr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received May 22, 1871.]

My principal object in the present paper is to refer the species of

this very difficult group to the genera into which J separated it in

my “ Revision of the Genera of the Subfamily Pierine” (Cist. Ent.

iii. pp. 33-58). I shall not, therefore, increase the difficulty of

determining the already numerous and nearly allied species by de-

scribing all the unnamed forms at my disposal, but shall rather

strive to lighten the labours of my fellow-workers by clearing up, to

the best of my ability, the somewhat confused synonymy already

existing.

As one or two of the species of Hlodina have been confounded by

some Lepidopterists with Terias, I shall introduce that little genus

into the present paper.

Genus 1. Exopina, Felder,

Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 215 (1865”’).

1. ELopINA EGNATIA.

Pieris egnatia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 138. n. 63 (1836).

Pieris cirrha, Boisduval, Voy. de |’ Astrolabe, pl. 2. f. 7 (1832).

Pieris parthia, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. i. Pier. 2. f. 12, 13 (1853).

Var.? Elodina hypatia, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 216. n. 233

(1865”’).

Var.? Elodina therasia, Felder, J. c. p. 215. n. 232 (1865”’).

Australia. Coll. B.M.

2. ELODINA BOURUENSIS.

Elodina bouruensis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3. iv.

p. 319. n. 4 (1867).

Bouru (Wallace) ; id.? Aru (Wallace). Coll. B.M.

Nearly allied to #. egnatia, but apparently distinct.

3. ELODINA ANGULIPENNIS.

Terias angulipennis, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 431 (1852).

Pieris pallene, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. i. Pier. pl. 2. f. 8, 9 (1853).

Richmond River, Moreton Bay, Port Macquarie. Coll. B.M.

4, ELODINA PADUSA.

Pieris padusa, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. i. Pier. pl. 2. f. 10, 11 (1853).

Australia. Coll. B.M.

Nearly allied to the preceding species.

5. ELODINA SIGNATA.

Elodina signata, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3. iv, p. 319.

n. 8 (1867).

New Caledonia. B.M.

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. 527

Genus 2. Spoa2nocona, Butler*,

Cist. Ent, iii. p. 44. gen. 15, pl. 1. f. 13 (1870).

1. SPHZNOGONA GRATIOSA.

Terias gratiosa, Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lepid. pl. 9. f. 5 (1847).

Venezuela. B.M.

2. SPH#ZNOGONA ECUADORA.

Terias ecuadora, Hewitson, Fquat. Lep. p. 2. n. 2 (1869).

Ecuador ( Buckley).

A beautiful species allied to S. gratiosa.

3. SPHZNOGONA INGRATA.

Terias ingrata, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, p. 465. n. 1

(1869).

Terias gratiosa, Reakirt, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. ii. p. 359. n. 3

(1863).

Mexico; Chontales; Nicaragua; Polochic Valley. B.M.

4. SPHZNOGONA XANTOCHLORA.

Q. Terias xantochlora, Kollar, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien,

math.-nat. Cl. i. p. 363. n. 36 (1850).

3. Terias bogotana, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 84. n. 41 (1861).

Terias chloé, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. il. p. 199. n. 202 (“1865”).

Terias gaugamela, Felder, l. c. n. 203, pl. 26. f. 5 (**1865’’).

Bogota. 2 3, B.M.

The above species described by the Felders appear to me to be

identical with 7. cantochlora.

5. SPHZNOGONA LIMONEUS.

Terias limoneus, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 84. n. 43 (1861);

Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 200. n. 204 (“1865”).

Venezuela.

Seems nearly allied to S. xantochlora.-

6. SPHZNOGONA SALOME.

Terias salome, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 84. n. 42 (1861);

Reise Noy. Lep. ii. p. 201. n. 206 (1865’’).

Ecuador (Felder) ; Bolivia. B.M.

Dr. Felder says of this species, ‘The only male in our collection

is larger than 7’. constantia just described ; the wings are as broad

as in 7. wantochlora, Koll., and the hind wings more distinctly

angulate.”

7. SPHZNOGONA JAMAPA.

2. Terias jamapa, Reakirt, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 239.

n. 5 (1866).

Mexico.

* The type of this genus is an undescribed species from Archidona, allied to

S. constantia, g, Felder; Doubleday gives Quito as the habitat, but we have no

species of this group from that locality.

528 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. [June 6,

8. SPHHNOGONA THEODES.

Q. Terias theodes, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 85. n. 45

(1861); Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 201. n. 207 (1865”’).

3. Terias constantia, Felder, J. c. n. 205 (‘1865’’).

Venezuela. B.M.

9. SPHZNOGONA THEONA.

Terias theona, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 202. n. 208 (1865”’).

Q. Terias theodes, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 85. n. 45 (1861).

Venezuela.

Allied to S. theodes, but smaller; the wings shorter.

10. SPHANOGONA FABIOLA.

Terias fabiola, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 85. n. 44 (1861);

Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 199. n. 201 (“1865”).

Venezuela. B.M.

11. SPHANOGONA ARBELA.

Eurema arbela, Hiibner, Zutr. ex. Schmett. f. 641, 642 (1832).

Brazil.

Not in British Museum. Allied to S. salome, from which it

chiefly differs in the broader marginal band of the hind wings.

12. SPHZNOGONA BOGOTANA.

Terias bogotana, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 84. n. 41 (1861);

Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 198. n. 199, pl. 26. f. 3, 4 (*1865”).

Bogota.

Allied to S. arbela.

13. SPHZNOGONA MEXICANA.

Terias mexicana, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 655. n. 5, pl. 3c.

f. 1 (1836).

Terias boisduvaliana, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 200 ( 18657’).

Mexico. B.M.

14, SPHANOGONA DAMARIS.

Terias damaris, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 200 (‘1865’’).

2. Terias mexicana, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 655. n. 3

(1836).

Terias depuiseti, Boisd. Lép. Guatemala, p. 11 (1870).

Mexico; Guatemala.

15. SPHHNOGONA? ZELIA.

Terias zelia, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 430 (1852).

Colombia.

16. SpH#&NOGONA! ANGULATA.

Terias angulata, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 34. n. 3

(1860).

Sandwich Islands.

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. 529

Genus 3. Levcrp1A, E. Doubleday,

Gen. Diurn. Lepid. p. 77 (1847).

1. LeucipIA ELVINA.

Terias elvina, Swainson, Zool. Ill. 1st ser. pl. 22 (1820).

Pernambuco. B.M.

2. LEUCIDIA BREPHOS.

Mancipium vorax brephos, Hibner, Samml. ex. Schmett. i. pl. 143

(1806-27).

Venezuela; Para. B.M.

3. Lrucip1a LEUCOMA.

Terias leucoma, Bates, Journ. Entom. i. p. 244. n. 16 (1861).

Leucidia elphos, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 69. n. 17 (1862).

Upper Amazons.

Close to the preceding, if not a variety of it.

Genus 4, Trerras, Swainson,

Zool. Ill. 1st ser. pl. 22 (1820).

1. TERIAS CLARA.

Terias clara, Bates, Journ. Entom. i. p. 243. n. 12 (1861).

Leucidia exigua, Prittwitz, Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 133. n. 1 (1865).

Var. Leucidia pygmea, Prittwitz, l.c. p. 133. n. 2 (1865).

Tapajos ; Honduras. B.M.

I believe L. pyymea to be merely a dwarfed form of the species ;

our examples vary imniensely in size.

2. TeERIAS IMPURA.

Terias impura, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 70. n. 11, pl. 7. f. 5

(1865).

Timor.

Curiously like 7. clara.

3. TERIAS LIRINA.

Terias lirina, Bates, Journ. Entom. i. p. 244. n. 15 (1861).

Parad (Bates).

Closely allied to 7’. clara.

4, TERIAS ALBULA.

Papilio albula, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 27. f. E (1775).

2. Mancipium fugax Nise, Hiibner, Samml. ex. Schmett.

pl. 146. f. 3, 4 (1806-27).

Pernambuco; Demerara; Venezuela. B.M.

5. TeRIAS? PASIPHAE.

Papilio pasiphaé, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 80. f. E (1779).

Surinam (Cramer).

May come near 7’. albula, but is larger than any known species

of that group; possibly the female of Pandemos arcas.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXXIV.

530 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. _ [June 6,

6. TERIAS MARGINELLA.

Terias marginella, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 97. n. 53 es

Venezuela; Panama; Bogota.

Scarcely disguce iron the ‘albulas

7. TERIAS SINO#.

Pieris sinoé, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 138. n. 66 (1819).

Papilio cassie, Sepp, Surin. Vlind. ii. pl. 56 (1848).

Terias celata, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, p. 466. n. 4

(1869).

Var. Terias leucilla, Felder, 1. c. n. 5 (1869).

Rio Grande; Honduras; Panama. B.M.

8. TERIAS GNATHENE.

Terias gnathene, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 680. n. 46 (1836) ;

Hiibner, Zutr. ex. Schmett. f. 937, 938 (1837).

Jamaica; Honduras. B.M.

9, TeERIAS AMELIA.

Terias amelia, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. de Cuba, p. 253. n. 12,

pl. 18. f. 11-13 (1851).

Cuba.

Nearly allied to the preceding.

10. TERIAS MESSALINA.

Papilio messalina, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. p. 22. n. 235 (1787).

Terias bulea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 680. n. 47 (1836).

Eurema arabella, Hibner, Zutr. ex. Schmett. f. 973, 974 (1837).

Terias deflorata, Kollar, Denkscbr. Akad. Wiss. i. p. 363. n. 37

1850).

‘ Terias iradia, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. de Cuba, p. 253. n. 13,

pl. 18. f. 14-17 (1851).

Jamaica; Honduras. B.M.

11. TeRIAS MANA.

Terias mana, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 681. n. 49 Sgaccte

Bolivia.

12. TeRIAS AGAVE.

Papilio agave, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 20. f. H, I (1775).

Eurema jodutta, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p, 96. n. 1019

(1816).

Pieris phiale (part.), Godart, Ene. Méth, ix. p. 157. n. 61 (1819),

Brazil ; Pernambuco. B.M.

13. TERIAS PHIALE.

Papilio phiale, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 27. f. F (1775).

Surinam.

Seems allied to 7. agave; and is probably identical with 7’. musa,

Fabr.

1871.) MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. 531

14. TreRIAS TAPEINA.

Terias tapeina, Bates, Journ. Entom. i. p. 244. n. 14 (1861).

Para (Bates).

Belongs to the Agave group.

15. TeRIAS LUCINA.

Terias lucina, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. de Cuba, p. 252. n. 11,

pl. 18. f. 8-10 (1851).

Verias arabella, Lucas, Hist. Cuba, vii. p. 515, pl. 16. f. 5, 57(1856).

Cuba.

Belongs to the Agave group.

16. TeRIAS MUSA.

Papilio musa, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 195. n. 607 (1793).

Terias gentilis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 658. n. ¥ (1836).

Terias columbia, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 86. n. 48 (1861).

Bogota. B.M.

17. TeRIAS FORNSI.

Terias fornsi, Poey, Mem. Hist, Nat. de Cuba, p. 443. n. 13

(1851).

Isle of Pines (Gundlach).

Allied to 7’. lucina and amelia of Poey.

18. TrRRIAS CONJUNGENS.

Terias conjungens, Herrich-Schiaffer, Corr.-Blatt. Regensb. xviii.

p- 167 (1864).

Cuba.

Next to 7. fornsi; differs from it and 7’. lucina in its broader

border, which more nearly approaches the inner margin.

19. TeRIAS EUGENIA.

Terias eugenia, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 33. n. 2 (1860).

*Terias cubana, Herrich-Schiiffer, Corr.-Blatt. Regensb. xviii.

p- 166 (1864).

Honduras; Haiti. B.M.

20. TreRIAS EBRIOLA.

Terias ebriola, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. de Cuba, p. 250. n. 9,

pl. 24. f. 7-13 (1851).

Cuba.

Allied to 7’. platea and 7. palmira; possibly a variety of 7. eu-

genia.

21. Terras JucuNDA.

Terias jucunda, Boisduval et Leconte, Lép. Am. Sept. pl. 19.

f. 1-3 (1827).

Var. Terias lemnia, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 205. n. 213

(1865).

United States. B.M.

532 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. [June 6,

22. TrERIAS PALMIRA.

Terias palmira, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. de Cuba, p. 249. n. 8,

pl. 24. f. 4-6 (1851).

Terias vitellina, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 86. n. 49 (1851).

Var. Terias tegea, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 203. n. 210

(1865).

Var. ? Terias lydia (part.), Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 87. n. 50

(1861).

Terias pheenicia, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 205. n. meat

Nicaragua; Panamé; Venezuela; Honduras. B.M

23. TERIAS MEDUTINA.

Terias medutina, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 97. n. 52 (1861).

Venezuela.

Near 7. palmira.

24. TERIAS SIDONIA.

Terias sidonia, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, p. 465. n. 2

(1869).

Mexico, B.M.

25. TERIAS MYCALE.

Terias mycale, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 204. n. 210 (1865).

Bahia (Felder); id.? Pernambuco. 3 2, B.M.

26. TERIAS PLATHA.

Terias platea, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p. 474.

n. 18 (1862),

Pernambuco; Brazil; Para. B.M.

27. TERIAS ELATHEA.

3. Papilio elathea, Cramer, ii. pl. 99. f. C, D (1776).

2. Terias midea, Ménétriés, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Mose. iii.

pl. 11. f. 6 (1834).

Jamaica. B.M.

28. TERIAS ALBINA.

@. Terias albina, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. de Cuba, p. 251. n. 10.

pl. 24. f. 14-16 (1851).

Cuba.

Seems to be a slight variety of the preceding.

29. TERIAS RHODIA.

Terias rhodia, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 97. n. 51 (1861).

Terias elathea, var. a, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 665 Heke

Bogota. B.M.

30. TERIAS LYDIA.

Terias lydia, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 87. n. 50 ( 1861).

Venezuela (Felder) ; id.? 3 2, B.M.

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. 533

31. TERIAS DELIA.

Papilio delia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ili. pl. 273. f. A (1780).

Eurema demoditas, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 96. n. 1016

(1816).

Pieris daira, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 137. n. 59 (1819).

United States; and var. West Coast of Mexico. B.M.

32. TERIAS STYGMULA.

Terias stygmula, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 661. n. 15 (1836).

Honduras. B.M.

33. TERIAS EUTERPE.

Colias euterpe, Ménétriés, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Mosc. iii. pl. 11.

f. 4 (1834).

Pieris thymetus, Godart (nec Fabricius), Enc. Méth. ix. Suppl.

814. n. 56, 57 (18283).

2. ?Terias perimede, Prittwitz, Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 134 (1865).

Var. Terias sulphurina, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. de Cuba, pl. 18.

f. 1-3 (1851).

Jamaica; Haiti. B.M.

34. TeRIAS LISA.

Xanthidia lisa, Boisduval et ait Lép. Am. Sept. pl. 19.

f. 4, 5.(1827).

Pieris smilda, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 136. n. 56 (1819).

North America; Illinois; East Florida. B.M.

35. TERIAS NICIPPE.

Papilio nicippe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 210. f. C, D (1752).

Ohio; Philadelphia; Georgia; East Florida. B.M.

36. TERIAS HYONA.

Colias hyona, Ménétriés, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Mosc. iii. pl. 11.

f. 5 (1834).

St. Domingo. B.M.

37. TERIAS PYRO.

Pieris pyro, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 137. un. 60 (1819).

St. Domingo.

May not this be the female of 7. hyona?

38. TERIAS DESJARDINSII.

Xanthidia desjardinsii, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 22. un. 3

pl. 2. f. 6 (1833).

Madagascar.

Seems from the figure to be very like the male of 7. hyona.

39. TeRIAS LATA.

Terias leta, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 674. n. 36 (1836).

534 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. [June 6,

Terias jegcri, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. i. pl. 2. f. 1 (1855).

Affghanistan; Landoor; Bhotan. B.M.

M. Ménétriés states that his 7. jegeri and the two other Indian

species figured on the same plate are from Haiti.

40. TreERIAS MANDARINA.

Terias mandarina, De ?Orza, Lep. Japon, p. 18 (1869).

Japan.

Seems to belong to the /eta group, but is not very near to any

thing in the British Museum.

41. TERIAS VAGANS.

Terias vagans, Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 357. n. 10 (1866).

North India. B.M.

Allied to 7. eta, which it resembles in the shape of its wings.

42, TERIAS HERLA.

Terias herla, M°Leay, King’s Survey Austr. ii. p. 460. n. 144

(1827).

Australia, Cape York. B.M.

43. TERIAS LIBYTHEA.

Papilio libythea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 427 (1798).

Terias parvula, Herrich-Schaffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. p. 78. n. 54

(1869).

Var.? Terias lerna, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat.

Cl. xl. p. 448 (1860).

Var. Terias zoraide, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 213. n. 229

(“1865”).

Terias australis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3, iv. p. 321. n. 9

(1867).

Canara ; Darjeeling; Moreton Bay; Rockingham Bay; Sandy

Point. B.M.

44, TERIAS PULCHELLA.

Xanthidia pulchella, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. pl. 2. f. 7

(1833).

Madagascar; Mauritius. B.M.

45. TERIAS DRONA.

Terias drona, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. pl. 1. f. Wee

North India; Punjaub. .M

46. TERTAS BRIGITTA.

Papilio brigitta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 331. f. B, C (1782).

Var. Terias rahel, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 673. n. 34 (1836).

Terias zoé, Hopffer, Ber. (1855) ; Peters, Reise Zool. v. pl. 23.

f. 10, 11 (1862).

Terias drona, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 19 (1857).

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. 535

Var. Terias caffra, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 213 (1865).

Congo; Ashanti; Port Natal; Zoolu. B.M.

47. TERIAS SANTANA.

Terias santana, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 211. n. 225 (1865’’).

Terias rubella, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3, iv. p. 323. n.15 (1867).

Var. Terias senna, Felder, Reise Noy. Lep. ii. p. 212. n. 226

(71865°"").

North India; China. B.M.

48. TERIAS VENATA.

Terias venata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 65. n. 117, pl. 2°.

f. 2 (1857).

Panjaub. B.M.

Nearly allied to 7. drona, but with a narrower regular margin to

hind wings.

49. TeRIAS SMILAX.

Terias smilax, Donovan, Ins. New Holland, pl. 20. f. 3 (18035).

Australia.

Seems to come near to 7’. sinta of Wallace; but more nearly re-

sembles 7’. smilacina, ¢, in the figure.

50. TrerRtas SINTA.

Terias sinta, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3, iv. p. 322. n. 11 (1867).

Moreton Bay. B.M.

' 51. TERIAS INGANA.

Terias ingana, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3, iv. p. 322. n. 10

(1867).

Sidney. B.M.

52, TeRIAS FLORICOLA.

Xanthidia flricola, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 21 (1833).

Mauritius; Madagascar. B.M.

53. TERIAS BRENDA.

Terias brenda, Doubleday et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lepid. pl. 9.

f. 6 (1847).

Sierra Leone; Ashanti; Angola. B.M.

54. TERIAS BLANDA.

Terias blanda, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 672. n. 32 (1836).

Terias phanosyla, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 209. n. 221

(1865).

China. B.M.

55. TERIAS SENEGALENSIS,

Terias senegalensis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 672. n. 31

(1836) ; Hiibner, Zutrage ex. Schm. f. 969, 970 (1837).

536 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. _ [June 6,

Var. Terias candace, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 213. n. 228

(#1865”").

Sierra Leone; White Nile. B.M.

56. TerRiaAs SUAVA.

Terias suava, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 670. n. 28 (1836).

Terias anemone, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 23. n. 7 (1862).

China. B.M.

57. TERIAS NIKOBARIENSIS.

Terias nikobariensis, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii.

p- 480 (1862).

Ceylon. B.M.

Near to 7’. suava of Boisduval.

58. TERIAS £ZSIOPE.

Tertas esiope, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. in Cat. Mus. Petr.

Lep. i. p. 85, pl. 2. f. 3 (1855).

Terias fimbriata, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 2rd ser. iv.

p- 323. n. 16 (1867).

Port Macquarie; Rockingham Bay; Port Essington; Silhet?;

Hong-kong.

Probably a form of 7. hecabe.

59. TERIAS HECABE.

Papilio hecabe, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 763. n. 96 (1766) ;

Edwards, Glan. d’Hist. Nat. i. pl. 253.

Papilio hecube, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. p. 19. n. 201 (1787).

China; Silhet; Moulmein; Aru Islands; Port Essington ; Rock-

ingham Bay; N.W. Australia. B.M.

60. TrERIAS HECABEOIDES.

Terias hecabeoides, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr. Lep. pl. 2. f. 2

(1855).

Nepaul (Wright). B.M.

I believe Nepaul to be the correct habitat of this species, which is

scarcely distinct from T. hecabe.

61. TERIAS SILHETANA.

Terias silhetana, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3, iv. p. 324.

n, 17 (1867).

Id.? Assam and Borneo. B.M.

Probably a form of T. hecabe.

62. TERIAS DIVERSA.

Terias diversa, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3, iv. p. 324. n. 20

(1867).

Id.? Philippines. B.M.

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. 937

63. TERIAS SARI.

Terias sari, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 136. n. 61 (1829).

Terias hecabe, var. 2, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 670 (1836).

Java, B.M.

Intermediate between 7. tilaha and T’.. hecabeoides, Ménétr.

64. TEeRIAS TILAHA.

Terias tilaha, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E.1.C. p. 136. n. 62 (1829).

Java. B.M.

65. TERIAS SINENSIS.

Terias sinensis, Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 429 (1852).

China.

Near 1. tilaha.

66. TERIAS EUMIDE.

Terias eumide, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 214. n. 231(‘1865’’).

Celebes. B.M.

67. TERIAS ALITHA.

Terias alitha, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 289. n. 51 (1862).

Ternate; Celebes. B.M.

68. TeRtas LORQUINII.

Terias lorquinii, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 209. n. 222

(°1865’’).

Terias tilaha (part.), Vollenhoeven, Mon. Pier. p. 65 (“1865”).

Celebes. B.M.

69. TerRtAs ZITA.

Terias zita, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 210. n. 223 (1865”’).

Terias zama, Felder, l. c. n. 224 (*1865”’).

Menado.

70. TERIAS RAHEL,

3. Papilio rahel, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. p. 22. n. 235 (1787).

Terias tondana, Felder, Nov. Voy. ii. pl. 26. f. 1 (1865).

Q. Terias tominia, Vollenhoven, Mon, Pier. p. 66. n. 3, pl. 7.

f. 4 (1865).

Borneo. 3, B.M.

71. TERIAS CELEBENSIS.

Terias celebensis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 3, iv. p, 327. n. 32,

pl. 6. f. 1 (1867).

Celebes. ©, B.M.

72. TERIAS CANDIDA.

Papilio candida, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 331. f. A (1782).

Ceram. B.M.

538 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. [June 6,

73. TERIAS PUELLA.

Terias puella, Boisd. Voy. de |’ Astrolabe, Ent. pl. 2. f. 8 (1833).

Terias virgo, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, iv. p. 328. n. 39

(1867).

? Papilio chrysopterus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2261. n. 883

(1788-91); Zschach, Mus. Lesk. Ent. p. 88. n. 35 (1788).

Aru Islands.

74, TERIAS NEDA.

Pieris neda, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 135. n. 54 (1819).

3. Mancipium fugax Nise, Hiibuer, Samml. ex. Schmett. i.

pl. 146. f. 1, 2 (1806-27).

Terias tenella, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 657. n. 6 (1836).

Pernambuco; Brazil; Honduras. B.M.

75. TERIAS ZQUATORIALIS.

Terias equatorialis, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 85. n. 46 (1861).

Bogota. B.M.

Weir ly allied to 7. nise.

76. TERIAS NISE.

Papilio nise, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 20. f. K, L (1775).

Var. Terias limbia, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vy. p. 86. n. eae

Venezuela; Para. B.M

Var. Terias venusta, Boisd. Sp. Gén. Lép. 1. p. 658. n. 8 (1836).

Panama. B.M.

77. TERIAS SOLANA.

Terias solana, Reakirt, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 240. n. 6

(1866).

Mexico.

Allied to T. nise.

78. TeRIAS NELPHE.

Terias nelphe, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, p. 466. n. 3

(1869).

Mexico. B.M.

Allied to 7. neda.

79. TeRIAS SMILACINA.

Terias smilacina, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 208. n. ae

Venezuela. B.N

80. TERIAS LEUCE.

Terias leuce, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 659. n. 10 (1836).

Var. Terias nisella, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii.

474. n. 17 (1862).

Terias athalia, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. i. p. 208. n. 219 (1865).

Pernambuco. B.M,

1871.] MR. A, G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS, 539

81. TrrtAs FLAVILLA.

Terias flavilla, Bates, Journ. Ent. i. bi 241. n. 4 (1861).

Bolivia. B.M.

82. TRIAS CICUMCINCTA.

Terias circumcincta, Bates, Journ. Ent. i. p. 241. n. 5 (1861).

Amazons.

83. TrRIAS PAULINA.

Terias paulina, Bates, Journ. Entom. i. p. 240. n. 2 page?

St. Paulo. B.M.

84. TERIAS FLAVESCENS.

Terias flavescens, Chavannes, Bull. Soc. Vaud. iii. (1849).

St.. Paulo.

Perhaps the same as the preceding. I cannot, however, get hold

of the work in which it is described.

85. TERIAS PALLIDA.

Terias pallida, Chavannes, Bull. Soc. Vaud. iii. (1849).

St. Paulo.

I cannot determine this species, for the reason given above.

86. TERIAS MEMULUS.

Terias memulus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 251, Pl. XIX. f. 6

(1871).

Haiti. B.M.

87. TERIAS DEVA.

Terias deva, BK. Doubleday, Gen. D. L. p. 78. n. 7 (1847).

Terias agave, Donovan (nec Fabricius), Nat. Rep. i. pl. 6. f. 2

(1823).

Terias fabricia, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. de Cuba, p. 252. n. 10

(1851).

Terias agavoides, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Mon. vii. p. 67. n. 33

(1863).

Brazil. B.M.

The above is certainly not the P. agave of Fabricius; for (as

Donovan admits) that author describes the under surface of the apex

of the wings as brown, a colour to which age has reduced the under

surface of the figure in Cramer. Moreover he does not mention the

diseal series of red spots of 7. deva, and he quotes Cramer’s figure.

88, TreRIAS RETICULATA, sp. Nn.

3. Ale supra saturate flave ; antice margine apicali-externo

decrescente, undato, nigro; postice venis minutissime nigro-

acuminatis ; corpus virescens; antice subtus saturate flave ;

margine costali aureo-flavo; venis costalibus nigro distincte

terminatis, costa basali nigro conspersa ; venis marginis externi

nigro acuminatis; margine ipso rufescente; postice aureo-

540 MR. A. G. BUFLER ON THE GENUS TERIAS. [June 6,

flave, brunneo reticulate ; maculis tribus grisets (prima basalt,

secunda costali, tertia internali), punctisque in arcu discali

digestis vie conspicuis ; corpus flavescens: exp. alar. une. 2,

lin, 4.

2. Differt alis posticis angustioribus ; anticts ad basin auran-

tiacis; apice triangulariter nigrescente: exp. alar. unc. 2,

lin. 3.

3, Archidona; @, Quito. Coll. B.M.

The most remarkable of all the species of Terzas; it belongs to

the Deva group, but reminds one of Pyristéia gundlachia in the

colouring of the under surface.

89. TrRIAS CHILENSIS.

Terias chilensis, Blanchard, Gay’s Faun. Chil. vii. p. 17, pl. 1.

f. 5a, 6 (1852).

Chili.

Allied to 7. deva, but apparently quite distinct.

90. TeRIAS CITRINA.

Terias citrina, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. de Cuba, p. 247. un. 6

pl. 18. f. 4-7 (1851).

Cuba.

Nearly allied to 7. dina, but smaller; both sexes with markings

on under surface.

91. TeRIAs DINA.

Terias dina, Poey, Cent. Lep. de Cuba (1833).

Terias westwoodii, Lucas, Hist. Cuba, vii. p. 509, pl. 16. f, 2, 28

(1856).

Terias lare, Werrich-Schiffer, Corr.-Blatt. Regensb. xvi. p. 120

(1862).

Jamaica. B.M.

92. TeRIAS WESTWOODKI.

Terias westwoodit, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 666. n. 22 (1836).

Terias dina, Hiibner, Zutr. ex. Schmett. f. 951, 952 (1837).

West coast of Mexico. B.M.

93. TeRias STYGMA.

Terias stygma, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 661. n. 14 (1836).

Peru.

Belongs to the Dina group.

94. TeRIAS HARINA.

3. Terias harina, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. 137. n. 62 (1829).

Q. Eurema formosa, Hiibner, Ziitrage ex. Schm. f. 979, 980

(1837).

Java; Borneo; Amboina; Waigiou; Celebes; Assam; Silhet.

B.M.

1871.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW SPECIES OF TEJUS. 541

Genus 5. Pyrisir1A, Butler,

Cist. Ent. iii. p. 44. gen. 17, pl. 1. f. 14 (1870).

1, PyrisiTIA PROTERPIA.

Papilio proterpia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 473. n. 152 (1775).

Mexico; Haiti; Polochic valley ; Venezuela. B.M.

2. PyrisiriA GUNDLACHIA.

Terias gundlachia, Poey, Mem. Hist. Nat. de Cuba, p- 246. n. 4,

pl. 24. f. 1-3 (1851).

Nicaragua; Venezuela; West coast of Mexico. B.M.

3. PyrisiITIA LONGICAUDA.

Terias longicauda, Bates, Ent. Mo. Mag. i. p. 32. n. 13 (1864).

Guatemala. Coll. Salvin,

6. Description of a New Species of Tejus (Tejus rufescens)

from Mendoza. By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.Z.S.

[Received May 17, 1871.]

The Society has recently purchased five living specimens of a

Tejus, said to have been brought from Mendoza, which differ from

the two species previously known in several respects.

With regard to the general form, proportions of the several parts,

and arrangement of the scutes and scales, this Lizard agrees so well

with 7’. teguexin and T. nigropunctatus that I may dispense with a

detailed description, pointing out only those peculiarities in which

it differs from the species named. I must remark that the pho-

lidosis is the same in all the five Mendoza specimens which I ex-

amined.

On all parts of the body the scales are considerably smaller than

either in T. teguexin or T. nigropunctatus. This is especially con-

spicuous on the temple, where the scales are reduced to the size of

granules. ‘The number of transverse series of scales is about one-

fifth more than in the other species. A stripe of minute scales be-

tween the supraciliary shields and supraciliary edge. A doublet

series, each row formed by five larger scales, above the temple.

Only one single mental shield behind the middle lower labial. Pos-

terior part of the tail scarcely compressed, much less so than in 7.

teguexin. Blackish brown, with brownish-red or brownish-yellow

markings. These markings are in the form of irregular transverse

spots on the back, more distinct on the neck, but mottled with brown

on the trunk and behind. An interrupted yellowish band proceeds

from the tympanum along each side of the neck to the shoulder,

where it is lost among the markings of the body. ‘Tail with the

alternate black and red rings rather indistinct. Lower parts brownish

542 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW SPECIES OF TEJUS. [June 6,

Bakers

: ae

Tejus rufescens.

1871.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 543

red, with irregular transverse blackish spots. | Upperside of the

limbs with small reddish specks.

In the largest specimen the reddish tinge covers nearly the whole

body, whilst in two others of middle size it is confined to the mark-

ings and the lower parts. In two young specimens it is not deve-

loped, the markings being of a dirty whitish colour.

This species, for which I propose the name of Tejus rufescens,

appears to grow to the same size as the two other species.

June 20, 1871.

R. Hudson, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following Report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1871 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of May was 181, of which 30 were by birth,

42 by presentation, 79 by purchase, 15 by exchange, and 15 were

received on deposit. The total number of departures during the

same period by-death and removals was 114.

The following were the most remarkable additions during the

month :—

1. Three specimens of a rather scarce and remarkable Water-

Tortoise, Sternotherus subniger (S. nigricans, Dum. et Bibr. Erp.

Gén. ii. p. 399), purchased May 3rd out of a vessel coming from

Madagascar. We have already several specimens of a West-African

species of the same genus, which I take to be S. derbianus, Gray,

in the collection. The Sternotheri, I may remark, are very aquatic

in their habits, keeping continually in the water, whereas the Pelo-

meduse of the.same family, at least in the case of our P. gehajie,

seem never to enter the water.

2. A pair of the White-eared Fruit-bat of India (Cynopterus

marginatus), purchased May 4th of Mr. Jamrach out of a collection

of living animals brought home by him from Calcutta. This Fruit-

bat is at once recognizable in life by the conspicuous white edging of

the ears, and the white lines on the bones of the wings. It has not,

I believe, been previously brought alive to Europe.

3. Two Marmots (Aretomys), also purchased of Mr. Jamrach at

the same date. These animals are said to have been brought down

to Calcutta by the Bhotanese, who conveyed a large number of Trago-

pans (Ceriornis melanocephala) from the same district of the Hi-

malayas. They appear to be referable to 4. bobac, the Siberian

Marmot, and are quite new to the Society’s collection*.

* See Dr. Anderson’s notes on the two Himalayan Marmots, infra, p. 559

et seq.

544 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ June 20,

4. A Lory, apparently of a new species, which I have already

described at the last Meeting of the Society as Lorius tibialis *.

5. A rare Lorikeet, believed to be referable to Trichoglossus mit-

chelli, G. R. Gray*.

6. Three Crowned Partridges (Rollulus coronatus) from Malacca.

7. Four Black-throated Hill-Partridges (Arboricola torqueola)

from the Himalayas.

8. A Long-billed Francolin (Rhizothera longirostris) from Ma-

lacca.

All these birds were purchased of Mr. Jamrach, along with the

Mammals above mentioned, and belong to species new to the Society’s

collection.

9. A Galago, purchased May Sth, and said to have been brought

from Port Natal, appears to agree nearly with the specimen described

and figured by Mr. Bartlett (P. Z. S. 1863, p. 231, pl. xxviii.) as

Galago monteiri. After examining this second specimen, I am in-

clined to think I was wrong in stating (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 712) that

this Galago might turn out to be a pale variety of G. erassicaudata.

Besides the difference in the colour of the fur, it is certainly smaller

than that species, and has a much thinner and less densely furred tail.

10. A young male Chimpanzee (T’roglodytes niger), brought home

for us on his return from Africa and presented by Mr. J. J. Monteiro,

C.M.Z.S., who has kindly given me some particulars concerning it,

as follows :—

“The Chimpanzee was purchased from the blacks at Poanana, at

the mouth of the river Congo; but as no inquiry had been made of

the natives as to its exact place of capture, I am unable to give it

to you. Bnt this Monkey inhabits very plentifully the north bank

of the Congo, whereas it is quite unknown south of that river.

«The manner in which this stream cuts off completely many

species of animals, birds, insects, and plants, abundant north of it,

and in its immediate vicinity, is most extraordinary and difficult of

explanation, and would be perhaps an interesting subject for a na-

turalist to investigate on the south-west coast of Africa.

“The common Grey Parrot, found in thousands on the banks of

the Congo, and northwards in Cabinda, Loando, &c., is totally absent

south, even at a few miles from the river; and I only know of its

existence at Cassange, perhaps 300 miles to the interior of Loanda,

whence the traders and caravans often bring fine live specimens

of the ‘King Parrot,’ with red feathers distributed amongst its grey

plumage.”

11. A Land-Tortoise of the genus Cinixys, also presented by Mr.

Monteiro. This specimen appears to agree in every respect with

specimens of Cinirys belliana in the British Museum, except in

having a divided caudal plate. The entire caudal plate is a

generic character of the genus Cinixys ; so I consider this difference

to be probably due to individual variation.

Mr. Monteiro has favoured me with the following notes on this

' Tortoise : —

“The Tortoise is from a granite range of low hills, coming down

* See above, p. 499.

1871.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 545

to the coast at Musserra (in about 7° S. lat.), and on one of which

stands, as a prominent landmark, the ‘remarkable granite pillar’ of

the charts of that coast. I only know this Tortoise elsewhere in

the Benguella country, in 13° S. lat., in gneiss, and on a similar

barren, very rocky ground. It only makes its appearance in the

hot or rainy season, from October to May, and is said by the natives

to hide deep in the ground during the cool season, or rest of the

year.”

; 12. A young Lemur, born in the Society’s gardens on the 7th of

May. Its mother was one of the so-called Black-fronted Lemurs

(Lemur nigrifrons, Geoffr.); and its male parent must have been

one of our Red-cheeked Lemurs (Lemur collaris, Geoffr.), as there

are no other male Lemurs in the same compartment of the Monkey-

house. Moreover, as already stated in my notes on this subject

(anted, p. 231), the parents were evidently paired together. The

little animal (which died the same day, and the skin of which I now

exhibit) is certainly most like the female parent, though a male,

and does not, so far, tend materially to confirm my theory of these

two supposed different species being really opposite sexes of Lemur

mongoz, although I have no doubt that this is correct.

13. A young male of the peculiar Bovine type of the island of

Celebes, the Anoa (Anoa depressicornis), obtained by purchase of

the Zoological Gardens of Rotterdam on the 10th of May, and

being the first specimen of this animal exhibited in the Society’s

collection.

14. A young Eagle from the port of Fow-Chow in China, pur-

chased May 11. This bird is in the striated plumage represented

in Gray’s ‘ Indian Zoology,’ ii. pl. 28, which has been usually attri-

buted to A. imperialis, but which Mr. Howard Saunders, in his re-

cent remarks on this subject (P. Z. S. 1871, p. 38), believed to be

the young of some allied species. In order to assist in the solution

of this vexed problem, I have had a sketch made of our bird in its

present plumage. This I now exhibit. We shall see what the bird

turns into when it becomes adult.

15. A selection from a second collection of animals brought from

Santiago, Chili, by Mr. Weisshaupt, under the same arrangements as

those mentioned in the case of the similar collection received in July

last year*. The selection consisted of the following animals, ac-

quired at a total cost of £136 :—

1 Long-haired Armadillo, Dasypus vellerosus, from Mendoza.

4 Buenos-Ayres Cow-birds, Molothrus bonariensis, from Men-

doza.

2 Chopi Starlings, Aphobus chopi, from Chili.

2 Long-winged Milvagos, Milvago megalopterus, from Chili.

2 Chilian Swans, Cygnus coscoroba, trom Chili.

2 Andean Geese, Bernicla melanoptera, from Chili.

2 Dominican Gulls, Larus dominicanus, from Chili.

5 Rufescent Teguexins, Teius rufescens, sp. nov., from Mendoza.

Of these the Dasypus vellerosus, Bernicla melanoptera, Milvago

* See P. Z. S. 1870, p. 664.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXXV.

546 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [{ June 20,

megalopterus, and Teius rufescens (described by Dr. Giinther, supra,

p. 541) are species new to the Society’s collection.

The Armadillo is of special interest as confirming a species esta-

blished by Dr. Gray in this Society’s ‘Proceedings’ for 1865 *, upon

a single specimen obtained by Mr. Bridges in “ Bolivia.”” I have

examined the typical example in the British Museum, and have no

doubt of our specimen being identical with it, though in our rather

larger individual the hairs are still longer. Itis possible the locality

(“ Bolivia’’) assigned to Mr. Bridges’s specimen may be correct ; but

I am somewhat inclined to doubt it. In a collection of birdskins

made by Mr. Weisshaupt in the district of Mendoza, and between

San Juan and San Luis, in the Argentine Republic, during the same

expedition as that in which he obtained Dasypus vellerosus and the

other animals, I have recognized several well-marked species, such

as Drymornis bridgesi (Kyton), which are also commonly attributed

to “ Bolivia,’ but which were in all probability obtained by Mr.

Bridges during his travels in the vicinity of Mendoza.

16. A Tamandua Ant-eater (Tamandua tetradactyla, Linn.)

from the vicinity of Santa Marta, purchased May 29. The clever

drawing of Mr. Keuleman’s, which I exhibit (Plate XLIII.), will

serve to give an idea of the external form of this animal, which has

never been previously received alive by the Society, though we have

at present two fine examples of Myrmecophaga gigantea living in the

Menagerie, and have twice received living specimens of Cycloturus

didactylust. Our Tamandua measures as follows :— Long. corp. 20,

caudee 20, tota 40 poll. Angl.

17. Two examples of the peculiar Short-winged Rail of Lord

Howe’s Island, which I have lately described in this Society’s

‘ Proceedings’ an Ocydromus sylvestris (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 472,

pl. xxxv.). For our specimens of this singular bird, as for so many

rarities previously received, we have to thank our excellent friend

and correspondent Dr. George Bennett, F.Z.S., of Sydney, N.S.W.,

and the authorities of the Botanic Gardens of that city.

Prof. Newton exhibited a series of eggs collected by the German

North-Pole Expedition, and transmitted to him by Dr. Finsch. The

most interesting among them were presumed to belong to Calidris

arenaria, partly from the fact that no other species was observed

by the Expedition to which they could possibly be assigned, and

partly from the fact that all of them agree in every essential cha-

racter, and some of them precisely, with an authenticated specimen

of the egg of this bird exhibited by Prof. Newton in January last,

and figured in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 56,

pl. iv. fig. 2). This he then believed to be the first genuine egg

* See P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 376, pl. xviii.

t+ One of these Ant-eaters was “received on approval” from Mr. Colston,

Sept. 16, 1854, the second “presented” by HE. LB. Webb, Esq., Sept. 5, 1858.

The generic name is usually written Cyclothurus. Supposing the derivation of

it to be kukhwrbs rotundatus, I prefer to write it Cycloturus.

fo:

1871.] ON THE MYOLOGY OF THE KINKAJOU, 547

of the Sanderling which had been seen in England ; but an examiua-

tion of the present series shows that an egg which he obtained in

Iceland in 1858, and also exhibited, musi in all likelihood be attri-

buted to the same species.

Prof. Macdonald, of the University of St. Andrews, exhibited a

series of specimens illustrative of the cranial bones of fishes.

An extract was read from a letter addressed to the Secretary by

Mr. Walter J. Scctt, C.M.Z.S., dated Valley of Lagoons, Queens-

land, March 16, 1871, stating that Mr. Haig, a planter on the

Lower Herbert, had lately caught alive an apparently full-grown

specimen of the Australian Cassowary (Casuarius australis), and

was anxious to present it to the Society, if he could find an oppor-

tunity of sending it down to Sidney.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Myology of the Limbs of the Kinkajou (Cerco-

leptes caudivolvulus) &e. By J. Beswick-Perrin. (Com-

municated by Professor Fitower, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.)

[Received June 19, 1871.]

I am indebted to Professor Flower for his kindness in allowing me

the privilege of dissecting this interesting and beautiful animal,

recently one of the inmates of the Society’s Gardens.

To the description of the muscles of the Kinkajou I have added

some remarks on the myology of the limbs of the Paradozurus typus

and Caracal (Felis caracal), more particularly mentioning the chief

points of difference between them.

The sterno-mastoid consists of two portions, an anterior and ex-

ternal, and a posterior and internal.

The former is smaller than the latter. It arises from the apex of

the manubrium sterni, being overlapped at its origin by the anterior

fibres of the pectoralis anticus muscle; opposite the middle of the

neck it divides into two nearly equal-sized slips ; the outer of the two

is inserted fascial into the occiput ; the inner one joins the outer side

of the deeper division to be inserted along with it into the mastoid

process of the temporal bone. ‘The posterior or internal portion is

half as large again as the preceding; it arises from the summit of

the manubrium along with its fellow of the opposite side. It is in-

serted with the inner division of the preceding into the mastoid pro-

cess of the temporal bone. In the Paradoxurus the sterno-mastoid

is a single muscle; it is inserted into both the mastoid of the tem-

poral and the occipital bones. In the Dog it is a single muscle at

its origin, bifurcating into two near its distal extremity, one to be

inserted into the digastric groove, the other into the lateral part of the

os occipitis (Douglas).

548 MR. J. BESWICK-PERRIN ON THE [June 20,

The levator clavicule is a long, slender, and entirely muscular

slip, which arises from the bottom of the digastric groove, external

to the digastric muscle. It passes almost directly backwards towards

the shoulder, to be inserted into the rudimentary clavicle, behind the

levator humeri, with which it is closely associated. In the Para-

doxurus it has the same arrangement, except that it is situated at its

origin a little internal and posterior to the digastric muscle. The

clavicle in this animal is represented simply by a tendinous intersec-

tion in the levator humeri.

In the Dog it is described by Douglas as the musculus ad levatorem

accessorius.

The levator scapule arises from the anterior aspect of the broad,

expanded, and wing-like transverse process of the atlas. It as in-

serted into the spine of the scapula near its anterior extremity. In

the Paradoxurus the atloid attachment is not so decidedly in front of

the transverse process, being more to its lower and outer border.

At its insertion it is continuous with the anterior scapular fibres of

insertion of the trapezius muscle. This muscle is the levator scapulee

major vel anterior of Douglas*.

The levator scapule minor is a detached segment of the levator

anguli scapule. It arises from the lower border of the transverse

process of the atlas, and is inserted into the dorsal extremity of the

spine of the scapula. This muscle is wanting in the Paradoxurus.

The slip which corresponds to it is blended with the levator anguli

scapule. It presents the latter arrangement in the Dog.

The occipito-scapular occupies the rhomboid plane, and is very

closely connected with the anterior border of the rhomboid muscle

during its whole length. There is certainly a slight indication of an

areolar interval ; but the separation of this muscle from the rhomboid

is arbitrary. In the Paradorurus there is not the slightest trace of

an areolar interval between the two. In the Kinkajou it arises from

the occipital ridge external to the protuberance. The rhomboid isa

continuation from the posterior border of this muscle downwards as

far as the fourth dorsal spine. ‘the occipito-scapular is inserted into

the superior angle of the scapula, close to the base of the spine, and

slightly in advance of the rhomboid muscle. The rhomboid extends

from the preceding to the posterior inferior angle of the scapula.

In the Paradoxurus the rhomboid does not extend along the neck

beyond a point corresponding to the middle of its entire length.

The omo-hyoid arises from the superior angle of the scapula, lying

between the supraspinatus and the subscapularis. It is inserted

into the hyoid bone. In the Paradoxurus and Dog it is wanting.

The levator humeri proprius arises fleshy from the masto-occi-

pital ridge and the posterior cervical raphe as low down as the second

cervical vertebra. ‘The origin of this muscle is inseparably connected

with the trapezius at its lower part. It is inserted into the delto-

pectoral tubercle, where it blends with the lower fibres of insertion of

the anterior pectoral muscle. The trapezius presents a remarkable

arrangement, the muscles of the two sides being directly continuous

* Myographia Comparata.

1871. | MYOLOGY OF THE KINKAJOU. 549

by means of a thin aponeurotic expansion across the dorsal mesial

line, having no spinal attachments. The object of this arrangement

is no doubt to facilitate the rapid approximation of the scapule, e. g.

when the animal tears its prey.

This muscle is inserted into the anterior three-fourths of the sca-

pular spine.

Besides there is an additional portion segmented from the pre-

ceding, which arises from the spines of the dorsal vertebrze from the

second to the tenth inclusive. It crosses the inferior half of the ver-

tebral border of the scapula and the adjacent portion of the infra-

spinatus, to be inserted into the lower and posterior half of the spine

of the scapula.

The serratus magnus and levator anguli scapule constitute one

large and continuous muscle. It arises, by fourteen digitations, from

the transverse processes of the six lower cervical vertebrae, and from

the nine upper ribs. The digitations are arranged in a radiate man-

ner, advancing towards the middle line from the first to the sixth

ribs, and then recedes to the ninth. Those attached to the six

upper ribs extend as far as the anterior extremities of the vertebral

ribs, springing from their upper margins; the three succeeding digi-

tations do not advance so far forwards, and fit into corresponding

processes from the external oblique muscle of the abdomen. Between

the digitations attached to the second and third and third and

fourth ribs pass the two superior muscular slips of insertion of the

scalenus posticus.

The insertion of the serratus magnus does not present that twisted

appearance common to the Primates; but it is simply flattened and

extends the whole length of the vertebral border of the scapula.

In the Paradoxurus there is a similar arrangement, except that

the levator anguli scapule representative is attached to all the cer-

vical transverse processes; the upper and anterior one, no doubt,

representing that which I have described in the Kinkajou as the

levator scapulee minor.

The pectoral muscles are three in number, viz. an anterior, a

posterior superior, and a posterior inferior.

The anterior of these three pectoral muscles corresponds to the

pectoralis major. It is elongated and irregularly quadrilateral in

shape, and entirely muscular. It is attached proximally to the

anterior half of the sternum and to the sternal extremities of the

second to the seventh ribs inclusive. The most anterior fibres over-

lap, and are closely associated with the fibres of origin of the sterno-

mastoid muscle. It is attached by its distal fibres to the upper half

of the anterior border of the shaft of the humerus, extending from

the great tuberosity to the distal end of the delto-pectoral ridge, It

is partly blended with the fibres of insertion of the levator humeri.

The posterior superior muscle is situated behind the preceding.

It is attached to the second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh

ribs close to the sternum, and also to the adjoining margin of the

sternum. The muscular fibres converge as they pass outwards,

finally terminating in a fascial expansion on the tuberosity of the

550 MR. J. BESWICK-PERRIN ON THE [June 20,

humerus, into which it is implanted. It also sends off a fascial pro-

cess which blends partly with the capsular ligament of the shoulder-

joint, reaching as far upwards and forwards as the rudimentary cora-

coid process. This muscle closely accords with the second pectoral

of birds in attaining to the position of an elevator humeri.

The posterior inferior muscle arises from the seventh, eighth,

ninth, and tenth ribs, from the lower third of the mesosternum, and

slightly from the xiphisternum. Its upper part is overlapped by

the preceding muscles, while its lower portion appears on the same

plane as the anterior pectoral. Its fibres are directed obliquely for-

wards and outwards, to be inserted into the middle of the inner mar-

gin of the delto-pectoral ridge. This muscle is jomed at its insertion

by a very large Achselbogen from the latissimus dorsi.

In the Paradoxurus typus and Caracal there is a similar arrange-

ment of the pectoral muscles, except that the posterior inferior por-

tion in the latter animal has a much more extended attachment to the

radial border of the humerus by means of an aponeurotic tendon.

The epigastric muscle consists of two or three isolated bands of

the panniculus carnosus, which spring from the antero-lateral aspect

of the thoracic subtegumental fascia; these unite together at their

anterior and outer extremity, forming a moderately strong muscle,

which passes through the axillary cavity, joining the upper border

of the Achselbogen ciose to its insertion into the humerus.

The epicostalis arises from the third, fourth, and fifth ribs, close

to the sternum. It passes in a direction obliquely upwards, forwards,

and outwards, crossing superficial to the rectus abdominis muscle

(which is prolonged as far forwards as the second and first ribs). It

is inserted into the first rib directly in front of the outer half of the

preceding muscle. This muscle has a similar arrangement in the

Paradoxurus typus and Caracal.

The subscapularis in neither of these animals presented any notable

peculiarities.

The latissimus dorsi, teres major, and the dorso-lateral panniculus

constitute by their intimate distal association one large, extensive,

and complex muscle. The latissimus dorsi occupies a central posi-

tion between the three. The proximal attachments have the same

disposition which is common to the majority of the higher animals.

Distally, the latissimus dorsi divides into three portions—a superior,

mesial, and inferior.

The superior constitutes the Achselbogen of the German authors.

It is inserted into the delto-pectoral ridge behind the pectoral muscles,

as already mentioned. This muscle crosses in front of the axiliary

vessels and nerves (exactly as it does in the human subject when

present), and is joined prior to its insertion by a contributory slip

from the dorsal panniculus.

The mesial portion blends with the teres major, the two being

inserted together into a depression internal to the delto-pectoral ridge.

The inferior portion is given off in conjunction with the preceding.

It passes down the inner and posterior aspect of the arm as a strong

wedge-shaped muscle, and is finally inserted into the anterior and

1871. ] MYOLOGY OF THE KINKAJOU. 55]

inner border of the olecranon and fascia of the forearm. It receives

about its middle a large slip from the dorsal portion of the pannicu-

lus. The latter muscle is also intimately associated with the teres

major.

The Paradoxcurus typus and Dog have a similar arrangement. In

the Caracal the dorsal panniculus is not so differentiated as in the

preceding, and the Achselbogen is wanting.

The ¢riceps is large and exceedingly well-developed; the only

point of note is that the representative of the anconeus is not seg-

mented from the inner factor of the triceps, though in other respects

disposed in the usual manner.

The anconeus epitrochlearis is small in the Kinkajou and in the

Paradoxurus typus; but in the Caracal it is larger and more elon-

gated. It arises in the latter from the ridge above the internal hu-

meral condyle in front of the epicondyloid foramen. It is only partly

inserted into the anconeal process, the remainder of its fibres being

continuous with the flexor carpi ulnaris. This muscle, in combina-

tion with the flexor carpi ulnaris, simulates on the inner side of the

humerus the supinator longus on the outside.

The deltoid consists of the two factors the mesodeltoid and post-

deltoid, separated by an areolar interval. They present no remark-

able features worthy of description.

The supraspinatus and infraspinatus have the usual arrangement.

The teres minor is represented by an unsegmented portion of the

infraspinatus.

The biceps arises by two heads—one the analogue of the so-called

long head of human anatomy, and the other the short head. Both

arise in conjunction from the base of the coracoid tubercle. The

long head is very large; it passes through the capsular ligament of

the shoulder-joint, grooving the humerus. The short head consists

of a narrow elongated tendon, which occupies almost half of the entire

length of the muscle; it runs parallel with the long factor (after the

latter has emerged from the bicipital canal) for some distance, then,

passing in front of it, terminates at its distal extremity by blending

with the anterior fibres of the long head. It is inserted into the

radial tubercle. The short factor of the biceps gives origin to two

varieties of the coraco-brachialis, viz. the short and the long. The

coraco-brachialis brevis is an inverted-wedge-shaped muscle; it is

inserted into the inner border of the neck of the humerus immediately

above and extending somewhat behind the tendon of insertion of the

teres major. The coraco-brachialis longus is a slender, elongated,

wedge-shaped muscle; it arises from the tendon of the short head

of the biceps, about half an inch below the preceding. The mus-

cular fibres gradually taper into a tendon which occupies half the

length of the entire muscle. It is inserted into the inner border of

the humerus, immediately above the epicondyloid foramen.

This is a remarkable example of the coexistence of the long and

short varieties of the coraco-brachialis of Wood. The latter accurate

observer has placed on record several similar examples occurring in

the human subject. I have also found several similar specimens ;

552 MR. J. BESWICK-PERRIN ON THE [June 20,

but in no instance have they exhibited so complete and isolated a

character as in the Kinkajou.

In the Caracal, Paradoxurus, and Dog the short variety of the

coraco-brachialis only is represented, the long variety being absent.

In the three latter animals the so-called biceps is a monogastric

muscle, the long head alone being present. In this respect the Kin-

kajou presents a remarkable difference from the Dog, the Caracal,

and the Paradoxurus typus, exhibiting a much higher grade of mus-

cular development, and approximating more closely to the Primates.

As regards the insertion of the biceps in the Dog, it is not always

confined to the radius. I found it inserted into both the radius and

ulna in a mongrel specimen.

Brachialis anticus. This muscle is very large and fleshy. It

arises from the delto-pectoral ridge and upper half of the shaft of

the humerus below this ridge. It is inserted into the coronoid pro-

cess of the ulna. It has a similar arrangement in the Caracal and

Paradoxurus typus. In the Dog the brachialis anticus is sometimes _

represented by an exceedingly small muscle which arises from the

anterior surface of the lower end of the shaft of the humerus, instead

of the more extensive attachment usually ascribed to it.

The pronator radii teres is a monogastric muscle. It arises from

the inner humeral condyle below the epicondyloid foramen. It is

inserted into a rough impression on the outer surface of the shaft of

the radius, and into the bone for some distance below this point. It

has a more extensive radial attachment in the Paradoxurus.

Palmaris longus externus arises by a pointed tendinous process

from the internal humeral condyle, and from the septum between it

and the adjacent muscles. It is inserted into the anterior annular

ligament and palmar fascia; the latter is very thin, but disposed as

in the human subject.

Palmaris longus internus is a fusiform muscle. It arises from

the fascia covering the flexor carpi ulnaris, by a pointed tendinous

process, about three quarters of an inch below the internal humeral

condyle. It is inserted into the anterior annular ligament close to

the pisiform bone; it is also partly continuous into the flexor brevis

minimi digiti. This muscle may be regarded as a differentiated por-

tion of the flexor carpi ulnaris; it is entirely supplied by the ulnar

nerve. In the Caracal and Paradoxurus there is only the usual

palmaris longus.

The flexor carpi radialis and flexor carpi ulnaris are like the cor-

responding muscles in the human subject. The ulnar nerve and the

recurrent ulnar artery pass between the two heads of the latter muscle.

The flexor sublimis digitorum arises musculo-tendinous from the

internal humeral condyle, coronoid process, and their connecting

ligament. About half an inch below its origin it divides into a central

and two flanking muscles. ‘The two latter terminate in short tendons,

which are inserted into the front and lateral aspects (one on each

side) of the flexor profundus digitorum tendon, opposite the wrist-

joint. The mesial portion divides into four tendons: three of these are

superficial ; but the fourth occupies the posterior aspect of the muscle,

1871. ] MYOLOGY OF THE KINKAJOU. 993

and terminates in the profundus tendon opposite the same point, and

situated between the tendons of insertion of the forementioned flanking

muscles. The three superficial tendons pass beneath the anterior

annular ligament, traverse the palmar aspect of the fore foot, and

form the perforated tendons of the second, third, and fourth digits.

The perforatus tendon of the fifth digit is formed by the flexor brevis

minimi digiti, to be presently described. In the Paradoxurus there

are two flanking slips only. The flexor minimi digiti longus gives

an additional slip to the fourth digit, joining the flexor-perforatus ten-

don opposite the first phalanx.

The flexor profundus digitorum has the same origin as the flexor

pollicis longus and profundus digitorum of the human subject com-

bined. Immediately above the radio-ulnar carpal articulation this

large and fleshy muscle terminates in a strong and flattened tendon,

which divides, opposite the middle of the metacarpal shafts, into five

tendons,—one, the smallest, to the pollex ; the remainder to the re-

spective digits, perforating the superficial flexor tendons. This muscle

has associated with it four lumbricals, which are disposed as in the

human subject. There is no representative of the coronoid origin of

the flexor longus pollicis, so common in the human subject.

The flexor minimi digiti longus. This peculiar muscle arises from

the pisiform bone and from the tendon of the palmaris longus in-

ternus. Its muscular belly is wedge-shaped, and terminates in a

long, slender tendon, which splits to allow the perforans tendon of

the fifth digit to pass to the terminal phalanx. It is inserted into

the sides of the base of the second phalanx of the fifth digit. I have

found the homologue of this muscle several times in the human sub-

ject; in one specimen it was especially remarkable, arising by two

distinct heads—one from an aborted and entirely tendinous represen-

tative of an additional palmaris longus, the other from the tendon of

the flexor carpi ulnaris. These two heads united together imme-

diately above the wrist-joint to form one well-developed muscle, which

finally joined to be inserted with the abductor minimi digiti. Pro-

fessor Wood has recorded several similar specimens* under the name

of abductor minimi digiti. This muscle is not, however, an abductor,

but decidedly a flexor of the little digit, and finds its homologue in

the perforatus flexor of the fifth digit in the Carnivores.

The abdactor minimi digiti arises from the pisiform bone. It is

inserted into the base of the first phalanx and the inner sesamoid

bone opposite the metacarpo-phalangeal articulation.

The flexor brevis minimi digiti brevis arises also from the pisiform

bone and tendon of the flexor carpi ulnaris. It is inserted into the

base of the first phalanx on its ulnar side, and into the sesamoid

bone. Besides these muscles there is another one, which corresponds

in position and attachment to the opponens. It arises tendinous

from the unciform bone and from the tendon of the flexor carpi

ulnaris, prolonged from the pisiform to the fourth metacarpal base ;

As it passes along the metacarpal bone it divides into two portions.

They are inserted into their respective sesamoid bones at the base of

* “Variations in Human Myology,” Royal Society’s Proceedings, June 1868,

554 MR. J. BESWICK-PERRIN ON THE [June 20,

the first phalanx of the fifth digit. There is a small sesamoid bone

developed in the tendon of origin of the latter muscle.

The muscles of the pollex are three in number :—

1. Abductor pollicis, which takes its origin from the radial sesa-

moid bone and the os trapezium. It is inserted into the radial side

of the base of the first phalanx and its sesamoid bone.

2. The opponens pollicis arises from the trapezium. It is inserted

into the distal part of the pollex metacarpal, and into the sesamoid

bone on the radial side of the metacarpo-phalangeal articulation.

3. Flexor brevis pollicis consists of two portions: one arises from

the trapezium, and is inserted into the sesamoid bone and base of first

phalanx ; the other arises from the trapezoid and os magnum, and

is inserted into the ulnar side of the base of the pollex proximal pha-

lanx without impinging on the sesamoid bone.

The pronator quadratus occupies almost the entire length between

the two bones of the forearm.

The interossei of the fore foot. There are only two superficial

palmar interossei. They arise together by a thin flat tendon from

the os magnum. Directly after their origin they diverge from each

other: the one on the radial side terminates at the base of the first

phalanx of the second digit on its ulnar side; the other (or ulnar

side one) goes to the radial side of the base of the first phalanx of

the fifth digit: the first abducts the index digit from the pollex ; the

second adducts the fifth digit in the direction of the pollex. In the

words of human myologists, both adduct towards a line drawn down

the centre of either the third or fourth digit. The deep interossei

are six in number: the first arises from the pollex and index meta-

carpal bases and shafts, the second and third from the interval

between the second and third metacarpals; the fourth and fifth

between the third and fourth, and the sixth between the fourth and

fifth metacarpals. They are inserted as follows :—Each of the second,

third, and fourth digits receives one on each side. There are two

sesamoid bones in connexion with each metacarpo-phalangeal articu-

lation; and these muscles are connected respectively with each of

them, and thus prolonged to the sides and bases of the proximal

phalanges.

The first, third, and fifth adduct the second, third, and fourth

digits towards the pollex; the second, fourth, and sixth abduct them

from the pollex. These muscles can scarcely be called interossei ;

they are situated in a great measure upon the metacarpals rather

than between them. The superficial ones are altogether removed

from contact with the metacarpals. A good name for the deep

layer would be “ bilateral flexors.’’ Any two of these muscles acting

conjointly would produce direct flexion of the first phalanx on to the

metacarpal. This is probably their true use in the living subject.

The Extensors of the Fore Limb.

The supinator longus, the extensor carpi radialis longior and

brevior are exactly the same as in the human subject. In the

1871. | MYOLOGY OF THE KINKAJOU. 555

Paradoxurus and Caracal the two latter muscles are blended toge-

ther ; the common tendon resulting from the combined muscle divides

behind the extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis into two, to be inserted

into the radial sides of the second and third metacarpals.

The Kinkajou has these muscles much better developed and more

perfect than the Paradoxurus and Caracal, and more in accordance

with that condition which is called the average one in the human

subject. This is not exactly true, however ; for while the Kinkajou’s

muscles illustrate a decided advance above that of the Caracal, Pa-

radoxurus, Dog, and Cat, and simulates the corresponding muscles in

the Primates, still the human subject leads, and exhibits in the com-

plexity of arrangement occasionally found in these muscles a tendency

towards a further grade of muscular development which is minus a

homologue in any other living animal. Douglas, in his ‘Myographia

Comparata,’ states that the supinator longus is wanting in the Dog :

I can scarcely say that it is wanting; it is aborted; its muscular

belly is decidedly present and joined with the extensor carpi radialis

communis. In several specimens which I have carefully examined,

I have detected indications of segmentation of the supinator longus

from its companion muscle. This was especially marked in a thorough-

bred Spaniel which I had the pleasure of dissecting during last winter.

The extensores communis digitorum and carpi ulnaris and the

supinator brevis present the usual arrangement.

The extensor minimi digiti divides into three tendons, to be distri-

buted to the third, fourth, and fifth toes, joining the tendons of the

common extensor on their ulnar sides.

The extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis is a large fleshy muscle ; it

is inserted into the trapezium and pollex metacarpal base.

The extensor indicis divides into two tendons: the radial one is

distributed to the pollex, and constitutes its only phalangeal extensor ;

the ulnar one joins the ulnar side of the common extensor tendon to

the second digit, to be inserted along with it.

Muscles of the Hind Limb.

The psoas parvus arises fleshy from the front and sides of the three

upper lumbar vertebre, and from the disks between the first and

second, and second and third. The tendon of insertion is broad and

flat, and commences on the superficial aspect of the upper part of

the muscle, the muscular fibres being prolonged upon the under

surface of the tendon for nearly half its length. It is inserted into

the ilio-pectineal eminence and brim of pelvis immediately posterior

to the origin of the pectineus. It lies superficial to the quadratus

lumborum and psoas magnus, simply separated from the latter by

areolar tissue.

The ilio-psoas. The psoas magnus arises from the front and

sides of the bodies of the three lower lumbar vertebree and their disks

by fleshy fibres, and from the sacral surface and the posterior half

of the pubic border of the ilium, where it becomes continuous with

the iliacus. The latter arises from the iliac surface of the bone as a

556 MR. J. BESWICK-PERRIN ON THE [June 20,

small and entirely fleshy muscle ; it joins the preceding. The con-

joined muscle is inserted by a very short and strong tendon into the

lesser trochanter of the femur.

The sartorius arises from the upper third of the acetabular border

of the ilium. It is inserted into the inner side of the patella, and

into the shaft of the tibia immediately below the tuberosity. The

tendinous expansion at the knee-joint is united to the ligamentum

patellze, and, stretching across the antero-lateral aspect of the joint,

forms a protective covering to it.

The gracilis, three adductores, and pectineus present no peculiari-

ties, except that the former is a very extensive muscle, and the ad-

ductor maguus is entirely fleshy, the femoral artery passing through

a muscular canal and not a tendinous one as in the human subject.

The rectus has only one tendon of origin. It is inserted into the

patella. The latter is not developed in the tendon of the rectus,

but rather in the tendon formed by the conjoined vasti and crureus.

There is no subcrureus; the arrangement of the extensors of the leg

presents no other peculiarities.

The semimembranosus arises from the ischial tuberosity by a flat

tendon half an inch wide. It is inserted into a depression on the

inner surface of the tibia, immediately below the tuberosity, passing

behind the internal lateral ligament. Its tendon of insertion is about

a quarter of an inch long, the rest of the muscle being fleshy.

The semitendinosus arises by two portions—one from the trans-

verse processes of the third and fourth caudal vertebrze by a continuous

tendinous process, and the other from the tuber ischii. These two

heads unite about an inch and a quarter below their origin, forming

a large muscle which is inserted into the middle of the inner surface

of the shaft of the tibia. From the caudal origin, opposite its point

of junction with the ischial factor, a long slender muscle is given off,

which courses along the outer and posterior border of the gluteus

maximus muscle as far as the lower end of the femur, into which it

is inserted immediately above the external condyle. This is a very

peculiar muscle; I have only once met with the homologue of this

slip in the human subject, a moderately muscular female e¢. nineteen.

It had not, however, the disposition as described in the Kinkajou.

It arose from the long factor of the biceps femoris, and joined the

semitendinosus immediately above the internal femoral condyle.

The biceps femoris arises by two heads—one, the ischial, by a

pointed tendon from the tuberosity, the other from the transverse

process of the second caudal vertebra, immediately anterior to the

caudal factor of the semitendinosus. The former constitutes a broad,

expanded muscle, increasing in width as it passes downwards. It

terminates in a broad, expanded tendon, which is inserted into the

head of the fibula and into the fascia of the leg to the extent of an

inch and a quarter below this point; the latter, or caudal factor of

the biceps, runs parallel with the preceding, and terminates along

with its lower fibres in the fascia of the leg, reaching as low down as

within an inch of the ankle-joint.

There are no special peculiarities in the quadratus femoris, obtu-

1871. | MYOLOGY OF THE KINKAJOU. 557

ratores externus and internus, and gemelli. They present the same

attachments and disposition as the corresponding muscles in man.

The gluteus maximus is a large, broad, and somewhat extensive

muscle. It arises from the upper and posterior aspect of the iliac

crest, from the sacral aponeurosis which covers the sacro-caudal mus-

cles, and from the transverse processes of the third and fourth caudal

vertebrze. It is inserted into the posterior aspect of the shaft of the

femur, occupying fully its middle three-eighths. Its upper fibres

only are tendinous at their insertion.

The gluteus medius arises from the upper two-thirds of the dorsal

surface of the ilium, from the aponeurosis of the gluteus maximus,

and also that separating it from the sacro-caudal muscles ; it is more

or less continuous with the pyriformis muscle, and inserted along

with it into the great trochanter of the femur.

The gluteus minimus preserves its usual arrangement ; the gemelli

and obturator internus muscles seem to be differentiations from it.

The tensor fascie femoris is a fusiform muscle. It arises from

the ilium (below the sartorius) by a pointed tendon; the muscle is

about an inch and a quarter long, and terminates in the fascia of the

thigh.

The capsular ligament of the hip-joint is very strong; the liga-

mentum teres only moderately so.

The gastrocnemius has a sesamoid bone developed on its outer head ;

it presents no decidedly interesting peculiarities.

The soleus is a single-headed muscle. It arises from the head of

the fibula, and from the peroneal intermuscular septum. It is in-

serted into the os calcis along with the preceding.

The plantaris is a very large muscle. It arises from the outer

femoral condyle, and is also attached to the sesamoid bone belonging

to the outer head of the gastrocnemius. It terminates in a strong

tendon which traverses the inner aspect of the os calcis, and, be-

coming expanded in the sole of the foot, forms the plantar fascia.

It is closely associated in the sole of the foot with the flexor brevis

digitorum.

In the Caracal, Dog, and Paradoxurus this muscle is not so large.

In other respects it does not materially differ from that of the Kin-

kajou.

The popliteus muscle is very large and fleshy. The anterior tibial

artery passes above its upper instead of below its lower border as in

the human subject. Occasionally, however, this peculiar mode of

distribution of the artery is met with in man; I met with one instance

of it during the last winter session.

The abductor minimi digiti is aborted at the sixth metatarsal base,

constituting Wood’s abductor ossis metatarsi quinti.

The flexor brevis digitorum pedis is distributed only to the second,

third, and fourth digits; each tendon, prior to its splitting for the

passage of the perforans, is joined by a fleshy slip from the accessorius,

given off from the latter opposite the point of junction of the long

flexors with the accessorius. The perforatus tendon of the fifth

digit is derived from a distinct wedge-shaped muscle, which springs

558 ON THE MYOLOGY OF THE KINKAJOU. [June 20,

from the fibular aspect of the conjoined long flexor tendon, simulating

a lumbrical muscle. It terminates in a long slender tendon, which

splits to allow of the passage of the perforans tendon, and is inserted

into the sides of the base of the fifth metatarsal second phalanx.

The flexor longus pollicis is mainly distributed to the third, fourth,

and fifth digits. It is, however, intimately blended with the tendon

of the flexor longus digitorum ; the latter is mainly distributed to the

first, second, and third digits. Both flex all the digits. The lum-

bricals are four in number, and are disposed as in man.

The abductor hallucis arises from the scaphoid bone by a pointed

tendon, and fleshy from a sesamoid bone situated below the ento-

cuneiform bone. It is inserted fleshy into the tibial side of the base

of the first hallux phalanx and its sesamoid bone.

The flexor accessorius is a large monogastric muscle. It arises

from the outer side of the os calcis. It is implanted into the con-

joined tendon of the flexor longus hallucis et digitorum, and prolonged

as three fleshy slips to the tendons of the flexor brevis digitorum as

already mentioned.

The flexor brevis hallucis arises from the entocuneiform bone and

the sheath of the peronzeus longus. It is inserted into the sesamoid

bone on the fibular side of the hallux metatarso-phalangeal joint.

The flexor brevis minimi digiti is comparatively large and fleshy.

It arises from the sesamoid bone covering the base of the fifth meta-

tarsal bone. It is inserted into the fibular side of the base of the

first phalanx of the fifth digit. It has a sesamoid bone developed in

its tendon of insertion.

Obliquus tarsi. ‘This is a small muscle, conoid in shape, which

arises from the depression between the prominent tubercle of the

internal cuneiform on the inside, and the scaphoid and external

cuneiform bones on the outside. It also receives a few fibres of

origin from the tendon of the tibialis posticus. It is inserted into

the tibial side of the base of the hallux metatarsal bone. I have ven-

tured to give the above name to this muscle; so far as I am aware

(I may be mistaken) it has not been previously described. I found

it also in the Paradoxurus typus. When I dissected the Caracal, I

did not notice this muscle, although I have no doubt it will be found

in that animal also.

The tibialis anticus has its usual origin. It is inserted into the

base of the hallux metatarsal. In the Paradoxurus and Lynx it is

inserted into the hallux metatarsal and entocuneiform bones.

The extensores longus hallucis and digitorum present no special

peculiarities.

The extensor brevis digitorum pedis is like that in man.

The tibialis posticus is inserted into the scaphoid ecto- and ento-

cuneiform bones.

The peroneus longus and brevis are disposed exactly as in man.

There is, however, an additional muscle, the peronzeus intermedius

or quartus. It arises in conjunction with the peronzeus brevis, having

a distinct and well-developed muscular belly which terminates in a

long, slender tendon, which, having traversed the outer dorsal aspect

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON RODENTS FROM YARKAND. 559

of the foot, is inserted into the base of the first phalanx of the fifth

digit, previously joining the common extensor tendon.

This muscle has the same arrangement in the Dog, Caracal, and

Paradozurus typus. It is a muscle not unfrequently found in the

human subject—seldom, however, in the complete form above de-

scribed, but as a tendinous offset from the peronzeus brevis, and

usually described as the peronzeus quinti.

The interossei present no essential differences from those described

in the manus. The plantar are two in number, and arise from the

sheath of the peronzeus longus and ectocuneiform bone. The dorsal

interossei are six in number, and arranged as in the hand.

2. Notes on some Rodents from Yarkand. By Joun AnprEr-

son, M.D.,F..S., F.Z.S., Curator of the Indian Museum,

Calcutta.

[Received June 5, 1871.]

Having lately received exampies of Arctomys bobac, A. hemacha-

lanus, Lagomys curzonie, and Lepus tibetanus from the country tra-

velled over by the late Expedition to Yarkand, under Mr. Forsyth,

I propose to describe them and to record a few facts regarding them,

as they are species of rather rare occurrence and not very well re-

cognized.

Arctomys bobac was figured and redescribed in 1841 by Hodg-

son* as a new species, and named A. himalayanus. Two years

afterwards he again described it, along with another form, A. hema-

chalanus, to which I shall presently refer, and spoke of the former

as the A. himalayanus of his Catalogue, but as ‘‘ potius tibetanus

hodie.”” In this account he says, ‘‘I cannot doubt that the above

two species are distinct.’ Horsfieldt in 1851 correctly referred A.

himalayanus to A. bobac, but, in a footnote, referred to Hodgson’s

second paper, and made that naturalist describe an A. tidetanus

and A. himalayanus as distinct, which he had never done, these two

terms having been applied by him to one form, and the other, A.

hemachalanus, restricted to another species. Blyth, in his Cata-

logue of Mammalia ¢, includes these two species under A. dobae, and

states that he could not discriminate them in the skins and skulls

before him, which is not remarkable, as these all belonged to typical

A. bobac. Adams §, however, was aware of two forms, but sepa-

rated A. himalayanus (tibetanus) from A. bobac; and Dr. Jerdon ||

mentions that he is inclined to accept them, as Hodgson insisted

on their distinction and because he had himself seen skins in Dar-

jeeling which inclined him to consider A. hemachalanus a distinct

* Journ. As. Soc. x. p. 777 (cum fig.), ibid. xii. p. 409.

+ Catalogue of Mamm. in India-House Museum, Lond. p. 164.

{ Cat. of Mamm. in Museum of As. Soc. Beng., p. 108.

§ Proce. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 528.

|| Mammals of India, p. 182.

560 DR.J. ANDERSON ON RODENTS FROM YARKAND. [June 20, ,

species. Dr. Stoliczka*, in a footnote to a notice of Lagomys cur-

zonie, Hodgs., gives it as his opinion that Blyth had good reason to

unite Hodgson’s A.tibetanus (A.himalayanus) and A. hemachalanus

with 4. bobac, but does not record the grounds of his belief. Blyth,

however, had no materials to sanction the conclusion at which he

arrived; and Dr. Stoliczka appears to have been in a somewhat similar

position. Hodgson’s description of the two species is, in fact, liable

to mislead ; for he apparently had never seen an adult of 4. hema-

chalanus, a specimen of which before me, procured on the Yarkand

Expedition, is 22 inches from the tip of the nose to the vent, while

his largest individual measured only 13 inches. The species there-

fore appear to be nearly of one size ; but their tails are very different.

In A. hemachalanus the tail measures a little less than half the

length of the body, while in A. dobac it is only one-fourth of the

length of the body. There are other characters, however, by which

these two forms are separable from each other; and these I shall

now indicate by giving a detailed description of each.

ARCTOMYS BOBAC.

Arctomys bobac, Schreber, Saugeth. iv. p. 738.

Mus arctomys, Pallas, Glires, 98, t. 8.

Arctomys fulvus, Eversm. & Griffith, A. K. t. 118.

Arctomys himalayanus, Hodgs. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. x. p. 777

(cum fig.), xii. p. 409 (potius ¢ibetanus hodie).

Arctomys caudatus, Jacquemont, Voy. dans |’ Inde, Zool. p. 66.

Arctomys bobac, Gray, Cat. of Mamm. B. M. p. 148; Horsfield,

Cat. of Mamm., Lond. p. 164; Blyth (in part.), Cat. Mamm. As. Soc.

Mus. pp. 108, 109; Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxiv. p. 111.

Arctomys tibetanus, ‘‘ Hodgson,’’ Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858,

p. 521.

Twenty to twenty-four inches from tip of nose to vent ; tail, ex-

clusive of hair, nearly one-fourth of the length of the body, cylin-

drical, and bluff-pointed. Above subrufescent cat-grey +, washed

with blackish brown on the back and sides and front of face ; chin

to vent and fore and hind limbs yellow, the latter inclined to rufous.

Fur close, thick, adpressed, rather harsh, 13 inch to 13 inch long,

trebly ringed on all the upper parts with dusky rufescent yellow and

blackish brown, the latter most intense on the face, forehead, head,

and back. Tail with a blackish-brown tip, 13 inch long; palm

with nails 23, sole 33 inches. Sexes alike, of nearly equal size.

“Molars 5.4: first above unicuspid and cylindrical in its body,

and tuberculous on the crown; the rest double, low, flat, and rather

hollow-crowned, but with a slight keel on the inner extremity, and

a groove between two transverse ridges towards the cheek.” (Hodg-

son.)

Hab. Yarkand. Three specimens of this species are from Yar-

* Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xxxiy. p. 111.

t The individual from which this specimen was taken was killed in the

month of September.

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON RODENTS FROM YARKAND. 561

kand, where they were obtained by the members of the Expedition

that lately visited that country. As no heights are given on the

notes attached to the specimens, I can say nothing about the eleva-

tion at which they were found. The specimens in this Museum,

prior to the reception of these, were from Tibet and the north of

Sikkim. The speciinen from the former locality was presented by

Mr. Hodgson, and the one from the latter was received alive in

Calcutta. There is no evidence, however, that it was found m

Sikkim ; for it had in all probability been brought to Darjeeling for

sale from the high and dry country to the north-east, in the way

the Wah (Zlurus fulgens) is at the present day.

Hodgson, in his first description of the short-tailed Marmot, gives

the Himalayah, Kachar (rarely), and the sandy plains of Tibet as its

habitat ; but in his contribution to our knowledge of the two spe-

cies, published in 1843, restricts its distribution to Tibet, and gives

the former localities, with the exception of the last-named, Tibet, as

the habitat of his long-tailed species, 4. hemachalanus, which, he

states, is also found in the immediate neighbourhood of the snows

in the Bhote pergannahs. From these facts it appears that at first

he had given a wrong account of the distribution of 4. himalayanus

(potius tibetanus hodie), which he was enabled to rectify by his

more enlarged experience and by the recognition of two distinct spe-

cies with a Tibetan and Himalayan dispersion, Jerdon remarks

that A. dobac crosses over the snowy Himalayas only for a short

distance, but is found on the Indian side along the whole length of

the range from Kashmir to Sikkim, though less abundantly than on

the Tibet side, and never at a lower elevation than 12,000 feet, often

up to 16,000 feet. Dr. Stoliczka observes that it ascends to 17,800

feet on the hill-slopes of Ladak, and that it constructs its very deep

burrows mostly on the sides of the valleys near the bottom,

ARCTOMYS HEMACHALANUS.

Arctomys hemachalanus, Hodgs. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xii. p. 410.

Arctomys bobac, Adams, Proc. Zoo]. Soc. 1858, p. 521; Blyth

(in part.), Cat. Mamm. As. Soc. Mus. pp. 108, 109; Stoliczka,

Journ, As. Soc. Beng. 1865, xxxiv. p. 111.

Length 22 inches from tip of nose to vent ; tail 105 inches, ex-

clusively of the hair, nearly half the length of the body and head.

Rufous ochreous* ; tip of hairs above washed with black, which is

most intense on the back from the occiput to the lumbar region ;

pale yellow on the shoulders, which have few, if any, black-tipped

hairs, and also on the sides, which are nearly free from them. Chin,

throat, belly, fore legs, and inside of front of lower limbs deep rusty

red; the outside of thighs pale rufous yellow, with a few black-

tipped hairs; greyish hairs around the lips; cheeks washed with

blackish ; a large deep-black spot on the upper surface of the nose ;

the rest of the front of the face rufous yellow. Tail black, washed

more or less with yellowish grey, the last four inches black. The

* The specimen from which this description was taken was killed on the

22nd of June.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXXYI.

562 DR. J. ANDERSON ON RODENTS FROM YARKAND. [June 20,

fur coarse, and uearly 23 inches in length, loose and not adpressed ;

the black tips are not very long, and the yellow shows through

them as a rule, but there are patches where they wholly obscure it;

the base of the hair generally is rather rufous dark brown, and is

succeeded by a broad rufous-yellow band, followed by the apical

black one. Palm, including nails, 2;45 inches ; sole, including nails,

31% inches. The heel is more sparsely clad with hairs along its

margin than is the tarsus of A. bobac.

The three specimens before me were obtained, one at Malayon on

the Tibetan side of the Tooglen pass, the other two by purchase

at Darjeeling. They all present the above characters, with little or

no variation. The deep rufous colouring of the underparts, the

long coarse and loose hair, combined with the greater number of

the caudal vertebrae, separate this species from 4. bobac. It is pro-

bably the Marmot observed by Hooker in the Lachen valley to the

south of Kinchinghow. Adams designates his 4. bobae as the red

Marmot of Europeans, and states that it abounds in the valley of the

Dras river, Ladak, Wurdaun Pass, Cashmere, and at elevations on

the neighbouring ranges from 8000 to 10,000 feet above the sea.

Lacomys curzoni&, Hodgs.

Lagomys curzonia, Hodgs. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxvi. p. 207,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1858, p. 80; Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc.

Beng. xxxiv. p. 108.

Upper surface of body pale buff, tinged with rufous, the hairs

tipped with brownish: sides slightly more rufescent; head mark-

edly rufescent as far back as on a line with the ear. Ears rather

large and oval, very obscurely pointed, clad internally with long

fluffy rufous hair confined to the lower three-fourths of that sur-

face; the posterior three-fourths of the ear externally and internally

margined with pale fulvous buff; the inside clothed with fine, rather

short, buff hairs ; the lower internal margin with long pale yellowish-

buff hairs. Sides of head and behind nose dirty white, tinged with

fulvous. Shoulders in some adult females pronouncedly rufous buff.

Under surface from chin to vent white, with a faint yellowish tinge,

or mixed with slaty when the bluish base of the hairs shows through

their whitish tips, Limbs externally and internally and soles of

feet white, with a faint yellowish tinge. Whiskers mixed black and

white. Nails and pads of feet black. Teeth pure white.

The fur is moderately long, very fine and silky, and consists of

three kinds of hairs. The ordinary hairs which constitute the bulk

of the fur, and which measure 11 of an inch in length, have the

basal 55; of an inch dark slaty ; and the remaining terminal portion,

when isolated, is seen to be a pale yellow, with a narrow brownish

tip. With age the brown ends are worn off; but in young speci-

mens, and even in adolescents, they are invariably present. Inter-

mixed with these hairs there are numerous fine, curly, almost woolly

ones, with the same markings and length, but not so intensely

coloured. The third kind is a long, fine, bristle-like hair, 1 ineh

in length, very numerous on the upper and under surfaces, but not

1871.] DR. J. ANDERSON ON RODENTS FROM YARKAND. 563

so observable on the latter region, where they are pure white,

whereas on the dorsum and sides they have either long black points

or are wholly black. Length of largest specimen :—Tip of nose to

vent 912 inches; nose to anterior angle of eye 42 inch; posterior

angle of eye to ear 14 inch ; greatest length of ear | inch, greatest

breadth 1 inch; length of fore foot and nails 1,8; inch ; length of

hind foot and nails 1°; inch.

The hair of this species, and of the members of the genus gene-

rally, becomes much worn by age. This is doubtless due to their

habit of life, and not to any disease produced by insects * ; for it is

only observed, as a rule, on the parts exposed to friction, such as

the lumbar region, rump, and sides, and is rarely, if ever, observable

on the head or on the belly, and does not occur in the young, and

only to a very slight degree in adolescents.

I have received no less than nine specimens of this species from

Ladak, all procured in one month and within a few days of each

other, but I cannot state at what elevation they were found. It is

worthy of note that six are females, three of which are adults, two

adolescents, and one young; while the three males are all of one

size, about 73 inches long, but evidently not full-grown. The latter

are paler fawn-coloured than the females of their own age, but

slightly darker than the young female. There is altogether a greater

intermixture of dark hairs in the adolescent females than in the

males; and the hair on the back of the ears is more rufous in the

former.

Dr. Stoliczka (7. c.) states that it ranges all over the eastern por-

tion of Ladak from 14,500 up to 19,000 feet, the probable limit of

vegetation in these parts, but notes that Hodgson’s specimens were

from the Chumbi vailey to the north of Sikkim, which would indi-

cate that its eastern distribution is considerable. Dr. Hooker men-

tions a tailless Rat in the Lachen valley to the north of Kinchinghow-

at 16,000 feet, associated with a Marmot; but, from the elevation

mentioned it is probable that the species is L. roylei, which appears

to be identical with Z. hodgsoni, Blyth, and L. nepalensis, Hodg-

son. The type of Blyth’s species is in this museum, and was

afterwards correctly referred by him to LZ. roylei; and as specimens

of L. nepalensis, presented by Hodgson, are also before me, I am

enabled to state that it in no way differs from L. roylei beyond ex-

hibiting the slight variations of colour which are to be looked for

and occur in all species. L. roylei takes the place of L. eurzonie@ at

lower elevations than 16,000 feet, its usual distribution, according to

Jerdon, being 11,000 to 14,000 feet ; but it probably extends up to

16,000 feet. It occurs in Ladak, Kashmir, on the Chor mountain,

not far from Simla, and extends to the east through the high northern

ranges of Nepaul and Sikkim.

LEpus TIBETANUS, Waterhouse.

Lepus tibetanus, Waterh. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1841, p. 7.

Lepus oiostolus, Hodgs. Journ. As. Soe. Beng. ix. p. 1186.

* Stoliezka, /. ¢.

564 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 20,

General colour of back anterior to sacral region, neck, and head

pale fulvous buff, mottled with black and yellowish white, darker

on the face and on the internal half of the posterior surface of the

ear, the latter area being concolorous with the forehead ; a rufous

tint on the back of the neck; hind quarter pale ashy grey; tail

white, with an ashy-grey line above; limbs and under surface of

neck, shoulder, groin, front of fore legs, under surface of feet, and

upper surface of hind feet rather rufous buff; chin, throat, chest,

belly, external half of posterior surface of ear, and inside of legs

pure white. The ear is longer than the head, 344 inches in length

from base to tip, and about 12 inch in breadth ; its internal surface

is densely covered with yellowish hairs, and the lower half of its

inner margin with long white, rufous-washed hairs, and is tipped

with black at the apex. Whiskers black and white, or black with

long white tips. Incisors white. Nails dusky at the base, with

horny-coloured tips. Fur very fine and woolly, of moderate length

and silky texture; it is about 1,4; inch in length; but there are nu-

merous long hairs scattered through it measuring 2 inches long.

The basal ;%; inch of the fur is slaty ; and many of the hairs have a

black tip to the broad buff band that succeeds the darker band.

Many of the long hairs on the buff parts of the upper surface have

long black tips, while others have broad yellowish-white subapical

bands, which, along with the black tips, produce the mottled appear-

ance of the fur. Length from nose to vent 14 inches ; tail 23 inches.

Hab. Tibet. Four specimens.

A specimen of a Hare in this Museum, referred to L. pallipes, is

essentially ochreous, as described by Waterhouse, and pencilled with

black ; and the base of the fur is white, instead of slaty as in L.

tibetanus. The ears are coloured as in this species; but I cannot

give their length, as the skin has not the skull in it and the head

is much distorted. It appears to be a somewhat larger Hare

than L. ¢ibetanus, and is distinguishable by its rather rich ochreous

coloration and black pencillated fur, which is white at its base

instead of being slaty. Whether it is correctly referred to L. pal-

lipes 1 do not say, as the specimen is in a very wretched state of

preservation.

3. A Revised List of the Neotropical Laride. By P. L.

Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Ospert Satvin,

M.A., F.L.S., &e.

[Received May 26, 1871.]

Dr. Coues having lately published an excellent account of the

North-American Laride in several papers in the ‘ Proceedings of

the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia’ *, we shall content

* For the Gulls, see op. cit. 1862, p. 291; for the Terns, did. p. 535 ; and for

the Skuas, op. cit. 1863, p. 121.

1871.] ON NEOTROPICAL LARID. 565

ourselves in the present communication with giving a revised list of

the species of this family which have been ascertained to occur

within the limits of the Neotropical region, so far as we are ac-

quainted with them*.

The Neotropical Laride may be divided into the following cate-

gories :—

(1) Tropical species, either not extending beyond the limits

of the Neotropical region, or only into the southern part of the

Nearctic region—such as Phaéthusa magnirostris and Rhynchops

nigra.

(2) Antarctic species, found only in the southern part of the

continent, or not ranging further north than Southern Brazil and

Peru—such as Lestris antarctica and Sterna cassinii.

(3) dAretic species, which descend into the Central-American seas,

or even further into the Neotropical region—such as L. franklin.

(4) Tropicopolitan, or wide-ranging species in the Tropical seas

—as Anous tenuirostris and Onychoprion fulginosus.

The subjoined table shows the number of species of each genus

referable to these categories :—

Tropical.| Antarctic. | Arctic. ak 100"! Total.

politan.

1. Rhynchops ............... 1 Be ei |

MATIN S dee acicetcsease lodaels ae fe 2 2

epNCCUEGs S, Siic-5. Set seat cee 1 of 1

4. Phaéthusa ........s0000.. 1 Re 1

DB UOLNA yepins-oscwesssssnesus 6 1 3 a3 10

6. Gelochelidon ............ = ae 1 He 1

7. Onychoprion ............ at 38 ae 2 2

8. Hydrochelidon ......... ane ad 1 1

ORPTARUS Syescocconsswesccs ss 6 1 + 11

10. Leucophxus ............ 5 1 re 1

ES UORETIB acess cac=ccgene cs 1 1

15 4 9 4 32

* Since this paper was read Salvin has examined the specimens in the Imperial

Cabinet at Vienna collected by Natterer in Brazil and determined by Von Pelzeln

in his recently published ‘ Ornithologie Brasiliens.’ According to our views the

Laride of y. Pelzeln’s work (Orn, Bras. p. 323) should stand as follows :-—

Pelzeln. Sel. et Salv.

Larus aeare = L. dominicanus.

Larus maculipennis. WNatterer’s specimens are all immature, and

probably belong to L. cirrhocephalus.

Larus atricilla = L. atricilla.

Rhynchops nigra = FR. nigra.

Sterna galericulata = S. maxima.

Sterna magnirostris = Phaéthusa magnirostris.

Sterna cayennensis S. galericulata.

Sterna cantiaca S. cantiaca.

Sterna argentea S. superciliaris.

Sterna wilsoni S. cassini.

Sterna aranea S. anglica.

566 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 20,

Subfam. I. RayNcHOoPIN®.

Genus RHYNCHOPS.

1. Rayncuors nre@ra, Linn.

Rhynchops nigra, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 228; Licht. Doubl. p. 80;

Baird, B. N. A. p. 866; Max. Beitr. iv. p. 877; Burm. Syst. Ueb.

iii. p. 454, et La Plata, ii. p. 320; Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 534 ;

Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 324; Ph. et Land. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 50; Gundl.

Rep. F. N.i. p. 393; Salvin, Ibis, 1865, p. 193, et 1866, p. 200.

Rhynchops melanura et R. borealis, Swains. An. in Men. p. 340;

Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 201, 1867, pp. 593, 754; Cab. in

Schomb. Guian. ii. p. 761.

Rhynchops cinerascens et R. brevirostris, Spix (av. jr.).

Rayador, Azara, Apunt. iil. p. 329.

Hab. Coasts of America, from Cuba (Gundlach) down to 45° 8. 1.

(Darwin); on the western coast of South America down to Con-

cepcion (Ph. et Landb.) ; also ascends the larger rivers many hun-

dreds of miles, Ucayali (Bartlett); Rio Napo (P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 77) ;

Matogrosso and Cajutuba (Natt.).

The southern bird is separated by Swainson as having the tail

black ; and we were at one time inclined to adopt this view, both

Wallace’s and Bartlett’s Amazonian specimens presenting this fea-

ture, whereas Salvin’s series from Central America have the lateral

tail-feathers pure white, and a well-defined white collar behind. But

one of Salvin’s skins shows the lateral rectrices dark in the middle ;

and as his specimens were all shot in midwinter, it is possible that

the tail of the northern bird may grow blacker in the summer plu-

mage. At the same time, it is probable that northern and southern

birds may be generally distinguished by the greater amount of white

on the wings and tail of the former.

Subfam. II. Srerninz.

Genus 1. Anous, Leach.

1. ANOUS STOLIDUS.

Sterna stolida, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 227; Less. Zool. Cog. i. p. 244 ;

Max. Beitr. iv. p. 874; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 453.

Anous stolidus, Baird, B. N. A. p. 865 ; Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 392 ;

Gundl. Rep. F. N.i. p. 393 ; Sund. Ofv. af K. V. A. F. 1869, p. 590.

Hab. Cuba (Gundlach) ; St. Bartholomew (Sund.) ; British Hon-

duras (Salvin) ; coast of South-east Brazil (Mawz.); coast of Chili

(Lesson).

2. ANOUS TENUIROSTRIS.

Sterna tenuirostris, Temm. Pl. Col. 202.

Anous melanogenys, Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 547 (?).

Anous tenuirostris, Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 393; Salv. Ibis, 1866,

p- 200.

Hab. Coast of British Honduras (Salvin) ; Trinidad (Léotaud).

1871.] ON NEOTROPICAL LARID&. 567

Genus 2. Nan1a*, Boie.

1. N2NIA INCA.

Sterna inca, Less. Zool. Voy. Cog. p. 731, t. 47 (1826).

Anous inca, Gray, Gen. iii. p. 661; Pelz. Orn. Novara-Reise, p. 156.

Nenia inca, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 773.

Noddi inca, Gay, Cat. Aves Chil. p. 50.

Inca mystacalis, Jard. Contr. Orn. 1850, p. 32.

Larosterna inca, Blyth, Cat. Mus. As. Soc. p. 293 (1849).

Hab. Coast of Peru (Less., Tsch.) ; coast of Chili (PA. et Landb.).

Genus 3. PHartuusa, Wagler.

1, PHAETHUSA MAGNIROSTRIS.

Hati cabeza negra, Azara, Apunt. ill. p. 373.

Sterna magnirostris, Licht. Doubl. p. 81 (1823) ; Max. Beitr. iv.

p- 861; Hartl. Ind. Azar. p. 26; Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 81, t. 104;

Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iil. 761; Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 305; Pelz.

Orn. Bras. p. 324; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 450, et La Plata-Reise,

ii. p. 519; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 593 et p. 979.

Hab. Guiana (Schomb.); Lower Amazon (Wailace); Upper

Amazon, Pebas (Hauawell); rivers Huallaga and Ucayali (Bart-

lett); S. E. Brazil (Maz. e¢ Burm.); Rio Parana (Burm.); Cuyaba

(Natt.) ; Paraguay (Azara) ; coast of Peru (Tsch.).

Genus 4. Sterna, Linn.

1. STERNA MAXIMA.

La grande Hirondelle de Mer de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 988.

Sterna maxima, Bodd.

Sterna cayennensis, Gm. 8. N.i. p. 608; Léotaud, Ois. de Trin.

a Bohy

7 Sterna cayana, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 804.

Thalasseus cayanus, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 431.

Sterna regia, Gamb. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil. iv. 128; Baird,

B. N. A. 859.

Thalasseus regius, Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 388; Salvin, Ibis, 1866,

p- 198; Gundl. Repert. F. N. i. p. 392.

Sterna erythrorhynchos, Max. Beitr. iv. 857; Tsch. F. P. Aves,

p- 305; Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 450.

Hati cogote obscuro, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 372(?).

Sterna chloripoda, Vieill. N. D. xxxii. p. 171, et E. M. p. 349?

Hab. West Indies, Cuba (Gundl.); Jamaica (Gosse) ; 8S. Croix

(Newton) ; Trinidad (Léotaud ) ; Pacific and Atlantic coasts of Gua-

temala (Salvin) ; coast of Cayenne (Buffon); coast of Brazil (Maz.

et Natt.); Rio Parana (Azara); coast of Peru (Tsch.).

Of this Tern Salvin has many specimens from the Guatemalan

coast, which have been compared by Mr. Coues with types of S.

regia of Gambel. We have also a series of skins of the same bird

* Boie, Isis, 1849, p. 189,= Larosterna, Blyth, Cat. Mus. As. Soc. Calcutta,

p. 293 (1849),= Inca, Jardine, Contr. Orn. 1850, p. 32.

568 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 20,

collected by Mr. Rogers on the coast of South Brazil. There can ~

therefore be no question of its being found in the intermediate

localities. As it appears to agree better than any other species with

Buffon’s Grande [irondelle de Mer de Cayenne (Hist. Nat. ix.

p- 219; Pl. Enl. 988), we adopt Boddaert’s name Sterna maxima,

as the first applicable to the bird. The only other large Tern to

which Buffon’s description and plate could possibly be referable is

Sterna galericulata. But the bill of Buffon’s figure is much more

nearly like the stout bill of Gambel’s S. regia than the slender in-

curved bill of S. galericulata.

Head of Sterna maxima (reduced one-third).

8. erythrorhynchos of P. Max. and Burmeister seems to be founded

on Brazilian specimens of this species.

S. maxima is at once distinguishable from all other Neotropical

Terns by its large size and strong straight bill (see fig. 1), which is

upwards of 24 inches in length from the front. Its wing measures

from 14 to 15'5 inches. SS. galericulata, which comes next to it in

size (wing 11°5 to 12 inches), has the bill equally long, but much

more slender and incurved (see fig. 2, p. 569). In the adult 8. ga-

lericulata the under plumage has a rosy tinge, which we have never

seen in skins of the present species.

2. STERNA GALERICULATA.

Sterna galericulata, Licht. Doubl. p. 81; Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B.

Sterne, p. 7.

Sterna elegans, Gamb. Pr. Ac. Nat. Se. Phil. iv. 129; Baird,

B. N. A. 860, pl. 94; Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 542.

Thalasseus elegans, Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 389 ; Salvin, Ibis, 1866,

. 198.

Sterna comata, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1863, pt. 1, p. 126.

Hab. Tehuantepec (Sumichrast); Pacific coast of Honduras (Dow);

Trinidad (Léotaud); Brazilian coast (Licht.); Arica, Peru (Frobeen).

Of this species Salvin has one specimen in winter plumage, shot

by Capt. Dow in the Bay of Fonseca (which has been compared by

Dr. Coues with the type of S. elegans), and a second specimen in

full breeding-plumage from Tehuantepec. Two skins obtained by

1871.] ON NEOTROPICAL LARID. 569

Rogers on the coast of Southern Brazil offer no differences on com-

parison ; and we are therefore induced to follow Prof. Schlegel in

uniting S. elegans to S. galericulata of Lichtenstein, obtained from

the latter locality. It may be observed that Lichtenstein’s descrip-

tion of S. galericulata is nearly as well applicable to S. maxima ;

but as Prof. Schlegel has had the advantage of examining one of

Lichtenstein’s typical specimens, we cannot doubt that he is correct

in making it identical with S. elegans of Gambel (S. maxima being

= 8. regia, Gambel).

Head of Sterna galericulata (reduced one-third).

On reading Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck’s description of thei”

Sterna comata, we find it in every way applicable to the present

species, which might be naturally expected to extend down the

western coast, as it does down the eastern coast of South America.

As already mentioned, the chief peculiarity of this species is its

long, slender, slightly incurved bill.

3. STERNA CANTIACA.

Sterna cantiaca, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 606; Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B.

Sterne, p. 5.

Sterna acuflavida, Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. iii. 257; Baird,

B. N. A. 860.

Thalasseus acuflavidus, Coues, Pr. Acad. Phil. 1862, p. 540, et

Ibis, 1864, p. 389; Salvin, Ibis, 1866, p. 198; Gundl. Rep. F. N.

i. p. 392.

eA Coast of Cuba (Gundlach); Atlantic coast of British Hon-

duras, and Pacific coast of Guatemala (Salvin).

We fail to appreciate the distinctions attempted to be drawn be-

tween this species and its European representative. Dr. Coues has

ably discussed the subject, and has succeeded in reducing the differ-

ences between them to a minimum which is too small to warrant

specific separation.

This is a northern species, and only appears to occur in the

northern part of the Neotropical region. Salvin found it breeding

on the coast of Belize in the month of May.

_ 4. STERNA FORSTERI.

Sterna hirundo, Sw. et Rich. F. B.-A. ii. p. 412.

Sterna forsteri, Nutt. Man. ii. 274 (note); Baird, B, N. A. 862;

570 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 20,

Coues, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1862, p. 544, et Ibis, 1864, p. 390; Salvin,

Ibis, 1866, p. 199.

Sterna chloripoda, Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 537?

Hab. Lake of Duefas, Guatemala (Salvin); coast of Brazil

(Mus. S.-G.).

Salvin obtained one specimen of this Tern in winter plumage on

the Lake of Duefias in October 1862, which has been examined by

Dr. Coues. But it seems to go occasionally much further south, as

Salvin and Godman’s collection contains a skin, apparently of this

species, taken at sea 300 miles off Pernambuco.

5. STERNA TRUDEAUII*.

Sterna trudeauii, Aud. Orn. Biogr. v. p. 125; Baird, B. N. A.

p. 861; Coues, Pr. Ac. Sc. Phil. 1862, p. 542; Schlegel, Mus. des

P.-B. Sterne, p. 29.

Sterna feobeeni, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 125, et

Cat. Av. Chil. p. 49.

Hab. Coast of Brazil (Rogers); coast of Chili (Leybold).

Mr. Rogers has lately sent a series of skins of a Tern from the

coast of Southern Brazil, which appear to answer very fairly to 8S.

trudeauii of Audubon, as redescribed by Dr. Coues from Audubon’s

type. Prof. Schlegel likewise recognizes the species in skins coming

from the same locality. Like Audubon’s and Prof. Schlegel’s spe-

cimens, Mr. Rogers’s eight skins are all white-headed, with a black

transocular blotch. This would give one the idea of a Tern in winter

dress; but we are inclined to agree with Prof. Schlegel that this

species never acquires a black head.

It is very possible, we think, that there may have been some error

in Audubon’s locality for his single specimen of this bird (coast of

New Jersey), as we know that a similar mistake has been made by

him in other cases.

6. STERNA CASSINII.

Sterna antarctica, Peale (nec Less., nec Forst.); Ph. et Landb.

Cat. Av. Chil. p. 49.

Sterna meridionalis, Cassin, Zool. U. 8. Expl. Exp. p. 385 (nee

Brehm).

Sterna cassinii, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 391; Pelzelu, Orn.

Novara-Reise, p. 153; Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 166.

Sterna wilsoni, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 451.

Sterna hirundo, Max. Beitr. iv. p. 865.

Hab. Falklands (Pack, Abbott); coast of Brazil, Sta. Catherina

(Rogers) ; coast of Chili, up to Valdivia (Ph. e¢ Landb.).

* There is a beautiful adult specimen of this species in the Museum at Mu-

nich, which has recently been examined by Salvin. It was sent from Chili by

Herr Leybold of Valparaiso. This specimen justifies Prof. Schiegel’s surmise

respecting the colour of the head of the adult bird of this Tern. The whole head

is pure white ; a dark transocular line traversing each side of the head, the rest

of the body, except the rump, which is white, is light grey. The bill is black,

the base being yellowish and the tip yellow. Feet yellow.

1871.] ON NEOTROPICAL LARIDA. 571

We have before us specimens of this well-marked species from the

Falklands, Straits of Magellan, and coast of Southern Brazil, that

from the Falklands being Sclater’s type. Messrs. Philippi and

Landbeck tell us that it ranges up the western coast of South Ame-

rica as far as Valdivia. P. Max. obtained it off Rio de Janeiro on

the eastern coast, but did not distinguish from S. hirundo.

This species is easily distinguishable by its wholly coral-red bill

from all other Neotropical species.

. STERNA DOUGALLI.

ieee dougalli, Mont. Orn. Dict.; Sund. Ofv. af K. V. A. Forh.

1869, p. 589.

Sterna paradisea, Baird, B. N. A. p. 863; Léotaud, Ois. de Trin.

p. 539; Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 389; Salvin, Ibis, 1866, p. 199;

Gundl. Rep. F. N.i. p. 392.

Hab. Coast of Cuba (Gundl.); Belize (Salvin) ; Trinidad (Léo-

taud); St. Bartholomew (Sund.).

This is a northern, or rather ‘‘Arctopolitan,”’ species, which de-

scends as far south as the West Indies and coasts of Central America.

Mr. Salvin found a few pairs on one of the Keys of Belize in May

1862, and believes they were preparing to breed there.

’

8. STERNA SUPERCILIARIS.

Hati ceja blanca, Azara, Apunt. iil. p. 377.

Sterna superciliaris, Vieill. N. D. xxxii. p. 126, et E. M. 350.

Sterna argentea, Max. Beitr. iv. p. 871; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 325 ;

Burm. Syst. Ueb. i. p. 452, et La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 519; Coues,

Ibis, 1864, p. 390; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 200.

Hab. Paraguay (dzara); Rio Paranda (Burm.); Cuyaba (Natz.);

coast of Brazil (Maz.); Ucayali (Bartl.); Columbia (Cowes).

We have specimens of three Neotropical species of the group of

little Terns (Sternula) now before us. They may be readily distin-

guished by the colour of their bills, which in the present bird is of

a uniform yellow throughout, in S. antillavum has a small black tip

to both mandibles, whilst in 8. exilis the whole apical half is black.

Besides, S. exz/is has a much more slender bill than the two allied

species, and its under plumage is grey, not white.

Our skins of this Tern are from Southern Brazil (Rogers) and

Cuyaba (Natt.); and we have also examined Mr. Bartlett’s Ucayali

specimens.

9. SrERNA ANTILLARUM.

Sterna antillarum, Lesson, Descr. Mamm. et Ois. p. 256 (1848) ;

Coues, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1862, p. 552; Ibis, 1864, p. 390; Salv. Ibis,

1866, p. 199; Gundl. Repert. F. N. i. p. 393,

Sterna argentea, Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 545.

Sterna frenata, Gambel, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1848, p. 128.

Hab. Coast of Cuba (Gundl.); Trinidad (Léotaud); British

Honduras (Salvin).

Of this Tern Mr. Salvin’s specimens have been examined by Dr.

972 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 20,

Coues, and are therefore S. antillarum as understood by that author,

and fully described /.c. Besides its black point, the bill is shorter

and not so deep as in S. superciliaris.

So far as we know, this species does not go further south than

the West-Indian seas.

10. STERNA EXILIS.

Sterna exilis, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 306; Sclat. P. Z. 8. 1867,

p- 336 et p. 344.

Sterna lorata, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1863, pt. 1, p. 124.

Hab. Coast of Peru, near Lima (Nation) ; Arica (Frobeen) ; coast

of Chili (Mus. Brit.).

Sclater has already expressed his doubts as to whether S. exilis of

Tschudi is really applicable to the present species. Tschudi’s descrip-

tion is manifestly taken from a young bird ; and all that can be said is

that it is more probably applicable to this species than to any other.

There can be no doubt that this Tern is the S. lorata of Messrs.

Philippi and Landbeck, as their description accords in every respect

with our specimen from Lima.

Genus 5. GELOCHELIDON, Brehm.

1. GELOCHELIDON ANGLICA (Mont.).

Sterna anglica, Mout. Orn. Dict. Suppl. ; Max. Beitr. iv. p. 867.

Gelochelidon anglica, Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 389; Salvin, Ibis,

1866, p. 199; Gundl. Repert. F. N. i. p. 392.

Sterna aranea, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 325; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii.

p- 452; Baird, B. N. A. p. 859.

Hab. Coast of Cuba (Gundlach) ; Trinidad (Léotaud); Pacific

coast of Guatemala (Salvin) ; coast of Brazil (Max.); Rio Janeiro

(Natt.).

This well-known species ranges down as far south as the coast of

Southern Brazil, whence we have received specimens collected by

Mr. Rogers.

Genus 6. OnycHoprion, Wagler.

1. ONYCHOPRION FULIGINOSUS.

Sterna fuliginosa, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 605; Baird, B. N. A. p. 861;

Sund. Ofv. af K. V. A. Forh. 1869, p. 589.

Hydrochelidon fuliginosa, Gosse, B. Jam. p. 433.

Haliplana fuliginosa, Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 392; Salvin, Ibis,

1866, p. 200; Gundl. Rep. F. N. i. p. 393.

Sterna luctuosa, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1866, pt. 1, p. 126.

Hab. West Indies, Cuba (Gundl.); Jamaica (Gosse); Belize

(Salvin); coast of Chili (Ph. et Landb.).

2. ONYCHOPRION PANAYENSIS.

Sterna panayensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 607.

Haliplana panayensis, Salvin, Ibis, 1864, p. 381, et 1866, p. 199.

Haliplana panaya, Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 391.

1871.] ON NEOTROPICAL LARID&. 573

Onychoprion panaya, Gould, B. Austr. vii. pl. 33.

Sterna nubilosa, Sund. Ofv. af K. V. A. Forh. 1869, p. 589.

Haliplana discolor, Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 392; Lawr. Ann. L.

N. Y. viii. p. 104; Elliot, Birds N. Am. ii. pl. 57.

Hab. British Honduras (Salvin); West Indies, Sombrero (Allen).

Genus 7. HyprocuHe.ipon, Boie.

1. HypROCHELIDON FISSIPES.

Sterna fissipes, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 228.

Sterna plumbea, Wils. Am. Orn. vii. pl. 60; Pelz. Novara-Reise,

Orn. p. 155.

Hydrochelidon plumbea, Baird, B. N. A. p. 864.

Hydrochelidon fissipes, Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 391; Gundl. Repert.

F. N. i. p. 393; Salv. Ibis, 1864, p. 385.

Hab. West Indies, coast of Cuba (Gundl.); coast of British

Honduras (Salvin) ; Chili (Pelzeln).

Subfam. III. Larina.

Genus 1. Larus.

Sect. a. Buasireus, Bruch*.

1. LaARUS MODESTUS.

Larus modestus, Tsch. Wiegm. Arch. 1843, pt. 1, p. 389; F. P.

Aves, p. 53 et p. 306, t. 35; Pelz. Orn. Nov. Exp. p. 151; Ph. et

Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 48.

Larus bridgesi, Fraser, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 16, et Zool. Typ. t. 69.

Blasipus bridgesi, Bp. Rev. Zool. 1855, p. 21, et Consp. il. p. 212.

Hab. Pacific coast of Peru, south of Lima (Tsch.); Valparaiso

(Bridges) ; Chili (Segeth).

Of this Gull we have seen only the specimens in the British Mu-

seum, one of which is the type of Fraser’s L. bridgesi. It is cer-

tainly quite distinct from Larus fuliginosus, although more nearly

allied to it than to any other species. Mr. Fraser has already pointed

out the differences between them. Of these, the more slender bill

renders the present bird recognizable in every stage. Besides in the

adult L. fuliginosus there is a distinct black hood, which is entirely

wanting in L. modestus.

2. LARUS FULIGINOSUS.

Larus fuliginosus, Gould, Zool. Beagle, iii. p. 141; Selat. et Salv.

P. Z. S. 1870, p. 323.

Leucopheus fuliginosus, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 232.

Hab. Galapagos (Darwin, Habel).

* This MS. generic name of Bonaparte was first published by Bruch (Journ.

f. Orn. 1853, p. 108), with L. modestus, Tschudi, for the type. Lawrence (B. N.

A. p. 848) gives 1852 as the date of the genus, but no reference; Gray (List of

Gen. p. 130) does the same; but Bonaparte (Rev. Zool. 1855, p. 21) expressly

states that both this name and Lewcopheus of his MS. were first published by

Bruch in 1853,

o74 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 20,

This is a very distinct species, quite erroneously united by some

authors to L. belcheri, and by others to L. modestus. The young

bird is of a uniform brown, very similar to the corresponding stage

of Larus heermanni, but immediately recognizable by its much

stouter bill. The adult bird is of a nearly uniform cinereous, with

a well-marked blackish hood ; the wing-primaries are black ; the tail

cinereous like the body, with the upper coverts greyish white and

the under coverts still paler. The legs and feet are black; the bill

black, with the point of the upper mandible reddish. ‘The small

ciliary plumes all round the eye are of a bright reddish orange.

3. LARUS HEERMANNI.

Larus heermanni, Cass. Proc. Acad. N. Se. Phil. vi. 187 (1852),

et B. Calif. p. 28, pl. 5.

Blasipus heermanni, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 211; Baird, B. N. A.

p- 849; Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 388; Salvin, [bis, 1866, p. 198.

Hab. Coast of Western Mexico (Abert); Pacific coast of Guate-

mala (Salvin).

Head of Larus heermanni (reduced one-third).

Our reason for including this Gull in the list of Neotropical

Laride@ is its occurrence on the western coast of Guatemala, where,

however, Salvin only obtained it in immature plumage.

From the Museum of the University of Cambridge we have re-

ceived a very fine series of skins of this species for examination.

These were collected by the late Mr. James Hepburn, F.Z.S., on

various points of the coasts of British Columbia and California. A

very slight examination of them is sufficient to show how mistaken

Prof. Schlegel was in uniting Larus heermanni to L. belcheri and L.

fuliginosus. LL. heermanni is in plumage most like L. belcheri, but

immediately distinguishable by its paler mantle and grey lower back,

and by the tail being black at its base and merely tipped with white.

In the present species also (see fig. 3) the frontal feathers advance

along the nasal grooves, on each side of the culmen, nearly up to

the opening of the nostrils. In LZ. belecheri (as shown in fig. 4,

p. 575), the nasal grooves are bare of feathers to a very much greater

extent.

]

1871.] ON NEOTROPICAL LARIDE. 575

We have not had an opportunity of comparing L. heermanni with

L. crassirostris of the seas of Japan and China; but, judging by

what Prof. Schlegel says (Mus. des P.-B. Lari, p. 8), it must be

distinct. In LZ. heermanni adult the bill is bright red crossed by a

blackish band towards the tip, and the feet are nearly black. Prof.

Schlegel describes the bill of ZL. crassirostris as yellow, and its feet

as yellow or greenish.

4. LARUS BELCHERI.

Larus beleheri, Vig. Zool. Journ. iv. p. 358 (1829); Zool.

Beechey’s Voy. p. 39; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 991; Schleg.

Mus. des P.-B. Lari, p. 9.

Larus frobeeni, Ph, et Land. Wiegm. Arch. 1861, p. 292; Cat.

Avy. Chil. p. 48.

Leucopheus belcheri, Bp. Consp. i. p. 232.

Hab. Coast of Peru, Islay (Whitely); Arica (Frobeen) ; Straits

of Magellan (Ph. et Landb.).

Head of Larus helchert (reduced one-third).

This Gull is quite distinct from the three preceding species, with

all of which it has been confounded, as we have already pointed out

above.

Messrs. Philippi and Landbeck have lately given an excellent

description of it under the name Larus frobeeni.

The British Museum contains a fine adult specimen of this Gull,

obtained by Mr. Whitely at Islay ; and Salvin and Godman have an

immature bird with a blackish cap, from the same collector and

locality.

This bird cannot, in our opinion, be associated with L. scoresbii

in the genus Leucopheus, not having the short and curiously

wrinkled bill of that species. It stands, however, somewhat alone,

having the base of the bill more bare than in typical Larus (in

which the small frontal plumes project forward on each side of the

eulmen nearly up to the nostrils), and will probably ultimately rank

as a distinct generic form.

576 MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 20,

Sect. sp. Larus.

5. LARUS ARGENTATUS, Brinn.

Larus argentatus, Briinnich; Baird, B. N. A. p. 844.

Larus smithsonianus, Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1862, p. 296; Gundl.

Rep. F. N. i. p. 391.

Hab. Coast of Cuba, ace. (Gundlach).

This is probably only a straggler into the northern part of the

Neotropical region.

6. LARUS DOMINICANUS.

Larus dominicanus, Licht. Doubl. p. 82; Max. Beitr. iv. p. 850;

Gray, Gen. of B. iii. pl. 180 ; Darwin, Zool. Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 142;

Gassin, Gilliss’s Exp. ii. p. 204; Ph. et Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 47;

Gould, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 97; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 390; Abbott,

Ibis, 1861, p. 165.

Larus vociferus, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 448, et La Plata-Reise,

ii; p.518.

Larus azare, Pelz. Orn. Novara Exp. p. 151; Orn. Bras. p. 323.

Hab. Coast of Brazil (Licht., Max., Burm.); Ilha de Marambaya,

Sapitiba (Natterer); Pampas of Buenos Ayres (Darwin) ; coast of

Chili (PA. et Landb.); Falklands (Abdott).

Of this Neotropical representative of Larus fuscus of our seas

there are now living examples in the Society’s Gardens from the

Falkland Islands and from Chili. They are readily distinguishable

from their European allies by their darker mantle and pale flesh-

coloured legs. L. dominicanus appears to be a very abundant species

on both coasts of South America, from the extreme south up to

Southern Brazil on the east, and Peru on the west.

Sect. c. CHROOCEPHALUS™.

The Neotropical Hooded Gulls in their adult plumage may be

shortly diagnosed as follows :— -

a. primariis externis totis MIQTIS ...........cseeeeeceseeeceeeeeees 1. atricilla.

b. primariis ext. albo nigroque variegatis.

a, cucullo nigro.

major: pallio dilute cinereo secundariis con-| 9

F . Serranus.

COLOTIDUS ieee cea tesacentsanoneceanoctecans=aen etna: @

minor: pallio obscure cinereo secund. albo | oe

Sas 3. franklini.

TELIMINAGIS! {Syaliote: sbeleele oes scte Sauerse stele Meicle deta

Tie Teun (GNU Coy eyntt Ls) ep oases, dad sp cbdop. pau sqeeocaonrcosss00 4. glaucodes.

Gs (cueullo plum BOO asso conigaeee <uee saceaeeebocaataseanae phate 5. cirrhocephalus.

7. LARUS ATRICILLA.

Larus atricilla, Linn. Syst. Nat.i. 225 ; Natt. Orn. Bras. p. 323

Sund. Ofv. af K. V. A. F. 1869, p. 590.

Larus ridibundus, Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 532.

* Usually written Chroicocephalus, or Chrecocephalus as amended by Strick-

land. But if, as we suppose, the derivation is ypws, ypods, color, this is the

proper orthography.

1871.] ON NEOTROPICAL LARID, 577

Chroicocephalus atricilla, Baird, B. N. A. 850; Coues, Ibis, 1864,

p- 388; Gundl. Rep. F. N.i. p. 391; Newton, Ibis, 1859, p. 371.

Xema atricilla, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 761.

Hab. West Indies, Jamaica (Gosse), St. Croix (Newton), St. Bar-

tholomew (Sund.); Cuba (Gundl.); Atlantic and Pacific coasts of

Guatemala (Salvin); Guiana (Schomd.) ; Lower Amazon, near Para

(Natterer).

8. LARUS SERRANUS.

Larus serranus, Tsch. Wiegm. Arch. 1844, p. 314; Faun. Per.

Aves, p. 307; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 449, et La Plata-Reise, ii.

p- 519; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 158.

Larus bonapartii, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 178.

Chroicocephalus personatus, Bruch, Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 289.

Larus personatus, Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B. Lari, p. 35.

Gavia personata, Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 372.

Hab. Sierra and Puna regions of Peru (7'sch.) ; Islay and Tinta

(Whitely); Bolivia (D’Oré.) ; rep. Argentina, Mendoza (Burm.).

The first skin of this Gull received from Mr. Whitely was in imma-

ture plumage, and was wrongly identified by us with L. bonapartii. It

is, however, unquestionably identical with skins of birds in full plumage

of the present species subsequently received from the same collector.

In its adult dress LZ. serranus is an unmistakable species, from

its large size and deep-black head.

9. LARUS FRANKLINI.

_ Larus franklinii, Swains. F. B. A. ii. p. 424, pl. 71 (1831); Sund.

Ofv. af K. V. A. F. 1869, p. 590.

Chroicocephalus franklinii, Bruch, J. f. O. 1853, p. 289; Baird,

oN. A. p. 851.

Larus pipixcan, Wag). Isis, 1831, p. 515*.

Chroicocephalus kittlizii, Bruch, J. f. O. 1853, p. 104(?).

Larus cinereo-caudatus, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1861, p. 293.

Larus cucullatus, Licht. Nomencl. p. 98 (descr. nulla).

Chroicocephalus cucullatus, Bruch, Journ. f. O. 1853, p. 290;

Baird, B. N. A. 851; Coues, Ibis, 1864, p. 388; Salvin, Ibis, 1866,

p. 198.

‘Hab. Lakes of Mexico (Keerl et Boucard) ; Pacific coast of Gua-

temala (Salvin); St. Bartholomew (Sund.); Panama (Suckley) ;

coast of Chili, north of Concepcion (Ph. et Landb.).

After what Blasius has said in his critical remarks upon the

Laride (Journ. f. Orn. 1865, p. 371), there can be little doubt that

L. cucullatus is identical with L. franklini. We have ourselves

gone carefully into this question, and can arrive at no other conclu-

sion, although the American ornithologists appear to be of a different

opinion.

* In the Munich Museum there are six specimens of this Gull, which are

probably Wagler’s types, as they are named Larws pipixcan, and are labelled as

coming from Mexico. All these specimens are immature, but are of different

ages. They belong, no doubt, to L. franklini.—O. S.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1871, No. XX XVII.

578 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 20,

Fine adult speciméns of this Gull received from the lakes of

Mexico agree well with Wagler’s description of his Larus pipixcan

from the same locality. On the Pacific coast of Guatemala Salvin

obtained one specimen in immature plumage, and saw others. The

skin thus collected was identified by Dr. Coues as Larus cucullatus,

who likewise records the occurrence of this species under this name

as far south as Panama (Proc. Acad. Sc. Phil. 1862, p. 309).

The fact of this Gull extending still further southwards, to Peru

and Chili, is somewhat remarkable, but there seems to be little doubt

on the subject. A specimen of Larus franklini in the British

Museum is stated to have been obtained at Valparaiso by Burnett

and Fitzroy; and a skin in immature plumage (exactly resembling

the Guatemalan specimen) was purchased of the Maison Verreaux,

marked “Chili.’’ Besides this evidence, Messrs. Philippi and Land-

beck’s description of their L. cinereo-caudatus agrees accurately with

L. franklini (ef. Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 336).

In the immature birds of this species the primaries are nearly

uniform dark brown, whitish on the inner web, and the tail has a

broad black subterminal band.

10. Larus GLAUCODES.

Larus glaucodes, Meyen, Obs. Zool. p. 115, pl. 24; Burm. Syst.

Ueb. iii. p. 449; Cassin, Gilliss’s Exp. 1. p. 204; Ph. et Landb.

Cat. Av. Chil. p. 48.

Larus glaucotis, Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B. Lari, p. 42.

Gavia glaucotis, Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 374.

Larus albipennis, Licht. MS.

Gavia roseiventris, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 97.

Larus roseiventris, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 391; Abbott, Ibis, 1861,

p. 166.

Hab. Coast of Chili (Meyen) ; Falkland Islands (Abbott e¢ Pack).

All the Patagonian and Chilian specimens of this Gull that we

have met with belong, in our opinion, to one species, for which

Meyen’s name is the first. Skins from the Falkland Islands (Gavia

roseiventris, Gould) are quite undistinguishable from Chilian exam-

Pee Prof. Blasius (after examining Gould’s type) has already

stated *.

11. Larus CIRRHOCEPHALUS.

Gaviota cenicienta, Azara, Apunt. ill. p. 350.

Larus cirrhocephalus, Vieill. N. D. xxi. p. 500, et E. M. p. 345;

Gal. Ois. ii. t. 289; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 146; Hudson,

P. Z. S. 1870, p. 802.

Larus poliocephalus, Temm. Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 780 (1820); Max.

Beitr. iv. p. 854.

Cirrhocephalus plumbeiceps, Bruch, Journ. f. O. 1855, p. 288.

Larus maculipennis, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ili. p. 448, et La Plata-

Reise, ii. p. 518.

Hab. Pampas of La Plata (4zara, Burm.).

* Journ. f. Orn. 1865, p. 374.

1871.) ON NEOTROPICAL LARID&. 579

Not having been able to examine authentic specimens of this spe-

cies (from La Plata and South Brazil), we reserve our remarks on it

for a future occasion. If, as Bruch says, the cap of the adult bird

is grey like the back (J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 288), there can be no

doubt of its distinctness from the brown-headed LZ. glaucodes.

Blasius and Schlegel both consider this bird identical with L. pheo-

cephalus, Sw., of the coast of Africa.

As regards Larus maculipennis of Lichtenstein, Blasius is of opi-

nion that it is a distinct species, allied to L. glaucodes*. But L.

maculipennis of Burmeister certainly belongs to the present bird.

Genus 2. LeEucoruzus, Bp.

1. LevucopH4&US SCORESBII.

Larus scoresbii, Trail, Mem. Wern. Soe. iv. p. 514 ( 1823); Pelz.

Orn. Novara Exp. p. 151; Abbott, Ibis, 1861, p. 165; Sclater,

P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 391.

Larus hematorhynchus, King, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 103 (1828) ;

Jard. et Selb. Ill. Orn. t. 106; Darwin, Zool. Beagle, iii. p. 142 ;

Ph. et Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 48.

Leucopheus hematorhynchus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 108, et

1855, p. 287.

Leucopheus scoresbii, Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 378.

Hab, Patagonia, Port St. Julian (Darwin); Falkland Islands

(Abbott) ; Chiloe (Ph. et Landb.).

This Gull is easily recognizable in every state of plumage by the

peculiar form of the bill, which fully entitles it to generic rank.

The young bird has a brown cap, just as in Larus belcheri, which

disappears in the adult.

Wead of Leucopheus scoresbit (reduced one-third).

Subfam. LV. Lesrripin#.

Genus Lesrris, III.

1. LesTRIs ANTARCTICUS.

Lestris antarcticus, Less. Trait. d’Orn. p. 606 (1831); Abbott,

* Journ. f. Orn. 1865, p. 574.

580 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PTILORIS. [June 20,

Ibis, 1861, p. 165; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 390; Sel. et Salv.

Ibis, 1869, p. 284; Ph. et Landb. Cat. Av. Chil. p. 47.

Stercorarius antarcticus, Pelzeln, Orn. Novara, p. 150; Ph. et

Landb. Av. Chil. p. 47.

Stercorarius catarrhactes, Schl. Mus. des P.-B. Lari, p. 45.

Hab. Patagonia (Cunningham) ; Falkland Islands (4ééo0#¢).

It seems to be very doubtful whether this Skua is really distinct

from the Arctic form. We have not been able to examine a sufli-

cient number of specimens to satisfy ourselves upon this point.

Appendix specierum nobis nondum obviarum.

1. Sterna acutirostris, Tsch. Faun. Per. Aves, p. 305, from the

highlands of Peru, found in company with Larus serranus.

2. Sterna atro-fasciata, Ph, et Landb. J. c. p. 204, et Cat. Av.

Chil. p. 49, from Colchagua, Chili.

4. Review of the Genus Pitloris, Swainson.

By D. G. Extior, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received June 7, 1871.]

Having for some time devoted my attention to the various genera

containing the different species of the Birds of Paradise, preparatory

to publishing a monograph of that beautiful family, I propose in the

present paper to offer some remarks upon the species of the genus

Ptiloris, concerning which not a little confusion regarding the

proper appellation and synonymy of two of them is to be observed

in various ornithological publications. Two totally different species

have been confounded together under the name of magnificus—one

inhabiting New Guinea, the other the north-eastern portion of

Australia. About a year ago, a fine collection of birds from Cape

York, Australia, containing numerous examples of the Rifle-bird,

figured by Mr. Gould as magnificus, arrived in London ; and lately I

have received examples of the New-Guinea species. On comparing

the birds from these separate localities, their differences were at once

appreciable ; and it is only necessary to ascertain to which one the

term of magnificus was originally applied, as it is evident they cannot

both be retained under the same name. Vieillot in the ‘ Nouveau

Dictionnaire d’ Histoire Naturelle’ (1819), vol. xxviii. p. 167, de-

scribed the bird from New Guinea under the name of Falcinellus

magnificus; and this has ever since been applied, under various generic

terms, to both species of Rifle-birds indiscriminately by all ornitho-

logists who have had occasion to mention them. One, and probably

the chief cause of this mingling together of distinct forms is the

great difficulty experienced by all collectors in obtaining good speci-

mens of the birds from both the localities in which they are found,

the majority heretofore received being without wings or legs or

1871.] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PTILORIS. 581

some other important member, and it is only lately that fine exam-

ples have been obtained. Mr. George Robert Gray, some time ago,

perceived that there were differences among the specimens of this

section of the Rifle-birds in the British Museum, and in his manu-

script notes affixed to the one from Australia the name of Péi-

loris alberti, but never published or wrote any account of it; and

in his latest published work, the ‘ Hand-list of Birds,’ he has placed

his manuscript name among the synonyms of Péiloris magnificus,

which he rightly applies to the New-Guinea bird. Although among

ornithologists it is generally conceded that manuscript names should

not be recognized or adopted, I propose, in this instance, to make

an exception to the practice, and to retain the name of a/berti for the

Australian bird. It is not to be denied that I should be perfectly

right if I gave a new appellation to the species, as even the adoption

of a manuscript name is not to be commended, as it is a kind

of recognition that they may be noticed; but my desire is and

always has been to clear up imperfectly known facts, and not to

continue existing confusion ; therefore as aléerti has been employed

in Mr. Gray’s list, it is perhaps better to retain it, although an

apology to my fellow ornithologists is due for so doing. Resem-

bling each other very closely, there is nevertheless a considerable

difference in the size and plumage of the two species, especially

between the females, where the variations are very great and visible

at once. :

The true P. magnificus is much the larger bird, has a longer,

stouter bill, stouter legs and feet, and longer wings. The chiet

difference in their plumage is to be seen upon the lower part of the

breast, which in the New-Guinea bird is rich purplish violet, as men-

tioned by its describer, Vieillot, while the P. alderti is dark grass-

green upon the same parts, the ends of the flank-feathers only being

tinged with violet. The metallic colours of the throats and breasts

are apparently the same, as are also the central tail-feathers. But

it is in the females that the greatest variation in the hue of the

plumage is to be seen, that of P. magnificus being of a rich brownish

red upon the entire upper parts, the under parts white, closely barred

with black; while the female of P. alber/i is a light olive-brown

upon the upper parts, wings and tail being rufous brown, and the

under parts are very much lighter than in the female of its relative,

the bars being narrower and wider apart. The throat is also pure

white, that of the female P. magnificus being closely barred like the

breast. I give below a list and description of the known species of

Ptiloris with their proper synonyms added.

Genus Prizoris.

Ptiloris, Swainson, Gen. and Class. Birds (1824), vol. ii. p. 331.

The name Epimachus, which has been usually applied to these

birds, was originally bestowed by Cuvier upon the 2. magnus, a form

totally different from the Rifle-birds ; and consequently Mr. Swain-

son’s term is the one next in order to be employed.

582 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PTILORIS. [June 20,

PTILORIS PARADISEUS.

Ptiloris paradiseus, Swain, Zool. Journ. vol. i. p. 481; Gray,

Gen. of Birds, p. 15; Cab. Mus. Hein. Theil i. p. 214; Reich.

Hand. der Spec. Orn. p. 328 ; Gould, B. of Austr. vol. iv. pl. 100;

id. Handb. B. of Austr. vol. i. p. 591; Gray, Hand-l. Birds, parti.

p- 105. sp. 1271.

Epimachus brisbani, Wils. I). of Zool. pl. 9.

Epimachus regius, Less. Zool. Voy. de la Coq. pl. 28.

Hab. South-east Australia (Gould).

Male. Top and back of head, with alarge diamond-shaped mark

upon the throat, bright metallic green ; neck, back, and upper part

of the breast rich deep purple ; secondaries velvety black with pur-

plish gloss ; primaries black ; flanks, lower part of breast, and ab-

domen very dark rich green; two central feathers very brilliant

metallic green ; rest of feathers rich blackish brown, with a purplish

gloss on the outer webs; bill, feet, and legs black.

Female. Upper part of the head dark brown, each feather having

a central line of light buff; line over the eye, extending to the oc-

ciput and throat, yellowish white; entire upper parts uniform

olive-brown ; primaries dark brown, with the edges of both webs

rufous brown ; tail same colour as the primaries, without the light

edges ; entire underparts light buff, each feather having an irre-

gular blackV-shaped mark diagonal with the shaft; bill, feet, and

legs black.

PrILORIS VICTORIE.

Ptiloris victoria, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1849), p. 111, pl. 12;

id. Birds of Austr. Suppl. pl.; id. Handb. Birds Austr. vol. i. p. 593 ;

Reich. Handb. der spec. Orn. p. 329 ; Gray, Hand-l. Birds, p. 105,

part i. (1871), sp. 1272.

Hab. Barnard Islands, N.U. Australia (Macgillivray, Gould).

Male. Smaller in size but very similar in plumage to the pre-

ceding species, the principal difference being that the purple on the

upper part of the breast is apparently restricted, and forms a band

across that portion of the body between the metallic throat and the

green of the lower parts. Bill smaller than that of P. paradiseus,

and, with the legs and feet, black.

Female. Also closely resembles that of P. paradiseus, but may be

distinguished by its smaller size; upper part of head dark brown,

striated with greyish brown; superciliary stripe and throat buff;

upper parts greyish brown, shaded with olive; underparts deep

buff, the feathers having a brown spot near the tips and irregularly

barred on the flanks with the same.

For the two following species, as in the colour of their plumage

and texture of feathers they differ considerably from those just de-

scribed, Mr. Gray has proposed the generic term of Craspedophora,

which it may be well to retain as a subgeneric division; but there

does not appear sufficient reason for removing them from the genus

proposed by Mr. Swainson.

1871.] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PTILORIS. 583

PTILORIS MAGNIFICUS.

Falcinellus magnificus, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. tom.

xxviii. p. 167, pl. G 30. no. 3.

Epimachus magnificus, Cuv. Rég. Anim. 1829, p. 440.

Le Proméfil, Levaill. Ois. de Parad. p. 36, pl. 16.

TP’ Epimaque proméfil, Cuy. Régne Anim. (1817) p. 408.

Epimachus paradiseus, Gray, Gen. of Birds, vol. i. pl. xxxii.

Epimachus splendidus, Steph. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. vol. xiv. p. 77.

Craspedophora magnifica, Gray, List of Gen. Birds, 2nd ed.

. 15.

ze Ptilorhis magnificus, Gray, Hand-l. Birds, part i. p. 165. sp.

1273.

Hab. New Guinea.

Male, Top of head and occiput, centre of throat, and entire upper

part of breast shining bluish green, purple in certain lights; entire

upper parts deep velvety black, with rich dark purple reflections ;

primaries black, with green reflections ; a narrow line of green, red

in some lights, beneath the metallic of the breast ; breast, flanks, and

abdomen purple ; base of side-plumes also purple, basal half and fila-

mentary ends black ; two central tail-feathers shining green, remainder

velvety black, with green reflections on their outer webs ; bill, legs,

and feet stout, black.

Female. Entire upper parts, wings, and tail rich brownish red ;

superciliary stripe white, the feathers tipped with blackish brown ;

cheeks and a line from the base of the lower mandible running back

upon the side of the throat blackish brown ; entire underparts white,

narrowly barred with black ; bill and feet black.

PriLoRIs ALBERTI.

Ptiloris magnifica, Gould, Birds of Austr. Suppl. pl.

Craspedophora magnifica, Gould, Handb. Birds. Austr. vol. i.

p- 395. sp. 365.

Ptilornis alberti, Gray, MS.

Hab. Cape York, Australia (Macgillivray).

Male. Smaller than the previous species ; top of head, occiput,

centre of throat, and upper part of breast metallic bluish green ;

sides of head, neck, and upper parts velvety black, with a rich pur-

ple gloss ; primaries greenish black ; a bright olive-green line be-

neath the metallic shield of the breast; rest of underparts dark

olive-green, changing upon the base of the flank-plumes to a light

purple ; under tail-coverts black ; two central tail-feathers shining

metallic green, remainder black, with green reflections on the outer

webs; bill and feet slender, black.

Female. Entire upper parts light olive-brown ; outer edges of

wings and tail rufous brown; a broad blackish-brown line from bill

through the eye to the nape of the neck; superciliary stripe and

throat white; a narrow brownish-black line from base of under man-

dible along side of the throat ; upper part of breast white, narrowly

584 | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON A NEW GUINEA-FOWL. [June 20,

barred with brownish black, lower part also white, but the bars

fainter and wider apart; bill and feet black.

5. Description of a supposed new Species of Guinea-fowl

from Ugogo, Central Africa. By D. G. Exxior, F.L:S.,

F.Z.S., &c.

[Received June 13, 1871.]

NuMIDA GRANTI.

N. cristata, nigra; capite et gutture rubris ; collo postice purpureo ;

cinctu collari nigro; corpore reliquo nigro, punctulis cerulescenti-

albis passim maculato ; primariis vie rufescenti-brunneis.

Head with a full upright jet-black crest, like the other species

belonging to this group of the genus Numida; entire upper part

of the head and also the throat bright red; back and lower part of

neck purplish black; entire plumage black, spotted all over with

bluish-white dots; primaries bright brown; outer webs of the first

secondaries white ; tip of tail and line above knee-joint black, un-

spotted ; bill greenish ; feet and legs black.

Hab. Ugogo (Grant).

The present description was taken from a coloured drawing made

by Colonel Grant from the only specimen shot by him during his

adventurous journey with Captain Speke through Central Africa.

It differs from all the species of this genus that I am acquainted

with in having the head red, all the others being biack in the regions

of the eyes and ears, the present bird having the same colour upon

those parts as is seen on the front of the throat. The drawing

which Colonel Grant kindly placed in my hands is very carefully

done, and is amply sufficient to illustrate the species, showing

very clearly its peculiar characteristics. Colonel Grant has also

handed me the following extract from his Journal :—‘“ 8th Dec.,

1860.—Both off in different directions shooting from six a.m. until

nine. I saw nothing except shooting a kind of Guinea-fowl with

black ostrich-feather-like top-knot ; back of head, eyes, and nostrils

and windpipe red sealing-wax colour ; neck in a loose ruffled skin of

purple meeting at lower part in round collar-like edges. Body the

usual bird’s-eye; primary feathers brick-brown, a few of those next

them edged with white. Legs black, above knee-joint jet-black

feathers ; the thigh spotted; not as round in body as Guinea-fowl,

and very slightly compressed as seen on the ground.’ Although

the distinguished travellers killed numbers of the common Guinea-

fowl, this specimen was the only one of this form seen by them. I

have great pleasure in naming it after Colonel Grant, who did so

much towards bringing their hazardous journey to a successful issue,

an undertaking which cannot but be regarded as one of the most

remarkable ever accomplished.

i ee ee ey er

1871.] MR. J. BRAZIER ON AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 585

6. Notes on the Localities of Dolium melanostoma and other

Shells found in Australia and the adjacent Islands and

in the Australian Seas. By Jonn Brazier, C.M.Z.S.

[Received May 24, 1871.]

1. CoNUS RHODODENDRON.

Conus rhododendron, Couthouy, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New

York.

Conus adamsoni, Gray, MS. British Museum.

Conus cingulatus, Sowerby, Tankerville Catalogue, Appendix, p.

34; Conch. Illust. f. 108.

Conus adumsoni, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 4, species 22.

Conus rhododendron, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. iii. frontispiece,

fig. 504, p. 38, species 329.

Conus adamsoni, Chenu, Manuel de Conch. part 1, titlepage

two figures, and page 249, figs. 1527 & 1528.

Hab. Bampton Reef and shoals, South Pacific Ocean, in lat.,

19° 51'S., long. 158° 20' E. (coll. Brazier).

This fine and very rare species, described first by Couthouy, is

not found on the Australian coast as stated by Mr. Reeve, Sowerby,

and others. Of the fine variety figured by Chenu, I have only seen

one specimen ; and that was in the collection of my friend Mr. Har-

graves. Of the type I have had four examples. As it is a deep-

water shell, it is only found after heavy gales on the Reef, along

with Cont crocatus, floccatus, vitulinus, Voluta thatcheri, Strombi

pacificus, samar, and thersites, and Pyrazus gourmyi.

2. DoLIUM MELANOSTOMA.

Dolium melanostoma, Jay, Mus. Cat. 1839, p. 124, pls. 8 & 9;

Reeve Conch. Icon. 1848, pl. 2. fig. 2; Catlow and Reeve, Conch.

Nomenclator, p. 276.

Hab. Elizabeth Reef, South Pacific Ocean, in lat. 31° 43’ S.,

long. 159° E. (coll. Brazier).

Reeve gives the Friendly Islands as the locality of this species,

but it must be an error. My examples were obtained in deep

water by a black, when diving for Holothurie or Béche-de-mer.

Elizabeth Reef is four hundred and fifty miles east of Port-Jackson

Heads.

3. PARTULA CALEDONICA.

Partula caledonica, Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 389; Pfr.

Mon. Hel. Viv. vol. vi. p. 157.

Hab. Havannah Harbour, Sandwich Island, New Hebrides,

also Vavua Lava, or Great Island, in Banks’s Islands (coll. Bra-

zter).

Dr. Pfeiffer gives the locality of this species as New Caledonia on

the authority of the late Mr. H. Cuming. Up to the present time,

586 MR. J. BRAZIER ON AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [June 20,

however, there has not been one of the genus Partula found, either

in New Caledonia or the Loyalty Islands.

4, PUPINA MOULINSIANA.

Pupina moulinsiana, Fischer et Bernardi, Journ. de Conch. 1856*,

p- 299, pl. 10. figs. 6 & 7; Pfr.in Mon. Pneum. Vivent. 1858, tome ii.

p- 93, and 1865, tome iii. p. 92; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. iii. pl.

265, Pupinide, fig. 36.

Pupina leucostoma, Montrouzier, MS.

Pupina intermedia, Angas, MS. Australian Museum.

Hab. Woodlark Island, north of the Louisiades, near the coast of

Papua or New Guinea (coll. Brazier).

This species was described from specimens said to have been re-~

ceived from New Caledonia. It was taken there by the French

Missionaries in their voyages from Woodlark Island. Dr. Pfeiffer,

in his last number of ‘ Monographia Pneumonopomorum Viventium,’

gives the correct locality; but Mr. Sowerby, in the ‘Thesaurus

Conchyliorum,’ a still later work, goes back to the original New

Caledonia. In going through the species in the Australian Museum,

Sydney, I find two specimens named by Mr. Angas some time back

when he was in Australia.

5. PupINA MERIDIONALIS.

Pupina meridionalis, Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 526; Pfr.

Monog. Pneum. Vivent. tome iii. p, 92.

Pupinella macgillivrayi, Cox, Catalogue of Australian Land

Shells, 1864, p. 32.

Pupina meridionalis, Cox, in Monograph of Australian Land

Shells, 1868, p. 100, pl. 16. figs. 7, 7a, 76 (7e, operculum) ;

Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. ili. Pupinida, pl. 265. fig. 33.

Hab. Port Denison, Queensland (coll. Brazier).

This species is not found in South Australia as quoted by Dr.

Pfeiffer and Mr. Sowerby, their valuable conchological works not

being always correct as regards the localities of the species.

6. PupINA PLANILABRIS.

Pupina planilabris, Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 526; Pfr.

Monog. Pneum. Viven. tome iil. p. 93.

Pupinella whartoni, Cox, Catalogue of Australian Land Shells,

1864, p. 32.

Pupina planilabris, Cox, in Monograph Australian Land Shells,

1868, p. 99, pl. 16. figs. 11, lla, 116; Sowerby, Thes. Conch.

vol. iii. Pupinida, pl. 265. fig. 34.

Hab. Port Curtis and Port Denison, Queensland, north-east coast

of Australia (Coll. Brazier).

This is another species erroneously stated by the same authorities

as in the case of the preceding one to be from South Australia.

* Dr. Pfeiffer makes an error in his ‘Mon. Pneum. Vivent.’ 1858 when he re-

fers to the description of this species in the ‘Journal de Conch.’ Jan. 1857, I

find the description in that Journal of July 1856.

4 r

1871.] MR. SYLVANUS HANLEY ON A NEW MONOCONDYLEA. 587

7. CYCLOTUS RECLUZIANUS.

Cyclostoma recluzianum (Cyclotus), Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853,

alah le

Cyclotus recluzianus, Pfr. in Malak. Bl. 1854, p. 80; H. & A.

Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. ii. p. 275; Pfr. in Mon. Pneum. Vivent.

1858, tome ii. p. 21, 1865, tome iil. p. 27; Reeve, Conch, Icon.

pl. ix. fig. 53.

Haé. Dillon’s Bay, Erromanga, New Hebrides (coll. Brazier).

The original or type specimens were collected at the same place

by my late friend Mr. John Macgillivray; and during my visit to

Erromanga, six years ago, I found it plentiful under decayed leaves

in very damp places near the sea, and never upon any other island

in the New Hebrides. The late Mr. Cuming was in error when he

sent it to Dr. Pfeiffer with the locality “Solomon Islands.” I have

been through almost every island in the Solomons, and have not

met with any of the genus Cyclotus.

8. CycLoTUS MACGILLIVRAYI.

Cyclostoma macgillivrayi (Cyclotus), Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1855,

p- 103; Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Vivent. 1858, tome ii. p. 21, 1865,

tome ili. p. 27; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Cyclotus, pl. 9. fig. 57.

Hab. Aneiteum Island, New Hebrides: found inland in ravines

under wood (coll. Brazier’).

When Dr. Pfeiffer described this species, he gave the correct

locality, and when he brought out his second part of ‘ Monographia

Pneumonopomorum’ he also gave it correctly, and at the same time

a locality of his own, New Georgia, one of the Solomon Islands.

It is impossible to find this species at any island in the Solomons. In

the third part of the ‘ Monographia’ he only gives ‘ Nov. Hebrid. ;”

but it is only found on one island of the group, and not on all, as

the term New Hebrides would imply.

7. Description of a new Species of Monocondylea.

By Sytvanus Han ey.

{Received June 5, 1871.]

MonoconDYL2A WALPOLEI, Hanley.

Testa valde inequilateralis, ovato-oblonga, subrhomboidea, ven-

tricosa (in medio autem, inferne leviter concava), concentrice

rugulosa, epidermide brunnea nitida vestita, antice angusta et

superne angulata, postice dilatata et arcuatim rotundato-sub-

biangulata. Margo dorsalis antice declivis, postice leviter

acelivis et paullulum subarcuntus. Margo ventralis in medio

incurvatus, antice oblique et urcuatim acclivis. Area postica

(seu umbonalis) lata, tripartita, superne concava, deinde in-

dentata et rugis crassis elevatis obliquis divaricatim ornata,

588 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. [June 20,

inferne lata et subplanulata. Costa umbonalis rotundata, con-

spicua. Umbones eminentes. Lunula satis magna, lanceolata,

angulatim excavata. Margarita colore salmonis cocti imbuta.

Dentes validi; dens valvul@ sinistre major et natibus propin-

quior.

Long. 13, lat. 23 poll.

Hab. Sarawak, Borneo (teste Geale). Mus. Hanley.

The description of M. éumida of Morelet (from Venezuela) ac-

cords in many respects with the features of this well-marked species,

which is not indicated in Lea’s recent catalogue of the Naiades.

I have named it after Mr. W. Walpole, who is bestowing his atten-

tion on a group somewhat neglected in this country.

The ligamental sinus is very conspicuous.

8. Notes on Bush-bucks (Cephalophoride) in the British

Museum, with the Description of two new Species from

Gaboon. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

[Received June 1, 1871.]

(Plates XLIV.-XLVI.)

The Bush-bucks form a very distinct group of Antilopine animals,

peculiar to tropical or Southern Africa, and distinguished by their

conical horns arising from the hinder edge of the frontal boue, so

as to be placed far behind the eyes, by their having a streak of

minute pores on the cheeks in the place of the usual tear-bag, and

in the hair of the forehead being elongated and forming a more or

less distinct tuft between the base of the horns.

The horns are in the same situation as the hinder horns of the

four-horned Antelope of Asia, but that animal has a distinct crumen

or tear-bag, with a single opening.

The specimens in the Museum form themselves into two very

distinct groups, characterized by the nature of the fur and the form

of the skull. On account of their habits, they are distinguished by

peculiar names by sportsmen, as the Duykers and the Bush-goats,

and we have in the Museum the skull of an animal from the Ga-

boon which appears to be intermediate between them ; but, unfor-

tunately, the animal belonging to this skull is unknown.

I have referred to the ‘ Catalogue of Ungulata furcipeda in the

British Museum,’ published in 1852; and there the synonyms will

be found at length.

~ Col. Hamilton Smith figured in Griffith’s ‘Animal Kingdom,’

vol. iv. p. 183, a species which he called Antilope quadriscopa, from

a living specimen, said to have come from Senegal, and no specimen

like the figure has, to my knowledge, occurred again ; and knowing, as

I do, how very slight were the sketches and notes of my early teacher

and excellent friend, which he afterwards finished up into complete

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. 589

drawings, I am inclined to think that a specimen of Seopophorus

(probable S. montanus, which is found in W. Africa) was the origin

of his species. No species of Cephalophus, as yet observed, has

any knee-tufts.

The species may be thus arranged geographically :—

West Africa. East Africa. South Africa,

G. splendidula. Guinea. G. irrorata. Natal. G. nictitans.

G. campbellie. 8. Leone. T. altifrons ? G. burchellii.

Terpone longiceps. Ga- C. natalensis. Natal. C. pygmeus.

boon. C. madoqua. Abyssinia.

C. melanoprymnus. Ga- C. melanorheus?

boon. C. bicolor, Natal.

C. sylvicultrix. §. Leone.

C. ogilbyt. Fernando Po,

Gaboon.

C. badius. 8. Leone.

C. rufilatus. Gambia.

C. dorsalis. §S. Leone.

C. niger. Guinea.

C. nigrifrons. Gaboon.

C. coronatus. Gambia.

C. whitfeldii. Gambia.

C. maxwellit.

C. melanorheus.

C. punctulatus.

1. Griwmia. (The Duykers.)

Horns elongate, more or less erect. Ears elongate, acute, covered

with short hair. Fur soft, with some under-fur. Skull elongate ;

nose compressed ; forehead flat, on the same plane as the nose;

nasal oblong, elongate. (Peters, Mossamb. t. 41. f. 1, t. 42. f. 1,

skulls.)

This genus appears to contain two groups of species, characterized

by the skull, as I pointed out in the ‘Catalogue of Ungulata in

the British Museum,’ p. 78. The former group contains four

species, having different geographical distribution, and the latter at

present only one.

The three species above referred to may be only geographic varia-

tions; but Mr. Layard and other naturalists who have lived in

Africa assure me that they keep distinct, and they show no incli-

nation to change when bred in the Zoological Gardens (see P. Z. S.

1867, p. 277).

* Head short; suborbital pit large, concave; intermazillaries

reaching to the edge of the nasals; nose-hole moderate, sides

nearly parallel.

1. Grimmtia nictitans. (The Cape Duyker.)

Cephalophus grimmia, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 78.

Fur yellow-brown ; forehead yellowish bay ; nose blackish ; un-

derside of body rather paler. Young rather greyer.

Hab. South Africa: Cape of Good Hope.

590 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. [June 20,

We have three specimens of this species, male, female, and young,

in the British Museum. Two were from the South-African Museum.

2. GRIMMIA SPLENDIDULA. (The Guinea Duyker.)

Cephalophus grimmia, var. 1, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 79.

Fur bright reddish yellow ; nose with a black streak ; underside

of body white.

Hab. Coast of Guinea: St. Paul de Loanda.

A fine male in the Museum, presented by Edward Gabriel, Esq.

It is very difficult to refer the figures of these animals to the

right species ; but this species and the G. irrorata are distinguished

from G. nictitans by the whiteness of the underside, which in that

animal is pale yellow-brown; and the two other white-bellied

species differ in the hair being punctulated or uniform—all cha-

racters very difficult to represent in small figures.

3. Grimmia rrroraTa. (The Natal Duyker.) (Skull, fig. 1,

p. 591.)

Cephalophus mergens, var. burchellii (part.), Sundevall.

Cephalophus grimmia, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1857, t. 57. f. 1; Knowsley,

Menag. t. 1, 2. f. 3.

Cephalophus campbellie (part.), Gray, Cat. Ungul. p. 80.

Antilope ocularis, Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Saugeth. t. 39

(male), t. 41. f. 1 (skull), t. 42. f. 1 (skull).

Antilope altifrons (part.), Peters, Mossambique, t. 37 (female

only), t. 38. f. 2 (skull, female).

Fur greyish buff, beneath white. Male: fur paler; nose slightly

black, varied. Female: fur grey, from the black tips of the hairs ;

nose with a decided black streak.

Hab. Natal.

There is in the Museum a male and female of this species, re-

ceived from M. Sundevall as coming from Natal. I am now in-

clined to consider this quite distinct from C. campbellie, with which

I have formerly united it.

The two animals (Antilope ocularis, male and its skull, and

A, altifrons, female) figured in Dr. Peters’s ‘ Mammalia of Mozam-

bique’ very much resemble the two specimens, the male and female,

from Natal, in the British Museum—indeed, so much so, you might

believe that they were drawn from the Natal specimens; but the

skull, with the horns, which Dr. Peters figures as that of 4. alti-

frons (male, t. 38. f. 1) appears to have the horns decumbent in-

stead of ascending, and to have a very long compressed nose, which

induces me to believe that it belongs to another species, very much

like my Cephalophus longiceps. The figure of the skull of the male ,

C. ocularis (t. 41. f. 1) differs in the shape of the impression in

front of the orbit from that of the female C. altifrons (t. 38. f. 2),

which leads me to believe they may be two species, as Dr. Peters has

considered them ; or it may be sexual, for it is very curious that Dr.

Peters figures the same sexes as there are in the British Museum.

ies

DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. 591

1871.]

‘06¢ “d ‘nynL04n DIMUI JO TINY

592 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. [June 20,

4, GRIMMIA CAMPBELLIE. (The Sierra-Leone Duyker.)

Cephalophus burchelli, young (A. campbellie, Gray, MS.), Gray,

Cat. Mamm. 1840, p. 162.

Cephalophus campbellie, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 80.

Fur grey-and-black grizzled, paler beneath; nose and forehead

with an indistinct black streak.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Only known from a young specimen. It appears very distinct

from any of the preceding.

** Head elongate; skull elongate ; suborbital pit very wide, shal-

low ; nasal hole large, swelling out on the sides; horns shelv-

ing backwards.

5. GRIMMIA BURCHELLII.

Cephalophus burchellii, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 81; P. Z.S.

1857, t.57. f.2; Bocage, Jorn. de Sciencias, Lisboa, 1860, p. 222.

Cephalophus grimmia (mergens), Knowsley Menag. t. 1, 2. f. 1 &2.

Fur reddish brown; underside rather paler. Young dark reddish

brown.

Hab. South Africa: Angola (Bocage).

There are four specimens in the British Museum; one, a male,

has longer hair than the rest, and is probably of the winter season.

It has frequently bred in the Society’s Gardens.

One of the skulls in the Museum is the specimen described in

Burchell’s ‘ Travels’ (vol. ii. p. 327), and which H. Smith named

A, burchellii.

2. TERPONE.

Horns conical, strong, recurved nearly on the plane of the fore-

head. Ears ? Skull elongate; nose compressed, elongate ;

nasal bones oblong, scarcely broader behind; forehead flattish, on

the same plane as the nose, not swollen (P. Z. S. 1865, p. 205,

skull).

TERPONE LONGICEPS.

Cephalophus longiceps, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 204, (f. of skull)

. 205.

: Cephalophus ruficrista, Bocage, Mus. Lisbon, MS.

Hab. Gaboon (skull, B.M.); Angola (Mus. Lisbon).

Only known from a skull received, without a name, from M. du

Chaillu.

The animal belonging to this skull has not been observed ; and it

is remarkable that a skull similar to it has been described by two

others.

M. Barboza du Bocage, in the ‘ Jornal de Sciencias Mathematicas,

Physicas e Naturaes, Lisboa,’ Aug. 1869, p. 221, describes the head,

covered with skin, of a specimen of Cephalophus, which he received

from the interior of Angola, the skull of which is exactly like that

1871. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. 593

of my C. longiceps (P. Z. 8.1865, p. 205). The ears are moderate,

rounded at the end, the outer surface covered with very short, close,

deep-brown hairs, nearly naked within, except at the edge and end,

which is bordered with short whitish hairs. Upper surface of the

head pale brown, the nose deep brown, and forehead chocolate ;

the upper parts of the cheeks are grey-brown, the lower part and

chin whitish; a narrow, dark-edged, yellow-brown ray above the

eye, and an elongate spot of the same colour under the orbit. The

crest is divided into a central and lateral portions. The central

portion is bright red, the lateral ones of hairs of two lengths, the

shorter dark brown, and the longer bright red.

He originally named this species Cephalophus ruficrista, but he

has now changed it to C. longiceps.

b. Antilope altifrons, Peters, Mossambique, p. 184, t. 38. f. 1

(skull of male).

Hab. Mozambique (Peters).

I see M. Bocage refers this figure to this group (/. c. p. 221).

3. CepHALopuus. (Bush-goats.)

Horns conical, recurved or ascending, short, and generally angular

at the front of the base. Ears moderate, rounded at the end, covered

with short hair. ‘Skull short ; forehead convex, swollen ; nasal bones

triangular, wide behind and narrow and acute in front ; preorbital

pit very large. (Cat. Ungulata, t. 10. f. 1 [watalensis], skull.)

Fur varies greatly in different specimens. In some it is thin

and closely adpressed, formed of more or less flattened hairs, which,

in C. nigrifrons, are very broad and ‘tapering to a point. In some,

with the adpressed fur, as C. ogilbii, C. natalensis, and C. niger,

the cheeks and neck have only extremely short fine hair on them ;

others, as C. nigrifrons, have these parts covered with broad

hairs like the body. Others are clothed with abundance of ecylin-

drical hairs, varying in different degrees of softness ; in some they

are more bristly, as in C. sylvicultrix, in others soft, sometimes

with a few bristly hairs intermingled, as in C. pygmaeus, C. maz-

welli, and C’. melanorheus. One species (C. melanoprymnus), which

has a thick coat of moderately soft fur, has a crest of much longer

hair extending along the whole length of the vertebral line, and a

patch of softer hair over the base of the tail.

I have made some remarks on the differences between the skulls

of the various species of this genus in the observations appended to

the description of C. longiceps (P.Z. 8S. 1865, p. 255).

The specimens from Gaboon here described were purchased of M.

du Chaillu. Ido not find them mentioned in his published travels, nor

in the list of animals which was published in America. Indeed in

his journals he says there are no Antelopes found in that part of

Africa ; but perhaps he does not consider Bush-bucks Antelopes.

I suppose they are common, as he used the skins with the imper-

fect skin of his Potamocherus albifrons to stuff out the body of his

Tragelaphus albovittatus, in the skin of which they were sewn up.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXXVIII.

594 DR. J, E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. [June 20,

The skins have the fur in a pretty good state, the sheath of the

horns being absent. The legs not having been skinned, but dried

with the flesh on, are, in one or two cases, broken across at the

knees, or rather wrist. The state of the legs and the skins, they

having been soaked with a strong solution of corrosive sublimate,

which usually makes them fall to pieces like wetted blotting-paper

when they are damped, as is the case with several o. the skins we

purchased from him, will, I fear, prevent their being stuffed and

arranged along with the other preserved specimens; but they are

important additions to this family, of which we have such a com-

plete collection in the Museum.

The species miay be thus arranged for easy determination :—

. Back with a crest of long black hair, 1. C. melanoprymnus.

. Back with a large yellow stripe. 2. C. sylvicultriz,

Back with a black dorsal streak. 3. C. ogilbii; 4. C. badius;

5. CO. rufilatus.

d. Back with a black saddle. 6. C. dorsalis.

e. Back uniform

* Black. 7. C. niger.

** Red. 8. C. natalensis; 9. C. nigrifrons.

*** Yellow. 10. C. madoqua; 11. C. coronatus; 12. C.

whitfieldit.

**** Blackish grey, with pale streak over the eye. 13. C.

pygmeus; 14. C. maxwellii; 15. C. melanorheus.

***** Brown punctulated. 16. C. punctulatus; 17. C. c

color.

1. CeEPHALOPHUS MELANOPRYMNUS. (Plate XLIV.)

Fur rather long and soft, grizzled by the subterminal white rings

APS

dan yequer NeW

SONWAYMONVTSHWN

SOHdOTVHd4aD

WIT 4turg p

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. 595

on the dark-brown hairs; of outside of limbs, and especially of the

middle of the back, longer (forming a vertebral crest), scarcely griz-

zled ; rump with a large oval disk of black hair ; legs dark brown ;

ears moderate, hairy.

Hab. Gaboon.

Nasal bone of Cephalophus melanoprymnus.

Female in British Museum. Differs from C. sylvicultrix and

C. niger in having the very distinct black patch over the base of

the tail, and also in the much greater length and softness of the

fur. The fur of C. sylvicultriz is slightly grizzled.

2. CEPHALOPHUS SYLVICULTRIX. (Fig. 4, p. 596.)

Cephalophus sylvicultrix, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 83;

Knowsley Menag. t. 8. f. 1, t. 23. f. 3.

Fur bristly, rather long, blackish brown, grey-grizzled, with a

large yellow spot on the hinder part of the back.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone.

Length of skull of adult male 10? inches ; height at occiput 23;

width at condyles 43, at nasals 43, from orbit to end of intermax-

illaries 6 inches.

3. CePHALOPHUS oGILBII, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 83;

Knowsley Menag. t. 8. f. 2.

Fur rigid, adpressed ; hairs of cheeks and neck very short, of

forehead long, pale bay-brown, with a deep-black dorsal streak,

paler beneath ; crown and haunches brighter bay.

Hab. Fernando Po; Gaboon. B.M.

Two males in the British Museum, one from Fernando Po, the

other from the Gaboon. The latter is brighter bay, and has a

rather wider dorsal streak.

4. CEPHALOPHUS BADIUS.

Cephalophus badius, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 84.

Cephalophus dorsalis, Gray, Knowsley Menag. t. 7. f. 1.

Cephalophus breviceps, Gray, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 201, t. 2 (junior).

596 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. [June 20,

Skull of Cephalophus sylvicultriv, p. 595.

shee a

$TEUUP ET NT

SITVSHOG

SNHAOTVHda)D

LOTS

seu

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. 597

Fur rigid, adpressed, bright yellowish brown ; crown and nape

with a broad well-defined black dorsal streak.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone.

The young animal described as C. dreviceps assumed all the ap-

pearance, as it grew older, of C. badius.

Skull of Cephalophus rufilatus. *

5, CEPHALOPHUS RUFILATUS.

Cephalophus rufilatus, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 85; Knowsley

Menag. t. 6 (7). f. 3, t. 9 & 9°.

Fur rather rigid, dark reddish bay ; a dark, broad, reddish streak

on the middle of the back ; nose blackish grey.

Hab. West Africa: Gambia ; Senegal.

Skull, length 53; height at occiput 2}; length of nasals 13; from

orbit to end of maxillary 23 ; width at zygomatic arch 23 inches.

6. CepHALopHuS porsALIs. (Plate XLV.)

Cephalophus dorsalis, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 84.

Fur rather rigid, adpressed, dark bay ; legs darker; crown, nape,

upper part of shoulders, middle of the back, and tail black, be-

neath paler; fur of head and neck rather elongate.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

This appears to be a large species when full-grown, much larger

than C. badius, and very different in having long hair round the

head and on the neck.

7. CEPHALOPHUS NIGER.

Cephalophus niger, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 84; Knowsley

Menag. t. 7. f. 2.

598 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. [June 20,

Fur rigid, adpressed ; hair of cheeks and neck very short, sooty

black ; front part of body greyer.

Hab. Guinea.

A half-grown male in the Museum from the Leyden Museum.

8. CEPHALOPHUS NATALENSIS.

Cephalophus natalensis, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B.M. p. 85, t. 10.

f. 1 (skull) ; Smith, Zool. 8. Africa, t. 32.

Hair rigid, adpressed, of neck and cheeks short, of forehead

long, bright red-bay ; beneath pale yellowish ; forehead red.

Hab. Port Natal.

There are four specimens in the British Museum, two males and

two females.

Fig. 6.

Skull of Cephalophus nigrifrons.

9. CEPHALOPHUS NIGRIFRONS. (Plate XLVI.)

Head, neck, and body, above and below, covered with broad,

tapering, rigid, bright bay hairs; nose, forehead, and crown be-

tween the horns with black rigid hairs, and a few black hairs inter-

spersed on the nape and shoulders ; outside of fore legs blackish ;

hoofs narrow, rather elongate,

Hab. Gaboon.

Somewhat like C. badius in colour, but much brighter, has no

dorsal streak ; differs from C. natalensis in the black forehead and

tail and dark fore legs, and the hair is much more rigid.

° 10. CeEPHALOPHUS MADOQUA.

Cephalophus madoqua, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 82; Riippell,

Faun. Abyss. t. 7. f. 2.

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. 999

Fur rigid, close-pressed, yellowish brown, slightly punctulated with

black ; forehead reddish.

Hab. Abyssinia.

Skull of Cephalophus coronatus.

11. CEPHALOPHUS CORONATUS.

Cephalophus coronatus, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 82; Knows-

ley Menag. t. 6 (7). f. 1, 2.

Fur rather soft, pale yellowish brown; back and front of legs

with a few scattered black hairs; beneath whitish; ears rather

long.

Hab. West Africa: Gambia.

Length of skull 52; height at occiput 2$; width at condyles 22 ;

length from orbit to end of maxillary 22; length of nasals 14

inches.

12. CEPHALOPHUS WHITFIELDI.

Cephalophus whitfieldii, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 88 ; Knows-

ley Menag. t. 11. f. 2.

Fur soft, yellowish ash; shoulders, outside of limbs, and hind

part of back rather darker; hair ashy grey, brown at the ends, with

yellow tips.

Hab. West Africa: Gambia. B.M.

13. CeEPHALOPHUS PYGMUS.

Cephalophus pygmeus, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 87; Harris,

Wild Anim. S. Africa, t. 26.

Fur soft, grey-brown, with intermixed rather rigid black hairs ;

beneath white ; streak over eye and outer part of thighs rufous.

Hab. South Africa: Cape of Good Hope; Angola? (Bocage).

600 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE BUSH-BUCKS. [June 20,

Fig. 8.

Skull of Cephalophus maawellit.

14. CepHALOPHUS MAXWELLII.

Cephalophus maawelli, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 86; Knows-

ley Menag. t. 114.

Guevi, F. Cuv. Mamm. Lithog. t.

Fur rather soft, uniform, thick, grey-brown or sooty black ; be-

neath whitish grey ; a broad streak over the eyes yellowish white.

Hab. West Africa: Senegal, Gambia, and Sierra Leone ; Angola

(Bocage).

Skull of adult male: length 5 inches; height at occiput 23 ;

width of zygoma 23; length of nose from orbit 25; length of nasals

12 inch.

15. CEPHALOPHUS MELANORHEUS.

Cephalophus melanorheus, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 88;

Knowsley Menag. t. 10.

Fur soft, with intermixed rather rigid black hairs, grey-brown ;

beneath white ; rump and upper part of tail black,

Hab. West Africa: Fernando Po (Thomson) ; Gaboon (B.M.) ;

East Africa (Kirk).

16. CrEPHALOPHUS PUNCTULATUS.

Cephalophus punctulatus, Gray, Cat. Ungul. B. M. p. 88;

Knowsley Menag. t. 11. f. |.

Fur soft, dark fulvous brown; beneath white; hair grey, with

brown ends and a yellow subterminal ring.

Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone (Sabine). B.M.

17. CePHALOPHUS BICOLOR.

Cephalophus bicolor, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 263, t. 34.

1871.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SKULL OF A ROEBUCK. 601

Fur soft, brown; nose, forehead, inside of ears, chin, and under-

side of body, rump, and tail white.

Hab. South Africa: Natal.

One hind leg is white (but that may be a sport ; indeed the whole

white may be an accidental variation); but in the general colour of

the fur it is quite distinct from any other known Bush-buck. It is

said to be nearly adult, though so small.

9. Notes on the Skull of a Roebuck in the British Museum.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

[Received June 5, 1871.]

In the British Museum there is a skull (no. 688, 0) which has been

considered that of a Roebuck with very much deformed horns. It

was received from the Museum of this Society, without any history

or habitat. At first sight the horns have some resemblance to

DD. a

Supposed horns of a Roebuck.

those of Xenelaphus leucotis, and, like it, on the two sides are very

different ; but in Xenelaphus the peculiar projection is from the

back of the base of the horns, and here it is an extreme development

602 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. [June 20,

of a snag from the front of the base of the horns, which is three-

lobed at the end, two smaller lobes being directed forward and much

below the erect tip.

The right horn resembles that of a much developed, but rather

irregularly divided form of those of a Roebuck, with very thick and

very deep longitudinal grooves, having high ridges, nodulous on

the edges, occupying the whole length of the main beam to the burr,

just above which they are largest and deepest; and it has on the

inner side of the first furcation a thick, short, recurved snag.

The left horn is like the other, but much thicker at the base;

the recurved snag on the inner side is much longer and more slender ;

but the usual anterior snag of this furcation is reduced to a very

small conical prominence ; and what seems to be equivalent to the

hinder lower snag of the other horn is a dilated flattened pro-

cess at the base, divided into two slender, unequal lobes at the top.

But the great peculiarity of this horn is the existence of a branch

springing from the front of the base of the main beam, about half as

large as the horn itself, and having two conical divergent snags on

the front part of the middle of its length.

Daubenton, in Buffon’s ‘ Nat. Hist.’ vol. vi. p. 241, t. 36. f. 2, 3,4,

figures three malformations of the horns of the Roebuck, but does

not represent any like the one described from the specimen in the

British Museum.

10. On the Birds of Cameroons, Western Africa.

By R. B. Suarpe, F.L.S. &c., Librarian to the Society.

[Received June 6, 1871.]

(Plate XLVII.)

After having quitted the field of his former labours in Madagas-

car, Mr. Crossley undertook an expedition to Cameroons, at the

instance of Mr. Ward, of Halifax, to whom ornithologists are greatly

indebted for having sent out such an indefatigable collector to so

interesting a locality. As in the case of all his former collections,

the specimens are admirably preserved by Mr. Crossley, who in

this respect does great credit to Mr. Cutter, his agent, who trained

him in preparing specimens of natural history.

The avifauna of Cameroons always possessed great attractions

for me, inasmuch as I was anxious to obtain some idea of the birds

of this part of Africa, believing that, from the mountainous nature

of the country, some modification in the aspect of the ornithology

of Gaboon and Fantee, which so closely assimilate to each other,

might be expected. The result, however, proves that in its general

features the avifauna of Cameroons is precisely similar to that of the

two last-named countries. The proving of this fact is of great

interest, as previously we were totally unacquainted with the birds

1871.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. 603

of Cameroons, the bad character of the natives doubtless deterring

collectors from paying the place a visit. Mr. Crossley has suffered

much from their unwillingness to work, no inducement being suffi-

cient to make them take the least trouble about any thing, and their

profound laziness rendering it necessary to carry all his own collections

himself from the mountains to the coast.

Beyond the record of some new birds sent hy Captain Burton,

and described by Mr. G. R. Gray in the ‘Annals of Natural

History’ for 1862 (3rd series, vol. x. p. 443), and the names of a few

species given in my catalogue, for which I had been indebted to

Mr. Cutter, nothing whatever had been done in the way of collecting

in the present locality.

In this paper the nomenclature employed is principally that used.

in my ‘ Catalogue of African Birds.’

Order PICARLE.

Fam. ALCEDINID.

1. CERYLE RUDIS.

Ceryle rudis (L.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 6.

Two specimens are sent by Mr. Crossley, killed on the 4th and

14th of February respectively. I had already received it from

Cameroons in spirits through Mr. Cutter (ef. Cat. /. ¢.).

2. ALCEDO QUADRIBRACHYS.

Alcedo quadribrachys, Bp. ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 6.

One beautiful specimen, killed on the 2nd of January, 1871.

Previously received in spirits from Mr. Cutter.

3. IspIDINA PICTA.

Ispidina picta (Bodd.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 7.

One specimen.

4. HaLcyon pRyAs.

Halcyon dryas, Hartl. ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 8.

Two specimens, killed on the 39th of November, i870. Itis doubt-

ful whether the specimen already received by me through Mr.

Cutter, and recorded as H. malimbica (1. c. p. 8) is not really of the

present species ; but there is a little difficulty in settling the point,

owing to the birds having been preserved in spirit.

5. HALCYON CYANOLEUCA.

Halcyon cyanoleuca (V.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 8.

One specimen, killed on the 20th of January, 1871.

6. HaLcyon SENEGALENSIS.

Halcyon senegalensis (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 8.

One example, obtained on the 26th of January, 1871.

604 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. [June 20,

Fam. BucEROTID2.

7. BERENICORNIS ALBOCRISTATUS,

Berenicornis albocristata, Cass. Journ. Acad. Philad. i. pl. xv.

Three specimens. I must remark that all the specimens received

from Fantee differ conspicuously in being much smaller, and in

having the wing scarcely tipped with white. The bill also is very

different, being much smaller in the Fantee bird. Although I havea

good series of these Hornbills, I must wait for further evidence before

describing the Fantee bird as new, as Cassin’s original type came

from Sierra Leone, and agrees with the Gaboon bird and not with

that from Fantee, as one would expect. The accompanying figure

illustrates the differences in the Hornbills from the two localities.

Bill of Berenicornis albocristatus. a, from Cameroons; 4, from Fantee.

8. TockUs PULCHRIROSTRIS.

Tockus pulchrirostris (Schl.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 9.

“Cameroon Mountains, February 4th, 1871. Hye-ring grey ;

eyeball black.”

As far as I can see, the single specimen sent by Mr. Crossley is

inseparable from Fantee examples in my collection.

Fam. MusorpHaGiIp&.

9. TuRACUS CRISTATUS.

Turacus cristatus (V.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B, p. 10.

1871.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. 605

A single specimen in good plumage. This fine species seems to

occur in suitable localities from Sierra Leone down to Angola.

10. CoryTHAIX PERSA.

Corythaix persa (.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 11.

Five specimens sent by Mr. Crossley, procured by him between

the 24th of January and the 15th of February.

11. CoryTHAIX MERIANI.

Corythaix meriani, Ripp.; Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 157.

This is a beautiful species, easily distinguished from the other

members of the genus by its conspicuous magenta-tipped crest.

Mr. Crossley has sent one specimen, which he killed on February Ist,

1871.

Fam. CucuLip&.

12. Curysococcyx CLAASIt.

Chrysococcyx claasti (V.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 13.

One specimen, shot on the 2nd of February, 1871.

13. Carysococcyx CUPREUS.

Chrysococcyx cupreus (Bodd.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 13.

A single specimen, obtained on the 16th of February, 1871.

14. Corysococcyx SMARAGDINEUS.

Chrysococeyx smaragdineus (Sw.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 13.

A beautiful specimen, killed on the 10th of February, 1871.

15. ZANCLOSTOMA FLAVIROSTRIS.

Zanclostoma flavirostris (Sw.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 14.

“Cameroons Mountains, January 21st, 1871. Eye-ring red; eye-

ball black.

** Victoria Forest.”

Fam. CAapironip2&.

16. TrRICHOL@MA HIRSUTA.

Tricholema hirsuta (Sw.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 15.

Two young specimens, obtained on the 22nd and 25th of February,

1871. These birds are much younger than the example figured in

the plate of this species given by the Messrs. Marshall in their

‘Monograph of the Capitonidee ;’ and as this stage of plumage has

never been described, I add a short diagnosis :—

Head black ; rest of the upper surface of the body brown, evyery-

where spotted with little golden-yellow markings, more thickly on

the crown ; wing-coverts exactly like the back ; quills and tail very

dark brown, edged with golden yellow; upper tail-coverts blackish,

rather conspicuously edged with golden yellow ; feathers round the

eye and ear-coverts blackish, spotted with silvery white; cheeks and

606 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS, [June 20,

sides of the neck white, mottled with black ; throat whitish, with

longitudinal black markings down the centre of each feather; rest

of the under surface of the body dull golden yellow, the upper part

of the breast streaked with black, the rest of the belly and abdomen

thickly marked with brown transverse spots. Total length 7-4 inches,

culmen 1, wing 3°6, tail 2°1, tarsus ‘8.

I am now, therefore, able to state that the immature bird figured

in the plate of Messrs. Marshalls’ work is very nearly adult, the only

remains of young plumage being the whitish throat.

17. XYLOBUCCO DUCHAILLUI.

Xylobucco duchaillui (Cass.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr, B. p. 15.

One specimen, shot on the 4th of February, 1871.

18, GyMNOBUCCO PELI.

Gymnobucco peli, Hartl. Orn, W. Afr. p. 175.

One specimen, shot on the 4th of February, 1871. The Messrs.

Marshall in their ‘Monograph’ have united G. peli to G. calvus.

But I am not quite satisfied about this identification ; for it must be

remembered that Dr. Hartlaub, in his original description of G. peli, di-

stinctly described both male and female as having the tufts on each side

of the forehead. The Messrs. Marshall, on the other hand, consider

that the female is to be distinguished from the male by the absence

of these tufts on the forehead. Having lately received from Fantee

a fine series of these Bald-headed Barbets, I must say that I am not

clear in my mind about the two birds being only sexes of one and

the same species; for those birds supposed to be the female (i. e.

G. calvus) have much larger bills than the supposed males (G. pelt).

The sketches which I now exhibit (figs. 2 & 3) show the differences

between the two species ; and it will be observed that in G. calrus

there is a conspicuous tuft of brush-like feathers on the chin, which

scarcely exists in G. pelt.

At present, therefore, I consider the two species to be distinct.

Fig. 2. Fig. 3.

Head of Gymnobucco calvus. Head of Gymnobucco peli.

19. TRACHYPHONUS PURPURATUS.

Trachyphonus purpuratus, Verr. ; Marsh. Monogr. Capit. p. xxxil.

1871.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. 607

A beautiful specimen, killed on the 10th of February, 1871. This

is identical with the true T. purpuratus of Gaboon, and is not

T. goffini, which takes its place on the Gold Coast.

Fam. Picip2.

20. CAMPETHERA NIVOSA.

Campethera nivosa (Sw.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 17.

«*Cameroons Mountains, February 4th, 1871.”

One female sent, identical with examples in my collection from

Fantee.

Order PASSERES.

Fam. TIMALtIDz&.

21. ALETHE CASTANEA.

Alethe castanea, Cass. Proc. Philad. Acad. 1859, p. 43.

“Cameroons Mountains, February Ist, 1871, and February 20th,

1871.”

The two specimens sent by Mr. Crossley are an adult and a young

bird of this species. Compared with a bird from Gaboon in my

collection, obtained by Du Chaillu, Mr. Crossley’s older specimen

is rather larger, but is apparently a little more adult.

The species of Alethe may be characterized as follows :—

Clavis specierum generis Alethes.

a. capite summo lete castaneo.

a’. cauda brunnea unicolori ...............2eeeceeee eee 1. castanea, Cass.

b’. rectricibus exterioribus ad apicem albis......... 2. maculicauda, Hartl.

GSvCapile: CINCTASCEMLG <0 coadece ses era dubsccenies-deseceras-s 3. castanonota, Sharpe.

Fam. Turpip&.

22. TuRDUS CROSSLEYI, sp. nov. (Plate XLVII.)

T. supra olivaceo-brunneus, aurato lavatus, pileo uropygioque con-

spicue tinctis : collo postico et corpore subtus lete aurantiacis :

abdomine medio et imo cum crisso pure albis: mento, genis et

regione auriculari antica nigricantibus : tectricibus alarum saturate

brunneis, minimis aurato lavatis, majoribus conspicue albo termi-

natis, fasciam duplicem alarem formantibus : rectricibus brunneis

extus aurato lavatis, versus basin albis : cauda saturate brunnea

vie aurato nitente: rostro nigro ; pedibus pallide flavidis : long.

tot. 8°5, culm. 0°9, ale 3, caude 2:9, tarsi 1°2.

Head golden brown, tinged with orange on the hinder part; a

little line of feathers on each side of the forehead, at the base of the

bill, orange ; lores, fore part of the cheeks, and ear-coverts blackish ;

sides of the neck, and a collar encircling the same, orange ; back

golden brown; least wing-coverts blackish, strongly washed with

golden brown ; rest of the wing~coverts blackish brown, conspicuously

608 MR. R.B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. [June 20,

tipped with white, forming a double alar band; primary coverts

blackish brown, not spotted ; quills rather paler brown, white at the

base of the inner web ; the outer web of the primaries golden brown,

of the secondaries olive-brown; tail dark brown, slightly inclining

to reddish and tinged with golden brown; under surface of the body

rich orange; the chin blackish ; centre of the breast, abdomen, and

under tail-coverts pure white; under wing-coverts white, the bases

of the wings blackish ; bill black; feet pale yellowish. Total length

8°5 inches, culmen 0°9, wing 3, tail 2°9, tarsus 1-2.

This new species is very closely allied to Turdus gurneyi, Hartl.

(Ibis, 1864, pl. ix.), from Natal, but is at once distinguished by its

black cheeks, lores, and chin, as wellas by its orange collar round the

neck,

23. CRINIGER CALURUS.

Criniger calurus, Cass.; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 21.

‘“ Cameroons Mountains, January 19th, 1871.” '

**Cameroons Mountains, February 7th, 1871. Eye-ring reddish

brown ; eyeball black.”

Both the above specimens agree with typical Gaboon examples in my

collection. In Fantee and to the north this species is replaced by

C. verreauzi, which is the name I proposed in my catalogue for the

C. gularis (Sw. nee Horsf.) = C. tephrogenys, Jard. apud Finsch,

J. f. O. 1867, p. 26, et Sharpe, Ibis, p. 472 (nee Jard. & Selby,

Contr. to Orn. pl. 127). Shortly after writing my last paper on

the Ornithology of Fantee (/. c.) 1 sent a specimen of the African

Criniger gularis to Sir William Jardine, asking him to compare it

with the type of his C. tephrogenys, and to see if the two birds

were identical. In due time I received a letter from him, assuring

me that they were perfectly distinct (as, indeed, any one would have

imagined from the descriptions) and detailing the differences. I

therefore proposed the name of C. verreauwii for the African bird.

24. CRINIGER TRICOLOR.

Criniger tricolor (Cass.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 21.

**Cameroons Mountains, January Ist, 1871.”

Agrees exactly with specimens from Gaboon.

25. CRINIGER CHLORONOTUS.

Criniger chloronotus, Cass. ; Finsch, Journ. f. Orn, 1867, p. 24.

““Cameroons Mountains, February 25th, 1871.”

Two specimens, agreeing exactly with a typical specimen in my

collection from Gaboon obtained by Du Chaillu.

26. CRINIGER NIVOSUS.

Criniger nivosus, Temm. ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 22.

«Cameroons Mountains, February lst and 9th. Eye-ring brown ;

eyeball black.”

The two specimens sent by Mr. Crossley agree best with Fantee

‘

1871.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. 609

birds in my collection. Examples from this latter locality slightly

incline to grey on the head, while specimens from Gaboon are more

grey ; but I have no doubt these slight variations are due to age or

the season of the year.

27. ANDROPADUS VIRENS.

Andropadus virens (Cass.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 23.

**Cameroons Mountains. Sings nicely. Bill black ; iris brown.”

28. [xonoTus GUTTATUS.

Txonotus guttatus, Verr.; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 41.

.“ Cameroons Mountains, January 28th and February 11th, 1871.

Iris yellow.”

Exactly similar to Gaboon specimens in general characters, but

perhaps more tinged with brown on the back of the neck.

29. CossyPHA POENSIS.

Cossypha poensis, Strickl. ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 25.

“Cameroons Mountains, February 11th and 20th, 1871.”

These two specimens sent by Mr. Crossley are precisely similar to

a Fantee skin in my collection.

Fam. NECTARINIIDE.

30. NECTARINIA SUPERBA.

Jectarinia superba (V.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 38.

«« Cameroons Mountains, February 18th, 1871.”

31. NECTARINIA FULIGINOSA.

Nectarinia fuliginosa (Shaw) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 39.

** Victoria Forest, January 7th, 1871.”

** Cameroons Mountains, January 18th, 1871.”

32. NECTARINIA ANGOLENSIS.

_ Nectarinia angolensis (Less.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 39.

**Cameroons Mountains, January 26th, 1871.”

33. NECTARINIA CHLOROPYGIA.

Nectarinia chloropygia, Jard.; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 39.

** Cameroons Mountains, February 2nd and 15th, 1871.”

34. NECTARINIA SUBCOLLARIS. |

Nectarinia subcollaris, Reich. ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 41.

“Cameroons Mountains, February 9th, 1871.”

35. ANTHREPTES AURANTIA.

Anthreptes aurantia, Verr.; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 41.

“Victoria Forest, January 31st, 1871.”

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XXXIX.

610 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. [June 20,

Mr. Crossley has sent a male of this lovely bird, which agrees

exactly with one of the type specimens in my collection, given to me

by my good friend M. Jules Verreaux himself.

Fam. Muscicapip2.

36. BIAS MUSICUS.

Bias musicus (V.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 43.

“Cameroons Mountains, February 23rd, 1871.”

A male in full plumage. Megabias seems to me to be scarcely

generically separable.

37. PLATYSTEIRA LEUCOPYGIALIS.

Platysteira leucopygialis, Fras.; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 43.

“Bye blue.”

Mr. Crossley has sent several specimens of this bird, procured on

the Cameroons Mountains, between the 18th of January and the 27th

of February.

38. PLATYSTEIRA CYANEA.

Platysteira cyanea (Mill.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 44.

An old male, and a young male just throwing off the plumage of

the adult female.

39. TERPSIPHONE TRICOLOR.

Terpsiphone tricolor (Fras.) ; Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 44.

Mr. Crossley has sent a fine series of this Flycatcher, procured

between the 21st of January and the 5th of February, 1871.

40. TERPSIPHONE MELAMPYRA.

T'erpsiphone melampyra (Verr.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 44.

Two specimens procured on the Cameroons Mountains on the

16th of February, 1871. This species appears to me to be clearly

characterized, the absence of white on the wing being the distinguish-

ing peculiarity. I have a fine specimen in my collection from

Gaboon.

Fam. HiruNDINIDz.

41. PSALIDOPROCNE NITENS.

Psalidoprocne nitens (Cass.) ; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 291.

**Cameroons Mountains, January 16th, 1871.”

Until recently this species was known only from Gaboon, where

it was discovered by Du Chaillu, one of whose original specimens is

now in my collection. Governor Ussher has lately sent it from

Fantee, and the discovery of the bird in Cameroons shows that it is

found in all the countries round the Bight of Biafra.

1871.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. 611

Fam. LANip2.

42. Dryoscorpus LEUCORHYNCHUS.

Dryoscopus leucorhynchus, Hartl.; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 47.

“Cameroons Mountains, February Ist and March 8th, 1871.

Iris brown.”

Two specimens, both with black bills.

43. LANIARIUS HYPOPYRRHUS.

Laniarius hypopyrrhus (Verr.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 49.

“Cameroons Mountains. Iris grey.”

One specimen, agreeing exactly with the bird from Fantee sent by

Mr. Ussher.

44, LANIARIUS MULTICOLOR.

Laniarius multicolor, Gray ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 48.

A specimen of a particoloured Shrike from the Cameroons Moun-

tains is sent by Mr. Crossley, which considerably puzzled me for some

time ; but I have at last referred it to the present species. The upper

surface of the body is precisely similar to other specimens in my col-

lection from Fantee ; but underneath the Cameroons bird has none of

that fiery crimson which characterizes the last named examples, but

is everywhere of a beautiful orange. I presume it may be a female.

45. NicaTor CHLORIS.

Nicator chloris (Val.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 49.

“Cameroons, February 2nd, 1871.”

Fam. ORI0OLID.

46. ORIOLUS BRACHYRHYNCHUS.

Oriolus brachyrhynchus, Sw.; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 54.

Four specimens, collected on the Cameroons Mountains between

the 8th and 21st of February. I have no doubt that I was right in

joining O. baruffi to O. brachyrhynchus, as I did in my ‘ Catalogue,’

and not separating them as in my paper on the African Oriolide

(Ibis, 1870, p. 227), though I expressed my doubts as to their specific

distinctness on the last-named occasion.

Fam. LAMPROTORNITHID.

47. LAMPROCOLIUS PURPUREICEPS.

Lamprocolius purpureiceps, Verr.; Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 119.

“Cameroons Mountains, January 19th and 20th, 1871. Iris

- brown.”

I had already received this species from Cameroons ; but, owing to

its being immature and having been preserved in spirits, M. Jules

Verreaux and I were unable to identify it properly, and we referred

it to L. cupreocauda (cf. Cat. Afr. B. p. 55).

612 MR. R. B, SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. [June 20,

48. HyPHANTORNIS TEXTOR.

Hyphantornis textor (Gm.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 59.

One specimen, from the Cameroons Mountains.

49. HyPHANTORNIS AURANTIA.

Hyphantornis aurantia (V.); Hart. Orn. W. Afr. p. 121.

** Bonny, November 21st, 1870.”

I obtained a short time back two specimens of this Weaver bird

from Mr. Higgins, out of an old collection of Du Chaillu’s. The

bird now sent by Mr. Crossley exactly agrees with these Gaboon

examples, and they are certainly referable to the Malimbus aurantius

of Vieillot (Ois. Chant. pl. 44). But, although these two specimens

of Du Chaillu’s must have passed through the hands of the late

Mr. Cassin in America before they arrived in this country, I am

unable to find the species mentioned in any of his lists of Gaboon

birds, and I think he may have considered it to be the female of

H. grayi. have the hen of this latter bird in my collection; and

it is certainly quite distinct from the species now under con-

sideration.

50. HyPHANTORNIS FLAVIGULA.

Hyphantornis grayi, Verr.; Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 122.

**Cameroons Mountains,”

Agrees with a female specimen in my collection from the River

Volta, but it is more greenish and not so richly coloured.

51. MALIMBUS NITENS.

Malimbus nitens (Gray) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 60.

**Cameroons Mountains, January 21st and February 2nd, 1871).

Iris red.”

52. MaLIMBUS CRISTATUS.

Malimbus cristatus (V.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 60.

**Cameroons Mountains, February 7th and 23rd, 1871.”

53. MALIMBUS SCUTATUS.

Malimbus scutatus (Cass.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 60.

**Cameroons Mountains, January 3lst and February 9th, 1871.”

54. MALIMBUS NIGERRIMUS.

Malimbus nigerrimus (V.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 60.

**Cameroons Mountains, January 20th and 21st, and February

4th, 1871.

55. NIGRITA LUTEIFRONS.

Nigrita luteifrons, Verr. ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 61.

“*Cameroons Mountains.”

One adult bird.

1871.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. 613

56. NiGRITA BICOLOR.

Nigrita bicolor, Hartl. ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 61.

“Cameroons Mountains, January 7th, 1871.”’

The genus Nigrita now contains the following species :—

Clavis specierum generis Nigritz.

a. subtus nigree.

a'. fronte nigra.

a’, major: tectricibus supracaudalibus albicanti-

CHAORGIN ents sone semeubatan ts abercee sede tenh eames as 1. canicapilla.

5". minor: tectricibus sepracaudalibus nigris...... 2. emilie.

4’. fronte stramineo-lutescente ......ce0..c ec ces ee ee cen eeeees 3. luteifrons.

}. subtus lactescenti-albee.

a’, uropygio brunneo, dorso concolori ....+.......-.s00-46 4. fusconota.

b’. uropygio dilute cinnamomeo ..................sseeeeeeee 5. uropygialis.

GleSUDIMA\CHOCOIRMNA leh ecsesqanssehasacnsscelees aces scecacesesee- ese 6. bicolor.

@. SUGtUS UMbLINO=CINETED 230... 5... seceeescosceeseeconreowceserens 7. arnaudi.

Order ACCIPITRES.

Fam. FALCONIDE.

57. ACCIPITER HARTLAUBI.

“Cameroons Mountains, January 16th, 1871.”

Above dark blackish brown with narrow and almost obsolete

rufous edgings to the feathers ; quills blackish brown, with the same

obsolete rufous edgings ; the under surface of the wing much lighter

and inclining to pale rufous, with very distinct black cross bars and

tips to the feathers; tail very dark brown, barred across with

blackish brown and pale rufous, the outer feathers quite plain,

and all the tail-feathers tipped with pale rufous; throat white;

rest of the under surface of the body rust-colour, lighter and more

inclining to white down the centre of the body, the flanks very di-

stinctly marked with diamond-shaped spots of blackish brown ; legs

deep rust-colour, with indistinct black transverse bars ; under wing-

coverts pale rust-colour, with a few blackish spots on the lower

feathers and axillary plumes; bill black, yellowish at the gape and

base of lower mandible; legs deep yellow, claws black. Total length

13:7 inches, culmen 0°9, wing 7°5, tail 7°4, tarsus 2°3.

Mr. Gurney has very kindly compared my specimen with typical

examples in the Norwich Museum; and we came to the conclusion

that the bird described is a young male of this species.

Fam. STriGip#.

58. SyRNIUM NUCHALE.

Syrnium nuchale, Sharpe, Ibis, 1870, p. 487.

** Cameroons Mountains, February 20th, 1871.”

Mr. Gurney identifies this as a young bird of the West African

Syrnium lately described by me. I add a detailed description of the

specimen now sent.

614 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF CAMEROONS. [June 20,

Above tawny, all the feathers broadly barred and tipped with

downy white, each white band having a margin of dark brown;

wing-coverts dark brown, a few of them strongly tinged with rufous

and barred with white; quills dark brown, inclining to tawny on

the upper surface, especially of the secondaries, which are almost

entirely of the latter colour; all the quills more or less strongly

marked and barred with dark brown; tail dark brown, inclining to

tawny towards the tip and strongly barred with blackish brown ;

under surface tawny, paler and inclining to fulvous white on the

abdomen, which is unspotted, all the breast barred across with white ;

legs tawny, with tiny marks of brown; under wing-coverts dark

rufous, with brown marking. Total length 14 inches, culmen 1:2,

wing 9°5, tail 6, tarsus 1-6.

Order GRALLA.

Fam. RALuip&.

59. RALLUS OCULEUS.

Rallus oculeus (Tem.) ; Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 241.

One specimen.

Fam. TANTALIDA.

60. IBis RELIGIOSA.

Ibis religiosus, Sav. ; Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 231.

One specimen.

Order ANSERES.

Fam. Popicipipz.

61. Popica SENEGALENSIS.

Podica senegalensis (V.); Hartl. Orn. W. Afr. p. 249.

One specimen.

Fam. Larip&.

62. STERNA FISSIPES.

One specimen.

The following is a list of the birds now recorded from Cameroons,

including those already described by Mr. George Robert Gray from

Capt. Burton’s collection :—

1. Ceryle rudis (L.). 9. Turacus cristacus (V.).

2. Alcedo quadribrachys, Bp. 10. Corythriz persa (L.).

3. Ispidina picta (Bodd.). ris meriani, Riipp.

4. Halcyon dryas, Hartl. 12. Chrysococcyx claasii (V.).

5. cyanoleuca (V.). 13. cupreus (Bodd.).

6. senegalensis (L.). 14. smaragdineus, Sw.

7. Berenicornis albocristatus 15. Zanclostomus _flavirostris

(Cass. ). (Sw.).

8. Tockus pulchrirostris(Schl.). 16. Tricholema hirsuta (Sw.).

ae.

1871.] MR. W.S. KENT ON A NEW GENUS OF SPONGES. 615

17. Xylobucco duchaillui(Cass.). 45. Psalidoprocne nitens (Cass.).

18. Gymnobucco peli, Hartl. 46. Dryoscopus leucorhynchus,

19. Trachyphonus purpuratus, Hartl.

Verr. 47. Laniarius hypopyrrhus, Verr.

20. Campethera nivosa (Sw.). 48. multicolor, G. R. Gray.

21. Alethe castanea, Cass. 49. Nicator chloris (Val.).

22. Turdus crossleyi, Sharpe. 50. Oriolus brachyrhynchus, Sw.

23. Criniger calurus, Cass. 51. Lamprocolius purpureiceps,

24. tricolor (Cass.). Verr.

D5: chloronotus, Cass. 52. Hyphantornis textor (Gm.).

26. tephrolemus (Gray). 53. aurantia (V.).

27. nivosus, Temm. 54 flavigula, G. R. Gray.

28. Andropadus virens (Cass. ). 55. Malimbus nitens (J. E.

29. Ixonotus guttatus, Verr. Gray).

30. Cossypha poensis, Strickl. 56. cristatus (V.).

31. isabelle, G. R. Gray. 57. scutatus (Cass.).

32. Pratincola salar, Verr. 58. nigerrimus (V.).

33. Nectarinia superba (V.). 59. Nigrita luteifrons, Verr.

34. Suliginosa (Shaw). 60. bicolor, Hartl.

35. angolensis (Less. ). 61. Euplectes phenicomerus, G.

36. chloropygia, Jard. R.. Gray.

37. subcollaris, Reich. 62. Ligurinus olivaceus (Fras.).

38. Anthreptes aurantia, Verr. 63. Strobilophaga burtoni, G. R.

39. Speirops melanocephalus (G. Gray.

R. Gray). 64. Accipiter hartlaubi, Verr.

40. Bias musicus (V.). 65. Syrnium nuchale, Sharpe.

41. Platysteira leucopygialis, 66. Rallus oculeus (Temm.).

Fras. 67. Ibis religiosa, Sav.

42. cyanea (Miill.). 68. Podica senegalensis (V.).

43. Terpsiphone tricolor (Fras.). 69. Sterna fissipes (L.).

44, melampyra, Verr.

11. On a new Genus of Sponges from North Australia. By

W. Savitrz Kent, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., &e., of the Geolo-

gical Department, British Museum.

[Received June 19, 1871.]

(Plate XLVIII.)

I am indebted to Dr. J. E. Gray for permission to describe the

two remarkable Sponges figured in the accompanying plate.

As they agree with one another in their histological and more

general fundamental structure, I have no hesitation in regarding

them as generically identical, though, in the absence of a published

account of any closely approximating form, it becomes requisite to

establish a new genus for their reception.

616 MR. W.S. KENT ON A NEW GENUS OF sponcEs. [June 20,

Order SILICEA.

Gen. nov. CAULOSPONGIA.

Sponge consisting of a central stem or axis, around the distal por-

tion of which the sponge-body is disposed in separate whorls, or in

more or less regular or irregular spiral convolutions. Skeleton com-

pound, consisting of a primary network of keratose fibre, with sili-

ceous spicula irregularly imbedded in it, and an accessory one of

siliceous spicula only. Spicula of one form, simple, spinulate,

arcuate.

1. CAULOSPONGIA VERTICILLATA. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1.)

Sponge-body forming interrupted ascending spiral, or regular and

separate infundibular expansions. Central axis and stalk fistulose,

the internal cavity frequently communicating with the exterior by

means of extensive oscula. Skeleton kerato-siliceous, consisting

principally of horny reticulated fibre with siliceous spicula imbedded

in it, but having an accessory and superficial one of spicula imbed-

ded in sarcode only. Spicules spinulate, slightly arcuate; average

length =, inch.

Hab. North Australia. Free Public Museum, Liverpool.

2. CauLosponeia pLicaTA. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2.)

Sponge-body forming contorted laminate convolutions, having an

irregular ascending spiral direction. Stalk fistulose above the com-

mencement of the body, with numerous oscular passages, compact

beneath. Skeleton kerato-siliceous as in the last species. Spicula

spinulate, slightly arcuate ; average length =, inch.

Hab. Unrecorded. B.M., presented by Miss Saul.

In the existence of a primary and secondary siliceo-fibrous skele-

ton, this new genus appears most closely to approach Diplodemia of

Bowerbank, au incrusting form with simple acerate spicula, regarded

by its author as forming a connecting link between the Keratose

and Halichondraceous tribes of Sponges.

In the drawing which I exhibit (Plate XLVIII.) fig. 1 represents

Caulospongia verticillata reduced to one half its natural size, and

fig. 2 the true proportions of C. plicata. The single specimen exa-

mined of the first of these exhibits a series of slightly prominent

ridges radiating from the centre to the circumference of the infun-

dibular or spirally ascending expansions of the sponge-body, these

being most conspicuous on the upper surfaces. In both species the

passages communicating with the internal cavity of the fistulose

stem would appear to represent the only distinct oscular system.

. Ee ie Loe LE Exe tlh

New Sponges.

Mintern Bro tin Ip.

1871.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON ARACHNIDA. 617

12. Notes on some Arachnida collected by Cuthbert Colling-

wood, Esq., M.D., during rambles in the China Sea, &e.

By the Rev. O. P. CamsBrinerz, M.A., C.M.Z.S.

[Received May 24, 1871.]

(Plate XLIX.)

A small collection of Arachnida, kindly placed in my hands by

Dr. Collingwood after the termination of his rambles in the China

Sea, contained the following species, some of which are of consider-

able interest, and two appear to be undescribed :—

Order ARANEIDEA.

Gasteracantha roseolimbata, Doleschall, “'Tweede Bijdrage tot de

Kennis der Arachniden van der Indischen Archipel,’’ Acta Societat.

Scient. Indo-neerlandicz vel Verhandelingen der Natuurkundige-

Vereeniging voor Nederlandsch Indie, vol. v. 1858-59, p. 43, pl. xiii.

fig. 1.—Pratos Reef.

Argiope striata, Doleschall, loc. cit. p. 30, pl. ix. fig, 2.—

Labuan.

Nephila rivulata, Cambr., n. sp.—Labuan.

Nephila moluccensis, Dol. loc. cit. pl. i. fig. 6.—Labuan.

Nephila chrysogaster, Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. ii. p. 92.—Labuan

and Manilla, The male of this species is new to science.

Tetragnatha nep@eformis, Dol. loc. cit. p. 46, pl. xvi. fig. 1.—

Kelung, near Formosa.

Uloborus (Orithyia) williamsii, Blackw. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

for Nov. 1858.—Labuan.

Thomisus diana, Savign. Egypte, Arachnides, pl. 7. no. 1, figs. 1, 2.

—Aden.

Heteropoda (Olios) leucosia, Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. ii. p. 566.—

Labuan.

Salticus citus, Cambr. Zoologist for 1863, p. 8561.—Labuan and

Manilla.

Salticus collingwoodii, Cambr., n. sp.—Labuan.

Salticus viridifasciatus, Dol. loc. cit. p. 19, pl. iii. fig. 8.—

Labuan.

Order ScorPIONIDEA.

Ischnurus complanatus, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. iv. p. 73, pl. 128.

fig. 295.—Labuan.

Lychas maculatus, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. xii. p. 1, pl. 397.

fig. 960.—Pratos Island. ‘Rambles of a Naturalist in the China

Sea,’ by C. Collingwood, Esq., M.D., p. 27.

618 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON ARACHNIDA. [June 20,

Also, at Labuan, a fine example of the order Phalangidea, but

whose specific identity I have not yet been able to determine.

Descriptions of new Species.

Family EPerrIDES

Genus Nepuia, Leach.

NEPHILA RIVULATA, nh. sp. (Plate XLIX. figs. 1, 2.)

Female adult, length 12 lines. Male adult, 23 lines.

The cephalothoraz is elevated before, depressed behind, and pro-

minent at the eyes; it is furnished with short strongish black spine-

like bristles, and is of a deep red-brown colour, approaching to black

in many examples, especially on the fore part of the caput. The

height of the clypeus is equal to one half of the facial space.

The eyes are small and vary but little in their relative size; they

are situated in four pairs or two slightly curved transverse rows, the

curves being directed from each other, and the front row being the

least curved of the two; the four central eyes form nearly a square

whose foremost side is rather the shortest; the two central eyes of

the front row are nearer to each other than each is to the lateral, of

the same row, on its side, but the distance between them is, as nearly

as possible, the same as that between those of each lateral pair ; those

of the hinder row are very nearly equidistant from each other.

The legs are moderately long, strong, and furnished with hairs and

spines; they are alternately and broadly banded with bright yellow

and deep reddish brown, except the tarsi and metatarsi, which are

yellowish near to the tibize, and gradually deepen toa reddish black-

brown.

The palpi have the humeral joints yellowish and the rest of a deep

rich reddish black-brown colour.

The falces are long and massive, very prominent towards their

base in front, and of a deep rich black-brown, almost black.

The mazille are similar in colour to the falces, but are edged on

their inner sides towards the extremities with yellow.

The Jabium is oblong, rather rounded at the apex; it is about one

half the length of the maxillze ; its sides are similar in colour to the

falces, the central portion being yellow and somewhat in the form of

a double united lozenge or dumb bell.

The sternum is of a subtriangular form indented on the margins ;

it is of a bright yellow colour, irregularly but broadly margined with

deep rich black-brown.

The abdomen is of a longish oval shape; when looked at in pro-

file it is more elevated before than behind; it is large and projects

over the base of the cephalothorax ; the upperside is almost entirely

occupied by a long, somewhat oval, dull whitish-yellow marking,

more or less obscured with brown; this marking is dentated on its

edges, and from each outer prominent point (as well as from each

side of its foremost extremity) a somewhat sinuous yellowish-white

1871.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON ARACHNIDA. 619

line or band issues and traverses the side of the Spider (which is of

a dull brown colour) quite to the underside ; these lines have rather

a backward direction, and are connected by some short parallel

horizontal irregular lines of the same colour; in many examples,

especially immature ones, the large long oval marking mentioned

above contains within it a much narrower one defined sometimes by

a dark black-brown dentated line on either side, sometimes by a light

yellowish-white one. In some instances the space within this interior

marking is darker than that outside it; in other instances it is of

the same hue. The underside is dull brown, with six large spots or

blotches of yellow or orange (and in one or two examples almost red) ;

these blotches are arranged in two parallel longitudinal rows of three

each, the four anterior ones being very conspicuous, the other two

(near the spinners) not so conspicuous; of the four anterior ones

the two nearest to the spiracles are much the largest. The epigyne

is corneous and of a deep rich brown-black colour ; it consists of a

long narrow transverse opening much constricted in the middle.

The male is very small in comparison with the female; the legs

are long and strongish, except the tarsi and metatarsi, which are

slender; they are armed with longish black spines, and are of a deep

brown-black colour, except near the base of the femoral joints, which

(together with the exinguinal joints) are of a reddish yellow. The

cephalothorax is of a bright reddish-yellow colour ; and the abdomen,

which is somewhat similar but of a yellower hue, is of a flattish oval

form, and has on the upperside a shining corneous case- or shield-

like appearance, but little marking is visible, except a largish sort of

brown cloud towards the hinder part.

The palpi are of a dull orange-yellow colour, not very long, but

strong; the cubital and radial joints are short ; the latter are rather

the stoutest, they have no marked projections at their extremities,

but are furnished with a few black bristles ; the digital joints are

large, and the palpal organs are also large and prominent and of a

very peculiar form, consisting of a nearly globular shining reddish

corneous lobe, on the surface of which are some darker sinuous lines ;

from the extremity of this lobe there projects a long, strong, some-

what corkscrew-shaped, nearly black, sharp-pointed corneous spine,

with a strongish prominence near its sharp point ; the length of this

corkscrew-spine almost equals (if it does not exceed) the length of

the whole palpus, and presents a very formidable appearance ; it is

probably intended for use in adhering to the female in the act of

copulation. In Neriéne nigra (Bl.), the male of which has a smaller

but somewhat similar spine connected with its palpal organs, I once

found this portion so firmly fixed in the vulva (or epigyne) of the

female as to be incapable of extrication without fracture ; in several

instances the male of Nephila rivulata had lost the whole digital

joint and palpal organs attached ; and I have but little doubt that the

loss was occasioned by the impossibility of extrication without frac-

ture, from the female, owing to the firm fixing of this corkscrew-

appendage in the epigyne.

This Spider, which is nearly allied to Epeira malabarensis

620 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON ARACHNIDA. [June 20,

(Walck.), has a wide range; I have received the female from Natal,

and the same sex in abundance also from Minas Geraes, Brazil,

where they were captured by Mr. Henry Rogers. Messrs. J. Nietner

and G. H. K. Thwaites have also sent me many examples from

Ceylon; and among those received from Mr. Thwaites were the

only males I have yet seen. Dr. Collingwood’s collection contained

numerous individuals captured at Labuan, but all females. It is

evidently a Nephila, although the abdomen has not the long cylindric

form of the typical species; the great dissimilarity in the size of

the male and female also connects it with all the Nephile whose

males are yet known.

NEPHILA CHRYSOGASTER (2 ), Walck. (Plate XLIX. figs. 3, 4.)

Female adult, length 20 to 24 lines. Male adult (n. sp.), length

2 to 24 lines.

This species belongs to Walckenaér’s group Tuberculate, cha-

racterized by two small pointed tubercles on the cephalothorax. The

male has never (as far as I am aware) been yet described ; its cepha-

lothorax, legs, falees, maxillee, labium, and sternum are of a brightish

orange-yellow colour, the tibicse, tarsi, and metatarsi of the legs

deepening into a dark brownish yellow, and the normal indentations

of the cephalothorax are marked with dusky yellow-brown. The ad-

domen is of a very cylindric-oval form, slightly tapering towards its

posterior extremity ; the upperside, where it is slightly paler in colour

than the cephalothorax, has a glossy corneous appearance, and is

marked with a longitudinal median tapering line or narrow band of

a brownish-yellow hue, on either side of which, towards the fore

part, are two dots of the same colour; the sides are marked above

with a pale yellowish longitudinal band followed by a parallel brown

line, below which are some indications of oblique brown lines on a

pale yellowish ground ; the underside is pale yellowish irregularly

marked with brownish lines; the hinder extremity of the abdomen

is strongly suffused with blackish. The /egs are long, especially

those of the first pair, the extra length being in the metatarsi,

which, with the tarsi, are slender ; they are furnished with hairs and

(chiefly on the femora and tibize) with longish but slender black

spines. The palpi are paler in colour than the legs, except the

digital points and palpal organs, which deepen into blackish brown ;

they are short, especially the radial and cubital joints, the former of

which is a little produced on the upper fore side; the digital joint

is large and comprises the palpal organs, which are large and pro-

minent; they are corneous and of a nearly globular form, with a

prominence beneath near their hinder extremity ; and a long, rather

slender, sharp-pointed, tapering black spine issues from their fore

extremity, pointing downwards and slightly backwards ; this spine

equals, if it does not exceed, the whole length of the palpus, and

gives the palpal organs somewhat the look of a Snipe’s skull and beak.

Adults of both sexes of this Spider were received in 1868 from

Dr. Collingwood, who found them in abundance both at Labuan and

Manilla. Some time after, I also received both sexes from Mr.

1871.] REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON ARACHNIDA. 621

Thwaites from Ceylon. Dr. Collingwood, in his most interesting

‘Rambles in the China Sea,’ p. 189, remarks upon a small Spider

which he commonly found in the webs of the large Nephile, and

which, from its small size, he naturally concluded to be of some other

species, whose food appeared to be the remains of the larger one’s

prey. On perusing this account it seemed to me almost certain that

the small Spider must be the male of the larger one ; and this opinion

was afterwards confirmed by the reception of examples of both the

large and small Spiders from Dr. Collingwood, as well as from Mr.

Thwaites, who also found them inhabiting the same web, and con-

cluded from this and other circumstances that, in spite of the great

difference in size, they were the two sexes of the same species.

Perhaps few points of sexual dissimilarity are more curious than

this extreme difference in size between the males and females of this

genus, the male being scarcely (in the present instance) more than

one-tenth of the length of the female; it seems to me fairly ac-

counted for by an application of a branch of the principle of “ sexual

selection.” It is the known habit of the female in some Epeirids to

endeavour to destroy or devour the male, and M. Vinson, in his

work on the Spiders of the Mauritius, speaks of this habit in refer-

ence to a species of this genus. M. Vinson gives a very graphic

account of the agile way in which the diminutive male escapes from

the ferocity of the female, by gliding about and playing hide and

seek over her body and along her gigantic limbs: in such a pursuit

it is evident the chances of escape would be in favour of the smallest

males, while the larger ones would fall early victims ; thus gradually

a diminutive race of males would be “selected,’’ until at last they

would dwindle to the smallest possible size compatible with the ex-

ercise of their generative functions—in fact probably to the size we

now see them, i.e. so small as to be a sort of parasite upon the

female, and either beneath her notice, or too agile and too small for

her to catch without great difficulty.

Family SaLTicipEs.

Genus Satrticus (BI.).

SALTICUS COLLINGWOODII, n.sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 5.)

Female adult, length 23 lines.

The cephalothoraz (which is of ordinary form) is of a bright red-

dish yellow-brown colour margined by a narrow band of bright

shining silvery hairs ; the upper part of the caput is darker than the

rest, and is clothed with short yellowish-grey hairs, and a patch or

short transverse band of bright scarlet ones between the two pos-

terior eyes.

The eyes are in the ordinary position—those of the third row (the

two smallest of the eight) being within the straight line of those of

the second and fourth rows, and nearer to those of the latter re-

spectively than to the former.

The falces are moderate in length and strength, a little projecting

622 REV. O. P, CAMBRIDGE ON ARACHNIDA. [June 20,

and slightly divergent at their extremities; they are of a dull yel-

low-brown colour.

The legs are rather short, moderately strong, and their relative

length appears to be 4, 1, 2, 3, there being very little, if any, dif-

ference between those of the second and third pairs; they are of a

brownish-yellow colour striped with longitudinal lines of black, and

silvery shining white hairs, and are armed with a few inconspicuous

spines.

rThe abdomen is of a short oval form; two-thirds of the upper-

side forwards are of a bright scarlet, marked conspicuously in front

and on the sides by a broad irregular margin of dove-coloured grey

tinged with olive-green ; two large somewhat oval patches of the same

colour occupy the centre of the scarlet portion, and are connected

with the front border by a narrow line or neck of asimilar hue; this

pattern is edged narrowly with black ; the hinder extremity of the

abdomen is black, divided from the scarlet fore part by a broad,

shining, silvery-white transverse band, which is also divided from the

scarlet by a slender black line. The spinners are prominent, of a

dull white colour, with a broad black transverse band in the middle

of the superior pair ; the underside of the abdomen is of a silvery

shining white colour, reflecting rich metallic tints in a strong light,

and margined behind with black ; all the above colours on the abdo-

men are formed by a short close-set covering of hairs or pubescence.

A single adult female of this beautiful Saltiews was contamed in

the collection under consideration, and was found at Labuan; it is,

I believe, new to science; and it gives me great pleasure to connect

with it the name of Dr. Collingwood, who has enabled me to give

the above report on the Spiders collected by him.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLIX.

Fig. 1. Nephila rivulata (Cambr.), p. 618.

a. Female, natural size.

b. Spider in profile, without legs.

c. Underside.

2. Nephila rivulata, p. 618.

a. Male, natural size.

b. Palpus of male, magnified.

3. Nephila chrysogaster (Walck.), p. 620.

a. Male, natural size.

6. Palpus of male, magnified.

4, Nephila chrysogaster, p. 620.

Female, natural size.

5. Salticus collingwoodii (Cambr.), p. 621.

a. Female, magnified.

b. Profile, without legs.

ce. Cephalothorax, from above.

d, Natural size.

AT Hollick del.et lith.

1871.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 623

November 7, 1871.

Professor Newton, V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August, and

September, 1871 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of June 1871 was 132, of which 42 were by

birth, 43 by presentation, 39 by purchase, and 8 were received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,

by death and removals, was 130.

Among the additions the more remarkable were :—

1. Two Turtle-doves from Aldabra [sland, an atoll lying between

Madagascar and the Seychelles, presented to the Society by Mr.

Edward Newton, C.M.Z.S., Colonial Secretary, Mauritius, June

10th. ‘These Doves belong to the group containing Turtur pictu-

ratus and its allies, but differ specifically from any of them that I

have previously seen. The colour above is nearly uniform vinous,

growing more plumbeous towards the tail. The postcervical mark-

ings are very indistinct ; there is no white on the throat.

These characters nearly agree with thibse attributed by Bonaparte

(Consp. ii. p. 62) to Turtur prevostianus. If the locality there

given (“the Mariannes”) is, as is possible, erroneous, they may be

referable to that species. As a temporary designation for them,

however, I propose the name Turtur aldabranus.

2. A Nisnas Monkey (Cercopithecus pyrrhonotus, Ehr.) from

Southern Nubia, presented by Col. the Hon. P. Fielding, June 16th.

Of this eastern representative of the well-known Patas (C. ruber) I

am not aware that we have ever previously received a living speci-

men.

3. Two examples of a fine large species of Tortoise of the genus

Platemys, from the fresh waters of the Argentine Republic, presented

by our active correspondent Mr. Geo. Wilks, of Buenos Ayres, June

17th. Prof. Burmeister (La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 521) has referred

the ordinary Terrapin of that country to Platemys hilarii; but, as

Dr. Peters has recently shown*, this supposed species has been

based upon young specimens of P. geoffroyana, Schweigg., to which

species the present specimens also undoubtedly belong.

4. Three young Eagles from Southern Spain, presented by Major

Howard Irby, June 24th. These birds are in exactly the plumage

lately described by Mr. Howard Saunders before this Society + as

being characteristic of this bird in Spain. heir arrival at this time

is most opportune, as it gives us an opportunity of comparing them

with the young Chinese Imperial Eagle, of the arrival of which I

have already spoken in my report for May last (see anted, p- 545).

* Monatsber. Berlin, 1870, p. 311 (May 12).

T See anted, p. 37.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1871, No. XL.

624 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 7,

Major Irby informs me that these Eagles were taken from the

nest near Coto del Rey, about twenty miles from Seville. They were

hatched about the third week in April of the present year, and were

brought to Major Irby in the down.

5. A second specimen of the Tamandua Ant-eater (Tamandua

tetradactyla), probably from Brazil, purchased of a dealer in Liver-

pool, June 27th. This animal appears to present well-marked points

of difference from the Santa-Marthan specimen, acquired May 29th*.

It is not possible to make an accurate comparison of these animals

while alive; and I shall therefore beg leave to defer my remarks on

this subject to a future occasion.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena.

gerie during the month of July 1871 was 98, of which 9 were by

birth, 48 by presentation, 10 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 29

were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 100.

The more remarkable arrivals were as follows :—

1. Three Daubenton’s Curassows (Crax daubentoni, G. R. Gray)

from Tucacas in Venezuelat, presented July 11th by Mr. A. War-

mington, who has kindly favoured me with the following notes on

them :—

“The three Curassows (one male and two females) were captured

at ‘Maron,’ near Tucacas, N. Venezuela, and at the present time are

nearly two years old, having been taken from the nest when scarcely

larger than a chicken of two months old. They soon became per-

fectly tame and would follow me about. When able to fly they

made short flights, always returning quickly, and seldom alighting.

At night they invariably roosted on the highest spot they could find

in the home Coral. They are called by the natives ‘Port.’ Their

cry is a sort of mournful prolonged whistle, and in the forest, when

eight or ten are together, has a singular effect. It is not common

to see these birds on the ground. When they alight in a tree they

almost invariably utter their cry, and at the same time raise the

tail-feathers fan-like, thus exposing the white plumage beneath, and

offering a conspicuous and tempting mark for the sportsman. They

are excellent eating. I have never heard of these birds breeding in

confinement, though I cannot say they do not. The young ones are

exceedingly beautiful delicate little creatures, marked very much

like, and having a very similar appearance to, young Partridges or

Quails. They become much attached to individuals who treat them

kindly. These birds are common in all parts of Venezuela where

there is a forest. The other, or blue-knobbed speciest, is not so

common, and is more difficult to domesticate.”’

2. A collection of Ceylonese animals, brought home on his return

from Ceylon and presented to the Society by Mr. E. W. H. Holds-

* See anted, p. 546, Pl. XLITI.

+ I have already noticed the arrival of this species from the same locality

(P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 671). Cf. also Sel. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 516. :

t Pauxi galeata, see P. Z. 8, 1870, p. 620.—P. L. 8.

1871.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 625

worth, F.Z.S., July 17th. It embraces examples of the following

species, mostly new to the Society’s collection :—

1 Paddy-field Deer (Cervus porcinus, var.).

1 Cheela Eagle (Spilornis cheela).

2 Ceylonese Spur-fowl (Galloperdix ceylonensis).

4 Indian Crows (Corvus splendens).

1 Russell’s Viper (Vipera russelli).

3. An example of the Long-nosed Crocodile of Western Africa,

Crocodilus (sive Mecistops) cataphractus, purchased July 19th. I

am not aware that we have ever before possessed living individuals of

this very distinct and unmistakable Crocodilian.

4. Six Dorsal Squirrels (Seiwrus dorsalis, Gray), purchased July

20th. We have placed these and some previously acquired examples

of this beautiful species in one large cage together, and have great

hopes that they will breed with us. The clever sketch by Mr.

Keulemans, which I now exhibit, will serve to show the great varia-

tions in colour to which this species is subject.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of August 1871 was 122; of these, 10 were

by birth, 34 by presentation, 47 by purchase, 5 by exchange, and

26 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removal, was 91.

The most noticeable of the additions were :—

1, A third specimen of the Tamandua Ant-eater (Tamandua te-

traductyla), probably from Brazil, obtained by purchase August 7th,

and agreeing generally in external characters with the specimen pur-

chased on June 27th.

2. Two Bonteboks (Damalis pygarga), purchased August 11th,

being the only examples of this beautiful Antelope that have reached

us for the last twenty years*.

3. Two Peruvian Thicknees (@dicnemus superciliaris, Tsch.),

* Mr. BE. L. Layard gives me the subjoined note concerning this Antelope :—

“The Bontebok is very nearly exterminated, and, but for the fostering care of

the Messrs. Breda and Van der Byl would be quite so in a couple of years.

“They are confined to the extreme south of the continent of South Africa, to

a portion of country called the ‘Strand Veldt.’ It is an extensive flat, bordered

by the sea on the south-west, south, and south-east, and by a range of undulating

country or low hills rising to the Caledon Ranges and Zwart Bergen on the

northern side. It is, in fact, the nearest plateau to the L’Agulhas bank, and is

called ‘ Cape L’Agulhas.’ The whole of this country belongs chiefly to the fami-

lies of Breda and Van der Byl; and they preserve the animals as much as they

can. A Government permit is also required to shoot them, which must be visa’d

by the magistrate at Bredasdorp, the name of the village on this range of land.

“They are, however, poached and destroyed by one or two small holders, who

have small patches of land surrounded by the large properties, and who refuso

all offers of purchase, and plant corn on purpose to tempt the animals into it,

and then at night shoot them. They roam in herds of about eight or ten, or

twenty ; but sometimes fine old bucks are found solitary. They are usually shot

from a cart, which they will suffer to approach them, or from horseback. If

wounded and approached they will charge desperately; and I have heard of a

Hottentot being killed by them thus.”

0 a

626 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Nov. 7,

presented by the Baron de Riviére August 14th. The distinctness

of this species from C2. bistriatus, the best-known and only other

American form of this genus, has recently been confirmed by myself

and Mr. Salvin (Exot. Orn. p. 59, pl. xxx.) ; but, the present bird is

very little known, and the receipt of living specimens of it is a fact

of much interest.

4. Three specimens of a Land-tortoise of the genus Cinizys,

which seem to be referable to Home’s Cinixys (Cinixys homeana,

Bell). These Tortoises were brought home by H.E. Governor

Ussher on his recent return to this country, and presented by him

and Staff-Surgeon Mosse jointly to the Society, along with some fine

specimens of Vipera rhiaoceros and Vipera nasicornis. Of Home’s

Cinixys Mr. Ussher gives me the subjoied particulars :—

«*Tolerably common in Fantee and the Aura districts, where it

forms an article of food with the natives, who prize it much on this

account, and who therefore do not usually offer it for sale. It ap-

pears to live for a very long time in the water, one of those brought

home by me having existed some months in a tank of water.”

5. A young male specimen of Baird’s Tapir (Tepirus bairdi)

from Nicaragua, purchased August 15th, being the first example of

this newly discovered Mammal that has yet reached us. Dr. Gray

(P. Z S. 1867, p. &85, pl. xlii.) has introduced into the illustration

a figure of the immature form of this species from a photograph sent

to me by Capt. Dow; but the colour (not having been given in the

original photograph) is not quite correct. Mr. Verrill, however, has

published an accurate description of the young in ‘Silliman’s Ame-

rican Journal’ (vol. xliv. p. 126; cf Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xx.

p. 232). Mr. Smit’s figure (Plate L.), which I now exhibit, shows the

condition of our specimen soon after its arrival. It did not live long

in the Society’s Gardens, I regret to say, and died September 27th.

6. A specimen of the singular little mud-inhabiting fish of New

Zealand, being an aberrant form of the family Galawiide, recently de-

scribed by Dr. Giinther (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xx. p. 305, pl. vii.)

as Neochanna apoda, presented August 18th by the Acclimatization

Society of Canterbury, New Zealand. Unfortunately it did not live

long in our Gardens, and I now exhibit the specimen in spirits.

7. Two Frigate or Man-of-War Birds (Fregata aquila), which

arrived August 28th, having been forwarded to us by our excellent

friend and correspondent Capt. John M. Dow, F.Z.S., who is always

on the look-out for something that may prove acceptable to the

Society’s collection. Five individuals of this species, Capt. Dow

informs me, were captured by him on 23rd of July last, during a

visit to an island in Fonseca Bay, which contains a well-known

breeding colony of this fine bird*. The two specimens that have

reached us are both in the white-headed plumage of immaturity.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of September 1871] was 138 ; of these, 7 were

by birth, 45 by presentation, 27 by purchase, 49 by exchange, and

* See Mr. G. C. Taylor’s account of it in ‘ Ibis,’ 1859, p. 150.

Opt] Frusy |

1871.] VISCOUNT WALDEN ON A NEW POLIHIERAX. 627

10 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removal, was 124.

The most noticeable of the additions were :—

1, A Javan Fish-Owl (Ketupa javensis, Less.), purchased Sep-

tember 8th, being the first example of any species of this well-marked

genus of Owls obtained by the Society.

2. A young specimen of the South-American Flamingo (Pheni-

copterus igni-palliatus), received September 19th by one ‘of the Bra-

zilian Mail-steamers from Buenos Ayres, and believed to have been

forwarded to the Society by our energetic correspondent Mr. George

Wilks of Buenos Ayres.

3. An Iguana, presented September 19th by Mr. J. B. Rowe.

Mr. Rowe obtained this animal from a seaman, who stated that he

had brought it from the Chincha Islands. But Dr. Giinther, who

has examined it, refers it to Metopoceros cornutus, Wagler, of St.

Domingo.

4. A young Cassowary, obtained by exchange from the Zoological

Society of Amsterdam, September 20th. This bird, which is stated

to have been captured by a missionary resident at Munsinam, near

Havre Dorey, on the north-west extremity of the Bay of Geelvink, New

Guinea, in the summer of 1869, appears to me to be identical with

the bird described by Rosenberg as Casuarius kaupi (J. f. Orn. 1861,

p- 44). Dr. Schlegel has referred this species to the young of C.

uniappendiculatus (see P. Z. S. 1866, p. 168). But I can hardly

believe our bird to be the same as thé latter species, there being no

traces at present of any throat-wattle at all, and the size being so

much smaller. Our bird seems to belong to a species closely allied

to C. dennetti, but quite distinct.

5. A young female Ibex from the Island of Crete, presented to

the Society September 30th by T. B. Sandwith, Esq., H.B.M.

Consul for that island. Blasius refers the Cretan Ibex to Capra

beden, under which name I have provisionally entered our specimen

in the Register. It is, however, apparently quite different from the

female Ibex from Crete received in 1862, which reared a numerous

hybrid progeny in the Gardens; and I am not yet certain as to its

correct specific name *. Shi. sit et

Mr. Sclater exhibited, on behalf of the Viscount Walden, President

of the Society, skins of both sexes of a new and most interesting

Falconine bird of the genus Polihierax, which had been recently

obtained in the vicinity of Tongoo, in Upper Burmah, and trans-

mitted to Lord Walden by Major Lloyd.

In this species, which Lord Walden was intending to describe and

figure under the name Polihierax insignis, the whole of the back of

the head in the female sex, as well as the upper back, was of a deep

chestnut, being in the male grey striated with black. In both sexes

the white plumage below was marked on the neek and breast with

black shaft-stripes. The tail was black, broadly barred with white,

* Jn 1868 Mr. Blyth exhibited a head and horns of this Ibex at a Meeting of

this Society, but did not give any name to the species (see P. Z.S. 1868, p. 262 ).

628 DR. J. ANDERSON ON A NEW MONKEY. [Nov. 7,

and very much rounded, the outer rectrices being more than an inch

and a half shorter than the middle. The total length of the skin of

the female was 10 inches, of the wing 6.

The following extracts were read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Dr. J. Anderson, .Z.S., Director of the Indian Mu-

seum, Calcutta, dated June 17th, 1871:—

*“T have received a specimen of a short-tailed Macacus from

Bhamo unlike any Monkey I know, but more allied to M. nemestri-

nus than to M. leoninus. It is a hill Monkey. I first became ac-

quainted with the species in the hills to the east of Bhamoé and

obtained a specimen, which I sent down to Bhamé to wait my return

from Yunan. When I got back to Bhamoé I was told that the

Monkey had died and had been buried. About a year and a half

after my visit to Bhamé a Mr. Stewart, from Rangoon, visited it

and brought away the specimen that is now in my possession, and

which exactly resembles the specimen I sent to Bhamo from the

Kakyen hills—so much so, indeed, that I am inclined to the belief

that my lost pet has been restored to me. The following is its de-

scription :—

** MacACUS BRUNNEUS, Sp. nov.

** Body short and stout; head rather large; limbs short, stout,

and powerful; hands and fingers short, the latter rather full and

much like those of Simia. The fingers are very sparsely clad, co-

vered on their flesh-coloured upper surfaces with a few longish

greyish-yellow hairs, which are more numerous on the toes. The

terminal phalanges of each extremity are nude. The face is reddish

flesh-coloured, the tint being most intense round about the eyes.

The centre of the upper eyelid transversely has a bluish tint, the

remainder being red. The muzzle is short, moderately pointed, and

abruptly truncated. The lips are moderately full, and the chin is

rather bulging. The nose is but slightly prominent, and marked at

its apex by a vertical, longitudinal fine groove. The eyes are large

and soft in expression, as in Simia satyrus. The face is much wrin-

kled transversely. Ear rather large, with an almost rounded outline,

but with a small rather pointed projection posteriorly at the junction

of the posterior and superior margins; it is quite nude on its poste-

rior surface, and with only a few straggling greyish-yellow hairs on

its outer aspect. Fur long, thick, and woolly, longest on the back

(24 inches), shoulders, limbs, and shortest and most dense on the

sacral region. Chin and throat almost bare. Hair sparse on the

chest and abdomen. A single flesh-coloured callosity below the tail

triangular in form, the apex of the triangle being placed downwards ;

greatest transverse breadth 2 inches, greatest length 2 inches. The

hair on the head is parted longitudinally down the centre on the

anterior half of the head above the bridge of the nose, the hair

being directed outwards on either side. General colour dark brown,

darkest on the head, rump, and arms, paler on the sides of the

1871.] LETTER FROM MR. B. G. SHERIDAN. 629

head and on the under surface and on the feet, in which localities

it is washed with yellowish.

inches.

‘Length along side from snout to root of tail.............. 142

1 boo Reece git SEP tt aki olga Aras GAP ice ge

iueneth of guterior €xtremity,.-. 1.26.2 es Seec se eese 1]

PEPE ne asa se ts +5: "ca COSC eee 32

ESC ie pean Bae be te lineal esi ce a MLN AA a Mas

Parenter NEE Pe Sains ci ees ne ee pe net te 2t

GE iuuder CXIVCDINY feet et ork teats ce 124

Et ere etre ree aed te te 5

Maree ane Dee. ee BAS PEL OB se 2s

Pale! taker a ee yee ee ee ls Ue te weet

of thumb (three phalanges) . Mar See tents eae ee

of great toe (three phalanges) « eae cae ae 2

——— of hind foot : ie 46

of hand . ery ti Rica delhi 32

Tip of snout to anterior mar gin ote oie al bem in 3g

Girth round occiput and over mouth ............-..... 132

Posterior angle of eye to anterior margin of ear .......... 23

Internal angle of eye to anterior extremity of nasal septum.. 12

Breadth ‘across nostrils 2.0.20.) a. a 2

between eyes. . Poser" Pe

Girth round muzzle halfway tecen erie anid eye Fig Sek 6L

Miragsyetne ILE OV CVE nae eet aie ese ae £

Occipital protuberance to anterior rid se ab a y) of frontal 5%

ene SGSS WOMEN ack coe. tbe ha ne ge ite rete Te

Girth round arm below elbow ...... 5

round chest 3 inch below nipple.. . - 123

“This Monkey is very gentle and docile ; and its manners strongly

recall to me those of an Orang I once had for nearly a year in my

possession.”

In a subsequent communication (dated Calcutta, September 27th)

Dr. Anderson enclosed some photographs of the same Monkey, and

stated that he had received a second specimen of the same species

from Cachar. This was younger than the former, but differed only

in its smaller size and lighter-coloured fur. From information re-

cently received, Dr. Anderson believed that it would be found that

this Monkey was not uncommon in the hilly parts of Assam, and

doubtless extended thence to the eastern banks of the Irrawaddy.

Mr. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to the reported

existence in Northern Queensland of an undescribed animal of about

the size of a Dingo (Canis dingo), of which no specimen had yet been

obtained by naturalists. In reply to some inquiries on this subject

lately addressed to Mr. Brinsley G. Sheridan, Police Magistrate of

Cardwell, Rockingham Bay, Queensland, Mr. Sclater has received

the following letter, dated August 2nd, 1871:—

“*Srr,—I fear you must have misunderstood Mr. Arthur Scott

630 LETIER FROM MR. GERARD KREFFT. [Nov. 7,

about my son having been attacked. by some unknown ferocious ani-

mal in the bush. It was simply this. One evening strolling along a

path close to the shore of Rockingham Bay, a small terrier, my son’s

companion, took a scent up from a piece of scrub near the beach, and

followed, barking furiously, towards the coast-range westwards. My

boy (thirteen years of age, but an old bushman, who would put half

those described in novels to the blush) followed and found in the

long grass, about half a mile from the spot the scent was first taken

up, an animal described by himself as follows:—‘It was lying

camped in the long grass and was as big asa native Dog; its face

was round like that of a Cat, it had a long tail, and its body was

striped from the ribs under the belly with yellow and black. My

Dog flew at it, but it could throw him. When they were together

I fired my pistol at its head; the blood’ came. The animal then

ran up a leaning tree, and the Dog barked at it. It then got savage

and rushed down the tree at the Dog and then at me. I got fright-

ened and came home.’

“It was just dark when the boy came home in a high state of

excitement and told me the story. From inquiry I find that this is

not the first time a similar animal has been seen in this neighbcur-

hood. Tracks of a sort of Tiger have been seen in Dalrymple’s Gap

by people camping there, and Mr. Reginald Uhr, now Police Ma-

gistrate at St. George, whilst one of the native mounted police

officers in this district, saw the same animal my son describes. The

country is so sparsely populated, and the jungles (or, as we call them

here, ‘scrubs’) so dense and so little known, that I have no doubt

that animals of this kind exist in considerable numbers, the abun-

dance of food and their timidity preventing our more intimate know-

ledge of their habits. I shall be most happy to send you, should

it be my good fortune to drop across one of them, its skin and

skeleton. I only regretted, as my poor boy did, that he had not

my revolver, as he says he stood, when it was fighting with the

Dog, at less than a yard from the animal.”

A letter was read from Mr. Gerard Krefft, dated Sydney, April

19th, 1871, in which, after stating that the skeleton of Dioplodon

seychellensis, lately added to the Australian Museum (see P. Z. 8.

1870, p. 426), has ‘the usual seven cervical vertebree, four of which

are free, the last bearing a short quadrangular piece of bone 13 inch

long by l inch broad; nine dorsals bearing ribs, five of which join

on to the sternum, which consists of four pieces; and twenty-nine

lumbar and caudal vertebre,’’ he adds, ‘‘I have been fortunate

enough to obtain the skeleton of a second small Whale, evidently

closely allied to the Mesoplodon sowerbiensis, figured by MM.

Van Beneden and Gervais (Ostéographie des Cétacés, pl. xxii.).

This animal had been stranded at Little Bay, between Botany Bay and

Long Bay, distant six or seven miles from Sydney. The carcass was

much cut, and I had the greatest difficulty in obtaining the missing

fragments of bones. The head fared very badly, and was almost

~ 1871.) MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERTAIN PELICANS. 631

completely destroyed; but, thanks to the energy and skill of our

articulator Mr. Henry Barnes, it has been so far restored that a tole-

rably correct idea may be formed of its original shape. ‘The lower

jaw was very much broken ; there appeared no teeth above the gum ;

but after removing the flesh I found a very curious looking tooth in

its alveolus, the points of which penetrated the bone on either side.

The number of cervicals is three anchylosed and four free. Nine

pairs of ribs, and a very small pair which appear to have no attach-

ment. Five of the ribs join on to the sternum, which consists of

five pieces. The lumbars and caudals amount to twenty-nine, with

nine V-bones attached to them. The pectoral limb is of moderate

size, bearing four fingers, with five, five, four, and three joints re-

spectively. The number of carpal bones is six.”

Photographs of the skeleton, which accompanied Mr. Krefft’s

letter, were exhibited.

Professor Flower stated that, as far as could be ascertained from

the photographs, the skull of the new specimen agreed so closely

with that described by Gray under the name of Ziphius layardii

(P. Z. 8.1865, p. 358) that he believed that they should be referred

to the same species, the differences of development of the teeth being

probably due to the influence of sex or age. He trusted that before

long Mr. Krefft would furnish the Society with an accurate and de-

tailed description of this very interesting skeleton.

Professor Flower, F.R.S., read a memoir on the classification of

the Ziphioid Whales (Ziphiine), which he regarded as a subfamily

of the Physeteride*, and in which he proposed to recognize four

genera, namely Hyperoodon, Ziphius, Mesoplodon, and Berardius.

To this was added a complete description of a skeleton of Berardius

arnouxi, which had lately been received from New Zealand by the

Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, through Dr. J. Haast,

F.R.S.

This paper will be printed in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Additional Remarks on certain Species of Pelicans.

By P. L. Scrarer, M.A., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

[Received October 4, 1871.]

(Plate LI.)

In May, 1868, I had the honour of reading before the Society

some notes on the Pelicans, principally based upon the observation

of the specimens of these birds living in the Society’s collection +.

* Cf. Trans. Zool. Soe. vi. p. 113.

t See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 264 et seg.

632 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERTAIN PELICANS. _ [Nov. 7,

Since that date, Mr. D. G. Elliot has contributed to our ‘ Proceed-

ings’ his ‘‘ Monograph of the genus Pelecanus ”*, and Prof. Barboza

du Bocage has favoured us with the description of a new species of

this genust. I have now a few additional observations to offer to

the Society, partly supplementary to my previous notes, and partly

in reference to the communications of Mr. Elliot and Prof. Barboza

du Bocage on this subject.

1. PELECANUS ONOCROTALUS.

The Syrian Pelican received from Mr. E. T. Rogers in February,

1868 (of which I spoke, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 265), is now quite adult,

and agrees so nearly with the two fine examples of P. onocrotalus

which have been in the Society’s Gardens for the last twenty years

that there can be no doubt, I think, that I was correct in my de-

termination of this bird.

Next to P. onocrotalus and P. minor must be placed Prof. Bar-

boza du Bocage’s new P. sharpii (described P. Z. S. 1870, pp. 173,

409), of which fine species I have now the pleasure of exhibiting

one of the typical specimens belonging to the Lisbon Museum. In

structure this bird, as has already been pointed out by its describer,

approximates closely to P. onocrotalus. The angular projection of

the frontal feathers (see fig. 1) corresponds very nearly to what is

seen in the last-named species. But the brilliant colouring of the

chest and belly, which is quite different from any thing which I

have ever seen in P. onocrotalus, and the absence of a pendent crest

renders the species easily distinguishable.

Fig. 1.

Upper surface of bill of P. sharpii, one fourth the nat. size.

Last summer, when inspecting the bird-galleries of the Museum

of the city of Strasburg, under the guidance of Dr. Schimper, I

found a fine example of P. sharpii in the excellent series of Pelicans

there exhibited. Prof. Schimper had not determined the specimen,

and was not quite certain about its locality.

Mr. Smit’s figure (Plate LI.) represents the typical specimen at

one seventh of the natural size, and will serve, I trust, to make

this fine species better known.

* Proc. Zool Soc. 1869, p. 571.

+ Pelecanus sharpii, described Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 173 and p. 409. See

also Jornal de Science. Lisbon, 1871, no. xi.

fie A Dr ber. Flee

J Smit lith. MY&N Hanhart imp

PELECANUS SHARPII

1871. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERTAIN PELICANS. 633

2. PELECANUS MITRATUS sive MINOR (J. s. c. p. 266).

One of our specimens of this Pelican, received from Calcutta in

1867, is still living in the gardens, and is now in adult plumage.

A skin in Mr. Swinhoe’s collection from Foochow is, in my

opinion, referable to this species, and not to P. onocrotalus (as already

stated by Mr. Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1871, p- 420). It is therefore pro-

bable that P. javanicus of Horsfield may be identical with this bird.

Ruppell (Mus. Senckenb. ii. p. 185) states that the Senckenburg

Museum contains several examples of this Pelican from Moldavia,

where it is found in company with P. onocrotalus. In the Stras-

burg Museum I likewise found a stuffed specimen of this species

from the Danube; so that there can be little doubt of its occurrence

in Southern Europe.

3. PELECANUS RUFESCENS (I. 8.¢. p. 267).

One of our specimens of this Pelican (the bird purchased in May

1861, and figured P. Z. S. 1868, pl. xxvi.) has now (Oct. 2nd, 1871)

for the first time acquired perfect plumage, and is exactly as is re-

presented by Riippell (Zool. Atlas, Aves, pl. 21). A short nuchal

crest has developed itself ; and a rosy-reddish colour covers the lower

back. This is no doubt the full nuptial. plumage, and will proba-

bly only last a few weeks.

Fig. 3:

Side view of ditto.

Mr. Elliot (P. Z.S. 1869, p. 586) unhesitatingly unites P. philip-

pensis to P. rufescens. In my previous notes, I gave it as my

opinion that these two species are distinct, although nearly allied

(P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 269). Prof. Barboza du Bocage (Jorn. de Scienc.

634 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. (Nov. 7,

de Lisboa, 1871, no. xi. p. 174), in discussing this question, is like-

wise favourable to regarding them as distinct, “si les deux rangs

_ de taches brunes réguligrement imprimées sur la mandibule supé-

rieure se retrouvent constamment chez les individus de Malacca, de

V’Inde, de Cochinchine, de l’Asia enfin, tandis qu’elles ne se pré-

sentent jamais chez ceux d’ Afrique.”

Besides the skins of P. philippensis in Capt. Beavan’s collection

from Burmah, of which | have already spoken*, I have recently

examined two obtained by the late Dr. Maingay in Malacca, one in

Mr. Swinhoe’s collection from Swatow, China, and one from India

in the Strasburg Museum. In all these specimens the above-

mentioned dark spots on the upper mandible (see figs. 2 & 3, p. 633)

are well developed, while nothing of the kind is visible in our living

examples of P. rufescens, either adult or young. 1 am therefore

still more confirmed in my view that the African and Asiatic birds

must be kept distinct.

There appear to me therefore to be now ten well-determined

species of Pelecanus, viz. :—

tl. P. onocrotalus, from S. Europe and N.E. Africa.

+2. P. minor, from 8. Europe, Africa, and S. Asia.

3. P. sharpii, from W. Africa.

+4. P.crispus, from S. Europe and N.E. Africa.

. philippensis, trom S. Asia.

. trachyrhynchus, from Mexico and Western N. America.

. conspicillatus, from Australia.

9. P. fuscus, from Central America.

10. P. moline, from-Chili.

Besides these, I have seen two specimens of Pelicans in the Stras-

burg Museum, which appear to me (as likewise to its excellent

custos Dr. Schimper) to indicate the existence in the highlands of

Columbia of an undescribed species of the genus allied to P. fuscus

and P. moline, but peculiar for its long, solid, and very much com-

pressed beak. These specimens are both in immature plumage,

and are labelled as having been received from Bogota in 1847. It

would be of great interest to discover the adult of this Pelican.

+5. P. rufescens, from Africa.

2. Remarks on Indian Fishes.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

[Received September 27, 1871.]

Having only just obtained the ‘ Zoological Record’ for 1869, I have

been ignorant up to the present time that the identification of several

species of fishes made by me in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society

* Anted, 1868, p. 269.

+ Of these species we have examples now living in the Scciety’s collection.

1871. | SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 635

for 1869 has been disputed by Dr. Giinther. Premising that it

has never been my wish to defend any determination of species

whenever their incorrectness becomes apparent, still I consider it

but reasonable to show my correctness when it has been erroneously

called into question.

SERRANUS LANCEOLATUS.

S. horridus, C. et V.

It is unfortunate that the drift of my observations, made in the

P. Z. 8S. 1869, p. 512, have been so misunderstood by the Recorder,

my intention having been to show that Blyth’s Serrani which he

considered to exhibit the adult livery were identical with what I like-

wise held to be the mature form, both of us having arrived at the

same conclusion from distinct sets of specimens, collected in different

localities. I consequently held that my onginal statements had

been erroneously called into question in the ‘ Fishes of Zanzibar.’

The presence or absence of ceecopyloric appendages is entirely a

secondary consideration, apart from the main one, which is, Are

Mr. Blyth’s species and mine identical or not? And I most di-

stinctly showed them to be so.

Genus EvuTRorPIICcHTHYS.

Dr. Giinther states, in the ‘ Record,’ that I have “ thought proper

to create the impression as if the Recorder had overlooked those

teeth,”’ viz. those on the palate, my remark being his own words,

in inverted commas, thus, ‘‘no teeth on the palate ;” and Dr. Giin-

ther in his article continues that, ‘“‘ having received an example from

Colonel Playfair some years ago, the Recorder has found the pala-

tine teeth.” Where was this fact recorded? He remarks, “ Mr.

Day was well aware that no specimens were available for examina-

tion at the time when the generic diagnosis was compiled.’’ This,

however, is also an error, as I knew nothing respecting the various

collections of fishes Dr. Giinther had examined.

PSEUDEUTROPIUS TAAKRE, Sykes.

I identified Hypophthalmus taakree as Pseudeutropius, to which

Dr. Giinther demurs, observing, ‘‘ The position of the barbels in the

figure given by Sykes indicates a Lutropius, and not a Pseudeutro-

pius, a circumstance left unexplained by Mr. Day.” However,

Sykes has published no figure showing the inferior surface of the

head in this fish, but merely a side view (Trans. Zool. Soc. ii.

pl. 64, f. 4), from which I question whether any one could decide

whether the barbels are or are not in a transverse line. Sykes says

“they are arranged two and two ;” but as they exist in pairs on

either side of the chin, this statement gives no assistance at arriving

at the true facts.

However, I think, all this can be explained. Sykes described two

species of Hy ypophthalmus, H. taakree and H. goongwaree, and placed

his typical specimens in the collection of the Zoological Society,

636 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 7,

which was subsequently transferred to the British Museum. Neither

of Sykes’s typical specimens, however, find a place in the ‘ Cata-

logue of Fishes in the British Museum,’ in which the latter is con-

sidered a Pseudeutropius, and the former a EHutropius, although

Sykes placed them in one genus.

Having been courteously permitted by Dr. Giinther, in 1870, to

examine Pseudeutropius longimanus, Gunther (stated in the Cata-

logue to be ‘a. Skin, 6 inches long: not in good state. India. From

the collection of the Zoological Society’’), I was surprised to find

it was one of Sykes’s specimens, a fact overlooked when the Cata-

logue was compiled. Attached to it was the following label :—** 940.

Zool. Sce.,” and Hypophthalmus goongwaree (13-6—/57), evidently

a transposition of labels from the H. taakree.

Before I had seen this skin, I had identified Sykes’s fish with

Dr. Giinther’s, and published this fact in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869,

p- 617. I question whether the genus Eutropius has any repre-

sentative in India. Hamilton Buchanan’s Pimelodus murius, con-

sidered by Dr. Giinther a doubtful Huéropius, is, 1 am convinced,

identical with Pseudeutropius megalops, Giinther. Thus the exist-

ence of the genus Lutropius in Hindostan rests upon two specimens,

3 inches long, in the British Museum, labelled ‘ India,” a locality

having a wide range in the opinion of some zoologists.

In remarking that I do not adopt his genus 7'ylognathus in my

papers in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ Dr. Giinther observes I do

not explain how I am able to maintain Ladeo as distinct from Barbus

without this intermediate division. Definitions will be found pretty

accurately given in the ‘ Catalogue of Fishes in the British Museum,’

wherein a wide difference, amongst others, is shown between the

mouths of Labeo and Barbus, whilst Tylognathus has its “mouth

essentially formed as stated in Labeo”’ (p. 62),

Respecting my identification of Crossochilus rostratus, Giinther,

with Cyprinus bata, Hamilton Buchanan, the following occurs at

p- 135:—‘*[Mr. Day is evidently again too hasty in this identifi-

cation. First, Hamilton Buchanan’s fish has more than nine

branched dorsal rays (a character the value of which Mr. Day will

by-and-by learn to appreciate), his description and MS. drawing

agreeing in this respect. Secondly, without attempting to say what

Mr. Day’s fish may be, it cannot be Crossochilus rostratus, as the

latter has a pair of upper barbels only, but no maxillary barbels

(provided Mr. Day knows how to distinguish between these two

kinds of barbels).]”’

Leaving unnoticed personalities, as irrelevant to scientific discus-

sions, wherein facts are the subjects in question, I pass on to the

Recorder’s statements, into which, I think, some error has found

entrance, as neither Buchanan’s description nor figure coincides with

the text of the ‘Record.’ Uamilton Buchanan, at p. 283, observes

of the C. bata, “ with twelve rays in the fin of the back. * * *

The first ray of the dorsal fin is short, and closely united with the

second, which, like it, is undivided.” Deducting two unbranched

rays from the total twelve, we have ten branched ones remaining.

1871.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 637

If the last is divided to the root, some observers, as Hamilton

Buchanan and Bleeker, count it as two; others, as Dr. A. Giinther,

consider it, and, I believe, correctly so, only one. Of these ten

branched rays, H. Buchanan observes, ‘the last of them being

divided to the root.’” Deducting one from ten, I see no other result

possible than nine, or nine branched rays. ‘Turning to the original

drawing, in the library of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, there are

only nine branched rays, counting the last divided to its root as

one; consequently my statement was perfectly accurate, whilst Dr.

Giinther, failing to determine Hamilton Buchanan’s species, which

he considered to have tén branched dorsal rays, placed it as a Cir-

rhina*, thus affording an excellent illustration of the untrustworthi-

ness of arbitrarily splitting species into genera, solely because of the

existence of nine or ten branched rays in the dorsal fin. As regards

Crossochilus rostratus, Giinther, from the description as now given,

it appears to resemble Cypr. bata, H. B., excepting in having a pair

of rostral instead of a pair of maxillary barbels, the species being

denice from a single immature specimen 4 inches in length.

. Giinther likewise observes (/.¢. p. 136) that, having found

oe ee sophore, H. B., in the Calcutta Museum without any label,

I had ‘‘nevertheless supposed it to be the type of the species, J. c.

p- 376.” This, however, being inaccurate, may be a misprint; for I

do not use the term “ type” at all.

In the ‘Record’ (p. 127), Dr. Giinther states that Hamilton

Buchanan’s ‘drawings exist in triplicate, one copy being in the

British Museum.” At p. 136, he continues respecting my remarks,

P. Z.S. 1869, p. 373 :— Barbus beavani. Mr. Day thinks that this

might be Cyprinus chagunio (H.B.), lc. p. 373 [but a fish de-

scribed as having large scales and minute barbels is not likely to be

B. beavani|.”

Amongst Hamilton Buchanan’s original drawings one of C. cha-

gunio exists, and is labelled as such; it is 93 inches in length, and

is a very fair representation of the species. The drawing gives forty-

one scales along the lateral line, only six less than exist in nature.

The rostral barbels are delineated as long as the eye, and the maxil-

lary slightly longer. In the ‘ Catalogue of Fishes in the British Mu-

seum,’ Dr. Giinther placed “? Cyprinus chagunio, Ham. Buch.,”’

a doubtful synonym of Barbus clavatus, wherein he gives forty-two

seales to the lateral line, aud ‘“ barbels well developed.”

There are several omissions in the ‘Record ;’ but on them I do not

propose offering any remarks, as they are mostly concerning facts

* The genus Crossochilus, as defined by Giinther, has “dorsal fin without

osseous ray, with not more than nine branched rays ;” the existence of ten would

cause the fish to become a Cirrhina, aceording to the Catalogue (at least, as this

species was erroneously considered to have such, it is under that genus), which,

however, is defined as ‘dorsal fin without osseous ray, with from thirteen to

seventeen rays.” Now if the C. bata had ten branched ones and two unbranched

ones, or a total of twelve, I cannot see how it comes to be included in either, as

the definition of the genera would have to be altered or a new one created for

its reception.

638 MR. H. T. USSHER ON VIPERA NASICORNIS. [ Nov. 7,

or determinations wherein I differ from those given in the British-

Museum Catalogue.

3. On the Habits of the Horned-nosed Viper (Vipera nasi-

cornis). By Herserr Taytor Ussuer, C.M.Z.S., Ad-

ministrator of the Government, Gold Coast.

[Received August 1, 1871.]

Having lately kept specimens of Vipera nasicornis in captivity, I

think that a few notes on their habits may not be uninteresting. The

first I had was a female, which I ultimately despatched along with

two males to this Society; but Mr. Blissett, who took charge of

them to England, has since informed me that the female died on the

voyage. She was at first very sluggish, and I could scarcely get her

to move. One afternoon I went on tothe terrace where her cage was

kept at Government House, and found the whole place swarming

with young ones. I carefully watched the process of parturition,

and found that the young snakes came from the mother in a sort of

skin; this, however, they speedily rubbed off, and at once crawled

away in various directions. From this circumstance I am led to

infer that the mother does not care for her offspring, and that they

at once commence to shift for themselves. I gave away many of the

young ones, which numbered twenty-one in all, to various persons,

some to Mr. Blissett. Their colours were peculiarly beautiful, espe-

cially the lance-shaped mark on the head, which was like black

velvet. They were very venomous little creatures, one of them biting

a mouse and killing it in five minutes: this, too, on the day it was

born.

The adult male is distinguished from the female by its brighter

colours. She is much darker and more grey, although I think

generally larger than the male. After the young were born the

female above referred to became very ill-tempered, and when the two

males were placed in her cage she turned round and bit one with

great violence, leaving one of her fangs about three-quarters of

an inch in length sticking in his back. Ue, however, appeared

not to suffer the slightest inconvenience and was never the worse

for it.

When striking their prey these Serpents seize it with great ra-

pidity and firmness, and appear to shake it as a terrier would a rat.

A puppy died in a minute and a half after the stroke, although only

bitten in the ear ; a chicken only lived about ten secouds!

These reptiles are common in the Fantee country, but are rarely

seen, as they fly at the approach of man.

Since then I have observed a fine specimen of Vipera rhino-

ceros, which is likewise found in the neighbourhood of Cape-Coast

Castle, seize and devour its prey. As soon as the rat (a full-sized

1871.] MR. J. BRAZIER ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS, 639

one) was placed in its cage, it seized it across the body as a Jack

would a Roach, pressing its fangs deeper and deeper into the animal,

and never relaxing its hold, even when the rat died. It then, with

extreme caution, without withdrawing its hold, worked the head

towards its mouth, and gradually swallowed the prey in short

“‘oulps”’ or bolts. Five or six persons watched the process in per-

fect silence, which did not appear to incommode or annoy the snake.

4. Descriptions of eight new Australian Land-Shells.

By Joun Brazier, C.MZ.S.

[Received October 11, 1871].

1], Hexrx (HApRA) DARWINI.

Shell umbilicated, depressedly globose, very thin, finely granulated

and radiately suriated ; spire moderately elevated, obtuse ; whorls 5,

slowly increasing, convex, last roundly convex, slightly descending

in front, dirty yellow; base convex, sculptured the same as the upper

surtace; umbilicus rather small, deep; aperture diagonal, ovately

lunate ; peristome very little reflected, white ;- margins approximating

and joined by a thin callus, columellar margin reflected and half’ co-

vering the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 7, min. 53, alt. 4 lines.

Hab. North coast of Australia (coll. Brazier).

I received two specimens of this species trom a friend who col-

lected them in the far north of Australia; but the precise locality

was not sent with them. It is allied to Helix forsteriana, Ptr.,

from North-east Australia.

2. Heirx (HapRrA) STEPHENSONIANA.

Shell umbilicated, turbinately globose, somewhat pellucid, of a fine

straw-colour, faintly and obliquely striated, rather puckered at the

suture; spire subconoid; whorls 51, moderately convex, last convex

and inflated, deflected in front; base convex; aperture oblique, lu-

nately circular; peristome light pink, straight; margins approxi-

mating, upper margin rather thickened and expanded, columellar

margin arcuate and reflexed, covering halt the umbilicus, which is

deep and moderately large.

Diam. maj. 9, min. 7%, alt. 6 lines.

Hab. Port Denison, Queensland, North-east coast of Australia

(coll. Brazier). Rare.

‘This species is of a fine straw-yellow colour on the last whorl,

the other whorls being nearly white; the lip is of a light pink

colour, I only know of one specimen, which is in my own cabinet.

3. Hexiix (HapRA) BENNETTI.

Shell umbilicated, depressedly globose, very thin, finely rugosely

striated and minutely granulated, dark-yellowish horny ; spire rather

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XLI.

640 MR. J. BRAZIER ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. | Nov. 7,

conoid, obtuse ; whorls 6, moderately convex, rapidly increasing, last

convex and inflated in front, slightly descending ; umbilicus large,

deep, and slanting ; aperture oblique, lunately ovate, interior of aper-

ture of a bright flesh tinge; peristome simple, white, straight ;

margins approximating and joined by a thin callus, right margin

dilated, columellar margin broadly expanded and reflected, covering

one third of the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 63, alt. 5 lines.

Hab. Ipswich, Queensland, inland 50 miles from Brisbane: rare

(coll. Brazier).

I possess two specimens of this species, which approaches near to

H. prunum, Fér., from Port Darwin and Port Essington, also to

H. greenhilli, Cox, from the Dawson River. I have named it with

great pleasure in honour of Dr. George Bennett, F.L.S., whose inde-

fatigable exertions in the cause of science have made us acquainted

with many new and rare specimens of natural history from Australia

and the Polynesian Islands.

4, Hewix (TRACHIA) ENDEAVOURENSIS.

Shell umbilicated, depressed, rather thin, very closely, regularly,

ond finely striated, shining, pale horny; spire rather prominent; suture

slightly impressed ; whorls 53, moderately convex, last roundly con-

vex, inflated and deflexed in front ; base convex and striated the same

as the upper surface; umbilicus rather wide and deep; aperture

oblique, lunately ovate; peristome thickened and reflected, tinged

with flesh-colour; margins approximating, right margin expanded,

thin, straight, columellar margin reflected a little over the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 7, min. 5, alt. 33 lines.

Hab. Endeavour River, north coast of Australia (coll. Brazier).

There is only one specimen of this species that I know of, and in

my collection ; it is of a much larger size than H. torrescana, Homb.

et Jacq., and the sculpture is also very fine, whereas in the species

of the French authors the sculpture is coarse.

5. Heiix (CAMENA) AUREEDENSIS.

Shell umbilicated, depressedly globose, rather solid, very finely ob-

liquely striated, and, under the lens finely granulated, dark chestnut ;

suture ornamented with a fine white thread, and also a broad dirty

white undefined zone round the umbilicus; spire broadly conoid,

obtuse ; whorls 6 to 63, convex, the five upper whorls of a reddish

chestnut, the last increasing in size, rounded and deflected in front ;

base convex; aperture diagonally ovately lunate, brownish white

within ; peristome straight, ivory-white, slightly thickened and re-

flected ; margins approximating, right margin expanded, columellar

margin arcuate and reflexed, concealing nearly half of the umbilicus,

which is deep.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 14, alt. 1 inch.

Hab. Aureed Island, Torres Strait, North coast of Australia

(coll. Brazier and Hargraves).

This species I have seen in some of the Australian collections

1871.] MR. J. BRAZIER ON NEW AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. O41

labelled as a variety of H. incei, Ptr., but IH. incei has no white

thread-like line at the suture as in the present species.

6. Hexix (HyeGromiA) BEDNALLI.

Shell perforated, rather conoidly globose, very thin, fragile, ob-

liquely rugose at the upper part, granulated under the lens, sub-

diaphanous, light horny green, with a fine reddish ring encircling the

suture, and a rather broad one of the same colour encircling the per-

foration ; spire conoid, somewhat obtuse ; whorls 5 to 53, moderately

convex, the last very much inflated, rounded; base convex, much

smoother than the upper surface; aperture obliquely lunar, rather

large ; peristome thin, of a pinkish colour; margins distant, right ex-

panded, columellar margin reflected and covering one quarter of the

perforation.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 63, alt. 5 lines.

Hab. Near Adelaide, South Australia (Waterhouse and Bednall ;

in South Australian Museum and coll. Brazier).

This species I received from my two friends Messrs. Waterhouse

and’ Bednall, under the name of Helix adelaide, Pfr. The Helix

adelaide is a small depressed species, keeled, and with the umbilicus

perspective. Helix bedualli I have compared with some hundreds of

Al. grayi, Pfr., and H. jervisensis, Quoy and Gaimard, and find

sufficient characters to warrant it to rank asa distinct species. The

note sent by Mr. Waterhouse with his specimens states that it is a

species very rarely obtained in a good state of preservation.

7. Hevrx (CHAROPA) SUBDEPRESSA.

Shell umbilicated, depressed, nearly discoid, thin, closely covered

with fine silky strize, the interstices under the lens with still finer

striee, rather oblique, shining white; spire flat, suture channelled ;

whorls 53, rather convex, last angled and descending in front ; um-

bilicus wide, rather perspective, and rounded at the bottom, equal-

ling more than half of the diameter ;-basal whorl couvex, with strive

the same as on the upper surface, and running into the umbilicus ;

aperture nearly vertical; peristome simple, acute, triangularly ovate ;

margins distant, right straight, slightly expanded, columellar margin

not reflected.

Diam. maj. 14, min. 1, alt. 3 line; diam. of umbilicus 2 line.

Hab. Snowy River, Gipps Land, Victoria (Mr. W. Kershaw ; coll.

Brazier).

This interesting little species is pure white, and is found in the

snowy Australian region that divides New South Wales from Victoria.

8. Buzimus (Lrparus) KERSHAWI.

Shell imperforate, ovate, thin, diaphanous, shining, dark yellowish

brown, marked with numerous longitudinal and irregular dark yellow

and brown lines, some broad and some very narrow, rather running

one into the other ; and under the lens are to be seen longitudinal and

transverse small granulations ; spire moderately conical, rather obtuse

at the apex ; suture crenulated; whorls 5, convex, the last inflated,

642 MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW FRUIT-PIGEON. [Nov. 7,

equalling more than one half of the length of the whole shell ; aper-

ture broadly ovate, interior bluish white; peristome simple, acute,

straight, thin, the anterior and outer margins arched ; columella

straight, nearly vertical above, slightly expanded and reflected, with

a thin deposit of callus on the columellar side, and joined at the

upper part of the peristome.

Length 2, breadth 14, alt. 1 ; aperture 1} long, breadth 2 inch.

Hab. Snowy River, Gipps Land, Victoria (Mr. W. Kershaw).

This fine species I have named in honour of its discoverer, Mr.

W. Kershaw of Victoria, to whom I am indebted for a specimen.

It approaches in appearance to B. larreyi, Brazier, and B. atomatus,

Gray. It differs from those species in not having the dark spots and

zigzag lines that are so characteristic in them.

5. Description of a new Species of Fruit-Pigeon from the Fiji

Islands. By Joun Gout, F.R.S.

[Received November 7, 1871.]

The beautiful bird which I have now the pleasure of exhibiting

to the Meeting, and which I propose to call Chryscena victor, is

the second species of the genus, of which C. luteovirens is the type.

For the loan of one of the two specimens exhibited I am indebted to

Mr. James Gardner of Oxford Street, and for the use of the other to

the Trustees of the Derby Museum at Liverpool, through the kind

intercession of their Curator Mr. T. J. Moore. The latter specimen

is so similar to the former in colouring and general appearance as to

induce the belief that the two birds are of the same age and adult

males. How evident it is, from the discovery of this extremely

conspicuous and beautiful Pigeon, that the acquisition of new species

is not yet at an end, and that such islands as those composing the

Fiji group, and hundreds of others dotted over the Polynesian region,

will yet afford oruithological and other treasures of natural history

which have not as yet met the gaze of civilized and scientific men!

I append a description of this new species, and shall take an early

opportunity of publishing a copy of the drawing now shown of the

London and Liverpool birds in one of my publications—the ‘ Birds

of Asia,’ or the ‘Supplement to the Birds of Australia.’

CuRYSG@NA victor, Gould.

Size. About, or perhaps a trifle larger than, that of C. luteovirens.

Colour. The entire surface of the body, both above and below, a

lovely carmineous-orange, while the head and throat, as if in direct

contrast to the brilliant colouring of the body, is of a dull silvery

pea-green ; under surface of the wings rich pure yellow, the prima-

ries becoming orange on the upper surface of their outer webs, and

their shafts dark olive above.

Total length 7 inches; bill 2, wing 43, tail 23, tarsi 2.

1871.) DR. J. COX ON NEW LAND-SHELLS, 643

The female and young will probably be green, as in the case of

C. luteovirens; at least I find a stray feather or two of that colour

on each side of the body of the London specimen.

Mr. Moore, to whom I am indebted for many kind attentions, has

favoured me with the following note respecting this lovely species :—

“The bird I now send was obtained by Mr. Thomas Binns Robson

of New Brighton, Cheshire, during his visit to the Fiji Islands in

September 1867, and was presented by him to the Derby Museum

on his return to England. Mr. Robson was so good as to give me

the following information respecting it:—The native name is Buli

ndamu. It appears to be not infrequent in the locality where he

shot it, Mbua, a native town and missionary settlement on the

south-west of the Island of Vanua Levu, and the principal place of

resort in that district. He described it in glowing terms as appear-

ing, from its gorgeous colouring, ‘like a flash of light,’ even at the

distance of a quarter of a mile! Its note resembles somewhat the

cracking of the thumb and finger; and the natives by resorting to

this expedient induce the birds to answer, and thus to betray their

whereabouts when out of sight. Mr. Robson could not give me any

information respecting its nest and eggs, nor of its food, except the

general fact that it feeds on berries.

“The singular and remarkable plumage of the bird at once attracts

attention, the entire body being of a rich orange-colour, as bright as

that of the Rock-Manakins (Rwpicole) ; while the head is of a green

hue, and the under surface of the wings fine yellow.”

PS. Since the above remarks were in type, Mr. Sclater has for-

warded to me the following note :—‘ Dr. Eduard Griiffe has already

spoken of the existence of this bird, in his article on the Ornithology

of Polynesia, in Cabanis’s ‘Journ. f. Orn.’ 1870, p-418. Dr. Graffe

saw a specimen of it living in a cage at Levuka, Ovalau, belonging

to an English lady.” Thus it is evident that this Pigeon is capable

of domestication ; and we may therefore hope that ere long living

examples may be sent to this country.

6. Description of a new Volute and Twelve new Species of

Land-Shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands.

By J. Cox, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

[Received November 6, 1871.]

(Plate LIT.)

VoxuTa (AmoRIA) AUSTRALIA, sp. nov. (Plate LII. figs. 1, 1a.)

Shell fusiform, rather thin; spire short, acuminated, apex erect,

finely papillary ; whorls smooth, 53, the last angled round the upper

part; columella strongly four-plaited, prominent aud thin; sutures

vitrified ; aperture rather long and narrow, lip simple, interior ‘of

044 DR. J. COX ON NEW LAND-SHELLS. | Nov. 7,

aperture of a deep orange-red, columella light; colour reddish

orange, conspicuously ornamented throughout the whole length of

the whorls, especially the last, with dark chestnut (almost approach-

ing to black) lightning-like markings, two or three of which are

broad, bifurcated above, and shaded off at the edges, others are in

thin linear zigzag streaks.

Length 2°45, breadth 1:05 of an inch.

Hab. Bass’s Straits.

I have described this fine species, at the request of Mr. Richmond

Thatcher, from a fine specimen handed to me by him. This will make

the third species of Volute which this gentleman has brought to light.

PARTULA PEASE], sp. nov. (Plate LII. fig. 2.)

Shell deeply and openly umbilicated, ovately conical, very broadly

inflated towards the base; spire short, broadly conical; whorls 5,

convex, last rapidly increasing in size and inflated; suture im-

pressed ; aperture squarely ovate, obliquely produced, lip and colu-

mella white, thickened, and broadly reflected, interior of aperture

orange-red ; covered with a striated dark chestnut epidermis.

Length 0°94, breadth 0°70 of au inch,

Hab. Solomon Islands ( Raindird).

I have named this in honour of Mr. Harper Pease of Honolulu.

BULIMUS SELLERSI, sp. nov. (Plate LIT. fig. 3.)

Shell rimately umbilicated, fusiform, thin, smooth, longitudinally

finely striated, and transversely very minutely obsoletely striated

towards the apex, apex granularly punctate; opaque, diaphanous,

shining, an impure white colour; spire acutely turreted, apex obtuse ;

whorls 5, the last equalling two-thirds the length of the shell, suture

submargined ; aperture oblong, white within; peristome margined

with a dense white, opaque, flat, percellaneous margin very slightly

everted; columella dilating into two pillars, one inserted and gra-

dually lost on the last whorl, the other spirally entering the aperture

as a prominent thin plate.

Length 1:90, breadth 0°66 of an inch.

Hab. Gaudalcanar Island, Solomon Islands.

Evidently belonging to the same group as B. miltocheilus, Reeve.

Among the many specimens obtained I find no important variation.

HeELix ANDERSONI, sp. nov. (Plate LIT. fig. 4.)

Shell imperforate, rather thin, depressedly globose, finely striated,

yellow-brown, with three or more rather narrow dark chestnut bands

round the centre and lower part of the body-whorl, and one beneath

the suture; whorls 63, almost flat, gradually increasing in size;

aperture diagonal, elongately lunately rounded, lip dark, as is also

the covered umbilicus ; margins converging, thin, slightly expanded,

columellar margin triangularly dilated, adnate, occluding the umbi-

licus and sunk below the marginal line of the aperture, causing the

latter to be sharply angled.

Diam., greatest 1°34, least 1:10; height 0°80 of an inch.

1871.] DR. J. COX ON NEW LAND-SHELLS. 645

Hab. North end of Expedition Range, Rockhampton, Queensland,

Australia (Anderson).

This species in its general aspect closely resembles Helix yulei,

Pfr. ; but from many fine specimens collected by Mr. Anderson I

find it unvarying in its characters, of which the occluded umbilicus

is most conspicuous.

HELIX SCANDENS, sp. nov. (Plate LII. fig. 5.)

Shell narrowly umbilicated, turbinately globose, of a dull reddish-

yellow colour, thin, transparent, above finely striated throughout,

smoother below and shining; whorls 53, gradually increasing in size,

convex, last not keeled; aperture broadly lunate; peristome simple,

thin, columellar margin white and opaque, triangularly dilated over

the umbilicus.

Diam., greatest 0°13, least 0°11; height 0°09 of an inch.

Hab. Port Macquarie, east coast of Australia, 6 feet from the

ground on the trunk of a tree.

HELIX KEMPSEYENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate LII. fig. 6.)

Shell very minute, perforate, globosely conical, thin, pale horny

yellow, (microscopically) striated; spire obtuse, conical; whorls 5,

slightly couvex; aperture lunately oval; peristome simple, thin,

margins approached, columellar margin slightly dilated and everted

over the narrow umbilicus.

Diam., greatest 0:04, least 0°03; height 0°03 of an inch.

Hab, East Kempsey, MacLeay River, east coast of Australia;

found under leaves on wet ground.

HELIX MACQUARIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate LII. fig. 7.)

Shell broadly, openly, and deeply umbilicated, flatly depressed,

thin, transparent, very shining, glossy, vellow, striated above with

rather irregular coarse lines of growth, below smoother and finely

spirally striated, faintly rayed with broad chestnut-coloured mark-

ings; whorls 43, rapidly increasing at the last, rather flat and mar-

gined at the suture; apex scarcely raised; aperture almost round,

slightly lunate ; peristome blunt and darkened, margins closely ap-

proached, columellar margin not expanded.

Diam., greatest 0°14, least 0°11; height 0°06 of an inch.

Hab. Port Macquarie, east coast of Australia; under leaves on

damp ground.

HELIX GUADALCANARENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate LII. fig. 8.)

Shell imperforate, trochiform, rather solid, finely obliquely ar-

-cuately striated, pale yellow-brown, ornamented with broad or narrow

dark chestnut lines, sometimes almost absent; spire turbinate;

whorls 53, slightly convex, the last rather inflated, not descending

in front ; aperture large, very oblique, irregularly lunately rounded,

inclining to be angled at the periphery of the body-whorl; peristome

white, porcellaneous, broadly expanded, margined with black exter-

646 DR. J. COX ON NEW LAND-SHELLS. [Nov. 7,

nally at the angle of reflexion; margins approached, columella di-

lated, adnate.

Diam., greatest 1:00, least 0°80; height 1:08 of an inch.

Hab. Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Islands.

The characters of this species correspond very closely with those

given by Pfeiffer to Helix flexilabris ; but I consider there are sufli-

cient points of distinction to regard it as a new species; it is a less

conical shell, and the last whorl is much more inflated.

HeELrx sELLERSI, sp. nov. (Plate LII. fig. 9.)

Shell imperforate, trochiform, brownish yellow, generally orna-

mented with two very dark chestnut, almost black, bands, more or

less wide, one above and one below the subcarinated periphery of the

last whorl, having sometimes between them an opaque white band ;

transversely rather regularly striated backwards, decussated from

behind forwards by rather irregular, slightly waved, proportionally

broadly separated strize, more distinct on the last two whorls than

at the apex of the spire: whorls 5, rounded, gradually increasing in

size, suture impressed, last whorl sharply depressed at its termination

and flattened from the periphery to its insertion; spire obtuse ;

aperture ovately lunate ; peristome white-margined, slightly everted ;

columella very slightly dilated and adnate.

Diam., greatest 0°78, least 0°96; height 0°60 of an inch.

Hab. Guadalcanar Island, Solomon Islands.

Hewix compivviaTvs, sp. nov. (Plate LIT. fig. 10.)

Shell with a very narrow, deep umbilicus, discoid, flat above,

rounded below; spire only slightly raised, covered with a glossy

corneous epidermis of a dark claret-colour above, pale below ; whorls

6, slowly increasing in size, last not depressed in front, suddenly de-

scending at the periphery, before descending being grooved with a

narrow deep gutter continuous above the margin of the suture almost

to the apex; aperture angularly lunate; peristome simple, thin,

angled and notched above the middle by the termination of the

groove; margins rather distant, columellar margin very slightly

dilated and everted.

Diam., greatest 1°10, least 0°88; height 0°70 of an inch.

Hab. Solomon Islands.

Hevix HUNTERI, sp. nov. (Plate LII. fig. 11.)

Shell with a moderately large, deep, open perforation, globosely tur-

binate, thin, pale flesh-coloured, obliquely finely striated from above

downwards, and longitudinally striated, especially on the second and

third whorls, with coarser granose strize ; whorls 43, rounded ; spire

depressedly conoid, apex obtuse, last whorl inflated, (partially) cari-

nated below the middle, the line of carination being opaque or creta-

ceous ; aperture slightly angled and elongately lunate; peristome thin,

broadly reflexed, margins slightly approached, columellar margin tri-

angularly dilated, overhanging and produced beyond the umbilicus.

Diam., greatest 1°08, least 0°92; height 0°86 of an inch.

ile. MOV ir i el

CBSowerby del & lith M&N Hanhart imp

NEW AUSTRALIAN & SOLOMON. ISLANDS SHELLS

1871. ] DR. J. MURIE ON RHINOCHETUS JUBATUS. 647

Hab. Guadaleanar Island, Solomon Islands.

Closely allied to H. lactiflua and H. isabellensis ; but this species

has a large, deep, open, umbilicus.

HELIX BELMOREI, sp. nov. (Plate LII. fig. 12.)

Shell with a large open umbilicus, broadly trochiform, rather solid,

opaque, obliquely finely irregularly striated, dark chestnut; whorls

63, flat; suture very indistinct ; spire bluntly conoid ; the last whorl

very sharply keeled, not depressed in front; base flat, more coarsely

striated than above with a few irregular longitudinal strie ; excavated

round the umbilicus ; aperture trapezoid; peristome sharply angled

and pointed at the keel, white and thickened towards the columellar

margin, which is scarcely expanded.

Diam., greatest 1°00, least 0°90; height 0-50 of an inch.

Hab. Solomon Islands.

HELicrna JANA, sp. nov. (Plate LII. fig. 13.)

Shell conoid, rather solid, of a dull orange-brown colour, very

finely irregularly transversely striated ; apex pointed and finely spi-

rally striated; whorls 43 to 5, flat, last bluntly keeled; aperture

triangular, rounded at the angles; base rounded, half covered with

a thin, expanded, white callus; peristome thickened, white, conti-

nuous with the columella, which graduaily expands out into the

callus, partially covering the base.

Diam., greatest 0°17, least 0°14; height 0°16 of an inch.

Hab. Port Macquarie, east coast of Australia; found under leaves

on the ground.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE LII.

Figs. 1, la. Voluta (Amoria) austra- | Fig. 7. Helix macquariensis, p. 645.

lie, p. 643. 8. —— guadaleanarensis, p. 645.

2. Partula pease, p. 644. ~) BE sellersi, p. 646,

3. Bulimus sellersi, p. 644. 10. compluriatus, p. 646.

4. Helix andersoni, p. 644. 11. —— hunteri, p. 646.

5, scandens, p. 645. 12. belmoret, p. 647.

6. —— kempseyensis, p. 645. 13. Helicina jana, p. 647.

7. Additional Notice concerning the Powder-Downs of Rhi-

nochetus jubatus. By James Muriz, M.D., F.LS.,

F.G.S., &c., late Prosector to the Society. (Communi-

cated by Prof. Newton, F.R.S.)

[Received October 19, 1871.]

In my memoir on the Kagu, Sun-bittern, and Boatbill, read in

1867, but only published by the Society this year, I enter at some

length into the nature of the plumage of these aberrant types.

After a somewhat complicated study of the powder-downs, their

structure, situation, and mode of examination, I propose a set of

terms as expressive of their distribution consonant with Nitzsch’s

Yar.

648 DR. J. MURIE ON RHINOCHETUS JUBATUS. __[ Nov. 7,

terminology*. On looking over my article as printed, it seems to me

a useful purpose would be served by the addition of a note showing

the precise equivalents of the respective areas treated of by the above

German authority and myself.

The subjoined tabular view of the nomenclature of Nitzsch and

myself shows at a glance the relation of terms employed in distin-

guishing the several portions of the contour, feather-tracts, featherless

interspaces, and powder-down patches.

Tract has been employed by Nitzsch for the lines of feathering, as

shown in the first column; space for the bare portions, column two ;

and by simply using patch (column three to the right) I define

where the powder-downs are found. The minor terms differ, but

their import is easily understood. The blanks indicate portions

wanting in one but present in the other, or where no subdivision has

been recorded.

Nitzsch—Feathering gererally. Murie—Powder-downs.

Spinal or Dorsal Tract .. | Spinal or Dorsal Space .. | Dorsal Patches.

Anterior portion. | Scapular portion.

Posterior portion. Lumbar portion.

Iliac portion.

Canaan Tact sect. Wau ae Hee eipete x2 | Caudal portion.

Inferior or Ventral Tract. | Inferior or Ventral Space. Carino-ventral Patch.

Gular portion (and inner} Gular portion. | Sternal portion.

branch). Pectoral portion. | Abdominal portion.

Truncal portion (or thora- | Cloacal portion.

cica gastrica).

Lateral portion [knee-co-

vert].

Sere eS ee | Lateral Sterno-ventral Patches.

| Pectoral portion.

Gastric portion.

Alay tees syene towers Mia Reicher - Coracoid Patch.

Furcular portion.

See ee Lateral Trunk Spaces .. | Costo-thoracic Patches.

Truncal and lateral por-

tions of ventral tract.

Head "Tract . 35 <2pentt Head Spaces .......... Cranio-nuchal Patch.

Temporal portion. Head portion.

_Nuchal portion. Nape portion.

Throat portion.

Lateral Neck Tracts .... | Lateral Neck Spaces.... | Lateral Neck Patches.

Humeral Tracts ...... Upper Wing Spaces .... | Humeral Patches.

Brachial portion.

5 ; Axillary portion.

Wing or Alar Tracts .... | Lower Wing Spaces .... | Cubital portion.

(Ant. and post.) Alar portion.

FemoralorLumbarTracts.| ........... 2 Femoral Patches.

rniral "Prac 5 oo Crural Spaces ........ Crural Patches.

* ‘Pterylographie,’ and Ray Society’s edition, 1867.

1871.] MR. NEWTON ON A SEXUAL PECULIARITY IN A DUCK. 649

8. On a remarkable Sexual Peculiarity in an Australian Spe-

cies of Duck. By Atrrep Newton, M.A., F.R.S.,

WP .2.5.

[Received November 6, 1871.]

It is now getting on for nearly a year since I received from the

Secretary the bodies of two Australian Ducks which had recently

died in our Gardens. The species to which they belong is that

known as “Anas punctata, Cuvier” *—a name I take as given, not

having satisfied myself that it is one which ought to be used.

The specimens, the skins of which I now exhibit, were in the di-

verse plumage which has been fully described as characterizing the two

sexes ; and I confess that from such knowledge as I had of the internal

structure of the section of the family Anatide to which this species

obviously belongs I never anticipated finding any thing sufficiently

novel in the present case to justify me in bringing it to the notice

of the Society. How agreeably disappointed I was will be seen.

Being much engaged by other occupations, and, as I have said,

not expecting any remarkable feature to be presented, I sent the

specimens to Mr. Baker of Cambridge, requesting him to skin them,

ascertain the sex of each, and prepare the sternums and tracheas.

This he did; and when [ add that I have known Mr. Baker for more

than twenty years to be a man on whom I can fully rely, I trust no

suspicion of the possibility of error may cross the minds of zoologists

in consequence of my not having myself made the dissections.

The sternum of every species of freshwater Duck that I have pre-

viously seen presents at its posterior end a deep fissure on either

side; but this fissure is occasionally so much bridged across by the

prolongation of its inner margin in an outward direction that I have

been fully prepared to find the junction completed in some specimen,

either as a characteristic of the species, as it is in some of the diving

Ducks, or even as an individual peculiarity. I was therefore not

much surprised to see complete fenestration effected in one of the

* Two perfectly distinct species have had the name Anas punctata applied to

them—the subject of this notice, and one from South Africa described by Burchell

in 1822 (Travels, &c. i. p. 283, note). The earliest publication I can find of

“Anas punctata, Cuy.,” is by Mr. G. R. Gray in 1844 (List of &e. Anseres,

p. 134); but whence he obtained the information he cannot, as he kindly tells

me, recollect. Lesson in 183] (Tr. d’Orn. p. 634) has an “Anas punctata, Gal.

de Paris,” which, though he suggests it may be one of Horsfield’s species, is

robably the same as the one meant by Mr. Gray, since Dr. Pucheran (R. Z.

1850, p. 549) has identified the specimen which bore that name in the Paris

Museum with the Australian species figured under the same designation by Mr.

Gould (B. Austral. vii. pl. ). In Dr. Hartlaub’s ‘Index’ to Dr. Pucheran’s

valuable paper (J. f. O. 1855, p. 419) notice of this case is unfortunately omitted.

Unless it can be shown that Cuvier’s name was published before Burchell’s (and

this is extremely unlikely), pwnctata must of course be kept for the South-African

bird. with which (as Mr. Gray has suggested to me) Sir Andrew Smith’s subse-

quently designated Querquedula hottentotta (Zool. 8. Afr. Aves, pl. 105) seems to

be identical; and the Australian bird will take up with its next synonym—

standing then as Anas castanea (Eyton).

650 MR. NEWTON ON A SEXUAL PECULIARITY IN A DUCK. [ Nov. 7,

sternums (that of the male) of the species now before me, though

the other (that of the female) retains the normal fissures of a fresh-

water Duck. However, it may be gathered from remarks which I

once contributed to make elsewhere* that I do not attach much

importance to this feature. In other respects the sternums present

no characters on which I need dwell; that of the female is somewhat

smaller than that of the male; but it will be worth ascertaining

whether the fenestration in the latter is constant.

Fig. 1. Left side of posterior end of sternum of Anas punctata, J, seen from

above.

2. Corresponding view in the female.

My surprise, however, was great when I came to see the tracheas.

Accustomed as I had been to find in all the freshwater Ducks the

trachea of the male with its usual bony enlargement or labyrinth

(ulba ossea) situated immediately above the bronchial tubes, and

Fig. 4.

3. Lower part of trachea of Anas punctata, 3.

4, The same, ?.

this, with the single exception of the Garganey (Anas querquedula,

Linn.), of uniform pattern throughout the whole group, the trachea

* Phil. Trans. 1869, p. 337.

1871.] MR. SCLATER ON ATELES VARIEGATUS. 651

of the female being invariably devoid of such enlargement, it very

much interested me to see that in the present species, while the

male retained the normal and characteristic structure of this organ,

the female enjoyed the same appendage, and that in a degree only

slightly less developed. In either sex the trachea is somewhat en-

larged above the bulla ossea, and then, as usual, rapidly tapers ; and

in both the Sulla ossea is outwardly of the same general form as it

is in the male of Anas boschas, Linn. I have inquired of Mr. Bart-

lett whether any peculiarity was observed in the call-note of the

female bird during her captivity in our Gardens, but I cannot learn

that such was the case.

I abstain from making any comments on the curious fact I have

mentioned, which is, so far as I am aware, unique; but it would be

easy to enter upon some speculations as to its bearings on the im-

portant question of ‘Sexual Selection” which is now being agitated.

I will, however, say that, though I know not how far other ornitho-

logists are likely to agree with me, I conceive that, if we wish for a

natural subdivision of the two large groups of Anatide formed by

what are generally termed the Anatine and Fuliguline, the charac-

ters afforded by the trachea ought to be fully studied ; and I venture

to refer to some suggestions on that question which I published some

years ago in America*. It should be one of the first objects of

every collector in foreign countries to examine the trachea of each

bird that he skins; and nowhere is this more necessary than with

members of the Anatide.

T am much averse to inventing new groups; but I think it very

possible that this species, being thus shown to differ so singularly

from any Duck with which we are acquainted, will be made the type

of a new genus or subgenus; and as some enthusiast may wish when

conferring a name on a section so established to celebrate that of

some notable person of the gentler sex who is gifted with masculine

attributes, I think it as well to anticipate such a proceeding, and

therefore suggest that if a new division be found expedient it should

bear the appellation of Virago, as a tribute to the virile character-

istic of the ladies in question and of the female of this species of

Duck.

November 21, 1871.

Professor Flower, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks on a fine skin of Ateles

variegatus, Wagner (= A. bartletti, Gray), which had recently been

received by Madame Verdey of Paris in a collection from Oyapok,

situated on the river of the same name on the eastern limits of

* Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1860, p. 420.

t+ Virago e genere Anatino cujus feemina eadem qu mas organa vocis habet.

652 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES [Nov. 21,

Cayenne. Mr. Sclater remarked that this gave a still wider extent

of range to this Spider Monkey than had been indicated by himself

and Mr. E. Bartlett in recent remarks upon this species*.

A communication was read from Professor Owen, F.R.S., contain-

ing the third of a series of memoirs on the osteolozy of the Marsu-

pials. In this communication Professor Owen entered at full length

into the modifications observable in the cranium of the three known

species of Wombats (Phascolomys).

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Report on several Collections of Fishes recently obtained

for the British Museum. By Dr. Aubert GUnrHER,

TES; E208;

[Received October 27, 1871. |

(Plates LITI-LXX.)

In the course of the present year several important collections of

Fishes have been obtained by the Trustees of the British Museum :—

1. A collection of 255 examples from the Museum of Hr. Cesar

Godeffroy of Hamburg. The majority of the species represented in

this collection were desiderata to the British Museum, whilst the

remainder of the specimens had been obtained at localities hitherto

ichthyologically unknown, and consequently important for our know-

ledge of the geographical distribution of the species. Thus we have

received the first examples from the Ellice, Cook’s, and Pelew

Islands, further considerable additions to the fauna of the Tonga

and Samoa Islands, and several new species from localities on the

north coast of New Holland. This collection contained also several

desiderata from the coasts and fresh waters of California, Chile, and

the Chincha Islands.

2. Dr. A. Bernhard Meyer, immediately after his safe arrival at

Manado, proceeded to despatch some very extensive collections, and

sent several thousands of examples of fishes alone. Of these about

200 were selected for the British Museum, which had scarcely any

fishes from the Island of Celebes. We might have expected that

but few novelties would be contained in a collection made at a place

to which Dr. Bleeker’s attention had been directed for a number of

years, and from which he has enumerated some 760 species. Yet

Dr. Meyer’s researches have been rewarded by the discovery of a

relatively considerable number of interesting forms, among which is

a true Gadoid; the occurrence of a representative of this family in

the East-Indian archipelago (see p. 669) is a most important fact.

* See antea, pp. 217 et 224.

1871.] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 653

3. Our collection of fishes of the South-Australian region has been

enriched by several presents made by the Trustees of the Museum

at Sydney, and by Mr. Morton Allport of Hobart Town. They

have yielded fresh evidence with regard to the surprising fact that

quite a number of common European marine fishes which hitherto

have never been met with between the Tropics reappear in tempe-

rate seas of the southern hemisphere (see the remarks on Clupea

sprattus, p. 672).

Other, smaller acquisitions need not be mentioned specially ; and

in the following pages I limit myself to diagnoses of those species

only which appear to me to be undescribed, and to some remarks

on a few known species. The descriptions are given in systematic

order; but it may be useful to precede them with a list in which

the species are geographically arranged.

1. Gazoon.

Hemichromis subocellatus, p. 665.

Nannethiops uniteniatus, p. 670.

Mormyrus lepturus, p. 670.

2. Port Narau.

Halidesmus scapularis, p. 668.

3. CELEBES.

Anthias rhodopeplus, p. 654.

chrysostictus, p. 655.

Plectropoma anthioides, p. 655.

Apogon savayensis, p. 656.

Priacanthus meyeri, p. 656.

Pristipoma manadense, p. 657.

Sebastes rhodochrous, p. 659.

Cubiceps multiradiatus, p. 661.

Peristethus liorhynchus, p. 663.

Pseudophycis peregrinus, p. 669.

Belone punctulata, p. 670.

Engraulis belama (Forsk.), p. 671.

Peeciloconger fasciatus, p. 673.

4, Japanese Suas.

Gohius elapoides, p. 665.

5. Frrsee, Tonaa, AND Samoa

IsLanps.

Apogon savayensis, p. 656.

Diagramma obscurum, p. 657.

Holocentrum microstoma(Gthr.),p.660.

diploxiphus, p. 660.

Acanthurus aterrimus, p. 660.

Gobius leucostictus, p. 664.

UROLOPHUS CHILENSIS.

Platyglossus nigromaculatus, p. 666.

notopsis, p. 666.

Chilinus godeffroy?, p. 666.

Anguilla obscura, p. 673.

Murena tenioides, p. 674.

6. Coox’s IsLanps.

Ambassis miops, p. 655.

Callionymus cookii, p. 665.

Mysxus leuciscus, p. 666.

Hemirhamphus acutus, p. 671.

7. Sanpwicu Isanps,

Peristethus engyceros, p. 663.

8. Norru-Hasrern Austra.

Gobius platystoma, p. 664.

Blennodesmus scapularis, p. 667.

Tetrodon pleurostictus, p. 674.

9, QuEENSLAND.

Chiloseyllium modestum, p. 654.

10. Sourm AusTRALIA AND TASMANIA.

Histiopterus labiosus, p. 658.

Platycephalus cinereus, p. 661.

Gobius mucosus, p. 663.

Patecus subocellatus, p. 665.

Clupea sprattus (L.), p. 672.

Geotria allporti, p. 675.

11. Cure.

Urolophus chilensis, p. 653.

Murena chilensis, p. 674.

(Plate LIII.)

Disk broader than long; snout a little projecting ; tail longer than

the disk.

Disk smooth, but with spines along the median line,

viz. three in a single series in the middle of the back, and two on the

tail, in front of the serrated spine.

No rudimentary dorsal fin,

654 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES [ Nov. 21,

Upper parts nearly uniform brownish, with a few very indistinct

darker specks.

Distance of the extremity of the snout from the vent.. 43 inches.

Distance of the extremity of the tail from the vent a2 1s

One example, from the Godeffroy Museum, is in the collection of

the British Museum.

CuHILoscyLL1uM MopEstTuM. (Plate LIV.)

The lower labial fold is not continued across the symphysis.

Mouth at the lower surface of the snout, at some distance from its

extremity, but nearer to the latter than to the eye. Dorsal fins sub-

equal in size, with the angles not produced, close together, the dis-

tance between them being somewhat more than one half of the length

of the base of the first. Origin of the first dorsal above the middle

of the base of the ventral. Uniform brown, darker on the back than

on the sides.

The skin of a single example (female, 203 inches long), was ob-

tained with other objects from Queensland.

Serranus HuMERALIs (C. & V.)

= Serranus albomaculatus (Jenyns).

ANTHIAS RHODOPEPLUS. (Plate LV.)

TO AS 3/7. Ee lat. ea. 35,

The height of the body is a little more than the length of the

head, and two fifths of the total (without caudal). The width of the

interorbital space is less than the diameter of the eye, which is one

third of the length of the head, the snout being very short. Angle

of the preeoperculum with a very prominent flat spine, single or

donble. The canine teeth of the lower jaw are strongly curved,

considerably stronger than those of the upper, and placed more

towards the side. ‘The vomerine teeth form a ()-shaped band; the

palatine band broader and rounded in front, tapering behind.

Tongue with a large rounded patch of villiform teeth. Scales on

the body rather irregularly arranged, those on the head much the

smallest. The third dorsal spine, the anterior dorsal rays, the caudal

lobes, and the two outer ventral rays produced into filaments. Sides

of the fish reddish rose-coloured; an oblique golden-yellow band

runs from the preorbital below the eye towards the angle of the

preoperculum. The uppermost part of the back and the nape

golden yellow. Most of the scales on the side with a pinkish-violet

spot on the base; back of the tail pinkish violet. Fins reddish rose-

coloured; the dorsal rays with blackish-brown rings; base of the

caudal crossed by a blackish-brown band.

One specimen, 63 inches long, has been sent by Dr. B. Meyer

from Manado.

PAS J87D PLM.

Mintern Bros.imp

UROLOPIUS CHILENSIS.

WAL SHdOW WALTTADSOTIHD

‘dur sorg uaz yop YOegsstrg TO * puoqy4y

LP BN OPS Se ee ee ee ae

“Uy, -Ouro AQ) sorg UTOVUT A,

“SMIdddOdOHY SVIHINV

UDOT HY PIT HD

‘SMLLOLLSOSAUHD SVIH.LNV

“UA - Suto TY) "soa guuaayanyy

“UTeAUD Y P4107 Hs)

aii

1871.] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 65:

ANTHIAS CuRysosTictus. (Plate LVI.)

D. i: A. . L. lat. ca. 42.

The height of the body is contained twite and one third in the total

length (without caudal), the length of the head thrice. The width

of the interorbital space is less than the diameter of the eye, which

is one third of the length of the head, the snout being very short.

Angle of the preeoperculum with a single or double spine. An outer

series of stronger teeth in the upper jaw; the lower canines are rather

stronger than the upper, and placed more towards the side. The

vomerine teeth form a (/-shaped band; the palatine band crescent-

shaped, broadest in the middle, separate from the pterygoid band.

Tongue nearly entirely covered with teeth. Scales on the body some-

what irregularly placed, those on the head much the smallest. The

second and third soft rays of the dorsal, the second of the anal, the

caudal lobes, and the two outer ventral rays produced into filaments.

Rose-coloured, each scale with a bright yellow centre. Upper parts

of the head yellow, with a pink spot between the nostrils ; an oblique

bright yellow band from the przeorbital below the eye to the base of

the pectoral fin. The soft dorsal yellow, with oblique violet stripes

between the rays; caudal fin yellow, with the upper and lower mar-

gins and the central rays pinkish violet.

Two examples, 44 and 63 inches long, were obtained by Dr. B.

Meyer at Manado.

PLECTROPOMA ANTHIOIDES.

D. 7 A. ;. L. lat. 35. L. transv. 3/14.

The height of the body equals the length of the head, and is con-

tained twice and three fourths in the total (without caudal). Inter-

orbital space narrow, its width being not quite one half of the dia-

meter of the eye, which is one fourth of the length of the head, and

equal to that of the snout. The maxillary extends to below the

middle of the eye. Canine teeth moderately strong. Vomerine band

of teeth angularly bent, and narrow like the palatine band. Scales

on the cheek regularly arranged, in five or six series. The third

dorsal spine is the longest, twice as long as the second, and half as

long as the head; the second anal spine longer and stronger than

the third. Caudal fin rounded. Pectoral extending beyond the

commencement of the anal. Red, with some irregular and indistinct

blackish spots on the back. A blackish band runs along the median

line of the nape.

One specimen, 4 inches long, from Manado, through Dr. B. Meyer.

AMBASSIS MIOPS.

Closely allied to A. urotenia, from which it differs by the smaller

size of the eye and the lateral line being continuous. The diameter

of the eye in 4. urotenia is equal to the length of the postorbital

part of the head.

D.7|j. A.s. L. lat. 29.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XLII.

656 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES [Nov. 21,

The height of the body is contained twice and three fourths in the

total length (without caudal), the length of the head thrice. The

diameter of the eye is one third of the length of the head, and much

less than that of the postorbital portion. Preeorbital strongly ser-

rated. Lateral line continuous. The second dorsal spine is rather

shorter than the third, and contained four times and one fourth in

the total length (without caudal). The third anal spine longer than

the second, but considerably shorter than the second of the dorsal.

Body with a silvery longitudinal band; the membrane between the

second and third dorsal spines and a band along each caudal lobe

blackish.

One specimen (no. 256), 2? inches long, from the Godeffroy

Museum ; it is from Rarotonga (Cook’s Islands).

This species is undoubtedly distinct from our specimens from

Celebes and the Seychelles named 4. urotenia, and easily distin-

guished by the difference in the size of the eye. But we may hesi-

tate to affirm its distinctness from the specimens from Amboyna and

Wahai, described by Bleeker under the same name. He states that

the diameter of the eye is two fifths or one third of the length of the

head (Nat. Tyds. Ned. Ind. 1852, p. 257), an amount of variation

a3 I have never observed it in dmbassis.

APOGON SAVAYENSIS.

D.7|;. A.j L. lat. 26.

The height of the body is nearly equal to the length of the head,

and two fifths of the total (without caudal). The width of the in-

terorbital space is two thirds of the diameter of the eye, which is

two fifths of the length of the head, and equal to that of the post-

orbital portion. Only the posterior edge of the preeoperculum is

finely denticulated. Dorsal spines feeble: the first minute, the third

the longest and as long as the eye. Caudal fin subtruncated. Ven-

tral fins extending to the vent. Bronze-coloured ; an oblique black-

ish band from the eye to the angle of the przeoperculum. A black-

ish cross band on the back of the tail, about three scales broad, and

not extending downwards beyond the lateral line.

One specimen (no. 78) from Savay (Samoa Islands), 24 inches

long, has been obtained from the Godeffroy Museum. Two other

examples, 34 inches long, have been sent from Manado by Dr.

Meyer.

This species appears to be closely allied to 4. bandanensis (Blkr.) ;

but our specimens have no bands on the body, and Bleeker does not

mention the oblique band on the cheek, which, however, is more

distinct in the specimen from Savay than in those from Celebes.

PRIACANTHUS MEYERI. (Plate LVII.)

D.2. ASS. L. lat. 48.

The height of the body is more than one half of the total length

(without caudal), the length of the head three sevenths. Eye

enormously large, one half of the length of the head. The posterior

Wantern Bres ins

GH-Ford .CL.Griesbach.

ANTHUS MEYERI

PRIA

CSO.Lg WispoLy

WL) §$ LO

VAAV FVII

"YOwA SLL) TD * PaoTHD

NG nes eae ae Peer aee: e

ery

. \

Vinay)

: oan

er ia

<a te eae

1871.] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 6957

nasal opening is wide, crescent-shaped, with the convexity turned

forwards, situated on the upper side of the head. Spine at the angle

of the przoperculum very indistinct; limbs of the preeoperculum

subequal in length. Caudal fin rounded. Spines of the fins very

strong, deeply striated, without roughnesses; the second and last

dorsal spines subequal in length, but much shorter than the fourth

and fifth, which are the longest. The ventral fins reach to the anal

fin. Uniform reddish rose-coloured. Vertical and ventral fins with

a black margin.

One example, 103 inches long, has been sent from Manado by

Dr. B. Meyer.

PrisTIPOMA MANADENSE.

D. i A s L. lat. 50. L. transv. 6/13.

The height of the body is contained twice and two thirds in the

total length (without caudal), the length of the head twice and one

fifth. The diameter of the eye is one fifth of the length of the head,

or two thirds of that of the snout. Upper jaw scarcely longer than

lower; mazillary not extending to the front margin of the orbit.

The posterior limb of the preeoperculum emarginate, with the angle

rounded, denticulated, but not produced. Spines of the fins very

strong ; the two anterior of the dorsal very short, the second not half

as long as the third, which is the longest, and nearly half as long as

the head. The other spines become gradually shorter, the last being

only half as long as the first ray. The second anal spine is much

stronger and longer than the third, and nearly as long as the third

dorsal spine. Caudal fin truncated. Pectoral pointed, extending to

the vent. Silvery ; upper half of the body with small blackish spots,

which occupy the base of the scales. Dorsal fin with two rather

irregular series of round blackish spots, each of the size of the pupil.

The other fins immaculate, or with a slight blackish tinge.

One specimen, 13 inches long, has been obtained at Manado by

Dr. B. Meyer.

DraGRaMMA oBscuRUM. (Plate LVIII.)

D. i A. . L. lat. 75. Li. transv. 13/24.

The height of the body is contained twice and three fourths in the

total length (without caudal), the length of the head thrice and a

half. The diameter of the eye equals the extent of the snout, and

is contained thrice and two thirds in the length of the head. The

maxillary extends to the front margin of the eye. The third to

seventh dorsal spines are equal in length, one third of the length

of the head, and not much longer than the following. All are of

moderate strength. The length of the longest dorsal rays is less

than one half of the depth of the body. Caudal fin emarginate,

with the lobes rounded. The second and third anal spines sub-

equal in length, and much stronger than those of the dorsal. The

pectoral is rather shorter than the ventral, which does not quite

658 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES [Nov. 21,

extend to the vent. The least depth of the free portion of the tail

is considerably less than its length. Body uniform brownish black,

the scales of the lower part of the body lighter in the centre. Fins

black ; the lower half of the caudal of a deeper shade than the upper.

Feejee Islands. One specimen (no. 280), 83 inches long, from

the Godeffroy Museum.

DENTEX RIVULATUS (Riipp.).

Gymnocranius rivulatus, Klz.

This species is found at the Seychelle Islands; it is the ‘ Sphe-

rodon grandoculus”’ of Col. Playfair’s List of Seychelle Fishes.

HisTIoprervs LaBrosus. (Plate LIX.)

B.6. Do. AG.

The height of the body is somewhat less than the length of the

head, and one third of the total (without caudal). Upper profile of

the head concave; snout much produced, the eye being entirely

situated in the posterior half of the length of the head. Mouth of

moderate width, the angle of the mouth being much nearer to the

vertical from the eye than to the end of the snout. Lower jaw

slightly the longer ; lips and chin densely covered with short papille.

The teeth are in bands en cardes, and most of those of the sides are

very obtuse, molar-like. The scales on the cheeks hidden below

the skin. Preeoperculum with the hind margin concave, and with

the angle projecting; the angle and lower margin are indistinctly

denticulated. Opereles scaleless. Scales very small. Dorsal spines

strong, the fourth being the longest; the seventh not much shorter

than the first ray. Caudal fin emarginate, with the angles pointed.

Pectoral, two thirds as long as the head, with the upper rays longest.

Brown, with indistinct blackish longitudinal markings.

One specimen, 22 inches long, from South Australia.

CHETODON MILIARIS (Quoy & Gaim.).

D. as A. > L. lat. ca. 39.

The depth of the scaly part of the body is two thirds of the total

length (without caudal). Snout somewhat pointed, short, rather

shorter than the eye. The soft dorsal and anal fins obtusely rounded.

Body of a nearly uniform olive-colour (in spirits), the scaly sheath of

the dorsal fin yellow; each scale with an indistinct violet spot at the

base. The ocular band commences in front of the first dorsal spine,

is narrower than the orbit, and edged with yellow. It is still nar-

_ rower below the orbit and also paler, but extends over the inter-

operculum. Caudal fin without any markings. The soft dorsal and

anal with a narrow black and white margin, and slightly powdered

with black within the margin. The smaller specimen appears to

have had a round blackish spot between the seventh and thirteenth

dorsal rays close to the margin of the fin.

“SOSOTEV'T SAYALdOLLSIA

duit soug uae wry “YOUQ SOTA) TO (pro TO

‘

1871. ] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 659

Two specimens were sent by Dr. A. B. Meyer from Manado; the

larger is 5, and the smaller 4 inches long.

SEBASTES RHODOCHROUS.

D. 115. A. 2. L. lat. ca. 48.

The height of the body is one third of the total length (without

caudal), the length of the head one half. Interorbital space deeply

concave, very narrow, its width being only one third of the diameter

of the eye. Snout longer than the eye, which is one fourth of the

length cf the head. Spines of the head prominent and acute.

Supraorbital margin with one spine in front and two behind. No

groove on the occiput. Infraorbital with a single ridge armed with

four spines. Occiput naked; opercles and cheeks scaly. The pala-

tine teeth form a narrow band. Dorsal spines strong, the third,

fourth, and fifth are the longest, but only a little longer than the

eye; the eleventh considerably shorter than the twelfth. The se-

cond anal spine is stronger and longer than the third, and one third

of the length of the head. The pectoral fin extends to the anal.

Caudal fin truncated. Red, the upper parts of the fish irregularly

marbled with blackish. A large black spot between the seventh and

tenth dorsal spines on the base. All the other fins nearly uniform

red. Pharynx with scarcely any blackish spots.

Two specimens were obtained by Dr. A. B. Meyer at Manado;

the larger is 8 inches long.

AGRIOPUS TORVUS (Gronow).

This fish is figured in ‘Arcana, or the Museum of Natural History,’

under the name of Congiopodus percatus. As this work appears to

have been issued in or about the year 1811, it is a question whether

the generic name of Congiopodus should not have priority before

Agriopus, Cuvier, 1829. After some consideration I came to the

conclusion that the generally adopted nomenclature should not be

disturbed in this case, for the following reasons :—

1, The ‘Arcana’ shows on every page evidence of its unscientific

character; it was a production of a very inferior kind even for the

early period in which it made its appearance. The way in which it

was published appears to have been very irregular; no name of a

responsible editor or author appears on the titlepage; ‘ Editors”’

are mentioned in the introduction, and the dedicatory notice is signed

“G. Perry,” who, I believe, was an artist, but not a naturalist.

Thus we are left in ignorance as regards the authorship of the new

names employed in the book.

2. Although the figure of ‘‘ Congiopodus percatus”’ is recognizable,

no proper characters of the genus are given; after having made a

few insignificant remarks about the fish, the author of the article

runs off into considerations of the organization of fishes generally.

3. It will be difficult to discover the etymology of the term

“‘Congiopodus.” Even if intended for ‘‘Conchopodus,”’ or ‘ Conio-

podus,”’ the term is without any meaning when applied to Agriopus,

660 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES [Nov. 21,

and therefore, n my opinion, ought to be sunk into the synonymy

or, better, forgotten.

Hotocentrum microstoma, Ginth. Fish. i. p. 34.

There are several examples in the Godeffroy collection from the

Samoa and Tonga Islands. The spot in front of the spinous dorsal

is larger than in the typical specimens, where it has partly disap-

peared from the long period during which they have been preserved

in spirits. The spot is in the form of an oblique black band. I think

that H. tahiticum, Kner (Novara, Fisch. p. 9), is not specifically

distinct from this species. (The figure given by Kner represents

H. sammara.)

HotocentruM pipLoxipHus. (Plate LX.)

D. 11/13. A. 4/9. L. lat. 45-49. L. transv. 33/8. ,

The height of the body is equal to the length of the head, and

one third of the total (without caudal). The interspace between the

eyes is flattish, its width being somewhat less than the diameter of

the eye, and two sevenths of the length of the head. The length of

the groove for the processes of the intermaxillaries is two thirds of

the diameter of the eye. Length of the snout about three-fifths of

the diameter of the eye; the maxillary does not extend to below the

middle of the orbit. Suprascapula serrated. Operculum with two

prominent flat spines subequal in size. The preopercular spine is

broad, flat, dagger-shaped, projecting far beyond the margin of the

gill-opening, its length being two thirds of the diameter of the eye.

Dorsal fin elevated ; the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth spines are the

longest, half as high as the body. Third anal spine very strong, two

thirds of the length of the head, or two ninths of the total length

(without caudal). Caudal moderately forked, with the lobes rounded.

Ventral fins terminating at a great distance from the vent. In the

adult the upper parts and sides are of a rose-colour, which gradually

passes into the silvery coloration of the lower parts; some parts of

the back are minutely and indistinctly punctulated with brown.

Vertical fins with a reddish tinge; the spinous dorsal with a broad

yellowish margin ; and a series of very indistinct rounded darker

spots along its upper half. In a half-grown example the head and

body are densely punctulated with brown; the upper parts being of

a greyish green, with two large whitish blotches. The anterior

blotch occupies the space below the second half of the spinous dorsal,

the posterior is below the end of the soft dorsal. The spinous dorsal

fin with a curved series of large roundish blackish spots, the upper

part of the fin being of a yellowish colour.

Two specimens from the Godeffroy collection; the larger is

54 inches long, the smaller 33 inches. Samoa Islands.

ACANTHURUS ATERRIMUS.

9 3

D. A.

ih 28°

The height of the body is contained once and two thirds in the

“Up ourorp ‘ e OT UI tezayyy

“‘Sumok-pure yNpy ‘gy Id 1x0

‘Tdid WOYULN OTOH

“UAs UY Y PLOT HD

ri 7

P Py { fey oe oy ee ve ; 5

ae ate ee Ores ea. SS ee

“SOLVICVULLTAVN Sdoordno

dint 800g Ura ZUIy “Yoegesty TT) P20cH)

187 1. } IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 661

total length (without caudal). Eight lobate incisors in the upper

jaw, and ten in the lower. Anterior profile of the snout slightly

concave. The distance of the nostril from the edge of the upper

jaw is two thirds of the length of the head. Dorsal and anal fins

rounded behind; caudal deeply forked, with the lobes pointed.

Deep black; a ring round the lower jaw, the opercular membrane

and the outer ventral ray bluish. Hind margin of the caudal with

a lighter-coloured crescent.

One specimen, 33 inches long (no. 56), from the Godeffroy Mu-

seum ; it was obtained at Savay (Samoa Islands).

CuBICEPS MULTIRADIATUS. (Plate LXI.)

D. 10| 5. ue = L. lat. 60. L. transy. 8/22.

The height of the body is contained twice and one fifth in the

total length (without caudal), the length of the head thrice and a

half. Abdomen not compressed into a ridge; ventral fins received

in a groove. The eye occupies nearly the middle of the depth of

the head; its diameter equals the length of the snout, and is one

fourth of that of the head. Jaws with a series of very small teeth.

The vomer and tongue are armed with a narrow band of minute

teeth; no palatine teeth. Maxillary hidden below the preorbital,

and extending to the front margin of the orbit. Pectoral fin rather

longer than the head, and extending considerably beyond the origin

of the anal. Ventral fin two fifths as long as the pectoral. Caudal

fin deeply forked. Light brownish, with a silvery tinge; a blackish

stripe along each series of scales. Fins black, except the pectoral ;

inside of the mouth and gill-cavity flesh-coloured.

One specimen, 6 inches long, has been sent from Manado by Dr.

A. B. Meyer.

PLATYCEPHALUS CINEREUS.

Be ii7[l2: A. 12 de lat 126:

The length of the head is two sevenths of the total (without cau-

dal), its width between the preopercular spines is contained once

and three fourths in its length. Upper surface of the head smooth,

without spines, except a minute one in front of the eye. Preeoper-

cular spines short, subequal in length, or the lower somewhat the

longer. The teeth of the maxillary are villiform, forming a broadish

band with two pairs of distinct canine teeth behind on the side of

the symphysis. The mandibulary and palatine bands are much

narrower, with a series of longer conical teeth. Vomerine band con-

tinuous, crescent-shaped, narrowest in the middle, broadest towards

each extremity, where also some larger conical teeth are mixed with

the villiform teeth. Interorbital space but slightly concave, scaly,

its width being equal to the diameter of the eye, which is contained

twice and one third in the length of the snout. Eye without tentacle.

The isolated dorsal spine short and stiff. Upper parts nearly uni-

form blackish ash; dorsal fins without spots, transparent; caudal

| Nov. 21,

DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES

662

Peristethus engyceros (p. 663).

“SQOHONAHUOIT SOHLEALSIYad

‘dun 6 Octgy Waa

“UPEqserEg TD P+or Hd

1871. ] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 663

mottled with black, without bands; pectoral and ventral fins brown,

with whitish reticulations.

Length of a single specimen 143 inches. South Australia.

DACTYLOPTERUS ORIENTALIS.

Young examples have been described by Dr. Bleeker under the

name of D. chirophthalmus (Nat. Tyds. Ned. Ind. vii. 1854, p. 494).

PERISTETHUS LIORHYNCHUS. (Plate LXII.)

D.7|5 A.21. L. lat. 34.

Preeorbital processes of moderate width, their length being one

third of the distance between their extremity and the front margin

of the orbit. Snout and forehead without any spines; also the pree-

opercular ridge does not terminate in a spine. Interorbital space

concave, its width being equal to the diameter of the eye. Anterior

abdominal scutes considerably longer than broad, and much larger

than the posterior, which are broader than long. Red, coarsely

reticulated with blackish. The dorsal, anal, and pectoral fins with

a black margin.

One specimen, 83 inches long, was obtained by Dr. A. B. Meyer

at Manado.

PERISTETHUS ENGYCEROS. (See woodcut, p. 662.)

Preeorbital processes narrow; their length is contained twice and

three fourths in the distance of their extremity from the orbit.

Snout with three spines above ; four or five similar spines in front of

the upper part of the orbit. Praeopercular spine nearly as long as

preeorbital process, subcylindrical, acutely pointed. Interorbital

space concave, its width less than the vertical diameter of the orbit.

There are also some small spines on each side of the crown of the

head. Anterior ventral plates rather longer than broad, posterior

nearly twice as broad as long.

I have seen only the fragments of a dried example of this new

species; it was sent by Harper Pease, Esq., from the Sandwich

Islands.

Gosius mucosus. (Plate LXIII. fig. A.)

D. 6/5. A.10.

The scales are very small and hidden below a thick mucous cover-

ing, which envelops all parts and forms on the snout and sides of

the head transverse and longitudinal ridges. The height of the bod

is one fifth of the total length (without caudal), the length of the

head two sevenths. Head rather depressed, its depth being one half

of its length. Snout moderately produced, the posterior margin of

the orbit occupying nearly the middle of the head. The diameter

of the eye equals the width of the interorbital space, and is one fifth

of the length of the head. Mouth small, subvertical, the angle of

the mouth being at a considerable distance from the eye. Teeth

664 Dk. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES [Nov. 21,

very small, in bands, without canines. Dorsal and anal fins not ele-

vated. Caudal pointed, longer than the head. The pectoral extends

to the origin of the soft dorsal, the ventral terminates at some dis-

tance from the vent. The body appears to have been subreticulated

with blackish. Rays of all the fins, except the ventrals, with black-

ish spots.

One specimen, 33 inches long (no. 413), from the Godeffroy

Museum ; it was obtained at Adelaide.

Gosius PpLATystoma. (Plate LXIII. fig. B.)

D. 6|10.. A.9. L. lat. 60.

Allied to Gobius platynotus, but with a very broad and angular

snout. Twenty longitudinal series of scales between the origin of

the posterior dorsal fin and the anal. Head and anterior part of the

body broad and rather depressed. The broad rounded snout pro-

jects somewhat over the large mouth. The height of the body is

one fifth of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head ~

nearly one fourth. Eye small, only half the width of the interorbital

space. The maxillary extends to below the hind margin of the orbit.

Canine teeth none. Head entirely naked. Dorsal and anal fins low;

caudal obtusely rounded. Ventral short, not adherent to the belly,

terminating at a great distance from the vent; its basal membrane

is well developed. The free portion of the tail is scarcely longer

than deep. Brownish, with some indistinct darker spots. The spi-

nous dorsal with a black spot behind.

One specimen, 2 inches long (no. 289), from the Godeffroy Mu-

seum. It was obtained at Port Mackay, North-eastern Australia.

Gosius LEvcostictus. (Plate LXIII. fig. C.)

D.6|12. A. 11.

Scales minute. The height of the body is one sixth of the total

length (without caudal), the length of the head one fourth. Head

rather compressed ; eyes very close together, obliquely directed up-

wards, of moderate size, their diameter being one fifth of the length

of the head. Snout very short, obtuse; mouth oblique, extending

to below the middle of the eye ; jaws even in front. Head and fore-

most part of the trunk scaleless. Dorsal and anal fins lower than

the body; caudal somewhat pointed, longer than the head. The

ventral fin terminates at a great distance from the vent, the pectoral

extends to the end of the spmous dorsal. Greyish, with irregular

dark cross bars on the back; sides and lower parts covered with

small round whitish spots and dots. The spines and rays of the

dorsal with black spots arranged in oblique series; on the anal the

black spots are confluent across the interradial membrane, forming

oblique bands ; caudal with six black cross bands. Ventral with black

and white spots.

One specimen, 22 inches long (no. 429), from the Godeffroy

Museum. Tonga Islands.

a P.Z.$.1871 PLLXIL

C.HFord. Mintern Bros imp.

A. GOBIUS MUCOSUS .B.GOBIUS PLATYS TOMA.

C.GOBIUS LEUCOSTICTUS. D.GOBIUS ELAPOIDES.

1871. ] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 665

Gostus ELAporpEs. (Plate LXIII. fig. D.)

D.8|21. A.20. L. lat. 110.

Body compressed, its depth being contained four times and two

thirds in the total length (without caudal), the length of the head

thrice and three fourths. Head naked, the scales from the nape

advancing only as far as the eye. Snout longer than the eye,

which is obliquely directed upwards, and nearly one fifth of the

length of the head. Jaws even in front; the maxillary extends to

below the anterior margin of the orbit. Teeth moderately strong,

not quite equal in size, but none of them can be called canines.

The middle dorsal spines are produced ; caudal fin rounded, shorter

than the head. Body with seven narrow dark-brown rings edged

with white. The first and second correspond to the commencement

and end of the spinous dorsal; the three following to the second

dorsal fin, on the base of which they form three ocelli; the sixth

round the caudal peduncle, and the seventh on the base of the caudal

‘ fin. A similar ring crosses the orbits and cheek. A straight brown

stripe ascends from the eye to a spot on the nape of the neck.

One specimen, 33 inches long, has been obtained by A. Adams,

Esq. As it was in a bottle containing reptiles and fishes from the

Japanese region, it is probable that this Goby inhabits some part of

those coasts.

CALLIONYMUS COOKII.

D.4/8. A. 7.

Gill-opening a small foramen on the side of the neck ; extremity

of the operculum produced backwards. ‘The preopercular spine is

straight, slender, considerably longer than the eye, with six or seven

small barbs curved upwards and inwards; no barb at the base of the

spine. Head much depressed, its length being contained thrice and

two thirds in the total (without caudal). A longitudinal fold of the

skin along each lower side of the abdomen and tail. Male:—The

first dorsal spine and the last ray of the soft dorsal and anal pro-

duced. Upper parts of the body with dark transverse bands and

markings, the lower with small blue ocelli. The soft dorsal with

oblique dark bands and blue ocelli; anal with longitudinal series of

blue ocelli in its basal half, and with a black spot between the ends

of the sixth and seventh rays; this black spot is again ornamented

with blue ocelli. Caudal fin with dark cross bands, its lower half

ocellated with blue.

One specimen, 37 inches long (no. 260), from the Godeffroy

Museum ; it was obtained at Rarotonga, Cook’s Islands.

PAaT£ZCUS SUBOCELLATUS. (Plate LXIV.)

D,39.. Asldn CU .P..8.

The first dorsal spine very short, the second is the longest, as long

as the head. The interradial membrane of the anal fin is so narrow

that the fin cannot be erected; and the last ray is attached to the

lower edge of the tail. The three upper pectoral rays much shorter

666 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES [Nov. 21,

than the fourth. No orbital rim. Skin entirely smooth, without

tubercles or tentacles. Four ocellated spots, about as large as the

eye, and the anterior equidistant from each other, along the upper

half of the body. Fins indistinctly reticulated with brown, some of

the reticulations being distinct rings.

South Australia.

Myxvus Leuciscus. (Plate LXV. fig. A.)

D. 4 i A. =. L, lat. 47. L. transv. 14.

Teeth small, movable, bent, those of the upper jaw in a single

series; a deep notch in the middle of the upper jaw to receive the

mandibulary symphysis. Lower jaw with a similar series of hori-

zontal teeth; other smaller teeth appear to be destined to replace

those in function. Lower surface of the mandible without transverse

folds. Palate apparently toothless. The maxillary does not quite

extend to the front margin of the eye. Snout pointed and rather

longer than the eye, which is one fourth of the length of the head,

and only two thirds of the width of the interorbital space. The

depth of the body is scarcely more than the length of the head,

which is one fourth of the total length (without caudal). Pectoral

extending to the commencement of the spinous dorsal, which corre-

sponds to the fifteenth scale of the lateral line. Dorsal spines rather

feeble, the first, which is the longest, being not quite half as long as

the head. Caudal fin emarginate. Coloration uniform, back greenish.

One specimen, 53 inches long (no. 273), from the Godeffroy

Museum ; it was obtained at Rarotonga, Cook’s Islands.

CuILinus GopEerrroy!. (Plate LXVI.)

D. 5. A. gL. lat. 21.

10°

The height of the body is nearly equal to the length of the head,

and two fifths of the total (without caudal). Head longer than

high ; snout compressed, rather pointed, its length being two fifths

of that of the head. Chin not prominent. Scales on the cheek in

two series, the lower of which is composed of three or four scales,

and does not extend on to the przopercular limb. Caudal fin

rounded. Tubules of the lateral line simple. Most of the scales

with a well-defined deep-brown vertical streak ; two parallel brown

lines across the preorbital, two other similar lines behind, and one

above, the eye. Vertical fins with brown reticulations ; a white spot

on the base of the last dorsal and anal rays.

One specimen, 53 inches long (no. 440), from the Godeffroy

Museum ; it is from the Tonga Islands.

PLATYGLOSSUS NIGROMACULATUS. (Plate LXV. fig. B.)

D.3. Avg. L. lat. 28.

hi’ . Il*

The height of the body is one third of the total length (without

caudal), and a little more than the length of the head. Snout

pointed, somewhat longer than the eye, which is two ninths of the

drmas soa usa PUY

te AIT TTA OBIS Helle

‘SLLLVTLDOOdNS

show IVa

SOULE LW Ps0THD

Mantern Bros imp.

A.MYXUS LEUCISCUS B.PLATYGLOSSUS NICROMACULATUS.C.NANNA| THIOPS UNITANIATUS.

GHFord .R Mintern.

TAOEAAACOD SONTTIHO

Cur $0.12 TrteyTUUMT Youqssw'T ) ° P4arH’)

1871.] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 667

length of the head. Caudal fin rounded. Greyish (in spirits), head

and body densely covered with deep-black spots about as large as

the eye; an immaculate stripe along the uppermost part of the back

and the base of the anal. A series of round black spots along the

base of the dorsal and anal fins ; caudal fin nearly without markings.

One specimen, 23 inches long (no. 67), from the Godeffroy Mu-

seum ; it was obtained at Savay (Samoa Islands).

PLatTyGLossus norTopsis, Blkr.

We have received from the Godeffroy Museum a specimen from

Savay of a uniform black colour; however, the two ocelli on the

dorsal fin are present, and it has also thirteen soft dorsal rays, so

that it must be regarded as merely a variety.

HeEMICHROMIS SUBOCELLATUS. (Plate LXVII. fig. C.)

D. *. A. . L. lat. 25. LL. transv. 23/10.

The height of the body is two sevenths or one third of the total

length (without caudal), the length of the head one third. Snout

as long as the eye, the maxillary extending to the vertical from the

front margin of the orbit. Three series of scales on the cheek.

Front teeth of the upper jaw not enlarged. The spinous dorsal fin

is rather low, the longest spine being not much more than one third

of the length of the head. The soft dorsal and anal sometimes pro-

duced into a filament. Brown, operculum with an indistinct black-

ish spot. The following ocellated spots may be present or absent :—

one on the middle of the anterior soft dorsal rays, and one or two

on the upper caudal rays. The remainder of the caudal and the anal

blackish, with yellowish specks.

Gaboon. Three specimens, 23 inches long, are in the possession

of the author, and will be deposited in the British Museum.

BLENNODESMUS, g. n. Lycopip.

Body elongate, compressed, band-like, rudimentary scales being

imbedded in the mucous integuments of the body. Lateral line

rather indistinct. Eye of moderate size. Head compressed, with

the snout pointed and the lower jaw prominent. Small conical teeth

in both jaws; palate smooth. Barbels none. Gill-openings and

vertical fins as in the other genera of this family. Ventral fins re-

duced to two small and short filaments, jugular. No prominent

anal papilla.

BLENNODESMUS SCAPULARIS. (Plate LXVII. fig. A.)

D.+C.+A. 50+9+4+40. V.1.

The height of the body is one twelfth of the total length (without

caudal), the length of the head one seventh. Interorbital space

convex, much narrower than the eye, the diameter of which is one

fifth of the length of the head; snout pointed, compressed, rather

longer than the eye. The maxillary extends beyond the front mar-

668 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES [Nov. 21,

gin of the orbit. The vent is twice as distant from the extremity of

the caudal as from the snout. The dorsal fin commences above the

posterior half of the pectoral, and is lower than the body; caudal

fin rounded. The anal commences immediately behind the vent.

Pectoral half as long as the head. Ventrals close together, reduced

to a pair of fine filaments about as long as the eye. Body brownish,

marbled with darker, sides of the head with small round yellowish

spots; a black yellow-edged ocellus in the scapulary region; an

undulated yellowish line along the middle of the nape and head;

fins greyish.

One specimen, 3 inches long (no. 364), from the Godeffroy Mu-

seum ; it was obtained at Port Mackay (North-east Australia).

HALIDESMUS, g. 0.

This genus may be referred to the group Brotulina, of the family

Ophidiide.

Body elongate, compressed, band-like, covered with minute scales,

and with three lateral lines on each side. Eye of moderate size.

One long dorsal and anal, not continuous with the caudal. Ventrals

reduced to a pair of short filaments, close together, scarcely in front

of the pectorals. A series of conical teeth in each jaw, none on the

palate. Lower jaw somewhat projecting beyond the upper; barbels

none. Six branchiostegals; gill-opening wide; pseudobranchiz

none. No anal papilla.

Haxipesmvus scapuLaris. (Plate LXVII. fig. B.)

D. 64; A. 48.) @. 01. V..2,

The height of the body is one sixteenth of the total length (with-

out caudal), the length of the head one tenth. Snout as long as

the diameter of the eye, which is one fifth of the length of the head.

The maxillary does not extend to below the middle of the eye;

mandibulary joint below the posterior margin of the orbit. The

teeth are comparatively strong; there are a few smaller ones behind

the principal series with which each jaw is armed. Beside the late-

ral line which runs along the median line of the fish, there is another

along the base of the dorsal fin, and a third along the base of the

anal. The latter is split up into two branches opposite to the vent,

one branch following the median line of the abdomen, and the other

ruuning along the side of the abdomen; the two branches are re-

united below the pectoral. The vent is twice as distant from the

root of the caudal as from the end of the snout. The dorsal fin

commences above the extremity of the pectoral, is not quite as high

as the body, and subcontinuous with the caudal. Caudal fin rounded,

nearly as long as the head. The anal fin is distinctly separated from

the caudal. Pectoral fin well developed, as long as the postorbital

part of the head. Each ventral reduced to a very small and short

filament, which, however, contains two rays. Brown, fins black;

an ovate deep-black spot in the scapulary region, above the pectoral

fin.

SALW TISOOGNS SINOYHDINGH'O SIUVINdVOS SOWSSCIIVH'@ STUVINdVOS SNWSACONN we

‘durr soazppaweyaryy

PPLHD

187 1.] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 669

Two specimens, 5 inches long, formed part of a collection from

Port Elizabeth (Port Natal). Purchased.

PsEUDOPHYCIS PEREGRINUS.

D. 7|62(ca.). A. 66(ca.). V. 3.

The height of the body is less than the length of the head, which

is two ninths of the total (without caudal). Vent at only a short

distance behind the base of the pectoral; tail tapering into a very

narrow band, the extremity of which is surrounded by the caudal

fin; however, the vertical fins remain separate from one another.

Head rather broader than deep, its greatest width being two thirds

of its length. Interorbital space concave, its width being less than

the diameter of the eye, which is one fourth of the length of the

head, and equals that of the snout. Snout broad, obtuse, rounded,

with the upper jaw overlapping the lower; the maxillary extends to

below the middle of the eye. Barbel shorter than the eye. Vertical

fins of moderate depth, with very fine fin-rays; the first dorsal com-

mences opposite to the base of the pectoral. Pectoral as long as the

head without snout. The ventral filament is jugular, extending

beyond the origin of the anal, and composed of one longer and two

shorter rays. Scales minute and deciduous. Reddish olive (in

spirits), abdomen black.

Dr. A. B. Meyer has sent several examples from Manado ; but they

were so soft and decomposed that only one could be saved for de-

scription and preservation. It is 5 inches long. These fishes live

evidently at great depths, which accounts also for the bad state in

which they arrived, as it is most difficult to preserve deep-sea fishes

after they have been removed from the condition of atmospheric

pressure to which they were exposed. Also the stomach is pro-

truding into the mouth, a common occurrence in fishes taken from

great depths, and provided with an air-bladder.

The discovery of this fish is of the greatest interest, inasmuch as

it is the first instance of a true Gadoid being found in the East-

Indian archipelago, Bregmaceros being a much less typical form of

this family. The distribution of ichthyic types at great depths is

very different from that on the surface of the oceans; and in eluci-

dating the facts of the geographical distribution of marine fishes, it

is as important to distinguish between the vertical faunze as between

the horizontal.

The two other species of Pseudophycis known inhabit the coasts

of New Zealand and South Australia.

NANN2THIOPS (g. n. TETRAGONOPTERIN.).

Dorsal fin placed in the middle of the length of the body, above

the ventrals; anal short. Adipose fin small. Body of moderate

depth, covered with scales of moderate size. Belly rounded. Late-

ral line present. Cleft of the mouth narrow; teeth small, in a single

series in both jaws, with a simple notch. Maxillary and palate

toothless.

670 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES [Nov. 21,

NANNZETHIOPS UNITENIATUS. (Plate LXV. fig. C.)

D.13. A.9. LL. lat. 35. L. transv. 5/7.

The height of the body is contained thrice in the total length

(without caudal), the length of the head thrice and two thirds.

Snout short, shorter than the diameter of the eye, which is one

third of the length of the head, and equal to the width of the inter-

orbital space. Maxillary very short, scarcely extending to the front

margin of the orbit. Intermaxillary with about nine simply notched

teeth on each side; teeth of the lower jaw smaller. The origin of

the dorsal fin is midway between the end of the snout and root of

the caudal, which is forked. Anal short and low. The root of the

ventral is vertically behind the origin of the dorsal. Brownish, with

a narrow black band running along the side below the lateral line.

Gaboon. Several specimens, from 2 to 23 inches long, are in the

author’s possession, and will be deposited in the British Museum.

Mormyrus Lepturvs. (Plate LXIX. fig. B.)

D.19. A. 24. L. lat. 44.

Snout very obtuse, with the mouth terminal, and the upper profile

somewhat more curved than the lower; upper jaw slightly overlap-

ping the lower. Eye small, shorter than the snout, situated before

the middle of the Jength of the head. Teeth small, deeply notched,

few in number. Pectoral shorter than the head, extending to the

middle of the ventral, which is only half as long. The height of the

body is two sevenths of the total length (without caudal), the length

of the head two ninths. The caudal peduncle is longer than the

head, and very slender, its depth being one third of its length.

Brown, head blackish. Two black vertical bands descend from the

origin and end of the dorsal fin to the anal.

Gaboon. Two specimens, 3 inches long, are in the possession of

the author, and will be deposited in the British Museum.

BELONE PUNCTULATA.

DoS “ALe2tT:

The free portion of the tail is slightly compressed, rather deeper

than broad; the lateral line terminates in a distinct keel, which is

not coloured black. The length of the head is contained twice and

four fifths in the total (without caudal) ; a deep median groove runs

along the median line of the forehead; crown of the head flat.

Mazillary entirely hidden by the preorbital. The greatest depth

of the body is but little less than the length of the postorbital por-

tion of the head. Teeth of moderate size; vomerine teeth none ;

tongue smooth. The diameter of the eye is two thirds of the width

of the interorbital space, and contained twice and two thirds in the

length of the postorbital portion of the head. Ventral fin nearly

midway between the base of the caudal and the centre of the eye.

Posterior dorsal and anal rays shortest, terminating at some distance

from the caudal; anterior rays of moderate length. Caudal fin

1871.] IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 671

_ forked. Scales not very small. Upper parts green, sides and lower

parts silvery, with numerous brown dots.

One example, 23 inches long, has been obtained by Dr. B. Meyer

at Manado.

HeEMIRHAMPHUS ACUTUS.

D.13. A.17. L. lat. 53.

The length of the head is somewhat more than one third of the

total (without caudal), the length of the lower jaw (beyond the ex-

tremity of the upper jaw) a little more than one half of the length

of the head. The triangular part of the upper jaw formed by the

intermaxillaries is rather longer than broad. The diameter of the

eye is a little less than the width of the interorbital space, and con-

tained once and two thirds in the length of the postorbital portion of

the head. Vertex and interorbital space flat. The base of the

ventral fin is midway between the root of the caudal and the gill-

opening. Dorsal and anal fins scaleless, nearly equally long; the

dorsal commences a little in advance of the anal. Caudal fin forked,

the lower lobe being the longer ; its central rays longer than the eye.

Sides with a well-defined silvery stripe.

One specimen, 6 inches long (no. 264), from the Godeffroy Mu-

seum. From Rarotonga, Cook’s Islands.

HEMIRHAMPHUS GAMBERUR (Ripp.).

Having received specimens of this species through the kindness

of the Marquis J. Doria, I am enabled to point out the characters

by which it is distinguished from H. dussumieri,

De t4.”, A. 14, te. lat. 50,

Body subtetrahedral. The length of the entire head is twice that

of the lower jaw, and one third of the total (without caudal). The

triangular part of the upper jaw, formed by the intermaxillaries, is

broader than long. The diameter of the eye equals the width of the

interorbital space, and is two thirds of the length of the postorbital

part of the head. The root of the ventral fin is somewhat nearer to

the head than to the base of the caudal. Dorsal and anal fins scaly,

the former rather longer than the latter. Caudal fin deeply forked,

the central rays about as long as the eye. Sides with a well-defined

silvery band,

Red Sea,

ENGRAULIS B@LAMA (Forsk.).

B.11-12. D.15. A. 29-32. L. lat. 36-42,

The height of the body is one fourth or two ninths of the total

length (without caudal), the length of the head one fourth or rather

more than one fourth. The depth of the head is three fifths of its

length. The diameter of the eye is a little more than the length of

the snout, and two ninths of that of the head. Snout obtusely co-

nical, much projecting beyond the lower jaw. Minute teeth in both

jaws. The maxillary becomes gradually broader, and is obliquely

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XLIII.

672 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES [Noy. 21,

truncated behind; it extends to or slightly beyond the mandibulary

joint. Gill-rakers closely set, the longest nearly as long as the eye ;

there are thirteen in the upper part of the branchial arch, and from

twenty-two to twenty-four in the lower. Origin of the dorsal fin

nearer to the end of the snout than to the root of the caudal. The

anal fin commences at a short distance behind the last dorsal ray.

Abdomen trenchant, with the spiny scutes scarcely extending to the

root of the pectoral fins. Pectoral fins not quite reaching the ven-

trals. Back bluish green, sides silvery.

Red Sea, Zanzibar, Mysol, Manado (Meyer).

CLUPEA SPRATTUS.

The British Museum has recently received four Clupeoids from

Tasmania, through the kindness of Mr. Morton Allport. They were

accompanied with the following notes from ‘ Papers and Proceedings

of the Royal Society of Tasmania’ for May 1867 :—

‘“A note from Mr. Calder, containing the following extract from a

letter received by him from Bruni Island was read :—‘ Last week a

curious circumstance took place in Simmon’s Cove. An immense

shoal of small fish of the Sprat kind(?) was driven into the Cove by

larger kinds, such as the Barracouta, Kingfish, and others, in such

numbers that they absolutely suffocated each other, and drifted

ashore in such quantities that you will hardly believe me when I tell

you there are at least one hundred tons there, and fully two hundred

more at the bottom of the water, all dead. They are now quite

putrid, and the smell can be perceived fully a mile and a half off.

The top of the water is covered with a quantity of oil which has

exuded from the dead fish. We are longing for a high tide to carry

them away. Many carts and boats have been at work, taking them

for manure, yet they appear no less in quantity. I have been cal-

culating that, supposing four of these fish to weigh one ounce, the

number of the dead will amount to forty-three millions and eight

thousand.’

‘«* Mr. M. Allport observed that a similar migration of these fish

to our shores had taken place in 1844, and numbers of them passed

far up the Derwent. ‘They represented the Pilchard of the Northern

Hemisphere, and were, no doubt, identical with those which had

lately visited Port Phillip. Although they were the representatives

of the Pilchard, it was possible some slight traces of difference ex-

isted between them, as was generally the case with all representatives

of animals in the two hemispheres.” °

The four Clupeoids sent belong to two distinct species. The one

is the variety of the common European Anchovy which I have de-

scribed as Hngraulis encrasicholus, var. antipodum. The second is

the common European Sprat, Clupea sprattus. At first I thought

the Tasmanian fishes might be distinguished from the European form

by the apparent absence of palatine teeth ; but during a more careful

examination I found these teeth as well developed as in Cl. sprattus,

so that I cannot hesitate to refer them to the same species.

_ A Pilchard, or a species representing the Pilchard, was not among

‘SAL VIOSVE UFONOI0'TID FOd

‘dan sonar

“UPTAQSOELH T° PION HD

1871.j IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 673

the fishes sent by Mr. M. Allport; but it is very probable that the

Pacific Pilchard (C/. sagax) occurs in Tasmanian waters.

Attempts ought to be made to utilize the Tasmanian Anchovy and

Sprat in the same way as it is done in Europe.

The occurrence of many European marine fishes in Tasmania is a

fact of great interest in geographical distribution. I have now exa-

mined Tasmanian specimens of the European Maigre (Sciena aquila),

John Doree (Zeus faber), Horse-Mackarel (Trachurus trachurus),

Sprat (Clupea sprattus), Anchovy (Engraulis encrasicholus), Con-

ger (Conger vulgaris), Sunfish (Orthagoriscus mola), Angelfish

(Rhina squatina), Blue Dog (Galeus canis), Spiny Dog ( Acanthias

blainville), &c. To account for this singular fact it is not necessary

to assume that a change of the geographical distribution of these

fishes at a former period has taken place, in consequence of physical

changes on the globe’s surface. It is quite possible that there still

exists a continuity of the species at the present period, but that

these fishes, which are more or less surface fishes in temperate lati-

tudes, live at much greater depths in the tropical zones, and, there-

fore, have hitherto escaped observation.

ANGUILLA OBSCURA.

Allied to A. latirostris. The length of the head is two thirds of

the distance of the gill-opening from the origin of the dorsal fin, and

one half of its distance from the vent. Lips rather broad; lower

jaw scarcely prominent. Teeth equally small, in bands of moderate

width. Angle of the mouth below the hind margin of the eye, which

is rather small. Tail rather longer than the body. Upper parts

uniform dark coloured.

One specimen, 14} inches long (no. 448) from the Godeffroy

Museum; it was obtained in fresh water of Kanalhia, Feejee

Islands.

PaciLoconGER (g. n. ANGUILLIN.).

Scaleless. Head pointed, without muciferous cavities. Cleft of

the mouth of moderate width, extending to below the eye. All the

teeth villiform, forming bands. Pectoral and vertical fins well

developed, the dorsal commencing in advance of the gill-opening.

Nostrils small, the anterior without tube. Eyes large, without or-

bital fold.

PacitoGonGer Fasciatus. (Plate LXVIII.)

Tail longer than the body, which is compressed ; the length of the

head is contained once and two thirds in that of the trunk. Head

narrow; snout pointed, one half longer than the eye. Lips thin;

angle of the mouth below the middle of the eye. Teeth in narrow

bands, the vomerine band only half as long as the maxillary. Gill-

openings as wide as the orbit, rather close together, not extending

upwards above the pectoral. The dorsa: rays are not quite so high

as the body, but much higher than the anal rays; the length of the

pectoral two sevenths of that of the head. Purplish brown; head

674 ON NEW FISHES IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. [Noy. 21,

with large round brown spots; trunk with five, tail with six brown

cross bands, broader than the interspaces, and the middle ones the

broadest ; they extend on the dorsal fin. Dorsal fin with longitu-

dinal lines, anal with a darker margin.

One specimen was sent from Manado by Dr. A. B. Meyer; it is

nearly 12 inches long, viz. head | inch 11 lines, trunk 3 inches 3 lines,

and tail 6 inches 9 lines.

Mur2:NA CHILENSIS.

Teeth of moderate size, acute; those of the maxillary and the

anterior of the mandible biserial, the others uniserial. The jaws can

be shut completely. Snout of moderate length, subconical. Eye

small, somewhat nearer to the end of the snout than to the corner

of the mouth. Nasal tubes short; cleft of the mouth of moderate

width, its length being less than two fifths of that of the head. Gill-

opening narrow. Dorsal fin low. Tail considerably shorter than

the body ; the length of the head is nearly one third of that of the

trunk. Coffee-brown, irregularly-marbled with darker.

One specimen, 34 inches long (no. 144), from the Godeffroy col-

lection. Chile.

MurR2NA TZENIOIDES.

Dorsal fin elevated, the posterior rays being as high as, or higher

than, the body underneath, commencing considerably in advance of

the gill-opening. Teeth conical, acute, those of the maxillary in a

double series; the mouth can be shut completely. The length of

the anterior nasal tubes less than the vertical diameter of the eye.

Snout obtusely conical, twice as long as the diameter of the eye,

which is of moderate size and above the middle of the cleft of the

mouth, Gill-opening not much wider than the eye. Tail rather

longer than the body; the length of the head is one fifth of that of

the trunk. Body and tail uniform light brownish ; dorsal and anal

with a white margin. Head with small black dots, more numerous

towards the end of the snout.

One specimen, 154 inches long (no. 53), from the Godeffroy Mu-

seum. From Savay.

TETRODON PLEUROSTICTUS. (Plate LXIX. fig. A.)

The lower side of the tail with a distinct ridge-like fold. The two

nasal openings of each side are in a single papilla. The anterior

part of the abdomen and sometimes the middle of the back of the

trunk with minute spines, the remainder of the fish being entirely

smooth. Snout short, its length being less than the width of the

interorbital space. The length of the head equals its distance from

the dorsal fin. Caudal fin truncate. Upper parts brown; sides

greyish, gradually passing into the white of the lower parts. A

series of three black round spots on each side of the body—the first

corresponding to the upper posterior corner of the pectoral, the second

below the end of the dorsal, and the third on the upper half of the

tail, near the base of the caudal.

i sla eo a | 7 ool Bea

Miotern Bros.imp.

GHFord .RMintern.

A .TETRODON PLEUROSTICTUS.

B.MORMYRUS LEPTURUS.

—

ILYOdTIV VIN.LOSD

chant so.rgy uOyUEyT ProHHo

1871.] ON THE RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 675

Two specimens, 33 and 4 inches long (nos. 134 and 357), from

the Godeffroy Museum ; they were obtained at Port Bower and Port

Mackay (N.E. Australia).

Georria ALLPortTI. (Plate LXX.)

Entirely black; skin with numerous transverse folds. Gular

pouch large. The two middle teeth of the maxillary lamina are

small, pointed, many times smaller than and entirely disconnected

from the lateral, which are of a triangular shape and finely serrated

on the inner margin. Mandibulary lamina very low, denticulated.

Suctorial teeth in numerous series, rather distant from one another,

unicuspid ; ouly those nearest to the mouth somewhat larger, the

others small. Form of the suctorial disk as in G. australis. Dis-

tance between the two dorsal fins less than the length of the first.

Tasmania, from fresh water. One example, 13 inches long, has

been presented by Morton Allport, Esq.

2. Notes on the Raptorial Birds of India.

By A. Anprrson, F.Z.S.

[Received October 23, 1871.]

I returned to India in October last, after a furlough of eighteen

months, and through the kindness of my friend Mr. W. E. Brooks,

of Etawah, who had a bird-skinner in readiness for me, was enabled

to renew my favourite study immediately after my arrival at Futteh-

gurh. The following notes refer to the districts of Cawnpore,

Etawah, Futtehgurh, Mynpoory, and Eta, or that portion of the

Doab situated between the first-named district and Allygurh,—a

country through which my duties required me to travel during the

cold-weather months of 1870-71, viz. from November to 15th of

April. The arrangement and nomenclature followed is that adopted

by Dr. Jerdon in his ‘ Birds of India ;’ and the numbers used are the

same as in that work. In some cases I have had recourse to the

corrected synonyms as pointed out in Blyth’s ‘Commentary,’ and

published in ‘ The Ibis.’

1. Vutrur monacaus, Linn. (The Cinereous Vulture.)

This magnificent Vulture, though met with on several occasions in

small parties of twos and threes, can hardly be said to be a common

bird in this part of the country. It is a cold-weather visitant, arriving

in November, and leaving again in March for its breeding-haunts.

On two occasions a pair of these Vultures allowed me to ride

circuitously to within 40 yards of them, when engaged on a dead

bullock, in company with Gyps bengalensis and G. indicus. On

another occasion, one that had been well gorged on a human body,

on the edge of the Cawnpore branch canal, allowed me to approach

behind the bank to within 10 paces.

676 MR. A. ANDERSON ON THE [Nov. 21,

2. Vuttur catvus, Scop. (The Black Vulture.)

The Black or Turkey Vulture of Anglo-Europeans is by no means

an abundant species. It is a permanent resident, breeding on high

trees, by preference on the peepul (Ficus religiosa), and laying a

single white egg, which, as far as my experience goes, is invariably

unspotted. Mr. Hume states that he “rather suspects that these

birds pair in the air” *. Such may be the case; but a pair of these

Vuitures in the cold season of 1867 built their nest on the very top

of a gigantic tamarind tree, opposite my house at Fyzabad, and I

witnessed them “in copula”’ in their nest, at daybreak every morning.

I have never seen more than two or three of these Vultures to-

gether ; and a carcass may attract hundreds of Gyps bengalensis and

G. indicus and only one of this species. It is a late breeder as

compared with the former ; and these two are the only Vultures that

breed in the country to which these notes refer.

3. Gyps rutvus, Gmel. (The Griffon Vulture.)

Seen occasionally. One shot and examined had a very fine ruff.

I have also seen a much larger and paler bird, which may have been

the one described by Mr. Hume as “ himalayensis.”’ My notes on

these birds are, I regret to say, very meagre.

4. Gyps inpicus, Scop. (The Long-billed Vulture.)

This species and the next are equally numerous.

5. Gyps BENGALENSIS, Gmel. (The White-backed Vulture.)

Abundant. Builds exclusively on trees, and seems to have a

decided partiality for the burgot and peepul (Ficus indica and F,

religiosa). It is the earliest breeder amongst our Indian Raptores.

Several eggs were collected near Futtehgurh as early as the 15th of

October last year; and though I added considerably to the numbers

in the following month, they were all, with one exception, without

any spots. Later in the season, I got an egg almost completely

capped at the small end with rich purple-red ; but, unfortunately, it

contained a live chick.

A curious trait in the habits of this species, viz. that of breaking

off green twigs with its beak for a nest-lining, does not appear to

have been recorded before.

6. NEoPHRON GINGINIANUS, Lath. (The Indian Neophron.)

This useful though disgusting scavenger is universally distributed,

and is to be found in the middle of towns, villages, and cantonments.

As a rule, they commence to build early in March, and lay generally

two eggs. I have, however, frequently found only one, although

ample time was allowed for the second to be laid. On several

occasions, J have found one egg well incubated, while the other was

quite fresh. They vary considerably in shape, size, and extent of

colouring, even those from the same nest never corresponding in

* Rough Notes, part i. p. 10.

1871.] RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 677

these details. One of a pair in my collection is fully half an inch

longer than its companion egg ; and I have several that are quite up

to the majority of the plates in ‘Ootheca Wolleyana.’

Although the Neophron builds at times on cliffs and old ruins, in

this part of the country they seem to prefer doing so on trees; and

the nests that were examined by me this year were built alike on

the mango, tamarind, peepul, and burgot. One of a pair that built

close to my house was in the immature plumage, but I failed to dis-

cover whether it was the male or female.

I saw a pair of these birds quartering the rock-side at Aden when

anchored off that fort; were they the African or Indian form?

The Neophron copulates on the ground; and the operation is slow

and tedious.

8. Fatco perecrinus, Gmel. (The Peregrine Falcon.)

Generally distributed in suitable localities, and essentially a Duck-

Hawk in this as well as in other countries.

The Bhyree is a cold-weather visitant to the plains of India, arrives

in October and November, according to locality, and leaves again in

April. I procured five specimens of this Falcon; and they were all,

when shot, within sight of jheels or swamps. They have invariably

allowed me to approach within easy shooting-distance, even when

they were about to take a duck. The following extracts from my

notebook, relating to this species, may not prove uninteresting :—

“Camp, Mynpoory, Jan. 7, 1871.—Shot a young male in the

plain brown stage when sitting on the edge of a jheel. Crop con-

tained part of a Teal. Weighed 1 lb. 10 oz., while a male F. jugger

shot the same day weighed only 1 lb. 3 0z. The latter, however,

was weighed on an empty stomach.”

“Camp, Futtehgurh district, Jan. 30, 1871.—Tent pitched on

the edge of the Indurgurh jheel, which is actually alive with dif-

ferent kinds of Ducks, Waders, and Siberian Cranes (Grus leuco-

geranus). A charming place for an ornithologist! Late in the

evening shot a mature female Peregrine from the bough of a huge

peepul tree which overlooked the jheel. Weight 2 lb. 43 oz.

Length 20, wing 15, expanse 44 inches. Cere, legs, and feet pale

greenish yellow; eyelids very pale yellow, orbital space whitish, with

a tinge of green; basal half of both mandibles pale blue, blackish

at the point.

“Simultaneously with my shot, out flew another Falcon from the

same tree, uttering a shrieking noise, and making several swoops at

the wounded bird on the ground. It, however, proved to be a male

Jugger, and not the pair to the Peregrine, which I was in hopes it

would have turned out.”

“Camp, Etawah district, Feb. 9, 1871.—Shot another fully ma-

ture female close to the canal this morning. She had just flown

round a large grassy plain, striking terror into the Blue Rocks (Co-

lumba intermedia), and making the so-called Ortolans (Calandrella

brachydactyla) rise in clouds like flights of locusts, and perched on

a low thorny bush, where she was easily approached and shot:

678 MR. A. ANDERSON ON THE [Nov. 21,

Weight 1 Ib. 143 0z. Length 19, wing 14 inches. Legs and feet

yellow, with a slight tinge of green.

““The same morning I shot a female Jugger Falcon, as I was

anxious to compare the two birds in the flesh. The two Falcons cor-

respond exactly in linear dimensions ; but there is a considerable differ-

ence in their weight, the latter being 4 oz. lighter than the former.

“Camp, Mynpoory Canal, March 16, 1871.—Encamped in a

glorious place for Raptores. I had just bagged nine female Sarci-

diornis melanotus (with one shot) for the use of my camp-followers,

and was meditating whether it would be better to go after a Spotted

Eagle which had just carried away a small fish from the edge of the

water, or after a female Imperial in the lineated stage, when I ob-

served a Falcon skim over the surface of the water like a flash of

lightning, and settle on a piece of rising ground, from which emi-

nence she might have taken her pick of almost any Duck or Wader

in the Indian list. The whole feathered creation for miles round had

apparently assembled at this jheel (one of the few containing water

so late in the season) preparatory to making a final migration north-

wards. This bird, again, proved to be a fine adult female.

“‘Weight 2 lb. 33.0z. Cere, gape, and orbital space lemon-yellow,

with a tinge of green; basal half of both mandibles greenish horny,

rest pale blue ; irides dark hazel-brown.”’

“Futtehgurh, April 13, 1871.—My shikaree brought me an im-

mature female this morning, shot on the banks of the Ganges, as he

says, in the act of striking a Greenshank (Totanus glottis), which

is likely enough, as the migratory Ducks have by this time left this

part of the country.

«This Falcon is in rather an interesting stage, as she has three blue

feathers on her back, which are quite conspicuous in the plain brown

plumage.

“Weight 2lb. 20z. Length 20°4; wing 14°3 inches. Legs and

feet pale yellowish green; cere pale green, basal half of both man-

dibles pale bluish with a tinge of yellow; orbital space whitish,

yellow at the angle of the eye.”

It is very extraordinary that four out of five of these Peregrines

(and I lost a wounded female besides), as also the only examples of

F. peregrinator and F. atriceps obtained by me, should be females.

I have observed the same preponderance of females over males in

almost all the Raptorial birds collected by me; and when mentioning

the circumstance to Mr. Brooks, he informed me that he had

noticed the same thing.

9. FaLco PEREGRINATOR, Sund. (The Shaheen Falcon.)

The only specimen of this species obtained was shot late on the

evening of the 25th of January last, just as she (sex determined by

dissection) had missed her quarry, a Rose-headed Parrakeet (Pale-

ornis rosa), and alighted on a lofty peepul tree.

I was returning to my camp, after a long and fruitless tramp after

Raptores ; and as it was close to this very place where, some two and

a half months before, a beautiful female specimen of Falco atriceps,

1871.] RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 679

Hume, had been added to my list, I was on the qui vive in the fond

hope that something would turn up before it got dark.

Small flights of Parrots (Puleornis torquatus and P. rosa) were

winging their way in rapid succession to their favourite roosting-places,

as is their wont at sunset, when to my delight a Falcon dashed into a

small flock of the latter, within a few paces of my horse’s head, and

sufficiently close to startle the animal momentarily. My gun-bearers,

as invariably happens in cases of emergency, had lagged about a

hundred yards behind, or I could easily have jumped off my horse,

and shot the Falcon on the wing. Thrice did she attempt to strike

her quarry, and on each occasion the Parrots huddled together in the

utmost terror and confusion, dropping, as if shot dead, into the high

ruhur crop through which I was riding. As they emerged, the

Falcon doubled back upon them, and having been foiled in her re-

peated attempts, betook herself to a neighbouring tree, whence I had

no difficulty in bringing her down.

Length 17, wing 12? inches. Cere and base of bill greenish

yellow, orbital space pale yellow; legs and feet bright yellow.

Had it not been for the friendly cover, and perhaps the noise made

by me in calling for my gun, the Faleon would not have retired to

roost supperless that night. I have sinee learned that this Falcon

preys to a great extent on Parrots.

The Shaheen must indeed be a rare bird; for this is the only one

seen by me during a tour of five and a half months, and it is no

exaggeration to say that hardly a day passed without myself or col-

lectors spending several hours in the field.

When on my voyage out from England, a Falcon was captured oa

board the Peninsular and Oriental steamer ‘ Golconda,’ on the evening

of the 18th of October last, off the Bombay coast (midway between

Aden and that port), of which I noted down a description and mea-

surements as well as circumstances would permit, considering the

poor bird had a broken leg and was confined ina hen-coop. I have

now no hesitation in considering this to have been a male F. pere-

grinator, It would have been very interesting to have compared

this specimen with examples from the North-west Provinces; but

unfortunately one of the ship’s officers was an amateur ornithologist,

and all my attempts to negotiate for the bird proved futile.

In like manner I lost two specimens of Accipiter nisus and one

Tinnunculus cenchris, besides several small birds in the Mediterra-

nean. The Bombay F. peregrinator wanted the rich ochreous co-

louring beneath, so conspicuous in my bird, and was certainly of a

paler hue above.

9 dis. Fauco atriceps, Hume*. (The Black-cap Falcon.)

This was another trophy obtained by me on the morning of the

16th of November last, just five days after going into camp. It was

indeed a good beginning.

Weight 133 oz. Length 17, wing 134, expanse 40 inches. Feet

and legs orange; cere and eyelids pale yellow; bill greenish at

* See concerning this species Col. Delmé Radcliffe’s remarks in ‘Ibis,’ 1871,

p- 363.

680 MR. A. ANDERSON ON THE [Nov. 21,

base, rest bluish horny; iris brown. The bird, a female, is now in

the collection of Mr. Brooks, where it has been examined by Mr.

Hume, who pronounced it to be “‘F’. atriceps.”

Without venturing an opinion myself as to whether this Falcon is

worthy of specific separation from the preceding species, I would

remark that both Col. Delmé Radcliffe (‘ Field,’ No. 969) and Mr.

Brooks consider the so-called F. atriceps to be merely an accidental

variety of F. peregrinator. Indeed the latter gentleman showed

me a specimen in his collection which has one side of its head like

F. peregrinator and the other like F. atriceps.

Mr. Brooks, I may observe, does not regard his opinion on the

subject as possessing any weight, on account of the few specimens he

has seen of these two birds ; but Col. Radcliffe’s is especially weighty,

considering he has had more Indian Falcons through his hands thau

any other man.

Mr. Hume distinguishes this species from the other bird, both on

account of its paler mantle and the absence of the rich ochreous

colour below. When treating of F. atriceps he writes, “the whole

of the rest of the upper parts are a clear Peregrine slaty blue,”

and, again, ‘‘ beneath it is never so rufous as F’. peregrinator usually

(but not invariably) is*.

My specimens of these two Falcons (viz. F. peregrinator and F.

atriceps) correspond in these points as much as it is possible for one

bird to be like another. In fact my F. atriceps (if it is entitled to

distinction) has a dark slaty-black head, dark grey back, and is very

rufous beneath, being also well marked. If I remember right,

Mr. Hume is not now inclined to regard his new bird as a good

species, but is of opinion that all the Peregrinators of the North-

west Provinces belong to the atriceps type, which he considers to

be distinct from the specimen described by Sundevall from Southern

India.

I take this opportunity of correcting an error that Dr. Jerdon has

been led into, in supposing that “ many” ft specimens of this Falcon

have been recently procured both by Mr. Hume and Mr. Brooks.

My sole object in doing so is, that if such a statement is allowed to

remain unchallenged, it strengthens the position of the new species.

So far, therefore, from ‘ many”’ specimens having been procured,

Mr. Hume has or had a short time ago only two, and Mr. Brooks

has also two—the one shot by me, and one got himself, a half-and-

half bird which has already been alluded to.

11. Fatco succer, Gray. (The Jugger.)

Abundant, and very partial to open country. I have seen five

and six in a morning’s ride through large plains studded here and

there with solitary peepul trees, and have preserved a fine series

showing every gradation of colour, from the bird of the year, with

leaden-white legs, feet, cere, and uniform brown plumage beneath,

to the fully adult specimens, having the underparts pure white, and

legs &e. of a bright yellow.

* Rough Notes, part i. p. 58.

+ Ibis, vol. i. (8rd ser.) p. 237.

1871.] RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 681

The Jugger breeds in high trees, in the absence of cliffs, during

January and February, laying usually four eggs. In size they are

intermediate between those of F. peregrinus and F. islandicus, and

not unlike Hewitson’s plate of that bird’s egg. I have never seen

this Falcon build its own nest on trees, but have invariably found it

take possession of the old nests of Gyps bengalensis or of Milvus

govinda. Generally speaking, it is not even relined ; but it is worth

mentioning that one nest examined in my presence, in which the

.eggs were tolerably well incubated, was comfortably and warmly

lined with several handfuls of small feathers. Did’ the birds in-

stinctively make their habitation comfortable for the reception of

their expected progeny, or were the feathers collected accidentally ?

I am inclined to think the latter was the case, as in all the nests ex-

amined by me this season the female bird has betrayed her where-

abouts by making a plaintive cry, as Falcons do when hungry, and I

am under the impression that the male caters for her during the

season of incubation, and hence this accumulation of feathers in the

nest. I shot a pair off the nest, the female of which was in the

brown or juvenile plumage, probably a second year’s bird, while the

male was an old one. The Jugger is indeed a dirty bird, and

swarms with huge disgusting parasites nearly half an inch long,

which I have never noticed on any other Falcon.

16. LirHoratco cuHiqueRA, Daud. (The Toorumtee or Red-

headed Merlin.)

Is universally distributed. Breeds generally in February and

March, The few nests discovered by me I attribute solely to the

fuss made by these little Falcons, as they are most pugnacious and

noisy during the breeding-season, actually attacking Kites and Crows

at a considerable distance from the tree they have monopolized. On

two occasions my tent happened to be pitched in a mango-tope

where a pair of Toorumtees were busy building ; and I found them a

perfect nuisance, as they were incessantly darting out and driving

away all manner of imaginable enemies. The nest is generally

placed in a leafy clump, near the top of a tree (by preference the

mango), and it is by no means easy of detection. Four is the usual

complement of eggs they lay ; and in size and appearance some in my

collection would easily do duty for those of Falco subbuteo as

figured by Hewitson. On the whole there appears to be the same

relation between the eggs of this bird and of the Jugger Falcon as

there is between those of the Peregrine and the Kestrel.

Mr. Hume states that he has “as yet obtained no egg earlier than

the 15th of February”*. It is, indeed, strange that the only three

nests taken by me were all before that date—one of them actually

as early as the 9th of January last. One of these three deserves

special notice. I was returning home late on the evening of the

4th of February last, when my attention was attracted by the familiar

ery of one of these birds, which I found was attacking a common

Kite in the most furious manner, at a considerable height in the air,

* Rough Notes, part i. p. 91.

682 MR. A. ANDERSON ON THE [Nov. 21,

The only tree for a mile round was a gigantic solitary mango; and

no sooner had I sent my man up the tree than the little Falcon flew

straight to her nest, quite prepared to hold her ground. The nest

contained two fresh eggs ; but one of them had a largish hole on one

side, exactly like what would be made by the beak of a bird; and

through this aperture I blew the specimen. I imagine the Too-

rumtee had done this from anger when it saw that the nest was

about to be robbed.

During the breeding-season I have several times observed the

male and female feeding together in the most affectionate manner.

I think they must hunt in pairs in a wild state; and hence pro-

bably the native idea of training them to take the so-called Jay

(Coracias indica) in that manner.

17. TrnNuNCULUs ALAUDARIUS, Briss. (The Kestrel.)

The most common migratory Falcon in the country, arriving in

October, and leaving again by the middle of April. It does not

breed in the plains.

23. Micronisus BApius, Gmel. (The Shikra.)

Common, and builds during April and May. Dr. Jerdon could

never have seen the eggs of this Hawk, or he would not have de-

scribed them as “‘ much blotched with reddish brown”’*. I, for one,

have never seen eggs of this bird with any markings at all; and in

this respect the Shikra has its affinities with the Goshawk, and not

with the true Sparrow- Hawks.

The Shikra is a great favourite with native falconers; and few of

them can afford to keep more expensive Hawks. It is generally

trained to take the different kinds of Minas (Sturnus contra, Acri-

dotheres tristis, A. ginginianus, and Temenuchus pagodarum) ; I

have lately seen a young bird, certainly under six months old, catch

as many as six in a morning; and it has also been trained to take

the small Crow (Corvus splendens).

24. AccrprTerR nisus, Linn. (The Sparrow-Hawk.)

I found this a rare bird, which is clearly shown by my getting

only one specimen, a young male. On three or four occasions I saw

what appeared to be Sparrow-Hawks; but I cannot speak with any

certainty as to their identity, as they were fearfully wild, not allow-

ing me within a hundred yards or so.

27. AquiLA IMPERIALIS, Bechst. (The Imperial Eagle.)

Visits the plains in great numbers during the cold-weather months,

leaving again early in April for its breeding-haunts. I have met with

this fine bird in all localities; but it is very partial to large plains

early in the season, where it may be seen seated on a low bough of

the babool tree. As the season advances, it affects jheels and swamps,

preying on Ducks &c. It is no exaggeration to say that I have seen

a dozen of them in a large plain in the course of a morning.

* Birds of India, vol. i. p. 50.

1871.] RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 683

At first I found it impossible to get within shot of these Eagles,

though I used a double-barrel No. 7 Duck-gun, carrying 7 drs. of

powder and 2 oz. of shot. Latterly, however, I devised means by

which a bird was hardly lost, and not only saved myself a consider-

able amount of ammunition, but also bodily suffering. Happening

to be out one morning without my gun, I rode up to an Imperial

which was perched on the top of a babool, some 25 feet high, in

order to see how close the bird would allow me to approach. Having

got to about 20 yards from the tree, and the bird showing no signs

of uneasiness, I stalked her in a circuitous way (the same as one does

when shooting Antelope), narrowing the circle each round I took,

till at last I pulled up right under the tree, and looked the Eagle

full in the face. She (sex judged from her size) was in the lineated

stage, and kept her eyes fixed on me, apparently-quite fascinated,

and refused actually to fly notwithstanding I waved my hat at her.

After this successful manceuvre I gave up shooting Raptores on foot,

and invariably rode up to them in the manner above described,

making my shikaree carry a small gun on my off-side, and giving

him the order to fire when I got sufficiently close,

The food of the Imperial Eagle is as disgusting as it is varied

according to circumstances ; but I do not think the epithets “a great

hulking Kite” and “ignoble feeder ’’* are justly applicable, at least

not as far as my experience goes. It is true that the bird will con-

sort with Vultures over a dead Bullock, making a hearty meal

thereof, and that I have on several occasions found Frogs in their

crops ; but all Eagles will feed on carrion when pressed by hunger.

I have found F. imperialis at times a bold and fearless bird, as the

following anecdotes will show:—When encamped in the station of

Eta, on the 7th of March last, I threw out the body of an Imperial

which had just been skinned, and in a few moments I shot a brother

Imperial in the act of tearing it to pieces, from my tent door. On

another occasion a Wokab (Aquila fulvescens) had just deprived a

Kite of the entrails of a Fowl, which again was immediately after-

wards taken possession of by an Imperial, which in return fell to a

charge of my gun in the most public part of my camp.

These instances are enough to show that my friend Dr. Tristram

has rightly depicted the character of this Eagle when he calls it a

“truly imperial bird,” and, again, that ‘there is a beauty and ma-

jesty in its movements, and in its greater fearlessness of man when

in search of food, which at once attracts one” t+. Though hunger

will compel this bird to eat carrion, there is no doubt that it prefers

better food. I have seen them times without number perched on

the boughs of trees overlooking swamps, evidently on the look-out

for Ducks.

Early one morning, when out shooting (the sun had hardly risen),

I heard the melancholy notes of the Brahminee Duck (Casarca rutila)

overhead (a sound that must be familiar to every Indian sportsman),

and five minutes later I saw a huge Imperial in the act of devouring

* Rough Notes, part i. p. 145.

t Ibis, 1865, p. 251.

684 MR. A. ANDERSON ON THE [Noy. 21,

the object of its affections, in the middle of a large Antelope plain.

On another occasion I shot a magnificent female 6/ack Imperial, the

only fully mature bird of the season, when about to take a Duck from

the edge of a jheel. As it is now being contended that the Euro-

pean and Indian Imperial Eagles are two distinct birds, and as one

rarely gets a black one in this country, I make the following verbatim

extract from my notebook, which was jotted down on the spot :—

“Camp Mynpoory Canal, Feb. 11, 1871.—After examining the

Jugger’s nest I went along the banks of the winding jheel near the

canal, as the ground looked promising for Peregrines and 4. ne-

vioides. To my delight I saw a black, rufous-headed Imperial fly

across the jheel and settle on a small beyr tree ; as she perched the

bough regularly gave with her weight, and she had some difficulty

in keeping her position on the sapling, first spreading out one wing

and then the other to keep her balance true.

«As she was intent on watching the Ducks, I crossed the most

shallow part of the jheel, and managed to crawl unobserved behind

a cane-field to within 30 yards of the tree, when down she came

without injuring a feather.

“ Measurements. Length 33 in., wing 25 in.; tarsi to beginning

of toes 43 in., thence to root of mid claw 23 in. ; greatest width of

foot 7 in., greatest breadth 53 in.; hind claw along curve 2 in. ;

height of both mandibles at cere 13, from base of cere to tip of

upper mandible along the curve 3 in,; gape at point of both man-

dibles 3 in.

‘* Sex. Female, on dissection.

“ Weight. 7 \bs. 6 oz.

“ Colour of soft parts. Feet dingy yellow, gape and cere pale

lemon-yellow ; whole of mandibles, excepting the tips, which are

black, pale blue ; iris brown ; claws black.

** Plumage. Head and neck palerufous, Whole of upper plumage

chocolate-brown ; beneath much darker, nearly black. No satis-

factory traces of white feathers on the scapulary region ; quite absent

on one side. The white feathers will perhaps appear when the bird

gets older.”

It is not my intention to enter into any discussion at present as

to whether the Indian Imperial is distinct from the European bird.

I believe that such, however, is now pretty generally admitted to be

the case, by some of our leading ornithologists, The plumage ques-

tion of the Indian bird is one of the greatest interest, and can only

be worked out by ornithologists at home, who enjoy the privilege

of examining specimens from all three continents. I am, however,

fully convinced that in the four-fold stage of the Indian bird we have

at least two distinct species. Can it be that the true 4. imperialis,

Cuv., visits India, and that A. bifasciata will yet stand to be a good

species*? I hear from Dr. Tristram that the Indian bird is not

* T shall endeavour to supply the Society with living examples of this bird

for their Gardens, where alone the transitional stages can be satisfactorially ob-

served, and the matter finally cleared up. It is impossible to do this by simply

shooting the birds, as they leave the plains of India before they moult.

1871. ] RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 685

supposed to have a white scapulary patch, and that the European

one, on the other hand, has no /ineated stage. Now it will be seen

that the only black Imperial got by me had hardly any traces of

white feathers, and that they were entirely wanting on one side.

This would éorrespond with what Dr. Tristram has written; but un-

fortunately I have at present two more black birds (given to me)

which have the white shoulders conspicuous enough, though by no

means so large as shown in Bree’s plate. I have just examined these

three birds with the plate in question, with the following results :—

1. The tail in the European bird has a broad terminal band, and

two distinct bars between that and the base of the tail, All three

Indian examples have the same terminal band; but instead of the

two distinct bars there are several (five or six) wavy marks, some-

what indistinct and irregular.

2. The Indian specimens want the light colour down the centre

of the back, though the head agrees well enough. They also want

the light ochreous shade between the shoulder and side of neck.

3. The Indian birds are, on the whole, very much blacker, and

the white on the scapulary region is not so conspicuous ; in one spe-

cimen it is as good as wanting.

With regard to the lineated stage, it is by far the most common

bird in this country. Next in order comes the double-banded one,

A. bifasciata, then the plain brown stage with light head, and lastly

the fully adult black bird. Of the latter I bagged the only one seen,

and of the three first I saw fully a hundred birds. It was my inten-

tion to send home a bird in each stage, as also the black one

without white shoulders, to the Secretary, for exhibition at this

Meeting ; but, unfortunately, the present postal arrangements pre-

vent my doing so.

There is another point regarding which I would wish to say a few

words before concluding my remarks on this very interesting subject.

It would appear that the Imperial and Tawny Eagle (4. nevi-

oides, Cuv.), as also the Spotted Eagle (4. nevia), have been much

confused by European writers—to wit, the admission of 4. nevioides

into Bree’s work, when it had no right to a place, at that time, in the

European list *.

Again, Captain Elwes, in his interesting paper “on the Birds of

Turkey,” states that a “series of Imperial, Tawny, and Spotted

Eagles could be produced running imperceptibly into each other in

size, and nearly similar in colour.”” I could make further quotations

to show that the structural difference between the two races of

Eagles, viz. the Imperial in all four stages (and with this I would unite

the Indian Tawny Eagle, A. fulvescens), on the one hand, and A.

nevia and nevioides, on the other }and, have not been noticed,

certainly not pointed out. Leaving alone the question of plumage

for the present, I would observe that the shape of the nostril alone

is amply sufficient to separate the two races of Eagles. It will be

seen that in the former two birds the nostrils are elongated and ver-

tical, wider at the base than at the top, whereas in the two latter

* Lord Lilford on the Ornithology of Spain, ‘ Ibis,’ 1865, p. 173.

686 MR. A. ANDERSON ON THE [Nov. 2],

they are a very broad ellipse, nearly circular. I arn indebted to Mr.

Brooks for having pointed this out to me; and if this is once ob-

served there is no possibility of an Imperial Eagle, no matter of what

size or colour, being confounded with either the Spotted or Tawny

Eagles, or of 4. fulvescens being mistaken for either of the latter.

The Wokab (A. fulvescens) may be associated with the Imperial, as

far as the nostril is concerned ; but the size and coloration of the bird

are more than sufficient to distinguish it at a glance. I can now sepa-

rate the two races of birds by merely seeing the nostrils and tails.

The former point may not be sufficiently clear in some dried skins,

especially if a thread has been drawn through the nose, which tends

to destroy its natural shape; but in some thirty birds that I have

just examined there is no mistaking the matter.

28. Aquita Nz&v1A. (The Spotted Eagle.)

Is universally distributed in suitable localities. Arrives and de-

parts much about the same time as the preceding species, and has

not as yet been known to breed within the limits to which these

notes refer. The Spotted Eagle is essentially a marsh-loving bird ;

and I have never met with it anywhere but in watery places. To see

A. nevia in the zenith of his glory one has only to spend a week

along the banks of the Cawnpore and Etawah canals, where adjacent

marshes occur; and I have actually shot them from my dog-cart.

Judging from the number of dissections I have made, Frogs would

seem to constitute its chief food ; and hence its fondness for marshy

places. Its “bill of fare,’’ however, is as varied as that of its con-

gener A. imperialis; and it is also equally cannibalistic.

I threw away a badly shot specimen one morning as not worth

skinning, when it was pounced upon almost immediately by one of

its own species. On another occasion I shot one off the body of an

Owl (Urrua coromanda) which had been thrown away the day before

unskinned. But though I have enjoyed rare opportunities of study-

ing the habits of the Spotted Eagle, I have never yet seen one at-

tempt to take a live bird. Indeed it would appear that the feathered

race were instinctively aware that they enjoyed perfect immunity

from this Raptor, as I was once surprised to find an A. nevia and a

pair of Episcopus Storks actually feeding close together, the former

grubbing for land-crabs (which, by the way, they are 2 very fond of),

and the latter for earthworms.

With regard to plumage, this Eagle has only two well-marked

stages, viz. the spotted and the uniform dark brown, nearly ap-

proaching a black. Judging from the comparatively few specimens

one gets in the latter garb, at least in India, there is reason to con-

clude that the bird takes a long time (probably several years) before

it assumes the fully mature livery, My chief aim was to obtain

specimens without speck or spot, and I am sorry to think of the life

that was sacrificed in furtherance of this object. After all, I do not

think I procured three examples which could be called perfectly

spotless. All these birds had white tarsal plumes, which I am in-

clined to consider is indicative of age.

1871.] RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 687

Mr. Hume alludes to a “ buffy stage’’*, described from a bird in

that plumage, which was shot by Mr. Brooks; but this has since

been referred to the first stage of A. nevioides.

That the latter gentleman was fully convinced that in this light-

coloured bird he had a rara avis will be seen from the concluding

remarks made by Mr. Hume when describing the Spotted Eaglet,

as also from Mr. Brooks’s letter to ‘The Ibis,’ where he says, “I

am now sure that this pure buff-and-grey plumage is a perfect one,

that of an adult bird, and that this Eagle is quite distinct from A.

neévia,’ &e.t

Mr. Brooks’s supposition, however, as to maturity was a mistake,

as a moulting specimen since obtained distinctly proves.

28 bis. Aqumua N&vrorpEs, Cuv. (The Tawny Eagle.)

It is with no little pride that I am able to add two specimens of

this rare and interesting Eagle to the few that have already been

procured in this country.

We are indebted to the gentleman whose name has already ap-

peared pretty frequently in these notes for having added this very

fine bird to the Indian list. A brief history regarding the few ex-

amples as yet obtained in this country may not be out of place.

The first specimen, a very pale buff bird, was shot by Mr. Brooks

in the cold season of 1866-67; and this is the type of Mr. Hume’s

first stage of 4. nevia. Subsequently Mr. Brooks procured seven,

of which a moulting bird was shot in Pillibeet by Mr. Yeatman,

making in all eight specimens. Two of these were exhibited by

Dr. Tristram at this Society’s Meeting in Jan. 1870 §, two are now

in Mr. Hume’s museum, and the remaining four are in Mr. Brooks’s

collection.

On my arrival in India, my earnest attention was given to this

matter ; and my labours have so far been crowned with success. To

the above number I can add two birds, male and femaie, in a yellow-

ochreous stage. My first introduction to 4. nevioides is solely attri-

butable to an accident: would that such mishaps were of more fre-

quent occurrence! I had missed my camp one morning, and was

driving along the canal, when a yellow-looking Eagle rose from a

dry grass bed and settled a little ahead of me, in the dense fringe of

jungle trees which grow so luxuriantly along the canal-banks.

My second bird (the female), strange to say, was got very much

in the same way. After my first success I stuck to the canal, riding

and driving frequently twenty miles a day along the banks, and getting

every thing that could be expected, save and except 4. nevioides.

I was just about to leave that part of the country in utter despair,

when my patience was again rewarded. On this occasion I actually

drove under the babool tree where the bird was sitting. It was

latish in the evening, and the rays of the setting sun made the

Eagle have a golden-yellow appearance. From the little I have

seen of this bird, and judging from the fact that all of those that

have been procured were shot in the vicinity of jheels, there is

* Rough Notes, pt. i. p. 164. t+ Rough Notes, pt. i. p. 172.

t Ibis for 1870, p. 290. § P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 4.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XLIV.

688 MR. A. ANDERSON ON THE [Nov. 21,

every reason to conclude that, like its congener 4. nevia, it is also a

marsh-loving bird. I believe it to be, however, a more game-killing

Raptor ; and though the crop of one of my specimens contained only

a frog, Mr. Brooks once saw A. nevioides strike a pond- Heron,

Ardea leucoptera.

With regard to its plumage, it would appear to have several stages,

viz. pale buff, yellow, tawny red, and dark chocolate-brown, with a

pale fulvous head; but perhaps these shades are only a matter of

complexion. Most of the birds got in this country have been in the

first two stages; and only one fully adult specimen has as yet been

procured, and this one is now with Dr. Tristram. I trust Dr. Jerdon

will pardon me for pointing out that this Eagle is by no means so

common as is to be inferred from his “‘ Supplementary Notes” *.

The following is a complete record of every specimen that has as

yet been known to have been obtained in this country :—

1,¢. A pale buff bird, Etawah, Feb. 20th, 1867, given to Dr.

Tristram.

2,9. A pale buff bird, Etawah, March 1868, given to Mr. Hume.

3,2. A dark red bird, March 1869, given to Dr. Tristram.

4,9. A buff bird, Nov. 1869, with Mr. Brooks.

5,9. A buff bird, Dec. 1869, given to Mr. Hume. This bird

has bars on the tail square across the feathers, not diagonal as in 4.

fulvescens.

6,2. A buff bird, Jan. 1870, with Mr. Brooks.

7,2. Adark brown and partly buff bird (moulting), new feathers

dark red-brown on lower parts, shot in Pillibeet, in Jan. 1870, by

Mr. Yeatman, with Mr. Brooks.

8,92. A buff bird, Jan. 29th, 1870, with Mr. Brooks.

9,3. A yellow bird, shot by me, Feb. 8th, 1871.

10,2. A yellow bird, shot by me, March 12th, 1871.

Aquila nevioides has contributed not a little towards the general

confusion of the Eagle question. That the Zuropean Tawny Eagle

and the Indian Tawny one (A. fulvescens) have been considered one

and the same bird must have been apparent to any attentive reader

of Bree’s workt. Mr. Blyth, while pointing out that the Wokab

was a “considerably smaller bird’’t than its congener, failed to

show the structural difference between the two birds, which he most

certainly would have noticed had he handled both together. Dr.

Tristram holds (in epist.) “that in some stages A. fulvescens and d.

nevioides seem awfully close.” ‘I am not sure,” he adds, “that

A. fulvescens is any thing more than asmall race.” In the face of the

‘above it would appear almost presumptuous in me to point out that

the two birds are wholly distinct and separate; and I trust that

ornithologists who may now have any doubts on the subject will

compare the nostrils and tails of the two birds. It will be found

that these two Eagles differ in the following points : —

1. A. fulvescens has its nostrils elongated and vertical, while 4.

nevioides has them broad and elliptical, almost circular.

* This, April 187], p. 245. + Bree, vol. i. pp. 72, 73.

{ Ibis, vol. ii. new series, p. 241.

1871.] RAPTORIAL BIRDS OF INDIA. 689

2. The former has the tail invariably barred, the latter rarely

(judging from Indian examples). Only one out of ten specimens

has any indication of bars: these do not extend across the feathers,

but only occupy a space close to the shafts of the feathers ; and they

are not diagonal as in A. fulvescens, but at right angles to the shaft.

3. There is a most decided difference in the feel of the plumage

of the two birds; that of 4. nevioides is soft and silky, while that of

the other bird is stiff and harsh.

I will now leave the matter in the hands of those who will exa-

mine the birds in question to judge for themselves whether there is

any possibility of confusing the two Eagles together. As far as

mere coloration of plumage is concerned, there are probably no two

Eagles which resemble each other more than A. nevioides and A.

Sulvescens do in some stages of plumage; aud I am not ashamed to

admit that I have in my collection a large very pale Wokab (nearly

cream-coloured), which I carefully ticketed 4. nevioides. On show-

ing this bird to Mr. Brooks my hopes were dashed to the ground ;

and I can now conscientiously state that I could separate these two

birds, no matter in what stage, by simply looking at their nostrils

and tails.

On the same day that I got my female A. nevioides I also shot a

fine adult 4. nevia; and as it is not every one who has the treat

of comparing these two birds together in the flesh, the following

careful measurements &c. are annexed in a tabular form for the sake

of easy reference and comparison :—

Q Aquila | 9 Aquila

neviordes. nevia.

inches. inches

WSN Oth ves ceetheatentcorsecsteessscaseceseer ae 28 28

Vf goo gpaprpag sees ddeocd kgueset seduubonadcocos 22:5 21:5

Marsi to joint Of tOeS:.....52.500-saccscenesees 4:6 4:3

Foot, greatest length .........0..s.sesseesess 59 55

Foot, greatest breadth ..............sesssseees 54 50

Mid toe to root of claw ............sceeeee. 2:5 2°3

Its claw, alongiGurves.c.:scc:sacccssooncsasesns 1:3 13

Hind toe to root of claw ............220es000 1:2 1:3

Tts claw along Curve ...........see0.s-ceeseeees i ( 1-4

Bill, straight, including cere from forehead

OPPO OL DEBI sacs econ cdhedeedoshseesctanne 21 1-9

UPA ON Pe CUIVO! (3... cedessvecssceonesctennss 26 22

ay IO HTAUEEN NEY or Shaner e CaeeC a PoC anccoe 2:5 2°3

Soe WIGEINab Pa Otee. ccsccesteasec scaresmoncees 16 16

Remarks.

A. nevioides.—Weight 5 lb. 3 oz. Crop contained a yellow frog.

Cere pale yellow; gape dark yellow; basal half of both mandibles

pale slaty blue, tips horny black. Eye-shelf pale greenish yellow ;

eyelids leaden ; orbital space covered with white down; iris dark

hazel-brown; a black eye-streak or eyebrow from cere to end of eye.

A, nevia—Weight 4 lb. 43 oz. Crop contained nil. Feet

dingy yellow; cere and gape pale lemon-yellow; iris light brown.

This was a spotless bird with white tarsal plumes.

690 MESSRS. BRADY AND ROBERTSON ON [Nov. 21,

It will be observed that though the two birds are nearly the same

in linear dimensions, A. nevioides isa heavier and more robust bird ;

its beak is larger and more massive, and its tarsi, toes, and claws are

longer.

3. Descriptions of two new Species of British Holothuroidea.

By Gores Srewarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.S., and Davin

Rosertson, F.G.S.

[Received October 27, 1871.]

(Plates LXXI. & LXXII.)

SynapTa TENERA, Norman. (Plate LXXI. figs. 1-4.)

Body about eight times as long as broad, tapering slightly towards

the posterior extremity: tentacles short and sparingly pinnate.

Anchor-plates few in number, subpentagonal, with a broad handle

or pedicle, the length of which is equal to about one half the width

of the plate: one broadly ovate, crenulated, ‘central perforation, sur-

rounded by five of similar size and shape and another crescenti-

form, the last named being situate just above the base of the pedicle.

The pedicle itself has near its base a wedge-shaped aperture, and at

the free extremity two or three irregular sublinear perforations. The

anchors themselves are slightly longer than the anchor-plates, and

are often minutely and irregularly perforated in the shaft and arms.

At the bases of the tentacles are a few minute spicules, curvilinear

in form, with divaricated furcate extremities (fig. 4). The whole

animal is very tender and delicate in structure, and almost perfectly

transparent, five opaque white longitudinal lines, however, being

very conspicuous. Length an inch to an inch and a half.

The only locality in which we have met with this species is the

Frith of Clyde, where it occurs not unfrequently in black ooze, in

a depth of 15-30 fathoms.

Synapta tenera was named and briefly referred to by the Rev.

A.M. Norman at a meeting of the British Association some few

years ago, his remarks being based upon specimens taken by Mr.

Robertson in the above-mentioned locality.

CucuMARIA SAXICOLA, nov. sp. (Plate LX XII.)

Body of nearly equal thickness throughout, scarcely at all tapering

at the extremities ; skin excessively thick and strong. The spicules

of the body are usually subrhomboidal in shape (fig. 3@), but in pro-

cess of growth tend to lengthen out at the extremities (fig. 3);

each plate has in the centre four oval perforations arranged diamond-

wise, the two in the short axis being the largest; but as the plate

increases in size more perforations become developed in the direction

of the long axis (4). These plates are by no means very thickly set,

and are interspersed with numerous much smaller spicules of a stel-

Pte tO 71 LEAL.

M&NHanhart imp

SYNAPTA TENERA.

CUCUMARIA PENTACTES.

#\i

} 1

re Oe

i Al ?

ry ine PD

Ha, veer

P2887) PL LAA.

MUN Hanhart imp

CUCUMARIA SAXIGOLA.

1871.] TWO NEW SPECIES OF BRITISH HOLOTHUROIDEA. 691

late form (fig. 2c). The sides of the suckers contain numerous elon-

gated curvilinear and irregularly perforated spicules (fig. 4d), within

which, but perhaps only at the extremity of the sucker, are a number

of irregularly angular plates (figs. 4e and 3/); the extremity of

the foot is furnished with a single central circular cribriform plate.

Length from 1 to 3 inches. Colour white.

Habitat. In the holes and crevices of limestone boulders between

tide-marks, Westport Bay, co. Mayo, Ireland. A single specimen

dredged in Birterbuy Bay, co. Galway.

Cucumaria saxicola somewhat approaches in general appearance to

C. lactea, but is altogether larger and more robust, and the spicules

of the skin are formed on quite a different plan. In its littoral ha-

bitat, too, OC. saxicola differs, so far as we know, from all other

British species of sea-cucumbers. We obtained several specimens

(about half a dozen in all) amongst the shore boulders in Westport

Bay ; and in all cases they were very firmly attached to the rocks,

following the contortions of a fissure or “‘ worm-hole,” and adhering

with such tenacity as sometimes to require the aid of a knife to

remove them*.

Cucumaria Pentactes, Miiller. (Plate LXXI. figs. 5, 6.)

This species being nearly allied to the preceding, we have thought

it desirable to figure the spicules, which distinguish it at once, if

such a test were needed, from OC. sazicola.

C. pentactes is in colour dark brown or purple, is widest in the

middle, and tapers much towards the hinder extremity ; it lives con-

stantly unattached, amongst soft mud. Its skin, though to the eye

and touch very much more delicate than that of C. sawicola, is seen

under the microscope to be composed almost entirely of a mass of

calcareous spicules, one layer superimposed on another, so as abso-

lutely to leave no other tissue discernible. These spicules have a

rounded outline, are perforated with round apertures, and round the

margins, as well as in the interspaces of the perforations, are studded

with large bead-like tubercles. The body-spicules are figured in

Plate LX XI. fig. 5, those of the feet in fig. 6.

Our only specimens of C. pentactes were dredged by Mr. Robert-

son in the Frith of Clyde, where it is not uncommon.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Pirate LXXTI.

Fig. 1. Synapta tenera, about twice the natural size.

2, 3. Plate and anchor of the same. X 300.

4, Spicules from neck of the same.

5. Spicules from skin of Cucwmaria pentactes. X 210.

a, seen from front; 6, obliquely; ¢, ¢, laterally.

6. Foot-spicules of C. pentactes. X 105.

a. The same. X 210.

* The specimen from which fig. 2 (Plate LX XII.) is taken was dredged in

15 fathoms in Birterbuy Bay ; its spicules are smaller and much less closely

set than in those from between tide-marks in Westport Bay.

692 MR. P.L.SCLATER ON A NEW SPECIES OF DOVE. [Nov. 21,

Puate LXXII.

Fig. 1. Cucumaria saxicola, about twice the natural size.

(Taken from a specimen contracted by preservation in spirit.)

2. Portion of skin of the same with spicules in situ. Xx 210.

3. Spicules from body of the same. X 210.

4. Transverse view of foot of the same. X 84.

4. Description of a new Species of Dove from the Coral-

reef of Aldabra. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D. F.R.S.,

Secretary to the Society.

[Received October 27, 1871.]

(Plate LX XIII.)

In my report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie for

June last* I recorded the arrival of a pair of Doves, presented to

the collection by Mr. Edward Newton, and brought home for us by

Sir Henry Barkly on his return to this country from Mauritius.

Mr. Newton informed me that these Doves were procured for him

by Mr. Swinburne Ward, when he visited the coral-reef of Aldabra

in 1868, and were believed to belong to an undescribed species.

Aldabra Island lies in the Indian Ocean, north of Madagascar, in

about 9° 26! S. lat. and long. 46° 35' E. Upon announcing the

arrival of these birds I proposed for them the temporary designation

Turtur aldabranus, under which name I now propose to describe

this interesting species, as follows :—

TURTUR ALDABRANUS, sp. nov. (Plate LXXIII.)

Supra brunneus unicolor, capite toto cum collo undique vinaceo

perfusis : colli postici plumis nigris vinaceo terminatis, tanguam

squamatis: subtus cineraceus, usque ad medium pectus vinaceo

perfusus, ventro medio crissoque albis: alarum remigibus cine-

raceo-brunneis, unicoloribus: caude rectricibus duabus mediis

omnino et proximis in pogonio exteriore brunneis dorso con-

coloribus: ceteris omnibus nigris, limbo unciali lactescenti-

albo terminatis : subalaribus cineraceis : rostro plumbeo, apice

flavicante, pedibus carneis: long. tota 10°5, ale 5°75, caude

3°9, tarsi 1‘1 poll. Angl. et dec.

Hab. Insula Aldabra.

Obs. Proximus Turturi rostrato ex ins. Seychellensibus, a quo

uropygio et rectricibus mediis brunneis, nec cineraceis, et rostro de-

biliore diversus: differt a Turture picturato capite vinaceo nec

cinereo,

The pair of this Dove which Mr. Newton sent us were in good

health ; but the hen had an injured wing, which prevented her from

flying off the ground. Notwithstanding this, when placed in the

large Western Aviary they quickly showed symptoms of breeding,

* Seo anted, p. 623.

J.Smit lith

TURTUR ALDABRANUS

. 1871, PL. LXXT

M &N.Hanhart imp

1871.] MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON A NEW HIMALAYAN FINCH. 693

and about three weeks after their arrival built a nest in the interior

of the compartment assigned to them. A few days after this, as our

head keeper, Mr. B. Misselbrook, informs me, two eggs were laid, and

incubation was commenced, the male taking turns with the female

on the nest. In sixteen days one young one was hatched, on the

17th or 18th of July, and is still living in the aviary. The other

egg turned out to be addled; and I now exhibit its shell, which,

like that of all Pigeons, is of a spotless white. It measures 1°35

inch by ‘95 inch. About the end of September the hen sickened

and died. I now exhibit her skin, from which the accompanying

figure (Plate LX XIII.) has been prepared.

Mr. Newton tells me that this Dove has also bred in the Mauritius.

The Aldabran Dove is, as above pointed out, closely. related to

Turtur picturatus of Madagascar and 7’. rostratus of the Seychelles,

the three species forming together a small section of the typical

Turtures. Turtur picturatus is now found in Mauritius, but is

believed by Prof. Newton to have been originally introduced there

from Madagascar. It has certainly been introduced into the Sey-

chelles, whence I now exhibit a skin not differing from Mauritian

examples.

I am greatly indebted to Prof. Newton for placing at my disposal

his series of skins of these birds, which is now before the Society.

5. Description of a new Himalayan Finch, Procarduelis

rubescens. By Witt1am T. Buanrorp, C.M.Z.S.

[Received November 6, 1871.]

(Plate LXXIV.)

Amongst a collection of birds sent to me for determination some

time since by Mr. Mandelli, of Darjeeling, was a female Procarduelis,

which I found, on comparison, to be the same as Linota Susca of

Blyth, whilst it differed much from both Hodgson’s and Jerdon’s

description of the female of Procarduelis nipalensis. I wrote to

Mr. Mandelli about this; and he has sent me five specimens alto-

gether of Procarduelis, two males and three females, adding that it

appeared to him that more than one species was represented. This

is certainly the case ; one male and two females agree both in colour

and structure with the types of Mr. Blyth’s Linota saturata and

L. fusca in the Asiatic Society’s collection; and there can, I think, be

no question of the identity of the male with the same sex of Hodg-

son’s Procarduelis nipalensis, described in the ‘ Asiatic Researches,’

vol. xix. p. 157. The description, however, of the female of P. ni-

palensis given by Hodgson, and copied by Jerdon in the ‘ Birds of

India’ (“from the chin to the breast dirty yellowish, from breast to

tail white”’), does not agree with any of the birds before me. The

remaining male and female sent by Mr. Mandelli appear to me to

belong to an undescribed form.

694 MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON A NEW HIMALAYAN FINCH. [ Nov. 21,

I shall, before proceeding to describe the new species, give a fresh

description of both sexes of Procarduelis nipalensis.

Male. Forehead and front of crown bright crimson; supercilia,

running back to the sides of the nape, the same, but a little paler ;

lores, a stripe through the eye to the ear-coverts, crown of head be-

hind, and sides of neck dusky red; back and smaller wing-coverts

blackish brown, the feathers with blood-red margins, which are rather

more conspicuous on the rump ; quills, larger wing-coverts, and tail-

feathers blackish brown, with narrow pale reddish edges inconspicu-

ous on the rectrices, and broad only on the tips of the outer webs of

the last three quills and on the coverts ; sides of head below the eyes

and throat rosy crimson ; breast deep dark red, nearly the same colour

as the top of the head; abdomen rosy pink ; under tail-coverts brown

with pink margins. Tarsi faintly scutellated.

Female. Above fuliginous umber-brown, the feathers rather darker

near the shafts; greater and smaller wing-coverts and the last three

wing-feathers with pale tips to the outer webs ; quills and tail-feathers

darker brown than the back and with very narrow pale edges. Lower

parts uniform umber or earthy brown, with a slight olivaceous tinge,

and paler in colour than the back.

Dimensions. t

Wing. Tail. Tarsus. reuse

Maleve5 2 aac os0 2°45 0°85 0:42

Female ...... 3°4 2°3 0°85 0°45

Female ...... 3°32 2°35 0°85 0°46

PROCARDUELIS RUBESCENS, sp. nov. (Plate LXXIV.)

P. nipalensi afinis, sed minor, tarsis brevioribus et distinctius scu-

tellatis : maris colore omnino dilutiore, capite insuper et dorso

brunneis, illius plumis coccineo marginatis, hujus sanguineo lava-

tis, uropygio letiore; rectricibus, remigibus et tectricibus alarum

brunneis rufescenti-fulvo marginatis ; genis gulaque pallide coc-

cineis ; pectore abdomineque griseis, coccineo-tinctis: long. ale

3°2, caud@ 2°25, tarsi 0°75, rostri a fronte 0°47 poll. Angl.

Foemina (vel mas juvenis?) supra olivaceo-brunnea, infra pallide

umbrina ; uropygio et marginibus externis rectricum, remigum,

alarum tectricumque rubro tinctis : long. ale 3:2, caude 2°15,

tarsi 0°72, rostri a fronte 0°47 poll.

Hab. in Sikkim, in montibus Himalayanis.

Male. The feathers of the head above brown, broadly margined

with rosy scarlet, or a colour intermediate between scarlet and crim-

son ; sides of head a little paler, the red margins of the feathers

being narrower; back brown, the feathers tinted and edged with

blood-red, more broadly so on the rump; wing-coverts, quills, and

tail-feathers brown, margined with dull fulvous red ; throat rosy with

a scarlet tinge, passing gradually into the colour of the breast and

abdomen, which are grey with a red wash; under tail-coverts pale

brown with darker central stripes.

J Smit lth

M&N Hanhart Imp.

1871.] DR. T. SALVADORI ON CERIORNIS CABOTI. 695

Female (or young male) olivaceous brown above, the feathers with

paler margins, which have a brighter red tinge on the rump, wing-

coverts, quills, and tail-feathers ; lower parts pale umber.

The tarsi are shorter than in P. nipalensis, rather stouter and

much more strongly scutellate, besides being apparently rather paler

in colour; the claws are rather larger; and the bill appears to be

stouter ; but this last difference may be due to individual peculiarity.

The coloration of the new species is very different from that of

P. nipalensis. The bird in summer plumage may owe its olivaceous

tint to being a young male, and the female of P. rubescens may be

as dully tinted as that of its congener ; but the male is altogether paler

and lighter in colour, and wants the deep rich crimson of the back

and breast, the rosy throat, and pink abdomen of P. nipalensis, being

rather a brown or greyish-brown bird, with the feathers margined

with red.

It still remains to be ascertained what is Hodgson’s female P. ni-

palensis. As I have remarked above, the dull-coloured bird seut to

me may be a young male; but I scarcely think that the difference in

the tarsi from those of P. nipalensis would have escaped so sharp an

ornithological eye as Mr. Hodgson’s, or that the bird described by

him as the female of P. nipalensis can have belonged to the species

now distinguished. Le Se

6. Note on Ceriornis cabott.

By Tuomas Yatvapori, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

[Received November 4, 1871.]

CERIORNIS CABOTI.

Ceriornis caboti, Gould, P. Z. S. 1851, p. 161; ejusd. Birds of

Asia, pt. x. pl. 2; Sclat. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 123; Swinh. Ibis,

1865, p. 350; Sclat. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 164.

In the King of Italy’s private collection at Florence is a Ceriornis

which was brought from some Chinese port alive by an Italian

trader in Silkworm-seed, and arrived alive in Genoa, but died before

reaching its destination in His Majesty’s aviary.

Prof. Giglioli some time ago sent me a drawing of it, which so

much differed from Gould’s plate, that at first I thought it repre-

sented a different species. But when I compared the specimen

itself with the plate I was convinced that it was really a fully adult

specimen of C. caboti, and I accounted for the differences by sup-

posing that the specimen represented by Gould was not fully adult,

or in an imperfect state of preservation.

The differences regard the head and the tail, while the body and

wings are exactly the same. The tail in Gould’s plate wants the

large black band at the end, which is very conspicuous in the spe-

cimen before me.

More important are the differences in the head. In Gould’s

696 MR. J. BRAZIER ON SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF HELIX. [ Nov. 21,

plate there are no horns on the sides of the head, the chin and throat

are black, on the sides of the throat there are two wattles or naked

spaces blue striped with red; the periophthalmic region is red and

green; and, lastly, on the sides of the neck there is a red patch of

feathers separated below from the buff colour of the breast by a

black line.

In the specimen before me there are two horns well developed, one

on each side of the head, of a bluish colour; the chin and throat

are covered with naked skin, forming a prominent fold along the

middle, of an orange-red colour for the greatest part, blue towards

the sides, and flesh-colour on the edge, from which the flesh-colour

protrudes with several patches on the blue; the periophthalmic re-

gion is orange-red ; and on the sides of the neck the red feathers do

not make a patch limited below by a black line, but mix with the

spotted ground of the upper parts, and follow underneath the circle

of black feathers which fringes the naked skin of the throat.

7. Descriptions of seven new Species of the Genus Helix,

and of two Fluviatile Shells from Tasmania. By

JoHN Brazier, C.M.ZS.

[Received October 30, 1871.]

1, Hexrx (Pirys) ARCHITECTONICA.

Shell rather widely umbilicated, depressedly orbicular, thin, glassy,

shining, regularly and closely arcuately ribbed, the interstices very

finely striated; spire rather elevated, suture impressed ; whorls 5,

convex, last large, convex, descending a little in front ; base convex,

sculptured the same as the upper surface; umbilicus wide, rather

narrow at the bottom; aperture nearly vertical, roundly lunate;

peristome simple, thin, acute, margins approximating.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 1, alt. 2 line.

Hab. Near Hobart Town, Tasmania (Petterd).

This little species is allied to Helix pexa, Cox, from New South

Wales.

2. Heuix (Pitys) PETTERDI.

Shell widely umbilicated, depressedly circular, thin, dull brown,

very minutely striated throughout with lines of growth, giving it a

silky appearance; spire moderately elevated, apex obtuse, suture

very much impressed ; whorls 5, rather convex, last not descending,

convex, base convex ; umbilicus nearly perspective, about one third of

the diameter; aperture oblique, roundly lunate ; peristome straight,

simple, thin, acute, margins distant.

Diam. maj. 2 lines, min. 14, alt. 1 line.

Hab. Huon Road, near Hobart Town, Tasmania; found under

chips (Petterd).

1871.] MR. J. BRAZIER ON SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF HELIX. 697

I have very often received this species under the name of H.

legrandi, Cox; the species described by Cox is allied to H. juloidea,

Forbes, which with Helix onslowi and H. roteila, Brazier, belong to

the subgenus Charopa, whereas H. petterdi is quite distinct from

any other known species from Tasmania.

3. Hexrix (Pirys) AssimILts.

Shell widely umbilicated, subdiscoidal, thin, diaphanous, glassy,

shining, regularly and obliquely finely ribbed throughout, interstices

as seen under the lens finely striated, dirty brown; spire very little

raised, apex obtuse, suture impressed ; whorls 5 to 53, moderately

convex, last convex, descending a little in front, base convex ; umbi-

licus wide and moderately deep, rounded at the bottom; aperture

oblique, roundly lunate ; peristome simple, straight, acute; margins

rather distant, right very little expanded, columellar margin not re-

flected.

Diam. maj. 14, min. 14, alt. 3 line.

Hab. Near Hobart Town, Tasmania (Petterd).

This species differs from H. petterdi in being finely ribbed, and

in having the interstices finely striated; the preceding species is

finely striated throughout with lines of growth, the interstices being

scarcely perceptible.

4. Hewrx (Pirys) supruGosa.

Shell rather widely umbilicated, somewhat depressedly orbicular,

thin, shining, reddish-horny, subrugosely and obliquely striated, the

interstices much more finely striated ; spire very little elevated, apex

obtuse, suture channelled; whorls 53, moderately convex, last flat-

tened above the periphery in form of a furrow, the groove being di-

stinctly seen in front; umbilicus wide at the top, three fourths of

the diameter, base convex, striated the same as the upper surface ;

aperture nearly diagonal, subtriangularly ovate ; peristome simple ;

margins distant, right straight, sloping and expanded, basal slightly

thickened and reflected.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 13, alt. 1 line.

Hab. Near Hobart Town, Tasmania (Petterd).

This beautiful little species I received from Mr. W. Petterd ; it

may be distinguished very easily by the bold projection of the ribs,

and by the interstices being of finer sculpture; the last whorl above

the periphery is also depressed and has a furrowed appearance.

5. Hexix (VipENA) FLOoDI.

Shell deeply and widely umbilicated, convexly depressed, thin,

translucent, not shining, finely and irregularly striated with silky

striz, and, as seen under the lens, minutely spirally striated, light

horny green, nearly white; spire rather small, very little elevated ;

whorls 5, moderately convex, last very large and inflated, roundly

convex, not descending in front; base convex, striated the same as

the upper surface; aperture diagonal, lunately rounded ; peristome

698 MR. J. BRAZIER ON SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF HELIX. [ Nov. 21,

simple, thin, acute; margins approximating, right very little de-

pressed, basal margin recurved and reflected.

Diam. maj. 44, min. 4, alt. 3 lines.

Hab. Near Hobart Town, Tasmania.

This species I have named after my friend and fellow voyager

Mr. William Flood, R.N., late of Her Majesty’s Steam-ship ‘ Cu-

racoa.”

6. Hrwix (V1IDENA) MILLIGANI.

Shell umbilicated, discoidal, thin, closely and accurately ribbed; in-

terstices striated with fine granular-like lines, not shining, pale horny

green; spire depressed, suture very little impressed ; whorls 43, flatly

convex, last large, inflated, convex, base striated the same as the upper

surface; umbilicus deep and wide, sugarloaf-shaped, with the strize

running into it; aperture oblique, lunately ovate ; peristome simple,

thin, acute, straight; margins rather distant, right expanded, colu-

mellar margin recurved a little over the edge of the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 5, min. 43, alt. 23 lines.

Hab. Mount Wellington, Tasmania (Petterd).

Named in honour of Dr. Milligan, whose indefatigable exertions

in the cause of science have made us acquainted with many new and

rare Tasmanian shells.

7. Hewrx (VIDENA) PASCOEI.

Shell umbilicated, discoidal, obliquely closely and very finely ribbed,

spirally striated, the interstices as seen under the lens with fine silky

striz, not shining, dark reddish horny; spire quite flat, suture fur-

rowed ; whorls 44, nearly flat, last large, roundly convex ; base light

brown, convex, sculptured the same as the upper surface ; umbilicus

deep and narrow, with the striz running into it; aperture diagonal,

ovately lunate; peristome simple, thin, acute, regular; margins

rather approximating, right scarcely expanded, basal margin not re-

flected.

Diam. maj. 4, min. 3, alt. 14 lines.

Hab. Near Hobart Town, Tasmania (Petterd).

This species is quite flat, like a Planordis, with the suture fur-

rowed or deeply indented.

8. PaALUDESTRINA LEGRANDIANA.

Shell elongately conical, thin, semipellucid, greenish horn-colour

under a dark epidermis; whorls 61, somewhat flattened, the last

three keeled below the suture, and furnished with small, solid,

stunted, hair-like spines (as seen under the lens) of a bright trans-

parent horn-colour, flattened on the top ; aperture ovate, margins

continuous, thickened, outer lip reflected.

Length 23 lines, breadth 14 line.

Hab. Salmon-ponds, New Norfolk, Tasmania (Legrand).

This species is allied to Paludestrina salleana, Fischer, from

Auckland, New Zealand.

1871.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 699

9. PALUDESTRINA WISEMANIANA.

Shell elongately conical, thin, semidiaphanous, epidermis light

green; apex acute; whorls 6 to 63, convex, smooth, grooved at the

suture; aperture ovate; margins continuous, moderately thickened,

columellar margin reflected, outer lip edged with green and reflected.

Length 2 lines, breadth 1 line.

Hab. Near Hobart Town, Tasmania; common in all the creeks

(Legrand and Petterd).

I take this opportunity of correcting a few errors that I have

made in a previous paper in these ‘ Proceedings.’

Helix (Charopa) ammonitoides to be altered to Helix ( Charopa)

bassi.—Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p- 661.

Helix (?Charopa) dispar to be altered to Helix (Pitys) dispar.

—Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 661.

This species is the only one I know of in Tasmania with the small

tooth in the interior of the aperture. We have H. bisulcata, said to

come from the same locality, but none so small as the present species,

which is somewhat like one that I have from Norfolk Island.

A second communication from Mr. John Brazier, contained some

remarks on previously described species of Land-Shells, and stated

that Helix quintale of Cox, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 82, should have been

written quintali, having been named at Mr. Brazier’s request in

honour of Mr. Arthur Quintal, jun., of Norfolk Island; also that

Helix ardua, Cox, P. Z. 8. 1870, p- 82, had been collected by Mr.

Brazier at Vanua Lava, Banks’s Group, as well as at Erromanga.

The name Helix vanne lave, Cox, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 82 (lege vanue

lave) was stated to be a misnomer, the species not occurring in the

island of that name.

December 5, 1871.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the months of October and November

1871 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Me-

nagerie during the month of October 1871 was 95, of which 5

were by birth, 45 by presentation, 31 by purchase, 4 by exchange,

and 10 were received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period by death and removals was 106.

The most noticeable additions during the month of October were

as follows :—

1. A third collection of animals from Chili, purchased (as on two

700 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Dec. 5,

furmer occasions, from Mr. Weisshaupt) on October 4th. This

consisted of the following animals :—

2 Andean Geese, Bernicla melanoptera.

2 Magellanic Geese, Chloéphaga magellanica.

1 Chiloe Wigeon, Mareca chiloensis,

2 Chilian Teal, Querquedula creccoides.

9 Pampas Cats, Felis passerum*.

1 Spectacled Bear, Ursus ornatus.

Of these, the Chilian Teal and the Spectacled Bear (which has

been deposited with the Society for safe custody since the 16th May,

1871) are new to the Society’s collection.

2. A Cape Eared Seal (Otaria pusilla), presented by H.E.

Sir Henry Barkly, C.M.Z.S., October 5th. Sir Henry Barkly,

having obtained three living examples of this species at Cape Town,

sent them home to the Society by the steamship ‘ Norseman,’

under the kind care of Capt. Coxwell. Sir Henry, in a letter,

dated Government House, Cape Town, September 17, states that

the animals sent were all young females, from six to eight months

old, the males captured on the same occasion having either died

or escaped. Of the three examples transmitted, only one survived

to reach the gardens, where it is doing very well, being fed princi-

pally upon sprats and other small fishes. This Otaria, in general

form and shape, as will be seen by the sketch exhibited, is not very

different from our female Ofaria jubata. It is, however, of very

much smaller dimensions, measuring only about 2 feet 6 inches in

length. Perhaps the most noticeable external point of difference is

the large size of the external ears, which measure about 1} inch in

length. The front flippers appear also to be proportionally shorter

than in O. jubata.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Me-

nagerie during November was 49, of which 1 was by birth, 34 by

presentation, 9 by purchase, 3 by exchange, and 2 were received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period

by death and removals was 121.

The most noticeable additions were as follows :—

1. Maleo bird, Megacephalon maleo, presented by Capt. Parish,

R.N., November 6th.

Capt. Parish informs me he obtained this rare Celebean bird in

St. Helena out of a vessel coming from Java. Only upon one pre-

vious occasion, I believe, has the species been before exhibited in the

Society’s Gardens; and that was many years ago.

2. A male Chinese Pucras, Pucrasia xanthospila, presented by

the Duke of Wellington, K.G., November 10th.

A few days subsequently, a female of the same species, which

had been placed in the gardens on deposit, was purchased ; so that

the Society is now, for the first time, in possession of a pair of this

fine Pheasant, which it is hoped will breed next season.

* I propose thus to write the specific name instead of the Spanish “ pajeros,”

which is neither “Latin” nor “like Latin.”—P. L. 8.

1871.] LETTER FROM DR. BURMEISTER. 701

3. Two Grey Seals (Halicherus grypus) purchased November

11th, through the kind agency of Mr. Samuel Williams of St. Davids,

Pembrokeshire. Though the Grey Seal is said to be not uncommon

on some parts of the British coast, we have never previously suc-

ceeded in obtaining living specimens of it.

From what Professor Flower informs me, I am now induced to

believe that all the Seals of the genus Phoca (except the Greenland

Seals, Phoca grenlandica) hitherto received alive by the Society

have been referable to the Phoca vitulina, the specimens to which

we have applied the name of Phoca fetida, as in the ‘Catalogue of

Vertebrates,’ 4th edit. p. 27, having been simply large specimens of

the former species.

4. A fine young male Scemmerring’s Antelope (Gazella scem-

merringit), presented by Charles M‘Iver, jun., Esq., on the 29th of

November.

Mr. M‘Iver informs me that the animal was obtained in the

desert about 100 miles south of Suez.

Mr. Sclater read the following extracts from a letter addressed to

him by Dr. Burmeister, F.M.Z.S. (dated Buenos Ayres, Oct. 10,

1871), containing some remarks on Messrs. Sclater and Salvin’s

Synopsis of the Cracide (P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 504) :—

1. Mitua tuberosa, P.Z.S8. 1870, p. 520.—We have a magni-

ficent male of this species from Santa Cruz de la Sierra, in Bolivia,

where a collector from Buenos Ayres has lived some years, and made

a valuable collection.” My specimen is beautiful, 31 inches long, and

of very splendid colours.

2. Crax sclateri, ibid. p. 515.—We have a beautiful female of

this Crax, also from Santa Cruz de la Sierra, and another young

female from Paraguay, the latter being somewhat smaller, and not so

strongly coloured; but the differences are not of importance.

3. Pipile cumanensis, ibid. p. 529.—We have two specimens of

this species, also from Santa Cruz de la Sierra, both excellent skins

and entirely perfect. The white pi/eus advances to the beak, and

is divided on the neck into two stripes, one on each side, descending

nearly to the end of the neck. In all other respects it agrees with

your description.

4. Penelope boliviana, ibid. p. 526.—Of this species also two spe-

cimens are in our collection from the same locality, agreeing with

your definition, but larger, of 30 inches total length, and the feathers

of the pileus all bordered with whitish, like those of the neck and

hack. The underside is obscure castaneous down to the beginning

of the breast, but here mixed with greenish brown, like the back *.

5. Ortalida guttata, ibid. p. 536.—This bird we possess from the

same locality, entirely corresponding with your definition.

6. Ortalida canicollis, ibid. p. 534.—This is the only species

of the Penelopine group occurring in the interior of this country,

* It seems more probable that this may be Penelope sclateri, G. R. Gray.—

-L.S.

702 DR. E. HAMILTON ON HYDROPOTES INERMIS. [Dec. 5,

and advances furthest to the south. I have seven specimens from

the woody district of Tucuman, near Invernada (see my La-Plata

Reise, ii. p. 499), where the bird was found to be common. It is

esteemed good meat, and I have eaten it with pleasure.

The species named in the same work Penelope pipile is that

which you call Pipile cumanensis, and occurs also, but rarely, in the

woods of Tucuman, where is likewise found, and not so rarely, Pe-

nelope boliviana. I have seen there two specimens just killed in the

woods, and presented to a friend of mine, who was intending to make

a good dinner of them with his friends. It is also said that a

species of Cra lives in the same forests; but I have not yet seen

specimens of it. I suppose it must be Craw sclateri.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a skin of the Water-Opossum (Chironectes

variegatus), which had been sent to him by Mr. Robert B. White,

C.M.Z.S., from Medellin, U.S. of Columbia. Mr. White stated

that this animal was abundant in the river Medellin (a confluent

of the Cauca), which, Mr. Sclater observed, was quite a new locality

for it *.

Dr. E. Hamilton exhibited a skull of the new Chinese Deer

lately described by Mr. Swinhoe (P.Z.S. 1870, p. 89) as Hy-

dropotes inermis, and made the following remarks :—

« T exhibit an adult shull of Hydropotes inermis, being the first

mature specimen which has been sent to this country, those ob-

tained by Mr. Swinhoe being the skulls of young animals. The

animal from which this skull was taken was shot in the beginning

of this year by Mr. T. Annett in the marshy grounds bordering the

Yangtsze river, about forty miles from Shanghai. I shall leave the

minute description of the skull of this interesting animal to those

more qualified than I am, merely remarking that this skull differs

from the general description given by Mr. Swinhoe in its larger size,

measuring 7 inches in length. There are also six perfect molars on

each side, in Mr. Swinhoe’s specimen only five. The canine teeth

measure 2? inches when out of the jaw, 2 inches when in situ; in

Mr. Swinhoe’s specimen they measure only 1:1. Unfortunately the

lower jaw has been lost in its transmission to England, probably at

the Custom House. Another interesting circumstance is, that Mr.

Annett corroborates Mr. Swinhoe’s remarks as to the fecundity of

this animal; he has constantly found five and six foetuses in the doe

when they have gralloched the deer, as is customary immediately

after it is shot.”

Professor Newton exhibited the humerus of a species of Pelican

found during the past summer in Feltwell Fen, Norfolk, and pre-

sented to the Museum of Zoology at Cambridge by Mr. J. H.

* T was not aware. when these observations were made, that Chironectes

occurs as far north «s Costa Rica (see vy. Frantzius in Wiegm. Arch. 1869, i.

p. 318).—P. L. 8S.

1871.] ON THE FRESHWATER SILUROIDS OF INDIA. 703

Gurney, jun., F.Z.S. Professor Newton remarked that though the

present specimen was certainly adult, it did not bear out the obser-

vation of Professor Alphonse Milne-Edwards (Annales des Sc. Nat.

Zool. ser. 5, vol. viii. p. 285) as to the larger size of the Pelican of

the English Fens when compared with extant species, and exhibited

in proof of this remark a humerus of a Pelican sent from Kustendji

by Dr. Cullen, and believed to belong to Pelecanus erispus, as well

as the humerus of the Fen-Pelican which had been shown to the

Society on a former occasion (P. Z. S. 1868, p. 2), and which had

been the subject of Professor Milne-Edwards’s description.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Freshwater Siluroids of India and Burmah. By

Surgeon Francis Day, F.Z.S. & F.L.S., Inspector-

General of Fisheries of British India.

[Received November 6, 1871.]

Having during the last few months been engaged in inspecting the

fisheries of the Ganges, Jumna, and some of the tributaries of the

Indus, I have drawn up the following sketch of the family Siluride

as existing there, as well as of its ramifications towards the Malay

archipelago. I have also received specimens of Olyra and Akysis

collected by Mr. Kurtz from the hilly regions of Pegu, as well as

two small but very irteresting collections from Mr. Mundali from

below Darjeeling, and a new form of Hara from a stream between

Purneah and the Garrow hills.

I propose first to make remarks on species with reference to un-

described ones, corrections of identification, and the character of the

air-vessel, with observations on the range of the genus; secondly, on

their classification ; and lastly, on their geographical distribution.

AKYSIS KURZII, Sp. nov.

B00 Pe. V6.) A TY. CL 17:

Length of head nearly +, of caudal 2, height of body 4, of dorsal

fin + of the total length.

Eyes subcutaneous, situated at the commencement of the anterior

two fifths of the head.

Lower jaw somewhat the longest, mouth terminal ; nostrils some

distance apart, with a barbel between them belonging to the poste-

rior one. Barbels eight, slightly dilated at théir bases, the maxillary

extending to beyond the end of the pectoral fin, the external mandi-

bular to opposite its middle, whilst the internal is as long as the

head, as is also the nasal. Gill-openings wide, not confluent with

the skin of the isthmus, and extending to opposite the middle of the

opercle. Free portion of tail longer than high.

Teeth in a wide villiform band, none on the palate.

Fins. Dorsal situated entirely in advance of the ventrals, spine

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XLV.

704 SURGEON fk. DAY ON THE [Dee. 5,

strong, two fifths as long as the head, and enveloped in skin. Pec-

torals horizontal. Adipose dorsal low, shorter than the rayed fin.

Anal with its posterior rays longest. Caudal very deeply forked.

Skin smooth.

Lateral line present.

Air-vessel small, in the abdominal cavity, not enclosed in bone.

Colours. Uniform brown.

Hab, Pegue Yomas.

One specimen of this small species was collected in 1871 by S.

Kurz, Esq., after whom I have named it. The genus extends to

the Malay archipelago, but has not yet been recorded from India.

Genus Hara, Blyth.

Air-vessel rather large (H. buchanan?) and situated in the abdo-

men, not enclosed in bone.

HARA ELONGATA, Sp. Nov.

D.5\0. P.Z. V.6. Az. C.17.

Length of head -2,, of caudal 7, height of body + of the total length,

Eyes smali, situated in the posterior half of the head.

Gill-opening narrow, extending from opposite the upper margin of

the opercle to the thoracic surface, on to which, however, it is

scarcely continued, but where its gill-membrane joins a very thick

isthmus. No groove behind the chin. Barbels generic, maxillary

ones reach the gill-opening. Occipital process three times as long

as wide at its base; humeral process about half as long as the pec-

toral spine, and with one oval-shaped ossicle posterior to it. The

process intermediate between the occipital and humeral ones is much

longer than either, and rather deflected at its posterior extremity.

Basal bone of dorsal fin very slightly dilated.

Fins. The base of the anal one half longer than that of the first

dorsal, adipose fin short. Dorsal spine stout, laterally compressed,

very strongly denticulated anteriorly, slightly so posteriorly ; it is as

long as the head. Pectoral spine one fourth lounger than the dorsal,

serrated on both edges, but most strongly so externally; the fin

reaches the ventral, which last extends two thirds of the distance to

the base of the anal. Caudal very deeply forked, the outer rays in

both lobes being prolonged.

Skin covered with blunt spines, those on the body mostly directed

backwards.

Lateral line as in H. buchanani.

Colours. Brownish, banded. Pectoral, ventrals, and anal yellow,

phe having a black band. Some black markings also on caudal and

orsal.

Hab. A stream near the Garrow hills.

One specimen 27 inches long. The genus appears to extend from

the Kistna through Assam to Burmah, but has not been recorded

further to the east.

1871.] FRESHWATER SILUROIDS OF INDIA. 705

Genus Macrones, Duméril.

Pseudobagrus, Bleeker.

This genus possesses about twenty known representatives on the

continent of India and in Burmah ; but previously to describing some

individuals I will give my reasons for considering Pseudobagrus a

synonym of Macrones.

The genus Macrones includes species with less than twenty rays

in the anal fin; Pseudobagrus those possessing twenty or upwards,

the other differences being :—in the first the dorsal fin has one spine

and seven rays ; in the second, one spine and from five to seven rays.

If we examine the species, we see amongst them the following :—

Macrones keletius, A. 9; M. leucophasis, A.10; M. cavasius, A. 11;

M. carcio, A. 12-13; M. tengana, A. 14; M. batasio, A. 16;

whilst the Pseudobagrus aurantiacus has A. 20-22; P. vachellii,

A. 23-24; P. chryseus, A. 27,—thus showing a regular gradation.

The subgenera, or those with a separate interneural shield on the

nape and those destitute of such, appear, at least sometimes, to de-

note other internal structural differences in those which I have exa-

mined. Amongst the former are M. aor and M. lamarrii, in which

the anterior portion of the air-vessel is attached to the under surface

of the bodies aud expanded processes of the anterior vertebrse, but

its posterior extremity is elongated and pyriform; internally it has

a longitudinal septum.

On the contrary, in those not having this separate shield, the pos-

terior extremity of the air-vessel is not elongated, the longitudiual

septum (as in all those of this genus which I have examined) has a

communicating opening anteriorly ; and sometimes there are trans-

verse partitions forming chambers, which freely communicate with

those on the same, and by means of the anterior one with those on

the opposite side, as in M. cavasius, M. tengara, M. carcio.

Amongst the species of this genus are several but slightly known,

and others which I believe have been erroneously identified.

Macrones carcio, H. B. pl. 23. f. 60.

1 1 2-3

W210,. B.A, V. Graken Ot TS.

The figure in the ‘Gangetic Fishes’ marked Pimelodus batasius

belongs to this species. In Hamilton Buchanan’s MS. drawings*

is a figure of the latter 3,2; inches long, showing, as he observes in

the text, that none of the barbels are as long as the head.

Groove on the summit of the head extends to midway between

the posterior edge of the orbit and the base of the occipital process.

Fins. Dorsal spine slightly serrated anteriorly in its upper third

and also along the whole of its posterior surface, its length being

equal to half that of the head; the adipose fin commences some

distance behind the first dorsal, and the extent of its base is from

* Concerning identifications of Hamilton Buchanan’s MS. drawings and the

British-Museum Catalogue, see article in the ‘Proceedings of the Asiatic So-

ciety of Bengal,’ September 1871.

706 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE [Dee. 5,

one third to one half more than that of the base of the first dorsal.

Pectoral spine as long as the head without the snout, and armed

internally with about fifteen strong teeth.

Air-vessel large, heart-shaped, divided internally into two lateral

cavities by a fibrous partition, which, however, possesses a large oval

opening anteriorly, thus permitting a free communication between

the two chambers.

The species is fully described in the ‘ Catalogue of Fishes of the

British Museum’ (vol. v. p. 81) under the name of Macrones tengara.

Macrones TeENGARA, H. B. pl. 3. f. 61.

1} 1 3

ee a A 8

Length of head 1, of caudal 1, height of body + of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 13 diameter from end of

snout and apart.

Groove on the summit of the head extends to the base of the oc-

cipital process, which latter is roughened in lines, and about two

fifths as wide as long. Nasal barbels half as long as the head, the

maxillary reach the base of the caudal fin, the external mandibular

the middle of the pectoral, whilst the internal are shorter.

Fins. Dorsal spine weak, nearly half as long as the head, and

smooth on both edges; adipose fin (as is well shown in the figure)

commences just behind the base of the first dorsal, as which it is

nearly three times as long. Pectoral spine as long as the head to the

middle of the eye; it has about ten moderate-sized teeth internally,

and is finely serrated externally. Caudal lobed, the upper the longer.

Colours. Brownish yellow, with three longitudinal broad brown

bands, and a black blotch ou the shoulder.

Macrones vitrTatus, Bl.

Bagrus oculatus, Cuv. et Val.

Bagrus montanus &c., Jerdon.

Macrones armatus, Day.

Hab. Madras Presidency, Mysore, and the western coast of India.

Macronss Guuio, H. B. pl. 23. f. 66.

Air-vessel large, heart-shaped, having a longitudinal septum in-

ternally, which has a connecting opening in its fore part. The late-

ral compartments are subdivided by transverse partitions, which

communicate with those of the same side.

Macrones menopa, H. B. pl. 1. f. 72.

Bagrus trachacanthus, Cuv. et Val.

Hab. Large rivers of Bengal, Orissa, and Burmah.

Macrones TENGANA, H. Buch., Fishes of Ganges, pp. 176, 377,

pl. 39. f. 58.

Burts Dyn is oP age. N-cfisnids ga» C. 15.

Length of head 3, of caudal 3, height of body j of the total length.

1871.] FRESHWATER SILUROIDS OF INDIA. 707

Eyes of moderate size, situated nearer the snout than the poste-

rior half of the head.

Width of head equals its height, and is as long as the head with-

out the snout. Groove on the summit of the head lanceolate in its

posterior half and extending to the base of the occipital process,

which is twice as long as wide at its base, and reaches the basal bone,

which is V-shaped. Nasal barbels extend to the posterior margin of

the orbit, the maxillary to the middle or end of the pectoral fin, the

external mandibular are as long as the head, the internal shorter.

Teeth in an uninterrupted crescentic band on the palate.

Fins. Dorsal spine smooth, as long as the head without the snout,

whilst the fin is as high as the body below it; adipose fin small, its

base shorter than that of the first dorsal. Pectoral spine as long as

the head without the snout ; it is strongly serrated internally. Cau-

dal deeply lobed, the upper slightly the longest.

Colours. Golden, with three or four longitudinal bands formed of

black spots in the upper one along the back, and black stars in the

lower ones. A darkish blotch formed of spots over the base of the

pectoral fin; some spots on the dorsal and the margins of the other

fins stained.

Hab. Assam and the Punjaub ; attaining about 3 inches in length.

Hamilton Buchanan observes, all the barbels are shorter than the

head ; but my specimens so exactly resemble his figure and descrip-

tion, except in the maxillary barbels being longer (and they varied

in individuals), that I consider they must be the same. I took

upwards of twenty in a tank near Goordaspoor in the Punjaub.

This genus, containing mostly only inhabitants of fresh waters,

still has estuary or marine representatives (M. gulio, H. B.). It is

found generally throughout India and Burmah, down to the Malay

archipelago.

RITA CRUCIGERA, Owen.

Pimelodus rita, Ham. Buch. pl. 24. f. 53.

I have found this species throughout the extent of the Ganges and

Jumna, and also in the Punjaub rivers; but it is subject to consider-

able variation, due to age and locality. The dorsal spine may be as

long as, or longer than, the head, the pectoral being somewhat

shorter, whilst the humeral process, although not pointed, is but

very slightly rounded.

Air-vessel with a thick outer coat and thin lining membrane. Its

external form is somewhat quadrangular ; and posteriorly it is conti-

nued into two horn-like processes, nearly or as long as the abdominal

cavity ; the right one usually passing over to the left side and curving

across the commencement of the left one, whilst the left one first

passes downwards and then is sometimes rerurved on itself. On the

front wall being removed a longitudinal median partition is seen in

its posterior half, dividing it into two large smooth cavities, which

anteriorly communicate, and are continued posteriorly down the horn-

like or tubular processes.

This genus extends throughout the larger rivers of India and

708 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE [ Dee. 5,

the Punjaub and Burmah. Arius manillensis, Cuy. et Val., may,

however, belong to the genus, although, as its specific name implies,

it is stated to have come from Manilla.

Genus ARIUS.

In the species of this genus which I have examined the air-vessel

is enclosed in bone; but a short time since the following remark by

Dr. Taylor of Dacca, published in the ‘ Gleanings in Science’ (vol. ii.

1830), made me desirous to obtain 4. gagora before I completed

this paper; this I have now accomplished. Dr. Taylor observes,

“in the Pimelodus gagora there are two air-vessels, lodged one on

each side in an osseous cup, attached by a narrow neck to the body

of the first vertebra, close to its junction with the cranium.” He

goes on to describe what he found; but it could not have been in

Arius gagora, H. B. In Owen’s ‘Comparative Anatomy’ (vol. i.

p- 491) it is stated of the air-bladder of fishes that it is “seldom

divided lengthwise into two bladders (Arius gagora, Polypterus, Le-

pidosiren, fig. 324).”

Arius Gacora, Ham. Buch. pl. 10. f. 54.

Air-vessel large and somewhat heart-shaped, with a moderately

thick external fibrous coat. On removing its front wall a longitu~-

dinal partition becomes apparent, but is not extended to its ante-

rior portion. It has three transverse subdivisions, forming it into

five cavities, owing to the longitudinal partition commencing at

the first transverse subdivision. These lateral cavities freely com-

municate with one another on the same side, and with the opposite

ones by means of the anterior chamber, which does not possess any

subdivision.

This is the only species of the genus which I have found in fresh

water high up rivers, having taken it at Mandalay in Native Burmah,

about 650 miles from the sea.

ARIUS JATIUS.

Pimelodus jatius, H. B.

Amongst many specimens that I have obtained in Calcutta this

year the anal rays were nineteen or twenty; and I can indorse Ha-

milton Buchanan’s and Mr. Blyth’s observations as to the difficulty

of seeing the granular palatine teeth. I believe, from the descrip-

tion, that A. macracanthus, Giinther, reputed to have been obtained

from Siam, is this species.

ARIUS SONA.

Pimelodus sona, H. B., appears to be the Bagrus gagorides, Cuv.

et Val.

ARIUS NENGA.

Pimelodus nenga, H. B. (MS. figure), appears to be the Bagrus

arioides, Cuy. et Val.

1871.] FRESHWATER SILUROIDS OF INDIA. 709

The genus dvius is found throughout the seas and estuaries of

India, Ceylon, Burmah, the Andaman and Nicobar Islands; it

also extends to most of the tropical regions. In India it is strictly

marine, but enters rivers often to a long distance from their mouths.

Whether it breeds in the fresh waters is questionable.

OsTEOGENIOSUS VALENCIENNESII, Bleeker.

In a specimen from Moulmein, taken in the river, the air-vessel

was large, heart-shaped, having an internal longitudinal septum, and

not enclosed in bone.

Geographical distribution.—A marine genus, extending through

the seas of India to the Malay archipelago. Some enter the mouths

of rivers.

PANGASIUS BUCHANANI, Cuv. et Val.

Pimelodus pangasius, H. B. pl. 33. f. 52.

Air-vessel large, extensive, and divided into three portions. The

anterior is somewhat heart-shaped, considerably the largest, and ex-

tends from the commencement of the vertebral column to nearly

opposite the posterior extremity of the pectoral fin. Its remaining

portions are narrow, compressed, and continued to opposite the

middle of the anal fin, amongst the muscles covering the hzemal

spines. It then becomes narrow and reduplicated on itself for a

short distance. On removing the front wall of its first or largest

portion, its interior is seen to consist of two pear-shaped cavities, the

bases of which are inferior and lateral, whilst they coalesce anteriorly ;

the whole of the posterior half of this portion is cellular; and so is

the small intermediate space between the two uncelled pyriform por-

tions. The two posterior divisions of the air-vessel have valvular-

shaped folds partially subdividing its interior.

Geographical distribution. —The Indian species is found within

tidal influence, as well as inland in the larger rivers far beyond the

tides. The genus extends through Burmah to the Malay archi-

pelago.

Genus PsreupEvutroptivs, Bleeker.

Schilbichthys, sp., Bleeker.

Air-vessel in P. garua, H. B., small and somewhat heart-shaped,

it is closely attached to the bodies of the anterior vertebree ; its

external fibrous covering is of moderate strength. In P. athert-

noides, Bloch, it is of a large size, as wide as the abdominal cavity,

and on removing its front wall a longitudinal septum is seen dividing

it into lateral portions, which, however, communicate anteriorly. In

some there is a further subdivision in its posterior portion. In some

of the larger species (as P. murius, H. B., and P. goongwaree, Sykes)

the air-vessel is larger than in P. garwa, and comparatively consider-

ably smaller than in P. atherinoides, Bloch, P. garua, in which

the adipose dorsal is so small, and altogether absorbed in the adult,

710 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE [Dec. 5,

has the smallest air-vessel amongst the larger species which I have

examined.

The genus extends throughout India and Burmah.

CALLICHROUS EGERTONII, sp. nov.

Palloo, Punj.

DidAanPa ne We) A 52h Co17:

Length of head about 1 (,4,), of caudal 3, height of body + of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 4 of length of head, 2 diameters from end of

snout.

Snout obtuse, rounded; lower jaw strongly prominent. Maxillary

barbels extend a little beyond the base of the pectoral fin, the man-

dibular pair are nearly half as long as the head.

Teeth vomerine, in two separate patches.

Fins. Dorsal very narrow; pectorals rounded, rather longer than

the head without the snout, its spine moderately strong, nearly as

long as the postorbital portion of the head, and strongly denticulated

internally ; anal terminating close to the caudal, but separated from

it; the latter fin forked in its posterior half, its upper lobe the longest.

Colours. Olive, shot with purple and gold, its body and fins covered

with blotches of a brownish colour; a large black finger-mark over

the posterior half of the pectoral spine.

Hab. Subhimalayan range in the Punjaub.

I have named the species after the Hon. R. Egerton, from whom

I have received great assistance in my investigations.

Geographical distribution.—This genus extends throughout India

and Burmah to the Malay archipelago. The distinctions between

Cryptopterus, Bleeker, in the extended sense as accepted by Dr.

Gunther, and Callichrous seem to show the unadvisability of sepa-

rating them into distinct genera.

Genus Waxxaco, Bleeker.

Air-vessel of moderate size, situated in the anterior part of the

abdomen ; on removing its front wall it is found to be divided into

two lateral chambers by a longitudinal septum, which, however, has

a rounded orifice anteriorly, so as to admit of free communication

between the two sides.

Geographical distribution.—India, Burmah, and the Malay ar-

chipelago.

Genus Otyra, M‘Clelland.

Dorsal profile nearly horizontal, neck not elevated. Body low

and elongate. Head depressed, superiorly covered with soft skin.

Mouth terminal, transverse ; jaws about equal in length, or the lower

the longest. Nostrils remote from one another, the posterior pro-

vided with a barbel. Gill-openings wide, the membrane not confluent

with that of the isthmus. Barbels eight. Eyes small, subcutaneous.

Villiform teeth on the jaws and palate. First dorsal fin without a

1871.] FRESHWATER SILUROIDS OF INDIA. 711

spine, and having six to eight rays; adipose dorsal long and low;

anal of moderate length (fifteen to twenty-three rays); ventral in-

serted below the dorsal, and having six rays. Caudal rounded or

elanceolate. Air-vessel not enclosed in bone. Skin smooth.

OLYRA BURMANICA, Sp. nov.

DiS} Ps 3. V6) AL 16s¢ C17:

Length of head ;?;, of caudal 3, height of body +4, of dorsal fin

75 of the total length.

Jaws of nearly equal length; head depressed; opercles rather

pointed. Fight barbels, without dilated bases, of which the maxil-

lary are the longest, almost reaching the base of the ventral fin; the

external mandibular are as long as the head. Nostrils patent, wide

apart, the posterior provided with a barbel, the anterior just over

the snout but not in front of it. Gill-openings wide, the membrane

not confluent with the isthmus, and extending laterally to opposite

the point of the opercle.

Teeth villiform in both jaws, the outer row slightly the largest.

An uninterrupted horseshoe-shaped band across the palate.

Lateral line present. Skin smooth.

Air-vessel large, thin, and not enclosed by bone.

Fins. Dorsal without any osseous ray, its first the shortest, the

fin commences opposite the ventrals; adipose dorsal very long and

low. Pectoral spine rather strong, slightly serrated externally,

coarsely so internally ; the fin only extends halfway to the ventral.

The anal rays increase in length to the last. Caudal with its central

rays strongest and elongated, making the fin one third of the total

length.

Colours. Dark brown.

Hab. Pegue Yomas.

I am indebted to S. Kurz, Esq., for two specimens, collected by

him in 1871.

Geographical distribution.—Khasya hills, where M‘Clelland ob-

tained O. longicaudata and O. laticeps, to the Pegue hills.

SILURUS COCHINCHINENSIS, Cuv. et Val.

Air-vessel in the abdominal cavity, not enclosed in bone.

Geographical distribution.—Besides the specimen recorded by

Blyth from Burmah, and the one I obtained from near Akyab, I

have now received two more from below Darjeeling collected by Mr.

Mundali. This species consequently extends from near Darjeeling,

in the Subhimalayan range, to Cochin China, perhaps being con-

fined to the vicinity of hills. The genus, however, has a much

wider range,—one species existing in the Wynaad Hills on the Mala-

bar coast; another is recorded from Afghanistan; and it extends

into Europe, where the S. glanis exists. The genus Silurichthys is

distributed from Cashmere to the Malay archipelago and China;

and the distinctions between the two genera, as at present defined,

appear to be but slight.

712 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE [Dee. 5,

Piorosus canius, H. B. pl. 15. f. 44.

Air-vessel of moderate size, placed transversely across the anterior

vertebrae. Its external fibrous coat is thick, whilst internally it is

divided by a longitudinal septum into two lateral cavities, which

communicate anteriorly by a large circular opening.

Geographical distribution.—This genus contains marine and

estuary fishes; but P. canius is sometimes captured in fresh water.

The genus has a very extensive range, being found in Africa, Asia,

through the Indian seas to the Malay archipelago, and even beyond it.

Cuartias MAGUR, H. B. pl. 26. f. 45.

Air-vessel tubular, placed transversely across the body of the an-

terior vertebre, where it is entirely enclosed in a bony capsule.

This subject is remarked upon in Cuy. and Val.

Geographical distribution.—The genus is found in Africa, India,

Ceylon, Burmah, throughout the Malay archipelago, even to be-

yond it.

SACCOBRANCHUS FOSSILIS, Bl.

Silurus singio, H. B. pl. 37. f. 46.

Air-vessel small and situated transversely across the body of the

anterior vertebra, either extremity being enlarged, globular, and

enclosed in a bony capsule. Cuv. and Val. remark upon this.

Geographical distribution.—The genus extends through India,

Ceylon, Burmah, and, according to Dr. Ginther, Cochin China.

SILUNDIA GANGETICA, Cuv. et Val.

Pimelodus silondia, H. B. pl. 7. f. 50.

Air-vessel small and placed transversely across the body of the

anterior vertebrze, where there is a groove to receive its posterior

surface ; anteriorly it has a thick, strong, fibrous covering. There

is a low osseous process from the vertebra, giving it protection late-

rally. The air-vessel itself consists of two small oval portions, having

a median connecting tube; and this lateral part is surrounded by

osseous or strong fibrous walls.

Geographical distribution.—Large rivers of India and Burmah.

AILIA BENGALIENSIS, Gray.

Air-vessel as in the following genus.

Geographical distribution.—Rivers of the plains of India (except

in Madras), extending to the upper portions of the Ganges and

Jumna, but not on to the hills; also Assam.

Genus AILIICHTHYS, gen. nov.

Differing from dzlia in that the ventral fins are entirely absent.

Geographical distribution—The Jumna, and southern rivers in

the Punjaub that are tributaries of the Indus, but not those on the

hills.

1871.] FRESHWATER SILUROIDS OF INDIA. 713

AILIICHTHYS PUNCTATA, Sp. nov.

Length of head 1, of caudal 42 height of body vr of the total length.

Eyes situated more than half below the angle of the mouth, being

partly on the lower side of the head. Diameter 1 of length of head,

2 a diameter from end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Body compressed, upper profile of head somewhat concave.

Upper jaw slightly the longest, the cleft of the mouth only ex-

tending about halfway to the anterior margin of the eye, opposite

to its centre. Barbels all much of the same length, reaching to the

middle of the length of the fish.

Teeth villiform in the jaws.

Fins. Adipose dorsal minute. Pectoral spine one half longer than

the head. Ventrals absent. Caudal forked, lower lobe the longest.

Air-vessel tubular, placed across the bodies of the anterior verte-

bra, and more or less enclosed in bone.

Colours. Silvery, upper surface of head nearly black, a large black

spot before the base of the caudal fin.

Hab. Jumna at and below Delhi, also in the Lower Punjaub

rivers. It is rather numerous, apparently more common in the

Punjaub than the 4. bengaliensis. I obtained numerous specimens

up to 4 inches in length.

Evrroriicutays vacua, H. B. pl. 19. f. 64,

Air-vessel narrow, tubiform, placed transversely across the body

of the anterior vertebra, and all but its central portion enclosed in

bone, either expanded extremity being within a bony capsule.

Geographical distribution.—Large rivers of India and Burmah.

It appears to prefer estuaries and the lower portion of rivers.

Genus Sisor, H. B.

Air-vessel. Having only small specimens to dissect, a further

examination of this species is desirable. Subvertebral bony capsules

were present, and apparently contained an air-vessel, whilst none

could be detected in the abdomen.

Geographical distribution.—Ganges and Jumna rivers.

Genus Gacata, Bleeker.

Pime.opus Gacata, H. B. pl. 39. f. 65.

Air-vessel in two globular portions, enclosed in bony capsules,

placed on either side of the body of the anterior vertebrae, and

having a transverse communicating tube.

Geographical distribution.—Large rivers of India and Burmah,

and generally not far from their mouths.

Genus HemipimeEtopvs, Bleeker.

In both H. cenia, H. B., and H. viridescens, H. B., the air-vessel

714 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE [Dec. 5,

is placed transversely across the body of the anterior vertebrae. It

has an expanded globular portion on either side enclosed in a bony

capsule, and with a transverse connecting tube.

Geographical distribution.—Central India, Jumna, and Ganges,

and through Burmah to the Malay archipelago.

Genus Bacarivus, Cuv. et Val.

Air-vessel small, consisting of two round portions situated on either

side of the body of the anterior vertebree and partially enclosed in

bone. (For a detailed description, see Taylor in ‘Gleanings in

Science,’ 1830.)

Geographical distribution.—Throughout the large rivers of India.

Genus PseupECHENETS, Blyth.

Air-vessel in two rounded lateral portions, each of which is en-

closed in a bony capsule.

Geographical distribution.—The Subhimalayas below Darjeeling,

and on the opposite side of the Brahmaputra, on or near the Khasya

hills.

Genus GuyPTosTeERNUM, M‘Clelland.

Air-vessel in two rounded lateral portions and enclosed in bony

capsules.

GLYPTOSTERNUM sTRIATUM, M‘Clelland.

I have obtained this species with from nine to eleven anal rays,

and I suspect G. reticulatus and G. pectinopterum, M‘Clell., to be

synonyms. It is found in the rivers of the lower plateau of the

Himalayas, down to those of the plains ; and a most remarkable dif-

ference is perceptible in specimens from these two situations. Only

small ones are taken on the hills; and these have the pectoral and

ventral rays plaited inferiorly, more especially in the young, evidently

to enable them to adhere to the rocks, and by these means, with the

assistance of the adhesive sucker on the chest, to withstand the im-

petuosity of the mountain-torrents. I took larger ones in the Beas

near the plains; and in them this plaiting was either very indistinct

or entirely absent, whilst there cannot be a doubt as to the identity

of the species.

GLYPTOSTERNUM DEKKANENSE, Giinther.

I found this species tolerably abundant in the Jumna, near where

it emerges from the Sewalik hills.

GLYPTOSTERNUM MODESTUM, Sp. nov.

1 1

D? 5/0: "Pa Vee. ALS. C15:

Length of head 4, of caudal ;%, height of body ;2; of the total

length.

- Eyes small, superior, situated in the middle of the length of the

ead.

1871.] FRESHWATER SILUROIDS OF INDIA. 715

Head as broad as long, depressed, covered with skin. Snout

broad. Caudal peduncle two thirds as high as long. Thoracic ad-

hesive apparatus small. Gill-membranes generic. Lips not fringed.

Maxillary barbels with broad bases, and nearly as long as the head,

the nasal reaching halfway to the orbit, the external mandibular

pair longer than the internal. Occipital process slightly longer than

it is broad at its base.

Fins. Dorsal nearly as high as the body, its spine half as long as

the head and enveloped in skin ; adipose dorsal rather low, its base

slightly longer than that of the first dorsal. Pectoral spine broad,

reaching two thirds of the distance to the base of the ventral, not

plaited inferiorly, whilst externally it is smooth, and internally has

seven strong denticulations; it is two thirds as long as the head.

Caudal forked, lower lobe slightly the longer.

Skin smooth. Air-vessel generic.

Colours. Uniform brown.

Hab. Numerous specimens up to 3 inches long from the upper

portion of the Jumna.

Geographical distribution.—Throughout India (? Madras), Bur-

mah, to the Malay archipelago. Some species when small appear

to be found in mountain-streams.

Genus Exostoma, Blyth.

Air-vessel in a globular form on either side of the body of the

anterior vertebrze, and enclosed in bone.

Exostoma siyrui, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 525.

1 1 2

Br, (0.0 Ps ev Oe AL Se.

An erratum occurred in the original description in the number of

anal rays, which are seven, the two first of which are undivided.

Having been favoured by Mr. Mundali and Dr. Stoliczka with

several specimens up to 352; inches in length, I find its habitat to be

the rivers below Darjeeling.

Tn some of the larger specimens the caudal fin is not lobed, but

its outer rays are rather elongated, whilst all the intermediate ones

are of the same length.

Geographical distribution.—This genus, so far as I have been

enabled to trace its species, commences in the rivers below Darjee-

ling (#. dlythii); it is then found in the Mishnee mountains in

Assam (E. labiatum) ; more to the east it has its representatives in

Tenasserim (Z£. berdmorei); whilst specimens were brought by the

expedition which went through Upper Burmah to China (4. ander-

sonit).

The systematic arrangement of the family Silwrid@ has always

been found intricate, judging from the constant changes to which it

has been subjected. Although I have no new system to propose, I

would draw attention to some points respecting those genera which

inhabit the waters of India, which seem to show that further altera-

716 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE [ Dec. 5,

tions will be necessary, by all who consider a natural arrangement

preferable to an artificial one.

During the past year I have examined as many Indian Siluroids

as I have been able to obtain in order to discover the character of

their air-vessels *—a subject which was commenced by Dr. Taylor of

Dacca in the ‘ Gleanings of Science’ (vol. ii. 1830), a paper which I

only obtained for the first time in September 1871. Cuv. and Val.

have also some remarks on the air-vessels of Saccobranchus and

Clarias.

Having in 1869, whilst in Orissa, discovered that the air-vessel of

Gagata typus, Bleeker, possessed a bony capsule, and since then

that several other Siluroids had this organ similarly protected, I

proposed to obtain, if possible, species of every Indian genus, in

order to institute a general examination of those of the family.

The Cyprinide of India are divisible into three subfamilies, one

of the chief characteristics of which are :—first, the air-vessel free

in the abdominal cavity, elongated, and with a transverse constriction

(Cyprinina) ; or divided into two lateral portions, partially or en-

tirely enclosed in a bony capsule (Cobitidina); or absent (Homa-

lopterina). From the opportunity I have had of obtaining speci-

mens of all the Indian freshwater genera, excepting Chaca, I have

now been enabled to ascertain the position and shape of this organ

in the Siluride.

A far wider acquaintance with all the known genera of this family

is desirable before any definite conclusions can be arrived at; but

sufficient materials exist in India to show that the present arrange-

ment can hardly be continued.

In the Indian freshwater Siluroids (and for the sake of rendering

this paper more complete I include those marine genera which ascend

rivers for the purpose of obtaining food) there are two distinct divi-

sions of air-vessels—those which are not enclosed in bone, and those

which are.

Of those with the air-vessel not enclosed in bone we have Akysis,

Hara, Macrones, Rita, Arius, Batrachocephalus, Osteogeniosus,

* This subject appears, if one may form an opinion from the British Mu-

seum Catalogue, to have escaped Dr. Ginther’s attention. In vol. y., 277 pages

are filled with an account of the family St/wrid@ and the species composing it ;

but I only observe the air-vessel alluded to four times, as regards the Siluroids

of India or the Malay archipelago :—first, that if present in the order Physo-

stomi, it has a pneumatic duct (p. 1); secondly, that it is generally present in

the family Stlwride, communicating with the organs of hearing and by means

of the auditory ossicles (p. 2); whilst at p. 38, in the definition of the genus

Cryptopterus, it is observed, ‘‘air-bladder transparent through the sides of the

body ;” and at p. 40, of C. impok, “this species appears to have the place

behind the head, where the air-bladder is seen through the transparent skin, of

a dark colour during life.” TI allude to the above in full to obviate the possi-

bility of its being supposed that I wish to create any erroneous impressions re-

specting Dr. Giinther’s valuable ichthyological writings (see Zool. Rezord for

1869). Nothing is further from my wish, which is to obtain facts, no matter

who the author may be, and, if possible, to take nothing on trust from any na-

eal however excellent an observer he is, when I can examine into the matter

myself,

1871.] FRESHWATER SILUROIDS OF INDIA. 717

Pangasius, Pseudeutropius, Callichrous, Wallago, Olyra, Silurus,

Piotosus, whilst Chaca is at present doubtful. The general form

of the air-vessels is elongated, or heart-shaped, some being poste-

riorly prolonged. Internally there is an internal septum dividing

the organ into two lateral halves, which are sometimes further sub-

divided by transverse partitions. The central longitudinal septum

has an orifice anteriorly affording communication with the two

sides; whilst all the lateral chambers communicate with one another

on the same, and by means of the anterior one with those on the

opposite side.

Of those with the air-vessel wholly or partially enclosed in bone,

we have Clarias, Saccobranchus, Silundia, Ailia, Ailiichthys, Eutro-

prichthys, Sisor, Gagata, Hemipimelodus, Bagarius, Pseudecheneis,

Glyptosternum, Amblyceps, and Ezxostoma. The general form of

these air-vessels is transverse, with the outer extremities usually

dilated and enclosed in bone. Or the air-vessel may be in the form

of two rounded lobes enclosed in bone, with a connecting tube, or

else the pneumatic ducts coalesce a short distance before they enter

the pharynx or upper portion of the alimentary canal.

This last division has much in it that is Loach-like in its smaller

forms; and Mr. Blyth’s observation of Amblyceps, a “ Cobitis-like

Siluroid,” is still further apparent when we examine its air-vessel.

Thus it gradually leads the Siluroids towards the Cobitidina.

I do not propose at present to enter further upon the subdivision

of the Siluroids, as I hope those who have the opportunity of giving

descriptions of the air-vessels of extra-Indian genera will do so, in

order to ascertain whether this division is a natural one and appli-

cable to the whole of the family*, as I anticipate it will be found

to be.

The following notes upon the geographical distribution of these

fishes are far from complete; but I deem it advisable to give them

as they are, for were I to wait until all that is desirable is effected, I

fear the paper would never be finished.

Previously to commencing the geographical distribution of the S7-

luride, 1 have some remarks to offer respecting the limits chosen

and the terms employed.

By India or Hindoostan I understand the whole of the continent

under British rule or protection, or independent native states when

surrounded by British territory. Burmah includes Arracan and the

Tenasserim provinces, whilst the designation Ceylon answers for

itself.

The East-Indian archipelago has been commonly employed in

zoology to express in a general way a large space variously limited

or expanded by each fresh author, and is scarcely sufficiently defined

when entering upon the distribution of freshwater genera or species

of fish. I shall therefore employ Wallace’s definition of the Malay

* Any naturalist who wishes to exchange Tropical forms of Siluroids, person-

ally collected, for those from Hindoostan, will always find me ready to meet his

views. ‘The reason why I wish them personally collected is that the localities

may be correctly appended.

718 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE (Dec. 5,

archipelago, down to which point my investigations have more or

less been carried on. His limits of this archipelago, lying between

Asia and Australia, extend from the Nicobars and the Tenasserim

provinces on the west, to the Philippines on the east, thus forming

its northern boundary; whilst the Solomon Islands beyond New

Guinea define it on the east. This space he subdivides into five

groups, which, for my purpose, it is unnecessary to enumerate.

My collections were made in Malabar, Madras, Orissa, and Lower

Bengal, up the valley of the Ganges, in the North-West Provinces

and the Punjaub, and through Burmah to as far as Mergui in Te-

nasserim. In this wide extent of country many fishes have doubtless

escaped my observation ; still I have obtained at least a general in-

sight into their distribution. The facts recorded by Hamilton

Buchanan, M‘Clelland, Sykes, Blyth, and Jerdon are valuable, as

either increasing one’s knowledge of localities or verifying personal

observations ; some references, which I am doubtful about, I am

compelled to omit, as when the author is not so accurate in his geo-

graphy as is desirable for investigations of this description.

Siluroids inhabit all fresh waters in India and Burmah—some

almost generally, others locally. For an explanation of this I must

give a short description of these localities, especially with reference

to their ichthyology. These pieces of water consist of rivers, lakes,

or tanks, and jheels or swamps.

The rivers may be arbitrarily divided into three portions, viz. :—

those existing in mountainous districts; secondly, from such to

within tidal influence ; and, lastly, the tidal portions. As certain

visible results exist due to these three various localities, it will be

necessary to explain what their local causes are.

The hill-rivers, or rather those which take their rise in hill-ranges,

consist of two very distinct classes, namely those which have and

those which have not alpine sources. Generally speaking, the

rivers which possess alpine sources, as those which descend from the

Himalayas, are chiefly replenished by the melting of snow at their

origins during the hot months of the year, consequently a diurnal

rise and fall in them is apparent, corresponding to the distance from

their snowy sources. During the monsoon or rainy season, doubt-

less the rains also assist in the melting of the snow, exclusive of

which, however, they are sufficient to fill the rivers in a spasmodic

manner. They thus form torrents, rapidly rising and as rapidly

subsiding. During the cold season, unreplenished by rains or melting

snows, they dwindle down to a small size. Of the fish inhabiting

these places, some of the Siluroids possess suckers or adhesive organs

on their heads or chests, as is also perceived in the genera Disco-

gnathus and Oreinus amongst the Carps. By means of these suckers

they retain their hold against rocks and thus prevent themselves

from being washed away.

In the rivers destitute of alpine sources, as those of the Neilgher-

ries and the Wynaad in Madras, where snow but rarely falls and

never remains for months, we have a different state of affairs.

Amongst these must be classed the substreams or affluents of the

-$71.] FRESHWATER SILUROIDS OF INDIA. 719

larger snow-fed rivers ; and it is in these places that all the hill-fishes

breed (if we except the Loaches).

The rivers of the plains are of course merely the continuations of

those descending from the hills; but the daily rise from melted

snows becomes less and less apparent the further we go from their

snowy sources. ‘They may be divided into two classes: in the first,

as the Indus, Irrawaddy, &c., a fair supply of water is always pre-

sent; the second class, as the Soane or the Cauvery, become nearly

dry during the hot weather—this result of course being mainly due

to their being replenished or not by melting snows.

The Siluroids are very extensively distributed in India and

Burmah, where they appear to delight in muddy water, avoiding

that which is clear, especially if it has a stony or gravelly bed.

Some which are marine are only temporary visitors to the fresh

waters, whilst others live entirely in fresh water; a few appear to

live in estuaries, sometimes ascending the rivers, at others extending

their range along the sea-coast, as necessitated by the abundance or

absence of food.

A few small species always reside in the streams of mountains or

in those flowing near their bases, whilst the larger forms prefer the

rivers of the plains. Some inhabit tanks only ; others prefer running

water; whilst a few are common to both. Some of these fishes

zestivate during the hot months of the year.

Cold does not appear to suit Siluroids, the number of genera and

the species rapidly decreasing as cold climates are approached. At-

tempting to introduce some on to the Neilgherries a few years

since, they perished on the journey and apparently from cold. All

of these belonged to the division having the air-vessel not enclosed

in bone. But this cannot be assumed as the reason; for I received

two species belonging to this group from the Pegu hills (Akysis

and Olyra), whilst I have also obtained Si/urus punctatus from an

elevation of 2500 feet in the Wynaad; in none of these situations,

however, were the rivers snow-fed.

The Siluroid forms which I have collected from the snow-fed

Himalaya rivers or those streams in the Subhimalayan range all

belong to the division with the air-vessel small and enclosed in a

bony capsule, as Pseudecheneis, Glyptosternum, Amblyceps, and

Exostoma, There are, however, many other genera of this group

which are not found on the hills.

Countries possessing large and muddy rivers in their plains, such

as Burmah, are more suited for Siluroids than such localities as

Madras, where the rivers are smaller, the waters clearer, and the

beds more stony. When investigating the fish-fauna of large tracts

of country this becomes very evident: thus at Hurdwar, near where

the river Ganges debouches into the plains, the large Ganges canal

commences; both the bed of the river and that of the canal are

stony, the waters pretty clear, and Siluroids are rare. Near Dheeri

and in the Soane river, which has a pebbly bed, it is exceedingly

clear water when floods are absent ; but few Siluroids are found there,

and these mostly the little Macrones carcio, H. B. A few miles

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No, XLVI.

720 ON THE FRESHWATER SILUROIDS OF inDIA. [Deec. 5,

distant is the narrower, sluggish, but deeper and muddy Poon river,

where Siluroids abound.

If we now examine the foregoing twenty-eight genera of Indian

Siluridee, fourteen will be found to have the air-vessel free in the

abdominal cavity, and the remaining fourteen to have it more or less

enclosed in bone. For facility of description I will divide them

thus :—

1. Air-vessel free in the Abdominal Cavity.

Genera restricted to India, none; extending also into Burmah,

(1) Rita, (2) Hara, (3) Pseudeutropius, and (4) Silurus ; found in

an intermediate hilly district*, (5) Olyra; restricted to Burmah,

none; common to it and the Malay archipelago, (6) Ahysis; found

in India, Burmah, and the Malay archipelago, (7) Macrones, (8)

Callichrous, (9) Wallago, (10) Arius, (11) Osteogeniosus, (12)

Batrachocephalus, (13) Pangasius, and (14) Plotosus. As, how-

ever, (10), (11), (12), and (14) are, strictly speaking, marine, only

entering rivers for predaceous purposes, I shall omit them, thus re-

ducing the total to ten.

2. Air-vessel more or less enclosed in Bone.

Genera restricted to India, (1) Ailia, (2) Ailiichthys, (3) Stsor,

(4) Bagarius, and (5) Amblyceps ; extending also into Burmah, (6)

Saccobranchus, (7) Silundia, (8) Eutropiichthys, and (9) Gagata;

found in an intermediate hilly district, (10) Pseudecheneis; also ex-

tending into Burmah, (11) Hxostoma ; restricted to Burmah or pe-

culiar to it and the Malay archipelago, none ; found in India, Burmah,

and the archipelago, (12) Clarias, (13) Hemipimelodus, and (14)

Glyptosternum, which last, however, only appears to have one re-

presentative in the Malay archipelago.

Out of the foregoing twenty-four genera as restricted, seven only

appear to extend from India throughout to the Malay archipelago,

of which four have the air-vessel free and three have it enclosed in

bone ; but, of these last three genera, Clarias is distributed through

Africa and Asia so very widely that its presence is not to be won-

dered at, whilst only three species amongst the last two genera

are recorded from the Malay archipelago. This brings one to the

proposition that the necessity for this bony capsule to the air-vessel is

greater in India and Burmah than in the Malay archipelago ; and,

secondly, one is naturally led to the conclusion that this protection

is for the freshwater, not for the marine, Siluroids.

It will now be necessary to briefly consider whether amongst these

freshwater groups any general law of distribution holds good?

* This intermediate hilly district appears to commence from about Darjeeling

in the Subhimalayas to a line including the Khasia hills on the other side of

Bramahputra, and extends to the hilly regions towards or in Burmah. It has

yet to be fully explored zoologically.

+ Ido not enter more fully into the distinction between the Siluroids of

India and Burmah, as my collections of the fishes of this last district haye not

yet been thoroughly worked out and are in Europe.

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON ANGOLAN BUTTERFLIES. 721

which may furnish one with a clue to the reason for the existence of

this osseous covering, whether such is for protection or whether a

part of the auditory apparatus.

Of the twenty-four Indian genera adyerted to, we find some resi-

dents in waters of the plains, also in rivers on the hills with or

without alpine sources.

Amongst the seventeen resident in waters of the plains and not ex-

tending their range into hilly regions we find in seven the air-vessel

is free, viz. in Rita, Hara, Pseudeutropius, Macrones, Callichrous,

Wallago, and Pangasius; whilst in ten it is more or less enclosed

in bone, viz. Ailia, Ailiichthys, Sisor, Bagarius, Saccobranchus,

Silundia, Eutropiichthys, Gagata, Clarias, and Hemipimelodus.

Amongst those residing in rivers of the plains and extending their

range into those of the hills which have or are destitute of alpine

sources, we perceive as follows :—

Of those four genera which are found in the waters of the plains

as well as in hill-rivers with alpine sources, all have their air-vessels

enclosed in bone, viz. Amblyceps, Pseudecheneis, Exostoma, and

Glyptosternum ; whilst the last three genera have representatives in

the next division, and all are furnished with an adhesive apparatus.

Of the three genera found in rivers of the plains and also in those

of hills destitute of alpine sources, none have their air-vessels enclosed

in bone, viz. Silurus, Olyra, Akysis.

From the foregoing it appears that the majority of the genera of

Indian freshwater Siluroids have their air-vessels enclosed in bone ;

That no true Indian, wholly marine Siluroid has its air-vessel

enclosed in bone ;

That amongst the Siluroids of the hilly regions, those which ascend

rivers having alpine sources have the air-vessel enclosed in bone ;

That those which ascend rivers not snow-fed do not appear of ne-

cessity to have their air-vessels thus protected.

Space and time will not permit me to enter further on this subject

at present, which, however, I hope to do at no very distant date.

2. On a small Collection of Butterflies from Angola.

By A. G. Burusr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received November 8, 1871.]

The present collection, though it only contains twenty-four species, .

of which three are new to science, is interesting as an addition to our

knowledge of the Butterflies of Angola; it was made at Loanda,

the capital of the Portuguese settlements in Angola, situated at

1000 feet elevation, at between 8° and 9° S. lat. Fourteen of the

species in the following list were also in my list of the Diurnal Lepido-

ptera taken by Mr. Ansell at Kinsembo. This collection has been

lent to me for determination by my friend and brother lepidopterist

R. Meldola, Esq.

722 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON ANGOLAN BUTTERFLIES. [Dec. 5,

Family NyMPHALID&.

Subfamily Danatnz, Bates.

Genus Danars, Latreille.

1, DANAIS CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio chrysippus, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. il. p. 767 (1766).

2. DANAIS LEONORA.

Danais leonora, Butler, P. Z.S. p. 51. n. 35 (1862) ; Lep. Exot.

vil. p. 53. n. 1, pl. 20. fig. 2 (1871).

The sides of the abdomen in D, leonora are deep orange, as in the

genus Godartia.

Subfamily Saryrinz, Bates.

Genus Mycauesis, Hiibner.

1. MycALEsIS CAFFRA.

Mycalesis caffra, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 34, n. 2

(1857).

Subfamily Nympua.inz, Bates.

Genus Neptis, Fabricius.

i. NEepris AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 327. figs. A, B (1782).

2. NEPTIS NEMETES.

Neptis nemetes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iv. Nept. pl. 1. figs. 1, 2

(1868).

Genus JunontA, Hiibner.

1, JUNONIA CREBRENE.

Junonia crebrene, Butler (cebrene, Trimen), Trans. Ent. Soe.

London, p. 524. n. 9 (1870*).

2. JUNONIA CLELIA.

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 21. figs. E, F (1775).

3. JUNONIA CLOANTHA.

Papilio cloantha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 338. figs. A, B

(1782).

Genus Eurytexa, Boisduval.

1. EuryTELA DRYOPE.

Papilio dryope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 78. figs. E, F (1779).

* My paper describing this species was read on the 4th July, and before the

arrival of Mr, Trimen’s paper in this country; it was also published in the

same part of the Transactions with his. Were it possible I would gladly cede

aa right to the species; but as it is not so,I am compelled to quote it as

above,

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON ANGOLAN BUTTERFLIES. 423

Genus Romaxgosoma, Blanchard.

1. RoMALEOSOMA CERES.

Papilio ceres, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 504. n. 257 (1775).

One specimen of the variety figured in Lep. Exot. pl. 31. fig. 1

(Oct. 1, 1871), but slightly duller in colouring.

2. RoMALEOSOMA MEDON.

Papilio medon, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 753. n. 43 (1766).

Genus EuryrpHENr (Boisd.), Westwood.

1. EuryPHENE MARDANIA.

Q. Papilio mardania, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 249. n. 776

(1793).

3. Papilio cocalia, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii, p. 250. n. 777

(1793).

Two males only. This species is rare in collections.

Genus Arenica, Boisduval.

1. ATERICA RIBENSIS?

Euryphene ribensis, Ward in Ent. Mo. Mag. p. 35 (1871).

It is impossible to be certain of the identity of this species with

that characterized by Mr. Ward, in consequence of the extremely

meagre description given by him; it, however, agrees very fairly

with it as far as it goes.

Subfamily Acraina, Bates.

Genus Acr@a, Fabricius.

1. ACREA SERENA.

Papilio serena, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 461. n. 76 (1775).

2. ACRHZA EPONINA.

Papilio eponina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 268. figs. C, D (1782).

Family Lycxnip, Stephens.

Subfamily Lycanin#, Butler.

Genus Lampipgs, Hiibner.

1. LAMPIDES B@ETICUS.

Papilio beticus, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 789 (1766).

2. LaAMpPIDEs HINTZA?

Lycena hintza, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 243. n. 144

(1866).

I believe I have correctly identified this Butterfly ; but the species

724 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON ANGOLAN BUTTERFLIES. [Dec. 5,

are so nearly allied in this genus, their number so great, and their

markings so complicated, that it is impossible, in most cases, with-

out the assistance of figures or types, to be certain of the identifica-

tion of a species, even though characterized by so careful a describer

as the author of ‘ Rhopalocera Africee Australis.’

Family Paritionip& (Doubl.), Bates.

Subfamily Pizrrin#, Bates.

Genus Trertas, Swainson.

1. TERIAS SENEGALENSIS.

Terias senegalensis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 672 (1836).

2. TERIAS PULCHELLA.

Xanthidia pulchella, Boisduval, Faune de Madag. p. 20, pl. 2.

fig. 7.

Genus Teracouus, Swainson.

1. TERACOLUS LOANDICUS, sp. n.

3. Ale supra albe, apice late aurantiaco, fusco cincto, extrorsum

sinuato ; area basali cinereo rorata : postice punctis sex decres-

centibus marginalibus venas terminantibus ; corpus nigrum, griseo-

hirtum.

Ale subtus albe ; Gntice area apicali flava, plaga subapicali diffuse

aurantiaca: postice roseo tincte fusco rorate, stria discali inter-

rupta sqamosa fusca; puncto discocellulari nigro, introrsum

fulvo cincto: exp. alar. unc. 1, lin. 6-8.

Q. Ale supra albe ; antice puncto discocellulari nigro ; area api-

cali late aurantiaca; fascia lata subapicali subangulata, venis

apicalibus et margine lato externo, nigris; area basali-interna

cinereo-squamosa : postice margine externo angulis alternis den-

tato nigro; puncto costali et nebula centrali discali squamosis

nigris ; area basali cinereo-squamosa.

Ale subtus, antice albe, area apicali ochracea, fascia lata diffusa

puncta grisea includente aurantiaca ; costa flavida, puncto disco-

cellulari nigro: postice ochracee costa basali aurantiaca, aliter

velut in mare: exp. alar unc. 1, lin. 6.

2, TERACOLUS INTERRUPTUS, Sp. Nn.

&. Ale supra albe, area apicali aurantiaca, a stria media valde in-

distincta interrupta, hac maculam distinctam in nervulo secundo

mediano formante ; venis apicalibus extrorsum nigrescentibus et

margine profundius dentato-sinuato ; area basali ochraceo tincta :

postice maculis marginalibus fasciam angulis alternis forman-

tibus ; area interno-basali ochyaceo tincta ; aliter velut in specie

precedente: exp. alar. unc. 1, lin. 7.

aurantiaca ; fascia subapicali tenuiore, introrsum sinuata; area

1871.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW GENUS OF LEPIDOPTERA. 725

basali ochraceo tincta: postice nebula discali obsoleta; area

basali ochraceo tincta: exp. alar. unc. 1, lin. 6.

Two examples of the male of this species were in the collection

sent by Mr. Ansell from Kinsembo, a list of the species of which

appeared in the Transactions of the Entomological Society for 1870

(see Tr. Ent. Soc. p. 527. n. 9).

Genus Bretenors, Hiibner.

1. BELENOIS MELDOL, sp. n.

Afinis B. thysee, minor ; antice margine externo duplo angustiore

et inter venas interrupto; punctis discalibus obsoletis ; postice

margine haud maculato.

Ale antice subtus haud nigro maculate ; area basali rufescente :

postice puncto minuto costali, altero valde indistincto subapicali,

tertio indistincto inter nervulos secundum et tertium medianos et

quarto viz distinguendo inter nervulos primum et secundum, sub-

marginalibus squamosis nigris, aliter haud nigro maculate: exp.

alar. unc. 2, lin. 2.

Allied to B. thysa, Hopffer (Papilio sabrata, Doubleday), but

quite distinct.

2. BELENOIS SEVERINA.

Papilio severina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 338. figs. G, H

(1782).

A number of specimens of this species came also in Mr. Ansell’s

collection.

Genus Herpanta, Butler.

1. HERPANIA TRITOGENIA.

Pieris tritogenia, Klug & Ehrenberg, Symb. Phys. Ins. ii. pl. 8.

figs. i7, 18.

3. Description of a new Genus of Lepidoptera allied to

Apatura. By Arruur G. Butisr, F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received November 8, 1871.]

Whilst verifying the Apature in the collection of the British

Museum, my attention was arrested by an extraordinary develop-

ment of the anal appendages in one of the species. This led me to

examine with care the rest of the Butterflies referred to this genus;

and as I found that none of them exhibited the same peculiarities of

structure, I came to the conclusion that it must be separated as a

distinct genus. Further comparison has revealed differences in the

antenne and neuration, which, taken together with peculiarities of

coloration and in the outline of the wings, will obviate that diffi-

culty of determining the genus which is so much to be deplored in

726 MR. A.G. BUTLER ON A NEW GENUS OF LEPIDOPTERA. [ Dec. 5,

such genera as Appias and Belenois of the Pierine, in consequence

of the fact that their structural distinctions are confined to the

male sex.

At page 395 of the ‘Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ in a foot-

note, Prof. Westwood characterized the typical species of this new

genus under the name of Apatura osteria, the type being in the

collection of the British Museum ; as it was at that time the only

example we possessed, and was destitute of an abdomen, no notice

was taken in the diagnosis of the form of its anal valves ; and conse-

quently the species has remained without molestation in the genus

Apatura up to the present time.

In the year 1868 a pair of A. osteria, in fair condition, were

presented to the Museum by R. B. Were, Esq., who took them in

India; in 1869 a male in good order was obtained from a collection

made in Sarawak by Mr. Lowe; and last year Lieut. Henry Roberts

presented a fine pair taken by himself at Singapore.

The female of A. osteria is of an olive-brown colour above, the

primaries with a macular angulated white band, which becomes

obscured by olive-brown in the secondaries ; the discal area beyond

this band is semihyaline and whitish in the primaries, and is fol-

lowed by two obliquely placed subapical white spots and a sub-

marginal series of whitish lunules; there is also a white-zoned blind

ocellus between the first and second median branches ; the discal area

of the secondaries is ochreous brown, crossed by a darker brown

macular bar, and followed by a series of broad white-zoned brown

spots, bounded externally by brown, the margin pale brown; a

black blind ocellus between the first and second median branches. In

the shape of the wings and the colouring of the male this Butterfly

reminds one of the smaller African species of the genus Charazes ;

the hind wings, however, possess no trace of the tails so common

in that genus.

EvLACcEwrRa, gen. nov.

Nearly allied to Apatura, but differing in its comparatively longer

and more graceful anterior, and its shorter and more rounded pos-

terior wings; antenne longer, more slender, the club somewhat

compressed laterally ; median nervure of posterior wings longer, and

consequently second and third median branches shorter.

Abdomen of male with anal valves composed of an upper hood-

like lip, fringed externally with short hair-scales, and sheathing the

penis, which is shorter and more spine-shaped than in Apatura, and

projects obliquely downwards between two bispinose lateral walls of

horny texture, and in shape resembling the open beak of a bird ;

the lower lip is formed by the union of two closely fitting horny

sheaths, deeply excavated within, and terminating abruptly in two

strong, perpendicular, somewhat curved, tapering, horny hooks,

about a line and a half in length.

Typical species Hulaceiira osteria, Westwood.

1871.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. 727

4, A List of Species of Shells from West Africa, with De-

scriptions of those hitherto undescribed. By Encar A.

Smiru, Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Received November 13, 1871.]

(Plate LX XV.)

The British Museum has lately received (1870) a series of shells

from the Slave Coast, West Africa. They were all collected by the late

Capt. Knocker, R.N., the majority of them being dredged at Why-

dah, on the Dahomey shore. As the knowledge of precise localities

is always of value to the zoologist, in furtherance of a knowledge of

geographical distribution, I thought it would be useful to publish

the following list, at the same time adding descriptions of those

species which appear to be new to science.

CoNCHIFERA,

1, Venus pecuivis, Sow. jun., Thesaur. Conch, ii. p. 730, pl.

157. f. 123, 124.

Hab. West Africa.

Mr. Sowerby gives “ Eastern Seas” as the locality of this species.

2. Venus casrna, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1130.

Hab. Whydah.

This well-known European species has not been before recorded

from West Africa. Mr. R. M‘Andrew found it at the Madeira Islands.

3. Dione FLoripELLA, Gray, Analyst, viil. p. 306.

JTab. Whydah.

4. Drone vireo, Gray, Cat. Cyth. Anal. viii. p. 306.

Hab. Whydah.

This species is also found at Java (Cuming). Capt. Knocker

collected a variety, which is of a broader and more depressed form

than typical specimens.

5. Dione TELLIN2ZFORMIs, Phil. Abbild. Conch. iii. p. 59, pl. 9.

fol:

Hab. Whydah.

6. TrRiGONA TRIPLA, Linn. Mantissa, p. 545.

Hab. West coast of Africa.

7. Te.~ina (Macoma) UMBONELLA, Lamk. Anim. gs. Vert.

ed. 2, vi. p. 606.

Hab. Whydah.

This species is also found at Port Lincoln, South Australia

(Angas, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 647).

728 MR. E. A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. _[Dec. 5,

8. Donax ruGosvus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (12th ed.) p. 112”.

Hab. Whydah.

9. Donax (CapseLta) owent, Gray, MS. in Brit. Mus.;

Hanley, Cat. Rec. Shells, p. 81.

Hab. Whydah.

10. Macrra (TRIGONELLA) ADANSONT, Phil. Zeitsch. fiir Malac.

1848, p. 152.

Hab. Whydah.

11. Macrra (ScuizopesMa) nitTipA, Schroter, Einl. Conch.

iii, pl. 8. f. 2.

Hab. Whydah.

12. CHAMA SENEGALENSIS, Reeve, Conch. Icon. iv. sp. 5.

Hab. Whydah.

13. Lepa rostrata, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 55, pl. 27. f. 7.

Hab. Whydah.

14. LepA TUBERCULATA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 1.)

Testa inequilateralis, oblonga, postice modice rostrata, griseo-alba ;

antice plice 3 ad 4 oblique longitudinales, striis transversis con-

fertim decussate; postice vel rostro tubercularum parvarum

series 5 ad 6 oblique umbone radiantes ; regione centrali coste

16 concentrice, crasse; versus umbonem et marginem ventralem

densissime ; interstitia exilius striata.

Diam. transversa 8 mill,, diam. longit. 4.

Hab. Whydah.

15. Lepa, sp.? jun.

Hab. Whydah.

A small, very strongly, obliquely ribbed species, but too young to

satisfactorily determine.

16. Soren (CuLTeLuus) TENUIS, Gray, ? MS. in Brit. Mus.

Hab. Whydah.

17. CorsuLa mopesTA, Hinds, P. Z. 8. 1843, p. 57.

Hab. Whydah.

This species is described by Hinds as coming from Macassar and

the Philippine Islands.

18. CorBULA sTRIATA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 3.)

Testa parva, equilateralis, paululum rostrata, albida cum macula

triangulari rosea ornata ; transversim crasse costata ; strice longi-

tudinales exilissime creberrime supra et inter costas radiantes.

Diam. transversa 6 mill., diam. longit. 33.

1871.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. 729

Var. Omnino rufo-fusca.

Hab. Whydah.

19. CorBULA LIRATA, Sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 2.)

Testa pyriformis, modice rostrata, sordido-alba, transversim costata ;

coste versus marginem ventralem crassiores ; carina obliqua in

utraque valva ab umbone ad rostri apicem decurrens ; de umbonibus

costule filiformes paululum remote ad basim radiantes ; valva

dextra minor quam sinistra.

Diam. transversa 8 mill., diam. longit. 5.

Hab. Whydah.

The thread-like costulze (about 24 in number) which radiate from

the umbones are very remarkable.

20. CRASSATELLA, Sp. jun.

Hab. Whydah.

21. ActinosoLus Agar, Brug. Enc. Méth. Vers, vol. i. part 2,

p- 406.

Hab. Whydah.

22. CreneLiA (MopronariA) MULTISTRIATA, sp. nov. (Plate

LXXYV. fig. 4.)

Testa equivalvis, inequilateralis, flavo-castanea, transversim striata ;

antice et postice striis crebris decussata ; strie posteriores valve

dimidium occupantes ; interstitium non decussatum, parvum.

Diam. transversa 15 mill., diam. longit. 7.

Tab. Whydah.

One specimen is imbedded in a nidus (formed of pieces of shells,

pebbles, &c.) within the valve of a Pecten.

23. ANOMALOCARDIA STRIATA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. sp. 121,

Hab. Whydah. “ 2” (Reeve).

24, ANOMALOCARDIA, Sp.

Hab. Whydah.

There are twelve equal-sized specimens of this species; but the

small dimensions (5 mill. lata, 3 alt.) and general appearance of young

examples make me hesitate in describing them.

They are oblong, rhomboidal, with the surface very finely decussated.

25. ScAPHARCA PERTUSA?, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. sp. 28,

Hab. Whydah.

26. Axrnra spapicea, Reeve, Conch. Icon. i. sp. 47.

Hab. Whydah.

The locality for this species was hitherto unrecorded.

27. Nucua crassicostaTa, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 5.)

Testa parva, transversa, oblique subovalis; albida, versus umbones

730 MR. £. A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. [Dee. 5,

fusco tincta, nitens; valve concentrice fortiter costate; valva-

rum margines inter crenulate.

Diam. transversa 2 mill., diam. longit. 1}.

Hab. Whydah.

A very strongly ribbed species, one of the smallest of the genus,

and the first recorded from West Africa, I believe.

28. Pecren rsruDAMUSIUM, Klein, Meth. Ost. p. 134, pl. 9. £31.

Hab. Whydah.

29. Osrrea GuINEENSIS, Dkr. Novit. Conchol. Suppl. ii. p. 43,

pl. 7. figs. 12-18.

Hab. Whydah.

This species was discovered by Dr. Tams at Loanda, about 1400

miles south of Whydah.

Bracuioropa.

30. LinGuLa PARvA, sp. noy. (Plate LXXV. fig. 6.)

Testa oblongo-ovalis, versus apicem parum attenuata, pallido flavida,

levis; valve clause.

Diam. transversa 5 mill., diam. longit. 10.

Hab. Whydah.

PrerRovopDaA.

31. BaLANTIUM RECURYUM, Children, Journ. of Sci. Lit. & Arts,

1824.

Hab. Whydah.

GASTEROPODA.

32. TereBra Festiva, Desh. Journ. de Conch, vi. p. 74, pl. 3.

fern

Hab. West Africa.

33. Teresra (MyurELLA) MARGINATA, Desh. Journ. de Conch.

vi. p. 86, pl. 4. f. 8.

Hab. Whydah.

34. Terespra (MyureLia) sowEersyANna, Desh. Journ, de

Conch. vi. p. 93, pl. 3. £8.

Hab. Whydah.

35. TEREBRA (ABRETIA) KNOCKERI, sp. nov. (Plate LXXY.

fig. 7.)

Testa elongato-subulata, pallide brunnea ; infra suturam zona alba

et ad peripheriam angustiore ornata; apex fuscus ; anfractus 14,

primi 4 conveaxi, politi, ceteri plane convexi, longitudinaliter

costati, in anfractu ultimo coste 16; apertura parva, angusta ;

columella fusco tincta, modice contorta.

Long. 20 mill., diam. 4.

Hab. Whydah.

1871.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. 731

36. TrreBra micans, Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1843, p. 157.

Hab. West Africa.

37. PLEUROTOMA sPiRALIS, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 8.)

Testa fusiformis, pallido-fusca ; anfract. 18, primi 3 politi, con-

vevi, ceteri plane convexi, carina acuta in medio succincti ;

anfract. ultimus cingulis 12 equalibus ornatus; sutura cingulo

minore definita; interstitia oblique striata; apertura angusta ;

columella nigro-fusca ; canalis brevissimus ; labium tenue ; in-

cisura magna.

Long. 11 mill., diam. 3.

Hab, Whydah.

This species belongs to the same group as P. violacea, Hinds.

38. Drinuia pyramrpara, Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv. Monog.

Pleurotoma, p: 57, plat. f 4.

Hab. Whydah.

39. Driviia (CRAssisprra) CARBONARTA, Reeve, Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1843, p. 187.

Hab, West Africa. “—~?” (Reeve).

40. Perrona LINEATA, Lamk. Anim. s, Vert. ed. 2, vol. ix.

p- 348.

Hab. Whydah.

41. CLATHURELLA LABIOsA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 9.)

Testa elongato-ovata, albida; anfract. 6, infra suturam pellucide

zonati, modice convexi, superne subangulati, oblique longitudi-

naliter valide costati, transversim sulcati ; sulci supra costas in-

distincti ; apertura angusta, elongata, spiram equans, ad basim

contracta ; incisura distincta ; labium crassissimum.

Long. 5 mill., diam. 12.

ITab. Whydah.

42. MANGELIA ANGULOSA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 10.)

Testa parva, ovata, pallido-brunnea ; anfract. 6, primi 4 convezi,

politi, simplices, ceteri medio angulati, costis validis, curvatis,

remotis (in anfract. ultimo 6) ornati; transversin exilissime

striati ; strie supra costas indistincte ; apertura subovata, spiram

Jere equans ; columella callosa, superne tuberculata; labium in-

crassatum ; canalis perbrevis,

Long. 5 mill., diam. 13.

Hub. Whydah.

43. Murex rurginatus, Lamk. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. ix.

p. 586.

Hab, Whydah.

732 MR. E, A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. [Deec. 5,

44, NAssA TRITONIFORMIS, Kiener, Coq. Viv. Buccinum, pl. 30.

fig. 2, p. 108.

Hab. Whydah.

45. NaAssA PUMILIO, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 11.)

Testa minima, ovata, albido-cornea, nitida; anfract. 6, convext ;

primi 3 politi, simplices, ceteri costis validis (in anfract. ultimo

12) ornati, costulis transversis (in anfract. tertio et quarto 4)

decussati; apertura parva; columella callosa; labium incras-

satum, intus denticulatum, extra rufo trimaculatum.

Long. 33 mill., diam. fere 2.

Hab. Whydah.

A very pretty minute species, neatly cancellated, producing a no-

duled appearance, whitish, with a line beneath the suture and the

lower part of the last whorl horn-colour.

46. Nassa (NayT1A) Guaprara, Sowerby, Thesaurus i. Monog.

Strombus, p. 32, pl. 8. f. 66, 67.

Hab. Whydah. “?” (Sowerby).

47. CyLLENE OWEN, Gray, MS.; Sowerby, Thesaur. Conch.

iii. p. 78, pl. 217. f. 19, 20.

Hab. Whydah.

48. Purpura Ha&MastomA, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 1, il. p. 1202.

Hab. Lagos, West Africa.

49. PustoNELLA MILLETI, Petit, Journ. de Conch. ii. p. 76,

pl. 1, £.°6.

Hab. Whydah.

ls OxivA FLAMMULATA, Lamk. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. x.

: Hab. Whydah. ‘“‘ West Indies” (Reeve, Conch, Icon.).

51. Oxiva susuLATA, Lamk. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, p. 626.

Var. pallida.

Entirely pinkish cream-coloured, with basal zone still paler.

Hab. Whydah.

52. Oxiva acuminata, Lamk. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. x. p. 625.

Hab. Whydah.

53. Mirra ueses, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. sp. 292.

Hab. Whydah. “——?” (Reeve).

54. MarGINELLA EPIGRUS, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. sp. 151.

Hab. Whydah.

This species was collected also by Mr. R. M‘Andrew at Mogador,

Morocco.

1871,] MR. E. A, SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. 733

55. RiINGICULA GRANDINOSA, Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1844,

p- 96.

Hab. Whydah. “ Philippines ”’ (Cuming).

56. RInGICULA SUTURALIS, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 12.)

Testa ovata, alba, polita; spira acuminata, sutura chorda callosa

cincta ; anfract. 5, convexi, spiraliter sulcati; in anfract. ult.

sulct 10; apertura pyriformis ; columella callosa triplicata ;

labrum extra valide incrassatum.

Long. 22 mill., diam. maj. fere 2.

Hab. Whydah.

This minute species belongs to the same striated group as R. pro-

pinquans, Hinds, from the Philippines and R. someri, De Folin,

from the Cape-Verd Islands. Its much smaller size, the number

and position of the teeth, and the callous chord around the suture

of the whorls well distinguish it.

57. Trrron samieR, Adanson, Voy. Sénégal, p. 122, t. 8. f. 1.

Hab. West Africa.

58. NaricA coLLARIA, Lamk. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. viii.

p- 638.

Hab. West Africa, Whydah.

59. Narica saGraina, D’Orb. Moll. Cuba, pl. 18. f. 20-22.

Hab. Whydah.

I have compared the shells which I refer to this species with the

typical specimen in D’Orbigny’s collection of Cuban shells in the

British Museum, and find that they are identical; therefore this

species appears to be found in the Mediterranean (Malaga), Reeve

(Con. Icon. ix. sp. 111), West Africa (Whydah), Knocker, and West

Indies (Cuba), D’ Orbigny.

60. NaticaA MAROCHIENSIS, Lamk. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. viii.

p. 642.

Hab. Whydah. ‘‘ Morocco and West Indies’ (Lamarck and Reeve,

Conch. Icon. ix.).

61. NaTICA RUBRO-MACULATA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 13.)

Testa globosa, levis, umbilicata ; spira breviuscula ; anfract, 5, con-

vevi, infra suturam leviter depressi et oblique sulcati, lineis longi-

tudinalibus leviter undulatis et maculis subquadratis remotis au-

rantio-rubris (in anfr. ult. trifasciatim) ornati; columella recta.

Alt. maj. 15 mill., diam. maj. 15.

Hab. Whydah.

A very distinct solid species, longitudinally lined, and with three

interrupted bands of squarish reddish spots encircling the last whorl ;

these bands are sometimes altogether absent, and sometimes there

are but one or two.

734 MR. E, A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. _[Dee. 5,

62. IANTHINA BALTEATA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xi. sp. 11.

Hab. North Atlantic ?

63. SCALA MIRANDA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 15.)

Testa pyramidalis, imperforata, grisea; anfract. 8, perconvexi, va-

ricibus obliquis numerosissimis tenuissimis (in anfract. ultimo 45)

ornati; spiraliter minute sed distincte striati; apertura subcir-

cularis.

Long. 9 mill., diam, 4.

Hab. Whydah.

very numerously and finely variced species, with very convex

whorls.

64. ScaLa BAIRDIL, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 14.)

Testa elongata, subturrita, imperforata, albido-purpurascens ; an-

Jract. 9, subconvexi, costis crassis curvatis (in anfract. ultimo

14) instructi, spiraliter minutissime costas inter et supra striati ;

apertura ovata.

Long. 11 mill., diam. 33.

fab. Whydah.

This is very distinct from aay species yet known. The ribs are

produced on to the whorls above, giving the sutural line a neat wavy

appearance. Named after my kind friend Dr. Baird.

65. AcLiIs CARINATA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXYV. fig. 20.)

Testa elongata, sordide alba; anfract. 9, perconvexi, transverse

tenuiter sulcati; ad peripheriam subacute carinata; apertura

ovata, basi effusa.

Long. 10 mill., diam. 23.

ab. Whydah.

A very graceful shell, with neatly suleated whorls. The keel at

the periphery is very remarkable.

66. Monopryema (Myonra) PuNCTURATA, sp. nov. (Plate

LXXV. fig. 16.)

Testa parva, elongato-ovata, subpellucida, brunneo-albida; anfract.

4, convexi, spiraliter valide punctato-sulcati ; in anfract. ult. sulct

17; spira brevis, apice obtuso ; apertura subovata, 3 longitu-

dinis paulo superans, basi subeffusa, marginibus callo tenui junctis ;

columella obliqua tortuosa.

Long. 5 mill., diam. 2.

Hab. Whydah.

The sculpture agrees with that of M. amena, A. Ad. Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1851, p. 223, from the Philippines; but the convexity and

number of the whorls, the shortness of the spire, and the obtuse apex

are sufficient characters by which it may readily be distinguished.

67. OpELiscus (SYRNOLA) GRACILLIMA, sp. nov. (Plate

LXXYV. fig. 17.)

Testa imperforata, gracilis, elongata, polita, alba; anfract. 11,

1871.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. 735

primi 2 (nucleus) globosi, ceteri plani, infra suturam fascia

diaphana ornati ; sutura valde distincta ; apertura pyriformis ;

columella uniplicata.

Long. 63 mill., diam. 13.

Hab. Whydah.

A very slender species, of a pure white colour, with the upper

part of the whorl girdled with a pellucid zone.

68. OposromiA sULCIFERA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 19.)

Testa parva, alba, polita; anfract. 6 ; primus tubercularis, ceteri

subplani, indistincte longitudinaliter striati, infra suturam zona

pellucida ornati, et infra medium sulco lineari cincti; apertura

pyriformis ; columella leviter dentata.

Long. 5 mill., diam. 2.

Hab. Whydah.

The apex is not acute, as in the Mediterranean O. conoidea, the

spire is not so conical, and the columellar tooth is small.

69. TURBONILLA COSTIFERA, Sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 18.)

Testa imperforata, elongata, pallido-fulva; anfract. 8, primi 2

(nucleus) perconvexi, ceteri planiusculi, longitudinaliter valide

costati, inter costas striali, infra suturam fascia diaphana

ornati ; apertura subquadrata, parva ; columella uniplicata.

Long. 53 mill., diam. 13.

Hab. Whydah.

70. Euxtima pisrorta ? (Desh.) Philippi, Moll. Sicil. i. p. 158,

t. 9. f. 10.

Hab. Whydah. ‘‘ Teneriffe’? (M‘Andrew).

Only differing from distorta in being nearly straight and a little

broader.

71. Lerosrraca srvittata, H. & A. Ad. Gen. Moll. i. p. 239.

Eulima bilineata, Ad. & Reeve, Voy. Samarang, p. 72, pl. 11.

f. 24.

Hab. Whydah. “China Sea” (4d. & Reeve). “Island of Negros,

in coarse sand and gravel, 7 fms.”’ (Cuming).

The shells referred to this species are generally smaller, a trifle

broader, and the columella somewhat straighter and more thick-

ened.

72. TURRITELLA CANDIDA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. v. sp. 38.

Hab. West Africa. “ 2”? (Reeve).

73. TURRITELLA ANNULATA, Kiener, Coq. Viv. p. 20, pl. 13.

Hab. West Africa.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XLVII.

736 MR. E. A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. [Dec. 5,

74, PRoTOMA KNOCKERI, Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 59.

Hab. Whydah.

This new genus and species is well figured at the above page.

75. Trocuira cuinensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1257.

Hab. Whydah.

A well-known European species, extending to the Canaries and

West Africa.

76. Cerrrurum (CERITHIOPSIS!) GEMMULIFERUM, Sp. nov.

(Plate LXXV. fig. 22.)

Testa parva, elongata, pallido-brunnea ; anfract. 11, primi 3 leves,

perconvexi; ceteri subplani, triseriatim granulati ; series infra-

suturalis minima; apertura subquadrata; canalis brevis.

Long. 4 mill., diam. 1.

Hab. Whydah.

This species at times probably attains a larger size.

77. Ceriruium (CERITHIOPSIS?) CARINATUM, sp. noy. (Plate

LXXV. fig. 21.)

Testa elongata, pallido-brunnea ; anfract. 15, primi 3 leves, con-

vexi, ceteri plani, carinis tribus (infima maxima) cincti; inter-

stitia longitudinaliter concinne striata; apertura subquadrata ;

canalis brevis.

Long. 6 mill., diam. basi 13.

Hab. Whydah.

78. TRIPHORIS GRANULATA, Ad. & Reeve, Voy. Samarang, p. 46,

pl. 11. f. 33, a, 5.

Hab. Whydah.

The shells referred to this Chinese species differ in one character

from it; viz. the granules of the middle row are constantly smaller

than those of the two adjacent ones, in this respect agreeing with

Triphoris fusca, Dkr., from Japan.

79. SOLARIELLA CANALICULATA, Sp. nov, (Plate LXXV. fig. 28.)

Testa parva, late umbilicata, margaritacea, pulcherrime prismatica ;

spira depresso-conica ; anfract. 5, primi 2 leves, ceteri spira-

liter lirati et infra suturam canaliculatam tubercularum albidarum

(hic illic castaneo notatarum) serie ornati; anfract. ult. carinis

duabus custaneo-punctatis et basi zona purpureo-brunnea cinctus ;

umbilicus perspectivus, chorda tuberculari marginatus ; apertura

subcircularis.

Alt. 2 mill., diam. maj. 3.

Tab. Whydah.

A very pretty pearly species, with a channelled suture, and with

a yow of tubercles beneath it; about every seventh one is chestnut,

the rest whitish. The umbilicus is girt with a somewhat tubercular

chord and a zone of purplish brown.

1871.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELLS. 737

80. CycLosrREMA TRICARINATA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXYV. fig. 26.)

Testa parva, depressa, alba, late perspective umbilicata ; anfract. 95,

rapide augentes, spiraliter lirati ; spira plana; sutura depressa ;

anfract. ult. acute tricarinatus ; carina mediana maxima ; aper-

tura subhexagonalis ; perist. carinis triangulatum, marginibus

callo tenui junctis.

Alt. 1 mill., diam. maj. 3.

Hab. Whydah.

A prettily lirated, depressed species, with the body-whorl tricari-

nate, the centre keel being the largest.

81. CyCLosTREMA ROSEOTINCTA, Sp. nov. (Plate LX XV. fig. 27.)

Testa parva, pallido-rosea, valide umbilicata ; anfract. 4, convexi,

spiraliter leviter lirati, incrementi lineis subtiliter decussati ;

sutura depressa ; apertura fere circularis ; perist. continuum.

Alt. 13 mill., diam. maj. 13.

Hab. Whydah.

This species has somewhat the appearance of a non-pearly Mar-

garita, and it is with doubt that I refer it to Cyclostrema.

82. ErHaia LirRATA, sp.nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 23.)

Testa parva, alba, subimperforata; anfract. 33, spiraliter tenue

lirati, infra suturam et circa regionem umbilicalem radiatim valde

plicati ; apertura circularis ; perist. continuum, crassum.

Alt. 2 mill., diam. maj. 3.

Hab. Whydah.

A somewhat globular species, finely lirate spirally, and beneath

the suture and the umbilical callosity strongly plicate.

83. ETrHALIA PLICATA, Sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 24.)

Testa parva, alba, levis; anfract. 33, rapide augentes ; incrementi

lineis subtilissime striati ; spira depressa; sutura callosa, oblique

sulcata; regio umbilicalis callositate plicata partim obtecta ; aper-

tura circularis; perist. solidum, marginibus callo crassissimo

junctis.

Alt. 1} mill., diam. maj. 24.

Hab. Whydah.

A small, nearly smooth species, with a callous sulcate suture to the

whorls, and also a callosity nearly concealing the umbilicus ; in many

respects agreeing with the genus Leucorhynchia of Crosse.

84. TEINOsTOMA SOLtDA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXYV, fig. 25.)

Testa solida, parva, pallido-fulva, levis ; anfract. 4, rapide augentes,

ultimus superne levis, basi planiusculus, spiraliter trisulcatus ;

regio umbilicalis callosa; apertura depresso-rotundata ; perist.

basi recedens.

Alt. 2 mill., diam. maj. 34.

Hab. Whydah.

A depressed species, plain above and trisuleate beneath.

738 MR. E. A. SMITH ON WEST-AFRICAN SHELIS. __[ Dec. 5,

85. Denratrum inversum, Desh. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. v.

p- 599.

Hab. Whydah. West Indies (Cuming coll.).

86. FissureLLA optusa, Sowb. Conchol. Illust. fig. 59. no. 64.

=? F. mutabilis, Sowb. P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 127.

Hab. Whydah. Cape of Good Hope (Reeve, Conch. Icon.).

87. PATELLA PLUMBEA, Lam. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, vol. vii.

p- 530.

Hab. Lagos, West Africa.

88. CyLICHNA CYLINDRACEA, Pennant, Br. Zool. iv. p. 117,

t. 70. f. 85.

Hab. Whydah.

This species is very widely distributed, being found at Shetland

(Jeffreys), Madeira and Canaries (M‘Andrew), Whydah (Knocker).

The latter is the most southern locality yet known.

89. ScapHanpEeR scaBER, Mill. Zool. Dan. ii. p. 41, pl. 71.

f. 10-12.

Hab. Whydah.

The only difference I can detect in the present specimen is that

it is a trifle narrower than typical specimens of S. scaber. The

remark affixed to the preceding species applies to this also.

90. ToRNATINA KNOCKERI, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 30.)

Testa cylindrica, albida ; spira turrita, perbrevis ; apex tubercularis ;

anfract. 5, ultimus politus, levis, superne angulatus et plicatus ;

apertura anfrac. ulttmum subaquans ; labium rectum; columella

uniplicata.

Long. 43 mill., diam. 2.

Hab. Whydah.

Easily known by its flattish spire, tubercular apex, and the plica-

tions at the upper part of the body-whorl.

91, VoLVULA CYLINDRICA, sp. nov. (Plate LXXV. fig. 29.)

Testa minuta, elongato-ovata, superne rostrata, polita, alba, antice

et postice transversim striata, medio levis ; apertura superne an-

gusta, inferne dilatata ; columella crassa.

Long. 5 mill., diam. 3.

Hab. Whydah.

Peculiar for the beaked apex and the (about 12) spiral strice at

the upper and lower portions.

92. SrpHonaRIA VENOSA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ix. sp. 12.

Hab. Whydah. ‘“‘ Cape”’ (Reeve).

P.Z.8 1871. Pl LXX

Yantern Bros mrp.

Eagar Sunith. th.

New Shells from West Africa

1871.] MR. COLLETT ON THE SKULL OF 8TRIX TENGMALMI. 739

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE LXXV.

. Leda tuberculata, p. 728.

. Oorbula lirata, p. 729.

striata, p. 728.

. Crenella (Modiolaria) multistriata, p. 729.

. Nucula erassicostata, p. 729.

. Lingula parva, p. 730.

. Terebra (Abretia) knockert, p. 730.

. Pleurotoma spiralis, p. 731.

. Clathurella labiosa, p. 731.

. Mangelia angulosa, p. 731.

. Nassa pumilio, p. 732.

Ringicula suturalis, p. 739.

. Natica rubro-maculata, p. 738.

. Scala bairdii, p. 734.

miranda, p. 734.

. Monoptygma (Myonia) puncturata, p. 734.

17. Obeliscus (Syrnola) gracillima, p. Té+.

18. Turbonilla costifera, p. 735.

19. Odostomia sulcifera, p. 735.

20. Aclis carinata, p. 734.

21. Cerithium (Cerithiopsis?) carinatwn, p. 736.

- (Cerithiopsis?) gemmuliferum, p. 736.

23. Ethalia lirata, p. 737.

plicata, p. 737.

25. Teinostoma solida, p. 737.

26. Cyclostrema tricarinata, p. 737.

i roscotincta, p. 737.

28. Solariella canaliculata, p. 736.

29. Volvula cylindrica, p. 738.

30. Tornatina knockeri, p. 738.

SO ONTO Op Oo hoe

—

) —

at et et

DOU Oo

5. On the Asymmetry of the Skull in Strix tengmalmi.

By Roserr Cotuerr, Member of the Scientific Society

of Christiania. (Communicated by Prof. Newton, M.A.,

F.R.S., V.P.)

[Received June, 1871.]

In all the Strigid@ the ‘os squamosum ’ forms posteriorly a sharp,

projecting, and vertical ‘crista,’ having its greatest width almost

exactly behind the ‘fossa glenoidalis,’ which, with a more or less

distinct incision, bends downwards and half forwards in front of the

ear-openings, thus serving without doubt to strengthen the organ of

hearing in this Family.

In the greater number of North-European species (for example,

Strix nyctea, S. passerina, S. bubo, S. aluco, and S. flammea) this

‘ crista’ appears at the top like a round nail, the upper edge of which

is separated by a distinct inflexion from the uppermost part of the

bone, and proceeds downwards by a rather sharp incision in the

lateral parts of the ‘os occipitale.’ In Strix brachyotus and S. otus,

on the contrary, this ‘crista’ appears to be insensibly and without

any inflexion joined with the uppermost part of the bone, and con-

740 MR. COLLETT ON THE SKULL OF STRIX TENGMALMI. [ Dee. 5,

Skull of Sériv cengmatné, from different points of view, showing its asymmetry.

1871.] MR. COLLETT ON THE SKULL OF STRIX TENGMALMI. 741

tinues without any incision of its margin down to the ‘os occipitale.’

From this cause there exists, in the two species last named, to a

greater degree than in the others, a wall, open in front and closed

behind, projecting to the sides. When the skulls are’ seen in front

the ‘ cristee’ appear in these two species very distinctly, while in the

rest they are almost completely hidden behind the ‘ processus orbi-

talis posterior.” I have not had an opportunity of examining the

other species of the northern fauna not named here (Strix funerea,

S. liturata, S. lapponica and 8. psilodactyla) ; but I have seen several

non-European species.

The wall just mentioned is peculiarly adapted to throw back the

vibrations of sound and carry them on to the ‘membrana tympani’

in all the species which I have examined. I am therefore inclined

to attribute to the nearly allied Strix otuws and S. brachyotus a

highly developed power of hearing. In a still greater degree, how-

ever, is this the case in S. tengmalmi, where this bone, and by conse-

quence several of those adjoining it, has a very peculiar formation.

In Strix tengmalmi the ‘ crista’ which the ‘os squamosum ’ pushes

forth in front of the ear-opening projects more considerably than in

the other species ; and as the outer edge of the ‘ crista’ widens about

the middle into a long tongue-shaped process, the whole ‘os squa-

mosum’ surrounds a larger and deeper ear-cavity than in any of

the other species with which I am acquainted.

But at the same time a very remarkable asymmetry appears in this

‘crista.’ On the right side (see figs. 2, 3, & 6, p. 740) it projects

far upward and behind the upper edge of the ‘os alisphenoideem ;’

and on the Jlefé side (see figs. 2, 4, & 6, p. 740), on the contrary,

it leans immediately on the foremost edge of that bone and some-

what beneath its upper part. On both sides it normally joins in its

lower part the ‘os occipitale laterale’ extending on the right con-

siderably more (its height being here 20 mm.) than on the left,

where its height is only 15 mm. On the righé side, where this ‘ crista’

has its largest extent and at the same time is drawn furthest back, it

apparently projects at the top behind the point where the projecting

end of the ‘os parietale’ meets the upper edge of the ‘os squa-

mosum.’ Between where the ‘crista’ begins and the foremost edge

of the remaining part of the ‘os squamosum’ (that point at which

the last-mentioned bone touches the hinder edge of the ‘os alisphe-

noideum’) there is a proportionately considerable distance, amounting

in four of the skulls examined by me to 7°25mm. On the /ef¢ side,

on the contrary, the ‘crista’ projects at the top immediately at the

point which the ‘os squamosum’ forms with the ‘ parietale,’ ‘ fron-

tale,’ and the hinder edge of the ‘alisphenoideum.’ Here the ‘ crista’

leans upon the upper (but not the uppermost) end of the ‘ processus

orbitalis posterior.” Though this ‘crista’ at its upper end joins the

‘os squamosum’ very differently on either side, its lower part is

apparently symmetrical and proceeds normally on both sides to the

lateral parts of the perfectly symmetrical ‘ occipitale.’

In most of the Northern Strigide the outer edge of the ‘ crista’

has a distinct incision, bending downwards to the ‘os occipitale’

742 MR. COLLETT ON THE SKULL OF STRIX TENGMALMI. [ Dec. 5,

below the middle. In Strix otus and S. brachyotus, however, it is

almost entire and without any incision. But in S. tengmalmi there

appears the peculiar extension, already mentioned, which reaches in

front of the ear-openings and bends downwards and finally inwards.

This process in the ‘ crista’ proves to be only asymmetrical in ap-

pearance, extending on the one side (where it is itself shorter than

on the other) far more downwards than on the opposite side. On

close examination it will be found that this process projects on both

sides to an equal distance from the upper end of the ‘crista;’ and

having the same length and curvature on each side, it consequently

terminates higher up on the ight side (where, as has been said, the

‘crista’ is longer) than on the deft (where the ‘crista’ is shorter).

The apparent asymmetry of this process is therefore not due to its

own structure, but to the ‘ crista’ itself.

While this extension of the right prolonged ‘crista’ bends for-

wards, downwards, and finally inwards, above the ‘ os jugulare,’ and

touches with its rounded extremity the lowest and outer edge of the

‘processus orbitalis posterior,’ it bends on the left side (which is

shortened) beneath the ‘os jugulare’ and widens at its extremity into

an oblong ‘condylus,’ which fits into and articulates (sometimes

feebly but yet plainly) with a corresponding surface on the ‘ os coro-

noideum maxillee inferioris,’ jointly with the normal ‘os quadratum ’”

and ‘os jugulare.’ The ‘cranium’ in this way comes into immediate

contact with the lower jaw (as seen in fig. 4, p. 740).

As to the other parts of the ‘os squamosum,’ it may be said that

the ‘ processus zygomaticus’ is but very feebly developed. The ‘pro-

cessus orbitalis posterior’ seems in this species (as appears also to be

the case in young examples of Strix a/uco) to be formed solely of the

‘os alisphenoideum ;’ but, as in all the Strigide, it is very strongly

developed, forming a considerable part of the outer side-wall of the

orbit, and bending down, like a flattened sharp-ending nail, before

the ‘ os squamosum,’ without (as is the case in 8. flammea) reaching

the ‘os jugulare.’

The precise nature and extent of any asymmetry in the other bones,

coalescent with the ‘os squamosum,’ I am not at present able to

point out. That there must be a modification in a slighter degree

of the ‘os alisphenoideum,’ ‘os frontale,’ and ‘os parietale’ (espe-

cially of the last) is perfectly consequent, and it strikes the eye on a

cursory examination of the skull. But for this purpose examples

of younger individuals, which I have not yet obtained, are required.

An examination of an immature example preserved in the Museum

of the University of Christiania, the plumage of which is minutely

described in the ‘Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne’ (xviii.

p- 161), led tono result, the cranium (on account of its youth) being

defective.

The observations above recorded are based on an examination of

nearly a dozen skulls of Strix tengmalmi, all of which have proved

to be alike even to the most minute particulars.

P.S.—Doubtless the nearly allied (if, indeed, specifically distinct)

1871.] MR. P.L.SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 743

North-American form, Strix richardsoni, will present a similar asym-

metry. In the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of

Philadelphia’ for 1870 (p. 73), Mr. Streets states that in the col-

lection of the Academy there are two asymmetrical skulls of an Owl,

which he supposes to be S. acadica; and these, from the short de-

scription, seem to show exactly the same asymmetry as S. tengmalmi

does. It is possible that this remarkable feature is not peculiar to

S. tengmalmi and its transatlantic relative, but that it may appear in

all the species of the group Nyctala. However, until this is proved,

there is reason to suspect that the skulls described by Mr. Streets as

belonging to S. acadica are rather those of S. richardsoni*,

6. Notes on rare or little-known Animals now or lately living

in the Society’s Gardens. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A.,

Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.—Part III.+

Reptiles.

[Received November 15, 1871.]

The concluding portion of my notes written during the preparation

of the new edition of the ‘ List of Vertebrates’ (which I hope to

have ready very shortly) relates to the Testudinata, of which group

we have of late years received a considerable number of specimens.

As regards the other Reptilia and the Batrachians, Dr. Giinther

has always had the kindness to name them for us ; so that all doubtful

specimens have been referred to his determination.

In the arrangement and nomenclature of the Testudinata in the

new edition of the ‘ List of Vertebrates’ I have followed very nearly

the system adopted by Dr. Strauch in his “‘Chelonologische Studien,”

Mem. Ac. St. Pét. ser. 7, vol. v. (1862), and ‘ Vertheilung der

Schildkréten,”’ bcd. vol. viii. (1865).

38. TEesTrupDO TABULATA, Walbaum.

Duméril and Bibron { make Testudo carbonaria of Spix a distinct

species from this; and Dr. Strauch follows them in so doing. Dr.

Gray, in his recent catalogue, throws the two species together. The

examination of two Tortoises purchased for the Society’s collection

in February § last, which are since dead, leads me to believe that

the former view is correct. As Duméril and Bibron observe, the two

animals are unquestionably very nearly allied. But Testudo carbo-

naria is recognizable by its much more compressed shape, blacker

* (In justice to Herr Collett it should be observed that, with the exception

of the concluding paragraph, the foregoing paper was in my hands early in

June, at which time, I believe, the Philadelphia ‘ Proceedings’ for 1870 had not

reached Europe.—A. N.

+ See Part I. Mammals, antea, p. 221, and Part II. Birds, antea, p. 489.

{ Erp. Gén. ii. p. 99.

§ Purchased Feb. 3, 1871.

744 MR.P.L.SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [Dee. 5,

general colour, and by the very different form of the head-shields.

In T. tabulata the frontal or fronto-nasal shield is divided by a me-

dian line; in 7’. carbonaria it is entire. This at least is the case with

our specimens, just as Duméril and Bibron have remarked.

Our two specimens of T'estudo carbonaria (purchased February 19,

1869) were said to have been received from Surinam. They were

entered in the register as Testudo tabulata. Of T. tabulata vera one

example, purchased Dec. 16, 1870, was obtained on the island of

Marajo, Lower Amazon. Mr. E. Bartlett has lent me others for

comparison, one of which he obtained in Eastern Peru, where, he

tells me, it is the only Land-Tortoise known to occur.

39. TEsTUDO ARGENTINA, Sclater.

In my notes on the Tortoises in the Society’s Gardens named

Testudo chilensis by Dr. Gray, which were published in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings’ for 1870 (p. 667)*, I showed the improbability of these

animals being really natives of Chili, where, according to all the best

authorities, no species of Testudinata are known to exist; and in

some further remarks on the same subject in the ‘ Annals of Natural

History’+ I suggested the alternative name Testudo argentina for this

species, in case my views should turn out to be correct. Dr. Philippi’s

letter on the question, stating that the so-called Chilian Tortoises had

been obtained from the vicinity of Mendoza, has been already read to

the Society {. Since then I have also made inquiries on the same

subject of Mr. Weisshaupt, who himself brought the Tortoises in

question to England, and has recently visited us again with a second

collection of animals. Mr. Weisshaupt informs me that he procured

these Tortoises himself during his expedition to Mendoza; so that

there can be no longer any doubt on the subject §. Under these

circumstances Testudo argentina will be the proper name for the

species ||.

40. TERRAPENE CARINATA (Linn.).

In the autumn of last year we received three living examples of

this Tortoise from Massachusetts, U.S.A., and four from Mexico.

All the Mexican specimens had but three claws on the hind feet, and

’ belonged therefore to Onychotria mexicana, Gray (=Cistudo triun-

guis, Agassiz). Dr. Strauch, however, contends that this difference

is not even specific (Verth. d. Schildkr. p. 45)—a point which I

cannot consider yet quite decided.

* Tn these notes, for Testudo stellata in three places read Testudo sulcata, as

is obvious from the context.

t Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 471.

t See antea, p. 480.

§ I may add that Mr. Weisshaupt expressly denied ever haying given the in-

formation regarding these Tortoises quoted by Dr. Gray (Ann. Nat. Hist. Jan.

1871, p. 18). Moreover, as Santiago is not on the coast of Chili, but high in

the Andes, and some sixty miles from the Pacific, the circumstances there stated

are incorrect on the face of them.

|| See the rules of the Stricklandian code of nomenclature.

1871.] MR. P.L.SCLATER.ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 745

41, CINOSTERNUM LEUCOSTOMUM.

In 1870 we received four living specimens of a species of Cino-

sternum, which I had little hesitation in referring to C. /eucostomum

of A. Duméril (Arch. d. Mus. vi. p. 239, pl. xvii.). Two of these

were brought from Greytown, Nicaragua, by an officer of one of the

Royal Mail Steam-ship Company’s vessels, along with an example of

Clemmys ornata. The other two were purchased out of a ship,

with the information that they had come from the Laguna de Ter-

minos, on the coast of Yucatan. Along with the latter were obtained

likewise an example of Clemmys ornata and a specimen of a Der-

matemys abnormis*. I mention these particulars in order to extend

our knowledge of the range of this species, of which M. Duméril’s

only certain localities are Guatemala (Morelet) and New Granada

(Lewy and Goudot). I may add that some of these Tortoises were

taken to the British Museum and identified with Swanka maculata,

Gray f; so that I think it probable that that name is a synonym of

Cinosternum leucostomum.

42. PopocNnemiIs UNIFILIS, Troschel.

On December 16th of last year we purchased for the Society’s

collection two small living Tortoises of the genus Podocnemis, of

which I now exhibit the dried shells, and which I entered in the

officer of the steam-ship ‘ Augustine,’ from whom they were obtained,

informed me that the former was obtained on the Lower Amazon,

and the latter from Purus on the Upper Amazon. In my report on

the additions to the Menagerie for December 1870§ I stated in re-

ference to P. unifilis that a similar specimen in the British Mu-

seum had been referred to the young of P. dumeriliana, but that

I thought this could be “hardly correct.’’ Dr. Gray, in a recent

number of the ‘ Annals’ (ser. 4, vol. viii. p. 68), has endeavoured

to prove that this determination (7. e. that P. unifilis = P. dume-

riliana, jr.) is correct, and has even come to the conclusion that

the character of having only one beard on the lower mandible

(whence Prof. Troschel derived his name wunifilis) so far from being

a peculiarity of this species is ‘common to all the species of the

family Peltocephalidee,”’ 7. e. to the genera Podocnemis and Peltoce-

phalus, which, in Dr. Gray’s latest arrangement, constitute his family

Peltocephalide. But I cannot agree to this view. In the first place

the Podocnemis received along with the specimen of P. unifilis, and

which I entered as P. expansa, has (as you may see by the dried

specimen now before you) a distinct double beard, which in the living

animal was very prominent, and first called my attention to its spe-

cific difference from P. unifilis. Secondly, Wagler (Syst. d. Amph.

* Described and figured by Dr. Gray, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 716, pl. xliii., as Chlo-

remys abnormis.

t+ Suppl. Cat. Shield Rep. p. 68.

{ See P. 4. 8. 1870, Appendix, p. 9 LO.

§ Bee anted. p. 26.

746 MR.P.L.SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [ Dec. 5,

pl. iv. fig. 2) most clearly figures a double beard in P. expansa.

Thirdly, Duméril and Bibron (Erp. Gén. i. p. 584) give as a generic

character of Podocnemis “deux barbillons sous le menton,”’ and again

speak of these (ibid. p. 385) in describing P. expansa. Fourthly,

Peltocephalus, according to the best authorities, has no chin-beard

at all. So that I do not think it can be truly said that the one-

bearded chin is a character of the family Peltocephalidze.

As regards the question whether P. unifilis in the stage described

by Prof. Troschel (with which the specimen now before me agrees

very exactly, except that the spots on the head are bright yellow, not

white, the colour in Prof. Troschel’s specimen having been proba-

bly destroyed in spirit) is a good species, I have not been able to

come to a very satisfactory conclusion. We require more informa-

tion concerning the history of the Amazonian Tortoises and their

various stages before we can come to positive results on the subject.

Dr. Peters some time ago informed me that he considered P. wnifilis

a good species, and had several specimens in the Berlin Museum ;

and I see that he has recently recorded the occurrence of a Tortoise

on the Ucayali under this name*.

Mr. Edward Bartlett informs me that he believes that he met

with four species of the genus Podocnemis during his Amazonian

travels, namely :—

1. The Tartaruga grande or Cherapa grande, which is * common

all over the Amazons, and grows to a length of 2 feet or more,

and lays from 100 to 150 soft round eggs, generally in steep sand-

banks.” This is no doubt Podocnemis expansa (Schweigg.) (= Emys

amazonica, Spix), Dum. et Bibr. ii. p. 585. There can be no

question, I think, that this species always has two barbules under

the chin. Spix, it is true, says of it “gula unicirrhosa;’ but

Wagler, who figures from Spix’s specimen, as I have said above,

gives two.

2. The Cherapilla, a smaller species, found on the Huallaga

and Ucayali. ‘‘It grows to a length of not more than 18 inches,

and lays from twenty to forty eggs in rather a deep hole on flat

sand-banks.’’? The eggs, of which I exhibit Mr. Bartlett’s spe-

cimens, are oval, and their shells quite hard; they measure 1°8 in,

by 1°35.

This I suppose to be Podocnemis dumeriliana (Schweigg.) or

Emys macrocephala of Spix. Whether this species has one or two

barbules on the throat I cannot quite decide. A fine dried specimen

(measuring about 16 in. in length of the upper shell) which Mr. E.

Bartlett has lent to me has certainly only ove central barbule. But

in the figure of the head of P. dumeriliana given by A. Duméril

(Arch. d. Mus. vi. pl. xviii. fig. 3) two barbules are plainly shown.

Dr. Gray has pointed out the differences in the form of the

ridges on the alveolar surface of the upper jaw which separate this

species from P. expansa, and which are well shown in the four

skulls now exhibited from Mr. E. Bartlett’s collection. But Dr.

Gray has not remarked on another still more characteristic point

* Monatsb. Ac. Berl. Aug. 3, 1871.

1871.] MR. P.L.SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. 747

. :

of difference in the skulls of the two species, to which Mr. Bartlett

has called my attention. In P. dmmeriliana there is a large oval

fossa (af, fig. 2), about two tenths of an inch in depth, immediately

in front of the aperture (ae.) in which the columella is lodged.

This fossa does not exist in the skull of P. expansa (fig. 1), or at

least is only shown by a slight depression of the surface in the same

spot. Moreover the large somewhat triangular-shaped fossa be-

hind the aperture (pf), which occurs in both species, is very much

larger in P. dumeriliana than in P. expansa.

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Right tympanic rings of Podocnemis expansa (fig. 1) and P. dumeriliana (fig. 2).

pf. Posterior fossa. af. Anterior fossa. ac. Aperture of the columella,

3. The Tortoise recently named by Dr. Gray Bartlettia pitipii*,

which Mr Bartlett met with only near Sarayacu, on the Ucayali.

This, he states, “lays from nine to twelve eggs only, on the flat sand-

banks, about fifty or sixty yards from the water.” The egos, of

which I exhibit two specimens from Mr. Bartlett’s collection, are

oblongo-oval in shape and soft-shelled, measuring 1-7 by 0°9 inch.

There is no question about this Tortoise being a Podocnemis, in

my opinion, and probably of a species different from P. expansa and

P. dumeriliana, But I consider that it may be referable to Emys

erythrocephala of Spix, with which it agrees in nearly every parti-

cular. In the first place Spix’s species is unquestionably a Podo-

enemis, but has been referred by some authors to P. dumeriliana

and by others to P. expansa, both of which species Spix has figured

under other names. Wagler, who had the advantage of the use of

Spix’s specimens, says (Nat. Syst. d. Amph. p. 135) “ Emys ery-

throcephala, Spix, which belongs to this genus (i. e. Podocnemis)

differs from Hmys expansa only in the circular excavation at the end

of the thorax by the tail. Perhaps this is only individual.” The

complete specimen of the so-called Bartlettia pitipii in the British

Museum, as will be seen by the accompanying sketch (fig. 3, p. 748),

presents this feature to a certain extent, although not to the extent

given in Spix’s figure.

* P, Z. 8. 1870, p. 720.

718 MR. P.L.SCLATER ON ANIMALS IN THE MENAGERIE. [ Dec. 5,

The complete specimen of this Podocnemis in the British Museum

has only one small central mental barbule.

Treats at

We ; 7“ +

Lower surface of shell of Bartlettia pitipii, Gray.

4. The fourth Podoenemis obtained by Mr. E. Bartlett was the

small species, with its brilliantly yellow-spotted head, which Prof.

Troschel has described as Podoenemis unifilis, and which, as already

stated, is labelled in the British Museum as the young of P. dume-

riliana.

Mr. Bartlett met with this Tortoise on the Ucayali near Sarayacu,

and believed his specimens to be full-grown. The specimen lately

living in the Society’s collection agrees very well with one of Mr.

Bartlett’s specimens in the British Museum. On examining the

other specimens in spirits there, I find two small individuals which

I believe to belong to the same species. These are both labelled

P. expansa,

1871.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM OYAPOK. 749

I think it is possible after all that P. wnifilis may be only the

young of P. dumeriliana; but I cannot consider that this is yet

proved to be the case.

7. Remarks on a Collection of Birds from Oyapok. By

P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the

Society.

[Received November 29, 1871.]

Madame Adéle Verdey, of 45 Rue Turenne, Paris, has lately sent

to me for examination a considerable series of bird-skins collected

by one of her correspondents at Oyapok—a place on the river of the

same name which divides Cayenne from the northern frontier of

Brazil. The collection is of much interest, as containing many

forms which I have previously seen only from the Upper Amazons,

such as Euphonia rufiventris, Heterocnemis argentata, Pipra fili-

eauda, Celeus grammicus aud others, mixed up with well-known

Cayenne species.

There are also two apparently new species in the collection, con-

cerning which I have the following notes to offer.

Family TyraNNIDz.

1. OcuTHoCA MURINA, sp. nov.

Pallide murino-brunnea fere unicolor, pileo obscuriore: alis cau-

daque nigricantibus, marginibus pallidioribus : loris et oculo-

rum ambitu flavidis: rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 5°4,

ale 3, caude 2°3.

fab. Oyapok, Cayenne.

In general colour this species is very much like Sayornis pallida,

but is rather paler and about half the size. I refer it, however, to

Ochthoéca, from which the so-called genus Sayornis is scarcely sepa-

rable. When instituting the genus Ochfthoéca (Wiegm. Arch. 1847,

p- 295), Dr. Cabanis assigned to it Muscicapa saya, though he sub-

sequently transferred this species to dulanaz (J. f. O. 1856, p. 2).

I have at present specimens of the following sixteen species of this

genus (in which I now include Mecocereulus of my Catalogue) in

my collection :—

a. OcatuoptraAira, Cab.

1. O. fumigata (Boiss.); Cat. A. B. p. 198, ex Columbia et rep.

Aquat.

b. OcuTHoica, Cab.

2. O. fumicolor, Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 198, ex Columb, et rep. Auquat.

3. O. superciliosa, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 786, ex Vene-

zuela alta.

750 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM OYAPOK. [ Dec. 5,

4. O. enanthoides (Lafr. et D’Orb.), ex Bolivia alta.

5. O. polionota, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 599, ex Peruv.

alta.

6. O. leucophrys (Lafr. et D’Orb.); Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1867,

p- 986, ex Peruv. alta.

7. O. albidiema (Lafr.); Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 199, ex Columbia.

8. O. citrinifrons, Scl. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 113, ex rep. Aquat.

9. O. lessoni, Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 198, ex Columbia alta.

10. O. nigrita, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 786, ex Venezuela

alta.

11. O. cinnamomeiventris (Lafr.); Cat. A. B. p. 199, ex Co-

lumbia alta.

ce. Mecocercutvs, Scl.

12. O. diadema (Hartl.); Cat. A. B. p. 199, ex Columbia alta.

13. O. gratiosa (Scl.); P. Z. S. 1862, p. 113, ex rep. Auquat.

14, O. setophagoides (Bp.) ; Mecocerculus leucophrys, Scl. Cat.

A. B. p. 199 (nee Fl. leucophrys, Lafr. et D’Orb.), ex Columbia

alta et rep. Aquat.

15. O. stictoptera (Scl.); Cat. A. B. p. 199, ex Columbia alta et

rep. Aquat.

16. O. murina, Scl., ex Cayenna.

I have never been fortunate enough to obtain specimens of the

following :—

1. O. rufipectoralis (Lafr. et D’Orb.), ex Bolivia.

2. O. rufo-marginata, Lawr. Aun. L. N. Y. ix. p. 266, ex rep.

Equat.

3. O. uropygialis ; Mecocerculus uropygialis, Lawr. Ann. L. N.Y.

ix. p. 266, ex rep. Aquat.

Family Corrne1pz.

2. HETEROPELMA IGNICEPS, Sp. nov.

Olivaceum : alis caudaque fuscis olivaceo limbatis: pilei cristati

plumis mediis late et lete croceis, lateribus capitis cineraces-

centi-olivaceis: subtus valde dilutior, ventre medio et subala-

ribus flavis: rostro corneo, basi pallidiore, pedibus carneis :

long. tota 5°2, ale 2°8, caud@é 2°1.

Hab. Oyapok, Cayenne.

Obs. Similis H. flavicapillo ex Brasil. Merid. Or., sed crista

splendide crocea, rostro latiore et ventre flavo differt.

Of this species two specimens are in the collection. It is mani-

festly a northern form of H. flavicapilla, but quite distinct. H.

chrysocephalum of Pelzeln, of which I have a typical specimen, is

much more like H. aurifrons; and I am a little doubtful about its

real distinctness from that species.

1871.] ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF TYRANNID. 751

8. Remarks on the Species of the Genera Myiozetetes aud

Conopias, belonging to the family Tyrannide. By P. L.

Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.

[Received November 28, 1871.]

Mr. G. N. Lawrence, of New York, having kindly sent to me for

examination some of the types of his newly described Tyrannide,

and thus given me the opportunity of comparing them with the

Specimens in my own collection, I have drawn up a few notes on the

species of two allied genera, Myiozetetes and Conopias, which may,

I trust, serve to assist others in the task of determining these diffi-

cult birds.

First, as regards Myiozetetes*, Mr. Salvin and I, in some re-

marks on Myiozetetes granadensis (P. Z.S. 1867, p. 279), have

proposed to divide the species of this genus allied to MW. cayennensis

as follows :—

a, Species with a clearly defined white superciliary stripe.

a'. Species with the primaries externally narrowly

bordered with rufous, and with the basal half of

the inner webs of both primaries and secondaries

broadly margined with pale rufous..................

—

. M. guianensis.

PS ies : ce ee 2. M. texensis

b'. ies wit : gs primaries, em- | 5 ar :

Species without rufous edgings to primaries, ME colunibeantes:

: : : 3

es local forms, which require further 4. M. cayennensis.

Be ae sete nen ae ome ae pcb nalts seas BL Missa

. M. granadensis.

The examination of the specimens which I have more recently

met with, together with the assistance I have received from Dr.

Finsch’s excellent remarks on this genus (P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 569),

have induced me slightly to alter my views, and to propose to ar-

range the species of Myiozetetes in the following way :—

a, Superciliis albis.

2. rufipennis.

3. cayennensis,

b'. prim. extus rufescente intus fulvo limbatis ......... 4. similis.

c'. prim. extus viridi intus fulvo limbatis ............... 5, texensis,

6. granadensis.

a'. primariis extus et intus rufo limbatis ...............

| 1. erythropterus.

7. lutecventris.

EMeer iis My ise s.. cede sta ease ioe ba oy ela qatiee's seis ee

8. sulphureus.

At the same time I must say that I am by no means satisfied as

to the validity of all the species of section a, as in some cases, as I

shall presently show, they certainly run into one another.

1. MyrozeTreTrs ERYTHROPTERUS.

Tyrannula erythroptera, Lafr. Rey. Zool. 1853, p. 56.

Hab. S.B. Brazil; Minas Geraes (Rogers).

This species I put first, as having the greatest development of red

* As to the origin of this generic term, see P. Z. 8, 1859, p. 46,

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1871, No. XLVIII.

752 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON [Dec. 5,

on the wings. In M. erythropterus nearly the whole of the basal

two thirds of the remiges are of a chestnut-red ; and a conspicuous

red patch on the wing is thus formed. Except in the first primary,

the black colour is confined to a very narrow line on each side of the

shaft. In the secondaries the outer web is black, narrowly edged

with red; the inner web nearly wholly red. The whole wing-end

and outer secondaries are black.

I have two specimens of the bird in my collection—one obtained

from a dealer, the other transmitted by Mr. Rogers from Minas.

This species (or subspecies of M. cayennensis, whichever it may

be) is of larger size than M. cayennensis from Cayenne. I measure

as follows :—

Long. tota. | Ale. | Caude.

M. erythropterus |Mus. P. L. 8. ......:0.s00s0eee a 7-0 39 3-2

i 3 SL SARA Ratewer te b 75 4:0 3-4

M. cayennensis.,.|Mus, G. N. L. ex Cayenne ...| a 6:2 32 27

” ” ” ” ” tee b ‘Sip 32 2:6

M. rufipennis ....Mus. P. L. 8. ex Venezuela .|... 6-6 3d 3:0

2. My1ozETETES RUFIPENNIS.

Myiozetetes rufipennis, Lawr. Ann. L. N. Y. ix. p. 267.

Myiozetetes cayennensis, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 628.

This form is intermediate between M. cayennensis and M. ery-

thropterus. Mr. Lawrence’s typical specimen agrees very nearly

with Goering’s skin from San Esteban, which Mr. Salvin and I did

not venture to separate from M. cayennensis.

M. rufipennis has not quite so much red on the wings as M. ery-

thropterus, the dark line adjoining the outside of the shaft of the

primaries being broader. Judging from the two specimens examined,

the bird is also not quite so long-winged as the Brazilian form.

3. MytozETETES CAYENNENSIS.

Muscicapa cayennensis, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 327 (ex M. cayenn.

Briss. Orn. ii. p. 404).

Elenea cayennensis, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 701.

Mytozetetes cayennensis, Finsch, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 569.

Myiozetetes guianensis, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 61; Sel.

P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 283; Cat. A. B. p. 219; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S.

1867, p. 279, 1868, p. 168.

Myiozetetes marginatus, Lawr. Ibis, 1863, p. 182.

I have hitherto applied the Linnean term cayennensis to the

southern form of M. tewensis, without rufous margins to the wings.

Dr. Finsch, however, in his remarks above mentioned, has shown

conclusively that the Muscicapa cayennensis of Linnzeus (founded on

M. cayennensis of Brisson) has the remiges externally margined with

rufous. There can be no doubt, therefore, that the name Myio-

zetetes cayennensis is correctly applicable to the bird which I have

hitherto usually called M. guianensis.

1871. | CERTAIN SPECIES OF TYRANNID. 753

Two Cayenne skins of this species are in Mr. Lawrence’s collec-

tion, and agree very well with specimens in my collection from

Bogota and from Panama. Fraser’s skins from Babahoyo must also

be referred here, although they approximate somewhat to the Vene-

zuelan form (M. rufipennis).

The typical specimen of Mr. Lawrence’s M. marginatus (from

Panama) is a young bird in my opinion, showing for that reason

narrow edgings to the wing-coverts aud broader rufous margins to

the tail-feathers. But I cannot separate it specifically from other

specimens of M. cayennensis from the same district.

4. MyYIoZETETES SIMILIS.

Muscicapa similis, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 18, pl. 25.

Muscipeta cayennensis, Lafr. et D’Orb. Syn. Av. i. p. 47 ; D’Orb.

Voy. Ois. p. 317.

Tyrannula similis, Hartl. Verz. Mus. Brem. p. 49.

Elenea miles, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 474.

Myjiozetetes similis, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 61; Sclater,

Cat. A. B. p. 219; Finsch, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 569.

Myjiozetetes cayennensis, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 598.

In all freshly moulted specimens of the species which I have seen,

there are narrow rufescent edgings to the primaries ; and in this stage

it is somewhat hard to give good characters to separate it from

M. cayennensis. It is, however, always of considerably larger dimen-

sions, and has the inner margins of the primaries paler and more of

a yellowish than rufous tint. When the rufescent outer edgings of

the primaries wear off, the species comes nearer to M. texensis, but

has the back generally of a darker olive.

Mr. Lawrence sends me a skin of Myiozetetes from Peru (Prof.

Orton), which agrees very well with others int my collection obtained

by Mr. Whitely at Cosnipata in Peru, and by Fraser at Esmeraldas

in Ecuador, the latter being a trifle smaller. Mr. Lawrence has

given the MS. term grandis* to his skin; but I am inclined to refer

all three to M. similis.

5. My1ozZETETES TEXENSIS.

Tyrannula cayennensis, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, i. p. 367.

Muscicapa texensis, Giraud, B. of Texas, pl. 1; Sclater, P. Z. S,

1855, p. 65.

Elenia texensis, Sclater, P. Z. S$. 1856, p. 296.

Llenia mexicana, Kaup, in Mus. Berol. et Hein.

Myiozetetes texensis, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1859, p. 56, et Ibis, 1859,

p- 443 ; Sclat. et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 123, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 837;

Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 62; Finsch, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 569.

Myiozetetes colombianus, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 62;

Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 219; Sel. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 359; Sal-

vin, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 196; Finsch, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 569.

Myiozetetes cayennensis, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 219.

* Recently published, see Proc. Ac. Sc, Phil. 1871, p. 234.

754 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON [Dec.-5,

Of this species I have examined a large number of specimens (ten

in my own collection, and eighteen in that of Messrs. Salvin and God-

man), and have quite come to the conclusion that Dr. Finsch is right

in saying that the so-called M. colombianus is not really separable.

The series examined contains skins from every part of the Central

American Isthmus, from Southern Mexico down to Panama, and

from Columbia, Venezuela, and Trinidad, the last-named locality

not being quite certain. The southern specimens are generally

smaller in dimensions.

In this bird the remiges are narrowly bordered externally with

yellowish, and internally with pale fulvous. In neither case is there

any decided rufous tint.

I have a small Bogota skin of this species, which appears to agree

very fairly with Heine f.’s description of his M. icterophrys (J.f. O.

1861, p. 197); and there are similar skins from Venezuela in Mr.

Lawrence’s collection. But, in spite of what Dr. Finsch says (P. Z.8.

1870, p. 569), I think the differences are not sufficient to establish

a species upon.

6. My1ozeTeTES GRANADENSIS.

Myiozetetes granadensis, Lawrence, Ibis, 1862, p. 11; Sclater,

Cat. A. B. p. 219; Sclater et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 359, 1867,

p- 979, et 1869, p. 598.

This is a very distinct species, about which there can be happily

no question. I have skins of it from Honduras, Panama, Bogota,

and Western Peru, and have compared them with Mr. Lawrence’s

type from Panama,

M. granadensis is readily known from all the preceding species

by the entire absence of the white eyebrows. The head is plum-

beous, with a concealed- median crest of bright scarlet (in the adult),

and with the frontal feathers more or less whitish. The back is

olive-green. ‘The wings and tail are narrowly edged externally with

greenish, and internally more broadly margined with pale yellowish,

7. My1toZETETES SULPHUREUS.

Muscicapa sulphurea, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 16, pl. 20.

Tyrannula peruviana, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 56.

Myiozetetes sulphureus, Cab. et Hem. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 61;

Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 220; Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 109.

About this species there can be also no question, its great size

rendering it at once recognizable*. The concealed crest is of a fine

orange-yellow.

Mr. E. Bartlett brought two skins of this Myiozetetes in his latest

collection from Chamicuros, Eastern Peru, one of which is now in

Messrs. Salvin and Godman’s collection. The only skin I have is also

from Kastern Peru. Natterer obtained this bird in Central Brazil.

8. My1ozeTETES LUTEIVENTRIS.

Elenea luteiventris, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 71.

* Long. tota 8, alee 4:3, caudie 3:1.

1871.] CERTAIN SPECIES OF TYRANNIDA, hoa

Myiozetetes luteiventris, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p- 219; Pelz. Orn.

Bras. p. 109.

This species I founded, in 1858, upon a skin, in not very good

plumage, obtained, through the Maison Verreaux, from the Rio Napo.

I have been recently fortunate enough to find a second example in a

collection of birds from Oyapok, in Cayenne, transmitted to me for

examination by Madame Verdey of Paris. This second skin is also

not quite adult, but shows a small concealed crest, proving that, as

H. v. Pelzeln has already pointed out in his remarks (Orn, Bras.

p- 109), this species is not different in this respect from other

members of this group. I use this specimen to amend the specific

characters formerly given, as follows :—

My1ozereres LUTEIVENTRIS.

Obscure olivaceus, alis caudaque Jusco-nigris, rufescente ma) gi-

natis: crista pilei celata igneo-rubra flavo mixta : gutture albo ;

abdomine et subalaribus flavis : remigum marginibus interioribus

pallide rufescentibus : long. tota 5:3, ale 2°75, caude 2°3.

Hab. Kastern Ecuador; Rio Negro and Rio Maderira (Natt.) ;

Cayenne.

This species forms a very distinct third member of the second

section of Mytozetetes, without the white superciliaries, It is not

unlike M. granadensis, but smaller in size and much darker above.

So much for the species of Myiozetetes. Of the nearly allied

genus Conopias, Cab. & Hein.*, I have only recognized one species

in my American Catalogue, namely Conopias superciliosa = Tyran-

nula superciliosa, Sw. (1841). I now find that Swainson’s name

must give place to ¢trivirgata of P. Max. (1831), this bird being

clearly the Muscicapa trivirgata of Max. Beitr. iii, p- 871. This

synonym was wrongly referred in my American Catalogue to Myio-

zetetes similis.

Closely allied to C. trivirgata, but distinguishable by its larger

size, white throat, and brown back, is Myiozetetes inornatus of M r.

Lawrence. Tschudi’s Tyrannus ecinchoneti (of which I have lately

obtained a Bogota skin) seems to be a third allied species. All

these three Tyrants have broad and distinct superciliary markings

prolonged to the nape, and a dark pileus without any coronal patch.

Their synonymy will stand as follows :—

1. CONOPIAS TRIVIRGATA.

. Muscicapa trivirgata, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 871 (1831),

Tyrannula superciliosa, Sw. Orn. Dr. pl. 46; Burm. Syst. Ueb,

ii. p. 475.

Muscicapa pitangula, Licht. in Mus. Berol.

* Mus. Hein. ii. p. 62 (1859). Mr. G. R. Gray (Hand-list, i. p. 354) seems

to give Myiacleptes of Reichenbach (1850) priority. But I cannot admit that

a mere cut of the head and wing (such as that in Reichenbach’s Systema, pl. lx.),

without even a type species named, is sufficient to establish a priority.

56 MR. E. W. H. HOLDSWORTH ON FELIS RUBIGINOSA. [Dec. 5,

“J

Conopias superciliosus, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 62 (note) ;

Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 221.

Hab. S.E. Brazil (Maz. et Burm.).

2. CONOPIAS INORNATA.

Myiozetetes inornatus, Lawr. Ann. L. N.Y. ix. p. 268; Finsch,

P. Z.S. 1870, p. 569.

Hab. Valencia, Venezuela (Lawr.); Trinidad (Finsch).

3. CoNOPIAS CINCHONETI.

Tyrannus cinchoneti, Tsch. Faun. Per. p. 151, pl. viil. fig. 2.

Hab. Peru (Philippi); Bogota (Mus. P. L. S.).

9. Note on a Variety of Felis rubigindsa from Ceylon.

By E. W. H. Hoxpsworrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received December 4, 1871.]

Before speaking particularly of this variety it may be desirable to

give a short account of what is known of the habits and geographical

range of the species.

Felis rubiginosa of Is. Geoffroy is a small species of true Cat, and

has apparently but a very limited distribution, being restricted, ac-

cording to Jerdon, to the Carnatic on the south-east of India and

to the island of Ceylon. It has never, I believe, been brought alive

to Europe; and specimens are not numerous in museums, either in

this country or elsewhere.

In Ceylon, which is peopled by races speaking two very distinct

languages, Tamil and Singhalese (the former being the language of

the north and the latter of the south, the two overlapping in the

central and more civilized districts of the island) this Cat is known

to some of the native hunters by the name of Verewa poony in Tamil

and Coolla deeya in Singhalese. In the northern district of Ceylon,

however, which generally resembles in character the Carnatic, this

species is very rare ; and the one example I met with is the only speci-

men I have heard of that has been obtained in that part of the island.

Liberal rewards offered to native hunters, during several months, for

specimens alive or dead entirely failed in procuring any more; and

the Government Agent of the Northern Province, who had been re-

sident in that large district for very many years, and who, from his

official position and known tastes, would be likely to have rarities

brought to him, had never seen or heard of this red-spotted Cat

until I showed him the specimenI had obtained. It may be con-

sidered, therefore, tolerably certain that in that part of Ceylon

nearest to India, and resembling it most in physical characters,

this species, strangely enough, is almost unknown, although in other

respects there is a general similarity in the productions of those parts

of the two countries.

1871.] MR. E,W. H. HOLDSWORTH ON FELIS RUBIGINOSA, 797

The manners of Felis rubiginosa are, so far as I have had the

means of observing them, those of the true Cats, shown by its stealthy

walk and watchful looks above and around it; and I may add that the

example I met with, although hit all over by a charge of large shot,

fought hard for its life, and some minutes elapsed before I could safely

lay my hands upon it. It preys on birds and small quadrupeds.

Although nowhere common in Ceylon, this Cat is found more

frequently on the hills than elsewhere; and I have examined three

specimens which were procured within a few miles of Kandy,

probably at an elevation of from 1500 to 2000 feet. The hill-coun-

try, I may mention, occupies the centre of the southern two thirds

of the island; and it is from that region that most of the rarer and

peculiar members of the Ceylonese fauna are obtained. Jerdon

speaks of this animal in India as especially frequenting open grassy

places and the neighbourhood of villages, and also mentions, on his

own authority and on that of correspondents, that hybrids are not

unfrequently produced between this species and the domestic Cat.

I have very little doubt that Felis rubiginosa, the animal I am now

speaking of, is the one to which Jerdon refers; but I must say, from

my own experience, and from what I have heard of the animal, that in

Ceylon it is a true jungle Cat, and hybrids from it are there unknown.

The specimen I shot was walking along one of the ordinary narrow

game-paths in wild jungle, more than two miles from the nearest

native dwelling; and although I knew of one instance in which it was

killed very close to Kandy, that would not lead one to expect this Cat

would be generally found in the neighbourhood of towns or villages ;

for at Kandy the primitive jungle, that which has never been cleared

or disturbed, is only separated by a little-frequented road from the

gardens of the Governor’s official residence; and taking the year

round there is hardly any locality in the island which is so productive

of rare and peculiar species of birds and quadrupeds as this particular

jungle. I have thought it right to mention this, because the distri-

bution and habitats of the Ceylon fauna do not appear to agree in

all cases with what are found in other countries producing similar

forms.

To return to this Cat: the four examples I saw in the island (one

of them killed by myself) agreed perfectly in the characteristic co-

lour and markings of the species; the general ground-colour of the

animals was a light greyish fawn, striped on the head and back, and

spotted on the sides and legs with bright rusty brown. This general

rusty colour of the markings has suggested its specific name, and it

is generally known as the Red-spotted Cat.

The late Dr. Kelaart, who with Mr. Edgar Layard did so much

towards working out the natural history of Ceylon, mentions, how-

ever, in his ‘ Prodromus Faune Zeylanicz,’ that specimens of this Cat

from Nuwara Eliya (6000 feet) are darker-coloured and more spotted

(probably he meant more distinctly spotted) than those from a less ele-

vation ; and I now wish to bring before the Society what I believe is

an undoubted example of Felis rubiginosa, but which differs so much

from the typical character that hardly any trace of rust-colour is

798 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON VARIOUS FELID&. [ Dee. 5,

perceptible, and the various markings, although true in position, are

almost of a dark brownish black, whilst the original greyish colour

of the ground has a larger element of fawn in it.

I have no means of knowing with certainty from what point of

the hills this strongly marked variety was procured ; but it was re-

cently sent to me from Ceylon, and was obtained from the same

person, a collector at Kandy, in whose hands I saw the three speci-

mens previously mentioned. As most of the things which are

brought to this person are collected within a radius of twelve or fif-

teen miles of Kandy, it is very probable that this specimen was not

from any of the higher ranges of hills.

P.S.—This variety has been examined by Dr. Jerdon and Mr.

Blyth, and has been pronounced by the latter to be the same as

that on which he founded his new Indian species, F. jerdoni (P. Z. S.

1863, p. 185).

10. Remarks on various Species of Felidee, with a Description

of a Species from North-Western Siberia. By D. G.

HiLior, HENLE AS. we

[Received December 5, 1871.]

(Plate LXXVI.)

Having had occasion lately to visit the Leyden Museum, in order

to make some investigations in the difficult group comprising the

genus Felis, I ascertained some facts which I consider may be useful

for naturalists to know, and have therefore embodied them in the

present communication. In the ‘Monographies de Mammalogie,’

published in 1827, Temminck described a Cat under the name of

Felis aurata, the type of which had been purchased from a London

dealer, and its habitat therefore not correctly known. The Golden

Cat from Sumatra, Borneo, and Nepal, named by Hodgson F’. moor-

mensis (P. Z. 8. 1832, p. 10), has been considered by mammalo-

gists generally to be the same as the one described by Temminck, and

it has been quoted and figured under the name of awrata in various

publications by the majority of authors. It was therefore with uo

little surprise that, on seeing the typical F. aurata in Leyden, I

ascertained that it was not the I’. moormensis of Hodgson, but a

species inhabiting the Gold Coast, which had been named rutila by

Waterhouse in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1842,

p. 130. The two animals from Nepal &c., and from Africa, resemble

each other in being both of a general red colour; and therefore it

was excusable that authors, judging only from descriptions, and

not having seen Temminck’s type, should have confounded it with

Hodgson’s species, which, however, is very distinct. Prof. Schlegel

had intended to publish a memoir upon this species of M. Temminck,

in order to place the matter in its proper light, but gave up the pro-

1871.] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON VARIOUS FELID&. 799

ject on learning that I was investigating the group; and I take this

opportunity of expressing my thanks for his kindness and assistance

during the time I was at work in the magnificent museum over which

he so worthily presides.

In the same monograph already mentioned, M. Temminck has

also described a Cat, which he procured at the sale of Mr. Bullock’s

collection in London, as F. celidogaster, the habitat being then

unknown; but in the ‘Esquisses Zoologiques,’ published in 1853,

p. 86, he redescribes the species from a specimen received from the

coast of Guinea. This supposed distinct species, however, proves to

be only a light-coloured variety of Temminck’s Felis aurata from

the same locality, as there is in the museum a flat skin, also from

the Gold Coast, of a Cat which is intermediate between the two

extremes deemed distinct by Temminck. In the ‘Annals and

Magazine of Natural History’ (1838), vol. i. p. 27, Dr. J. E. Gray

described a Cat from the Gambia as F’. neglecta. It was founded

on a flat skin wanting the head. By the kindness of Prof. Schlegel

I have been enabled to bring the type of I’. celidogaster to London,

and compare it with Dr. Gray’s neglecta, and I find that the two

are identical and cannot be separated. The synonymy, then, of the

two species described respectively by Temminck and Hodgson from

the Gold Coast and Nepal will be as follows :—

FEevis AURATA.

Felis aurata, Temm. Mon. Mamm. 1827, p. 120; Vig. Zool.

Journ. vol. ii. p. 530.

Felis rutila, Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 130; Gray,

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, pp. 272, 395; id. Cat. Carn. Mam. 1869,

p- 23. sp. 14.

Felis celidogaster, Temm. Mon. Mamm. 1827, p. 140; zd. Es-

quiss. Zool. 1853, p. 86 (light variety).

Felis neglecta, J. E. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1838, vol. 1.

p- 27; Sclat. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 246 (light variety).

Felis chalybeata, H. Smith, Griff. Anim. King. 1827, vol. ii.

p. 474. pl. (light variety).

General colour above red, indistinctly spotted on the sides, spots

small in size ; beneath white, spotted with blackish brown ; tail red

above, white beneath, unspotted ; no white marks upon the face,

which is of the same red colour as the back a:d sides.

Hab. Gold Coast of Africa.

FELIS MOORMENSIS.

Felis moormensis, Hodgson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 10.

Leopardus auratus, J. E. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 265 ;

id. Cat. Carn. Mam. 1869, p. 12.

Felis aurata, Sclat. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 815, pl. 36, et 1868,

p. 647; Blyth, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 185.

Felis temminckii, Vigors and Horsf. Zool. Journ, vol. iii. p. 491

(jun.).

760 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON VARIOUS FELIDZ. [ Dec. 5,

Upper parts rich brown-red ; ears and tip of tail black ; markings

on the face buff, edged with black ; underparts much paler than the

upper, inside of the fore legs whitish buff, crossed with several dusky

bars; upper lip pale buff, with three parallel rows of black dots ;

lower lip and chin white; underpart of tail white.

Hab. Nepal, Sumatra, Borneo.

In 1863 Mr. Blyth, in his list of the Asiatic species of the genus

Felis, published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society, sepa-

rated as F’, jerdoni a small Cat, habitat unknown, but supposed to be

the peninsula of India, resembling in size the F. rudiginosa, and in

markings the F. bengalensis of Desm. By the kindness of Mr.

E. W. H. Holdsworth, I have been put in possession of two Cats

collected by him at Aripo, north-west Ceylon, one of which is typical

F. rubiginosa, and the other rather intermediate between that spe-

cies and F. jerdoni. This would prove that Mr. Blyth’s species is

only a dark form of F. rubiginosa—a fact not to be wondered at,

as dark and light varieties among the species of Felis are of very

common occurrence. I should state that Mr. Blyth has seen the

specimens here alluded to, and agrees with me that his F. jerdoni

The synonymy of the species will be somewhat as follows : =

FELIS RUBIGINOSA.

Felis rubiginosa, I. Geoff. Voy. Bélanger, Zool. p. 140, pl. 6;

Blyth, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 185.

Viverriceps rubiginosa, J. E. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 269 ;

id. Cat. Carn. Mamm. 1869, p. 18.

Felis jerdoni, Blyth, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p.185; J. E. Gray,

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, pp. 274, 401.

Leopardus sumatranus, Gray, Cat. Mam. B. M. p. 43.

The dark specimen from Ceylon, although apparently full-grown,

is still quite young, the teeth being still thode of a kitten.

The remaining species to which I would call the attention of na-

turalists is one described and figured by Radde, in the ‘ Reisen im

Siiden von Ost-Sibirien,’ 1862, p. 106, as Felis undata, Desmarest.

A short time since Mr. A. D. Bartlett, the Superintendent of the

Zoological Gardens in Regent’s Park, lent me a skin of a Cat, stated

to have come from Siberia, which appeared different from any which

I had previously seen;*but on comparing it with Radde’s description

of F. undata it was apparently the same.

On looking at the original description of F’. undata (‘ Nouveau

Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle,’ vol. vi. p. 115) I found it was

established upon a Cat. from India, said to be little smaller than the

F. javanensis, described on the same page, and also compared with

the “‘ Chat sauvage Indien” of Vosmaer. Judging from the plate,

Vosmaer’s animal is only a domestic Cat, and at all events is totally

different from the animal figured by Radde, which in many particu-

lars does not resemble any Cat known to inhabit India, possessing,

among other characteristics, a short rather bushy tail, quite different

Weeril th rae fore

Quilt QAPURCELT N ei W

TALS. PP gear

IAXX Td

1871.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN FISHES. 761

from the slender tails of the small Cats which are known to inhabit

the southern part of Europe and Asia. Desmarest’s name of undata

will therefore have to become a synonym, probably of F. javanensis,

if that is allowed to be a different species from F’. undata, Temm.,

as his description and plate are so unsatisfactory as to render it im-

possible to make out what animal was intended ; and Radde’s species

will require a new name, as it is evident it cannot be considered

identical with any Indian Cat, nor does it resemble any species yet

described from northern Asia. I would therefore propose that it

should be known as

FELIS EUPTILURA. (Plate LXXVI.)

Felis undata’, Radde, Reisen im Siiden von Ost-Sibirien, 1862,

p- 196, pl. 4.

Ground-colour of the body light brownish yellow, strongly mixed

with grey, covered with reddish-brown spots rather oblong in shape,

darkest and most conspicuous on the hind quarters; head grey, with

a white line under the eye and on the side next to the nose; two

dark brown stripes in the centre, commencing at the top of the nose,

and one on each side beginning at the eye, pass over the top of the

head, and down the back of the neck to the shouders; a dark-red

stripe from the corner of the eye runs back across the cheek to the

base of the ear; and another rather lighter in colour, starting below

the eye, passes across the cheek and curves back under the throat.

The centre of the back much darker than the sides, with spots of

dark brown. Under lip white, as is also the throat and underparts.

Across the upper part of the breast are four broken bands of foxy

red ; belly covered with large brown spots, becoming rufous between

the hind legs. Inner side of hind legs buff, with cross bands of fox

red, and covered with small reddish spots to the toes. Tail thick,

rather short, bushy, darker than the body, with several incomplete

broken rings of blackish brown. Inside of ear buff, behind black.

In size the animal appears somewhat larger than the ordinary do-

mestic Cat. The skin, unfortunately, is in a very bad condition, the

hair falling off at the slightest touch.

11. Examination of certain “ Remarks on Indian Fishes ”

made by Mr. Francis Day in the ‘ Proceedings of the

Zoological Society.’ By Dr. AtBert Ginrtuer, F.Z.S.

Je [Received December 5, 1871.]

At the Meeting of the Zoological Society held Nov. 7th, 1871,

a paper by Mr. Day was read, entitled ‘‘ Remarks on Indian Fishes,”

in which he attempts to disprove the correctness or justice of some

critical observations made by me in the ‘ Zoological Record’ for 1869.

Some of these “remarks”? do not require a reply, as Mr. Day

merely repeats his former statements, and zoologists specially in-

762 DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Dee. 5,

terested in the matter have only to consult what has been written

upon it, and then can judge for themselves whether I have mis-

understood Mr. Day (which I deny), or whether it is not rather

he who has repeatedly misrepresented the author of the ‘ Catalogue

of Fishes’*. But there are other remarks, in which Mr. Day has

brought forward fresh facts which, in the interest of truth, must be

examined ; and being based upon materials in the British Museum,

they require notice on my part. They are the following :—

1. Is the type of Pseudeutropius longimanus (Gthr.) one of

Colonel Sykes’s specimens of Hypophthalmus taakree ?

Mr. Day says :—‘‘ Sykes described two species of Hypophthalmus,

the taakree and goongwaree, and placed his typical specimens in the

collection of the Zoological Society, which was subsequently trans-

ferred to the British Museum. Neither of Sykes’s typical specimens,

however, finds a place in the ‘Catalogue of Fishes in the British

Museum.’ Having been courteously permitted+ by Dr. Gunther,

in 1870, to examine Pseudeutropius longimanus, Ginther (stated in

the Catalogue to be ‘a. Skin, 6 inches long: not good state. India.

From the Collection of the Zoological Society’), I was surprised

to find it was one of Sykes’s specimens, a fact overlooked when the

‘Catalogue’ was compiled. Attached to it was the following label :—

evidently a transposition of labels from the H. tavkree.”

It would seem, at first, almost incredible that this elaborate

statement of Mr. Day proceeds entirely from his own imagination

and is wholly fallacious.

* Take, for instance, a case from Mr. Day’s recent “remarks.” He had

stated in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 871, that Crossochilus rostratus (Gthr.) was

identical with Cyprinus bata (H. B); and I set him right on this point in

the ‘Record’ for that year in the words quoted by Mr. Day. But, instead of

frankly admitting that he had been mistaken in the matter, he states: “As

regards Crossochilus rostratus, Ginther, from the description as now given, it

appears to resemble B. bata, H. B., excepting in having a pair of rostral instead

of a pair of maxillary barbels.” The italics are my own. Now will Mr. Day

point out where I have given this second description, or whether I have added

one iota to my original description in 1868? and is it not apparent that he

intended to convey an erroneous idea to those of his readers who are not

acquainted with the details of the history of the fish (for he could scarcely hope

that I would accept such an answer), viz. the idea that it was only by the

“description as now given” that he was enabled to perceive the difference

between the two fishes ?

In the first instance, Mr. Day gave as one of the reasons for identifying these

two fishes, having found some of his specimens of C. bata (?) in the Cossye river,

whence the Crossochilus rostratus in the British Museum was obtained. This

is certainly a point for consideration, but too much weight should not be laid

upon it. No doubt Mr. Day, on a visit to a locality, employs every means to

collect as many fishes as possible; but it were an illusion to think that he has

obtained during a temporary stay all the fishes or even the greater part of the

species noticed by previous visitors or residents.

t I accept this as a complimentary remark, but must observe that none of the

employés of the Trustees of the British Museum have the power of permitting

or denying access to the collections to a student of natural history.

1871.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN FISHES. 763

When, in 1857, the most important part of the collection of the

Zoological Society was purchased by the Trustees of the British

Museum, the register of that collection was fortunately obtained at

the same time. In that register every fish possessed by the Society

was entered, under a separate number, with the name of the donor

and other particulars; but the name of Col. Sykes does not appear

once. Nor is there the slightest indication in Col. Sykes’s paper in

the ‘Transactions of the Zoological Society’ that he presented spe-

cimens of the fishes described to the Society. The plates in the

‘Transactions’ were not made from specimens, but copied from

native drawings brought home by him. Col. Sykes appears to have

sent specimens of various fishes to the Museum of the late East-

India Company ; but, although I searched carefully that museum

(before and after the transfer of its fish-collection to the British

Museum) for types of Col. Sykes’s paper, I failed to discover them,

There were other fishes said to have been sent by Col. Sykes; but

they had nothing to do with his paper on the Dukhun fishes, and

were preserved in spirits.

Thus there is sufficient evidence to show that no typical specimen

was placed by Col. Sykes in the collection of the Zoological Society ;

and I proceed to trace the history of the specimen of the Ps. longi-

manus by the aid of the same register. Two labels are attached

to 1t :—

a. The round original label used by the curator of the Zoological

Society for the skins of fishes, with the no. 940 written on it. On

referring to this number in the register I find the following entry

in the handwriting of Mr. G. R. Waterhouse, then curator of the

Zoological Society :—

“1834. Dec.3. Pimelodus vacha. India. Presented by J. Wil-

lie, Esq.”

So much for Mr. Day’s discovery that “it was one of Sykes’s

specimens.” It had been presented with others to the Society by

Mr. Willie in 1834—that is, five years before Col. Sykes communi-

cated his paper to the Zoological Society. Further, on inquiring of

Mr. Waterhouse as to who had named it ‘‘ Pimelodus vacha,”’ he

replied that he himself had named the fishes in a preliminary man-

ner; and for that purpose, and at that time, Mr. Waterhouse’s de-

termination was sufficiently approximate to the truth,

b. The second label was placed in 1857 by the curator of the

British Museum, Mr. Gerrard, and bears, in his handwriting, our

Whether he, or somebody else who studied the fish after the publi-

cation of Sykes’s paper, applied this name to it, he cannot remember.

The name having been latinized, it was probably done by Bennett.

However, this is of no consequence ; and the ‘ transposition of labels ”

which is said to have taken place is merely a convenient supposition

of Mr. Day (used by him not for the first time), without even a

shadow of probability in this case.

For completeness’ sake I may mention another fact which is passed

over in silence by Mr. Day, although it may have (unfortunately)

764 DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Dec. 5,

assisted him in determining this example as one of Sykes’s speci-

mens of H. taakree. When I examined it for the first time in 1863,

I thought it might be the ¢aakree of Sykes, and wrote this name on

the label of the bottle* ; but having convinced myself that it was

not likely to be this fish, I drew my pen through the name, and

wrote below longimanus.

2. Has Cyprinus bata (Ham. Buch.) nine, or ten branched rays in

the dorsal fin?

The words of Hamilton Buchanan, that this fish has “ twelve rays

in the fin of the back,’ ..... “the first’? and “second” being

“undivided ; the others are branched, the last of them being divided

to the root,” have always conveyed to my mind the idea that this

fish was described, as clearly as possible, as a fish with ten branched

dorsal rays. Surely no author would count the same ray in one line

of the description as two, and in another as one, “the last’ being

clearly the singular and not the plural form. If “the last” had

been meant for two rays, Hamilton Buchanan would have written

‘the two last”?! However, it requires but slight acquaintance with

Hamilton Buchanan’s work to see that his rule was to count the last

ray (which is generally split to the base) as one, and not as two.

Mr. Day’s statement to the contrary is to me quite incomprehensible ;

he needed only to compare Buchanan’s description with the plates.

When we take, for instance, the five species succeeding Cyprinus bata

(viz. C. boga, catla, gonius, calbasu, and nandina) and the five pre-

ceding it (viz. C. mrigala, dero, cocsa, bacaila, and morar) and com-

pare their descriptions with the figures, we find that Buchanan has

invariably counted the ray in question as a single ray. The only

case which shows some obscurity is that of C. dero. In C. mrigala

Buchanan expressly mentions the number of branched rays in the

text ; and the description of C. sarana (pp. 307, 309) offers another

striking instance, disproving Mr. Day’s assertion. Finally, to set

the matter beyond further dispute, also with regard to C. bata, I

give (see p. 765) an exact tracing of H. Buchanan’s MS. drawing

of this fish, in which the ten separate branched dorsal rays are as

clearly shown as could well be done.

3. What are the relations between Barbus beavani (Gthr.) and

Cyprinus chagunio (H. B.)?

Mr. Day states that ‘‘amongst Hamilton Buchanan’s original

drawings exists one of CO. chagunio, and labelled as such.” No

doubt such a drawing would considerably assist us in answering the

question.

In the British Museum copy of those drawings (which always was

believed to be complete) no such drawing exists, nor any thing ap-

proaching Barbus beavani. Therefore T have applied to the Li-

brarian of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for a tracing of the drawing

* T preserve all skins of importance in bottles to insure their greater _fety.

1871.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN FISHES. 765

766 DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Dee. 5.

discovered by Mr. Day, and shall defer further observations until I

have had an opportunity of examining this document.

With regard to Mr. Day’s observations regarding the value of some

genera adopted in the ‘ Catalogue of Fishes,’ but questioned by him,

I must decline to enter into controversy with him. It is very natural

that an author who has to work out the entire field of ichthyology

should be guided in this respect by different considerations and hold

different views from one who limits himself to a fauna; and as long

as Mr. Day introduces into his papers statements of the kind men-

tioned above, I feel that, for the future, it will be undesirable to em-

ploy, my time in taking notice of similar communications to the

Society.

LIST

Janse

10.

ial

14.

21.

24.

APPENDIX.

OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

DURING THE YEAR

1871.

2 Black Apes (Cynopithecus niger), $. Celebes. Purchased.

2 Bornean Apes (Macacus maurus), ¢ and 2. Borneo. Pur-

chased.

1 Ashy-black Ape (Macacus ocreatus), 3. Celebes. Purchased.

1 Tayra (Galera barbara). Interior of New Granada, Purchased.

. 1 Indian Kite (Milvus govinda). Presented by Henry Mark-

mann, Esq.

. 1 Giraffe (Camelopardus giraffa), $. Purchased.

1 Painted Partridge (Francolinus pictus). Central India. Pre-

sented by Lieut.-Col. Radcliffe.

. 1 Hybrid Cat (between Felis catus and F. domestica), 3. Pre-

sented by S. E. B. Pusey, Esq., F.Z.5.

1 Alpine Marmot (Arctomys marmotta). Presented by Professor

Herschel, B.A.

2 Common Paradoxures (Paradorurus typus). Received in ex-

change.

pt Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by H.R.H.

the Prince of Wales, F.Z.S.

2 Gaimard’s Kangaroos (Bettongia gaimardi). Presented by

G. E. Thompson, Esq.

1 Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobarica). Deposited by John

Fleming, Esq.

1 Two-toed Sloth (Cholepus didactylus). Demerara. Presented

by Capt. J. S. Hamlyn.

1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis levaillantii). Purchased.

1 Cirl Bunting (Emberiza cirlus). Purchased.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Received in exchange.

1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), 9. Presented by Capt.

Lyon.

2 Roach (Leuciscus rutilus). Presented by Ashley Dodd, Esq.,

3 Common Perch (Perca fluviatilis), Presented by Ashley Dodd,

Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Javan Chevrotain (Tragulus javanicus). Presented by S. M.

Soutter, Esq.

1 Ground-Parrot (Strigops habroptilus). Deposited by Capt. R.

Peek.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. XLIX.

768

Jan.

Feb.

26.

13.

14,

17.

20.

21.

APPENDIX.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2. Presented by

Madame Richards.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

Madame Richards.

1 Grand Galago (Galago crassicaudata). Purchased.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited by J.

Kilching, Esq.

. 2 Derbian Screamers ( Chauna derbiana). Cartagena. Purchased.

1 Annulated Snake (Leptodira annulata). Panama. Purchased.

. 2 Splendid Grass-Parrakeets (Zuphema splendida), $ and Q.

Purchased.

. 1 Summer Duck (Aix sponsa), 2. Purchased.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes auropunctatus). Bengal. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Black Saki (Pithecia satanas), 2. Purchased.

1 White-collared Mangabey ( Cercocebus collaris), $. Purchased.

2 Coal-Tortoises (Testudo carbonaria). Purchased.

1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Island of Lewis, W.

Hebrides. Presented by H. Stone, Esq.

. 1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquata), 2. Presented

by Major Sharples.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 3. Deposited by

Major Graham.

1 Kusimanse (Crossarchus obscurus), 2. Purchased.

1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3.

Purchased.

1 Brazilian Tortoise (Testudo tabulata). Received in exchange.

1 Senegal Touracon (Corythaix persa). Purchased.

1 Bristly Ground-Squirrel (Xerws setosus). Purchased.

2 Talapoin Monkeys (Cercopithecus talapoin), 2. Purchased.

2 pairs Pied Grass-Finches (Spermestes fringilloides), Pur-

chased.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-

sented by Joshua Duke, Esq.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandi), 2. Presented by T.

Hooby, Esq.

1 Hippopotamus (Hippopotamus amphibius), 6. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

G. Cole, Esq.

1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rufifrons), 3. Purchased.

. | Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroo (Bettongia grayi). Born in the Me-

nagerie.

1 Wild Boar (Sus scrofa), $. Mesopotamia. Presented by G.

Phillips, Esq.

7 Canary Finches (Crithagra canaria). Purchased.

. 1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maxwellii), 9. Born in

25.

the Menagerie.

1 Proteus (Proteus anguinus). Cave of Adelsberg. Presented

by Henry Syme, Esq.

1 Weeper Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus), 9. Presented

by Mrs. Walker.

1 Egyptian Cat (Felis chaus), 9. Purchased.

Feb. 27

Mar.

ae Kw

15.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 769

. 1Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis), ¢. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

. 4Mulita Armadillos (Tatusta hybrida). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Chestnut-backed Squirrel (Scirus castanonotus). Acapulco,

West Mexico. Presented by Lieut. G. R. Bromley, R.N.

. 16 Wonga-Wonga Pigeons (Leucosarcia picata). Presented by

Commodore Lambert, R.N.

. 3 Senegal Touracous (Corythaix persa). Purchased.

. 2 Ariel Phalangers (Belideus ariel), 2. Port Darwin. Pre-

sented by the Directors of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide,

Australia.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (white var.) (Phalangista vulpina), 3.

Presented by the Directors of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide,

Australia.

1 Rabbit-eared Perameles (Perameles lagotis), 9. West Aus-

tralia, Presented by the Directors of the Botanic Gardens,

Adelaide, Australia.

1 pair Crimson-winged Parrakeets (Aprosmictus coceinopterus).

Port Darwin. Presented by the Directors of the Botanic

Gardens, Adelaide, Australia.

1 Barred-shouldered Dove (Geopelia humeralis). Presented

by the Directors of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, Aus-

tralia.

1 Australian Quail (Synweus australis). Presented by the Di-

rectors of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, Australia.

1 Musanga Paradoxure (Paradorurus musanga), 3. Timor.

Presented by P. E. Warburton, Esq., R.N.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus). Born in the Mena-

erie.

1 Zebu (Bos indicus). Born in the Menagerie.

. 2 Llamas (Lama peruana). Presented by His Grace the Duke

of Wellington, F-.Z.S.

_ 1 Temminck’s Snapper (Macroclemmys temminckit). Purchased.

. 2 Cinereous Benghalis (Estrelda cerulescens). Purchased.

’ 29 Rose-Hill Parrakeets (Platycercus evimius). Purchased.

2 Moor Monkeys (Semnopithecus maurus). Java. Presented by

Capt. D. Nutsford.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Dr. N. Holland.

|. 2 Javan Chevrotains (Tragulus javanicus), and 9. Presented

by G. W. T. Browne, Esq.

2 White-eared Bulbuls (Pycnonotus leucotis). Purchased.

1 Yellow-winged Conure (Conuwrus virescens). Purchased.

1 Blue-winged Parrakeet Sena tiriacula). Purchased.

4 Crested Ground-Parrakeets (Calopsitta nove-hollandie), 2

and2 9, Presented by A. Grote, Esq., FE.Z.8.

1 Javan Porcupine (Hystriz javanica). Purchased.

1 Cape Hunting Dog (Lycaon pictus), 3. Purchased.

1 Masked Owl (Strix personata). Purchased.

1 Tayra (Galera babara). Panama. Purchased.

1 Delicate Iguana (Iguana delicatissima). Nicaragua. Pur-

chased.

1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus americanus). Colon, West

Indies. Purchased.

Apr.

27.

28.

30.

31.

APPENDIX.

. 2 Amherst Pheasants (Zhaumalea amherstie). Purchased.

1 Hybrid Gayal (between Bos indicus g and Bos frontalis 2).

Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Kel (white var.) (Anguilla vulgaris). Presented by

H. Lee, Esq.

. 1 Vervyet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 3. Presented by

21.

W.S. Page, Esq.

2 White-faced Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna viduata). South Ame-

rica. Purchased.

2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Deposited by Mrs.

Arcedeckne,

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Depo-

sited by Mrs. Arcedeckne.

1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), 3. Presented by Her Majesty the

Queen.

12 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Island of Jersey. Pre-

sented by G. E. Maude, Esq.

1 Rook (Corvus frugilegus). Deposited by Lady M. Beresford

Hope.

1 Tincestione (Strepsilas interpres). Presented by Dr. Palin,

C.M.Z.S.

1 Virginian Eagle-Owl (Bubo virginianus). Purchased.

1 African Civet (Viverra civetta), g. Quiah, W. Africa. Pur-

chased.

1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettii). Born in the Me-

nagerie.

1 Ibex (Capra tbex). Born in the Menagerie.

4 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), 9. Purchased.

4 Marmoset Monkeys (Hapale jacchus), 2 $ and 29. Pur-

chased.

1 Kusimanse (Crossarchus obscurus), 2. Purchased.

1 Coati (black var.) (Wasua nasica), 9. Purchased.

1 Brown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus apella), ¢. Purchased.

1 Weeper Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus), g. Purchased.

1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 9. Purchased.

1 Grand Eclectus (£electus grandis). Purchased.

2 Javan Parrakeets (Paleornis javanica). Purchased.

1 Bronze-Spotted Dove (Chalcopelia chaleospila). Purchased.

2 Tambourine Pigeons ( Tympanistria bicolor), g and 2. Pur-

chased.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), §. Received in exchange.

1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus), 9. Received in

exchange.

1 Potto (Perodicticus potto). Purchased.

. 1 Little Grebe (Podiceps minor). Presented by J. K. Lord,

Esq., F.Z.S

1 Prince Alfred’s Deer (Cervus alfredi), 2. Philippine Islands.

Received in exchange.

1 Weeper Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus), ¢. Purchased.

. 1 Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie), Presented by Capt. Cruick-

shank.

. 1 Squirrel Monkey (Callithrix sciureus), 2. Purchased.

. 1 Wood Brocket (Cervus nemorivagus). Purchased.

1 Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus) (?), ¢. Purchased.

1 Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus) (?), @. Purchased.

Apr. 5.

15.

14.

15.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. Fels

1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), 9. Presented by

J. R. Mayers, Esq.

6 Fifteen-spimed Sticklebacks (Gasterosteus spinachia). Pre-

sented by W. Penny, Esq.

3 Long-spined Cottus ( Cottus bubalis). Presented by W. Penny,

Esq.

17 Deep-nosed Pipefish (Syngnathus typhle). Purchased.

8 Straight-nosed Pipefish (Syngnathus ophidion). Purchased.

3 Worm Pipefish (Syngnathus lumbriciformis). Purchased.

. Common Camel (Camelus dromedarius), 2. Purchased.

2 Swainson’s Lorikeets (Trichoglossus swainsonit). Purchased.

1 Chuva Spider Monkey (Ateles marginatus). Purchased.

2 Missel Thrushes (Zwrdus viscivorus). Purchased.

2 Fieldfares (Turdus pilaris). Purchased.

2 Redwings (Turdus iliacus). Purchased.

. 1 Barnard’s Parrakeet (Platycercus barnardii). Purchased.

1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the Me-

nagerie.

1 Red-billed Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna autumnalis). Purchased.

. 1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans). Purchased.

. 1 Chimpanzee ( Troglodytes niger), 2. Deposited.

1 Greater White-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua cristata). Presented

by Major-General Sir B. T. Phillips, F.Z.S.

. 1 Red-bellied Spider Monkey (Afeles rufiventris), 9. Atrato

River. Purchased.

1 Geoftroy’s Marmoset Monkey (Midas geoffroit), 9. Panama.

Purchased.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), 2. Nicaragua. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Black-billed Parrakeet (Palcornis melanorhyncha), 2. Pre-

sented by Edmund Warre, Esq.

20 Salmon (Salmo salar). Presented by F. Buckland, Esq.,

F.ZS.

20 Swiss Lake-Trout (Salmo lacustris). Presented by F. Buck-

land, Esq., F.Z.S.

30 Bull Trout (Salmo erior). Presented by F. Buckland, Esq.,

F.ZS

4 Nose-horned Vipers (Vipera nasicornis). Cape Coast, West

Africa. Presented by Wm. Cleaver, Esq.

1 Rat-tailed Serpent (Trigonocephalus lanceolatus). St. Lucia,

West Indies. Presented by G. W. Des Voeux, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Kiwi (Apteryx mantel). Purchased.

1 Owen’s Apteryx (Apteryx owen). Purchased.

1 African Cobra (Nara haje). Purchased.

1 Bay Lynx (Felis rufa), $. Purchased.

3 Madagascar Porphyrios (Porphyrio madagascariensis). Pur-

chased.

1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnettii), g. Purchased.

. | Brown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus apella), $. Presented by

Percy Frere Luck, Esq.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

W. Vaughan, Esq.

. 4 Tibetan Wolves (Canis laniger). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Boobook Owl ( Athene boobook). Presented by T. Walker, Esq.

. 1 Black Wallaby (Halmaturus ualabatus), 2. Born in the Me-

nagerie.

772

Apr. 20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

APPENDIX.

1 Black-tailed Water-Hen (Tribonyzx ventralis). Hatched in the

Gardens.

12 Short-nosed Seahorses (ippocampus brevirostris). Pur-

chased,

12 Marbled Newts (Triton marmoratus), Purchased.

1 Five-spotted Wrasse (Crenilabrus quinqguemaculatus). Pur-

chased.

1 Sordid Dragonet (Callionymus dracunculus). Purchased.

1 Striped Bream (Cantharus jr.). Purchased.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), §. Received in ex-

change.

2 Common Peafowls (Lavo cristatus), 2. Purchased.

1 Black-winged Peafowl (Pavo nigripennis), 9. Purchased.

2 Stock-Doves (Columba ewnas). Presented by Wm. Bankes,

Sq.

1 Swainson’s Lorikeet (Zrichoglossus swainsonii). Presented by

Miss C. Wale.

2 Scaly-breasted Parrakeets (Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus). Pre-

sented by Miss C. Wale.

3 Upland Geese (Chloéphaga magellanica). Hatched in the

Gardens.

1 Short-headed Phalanger (Belideus breviceps), 3. Presented

by C. E. Booth, Esq.

2 Philippine Hanging Parrakeets (Loriculus culaciss’). Pur-

chased.

1 Blue-crowned Parrakeet ( Zanygnathus luconensis). Purchased.

- 3 Bladder-nosed Seals (Cystophora cristata). Purchased.

. 1 Golden Conure ( Conwrus luteus). Purchased.

1 Malabar Pastor (Pastor malabarica). Purchased.

. 1 Capybara (Hydrocherus capybara). Purchased.

3 Jerboas (Dipus eyyptius). Born in the Menagerie.

» 1 Syrian Wild Ass (Equus hemippus), 3. Deposited by H. J. *

Sedway, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 3. Deposited by R.

Allison, jun., Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Pole-Cat (Mustela putorius), 2. Presented by C. Wedge, Esq.

1 Australian Sheldrake (Tadorna tadornvides). Purchased.

. 7 Cyclodus Lizards (Cyclodus gigas). Born in the Menagerie.

- 2 Derbian Wallabies (Halmaturus derbianus), $. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Brazilian Hang-nest (Ieterus jamaica). Purchased.

- 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Malay countries,

Presented by G. Winefield, Esq.

J Harmless Coral Snake (Erythrolamprus venustissimus). Pre-

sented by Dr. Chyne.

. 2 Egyptian Geese (Chenalopex egyptiaca). Hatched in the

Gardens.

3 Blackish Sternotheres (Sternotherus subniger). Madagascar.

Purchased.

2 Grey Ichneumons (Herpestes griseus), ¢. Purchased.

1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettii), 2. Presented by

C. J. Brownrige, Esq.

1 Emu (Dromeus nove-hollandie), 3. Presented by Miss

Beatson.

1 Chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger), 2. Deposited.

May 4.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 773

2 bree cia Pheasants (Euplocamus vieilloti), G and 2. Depo-

sited.

1 Ungko Gibbon (Hylobates variegatus), 2. Deposited.

1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus cephalopterus), 9. Cey-

lon. Purchased.

2 White-eared Fruit-Bats (Cynopterus marginatus), § and 2.

Purchased.

2 Himalayan Marmots (Arctomys bobac). Bhootan. Purchased.

2 Chinese Jay Thrushes (Garrulaz chinensis). Purchased.

1 Siamese Magpie (Urocissa magnirostris). Purchased.

2 Blue-throated Barbets (Megalema asiatica). Purchased.

2 Hunting Crows (Cissa venatoria). Purchased.

1 Blue-thighed Lory (Lorius tibialis). Purchased.

2 Blue-breasted Lories (Los indica). Purchased.

1 Mitchell’s Lorikeet (T'richoglossus mitchelli). Purchased.

3 etic Partridges (Rollulus coronatus),2 g and1 9. Pur-

chased,

4 Black-throated Hill Partridges (Arboricola torqueola), 2 $ and

29. Purchased.

2 Grey Francolins (Francolinus ponticervanus), g and 2. Pur-

chased.

1 Long-billed Francolin (Rhizothera longirostris). Purchased.

2 Yellow-spotted Terrapens (Clemmys hamiltoni). Allahabad,

India. Purchased.

2Dura Terrapins (Pangshura tentorium). Allahabad, India.

Purchased.

1 Thurgi Terrapin (Clemmys thurgi). Allahabad, India. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Wood Brocket (Cervus nemorivagus), 2. Purchased.

2 Beautiful Parrakeets (Psephotus pulcherrimus), g and 9.

Purchased.

4 Chestnut-eared Finches (Amadina castanotis), 2 g and 2 9.

Purchased.

1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnettii), $. Port Natal. Pur-

chased.

1 Monteiro’s Galago (Galago monteiri), 6. Angola. Purchased.

. 2 Common Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by W. Brod-

rick, Esq.

. 1 Chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger), . Presented by J. J. Mon-

teiro, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinivys belliana). Presented by J. J. Mon-

teiro, Esq., C.M.Z.S

. 8 Slow Worms (Anguis fragilis). Presented by Dr. Bowerbank,

F.Z.5.

4 Common Snakes (Tropidonotus natrix). Presented by Dr.

Bowerbank, F.Z.S.

1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera). Deposited by the

Rev. C. Cooke.

1 White-bellied Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus leucogaster). Deposited

by the Duke of Buckingham and Chandos.

. 1 Black-fronted Lemur (Lemur nigrifrons). Born in the Mena-

erie.

2 Polish Swans (Cygnus immutabilis), ¢ and Q. Received in

exchange.

1 Brown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus apella). Deposited by Mrs.

Harrison.

774

May 10.

15.

16.

17.

18.

APPENDIX.

1 Anoa (Bubalus depressicornis), 8. Purchased.

1 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), 3. Presented by Sir Thos.

Dyer, Bart.

2 Black-winged Peafowls (Pavo nigripennis), g and 9. Pre-

sented by Sir Thos. Dyer, Bart.

. 1 Nose-horned Viper (Vipera nasicornis). Cape Coast, West

Africa. Presented by H.E. Governor Ussher.

1 River-Jack (Vipera rhinoceros). Cape Coast, West Africa.

Presented by C. B. Mosse, Esq.

1 Imperial Eagle (Aguila imperialis). Foo-Chow, China. Pur-

chased.

- 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettii), 9. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Dunlin (Tringa variabilis). Presented by J. E. Harting, Esq.,

E.ZS

2 Guinea Baboons (Cynocephalus papio), 3. Presented by Wm.

Burrows, Esq.

6 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). Born in the Menagerie.

4 Brent Geese (Bernicla brenta), 2 g and2 9. Purchased.

» 1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by E. C. Phil-

lips, Esq.

1 Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron chinquis). Hatched in the

Gardens.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by J. D. Bour-

dillon, Ksq.

1 Western Slender-billed Cockatoo (Liemetis pastinator). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Lesser.

2 Chilian Swans (Cygnus coscoroba), ¢ and Q. Chili. Pur-

chased.

2 Andean Geese (Berniclu melanoptera), g and 9. Chili. Pur-

chased.

2 Chilian Starlings (Cureus aterrimus). Chili. Purchased.

4 Buenos-Ayres Cow-birds (Molothrus bonariensis), 2 ¢ and

29. Mendoza. Purchased.

5 Rufescent Teguexins (Teiws rufescens). Mendoza. Purchased.

2 Dominican Gulls (Larus dominicanus). Chili. Purchased.

2 Long-winged Milvagos (Milvago megalopterus). Chili. Pur-

chased.

1 Long-haired Armadillo (Dasypus vellerosus). Mendoza. Pur-

chased.

1 Spectacled Bear (Ursus ornatus). Andes of Peru. Purchased.

2 Ruddy Sheldrakes ( Tadorna rutila). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Common Adder (Pelias berus). Styria. Received in exchange.

2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Received in exchange.

5 Glass Snakes (Psewdopus pallasii). Received in exchange.

3 Horned Cerastes (Vipera cerastes). Received in exchange.

1 Weeper Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus). Deposited by

Capt. Giffard.

2 Proteus (Proteus anguinus), Cave of Adelsburg. Presented

by W. C. P. Medlycott, Esq., F.Z.S.

5 Kingfishers (Alcedo ispida). Purchased.

1 Mexican Deer (Cervus mexicanus). Born in the Gardens.

1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), 2. Deposited by Thos. Wright, Esq.

1 Long-eared Owl (Otus vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Hybrid Mouflon (between Ovis cycloceros g and O. musi-

mon 9). Born in the Menagerie.

May 18.

20.

23.

26.

27.

29.

30.

31,

June 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. Gia

1 Wild Cat (Felis catus). Deposited by the Duke of Suther-

land, F.Z.S8.

1 Kiwi (Apteryx mantellii), Presented by Alfred Lafone,

sq.

1 cues Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis). Presented by Fred.

Bond, Esq., F.Z.8.

2 Ortolan Buntings (Zmberiza hortulana). Presented by Fred.

Bond, Esq., F.Z.S.

3 Sandwich-Island Geese (Chloéphaga sandvicensis). Hatched

in the Gardens.

1 Pennant’s Parrakeet (Platycercus pennantii). Deposited by

Lady Cust.

1 Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by

G. W. Obicini, Esq.

- 1 Merlin (Falco esalon). Presented by Joseph Wolf, Esq.,

F.Z.8.

7 Temminck’s Tragopans (Ceriornis temminckii). Hatched in

the Gardens.

1 Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron chingquis). Hatched in the

Gardens.

1 Sun-bird (Zurypyga helias). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes auropunctatus), g. Presented

by Mr. W. H. Scratton.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Miss Kerr.

1 Maltese Snake (Zamenis atrovirens). Malta. Presented by

C, A. Wright, Esq.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 9. Presented by

J. C, Lawrence, Esq.

1 Tamandua Ant-eater (Zamandua tetradactyla). Santa Martha.

Purchased.

2 Short-tailed Capromys (Capromys brachyura). Purchased.

1 Hybrid Mouflon (between Ovis cycloceros S$ and O. musi-

mon 2). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroo (white var.) (Bettongia grayi), 3.

Presented by C. Moore, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Wood-hen Rails (Ocydromus sylvestris). Lord Howe’s Island.

Presented by Dr. G. Bennett, F.Z.S.

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by

Rey. H. Fyffe.

2 Red-bellied Kangaroos (Halmaturus billardieri), 3 and 9.

Received in exchange.

1 Canadian Lynx (Felis canadensis). Upper Canada. Presented

R. Carington, Esq., F.Z.8.

2 Senegal Parrots (Peocephalus senegalensis). Purchased.

1 Banded Ichneumon (Herpestes fasciatus), 3. Purchased.

6 Summer Ducks (42x sponsa). Hatched in the Gardens.

. 2 Black-headed Parrots (Catca melanocephala). Demerara. De-

posited by Mrs. L. M. Rate.

. 3 Trumpeter Swans (Cygnus buccinator). Hatched in the

Gardens.

1 Indian Elephant (Elephas indicus),3. Deposited by H.R.H.

Duke of Edinburgh, F.Z.S.

1 Grison (Grisonia vittata), $. Presented by H.R.H. Duke of

Edinburgh, F.Z.S.

776

June 3.

“I

No}

10.

ile

15.

14,

16,

APPENDIX.

1 Domestic Goat ( Capra hircus), 2. Presented by H.R.H. Duke

of Edinburgh, F.Z.S.

1 Black-cheeked Falcon (Falco melanogenys). Presented by

H.R.H. Duke of Edinburgh, F.Z.S.

. 1 Hog Deer (Cervus porcinus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Javan Pea-fowl (Pavo maticus). Burmah. Purchased.

3 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by F. H.

Smith, Esq.

. 1 Crested Curassow (Craz alector). Presented by Mr. J.

Stanton.

2 Common Snakes ( Tropidonotus natriz, var.). Dalmatia. Pur-

chased,

3 Lacertine Snakes ( Celopeltis lacertina). Dalmatia. Purchased.

2 Long-nosed Vipers (Vipera ammodytes). Dalmatia, Pur-

chased.

4 Dark-green Snakes (Zamenis atrovirens). Dalmatia. Pur-

chased. .

2 Adsculapian Snakes (Coluber esculapii). Dalmatia. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Zerpestes griseus). Presented by W. Hear-

sey, Esq.

8 Chiloe Wigeon (Mareca chiloensis). Hatched in the Gardens.

. 1 Blackish Sternothere (Sternotherus subniger). Madagascar.

Purchased.

. 1 Red-bellied Squirrel (Sctwrus hypopyrrhus). Vera Cruz.

Purchased.

1 Grison (Grisonia vittata), 9. Purchased.

1 Necklaced Pigeon (Columba speciosa). Purchased.

1 Chaffinch (Fringilla celebs). Presented by Mr. J. G. Keule-

mans.

2 Aldabran Doves (Turtur aldabranus). Presented by E. Newton,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Sacred Ibis (Geronticus ethiopicus). Cape Colony. Presented

by His Excellency Sir H. Barkly, K.C.B.

3 Impeyan Pheasants (Lophophorus impeyanus). Watched in

the Gardens.

7 Hybrid Yellow-billed Ducks. Hatched in the Gardens.

. 1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), 3. Presented

by Mrs. Vaughan.

1 Red-footed Douracouli (Nyctipithecus rufipes), 2. Nica-

ragua. Purchased.

1 African Leopard (Felis leopardus), ¢. Presented by H. C.

Hardy, Esq.

1 Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by Mrs. Buckland.

1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). New Orleans. Pre-

sented by Capt. J. Rose.

1 Markhoor (Capra megaceros), 6. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Sparrow-Hawk (Aéerpiter fringillarius). Norway. Presented

by T. Tax, Esq.

1 Turquosine Parrakeet (Zuphema pulchella), 3. Purchased.

1 Grey-breasted Conure (Conwrus monachus). Monte Video.

Presented by M. A. Carr, Esq.

1 Nisnas Monkey (Cercopithecus pyrrhonotus), 2. Nubia. Pre-

sented by Col. the Hon. P. Fielding.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 3. Paraguay. Presented by George

Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

June 17,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. ig it

2 Geoffroy’s Terrapins (Platemys geoffroyana). Buenos Ayres.

Presented by Geo. Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S. °

1 Brazilian Caracara (Polyborus brasiliensis). Presented by Dr.

Palin, C.M.Z.S.

2 Mogadore Gulls (young) (Larus fuscescens?). Presented by

F. Bond, Esq., ¥.Z.S.

. 1 Canadian Beaver (Castor canadensis). Born in the Menagerie.

. 2 Crested Ground - Parrakeets (Cualopsitta nove-hollandie).

Hatched in the Gardens.

. 1 Green-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis viridigenalis). Purchased.

- 1 Common Rhea (hea americana). Argentine Republic. Pre-

sented by W. C. Barnes, Esq.

. 1 Pallas’s Paradoxure (Paradoxurus pallasii). Purchased.

1 Cuvier’s Podargus (Podargus cuvieri). Purchased.

. 3 Imperial Eagles (Aguila imperialis). Southern Spain. Pre-

sented by Major Howard Irby.

1 Spanish Ichneumon ( Herpestes widdrington’). Southern Spain.

Presented by Major Howard Inby.

. 2 Purple Herons (Ardea purpurea). Presented by F. Bond,

Esq., F.Z.S8.

. 1 Greater Spotted Woodpecker (Picus major). Presented by

F. Bond, Esq., F.Z.S

1 Alligator (Alhigator mussissipiensis). Florida. Presented by

Miss Peters.

4 Swift Lorikeets (Zathamus discolor). Purchased.

1 Passerine Owl (Athene passerina). Deposited.

1 Grizzled Spider Monkey (Ateles grisescens). Cartagena.

Purchased.

1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Afeles ater). Cartagena. Pur-

chased.

1 White-throated Sapajou (Cebus hypoleucus). Cartagena.

Purchased. -

2 Red-bellied Squirrels (Sezurus hypopyrrhus). Purchased.

1 Spotted Cavy (Calogenys paca). Panama. Purchased.

1 Leopard Tortoise ( Zestudo pardalis). Purchased.

8 Bull Frogs (Rana mugiens). Presented by J. H. Thomson,

Ksq., C.M.Z.S.

. 6 Mandarin Ducks (dtr galericulata). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Tamandua Ant-eater (Tamandua tetradactyla). Purchased.

1 Diademed Amazon (Chrysotis diademata). Purchased.

. 3 Temminck’s Tragopans (Certornis temminckir). Hatched in

the Gardens,

1 Ducorps’s Cockatoo (Cacatua ducorpsii). Presented by C.

Turner, Esq.

. 1 Pluto Monkey (Cercopithecus pluto). Purchased.

1 Arctic Fox (Canis lagopus). Deposited.

1 Great Grey Shrike (Lantus excubitor), Pyesented by F. Bond,

Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Crested Pigeon ( Ocyphaps lophotes), Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Great Grey Shrike (Lanius excubitor). Presented by — Mit-

ford, Esq.

1 Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by Mrs. Buckland.

1Common Lobster (Homarus vulgaris), “Pyesented by Mr.

Pearce.

July 4.

- 1 White Stork (Ciconia alba). Presented by F. M. Hayward,

10.

Tale

15.

14,

15.

18.

19.

APPENDIX.

1 Naked-eared Squirrel Monkey (Saimaris usta). Deposited

by Mr. Sutton.

sq.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Presented by Rey. Wm.

Hutchinson.

. 1 Brown Bear ( Ursus arctos). Presented by C. Czarnikow, F.Z.S.

1 Graceful Ground-Dove (Geopelia cuneata). Hatched in the

Gardens.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus),Q. Presented by J.

Ayling, Esq.

4 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Galveston, Texas.

Presented by A. Sachtleben, Esq.

7 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). Depo-

sited by Dr. Brehm.

2 Stump-tailed Lizards (Trachydosaurus rugosus). Deposited

by Dr. Brehm.

3 Daubenton’s Curassows (Crax daubentoni), 1 g and2 9. Ve-

nezuela. Presented by A. Warmington, Esq.

1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Deposited by J. H.

Gurney, Esq., F.Z.8.

2 Temminck’s Tragopans (Ceriornis temminckii). Hatched in

the Gardens.

2 Spotted Hyzenas (Hyena crocuta). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger), 8. Deposited by Mr. C,

Jamrach.

1 Sooty Monkey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), g. Presented by E.

Atkinson, Esq.

2 White-eared Conures (Conurus leucotis). Purchased.

2 Wood-Owls (Syrnium aluco), Presented by the Rey. A. C.

Harvey.

1 Yellow-shouldered Amazon (Chrysotis ochroptera). Trinidad.

Deposited by the Hon. A. H. G. Gordon, C.M.Z:S,

1 Common Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by H J. B.

Hancock, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Common Sturgeon (Actpenser sturio?). Presented by Mr. T.

Charles.

1 African Leopard (Felis leopardus), §. Deposited by Lord

Ruthven, F.Z.8.

1 Chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger), 3. Deposited by Lord

Ruthven, F.Z.8.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), Q. Presented by T.

Fenn, Esq.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 3. Received in

exchange.

1 Hog Deer (Cervus porcinus, var.), $. Ceylon. Presented

by E. H. Holdsworth, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Cheela (Spilornis cheela). Ceylon. Presented by E. H.

Holdsworth, Esq., F.Z.8.

2 Spur-Fow] ( Galloperdix zeylonensis), g and 2. Ceylon. Pre-

sented by E. H. Holdsworth, Esq., F.Z.S.

4 Indian Crows (Corvus splendens). Ceylon. Presented by E.

H. Holdsworth, Esq., F.Z.S,

1 Russell’s Viper ( Vipera russellii). Ceylon. Presented by E.

H. Holdsworth, Hsq., F.Z.S.

1 Long-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus cataphractus). Purchased.

July 20,

21.

25.

26.

27.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 779

1 Silvery Gibbon (Hylobates leuciscus ?), 9. Purchased.

2 Brown Capuchin Monkeys (Cebus apella), 3. Deposited by

Mr. G. Fulgoni.

1 One-streaked Hawk (Melierax monogrammicus). Purchased.

1 Crested Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron bicalcaratum), 3.

Received in exchange.

2 Hybrid Pheasants (between Thaumalea amherstie g and T.

picta 2), 3. Deposited by John J. Stone, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Passerine Owl (Athene passerina). Presented by the Rev. J.

Climenson, F.Z.S.

- 6 Dorsal Squirrels (Sciw-us dorsalis). Nicaragua. Purchased.

3 Undulated Grass Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). Pre-

sented by Thos. Lupton, Esq.

. 1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina), $. Presented by Mr. Beard.

1 Red-backed Shrike (Lantus collurio). Purchased.

1 Land Rail (Crev pratensis). Purchased.

- 2Common Turtles (Chelonia viridis). Presented by Joshua

Duke, Esq.

1Common Turtle (Chelonia viridis). Presented by Joshua

Duke, Esq.

3 Goshawks (Asia palumbarius). Norway. Presented by Re-

ginald James, Esq.

3 Common Genets (Genetta vulgaris). Proy. of Traz os Montes,

Portugal. Presented by J. P. Gassiot, Esq., jun., F.Z.S.

1 Mexican Deer (Cervus mexicanus). St. Croix. Presented by

R. B. Lambe, Esq.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius). Presented by

Joshua Duke, Esq.

1 Wood-Wren (Phylloscopus sibilatrix). Presented by J. Young,

Esq.

1 Willow Warbler (Phylloscopus rufus). Presented by J. Young,

Sq.

1 Gana Beaver (Castor canadensis). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Blue-and-Yellow Maccaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by C.

Butler, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Blue-and-Yellow Maccaw (Ara ararauna). Deposited by C.

Butler, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Hocheur Monkey ( Cercopithecus nictitans). Purchased.

1 White-throated Sapajou (Cebus hypoleucus). Purchased.

1 Brown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus apella). Purchased.

1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Sun-bird (Eurypyga helias). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palgornis torquata). Presented by

Miss Ouchtulony.

2 Hawk’s-billed Turtles (Chelone imbricata). Honduras. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by E. E.

M. Royds, Esq.

. 1 Eroded Cinixys (Cinirys erosa). Purchased.

. 1 Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by W.

Lund, Esq.

1 Coati (Nasua nasica), 9. Presented by Mrs. Buckland.

2 Whin-Chats (Sylvia rubetra). Purchased.

10.

HEL

12.

13.

. 2 Peruvian Thicknees (Gtdicnemus superciliaris). Peru. Pre-

APPENDIX.

. 1 Pied Wagtail (Motacilla yarrelli). Purchased.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albogularis), 9. Purchased.

1 Turquoisine Parrakeet (Zuphema pulchella), 2. Purchased.

10 Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased.

2 Rollers (Coractas garrula). Purchased.

1 Loggerhead Turtle ( Zhalassochelys caowana). Presented by Myr.

Villebois.

. 4 Pantherine Toads (Bufo pantherinus). Purchased.

1 Tigvine Genet (Genetta tigrina), 8. Purchased.

1 Brazilian Tortoise (Testudo tabulata). Purchased.

2 Domestic Sheep (Ovis aries, var.?), ¢ and 9. West Coast of

Africa. Presented by J. J. Monteiro, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. A group of Snowy Actinize (Sagartia nivea). Presented by Dr.

Dempsey.

. 2 Baltimore Orioles (Icterus baltimorensis), 8. Received in ex-

change.

1 Purple-headed Glossy Starling (Lamprocolius auratus). Hatched

in the Gardens.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited by M. Molyneux,

Esq.

. 1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus ludio), 9. Deposited by Col.

Anderson.

1 Silky Monkey (Hapale rosalia), 9. Purchased.

1 Tamandua Ant-eater (Zamandua tetradactyla). Purchased.

4 Bare-faced Fruit-Pigeons (Treron calva). Purchased.

1 Egyptian Monitor (Monitor niloticus). Purchased.

1 Common Curlew (Numenius arquatus). Presented by J. Ken-

nerd, Esq.

. 2 Great Kangaroos (Macropus giganteus), §. Deposited by E.

H. Ellis, Esq.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Deposited by E.

H. Ellis, Esq.

1 Brush Turkey (Talegalla lathami), 9. Deposited by E. H.

Ellis, Esq.

1 White-bellied Sea-Hagle (Zaliaétus leucogaster). Deposited

by E. H. Ellis, Esq.

. 1 Booted Eagle (Aquila pennata). Purchased.

2 Smaller Grackles (Gracula religiosa). Presented by Alex.

Campbell, Ksq.

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 3. Born

in the Menagerie.

1 Potto (Perodicticus potto), 8. Purchased.

2 Stanleyan Chevrotains (Tragulus stanleyanus), 2. Purchased.

1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Lremetis tenwirostris). Presented by

H. R. Abadie, Esq.

1 Greenfinch (Fringilla chloris). Purchased.

1 Maholi Galago (Galago maholi). Received in exchange.

2 Bonte-bocks (Damalis pygarga), 29. Purchased.

1 Grey-cheeked Monkey (Cercocebus albigena), 9. Pur-

chased.

1 Pluto Monkey (Cercopithecus pluto), 2. Purchased.

1 Red-backed Shrike (Lanius collurio). Purchased.

1 Hawfinch ( Coccothraustes vulgaris), 3. Purchased.

2 Tigers (Felis tigris). Born in the Menagerie.

sented by the Baron de Riviére.

Aug. 14.

15.

16.

18.

20.

21.

24,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 781

3 Horn-nosed Vipers (Vipera nasicornis). Cape Coast, W.

Africa. Presented by H.E. Governor Ussher and Dr, Mosse,

Staff Surgeon.

2 River Jack Viper (Vipera rhinoceros). Cape Coast, W. Africa.

Presented by H.E. Governor Ussher and Dr. Mosse, Staff

Surgeon.

3 Home's Cinixys (Cinixys homeana). Cape Coast, W. Africa.

Presented by H.E. Governor Ussher and Dr. Mosse, Staff

Surgeon.

1 West-African River-Hog (Potamocherus penicillatus), 3.

Cape Coast, W. Africa. Presented by C. S. Salmon, Esq.

1 Baird’s Tapir (Tapirus bairdi), g. Nicaragua. Purchased.

1 Black-tailed Flower-bird (Anthornis melanura). Purchased.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Aldabran Dove (Turtur aldabranus). Hatched in the Gar-

dens.

2 Tambourine Pigeons (Tympanistria bicolor), g. Presented

by J. W. Wadlee, Esq.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 8. Purchased.

1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes). Hatched in the Gardens.

2 Pucras Pheasants (Pucrasia xanthospila), 6 and 2. Depo-

sited by R. Swinhoe, Esq.

2 Chaffinches (Fringilla celebs), 6 and 9. Purchased.

. 1 Moustache-Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), 9. Purchased.

1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Purchased.

1 Wild Cat (Felis catus), 3. Deposited by the Karl of Hope-

toun, F.Z.S.

1 New-Zealand Mudfish (Neochanna apoda). Presented by the

Acclimatization Society of Canterbury, New Zealand.

2 Earle’s Weka Rails (Ocydromus earle:). North Island, New

Zealand. Presented by the Auckland Acclimatization So-

ciety.

. 1 Potto (Perodicticus potto), 2. Presented by A. Swanzy, Esq.

1 Philippine Hanging Parrakeet (Loriculus culacisst). Hatched

in the Gardens.

1 Greenfinch ( Fringilla chloris). Purchased.

2 Spotted Owlets (Athene brama). Madras. Presented by Ll.

Thomas, Esq.

1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus cephalopterus), 9. Pur-

chased.

1 Trumpeter Swan (Cygnus buccinator), 2. Received in ex-

change.

el Squirrel Monkey (Callithrix sciureus), 3. Deposited by G.

J. Gazzana, Esq.

2 Chukar Partridges (Caccabis chukar), § and 2. Presented by

R. Waylan, Esq.

26. 1 Blaubock (Cephalophus pygmeus), 2. Presented by F. Pear-

son, Hsq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 5. Deposited by the

Rey. H. Bateman.

2 Coatis (brown variety) (Vaswa nasica). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

. 2Great Frigate Birds (Fregata aquila).. Central America.

Presented by Capt. J. M. Dow, F.Z.S.

1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Ateles ater), 9. Purchased.

782

Aug. 28.

29.

Sept. 1.

APPENDIX.

1 Blue-and-Yellow Maccaw (Ara ararauna). Purchased.

2 Red-faced Weaver Birds (Foudia erythrops). Purchased.

1 Poé Honey-eater (Prosthemadera nove-hollandiz). Presented

by Mrs. Bills.

1 Black-and-Yellow Cyclodus (Cyclodus nigro-luteus). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Bills.

1 Black-backed Porphyrio (Porphyrio melanotus). Presented

by the Canterbury Acclimatization Society.

. 1 Indian Wolf (Canis pallipes). Presented by Mr. J. Adamson.

1 Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). Madagascar. Received

in exchange.

1 Nonpareil Finch (Cyanospiza ciris). Presented by T. Watkins,

2 Lacertine Snakes (Cerlopeltis lacertina). Deposited.

2. 1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus). Buenos Ayres. On ap-

Tle

proval.

2 Geoffroy’s Marmosets (Midas geoffroit). New Granada. Pre-

sented by Miss Miller.

. 1 Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by W. G.

Raymond, Esq.

2 Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris). Germany. Presented by

Mr. F. Coleman.

1 Spotted Salamander (Salamandra maculosa). Germany. Pre-

sented by Mr. F. Coleman.

2 Alpine Newts (Triton alpestris). Germany. Presented by

Mr. F. Coleman.

. 1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus). Presented by

C. A. Reed, Esq.

1 Daubenton’s Curassow (Crax daubentoni), g. Northern Ve-

nezuela. Presented by Geo. Hall, Esq.

1 White-crested Guan (Penelope pipile), 6. Presented by Geo.

Hall, Esq.

. 1 Barred Dove (Geopelia striata). Presented by Mr. G. Pottier.

2 Sulphur-breasted Toucans (Ramphastos carinatus). Pur-

chased.

. 2 Crested Curassows (Cras alector). Guiana. Presented by

George Browne, Esq.

. 1 Javan Fish-Owl (Ketupa javanensis). Java. Purchased.

. 2 Fulvous Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna fulva). Purchased.

1 Red-billed Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna autumnalis), Purchased.

1 Common Ferret (Mustela furo), §. Presented by Mrs. Bay.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Presented by F. Turner,

sq.

3 Green Toads (Bufo viridis). Germany. Received in ex-

change.

34 Brown Mud-Frogs (Pelobates fuscus). Germany. Received

in exchange.

5 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Calabria. Received in ex-

change.

1 Black-spotted Lizard (Lacerta nigro-punctata). Calabria. Re-

ceived in exchange.

3 Dark-green Snakes (Zamenis atrovirens). Calabria. Received

in exchange.

2 Common Snakes (T'ropidonotus natrix, var. siculus). Calabria.

Received in exchange.

Sept, 12.

16.

18.

19.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 783

2 Black-handed Spider Monkeys (Ateles melanochir), 2. Ni-

caragua. Purchased.

1 Geottroy’s Marmoset (Jhdas geoffroit), g. Darien. Purchased.

1 Black-and-Yellow Snake (Tretanorhinus niyroluteus). Isth-

mus of Panama. Purchased.

1 Common Bunting (Lmberiza miliaria), Presented by F. Bond,

Esq., F.Z.8.

1 ra Bunting (Emberiza cirlus). Presented by F. Bond, Esq.,

ZS.

. 6 Black-backed Porphyrios (Porphyrio melanotis). Deposited

by Dr. F. von Mueller, C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Javan Mynah (Gracula javanensis). Labuan. Presented by

Mrs. Fitzgerald.

- 5 Undulated Grass Parrakeets (Melopsittacusundulatus). Watched

in the Gardens.

2 Reed Warblers (Calamodyta strepera). Purchased.

2 Common Turtles (Chelonia viridis), Island of Ascension.

Presented by H. W. Clarke, R.E.

1 Weeper Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus). Purchased.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Bornin the Me-

nagerie.

1 South-American Flamingo (Phenicopterus ignipalliatus),

Buenos Ayres. Presented by Dr. Palin, C.M.Z.S.

1 Downy Owl (Pulsatrix torquata). Paraguay. Presented by

Don L. Fontana, C.M.Z.S.

4 Maximilian’s Terrapins (ydromedusa maximiliani). Buenos

Ayres. Presented by Dr. A. Palin, C.M.Z.8.

2 African Cobras (Nata haje). Purchased.

1 Black Iguana (J€etopoceros cornutus). Presented by J. B.

Rowe, Esq.

. 1 Kaup’s Cassowary (Caswarius kaupi). New Guinea. Received

in exchange.

2 Common Boas (Loa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Red-faced Spider Monkey (Ateles paniscus), 3. Demerara,

Presented by D. M‘Gibbon, Esq.

. 2 Bengal Horned-Owls (Bubo bengalensis). Purchased,

6 Short-nosed Sea-Horses (Hippocampus brevirostris). Pur-

chased,

. 1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by H. J. B.

Hancock, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Marmoset Monkey (ZZapale jacchus). Pernambuco. Presented

by Mr. W. Langridge.

1 Great Sulphur-crested Cockatoo ( Cacatua galerita). Deposited

by 8. Sidney, Esq.

j. 1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre-

sented by G. Thornton, Esq.

9 Common Turtles (Chelonia viridis). Ascension. Presented

by W. Johnson, Esq.

. 1 Temminck’s Tragopan (Ceriornis temminchit), 3. Purchased.

. 1 Sun-bird (Zurypyga helias), Uatched in the Gardens.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 9. Presented by H. C.

Dear, Esq.

1 Great Grey Shrike (Lanius excubiior), Presented by R.

Mitford, sq.

1 Cretan Ibex (Capra picta), 2. Crete. Presented by T. B.

Sandwith, Esq.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1871, No. L.

754

Oct.

14,

16.

APPENDIX.

1 Harpy Eagle (Thrasaétus harpyia). Demerara. Purchased.

2 Grey Wagtails (Motacilla boarula). Purchased.

1 Yellow Wagtail (Motacilla flava). Purchased.

1 Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.

. 1 Hybrid Mouflon (between Ovis aries, var., 5, and O. musimon),

@. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Bull Frog (Rana mugiens). Nova Scotia. Presented by A.

Downs, EKsq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Dusky Toad (Bufo lentiginosus). NoyaScotia, Presented by

A. Downs, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

6 Grass Snakes (Cyclophis vernalis), Presented by A. Downs,

Ksq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Garter Snake (Tropidonotus ordinatus). Nova Scotia. Pre-

sented by A. Downs, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

6 Spotted-headed Snakes (Jschnognathus occipitomaculatus).

Presented by A. Downs, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

3 Punctured Snakes(Ablabes punctatus). Presented by A. Downs,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by J. H. Gurney,

Ksq., F.Z.S.

6 Grey Linnets (Fringilla linaria). Purchased.

2 Andean Geese (Bernicla melanoptera). Chili. Purchased.

2 Upland Geese ( Chloéphaga magellanica). Chili. Purchased.

1 Chiloe Wigeon (Mareca chiloensis). Chili. Purchased.

2 Chilian Teal ( Querquedula flavirostris). Chili. Purchased.

2 Pampas Cats (Felis passerum). Chili. Purchased.

1 Spectacled Bear ( Ursus ornatus). Andes of Peru. Purchased.

1 Chilian Swan (Cygnus coscoroba). Chili. Purchased.

. 2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes), Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Scarlet Ibis (Ibis rubra). Deposited by Miss Attwood.

1 Sun-bird (Lurypyga helias). Deposited by Miss Attwood.

1 Golden Agouti (Dasyprocta agouti). Presented by the Hon.

and Rey. E. V. Bligh.

1 African Civet Cat (Viverra civetta). Lagos. Purchased.

1 Coati (Nasua nasica). Presented by Lady Lovelace.

1 Hyrax (Hyrax capensis). Presented by Ed. Rigby, Esq.

2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Bengal. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata), g. Presented

‘be

y C. D. O’Connor, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 8. Presented by J.

Spanforth, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), $. Presented by J.

Spanforth, Esq.

1 Marmoset Monkey (Hapale jacchus). Presented by A. H.

Cocks, Esq.

1 Giraffe (Camelopardalis giraffa), 2. Purchased.

1 Common Redpole (A%giothus minor). Purchased.

1 Brambling (Fringilla montifringilla). Purchased.

1 Twite (A2giothus montium). Purchased.

3 —_— Tinamous (2thynchotus rufescens). Presented by Dr.

ood.

2 Barred Doves (Geopelia striata). Presented by W.S. Britton,

sq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus),?. Deposited by J. H.

Percival, Esq.

Nov.

31,

Oo » ©

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 785

- 1 Common Crowned Pigeon (Goura coronata). Deposited by

Miss Attwood.

1 Short-eared Owl (Otus brachyotus). Captured at sea. Pre-

sented by R. Munt, Esq.

. 1 Garden Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). Received in ex-

change.

23. 2 Brent Geese (Bernicla brenta), § Q. Received in exchange.

24, 1 Daubenton’s Curassow (Crax daubentoni), 9. Deposited ‘by

Major Mundy.

1 Cape Weaver Bird (Zuplectes capensis). Presented by W. J.

Green, Esq.

1 Grand Eclectus (Eclectus ki andis). Purchased.

» 1 Eland (Oreas canna), 3. Deposited by Viscount Hill,

F.Z.S

1 Ca ne Eared Seal ide va pusilla). Presented by H.E. Sir

Barkly, C.M.Z

. 6 Harvest-Mice (Mua ite Presented by Miss ee

. 1 Blue-and-Yellow Maccaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by J

Wright, Esq.

. 1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Afeles ater), 9. Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

2 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). St. Lucia. Presented by H.E.

G. W. Des Veeux.

. 1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Presented by Capt.

Coxwell.

. 1 Gaimard’s Rat Kangaroo (Bettongia gaimardi), 2. Born in

the Menagerie.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 2. Presented by Frank

Attwells, Esq.

1 White-headed Woodpecker (Leuconerpes candidus). Received

in exchange.

1 Blessbok Antelope (Damalis albifrons). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Coati, brown var. (Nasua nasica), 9. Paraguay. Presented

by Capt. Hairby.

1 Jaguar (Felis onca), ¢. S. America. Presented by A. de

Manriette, Esq.

3 Bronze Fruit-Pigeons (Carpophaga enea). Received in ex-

change.

1 Gentle Cat (Felis mitis), g. Presented by Arthur Nugent

West, Esq.

. 2 Red-breasted Pigeons (Phlogenas cr eng Philippine Isles.

Presented by Harry J. Veitch, Es

. 1 Poé Honey-eater (Pr osthemadera nove- -hollandie), Presented

by Capt. Alexander.

2 Green Conures (Conwrus pavua). Trinidad. Presented by

A. Warrington, Esq.

. 1 Stanleyan peste (Tragulus stanleyanus), 2. Malacca.

Presented by G. R. Milles, Esq.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Her ‘pestes griseus). Presented by George B.

Richardson, Esq.

1 Great-headed . Maleo (Megacephalon maleo). Celebes. Pre-

sented by Capt. Parish, R.N.

1 Vieillot’s Pheasant (Euplocamus vieloti), $. Mergui. Pre-

sented by Capt. Parish, R.N.

Mile

APPENDIX.

. 1 Javan Peafowl (Pavo muticus). Mergui. Presented by Capt.

Parish, R.N

. 2 Short-eared Owls (Otus brachyotus). Presented by Capt. D

Herd, C.M.Z.8.

3 Red Foxes (Canis fulvus). Presented by Capt. D. Herd,

C.M.Z.8.

1 Chinese Pucras (Pucrasia xanthospila), 3. Presented by the

Duke of Wellington, KX.G.

1 Temminck’s Tragopan (Certornis temminckii), . Presented

by the Duke of Wellington, K.G.

1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Afeles ater), 9. Panama. Pur-

chased.

2 Crested Agoutis (Dasyprocta cristata). Panama. Purchased.

1 Spotted Cavy (Ceelogenys paca). Panama. Purchased.

1 Nicaraguan Rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus). Nicaragua.

Presented by Capt. J. M. Dow, F.Z.S.

2 Grey Seals (Halicherus gi -ypus), & dg and 2. South Wales.

Purchased.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), 9. Presented by the

Rey. J. C. King.

2 Karle’s Weka Rails (Ocydromus earlei). New Zealand. De-

posited

5. 1 Weeper Capuchin Monkey (Cebus capucinus), 3. Presented

by W. Parfitt, Esq.

2 Bower-birds (Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus), 3. Purchased.

. 1 Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroo (Bettongia gaimardi), 2. Presented

by C. J. Holdsworth, Esq.

1 Tasmanian Jerboa Kangaroo (Lettongia cuniculus). Presented

by Miss J. B. Thompson.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 2. Purchased.

. 1 Fat Dormouse (Myoxus glis). Presented by Miss Fairholme.

. 1 Upland Goose ( Chloéphaga magellanica), 9. Falkland Islands.

Presented by Commander H. Stair Sandys.

1 Chinese Pucras (Pucrasia xanthospila), 9. Purchased.

2. 1 Spotted Eared Owl (Bubo maculosus). Presented by A

Swanzy, Esq.

3. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 29. Presented by Miss

F. M. Cobbe.

yal sextet Thicknee (Gidienemus grallarius). Presented by

Sydney Gilling, Esq.

. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), ¢. Presented by Major

H. L. Grove.

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus). Born

in the Menagerie.

bell Scemmerring’s Antelope (Gazella semmerringti). Presented

by C. Maclver, jun., Esq. From Suez, Egypt.

1 Hybrid Duck, 3: Presented by M. Joseph Cornély.

. 1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), 2. Persia. Presented

by C. Czarnikow, Esq.

. 1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), 3. Deposited

by Mrs. H, Edwards.

1 Western Slender-billed Cockatoo (Zicmetis pastinator). Pre-

sented by Mdme. R. A. Caplin.

2 Paradise-Grackles (Acridotheres tristis). Purchased.

. 1 Hedgehog (Lrinaceus eurepeus). Presented by E, Maude, Esq.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 787

G6. 1 Black-footed Penguin (Spheniscus demersus). Deposited by

Lord Londeshorough, F.Z.S.

1 Little Grebe (Podiceps minor). Presented by A. M. Hill, Esq.

1 Common Night-Heron (Nycticorax europeus). Purchased.

9. 1 Polar Bear ( Ursus maritimus), g. Nova Zembla. Presented

by B. L. Smith, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aguila audax). Presented by C. Clif-

ton, Esq.

1 Duck-Falcon (Falco anatum). Presented by C. Clifton, Esq.

10. 1 Tamandua Ant-eater (Zamandua tetradactyla). Received in

exchange.

1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris), 3. Received in

exchange.

11. 1 Ogilby’s Jerboa Kangaroo (Bettongia ogilbyi), g. Presented

by J. F. Newton, Esq.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palzornis torquata). Presented by

Mrs. Hall.

12. 3 Crested Ground-Parrakeets (Calopsitta nove-hollandiz).

Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aguila audaxr). Presented by Mr. J.

Pritchard.

13. 2 Illiger’s Maccaws (Ara maracana). Purchased.

2 St. Thomas’s Conures (Conwrus xantholemus). Purchased.

14. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macaeus erythreus), 2. Presented by G.

Van Hare, Esq.

1 Cuvier’s Toucan (Ramphastos cuvieri). Purchased.

1 Violaceous Plantain-eater (Musophaga violacea). Purchased.

18. 1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Received in exchange.

19, 1 Sulphury Tyrant Bird (Pitangus sulphuratus). Purchased.

1 Gold Pheasant (Thawmalea picta). Presented by the Rey.

i. G. Nind.

2 Vicunas (Auchenia vicuna). Presented by Charles Bath, Esq.

20. 1 Hawfinch (Coccothraustes vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Snow Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis). Purchased.

2 Bullfinches (Pyrrhula rubicilla). Purchased.

1 Mountain-Linnet or Twite (Zyiothus montium). Purchased.

21. 1 Moustache-Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus). Received in ex-

change.

2 Vinaceous Turtledoves (Zurtur vinaceus). Presented by

J. W. Wooler, Esq.

1 Grey-winged Blackbird (Zwrdus pecilopterus). Cashmere.

Presented by Mrs. W. A. Ross.

23. 1 Blind Crayfish (Astacus pellucidus). Mammoth Cave of Ken-

tucky. Presented by the Rev. H. Boyd.

1 Teguexin Lizard (Teiws teguevin). Presented by Dr. J. A.

Palin, C.M.Z.S.

1 Weasel-headed Armadillo (Dasypus sexcinctus). South Ame-

rica. Presented by Dr. J. A. Palin, C.M.Z.S.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor), South America. Presented

by Dr. J. A. Palin, C.M.Z.S.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). South America. Presented

by John Beaton, Esq.

24, 2 Crested Ground-Parrakeets (Calopsitta nove-hollandie), 2 and

3. Deposited by A. J. Lewis, Esq., F.Z.S.

26. 1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), 3. Presented by Henry

Sturgis, Esq.

APPENDIX.

1 Hybrid Deer (between Cervus alfredi 3 and C. marianzs 2).

Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Prince Alfred’s Deer (Cervus alfredi), 9. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 3. Presented by

Capt. T. A. Hunter.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by

H. G. Gibbons, Esq.

1 Redshank (Totanus calidris). Purchased.

. 4 Mona Monkeys (Cercopithecus mona), 2 8 and 2 2. Pur-

chased.

1 Rough-legged Buzzard (Archibuteo lagopus). Purchased.

1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus mazxwelli), 2. Born in

the Menagerie.

Ablabes

collaris, 151, 171.

rappiz, 151, 171.

Abrornis

davidit, 355.

Sulvifacies, 357.

Acanthias

blainvillet, 673.

Acanthion

flemingii, 234.

Acanthocherus

bartletti, 234.

grotei, 234.

Acanthocyathus

grayi, 276.

hastingse, 276.

spiniger, 275, 276, 285.

Acanthurus

aterrimus, 653, 660.

Acanthylis

caudacuta, 345.

Accentor

alpinus, 360.

erythropygius, 360.

immaculatus, 360,

modularis, 361.

montanellus, 361.

multistriatus, 360.

nipalensis, 360.

rubidus, 861.

strophiatus, 360.

temminckii, 361.

Accipiter

brachydactylus, 148.

gularis, 341, 342.

hartlaubi, 613, 615.

minullus, 134.

nisoides, 342.

nisus, 841, 679, 682.

sphenurus, 148.

stevensoni, 341.

virgatus, 342.

Acheus

ustus, 441.

Acipenser

ruthenus, 11.

INDEX.

Acipenser

sturio, 1.

Aclis

carinata, 734, 739.

Acrzea

eponina, 723.

serena, 723.

Acredula

caudata, 313.

glaucogularis, 313.

arbi, 312, 313.

rosea, 313.

swinhott, 313.

tephronota, 313.

trivirgata, 313.

Acridotheres

cristatellus, 384.

ginginianus, 682.

philippensis, 384.

tristis, 682.

Acrocephalus

bistrigiceps, 353,

fasciolatus, 352.

insularis, 352.

magnirostris, 352,

Actinobolus

ajar, 729.

Actitis

incanus, 27, 31.

Actodromas

bairdi, 57.

/Egialites

cantianus, 404.

curonicus, 404.

dealbatus, 404.

dubius, 404.

geoffroyt, 404,

hartingt, 404.

hiaticula, 117, 404.

intermedius, 404.

leschenaultii, 404.

minor, 117.

minutus, 404.

mongolicus, 111, 114

404,

mongolus, 404.

philippinus, 404.

Bgialites

pusillus, 404.

pyrrhothorax, 114.

semipalmatus, 117.

veredus, 403.

wilsonii, 117.

Egialitis

falklandica, 26%.

/Xgiothus

borealis, 386.

canescens, 113, 386.

/&githaliscus

anophrys, 362.

concinnus, 362.

consobrinus, 362.

Suliginosus, 362.

J&githalus

pendulinus, 362.

/lurus

fulgens, 561,

Aimona

lena, 215, 216.

AEthopyga

abrit, 349.

christine, 349.

Agatha

australis, 15, 91.

Agriopus

torvus, 659.

Ailia

bengaliensis, 287, 712,

713.

Ailiichthys

punctata, 713.

Aix

galericulata, 418.

Akysis

kurzii, 703.

Alauda

arvensis, 389.

brachydactyla, 390.

cantarella, 389.

celivox, 389.

intermedia, 389.

Japonica, 389.

leautungensis, 390.

pekinensis, 389.

790

Alauda

pispoletia, 390.

sala, 389.

wattersi, 389.

Alaudula

cheleénsis, 390.

Alea

alle, 120.

cirrhata, 122.

cristatella, 121.

psitiacula, 121,

torda, 120.

Alcippe

brunnea, 374.

morrisonia, 374.

nipalensis, 374.

Alcedo

bengalensis, 347.

quadribrachys, 603,614.

Alethe

castanea, 607, 615.

castanonota, 607.

maculicauda, 607.

Allopora

bella, 278.

explanata, 279,280,282,

286.

maderensis, 277.

miniata, 279, 280.

nobilis, 279, 280.

oculata, 279, 281.

subviolacea, 280, 286.

(Stylaster) infundibuli-

Sera, 276.

Amalda

cingulata, 88.

Amauris

damocles, 79.

echeria, 79.

egialea, 79.

hecate, 79.

inferna, 79.

Amazilia

pristina, 498.

Ambassis

miops, 653, 659.

urotenia, 655, 656.

Amblynura

cyanovirens, 23, 24.

Amblystoma

mavortium, 41.

Ampelis

garrula, 374.

phenicoptera, 374.

Amphiglossus

astrolabi, 242.

Amphihelia

infundibulifera, 276,

286.

Amphiperas

brevis, 90.

INDEX.

Amphiperas

bulla, 94.

Amphiuma

means, 36.

Anabates

montanus, 86.

ochrolemus, 86.

turdinus, 86.

Anvretes

albocristatus, 498.

Anas

bahamensis. 126.

boschas, 417, 419, 651.

castanea, 649,

cornuta, 418,

falcaria, 419.

glacialis, 119.

glocitans, 418.

maculirostris, 126.

mollissima, 118.

pectlorhyncha, 417,

418.

punctata, 649, 650.

guerquedula, 650.

zonorhyncha, 417.

Ancillaria

cingulata, 88.

Andropadus

virens, 609, 615.

Anguilla

cuvieri, 102.

latirostris, 673.

obscura, 653, 673.

Anisoterma

sphenopsiforme, 241,

242,

Anoa

depressicornis, 545,

Anomalocardia

striata, 729.

Anomia

sanguinea, 308.

Anous

inca, 567.

melanogenys, 566.

ptleatus, 422.

stolidus, 125, 422,

566.

tenuirostris, 565, 566.

Anser

albifrons, 416,

cinereus, 416.

cygnoides, 416.

erythropus, 416.

Serus, 416.

grandis, 417.

minutus, 416.

rubrirostris, 416.

ruficollis, 102.

segetum, 417.

serrirostris, 417.

| Anthias

chrysostictus, 653, 655.

rhodopeplus, 653, 654.

Anthreptes

aurantia, 609, 615.

Anthus

agilis, 366.

aquaticus, 365.

batchianensis, 366.

blakistoni, 365.

cecilii, 365.

cervinus, 365.

correndera, 260.

gustavi, 366.

Japonicus, 365.

obscurus, 365.

richardi, 366.

rosaceus, 366.

rufogularis, 365.

spinoletta, 365.

thermophilus, 365.

Antigone

montignesia, 403.

Antilope

altifrons, 590, 593.

burchellii, 592.

campbellie, 592.

euryceros, 489.

ocularis, 590.

quadriscopa, 588.

Antrostomus

?, 266.

Anumbius

acuticaudatus, 327.

Apatura }

osteria, 726.

Aphobus

chopi, 545.

Apis

dorsata, 249.

laboriosa, 249.

zonata, 249,

Aplonis

cinerascens, 22, 29.

Apogon

bundanensis, 656.

savayensis, 653, 656.

Apseudes

anomalus, 290.

Apteryx

australis, 479, 496.

mantelli, 496.

owenni, 479, 496.

Aptornis

defossor, 506.

Aquila

amurensis, 338.

bifusciata, 48, 338, 684,

685. :

chrysaetos, 338.

clanga, 39, 338, 339.

Aquila

Sulvescens, 683, 685,

686, 688, 689.

heliaca, 338.

imperialis, 38, 39, 545,

682, 684, 686.

mogilnik, 38.

nevia, 39, 338, 339,

685, 686, 687, 688,

689.

nevioides, 38, 39, 684,

685, 687, 688, 689,

690.

Arachnechthra

flammazillaris, 349.

rhizophore, 349.

Arboricola

bambuse, 400.

torqueola, 544.

Archibuteo

aquilinus, 339.

Arctomys

bobac, 543, 559, 560,

561, 562.

caudatus, 560.

fulvus, 560.

hemachalanus, 559, 560,

561.

himalayanus, 559, 560,

561.

tibetanus, 559, 560,

561.

Arctopithecus

blainvillei, 436, 439,

441, 442, 444.

boliviensis, 439, 442,

44.

castaneiceps, 499, 444,

445.

cuculliger,439, 440,441,

443.

flaccidus, 439, 448,

449,

griseus, 439, 446, 447.

gularis, 440, 441, 443.

marmoratus, 439, 443,

AH4.

problematicus, 439, 448,

449.

Ardea

?, 411.

atricapilla, 149.

cinerea, 411.

egretta ?, 412.

goisagi, 413.

javanica, 149.

leuce, 412.

leucoptera, 688.

melanolopha, 413.

modesta, 412.

nycticorax, 128.

INDEX.

Ardea

plumbea, 125, 127.

purpurea, 411.

rufiventris, 127.

sacra, 32.

scapularis, 127, 128.

syrmatophora, 412.

violacea, 125, 128, 129.

Ardeola

bacchus, 413.

malaccensis, 413.

prasinosceles, 415.

Ardetta

cinnamomea, 413.

flavicollis, 413.

podiceps, 130.

sinensis, 414.

Areoturnix

blakistont, 401.

rostrata, 401.

Argiope

striata, 617.

Arius

gagora, 708.

jatius, 708.

macracanthus, 708.

manillensis, 708.

nenga, 708.

sona, 708.

Artamia

bernieri, 318.

leucocephala, 318.

rufa, 319.

Artamus

fuscus, 377.

Arundinax

aédon, 353.

canturiens, 353.

flemingi, 353, 354, 305.

minutus, 393.

olivaceus, 353.

Assiminea

dubia, 476.

lucida, 476.

nitida, 476.

oparica, 476.

parvula, 476.

pupoides, 476.

Asterope

abyssicola, 295.

elliptica, 295.

grenlandica, 291, 292.

marie, 295.

norvegica, 295.

teres, 295.

Astur

palumbarius, 341.

Ateles

ater, 218.

bartletti, 89, 217, 224,

225, 651.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. LI.

791

Ateles

belzebuth, 224.

cucullatus, 223,

frontatus, 225.

geoffroti, 226.

grisescens, 223.

melanochir, 225, 226,

227.

ornatus, 226, 227.

variegatus, 39, 217, 218,

224, 225, 478, 651.

vellerosus, 478.

Atelis

helcita, 83.

Aterica

felicia, 80.

opis, 80

ribensis, 723.

zonara, 80.

Athene

brodiei, 343.

cuculoides, 343,

glaux, 342.

pardalota, 343.

plumipes, 342.

scutellata, 343.

whitelyi, 343.

Atherura

africana, 236.

fasciculata, 236.

Atropis

abbreviata, 476.

affinis, 476.

albescens, 476.

bolabolensis, 471, 476.

elongata, 471, 476.

exigua, 476.

insularis, 476.

oblonga, 476.

ochrostoma, 476.

producta, 471, 476.

raiatensis, 476.

rubella, 476.

scherzeri, 476.

scitula, 476.

solidula, 476.

terebralis, 471, 476,

ventricosa, 476.

vescoi, 464, 476.

viridescens, 464, 476,

Attagen

minor, 423.

Aturia

lindsayi, 191,

Auricula

oryzd, 470.

striata, 469, 470.

Automolus

ochrolemus, 86.

Axinea

spadicea, 729,

792

Aythya

Serina, 419.

Bagrus

arioides, 708.

gagorides, 708.

montanus, 706.

oculatus, 706.

trachacanthus, 706.

Balanophyllia

floridana, 285.

imperialis, 284, 285.

malaccensis, 285.

Balantium

recurvum, 730.

Bambusicola

Sytchii, 214, 400.

thoracica, 400.

sonorivox, 214, 400.

Barbus

beavani, 637, 764.

clavatus, 637.

sophore, 637.

Barnea

similis, 99.

Bartlettia

pitipt?, 747, '748.

Batagur

elliotti, 150, 154.

trivittata, 517.

Bayonia

velox, 74.

Belenois

meldole, 725.

severina, 725.

thysa, 725.

Belone

punctulata, 653, 670.

Berardius

arnouxi, 631.

‘Berenicornis

albocristata, 604.

albocristatus, 604, 614.

Bernicla

magellanica, 260.

melanoptera, 545, 700.

ruficollis, 480.

Bernieria

madagascariensis, 314.

‘minor, 314.

Bias

musicus, 610, 615.

Biblis

leucocyma, 522.

Blacicus

tristis, 85.

Blasipus

bridgesi, 5738.

heermanni, 574.

Blauneria

gracilis, 477.

INDEX,

Blennodesmus

scapularis, 653, 667.

Bombinator

sikkimmensis, 204.

Bombus

impetuosus, 249.

Botaurus

stellaris, 413.

Brachypteruus

bodius, 393.

fokiensis, 398.

Brachyteles

frontatus, 225.

Brachyurus

israélita, 228.

Bradycinetus

brenda, 289, 290, 291,

292, 296.

globosus, 292.

lilljeborgii, 293.

macandrei, 293.

Bradypus

affinis, 435, 436.

ai, 487, 438, 441,

448

blainville, 486.

crinitus, 435.

cucullatus, 447.

cuculliger, 437, 438,

440, 441.

didactylus, 430, 484.

ephippiger, 447.

Gularis, 438, 439, 441,

447.

infuscatus, 437, 438,

441, 445, 447.

pallidus, 437, 441, 448.

problematicus, 448.

torquatus, 435, 436,

437.

tridactylus, 437, 448.

brasiliensis, 439, 442.

guianensis, 439, 440.

Bubo

ascalaphus, 148.

caligatus, 344.

capensis, 148,

cinerascens, 148.

dilloni, 148.

lacteus, 148.

maculosus, 148.

maximus, 343,

Bubuleus

coromandus, 412.

Buccinulus

affinis, 19.

niveus, 19, 97.

Bucco

grandis, 391.

Bucephala

clangula, 419.

Buceros

corrugatus, 489.

cylindricus, 490.

Jistulator, 134, 489,

490.

gracilis, 489,

subcylindricus, 489,

490.

Buchanga

innexa, 378.

leucogenys, 378.

mouhoti, 378.

Budytes

cinereocapillus, 364,

citreolus, 364.

flava, 114.

Jlavescens, 364.

flavus, 364.

melanotis, 364.

rayi, 364.

taivanus, 364.

Bufo

liebigi, 204.

melanostictus, 153, 204,

pantherinus, 153, 203.

sikkimensis, 153, 204.

viridis, 204.

Bulaca

newarensis, 344.

Bulimus

angasiana, 20.

argutus, 473.

atomatus, 642.

baconi, 20.

hargravesi, 323, 325.

larreyt, 321, 642.

kershawi, 641.

mastersi, 20.

miltocheilus, 644.

sellersi, 644, 647.

turgidus, 473.

(Liparus) brazderi, 19.

Bulla

(Haminea) Zenera, 98.

Bungarus

ceruleus, 152, 189.

Buphus

coromandus, 412,

Butalis

ferruginea, 379.

griseosticta, 379.

hypogrammica, 379,

latirostris, 379.

sibirica, 379.

Butaquila

aquilina, 339.

hemilasius, 339.

leucocephala, 339.

Buteo

?, 340.

asiaticus, 339.

Buteo

augur, 494,

auguralis, 494, 495.

galapagensis, 125, 127.

Japonicus, 339.

lagopus, 339.

pygmeus, 340,

Butorides

cyanurus, 273.

javanicus, 413.

macrorhynchus, 413.

scapularis, 273.

virescens, 273.

Cacatua

ducorpsi, 491, 492.

goffint, 492.

gymnopis, 490, 493.

sanguinea, 492, 493.

Caccabis

chukar, var. pubescens,

400.

Cacomantis

tenuirostris, 394.

Cacopus

breviceps, 204.

globulosus, 153, 201.

Cactornis

scandens, 124.

Cadulus

acuminatus, 97.

Calamanthella

tintinnabulans, 352.

Calamodus

sorghophilus, 354.

Calamodyta

affinis, 355.

agricola, 353.

bistrigiceps, 353.

fasciolatus, 352, 353.

insularis, 352, 353.

orientalis, 352, 353.

sorghophila, 354.

Calamoherpe

canturiens, 353.

concinens, 354.

Sumigata, 352.

maackii, 355.

minuta, 353.

orientalis, 352.

subflavescens, 352.

Calandrella

brachydactyla, 390, 677.

pispoletta, 390.

Calidris

arenaria, 56, 58, 408,

546.

Callene

zonura, 359.

Callichrous

egertonii, 710.

INDEX.

Callionymus

cookii, 653, 665.

Calliope

camtschatkensis, 359.

Callithrix

cuprea, 219.

discolor, 219.

Callocephalus

discolor, 509.

fetidus, 509.

hispidus, 509.

Callophis

macclellandii, 152, 189.

Callula

pulchra, 153, 211.

Calobates

boarula, 364, 365.

melanope, 364.

Caloptinus

brunneus, 248.

tnamenus, 247, 248.

incomptus, 247.

signatipes, 248.

Calotes

maria, 150, 167.

mystaceus, 150, 167.

tricarinatus, 167.

versicolor, 150, 165, 167.

Camarhynchus

prosthemelas, 125.

Campephaga

?, 378.

cana, 314.

cinerea ?, 378.

major, 314.

Campethera

nivosa, 607, 615.

Canis

dingo, 629.

Cannabina

canescens, 386.

Cantoria

dayana, 151, 178.

Capra

beden, 627.

Caprimulgus

?, 344, 345.

dytiscivorus, 344.

jotaka, 344.

monticola, 345.

stictomus, 345.

swinhoei, 344.

Carcinus

nuenas, 144.

Cardita

amabilis, 100.

Carelia

bicolor, 472.

—, var. adusta, 472.

---, var. angulata, 472.

cumingiana, 472,

793

Carelia

Suliginea, 473.

paradoxa, 473.

turricula, 473.

variabilis, 473.

—, var. olivacea, 473.

—, var. viridans, 473.

Carpodacus

davidianus, 387.

erythrinus, 387.

mongolicus, 387.

Carpophaga

pacifica, 22, 24, 31.

sylvatica, 396,

Casarca

rutila, 418, 683.

Cassidula

crassiuscula, 477.

Casuarius

australis, 32, 33, 34, 35,

547.

bennetti, 627.

galeatus, 32, 33, 34, 35.

kaupt, 627.

uniappendiculatus, 627.

Catinella

explanata, 472.

rubida, 459, 472.

Caulospongia

plicata, 616.

verticillata, 616,

Ceblepyris

major, dl4.

Cebus

apella, 227.

fatuellus, 227.

leucogenys, 227.

lunatus, 227.

Cecropis

arctivitta, 346.

Japonica, 346,

striolata, 346.

Celeus

grammicus, 749.

Cenchris

piscivorus, 479.

Centenes

semispinosus, 58.

Centetes

caudatus, 59.

madagascariensis, 58,

65.

semispinosus, 58.

Centrites

niger, 259.

Centropus

bengalensis, 393.

bubutus, 393.

eurycercus, 393.

lepidus, 393.

medius, 393,

794 INDEX.

Centropus Cerithiopsis Charadrius

moluccensis, 393. clathrata, 16, 91. wanthochilus, 115.

rufipennis, 393. crocea, 16, 91. Charasia

sinensis, 393. Cerithium dorsalis, 151, 168.

Cephalophus rhodostoma, 95. Chaulelasmus

altifrons, 590. (Cerithiopsis) carina- streperus, 418.

badius, 589, 594, 595, tum, 736, 739. Chauna

597, 598. ( ) gemmuliferum, derbiana, 101,

bicolor, 589, 594, 600. 36, Te Chelidon

breviceps, 595, 597. Certhia lagopoda, 847.

burchellit, 592. faniliaris, 350. whiteleyi, 347.

campbellie, 590, 592. fasciata, 350. Chen

coronatus, 589, 594, 599. himalayana, 350, hyperboreus, 58.

dorsalis, 589, 594, 595, notata, 317. Chettusia

597. Certhiola cinerea, 403.

grimmia, 589, 590. albigula, 269. Chibia

brevirostris, 378.

— (mergens), 592.

longiceps, 590, 592, 593.

dominicana, 269.

martinicana, 267, 269.

hottentotta, 378.

madoqua, 589, 594,598. | Cervus Chilinus

maaxwellii, 589, 593, 594, alfredi, 237, 238, 478. godeffroyi, 653, 666.

600. axis, 238. Chiloseyllium

melanoprymnus, 589,

598, 594, 595.

melanorheus, 589, 593, porcinus, var., 625. minor, 57, 58.

594, 600. pseudaxis, 237. Chironectes

mergens, var. burchelli, pudu, 238, 239, 258. variegatus, 702.

590. rufinus, 240, Chiropotes

natalensis, 589, 598, taévanus, 237, ater, 228, 229,

594, 598. Ceryle couxio, 228.

niger, 589, 593, 594, lugubris, 348. Chloéphaga

595, 597. rudis, 347, 603, 614. magellanica, 106,

nigrifrons, 589, 593, | Chemarrornis 700.

594, 598. leucocephala, 358. poliocephala, 261.

ocularis, 590. Cheetodon Chlorza

ogilbti, 593, 594, 595. miliaris, 658. pelewana, 474.

ogilbyt, 589. Cheetura Chloremys

punctulatus, 589, 594, caudacuta, 345, abnormis, 745.

600. nudipes, 345. Chlorospiza

pygmeus, 589, 593, 594, gigantea, 345. sinica, 385.

599. Chalcophaps Cholcepus

ruficrista, 592, 593. formosana, 397. didactylus, 431, 482,

rufilatus, 589, 594, 597. indica, 397. 433.

sylvicultrix, 589, 593, | Chama —, var. columbianus,

594, 595, 596. refleca, 100. 432.

whitfieldii, 589, 594, senegalensis, 728. hoffmanni, 428, 481,

599. Chamezpelia 432, 433, 434.

Ceratodus trochilea, 266. Chondrella

forsteri, 7. Chaptia minutissima, 476.

Cerberus brauniana, 378. parva, 476, 477.

rhynchops, 151, 179. Charadrius striata, 477.

Cercoleptes fulvus, 403. Chroicocephalus

caudivolvulus, 547. hiaticula, 404. atricilla, 577.

Cercopithecus longipes, 111, 115, 116, brunneicephalus, 421.

erxlebeni, 36. 403, 404. capistratus, 421.

pluto, 36. orientalis, 115. cucullatus, 577.

pyrrhonotus, 623. philippinus, 404. Sranktinii, 577.

ruber, 623. pluvialis, 114, 115, 116, kittlitzti, 278, 274,

Ceriornis 403. 577.

cabotit, 399, 695. veredus, 403. personatus, 577.

melanocephala, 543. virginicus, 111, 114, philadelphia, 57, 58.

temminckii, 399. 115, 116, 117, 408. ridibundus, 421.

capreolus, 258.

dama, 258.

modestum, 658, 654.

Chionis

Chroicocephalus

saundersi, 273, 421.

Chrysocoecyx

claasii, 605, 614.

cupreus, 605, 614.

hodgsoni, 394.

smaragdineus, 605, 614.

Chryseena

luteovirens, 642, 643.

victor, 642.

Chrysolophus

amherstia, 398.

pictus, 398.

Chrysomitris

spinus, 385.

Chrysotis

augusta, 266.

Cichlerminia

bonapartii, 268.

Ciconia

alba, 411.

nigra, 411.

Cinclocerthia

gutturalis, 268.

ruficauda, 268.

macrorhyncha, 267,268,

273.

Cinclodes

fuscus, 259, 260.

Cinclosoma

artemisie, 372.

ocellatum, 372.

Cinclus

interpres, 114,

pallasi, 368.

Cingulina

spina, 91.

Cinixys

belliana, 544.

homeana, 626.

Cinosternum

leucostomum, 745.

Circus

?, 342.

e@ruginosus, 342.

cinerascens, 342.

eyaneus, 103, 342.

melanoleucus, 342.

pallidus, 342.

spilonotus, 342.

swainsoni, 342.

Cirrhocephalus

plumbeiceps, 578.

Cisticola

cursitans, 352.

melanocephala,21 2,352.

schenicola, 212, 352.

tintinnabulans, 352.

volitans, 352.

Cistudo

triunguis, 744.

INDEX,

Claneculus

nodoliratus, 96.

Clangula

albeola, 57.

glaucion, 419.

histrionica, 119.

Clarias

magur, 712.

Clathurella

albocincta, 18, 93.

bicolor, 18, 93.

bilineata, 18, 93.

brazieri, 18, 98.

hayesiana, 17, 92.

labiosa, 731, 739.

reticosa, 17.

sceulptilis, 17, 92.

tenuilirata, 17, 92.

Clemmys

ornata, 745.

Clupea

sagax, 672.

sprattus, 653, 672, 673.

Coccothraustes

melanoxanthus, 386.

melanurus, 386.

sinensis, 384.

vulgaris japonicus, 386.

—, var. gaponicus, 386.

Coccystes

coromandus, 394.

—, var. fuliginiventer,

394.

Coccyzura

minor, 397.

Coecyzus

americanus, 299.

minor, 266, 273.

Cochoa

viridis, 374.

Colias

dimera, 251.

euterpe, 533.

euxanthe, 251.

hecla, 250.

hyona, 538.

imperialis, 250.

thisoa, 250.

Collocalia

spodiopyga, 23.

Coloradia

pandora, 83.

Coluber

fasciolatus, 172.

porphyraceus, 151, 172.

Columba

hodgsonit, 397.

_ intermedia, 677.

leucozonura, 397.

livia, 396.

enas, var. rupestris, 397.

| Columba

pulchricollis, 397.

rupestris, 397.

sylvatica, 396.

(Zenaida) galapagensis,

25.

Columbella

atrata, 89.

interrupta, 89, 322.

lentiginosa, 89.

(Anachis) atrata, 89.

(Mitrella) angasi, 322.

( )attenuata, 14,89.

( ) bicincta, 14, 89.

Colymbus

cornutus, 415,

glacialis, 119, 415.

septentrionalis, 119,

405.

Compsosoma

reticulare, 151, 172.

Conger

vulgaris, 673.

Congiopodus

percatus, 659.

Conopias

cinchoneti, 756.

inornata, 756.

superciliosa, 755.

superciliosus, 756.

trivirgata, 755.

Conostoma

emodium, 372.

Contopus

borealis, 84.

Conurus

@ruginosus, 493, 494.

chrysogenys, 493.

ocularis, 493.

patachonicus, 7.

pertinax, 493, 494.

cvantholemus, 493.

Conus

adamsoni, 585.

aplustre, 93.

cingulatus, 585.

cooki, 93.

erocatus, 585.

Jloccatus, 585.

gilvus, 93.

princeps, 93.

rhododendron, 585.

rossiteri, 93.

rutilus, 93.

vitulinus, 585.

Copsychus

saularis, 359.

Coracias

indica, 682.

Coracopsis

barklyi, 36.

796

Corbula

lirata, 729, 739.

marmorata, 20.

modesta, 728.

striata, 728, 739.

venusta, 20, 99.

zeylandica, 99.

Corethrura

insularis, 315.

Jardinii, 315,

Coriphilus

Sringillaceus, 22.

Corvus

colonorum, 383.

corax, 111, 112.

corone, 383.

cyanus, 382.

dauricus, 388.

erythrorhynchus, 382.

Japonensis, 382, 383.

Japonicus, 383.

macrorhynchus, 382.

neglectus, 383.

pastinator, 383.

pectoralis, 383.

sinensis, 382, 383.

splendens, 625, 682.

torquatus, 383.

Corydalla

chinensis, 366.

gustavi, 366.

infuscata, 366.

richardi, 366.

sinensis, 366.

Coryphophylax

maximiliani, 167.

Corythaix

albocristata, 40.

erythrolophos, 134.

meriani, 605, 614.

paulina, 134.

persa, 605, 614.

Cossypha

caffra, 317.

emerina, 316.

imerina, 316.

isabelle, 615.

poensis, 609, 615,

Coturnix

caineana, 401.

chinensis, 401.

communis, 401.

dactylisonans, 401.

japonica, 401.

Cotyle

riparia, 346.

rupestris, 347.

sinensis, 347.

Crania

japonica, 300, 311,

312.

INDEX.

Craspedophora

magnifica, 583.

Crassatella

fulvida, 20, 100.

Crax

daubentoni, 624.

sclateri, 701, 702.

Craxirex

galapagensis, 125.

Crenella

(Modiolaria) cwmin-

giana, 101.

( ) multistriata,

Crex

729, 739.

Jardinei, 315.

Criniger

calurus, 608, 615.

chloronotus, 608, 615.

flaviventris, 130.

gularis, 608.

nivosus, 608, 615.

pallidus, 370.

syndactylus, 314.

tephrogenys, 608.

tephrolemus, 615.

tricolor, 608, 615.

verreauxt, 608.

Crocodilus

cataphractus, 625.

Crossea

concinna, 90.

Crossochilus

rostratus, 636, 637, 762.

Crossoptilon

auritum, 399, 495.

cerulescens, 399, 495.

drouyni, 495.

drouynii, 399.

mantchuricum,399,495.

tibetanum, 399, 495.

Crotalus

horridus, 479.

lecontei, 479.

lucifer, 39.

Crotophaga

ani, 273.

Cryptolopha

burkii, 358.

tephrocephala, 358.

Cryptomya

elliptica, 99.

Cryptopterus

limpok, 716.

Ctenolates

macquariensis, 320,

Cubiceps

multiradiatus, 658, 661.

Cuculus

sp., 393.

affinis, 395.

Cuculus

bengalensis, 393.

canoroides, 396.

canorus, 395, 396.

coromandus, 394.

dimidiatus, 393.

flaviventris, 395.

himalayanus, 395.

hyperythrus, 395.

kelungensis, 396.

maculatus, 394.

michieanus, 895.

micropterus, 395, 396.

monosyllabicus, 396.

optatus, 396.

poliocephalus, 395.

sinensis, 382.

sparveroides, 394, 395,

striatus, 395.

tamsuicus, 395.

tenuirostris, 394, 595,

396.

viridis, 393.

Cucumaria

lactea, 691.

pentactes, 691.

saxicola, 690, 691, 692.

Culicicapa

cinereocapilla, 381.

Culicipeta

burkii, 213, 358.

tephrocephalus, 213.

Curruca

garrula, 355.

Cyanecula

cerulecula, 359.

suecica, 859.

Cyanopica

wha 382.

Cyanoptila

cyanomelena, 380.

Cyanopolius

eyanus, 382.

Cyclomorpha

flava, 476.

margarita, 476.

Cyclophis

frenatus, 188.

Cyclophorus

ineisus, 475.

Cyclostoma

flavum, 464.

macgillivrayt, 587.

minutissimum, 465.

parvum, 465.

recluzianum, 587.

Cyclostomus

carolinensis, 476.

Cyclostrema

roseotincta, 737. 739.

tricarinata, 737, 739.

Cycloturus

didactylus, 546.

Cyclotus

macgillivrayt, 587.

recluzianus, 587.

Cygnus

bewickii, 416.

coscoroba, 545.

davidi, 416.

minor, 416.

musicus, 416.

Cylichna

cylindracea, 738.

Cylindrobulla

Jischeri, 98.

Cylindroleberis

marie, 295.

teres, 295.

Cyllene

owentt, 732.

Cynonycteris

amplexicaudata, 513.

collaris, 478.

Cynophis

"meas 151, 174.

Cynopithecus

niger, 223.

Cynopterus

marginatus, 543.

Cyornis

vivida, 380.

Cypraa

Peale, 94.

erosa, 94.

caurica, 94.

commiata, 94.

fimbriata, 94.

flaveola, 94.

gangrenosa, 94.

humphreysi, 94.

lutea, 94.

scurra, 94.

spurea, 94.

staphylea, 94.

tabescens, 94.

Cypridina

brenda, 292.

globosa, 290, 292.

— (brenda), 290.

interpuncta, 293.

macandrei, 293.

maria, 289, 295.

messinensis, 292,

norvegica, 292.

teres, 289, 295.

Cyprinus

bacaila, 764.

bata, 636, 637, 762, 764,

765.

boga, 764.

calbasu, 764.

- INDEX.

Cyprinus

catla, 764.

chagunio, 637, 764.

cocsa, 764.

dero, 764.

gonius, 764.

morar, 764.

mrigala, 764.

nandina, T64.

sarana, 764.

Cypselus

affinis, 345.

apus, 345.

gracilis, 315.

infumatus, 345.

pacificus, 345.

parvus, 315, 316.

pekinensis, 345.

subfurcatus, 345.

tectorum, 345.

tinus, 3845.

unicolor, 315.

vittatus, 345.

Cyrtacanthacris

punctipennis, 246.

rubiginosa, 247.

spissa, 247.

Cyrtodactylus

macularius, 163.

Cystophora

cristata, 508.

Daboia

russelliz, 153.

Dacelo

gigas, 2.

Dactylopterus

chirophthalmus, 663.

orientalis, 663.

Dafila

acuta, 418.

Damalis

pygarga, 625.

Danais

albata, 522.

australis, 80.

choaspes, 79, 80.

chrysippus,520,521 ,722.

grammica, 522.

ino, 79.

leonora, 722.

limniace, 79, 80.

similis, 522.

Dasypus

vellerosus, 545, 546.

Deilephila

gait, 81.

livornica, 81.

spinifascia, 81.

Delias

descombest, 525.

797

Delias

henningia, 525.

indica, 525.

porsenna, 525.

Delphinus

griseus, 506.

rissoanus, 506.

Dendrobates

brucit, 134.

cardinalis, 135.

flaviscapus, 135.

namaquus, 134.

Dendrocitta

formose, 382.

sinensis, 882.

—, var. formosa, 382.

Dendrocolaptes

chuncotambo, 86.

ocellata, 86.

ocellatus, 86.

palliata, 86.

weddelli, 86.

Dendreeca

adelaide, 269.

petechia, 124.

Dendrophis

picta, 152, 188.

—, var. andamanensis,

152, 184.

Dendrornis

ocellata, 86.

Dendrotreron

hodgsonit, 397.

Dendrotypes

nestotes, 392,

Dentalium

inversum, 738.

Dentex

rivulatus, 658.

Dermatemys

abnormis, 745.

Diadema

biangulata, 475.

parva, 475.

rotilla, 475.

Diagramma

obscurum, 653, 657.

Diczeum

cruentatum, 349.

minullum, 349.

Dicrurus

albirictus, 377.

cathecus, 377.

cineraceus, 378.

cinerascens, 378.

leucopheus, 378.

macrocercus, 377.

Didunculus

strigirostris, 22.

Didus

ineptus, 299.

798

Digenia

superciliaris, 381.

Dilophus

carunculatus, 138,

Diomedea

albatrus, 422.

brachyura, 422.

fuliginosa, 422.

nigripes, 422,

Dione

floridella} 727.

tellineformis, 727.

virgo, 727.

Dioplodon

seychellensis, 630.

Diplopelma

berdmorei, 153, 202.

interlineatum, 158,

202.

pulchrum, 202.

Dipsas

bubalina, 186, 187.

forsteni, 152, 187.

—, var. ceylonensis, 174,

187.

hexagonota, 152, 185,

187.

_ monticola, 188.

multifasciata, 185, 186,

187.

nigromarginata, 186.

trigonata, 187.

Dirphia

lancea, 83.

ursina, 83.

venata, 81, 83.

Discina

stella, 300, 311, 312.

Distichopora

rosea, 281.

Dolabrifera

brazieri, 98, 321.

pacifica, 99.

Dolium

melanostoma, 585.

Donax

rugosus, 728.

(Capsella) oweni?, 728.

Draco

dussumieri, 150, 164.

Drillia

pyramidata, 731.

(Crassispira) carbo-

nara, 731.

Drusilla

bioculatus, 523.

Drymepus

extensicauda, 351.

flavirostris, 351.

tnornata, 351.

longicauda, 351.

INDEX.

Drymornis

bridgesi, 546.

Dryocopus

martius, 392.

Dryoscopus

leucorhynchus, 611,

615.

Dumeticola

affinis, 354.

thoracica, 854, 355.

Dyctis

agondas, 523.

bammakoo, 525.

bioculatus, 523.

borneensis, 525.

cumed, 524.

cybele, 524.

egialina, 525.

esaca, 523.

hewitsonit, 523.

hicetas, 524.

melane, 523.

melantho, 523.

melias, 525.

mimalon, 523, 524.

papua, 524,

patua, 525.

phegea, 525.

vasudeva, 525.

vitellia, 524.

Dysporus

cyanops, 125.

Suscus, 125.

leucogaster, 125.

Echis

carinata, 153, 196.

Edolius

forficatus, 377.

longus, 377.

Egretta

alba, 412.

flavirostris, 412.

intermedia, 412.

leuce, 412.

modesta, 412.

Elenea

cayennensis, 752.

luteiventris, 754.

miles, 753.

Elenia

mexicana, 73.

texensis, 753.

Elainea

martinica, 266, 271.

pagana, 271.

riwsit, 271.

Elanus

hypoleucos, 337.

Electrina

succined, 477.

| Elephas

indicus, 145.

Ellobium

oryza, 470.

Elodina

angulipennis, 526.

bouruensis, 526.

egnatia, 526.

hypatia, 526.

padusa, 526.

signata, 526.

therasia, 526.

Elymnias

borneensis, 525.

casiphone, 519, 522.

caudata, 520.

ceryx, 519, 522.

fraterna, 520.

hecate, 520.

hewitsonii, 523.

hicetas, 524.

lynx, 520.

Geo §22.

lais, 519, 522.

leucocyma, 522, 525.

lutescens, 521.

mehida, 523.

melantho, 623.

modesta, 522.

nigrescens, 520.

panthera, 519, 521.

papua, 524.

patna, 519.

penanga, 519, 521.

swmatrana, 521, 522.

thycana, 525.

timandra, 522.

undularis, 519, 520.

vasudeva, 525,

viminalis, 524.

Emarginula

dilecta, 97.

Emberiza

?, 388.

aureola, 387.

canescens, 389.

castaneiceps, 389.

chrysophrys, 388.

cioides, 388.

ciopsis, 388.

elegans, 588.

elegantula, 388.

fucata, 388.

gigliolit, 388.

lapponica, 113.

lathami, 387.

leucocephala, 888.

nivalis, 113.

personata, 388.

pithyornis, 388.

pusilla, 389.

Emberiza

rustica, 388.

rutila, 387.

scheniclus, var. minor,

389.

sinensis, 387.

spodocephala, 388.

strachey?, 388.

sulphurata, 388.

tristrami, 388.

Emys

amazonica, 746.

erythrocephala, 747.

expansa, 747.

macrocephala, 746.

thurgi, 517.

Endodonta

acetabulum, 455, 474.

binaria, 474.

celsa, 455, 474.

Sabrefacta, 474.

Jicta, 455, 474.

Srickii, 474.

huaheinensis, 474.

lamellosa, 474.

laminata, 474.

obolus, 455, 474.

rugata, 474,

Engraulis

belama, 653, 671.

encrasicholus, var., 672,

673.

Engystoma

interlineatum, 202.

Enhydrina

schistosa, 152, 193,

194.

valakadyen, 193, 194.

Enicurus

schistaceus, 365.

speciosus, 365.

Eophona

melanura, 386.

personata, 386.

Epeira

malabarensis, 619.

Ephialtes

glabripes, 343.

hambroecki, 344.

lettia, 344,

menadensis, 337.

plumipes, 343.

Epimachus

brisbani, 582.

magnificus, 583.

magnus, 581.

paradiseus, 583.

regius, S82.

splendidus, 583.

Erinaceus

ecaudutus, 58.

INDEX.

Erinaceus

madagascariensis, 58,

semispinosus, 58.

Eriocnemis

aurelie, 505.

russata, SOD.

Eriodes

frontatus, 225.

Erithacus

akahige, 359.

rubecula, 317.

Errina

aspera, 282.

cochleata, 282.

glabra, 282.

Erythropus

amurensis, 340, 410.

vespertinus, 340.

Erythrosterna

albicilla, 380.

erythaca, 380.

leucura, 380.

luteola, 380.

mugimaki, 380.

Erythrura

cyanovirens, 25.

ryX

Johnii, 152, 176, 188.

Ethalia

lirata, '737, 739.

plicata, 737, 739.

Eublepharis

hardwickii, 163, 164.

macularius, 150, 1638,

164

Eucyane

glauca, 83.

hystaspes, 82.

Eudromias

modestus, 261.

morinellus, 113.

veredus, 403.

Eudynamis

maculata, 394.

malayana, 394.

orientalis, 394.

Eulabes

hainanus, 384.

sinensis, 383.

Eulaceiira

osteria, 726.

Eulampis

chlorolemus, 272.

holosericeus, 272.

Jugularis, 266, 272.

Eulima

bilineata, 735.

distorta, 7305.

Eumeces

albopunctatus, 150,

158.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1871, No. LIT.

Eumeces

himalayanus, 158.

indicus, 150, 158.

sikimensis, 150, 158.

Eumyias

melanops, 381.

Eunetta

falcata, 419.

formosa, 418.

Euphema

splendida, 102.

Euphonia

flavifrons, 265.

rufiventris, 749.

Euplectes

phenicomerus, 615.

Eupleres

goudoti, 297.

Euplocamus

albocristatus, 138.

andersoni, 137, 138.

erythrophthalmus,

138.

horsfieldi, 138.

ignitus, 138.

lineatus, 187, 138.

melanotis, 138.

nobilis, 138.

nycthemerus, 137, 138,

399.

prelatus, 138.

pyronotus, 138.

swinhoii, 138, 399.

Eupleea

callithoé, 525.

climene, 524.

gloriosa, 524.

lapeyrousei, 521,

ledereri, 523.

mazares, 520.

midamus, 522.

mniszechii, 524.

sepulchralis, 521.

splendens, 525.

superba, 525.

swainsoni, 525,

vitella, 524.

Euprepes

macularius, 150, 157,

158.

rufescens, 157, 158.

trivittatus, 150, 158.

Eurema

arabella, 530.

arbela, 528.

demoditas, 533.

formosa, 540.

jodutta, 530.

Eurinorhynchus

orientalis, 409.

pygmeus, 409.

800

Hurynorhynchus

griseus, 114.

orientalis, 114.

pygmeus, 111, 114,

Euryphene

mardania, 723.

ribensis, 723.

Eurystomus

orientalis, 347.

Eurytela

dryope, 722.

Euscarthmus

fulviceps, 497, 498.

squamicristatus, 498.

Euspiza

aureola, 387.

personata, 388.

rutila, 387.

sulphurata, 388.

Eutropiicthys

wacha, 287, 7138.

Pxcalfactoria

chinensis, 401.

Exostoma

andersonii, 71).

berdmore?, 715.

blythii, 715.

labiatum, 715.

Falcinellus

magnificus, 580, 585.

Falco

e@salon, 340.

atriceps, 678, 679, 680.

barbarus, 147

candicans, 112.

cenchris, var. pekinen-

sis, 341.

grenlandicus, 112.

hemilasius, 339.

imperialis, 685.

islandicus, 681.

Jugger, 677, 680.

peregrinator, 678, 679,

680.

peregrinus, 112, 340,

677, 681.

sacer, 147, 340.

subbutco, 340. 681.

tinnunculus, 340.

Felis

aurata, 758, 759.

bengalensis, 760.

caracal, 547.

celidogaster, 759.

chalybeata, 759.

euptilura, 761.

Javanensis, 760, 761.

Jjerdoni, 758, 760.

moormensis, 758, 759.

neglecta, 759.

INDEX.

Felis

passerum, TOO,

rubiginosa, 756, 757,

760.

rufa, 479.

rutila, 758, 759.

temminchii, 759.

tigris, 102.

— amurensis, 480.

— bengalensis, 480.

uncia, 480, 481.

undata, 760, 761.

Ferania

sieboldii, 151, 179, 180.

Feranoides

jamnetica, 180, 181.

Fissurella

mutabilis, '738.

obtusa, 738.

Flabellum

matricidum, 276, 285.

Fossarina

brazieri, 18, 95.

patula, 95.

Foudia

madagascariensis, 319.

Francolinus

maculatus, 400.

perlatus, 400.

sinensis, 400.

Fregata

aquila, 626.

Fregilus

graculus, 383.

—, var. brachypus,

383.

Fringilla

erythrorhyncha, 497.

melanictera, 387.

montana, 386.

montifringilla, 385.

sinica, 385.

spinus, 385.

Fringillauda

nemoricola, 385.

Frugilegus

pastinator, 383.

Fulica

americana, 111, 117.

atra, 117, 415.

wilsonti, 117.

Fulix

baeri, 419.

cristata, 419.

marila, 419.

Gagata

typus, 287, 716.

Galago

crassicaudata, 544.

monteirt, 544.

Galerida

cristata, 390.

leautungensis, 390.

Galeus

canis, 673.

Galidia

concolor, 297.

elegans, 297.

Gallicrex

cristata, 414.

Gallinago

biclava, 407.

burka, 407.

gallinula, 39, 407.

heterocerca, 407.

horsfieldi, 407.

media, 407.

megala, 407.

scolopacina, 407.

solitaria, 407.

stenura, 407.

uniclava, 407.

Gallinula

baillont, 414.

chloropus, 26, 414.

phenicura, 414.

Galloperdix

ceylonensis, 625.

Gallus

Serrugineus, 399.

Garrulax

?, 352.

albogularis, 371.

auritus, 371.

canorus, 371.

chinensis, 871.

monachus, 372.

perspicillatus, 371.

pecilorhynchus, 372.

ruficeps, 371.

rugillatus, 371.

sannio, 371.

taéwanus, 371.

Garrulus

bispecularis, 381.

brandti, 382.

ornatus, 381.

sinensis, 381.

taivanus, 381.

Garzetta

egretta, 412.

eulophotes, 412.

Gasteracantha

roseolimbata, 617.

Gastrimargus

infumatus, 219.

Gavia

glaucotis, 578.

kittlitzii, 275.

personata, 577.

roseiventris, 578.

Gazella

semmerringit, TOL.

Gecinus

?, 392.

canus, 392.

guerini, 392.

tancola, 392.

Gecko

smithit, 150, 159.

Gelochelidon

anglica, 572.

Geobiastes

squamigera, 316.

Geocichla

n. sp., 367.

Geoemyda

spinosa, 517, 518.

Geospiza

fortis, 124.

fuliginosa, 125.

nebulosa, 125.

parvula, 125.

strenua, 124.

Geotria

allportt, 653, 675.

australis, 675.

Geotrygon

mystaced, 267.

Geronticus

melanopis, 261.

Glareola

orientalis, 403.

Globiocephalus

indicus, 1438.

Glyptosternum

dekkanense, 714.

modestum, 714.

pectinopterum, 714.

reticulatus, 714.

striatum, 714.

telchitta, 288.

trilineatum, 289.

Gobius

elapoides, 653, 665.

leucostictus, 653, 664.

mucosus, 653, 663.

platynotus, 664.

platystoma, 653, 664.

Goisachius

melanolophus, 413.

Gongylus

capensis, 241, 242, 244,

igneocaudatus, 241,242.

ocellatus, 242, 248, 244.

polleni, 241, 242.

viridanus, 241, 242,244,

Gracula

?, 384.

harita, 271.

eristatella, 384.

saularis, 359,

INDEX.

Gracula

sturnina, 384.

Graculus

bicristatus, 420,

Gracupica

nigricollis, 384.

Grampus

griseus, 506.

Grandala

celicolor, 360.

Graucalus

rex-pineti, 378.

Grimmia

burchellii, 589, 592.

campbellie, 589, 592.

irrorata, 589, 590, 591.

nictitans, 589, 590.

splendidula, 589, 590.

Grus

cinerea, 402.

leucauchen, 402.

leucogeranus, 403, 677.

monachus, 402.

virgo, 403.

viridirostris, 403.

Gygis

TF 32, 422.

Gymnobucco

calvus, 606.

peli, 606, 615.

Gymnocranius

rivulatus, 658.

Gymnodactylus

Ffasciolatus, 150, 161.

khasiensis, 150, 162.

lunatus, 164.

variegatus, 150, 161.

Gymnodytes

nigrovittatus, 205.

Gypaétus

barbatus, 337.

Gyps

bengalensis, 675, 676,

681.

Ffulvus, 676.

indicus, 675, 676.

Hematopus

longirostris, 405.

osculans, 405.

ostralegus, 405.

palliatus, 125.

Hematornis

chrysorrhoides, 370.

elgini, 495.

Halcyon

atricapilla, 347,

coromanda, 347.

coromandeliana, 347.

cyanoleuca, 603, 614.

dryas, 603, 614,

801

Haleyon

pileatus, 347.

recurvirostris, 23.

senegalensis, 603, 614.

smyrnensis, 347.

Haliaétus

albicilla, 339.

pelagicus, 339.

Halicherus

grypus, 508, 701.

Halidesmus

scapularis, 653, 668.

Haliotis

hargreavesi, 97.

(Padollus) brazieri, 97.

Haliplana

anetheta, 422.

discolor, 573.

Suliginosa, 572.

panaya, 572.

panayensis, 572.

Halmaturus

erubescens, 239, 240.

Halys

himalayanus, 152, 196.

Hapale

chrysoleucos, 229.

geoffroyi, 478.

pygmed, 220,

Hapaloderma

narina, 41.

Hara

buchanani, 704.

elongata, 704,

Harelda

glacialis, 119, 419.

Harma

lurida, 80..

Heliangelus

clarisse, HOA.

squamigularis, 503.

Helianthea

bonapartei, 503.

osculans, 503.

violifera, 503.

Helicina

albolabris, 476.

anaaensis, 467, 476.

beryllina, 476.

—, var. flavida, 476.

bicolor, 466.

bronniana, 476.

calliostoma, 466, 476.

colorata, 467, 476.

constricta, 476.

corrugata, 476.

crassilabris, 466.

discoidea, 476.

exiqua, 476.

jlavescens, 467, 476.

fulgora, 476.

802 INDEX.

Helicina Helicopsis Helix

guppyt, 467. perpolita, 475, incei, 641.

humilis, 467, 476. pertenuis, 475. isabellensis, 647.

inconspicua, 476.

interna, 476.

jana, 647.

kusteriana, 476.

laciniosa, 476.

lenticularis, 476.

mangoénsis, 322.

marchionissa, 476.

maugerie, 466, 476.

—,var. albinea,A66,476.

miniata, 476.

minuta, 476.

multicolor, 476.

musiva, 476.

norfolkensis, 322.

oceanica, 476.

pacifica, 467, 476.

parvula, 476.

pazi, 476.

pisum, 466, 476.

plicatilis, 322, 476.

rohrii, 476.

rotelloidea, 476.

rubicunda, 466.

rugulosa, 476.

rustica, 476.

sandwichensis, 476.

solidula, 476.

tahitensis, 466, 476.

tectiformis, 322.

trochlea, 476.

uberta, 476.

villosa, 476.

zigzag, 476.

zonata, 476.

(Trochatella) ectz-

formis, 322.

Heliconisa

impar, 83.

Helicopsis

aurulenta, 475.

callifera, 475.

chamissoi, 475.

cicercula, 475.

conula, 475.

eryptoportica, 475.

cultrata, 475.

electrina, 475.

ensifera, 475.

Jirmostyla, 475.

fornicata, 475.

frivola, 475.

kauaiensis, 475.

lardyi, 475.

minutalis, 475.

normalis, 475.

orbis, 475.

pauxillus, 475.

samoa, 475.

samoensis, 4°75.

simillima, 475.

striolata, 475.

subrutila, 475.

subtilis, 475.

subtilissima, 475.

upolensis, 475.

venosa, 475.

verticillata, 475.

Heliomaster

albicrissa, 504.

longirostris, 504.

pallidiceps, 504.

sclateri, 504.

stuarte, 504.

Heliotrypha

parzudaki, 504.

Helix

adamsii, 455.

adelaide, 641.

alata, 475.

alfredi, 323, 325.

amenula, 455.

andersoni, 644, 647.

appendiculata, 55.

ardua, 699.

betlengerensis, 54, 321.

belmorei, 647.

bisulcata, 699.

blomfieldi, 54.

brunnea, 456.

bursatella, 452.

caperata, 475.

cavernula, 452.

coarctata, 452.

compluviatus, 646, 647.

conula, 456.

corne, 456,

coxent, 54, 55.

cubensis, 455.

cultrata, 456.

depressiformis, 475.

distans, 475.

exequati, 475.

excavata, 452.

exserta, 475.

filiceti, 455.

flewilabris, 646.

fosteriana, 639.

Sringilla, 323.

glandula, 456.

gratiosa, 53, 55.

grayt, 641,

greenhilli, 640.

guadalcanarensis, 645,

647.

hunteri, 646, 647.

jaucquinoti, 452.

jervisensis, 641.

jugosa, 452.

juloidea, 697.

kempseyensis, 645, 647.

lactiflua, 647.

lamellosa, 454.

legrandi, 697.

leucocheilus, 54.

macleayi, 54.

macquariensis, 645,647.

marquesana, 455.

millicente, 323, 325.

newcombii, 475.

oceanica, 452.

o’connellensis, 55.

onslow?, 697.

oparica, 451.

orbis, 456.

ornatella, 455.

oualauensis, 475.

pelewana, 449.

pellicula, 455.

pexa, 696.

pictella, 455.

prostrata, 475.

prunum, 640,

quintale, 699.

quintali, 699.

rainbirdi, 5D.

rotella, 697.

rubiginosa, 452.

sarda-labiata, 54, 55.

scabra, 95.

scandens, 645, 647.

sellersi, 646, 647.

sowerbyana, 449.

stellula, 451, 452.

streptaxon, 452,

subtilis, 456.

tenella, 475.

tiara, 475.

torresiana, 640.

trifaciella, 455.

turricula, 452.

vanue lave, 699.

vitrinella, 456.

whartoni, 55.

yulei, 645.

(Camzna) aureedensis,

640.

(Charopa) ammoni-

toides, 699.

( ) bassi, 699.

(? ——) dispar, 699.

( ) subdepressa, 641.

(Hadra) bennetti, 639.

( ) darwini, 639.

Helix

(Hadra)stephensoniana,

639.

(Hygromia) bednalli,

G41.

(Pitys) architectonica,

696.

( ) assimilis, 697.

(—— dispar, 699.

( )petterdi,696,697.

( ) subrugosa, 697.

(Trachia) endeavouren-

sis, 460.

(Trochomorpha) fes-

sonia, 322.

(Videna) flood?, 697.

( ) milligani, 698.

) pascoet, 693.

Hemicentetes

madagascariensis, 58.

Hemichelidon

Serruginea, 379.

fuliginosa, 379.

griseisticta, 379.

latirostris, 379.

rufilata, 379.

Hemichromis

subocellatus, 653, 667.

Hemidactylus

maculatus, 150, 160.

Hemipimelodus

cenia, 288, 713.

viridescens, 713.

Hemipodius

dussumieri, 401.

maculatus, 402.

maculosus, 402.

viciarius, 402.

Hemirhamphus

acutus, 653, 671.

dussumieri, 671.

gamberur, 671.

Hemixus

castanonotus, 369.

Henicurus

chinensis, 365.

leschenaultii, 365.

leucoschistus, 365.

schistaceus, 365.

scouler?, 365.

sinensis; 369.

Herbivocula

Slemingi, 354.

Herbivox

cantans, 353.

canturiens, 353.

minuta, 353.

Herodias

alba, 412.

asha, 413.

egrettoides, 412.

INDEX,

Herodias

eulophotes, 412,

garzetta, 412.

intermedia, 412.

Herpexnia

tritogenia, 725.

Herpestes

griseus, 3.

Herpornis

tyrannulus, 373.

xanthochlora, 373.

wvantholeuca, 373.

Heterocnemis

argentata, T49.

Heterofusus

bulimoides, 99.

Heteromeles

mauritanicus, 241, 244.

Heteromorpha

unicolor, 372.

Heteropelma

aurifrons, 750.

chrysocephalum, 750.

Sflavicapilla, 750.

igniceps, 750.

Heteropoda

(Olios) /eucosia, 617.

Heterornis

sinensis, 384.

Hiaticula

inornata, 404.

Hierococcyx

Sugax, 394.

Himantopus

candidus, 405.

melanopterus, 405.

Hipistes

hydrinus, 151, 179,

181.

Hippopotamus

TT hibiee 145, 255,

256, 329.

Hipposideros

aruensis, 513.

fulvus, 518.

murinus, 513.

Hirundo

alpestris, 346.

ciris, 345.

concolor, 125.

daurica, 346.

erythropygia, 346.

gutturalis, 346.

leucorrhea, 327, 328.

modesta, 125.

nipalensis, 346.

panayana, 346.

purpurea, 125.

pyrrhonota, 328,

rufula, 346.

rustica, 346.

803

Histiopterus

labiosus, 653, 658.

Hodgsonicus

phenicuroides, 359.

Holocentrum

diploxiphus, 653, 660.

microstoma, 653, 660.

sammara, 660.

tahiticum, 660.

Eomalopsis

sieboldii, 180.

Hoplopterus

ventralis, 403.

Horeites

brunneifrons, 351.

robustipes, 351.

Horornis

assimilis, 351.

Hyalina

(Volvarina) mustelina,

14, 90.

Hydrobata

marila, 369.

pallasi, 368.

Hydrocea

raiatensis, 471.

Hydrochelidon

Jissipes, 573.

fuliginosa, 572.

hybrida, 421.

indica, 421.

javanica, 421.

nigra, 421.

plumbea, 573.

Hydrophasianus

chirurgus, 414.

sinensis, 414.

Hydrophis

cerulescens, 190.

cantoris, 152, 192.

chloris, 152, 191.

coronata, 152, 192.

eyanocincta, 152, 191.

gracilis, 190, 191, 192.

granosa, 152, 190.

Jerdonti, 152, 190, 191.

lindsayi, 152, 191.

stokesti, 190.

Hydropotes

inermis, 258, 702.

Hydrus

gracilis, 192.

Hygromia

similaris, 474.

Hylorana

erythrea, 198.

nicobariensis, 153, 206.

nigrovittata, 153, 205.

tytleri, 207.

Hyphantornis

aurantia, 612, 615.

804

Hyphantornis

Alavigula, 612, 615.

grayt, 612.

textor, 612, 615.

Hypherpes

corallirostris, 317.

Hypochera

migerrima, 133.

nitens, 133.

Hypophthalmus

goongarensis, 763.

goongwaree, 635, 636,

762.

taakree, 635, 636, 762,

764.

Hypopicus

poliopsis, 392.

Hypotinidia

striata, 415.

Hypothymis

cyanomelena, 380.

Hypotriorchis

esalon, 340,

Semoralis, 260.

subbuteo, 340,

Hypsipetes

aes 213.

ganeesa, 213.

holti, 369.

leucocephalus, 369.

macelellandi, 369.

madagascariensis, 313.

neilgherriensis, 213.

nigerrima, 213.

nigerrimus, 369,

niveiceps, 369.

ourovang, 313.

perniger, 213, 369.

psaroides, 213, 214.

yunanensis, 213, 369.

Hystrix

africe-australis, 233.

bengalensis, 234.

cristata, 233, 234,

235.

ecaudata, 235.

hirsutirostris, 233.

hodgsoni, 234. —

Javanica, 234, 235.

leucura, 233, 234.

longicauda, 234, 235,

236.

malabarica, 234,

miilleri, 235.

torquata, 235.

Tanthia

eyanura, 359.

rufilata, 359.

Tanthina

balteata, 734.

INDEX.

Tanthocincla

pecilorhyncha, 372.

Tbidorhynchus

struthersi, 411.

Tbis

Faleinellus, 411.

nippon, 411.

propingua, 411.

religiosa, 614, 615.

religiosus, 614.

Icterus

bonana, 267, 271.

dominicensis, 270.

hypomelas, 270.

laudabilis, 266,270,273.

portoricensis, 270.

Inca

mystacalis, 567.

Tnuus

sancti-johannis, 222.

Totreron

melanocephala, 337.

Ischnurus

complanatus, 617.

Ismenia

reevei, 300, 308.

sanguinea, 300, 308.

Ispidina

picta, 603, 614.

Ithaginis

geoffroyi, 400.

Txias

anexibia, 252, 253,

anne, 254.

balice, 258, 254.

bebryce, 253.

evippe, 252.

eulimene, 254.

latifasciatus, 252, 253.

’

marianne, 253, 254.

pyrene, 253.

reinwardtit, 254.

sesia, 252, 253.

undatus, 252, 253.

venatria, 254,

venatus, 254.

venilia, 254.

vollenhovii, 254.

Txonotus

guttatus, 609, 615.

Txulus

castaneiceps, 374.

Ixus

andersoni, 214, 370.

ashanteus, 132.

chrysorrhoides, 370.

hemorrhous, 370.

hainanus, 369.

Jocosus, 370.

sinensis, 369.

tricolor, 131.

Ixus

xanthorrhous, 369.

Japalura

microlepis, 164, 165.

planidorsata, 164, 166.

swinhonis, 166.

variegata, 150, 164, 165,

166.

Junonia

clelia, 722.

cloantha, 722.

crebrene, 722.

Kachuga

berdmorei, 517.

oldhami, 517.

pequensis, 517.

trilineata, 517.

Ketupa

ceylonensis, 343.

Jjavensis, 627.

Kittacinela

auricularis, 370.

macrura,var.minor, 359,

Lagomys

eurzonie, 559, 560, 562,

563.

hodgsoni, 563.

nepalensis, 563.

roylei, 563.

Lagopus

albus, 118.

rupestris, 117.

Lagothrix

castelnauii, 219.

infumatus, 219.

Laimodonta

anaaensis, 470, 477.

bronni, 477.

conica, 470, 477.

sandwichensis, 477.

Lamellina

levis, 473.

serrata, 473.

Lampides

beticus, 728.

hintza, 723.

Lamprocolius

cupreocauda, 611.

purpureiceps, 611, 615.

Lampromorpha

plagosus, 394.

Laniarius

hypopyrrhus, 611, 615.

multicolor, 611, 615.

Lanius

bucephalus, 375.

chinensis, 375.

cristatus, 375, 376, 3877

Lanius

fuscatus, 375.

encertus, 376, 377.

lahtora, 375.

lucionensis, 376, 377.

magnirostris, 375, 376.

mijor, 370.

melanthes, 375.

mollis, 375.

phenicurus, 375.

schach, 375.

—, var. formose, 375.

schwaneri, 376.

superciliosus, 375, 376,

377.

tephronotus, 375.

waldeni, 375.

Laqueus

rubella, 306, 312.

suffusa, 306.

Larosterna

inca, 567.

Larus

albipennis, 578.

argentatus, 122,421,576.

—, var. cachinnans, 421.

atricilla, 496, 565, 576.

zare, 565, 576.

belcheri, 574, 575, 579.

bonapartii, 577.

borealis, 421.

bridges, 573.

cachinnans, 421.

canus, 420.

—, var. major, 420.

cinereo -caudatus, 577,

578.

cirrhocephalus, 4, 258,

565, 578.

erassirostris, 421, 575.

cucullatus, 577, 578.

dominicanus, 545, 565,

576.

eburneus, 122.

Sranklini, 57, 58, 565,

577, 578.

Ffrobeeni, 575.

Suliginosus, 125,573,574.

fuscus, 421, 576.

glaucodes, 578, 579.

glaucotis, 578.

glaucus, 122.

hematorhynchus, 579.

heermanni, 574, 575.

maculipennis, 565, 578,

579.

marinus, 39.

melanorhynchus, 496.

melanurus, 421.

modestus, 573, STA.

niveus, 420.

occidentalis, 122, 421.

INDEX,

Larus

personatus, 577.

pheocephalus, 579.

pipixcan, 577, 578.

poliocephalus, 578.

ridibundus, 576.

rosetventris, 578.

sabini, 111.

sabinii, 122.

schimpert, 273, 274.

scoresbhii, 575, 579.

serranus, 577, 580.

smithsonianus, 576.

vociferus, 576.

Larvivora

?, 358.

cyane, 358.

cyanea, 358.

gracilis, 358.

sibilans, 358.

Leda

?, 728.

rostrata, 728.

tuberculata, 728, 739.

Leiostraca

bivittata, 735.

lesbia, 16, 91.

Leiothrix

lutea, 373.

Lempijius

glabripes, 343.

hambroecki, 344.

semitorques, 343.

wmbratilis, 344,

Lemur

brunneus, 231, 232.

collaris, 231, 545.

dubius, 230, 231.

Jflavifrons, 232.

leucomystax, 229,

macaco, 229, 230.

mongoz, 230, 231, 545.

niger, 229, 230.

nigrifrons, 230,231,545.

ruber, 297.

varius, 230.

axanthomystax, 230.

Leopardus

auratus, 759.

sumatranus, 760.

Leptodira

annulata, 102.

Leptoptilus

Jjavanicus, 411.

Leptorhytaon

Jara, 152, 188.

Leptoseris

striatus, 284.

Lepus

otostolus, 563.

pallipes, 564.

tibetanus, 559, 563, 564.

| Lerwa

nivicola, 400.

Lesbia

chlorura, 504.

gouldi, 504.

gracilis, 504,

Lestris

antarctica, 565.

antarcticus, 579.

buffonit, 128.

parasitica, 123.

parasiticus, 123.

richardsonii, 123.

Leucidia

brephos, 529.

elphos, 529.

elvina, 529.

exigua, 529.

leucoma, 529.

pygmed, 529,

Leucodioptrum

chinense, 371.

sinense, 371.

taivanum, 371.

Leucophzus

belcheri, 575.

Suliginosus, 573.

hematorhynchus, 579.

scoresbii, 579.

Leucosticte

brunneinucha, 385.

griseinucha, 56.

Licmetis

nasica, 492.

Ligurinus

olivaceus, 615.

sinicus, 385.

Lima

orientalis, 101.

Limacina

bulimordes, 99.

Limicola

pygmea, 408.

Limnocryptes

gallinula, 407.

Limonidromus

indicus, 365.

Limopsis

braziert, 21, 101.

Limosa

egocephala, 407.

brevipes, 406.

lapponica, 56.

melanura, 406.

melanuroides, 406.

rufa, 406..

uropygialis, 406.

Lingula

dumortieri, 310, 311,

312.

hirundo, 310.

Jaspidea, 300, 310.

806

Lingula

lepidula, 300, 311, 312.

ovalis, 311.

parva, 730, 739.

scotica, 310.

semen, 311.

smaragdina, 300, 310,

312.

tumidula, 300, 310,312.

Linota

fusca, 693.

saturata, 693.

Liopola

fasciata, 192.

Liotia

angasi, 96.

clathrata, 96.

pulcherrima, 96.

speciosa, 19, 96.

Lithofalco

chiquera, 681.

Littorina

scabra, 95.

Lobiospiza

notabilis, 24.

Lobipes

hyperboreus, 408.

Lobivanellus

cinereus, 403.

inornatus, 403.

Locustella

?, 353.

certhiola, 354.

hendersonii, 354.

lanceolata, 354.

macropus, 354,

minuta, 354.

ochotensis, 354, 855.

Trait, Bd4.

rubescens, B54,

tacsanowskia, 35D.

Lophohelia

perforata, 306.

Lophophorus

UVhuysti, 399.

obscurus, 399.

Lophospiza

trivirgata, 341.

Lorica

angast, 97.

cimolia, 97.

volvox, 97.

Loriculus

amabilis, 333.

culacissi, 479.

losculus, 333.

puniculus, 391.

pusillus, 333.

stigmatus, 333.

Lorius P

garrulus, 499,

tibialis, 499, 544.

INDEX.

Loxia

albiventris, 387.

curvirostra, 387.

himalayana, 387.

melanura, 386.

sibirica, 387.

Loxigilla

noctis, 267, 270.

Lusciniopsis

8p., 309.

canturiens, 353.

Lusciola

eyanura, 359.

Lutraria

egyptiaca, 100.

Lycena

hintza, 723.

Lycaon

pictus, 298.

Lychas

maculatus, 617.

Lycodon

aulicus, 189.

striatus, 152, 187.

Lycos

dauricus, 383.

monedula, 383.

neglectus, 383.

Macacus

assamensis, 222,

brunneus, 628.

cyclopis, 222.

cynomolgus, 222.

tnornatus, 223.

lasiotus, 221, 222.

leoninus, 628.

maurus, 222, 223,

nemestrinus, 628.

ocreatus, 223.

pelops, 221.

problematicus, 222.

rhesus, 221, 222.

Macherhamphus

aleinus, 500, 501,

502.

anderssonii, 500, 502.

Macrones

aor, 705.

armatus, 706.

batasio, 705.

carcio, 705, 719.

cavasius, 287, 705.

gulio, 706, 707.

keletius, 705.

lamarrii, 705.

leucophasis, 705.

menoda, 706.

nangra, 288.

tengana, 70D, 706.

tengara, 705, 706.

vittatus, 706.

Macropus

erubescens, 240.

rufus, 240.

Macropygia

tusalia, var. minor, 397.

Macrorhamphus

griseus, 56.

Mactra

(Schizodesma)

728.

(Spisula) Juviatilis, 20,

100.

nitida,

(Trigonella) adansoni,

728.

Madrepora

gemmascens, 281.

Magas

flexuosa, 301.

Magasella

adamsi, 307, 308, 312.

crenulata, 307,

cumingti, 307.

evanst, 307.

flexuosa, 307.

gouldi, 307, 312.

inconspicua, 307.

levis, 307.

suffusa, 307.

Malacocercus

taivanus, 371.

Malimbus

aurantius, 612.

cristatus, 612, 615.

nigerrimus, 612, 615.

nitens, 612, 615.

scutatus, 612, 615.

Mancipium

Sugax, 529, 538.

vorax brephos, 529,

Mangelia

angulosa, 731, 739.

Manouria

emys, 428, 516, 517,

518.

fusca, 517, 518.

Mareca

chiloensis, 700.

penelope, 418.

Margarops

densirostris, 266,

herminiert, 266, 268,

montanus, 267, 268.

Marginella

epigrus, 732.

ochracea, 14,

(Glabella) ochracea, 90.

Mastax

innotata, 247.

Mathilda

elegantula, 15, 91.

Mecistops

cataphractus, 625.

Mecistura

caudata, 362.

Sfuliginosa, 362.

swinhoiti, 362.

Mecocerculus

leucophrys, 750.

uropygialis, 750.

Megacephalon

maleo, 700.

Megalema

faber, 391.

marshallorum, 391.

nuchalis, 391.

virens, 391.

Megalophrys

gigas, 198, 199.

Megerlia

monstruosa, 308.

reevet, 308, 312.

sanguinea, 308, 312.

truncata, 308.

Melampus

ater, 477.

castaneus, 477.

fasciatus, 477.

Srickii, 477.

lucidus, 477.

luteus, 471, 477.

mucronatus, 470, 471,

477.

oryza, 470, 471, 477.

parvulus, 477.

philippii, 477.

semiplicatus, 477.

semisulcatus, 477.

striatus, 477.

teniola, 477.

violus, 477.

zonatus, 477.

Melanitis

bammakoo, 525.

ceryx, 522.

cumea, 524.

cybele, 524.

dusara, 521.

egialina, 525,

esaca, 523.

kamara, 522.

leucocyma, 524.

malelas, 522.

mehida, 523.

melane, 523.

melias, 525.

mimalon, 524.

patna, 525.

penanga, 521, 522.

stellaris, 524.

Melanocorypha

mongolica, 390.

Melias

tristis, 393.

INDEX.

Mellivora

capensis, 252.

indica, 232.

leuconota, 232.

Melophus

lathami, 387.

melanicterus, 387.

Mergellus

albellus, 415.

Mergus

castor, 416.

merganser, 416.

serrator, 119, 416.

serratus, 416.

squamatus, 416.

Merope

egyptiaca, 100.

erops

daudini, 348.

erythrocephalus, 348,

philippensis, 348.

philippinus, 348.

quinticolor, 348.

Merula

castanea, 367.

sinensis, 367.

Mesoplodon

sowerbiensis, 630.

Metopoceros

cornutus, 627.

Mico

sericeus, 229.

Micoella

sericeus, 229.

Microcystis

adamsii, 475.

amenula, 475.

Jjiliceti, 475.

marquesana, 475.

ornatella, 475.

Micronisus

sp.?, 341.

badius, 147, 342, 682.

brevipes, 102.

gularis, 342.

soloénsis, 342.

sphenurus, 147,

Micropalma

tacsanowskia, 407.

Micropternus

fokiensis, 392.

holroydi, 393.

Micropterus

cinereus, 262.

patachonicus, 262.

Midas

devillii, 220.

geofroti, 478, 479.

ursulus, 479.

Millepora

aspera, 282.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. LILI.

807

Milvago

megalopterus, 545.

Milvus

ater, 341.

govinda, 341, 681.

melanotis, 341.

migrans, d41.

Mimus

gilwus, 268.

melanopterus, 268.

melanotis, 124,126,127.

parvulus, 127.

trifasciatus, 127.

Minla

ignitineta, 373.

Minolia

bellula, 96.

pulcherrima, 96.

Mitra

cylindrica, 89.

glabra, 89.

hebes, 732.

variabilis, 89.

Mitrephorus

pheocercus, 271.

Mitua

tuberosa, 701.

Mocoa

sikimensis, 158.

Mediola

cumingiana, 101.

fortune, 101.

Molothrus

bonariensis, 545.

Monarches

dimidiatus, 22, 28.

niger, 29.

Monocondylaa

tumida, 588.

walpolei, 587.

Monodon

monoceros, 42, 46, 47.

Monoptygma

amend, 734.

speciosa, 98.

(Myonia) puncturata,

734, 739.

Monticola

?, 368,

saxatilis, 368.

Mormon

arctica, 121.

cirrhatus, 122.

corniculata, 120, 121.

glacialis, 120.

Mormyrus

lepturus, 653, 670.

Moschus

moschiferus, 258.

Motacilla

sp. ?, 363.

808

Motacilla

alba, 363.

—, var., 364.

alboides, 363.

baicalensis, 3638.

bistrigata, 364.

boarula, 104, 364.

certhiola, 354.

citreola, 103, 104.

cyane, 358.

cyanura, 359.

dukhunensis, 363.

felix, 363.

Srancisci, 363.

frontata, 363.

hodgsoni, 363.

Japonica, 364.

leucopsis, 863.

longicauda, 351.

lugens, 864.

lugubris, 364.

luteola, 380.

luzoniensis, 363.

melanope, 364.

ocularis, 3864.

paradoxa, 363.

personata, 363.

proregulus, 357.

sechuenensis, 363.

superciliosa, 357.

temporalis, 363.

vidua, 364.

Moussonia

typica, 476.

Munia

acuticauda, 385.

formosana, 885.

malacca, 385.

minima ?, 385.

molucca, 385.

oryzivora, 38).

rubronigra, 385.

sinensis, 384.

topela, 385.

Murena

chilensis, 653, 674.

tenivides, 653, 674.

Murex

turbinatus, 731.

Mus

arctomys, 560.

Musca

vomitoria, 145.

Muscicapa

albicilla, 380,

atricapilla, 370.

cayennensis, 752.

cinercoalba, 379,

cooperi, 84.

fuscedula, 379.

grisola,var.daurica,379.

gularis, 380,

INDEX.

Muscicapa

hylocharis, 380.

latirostris, 379.

leucura, 380.

lutea, 29.

mugimaki, 380.

pitangula, 755.

rupestris, 381.

saya, 749.

sthirica, 379.

similis, '753.

sinensis, 569.

sulphurea, 754.

texensis, 753.

tricolor, 381.

trivirgata, 755.

Muscicapula

sapphira, 380.

Muscipeta

cayennensis, 753.

Musophaga

rosse, 134.

rossi@, 1.

Mycalesis

caffra, 722.

Mycerobas

melanoxanthus, 386.

Mycetes

Suscus, 219.

senicurus, 219.

ursinus, 219.

Myiadestes

armillatus, 270.

genibarbis, 269, 270.

solitarius, 269, 270.

Myiagra

azurea, 381.

Myiarchus

antillensis, 266.

cinerascens, 84, 85.

cooperi, 84, 85.

crinitus, 84.

erythrocercus,

272.

Serox, 127.

lawrencii, 84.

magnirostris, 125, 127.

mexicanus, 84, 85.

Myiobius

latirostris, 271, 273.

magnirostris, 125.

pheocercus, 271.

Myiomela

leucura, 859.

montium, 859.

Myiopboneus

ceruleus, 368.

horsfieldii, 368.

insularis, 868.

Myiozetetes

cayennensis, (51, 752,

753.

271,

Myiozetetes

columbianus, 751, 753,

754.

erythropterus, 751, 752.

granadensis, 751, 754,

755.

grandis, 753.

guianensis, 751, 752.

icterophrys, 754.

inornatus, 755, 756.

luteiventris, 751, 754,

(658%.

marginatus, 752, 753.

rufipennis, 751,752,753.

similis, 751, 753, 755.

sulphureus, 751, 754.

texensis, 751, 752, 753.

Myonia

speciosa, 98.

Myrmecophaga

gigantea, 546,

Mystacornis

crossleyt, 314.

Myxus

leuciscus, 658, 666.

Myzanthe

ignipectus, 349.

Neenia

inca, 567.

Naia

hadje, 479.

tripudians, 479.

Nannethiops

uniteniatus, 658, 670.

Narwhalus

andersonianus, 48.

microcephalus, 48.

Nassa

pumilio, 732, 739.

tritoniformis, 732.

(Naytia) glabrata, 732.

Natica

arcolata, 90.

collaria, 733.

marochiensis, 733.

rubromaculata, 733,

739.

sagraina, 733.

(Lunatia) eneci, 90.

(Neverita) conica, 90.

Naultinus

Sfasciolatus, 161.

variegatus, 161.

Nera

(Leptomya) pura, 20,

99.

Nectarinia

angaladiana, 317.

angolensis, 609, 615.

chloropygia, 133, 609,

615,

Nectarinia

cyanolema, 133.

Suliginosa, 609, 615.

notata, 317.

subcollaris, 609, 615.

superba, 133, 609, 615.

Nemoricola

indica, 365.

Nemura

rufilata, 359.

Neochanna

apoda, 626.

Neophron

ginginianus, 676.

Nephila

chrysogaster, 617, 620,

622.

moluccensis, 617.

rivulata, 617, 618, 619,

622.

Neptis

agatha, 722.

nemetes, 722.

Neriéne

nigra, 619.

Nerita

albicella, 95.

Neritina

viridis, 19, 95, 96.

—, var. major, 95.

(Vitta) pulcherrima, 19,

96.

(

Nicator

chloris, 611, 615.

Nigrita

arnaudi, 613.

_ bicolor, 613, 615.

eanicapilla, 133, 613.

emilie, 133, 613.

fusconota, 613.

leuteifrons, 612, 618,

615.

uropygialis, 613.

Niltava

cyanomelena, 380.

sundara, 380.

Ninox

Japonica, 343.

Nisoria

undata, 355.

Nisus

badius, 147.

Noctua

brodiai, 343.

Noddi

inca, 567.

Notodela

montium, 359.

Nucilraga

caryocatactes, 382.

) rangiana, 95.

INDEX.

Nucifragy

hemispila, 382.

Nucula

cerassicostata, 729, 739.

Numenius

arcuatulus, 409.

arcuatus, 410.

atricapillus, 410,

australis, 410.

borea'is, 56, 58, 299.

cassinii, 410.

eyanopus, +10,

hudsonicus, 57, 58.

lineatus, 410.

luzoniensis, 410.

major, £10.

minor, 409,

minutus, 409.

pheopus, 410.

rufescens, 411.

tahitiensis, 410.

uropygialis, 410.

Numida

edouardi, 495, 496.

granti, 584.

verreauxt, 496.

Nyctea

nivea, 112.

Nyctiardea

nycticorax, £13.

Nycticorax

griseus, 413.

manillensis, 413.

melanolophus, 413.

violaceus, 273.

| Nyctipithecus

lemurinus, 220,

oseryi, 220.

vociferus, 220.

Obeliscus

(Syrnola) gracilima,

734, 739.

Ochthoéca

albidiema, 750.

cinnamomeiventris,

750.

citrinifrons, 750.

diadema, 750.

fumicolor, 749.

Sumigata, 749.

gratiosa, 750.

lessoni, 750.

leucophrys, 750.

murina, 749, 750.

nigrita, ‘750.

enanthoides, 750.

polionota, 750.

rufipectoralis, 750.

rufomarginata, 750.

setophagoides, 750.

809

Ochthoéea

stictoptera, 750.

superciliosa, 749.

uropygialis, 759,

Oculina

infundibulifera, 276.

Ocydromus

sylvestris, 546.

Odostomia

conoidea, 735.

simplex, 15, 91.

sulcifera, 735, 739.

(Edemia

americana, 419.

fusca, 419.

nigra, 419.

CEdicnemus

bistriatus, 626.

superciliaris, 625.

Cinanthe

rufiventris, 358.

Oligodon

dorsalis, 151, 168, 211.

Oliva

acuminata, 732.

flammulata, 732.

suhulata, 732.

Olivella

exquisita, 13, 88.

Olyra

burmanica, 711.

laticeps, 711.

longicaudata, 711.

Ombria

psittacula, 121,

Omphalotropis

bifilaris, 476.

—, var. gracilior,

476.

—, var. teretiformis,

476.

bilirata, 476.

—, var. elongata,

476.

bulimoides, 476.

ceres, 322.

cheynei, 476.

conoidea, 476.

—, var. angulosa,

476.

erosa, 476.

fragilis, 476.

guamensis, 476.

huaheinensis, 476.

levis, 476.

navigatorum, 476.

ovata, 476.

parvula, 476.

perforata, 476.

variabilis, 476.

zebriolata, 476.

810

Onychoprion :

Suliginosus, 565, 572.

melanauchen, 422.

panaya, 573.

panayensis, 572,

Onychotria

mexicana, 744,

Ophiophagus

elaps, 152, 188.

Opomala

tenebrosa, 246.

Orca

(Oreaella) brevirostris,

143.

Orcella

brevirostris, 143.

fluminalis, 143.

Oreocincla

aurea, 367.

hancii, 368.

mollissima, 368.

varia, 367.

whitei, 368.

Oreonympha

nobilis, 503.

Oreoperdix

crudigularis, 400.

Oreopneuste

davidii, 355.

Oreotiaris

tricarinatus, 151,

167.

Oriolia

bernieri, 318,

Oriolus

baruffi, 611.

brachyrhynchus, 611,

615.

chinensis, 374.

cochinensis, 374.

indicus, 374.

Oriotiaris

elliotti, 167.

Orites

glaucogularis, 362.

ouratensis, 362.

Orcecetes

gularis, 368.

Ortalida

canicollis, 701.

guttata, 701.

Orthagoriscus

mola, 673.

Orthorhynechus

cristatus, 272.

extlis, 272.

ornatus, 272.

Orthotomus

longicauda, 351.

phyllorrhapheus,

3al,

INDEX.

Oryzornis

oryzivora, 385.

Osmotreron

domvilii, 396.

Osteogeniosus

valenciennesit, 709.

Osteoglossum

leichardti, 8.

Ostodes

adjunctus, 475.

albidus, 475.

api@, 475.

obligatus, 475.

enomphalus, 464.

plicatus, 475.

—, var. strigatus, 475.

pulverulentus, £75.

tiara, 475.

upolensis, 475.

Ostrea

guineensis, 730.

Otaria

Jubata, 700.

pusilla, 700.

Otis

tarda, 1, 402.

Otocoris

alpestris, 390.

penicillata, 390.

Otocorys

alpestris, 390.

sibirica, 390.

Otus

brachyotus, 344.

vulgaris, 344.

Ovulum

breve, 95.

bulla, 94.

Oxya

diminuta, 247.

Pachycephala

rufa, 319.

Padda

oryzivora, 885.

Pagomys

fetidus, 509.

Pagurus

bernhardus, 144.

Palzornis

2 390;

alexandri, 391.

cyanocephalus, 391.

Javanicus, 390,

lathami, 320.

longicauda, 391.

rosa, 391, 678, 679.

schisticeps, 391.

torquatus, 679.

Palaina

alata, 475.

Palaina

cori, 322.

dimorpha, 475.

dohrnii, 475.

inflatula, 475.

lamellata, 475.

patula, 475.

polymorpha, £75.

pupa, 475.

pusilla, 475.

pyramis, 475.

ringens, 475.

scalariformis, 465, 475.

strigata, 475.

striolata, 475.

wilsoni, 475.

Paludestrina

legrandiana, 698.

salleana, 698.

wisemanniana, 699.

Palumbus

pulchricollis, 397.

Pandemos

arcas, 529.

Pandion

haliaétus, 340.

Pangasius

buchanoni, 287, 709.

Pangshura

flaviventer, 150, 153.

tecta, 149.

tectum, 153.

Papilio

enippe, 253.

agatha, 722.

agave, 580, 539.

albula, 529.

beticus, 723.

brigitta, 584.

candida, 537.

cassia, 530.

ceres, 723.

chrysippus, 722.

chrysopterus, 338.

cloantha, 722.

cocalia, 723.

delia, 533.

dryope, 722.

elathea, 532.

eponina, 723.

evippe, 252.

gea, 525,

hecabe, 536.

hecube, 536.

lais, 522.

libythea, 534.

mardania, 723.

marianne, 258.

medon, 723.

messalina, 530.

musa, 531,

Papilio

nicippe, 533.

nise, 538.

panthera, 521.

pasiphaé, 529.

phegea, 525.

pale, 530.

pirithous, 252.

proterpia, 541.

protogenia, 520.

pyrene, 253.

rahel, 537.

rhexia, 252.

sabrata, 725.

serena, 723.

sesia, 253, 254.

severina, 725.

ulrica, 252.

undularis, 520.

witellia, 524.

Paradoxornis

flavirostris, 372.

Paradoxurus

typus, 547, 550, 551,

552, 558, 559.

Pareas

monticola, 152, 188.

Pareudiastes

pacificus, 25, 26.

Parias

maculata, 194.

Partula

abbreviata, 473.

affinis, 473.

amabilis, 473.

annectens, 473.

assimilis, 473.

attenuata, 473.

auriculata, 473.

australis, 473.

bicolor, 473.

bilineata, 473.

brazier?, 473.

brumalis, 473.

bulimoides, 473.

caledonica. 585.

callifera, 473.

calypso, 473.

canalis, 473.

—, var. semilineata,

473.

citrina, 473.

clara, 473.

compacta, 473.

compressa, 473.

conica, 473.

crassilabris, 473.

dentifera, 473.

elongata, 473.

erhelii, 473.

extensa, 473.

INDEX.

Partula

faba, 458, 473.

—, var. subangulata,

458, 473.

fasciata, 473.

fragilis, 473.

fusca, 473.

ganymedes, 473.

garrettii, £73.

gibba, 473.

gonochila, 473.

gracilis, 473.

guamensis, 473.

hebe, 473.

—, var. bella, 473.

hyalina, 473.

leucothoe, 473.

lignaria, 473.

lilacina, 473.

lineata, 473.

lineolata, 473.

lugqubris, 473.

lutea, 473.

mastersii, 473.

minuta, 458.

nodosa, 473.

—, var. trilineata,

473.

ovalis, 473.

peasei, 644, 647.

pellucida, 457.

planilasrum, 473.

producta, 473.

radiolata, 473.

recta, 473.

rubescens, 473.

rufa, 473.

rosea, 473.

rustica, 473.

simplaria, 473.

solidula, 473.

stolida, 473.

strigata, 473.

striolata, 473.

tahitana, 473.

tahulana, 473.

thetis, 473.

umbilicata, 474.

varia, 473.

—, var. glutinosa,

473.

—, var. pulchra,

473.

—, var. simplex,

473.

variailis, 473.

vexillum, 474.

vittata, 474.

zebrina, 474.

—, var. recluziana,

474.

811

ater, 361.

atriceps, 361.

baicalensis, 362.

cesius, 361.

carolinensis, 362.

castaneiventris, 361.

cinereus, 361.

commiatus, 361.

insperatus, 361.

kantschatkensis, 362.

minor, 361.

monticola, 361.

palustris, 362.

pekinensis, 361.

sibiricus, 362.

trivirgatus, 362.

venustulus, 361.

Passer

ammodendri, 480, 481.

cinnamomens, 386.

montanus, 386.

ouratensis, 386.

russatus, 386.

rutilans, 386.

Passerita

mycterizans, 185.

Pastor

bicolor, 384.

sericeus, 384.

Patzcus

suhocellatus, 653, 665.

Patella

cinnamomea, 97.

plumbea, 738.

Pauxi

galeata, 624.

Pavo

muticus, 398.

Pecten

pseudamusium, 730.

Pedipes

sandwichensis, 477.

Pelecanus

?, 702.

conspicillatus, 634.

erispus, 420, 634,

703.

Ffuscus, 125, 129, 634.

Javanicus, 633.

minor, 420, 428, 632,

633, 634.

mitratus, 420, 633.

moline, 634.

onocrotalus, 420, 632,

633, 634.

philippensis, 420, 633,

634.

rufescens, 633, 634.

sharpii, 632, 634.

trachyrhynchus, 634.

812

Pelomedusa

galeata, 325, 326.

gehafie, 325, 543.

nigra, 326.

Peltogaster, 144.

Penelope

boliviana, 701, 702.

pipile, 702.

sclateri, 701.

Pentadactylus

khasiensis, 162.

Perdix

barbata, 400.

chukar, 400.

cinerea, 106.

sphenura, 400.

Pericopis

leucophea, 82.

rosina, 82.

Pericrocotus

brevirostris, 379.

cantonensis, 378.

cinereus, 378.

fraterculus, 379.

griseigularis, 379.

igneus, 379.

sordidus, 378.

speciosus, 379.

Peristethus

engyceros, 653, 662,

663.

liorhynchus, 653, 663.

Perna

confusa, 21, 101.

fortunei, 21.

Pernis

apivorus, 341.

Perrona

lineata, 731.

Petrochelidon

americana, 328.

Petrocinela

affinis, 368.

cyanea, 368.

manilla, 368.

manillensis, 368.

violacea, 368.

Petrocossyphus

manillensis, 368.

Petrophila

gularis, 368.

Phacocherus

eliant, 236, 237.

ethiopicus, 236, 237.

africanus, 237.

sclateri, 236.

Phalacrocorax

@olus, 420.

cupillatus, 420.

carbo, 420.

filamentosus, 420.

INDEX.

Pheegorista

similis, 83.

Phaéthusa

magnirostris, 565,

567.

Phalaropus

fulicarius, 113, 117.

hyperboreus, 113.

Phaleris

cirrhata, 121.

cristatella, 121.

microceros, 121.

nodirostra, 121.

psittacula, 121.

Phasianus

auritus, 399, 495.

colchicus, 398.

decollatus, 398.

elegans, 215, 398.

formosanus, 398.

gallus, 399.

reevesti, 398.

sladeni, 214, 398.

torquatus, 398.

versicolor, 398.

Phelsuma

andamanense, 150, 160,

161.

Philacantha

nisoria, 395.

Philippia

hybrida, 92.

layardi, 92.

Philomedes

folinti, 294, 296.

interpuncta, 293, 295.

lilljeborgii, 290.

wie ina ils 289, 290,

291, 293.

Philydor

montanus, 86.

ochrolemus, 86.

striaticollis, 86.

Phlegcenas

cruenta, 336.

luzonica, 336.

Phoca

annellata, 508, 509.

barbata, 507, 508, 510,

Hide

discolor, 508.

fetida, 507, 508, 509,

7OL.

grenlandica, 507, 508, |

510, 511, 701.

hispida, 506, 507, 508,

509, 510, 511.

vitulina, 507, 508, 511,

512, 701.

Phoceena

brevirostris, 143.

Pheenicopterus

ignipalliatus, 627.

Pheenicura

leucocephala, 358.

Pheenicurus

reevesit, 358.

Pholas

similis, 99.

Phrygilus

alaudinus, 496.

Phrynosoma

Phyllopneuste

agricolensis, 355.

borealis, 356, 357.

coronata, 104, 356,

eversmanni, 357.

Suscata, 356.

javanica, 357.

kennicotti, 357.

plumbeitarsus, 356.

sibirica, 356.

sylvicultrix, 356,

Bye

tenellipes, 356.

xanthodryas, 356.

Phyllorhina

aurita, 513.

diadema, 513.

fulva, 513.

tricuspidata, 513,

514.

tridens, 518, 514.

trifida, 513.

Phyllornis

lazulina, 370.

Phylloscopus

coronatus, 356.

fuscatus, 356.

sylvicultriz, 356.

plumbeitarsus, 356.

tenellipes, 356.

Pica

caudata, 382.

media, 382.

sericea, 382.

Picoides

tridactylus, 391.

Picus

?, 392.

cabanisi, 391.

canifrons, 392.

cardinalis, 135.

cathpharius, 392,

flaviscapus, 135.

hyperythrus, 392.

—, var. poliopsis,

insularis, 392.

kaleénsis, 392.

major, 391.

Picus

majoroides, 391.

mandarinus, 891.

pernyit, 392.

poliopsis, 392.

scintilliceps, 392.

Pieris

cirrha, 526.

daira, 533.

egnatia, 526.

neda, 538.

padusa, 525.

pallene, 526.

parthia, 526.

phiale, 530.

pyro, 533.

sinoé, 530.

smilda, 533.

thymetus, 533.

tritogenia, 725.

venilia, 254.

Pimelodus

batasius, 705.

agata, 713.

pees 708.

Jatius, 708.

mureus, 636.

nenga, 708.

pangasius, 709.

rita, TOT.

silondia, 712.

sona, 708.

vacha, 763.

Pipastes

agilis, 366.

Pipile

cumanensis, 36, 701,

Pipra

filicauda, 749.

Piprisoma

agile, 349.

Pithecia

chiropotes, 228, 229.

chrysocephala, 227,

228.

leucocephala, 227,

228.

monachus, 220.

rufiventer, 228.

satanas, 228, 229.

Pitta

cyanoptera, 374.

moluccensis, 374.

nympha, 375.

ee 375.

Pitys

analogica, 454, 474.

atiensis, 453, 474.

bilamel/ata, 474.

bursatella, 452, 475.

| Pitys

INDEX.

capillata, 474.

cavernula, 475.

coarctata, 475.

complementaria, 474.

consimilis, 474.

contorta, 474.

dedalea, 474.

decussatula, 474.

excavata, 475.

Jilocostata, 454, 474.

Sfratercula, 452, 475.

gradata, 474,

grefttit, 474.

heynemannii, 475.

hystricella, 474.

hystricelloides, 474.

hystrix, 454, 474.

imperforata, 451, 453,

474.

intercarinata, 474.

jacquinoti, 452.

Jacquinotii, 475.

Jugosa, 452, 474.

modicella, 453, 474.

oceanica, 475.

oparica, 451, 474.

pardalina, 474.

parvidens, 474.

radiella, 474.

retunsa, 475.

roratongensis, 453,

474,

rotellina, 453, 474.

rotula, 451, 458,

474.

rubiginosa, 474.

sexlamellata, 474.

stellula, 474.

streptaxon, 475.

turricula, 475.

undulata, 474.

verecunda, 454, 474.

Plagiotznia

gigantea, 146.

Planema

gea, 525,

Platalea

leucorodia, 411.

major, 411,

Platasterias

latiradiata, 136.

Platemys

peated 623.

hilarii, 623.

Platurus

affinis, 190.

Jischeri, 152, 189.

. scutatus, 189.

Platycephalus

cinereus, 653, 661.

813

Platyglossus

nigromaculatus, 653,

666.

notopsis, 653, 667.

Platysteira

cyanea, 610, 615.

leucopygialis, 133, 610,

615.

Plecotrema

clausa, 468, 469, 477.

striata, 468, 469, 477.

Plectrophanes

lapponica, 111, 113,

114

lapponicus, 389.

nivalis, 113, 114, 389.

Plectropoma

anthioides, 653, 655.

Plesioneura

liliana, 216.

Pleurotoma

spiralis, 731, 739.

violacea, 92, 731.

Ploceus

Sringilloides, 258.

madagascariensis,

319.

Plotosus

canius, 712.

Pnoepyga

sguamata, 350.

Podica

senegalensis, 614, 615.

Podiceps

auritus, 415.

cornutus, 415.

cristatus, 415.

minor, 415.

philippensis, 415.

philiz pinus, 415.

Podocnemis

dumeriliana, 36, '745,

746, 747, 748, 749.

expansa, 745, 746, 747,

748.

unifilis, 36, 745, 746,

748, 749.

| Peecile

cincta, 362.

kamtschatkensis, 362.

Peciloconger

fasciatus, 653, 673.

| Polihierax

insignis, 627.

Poliornis

poliogenys, 340.

Polyborus

guapagensis, 125.

Polynemus

indicus, 286.

tetradactylus, 286.

814

Polypedates

afghana, 209.

annectens, 153, 210.

hascheanus, 153, 209.

maculatus, 153, 207,

208, 209.

marmoratus, 153, 209.

pleurostictus, 210.

quadrilineatus, 153,

207, 208.

reticulatus, 210,

smaragdinus, 158, 208.

Polyphasia

tenuirostris, 394,

Polophilus

sinensis, 393.

Polyplectron

bicalcaratum, 398.

chinquis, 398.

Polytmus

leucoproctus, 505.

leucorrhous, 505.

viridissimus, 505.

Pomatorbinus

erythrocnemis, 370.

musicus, 370.

nigro-stellatus, 371.

stridulus, 371.

Pontia

eulimene, 254,

Porphyrio

sp. ?, 414.

celestis, 414,

indicus, 27.

samoénsis, 27.

vitiensis, 27.

Porzana

bailloni, 414.

erythrothorax, 414,

415.

fusca, 414.

mandarina, 415,

phenicura, 414.

pygmea, 319, 414.

Potamocherus

albifrons, 593.

Pratincola

ferrea, 360.

indica, 360.

rubicola, 360.

salax, 615.

Priacanthus

meyert, 653, 656.

Prinia

socialis, 258.

sonitans, 351.

striata, 351.

Prionochilus

obsoletus, 849.

Pristipoma

manadense, 653, 657.

INDEX.

Procarduelis

rubescens, 693, 694,

695.

nipalensis, 693, 694,

695.

Procellaria

glacialis, 123.

Progne

modesta, 125.

Promerops

capensis, 135.

gurney?, 135.

Prosimia

Slavifrons, 232.

melanocephala, 281,

232.

Protoma

knockeri, 786.

Psalidoprocne

nitens, 610, 615.

Psaltria

concinna, 362.

Psammodynastes

pulverulentus, 151,

183.

Psammophis

condanarus, 151, 182.

Psammosaurus

griseus, 204,

Psaropholus

ardens, 374.

—, var. nigellicauda,

374.

Pseudeutropius

atherinoides, 709.

garua, 287, 709.

goongwaree, 709.

longimanus, 636, 762,

763.

megilops, 636.

murius, 709.

taakre, 635.

Pseudobagrus

aurantiacus, 705.

chryseus, 705.

vachellii, 705.

Pseudobias

wardi, 318.

Pseudobiastes

wardi, 318.

Pseudophycis

peregrinus, 658, 669.

Pseudopus

gracilis, 150, 156,

Pseudornis

dicruroides, 394.

Pseudoscolopax

semipalmatus, 407.

Psittacus

@eruginosus, 493, 494.

bengalensis, 391.

Psittacus

guildingit, 267.

timneh, 494.

Pteropus

leschenaultii, 518.

Pterorhinus

davidi, 371.

Ptilinopus

chaleurus, 31.

chrysogaster, 31.

coralensis, 31.

Sasciatus, 31.

pelewensis, 31.

porphyraceus, 31.

purpurco-cinctus, 31.

rarotongensis, 22, 31.

rosetcapillus, 31,

Ptilorhis ;

magnificus; 583.

Ptiloris

alberti, 581, 583.

magnifica, 583.

magnificus, 580, 581,

583.

paradiseus, 582.

victoria, 582.

Ptilornis

alberti, 583.

Ptyas

korros, 151, 174.

Ptynx

Sulvescens, 344.

Ptyonoprogne

rupestris, 3847.

Pucrasia

davidiana, 399.

wvanthospila, 399, 700.

Pupina

difficilis, 475.

intermedia, 586.

leucostoma, 586.

meridionalis, 586.

moulinsiana, 586.

planilabris, 586.

Pupinella

macgillivray?, 586.

whartoni, 586.

Purpura

hemastoma, 732.

Pusionella

milleti, 732.

Pycnonotus

arsinoé, 131.

ashanteus, 131, 132.

barbatus, 132.

capensis, 131, 182.

chrysorrhoides, 370.

gabonensis, 131, 132.

hemorrhous, 370.

tnornatus, 131, 182.

Jocosus, 370,

Pyenonotus

nigricans, 131, 132.

obscurus, 131, 132.

occipitalis, 369.

sinensis, 369.

tricolor, 131, 1382.

wvanthopygius, 131, 132.

xanthopygos, 131.

wanthorrhous, 214,

369.

Pyrazus

gourmyi, 585.

Pyrgita

cinnamomea, 386.

petronia, 385.

Pyrisitia

gundlachia, 540, 541.

longicauda, 541.

proterpia, 541.

Pyrocephalus

nanus, 125,

Pyrrha

saturata, 387.

Pyrrhula

erythrocephala, 387.

griseiventris, 386.

éncarnata, 480.

orientalis, 386.

Pythia

acuta, 477.

pantherina, 477.

—, var. uveana, 477.

savaiiensis, 477.

Pyxicephalus

Teaons 153, 203.

fodiens, 200.

Querquedula

circia, 418.

crecca, 418.

creccoides, 700.

hottentotta, 649.

multicolor, 419.

Quiscalus

barita, 271.

crassirostris, 271.

inflexirostris, 271.

lugubris, 271.

Radula

angulata, 101.

(Mantellum) orientalis,

101.

Rallina

mandarina, 415.

Rallus

aquatieus, 415.

Sorsteri, 25.

hypoleucus, 25.

indicus, 415.

oculeus, 614, 615.

INDEX.

Rallus

pectoralis, 25.

striatus, 415.

Rana

crassa, 153, 199.

cyanophlyctis, 153,

200.

fusca, 153, 197, 198.

gracilis, 153, 200.

kuhlit, 158, 197, 198,

199.

liebigit, 153, 198.

macularia, 206.

tigrina, 153, 197, 198,

199.

Ranella

pusilla, 88.

Realia

producta, 471.

Recurvirostra

avocetta, 405.

sinensis, 405.

Registoma

complanatum, 475.

Reguloides

chloronotus, 357.

proregulus, 357.

superciliosus, 103, 104,

357.

Regulus

himalayensis, 358,

Japonicus, 358.

Reussia

lamellosa, 283.

Rhacophorus

maculatus, 210.

maximus, 153, 207,

210.

Rhamphocinclus

brachyurus, 266, 268.

Rhea

americana, 105, 106,

107, 108, 109, 110.

darwinii, 105, 106, 107,

108, 109, 110.

macrorhyncha, 105.

Rhina

squatina, 673.

Rhinoceros

africanus, 146.

crossii, 10.

oswellzi, 10.

simus, 10.

sumatranus, 10,

unicornis, 8

Rhinochetus

jubatus, 647.

Rhinoclemmys

mexicana, 296.

Rhinolophus

Sulgens, 513.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1871, No. LIV.

815

Rhinolophus

murinus, 513. .

Rhipidura

nebulosa, 23.

Rhizocephala

?, 144.

Rhizothera

longirostris, 544.

Rhodopis

vesper, 498.

Rhopophilus

pekinensis, 352.

Rhynchza

bengalensis, 408.

capensis, 408.

orientalis, 408.

sinensis, 408.

Rhynchaspis

celypeata, 418.

Rhynchonella

bipartita, 310.

grayt, 309.

lucida, 300, 309, 312.

nigricans, 309.

psittacea, 309, 312.

sicula, 309.

woodwardi, 309.

woodwardii, 300.

Rhynchops

borealis, 566.

brevirostris, 566.

cinerascens, 566.

melanura, 566.

nigra, 565, 566.

sinensis, 408.

Rhysota

hogoleuensis, 474.

pachistoma, 474.

sowerbyand, 474.

Ringicula

arctata, 98.

caron, 98.

denticulaia, 98.

exserta, 98.

grandinosa, 733.

propinquans, 739.

someri, 733.

suturalis, 733, 739.

Riopa

anquina, 150, 159.

lineolata, 159.

Rissoina

crassa, 17, 99.

Rita

crucigera, 288, 707.

kuturnee, 288.

Rollulus

coronatus, 544.

Romaleosoma

cato, 80.

ceres, 723.

816

Romaleosoma

Jjanetta, 80.

medon, 723.

Ruticilla

sp. nov. ?, 360.

aurorea, 103, 104,

358.

frontalis, 358.

fuliginosa, 358.

hodgsoniti, 358.

rufiventris, 358.

Saccobranchus

fossilis, 712.

Sacculina, 144.

Saimaris

ustus, 219.

Salicaria

cantans, 353.

cantillans, 393, 354.

Saltator

guadelupensis, 270.

martinicensis, 267.

270.

Salticus

citus, 617.

collingwoodit, 617, 621,

622.

viridifasciatus, 617.

Sapajou

geotfroti, 225.

Sarcidiornis

melanotus, 678.

Saxicola

isabellina, 860.

leucomela, 360.

leucura, 358.

enanthe, 360.

saltatrix, 360.

Saya

superciliaris, 212.

Sayornis

pallida, 749.

Scala

bairdii, '734, 739.

miranda, 734, 739.

(Cirsotrema) mérchi,

15, 90.

Scaiidoneura

hermina, 251.

Scalinella

costata, 476.

scalariformis, 476.

tahitensis, 476.

Scaphander

scaber, 738.

Scapharca

pertusa, 729.

Scapia

alconeri, 425, 428, 515,

516.

INDEX,

Scelotes

bipes, 241.

Jierinensis, 241.

linnei, 241.

Schizorhis

concolor, 134.

Scheeniclus

magnus, 408.

Scheenicola

pallasit, 389.

Scizena

aquila, 673.

Sciurus

affinis, 140.

atricapillus, 141.

berdmorii, 141.

bicolor, 140.

castanonotus, 298.

dorsalis, 625.

exilis, 189.

griseopectus, 141.

gordoni, 140, 141.

insignis, 141.

layardii, 141.

lokriah, 139.

lokrioides, 139.

macclellandi, 189, 141.

melanotis, 139, 141.

modestus, 139.

nigrovittatus, 141.

palmarum, 139, 141.

penicillatus, 141.

philippensis, 139.

plantani, 141.

quinquestriatus, 141,

142.

rafflesti, 141.

rufogularis, 141.

rufoniger, 141.

sarawakensis, 141.

similis, 139.

sladeni, 139.

sublineatus, 141.

vittatus, 141.

Seolecophagus

ferrugineus, 114.

niger, 114.

Scolopax

rusticula, 407.

sabini, 39.

Scopophorus

montanus, 589,

Scops

?, 344.

bakkamena, 348.

japonicus, 343, 344.

latipennis, 148.

lempiji, 344.

semitorques, 343.

senegalensis, 148.

sunia, 343.

Scutellina

cinnamomea, 97.

Serruginea, 97.

Scutiger

sikkimmensis, 204.

Sebastes

rhodochrous, 653, 659.

Secretarius

reptilivorus, 2.

Seps

capensis, 241, 242.

igneocaudatus, 241.

mauritanicus, 2A1,

242,

monodactylus, 241,

249, 244.

ocellatus, 241.

polleni, 241.

tridactylus, 241, 242,

244,

viridanus, 241.

(Gongylus) capensis,

242.

( ) viridanus,

Sepsina

243.

angolensis, 242.

grammica, 242.

Serranus

albomaculatus, 654.

horridus, 635.

humeralis, 654.

lanceolatus, 635.

Setiger

variegatus, 58.

Sibia

auricularis, 370.

Silundia

gangetica, 287, 712.

Silurus

cochinchinensis, 711.

glanis, 711.

punctatus, 719.

singio, 712.

Simia

chiropotes, 228.

sagulata, 228.

- satanas, 228.

satyrus, 628.

ursina, 219.

Simotes

bicatenatus, 151, 170.

punctulatus, 151, 169.

russelliz, 151, 169.

Siphia

erithacus, 381.

innexa, 381.

rubrocyaned, 381.

strophiata, 381.

Siphonaria

venosa, 738.

Siredon

lichenotdes, 41,

mexicanus, 41, 42.

Sitana

minor, 150, 166.

Sitta

amurensis, 350.

cesia, 350.

canadensis, 350.

corallirostris, 318,

pekinensis, 350.

sinensis, 350.

villosa, 350.

Siva

torqueola, 373.

Solariella

canaliculata, 736,

739.

Solarium

hybridum, 92.

Solen

(Cultellus) tenzis,

728.

Solidula

affinis, 19.

Somateria

mollissima, 118.

spectabilis, 118,

v-nigrum, 58.

Spatula

elypeata, 418.

Speirops

melanocephalus, 615.

Spermestes

fringilloides, 258.

Spermolegus

mongolicus, 360.

Spermophila

telasco, 497.

Sphzenia

elliptica, 99.

Sphxnogona

angulata, 528.

arbela, 528.

bogotana, 528.

constantia, 527.

damaris, 528.

ecuadora, 527.

fabiola, 528.

gratiosa, 527.

ingrata, 527.

Jamapa, 527.

limoneus, 527.

mexicana, 528.

salome, 527, 528.

theodes, 528.

theona, 528.

xantochlora, 527.

zelia, 528.

Spherodon

grandoculus, 608.

INDEX.

Spheniscus

demersus, 129.

mendiculus, 126, 129.

Sphenocereus

formose, 396.

sororius, 396.

Sphenops

meridionalis, 241, 242,

244,

sepoides, 241, 242,

244.

Sphinx

carolina, 82.

diffissa, 82.

lucetius, 82.

Spilornis

bacha, 495.

cheela, 840, 495, 625.

hoya, 340.

rutherfordi, 340.

Spizaétus

nipalensis, 339.

orientalis, 339.

Spizixus

cinereicapillus, 370.

semitorques, 370.

Squatarola

helvetica, 115, 117,

403.

Stachyris

precognitus, 373.

ruficeps, 373.

Staphida

torqueola, 373.

Stenogyra

beckianus, 473.

Junceus, 473.

oparanus, 473.

oryza, 473.

pyrgiscus, 473.

tucker, 473.

upolensis, 473.

vitreus, 473.

Stenohelia

maderensis, 277, 286.

Stercorarius

antarcticus, 580.

catarrhactes, 580.

Sterna

acuflavida, 569.

acutirostris, 580.

anglica, 565, 572.

antarctica, 570.

antillarum, 571, 572.

aranea, 565, 572.

arctica, 123.

argentea, 565, 571,

atro-fasciata, 580.

candida, 422.

cantiaca, 565, 569.

caspia, 421.

817

Sterna

cassini, 565.

eassinti, 565, 570.

cayana, 567.

cayennensis, 565, 567.

comata, 568, 569.

chloripoda, 567, 570.

cristata, 422.

dougalli, 571.

elegans, 568, 569.

erythrorhynchos, 567,

568.

exilis, 571, 572.

Jissipes, 573, 614, 615.

forsteri, 569.

frenata, 571.

Frobeent, 570.

Suliginosa, 572.

galericulata, 565, 568,

569.

hirundo, 422, 569, 570,

571.

ined, 567.

leucopareia, 421.

luctuosa, 572.

lorata, 572.

macroura, 123.

magnirostris, 565,

567.

maxima, 565, 567, 568,

569.

melanotis, 421.

meridionalis, 570.

minuta, 422.

nubilosa, 573.

panayensis, 422, 572.

peradisea, 571.

plumbea, 573.

regia, 567, 568, 569.

stolida, 566.

superciliaris, 565, 571,

572.

tenuirostris, 566.

trudeauii, 570.

velox, 422.

wilsont, 565, 570.

Sternothzrus

derbianus, 543.

nigricans, 543.

subniger, 545.

Sternula

minuta, 422.

sinensis, 422.

Stoparola

melanops, 381.

Strepsiceros

sp. ?, 485.

angasii, 487.

euryceros, 489.

Strepsilas

tnterpres, 114, 408.

818

Strigops

habroptilus, 102.

Stringonyx

anderssoni, 500, 501,

502.

Strix

acadica, 748,

aluco, 739, 742,

brachyotus, 739, 741,

742.

bubo, 739.

candida, 344,

delicatula, 22,

Slammea, 739, 742,

Sunerea, 741,

lapponica, 741,

liturata, 741,

noctea, 739,

nyctea, 112,

otus, 739, 741, 742,

passerina, 739,

pithecops, 344,

psilodactyla, 741.

richardsoni, 748,

tengmalini, 739, 740,

741, 742, 743,

Strobilophaga

burtoni, 615,

Strombus

pacificus, 585,

samar, 585,

thersites, 585,

Sturnoides

atrifusca, 24.

Sturnus

cineraceus, 884,

ctnereus, 884,

contra, 682.

dauricus, 384,

rrhogenys, 384.

ee. 384.

Stylaster

amphiheloides, 277 285,

asper, 278, 286,

elegans, 278,

erubescens, 277, 279.

extmius, 278,

gemmascens, 281,

Gracilis, 278,

sanguineus, 278,

Succinea

aperta, 472,

bernardia, 472.

caduca, 472,

canella, 472.

cepulla, 472,

costulosa, 472,

erocata, 472.

elongata, 459,

explanata, 459.

Sragitlis, 472,

INDEX.

Succinea

gouldiana, 472,

guamensis, 472,

humerosa, 472,

infundibuliformis, 459,

labiata, 472.

lumbalis, 472.

mamillata, 472,

mammillata, 459,

manuana, 472.

modesta, 472,

newcombiana, 472,

newcombii, 472,

pacifica, 472,

pallida, 472,

papillata, 472,

putula, 472,

picta, 458,

procera, 459,

pudorina, 472,

punctata, 472,

putamen, 472.

rotundata, 472.

rubella, 460, 472.

tahitensis, 479.

venusta, 472.

vesicalis, 472,

Sula

Siber, 420,

Susca, 420,

sinicadvena, 420,

Surniculus

dicruroides, 394,

africanus, 237,

Suthora

brunnea, 211, 373.

bulomachus, 212372.

gularis, 373.

suffusa, 372,

webbiana, 212, 372,

uya

striata, 851,

superedliaris, 351.

Swanka,

maculata, 745,

Sylochelidon

caspia, 421.

Sylvia

aureola, 124,

eurruca, 355,

HAavescens, 357,

(Phyllopneuste) evers-

mannt, 857,

Yylviparus

modestus, 362,

Synallaxis

cand@i, 85,

hollari, 85,

Synapta

tenera, 690, 691.

Syntomis

andersoni, 244, 249,

atkinsoni, 245, 249,

Sytchei, 246, 249,

Grotet, 245, 249,

sladeni, 245, 249,

Syrmaticus

reevesiz, 398.

Syrnium

nivicolum, 344,

nuchale, 613, 615,

Syrnola

tincta, 15, 91,

Syrrhaptes

paradoxus, 398,

Tachydromus

haughtonianus, 150,

156.

sexlineatus, 150,

156

Tachypetes

ee 125.

minor, 423.

Tadorna

cornuta, 418,

vulpanser, 418,

enia

tgantea, 146,

ion 147.

magna, 146,

Teenioptera

coronata, 262.

variegata, 260.

aheitia

arcticostata, 477,

aurantia, 467.

clathrata, 467.

pallida, 467, 477.

porrecta, 468, 477.

scalariformis, 468,

477.

vitiana, 477,

wallace?, 467,

Tamandua

tetradactyla, 546, 624,

625.

Tantalus

leucocephalus, 411,

longimembris, 41],

Tanygnathus

albirostris, 494,

luconensis, 479.

muelleri, 494,

aphozous

longimanus, 514,

Tapirus

bairdi, 626,

arsiger

chryseus, 359,

superciliaris, 359.

Tchitrea

ceruleocephala, 381.

cristata, 133.

ince, 381.

princeps, 381.

principalis, 381.

viridis, 133.

Teinostoma

solida, 737, 739.

Teius

rufescens, 545, 546.

Tejus

nigropunctatus, 541.

rufescens, 541, 542,

548.

tequexin, 541, 542.

Teleopus

luxatus, 517.

Tellina

(Angulus) brazieri,

100.

(Macoma) wmhonella,

727.

(Peronzxoderma) albi-

nella, 100.

Temenuchus

cineraceus, 884.

dauricus, 884.

pagodarum, 682.

sericeus, 384.

sinensis, 384.

turdiformis, 384.

Tenthaca

pelvica, 377.

Tephrodornis

pelvica, 377.

Teracolus

interruptus, 724,

loandicus, 724.

Terebra

festiva, 730.

micans, 731,

(Abretia) Anockeri,730,

739,

(Hastula) brazieri, 16,

92.

(Myurella) marginata,

730.

( } sowerhyana, 730.

Terebratella

bouchardii, 304.

californica, 306.

caurina, 304.

coreanica, 300, 804, 305,

308, 312.

cruenta, 304.

dorsata, 801, 304.

evansi, 801.

frontalis, 301, 304.

labradorensis, 304.

magellanica, 304.

INDEX.

Terebratella

marie, 300, 304, 305,

312.

miniata, 304, 808.

patagonica, 302.

pulvinata, 304, 805.

rubicunda, 304.

sanguinea, 101,

septata, 305.

spitzbergensis, 301, 303,

305, 312.

zelandica, 304.

Terebratula

affinis, 302.

caput-serpentis, 303,

306.

coreanica, 308.

cubensis, 302.

cumingti, 303.

davidsoni, 300, 802,

304, 312.

erythroleuca, 308.

grayi, 304.

Japonica, 303.

minor, 302, 304, 312.

pulchella, 308.

rubella, 306, 307.

sanguinea, 308.

spheroidea, 302.

transversa, 304.

unguiculus, 802.

uva, 302.

vitrea, 802, 309.

—, var. minor, 302.

Terebratulina

abyssicola, 302.

angusta, 302.

cailletti, 803.

cancellata, 302.

caput-serpentis, 300,

302, 312.

cumingti, 300, 302.

Japonica, 300, 802.

radiata, 303.

septentrionalis, 302.

unguiculus, 3038.

var. cwmingii, 12.

var. japonica, 312.

Terekia

cinerea, 406.

Javanica, 406.

Terias

equatorialis, 538.

esiope, 536.

agave, 530, 539.

agavoides, 539.

albina, 532.

albula, 529, 580.

alitha, 537.

amelia, 530, 581.

anemone, 536.

819

Terias

angulata, 528.

angulipennis, 526,

arabella, 531,

athalia, 538.

australis, 534.

blanda, 535.

bogotana, 527, 528,

boisduvaliana, 528.

brenda, 535.

brigitta, 534.

bulea, 530.

caffra, 535.

candace, 536.

candida, 537.

celata, 530.

celebensis, 587.

chilensis, 540.

chloé, 527.

cireumcincta, 589.

citrina, 540.

clara, 529.

columbia, 531.

conjungens, 531,

constantia, 527, 528.

cubana, 531.

damaris, 528.

deflorata, 530.

delia, 5338.

depuiseti, 528,

desjardinsii, 583.

deva, 539, 540.

dina, 251, 540.

diversa, 536.

drona, 534, 535.

ebriola, 531.

ecuadora, 527.

elathea, 532.

elvina, 529.

eugenia, 531,

eumide, 537.

euterpe, 533.

Fabiola, 528.

fabricia, 539.

Jimbriata, 586.

Slavescens, 539,

flavilla, 589.

Jloricola, 585.

fornsi, 531.

gangamela, 527,

gentilis, 531.

gnathene, 530.

gratiosa, 527.

gundlachia, 5A1.

harina, 540.

hecabe, 536, 537.

hecabeoides, 536, 5837.

herla, 534.

hyona, 533.

impura, 529.

ingand, 535.

820

Terias

ingrata, 527.

tradia, 530.

Jegeri, S34.

Jaunapa, 527.

Jucunda, 531.

leta, 533, 534.

lare, 540.

lemnia, 531.

lerna, 534.

leuce, 251, 538,

leucilla, 530.

leucoma, 529.

libythea, 534.

limbia, 588.

limoneus, 527.

lirina, 529.

lisa, 533.

lorquinti, 587.

lucina, 531.

lydia, 532.

mana, 530.

mandarina, 534.

marginella, 530.

medutina, 532.

memulus, 251, 539.

messalina, 530.

mexicana, 528.

midea, 532.

musa, 030, 531.

mycale, 532.

neda, 538.

nelphe, 538.

nicippe, 533.

nikobariensis, 530.

nise, 538.

nisella, 538.

pallida, 539.

palmira, 531, 532.

parvula, 534.

pasiphaé, 529.

paulina, 539.

perimede, 533.

phanaspila, 535.

phiale, 530.

phenicia, 532.

plated, 531, 532.

puella, 538.

pulchella, 534, 724.

pyro, 533.

rahel, 534, 537.

reticulata, 539.

rhodia, 532.

rubella, 535.

salome, 527.

santana, 535.

saxi, 537.

senegalensis, 535, 724.

senna, 530.

sidonia, 582.

silhetana, 536.

INDEX.

Terias

sinensis, 537.

stnoé, 530.

sinta, 535.

smilacina, 535, 538.

smilax, 535,

solana, 538.

stygma, 540.

stygmula, 533.

suava, 536.

sulphurina, 533.

tapeina, 531.

tegea, 532.

tenella, 538.

theodes, 528.

theona, 528.

tilaha, 537.

tominia, 537.

tondana, 537.

vagans, 534.

venata, 535.

venusta, 538.

virgo, 538.

vitellina, 532.

westwoodii, 540.

wantochlora, 527.

zama, 537.

zelia, 528.

zita, 537.

zo0é, 534.

zoraide, 534.

Terpone

longiceps, 589, 592.

Terpsiphone

melampyra, 610, 615.

tricolor, 610, 615.

viridis, 133.

Terrapene

carinata, 744,

Testudo

argentina, 480, 744.

carbonaria, 743, 744.

chilensis, 480, 744.

elongata, 517, 518.

emydoides, 518.

emys, 517, 518.

falconeri, 515.

indica, 428, 515, 517.

phayrei, 425, 426, 427,

428, 515, 516, 517.

stellata, 744.

suleata, 744.

tabulata, 748, 'T44.

tabulata vera, 744.

(Scapia) falconeri, 515.

Tetragnatha

nepeformis, 617.

Tetrao

rupestris, 111, 117.

saliceti, 118.

tetriz, 400,

Tetraonyx

lessoni, 517.

Tetraophasis

obscurus, 399.

Tetrastes

bonasia, 400.

Tetrodon

pleurostictus, 653, 674.

Thalamita

crenata, 144.

Thalasseus

acuflavidus, 569.

cayanus, 567.

cristatus, 422.

elegans, 568.

pelecanoides, 422.

regius, 567.

Thalassidroma

monorhis, 422.

Thamnobia

niveiventris, 380.

Thamnolxa

albiscapulata, 148,

149.

cinnamomeiventris,

148.

Thaumalea

amherstie, 298, 398.

picta, 398.

Thaumastura

cora, 498.

Srancesce, 498.

Theristicus

melanopis, 56, 58.

Thestias

anne, 254,

balice, 253, 254.

crenis, 254.

ludekingii, 252.

reinwardtii, 254.

rhexia, 252.

pirenassa, 253.

venatria, 254.

vollenhovii, 254.

Thinocorus

rumicivorus, 261.

Thomisus

diana, 617.

Thracia

speciosa, 99.

Threskiornis

melanocephalus, 411.

Thryothorus

martinicensis, 267.

Thyrus

boyeri, 241, 242.

Tiaris

elliotti, 167.

subcristata, 151, 167.

Tichodroma

muraria, 300.

Tichornis

cenchris, 341.

pekinensis, 341.

Tinnunculus

alaudarius, 340, 682.

—, var. japonicus,

340.

cenchris, 679.

japonicus, 340.

sparverius, 260, 273.

Tockus

pulchrirostris, 604,

614 .

Todirostrum

sp. ?, 498.

Torinia

straminea, 92.

Tornatellina

achatinoides, 473.

antonii, 473.

aperta, 473.

archimedes, 473.

conica, 473.

dentata, 460, 473.

globosa, 473.

gracilis, 460, 473.

hidalgoi, 473.

newcombii, 473.

nitida, 473.

oblonga, 473.

ovata, 473.

pellucida, 473.

peponum, 473.

philippii, 473.

pusilla, 473.

simplex, 473.

striata, 460.

subulata, 473.

trochlearis, 473.

turrita, 473.

Tornatina

knockeri, 738, 739.

Totanus

affinis, 406.

brevipes, 406.

calidris, 56, 406.

crassirostris, 408.

Fuscus, 406.

glareola, 406.

glottis, 405, 678.

glottoides, 405.

incanus, 406.

ochropus, 406.

pulverulentus, 406.

stagnatilis, 405.

Trachischium

fuscum, 151, 171.

Trachurus

trachurus, 673.

Trachyphonus

goffint, 607.

INDEX,

Trachyphonus

purpuratus, 606, 607,

615.

Trachypora

aspera, 284.

lacera, 284.

Tragelaphus

albovirgatus, 489, ~

albovittatus, 593.

altifrons, 589.

angasii, 483, 484, 485,

486, 487.

euryceros, 483, 484, 485,

486, 488, 489.

spekii, 482, 483, 484, |

485, 486.

Tragops

prasinus, 152, 185.

Treron

cheroboatis, 396.

formosa, 396.

sieboldit, 396.

Tribura

luteiventris, 355.

squamiceps, 355.

Trichoglossus

mitchelli, 499, 544.

Tricholema

hirsuta, 605, 614.

Trichophorus

flaviventer, 131.

Tridacophyllia

alcicornis, 283, 285.

echinata, 283, 285.

Triforis

granuatus, 91.

Trigona

tripla, 727.

Trigonocephalus

lanceolatus, 2, 479.

Trimeresurus

andersont, 194, 195.

carinatus, 152, 194.

convictus, 152, 196.

erythrurus, 152, 194.

graumineus, 152, 194.

monticola, 152, 183,

194, 196.

Tringa

sp., 409.

acuminata, 409.

albescens, 409.

alpina, 115, 408.

americana, 115.

bonapartit, 262,

canutus, 408.

chinensis, 408.

cinclus, 115, 408.

—, var. americana, 408.

—, var. chinensis, 408.

damacensis, 409.

821

Tringa

fulicaria, 113.

interpres, 114,

lobata, 113.

maritima, 11, 116.

minuta, 409.

pectoralis, 409.

platyrhyncha, 408.

ygmed, £08.

rufescens, 117.

ruficollis, 409.

salina, 409.

striata, 116.

subarcuata, 408, 409.

subminuta, 409.

temminckii, 409.

tenuirostris, 403.

variabilis, 115.

Tringoides

hypoleucus, 406.

Trionyx

gangeticus, 155.

jeudi, 154, 155.

phayret, 150, 154.

Triphoris

fusca, 736.

granulata, 736.

Triton

convolutus, 13, 88.

labiosus, 87.

samier, 733.

(Cumia) speciosa, 13,

(Epidromus) brazieri,

87.

Tritonium

labiosum, 87.

rutilum, 87.

Trivia

candidula, 94.

globosa, 94.

insecta, 94.

Trochalopterum

formosum, 872.

Trochita

chinensis, 736.

Trochomorpha

alta, 474.

approximata, 474.

congrua, 457.

contiqua, 457, 474.

cressida, 474.

entomostoma, 474.

eurydice, 474.

exclusa, 457, 474.

goniomphala, 474.

hapa, 474.

kusteri, 474.

marmorata, 474.

navigatorum, 474.

nigritella, 457, 474.

822

Trochomorpha

nigritella, var. oppressa,

obconica, 474.

rectangula, 474.

schmeltziana, 474.

—, var. usurpata, 474.

subtrochiformis, 474.

swainsoni, 474.

swainsonii, 457.

tais, 474.

tentoriolum, 474.

transarata, 322.

trochiformis, 456, 474.

—, var. pallens,457,474.

troilus, 474.

tuber, 474.

vahine, 474.

velata, 474.

Troglodytes

fumigatus, 351.

niger, 544,

Trogon

narina, 134.

Tropidonotus

himalayanus, 151, 178.

macrophthalmus, 151,

177, 200.

platyceps, 151, 176.

plumbicola, 151, 176.

quincunciatus, 151,

76.

stolatus, 151, 176.

subminiatus, 151, 177.

Truella

elongata, 472.

infundibuliformis, 472.

procera, 472.

Truncatella

arcticostata, 468.

concinna, 468, 477.

costellifera, 468.

pacifica, 467, 477.

valida, 477.

Turacus

eristatus, 134, 604, 614.

giganteus, 134.

Turbinaria

cinerascens, 285.

parvistella, 285.

Turbo

imperialis, 96.

Turbonilla

costifera, 735, 739.

aédon, 353.

albiceps, 367.

atrogularis, 481.

cardis, 367.

INDEX.

Turdus

chinensis, 371.

chrysolaus, 367.

crossleyi, 607, 615.

daulias, 366.

davidianus, 367.

Ffuscatus, 103, 104, 366.

gurneyi, 608.

herminieri, 268.

hortulorum, 367.

hudsonicus, 114.

leucocephalus, 369.

mandarinus, 367.

melaleucus, 369.

modestus, 367.

mollissimus, 368.

moluccensis, 374.

montanus, 268.

musicus, 366.

mystacinus, 480, 481.

naumanni, 366.

nitidus, 368.

noveboracensis, 114.

obscurus, 367.

pallens, 367.

pallidus, 366, 367.

perspicillatus, 371.

pilaris, 104.

ruficollis, 366.

rufulus, 367.

shanhu, 371.

stbiricus, 367.

sinensis, 371.

varius, 367.

violaceus, 368.

Turnix

blanfordi, 402,

dussumieri, 401, 402.

Jjondera, 402.

maculosa, 402.

ocellata, 401.

ocellatus, 401.

plumbipes, 401.

pugnar, 401.

rostrata, 401.

sykesi, 401.

Turritella

annulata, 735.

candida, 735.

spina, 91.

Turtur

aldabranus, 623, 692.

chinensis, 397.

gelastes, 397.

humilis, 397.

meend, 397.

orientalis, 397.

picturatus, 625, 692,

693.

prevostianus, 623.

risorius, 397.

Turtur

rostratus, 692, 693.

rupicola, 397.

Tylas

eduardi, 314.

Tylototriton

verrucosus, 428, 424.

Typhlops

bothriorhynchus, 151,

168. -

horsfieldit, 151, 168.

Tyrannula

barbirostris, 84, 85.

cayennensis, 753.

cooperi, 84.

erythroptera, 751.

martinica, 271.

mexicana, 84, 85.

peruviana, T54.

similis, 753.

superciliosa, 755,

Tyrannus

cinchoneti, 755, 756.

dominicensis, 272.

griseus, 272.

rostratus, 266, 272.

Uloborus

(Orithya) williamsit,

617.

Upucerthia

dumetoria, 259.

Upupa

ceylonensis, 349.

epops, 348.

longirostris, 349.

Uragus

sibiricus, 387.

Uria

briinnichii, 120.

grylle, 120.

troile, 120.

Urocissa

cerulea, 382.

sinensis, 382.

Urolophus

chilensis, 653.

Uromastix

hardwickii, 151,

167.

Urrua

coromanda, 686.

Ursus

americanus, 232.

gularis, 282.

nasutus, 232.

ornatus, 700.

Vanellus

cayennensis, 6.

cristatus, 403.

INDEX. 823

Vanga Vitrina Xanthopygia

curvirostris, 318. fusca, 472. leucophrys, 380.

rufa, 319. magnifica, 54. narcissina, 380.

Varanus subviridis, 472. tricolor, 880.

dracena, 150, 155, 156.

Jlavescens, 150, 153.

lunatus, 150, 155.

Varecia

leucomystax, 229.

niger, 229,

rubra, 297.

Venus

casina, 727.

declivis, 727.

Vertigo

admodesta, 474.

armata, 461, 474.

bacca, 462, 474.

costata, 461, 474.

costulosa, 461, 462, 463,

474.

dentifera, 462, 474.

dunkeri, 474.

hyalina, 474.

lyrata, 461, 474.

nacca, 463, 474.

newcombii, 474.

nitens, 461, 463, 474.

paive, 474.

pediculus, 463, 474.

—, var. samoensis, 474.

perlonga, 462, 474.

pleurophora, 474.

simplaria, 461, 474.

striatula, 461, 474.

tantilla, 460, 463, 474.

Vespa

basalis, 248,

bellona, 248, 249.

magnifica, 248,

Vidua

hypocherina, 133.

Vipera

arietans, 479.

nasicornis, 479, 626,

638.

rhinoceros, 479, 626,

russelli, 625.

Vireosylvia

altiloqua, 269.

calidris, 269.

superba, 54.

Viverra

civetta, 299.

poortmanni, 299,

Viverriceps

rubiginosa, 760.

Voluta

angast, 324.

coniformis, 824, 325.

Ffusiformis, 88.

kingt, 824, 325.

lineata, 88.

nucleus, 89.

punctata, 88, 324, 325.

thatcheri, 585.

undulata, 138.

zebra, 88.

(Amoria) australie,

643, 647.

Volvocivora

lugubris, 378.

melaschista, 378.

saturata, 378.

Volvula

cylindrica, 738, 739.

Vultur

calvus, 676.

monachus, 338, 675.

Waldheimia

cranium, 300, 803, 306.

flavescens, 303.

floridana, 303.

grayi, 303, 304, 305,

312.

graytt, 300.

lenticularis, 303.

picta, 300, 803, 304,

312.

raphaelis, 303, 312.

septigera, 300, 303.

venosa, 803, 305.

Xanthidia

desjardinstt, 533.

floricola, 535.

lisa, 533.

pulchella, 534, '724.

Xema

atricilla, 577.

sabinii, 57, 58.

Xenelaphus

leucotis, 601.

Xenocichla

syndactyla, 314.

Xenophrys

gigas, 200, 201.

monticola, 153, 200.

Xylobucco

duchaillui, 606, 615.

Xylurgus

subrufinus, 392.

Yuhina

diademata, 373.

nigrimentum, 373.

Yungipicus

kaleénsis, 392.

scintilliceps, 392.

Yunx

Japonica, 393.

torquilla, 393.

Zamenis

brachyurus, 151, 176.

diadema, 151, 174.

fasciolatus, 172, 173.

Zanclostoma

flavirostris, 605, 614.

Zanclostomus

tristis, 393.

Zeus

faber, 673.

Ziphius

layardit, 631.

Zizyphinus

comptus, 96.

Zophoessa

andersoni, 215, 216.

Zosterops

?, 849.

erythropleura, 350.

Japonicus, 349, 350.

simplex, 349.

subroseus, 350.

PRINTED BY TAYIO COURT, FLEET STREET.